a a i-. a 4 * * * * * e.g. sº - 6645"Oo398 169 University of Michigan - BU HR º - - - - º- º ; : * * * * * * - - W. * : * * : -º-F - - - V- - . - - - * * * * * * * * * * * * > * : - a ... “ . we ºr - - ...s.. . . was . . . . " ſº ºri º Aº ºr “... fºr " : gº sº.º. * * *.*, 33: " : : - , - - - - - - - - s --- - - - - - - ‘. . . . " * **, * * * * * º ºr env - ºf * --> - - * . . . " - - - -- - - - - d - s ºr a sers cºs º- ºr ºr, . sea sº. " ** * * * * * * : E. t *** * * * * * r * ~ * * * * : **** zº º rs - , , , ... + 3 + 3 +...ºts ſ set ºf º - *** * * * * * * * * * ~ *s, * * º, ºr, Jr. tº ºr as * * = 'º. * : * : *- : * : * ~ *:: * - - - - - ***.*.*.*.*.*, * a macaº tº ºf ºs º- - º ***". - F * * ~ * ºn c f * : * : *, * * * * * * * : *.* * * * * : * * * * * * * **, r*. ** {- s w". " " - ºn - - - - - - -- c º - *** * * * * : * * , sº & ; º ºwº , sº * * * * :::: * * * * * * : * ~ : : -º-º-º: ſ ---. . - - - - * . . . ºf . ºf sº - * * * tº . . . . = " ' ". .”.” # 4 ºr . . . . . . . . . " ... : * *, *.*.*. . . . E. º *** * sº - º: * . * * * * * * * - - - *.*.*.*.*, * if sº- ºf a - - . … " --- - º-º- a ‘’ º-º ** * * - - - . . . . º . * * *****. . . ; * º º *** * * * * * * * * * * *:: - - *º- * * * - º º-- * *- : - - - 5 * * * 2 ... • - e : « ºr,.... . . at . . . . .cp- ,-ºw ~ * * * * * * * * -*.*.* ... t. '...e., " . . . . . * : *. º **** ºr sº º "º" ºr * : * : … as sº-º. - *- : * * is a º * * * * * is sº ºr e ºri º ~ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ºxº~~. ºr “º *s, ***** *** * * ~ *** *** * * * ***** tº sº “x4+ = , sº wº kº : , , , * * * * *s ºr as w; * *** * * ********* ***.*.*.*.*.* * Bº º . . . tº . . . wº , ºr ºr ... º. ºf ºr-n ; : * * vº sº tº - - * - -- * : * - - - d 3 * º * º ſº cº- & - vs. . . . . . . . . . , ºr * * º, a - º - - - - - ºr sº tºº. . . . tº: ...” A &º . . .3, " ºr - : "ºs - " . " ... sº º . . . .º. - ſº *-*. - * * * - * * º ºr.… - ... … . . . . .” *:::: *** * ******** rºº. . . .” - “A wº.a , rº sº wº, a ºf wº - * * * * * * * * * *, *, *. º: A -- nºw- tº - - º ...tº-º sº.” +3 - - *... wººt: - ... tº . *... . . ; º º - - * * * * * * * * * * * * ***.*.* * * & ... . . . . .- : * ~ * * * : * : * ~ *.*.*, * * * * * * * - - wºre sº a tº a . . - • * * * * * * * * - * * * * * * * * * * * * D ºf º e = ... a sº *** Ex erº -: * * : *z, *wº * *** : * * * * - - - ºr a ". . . . . . . . . :: * * * * : * . ." . . , s : *, **i. *: " . . . - ºr sº-º-º “” “* * ºf sº ... . . . . . ." ~ * * * * * ** : * : tº w - ºr ºr at sº ; : ***** t sº e - E. *... ex . . tº sº.; a *-*. *... a ſº º ºf #4. º tº ºxº sº avºres: ex . ºr, sº .* * * * º - * : * ~ *- . . . * * * : º ºw, sº wº - sº: 'sº as wºº tº rºw. i , a - ... - * * - - Rº-º . . - - * : * * * - -- 5-ºr- sº - - * : * * r *. - - - tº sº - ºf *** *** - - º - - * * * * " * : . . . . . * * * * * * * se zºº. 2 × - º - * > * º - . r º ... 're-º º sº tº ...º.º. ººgººn cººr; ºr sax. - - - º *_. - - sº º * ..., sº 2°º tº: - º - - - - * * - t * º ºf “º 3 ***, * * * * * * * * > * * * * : * ~ * : * : * * * * * * . . * * * : ***** :: ****, r* **- : * ~ * * * **- - *** **, ºr-- aſ ..ºxºs . . . ...A., ; ; ; ; ; ; - - ; : 3 - --------- - jº.º. art -- - - - - -- * : * > ***.*.*.**** * * * * - - - - E. :: * * * * * * *. ºr “ , ”Sº - " ' " ... -- ~ * - -- º: a- # gº º a ºr-… , , ; - 3 * : * * T - T. - - * : * - - - ... … : ***** º º f * : a 2. . . . . . . . º. . . . . . . - *W* * * * "...º.º. - • Y - - - º - - - -* ~ * * : * : * : - tº sº a tº a ºr * re'.< * : *, *, *, * ºrs ..., x s". A * * ºr * º zºº º c • *- : * * * * *** * * * * * ** * - . . . … ." - * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * **** º * -º * * * : * * * ºf . …sº wºrs º, ºr * * tº **** * * * * [. - * : * * * * *** *** º * * * * * * * ~ º: vº. º.º. º - * * * * *-** *** **** *-ºs & *:: ***, * * * ************) tº re-ºw", wº * -ºº ºsºvº. sºvº º sº saga, -, a C. a. º.º.º. *** * * * * **** * * *sº ºw w sº tº sº. 3 ºr a 2- . .e. ººººººº ºrs -º-º-º-º-º-º: ſº 42 wºrsº wº * * - ſº º * * * * ***** **** **, *, * : * - ºf-º-, * * * * * * *** * * * **** 2::: * ºr - ** * : *** * * * * **, ****** **** *** ***.*.*.*.54 ±sº 3 ºr º-, sº * ... * * Rº: - - sº-º- - *** ***.*.*, * * . . . .” - + -i ºr ; ; sº tº º ºr º w w w - - - -, * * * * - ; , , , ; , , , , sº cº-sºº - - a . ~, ºr ºr . . tº - º w? " sºn & G - - *r- • * * * : * ~ * * * * * * * * - º º ºr . . . * * tº ºr * : * : * , , sº * * * * * * * * **, *, **** * * * * * ****** **** * * * * * * * * * * *.*.*, * * in a º: , º n wº . . .º.º. º a *-es--, -, a - - : *z, *s, * * * * * : * sº sº is ºr 4 º' ºr ** ***** ****** * *** * * * * * º * : , 4 ºz.", - tºw a wºº fºr sº ra *** ** 5 : ... a wº. tº .-3. * * º * . . w = ". * * * * * * * * * 5 * *s-s-s-a sºn-i-º-º: tº wº.º.º.º.w.sº ºrd º sº . . . . . . . . . rºwº gº º . rt wº &={ **** *** * * * : ****; º - **** º * * * * * * * * * * * * * - . . . . . . a "r, ºr ; , , -", * : **** 4 -ºº º º * * * * $ * * * * F.º. tº º, ø, º - º ºg wº, an ****** sº." * * *, * * * *********** º - - ratº * : * ~ * : * : * ~ * * * * * * * * * * * * . . . . " º ... as ** *** * : º ** * *-ºs- 2 tº P + “*** * Fºr tº: tº º º a sº. Sº 2 * * ****** **** .******* * * * ****** º sº tº 4 tº º sº sº ºr sº, ºr , s: P. “ * * * * * * *** * * *** * * * * * * * * ºf ººº-ºººº... yºrº-º-º-º: sa-kº, , ; , . . . . . . * ***** **** *-*.*.*, Wºº ºr ºt-sºw ºr ºr sº rºse sº. ººrs; º; ºn tº , ººs.º.º. º.º.º. tº º, ºssº wºrse,” ºr ºrrºw. sº ºr #4 º' tºº & tº a 4-sº cº-º- ºr sº es ex ºr zºº i ºr ºxºa , º, as , sº ºx! ºrrº ºw * * * ºr sºdºzº. º *** sº ºr ºsz.fººl-tº-e ** **** * •º re-r'. . .” º *** - . . . . . . . sº **'. - -.' * * * * * - R F º *** *... tº sº ſº ſtºº - . . . . .” ºn , ºs º ºr “ , ” * - *** ***.*.*.*.* -: * ~ * : * ~ * tº strº 4 * * * * - t * : * ~ * : * < * * * * * * * * * * - - : . . . . . ºº ºr * : * sers: e.: w . . - - es: º ºr s : * * * - sº º - º - º - * * * * zºº … as a - rºarº º: tº ea ºr ***** ******** * ºw a tº º º * * * : * r * * * * * * * * * **i. Lºº ... … º.º. v. - r. i. º wº ...º. * : *** * . º - - Fºr tº *** *** ***.*.*.*. **** *** - sº, ºvº **** * A * * * * * * * * sº.º.º.º. ºw- - - - - E. º * * * * * **** - & * . ...” “… • ‘7 ° s sº sº ºr -ºs.º.º. ºf “” º º º - tº . ~ * : * : * : * . º * - º t” ******* * º • * * * - º d +: º ºr ºrº-2- - º Hº tº - 3 ************ * * * * , sº ºrtº * * P * * * * * * *º - . . - * - * * . . . . *.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*. * * - * * * * * * * * * ***.*.*.*S*** 3 * * * * : *-** * * * * * * * * * *rº- wºrk *** * * * * * : * ~ * * * * ***** * * * ~ * * * . . . . . . . * * * **** * * * * * ~ * * : * * * * - º”. He sº-ºº º ºs', ºr wº A new ~ * * * 'wº ** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * º ºf º-º-º: e *-*** *** sº tº - . . ... . . . . . . ." ºf sº, ºr º - * ". . . ºrs * * * - * * * * r- - ~ * A tº º - - - ...tº." ~, ºr i : *k, * *** # -> **** 3 - *** *** *** ****** *.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*, *, ****-** sº-º-º-º: sze fºgs ºssºsºsºkº º, ºr #34, ºf wººt * * * tº sº. "... * * : * ~ * * * - **, * x 3. * * : * * * * “ºr *** * ~ *-*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*, * * * **---rºº; sº sº gºssº º º, ww.t. ºr wrºvº º sº. sº sº. ºvº" ºf . - ** * * º º * ºf wºº º - - sº H - * : * ~~~ *----. ºr ºf tº * : * * * : * ºw:- *** **** ** sºciº ºvs as: sº º-º-º: *** * ***** * * * : * ***. are:ºst et º 5. * * * ºf sº º ºr ; ºr. sº sº, ºr ºw. " … A & * : ..." gºſ º º-º- ºr t - tº º º ww.º.º. ww. ..º.º.º.º. . . .a. , , , .4 wºn; * * * * * t w ... •Mºº ***** * **, * * *w:::s ** ***: * , ºf: sº ºvº • *.*.*, ******** * - - ºv. ººzºº tº. * * *, * * * ******* * - rºw-º's sº , rºse" ºr * * * * º ********.*.*.*.*.*.*.*, *.s ºr, sº rººts, ºr sº wº tº . . º.º. ººº-ºº-ºº ºf sº -3 v ºs ºr a . D a . . . .x 4: ... ºr ; # , tº ,- - sº 55 ºr ; ; Jººs ºf 3 “sº twº : * : *** * * as º.º.º.º. ºf sº ºf a sº tºº sº gº ºsº's sº a tº - **** º - * * **** ******** * : ***** * * * * * ********* * *... a zºº. *** a • *** *** ** ***** *:: * * : * * * * ***** ***** * * * *-* . *... sº -- ºr sºws º - º - * * * * : * > * - sº - as . " * , º • * * * : * * * * • * * * * * * * …" º r º, ºw.…re. :: * * * * * * * * * * * * . . . ss., is 2.4 x * : * * **, -- * * * , ºr r s as saw º 1. *** * * * ... grº sº ...)". " - - *.*.*.*…* was - " - 3. Bºsºvº rººs" —” sº a ~ • * * * * * tº: * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *-* * * ...; - *****.º. º 3. * * * º * f ******** † teºrºº: º axº~~~~< ***** -3 ºzºa iſ sº-ºxº~ * *** **, ºr ré ºut"rººs - ** ******* * * * * ***, *.*.*, *** * * * * **** *** *** **, **s-rººm a . * * * * * * * º º.º. - ; ; ; , , , fººt º'º rºtaxº~~~~ * * * * : * ~~~~sº * & [- ºw wººt **** * ... * - sº ºr a s , wº º *** *** * * * ºrº ºrº a “*** **** *** **** * * * * * * * * * * * * * v.º.º. º.º. ºvasºº. 2 - ... sº sº. ºf º *. - º -- a -º º *** * º, tº revº º ºvºº ºr sº, wººs are: ** : ****** ****** * ***, *.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.* r ******** ***** **** * * A rº, sº #, a wº.º is -* * a sº - is . . . … • * : * ~ *** * * * * ******* * * * PA' * ******** * * * * ~ * * * * *wº tre, ºr , s sº recº- tº wºrsº, ºr sº - ***** ***** fººt º º a' -- wº * * * * * * * § -. § :: * **** * ºxº - - * *s, * *********** * : * * *** * tº ºzº.º. ºwº N. sagº sº... . º . . . . . - - wº.º. tº sº; - tº ºt' ** * * * * º • * wº f;" * : - sº a :* * * * - a . . . § * : *, *. - - - * * * *, * * * 5* .” nº tº 3, , , w - * * * * * * * @, . . ," s- - - # * * * * * * ****** ** * * * * * º ºr ºriº sº a sºasº tº a. § ºf tº * tº sº. Sa. K. s. s sº-ºº: ºf a wºn tº * * * * * ******* * - a- ********* * º *Hººººººº rº - *** *** ****** ***sºr fºr sº - ; ::... s.s. ºf zºº * r sº-º-º: *, *: . . . . . . . sº twº ºf , ºr $ºss tº *** *********** ** sts, sº - rºs.'s, ** * pº º º-º-º: stºº sº tº ºxy, sº as ºsa.º. º.º.º. & * * * * * * * º 'sº sº º Sº º tº ºf - a cººkºsºsº.º.º.º.º.º.º. rex. * Sº sº." ***** * * * * * * * * * * - +iº 2... sº. 4 - - * r * * * sº * , ºr . ** * * - sº - * * * *----> < * : **** . - : * ~ *...* *** * * * * * * *-* *-* * * º - sº rf - :* * * *** * *.*.* º *...f., if 2 ºr - ... "...s. º 5. - d-º - gº *** * * * *** ***** * * * * * * * **, *.*.*.*.*.* tº rºw rºw: ***** * * * * * * * * * * * ******* ºº: ºº ºr "º" ºn ... : : * * * ºf . º.º.º.º. A † tº ºr sº º Pºlº ºr sº sº ...?" - a * * tº .s.º.º. ºº & ºf . *** **wº gº. º A *** **** - ** * * * gº tºº ******* ºntº *T* - - rººs *** * * rº es º - - ; : # * * * * * ***…*&#º x < * :**, *, * A ºf exº-sº **** * * * * * * * *º-sº ºw: ***** *** - º - ... -- sº cº-wrºtes, *** * * *ºtº-jº-j = ..º. ººrºº::: ***.** --- - - - ** *:: º * : *, *... sº tº saxº, a re. º - # * * 3. * * * * - ~ ºfºº º º -º-º-º-º tº-ºaº ºwº,3° ºw." . . . . **** *** : º ºs- º wº.sº I gº ºf - rº-rºsº - .*.*.* tº 8 ** - sº ºw * *** * * ****** * * *** - . ºr sº-º-º: rºi ºr # * : * : * ~ * * * * * | *rºm º ºsº º º: º º o . º E tº a - ºr sº. 3 º restºres º-ess E sº: ig.º. sº, f ** fas--º-º-º: viºsº. 8 º' º, ºnerº e *** * a.º.º. - - .* , ; ****** *** * * * * * * *** * - a sº - sº. retººr, tº - ... . a- rº º “t “ #ºº * ºffs - * †º ºr a ºf ºººººº bºwº, pºsſ ºr as assºe rewºº rººts. ºr. *º-º-º: ***.*.*.*.*.* - *-*.******* ****** ************ cºse : § ºf sºaº gº ar...sº saxº. ºr . Fºrº Pººvºº ºn tºº. ºr ºrº º -- - . ...º.º. 4 *** * * * * ºxº~º sº. . . ºr - is a sºn, fºr º º * * * * * *. 㺠º sº º, ºr ºº sº sº - tºº ºf is º-º-º-º-º-º-º- 'º' 9 º' ºr " rºº º - - º gº fºssaea: * * * & Rºw … < * * *-** f * * * * * * * * - * * … • * : *** * * * * : * ... x . s.t. tº , ºr ºº is " : * : * > . . . a 3-a # * *** A.º.º. 3 ºn tº * *** * * * *-* * * * *** **** * ** * * - tº ºr **** ºrº ºr a tº gº tºº :* w º º º ºr sº º ... sº s " ... • , ºft's º ºrº-ºº: wºº's tº wº. 3 ºf sº º ºx ºt fººtºººººººººººººººººººººº. ſº ſº º º - ºr ººlºº * - •º rº º > *** * * * a grº re ºf º: :: *- : rºws arº º ºr rºº rºw assºs.s.º.º.º.ºrg- - *º º gº sºns ºwnerº º: ºvºseº º - *… Rº - * - ºx-ºf .. 5 . " - *. ** º 2 * º *** **** ** - º, º sº ******* assº ºr. ** *** {4} ºr ºrrº ºr "º a ºf Fºreºerº. ..º.º.º. sººººººººººººººº-ºº: . - - - - * , , , sº * * * * *- º - r *-ºxº . ºf . º, º ºsº', '+ “ . . " rºss sº wº, ºr sº ºf ******* *** ******* * * * * * : … ſº º ºxiºsº rººt * * , - *- :-- *** **a*- : * : *** **w-ºxi º ºsºtº-sºº ºr º d - - " . . º ... . . . . .º. sº tº a , , - º ºº::...º.º.º.º.º.º. --ºº: :::::::::::: ***.*.*.*sº ºrswºººººººººººº. ...,...sºs.…... .º. º sea a sº a si - - - - - - - - - tº ". . . .” - : * **** Dº iº ** ******** º ********: tº sº sº tests: a tº ******** ***** - ******** sººrºº ºr a sº r + º- fºr " : & == ...e. . …, x * * * * * * ***** ****** - º º - *** * * * * *ws-src ºr sº, six, ºr ºf a- ºr sº - ... ºs ******* **aw ººgº ºr ºriziº º § 3 - " - . * **, * * * * * - - ---, … " - w - ** * ... 3 ºf . - sº y, & a cº-ºw * * * * * º s" ºr “a” “..." ºr tºº sº ºr rººs "w ºº “º ºr sº tºº º ºsºsº sº. - - ** ** * * * * **** ** sº tº hiº tº x. ***** : *-º- ºr rear-º-º-º-º-º-º: sº trººve tºº-, *.*.*.* werewº, ºr ºasiº.º.º.º. SººHºº & lºº a .2s., ºn was:-ºººººº tº *-********* *** ********** ****** sº tºº sºw assº", **kwºº. . . .'; at º,...sº, º sº **** * ****t *** *****º-ºº: , ; ** ***** *** * * *...*.* ºf eºsºvº's ººsºº" " 'ºz º.º. " " ' " sº takes .# 5 - s.v., ººs, wºº arº, s C = ºrº--- sº a s º - " ' " : - sº *** * * r * * * * * *... . . . . ... ... .2.x tº ..., x-rº-'ºse, e -ºssºrs ºf es: a, sess as ºn e ºr Fºº - E. B - º * * * * * * * tº 3 sº º ºx ºr - º sº * * * : r" ºf wºº ess tºº. . . . s. sº-º-º: **śrººtswººds sºººººººººº-ºº: "º … < * * * * * * * *s-, “º * * * **** **** *******ºtºqºsº. iss ******* ºpesºs. 3.}ºws sº sº va. ºf "sº a vs " " " : * : * * * * * * * *********** **** * : ****{vixºtºriº tººsºº" " . " * r < * : *, *.*, *-*. *Pºe.rº ºw * : ***************** * tº º spºtººººººººr º ****** * * *** **** ºsiºsº-ºº-ºººººººººººººººº- ºº::$º º º ºw sº-ººººººººººººº...sº sºººººººººººººººººººº- *... •ºssº,3. As sº was sº...wºwº-sºº rººt-º by Hºrsfººdºº tºº ºri. * º ºrazºsºsºvº sº eas ºr sººººººººººººººººººº. gº tº *** * * * º - is . . . . º - .*, *, *.*.* º “º - º ºs. º.º.º.º.º.º.º.º.º.º.ºss-ºººººººººººººººººº... ſº tº sº. ºr :* * * * - a - º, ºr ºr cr:- ºr sº - * : *** ***…* *-*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.********** ************* ***** **** wºº wº * º * * * * *** ** º - - § & * * ºr sº ºwessa ; sº ºwes, ºdºrºººººººº-º-º-ºs.ºrºº, sº *****.*.*--- sº º ºsºvºrºs, tºº. …º.º.º.º.º.º.º.º.º. ººº-ºº-ºººººººº-ººrºººººººººººººº.. sº tºº. … ; ; rº, sº . ~, ºr, sº------, - … ºx-ºººººººººººººººººººººººººººººººº-ºººººººººººººººººººº-ºººººwº , , , ************.*.*.*.*.*.*. *** **** * * ******śrºtº-ºº-ºººººººººººººººººººwº icº-rº ; ;" *** **** as: : at as a wººtº-ºº-ººººººº sº. - ******* -, *, *tº ºsºvºsº.º.º.º.º.º.º.º.º.º. - sº ºr ºf rº º sº ºr *- : *** *** ************ *-ºsuº cº- * , s: ºº & sºrº’s “sº sº ºw ºxºsº.º.º.º.º.º.º.º.º.º. º ºfºº “ººººº. ... ." --- . º' （s - º ..… ºr sº , º, ºf "sº Bºº * * ***** . ºn e º 'º º a tº sº. - *****ººººººººº * * ***, ºys...r.º.º.º. ºri sºººººººººº sº tºº-º-º: sº-sºº sº cºes º … . ... ºw- * Arººs -- ** a sº-º-º: --- ºº::. ** st ºt - * -iefs: sº ..º.º.º.º.º.º.º.º.º.e., 4-sº º Aººsººkºsº, *w-ºn ... º.º.º.º.º.º.º.º.º.º-º-º-º-º-º-ºrrº twº sºº-ººººººº-ººseves-rºssºs * , ºrwºº ºr. ... . * . º: - “iº º ". º: - ºws ºr ºf: *g, *s-tº-ººººººººº sº.4 ºvºsºrººººººº-ºº º ºsº.º.º.º.º.º.º.º.º. assº wººººººººººººººwº sº - * * * ". º * ~ * - # fºr ºf ºr sº tº ºº:: - ********** ************** ******** ***** º: *** ***.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.sºsº.º.º.º.º.º.º. - as a sºsº.º. º. as a * * * * * * sº tº ****.*.*.*.sº-º-º-º-esº- sº-º-º-º: - - - ºr ºrº Fººtº ºr º-rººrs e-º-º: - *.*.*.*.*S**** *:::::::::::…sº ******wº ºf ºººº. *º-ºº: tº wºº sº-asſºº-tº assººres ºvº rºs.: º H jº ... - sº ***** * **** * * * * * ºis -º ºr sº is sº, is …r.º.º. ººrººrºººººººººººººººººº-ºº: :********** ******** sºlº tº sº sºrºrº sº." - Yº . . 3. } - º ºg. . . . . ; § …sierº ºjºsº. º.º. ºº:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: nº attºº * * ******* ****** *****::::: . . … x . . . stºº - # * : *::ii & ******* *...* tº *** ********u-sº ºn a ººrºº sººººººººººººººººººººººººººººººººººººººººººººº-ºº-ºº: -grº sº sº ent **.*.*.*- : *-ºs-ºs. tº sº. º-scº-ºº: sº. ººzºº. ºn 2 wººs " " sº *** ******** *** ******.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.* tºº. ...ºtºsseſsºarºº ºsºvº sº sºrºrºs ºº: " " ºr tº tº … sºft * , ºr tº ºr rº º ºr, a - ºº-ºº-ºº-ºººººººººººººººººººººººººººººººoººººº-º-º: nºtarºssºsºsºs º … .º.º. ººgºº.'s - - - Pºiºsº.º.e. saºs; , ºr *- : * * ..º.º.º. Ǻ - *** *, ********* ****** * & wºº : **** ****". º - - *-, sº - ** *. Pºpº - *…* * * * ººº-ºº: - * * * * * * *... ºnºtºrºººººººººººººººººººººººººººººº-ºº: assº; £ºrºsiºn a tº ºr sea as sº - ººzºº º º - . . . . . . . a.º. as a hº as as ºr sº a zºº sº fºr tº º ºsº ºsºtºrººgeºrtº : -gas ess-rººketºtº ºw: , ; º - - º *sº *... " º Sºº , -º-º: sº. * * * * * ex ******** º > *wº ºsºvº º ºsº.º. ºººººººººº. º: sº *** *** ****** *. & ºvºº kº ºr sº st … i. º.º.º.º. ººk tº ". º I º ºw tº sº w w º wº" wº-º-º-º-º-º-" sº ºne ºr . . ; * … "... .s.º. *** *********************.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.**** ************************************ … . . sº, sº wºrsº, sº sets tº: ** º, A -- ~4 wºe tº 44, 4- 43-ºwº-rº º' *** ... s. - - º shºws. *** **********, r**, r*a*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*&# ºrses scºsºv-sex- sees-º-º-º: * : *** ***, * r * : w ºrsº ºr - : * ~ *. ºr.º.º.º.e. v . . . . . . - - - - '* * * * ******** ********* ******~ *a*.*.*.*.sºssessºrsº, ºrº-sº sº attºº: twº tº swºrºws sºººººº sº sº; - º . º c- º, ''.3 °º - 3. tº sº º sº-ºº-ºººººººººººººººººº sº.sºas sºarºº tes: sºsºvº's rººt-, ºs-ºs.º & tº º zººs" - --- d º sº d & º - * - sº, º a 3-ºxº a w º -: º *.*.*.*.* ſº ºr ******zºrººººººººººººººº. *********** - **** **** … º. - - gºe- ... "...º.º. - * * - - gº-ºº-ºº. " -º - - ºr-. B - - fº.º. º.º. r. º.º. ºº, sº s is ºsgºt º' ºw tº ºr ºrje ºriºsº- ºr ºrº-fººwºº - - - º --- º E º º [. st azºº kº ºwº, nº r & . . . sº . ~ * - **** - . . . . . .tºrºº: ºra: º & " : º º º, , -} º * * * -- *** . . . . - - , , , , ºr ºver º - - *... . . , 'vºv - a “* * * … s. s.s., ºw-wºw º ... " - º , vs. ºf ". - ** * * a *. * * * ºfs . , t , º, . " º º” ----- - a ºn tº 3 * * > ºr " ' " ** *** º * * * * * *.*.*.*. * : * : ... : *. tº º º * . . : ... º.º. º: * : *** ºf º * ******, *:: * * * ºf º > ******** ***S*. * * ****** *** *-ºs º-º-ºwt. sº ******** riº sex + ºx: ver: it ºr --> as ºr seº-ºxº º tº sº-ºº-ºº-ººr ºx.” sº sº. - º ºr s-4sº sº * ***.*.* G "; * * * * * : * * - * † : … .ºrs. :: * * * * * r * : * *... *- : * ~ * - - º - º º º fw ºr “tº * ...º.º.º.º.º.º.e.'s ºn sº- - * … - ---- : e. ... - * * * * * * * . . . ; wºrse's ºf r . . . -- - zºº, , t , ººº-ººrº",º ... * … aſ º º a sº tº rº c tº s . . . . .º.º.º. ºf ww. tº sº.º. º. . . , ºrº t & 9 º' "A '+', ' - w * . * * * * * * * º º º: - ſº º tº sº- i.e.: he ºz. - * *** ***** º Rºg º," * * - - º - * = tºtº rºº...a rººf. * g **ºs & Esº -**** t - - º * 3: ; ; * * * * - ºr ºr : * . º: . . e.e. - º s.r.º.º. 3- ºr- ºr a ºr cº-ºw vº ...º. - = ~. . . . ~ x2, ... tº * * * * :***::::: - * -- - . . . . *** *** * * * * it ºr -º gº ºf . , , aws. ...sºap º rºº, ºr * . . . . º, g º *** * * * --- sº w & sº *, * * * * * * * sak …, ſº "? :* : * , ºn sº º ºr º ºf ºss º: - * * *...tº ºvº º 'º. º M sº Eº Jº ". * * rº - - º --º *** * . * A * º - ---> º º * * * * † a *-- " - - ***** * * r ***, r* *gºrº ºffs as ºrº-g ºr.º.º.º.º.ºrº- ****r, sººfse rºº. º.º. *** *** * * * * * t * 5: *** * * * * ******* * * ºr rºº rºº tº ºr ºf sºrºrººººººººººººººººº sº. ºf sº * ºr is; ; ;º ºvºº rººt 'i' ºr ºf - *sºn rºw-º-º-º- ºr rººk sºriº ºsts pºsºvº's Fºº sº s ºr cº-º ... … . . . . ºr rºº ******* º sº tº gº tºº eastºss, tºº was: ºssº * * * * * * * ... …º.º.º.º.º.º.º.º.º. sººn-tº a sº-sºº.º. º.º.º.º.º.º.º.º. tºº sº-ºº-ººf ººlºº - * * * * Bº º - º ****, ºxº-arººs º ºsºtrºtº-sºº sº. { * * * * *...** **...* i. º: ... ºr, e-, --, -, **s “ *** *******, 3×wº * : * *** - º ... - gº twº ºar; ºr fº.º.º.º. º ... . 4 : ex º' “ . .” ºr . . . . . . . . sp., ºf ~& rº, º sº. 3-3 '' … . . . * * ****** xºr . ºt - º ... . º º sº º * . - - *** ********* ****** ºscº. tº ºsºtºn- sº wº. * r * * ***, ************ 5. w 3 rºº as: A . . . .” - “s ' ' ' ' ' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .” - ***** * * * * * * * * ** ***. º - * * gº º'º " ...! - - º * ******** **** *** ***** sº wºrsº, tº sº, ºr sº tºº fºrgºsºsº.º-sººt ºr ºf sº … . . . . . .x, ºr “… , ~ *-*.*.*.*.*.*.* * **** º - - * * - ºrs in als. … . --- sº. .º.º.º.º.º.º. ººrs: , ;…s. ºre sºrºrºccºa pºrker º - -- - - - º: saurºres were:trº e = . * . . . ; yº rººt- sº º * : * : * * * * * * * ** * *[*. º a -º as , ºrgiº.sºasºs ººrt ºf *** **wº-seº sº... • ******ººls: ºº:: º --- ºrpººl ºrrº, º f : ...ºf irº ºr ºl zº a. s. sºvº's seats ºvº-º-º: sº seaſºsºsºsºsºsºvº-vºsºvºseºsºvº tº wº - a gº... wº, ºw- tº as tº ºf ºr sºrrº Sºrexia.ºrº sº, ºr ºvºstºvº- - st: ; ; sº-º-º-º: *** ***.icº - º sº - º - sº （ ºsºvº; ºº:: ******º- ºr sº sººn s : * ~...~" **- º, e-º- º º - º - - * * * * *,x*.* tº - rºº - sº ** - Es * * * * *-i- ** ... . . . as ºn • * * * ~ * *** * * * **º-º.º. º **** * -º ºusº Hºss º { i = ** **** * * * ***.*** v: -- * * * * * **** - s tº sº tº . . . . . . was rººs sº-sº sessºr ºases. * - - EA ºvº Ea is . . was ‘. . º - - ... . . . . ...,x. m.a.s. i. º.º. ºº º ºzsa. #. º * : *** **** * . . . . r: W* * º t- - - ºn F - - * * * * * * * * **p , sº *-** - *:- - - º - … sºvº, sº , sº:**** * * : * * * * * - - - º -- º - * . . . . .3- ºr º, , , , , , , , … … is ºr -e-…...: "º º * * * * * ******** dº 2 ###wº º Fº - - º Fº ... º tºº º º” .. . avºr.… a ºr 's ". * * * * * * * * * * * ***** - sº * * ****** º, *** * * *** ****** sºft si sººn - - º º º º º º *...º.º. º.º.º. " . . : , , " . . . . . .” ..º.e.'s . . . . - . º * -º ...º. * * **, r*** - - - gº º * * sº sº. ºº sº tºº Bºrn. - - fººtº- wººtºººººsey wº &º tºº, sº sº . . assºs º ºr a … - - . . … • *s a ps * * *** * - ºr - º ... ... .º- ºr ºº...º.º.º.º.º. ***** ºr sºns ******** * *º ºr sºlº erº *** **º-ºrº - ºr ºsºs - - - * * ** ...º.º.º.º.º.º.º.º.º.º.º.º.º.º.º. as its nº swº sº- ************ - tºº-º-º: -, *: - º ºw.º.ºrºtºs ºr "º ºr ºr F. - º º is ſºº-wºº wº sº wrºa º rº ºrt-º-º-; ears. “******* * * * * ********* *****, *zººp tºº sºrºrºº: sº * ºr ºs ºf 44; sº : lºº º wwwº gº... • * * * * tº sº...º.º.º.º.º.º. º.º.º.º.º. ºººººº sº ººººººººººº...º. *S*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.** ***** * eis ºwns ºn twº ºr reº º º *sºr ºr sº. *** : **** * * *-** was:-tº-sº wº - ºss.sºsºsº.º.º.º.º.º.º.º. º. ººº-ºº: sit- ºss ºr ºst s: “it sº-sºº -º-º- - • *- *** -ºº-ºº:: * * * *s ºs: ºº sº tºº º º, ºrº-º-º-º-º-º: ...sº, sº wº, sº sº s rºsº sº-twº ºr sºrº. $º sº tºwººt sº as ºt, ºr a rºoºººº tº ** **ś ºt. tº a wº sº saw tº a sºrrºs - º rººk, - §ses wº º ****** ***** *****, ºriºgº sº. n = * ***.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*** ***** sº-º-ºrº ºr rººs ººº-ººººººººººººssetºs º- ºr tº ºsºthºrºssºwrºº 3. * *s-sº-sºº'ssºrs: sº- 5-fººt. º ************************.*.*.*-ºs-ºº-ºº-ººººººººººººººººººº ºw rºtatºzºº tºº-ºº: spºº ºt - tº secºnº-ººººoºººººººº-ººrººººº-ºº: tºº gºzºsº 9 * : * - ***.* * * * * * * ... .s. s. sºvº, *** *** * -* * * * ***** & º ºsº wºr: rº **: *, *.*.*.*. . . . . # * * *** *** ********, *... ººººººººººººººººººººººººº ºf Bºtº -ºº ". . . . As a sº-wºº rºyº §ss stºry's . ºw ºº - * * ***** wººzºº, ſºrº º ºf . , sºa.º.º.e. * * * * º - -- - i.” ſº Fºrt-ºriºstºeºesº * ºf ººº-ºº: [w - * - sº t g-sºº." Ea ** * * *****::::: ; Fº jetºvº-º-º-º: sº serºa • , , , , sº rºº sº sº. & tº º-sºº, whºses ºf sºrºs.ºsse wº sº, as ºr tº: - º ºr Lºxº t - * * * - - - wº- ºr - W A •º wººtagº? - is ºrº -ºº-ºººººººººººº-ººrºº irºs. sº.” ..º.º.º.º.º. & º' ºº::. *** *, *, * * * ****** * * * * * * * * * sº sºrt - sº sº a zºº #sº ºz ºr sessºr *** ********** **** ºzºwº ºr. * * ~ * ºr ºrº-r- i.e. sº agrº.º. º - - - º - ºr . - ... * * * *** * * * : * * - - º - - - . . . . . .'; 2 × . . * *::... ºr tº sº, º ſº * & sº tº - º - - º, sº - ſº , * - 8 r º v * * ºf wº - º - 5.ºr, sº º . . º * * * - - º * > * * ses is ;...&º tº: ; * $º ºr ; ; - *: * * * * * * r - - - º * ...-- - R wººs i. ºf ºvºº º ºr ºs º º tº # * º - * -- . - * , , sº - - ...hº..." – sº * * *** f : . . - - - ºr 4 sº, sº sº. º - - - - [. a - e3, - º - ſº 2 erº, ºr º- ? -- in rººs s rººt ºr º tº tº sº, sº sº tºº sº * . . . . - r * , º º - .*.*.*.*.*.* tº ººzºº.º. º. º. º Brº - - - - * - - - - . . . . . . . . . . * * , * * º - - ºr a ºn sº gº. ſ " ' ". a rºw ººzºº E. - - - - * - * * : *t , ºr * , º, “ tºº-ºº:::::::::::::::::..º.º.º. º - - - - - - - - - . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . ... ... .sº : Fº - - ºf º - a Nº a r s = < - ºr - a rº- Nºtal ºf - steºs: - §º dº - * ** ****** º - ºº:: *** **** *** * * * * * * * * *******; ºtºyº - sº º º - . ...º.º.º. - º:::::::::: º.º.º. E. º;;....”. Fºº - - - - -ºs. • *- : º *** * * * * * * * * *** *** **** ** *** Fººtº ºsºtersºs assrººs ºf º, - ºw. º ºr arº **** ***** i t; r. Sº 8. : - : sº-sºº, º ºs-ºº: ºr *** ************* * * * * * *-****** * - º tº....:::::::::: º ºriºsº sº E- º w *. ºriº º * , s: : **** ****** º: º ~ .. ***** ſº ... - º sº tºivº º *** ***.* ºº::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: ..º. : ºº::::::: * º º -> §: sº résºzºs ºs ºº:: ºº::" ºr . . . . . . sº - “ ºak. Fº º º º º º-s ºº: - - º -º-º: . ººtººººººººººº. vº.º.º.º.º.º.º.º. ºº::s . º: sº .* * * * iº irº º ... … ...º.º. * : ******** *******). A sº ºrsº º: Er º ATZT [Nºs. MAXIM,\ºſºſ.Wºy Mº UAEU.Nº MTV U. º WC y sº * º [º ſº º - C- º E-- [- D- * * - - - • - º P illiſDTIIIHITIII -" is & §º . S O U T H A F R. I. C. A. C O R. R. ESPON DEN C E RESPECTING THE AFFAIRS OF ZULULAND AND THE PROPOSED WISIT OF CETYWAYO TO ENGLAND. $3regented to botſ) # ougeg of làarliament bp (Tommand of £er ſºlaje.gtp. June 1882. L O N T) O N : PRINTED BY GEORGE EDWARD EYFE AND WILLIAM SPOTTISWOODE, PRINTERS TO THE QUEEN’s MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY. FOR HER MAJESTY'S STATIONERY OFFICE. sºmeºmºs [C.—3247.] Price 18, 1d. 1882. TABLE OF CONTENTs. º ź From or to whom. Date. Subject. 5 1() 1 1 13 14 Deputy Governor Lieut.-General L. Smyth. To Governor Sir Hercules Robin- SOIl. Lieut.-General L. Smyth. To Governor Sir IIercules lèobin- SO]]. Governor Sir Her- cules Robinson. Ditto - - - To Governor Sir Hercules Robin- SO1] . To Governor Sir Hercules lèobin- SOll. Governor Sir IIer- cules Robinson. Ditto - - - Ditto - - - Ditto - - - To Governor Sir Hercules Robin- SO]] . Governor Sir IIer- cules lèobinson. Ditto - º- -> R 1504. Wt. 394. Deputy Governor July 15, 1881. (Rec. Aug. 8, 1881.) Aug. 11, 1881. Aug. 2, 1881. (Rec. Aug. 23, 1881. September 14, 1881. (Telegraphic.) September 16, 1881. (Rec. Sept. 16, 1881.) (Telegraphic.) August 30, 1881. (Rec. Sept. 19, 1881.) September 23, 1881. (Telegraphic.) September 16, 1881. (Rec. Oct. 13, 1881.) October 26, 1881. (Rec. Oct. 26, 1881.) (Telegraphic.) Oct. 28, 1881. (Rec. Nov. 24, 1881.) Nov. 14, 1881. (Rec. Dec. 6, 1881.) Dec. 12, 1881. Nov. 22, 1881. (Rec. Dec. 13, 1881.) Dec. 6, 1881. (Rec. Dec. 26, 1881.) September 24, 1881.l Reporting an interview with Cetywayo, and trans- mitting his request to be allowed to proceed, to England to plead his case before the Queen. Requesting Governor's opinion as to whether a much greater degree of personal liberty might not be allowed Cetywayo, and as to his request to be allowed to visit England. Forwarding letters from Cetywayo addressed to Lord Kimberley and Mr. Gladstone, represent- ing the injustice of his detention. Stating that Her Majesty's Government were disposed to entertain Cetywayo's wish to visit England, and requesting Governor to report. Reporting that Cetywayo was most grateful for Secretary of State's message of September 14th, and suggesting arrangements for the proposed visit of Cetywayo to England. Transmitting copies of two letters from Cety wayo asking permission to go to England there to state his case personally. Directing Governor to inform Cetywayo that it would be undesirable on many accounts for him to come to England in the winter, and that he must leave it to Her Majesty's Govern- ment to decide when he shall come. - Acknowledging Despatch of 30th August, and referring Governor to telegraphic instructions of September 23rd. - Forwarding Ministerial Minute regarding the grant of greater personal liberty to Cetywayo and the desirability of his visiting England. Reporting that the Transvaal Government solicits the release of Cetywayo. Forwarding copy letter from Cetywayo relative to the disturbed state of Zululand, and his desire to visit England. Forwarding copy letter from the British Resi- dent, Pretoria, covering a resolution of the Transvaal Government praying for the release of Cetywayo. Directing Governor to inform the Transvaal Government that the resolution asking for the release of Cetywayo will be duly considered. Forwarding copy correspondence with Sir Evelyn Wood respecting Cetywayo's request that he might be accompanied by certain chiefs on his proposed visit to England. Forwarding letter from Cetywayo, covering one to the Secretary of State, respecting his proposed visit to England. a 2 6 | 1 iv. From or to whom. Date. Subject. Page. 24 26 28 29 30 Lady Florence Dixie To Governor Sir Hercules Robin- SOI). Governor Sir Her- cules Robinson. To Governor Sir Hercules Robin- SOIl. Ditto - - - To Lady Florence Dixie. Governor Sir Her- cules Robinson. To Governor Sir Hercules Robin- SOD1. Lady Dixie. Florence Governor Sir Her- cules Robinson. To Governor Sir Hercules Robin- SOI). Governor Sir Her- cules Robinson. To Sir Governor To Lady Florence Dixie. Lady Dixie. Florence To Governor Sir Hercules Robin- Hercules Robinson. Jan. 12, 1882. Jan. 12, 1882. Dec. 23, 1881. (Rec. Jan. 17, 1882.) Jan. 19, 1882. Jan. 25, 1882. Jan. 25, 1882. Jan. 7, 1882. (Rec. Jan. 30, 1882.) Feb. 2, 1882. Handed to Lord Kimberley by Lady F. Dixie, 2nd February 1882. Jan. 11, 1882. (Rec. Feb. 7, 1882.) (Extract.) Feb. 9, 1882. March 2, 1882. (Rec. Mar. 3, 1882.) (Telegraphic.) March 6, 1882. (Telegraphic.) March 7, 1882. March 9, 1882. March 9, 1882. Forwarding a letter from Cetywayo addressed to the Queen and soliciting an interview with Lord Kimberley. Requesting Governor to inform Cetywayo that his wish to leave at the end of March has been considered, but that the details of his proposed visit to England have not yet been settled. Forwarding copy letter from Cetywayo complain- ing of the treatment of his family in Zululand, and stating that the real wishes of the Zulu people as regards his return are not properly understood. Directing Governor to impress upon Cetywayo the fact that his proposed visit to England will not necessarily result in his return to Zululand. Requesting him to inform Cetywayo that his letter to the Queen forwarded through Lady Florence Dixie has been laid before Her Majesty. Stating that the Governor of the Cape of Good Hope has been requested to inform Cetywayo that his letter of the 18th December 1881 has been laid before the Queen. Transmitting two letters from Cetywayo ad- dressed to the Queen and to H.R.H. the Prince of Wales respectively. Requesting Governor to inform Cetywayo that his letters to the Queen and H.R.H. the Prince of Wales have been duly laid before Her Majesty and His Royal Highness. Letter from Mr. Samuelson enclosing one from Cety wayo, urging her Ladyship to use her best efforts in his behalf. Enclosing copy correspondence with Ministers regarding the Act authorising Cetywayo's de- tention in the Cape Colony. Requesting that Cetywayo may be informed that his letter has been received and read by Secre- tary of State, and approving Governor’s verbal reply to the ex-King. Informing that Mr. Shepstone has, in consequence of a letter published by Lady Florence Dixie in “Morning Post” of 26th January, declined to take charge of Cotywayo on his visit to England. Stating that Lady Florence Dixie will be asked to explain. Forwarding, for her observations thereon, copy telegram from Sir H. Robinson regarding the letter from Cety wayo published in “Morning Post” of 26th January. Submitting an explanation with regard to the letter from Cetywayo, published in “Morning Post" of 26th January, with reference to the appointment of Mr. H. Shepstone to ac- company Cetywayo while in England. Conveying to him the opinion of the Law Officers on the question of the detention of Cetywayo after his return to the Colony from England. 11 13 14 14 14 14 16 18 18 19 19 20 # à From or to whom. Date. Subject. 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 44 46 To Governor Sir Hercules Robin- SOD1. Ditto - 4- Governor Sir Her- cules Robinson. To Governor Sir Hercules Robin- SOI). To Lady Florence Dixie. Lady Florence Dixie. To Governor Sir Hercules Robin- S Oll. Ditto º Governor Sir Her- cules Robinson. To Governor Sir Hercules Robin- SOD1. Governor Sir Hor- cules Robinson. Uitto * = sº Ditto * * = To Lady Florence Dixie. Lady Florence Dixie. Governor Sir Her- cules I&obinson. March 9, 1882. March 10, 1882. (Telegraphic.) March 11, 1882. (Rec. Mar. 11, 1882.) (Telegraphic.) March 11, 1882. (Telegraphic.) March 13, 1882. March 14, 1882. March 15, 1882. (Telegraphic.) March 16, 1882. March 18, 1882. (Rec. Mar. 18, 1882.) (Telegraphic.) March 28, 1882. March 6, 1882. (Rec. Mar. 31, 1882.) March 8, 1882. (Rec. April 4, 1882.) March 13, 1882. (Rec. April 4, 1882.) April 8, 1882. April 11, 1882. March 20, 1882. (Rec. April 12, 1882.) Requesting Governor to explain fully to Cety- wayo the conditions on which he is permitted to visit England and the reasons which have delayed the visit. Requesting Governor to explain to Cetywayo the circumstances which render it necessary that his visit to England should be postponed. Suggesting that in consequence of Cetywayo's state of health he should not arrive in England until about the middle of May. Instructing him to delay departure of Mr. Shep- stone and Chiefs for Cape Town, and stating it is improbable that arrangements can be made to enable Cetywayo to reach England so soon as May. Transmitting draft proposed telegram to Sir Her- cules Robinson containing the substance of her Ladyship's explanation, and stating that in Lord Kimberley's opinion it would be premature to publish the correspondence at present. Expressing willingness to publicly withdraw the alleged statement of Cetywayo, published by her under a misapprehension as to its accuracy. Conveying substance of Lady F. Dixie's ex- planation with reference to Cetywayo's letter published in “Morning Post.” Confirming instructions already made by tele- graph respecting the statement by Lady Florence Dixie. Stating that Cetywayo and Mr. Samuelson have made statements inconsistent with Lady Flo- rence Dixie's explanation, which is not credited in the colony. Observing that no further action appears to be necessary in the matter of Lady Florence Dixie's explanation, and that as Mr. Shepstone's character has not been in any way affected he need not hesitate to adhere to his engagement. Transmitting copy of correspondence respecting the publication of a letter from Cetywayo in the “Morning Post.” Transmitting copy of a letter from Cety wayo to Mr. Shepstone, expressing his regret at the unauthorised statements which have recently been made concerning him. Transmitting copy of a Minute to Ministers with their reply respecting the removal of Mr. Samuelson. Transmitting copy Despatch from the Governor of the Cape, enclosing various documents re- lative to the letter from Cetywayo published in the “Morning Post' of 26th January; also copy further Despatch covering a letter from Cety wayo to Mr. H. Shepstone. Submitting further remarks on the correspond- ence respecting the relations of Mr. II. Shepstone and Cetywayo, and expressing a hope that Mr. Samuelson may be allowed to retain his office. Forwarding copy of further statement by Mr. Samuelson, and pointing out that Lady Florence Dixie's explanation is apparently inconsistent with the facts. 37 38 R 1504. a 3 : * t º: g i ź -- a---- - ** =h. *— — . From or to whom. Date. Subject. 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 Governor Sir Her- cules Robinson. To Governor Sir Hercules Robin- | SOIl. To Lady Florence Dixie. Lady Florence Dixie. To Governor Sir Hercules Robin- SOIl. Governor Sir Her- cules Robinson. Governor Sir Henry Bulwer. To Governor Sir Hercules Robin- SOIl. Governor Sir H. Bulwer. Governor Sir Her- cules Robinson. To Governor Sir Hercules Robin- SOIl. Governor Sir H. Bulwer. To Governor Sir Hercules Robin- SOn, To Governor Sir H. Bulwer. Ditto º tº- March 21, 1882. (Rec. April 12, 1882.) April 20, 1882. April 20, 1882. April 22, 1882. April 25, 1882. April 22, 1882. (Rec. April 25, 1882.) (Telegraphic.) April 26, 1882. (Rec. April 26,1882.) (Telegraphic.) April 29, 1882. (Telegraphic.) April 3, 1882. (Rec. May 2, 1882.) May 2, 1882. (Rec. May 3, 1882.) (Telegraphic.) May 8, 1882. (Telegraphic.) April 10, 1882. (Rec. May 10, 1882.) May 10, 1882. (Telegraphic.) May 11, 1882. May 11, 1882. Forwarding letter from Cetywayo to Lady Flo- rence Dixie, with a request that it may be forwarded to that lady. Requesting to be informed what steps have been taken respecting the proposal of Mr. Fynney as Mr. Samuelson’s successor. Transmitting a letter addressed to her by Cety- wayo, and copy of a Despatch from Sir Hercules Robinson on the subject of the statements made by her concerning Mr. Shepstone. Replying to, and commenting upon, the remarks of Sir Hercules s Robinson in his Despatch of March 20th, and again expressing a firm belief in Mr. Samuelson's honesty. Transmitting copy of a further letter from Lady F. Dixie on the subject of her correspondence with Cetywayo. Stating that Cetywayo has given the formal undertaking required by the 4th paragraph of Lord Kimberley’s Despatch of March 9th. Stating that his visit to Zululand is considered by the Resident to be unadvisable at present. Respecting the passing of an Act for the detention of Cetywayo at the Cape after his visit to Eng- land. Forwarding copy letter from British Resident in Zululand reporting the arrival of a messenger from the Bishop of Natal with a communica- tion from the ex-King Cetywayo to the Chief Umyamana together with copy of reply to Resident and letter addressed to the Bishop. Stating that Ministers regret their inability to submit to Parliament a measure of the nature proposed in Lord Kimberley's Despatch of the 9th of March and telegram of the 29th ultimo. Requesting him to inform Cetywayo that after his visit to England it may be necessary to place him in Mauritius or some other British Pos- session ; but that if he still wishes for visit and adheres to undertaking given, arrangements will be made for his departure. Transmitting further correspondence on the sub- ject of a message alleged to have been sent by Cetywayo to Umyamana through the Bishop of Natal. Requesting Governor to inform Cetywayo that it has been found necessary to postpone his visit to England. Approving Governor's reply to the Bishop of Natal regarding the message alleged to have been sent by Cetywayo to certain Zulu Chiefs. Transmitting copy of a Despatch addressed to Sir H. Robinson respecting the alleged message by Cely wayo to Umyamana. t s 40 41 41 42 43 43 43 47 47 47 50 51 VII ; Ž From or to whom. Date. Subject. Page. 62 63 64 66 67 68 69 70 71 73 74 75 76 To Governor Sir Hercules Robin- SOIl. Ditto - - Governor Sir Her- cules Robinson. To Governor Sir Hercules Robin- SOIl. Governor Sir Henry Bulwer. Ditto ºs º- Ditto * tº Governor Sir Her- cules Robinson. To Governor Sir Henry Bulwer. Ditto - tº Governor Sir Henry Bulwer. Ditto - - Lady Florence Dixie. To Governor Sir Henry Bulwer. Ditto - º May 11, 1882. May 11, 1882. May 11, 1882. (Rec. May 11, 1882.) (Telegraphic.) May 11, 1882. (Telegraphic.) May 12, 1882. (Rec. May 12, 1882.) (Telegraphic.) April 13, 1882. (Rec. May 16, 1882.) April 15, 1882. (Rec. May 16, 1882.) April 22, 1882. (Rec. May 16, 1882.) May 23, 1882. May 23, 1882. April 20, 1882. (Rec. May 24, 1882.) April 22, 1882. (Rec. May 24, 1882.) May 24, 1882. May 25, 1882. May 27, 1882. Directing the issue of such instructions as may prevent messages being sent by Cetywayo into Zululand without Sir H. Bulwer's knowledge and sanction. Explaining that Cetywayo's visit to England has been postponed owing to a telegram received from Sir H. Bulwer stating that the projected visit has been used for the purpose of creating agitation in Zululand. Reporting having informed Cetywayo that his early departure would be arranged for, and expressing fear that the disappointment of a further postponement may endanger his life. Adhering to postponement of Cetywayo's visit, and requesting Governor to inform the ex-King that such postponement is owing to his intended visit having been used for seditious purposes. Stating that he will not be able to visit Zululand before August. Reporting that great uncertainty exists in the minds of the people in consequence of the rumoured intended restoration of Cetywayo, and stating that he (Sir H. Bulwer) proposes shortly to visit Zululand. Transmitting a memorandum by the British Resi- dent on the Bishop of Natal’s letter of the 8th instant, on the subject of a message alleged to have been sent by Cetywayo to Umyamana. Transmitting copy of letter from the Custodian of Prisoners of War, conveying Cetywayo's formal undertaking to obey the instructions which may be given to him on his being replaced in Im- perial custody. Acknowledging his Despatch, reporting his in- tended visit to Zululand. Concurring in his opinion that the matter of Cetywayo's message to Umyamana need not be pursued further. | Submitting observations on the origin and extent of the uneasiness existing in the Zulu country on account of the reported probability of Cety- wayo's restoration to power by the English Government. Reporting the arrival in Natal of the Chiefs Undabuko and Usiwetu with a large following, and that for reasons stated he has declined to see the party, the visit being really a demonstra- tion in favour of the release of Cetywayo. Calling attention to the present unsatisfactory state of affairs in Zululand, and warning the nation and Government of the danger of allowing it to continue. Requesting to be furnished, as soon as practicable, with his opinion as to the policy to be pursued in Zululand, without waiting for Governor’s proposed visit to that country. Approving his action as regards the deputation from Zululand. 51 51 52 52 5 3 53 5 5 56 57 63 64 64 a 4 VIII ; à From or to whom, Date. Subject. Page. 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 86 87 88 89 90 r— Governor Sir Henry Bulwer. Ditto - - Ditto - º Governor Sir Her- cules Robinson. To Governor Sir Henry Bulwer. Governor Sir Her- cules Robinson. Litto - gº Ditto - - To Governor Sir Hercules Robin- SO11. To Governor Sir IIenry Bulwer. Lady Florence Dixie. GovernorSir Henry Bulwer. Ditto - - Ditto - - April 28, 1882. (Rec. May 30, 1882.) April 29, 1882. (Rec. May 30, 1882.) April 29, 1882. (Rec. May 30, 1882.) May 2, 1882. (Rec. May 30, 1882.) June 1, 1882. May 13, 1882. (Rec. June 8, 1882.) May 15, 1882. (Rec. June 8, 1882.) May 16, 1882. (Rec. June 8, 1882.) June 8, 1882. June 8, 1882. June 11, 1882. May 12, 1882. (Rec. June 12, 1882.) May 12, 1882. (Rec. June 12, 1882.) May 13, 1882. (Rec. June 12, 1882.) Explaining the reasons for postponement of his intended visit to Zululand. Transmitting reports from the British Resident respecting his interviews with the Zulu deputa- tion, and remarking on the disrespectful and overbearing conduct of Undabuko and Usivetu, the leaders. Submitting explanatory observations on the dis- putes between Umyamama and Uhamu ; and between Usibebu and the two subordinate Chiefs Undabuko and Usivetu. Transmitting copy Ministerial Minute regretting their inability to submit to Parliament a measure for the further detention of Cetywayo after his visit to England. Approving Governor’s action in the matter of his message to the Zulu deputation. Reporting the appointment of Mr. Dunn, a Scotch emigrant, as interpreter to Cetywayo at a salary of 18l. per month and travelling expenses. Transmitting copy of a Minute to Ministers, respec- ting the possible further detention of Cetywayo in another Colony, and of their Minute in reply, covering copy of Cetywayo's answers to the proposals made to him. Transmitting notes of two interviews between Cetywayo and Governor's Private Secretary, and expressing intention of communicating with Sir H. Bulwer on the subject of the ex-King's desire to have his family placed in safety. Expressing regret at the effect produced on Cety- wayo on learning of the postponement of his visit to England, and approving Governor’s intention to communicate with Sir IIemy Bul- wer on the subject of the ex-King's family. Requesting Governor to procure from the British Resident in Zululand a report on the present condition and circumstances of Cetywayo's family, and to make every effort for their pro- tection and consideration. Expressing the pain with which she had heard of Mr. Samuelson's dismissal, and warning the Secretary of State that the failure of the Go- vernment to fulfil their promises to Cety wayo, will hasten the ex-King's death and bring about a general rebellion in Zululand. Forwarding with observations thereon a memo- randum by Mr. Osborn on the composition of the Zulu party of demonstration under Unda- buko. Reporting that the Zulus who came in with Unda- buko and Usiveta have, with a few exceptions, returned to Zululand, and remarking on the real object of those chiefs in coming into Natal. Explaining the reasons which have compelled him to recommend postponement of Cetywayo's visit to England. 65 65 75 77 77 78 80 82 83 85 86 ; Ž IFrom or to whom. Date. Subject. Page. 92 93 Governor Sir Her- cules Robinson. Ditto gº $º To Lady Florence Dixie. May 20, 1882. May 21, 1882. June 12, 1882. Forwarding copies of letters addressed by Cety- (Rec. June 12, 1882.) wayo to Sir H. Robinson, Sir H. Bulwer, and the Zulu Chiefs on learning of the postpone- ment of his visit to England. Forwarding copy letter from Custodian of Prison- (Rec. June 12, 1882.) ers of War, reporting the despondency ex- hibited by Cetywayo since his/receipt of the message notifying the postponement of his visit to England. Informing that all her correspondence with Secretary of State will be presented to Par- liament, but pointing out that she must have misapprehended the words used by Secretary of State on the occasion of the recent interview. 87 89 90 : : ſ i No. 1. DEPUTY Governor LIEUTENANT-GENERAL L. SMYTH, C.B., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received August 8, 1881.) Government House, Cape Town, My Lord, July 15, 1881. By request of his Excellency the Governor and High Commissioner, I have the honour to transmit for your Lordship's consideration the accompanying request from the ex-King Cetywayo to be permitted to go to England, accompanied by certain named Chiefs, for the purpose of pleading his case before Her Majesty. Having recently visited Cetywayo in connexion with and after the delivery to him of your Lordship's Despatch of the 15th ultimo,” I found him in a very depressed con- dition, and he told me he would rather die than remain as he was at present. That he was like a bird in a cage, and that he would follow the example of his follower and commit suicide. He repeated the statements so often made that he was a friend of the English, and had always been so, and that he never would have attacked them had they not invaded his country. That he thought if he were allowed to go to England that he could show how sincere he was, and how readily he would obey any injunctions Her Majesty might be pleased to place upon him. I told him that Sir Hercules Robinson had ordered me to forward his letter, and he begged me to express to your Lordship the foregoing words. It was a painful interview, for Cetywayo was in great mental distress, and his dignified and gentlemanlike deportment always inspires sympathy. ave, &c. (Signed) L. SMYTH, Lieut.-General, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Deputy Governor. &c. &c. &c. - Enclosure in No. 1. Oude Molen, May 2, 1881. I AM writing to you, Sir Hercules Robinson, Governor of this land, to request you, if you find that you are unable to decide about my ease, to be so kind as to oblige me by sending down to me some Chiefs from Zululand and to allow me to proceed to England to state my case before the Queen and have it settled there. I do not at any time think that you are unable to settle my case for me; but if you see that it cannot be properly settled here, I wish you to show me the kindness of sending to Umyamane and tell him, if you allow me to go to England, that I wish him (Umyamane) to pick out four com- petent Chiefs and send them to you; I think four of these will do, viz., Nluzwa, son of Nhlaka, and brother to Seketwayo; Undyumbana, son of Nopetula, Usirayo, Somopo, Umkungo, and Mabehla, sons of Mangondo. I beg you to look with kindness on Zululand and me, and see how Zululand is now being ruled. I look on you as the father of my children, and I beg you to kindly to consider my case and look at the situation of my poor children who are in trouble, seeing that the cattle that the English kindly left them (the children) have been all taken away by some of the present ruling Chiefs. (Signed) CETywAyo, Mpande's son. Translated and written by the Interpreter Samuelson. (Signed) J. STORR LISTER, Custodian. No. 2. THE RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY to GoverNOR SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, August 11, 1881. I HAVE received Lieutenant-General L. Smyth's Despatch of the 15th of July, f reporting an interview with Cetywayo, in which he expressed an intention to commit suicide if he was detained in captivity at the Cape. * No. 69 in [C. 2950] June 1881. f No. 1. R 1504. A Q I should be glad, by any means compatible with paramount public interests, to relieve the irksomeness of his detention away from his own country, and remove from his mind the sense of injury from which he is suffering; and with this object I should wish you to consider whether a much greater degree of personal liberty might not be allowed him on his engaging not to make use of it to return without permission to Zululand. I should be glad also to know your opinion as to his request to be allowed to visit this country. I have, &c. Sir Hercules Robinson. (Signed) KIMBERLEY. No. 3. DEPUTY Governor LIEUTENANT-GENERAL L. SMYTH, , C.B., to the RIGHT Hon. the EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received August 23, 1881.) Government House, Cape Town, My LoRD, August 2, 1881. I HAVE the honour to forward the accompanying letters addressed to Mr. Gladstone and your Lordship respectively, written by the interpreter resident at Oude Molen, at the dictation of the ex-Zulu King Cetywayo. I have, &c. (Signed) L. SMYTH, Lieut.-General, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Deputy Governor. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure 1 in No. 3. Oude Molen, July 15, 1881. I AM writing to you, Mr. Gladstone, to ask you why you keep quiet and do not talk for poor sufferers like me. To whom can we poor sufferers resort if you, so great a man, and the great chief of the nation, will not talk kindly for us. Pray do not, even you, act like this, and keep me longer from my native land and family. In whom can I now put my trust P. Talk kindly for me to the Queen, and retain the old friendship of the Zulu nation. Is it not good for the Queen to have friendly and loyal rulers ? Make me happy, and make me a stronger friend than ever of the English. Put me back with some good and discreet men, if you do not trust me. Let me now have a favourable answer to this letter, and do not leave me in the cold after having forgiven the Boers (that deserved much more punishment than I), the Basutos, and the Afghans. Make me a greater friend of the English nation. If you could split my heart and understand it, I am sure I would be here no longer, but in my native land. Put me back with good and discreet men to look after me and direct me. I am sure you have no law by which you can rightly keep me here. You have not given me a chance of explaining for myself and of seeing those people that falsely calumniated me proving what they have said against me. I feel unwell, and am daily getting worse. (Signed) CETYWAYo KA MPANDE. By the hand of the interpreter. (Signed) J. STORR LISTER, Custodian. July 16, 1881. Enclosure 2 in No. 3. Oude Molen, July 15, 1881. I AM writing to you, Lord Kimberley, to intrust you with my case. Do you kill me like this because I am a black man? My country would not have been destroyed and I 3 would not have been taken captive if the Zulu matters had been from the very first properly looked into by the Imperial Parliament. When I was taken captive I had hopes of being released as soon as my case was properly known. I thought I was taken captive by a magnanimous nation, that would let me go free as soon the mistake was ascertained. I thought the English valued a friend. My father was their friend, and I was their friend. Who could be a greater friend of the English than I, who remained quiet in my country till I was attacked and taken captive. I fought when I was attacked, just to ward off a falling tree, as it were, even as any other person would do. I request you to look to my case and not to my colour, and not leave me to die here while my family is being scattered and is dying off on the hills. One of my wives has died already during my captivity. I really do not know what to do now, seeing that I have stated my case and the causes of the war, and yet I receive such a heartbreaking reply from you. I also wished you to allow me to have all those that falsely calumniated me before me and you to prove their statements. I am dying here; but I am not told for what reasons I can rightly be kept here, apart from my country and family. Your last Despatch has made me feel so heartbroken and despondent that I may, without thinking, do wrong to myself and put an end to my miserable existence. The Boers who rebelled against the English, and attacked them and did many more things punishable, you have left without the least punishment. Towards the Afghans and the Basutos you have acted in the same way as you did to the Boers. By what law are you punishing me so dreadfully, who never did anything against the English nation, and who was always their truest friend. I request you if you, even now, do not trust me, to put me back into my country with good and discreet men to look after me till the Zulu nation tell you that they wish me to be again their ruler. In this way it. will be proved whether I am one that ought to be ruler of the Zulus. Let the Chiefs and nation decide, then, if they wish to have me as King, and you can then judge if it is fit or not for me to be the ruler of the Zulus. I am sure you are a nation that ought not to bear a grudge. I used to think, and still think, that the English are a mag- nanimous and brave people. I do not know how you can think that I am a man fit to bear a grudge, specially against my great friends the English. How can you imagine that, if you restore me to Zululand, I would ever, attempt anything against my bene- factors, seeing I never once attempted, or intended to attempt, anything against the English P. You are a Christian nation, and ought to know that we all are of one Father (i.e., God, who made us all). I am sure you cannot be told in the Bible to treat a person like you treat me... You are a nation of heroes, and ought not to act thus, . How can a great and brave nation like the English even entertain the idea that I would bear a grudge against them, seeing that they invaded my country, beat me, and took me captive, not willingly, but through misrepresentation. I say you can do at least this for mé (although I am not equal to the sea): allow me to go to England, and with some Chiefs (if any will be bold enough to go with me) state my case personally before you. If you consider that the expenses of the voyage will be too great, I will try my best to refund you the money when I am, by the kindness of the English nation, restored. (Signed) CETYWAYo KA MPANDE. By the hand of the interpreter. (Signed) J. STORR LISTER, Custodian. July 16, 1881. No. 4. THE RIGHT Hon. the EARL OF KIMBERLEY to Gov &n Nor SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G. Telegraphic. 14th September 1881–We are disposed to entertain Cetywayo's request to visit England. Report what arrangements you would recommend for the purpose, and inform Cetywayo that his letters to Mr. Gladstone and myself, transmitted in General Smyth's Despatch of 2nd August,” have been duly received, and that Her Majesty's Government will consider what arrangements can be made to meet his wish to visit England. * No. 3. A 2 ; .º 3.§ º: * No. 5. Governor SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G. to the RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received September 16, 1881.) Telegraphic. 16th September.—Have just seen Cetywayo and given him your message, for which he is most grateful. He wishes to take with him three councillors now in Zululand and to start as soon as ever they can get here, say a month hence. I urged him strongly to wait for next summer, as winter is not the time to see England, and he would feel the cold and damp, but his whole heart is bent on going at once, as he says his mind is so anxious about his country and family that he would prefer any personal discomfort to the misery he is now enduring. He would require to take with him his two native servants, the European interpreter, and some one in charge of the party, eight in all. Two names have occurred to me, either of whom would do to take charge—Henry Shepstone and Colonel Hassard, R.E. The former speaks, Zulu, is unemployed, and wishes to visit England. Colonel Hassard is a great friend of Cetywayo's, and had charge of him after Poole's departure. He is also shortly going to England. Have spoken to neither of them as yet, so do not know if they would undertake the duty. No. 6. Governor SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received September 19, 1881.) Government House, Cape Town, My LoRD, º º August 30, 1881. I HAVE the honour to enclose for your information a copy of a letter which I have received from the ex-King Cetywayo, requesting to be allowed to go to England for the purpose of stating his case there personally. I have, &c. (Signed) HERCULES ROBINSON, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Governor, &c. &c. &c. Enclosure in No. 6. Oude Molen, July 7, 1881. I AM writing to you, Sir Hercules Robinson, Governor of this land, to ask you to enable me to go to England and state my case there, if it is not possible to discuss and settle it here, and that soon, seeing that my family is being scattered daily while I am staying here. I have just heard about the death of one of my wives, but I did not hear in what part of the country she died. I request you to send me the following Chiefs to go with me to England : – Umkosana, Tyingana, Unconcwana, Undabankulu, and Usirayo. I am not asking for Myamane, Chingwayo, and Seketwayo, because they are too old to travel by sea. I am afraid of the sea, but my heart is sore, and I like to go to England if my case is left at rest. I would like to go soon. (Signed) CETYWAYo KA MPANDE. By the hand of the Interpreter, (Signed) J. STORR LISTER, Custodian. July 16, 1881. t Oude Molen, July 15, 1881. I AM writing to you, Sir Hercules Robinson, Governor of this land, to ask for your heart. I know that you are a kind and good man and like justice. I request you, while on your way down from Transvaal, to gather my brothers and Chiefs, and see what their opinion is of my captivity, and then send their opinion to the Queen, a lady whom I know has a kind and feeling heart. Talk for me to the Home Government, and take me home, so that I may once more have sleep and joy. Is there a man that the English nation has treated like me, by taking me out of my land and putting me, as it were, over a precipice, so as not to allow me any sleep and joy P By what law of nations am I kept here without even a chance of seeing the people that have talked so untruthfully against me, and of having them to prove their state- ments before an Assembly chosen for that purpose. I was, as it were, put in darkness with my mouth shut up. . I know that you are a just and kind man, and that you do not look to colour, but justice. Since you have come to this country I have been looking forward with hope like unto a man that looks forward with hope to the calving of his cow, that will make him happy by means of its milk. I thank you very much for the very kind telegram that was handed to me by Lieutenant-General the ionourable L. Smyth, and I hope you will always be of the same good heart. A brave man saves another from drowning. I am always feeling unwell, and I am afraid that these com- plaints will end my days. (Signed) CETYWAYo KA MPANDE. By the hand of the Interpreter, (Signed) J. STORR LISTER, Custodian. July 16, 1881. No. 7. THE RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIM BERLEY to GoverNOR SIR HERCULES ROBlNSON, G.C.M.G. Telegraphic. 23rd September 1881.-Yours, 16th.* Inform Cetywayo that his wishes have been considered, but a visit to England at approach of winter is for various reasons very undesirable. Besides the danger to his health, many things interesting to him cannot be seen during that season. He must leave it to Her Majesty's Government to determine when it will be best for him to come. * No. 8. THE RIGHT HON. the EARL OF KIMBERLEY to GoverNOR SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, September 24, 1881. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch of the 30th of August,f enclosing copies of two letters from Cetywayo requesting that he may be permitted to come to this country. I desire to refer you to the telegraphic communication which I addressed to you on the 23rd instant, on the subject of the proposed visit of Cetywayo to England. I have, &c. Sir Hercules Robinson. (Signed) KIMB ERLEY. * No. 5. f No. 6. † No. 7. No. 9. GovernoR SIR HERCULES ROBllNSON, G.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received October 13th, 1881.) Government House, Cape Town, My LoRD, September 16th, 1881. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Lordship's Despatch of the 11th August last,” requesting me to consider whether a greater degree of personal liberty might not be allowed to Cetywayo upon his engaging not to return without permission to Zululand, and inviting my opinion as to his request to be allowed to visit England. ; I thought it desirable to obtain the opinion of my Ministers upon the points referred to, and I now enclose a copy of a minute which I have received from the Premier on the subject. In the views expressed by Mr. Scanlen I entirely concur. 3. A few days ago I paid a visit to Oude Molen farm, and had a long conversation with Cetywayo. I gather that if he is to remain in this colony he does not care for more personal liberty than he has at present, and that he is satisfied with the arrange- ments which have been made for his accommodation, but I find he misses the occasional drives which he used to be allowed when at the Castle. I accordingly authorised a carriage being hired for him twice a week, and told him that he might in addition, if he wished, make short excursions by railway to places of interest in the immediate neigh- bourhood of Cape Town. He expressed himself grateful for the consideration thus shown to him, but his whole heart is evidently set upon returning to his own country, and nothing short of this will ever really satisfy him. 4. With reference to the advisability of his visiting England, as this seems from the telegram which I yesterday received from your Lordship to have been determined upon by Her Majesty's Government. . I need merely remark that I think the visit very desir- able provided it is not intended that Cetywayo should, upon his return to South Africa revert to his present condition of captivity at Oude Molen farm. His sole object in undertaking a sea voyage, which he greatly dreads, is to secure his restoration to his country and to his family, and if his visit did not produce that result I fear it would only serve, by raising false hopes, to enhance the painfulness of his position. I have, &c. (Signed) HERCULES ROBINSON. The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Governor. &C. &c. &c. Enclosure in No. 9. MINUTE. Colonial Secretary’s Office, Cape Town. September 13, 1881. IN returning to his Excellency the Governor the enclosed Despatch from the Right Hon. the Secretary of State dated 11th ultimo, relative to the detention of Cetywayo, Ministers have the honour to state that they see no objection to a greater degree of personal liberty being granted to him, if he desires more freedom than is allowed him in his present location. Any reasonable concession asked for, Ministers consider should be readily acceded to ; but they doubt whether he will be satisfied with anything short of restoration to complete liberty and to his country. Ministers are of opinion that his frequently expressed wish to visit England might be gratified with great advantage. It would divert his mind from brooding over his own wrongs, and in the event of Her Majesty’s Government seeing fit in the future to restore him to liberty, it could not be otherwise than beneficial to a man of Cetywayo's astute- mess and perception to have become acquinted with the power and resources of England, if pains are taken to show him what she can command. Rºss- * No. 2. 7 But it will be a matter worthy of consideration if after such a visit it would be possible for him to return to “Oude Molen,” for any length or time, without feeling his captivity more keenly than he does at present. (Signed) THOMAS C. ScANLEN. No. 9a. Governor SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. The EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received October 26, 1881.) TELEGRAPHIC. 26th October. Transvaal Government has requested telegram to be sent to you, soliciting Cetywayo's release and restoration, as act of justice, and to prevent bloodshed. No. 10. Gover Nor SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received November 24, 1881.) Government House, Cape Town, MY LORD, October 28, 1881. I HAVE the honour to enclose, for your Lordship's information, copy of the letter received from Cetywayo relative to the present disturbed state of Zululand, and to his desire to be allowed to visit England immediately for the purpose of stating his case. I have, &c. (Signed) HERCULES ROBINSON, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Governor. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure in No. 10. Oude Molen, October 18, 1881. I AM still writing to you, Sir Hercules Robinson. For what am I staying here and serving you if it is not in behalf of my family and country. The news that I get from the papers about Zululand, that my people are fighting among themselves, and especially that Undabuko and Usibebu are fighting, does not allow me sleep. I am afraid that my family have now to sleep in the Veldt. To whom do I belong 2 Have I no place among the English people? Since such things are allowed to happen I am thinking that I have no place among you. If I were in misery alone I would feel surprised ; but now as my family are in misery I do not know what to say. To whom does my family belong 2 I thought to the English nation. How is it that my family is being illtreated by one of my subjects, Usibebu, who has been troubling my family so much, and is still doing so, and no one puts a stop to it I am receiving a very bad punishment. I am here a prisoner, and my family is left to be badly handled. Undabuko, my brother, who is taking care of my family, I hear has been told to move away from his rightful place, and Usibebu, who has no right to it, is left alone. I feel very sorry about what is being done in Zululand. I would like to go to England at once to state my case. I do not mind the cold. I thought that the English would take care of my family, and not allow it to be troubled by John Dunn’s nominees. The winter cold is as nothing to me, provided I can get to England and state my case. It is not right that my family should be put to misery, seeing that it is in your hands. Those that trouble my family are slighting you, since my family is yours and is in your hands. I am quite surprised that my family is left to be troubled. It would not matter if the cold killed me. It is the same as death to know that my country and family are being so badly handled. . How is it that there is so many disturbances in Zululand now P I am not in Zululand to cause them. The state of affairs was not as it is now when I was in Zululand. I would like the English nation to see my words. (Signed) CETYWAYO KA MPANDE By the hand of the Interpreter, (Signed) J. STORR LISTER, Custodian. A 4 8 No. 11. Gover NoR SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received December 6, 1881.) Government House, Cape Town, My LoRD, November 14, 1881. I HAVE the honour to enclose for your information copy of a letter which I have received from the British Resident, Pretoria, covering copy of a letter from the State Secretary forwarding a resolution of the Transvaal Government, soliciting the release and restoration of Cetywayo. I have, &c. (Signed) HERCULES ROBINSON. The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, High Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure in No. 11. British Residency, Transvaal State, Pretoria. SIR, October 28, 1881. IN connexion with my telegram of 25th inst., I have the honour to send here. with translations of the following documents, viz. – 1. Letter from State Secretary, dated Pretoria, October 25, 1881, covering— 2. Extract from the minutes of the Executive Council, dated October 25, 1881, desiring that a telegram should be sent to Lord Kimberley, requesting the release and restoration of Cetywayo, ex-King of Zululand as speedily as possible, in order to prevent further bloodshed in Zululand. 3. Letter dated Pretoria, October 24, 1881, from Hon. P. Joubert, Superintendent of Native Affairs, to the Executive Council, upon which the said resolution is founded. And I have the honour further to state, that upon receipt of your Excellency’s telegram of the 26th inst. on the subject, stating that the desired telegram” had been forwarded to Lord Kimberley, I at once informed the Government to that effect. I have, &c. (Signed) GEORGE HUDSON. British Resident. TRANSLATION. Government Office, Pretoria, HoN. SIR, October 25, 1881. I HAVE t c honour in the name of the Government to send to you herewith, extract from a resolution of the Hon. the Executive Council of this day's date, Article 83, with a friendly request that you will comply with the wish therein contained. I have, &c. (Signed) W. ED. BOK. The Hon. Geo. Hudson, Esq. State Secretary. British Resident. TRANSLATION. ExTRACT from the MINUTEs of the ExECUTIVE CouncIL dated October 25, 1881. On the Order, a confidential letter from the Hon. P. J. Joubert, Superintendent of Native Affairs, pointing out the necessity and desirability of the release of the Zulu King, Cety wayo. Resolved: To send copy of said letter to the British Resident with a request to send a telegram to Lord Kimberley containing a solicitation to release the Zulu King Cety- wayo as speedily as possible, and to restore him to his rights, in order to prevent further bloodshed in Zululand. * No. 9a, 9 TRANSLATION. To the Hon. S. J. P. KRUGER, Vice-President, and the Hon. the MEMBERs of the ExECUTIVE CouncIL. Office of the Superintendent of Native Affairs, HoN. SIR AND GENTLEMEN, Pretoria, October 24, 1881. It is not unknown to your Honours that various newspapers have expressed great condemnation and complaint on the subject of the policy which has of late years been pursued in regard to the Zulu King Cetywayo, and subsequently to the Zulu nation. The intelligence and reports now received by me show in what an unsatisfactory condition Zululand is, and that it will in future be a source of bloody disturbances and of continual danger to us, and also to the residents of the Natal boundary lines. Therefore, it appears to my humble apprehension in the highest degree necessary, in the interest of peace and of the whole of South Africa, that the affairs of Zululand, and of the Zulu nation should be brought upon a good and desirable footing, and, in my view, that can only be brought about by releasing the Zulu king and restoring him to his rights. Only by this act of justice can England restore confidence; and Cetywayo, acquainted with the habits and customs of the Zulu nation, and taught by the experience he has undergone, will be in a position to restore peace and rest to the people, and to prevent the shedding of blood in such a barbarous manner. I therefore think it to be highly necessary for the Government to employ all its influence with the British Government to obtain the release and restoration of the king Cetywayo, I consider it to be my bounden dutw to bring the above under the consideration of the Government. I have, &c. (Signed) P. J. JoubERT, Superintendent of Native Affairs. No. 12. THE RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIM BERLEY to GovERNOR SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, December 12, 1881. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch of the 14th of November,” enclosing a letter from the British Resident, Pretoria, forward- ing a resolution of the Government of the Transvaal State soliciting the release and restoration of Cety wayo. I request that you will cause the Government of the Transvaal State to be informed, in reply to their resolution, that it will be duly considered by Her Majesty's Govern- ment. \ I have, &c. Sir Hercules Robinson. (Signed) KIMBERLEY. No. 13. Gover Nor SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. The EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received December 13, 1881.) Government House, Cape Town, My LoRD, November 22, 1881. I HAVE the honour to enclose, for your Lordship's information, copy of a cor- respondence which I have had with his Excellency Sir Evelyn Wood, respecting a request made by Cetywayo that he might be accompanied by certain Zulu Chiefs in the event of his visiting England. I have, &c. (Signed) HERCULES ROBINSON, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Governor. &c. &c. &c. am – * No. 11. B 1504. B ; * : : ~3. º . : º 10 Enclosure 1 in No. 13. Government House, Cape Town, SIR, - September 27, 1881. IN reply to letters which have been addressed by Cetywayo to Mr. Gladstone and Lord Kimberley, praying that he may be allowed to visit England for the purpose of urging his cause personally, he has been informed that Her Majesty’s Government will consider what arrangements can be made to meet his wishes, but that a visit to England at the approach of winter would be undesirable, and that he must leave it to Her Majesty’s Government to determine when it will be best for him to come. 2. In a communication which I have had from Cetywayo, on the subject of the arrangements for his contemplated visit, he has informed me that he would wish to be accompanied by the Chiefs Unconcwana, Umkosana, and Gobozana, and also by UmgwaZene Guyama, as servants, the latter being a brother of one of his present servants, Umgice. 3. I shall be glad if you will ascertain from the British Resident whether these men would be willing to accompany Cetywayo to England, in the event of Her Majesty's Government approving the proposal. I shall be glad to learn also Mr. Osborn’s opinion as to the individual character of these Chiefs, and whether he is aware of any objection to their being allowed to accompany Cetywayo in accordance with his wish. 4. In the course of conversation, Cetywayo mentioned that he is very unhappy about the position of his family in Zululand who, he fears, are almost in a state of starvation. He states he is informed that the cattle which were left for their maintenance have since been seized by the Chiefs John Dunn, Usibebu and Hlubi, and that he is, in conse- quence, very anxious to obtain authentic intelligence as to the health and welfare of his wives and relatives. 5. I will feel obliged if you will instruct Mr. Osborn to inquire as to the alleged seizure of the cattle, and to ascertain the present whereabouts and condition of the various members of the ex-King's family. I have, &c. (Signed) HERCULES RoBINSON, High Commissioner. His Excellency Major-General Sir Evelyn Wood, W.C., K.C.B., Deputy High Commissioner, &c. &c. &c. Enclosure 2 in No. 13. TELEGRAM. From Sir EVELYN WooD, Pietermaritzburg, to His Excellency Sir H. Robinson, G.C.M.G., Cape Town. 13th November.—With reference to your letter of 27th September, Unconcwana, TJmgwazeni and Posile wish to go down to Cape Town to see Cetywayo, and await an answer at Bishopstowe. Do you wish this, and, if so, will your Excellency inform me how the expenses of their journey are to be met, as they have no funds and none are available in Natal for the purpose P Mr. Osborn telegraphs Gobozana has been asked if he will go to Cape, and wishes time to consider his reply. Enclosure 3 in No. 13. TELEGRAM. From GoverNOR, Cape Town, to His Excellency Sir E. WooD, Pietermaritzburg. 14th November.—I see no object to be gained by the Chiefs coming down here at present. Her Majesty's Government has not yet come to any definite decision as to the 11 time of Cetywayo's visit to England, or as to the number of his own people by whom he may be accompanied; but he is not likely to leave this before April or May next. It would, no doubt, be inconvenient to the Chiefs to remain here six months before starting, and so I will acquaint the British Resident, for their information, as soon as any fixed plans have been formed. No. 14. Gover Nor SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received December 26, 1881.) Government House, Cape Town, My LoRD, December 6, 1881. I HAVE the honour to enclose a letter I have received from the ex-king Cetywayo covering a letter addressed to your Lordship which he requests me to forward. I have, &c. (Signed) HERCULES ROBINSON. The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley. Governor. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure in No. 14. Oude Molen, November 10, 1881. I AM writing to you, Sir Hercules Robinson, to ask you to help me by transmitting my letter to Lord Kimberley. I have great hopes in your trying to get me out of this misery. (Signed) CETYWAYo KA ’MPANDE. By the hand of the Interpreter. (Signed) J. STORR LISTER, Custodian. Oude Molen, November 10, 1881. IAM writing to you, Lord Kimberley, to thank you for allowing me to come to England. I ask you, in the meanwhile, not to pay any attention to what my enemies say against me. I am coming to you, a man of the English nation, and to the other members of the English assembly to state my case, and then you can judge for yourself. I am coming to a country of justice and redress; and I have great, hopes of obtaining what the English people value—“justice.” I will be glad to see those that misrepresent me, before your- self and myself. The three Chiefs that are against me are:—J. Dunn, Uhamu, and Usibebu ; But the Zulu nation would rejoice to see me back. I hope that I am not going to England for nothing ; and I hope that the English nation will not take away from themselves the prestige of their name by not doing me justice. I request you to allow me to start from here for England about the end of March. (Signed) CETYWAYo KA 'MPANDE. By the hand of the Interpreter. e (Signed) J. STORR LISTER, Custodian. No. 15. THE LADY FLORENCE DIXIE to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. DEAR LORD KIMBERLEY, Kin Mount Castle, N. B., January 12. I RECEIVED this morning a letter from the captive king Cetywayo, in which was enclosed a communication addressed to Her Majesty the Queen. I forward it to you for transmission to Her Majesty, as I am given to understand that such communications can B 2 12 only reach the Queen through your hands. May I take this opportunity to beg of you most earnestly to use the great power you possess to render justice to one who deserves recompense at our hands for so much unjust treatment. If you would grant me an inter- view I could give you much information of many things that came under my notice while in Zululand. So much has been hushed up and not reported that it would be hard for you at home ever to get at the real truth, unless it was brought to your notice by such, for instance, as myself, who beyond the desire to see justice done and aid the helpless and unfortunate have really no interest or possible gain in the matter. In replying to this, would you kindly address to me to Bosworth Park, Leicestershire, and with many apologies, I remain, &c. - (Signed) FLORENCE DIXIE. Enclosure in No. 15. Oude Molen, December 13, 1881. I AM writing to you, Lady Queen Victoria, Sovereign of the English nation, to ask for your kind heart. I ask you to have a white heart towards me. I am soon coming to you, and I have great hopes in my future accordingly. My sorrows are heavy. I have great hopes in my visit to you, the Sovereign of the English nation. I beg you to help Ine with all your kindness. You are the great Sovereign of the English nation, and I used to be the King of the Zulus. I am now in good hands, and who will be able to molest me in the future, when I am put back into my country by your kindness P If you and the Home Government had known about the truth of the grounds of the Zulu War the war would not have been made against me. I know that the English do not make war without good grounds. I have, however, great hopes of living and dying in peace after I have seen you. I am now about to come to you in behalf of my country, family, relations, and myself, to ask for your kind heart. I am coming to make a league with you and to ask for compassion. I hope to live and die in peace with the English nation after you help me. - By your showing me kindness in my distress, you will exhibit the magnanimity of the English nation, and you will be drawing me out of my grave. (Signed) CETYWAYo KA MPANDE. No. 16. The RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY to GovERNOR SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, January 12, 1882. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch of the 6th ultimo,” transmitting a copy of a letter from Cetywayo, requesting to be allowed to start for this country about the end of March next. I request that you will cause Cetywayo to be informed in reply that I have received and considered his request to leave at the end of March, but that I am not yet able to fix the details of the arrangements for his proposed visit to this country. 4. I have, &c. Sir Hercules Robinson. (Signed) KIMBERLEY. * No. 14. 13 No. 17. Gover Nor SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received January 17, 1882.) Government House, Cape Town, My LoRD, December 23, 1881. I HAVE the honour to enclose a copy of a letter, which Cetywayo handed to me to-day with a request that I would send it on to your Lordship by the first opportunity. Cety wayo said that he had called upon me to represent the unfortunate condition of his family, during his absence in captivity, and the treatment they are suffering at the hands of his enemies. I told him that I had called upon the British Resident in Zululand for a full report on the subject, and that as soon as it reached me I would at once communicate with him on the subject. I have, &c. (Signed) HERCULES ROBINSON, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Governor. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure in No. 17. Oude Molen, December 21, 1881. I AM coming to pray you, inasmuch as you are a very great friend of mine, to look more carefully into Zulu matters now. I know myself that the mouths of the Zulus are shut, and their feelings suppressed by the Natal people. The same plans are now used to keep me in misery as were used when my country was invaded. I never received the Ultimatum, and now the Natal people say that the Zulu nation does not wish me back, although they do. Malimade (Mr. Osborn) has done his best to keep back the Zulu wishes. Mr. Osborn soon allows men like Usibebu to go to Natal; but stops my brother Undabuko and those that wish me back, and wish to express the wish of the Zulu nation. My family has been allowed to be driven away from their homes and plundered by Usibebu. How is this P Why is it allowed by the English Government. Why does the English Government listen so much to Natal lies; and why does it not see to matters more carefully P. How is it that my family has been allowed to be driven away from their homes and nothing is done for them P For whom am I now praying the English if it be not for my relations 2 Usibebu has been allowed to drive my family away from their homes and to kill eight of my brother's men, they having done nothing. I beg you to let Lord Kimberley know about my family that is now in trouble. If you wish to clear up the Natal lies about the Zulus not wishing me back, I beg you to send an Englishman (without the knowledge of the Natalians) to Umyamana, Chingwayo, Seketwayo, Umgojana, Maduna, Faku, Somkeli, Siunguza (who are the leading men of Zululand) for the purpose of finding out the true feeling of the Zulus. The other big men of Zululand will hear from those I have enumerated about your sending to find out their feelings. The Zulus are quite perplexed what to do, because when they (Zulus) send to ask for me, the Natal people say that they (Zulus) do not want me back. If I am restored let a good man from England be put as Resident Magistrate in Zululand with a gentleman like Mr. Grant, of Natal, as his assistant... I was attacked and taken captive because it was said that I shed blood, although I did not. How now when so many people are killed in Zululand, what do you English say to it? I am not in Zululand now. I ask your kindness towards me in talking for me to the Queen and Lord Kimberley. Be careful about John Dunn ; he does not wish me back because he has appropriated all my property. Be careful; he wishes to cheat and blind you. I beg you to talk kindly to Sir E. Wood for me. He used to be a great friend of mine, but now I do not know what the Natal lies have made of him. It is not nice to throw away friends through lies. I have still great trust in Sir E. Wood's friendship to me. (Signed) CETYWAYo KA MPANDE. 14 No. 18. THE RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY to Gover Non SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, January 19, 1882. VARIOUs communications which have been from time to time received from Cetywayo appear to indicate that he is under the impression that his proposed visit to this country will necessarily result in his return to Zululand, and I therefore think it desirable that you should let him clearly understand that this Government, in consenting to his visit in order to break the monotony of his exile at the Cape, and to afford him an opportunity of personally communicating with them, have not held out any expecta- tions to him on the subject of his return to his country. I have, &c. Sir Hercules Robinson. (Signed) KIMBERLEY. No. 19. The RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY to GovERNOR SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, January 25, 1882. I HAVE received a letter* from Lady Florence Dixie enclosing a letter forwarded to her by the ex-King Cetywayo for the purpose of being transmitted to Her Majesty the Queen. 2. I have to request that you will inform Cetywayo that his letter was delivered to me by Lady Florence Dixie according to the established rule in such cases, and that I have laid it before Her Majesty. I have, &c. Sir Hercules Robinson. (Signed) KIMBERLEY. No. 20. COLONIAL OFFICE to the LADY FLORENCE DIXIE. MADAM, Downing Street, January 25, 1882. I AM directed by the Earl of Kimberley to acknowledge the receipt of your letter of the 12th instant,” forwarding a letter addressed to Her Majesty the Queen by the ex-King Cetywayo. 2. I am to inform you that the Governor of the Cape of Good Hope has been requested to intimate to Cetywayo that his letter was delivered to the Secretary of State according to the established rule, and laid by him before the Queen. I am, &c. The Lady Florence Dixie. (Signed) ROBERT G. W. HERBERT. No. 21. Gover Noe SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received January 30, 1882.) Government House, Cape Town, My LoRD, January 7, 1882. I HAVE the honour to transmit herewith two letters from Cetywayo, addressed to Her Majesty the Queen and His Royal Highness the Prince of Wales, respectively. I have, &c. (Signed) HERCULES ROBINSON, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Governor. &c. &c. &c. * No. 15. 15 Enclosure I in No. 21. Oude Molen, December 27, 1881. I AM writing to you, Lady Queen Victoria, Sovereign of the English Nation, to pray you to help me in these my troubles. Think kindly of me. I know that when I get your friendship no one will dare to molest me. I am looking forward to my visit to England, as I wish to make a permanent alliance with you and procure a lasting peace for Zululand. I am coming to ask you to enable me to live better than I used to. I am coming, as to a mother, to ask for your heart. I am coming to ask you for your great kindness, which will be praised by all friends, and disappoint all who supposed that I would be killed. I ask you to let my heart enter yours, and yours enter mine, that I may observe your will and that I may live at peace till I die. No nation will dare to dictate to me when I am in your hands. I will always look to you to arrange matters for me if anyone molest me. I wish no longer to be only called the King elected by the English, but also the son of the English Sovereign. There is no nation that would take care of my children as you would, and there is no nation that would take care of your children as I would. Chaka, Dingane, and Mpande were all the great friends of the English, so am I. I hope now that I will soon be where you are, to see you and the English nation, a nation of great power. (Signed) CETYWAYo KA ’MPANDE. By the hand of the interpreter. (Signed) J. STORR LISTER, Custodian. Enclosure 2 in No. 21. Oude Molen, December 27, 1881. I AM writing to you, Prince of Wales, to pray you to help me in these my troubles. Think kindly of me. I know that when I get your friendship no one will molest me. I am looking forward to my visit to England, as I wish to make a permanent alliance with you and procure a lasting peace for Zululand. I am coming to ask you to enable me to live better than I used to. I am coming as to a brother, to ask for your heart. I am coming to ask you for your great kindness, which will be praised by all friends, and disappoint all who supposed that I would be killed. I ask you to let my heart enter yours and yours enter mine, that I may observe your will, and that I may live at peace till I die. No nation will dare to dictate to me when I am in your hands. I will always look to you to arrange matters for me, if anyone molest me. I wish no longer to be only called the King elected by the English ; but also the brother of the Prince of Wales. There is no nation that would take care of my children as you would, and there is no nation that would take care of your children as I would. Chaka, Dingane, and Mpande were all the great friends of the English, so am I. I hope now that I will soon be where you are, to see you and the English nation, a nation of great power. (Signed) CETYWAYo KA ’MPANDE. By the hand of the interpreter. (Signed) J. STORR LISTER, Custodian. No. 22. THE RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY to GovePNoR SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, February 2, 1882. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch of the 7th of January,” forwarding letters addressed by Cetywayo to Her Majesty the Queen and His Royal Highness the Prince of Wales. * No. 21. R 4 16 I request that you will inform Cetywayo that his letters have been duly laid before Her Majesty and His Royal Highness. º I am, &c. Sir Hercules Robinson. (Signed) KIMBERLEY. No. 23. LETTERS HANDED BY LADY FLORENCE DIXIE to LORD KIM BERLEY on 2nd February 1882. DEAR LADY FLORENCE Dixie, Oude Molen, January 3, 1882. I HEREIN enclose another letter from Cetywayo, which the King has desired me to write at his dictation. He is far from well and gets into very despondent states, but cheers up when he thinks of your kindly efforts for him. He longs to start for England, and the news of the stand made against his return to Zululand by the Natal colonists has filled him with pain and anxiety. A little more of this and it will kill him, I know he is getting worse. You ask my opinion apart from your own experiences. I have lived nearly all my life in Zululand and know the Zulus well. They will never live contentedly except they have one head, and that head their own chosen king. Cetywayo could never reign in Zululand with John Dunn. I know the latter well, he is ambitious and desirous of amassing wealth, and to accomplish this end would shrink at nothing. This is a terrible place, and were it not out of pity for this poor man, I coºl not remain. am, &c. (Signed) R. C. A. SAMUELson. Enclosure in No. 23. Oude Molen, January 3, 1882. I AM writing to you again, my great friend, to thank you once more for all your battling for me, and for the way in which you are standing between me and a precipice, to help me in this my terrible trouble. I write with hope as you are working very hard for me. I have great trust in you and the English people; will my enemies in Natal deceive the English by their misrepresentations and unjust judgment of my past and erhaps my future actions? It was this continued lying that caused my country to be invaded. The desire to possess themselves of land belonging to the black man is the root of all this lying, and you, my friend, who have been in Zululand, know this, and can tell the Queen and the great Chief (Lord Kimberley) who rules these things, the truth. I trust to you, my great friend, to reply to these slanders, and again I say, who should better do so, since you have been in my country and have heard for yourself the words of my pcople. Once Sir E. Wood was my friend, or said he was, but now I hear that he has taken John Dunn's side. I fear that the lies of my enemies in Natal and those of the White Usurper (John Dunn) have crept into his ears and heard so that now he has forsaken me. To your strong advocacy I trust and in the good judgment of your great Queen and that of the great Chief who rules matters out here (Lord Kimberley). I trust to the men of your great Council and to the justice of the English nation, who are not like my enemies in Natal who hunger for what is mine. I have heard that John Dunn wishes to become the greatest Chief in Zululand, such as I was, but I have heard that the great White Chief in England (Lord Kimberley) is just and will not allow this, now I hear that John Dunn wishes to divide Zululand with me, is this true P It could never be. Let not the English nation be blinded by his words, let them not listen to them, and when I come to England let them be kind to me. I am coming to them running away, as it were, from a beast that would eat me up, (meaning his slanderers in Natal, and his wnemies in Zululand). I am coming to place myself beneath the feet of England and ask her for protection. Those who desire my land, desire to finish me, but if I have a friend to interpret my words when in England aright, I have hopes that my past sorrows may vanish and that I may live to laugh again in the country I love. Once more thanking you very much for your kindness in every way, which I shall not forget. (Signed) CETYWAYo, KA ’MPANDE. 17 No. 24. GovePNOR SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received February 7, 1882.) ExTRACT. Government House, Cape Town, t January 11, 1882. A letter having lately appeared in a local newspaper, signed by Mr. Upington, the late Attorney-General in Mr. Sprigg’s administration, suggesting a constitutional difficulty with reference to the rumoured departure of Cetywayo from the Colony, in consequence of the terms of the Act authorizing the ex-King's detention in this Colony, I thought it right to address Ministers confidentially on the subject. I enclose copies of the correspondence, from which it will be seen that, in the opinion of counsel, upon Cety wayo's departure for England, the Act now in force for legalizing his detention in the custody of the Colonial authorities will be annulled. Enclosure 1 in No. 24. Government House, Cape Town, (Minute.) January 5, 1882. THE Governor forwards for the confidential perusal of Ministers a Despatch with its enclosures which he has received from the Secretary of State with reference to Cetywayo's visit to England in the spring, and would be glad to receive their opinion as to whether, having regard to the terms of the local Act authorising Cetywayo's deten- tion here, any legal or constitutional difficulty would arise in carrying out the visit as proposed. (Signed) HERCULES RoBINSON, Governor. Enclosure 2 in No. 24. Colonial Secretary’s Office, Cape Town, (Minute.) & January 11, 1882. IN acknowledging the receipt of his Excellency the Governor's Minute of the 5th instant forwarding a Despatch from the Right Hon. the Secretary of State for the Colonies on the subject of Cetywayo's proposed visit to England and referring to his Excellency's request for advice as to whether, having regard to the terms of the local Act authorising Cety wayo's detention, any legal or constitutional difficulty would arise in carrying out the visit, Ministers have the honour to forward for his Excellency's information the enclosed copy of an opinion given by Mr. Advocate Cole, Q.C. on the question. * (Signed) THOMAS C. ScANLEN. Counsel to whom this matter was referred advises as follows:— In the matter of Cetywayo—- I. Cetywayo was originally a prisoner of war, captured by Her Majesty's troops in Zululand. He was detained in the custody of Imperial Officers, brought to Cape Town in the same custody, and lodged in the Castle, which is Imperial, not Colonial property. 2. It was afterwards thought desirable by Her Majesty's Government that the custody of Cetywayo should be transferred from Imperial to Colonial officers, in order that he might enjoy more freedom of movement than he could have had within the Castle walls. R 1504. C 18 3. As the ex-Zulu King had not been at war with this Colony, and had committed no offence against our laws, it was necessary to pass a special Act of Parliament to enable us to accept the charge proposed. This was done, and it is by virtue of that Act alone that Cetywayo is now a prisoner under the surveillance of the Colonial authorities. The simple repeal of that Act would at once make him a free man. 4. The Act provides that Cetywayo shall be detained in safe custody during the pleasure of the Governor. It is, therefore, competent for the Governor to put an end to the custody either by ordering his absolute release, or by handing him over to officers appointed by Her Majesty to receive him, and for this purpose the assent of the Legis- lature is not necessary. 5. But having once thus given him up, I have no doubt that we could not again resume the custody of him without another special Act of Parliament enabling us to do so. All that is provided for in the existing Act will have been accomplished, the deten- tion of the prisoner during the Governor's pleasure and his release from such detention in accordance with the same pleasure. There is no provision in the Act allowing the prisoner to be temporarily removed from our custody and again restored to it. Once released from it, Cety wayo will be, as far as regards this Colony, free. 6. Whether the release of the prisoner from our custody will not make him a free man altogether is a point for consideration of the Law Advisers of the Crown in Eng- land rather ihan for mine. Whatever opinion I may have formed upon this question I do not feel that it is within my province to express it here. (Signed) A. W. COLE. Attorney General’s Office, January 1882. (Signed) John J. GRAHAM. No. 25. The RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY to Gover NOR SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, February 9, 1882. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch of the 23rd December,” enclosing a letter from Cetywayo, and I request you to inform Cetywayo that I have received and read if. I approve of the verbal reply which you returned to him. I have, &c. Sir Hercules Robinson. (Signed) KIMBERLEY. No. 26. Gover Nor SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received March 3, 1882.) (Telegraphic.) 2nd. I received on Monday last telegram from Henriques Shepstone, stating he had read with surprise letter from Cetywayo, dated 13th December, published by Lady Florence Dixie, in “Morning Post" of 26th January, as, at two interviews before and after 13th December, Cety wayo had expressed the most hearty and unqualified satisfac- tion at learning that he was to visit England in his charge; he was not aware that such a letter had been written, nor had he the least reason to suppose that such a feeling existed, but after what had happened it would be impossible for him to take charge of Cetywayo. In his interviews with me, Cetywayo had always spoken of Shepstone as a friend in whom he could trust. The three letters published in the “Morning Post” not having been sent, in accordance with regulations, through the Government, I desired inquiry to * No. 17. 19 be made by the Native Department as to their authenticity and mode of transmission. Cetywayo, when the published letter of 13th December was read to him, at once indig- nantly denied that he had ever authorized any one to write against Shepstone, or that the letter expressed his feelings on the subject. He said he liked Shepstone, had always said so, and was very glad to visit England in his charge. He added, the sending letters to Lady Florence Dixie, the Queen, and Prince of Wales was not his idea, but had been suggested by his interpreter, Samuelson, and the proposed letters, as read and interpreted to him before being sent, contained no reference whatever to Shepstone. Samuelson corroborates the ex-King's statement in every particular, and admits that he posted the three letters privately in contravention of the Government orders, and accompanied them with a private note from himself to Lady Florence adverse to Shepstone, but he affirms that the one hundred and sixty words in the letter published in the “Morning Post “ under Cetywayo's signature, from “I hear that some one I cannot trust” to “speak my “ own words aright" were not in the letters he wrote and sent to Lady Florence for the ex-King. jº, statement appeared incredible, especially as Mr. Samuelson has proved himself to be untrustworthy, but he has to-day produced at the Native Office in support of his allegation the original of a letter from Lady Florence to the ex-King, dated 28th January, which had been sent under cover to him, but which he had until this concealed. This letter advises Cetywayo to protest strongly against Shepstone's appointment, and adds that to save time, when publishing the ex-King’s letter to her, she had added a few additional words on this subject as coming from himself, so as to prepare people for the protest which she hopes he will make. I think Lady Florence should be informed of the serious charge thus made against her by Samuelson, and unless it can be disproved, that, in justice to Cetywayo and Shepstone, the fact should be made public. Cetywayo, I am satisfied, is quite innocent in the matter, and is indignant at being made to appear guilty of such duplicity. Shepstone, who has been informed of the result of the inquiry, telegraphs this evening that, if he takes charge of Cetywayo, he feels he will occupy an equivocal position with the English public unless publicity is given in England to a complete refutation of that part of the letter published as Cetywayo's which refers to him. It is obvious that the present interpreter must at once be replaced. No. 27. The RIGHT HON. the EARL OF KIMBERLEY to Gover NOR SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G. (Telegraphic.) March 6, 1882.-Yours, 2nd.” Lady Florence will be asked to explain. When her explanation received, Shepstone may rest assured that care will be taken that his character sufficiently vindicated. Samuelson's removal entirely approved. Shepstone's remuneration under consideration. No. 28. COLONIAL OFFICE to the LADY FLORENCE DIXIE. MADAM, Downing Street, March 7, 1882. I AM directed by the Earl of Kimberley to transmit to you a copy of a telegram” which he has received from Sir H. Robinson, in order that you may have the opportunity of furnishing any explanation you may desire to give of the statements it contains Oſ] the subject of the letter from Cetywayo, dated 13th December, published by you in the “Morning Post” of 26th January. I am, &c. (Signed) JOHN BRAMSTON. The Lady Florence Dixie. —-" * No. 26. 2() No. 29. The LADY FLORENCE DIXIE to the RIGHT HON. the EARL OF KIM BERLEY. Bosworth Park, Hinckley, Leicestershire, DEAR LORD KIMBERLEY, March 9, 1882. Your communication of March 7th” enclosing Sir Hercules Robinson's telegram has just reached me, and I at once hasten to give the fullest explanation which lies in my power to the above telegram, which appears to have been received at the Colonial Office so far back as March 3rd at 6 p.m. I should have been glad to have received it ere this, as for my own sake as well as that of others, I consider it a matter which requires instant attention. My knowledge of the matter is this:— In the month of January (the precise date I cannot remember), I received a letter from Cetywayo dated December 13th 1881, from Oude Molen, and in this letter were enclosed communications from the King to Her Majesty and the Prince of Wales bearing the same date. The words referred to in Sir H. Robinson’s telegram commencing, “I hear that one I cannot trust is to be my interpreter to England,” and ending “ask them to help me to speak my own words aright,” was not part of the letter dated December 13th, but an extract from another letter from the King, received a few days previous and dated (I believe) December 7th or 8th, I cannot positively be certain as to the exacti. tude of the date as I have not kept the King's letters beyond, as they have appeared in print. In order to save space when publishing the letter of December 13th, I extracted from the former letter that portion of the King's words protesting against the appoint- ment of Mr. Shepstone, and inserted them in the communication of December 13th. That I received a letter purporting to come from Cetywayo and containing the protest against the appointment of Mr. Shepstone, I most emphatically declare to be the case, and I much regret that not having retained the King's letters I cannot give you any further assurance in this matter beyond my word of honour. After receiving the King's letter of December 13th, I wrote to him, and bearing in mind the protest I had received a few days previously, I strongly advised him to protest to the Government authorities against the appointment. I should not have done this but for the first letter I had received. In this same communication I went on to inform him that in view of the protest which I concluded he would make (to the proper authorities), I would when publishing his letter of December 13th (then laying before me) add a few additional words as coming from himself, so as to prepare the public for “the protest” which would follow to the Government. I used words similar, and to this effect, and my intention was, to convey the understanding that, though the letter of December 13th did not contain Cetywayo's complaint, still I would place his former words received only a week before in a separate letter as if sent in the one before me. The telegram of Sir H. Robinson leaves only two conclusions to be arrived at in this matter, and these are that, either Mr. Samuelson wrote me a communication not dictated by the King, or else that I have deliberately inserted words of my own fabrication; this latter conclusion I indignantly deny, and with regard to the former, I must remark that the suspicion is one which not only compromises the interests of Mr. Shepstone, but that of Cetywayo and his interpreter Mr. Samuelson, of the latter especially. Permit me to remark that I should be extremely sorry to corroborate Sir H. Robinson's statement, that Mr. Samuelson has proved himself untrustworthy, for the opinion I have formed of that gentleman, both from personal acquaintance and conversation, as well as from correspondence, has impressed me with the conviction that he is not only a conscientious servant of the Government, but at the same time is honestly devoted to the King's welfare, comfort, and prospects. The only conclusion I can arrive at is, that the letter which I received with the signature of Cetywayo, containing the protest against Mr. H. Shep- stone's appointment must be the production of some one desiring to do that gentleman an injury. If Cetywayo denies having dictated it, and Mr. Samuelson denies having written it, I am quite satisfied that they have both spoken the truth, and I would sooner myself be credited with blame in this matter than that Mr. Samuelson should be unjustly treated with suspicion. I am convinced that his word is perfectly trustworthy. * No. 28. 2I I feel here bound to state for his sake, that when I received the letter from the King which I believe bore the date of December 7th or 8th it was not accompanied by a note from Mr. Samuelson which was usual, though not always the case, and I now remember thinking at the time that it was strange he had not written, but until this matter was brought before me, it did not recur to me again. I consider it would be most unfair to replace Mr. Samuelson unless it was proved beyond a doubt that the letter in question was written by him, as I have already remarked I believe it is the production of some one who wished to injure Mr. Shepstone, and I do not think for one moment that Mr. Samuelson’s word is to be doubted. I quite agree with Sir H. Robinson that this matter should be made public, not only for Cetywayo's and Mr. Shepstone's sake, but also for Mr. Samuelson's, and not least of all, I venture to hope, my own. I therefore trust that you will give the matter publicity and that the telegram of Sir Hercules Robinson and my own letter should be published. I also hope the contents of this letter may be transmitted by telegram to Sir H. Robinson, with instructions that his communi- cation and mine should also be made public, in the Cape Colony and that of Natal, without any delay. I have replied exactly as I know in this matter, and I trust for the sake of honour, of truth, and of justice that some light may be thrown on the author of these false statements. I remain, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, (Signed) FLORENCE DIXIE. &c. &c. &c. P.S.—If you do not desire to publish this statement, I trust that you will return it to me and allow me to do so.--F.D. No. 30. The RIGHT HON. the EARL OF KIMBERLEY to Gover NOR SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, March 9, 1882. WITH reference to my other Despatch of this date,” I have to acquaint you that upon the receipt of your Despatch of 11th January, I consulted the Law Officers of the Crown as to what would be the effect of Cetywayo's removal from the Colony in its bearing upon the Cape Act under which he is at present detained, and also what would be his actual status after such removal. 2. The Law Officers have in reply stated that they are of opinion that if Cety wayo should be brought to this country he cannot be received again into the custody of the Govern- ment of the Cape without further Colonial legislation. They know that the first section of the Colonial Act (No. 6 of 1880) speaks of a detaining and keeping as prisoner of war during the pleasure of the Government, and if the detention comes to an end by the will of the Government, they think a second period of imprisonment would not be justified by the present Act. 3. They are of opinion that by visiting this country under the care and in the custody of persons named by the Imperial Government, Cetywayo will not cease to be a prisoner of war. He can, during and after the termination of his visit, be dealt with (legally) for all purposes as if he had from the moment of his capture been treated in all respects as a prisoner of war. 4. They think, however, that it would be expedient, if not necessary, that he should be replaced in the Castle and restored to Imperial custody there before being brought to this country. I have, &c. Sir Hercules Robinson. (Signed) KIMBERLEY. * No. 31. f No. 24. 22 No. 31. The RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY to Governor Sm HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, March 9, 1882. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch of the 11th January” and its enclosures relative to the proposed visit of Cetywayo to this country. 2. I have carefully considered the points raised in the last paragraph of your Despatch, and shall be glad to know whether you would anticipate any difficulty in procuring the enactment of a further Act authorising the detention of Cetywayo in the Cape Colony on his return from England. 3. You will explain to Cetywayo that Her Majesty’s Government have not departed from their intention of allowing him to visit England, but that various questions have arisen which must be fully considered and settled before he can leave the Colony. 4. Among these questions is the position in which Cetywayo will be placed on leaving the Cape. It is the desire of Her Majesty's Government to accord to him as much personal freedom as possible when he has been again transferred to the care of Her Majesty's officers. He must understand, however, that to this end it will be necessary that he should give a formal undertaking that when he has passed out of the juris- diction of the Cape Government he will loyally and faithfully obey and adhere to all instructions and rules which may be laid down as to his conduct and movements, and will without question or hesitation conform to all the requirements of Her Majesty’s Government. Unless he gives full assurances to this effect, and understands that he will be honourably bound by them, it would not be possible to allow his visit to this country. 5. When the time of his departure is finally fixed, you will, as a preliminary step to his embarkation, replace him in the Castle in Imperial custody. I have, &c. Sir Hercules Robinson. (Signed) KIMBERLEY. No. 32. The RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY to GoverNOR SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G. (Telegraphic.) 10th. Impossible at present to fix time for Cetywayo's visit. Despatch sent yesterday, on legal questions. Inform him that delay is unavoidable. No. 33. Gover Nor SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received 11th March 1882.) (TELEGRAPHIC.) 11th. Yours, 10th. Will inform Cetywayo accordingly. Shepstone and Chiefs are to be here about 1st April. I think it better not to put them off, as Shepstone will have plenty to occupy him for some weeks before starting. Cetywayo's doctor says his lungs and heart are weak, and he ought not to arrive in England till cold weather over, say about the middle May; if he left this 25th April, he would arrive about 16th May. * No. 24. f No. 32. 23 No. 34. The RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY to Gover NOR SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G. § (TELEGRAPHIC.) March 11, 1882. Yours, 11th.* Better delay departure of Shepstone and Chiefs for Cape Town. Improbable that Cetywayo can come here so soon as May, and weather generally cold till June well advanced. No. 35. COLONIAL OFFICE to the LADY FLORENCE DIXIE. MADAM, Downing Street, March 13, 1882. I AM directed by the Earl of Kimberley to acknowledge the receipt of your letter of the 9th inst.,t and in reply I am to transmit to you the draft of a telegram, which, with your concurrence, his Lordship proposes to send to Sir Hercules Robinson con- taining the substance of your letter. As regards the publication of this correspondence, Lord Kimberley desires me to say that he thinks it would be premature for him to publish it in its present stage, but I am to enclose a copy of your letter, which you are at liberty to make public if you think fit, provided, of course, that you publish also the telegram to which it is an answer. I am to add that a full copy of your letter will be sent to Sir H. Robinson by the next outgoing mail. I am, &c. The Lady Florence Dixie. (Signed) ROBERT G. W. HERBERT. No. 36. The LADY FLORENCE DIXIE to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. Bosworth Park, Hinckley, Leicestershire, DEAR LoRD KIMBERLEY, March 14, 1882. I write to acknowledge the receipt of Mr. Herbert's letter of the 13th, en- closing a copy of my communication to you of the 9th instant, $ as well as a draft of the telegram || which with my concurrence you propose to send to Sir Hercules Robinson in reply to his of the 3rd." I beg to inform you that I fully concur in, and endorse the contents of the telegram in question, and am glad to hear that my letter will be forwarded to Sir Hercules Robinson as well. For the present I will abstain as you think proper from giving this matter publicity, though, for Mr. Shepstone's sake, I think that some explanation of the apparently unfounded protest by Cetywayo against his appointment, should be made. Allow me to say that I shall have great pleasure in contradicting that statement, if it is Mr. Shepstone's wish that it should be done publicly, and I have further taken measures to the best of my power to call in and withdraw same from the pages of a pamphlet lately published, in which it appears. Though it is and has been my wish honestly to assist the King in every way possible, I should be extremely sorry to be the means of stating the slightest inaccuracy. It appears that I have done so, though unintentionally, and in common justice to the aggrieved party I shall be only too glad to remedy the mistake now or at any time, by any means in my power. I remain, &c. (Signed) FLORENCE DIXIE. The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, &c. &c. &c. * No. 33. f No. 29. f No. 35. § No. 29. | No. 37. | No. 26. C 4 24 No. 37. The RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY to GovernoR SIR HERCULES * ROBINSON, G.C.M.G. (Telegraphic.) March 15, 1882. Lady Florence Dixie explains words complained of not in Cety- wayo's letter, 13th December, but in previous one from him dated 7th or 8th December, and that she inserted them in letter 13th to save space. She emphatically declares she received letter purporting to come from Cetywayo, protesting against Shepstone, but has not kept letters. After receiving Cetywayo's letter, 13th, she wrote in view of previous letter, advising protest against Shepstone, and that, anticipating protest, she would, when publishing, add a few words as from himself to prepare public, her intention being to convey understanding that, though Cetywayo's complaint not in letter 13th, she would place his former words, received week before in separate letter, as if sent in one before her. She considers letter she received with Cetywayo's signature, protesting against Shepstone, must be forged if Cetywayo denies dictating, and Samuelson sending it. Letter was unaccompanied as usual by note from Samuelson, whose word she believes perfectly trustworthy. Copy of her letter by post. No. 38. The RIGHT Hon THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY to GoverNOR SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, March 16, 1882. As you have been informed by telegraph,” I transmitted a copy of your telegram of the 2nd instanti to Lady Florence Dixie for any explanation she might wish to offer, and I now enclose a copy of two letters; which I have received from her, the purport of the first of which has been already transmitted to you by telegraph. I have desired you by telegraph to communicate to Mr. Shepstone the substance of my telegram, but not to publish the telegram itself, as you will perceive from the enclosed correspondence that it is not intended at present to publish anything here on the subject. I have, &c. Sir Hercules Robinson. (Signed) KIMBERLEY. No. 39. GovERNOR SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received March 18, 1882.) Telegraphic. Cape Town, 18th March. Yours, 15th.Ş Cetywayo asserts emphatically he never authorised any one to write one word in his name against Shepstone, and Samuelson states positively he never wrote or sent for the King any letter deprecating Shepstone's appointment. He insists he only wrote one letter for the King to Lady Florence Dixie in December, namely, that of 13th, and it contained no allusion to Shepstone. Lady Florence’s explanation, therefore, is inconsistent with these statements, and is scarcely reconcileable with her own note to Cetywayo of 28th January, which has gone to you * No. 27. f No. 26. i Nos. 29 and 36. § No. 37. 25 by post with the papers. Again, the previous mail to the 13th December left this on 6th, so that a letter dated 7th or 8th could not have reached Lady Florence, as she states, a week before the letter of the 13th, as it would have gone home by the same Steamer. It is to be regretted Lady Florence has not kept the letter. Her explanation and suggestion as to a forgery are not credited here. It is thought possible that the private note to her from Samuelson, which he admits accompanied the King's letter of 13th December, may have been dated 7th or 8th, and may have contained some such words about Shepstone as those interpolated as , coming from the King himself in the published letter of 13th. Samuelson admits, he commented unfavourably in this note on Shepstone's appointment, and it is possible he may have stated or implied he was expressing the feelings of the King. . He has proved himself quite untrustworthy, and, with Cetywayo's acquiescence, is to be removed at once. Shepstone is anxiously waiting to hear what steps are taken to vindicate his character, as promised in your telegram of 6th March.* No. 40. The RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY to Gover NOR SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, March 28, 1882. I HAVE the honour to acquaint you that I duly received your telegram of the 18th instanti on the subject of the statements put forward by Lady Florence Dixie as coming from Cetywayo respecting Mr. H. Shepstone. No further action in connexion with this matter appears to me to be necessary at the present time. I understand that Mr. Shepstone still desires to accompany Cetywayo on his proposed visit to England if there is no obstacle to his doing so; and as his character cannot be in any way injuriously affected by the statements which have been contradicted, he need not hesitate to adhere to his engagement. , If at any time hereafter, it should appear necessary in Mr. Shepstone's interests to make any public explanations as to his relations with Cetywayo, I shall, of course, see that this is sufficiently done. /* The expense, of the telegraphic correspondence on this subject has already been "excessive, and there appears to be no necessity for further detailed telegrams. I have, &c. Sir Hercules Robinson. (Signed) KIM BERLEY. No. 41. Gover Nor SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY.-(Received March 31, 1882.) Government House, Cape Town, My LoRD, 6th March 1882. IN explanation of my telegram of the 2nd instant, with reference to the letter from Cetywayo, of the 13th December 1881, published in the “Morning Post,” of the 26th January last, I have the honour to enclose copies of the following documents:— (1.) Telegram of 27th February from Mr. H. Shepstone to Private Secretary, stating that having read the letter in the “Morning Post,” it would be impossible for him to take charge of Cetywayo. (2.) Telegram of 28th February from Private Secretary to Mr. H. Shepstone, stating that inquiries were about to be made into the authenticity of the published letter, and the mode of its transmission. S. * No. 27. f No. 39. i No. 26. ~ R 1504. D 28, (3) Letter of 1st March, from Mr. P. de Smidt, Chief Clerk, Native Affairs Office, to the Under Secretary for Native Affairs, giving result of an investi- gation held by him into the circumstances under which three letters were written, purporting to have been despatched from Oude Molen under date 13th December 1881, and addressed to Her Majesty the Queen, His Royal Highness the Prince of Wales, and Lady Florence Dixie. (4.) Telegram of 1st March, from Private Secretary to Mr. H. Shepstone, giving result of the above inquiry. t (5.) Telegram of the 2nd March, from Mr. H. Shepstone to Private Secretary, sug- gesting that a refutation of that portion of the letter published as Cetywayo's, which refers to him, should be made public in England. (6.) Letter of 2nd March, from Mr. P. de Smidt, to the Under Secretary for Native Affairs, transmitting an additional statement made by Mr. Samuelson, the in- terpreter, concerning a letter received by him from Lady Florence Dixie, in which she admitted that in publishing Cetywayo's letter she had inserted a few additional words as coming from himself, to prepare the public for the protest which she hoped he had made. (7.) Telegram of 2nd March, from Private Secretary to Mr. H. Shepstone, communi- cating the additional statement made by Mr. Samuelson, and intimating that the case had been reported by telegraph to the Secretary of State. 2. Since sending my telegram of the 2nd instant to your Lordship, the letter to which Mr. Shepstone refers in his telegram of the 27th February has been received, and I enclose a copy of it. I have, &c. - (Signed) HERCULES ROBINSON, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Governor and High Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure 1 in No. 41. TELEGRAM. From HENRIQUES SHEPSTONE, Esq., Pietermaritzburg, to PRIVATE SECRETARY, Government House, Cape Town. (Received in Cape Town 27th February 1882.) I HAVE read a letter from Cetywayo to Lady Florence Dixie, of 13th December, pub- lished in the “Morning Post,” of the 26th January, with her comments. I announced to Cetywayo, about the 1st December, by his Excellency’s desire, that I had been requested, and had consented, to delay my voyage in order to take charge of him during his visit to England. Cetywayo expressed his most unqualified and, ap- parently, hearty satisfaction at this, and I reported the result to his Excellency. Before leaving, on my return to Natal, at the close of December, I had another in- terview with Cetywayo to tell him of the object of my returning to Natal, during which he expressed himself in the same terms, and added : “They have now attached you to “ me, and you will have to see me safely back in Zululand, if they let me go there.” From the date of his letter to Lady Florence Dixie, it must have been written while I was yet in Cape Town and between those two interviews, but I received no intimation either from Cetywayo or the Government that such a letter had been written, or that such a feeling had been expressed; nor had I the least reason to suppose that it existed. I think that his Excellency will concur that it will be impossible for me to take charge of him after what has happened.—Letter by mail. Enclosure 2 in No. 41. TELEGRAM. From PRIVATE SECRETARY, Cape Town, to HENRIQUEs SHEPSTONE, Esq., Pietermaritzburg. & 28th February.—Cetywayo has always spoken to the Governor of you in the same sense as he did to yourself, and the Governor was equally surprised with you, upon reading in the “Morning Post” the letter dated Oude Molen, 13th December, which must have been sent to England direct, as it was not forwarded through the Govern- ment. Inquiries will be made as to how the letter was posted, and whether it emanated from Cety wayo spontaneously, or was instigated by any one about him. Enclosure 3 in No. 41. Office of the Secretary for Native Affairs, SIR, Cape Town, March 1, 1882. I HAVE the honour to report that, in obedience to your verbal request, I pro- ceeded to “Oude Molen,” the location of the ex-Zulu King Cetywayo, yesterday, in company with the custodian, Mr. J. Storr-Lister, and the interpreter, Mr. R. Samuelson, both of whom were in this office on business when I received your instructions. 2. I was asked to inquire into the circumstances under which three letters were written, purporting to have been despatched from “Oude Molen’’ under date the 13th December 1881, by the ex-King to Lady Florence Dixie, Her Majesty the Queen, and His Royal Highness the Prince of Wales, and which appear to have been published by Lady Florence Dixie in the “Morning Post” of the 26th January 1882, in a letter to the editor headed “The Captive Cetywayo.” 3. Before leaving this office a reference was made to the Records, and it was found that no such letters had been received here, in the customary course, through the cus- todian of the ex-King for transmission to his Excellency the Governor, prior to their being despatched to their respective addresses. 4. On my arrival at the Location I at once called for and examined the Letter Book, ordered to be kept by Mr. Samuelson, the interpreter, and found that the only letters from the ex-King entered in December were dated the 2nd and 27th December ; mone were found dated the 13th of that month. ** 5. I then called upon Mr. Samuelson to inform me whether all the letters written by him by request of Cetywayo, especially in the month of December last, were entered in the Letter Book. After some hesitation he answered, “Yes, all but three,” and con- tinued, as taken down by me, in statement annexed. 6. I then went in to see the ex-King, who had been apprised of my visit, accompanied by the Custodian, Mr. Lister, and the Zulu Interpreter of the ex-Chief Langalibalele, named “Sambani,” whom I had meanwhile sent for from the neighbouring Location at “ Uitvlught.” 7. I explained the object of my visit to Cetywayo, and first questioned him on the interviews he had with Mr. H. Shepstone in December last, and his feelings towards that gentleman. His answers are embodied in the statement annexed. 8. In the same statement will be found the ex-King's answers to my questions relating to the writing of the three letters which appeared in the “Morning Post,” and the circumstances under which they were written and despatched. 9. When I had concluded my inquiry with Cety wayo I called Mr. Samuelson in, and read over to him the notes I had taken down, and asked him to put any questions or make any remarks he might wish on the subjects discussed by me with the ex-King. Mr. Samuelson's answers are contained in the statement annexed. 10. Before I left the location, Mr. Samuelson pointed out to me a passage in one of the letters entered in the letter-book, under date the 12th February 1882, from the ex- King to Sir Hercules Robinson, in which the following passage occurs:— “I am satisfied with Shepstone's taking care of me; but I wish to have my present interpreter to interpret for me wherever I go, because I know my interpreter well. I do not contemn Shepstone.” D 2 28 This, I understood Mr. Samuelson to refer to, as corroborative of the ex-King's desire that Mr. Shepstone should accompany him, and also of Mr. Samuelson’s repudiation of the passage bracketed by him in the letter to Lady Florence Dixie in the “Morning Post.” 11. I have only to add that the letters I found entered in the letter-book of the in- terpreter, in December, as well as that quoted from in the previous paragraph, were duly forwarded through the custodian of this office, and scheduled to the Premier for submis- sion to the Governor. 1 have, &c. James Rose Innes, Esq., C.M.G., (Signed) P. DE SMIDT, Under Secretary for Native Affairs. Chief Clerk. ANNExURE No. 1. StATEMENT No. 1. Mr. Samuelson states, upon being questioned whether all the letters he wrote for the ex-King were entered in the letter-book kept by him — “All but three, one to Lady Florence Dixie, enclosing two letters to the Queen and Prince of Wales. The reason why these letters were not entered and sent as usual, through the custodian, to the Secretary for Native Affairs, was that the Governor, some short time before, told the ex-King he should have much more personal liberty than he had before, provided he did not make use of it to return to his country, and, 1 thought from that, that he was entitled to write or make me write letters for him to be despatched direct by me, and no record kept in the letter-book. “I did this without asking the custodian whether I was at liberty to do so, nor did I report to him, or the Government, that I had done so. I paid the postage myself as I took it to be a private letter. I kept no copy or draft of these letters. “I was not asked by the ex-King to send these letters privately, without the knowledge of the Government, or not to enter them in the letter-book, or not to forward them to the custodian. I asked the ex-King whether I should write these letters for him. I suggested the writing of them to the ex-King. He told me what to write, and I wrote verbatim what he dictated to me. I had positive verbal instructions from the custodian to enter all letters written by me for the ex-King in the letter-book, which I had to keep, and send the originals, through him, to Government. “The three letters in question were the only ones I did not enter. I remember them well because they were important. I do not remember the exact date, but I think they were written some time in December.” (Signed) R. SAMUELSON. Witness to signature. (Signed) J. STORR-LISTER. Before me. (Signed) P. DE SMIDT, J.P. Dated at “Oude Molen.” This 28th March (February P) 1882. ANNExURE No. 2. STATEMENTs of the Ex-KING CETywayo, in answer to questions put to him by P. J. DE SMIDT, J.P., Chief Clerk in the Office of the Secretary for Native Affairs. “I know Mr. Henriques Shepstone. He came to see me on two occasions some time ago. He told me Government had asked him to go with me to England. I told him I would be glad to go with him if Mr. Samuelson was allowed to go also. I wished Mr. Shepstone to take me to the Queen and Mr. Samuelson to go too, to talk (interpret) for me. I told Mr. Shepstone to take charge of me and be with me all the time in England, and do all he could to get me back to Zululand, but I wanted Mr. Samuelson 29 to speak (interpret) for me to the Queen. I do not want to go with Mr. Shepstone alone. He cannot talk Zulu well. He cannot speak so well as Mr. Samuelson. Mr. Samuelson was not present when Mr. Shepstone visited me. I did not ask Mr. Samuel- son to write letters for me to Lady Florence Dixie, the Queen, and the Prince of Wales. He came to me some time ago and asked me to let him write a letter for me to Lady Florence Dixie, and one to the Queen and one to the Prince of Wales, three in all. He brought them to me afterwards and read them over to me, and I said they were good. I did not tell Mr. Samuelson to write to Lady Dixie that Mr. Shepstone is a man I could not trust, or that he was my enemy.” (Here that portion of the letter to Lady Dixie in the “Morning Post,” referring to Mr. Shepstone, was read and interpreted to the ex-King.) “I know nothing of such words in the letter Mr. Samuelson wrote for me to her. I wanted Mr. Shepstone to go to England with me to introduce me (make me known to) the Queen. Mr. Samuelson put the three letters in one cover. I never told Mr. Samuelson I did not like Mr. Shepstone. If he is angry at what is said of him in the paper, I am sorry, because I did not say the words against him, and I like him as I told him; and as he says in the letter (Mr. Shepstone's telegram) which has just been read to me. I shall be very sorry if Mr. Shepstone will not now go with me. I said nothing against him. I shall be glad if Government will write what I say to him.” These statements were read over and interpreted to the ex-King, who confirmed them as correct, in presence of (Signed) P. DE SMIDT, J.P. Chief Clerk. and (Signed) J. STORR-LISTER, Custodian. Dated at “Oude Molen,” this 28th March (February P) 1882. ANNExURE No. 3. Mr. Interpreter Samuelson called in. Statements of the ex-king were read over to him, and he was told he could ask any questions about them he wished. He stated as follows:– “I was not present when Mr. H. Shepstone visited the ex-King. The answers of the ex-King to questions about the letters I wrote for him are correct. The ex-King is also correct in his statement that he did not ask me to write to Lady Florence Dixie, that Mr. Shepstone is a man whom he could not trust and is his enemy.” The “Morning Post” of the 26th January 1882 was here handed to Mr. Samuelson, and he was asked to read three letters appearing in it, dated the 13th December 1881, purporting to be from the ex-King to (1) Lady Florence Dixie, (2) Her Majesty the Queen, and (3) to the Prince of Wales. After perusing them, he states further: “I have read the letters just shown me. I admit writing the letters to the Queen and the Prince of Wales, for the ex-King, as published in the paper. They are correct as I wrote them. The letter to Lady Florence Dixie is also correct, with the exception of the parts I have marked within brackets. . These were not in the letter I wrote to Lady Florence Dixie for the ex-King. The other parts are verbatim what I wrote. These three letters are those I did not enter in the letter-book, and which were posted privately by me as before stated. “ The remainder of the ex-King's answers I can corroborate, and they are what the ex-King has often repeated to me about Mr. Shepstone. The ex-King, never spoke to me, or asked me to write against Mr. Shepstone in the manner mentioned in that part of the letter to Lady Florence Dixie which I have bracketed.” (Signed) R. SAMUELSON. Witness to signature: (Signed) J. STORR-LISTER. Before me : (Signed) P. DE SMIDT, J.P. At “Oude Molen.” This 28th February 1882. 36 Annexure No. 4. The following are the words in Cetywayo's letter, as published in the “Morning Post,” of 26th January 1882, which, Mr. Samuelson states, were not in the letter dated 13th December, sent by him to Lady Florence Dixie :— “I hear that one I cannot trust is to be my interpreter to England (Mr. Henriques Shepstone). This cannot be true. I pray it is not so. Why is my present Interpreter taken from me? he is kind and honest, and will tell England what I say. I am helpless in this matter; I cannot speak the English tongue, and I cannot hear if my words are re-told aright. My friend here (Mr. Interpreter Samuelson) would tell the English what I really say ; but if I have an enemy, or one who does not wish me well, the English nation will never hear my words, but those of other lips. Speak for me in this matter; do not let Cetywayo's lips speak words he does not utter; it will be so if interpreters he cannot trust are given control of his words. My friend, tell the English nation what I say. Ask them to help me to speak my own words aright.” Enclosure 4 in No. 41. TELEGRAM. From PRIVATE SECRETARY, Cape Town, to HENRIQUEs SHEPSTONE, Esq., Pietermaritzburg. 1st March.--It appears the three letters in the “Morning Post” were written and posted privately by the Interpreter, in contravention of the Government Orders. He suggested to Cetywayo that he should write the letters. The idea did not originate with the ex-King, who states that he never authorised the expressions about you in the published letter, and that they do not represent, his feelings. He adds, that what you state in your telegram as to what passed in his interviews with you is quite correct, that he has never entertained any other feelings, and that he will be very sorry if you will not go with him. He begs that Government will write and tell you that he likes you, and never said the words against you which have been published. The Interpreter acknowledges the entire correctness of all the ex-King's statements, and affirms that the words in the published letter, from “I hear that one I cannot “ trust” to “my own words aright,” were not in the letter he wrote to Lady Florence Dixie for the ex-King. The culprit is either the Interpreter or Lady Florence Dixie. Cetywayo appears to be quite free from all charge of duplicity or blame, and the Governor sees no necessity for your making any alteration in your plans. If required, could you get another Interpreter in Natal Enclosure 5 in No. 41. TELEGRAM. From HENRIQUEs SHEPSTONE, Esq., Pietermaritzburg, to PRIVATE SECRETARY, Government House, Cape Town. Received in Cape Town, March 2, 1882. I TRUST his Excellency will see that I am actuated by no private feeling when I bring to his notice the equivocal position I shall occupy with the English public, should I take charge of Cety wayo to England, unless a full and complete refutation of that portion of the letter published as Cetywayo's, which refers to me, is made, and is given the same publicity in England as the one alluded to has had. Permission to publish the telegrams that have passed between us on the subject, would fully satisfy me, but I leave the matter in his Excellency’s hands, feeling assured that the position I have been placed in will secure his Excellency’s sympathy. Janticipate no difficulty in obtaining an efficient interpreter. I should receive a little notice in order that I may make the necessary inquiries. ~8 31 Enclosure 6 in No. 41. Office of the Secretary for Native Affairs, SIR, Cape Town, March 2, 1882. WITH reference to my letter of the 1st instant, reporting the result of an inquiry I was instructed to make into certain matters affecting the ex-King Cetywayo and Mr. Henriques Shepstone, who had been selected to accompany the ex-King to England, I have the honour to transmit an additional statement made before me by the interpreter, Mr. R. Samuelson, concerning a private letter received by him from Lady Florence Dixie, in connexion with the circumstances forming the subject of the inquiry. I have, &c. J. Rose Innes, Esq., C.M.G. (Signed) P. DE SMIDT, Under Secretary for Native Affairs. Chief Clerk. ADDITIONAL STATEMENT. Robert Samuelson, interpreter to the ex-King Cetywayo, states:— “After I had made my statements to Mr. de Smidt at ‘ Oude Molen,’ on Tuesday last, I remembered having received a letter from Lady Florence Dixie, in which she asked me to communicate certain matters to the ex-King, relating to letters he had sent to her for herself, the Queen, and the Prince of Wales, and also relating to Mr. Henriques Shepstone going to England with the ex-King as his interpreter. “I received this letter about the 20th February last. I did not communicate the whole of the letter to the ex-King. I told him about his letters having been received, and that Lady Florence Dixie urged him strongly to protest against having Mr. H. Shepstone as his interpreter to England, and that she could not sufficiently impress upon him the necessity of this protest being made by him, which can help more to gain this end than any words from the people. “This is all I thought it necessary to tell the ex-King. “I did not inform the Custodian that I had received the letter from Lady Dixie, because it was addressed to me and marked private on the envelope. I kept the letter for a few hours and then tore it up, throwing the pieces on a corner of the table in my bedroom, and I did not think of it again until after certain letters in the “Morning Post,” formed the subject of an inquiry at Oude Molen by Mr. de Smidt, on Tuesday last, at which my attention was drawn to the letter from the ex-King to Lady Florence Dixie in that paper, in which a passage occurred relating to Mr. Shepstone and myself, which did not occur in the letter I wrote and sent for the ex-King to Lady Dixie, and which passage I repudiated in my statement then taken down by Mr. de Smidt. I then went to search for the pieces of Lady Dixie's letter to me and found them all still on my table, and on putting them together I saw the passage in which Lady Dixie states that she had put a few additional words to the King's letter to her as ‘coming from himself,’ and I thought that, as this would show that words had been inserted in the letter from the ex-King to her, which I did not write, as denied by me in my first state- ment, I took the fragments of the letter to the Native Affairs Office this morning, thinking I may require to produce them in self-defence, seeing how serious the matter had become. “When I arrived at the Office, I asked to see Mr. de Smidt, but, upon being told he had gone to “Oude Molen to see me on this matter, I called on Mr. Innes, the Under Secretary, from whom I gathered that the matter had assumed a grave aspect, and I then said that I was ready with proof that the words I denied having written in the letter published in the ‘Morning Post, had not been inserted in the original letter I wrote, and I handed in the pieces of Lady Dixie's letter. I was then told to wait until Mr. de Smidt returned. Mr. de Smidt came in shortly afterwards. “I produce the original letter from Lady Florence Dixie to me. It is dated January 28th. The pieces I have just gummed together correctly in this office, by request of |Mr. de Smidt. “In sending the three letters to Lady Florence Dixie, I enclosed, in the same envelope, a private letter to her from myself. I have several times written private letters to Lady Dixie, generally on matters connected with the ex-King. On one occasion, as far as I can remember, I wrote to Lady Dixie on the subject of Mr. Shepstone's going with the ex-King. I wrote to her that the ex-King did not seem to like the idea of going with D 4 32 Mr. Shepstone as interpreter. I wrote this of Mr. Shepstone in the private letter to Lady Dixie which I sent with the other letters from the ex-King. I did not ask Lady Dixie to interest herself in getting Mr. Shepstone's appointment as interpreter cancelled; nor did I ask her to interest herself in my favour. Lady Dixie might have been influenced to interest herself in getting Mr. Shepstone's interpretership cancelled by what I had written to her about him, in my private letter, but she was the first to write to me in terms of regret that Mr. Shepstone was chosen to accompany the ex-King to England.” (Signed) R. SAMUELSON. Witness : (Signed) J. STORR-LISTER. tº Custodian. Before me: (Signed) P. DE SMIDT, J.P., Chief Clerk. Bosworth Park, Hinckley, Leicestershire, January 28th. I AM writing to the King to tell him that his letter to the Queen was sent to the Colonial Secretary (Lord Kimberley), who has officially informed me that it has been laid before Her Majesty. The letter to the Prince of Wales I forwarded myself to His Royal Highness, who wished me to inform the King that he had received it safely. I must explain to the King that the position of the Prince of Wales in this matter is delicate. I am convinced that in his heart he sympathises with the King, but he is bound to keep silence. Let the King not lose heart, and if he can only succeed in can- ceiling the appointment of Mr. Henriques Shepstone as his interpreter to England his cause may yet prosper. But as his friend I advise him to protest strongly against having that man as his interpreter, and to continue to beg the Home Government to let him retain Mr. Samuelson, who is his true friend. This I cannot sufficiently impress upon the King, it is a matter in which his own protest can help more to gain this end than any words from other people can do. To save time when publishing the King's letters the other day, I put a few additional words to his letter to me on this subject as coming from himself, so as to prepare people for the protest which I hope ere he receives this he has already made. I remain, the King's true friend, (Signed) FLORENCE Dixie. Enclosure 7 in No. 41. TELEGRAM. From PRIVATE SECRETARY, Cape Town, to HENRIQUEs SHEPstoNE, Esq., Pieter- maritzburg. 2nd March.-Yours of to-day. Lady Florence appears, by a letter from her, pro- duced to-day by the interpreter, to acknowledge that she had fabricated that part of the ex-King's letter, as published, which referred to you. The whole case has been reported fully, by telegraph, to Lord Kimberley, with a suggestion that it is due to both Cetywayo and you that the facts, if they are not denied by Lady Florence, should be published. Enclosure 8 in No. 41. SIR, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, February 27, 1882. I HAVE the honour to request that you will be so good as to inform his Excellency the Governor that my attention has been drawn to a letter addressed to Lady Florence Dixie, purporting to have been written at the dictation of Cetywayo by his interpreter, Mr. Samuelson, from Oude Molen, on the 13th December last, which Lady Florence 33 Dixie has forwarded with her comments to the “Morning Post,” in which paper it appears on the 26th ultimo. I enclose a copy. From this letter it appears that Cetywayo objects most strongly to my being placed in charge of him on his proposed visit to England, stating that I am a person whom he cannot trust, and one who will let Cetywayo's lips speak words he does not utter; that if he has an enemy, or one who does not wish him well, as interpreter, the English nation will never hear his words, but those of other lips; that he is helpless in this matter, as he cannot speak the English tongue, and cannot, therefore, hear if his words are re-told aright. ! This letter was written some days after I had been to see Cetywayo, at his Excellency's request, to inform him that I was to take charge of him to England. I informed his Excellency on my return that Cetywayo had expressed himself to me as greatly pleased at the arrangement, saying, “who should take him to represent his * grievances but one of the sons of his father, Somtseu, of the House of Souzica, and * who of them was more fitted for the task than I, who had known him so long, and was “ so well acquainted with all Zulu matters.” He added that, “now he felt sure his con- “ duct would be properly represented, and that the injustice done him would be “ righted, and he sent back to his country.” This is the substance of what he said regarding me. The Interpreter was not present all the time, but he knew that Cetywayo had expressed himself as pleased. . I remained in Cape Town until 19th December, when it was decided that I should return to Natal for the purpose of making arrangements for taking down the Zulu Chiefs who were to accompany Cetywayo to England, which arrangements, however, I have had nothing to do with, and the Chiefs have been sent to Cape Town without any reference to me. Shortly before leaving, I again went out to see Cetywayo to tell him of my return to Natal, and he begged me to hasten back with the Chiefs as he wished to see them and to hear news of his family and people. He still appeared as perfectly satisfied with the arrangement, and said to me “that now that I had been * attached to him I should have to stick to him, and see him safely re-instated in the “ Zulu country, which he appeared to feel sure would be the natural and sure outcome “ of his visit with me to England.” This letter was therefore written during the period between my two interviews with him and while I was still in Cape Town. I was informed that all letters passing to and from Cetywayo were sent through the office of the Secretary for Native Affairs in Cape Town, for the purpose of inspection before transmission; the purport of this letter should therefore have been known to the Government during my stay, and yet no com- munication or intimation of this state of feeling on Cetywayo's part was made to me. If I am mistaken in my supposition, that the Government would necessarily be aware of the contents of this letter, then it was most certainly the duty of the Interpreter, Mr. Samuelson, who knew of my having been nominated to take charge of Cetywayo to England, to have reported this expression of his dissatisfaction and distrust at my appointment the moment it became known to him. His Excellency is aware that this appointment is not one which was solicited or sought for by me, as I was, at the time his Excellency sent for me, on my way to England on private business, and I delayed my voyage at the Cape, at some incon- venience, in order to undertake the charge urged upon me, placing my services unre- servedly at the disposal of the Government, though at the time I understood I was to be in charge of Cetywayo, while Mr. Samuelson and possibly another were to act as interpreters. Had I been aware at the time that Cetywayo's feelings regarding me were such as are expressed in his letter, I should most certainly have at once declined the charge, and now that his real feelings are known and published to the world, I feel sure that his Excellency will agree with me in thinking that it will be impossible for me, with any feeling of self-respect, to undertake the charge I had promised. I have, &c. The Private Secretary, (Signed) H. C. SHEPSTONE. &c. &c. &c. Government House, Cape Town. 6 1R 1504. E No. 42. Governor SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received April 4, 1882.) Government House, Cape Town, My LoRD, March 8, 1882. WITH reference to my Despatch of the 6th instant,” I have the honour to forward, for your Lordship's information, a copy of a translation of a letter which Cety- wayo has addressed to Mr. H. Shepstone in the Zulu language conveying the ex-King's regret at the unauthorised statements which had recently been published in his name, and expressing the confidence and thankfulness which he feels in proceeding to England under Mr. Shepstone's charge. I have, &c. (Signed) HERCULES ROBINSON, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Governor and High Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure in No. 42. The ex-King CETywAyo to Mr. H. C. SHEPSTONE. Oude Molen, March 4, 1882. I AM writing to you Gebuza (Mr. H. Shepstone) to tell you that I am very sorry when I hear that bad words about you have appeared, since it is said that I say I do not like to go with you to England, and that I distrust you. I have not made mention about you by the words with which it is said I mentioned you. I do not know why I should distrust you, since we have explained ourselves to one another (i.e., I have ex- plained myself to your father, Somseu, and he has explained himself to me) with your father, Somseu, and I saw well that he also sympathised with me. Again, I should be an inconsistent person if I said now that I did not like to go with you, since I have already talked to the Governor and agreed that you should go in charge of me. It would not be manly of me to do this inconsistency. You should not listen to that saying which it is said I said about you. You simply come; I am certainly expecting you in bringing the Chiefs here, and then pass with you on to England. I say you must come. Don’t think of staying (lit., do not attempt to stay). How could I say you must stay, since I have already approved of you ? Again, you belong to the house that handled my matters (affairs) from the first. For what should I distrust you, since I too know that you sympathise with me? The only word by which I mentioned you even at Government House is the one that says that I should be thankful that you went in charge of me, above this my interpreter that I am staying with, but that I should like that this my interpreter be the one to interpret for me. I would acknowledge those words that mention you if I knew them ; but I deny them because I do not know them. What should I be afraid of, since the white people would not force me to go with a person that I did not like. Give my respects to all those of your family. CETYWAYo KA’ MPANDE. Forwarded to the Under-Secretary for Native Affairs for transmission, (Signed) J. STORR LISTER, Custodian. To Mr. H. Shepstone, March 6, 1882. &c. &c. &c. * No. 41. 35 No. 43. GovernoR SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received April 4, 1882.) Government House, Cape Town, My LoRD, March 13, 1882. IN continuation of my Despatch of the 6th instant,” I have the honour to enclose, for your Lordship's information, a copy of a minute which I addressed to Ministers, together with their reply, respecting the removal of Mr. Samuelson from his office as interpreter to Cetywayo. I have, &c. (Signed) HERCULES ROBINSON, Governor and High Commissioner. The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, &c. &c. &c. Enclosure 1 in No. 43. Government House, Cape Town, March 8, 1882. WITH reference to the inquiry lately instituted by the Native Department into the circumstances connected with the publication in the London “Morning Post,” of letters purporting to have been sent by Cetywayo to the Queen, the Prince of Wales, and Lady Florence Dixie, the Governor transmits, for the perusal of Ministers, copy of a telegram which he addressed to the Secretary of State on the 2nd instant, and copy of a reply which he received from Lord Kimberley on the 6th. As regards the conduct of Mr. Samuelson in the matter inquired into, it appears to the Governor that the following points have been clearly established. (1.) Mr. Samuelson suggested to Cety wayo that he should write letters to Lady Florence Dixie, the Queen, and the Prince of Wales. The idea did not originate with the ex-king. (2.) Having prepared the three letters and read them to Cetywayo, Mr. Samuelson neglected to enter them in the letter book, and to send them to the Native Department for transmission to their destination, as he was bound to do by the regulations, but posted them clandestinely, paying the postage himself. (3.) The three letters contained, it is asserted, no allusion to Mr. Shepstone, and Cetywayo asserts that he never authorised anyone to write against Shepstone in his name, or on his behalf. Mr. Samuelson, however, admits that, when posting the three letters, he sent with them a private note to Lady Florence Dixie from himself, com- menting unfavourably upon Mr. Shepstone's appointment. (4.) In due course Mr. Samuelson received a note from Lady Florence Dixie, dated 28th January, addressed to the ex-king, acknowledging his letters to the Queen, the Prince of Wales, and herself. This note was sent under cover to Mr. Samuelson. In it Lady Florence stated that, in publishing the King's letter to her she had interpolated words, as coming from the King, which were not in the original letter, with the object of prejudicing the English public against Mr. Shepstone's appointment. (5.) It was clearly Mr. Samuelson's duty, as soon as ever he became aware that a fabricated letter had been published under Cetywayo's signature, to have brought the matter to the notice of the Government, especially as the proceeding was so unjust to both Cetywayo and Mr. Shepstone. He, however, omitted to do so. He concealed even from Cetywayo that part of Lady Florence Dixie's note which related to the interpolation. He kept the note for a few hours, and then tore it up, producing the pieces only after an inquiry had been instituted, when he wanted to support his repudi- ation of the passage in the published letter reflecting on Mr. Shepstone, which passage, he asserted, did not occur in the letter he wrote and sent for the ex-king. The Governor is unable to arrive at any other conclusion, from the foregoing facts than that Mr. Samuelson is not to be trusted, and he thinks it would be unfair to both Cetywayo and the Government that he should be retained in his present position. He * No. 41. E 2 36 , begs, therefore, that the Native Department may be instructed to secure the services of another interpreter, in place of Mr. Samuelson, and that the reasons for the change may be fully explained to the ex-king. (Signed) HERCULES RoBINSON, Governor and High Commissioner. Enclosure 2 in No. 43. Colonial Secretary’s Office, Cape Town, (Minute.) March 13, 1882. IN acknowledging the receipt of his Excellency the Governor’s Minute No. 118 of the 8th instant, relative to the publication in the newspaper “Morning Post" of certain letters purporting to come from Cetywayo, and the conduct of Mr. Samuelson, the interpreter, in reference thereto, Ministers have the honour to transmit, for the in- formation of his Excellency, the enclosed Minute from the Hon. the Secretary for Native Affairs giving cover to a letter from Mr. de Smidt, the Chief Clerk in the Native Affairs Department, containing a statement of the results of an interview with Cetywayo on this subject. (Signed) J. C. MoLTENo. Office of the Secretary for Native Affairs, (Minute.) Cape Town, March 11, 1882. HAving perused the Minute of his Excellency the Governor, with the Enclosures, I instructed Mr. de Smidt, Chief Clerk in this department, to proceed to Oude Molen, to ascertain from the ex-king whether he knew of any man who could replace Mr. Samuelson as interpreter. The result of Mr. de Smidt’s inquiries is contained in his letter attached, and I would recommend that the Natal Government be communicated with for the purpose of securing the services of Mr. Fynny as interpreter to the ex-king in the place of Mr. Samuelson, whose immediate removal has become imperatively necessary. (Signed) J. W. SAUER, Secretary for Native Affairs. Mr. de SMIDT to SECRETARY for NATIVE AFFAIRs. Office of the Secretary for Native Affairs, SIR, Cape Town, March 11, 1882. I HAVE the honour to report that in accordance with instructions received from you yesterday, I proceeded to Oude Molen this morning, where I had a long conversation with the ex-king Cetywayo, through the interpreter of Langalibalele, Zambani, on the subject of Mr. Henriquez Shepstone and the interpreter Mr. Samuelson. I told him that Government had informed Mr. Shepstone that he (the ex-king) had never uttered a word or caused a line to be written against him, but that the whole fault lay with Mr. Samuelson, who had used the ex-king's name unauthorisedly in writing disparagingly about Mr. Shepstone, and I read to him the telegram from the latter to his Excellency the Governor of the 9th March, in which he expresses his satisfaction with the action taken by Lord Kimberley to undo the mischief done to him by Mr. Samuelson. I then explained to him that it was now impossible that Mr. Samuelson, who had been so untrue to him, the Government, and to Mr. Shepstone, could be permitted to accom- pany him to England. * e I read to him also the telegram from Lord Kimberley to his Excellency the Governor, in which he says he entirely approves of Mr. Samuelson's removal as sug- gested to His Lordship by his Excellency the Governor in a telegraphic despatch reporting the whole conduct of Mr. Samuelson, and the wrong done thereby, both to Mr. Shepstone and himself; and explained to him that a man who had told such false- hoods, and when pressed, admitted having told them, would never for a moment be allowed to approach Her Majesty the Queen. 37 He at first pleaded for Mr. Samuelson, but as I proceeded and placed the indisputable facts clearly before him of the treacherous part played by the interpretcr, and that a man who had acted thus would no doubt repeat it, and bring further trouble upon him and others, he not only expressed his concurrence in the decision come to for the removal of Mr. Samuelson, but at the conclusion of the conversation he several times gave vent to exclamations of anger at Mr. Samuelson's conduct, which seemed to have placed him (the ex-King), in a bad light before the Queen. I then asked him whether he knew of any interpreter in Cape Town, he would like to go with him instead of Mr. Samuelson. He said he knew of no one here, but that he should very much like to have Mr. Fynny (or “Umxaza" as he called him in Zulu), of Natal, to go as interpreter together with Mr. Shepstone, and he brightened at the prospect, and asked that Mr. Fynny may be communicated with at once, and be urged to consent to COme. I have, &c. (Signed) P. DE SMIDT, Chief Clerk. P.S.—I understand Mr. Fynny is or has been interpreter in the Court at Maritz- burg. To the Hon. The Secretary for Native Affairs, (Signed) P. DE S. &c. &c. &c. No. 44. COLONIAL OFFICE to the LADY FLORENCE DIXIE. MADAM, * Downing Street, April 8, 1882. WITH reference to previous correspondence, I am directed by the Earl of Kimberley to transmit to you for any observations you may wish to offer, a copy of a Despatch” from the Governor of the Cape enclosing various documents with reference to the letter from Cetywayo of 13th December 1881, published in the “Morning Post “ of 26th January last. 1 am also to annex a copy of a further Despatchf enclosing the translation of a letter addressed by Cetywayo to Mr. H. Shepstone. I am, &c. The Lady Florence Dixie. (Signed) JOHN BRAMSTON. No. 45. The LADY FLORENCF DIXIE to the RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF KIM BERLEY. Bosworth Park, Hinckley, Leicestershire, DEAR LORD KIMBERLEY, April 11, 1881. I write to acknowledge the receipt of Mr. Bramston's communication of the 8th instant, enclosing me a copy of a Despatch from Sir Hercules Robinson, to yourself, comtaining various documents relating to the letter from Cetywayo of the 13th De- cember 1881, in order that I might have an opportunity to make any further observations on the matter, should I so desire to do. With regard to the publication of those words of protest which appeared in the letter in question, I have no further explanation to offer than that which I had the honour to forward to you on the occasion of my reply to the first telegram of Sir Hercules Robinson, $ received by me on the 9th of March. The statements then made are correct and I can but repeat them, but beyond my word of honour to that effect I can advance no proof thereof, having unfortunately as I have hitherto informed you, destroyed all letters received, never dreaming at the time of so doing that so many complications would arise. G tº Looking through the correspondence, on the subject, the only evidence I can glean from the various statements corroborative of my own are the few first words of Mr. Samuelson’s “additional statement” as they appear in the printed matter received by me this morning. They run as follows:– * No. 41. f No. 42. f No. 44. § No. 26. | Enclosure 6. in No. 41. E 3 38 “After I had made my statements to Mr. de Smidt, at Oude Molen on Tuesday last I remembered having received a letter from Lady Florence Dixie, in which she asked me to communicate certain matters to the King relating to letters he had sent her for herself, the Queen, and the Prince of Wales, and also relating to Mr. Henriquez Shep- stone going to England with the ex-king as his interpreter.” This letter to which Mr. Samuelson refers is doubtless that one in which the letter to the King was enclosed, and which is published on page 10, and it will be seen by what Mr. Samuelson himself says that I therein referred to the letters received for myself, the Queen, the Prince of Wales, and that relating to Mr. H. Shepstone's appointment. I cannot myself recall the exact substance of the letter, but I should say that the matter it contained is correct as reported by Mr. Samuelson. It goes far to prove that my statement of having received a letter from the King containing the protest to Mr. Shepstone's appointment is correct. - As for the letter from myself to the King, re-perusing it I find it very imperfectly worded, and it certainly conveys to the reader's mind the idea that I myself inform the person to whom I am writing that I have added additional words. But the fact of my having apparently committed so dishonourable and disgraceful an act is sufficient in itself for any judging party to pause and await further evidence before crediting me with an action so impossible of fulfilment by anyone gifted with the slightest sense of honour, good feeling, or truth. I think therefore that the remark of the Private Secre- tary at Cape Town, that “the culprit is either the interpreter or Lady Florence Dixie,” might have been postponed at any rate until my side of the question had been heard. This letter to the King, however, was written under the influence of that one dated December 7th or 8th, which I had received a few days previous to that of December 13th. When I advised him to protest strongly to the Government against Mr. Shepstone, I meant to convey to him the fact that it was to the Government he should apply who could help him, rather than to myself, who could not do so. Had Cetywayo dictated, and Mr. Samuelson penned the December 7th or 8th letter, my remarks, instead of being misunderstood, would have been clearly plain to them both ; as it was, they did not know of this letter, and the consequence has resulted in much misunderstanding and confusion. - Though this is an official letter, I trust you will not think it out of place if I here add, that, if any odium or suspicion connected with this matter must fall on either myself or the interpreter, pray do not hesitate to let it be the former. Of Mr. Samuel- son’s innocence I am so convinced, that I am quite willing to risk my own reputation in saving him from unmerited punishment and disgrace. Therefore sincerely hope that you will protect him from injustice, and permit him to retain his office of interpreter to the King. If blame must fall anywhere, let it be on myself. . Though unpleasant, it will do me no harm, those who know me will believe my word, and the knowledge that I have spoken the truth in this matter is sufficient satisfaction to myself, after that, those who disbelieve me are welcome to do so; to myself it will be quite immaterial, but with Mr. Samuelson the matter is more serious, and disgrace to him would probably mean ruin, which I am convinced would be quite undeserved, for I consider his word trust- worthy. With these remarks, I will end this letter, and remain, dº ~ te Verv sincerely vours The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, © y sincerely y 5 •ºgº ºn tºo sºns (Signed) FLORENCE DIXIE. No. 46. Gover Nor SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. TILE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received April 12, 1882.) - Government House, Cape Town, My LORD, March 20, 1882. UPON the receipt of your Lordship's telegram of the 15th instant,” communicating Lady Florence Dixie's explanation as to the disparaging remarks about Mr. Shepstone published by her in Cety wayo's letter of the 13th of December, I requested the Native Department to inquire from Mr. Samuelson as to the authenticity of the letter under Cety- wayo's signature, dated the 7th or 8th December, which Lady Florence states reached her the week before she received the letter of the 13th. * No. 37. 39 2. I have now the honour to enclose a copy of a statement made by Mr. Samuelson before the Chief Clerk of the Native Department, with reference to Lady Florence Dixie's explanation. 3. I am inclined to believe that if Lady Florence received a letter from Cetywayo pro- testing against Mr. Shepstone's appointment, it must have been a forgery, but I think her recollection must be at fault in supposing that she ever received such a letter from the ex-king himself. 4. If she had received a letter purporting to be from Cety wayo a week before she received the one of the 13th, she must have had both letters before her, when preparing for publication the altered letter of the 13th, and as the King's letters are always written by Mr. Samuelson, whose handwriting and style are peculiar, and are known to Lady Florence, she could scarcely have failed to have observed the difference between the forged and the genuine letter. 5. Again Lady Florence Dixie's explanation, as to the two letters is scarcely recon- cileable with her note to Cetywayo of the 28th January, written immediately after the publication in the “Morning Post” of 26th January, of the ex-king's letter of the 13th December. In that note she alludes only to one letter from the king to herself, and states that to save time when publishing two days before the king's letters to the Queen, the Prince of Wales, and herself, she had inserted a few additional words about Mr. Shepstone’s appointment in his letter to her, “as coming from himself,” so as to prepare people for the protest which she hoped he would make. If she had received the “additional “ words” in a previous letter from Cetywayo the week before, it would have been as easy to say so; and if it had been desirable to “save time * she might have published them at once, without waiting for the subsequent letter. The words too, “as coming “ from himself” convey the impression that words had been added over his signature, which had not come from himself, but such an impression would have been erroneous, if they had really emanated from him in a previous letter. 6. I cannot help thinking that some one about Cetywayo, Mr. Samuelson, or possibly another person, may have written these “additional words,” or words to the same effect, in a private letter to Lady Florence, and implied that they truly, represented the views of the king. Lady Florence, when she interpolated the words in the published letter, may very possibly have done so under the full conviction that they really expressed the king's feelings and wishes; and perhaps at this distance of time, she may confuse between a letter from the king himself, and from some one professing to write in his behalf. I have, &c. (Signed) HERCULES ROBINSON, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Governor and High Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure in No. 46. STATEMENT by Mr. R. SAMUELSON. I ADHERE to the statement I made on 28th February 1882, that I wrote three letters for the ex-King, in December, to Lady Florence Dixie, the Queen, and the Prince of Wales, the two last letters enclosed in the one to Lady Dixie, which three letters only I did not enter in the Letter Book. I do not remember writing a letter for the ex-King to Lady Florence Dixie, dated the 7th or 8th December; I know nothing of such a letter. If such a letter had been written and despatched on the 7th or 8th December, I must have written and despatched it. The only letter I wrote for the ex-King to Lady Dixie in December was that of the 13th of that month. I adhere to my previous statement that the ex-King never instructed me to write disparagingly of Mr. Shepstone to Lady Dixie or anyone else, and that the passage inserted about him in letter to her of 13th December was not in the original letter. I do not remember that I ever, indeed I am certain, that I never forwarded a letter to Lady F. Dixie from the ex-King without accompanying it with a private letter of my own. I am sure I never wrote letters for the ex-King or anyone else within so short a space of time as four or five days, that E 4 40 is up to the end of December 1881. I do not remember writing letters and sending them by two successive mails. (Signed) R. SAMUELSoN. Witness to signature, Before me, (Signed) J. STORR LISTER, (Signed) P. DE SMIDT, J.P. Custodian. Chief Clerk. Native Affairs Office, 17 March 1882. No. 47. Governor SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received April 12, 1882.) Government House, Cape Town, My LoRD, March 21, 1882. I HAVE the honour to enclose a letter received through the Native Affairs Depart- ment from Cetywayo to Lady Florence Dixie, which though dated the 28th February has only reached me this morning. I have to request that you will cause the letter to be forwarded to its destination. I have, &c. (Signed) HERCULES ROBINSON, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Governor and High Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure in No. 47. Ex-KING CETYWAYo to SIR H. Robinson. To his Excellency Sir Hercules Robinson. Oude Molen, February 28, 1882. I AM writing to you, Sir Hercules Robinson, to ask you to forward this, my letter, to Lady Florence Dixie – Alas! I am sorry that the words about Mr. Shepstone appeared in the papers before you had written to me to ask me about the matter. About this matter I would have told you, if you had asked me, as I had already talked to Sir Hercules Robinson about Mr. Shepstone going in charge of me to England; but about my present interpreter going as my interpreter I cannot now be loose in the matter as I have already talked to Sir Hercules Robinson about having Mr. Shepstone to escort me and my present interpreter to interpret for me. I am very sorry that you did not ask me what I thought before you wrote. Your heart thought at once that I would say the same as Mr. Shepstone is of the House of Somseu (Sir T. Shepstone) who had the Zulu matters when the war commenced. I am sorry, you have fought for me so truthfully. No one has tried to lighten my matters so truth- fully as you. Let your heart still stand and do not startle at these words. I am so solry that you did not write to me to ask me about the matter and hear from me before you wrote. I am sending my kindest respects. I pray you to continue in your good course and bring the truths to light that have been kept hidden all these years. CETYWAYo KA’MPANDE. Forwarded to the Under Secretary for Native Affairs, Cape Town. (Signed) J. STORR LISTER, Custodian. No. 48. The RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY to Governor SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, April 20, 1882. I HAVE to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch, of the 13th ultimo,” and its enclosures relative to the removal of Mr. Samuelson from the office of interpreter to Cetywayo. * No. 43. 4l 2. I shall be glad to know what has been decided as to Mr. Fynny, who has been proposed as Mr. Samuelson's successor, in the event of Cetywayo's visit to this country, and also whether any person has been in the meantime appointed to act as interpreter to Cetywayo at Oude Molen. I have, &c. Sir Hercules Robinson. (Signed) KIMBERLEY. -> No. 49. COLONIAL OFFICE to the LADY FLORENCE DIXIE. MADAM, Downing Street, April 20, 1882. WITH reference to the previous correspondence, I am directed by the Earl of Kimberley to transmit to you the accompanying letter * addressed to you by Cetywayo, the ex-King of the Zulus. I am also to enclose for any observations which you may wish to offer a copy of a Despatch f from Sir H. Robinson, on the subject of the statements respecting Mr. H. Shepstone which appeared in Cetywayo's letter to you †. 13th of December. ave, &c. The Lady Florence Dixie. (Signed) JOHN BRAMSTON. No. 50. The Laby FLORENCE DIXIE to the Right Hon. The EARL OF KIMBERLEY. Bosworth Park, DEAR Lord KIMBERLEY, Leicestershire, April 22, 1882. I HEREIN beg to acknowledge the receipt of Mr. Bramston's communication of the 20th inst., i. enclosing a copy of Sir H. Robinson's despatch of 20th March, as well as Mr. Samuelson's statement, and the letter from the King to myself. I regret that I can give no further explanation than I have already done in the matter of the letter dated 7th or 8th December, though with regard to Sir Hercules Robinson's supposition as I read it in No. 3 of the despatch of 20th March,' I would beg to observe that my recol- lection was, and is now, in no ways at fault as to the fact of having received such a letter. I never for one moment only “supposed " that I received it, I know that I did, otherwise I should not have made the statements on the matter that I have done, and which I here take the opportunity to reiterate and affirm. I am therefore quite at a loss to understand what Sir Hercules Robinson desires to be implied in the above remark, unless it be that my statement is inaccurate, in which case the matter must be left to your Lordship to decide and to draw your own conclusions. I have said, and I still say, that I did receive the letter in question, and on this point I can say no more, leaving it entirely in your hands. As to the letter being a forgery, which from the very commencement of this embroglio I have believed it to be, there was nothing peculiar in the handwriting to lead me to believe that it was not Mr. Samuelson's, but, as I have not made his handwriting an especial study, there may have been some slight material difference which I did not detect. As, however, the letters are destroyed, it is quite impossible to compare them. It is nevertheless but natural to suppose that anyone committing such an act would not fail to copy the interpreter's writing, a specimen of which it would not, I should imagine, be difficult to procure. In that portion of his Despatch numbered 5, His Excellency seems to think that my explanation is not reconcileable with my note to Cety wayo. This I regret, as I am quite unable unless by deviating from the truth to give any other. Had the king been the author of the letter of December 7th or 8th, as I then thought he was, my remark to him that I had inserted a few additional words as coming from himself, would have been perfectly comprehensive. As, however, he did not dictate the letter, my remark could bring no other conclusion to his mind than that I had added the additional words myself. * Enclosure in No. 47. f No. 46. † No. 49. § Paragraph 3 in No. 46. |Paragraph 5 in No. 46. R 1504. - F 42 The very sentence “as coming from himself,” would show that I believed them to be his and desired him to know that to save the time which the knowledge of his having protested to the Government, would take to reach England, I had put these few additional words to the December 13th letter, they being a direct reference to the protest which I had received and of which I believed him the author. The conclusion with reference to the remarks contained in No. 6 of Sir H. Robinson’s Despatch,” his supposition that Mr. Samuelson or another person may have written these “additional words” or words to the same effect in a private letter and implied that they represented the views of the king, is a mistaken one. I never at any time received letters either from Mr. Samuelson or anybody else containing such statements, though at various periods both before and after the receipt of the December 7th letter, I received letters genuine and anonymous adverse to Mr. Shepstone’s appointment, but none of these were from Mr. Samuelson. These, however, had nothing whatever to do with the insertion of the protest. Believing it to contain Cetywayo's own words and expression of opinion I published it, and in this I was influenced by no letters, anonymous or otherwise, which I had previously received, but with the sole desire and intention of making known the feelings and the wishes of the King. If my opinion in this matter has any weight with your lordship, I would respectfully point out that, unless you are inclined to disbelieve my former and present statements given on my word of honour, as well as those of Mr. Samuelson, there is but one conclusion to be arrived at in the matter, and that is that the letter of December 7th or 8th was a forgery executed by some person or persons unknown with a view of cancelling Mr. Shepstone's appointment, or else, as is quite possible, by someone desirous of getting rid of Mr. Samuelson with the view of obtaining his appointment in case of his dismissal, for someone else. I can only repeat that I believe Mr. Samuelson is both honest and trustworthy, and that it is my earnest hope that the King will not lose as his intepreter one who is his friend, and who has served him so faithfully all along in a position the reverse of pleasant. I remain, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, (Signed) FLORENCE DIXIE. &c. &c. &c. P.S.—As I write in haste to catch the post I have no time to take a copy of this letter, one of which I would therefore beg you to send me at your convenience. No. 51. The RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY to Governor SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, April 25, 1882. WITH reference to previous correspondence on the subject, I transmit to you for your information a copy of a further letter from Lady Florence Dixie on the subject of her correspondence with Cetywayo. I have, &c. - (Signed) KIMBERLEY. Sir Hercules Robinson. No. 52. GovernoR SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received 25th April 1882.) (TELEGRAPHIC.) Cape Town, 22nd April. Cetywayo has given the formal undertaking required by the 4th paragraph of your Despatch of 9th March. Ministers promise an early reply fe paragraph 2. -mºst * Paragraph 6 of No. 46. f No. 50. † No. 31. 43 No. 53. Governon Sir HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received 26th April 1882.) (TELEGRAPHIC.) 26th April. I sent a telegram on 10th instant, proposing to visit Zulu country in order to ascertain, personally, state of affairs in country, and feeling of Chiefs and others, but cable broke. Now hardly time to complete visit within the time when my presence required in Natal. Resident, also, in consequence of a large demonstration which ex- King's brothers have brought into Natal, thinks my visit at present moment would be misunderstood and unadvisable, therefore my telegram is withdrawn. I have written about demonstration. º No. 54. The RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIM BERLEY to Gover NOR SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G. (TELEGRAPHIC.) 29th April 1882. Your telegram 22nd.*. Further detention at Cape after visit probably unavoidable. Cannot Act now pass, reciting existing powers exhausted on Cetywayo leaving, and authorising further detention if and , when replaced P If deferred till next session no provision would exisit meanwhile for custody. Could not remain here winter. - No. 55. Gover NoF SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received May 2, 1882.) Government House, Pietermäritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, April 3, 1882. - I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, copy of an official letter from the British Resident in Zululand reporting the arrival there of a messenger from the Bishop of Natal to Umyamana, with a message to the latter from the ex-King Cetywayo. The message claimed to be of an authoritative character, giving instructions on the part of the ex-King to Umyamana, who, it will be remembered, was Cetywayo's prime minister before 1879. Umyamana was directed to send a certain message on the part of the ex-King to Uhamu, Chingwayo, Umfanawendhlela, and Usibebu, four of the appointed Chiefs of Zululand, who were further to be called upon to go to Umyamana, Undabuko, and Usivetu, and explain to these three their conduct. Umya- mana was also to send to the parents of the girls who formerly belonged to the ex-King's establishment and warn them that the girls, who, it may be mentioned, were after the ex-King's deposition restored to their families and allowed to marry, still belong to him (Cetywayo), and that they must not be allowed to marry. They must not think, the ex-King says, that he will not return; “he is only away on a visit to his friends.” 2. Fortunately Umyamana on receiving this message hesitated to act upon it without first consulting the British Resident. He, Undabuko, and Usivetu were evidently too sensible of the very grave importance of the course they were told to take and of the risk they would run in thus openly putting at defiance the four appointed Chiefs, in whose territories it is, in fact, they are living, and in thus boldly asserting their authority, in the name of the ex-King, over the duly established authorities of the country. They therefore hesitated before committing themselves to so rash a proceeding, and laid the matter before the Resident. * No. 52, F 2 44 3. The Resident applied to me for instructions, which I have sent him. They will be found contained in my letter to him of the 29th of March, a copy of which is enclosed. 4. I also enclose copy of a letter I have written to the Bishop of Natal on the subject. I have not as yet, I am sorry to say, received any reply from the Bishop. I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Her Majesty’s Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure 1 in No. 55. BRITISH RESIDENT, Zululand, to Sir HENRY BULWER. SIR, Zululand, March 15, 1882. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Excellency’s information and instructions, the enclosed copy of a message received by me yesterday from Umyamana, Undabuko, and Usiwetu. - 2. I think it almost certain that should Umyamana deliver Cetywayo's message to the four Chiefs specified therein the latter will at once apply to me for information as to Cetywayo's right to require them to do as desired, and whether they are accountable to him for their actions. - 3. I am also of opinion that if Umyamana is told that he is at liberty to use his own discretion with regard to delivering Cetywayo's message, it will be construed by the Chiefs and people as a direct acknowledgment on the part of Her Majesty’s Government that the appointed Chiefs are accountable to Cetywayo. It will also be looked upon as a very strong indication of an intention of the Government to restore Cetywayo to power in Zululand at an early date, reports that such intention exists being at present extensively circulated through the country. 4. With regard to the girls referred to by Cetywayo in his message to Umyamana, I have to state that many of these were, I understand, restored to their parents or relatives by the military authorities when they were in Zululand shortly after he was deposed; others have since then been claimed by their friends and have returned to them. I invite your Excellency’s attention to a Despatch on this subject addressed to me on 28th July 1880, by the late Sir G, Pomeroy Colley, then High Commissioner. 5. I have to point out that Umyamana, although Chief of his own tribe, is not one of the appointed Chiefs; and to add that some of the latter, especially the four referred to in Cetywayo's message, have strictly prohibited, under severe penalties, any of their subjects or persons living in their territories from having any communication with the Government or others with the view of effecting Cetywayo's restoration. Umyamana with his tribe, Undabuko and Usivetu with their following, all reside in the territories of three out of the four Chiefs alluded to, viz., in that of Chingwayo, Uhamu, and Umfanawendhlela. - I have, &c. His Excellency Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G, (Signed) M. Osborn, Her Majesty’s Special Commissioner for British Resident, Zululand. Zulu Affairs, Natal. Zululand, March 14, 1882. APPEAR– Ukemlana, sent by Umyamana. Bacela, ,, Undabuko. Umtyazo, ,, Usiwetu. Umlilwana accompanying the above. All present together. Ukemlana states: I am sent by Umyamana to inform the Resident that Umlilwana, now present, arrived the day before yesterday from Sobantu (Bishop of Natal), who is at Maritzburg. Umlilwana had gone to Natal with Unconcwana and the others who went to Cape Town to join Cety wayo. Sobantu now sent him to tell Umyamana that a letter had arrived to say that Unconcwana and those who went with him had arrived at the Cape, and were with the cx-King. That the letter contained also his, the ex- King’s, words to Umyamana. They are these : Umyamana is to send to tell Uhamu, Chingwayo, Umfanawendhela, and Usibebu that they must put down [leave alonel the 45 people of the “inkosi,” and not use them to kill other people also belonging to the “inkosi.” They, the four Chiefs named, should go to Umyamana and Undabuko and Usivetu, and tell them what is troubling them if there is anything on their heart; let them give the reason for what they have done to the people and family of the “inkosi.” Tell them to go to Umyamana and say to him all they have in their heart that caused them to act as they did towards the “inkosi's '' family and people; they are to go and say this to Umyamana and the others, as they belong together. Cetywayo also said that he has heard that the girls which were given to him by their parents and relations are allowed to marry by their parents, to whom he hears they have gone. He desires Umyamana to send word to all the parents of such girls that they are not to attempt to let the girls marry. They belong to him, having been voluntarily given to him by their relations. He is to send this warning to all the parents, including those on the coast in Umlandela’s and John Dunn's territories, Somopo, Palana, and Majiya. They must not think that he will not return ; he is only away on a visit to his friends. Umyamana, Undabuko, and Usivetu say, although Sobantu did not mention that they were to acquaint the Resident of these things, they think it right that he should be informed thereof before they act as requested. They say that they know that it is through protection of the Resident, who allowed them to remain near him, that the hair is still growing on their heads, and that they would have been no more but for his help. Bacela and Umtyazo state : We have nothing to add to what Ukemlana has said. The words spoken by him are exactly what those who sent us directed us to say; we do not wish to speak. Ukemlana's statement is ours also. - Umlilwana states : The words spoken by Ukemlana as those conveyed by me to Umyamana, Undabuko, and Usivetu are true. He has spoken correctly and left nothing unsaid. The foregoing statement being read over and interpreted by me to Ukemlana and the others who appear with him, he and each of them declare it to be correct; they wish no alteration or addition to be made thereto. Reply:— I will send send this statement to the Governor, and until I get his words about it I advise Umyamana, Undabuko, and Usiwetu to take no action in the matter. I will communicate with them when the Governor’s instructions reach me. (Signed) M. OSBORN, British Resident. Enclosure 2 in No. 55. SIR HENRY BULWER to BRITISH RESIDENT, Zululand. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, March 29, 1882. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your official Letter of the 15th instant, reporting that messengers had arrived from Umyamana, Undabuko, and Usiwetu, to inform you of a communication Umyamana, as they stated, had received from the Bishop of Natal conveying a message to them from the ex-King Cetywayo. 2. The so-called message of the ex-King purports to be one of instructions to Umyamana directing him to tell four of the independent Chiefs of the Zulu country what they are to do and what they are not to do; the four independent Chiefs in question, namely, Uhamu, Chingwayo, Umfanawendhlela, and Usibebu being moreover directed to go to Umyamana, Undabuko, and Usivetu, who are private individuals living in the territories of some of those independent Chiefs and upon their sufferance. 3. I need scarcely say that, no such message ought to have been conveyed to Umyamana. It is a communication wholly unauthorised and without any authority or validity whatsoever. . The ex-King is a prisoner in the Cape Colony, and any words that the Government might authorise him to send to any person in Zululand would be sent through the proper channel of the Government, that is, through you as British Resident. Any message from the ex-King, or any words purporting to be from him, introduced into Zululand without the cognizance and permission of the Government are unauthorised words, having no validity whatsoever. 4. The message which it is said has thus been sent through the Bishop of Natal, and by the mouth of Umlilwana to Umyamana is wholly unauthorised; and the words of it are invalid and without any strength or force whatsoever, both the words about F 3 46 the four independent Chiefs, and the words about the girls who formerly belonged to the ex-King. 5. You ºil. be good enough to inform Umyamana accordingly, as also Undabuko and Usivetu. You will inform them that they have done right in acquainting you with the message received by them, and in bringing the matter to your notice before attempting to act upon the words of the message. 6. I do not suppose that after you have told them this they will attempt to take any action upon the message; but should they think of doing so you will, I am sure, do your best to dissuade them from doing what will amount to an attempt to subvert the established and duly constituted authorities of the territories concerned. - I am, &c. (Signed) HENRY BULWER, To Melmoth Osborn, Esquire, Her Majesty’s Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. British Resident, Zululand. Enclosure 3 in No. 55. SIR HENRY BULWER to BISHOP OF NATAL. t Government House, Natal, My LoRD BISHOP, March 30, 1882. It has been reported to me from the Zulu country that a native of the name of Umlilwana recently arrived at Umyamama’s residence with a message from your Lordship to Umyamana, informing him that a letter had arrived to say that Unconcwana and the others who had gone with him to Cape Town to join Cety wayo, had arrived at the Cape and were with the ex-King, and that the letter contained also words from the ex-King to Umyamana, which words were to this effect: namely, that Umyamana should send to tell Uhamu Chingwayo, Umfanawendhlela, and Usibebu that they must leave alone the people of the “inkosi.” and not use them to kill other people also belonging to the “inkosi.”; that the four Chiefs named are to go to Umyamana, Undabuko, and Usivetu, and tell them what is troubling them and give the reason for what they have done to the people and family of the “inkosi.”; that they (i.e. the four Chiefs) are to go to Umyamana and say to him all that they have in their heart that caused them to act as they did towards the “inkosi's '' family and people; that they (i.e. the four Chiefs) are to go and say this to Umyamana and the others as they belong together: that, moreover, Cetywayo said he had heard that the girls given to him by their parents and relatives are allowed to marry by their relatives to whom he hears they have gone; that he desires Umyamana to send word to all the parents of such girls that they are not to attempt to let the girls marry ; that they belong to him (Cetywayo) having been voluntarily given to him by their relatives; that Umyamana is to send this warning to all the parents including those on the coast in Umlandela’s and John Dunn's territories, Somopo, Palana, and Majuya; that they must not think he will not return, he is only away on a visit to his friends. I find it difficult to believe that your Lordship has sent such a message to Umyamana, or that you have delivered to any messenger such words from the ex-King to be communicated to Umyamana. I shall be glad to hear from you on this subject, and am, My Lord Bishop, Your Lordship's very faithfully, (Signed) HENRY BULWER. To the Right Reverend the Bishop of Natal. &c. &c. &c. 47 No. 56. Governor SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received 3rd May 1882.) (TELEGRAPHIC.) “2nd. Your Despatch of the 9th March,” para. 2, and your telegram of 29th April.t I have received a minute from ministers stating that, having given careful consideration to your request, they regret they are unable to undertake to submit to Parliament a measure of the nature proposed; they add that not only are they themselves averse to such a course, but that in their opinion Parliament would not sanction a proposal for giving effect to your suggestion. No. 57. The RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY to Governor SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G. (TELEGRAPHIC.) May 8th. Yours, 2nd May. As your ministers cannot propose measure for replacing Cetywayo in same position, it may become necessary after visit to place him Mauritius or other British possession. Inform Cetywayo, and if no change in his wish for visit, and he adheres to undertaking given, arrange for his early departure, telegraphing me date. No. 58. GovernoR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received May 10, 1882.) - Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, - April 10, 1882. IN continuation of my Despatch of the 3rd instant, § I have the honour to transmit to your Lordship herewith copy of a letter I received on the 3rd instant, but too late to forward it by the outgoing mail, from the Bishop of Natal in reply to mine of the 30th March, together with copy of two further letters that have passed between us. 2. I have sent the Bishop's letter of the 8th instant, which I received yesterday after- noon, to Mr. Osborn, for his remarks upon the statements made by the two messengers who have come to Bishopstowe from Umyamana; and until I get his report I do not think it is necessary for me to touch upon the question of where and how the message delivered to Umyamana was “distorted.” 3. What, however, I feel it necessary to bring under your Lordship’s notice is the serious danger likely to arise from unauthorised messages being sent into the Zulu country. I am glad to say that the Bishop has expressed his readiness, in compliance with my request, to refrain from sending any more messages on the part of the ex-king; but from what I am told I am led to fear that a great deal of harm has already been done by messages which have made their way into the Zulu country from Bishopstowe, and the effect of which has been to unsettle and disturb the minds of the people. I am, &c. (Signed) HENRY BULWER. The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. * No. 30. f No. 54. f No. 56. § No. 55. F 4 48 Enclosure I in No. 58. BISHOP CoI,ENso to SIR. H. BULwÉR. Bishopstowe, April 1, 1882. SIR, [Received afternoon of April 3, 1882.] I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Excellency's letter of 30th March, informing me that it has been reported to you from Zululand that a native had recently arrived at Umyamana's residence with a message from me to Umyamana, stating that a letter had come to say that Unconcwana and his party had reached the Cape and were with the ex-king, and that the letter contained also certain words from the ex-king to Umyamana, which are said to have been delivered by the messenger in question, but your Excellency finds it difficult to believe that such words were ever sent by me to be communicated from the ex-king to Umyamana. In reply I beg to state that the message, as sent by Cetywayo and forwarded by me, has, in the form in which it has reached your Excellency, been so distorted as to alter its whole meaning and character, which was by no means that of interference on his part as “king” in the Government of Zululand, but of condolence and counsel for his friends and relatives (the Abaqulusi) under the terrible calamity from which they had suffered, as he had now heard fully from Unconcwana, and of consolation and advice for his family in their great sorrow. This message was to the following effect: that Cetywayo had heard of the massacre of the Abaqulusi and lamented greatly for them, and for the distress of his brother Maduna's family and tribe, which were his own flesh and blood; that he himself could do nothing in the matter, since he had now no voice in Zulu affairs, but that Umyamana should ask Uhamu, Chingwayo, Umfanawendhlela, and Usibebu, on behalf of Maduna, Usiwetu, and the Abaqulusi, since they all belonged together, what wrong they had done, and why they had made the Zulus fight with one another. “Let the Abaqulusi “ be of good heart and not disperse, for I am going to the Queen in England, where all “ people are helped, not knowing, however, whether I shall succeed there. The English “ here are treating me kindly. Stay quiet only and be of good heart.” February 13, 1882. I need hardly say that the idea of my sending a message from the ex-king, as reported to your Excellency, or of Cetywayo's ordering, that the four most fierce of the appointed Chiefs should go and report themselves, as it were, to Umyamana, Maduna, and Usivetu, is simply absurd. But Umkosana, who heard the letter read to the messengers, is still here, and he might be questioned about it. With respect to the girls, I have sent messages about his family from Cetywayo, asking what had become of them, and, lately, some about particular girls, not “all the “ girls,” as your Excellency has been informed, but some about whom he appears to have heard from Unconcwana. But the tone also of these messages has been materially altered, as is shown by the following extracts in Cetywayo's own words. “I beg you to send to Mbambisa and ask him if he will allow me to have one, at least, of his girls, Nobatwa, the eldest. Send to her and hear from her own mouth if she would like to return to my family or not. She took care of me much more and much better than all my other Umdhlunkulu. “Talk and agree about this with Mr. John Shepstone. If Nobatwa objects to go to “my family, it is another matter; but I am sure she is not against it.” February 2, 1882. To Miss Col.BNso. Please tell Umkosana to send to Majiya and tell him to take care of those girls of his, and not to listen to those who would have them married off, and, if the does not see that, he can send them to Maduna, to take care of them himself, or perhaps he might send them to Qetuka, and Umkosana might send also to Boro, as I have heard from Uncon- cwana and party that his daughter Guyase is stricken with illness. Is there, then, no doctor that can attend to her P Take great care of that girl, who is left all alone, that I may not have her snatched away from me by death, as all the others have been. Ask Gobongo and Nhlaka, son of Madinda, to take care for me of the girls of their family, and ask Majiya to send to Somopo to do the same; for I have heard that one of those girls is married. Why did they leave Maduna P I mean Mkyokase and Mbimbikazana. I hear that Palane's daughters are married to Malambule. Are you, then, also eating me 49 . up 2 Are you, too, imitating the Zulu [viz., Usibebu, who has taken some girls of the Umdhlunkulu.]. Are you quite sure then that I shall never recover ? Chingwayo says “I lament for my family, which I hear is scattered, and a new family formed out of it, “ that one of my wives has been taken by my own brother, who has built himself a family “ by her. By whom now can I be gathered together, since our king, who should gather “ us, is now dead?” I am shocked that the family of Chingwayo, who died (went into captivity) with me, has now been plundered by his own people. Was, then, that brother of his pleased at this death of Chingwayo I am shocked that, while a man is still alive, another man should take possession of his wives. February 13, 1882. º I have, &c. His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, K.C.M.G., (Signed) J. W. NATAL. High Commissioner. Enclosure 2 in No. 58. Sir HENRY BULWER to BISHOP of NATAL. My LoRD BISHOP, Government House, Natal, April 6, 1882. YoUR letter of Saturday, the 1st instant, only reached me on the afternoon of the following Monday. I have to thank your Lordship for your reply to my letter, and I am glad to have your assurance that the words of the message sent by you to Umyamana were not to the same effect as the words of the message the substance of which was embodied in my letter to you of the 30th ultimo. From the information before me, I can have no reason to doubt that the words of the message as reported to me were to the same effect as the words delivered to Umyamana by the native Umlilwana and by the latter represented as being the message he had brought from Bishopstowe; and therefore it is clear that the message which has been so distorted was distorted on its passage from Bishopstowe to Umyamana either purposely or from ignorance and forgetfulness by the messenger employed by your Lordship. Fortunately the prudence of Umyamana prevented him from acting upon the message as delivered to him, and thus averted the disorder and the serious consequences that might have resulted had he acted upon it. I have instructed the Resident to inform Umyamana that the message he received was wholly unauthorised, that the ex-king is a prisoner in the Cape Colony, and that any words which the Government may authorise him to send to any person in Zululand will be sent through the proper channel of the Government, that is through the British Resident. No instance could illustrate more forcibly the danger of messages being sent from the ex-king to anyone in the Zulu country through other than the proper channel of com- munication. The words delivered to Umyamana by the messenger whom your Lordship employed to take a message to him might, but for the prudence of Umyamana, have produced deplorable consequences, a result which would I know have been most painful to your Lordship, and I trust your Lordship will be so good as not to send any more messages on the part of the ex-king to any one in Zululand as the proceeding is one calculated to lead to unsettlement and disorder. Any communication that the ex-king would desire to make to any of the members of his family, and which is not calculated to prejudice the public order, I shall be prepared to send through the British Resident as the proper channel of such communications. * I have, &c. To the Right Reverend the Bishop of Natal, (Signed) HENRY BULWER. &c. &c. &c. R. I504. G 50 Enclosure 3 in No. 58. BISHOP Col.BNso to Sir H. BULWER. SIR, Bishopstowe, April 8, 1882.” I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Excellency's letter of 6th April. - I shall, of course, comply with the desire expressed by your Excellency, that I should not send any more messages on the part of the ex-king to anyone in Zululand. Should any such messages reach me from Cetywayo which may seem to me such as might be sent, I shall avail myself of your Excellency's permission to forward them to yourself, to be sent, if approved, through the British Resident. I think it right, however, to inform your Excellency that on Thursday, March 30, on which day I received your former letter, two messengers arrived from Zululand, who had been sent by Umyamana, Maduna, and Usiwetu, to give me the following information:— “They had thought it best, before communicating with the four Chiefs, to report the matter to the Resident, and had accordingly sent to inform him that a message had come from Cetywayo, brought back by Umlilwana, who had returned from escorting Unconcwana, advising Umyamana to say to the four Chiefs in question, “Hau ! this ‘ family of the Zulus, what is it about P Hau ! lay aside, then, the assegai with which ‘ you are destroying your own great-house, and let us meet together, and hear the reason ‘ why the family has been so destroyed; let us be friends again.” But the Resident said, ‘Truly Umyamana has done well in coming to me first ; for, if he had sent this ‘message to those Chiefs, they would have said, “We are turned out,’ and would have ‘ reported it to me, and I should have agreed with them and given them leave to fall ‘ upon you and sweep you off. But wait, and I will send down to Maritzburg, for a * Chief in charge of Zulu affairs has arrived there, and, when the answer comes, we can ‘ send a message together.’ “Umyamana, when he heard this reply of the Resident, was surprised, and said, * Does he say that the message amounts to turning out the Chiefs P I thought that it ‘ meant nothing of the sort, but was merely asking them to be friends again; and he and the Princes had sent those messengers in haste to inform the Bishop of what had occurred.” Those men, when they heard in what form the message had been reported to your Excellency, expressed their astonishment, as it differed so materially from what they themselves had heard twice from Umyamana—first, on its arrival, and, again, when he repeated to them what he reported to the Resident. They said they did not see how it was possible that Umyamana's messengers to the Resident should have so mis-stated it; and they said that “what alarmed Umyamana was, that the Resident seemed to have “ quite misunderstood the message.” Concerning the girls, these men brought no message to me from Umyamana. They said that he had told them that kind words had come from the ex-king for certain girls. But they had never heard of any message sent for all the fathers of the girls of the Umdhlunkulu forbidding them to allow the girls to marry, and knew not where this statement could have originated. I have, &c. - His Excellency Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., (Signed) J. W. NATAL. High Commissioner. No. 59. The RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY to GoverNOR SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G. (TELEGRAPHIC.) 10th May 1882. Inform Cetywayo report having been received from Governor, of Natal, that visit used for purposes of agitation in Zululand, and interferes with due con- sideration of future, Her Majesty’s Government consider it necessary to postpone visit for a time. This decision founded on telegram” received from Bulwer since mine of 8th. Further by Despatch. -** * See No. 63. f No. 57. 51 No. 60. The Right Hon. The EARL OF KIMBERLEY to Governor Sm HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, May 11, 1882. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch of April 10th,” transmitting copies of correspondence with the Bishop of Natal on the subject of the message from Cetywayo to certain Zulu Chiefs. Whilst I regret to learn that the Bishop has acted so imprudently in this matter it is satisfactory that he has promised to abstain from such dangerous proceedings in future. I entirely approve your reply to the Bishop's letter. s r I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) KIM BERLEY. No. 61. The RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIM BERLEY to Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, May 11, 1882. WITH reference to my Despatchf of this date on the subject of the message sent by Cetywayo to Umyamana, I transmit to you a copy of a Despatch; which I have addressed to Sir H. Robinson, and I request you to furnish him with copies of your Despatches of 3rd and 10th April,' if you have not already done so. I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) RIMBERLEY. No. 62. The RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIM BERLEY to GoverNOR SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, May 11, 1882. I HAVE received from the Special Commissioner for Zulu Affairs two Despatches|| on the subject of a message sent by Cetywayo to Umyamama through the Bishop of Natal. I have instructed Sir Henry Bulwer to furnish you with copies of the corre- spondence, if he has not already done so, and I request that you will take care to give such instructions as may prevent any messages being sent by Cetywayo into Zululand without Sir H. Bulwer's knowledge and sanction. I transmit for your information a copy of a Despatch" which I have addressed to Sir H. Bulwer on the subject. I have, &c. Sir Hercules Robinson. (Signed) KIMBERLEY. No. 63. The RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY to GoveFNOR SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, May 11, 1882. THE telegram from Sir Henry Bulwer to which I referred in my telegram to you of yesterday” was to the effect that the intended visit of Cetywayo to England had led to the report of his restoration, and was used to create agitation, that it had been the cause of the recent demonstration of the ex-King's brothers, and was producing * *- sº-sº- --—& * No. 58. f No. 60. f No. 62. § Nos. 55 and 58. | Nos. 55 and 58. * No. .60 ** No. 59. & G 2 52 uneasiness in Zululand, that this state of affairs interfered with the settlement of that country, and with the due consideration of the future policy to be pursued, and that in these circumstances Sir Henry Bulwer suggested postponement of the visit for some time. Having carefully considered Sir Henry Bulwer's representation, which is made under the special responsibility committed to him with regard to Zulu affairs, Her Majesty’s Government, whilst regretting the disappointment which must be caused to Cetywayo by this change of the arrangements already determined on for his immediate departure, came to the conclusion that it is not consistent with their duty to proceed at present with his intended visit, and I instructed you by telegraph to communicate this decision to Cetywayo. º Her Majesty's Government trust that they will before long receive from Sir Henry Bulwer a full report on Zulu affairs with his recommendations as to the future policy to be pursued; and I have requested Sir Henry Bulwer to inform me when his report may be expected. In the meantime you should explain to Cety wayo that Her Majesty's Government, however desirous to make his captivity as little irksome to him as possible, and to con- sult his personal wishes, must be guided by their sense of what is required to maintain peace and order in Zululand; and that he will do well to abstain scrupulously from any attempt at interference in Zulu affairs which will not promote his own interests and which Her Majesty's Government cannot permit. I conclude that you will, on the receipt of my telegram have obtained from Sir Henry Bulwer any further information as to his view of the situation which it may be desirable for you to possess. I have, &c. Sir H. Robinson. (Signed) KIMBERLEY. No. 64. Gover Nor SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received 11th May 1882.) (TELEGRAPHIC.) 11th. Yours, 10th May,” received to-day. Cety wayo was informed yesterday, as directed in yours 8th, and as he still wished for visit and adhered to his undertaking, he was informed that I would at once arrange for his early departure. Shepstone was accordingly telegraphed to yesterday, to come down from Natal with the Chiefs. Before intimating to Cety wayo this further indefinite postponement, I think it right to let you know how far the matter has gone, as I fear he will be so bitterly disappointed that his life may be in danger. No. 65. The RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY to GoverNOR SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G. (TELEGRAPHIC.) 11th May. Yours of to-day. I must adhere to decision to postpone Cetywayo's visit. Explain to him that reports received since intimation render postponement necessary, and that he must have patience. The report of his visit has been made use of to stir up agitation in Zululand, which may produce serious difficulties. Stop departure of Shep- stone and Chiefs at once. * No. 59, f No. 57. † No. 64. 53 No. 66, Governon SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. The EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received 12th May 1882. (TELEGRAPHIC.) 12th May. Yours 10th May.” Natal Legislative Council meets soon, and I shall not therefore be able to visit Zululand before August. No. 67. GovernoR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. The EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received May 16, 1882.) My LoRD, Durban, Natal, April 13, 1882. MR. OSBoRN, the British Resident in Zululand, arrived here on Monday week, and I have had the opportunity of having several conversations with him on the state of affairs in that country. 2. Without entering more fully into the subject on the present occasion, what I would desire more particularly to bring under your Lordship's notice at this time is the existence of a feeling of unsettlement and uncertainty among the Zulu people, arising out of the reports which appear to have been for some months past circulated in the country that the ex-King Cetywayo is shortly to be restored by the English to his former position. The way in which the people contemplate the probability or possibility of the ex-King's return, as suggested by these reports, naturally varies considerably, and what information I have on this subject I will lay before your Lordship by another opportunity. But the prominent feature in the present condition of the Zulu country, and the one that I now wish to bring under your Lordship's notice, is the feeling of uncertainty as to what is about to happen and the consequent unsettlement and uneasiness in the minds of the people. 3. After some consideration of the present position of affairs I have come to the conclusion that it may be of advantage to the public interests if I can go myself into the Zulu country and have an opportunity of seeing the appointed Chiefs and others of the Zulu people. My object would be to make myself personally acquainted with the con- dition of things in the country, and so far as I may be able, with the real views and sentiments and wishes of the Zulu Chiefs and people regarding the present settlement and the future of Zululand. 4. In view of the departure, which I understand will take place in the course of next month, of the ex-King Cetywayo from Capetown for England, it seems to me desirable that I should visit the Zulu country, if possible, before that event has worked any effect on the Zulu people; and as I propose in due course to call the Natal Legislative Council together in session towards the latter end of next month, I should desire on that account also to hasten my visit to the Zulu country. 5. I despatched some days ago a telegraphic message to your Lordship on this subject, but unfortunately the cable is out of working order, and it is uncertain when my message will reach your Lordship. I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY BULWER, To the Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Governor. &c. &c. &c. * Not printed. G 3 54 No. 68. Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received May 16, 1882.) My LoRD, Durban, Natal, April 15, 1882. IN connexion with the subject of my Despatch of the 10th instant,” I have the honour to transmit herewith, for your Lordship's information, a Memorandum by Mr. Osborn upon the Bishop of Natal’s letter of the 8th instant, which formed one of the enclosures in the above named Despatch. 2. Although the messengers from Umyamama, whose arrival at Bishopstowe the Bishop mentions in his letter, expressed their astonishment that the message as reported by the Resident should differ so materially from what they themselves had heard from Umyamana as being the message which he had received and had reported to the Resident, yet a reference to Mr. Osborn's letter of the 15th March will show that the words of the message as delivered to him by Umyamana's messenger were delivered in the presence of the messengers from Undabuko and Usivetu, and of the messenger Umlilwana, and were corroborated by the two former as being the exact words sent by Umyamana, and by the latter as being the words he had himself brought to Umyamana; and there can, at least, be no doubt that the message which Mr. Osborn in his letter above referred to reported as having been received by him from Umyamana was, in its sense and in its terms, the message as it had been sent by Umyamana. 3. Whether the message had been distorted by Umyamana with the view of seeing how far he might venture, or whether it was actually delivered to Umyamana by the messenger Umlilwana in the form Umyamana said he had received it, may be a question; but the message in that form is, at any rate, traced back as far as Umyamana. 4. That the latter attached no ordinary importance to the message in the form in which he sent it to the Resident is, it seems to me, very clear from the fact of his re- porting it to the Resident, and of his thinking it necessary to have the message supported by messengers from Undabuko and Usiwetu and by the presence of Umlilwana. It is not likely he would have taken so much care if the message had been of an ordinary character, or if he had thought it of no importance. Moreover, the Resident positively and directly denies that he sent to Umyamana the answer which the messengers to Bishopstowe have told the Bishop occasioned so much surprise and alarm to Umyamana on account of his message having been so misunderstood by the Resident. If, therefore, Umyamana expressed his surprise that the Resident should interpret the message as one that amounted to “turning out” the four Chiefs, and if Mr. Osborn in his answer given to Umyamana's messenger put no such interpretation on the message, it follows that the interpretation is one that Umyamana himself, or the people with him, put on the message, and it is presumably because he did put such an interpretation on it that he thought it prudent before committing himself further to sound the mind of the British Resident. 5. I do not know that it will serve any useful purpose to follow up the matter further. The incident is one which, as I think I said in a previous Despatch, illustrates very strongly the danger arising from the practice of what I may call unauthorised communi- cations, communications of a political tendency, such as have been passing between the Zulu country and Natal. I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY BULWER, To the Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Governor. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure in No. 68. HIS ExCELLENCY, Maritzburg, April 11, 1882. I HAVE perused the Bishop's letter, and can only say that the message from Umyamana as received by me was most carefully and accurately taken down, as delivered by the messengers, by me personally with the assistance of Mr. Boast my clerk, in the presence of my Induna and the two principal messengers attached to my office, and is as shown in my letter of the 15th March reporting the matter for your Excellency's infor- mation. * No. 58, 55 After taking down their statement I told them that I had done so, and that I would read over and translate to them what I had written, and requested them to observe care- fully whether their words were correctly put down. I explained also that I would alter or amend any portion if so desired by them. I then read over and translated the state- ment they had just made, and they at once declared, together, that it contained every- thing they had said, and that they wished nothing altered or added. They spontaneously expressed their astonishment that their words could be so accurately shown in writing. To make further sure, I asked the messengers separately, addressing each by his name, whether he wished anything changed in or added to what I had written, and they indivi- dually answered, each for himself, that their words were correctly shown, and no altera- tion or addition was desired. There was no misunderstanding whatever on my part, and I do not believe that it was possible that I could have misunderstood as the Bishop has been informed. No other reply was given by me than that already reported to your Excellency. The version of my reply set forth in the Bishop's letter, being that given to him by the two messengers from Umyamana is, I say it emphatically, untrue. Umyamana lives but a short distance from the Inhlazatyi. He frequently pays me friendly visits, as is also done by other Chiefs and Headmen, and it appears to me very strange that if my reply caused him so much surprise or alarm that he did not personally or by messenger attempt to set right what seemed to him so serious a misunderstanding on my part. Again, the message referred to was delivered to me on the 14th March; on the 27th Umyamana came to me with Usivetu, when the latter applied for consent to proceed to Maritzburg to see your Excellency. On that occasion I had a long and friendly conversation with Umyamana on general subjects, but he made no allusion whatever to his message of the 14th or to my reply thereto. The Bishop says the messengers brought no message to him about the girls. They had never heard of any message to the fathers; and, because of this their ignorance on the subject, they knew not where this statement could have originated. I fail to perceive the value of these assertions, and am, therefore, unable to offer any remark thereon. I will only add that it is my impression that the party of Zulus represented by Umyamana and Undabuko are deliberately misrepresenting matters to the Bishop with the view of serving their own ends. (Signed) M. OSBoRN, British Resident, Maritzburg. No. 69. Governor SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. the EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received May 16, 1882.) Government House, Cape Town, My LoRD, April 22, 1882. WITH reference to your Despatch of the 9th ultimo, and to my telegram of this day's date,” I have the honour to enclose, for your information, copy of a letter from the custodian of prisoners of war, covering copy of a formal undertaking which Cetywayo has given to obey the instructions which may be laid down for him on his being replaced in the charge of Imperial officers. I have, &c. (Signed) HERCULES ROBINSON, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Governor and High Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. * Nos. 31 and 52. 56 Enclosure in No. 69. CUSTODIAN of CETYWAYo to UNDER SECRETARY FOR NATIVE AFFAIRs. Office of the Custodian of War Prisoners, SIR, Rondebosch, April 17, 1882. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your letter dated the 12th instant. The contents has been duly interpreted to the ex-King. I enclose herewith his reply. The reply is signed by Cetywayo, and witnessed by Mr. Samuelson and myself. Before it was signed, it was in my presence re-translated to the ex-King. I have, &c. (Signed) J. STORR-LISTER, The Under-Secretary for Native Affairs, Custodian. Cape Town. To the Hon. Mr. SAUER, Secretary for Native Affairs. Oude Molen, April 17, 1882. I AM writing to you, Mr. Sauer, to tell you that I promise that, when I am handed over to the officers of Her Majesty to be taken charge of by them, when I pass out of your hands, I will loyally obey and adhere to the instructions and rules that will be laid down for me by Her Majesty’s officers. I am your child, and I am, as it were, what you are with child with. I know that you will do nothing to hurt me in your treatment of me. You have handled me as your child up to now, and now as your child I place myself in your hands. - I consider that I am bound to do what I have in this letter promised you. I put my trust in you, and I give myself in your hands. Do not be afraid that I will not adhere to my promise. I am not an inconsistent person. What I promise I do and adhere to. I have always done what I promised, and will always do the same. (Signed) CETYWAYo. Witnesses to signature : (Signed) R. C. A. SAMUELSON, Interpreter. J. STORR-LISTER, J.P., Custodian. No. 70. 'The RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY to Gover NOR SIR HENRY BULW ER, K.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, May 23, 1882. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch of the 13th of April,” relative to the state of affairs in Zululand, and your proposed early visit to that country. §. telegrams of the 26th of April and of the 12th instant, which contain information of later date, have apprised me of the reasons for the postponement of your visit. I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) KIM BERLEY. No. 71. The RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY to GoverNOR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, May 23, 1882. I HAVE the honour to acknowedge the receipt of your Despatch of the 15th of April, enclosing a report from the British Resident in Zululand, relative to the alleged message from Cetywayo to Umyamana. I concur in your opinion that this matter need not be pursued any further. I have, &c. Sir H. Bulwer. (Signed) KIMBERLEY. * No. 67. f Nos. 53 and 66. f No. 68. 57 No. 72. Governon SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the Right Hon. The EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received May 24, 1882.) * Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, MY LORD, April 20, 1882. IN a Despatch which I addressed to your Lordship on the 13th instant,” I brought under your Lordship's notice the existence of a feeling of uneasiness and un- certainty in the Zulu country, arising out of the reports which have of late been actively circulated, that the ex-King will shortly be brought back by the English and restored to power. * I referred also to the manner in which these reports affected the Zulu people, and to the way in which the prospect of the ex-King's restoration was regarded by the people at large. 2. That there is a party in the Zulu country which is working for the restoration of the ex-King is well known. This party is headed by Umyamana, the ex-King's prime minister, and by Undabuko and Usivetu, the ex-King's brother and half-brother, and it has been called the Usutu party. The formation of this party dates, I believe, from a visit which Undabuko paid to Natal in May 1880. He came in here for the ostensible purpose of saluting the Governor; but on his arrival he said he came to ask for the return of his brother. He was sent back and told he must make any application he had to make through the Resident, which he did, and was afterwards informed, in reply, that the Governor could not recognise him except as a private individual residing under one of the appointed Chiefs of Zululand, and that the Resident could not enter into any discussion with him as to the cause and results of the late war, or listen to any com- plaints except such as referred to his personal affairs, and to any breach of the conditions on which the Chiefs of Zululand were appointed. Undabuko, notwithstanding this ādmonition, began to assert himself and to give trouble to the appointed Chief Usibebu, in whose territory he was living, which ended in his being obliged to leave the territory. Since that time, together with Umyamana and Usivetu, and, I fear, encouraged from Natal, he has been busy in promoting a movement in favour of Cety wayo's restoration. Umyamama’s part in this movement is dictated by his exclusion from an independent position in the Zulu country. He was offered one of the independent chieftainships at the time of the settlement in 1879, but partly, I believe, from feelings of delicacy, in consequence of his position under the fallen King, and partly from a misunderstanding he declined the offer. Subsequently he wished to have one but it was too late. Being a man possessed of a large following and of considerable power he has been unable to accept a subordinate position, and has consequently asserted himself. To him, as the ablest and most powerful of their number, Undabuko and Usivetu have resorted, and together they have formed a party to which have naturally gravitated the elements of discontent in the Zulu country. It is probable that long since Umyamana would have been driven out by Uhamu, who could ill put up with the inconvenience of having so powerful and insubordinate a Chief in his territory, but Uhamu's hand has been stayed by the Resident. So also Undabuko and Usiwetu would probably have both paid the full penalty of their rebellious conduct to Usibebu but for the same controlling influence, and Usibebu contented himself with driving them out from his territory. Driven from there they have taken up their temporary abode in the neighbourhood of Umyamana's present residence which is not far from the Inhlazatye, Umyamana himself having gone there some time ago in order to be near the British Resident; and together with him they have been busy in adding to their numbers and organising their party. They have taken advantage of the reports that have been spread, and of the encouragement they have re- ceived from without, and have given the people, as much as they could, to understand that the restoration of Cety wayo is a settled matter; and so, by one means or another, by hopes and by fears, they have succeeded in building up a considerable party. * No. 67. R 1504. H 58 3. This, then, is the party which desires and, encouraged from outside, is working for the restoration of the ex-King. 4. On the other hand there is, of course, not so much one party, but a number of powerful interests naturally opposed to the return of Cetywayo. Foremost among them are the appointed Chiefs Uhamu, John Dunn, Usibebu, and Umfanawenhlela. These would, I am told, most assuredly take up arms in defence of their rights, and would fight for those rights to the end. So also would the Chief Hlubi, though he is, I believe, ready at all times to subordinate his action to the views of the British Government. For the rest of the appointed Chiefs I have been unable to learn as yet anything very decided. With the exception of Seketwayo, who, the Resident considers, is in favour of Cetywayo's return, the probability is that they have no wish for the ex-King's resto- ration, but would fall in with any decision of the British Government. 5. As for the great majority of the people, it may be said that they would accept whatever condition is put before them to accept. Some of them, some of the lesser Chiefs and headmen, may or may not like the particular rule of the particular appointed Chief they may happen to be under. They may wish to be under another Chief. They may wish to have English rule or English supervision. They may or may not wish for some alteration in the present conditions. But the disposition of the great majority of the people is to settle down if left alone. To the great majority of the Zulu people the idea of wishing the restoration of Cetywayo would never so much as occur. They looked upon him as dead from the moment the Zulu war was over and he was removed. They were prepared to accept whatever conditions of government were laid down for them by the British Government, and they did accept them, and were and are prepared to abide by them. If they are moved to regard a change, or the possibility of a change, it would be not by any conception of their own minds, but by instigation from without. They would never give a thought to the restoration of the ex-King unless the question were introduced and forced upon their notice. Then as to the way in which they would regard it if it were forced upon their notice, I think it may be said that the ex-King was not so much personally beloved in Zululand as that the people generally should wish his return in person or a restoration of his personal rule, and that as their habits of thought would not lead them, if left to themselves, to think of his return, so neither would their hearts incline to it, if the thought were suggesied to them. But as to what they would say about his return if the question were put to them, this would necessarily depend upon the circumstances. Given the idea that the ex-King, as a matter of fact, was about to be brought back by the British Government, they would accept the position, and, both in what licy might say and in what they might do, they would fall in with what they understand to be the views and intentions of the British Government; they would accept and fall in with the condition of things that was going to be. 6. I am speaking of course of the great majority of the Zulu people. Left alone, free from agitation from within or from without, the thought of the ex-King's return or restoration would not so much as occur to them. Wishes or hopes on the subject they have none, unless they foresee that the course of coming events obliges them to express wishes or hopes which may in no way represent their real sentiments. 7. The evil that most presses upon the country at the present moment is the agitation that has been set going by the party to which I have referred, encouraged by the reports introduced from Natal, and the hopes held out to them ; and it is this state of things, these reports, this uncertainty, which have created an uneasiness, a disquiet, that are in the highest degree mischievous and to be regretted. I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY BULW ER, To the Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. 59 No. 73. GovePNor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL \ OF KIMBERLEY. (Received May 24, 1882.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, April 22, 1882. AN outcome of the agitation by the party under Umyamana, Undabuko, and Usivetu, to which I have referred in my Despatch of the 20th instant,” has shown itself in these last few days in the arrival of Undabuko and Usivetu and a large following of, I am told, about 800 persons, three of whom state that they represent the appointed Chiefs Seketwayo, Somkeli, and Faku ka Ziningo, and sixteen of whom are, I understand, Chiefs and Headmen living in the territories of the appointed Chiefs John Dunn and Umlandela. 2. The correspondence which I forward with this Despatch will show your Lordship the circumstances of this proceeding and the object with which Undabuko and Usivetu have come here with this large following. The proceeding is, in fact, a demonstration in favour of the restoration of the ex-king Cetywayo. It is a demonstration organized by the “Usuto * party encouraged, as I have reason to believe, from without ; and it is so timed as to bear upon the departure of the ex-king for England which, it is said, will take place next month. 3. The proceeding is much to be regretted as being ill-advised and calculated to lead to trouble. But my course with regard to the request made by Undabuko, Usiwetu and the others that I should see them is, I think, clear enough. If I were to receive them it would be looked upon by the “Usutu’’ party, by the duly appointed Chiefs of Zululand, and by the Zulu people at large, as an indication of my support and counte- nance of the party, and as confirming the reports that have been so industriously circulated in the Zulu country of the coming restoration of Cetywayo. It would com- promise the present position of Her Majesty's Government towards the established settlement and the existing order of Government in the several territorial divisions, and it would lead, I cannot doubt, to the greatest confusion in the Zulu country. I have, therefore, declined to see them ; and my instructions to the Resident will be found in the memorandum which forms one of the enclosures to this Despatch. 4. Fortunately, the circumstance of Mr. Osborn being here enables me to give this answer through him, and it enables him also, as British Resident, without compromising the position, to hear any representations Undabuko and the others may have to make. I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, (Signed) HENRY BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. 24 April. P.S.–Since this Despatch was written the Resident has informed me Geºr. noon) that the number of Chiefs or Headmen who have come in with Undabuko or who, it is stated, have sent persons to represent them, is, he has heard, very much larger in number than he had previously reported to me. I have told him that if this is the case, the fact may to some extent affect the manner of the reply to be given according to my instructions, because I had there. dealt more with the individual applications, whereas possibly a more collective answer may be required, with regard to which he will be the best judge, but that it does not alter the question of my inability to receive in person those who have come in. EI.B. * No. 72. H 2 60 Enclosure l in No. 73. BRITISH RESIDENT, Zululand, to Sir HENRY BULweR. SIR, Maritzburg, April 11, 1882. I HAVE the honour to transmit the enclosed copy of an application by Usivetu, half brother to Cetywayo, for consent to enable him and Undabuko to come to Maritz- burg to see your Excellency in reference to the matters stated therein. This application was made on the 27th ultimo, three days before I started from Inhlazatyi, and by my direction, the enclosed copy was sent to me here by post and was received only yesterday. As I am aware that both Undabuko and Usiwetu are anxious to represent their grievances personally to your Excellency, and believing that if they could be permitted to do so some misunderstanding might probably be removed, I told them that I would recommend their application to your Excellency’s favourable consideration, which I have now the honour to do. * I must, however, at same time point out that Sir Evelyn Wood in his Despatch to me of the 7th November last, refused to grant a similar application from the same persons on the grounds therein stated by him. I have, &c. (Signed) M. Osborn. His Excellency Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G. British Resident, Zululand. H.M. Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Inhlazatye, Zululand, March 27, 1882. USIWETU, accompanied by Umyamana, states:— I apply for the consent of the Resident for Undabuko and myself to proceed to Maritzburg to see the Governor. Our object in going is twofold:— 1st. We want to “Konza " to the Governor, and 2nd. We wish to represent to him our troubles caused through our having been driven away from our old homesteads. We are still without any permanent place to occupy, and we cannot go to John Dunn's territory. We have not been able to cultivate this season; our grain of last year and our cattle were taken from us, and we are in great want in consequence. We are anxious to settle permanently soon so that we may be able to put in crops next season. This we wish to represent to the Governor. Reply:- I ºng to Maritzburg at once, and will lay your application before the Governor and recommend him to grant it. I will tell you his decision when I return. It is neces- sary that I should first ask the Governor whether he will permit you to come to him. Enclosure 2. in No. 73. BRITISH RESIDENT, Zululand, to Sir HENRY BULweR. HIS ExCELLENCY, Maritzburg, April 17, 1882. I FoRwaRD for your Excellency’s information the accompanying notes of an inter- view I had here yesterday afternoon with six Zulus. I have learnt from other sources that Undabuko and the three half brothers of Cety wayo have arrived at the kraals of Umpisini, on the Umgeni, with a very large following, among whom there are Chiefs and headmen. I believe their intention is to obtain an interview with your Excellency in reference to affairs concerning Zululand, and that they wish me to introduce them for that purpose. Shortly before I started from Inhlazatye an application was made by Usivetu for my consent to their proceeding to Maritzburg to see your Excellency in reference to certain grievances which they wished to lay before you, and I told them in reply that I could not consent until after I had ascertained that your Excellency will sanction their coming 61 to you. Their application, with my answer thereto, was transmitted in my letter of the 11th April 1882. It now appears that the applicants took upon themselves not to wait until your Excellency’s answer could be obtained, and have come to Maritzburg without any reference from me. - (Signed) M. OSBoRN, British Resident, Zululand. Maritzburg, Sunday, April 16, 1882. Six men, Zulus, including Umfunzi, the names of the other five I do not know and did not ask, appeared. One, acting as spokesman, said:— We are sent to you by the “abantwana,” who knew you are in town, to “kuleka” to you (salute you). Resident : Who are the “abantwana” you allude to ? Zulus: Undabuko [brother of Cetywayo.] Resident : Where is he P Zulus: At Umpisini's, on the Umgeni. He is accompanied by Siwetu, Tshingana, and Siteku [half brothers of Cetywayo.] They are accompanied by these three men sent by Seketwayo, Somkeli, and Faku [the three men pointed out..] The “abantwana.” ask you to introduce them to the Chiefs. This is all we have to say. Resident: It is Sunday, to-day. If you will come to-morrow I will hear what you have to say. - Interview ends. 3 Enclosure 3 in No. 73. BRITISH RESIDENT, Zululand, to PRIVATE SECRETARY TO SIR. H. BULwÉR. Maritzburg, Monday, April 17, 1882. The six Zulus who spoke to me yesterday appear again. They say they have nothing to add to what they said yesterday as coming from Undabuko and the other “bantwana,” and ask me for a reply. Upon this, one of their number who gave his name as Umpece, states:— “I am sent by Seketwayo with these words to you, the Resident: ‘He, Seketwayo, “ was aware that you are in Maritzburg, and asks you to request the “Amakosi.” “ (Chiefs, meaning the Governor or Government), to restore Cetywayo to the Zulus.’” Sobuza says: —“I am sent by Faku (Ka Ziningo) who, knowing you were here, told “ me to ask you from him to speak to the “makosi' (chiefs) and request them to give “ back Cetywayo to the Zulus. A man does not wholly destroy his son when he has “ done wrong: he strikes him and says, “do not do it again in future.’” Matshobana, speaking, says:—“Somkeli, knowing that you had gone to Maritzburg, “ said he asks you to speak to the “makosi' for Cetywayo, and beg them to return him “ to the Zulus. All the Zulus wish him back.” Resident:——I can give you no reply until I have reported to the Governor what you have said, and obtained his orders. The Governor went last Thursday to Durban. He is not here just now. He is expected back in Maritzburg soon, perhaps he will come to-day or to-morrow, or the day after. I do not know the exact day on which he will be here. (Signed) M. CSBORN, British Resident, Zululand. Enclosure 4 in No. 73. BRITISII RESIDENT, Zululand, to PRIVATE SECRETARY TO SIR H. BULwer. PRIVATE SECRETARY, Maritzburg, April 18, 1882. I Forward herewith, for his Excellency's information, notes of an interview had this day between Umtizima and Mampunga, two Zulus, and myself. (Signed) M. Osborn. 62 * - Maritzburg, April 18, 1882. APPEAR Umtizima and Mampunga, two Zulus, who say they belong to the Chief Mavumingwana in Chief Dunn's territory. They are introduced to me by Umfunzi (who is well known to me) of Gaozi's territory. They state:— - We are sent by 16 Zulu Chiefs to salute you and to say that they have arrived at the place where Undabuko and the other “abantwana” are staying near the Umgeni. The Chiefs who sent us are Lugoloso, Somopo, and Ubiza of Umlandela’s territory, and Mavumingwana, Malelesi, Hlongolwana, Nobiyi, Matanda, Qetuka, Uzwekufa, Ubonambi, Kenke, Pagatwayo, Dwandwe, Madwaba, and Dabulamanzi (ka-Mpande), of Chief John Dunn's territory. They say they are come to ask the “makosi.” (meaning the Governor or Government) to allow Cetywayo to return to Zululand. A man beats his child and then lets him go again. - - The Chiefs ask you to introduce them to the “makosi.” Answer by Resident:—The Governor, whom you say the Chiefs have come to apply to, is not at Maritzburg just now. He is in Durban. I will, on his return, report to him what you have said, and obtain his orders. (Signed) M. Osborn, British Resident, Zululand. Enclosure 5, in No. 73. Sir H. BULWER to BRITISH RESIDENT, Zululand. MEMORANDUM for Mr. Osborn, British Resident, Zululand. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, - April 22, 1882. I HAVE had before me your letter of the 11th instant and your subsequent reports of the 17th and 18th instant. With regard to the application made to you on the part of Undabuko and Usivetu, as reported in your letter of the 11th instant, for permission to come into Natal for the purpose, as they stated, of representing to me the difficulty they were in from having no permanent location, they being unable, or, as I gather, unwilling to go into Chief John Dunn's territory, it was my intention on your return to authorise yon, should I be unable to visit the Zulu country myself at the present time, to send in Undabuko and Usivetu to see me, as although I think they have been much to blame in the past I should be very desirous of helping, them to find a suitable and convenient location in some one of the Zulu Territorial Divisions. Unfortunately the step they have since taken in coming into Natal without your authority altogether alters the case. They have come in not only without authority but in the very face of the answer you made to them that they should await the result of your communication to me, and in the face also of a general and well understood rule, want of acquaintance with which they at all events cannot plead, because they have on former occasions been offenders against it, and have been fully and fairly warned. They have come in, too, with a large following, and apparently with a very different object to that which they assigned to you as their reason for wishing to come and see me. Under all these circumstances, therefore, I must decline to see them ; and you will perhaps inform them accordingly and of my reasons, putting before them in such way as you may think best the irregularity and inconvenience of their proceeding. With regard to the three Zulus, Umpece, Sobuza, and Matshobana, who profess to speak in the names of the appointed Chiefs Seketwayo, Faku, and Somkeli, I should wish to know what proof there is of their being bond ſide messengers and representatives of those Chiefs. It is the more necessary to be cautious in this respect, because I am informed that on a previous occasion certain people came into the colony professing to be from these and other appointed Chiefs who subsequently entirely disowned them. But in any case if the appointed Chiefs Seketwayo, Faku, and Somkeli wish to see me I will see them with pleasure, and hear all they have to say ; or, if they cannot come in person and would wish to send me some of their chief men to represent them, I will 63 see these chief men. But it will be necessary that such a visit on the part of any Chiefs, or of their representatives, should be arranged by them beforehand with you, as the British Resident, both as to the time of their coming and as to the names and numbers of those who would form the party. I cannot, therefore, in the present case, consent to see these three Zulu men who say they have come from Seketwayo, Faku, and Songkeli. Nor do I see very well how I can receive any of the Chiefs whom your report of the 18th instant mentions as having come in from the territories of Chief John Dunn and Chief Umlandela. They evidently have come in as part of Undabuko's party and in concert with that party; and I cannot give any countenance to a mode of proceeding which is not only irregular but appears to me to be calculated to lead to serious compli. cations. At the same time I should desire to be furnished with any information you can give me regarding these and the position they occupy in the Zulu country, and with your views respecting this proceeding on their part. (Signed) HENRY BULweR, Special Commissioner. No. 74. The LADY FLORENCE DIXIE to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. DEAR LORD KIMBERLEY, May 24, 1882. I THINK it only right and fair to acquaint you with news which I this morning received from Zululand, to the effect that the Zulus, maddened by the evil system of government which is now being practised upon them, and wearied and hopeless of obtain- ing justice from England, are desirous that the English nation be warned of same before this oppression has the effect of driving them to open rebellion. You may reply that it is not through me that the Zulus should make known their grievances, to which I can only answer that they begin now to see too well the farce of Government inquiry, and value it at its worth. What do the English public know of Zululand P Does the Govern- ment attempt to enlighten them as to its wretched condition F Approaching famine stares the nation in the face; a system of government alike oppressive and impotent brings them neither remedy or comfort; they attempt to interview Sir H. Bulwer, the Governor, in order to lay before him their miseries, and because they do not bring with them a pass from the British Resident they are refused hearing. They know too well that it is waste of time waiting on the British Resident to obtain that pass, because they are equally aware it would be refused. When Zululand heard of Cetywayo's approach- ing visit to England it rejoiced because it thought that the English public would learn from the King’s lips a true account of his position, and thereon insist on justice being awarded him. Now they hear of the postponement of this visit, and the news has darkened their minds with the deepest discontent. Putting aside the misery which this continued disappointment imposes on Cetywayo himself, the effect it has on the Zulu nation is dangerous to a degree. England has tried to legislate for Zululand, and she has, as in another instance, I refer to Ireland, failed. Zululand was first of all experi- mented upon by the unskilful knife of Sir Bartle Frere, and Sir Garnet Wolseley’s lancet was next engaged in vivisecting a nation in his awkward endeavours to effect a cure. Well, Sir Bartle Frere and Sir Garnet Wolseley have failed, and it is universally admitted that they have. Before the Zulu war Zululand was prosperous, and no fact can be brought forward to prove that Natal was menaced or in danger of attack from the Zulu King. This Government acknowledges the terrible mistake committed, they assure the country, when the subject is broached in Parliament, that it is their desire and intention to remedy the Zulu raiseries. I write now on this subject to you for the last time, regard it or disregard it as you will, but I warn you that unless the Government proceed at once to award justice to Zululand a conflagration will arise in that country, provoked by famine and oppression, a conflagration as disastrous, if not more so, than that which lost us in the Zulu war names full of brightness and promise, brave and gallant men whom we can never replace. In the name of Zululand and the Zulu people I warn both the Government and the English nation that the Zulus will not long remain satisfied with the bare comfort of words. They have been patient, but their patience is ill-rewarded, they have interceded for their King, their country, and themselves, but all in vain. Not long since Mr. Gladstone made a speech during the debate, or rather question, of the matter H 4 64 brought on by Mr. Gorst in the House. The speech was favourable, I admit, but in what single point has it been acted upon P. From this day my voice on this subject will be silent. God knows I have pleaded hard and truthfully for a people and a captive whom England bas grossly and cruelly treated. The captivity of Cetywayo is more strictly adhered to than ever; the greater liberty given him is his no longer; surrounded by men whose interest lies in resisting every attempt to make his lot less wretched, he is a captive in every sense of the word. But now I have finished, the future of Zululand lies in the hands of the Government for good or for evil. Neglect to give her justice and I warn both you as a member of the Government and the English nation that the results will be alike disastrous to English interests as well as those of Natal. If you will not give Zululand justice she must try and obtain it herself. I remain, &c. (Signed) FLORENCE DIXIE. P.S.–Let me here add that the word of Her Majesty's Government is pledged to Cety- wayo that his request to visit England should be allowed, and that if now disregarded that word is nothing more or less than violated. - No. 75. THE RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY TO GOVERNOR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, May 25, 1882. HER Majesty’s Government have read with much interest the clear account given in your Despatch of April 20,” of the state of affairs in Zululand. You were informed by telegraph on the 10th instantt that in compliance with your suggestion it had been decided to postpone Cety wayo's visit to England pending your report upon Zululand. & - I asked you at the same time when you would be able to visit that country and report, to which you replied on the 12th; that the Natal Legislative Council would meet soon, and that you would not be able to visit Zululand before August. The agitation and uneasiness which you describe as prevailing in Zululand, and which it is obvious, if prolonged, may lead to very serious dangers to the peace of the country, render Her Majesty's Government extremely anxious to receive with as little delay as possible the expression of your views as to the policy which should be pursued, and if your means of information should be sufficient to enable you to form an opinion, I need scarcely say that it would be desirable that they should receive it at once without waiting for your proposed visit. * I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) KIMBERLEY. No. 76. The RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY to GovernoR SIR H. BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, May 27, 1882. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch of the 22nd ultimo,S reporting the arrival at Pietermaritzburg of a deputation from Zululand, together with the reply which you instructed Mr. Osborn to make to them. Your action on this occasion has my approval. I have, &c. (Signed) KIMBERLEY. Sir Henry Bulwer. * No. 72. f Not printed. † No. 66. § No. 73. 65 No. 77. Gover NOR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF - KIMBERLEY. (Received May 30, 1882.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, - April 28, 1882. WITH reference to my Despatch of the 13th instant,” in which I stated that, considering it desirable for certain reasons that I should go into the Zulu country and that I should do so if possible at that time, by which I intended within the compass of the month of April and the first half of the month of May, I had on the 10th instant despatched a telegraphic message f to your Lordship on the subject of my proposal, your Lordship will be aware that the lengthened interruption of the cable communication prevented the transmission of that message until the 25th day of April, a date which made it very difficult for me to receive an answer, and in the event of that answer being in the affirmative to make all my preparations, and to carry out my proposed visit to the Zulu country within the time when my presence would be required in Natal. In the meantime there had taken place the demonstration under Undabuko and the King's brothers, in favour of the restoration of the ex-King, reported in my Despatch of the 22nd April, ; and as in view of this circumstance Mr. Osborn considered that a visit by me into the Zulu country, immediately following upon this demonstration, would be misunderstood and that it would on various accounts be mnadvisable, I decided on the 25th instant to cancel my cable message of the 10th instant and to inform your Lordship accordingly and of my reasons, which I did by a cable message on the 26th instant. § I have, &c. To the Right Hon, the Earl of Kimberley, (Signed) HENRY BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. No. 78. Governor SIR H. E. BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received May 30, 1882.) Government House, Pietermaritsburg, Natal, MY LORD, April 29, 1882. IN continuation of the subject of my Despatch of the 22nd instant, I have the honour to transmit two Reports which I have received from Mr. Osborn, the first (which I received too late for transmission by the mail which took my Despatch), being his Report of the interview he had on Friday, the 21st instant, with the Zulus who have come into Natal with Undabuko and Usivetu, and the second being his Report of the interview he had with them on the Monday following, the 24th instant. 2. The tone adopted by Undabuko and Usiwetu towards the Resident at the second interview was exceedingly disrespectful and overbearing. They charged him with not reporting their words to the Government. They demanded that his letters to the Government about them should be laid open before their assembly in the presence of the Governor. They said that they would not talk over matters in the veldt with him, but would go into Town, and see the Governor, and talk before all the great men in town. They had come to do this and would do it. - —w * No. 67. f Not printed. † No. 73. § No. 53. | No. 73. R 1504, I y '66 The behaviour of these men towards the Resident on this occasion accords well, I am told, with their general character and the pretensions to which, as brothers of the ex- king, they lay claim, Undabuko, especially, being well known for a most overbearing disposition, and it will be remembered that it was their rebellious conduct towards the appointed chief Usibebu which led to their being obliged to leave his territory. Their behaviour towards the Resident on Monday last was without excuse, and the distrust which they affected to feel of his good faith in reporting truly to the Govern- ment was an audacious attempt to gain their ends, and to discredit any unfavourable account he might have to give of them by discrediting his trustworthiness; and yet two days afterwards we find them saying that they dare not return to Zululand without the Resident, while a month before, namely, on the 14th of March, they were joining in a message from Umyamana to the Resident in which they said that they owed their lives to the Resident. 3. On the Resident reporting to me, on Tuesday (25th April), the result of his interview on the previous day, and on my learning the way in which Undabuko and Usiwetu, the leaders of the party had treated him, I was, of course, only the more confirmed in my determination not to see them. But as I did not wish to expose the Resident to a repetition of such treatment, I decided that the best course to take would be for the Secretary for Native Affairs under this Government to send for some four or five of the more moderate headmen who had come in with the party in order that he might point out to them, and, through them to the whole party of Zulus who had come in, the very great irregularity they had committed, not only in the disregard they had shown to the rule obliging all Zulus desirous of having recourse to the Government in Natal or to any British authority doing so through the medium of the British Resident or with his concurrence, but in their violation of the rules of the Natal Government, obliging all Natives coming into Natal to report themselves to the nearest border agent or magistrate. The irregularity is the more marked because of the exceeding punctiliousness of the Zulus themselves in these matters, and of the strictness with which they are in the habit of insisting upon the observance of their rules in such matters by strangers. The Secretary for Native Affairs was also instructed by me to point out to them the great impropriety of the conduct that had been displayed towards the British Resident at the interview of Monday. He was to draw their attention to these things and to inform them of my inability to see them under the circumstances, and further to counsel them to return to their homes. At the same time the Secretary for Native Affairs was instructed to add that he was quite ready to hear what they (the five Zulus) on behalf of the others, had to say or might wish to say, and that whatever was said he would report it to me. 4. On the following morning (Wednesday, 26th April), accordingly Mr. Shepstone sent for Umbenge, Marubulwana, Sicoto, Tshanibezwe, Bulangete, of whom four came in and had an interview with him, which appeared to promise a satisfactory termination of the affairs; and on Friday morning two messengers came in from Undabuko and his brothers, and brought word to the Secretary for Native Affairs that the words that had been spoken the day before yesterday were good words, and that all the people were going home at once, but that Undabuko and his brothers wished to stay till the Resident returned to Zululand. I enclose the memorandums of his interviews which have been furnished to me by the Secretary for Native Affairs. I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Special Commissioner. &c., &c., &c. 67 Enclosure 1 in No. 78. BRITISH RESIDENT, Zululand, to Sir H. BULWER. Notes of an interview with Cetywayo's Brothers and Zulu Chiefs by the British Resident. Maritzburg, April 21, 1882. The Resident states :— I RECEIVED the communications by Umfunzi and others on last Sunday, and subsequent days. But before saying anything further I wish to know who are present from Zululand. Undabuko, brother of Cetywayo; and Usivetu, Tshingana, Siteku, and Dabulamanzi, half brothers, then gave the names of the Chiefs and headmen present. A list of these will be found annexed hereto. In answer to Resident — UNDABUko and his half brothers state :- We were on our way to Maritzburg when you met us here just now. We were going to see the Governor about the matters reported to you in town by Sobuza and the others who were sent by us. We sent to ask you to introduce us to the Governor. It was our intention to go first to you and ask you to take us to the Governor. We wish you to open the gate for us to enable us to see the Governor. RESIDENT:— How can I do this You came here without any reference from me, and against the directions I gave you when you applied for my consent to come to the Governor. You know that you have done wrong in this, and that you should have awaited the Governor's reply. USIWETU :— It is true you said we were to wait for the Governor’s reply to your letter, but, as you know, we are in great trouble, as I reminded you at the time. We did not like to wait in consequence. We came here. We could not wait. RESIDENT :— Are the chiefs and representatives of chiefs who are present come here with the con- sent of the appointed chiefs in whose territories they live? I speak to you all. UNDABUKo:— We all are here for the Zulu people to ask for Cetywayo's return. We all have come of our own accord to ask for him who was the prop [insika] who kept up the Zulus. USIWETU :— We wish to speak to the Governor about two matters; the one, to ask for the Inkosi [Cetywayol the other, to tell him of the killing and ill-usage to which we are subjected. We did not think that we were doing wrong in coming here without a letter as we knew we should find you here, and that we could talk to you and tell you our pressing wish to sec the Governor, and we considered that the Governor would see us. We are in such great trouble as no other people ever have been. We have no homes and we have the difficulty of providing food for our children, before us. We had everything taken from us. You know the great trouble we are in. We all ask you to help us to get permission to see the Governor. At this stage several of the chiefs present stated, they and all there, have come to ask the Governor to give back Cetywayo to the Zulus. All the Zulus want him restored as their Inkosi. They, the chiefs present, ask to be allowed to speak to the Governor. RESIDENT:— You have broken the rule well known to you in coming here as you have done with- out a reference from me. By introducing you to the Governor as you wish me to do I also would break the rule. This I cannot consent to do, and I therefore tell you that I cannot comply with your request. I cannot bring you to the Governor. Your own act prevents me. If you, Undabuko and Usiwetu, had followed my direction when you made your application, things might have been different now. Had you waited a few days the Governor's answer to your application would have been received, and I told you at the time I should ask him to grant it. You have acted, knowingly, outside of my I 2 • *... “$. ... } 6s direction and the rule well known to you. I therefore cannot help you now. This is my answer so far as your request to me is concerned. I have informed the Governor of your messages received by me in Maritzburg and of your desire to see him. The Governor says you have come here without my consent and against the direction I gave to Undabuko and Usiwetu to await his reply to the application. Also that I was not informed of what now appears to be the main subject on which you all seek to see him, and which is a very important question. He says that you have disregarded the rule well known to you all in coming here as you have done, and that for these and other reasons he declines to see you. Usivetu then addressed me very earnestly. He dwelt upon the urgency and seriousness of the question upon which all the chiefs present wished to see the Governor. That they are not come for themselves alone but they are here for all the Zulus. He urged me to represent this to the Governor. They want to tell him the words of all the Zulus. They have come to see the Governor and have “arrived at the gate.” If I cannot open it for them they wish me to tell the Governor these their words in order that some means may be found by which “the gate may be opened" for them. Siteku and Undabuko spoke to similar effect but more briefly. Several of the chiefs said they wish to see the Governor to tell him the request of all the Zulus. They ask me to say this to the Governor. RESIDENT:— I have heard your words and I will tell the Governor what you have said. (Signed) M. Osborn, British Resident, Zululand. UMPAGANA states:— Maritzburg, April 22, 1882. I AM sent by my father Sikonyana who is a chief and resides with his tribe in Chief John Dunn's territory, to appear for him with the other Zulu Chiefs who spoke to you yesterday. I arrived after their interview with you. I therefore come now to tell you my father's words which are that he asks the Governor to give back Cetywayo to the Zulus. My father also told me to say that he and other Zulus, have heard that Chief John Dunn states that the people in his territory willingly pay taxes to him because they are satisfied. It is not so; the people think they pay the tax for the Governor as Chief John Dunn takes the money paid by them into Durban. Chief John Dunn gave an order that none of his people were to go to the Governor to join in the prayer for Cetywayo's return to Zululand, and threatened to punish any one disregarding the order. On my way from my home, until I crossed into Natal, I was constantly watched by Chief John Dunn’s policemen, who will have reported to him that I and others from his territory have come to join in the prayer to the Governor for Cetywayo's return. I fear very much that he will bring an impi against us on our return, and that we shall all be killed. It will be the same thing as happened to Sitimela and his followers. I wish the Governor to know this. We have no place to run to. (Signed) M. OsBoRN, British Resident, Zululand. LIST of CHIEFS AND HEADMEN PRESENT AT INTERVIEw witH BRISTISH RESIDENT NEAR To PIETERMARITZBURG ON 21st APRIL, 1882. Undabuko, brother of Cetywayo. Usiwetu, * half brothers of Cetywayo. Dabulamanzi, Umyamana, represented by his son Tyanibezwe. 69 Umbopa, represented by Kabana from Usibebu's territory. Mabogo, represented by Majumba, Ducuqo, and Sibomvana from territory of Umgojana. Mahu, late of Usibebu’s territory. Hayiyana do. Umsungulu, from Umgijwa's territory. Hlesibana, per Sicoto from Tshingwayo's territory. Somhlolo, for the Biyela tribe from Umgijwa's territory. Umsutyuana, per Uhombe from Usibebu's territory. Hlongolwana, per Uhashi from J. Dunn's territory. Umzimba, per Umbizu from Umlandela territory. Lugolozo from Umlandela's territory. Unqulwane, do. Maqandela from Siyunguza's territory. Madwaba, do. Ncapai, from Umgijwa's territory. Sangconco, from J. Dunn's territory. Bayembayi, from Siyunguza territory. Qetuka, per Moselana from J. Dunn's territory. Nobiyi, per Muntuwapansi do. Dwandwe, per Mabulukene do. Pagatwayo per Lurulurulu do. Mavumendaba, per Matyekana from Umgijwa's territory. Uzwekufa, per Somopo, of Dunn’s territory. Nonzama, per Mabuzi, do. Matanda, per Mhlamou, do. Unsele, do. Ubonambi, do. Mavumingwana, per Manxele, do. Makedama, per Umtiaqua do. Keke, do. Marwanca, per Gwaza, do. Madwaba, do. Pagade, Siyunguza's territory. Umhlazana, do. Majiyi, per Nowele, Faku's territory. Fokoti, per Makoba ka Mapiti. Umbilinga, in Siyunguza's, and J. Dunn’s territory. Untyasa ka Mfinyeli. Magapa, for people of Ugugumuzi, of ex-King. Faku, for people of late Langazana. Umhlukazi, per Yokana, in J. Dunn's territory. Matshutshu, per Makulumana, in Umfanawenhlela's territory. Uhozana, in J. Dunn's territory. Mahilikivana, for Panges weni people in Uhamu's territory. Umlandu, per Nogongosa, in Tshingwayo's territory. Simoyi, per “Menekwana’’ in Umfanawenhlela's territory. Umfeceni, for people of the Sisebeni Muzi, of ex-King. Bangambi, per Sitshitshili, in J. Dunn's territory. Umbepa, for people of Asibusuku Muzi, of ex-King. Umjatu, per Magwala, late of Usibebu’s territory. Umkwaimba, of Tshingwayo's territory. Bacela, per Magcengesa, late of Usibebu’s territory. Usibonkolo, per Kasi, in Uhamu's and Usibebu’s territory. Somopo, per Gongobizili, in Umlandela's territory. I 3 Sonyama, in Usibebu’s territory. Ungamuli, per Unsibu, in do. Vuvane, per Batshise, late in do. Umkosi, late in do. Fuzinhlu, per Mazimela, in Faku's territory. Komazana, per Papula, late in Usibebu’s territory. Bulangeto, section of the Biyela tribe, in Umgijwa's territory. Mahibana, per Sidubela, in Uhamu's territory. Jengesilwana, per Maxuala, in Siyunguza's territory. Sobuza, for the appointed Chief Faku ka Ziningo. Umbenge, do. do. Seketwayo. Matshobana, do. do. Somkeli. Marubulana, for the Abaqulusi. Sikonyana, per Umpagana, came on the 22nd. Enclosure 2 in No. 78. BRITISH RESIDENT, Zululand, to Sir H. BULWER. - Monday, April 24, 1882. NoTEs of interview between British Resident Zululand and Cetywayo's brothers and Zulu Chiefs this day. RESIDENT :— I HAVE informed the Governor of what you said to me on Friday last. The Governor says he cannot see you but at same time he is willing to hear what you wish him to know. He says you must tell me what you want to represent to him, and I am to bring your words to him. You all know that as the eyes and ears of the Government I have to hear for the Governor anything anyone may wish him to know. I am now prepared to hear and write for the Governor to read the words you wish him to know. A pause ensuing, the Resident said to Umpece, Sobuza, and Matshobana : — The Governor directed me to tell you that if the Chiefs Seketwayo, Faku, and Somkeli wish to see him, he will be glad to see them and hear them. If they cannot come per- sonally he has no objection to receive and hear any of their chief men they choose to send to appear for them provided the visit of the chiefs or their representatives be first arranged through me as you all know it is necessary should be done. As you have come here without any such previous arrangement, the Governor cannot receive you. SoBUZA :— WE who are sent by Faku, Somkeli, and Seketwayo to pray for the “Inkosi.” (Cetywayo) are chief men—there are no greater men. No others can be sent. RESIDENT:— The Governor would not object to see you if you are properly sent. In this case you - came here without previous arrangement with me. UMBENGE:— I come from Seketwayo and am his brother. Sobuza is the brother of Faku and Matshobana is Somkeli’s brother. Our chiefs said we are to ask you to help them in their prayer for Cetywayo and to enable us to approach the Governor to prefer the prayer. © e - G They say when a man beats his child he afterwards wipes his child's tears. RESIDENT:— I have already told you that I cannot take you to the Governor. The Governor will not see you unless, you come to him in accordance with his con- ditions, which although known to you I have again explained to you. º UMBENGE :— We heard that you were here, and we came to you to help us into the way to approach the Governor. We did not come here with the view of not applying to you in the first place. 71. RESIDENT:— I have already told you what I have to say about this. SOBUZA :— We are all here, and we have found you here, and we ask you as a favour (go moya umuhle) to obtain for us an interview with the Governor. We have come here to see him, and cannot return until our hearts are satisfied. UMBENGE :— > We, who are sent by the three chiefs would have gone first to you at the Inhlazatye, but hearing that you were here we came on straight to you, and we ask you as “umoya umnandi’ (favour or kindness), to help us to obtain an interview with the Governor. We came to you, and did not go to others first, and we are still talking with you; we and all of us here wish very much to see the Governor to pray for our “ Inkosi.” (king.) The other (appointed) chiefs who joined our three chiefs in the former prayer for the Inkosi got frightened at General Wood's words spoken at the Inhlazatye meeting, and they therefore denied having joined in the prayer. SoBUZA:— Nothing wrong has been done. We found you our Chief here. We came to you first. We ask you to help us to see the Governor that we may satisfy our hearts. We ask you to do us this kindness. Uvund A :- We thought that this time we were doing right as you are here. We found you here and seek through you an interview with the Governor. RESIDENT:— You have heard the Governor's decision. The Governor is willing to hear what you have to say but it must be said through me. UNDABUko :— Will you tellus whether you reported to the Governor all our troubles as reported to you by us. Will you enumerate them to us now so that we may judge whether you did report them. RESIDENT:- I will not enumerate but I can tell you that I did report to the Governor all you re- ported to me. - UMTYUPANA :— I will give an account of our grievances; first Uhamu before he seized our, i.e., TJmyamana’s cattle, sent word by Kwabiti and another to Umyamana that the Resident had told him that he must use force against Umyamana (bamba ngamandhla) and that he does not do so because Umyamana is his father. Umyamana said at the time he did not believe it and suspected Uhamu of planning some evil against him. Uhamu demanded cattle from him for living in his territory. Umyamana sent him 100 head. Umyamana then sent to the Resident first 70 head and then 30 head of royal cattle. After that Uhamu sent an impi to Umyamana and ate him up with his tribe. A large number of kraals got all their corn, &c., taken by the impi. The impi seized altogether over 2,800 head of cattle from Umyamana and his people. You, the Resident inquired into the matter and said you could decide nothing about it as you are there only to see and hear. You would report to the Governor. Uhamu said he did all this on the Resident’s order, but we could never find any messenger from the Resident with the eating up parties. The appointed Chiefs say they are sent by the Resident to eat us up. When we spoke to the Resident about this he denied having authorised them to do this. He asked if we saw any of our seized cattle come to him, and we answered no. When the inquiry was over the Resident said he wonld send the report to the Governor. Some delay occurred by the Boer war breaking out and the Governor getting killed and the matter remained over until Lukuni (General Wood) arrived at Inhlazatye when he decided it. He said the “Inkosi.” (Cetywayo) was “ishinga " who was deposed for his wrong doing. He also spoke badly of the “Inkosi's ’’ brothers. John Dunn and Usibebu he thanked for having killed Sitimela's party. To Umyamana he awarded 700 head of cattle against Uhamu, leaving over 2,000 still in Uhamu's possession. A while after this the Resident at Umyamana's request sent messengers with Umyamana's men to ask Uhamu about the 700 head of cattle he had to hand over to Umyamana. Uhamu's reply was that he would not restore the cattle as he seized them from Umyamana on the express order of the Resident. He had no wish to harm Umyamana, as he was his father, but the Resident insisted on his eating him I 4 72 up. Uhamu asked to have sent to him the messengers of the Resident who brought the orders to him. He also said that if any trouble arose out of what he had done he would not be blamed alone. The Resident should also be blamed. The Resident had told him to use force as Usibebu and John Dunn did. After this we heard that the Resident had sent again to Uhamu on the matter, but we do not know what reply he got. We have also heard that Uhamu asserts that the Resident ordered him to kiſſ the Abaqulusi, and that he will not give up the 700 cattle to Umyamana as decided by “Lukuni.” (General Wood). The appointed Chiefs eat us up and kill us, and they openly say that they do so by order of the Resident... Uhamu sent to say this to the Resident by his, the latter's, own messengers, and he did nothing about it. Uhamu asks to have the messengers sent to him who brought to him the Resident’s orders that he must eat up Umyamana, and they were not sent. You, the Resident, tell us that you did not give these orders to the Chiefs, but we wish you to say this to the Governor in our presence, to satisfy us. We therefore want to see the Governor. UTYANIBEzwe, son of UMYAMANA :— We did not believe that you did order Uhamu to “bulala" (destroy) us, but as Uhamu openly says you did, and said so to your own messengers, and as you take no notice of it we do not know what to think. RESIDENT :— I reported to the Governor everything Uhamu said about the matter. UMTYUPANA :— Umfanawendhlela sent Umpumpa to eat some kraals of Umyamana's people. This it was said was done on the Resident's order. Umyamana spoke to Umpumpa who told him that he personally received the order from the Resident himself. Umyamana informed the Resident hereof, and he denied any knowledge of Umpumpa and having given any order of the kind. He also said he would send for Umpumpa to inquire about it, but we have not heard that he has done so. Uvoko :— The Chief Umgojana seized my cattle immediately after he left the Inhlazatye at conclusion of General Wood's meeting. He said the Resident had ordered him to seize my cattle because I worked with Undabuko in praying for the bone, and that he, the Resident, gave my cattle to him (Umgojana) to keep for himself. The appointed Chiefs do these things to us always after they have been to see you, and say they do them on your orders. MARUBULANA :— Umfunzi's cattle were seized by Siunguza who said he did so on order of the Resident. The Chiefs oppress us, and kill us, alleging that you order them to do these things. You will see now how proper it is that we should see the Governor. The Chief Uhamu told you that it was on your order he acted. UNDABUKO :— You wrote down the reports we made to you about our troubles and said you would send them by letter to the Governor, after that we saw and got nothing but “impis.” TJSIWETU:— We wish you to show us your letters to the Governor. Let all of us here know what you wrote. We heard that you did send letters, but we do not know what answer was received about our having been eaten up. I ask an answer. RESIDENT :— The letters reporting the seizure of your cattle by Usibebu were sent to the Governor and Lukuni (General Wood) decided the matter. He was Governor at the time, and you all asked to have the question submitted to him. 9 USIWETU :— ^ I was not allowed to speak to General Wood about the matter, and know not whether your letters to him contained the words I spoke to you. It must be on the words contained in your letters that we lost before General Wood, and I do not know that my words were properly set forth therein, as I spoke them to you. When General Wood gave his decision we were at once followed by destruction, Your letters I suppose will be with the Government, and it is therefore also that we should be allowed to see the Makosi. We want your letters to the Governor about us to be laid open before the “bandhla" (assembly) in the presence of the Governor that we may see the things they contain which caused our destruction immediately after General Wood's decision, nothing but killing and eating up followed us. 73 UNDABUko : I agree in this, and say we cannot be satisfied with speaking to you as we are doing here. We are going in there [pointing to the town] and will speak to the Makosi to satisfy our hearts. We will not talk over matters here in the veldt (sikoteni) with you. We want to talk before all the great men in town. ... We have come here to do this, and we are going to town at once with this object. You have always prevented us from seeing the Governor, and you are now doing it again. It is the ditch into which you have always pushed us and are trying to push us into now again. We will not be prevented. We are going into town to see the Makosi. . Usiteku then spoke several others speaking at same time. No consecutive account could be taking of what he said; I distinctly heard him say, however, that I was purposely preventing them to get to the Governor to screen myself. I heard similar remarks by others. Order being restored— |USIWETU : I was very sorry as I knew not what I had done to merit the trouble that overtook us immediately after General Wood's decision. General Wood did not write the letters. You wrote them. They are with the Government, I want to see them in Maritzburg, not here in the veldt. At this stage several exclamations came from the assembly. That they have come to see the Makosi in Maritzburg, and not to talk to me in the veldt, and they will not be prevented by me, but will all go straight into town. RESIDENT:— You all know the Governor's words in reference to your coming here as I have delivered them to you. I did not know that you were going to say these things against me. Under the circumstances I will report to the Governor what you have said. I advise you not to go into town, but send two men to me to-morrow to hear what words may be sent to you. I do not say that there will be anything to tell you by them, but there may. As the sun is near setting, I think the meeting had better disperse. UNDABUko and USIWETU together — We agree to your suggestion, and will send in two men to you to-morrow. DABULAMANZI:— I and all these with me here are from Chief John Dunn's territory. We pray for our Inkosi (ex-King.) A man beats his child and says be warned. When we left our kraals we heard John Dunn had said he would call to account anyone from his territory who came to join in the prayer, as he will not allow it. We hear that John Dunn says we pay taxes to him because we like him, and do not want our Inkosi (Cetywayo) back. It is not true, we do want him back. Let John Dunn be sent for and confronted with us before the Governor. When we return we fear we shall be killed as John Dunn killed the Umtetwa under Sitimela, he spared none. We want you to say this to the Governor. We told him we were coming and did not hide it from him. (Signed) M. OsBoRN, British Resident, Zululand. Enclosure 3 in No. 78. w & tº e e tº April 28, 1882. MEMORANDUM of an interview held by me with certain Zulus named “ Umbenge,” “Marubulwana,” “Sicoto,” and “Tshanibezwe,” on Wednesday, the 26th instant. By the instructions of your Excellency, I sent to fetch these Zulus on Wednesday morning and also “Bulangete,” but the latter was unwell and could not come. On their arrival I informed them that Mr. Osborn, had reported having had two meetings with them during the last few days, just outside the city, and that at the second meeting they had behaved discourteously towards him, and further charged him with neglect in forwarding their grievances. R 1504. K 74 I then explained to them that the irregularity of their proceedings both as far as the Zulu country and this Colony was concerned would preclude your Excellency from seeing them, but that anything they wished to say would be heard by me, and laid before your Excellency, and that what now remained for them to do was to return home, and on a future occasion, if they still wished to approach your Excellency, they must do so through the proper channel. * Marubulwana, who is of the “Abaqulusi’’ section, said that “ Undabuko " and his brothers had been refused permission to come to Natal by the Resident, Mr. Osborn, but that, they had followed him into the Colony through fear of the two Chiefs “that killed,” viz., “Uhamu ’’ and “Usibebu,” that it was fear that drove them into Natal, and not disregard of the Resident’s instructions, that since they had been driven out of Usibebu's district they had nowhere to live, and that it was all this that made them ask for the return of “Cetywayo.” “Umbenge” said I am sent by “Seketwayo,” to ask for the restoration of “Cetywayo.” “Tshanibezwe’” said I am sent by my father “ Umyamana,” who through fear of “ Uhamu” who has been very severe upon him by “eating him up,” to ask as a last resource for the restoration of “Cetywayo.” “Sicoto,” from Tshingwayo's district, said I am sent by “Tshesibana ’’ to ask for the restoration of Cetywayo. * These men were most respectful in their behaviour, and paid particular attention to what was said to them, and accepted the instruction to return home without demur, and I anticipate no further trouble. - (Signed) J. SHEPSTONE, Acting Secretary for Native Affairs. Enclosure 4 in No. 78. April 28, 1882. MEMORANDUM of a STATEMENT by “UNFUNZI,” and “SIZIBA,” Zulu messengers, made to me on the morning of the 28th instant. WE are sent by “Undabuko’’ and his brothers, to thank for the words spoken to “Marubulwana,” and those with him the day before yesterday, for they are good words, but we are told particularly to say that there was no desire or intention to behave disrespectfully to Mr. Osborn, for “Undabuko,” and others, at his (Mr. Osborn's) request, simply repeated the grievances that had been lepeated to him in Zululand. The words “to go home * will be attended to, the people will all go at once, but “Undabuko’’ and his brothers are afraid to leave before Mr. Osborn does. They are quite ready to go when he does, but without him they are afraid to enter Zululand. With reference to what I, as Acting Secretary for Native Affairs, was directed to tell these messengers regarding the irregular manner in which they had left Zululand and entered Natal, which irregularity prevented his Excellency from seeing this body of Zulus, “ Unfunzi''' and “Siziba” replied, “We see that we have done wrong now that it is “ pointed out to us by you, but in following Mr. Osborn into Natal we did not think “we were doing wrong.”. We have nothing further to say. All we had to say, and have had to say even in Zululand we have stated to Mr. Osborn, and it was on being asked by him what we had come about that led us to think that the grievances that we had reported to him in Zululand had not been forwarded to the Governor. J. SHEPSTONE, (Signed) Acting Secretary for Native Affairs. No. 79. Gover Non SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF º KIMBERLEY. (Received May 30, 1882). Government House, Pietermaritzburg, My LoRD, Natal, April 29, 1882. WITH regard to the grievances set forth by the Zulus, who have come in under Undabuko and the ex-king's half brothers, at the interviews with the Resident and with the Secretary for Native Affairs, many of them proceed, out of the relations between Umyamana and the appointed Chief Uhamu, and out of the relations between Undabuko and Usivetu and the appointed Chief Usibebu. These are matters which have been re- ported upon by Sir Evelyn Wood, who had to deal with them, and I have already had occasion to refer to them in previous despatches. 2. There is, in the first place, the case of Umyamana. He was residing in Uhamu's territory, but having held the important position of prime minister, under the ex-king, and being possessed of a considerable personal following, he was ill able to play a subordi- nate part in the territory of one of the appointed Chiefs. He had the chance of being an appointed Chief himself and was very well suited for such a position, but he threw the chance away at the moment, and afterwards could not recover it though he was anxious to do so. He was little disposed to pay obedience to the appointed Chief Uhamu in whose territory he resided, and so came into collision with him. Uhamu seized nearly 2,000 head of cattle from him and his people—not, I understand 2,800 head as stated by Umtyupana. Sir E. Wood, before whom this matter was brought, decided that ‘Uhamu ought to restore 700 head of cattle, and, on the other hand, decided that Umya- mana ought to pay obedience to Uhamu, as the appointed Chief of his district. Uhamu has hitherto failed to restore the 700 head of cattle, and Umyamana therefore has an unquestionable ground of grievance against him. I still trust that Uhamu may be got to admit the necessity of restoring these cattle as he ought to have done long ago. At the same time I quite foresee that, whenever that is done, the question on the other side will arise whether Umyamana has carried out his part of Sir E. Wood's decision by rendering submission to Uhamu. The grievances are on both sides, because the faults are on both sides. 3. Then there is the case of Undabuko and Usiwetu whose grievance is that they were obliged to leave Usibebu's territory, and that their cattle and property and the cattle and property of their followers were taken or destroyed by the appointed Chief Usibebu. *That is a matter which was also dealt with by Sir E. Wood. He decided that they had intrigued in favour of the deposed dynasty and had persistently resisted the lawful autho- rity of Usibebu, and that they must therefore quit Usibebu’s territory. Sir E. Wood considered, on the other hand, that Usibebu in punishing Undabuko and Usivetu for resisting his authority had not sufficiently considered the needs of the families of the people who were followers of Undabuko and Usivetu, and decided that he ought to return one-third of the cattle which he had seized to the persons from whom he had seized them. Usibebu when this decision was given, acted, I am told, with undue harshness, for he gave no sufficient time for Undabuko and Usivetu to remove, but forthwith pro- ceeded to drive them out of his territory. Nor has he yet carried out that part of the decision which directed him to restore some portion of the cattle taken by him, he has only so far restored some 17 head of cattle, but has expressed to the Resident his readi- ness to give back all the rest to Undabuko's people but not to Undabuko himself. Their expulsion forms the ground of Undabuko's and Usiwetu’s grievance, this and the want of a home and the means of maintenance, though it should be observed with regard to this, that Sir Evelyn Wood made an arrangement for their being located in a portion of Chief John Dunn's territory, and if they had not taken advantage of the arrangement the fault is theirs. 4. Of the statements of grievances made by others than Undabuko and Usivetu, there is the statement of Umtyupana which is to the effect that the appointed Chief Umfanawendhlela sent a party to “eat up "some kraals of Umyaniana's people. It is to be noticed that Umtyupana does not say that the party did actually “eat up” the kraals, but only that they were sent to do so; and with reference to this the Resident informs me that Umfanawendhlela did send an induna with a party to punish some of Umyamana's people living in his territory for some offence, and that some cattle were K 2 76 seized, but that he spoke to the Induna on the subject, and owing to his interference the full punishment intended was not carried out. No kraals were eaten up, but he believes six head of cattle were forfeited, and this only after a trial by Umfanawendhlela before his assembly of headmen, of the persons accused of the offence. Yet, to read Umtyupana's statement, one might suppose not only that the kraals were “eaten up,” but that the Resident was believed to be a party to the deed. 5. Uvoko's statement that the appointed Chief Umgojana had seized his cattle, and Marubulana's statement that the Regent Siunguza (Gaozi's territory) had seized Umfunzi's cattle, are, the Resident informs me, correct in both cases. In both cases complaints, on the part of Uvoko and Umfunzi, were made to the Resident who spoke or sent messages both to Umgojana and to Siunguza on the subject of the complaints. The former replied that he had punished Uyoko for an offence that he could not pass over, and that he could not reduce the punishment. Siunguza, however, had restored to TJmfunzi 40 head of cattle out of 90 head seized, and had promised that he would in future only deal with such cases after trial. 6. The statement made by Umtyupana and Marubulana, that the appointed Chiefs “eat us up and kill us,” is founded so far as the taking of life is concerned, and so far as I am able to ascertain, upon the circumstance of Uhamu's attack upon the Abaqulusi, in which a very great number of people lost their lives. It has been said, indeed I believe by Usivetu and Undabuko, that Usibebu in expelling them, killed their people, the fact being with regard to this, the Resident informs me, that in the dispute that took place between their people and Usibebu’s people two persons were killed, one on each side. Then there was a loss of life in the “Sitimela’ disturbance, when, it will be remembered, a person of that name claiming to be the rightful heir of the Umtetwas took up arms against the appointed Chief, Umlandela and created a rebellion in his district which was only put down by the assistance of Chief John Dunn who succeeded in restoring order. 7. These are the three occasions on which there appears to have been loss of life. The case of the attack upon the Abaqulusi by the appointed Chief Uhamu, who is a half brother of Cetywayo, was a very serious one. In the case of Sitimela there was a loss of life inflicted in the restoration of order and caused by the resistance offered by Sitimela and his followers. The Resident is not aware of any other case, and the general charge made by some of these Zulus against the appointed Chiefs of “killing” appears to be unfounded and untrue. 8. Of course the main object of this demonstration and of those who promoted it and spoke on the occasion is the restoration of the ex-King, and the grievances brought forward are naturally brought forward in support of this object. 9. With the exception, however, of Uhamu's proceedings against the Abaqulusi, which, I think, is a case of a very serious nature, the charge as to the “killing ” of the people by the appointed Chiefs of the Zulu country is, I believe, without foundation, and it is only due to the appointed Chiefs to say this, and to clear them from this charge. 10. With respect to the charges brought against them of “eating up,” there are the cases of Uhamu's proceedings against Umyamana, and of Usibebu’s proceedings against Usivetu and Undabuko, and these proceedings were certainly severe and the punishment inflicted heavy. But the cause which led to these proceedings must not be lost sight of, that it was the practical refusal of Umyamana to recognise Uhamu as his Chief, and the rebellious conduct of Usivetu and Undabuko towards Usibebu. 11. What the other cases brought forward in support of this charge were is shown in these papers. They cannot be said to bear out the general assertions of “eating up " by the appointed Chiefs that have been so freely made. But I have asked the Resident to furnish me with a report on this subject, and with any information he can give me of other cases that are not mentioned in the statements made on this occasion, and when I have received this I shall be in a position to refer to the subject again. I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, (Signed) HENRY BULWER, - &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. 77 No. 80. . Gover NoF SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received May 30, 1882.) My LoRD, Government House, Cape Town, May 2, 1882. WITH reference to your Despatch of the 9th March last,” and to your telegram of the 29th ultimo, I have the honour to enclose for your information copy of a Minute which I have received from Ministers expressing their regret that they are unable to submit to Parliament a measure authorizing the detention of Cetywayo in the Cape Colony on his return from England. The purport of this Minute was transmitted to your Lordship this day by telegram. I have, &c. - (Signed) HERCULES ROBINSON, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Governor and High Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure in No. 80. MINUTE. Colonial Secretary's Office, Cape Town, May 2, 1882. MINISTERs have the honour to acknowledge the receipt of his Excellency the Governor's Minute of the 3rd ultimo, transmitting for perusal a Despatch, dated 9th March last, from the Right Hon. the Secretary of State for the Colonies, and desiring to be advised with reference to the inquiry whether any difficulty may be anticipated in procuring the enactment of a further Act authorizing the detention of Cetywayo in the Cape Colony on his return from England, and also of his Excellency's Minute of the 1st instant, giving cover to a telegram from Lord Kimberley, inquiring whether such an Act cannot be passed now. Ministers having given careful consideration to the request made by the Right Hon. the Secretary of State, beg respectfully to express their regret that they are unable to undertake to submit to Parliament a measure of the nature proposed. They would also add that not only are they themselves averse to such a course, but that in their opinion Parliament would not be prepared to sanction a proposal for giving effect to the suggestion of Lord Kimberley. (Signed) THOMAS C. ScANLEN. No. 81. THE RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY TO GOVERNOR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, June 1, 1882. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatches; on the subject of the proceedings of the Zulus headed by Undabuko and Usivetu who had come t Natal to ask for the restoration of Cetywayo. i I have to express my approval of the action which you have taken in respect to this matter. I have &c. º Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) RIMBERLEY. No. 82. Gover NoF SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HoN. The EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received June 8, 1882.) Government House, Cape Town, My LoRD, May 13, 1882. IN reply to your Lordship's Despatch of the 20th ultimo, requesting information as to what had been decided in regard to the proposal to replace Mr. Samuelson by Mr. Fynney in the office of interpreter to Cety wayo, I have the honour to inform you that on the 11th March I telegraphed to Mr. Shepstone requesting him to communicate with Mr. Fynney, and to ascertain what remuneration he would expect. 2. Mr. Shepstone telegraphed in reply that Mr. Fynney suggested three guineas a day, in addition to travelling and hotel expenses. * No. 31. f No. 54. † No. 56. § Nos. 77, 78, and 79. | No. 48. K 3 78 3. As it was evident that these terms could not be brought within the estimate sanc- tioned by the Treasury, I caused Mr. Fynney to be informed that his services were beyond our reach, and requested Mr. Shepstone to look out for some less expensive interpreter. G e e º sº e 4. Subsequently Mr. Cross, of the Natal Service, expressed his willingness to go as interpreter for 25l. a month and travelling expenses, and Mr. Dunn, who was strongly recommended by Mr. Shepstone, expressed his readiness to accept the appointment for 18l. a month and travelling expenses. - 5. It appeared that Mr. Cross had never translated any documents into Zulu, whereas Mr. Dunn had translated the Convention of Pretoria into that language. 6. As it seemed possible that Mr. Dunn's name might be unacceptable to Cetywayo, I directed inquiries to be made, and ascertained that he was a Scotch emigrant, and no relation to the Chief John Dunn. On the 8th ultimo I requested Mr. Shepstone to engage him on the terms mentioned. - 7. Since his arrival at Oude Molen Mr. Dunn has, I am informed, discharged his duties to the entire satisfaction of the Native Department, and has proved himself a ready and intelligent interpreter. His appointment appears also to be well received by Cety way o. - I have, &c. - (Signed) HERCULES ROBINSON, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Governor and High Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. No. 83. Governor SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received June 8, 1882.) My LoRD, Government House, Cape Town, May 15, 1882. WITH reference to your telegram of the 8th instant* directing me to inform Cetywayo that it may become necessary after his visit to England to place him in Mauritius or other British possession, and authorising me, if after this intimation, he still wished for the visit, and adhered to the undertaking already given, to arrange for his early departure, I have the honour to enclose for your Lordship's information, a copy of a Minute which I addressed to Ministers on the subject, together with a copy of their reply covering Cetywayo's answers to the questions put to him by Mr. de Smidt, of the Native Affairs Department, in accordance with the tenor of your instructions. I have &c. (Signed) HERCULES ROBINSON, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley. Governor and High Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. - Enclosure I in No. 83. MINUTE. His Excellency the Gover NoF to MINISTERs. ... * Government House, Cape Town, May 9, 1882. THE Governor transmits herewith, for the information of Ministers, copy of a telegram which he has received from the Secretary of State relative to the alteration in Cetywayo's place of detention, which may be necessitated at the termination of his visit to England. The Governor will be glad if the Secretary for Native Affairs will cause this telegram to be communicated to Cetywayo, and ascertain from him whether, under the altered circumstances, he is still desirous of visiting England, and if so, whether he still adheres to the undertaking already given. (Signed) HERCULEs Robinson, Governor and High Commissioner. * No. 57. - - e- - - - 79: Enclosure 2 in No. 83. MINUTE. MINISTERs to his Excellency the GoverNOR, Cape Town. Colonial Secretary’s Office, Cape Town, May 15, 1882. IN acknowledging the receipt of his Excellency the Governor's Minute of the 9th instant, enclosing a copy of a telegram from Lord Kimberley, stating that afte- Cetywayo's visit to England it may become necessary to change his place of confinement to Mauritius or some other British possession, Ministers have the honour to state that the contents of the telegram have been communicated to Cetywayo, and his reply to the message is forwarded here with for his Excellency’s information. (Signed) THOMAS C. ScANLEN. Oude Molen, May 10, 1882. THE ex-King Cetywayo's answers to questions put to him by Mr. de Smidt, of the Secretary for Native Affairs Department, Cape Town, with reference to his going to England. - Kºr No. 1. I am going to England to plead my own case, and to speak about the matter of my return to my country. I understand that the Queen's Government is not prejudging my case, but I am determined to go to England to plead before the Queen and all her officers to be released. 2. I am very anxious to go home, even after I have heard that most probably I will not be released, and that, in that event, I am not to return to the Cape, but may be detained at Mauritius or some other British possession. 3. When I go to England I will abide by the undertaking made by me some time ago before Mr. Lister my custodian, and Mr. Samuelson my interpreter. 4. The telegram from Lord Kimberley having been read over to me, I adhere to my determination to go to England. (Signed) CETYWAYo, Pefore me P. DE SMIDT, C.C., J.P. Witness : R. C. DUNN, Interpreter. List of the NAMEs of CHIEFS, SERVANTs, &c., who proceed to ENGLAND with CETywAyo at his request. Chiefs. Servants. 1. Umkosana. 1. Untyngwayo. 2. UnconcWana. 2. Mgin. 3. Gobozane. 3. Nycoyeyana. REMARKS. The first mentioned Chief is at present in Natal, the third at Bishopstowe, Natal, the second at Oude Molen. - The first and third mentioned servants are at present at Oude Molen, the second in Natal. (Signed) R. C. DUNN, Interpreter to Cetywayo. Oude Molen, May 11, 1882. 80 . No. 84. Governon SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HonourABLE THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received June 8, 1882.) Government House, Cape Town, My LoRD, May 16, 1882. WITH reference to your telegrams of the 10th and 11th instant,” intimating that Her Majesty’s Government considered it necessary to postpone, for a time, Cety wayo's visit to England, I have the honour to enclose for your information the notes of two interviews between my Private Secretary and the ex-King. I shall without delay communicate with Sir Henry Bulwer, and request him to invite Mr. Osborn's attention to the ex-King's statements as to the present condition of his family, and to his desire that they should be collected together in some place of safety. t I have, &c. (Signed) HERCULES ROBINSON, Governor and High Commissioner. The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, &c. &c. &c. Enclosure in No. 84. NotEs of visit paid to Cetywayo at Oude Molen, 13th May 1882, by Mr. G. Bower, Private Secretary, and Mr. de Smidt, Chief Clerk to Secretary for Native Affairs. Mr. G. Bower: I am sorry to say that we have not got good news for you to-day. You will be disappointed, but you are a man ; you have been a king—you must bear your disappointment like a man and a king. Since we were last here reports reached England that your proposed visit was being used for purposes of agitation in Zululand and Natal, and the Queen's Government have been obliged to postpone it for a time. Mr. de Smidt here read and explained the telegram from Lord Kimberley, dated 10th May, and that part of the telegram of the 11th which said Cetywayo must have patience. Mr. Bower: You have our sympathy in your disappointment, I can say that the Governor also sympathises with you in your present disappointment; but you must not suppose that this is an abandonment of your visit, which is only, as Lord Kimberley observes, postponed for a time. Mr. Gladstone's remarks in Parliament, and the comments of the Daily News, on the debate, were read and translated to Cetywayo by Mr. Dunn, the interpreter. Mr. Bower: You see, although you are here, your friends do not forget you and are pleading for you. They are not forgetting you. It will be best for your cause if your friends in Zululand remain quiet, and allow your case to be considered quietly on its merits. The English Government wishes only the tranquility and contentment of the people, and to do what is right, avoiding bloodshed. About this time Cetywayo, who had, since the beginning of the interview, appeared very dejected, complained of a spasm in the heart, and a glass of water was brought by the interpreter. When he had sufficiently recovered to speak, he said, “I am in despair; I can say nothing.” Mr. de Smidt explained: “There is no reason for despair; it is only a postponement.” This was continually repeated to the ex-King, who later on expressed a wish to dictate a letterf to the Queen, which Mr. de Smidt wrote down at his request, the words spoken being translated by the interpreter. Cetywayo was completely prostrated by the intelligence of the change in the plan for his early departure, and seemed to be almost stunned with grief. The interpreter was desired to remain with him as much as possible and to endeavour to direct his thoughts from his disappointment. The warden, also, was instructed not to lose sight of him. (Signed) GRAHAM Bower, Private Secretary. * Nos. 59 and 65. f No letter received. 81 NotEs of an interview with Cetywayo, 14th May 1882. Mr. Bower: “I have been sent by the Governor to enquire after your health. I hope that your heart is better. I am aware that this must be a great disappointment to you, but you must remember that it is only a postponement, and you should have a little patience and not give way to despondency.” Cetewayo : “My heart is sore. I am in despair. My friends have deceived me— whom can I trust now P I do not wish to take people by surprise, but I think I shall soon be dead.” (The interpreter explained here that he had eaten nothing since he had heard the news the day before, and that he had threatened to commit suicide.) Mr. Bower: You must have patience and remember that you have been a king. You should bear your troubles like a king. Remember that the English only wish to do what is best for you and for your country. The English do not want one inch of the land of your country. They have no interest in the matter except the quietness and contentment of the Zulu people. You yourself must wish for that—you would not desire to see bloodshed in Zululand. Cetewayo: There has been more bloodshed since I have been a prisoner than during the whole of my reign. The bloodshed in my reign was, to the bloodshed since, as an ant in a pond of water. Mr. Bower: The English wish to avoid bloodshed in Zululand now and in the future. You must not suppose your friends have descrted you. Your cause is well advocated by them. I will send you a full account of the debate in Parliament, which will show you that your friends speak for you and do not forget you. Cetewayo : What crime have I committed P I have never done wrong ! Why am I a prisoner P. My wives and daughters—the women of the Great House—have been taken and distributed amongst my enemies in Zululand. Sibebu has taken five of the women of the Great House as wives, and has given the others to his chiefs and headmen. The thought of this is eating into my heart. It will kill me. I wish the whole of my family collected where they can be taken care of Let them be brought together in one place. My property has been stolen. My house has been broken up. My family have been either distributed amongst others or driven out on to the veldt. My heart is sore. Let my family be brought together and the chiefs of the country will contribute towards their support. Mr. Bower : I will tell the Governor your words. Cetewayo seemed so distressed at the thought of the position of his family that, fearing a repetition of the heart attack of the day before, I changed the subject and led him on to other topics. After about an hour's conversation, I left him less depressed. I urged him, on parting, to take food, but he said his grief was so great that he could neither eat or drink. (Signed) GRAHAM Bower, Private Secretary. No. 85. The RIGHT HON. the EARL OF KIMBERLEY to Gover Nor SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, June 8, 1882. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch of the 16th May,” transmitting the notes of two interviews with Cetywayo, when it was intimated to him that his visit to England must be postponed. I regret to learn the effect produced on Cetywayo by the communication which Mr. Bower was charged to make to him. Mr. Bower acted rightly in reminding Cetywayo that it would be for his advantage that his friends in Zululand should remain quiet, and allow his case to be considered on its merits. I approve of your intention to communicate at once with Sir Henry Bulwer on the subject of Cetywayo's statements and wishes with regard to his family. I have, &c. Sir H. Robinson. (Signed) KIM BERLEY. * No. 84. R 1504. L 82 No. 86. The RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY to Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, June 8, 1882. In a Despatch dated the 16th May,” Sir Hercules Robinson has informed me that he was then about to communicate to you complaints of Cetywayo of the treat- ment of his wives and daughters and his desire that they should be collected together in some place of safety. It is evident that Cetywayo has been much troubled by the accounts which have reached him respecting their condition, and I request that you obtain from Mr. Osborn as full a report of their present position and treatment as he can supply, and that you will use every effort to ensure their receiving due protection and consideration. I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. • (Signed) KIMBERLEY. No. 87. The Lady FLORENCE DIXIE to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. Bosworth Park, Leicestershire, DEAR LORD KIMBERLEY, June 11. I write to acknowledge the receipt of a communication received from the Colonial Office to-day in which I am informed that the correspondence relating to Cetywayo's visit to England is about to be presented to Parliament, and that it will include my letters on the subject and explanations about Mr. Henriquez Shepstone. I write to express a wish that the whole of my correspondence may be presented, and that no part of it be suppressed. I must here take the opportunity of expressing the surprise and pain with which not long ago I received a letter from Mr. Samuelson, in which that gentleman informed me that he had been dismissed the service of Cetywayo and the Government on account of “the letters that I published, but specially through the words about Mr. H. “ Shepstone.” I would wish to point out to you that if he was dismissed on those two charges it was most unjustly so, for on the occasion of greater liberty being accorded the King, it was tendered to him with but one binding stipulation, and that was that he should not make use of it to return to Zululand. Nothing was said to the interpreter about not writing private letters for the King, and Mr. Samuelson in sending me the three letters at the request of Cetywayo, in no ways, I maintain, neglected his duty. With regard to the letter of December 7th or 8th, containing the words of protest against Mr. Shepstone's appointment, which I received last January, no proof was forthcoming to convict Mr. Samuelson of having written it. He distinctly, on his word of honour, denied having written it, and failing substantial proofs to show that he did, this second charge on which he was dismissed is wholly untenable and unjustifiable. If suspicion was to be attached to anyone with any show of reason, that suspicion should have rested on myself. Though I was unable to do anything but distinctly state the truth, my word of honour had no right to be impartially received, and Mr. Samuelson's word of honour disregarded. On several occasions I called this to your Lordship's attention, and I begged you to select myself as the person on which to cast the odium of the whole affair, rather than to ruin a young man just started in life, and to whom dismissal meant ruin. Willingly would I have taken all blame in this matter, though, of course, unable to commit myself by declaring myself the author of what I was not. I must emphatically protest against the answer returned in the House from official quarters to Mr. Dillwyn's question put last Friday. ... I assert that severe restriction has been put upon Cetywayo's liberty in the dismissal of his friend Mr. Samuelson, and the substitution instead of a complete stranger to the King. Cetywayo can no longer correspond with his friends save through official quarters, and everyone knows what that means. His tongue is tied, he is powerless to protest, and if he did protest, those protestations would never be received by his friends. Brief let me summarise the end. When in Cape Town I read myself the telegram you transmitted to Sir Hercules Robinson last September, in which Cetywayo was to be * No. 84. 83 informed that he should visit England in April. As I was going to visit the King, Sir Hercules begged me to resign him to the long and weary time which must elapse ere the promise of the Government could be fulfilled, and I therefore begged him to be patient as the delay was for his own good. Next day the King came to Government House, and Sir Hercules communicated to him the contents of your telegram, and endeavoured by the same arguments as I had used to resign him to the many months which must elapse ere the promise of Government could be fulfilled. The King promised and that promise he kept. My Lord, April is long past and it is now June. In what way have the Government kept their pledge to the King P. Their promise has been shamefully violated. And now in all friendliness let me warn you as one who knows what is going on in Zululand what will be the result. The disappointment will assuredly hasten the King's death. He clings to one hope alone. If that hope is taken from him he will die. Dinuzulu, his son, will be immediately proclaimed, and if the Government attempt to dispute this there must be another Zulu War. There is at this moment private influence at work in the country which keeps the people quiet. Withdraw that influence and rebellion will at once spring forth. If the Zulus hear that Cetywayo has really gone to England they will remain quiet, but if they learn that all hope in that quarter is gone they will bitterly resent the violation of the pledge given the King. I tell you that if the private influence were withdrawn, rebellion would burst forth immediately, and what I tell you is true for I know it to be so. You, my Lord, think expediency has greater claims on Governments’ consideration than justice. These sentiments I know you hold, for with your own lips at the Colonial Office you so expressed yourself to me. Still I would bring to your attention that expediency and justice are in this case inseparable, and that as one who knows, l declare that justice to Zululand and a restoration to the nation of its King will alone prevent the coming outbreak. Let me request that this letter be presented to Parliament with the rest of my corre- spondence, and let me conclude by assuring you of the most earnest and strenuous support on my part of influencing peace in Zululand, if you will only give me some assurance that the Zulu miseries and Zulu claims shall receive the earnest and imme- diate attention of the Government. All I desire to see is justice, and my efforts to obtain that are genuine. My motives are not swayed by personal interest or ambition, they are clothed in the garb of perfect truth. I remain, &c. (Signed) FLORENCE DIXIE. P.S.—I would be very much obliged if you would kindly cause a copy of this letter to be made and sent to rue. F.D. No. 88. Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIMBERLE.Y. (Received June 12, 1882.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, MY LORD, May 12, 1882. ONE of the enclosures in my Despatch of the 29th April” was a list of the principal Zulus, Chiefs, and headmen, whose names were given to the Resident by Undabuko and the other brothers of the ex-King at the interview of the 21st April, as being present or as being represented by persons who were present; and I have now the honour to forward a memorandum by the Resident giving further particulars regarding the composition of this party. 2. From the information contained in this memorandum it appears— 1. That the party was headed by Undabuko, the brother, and by the four half- brothers of the ex-King, namely, Usivetu, Siteku, Tshingana, and Dabulamanzi. 2. That four Chiefs of tribes, or regents of tribes, were present in person. 3. That three of the appointed Chiefs of Zululand (Faku-Ka-Ziningo, Seketwayo, and Somkeli), eleven Chiefs of tribes, and five sections of tribes, formerly belonging to Cetywayo and having no tribal Chiefs over them, were represented, or stated to be represented, by persons present in their names. * No. 78. R 1504. M 84 4. That a number of petty Chiefs or headmen (men having authority over small tribal branches or a few families) were present in person or represented by persons stating they appeared on their behalf. . 5. And that the number of followers present amounted to some seven hundred or eight hundred persons. 3. The Resident is of opinion that the persons who appeared to represent the three appointed Chiefs were duly authorised representatives; but whether in all the cases where Chiefs, or petty Chiefs, or headmen, were stated to be represented there was a duly authorised representation could only perhaps be ascertained, he says, upon enquiry directly made of the Chiefs or petty Chiefs themselves. 4. I myself see no reason for doubting that all the Chiefs or petty Chiefs named did send persons to represent them. But it is necessary to bear in mind that where a person is sent by a Chief on an occasion like this to represent him, it does not at all follow that the act of sending indicates the concurrence of the Chief, who sends, in whatever may be said or done, or even his desire to take part in the proceedings. But he thinks it well to send a person to be as he calls it “his eyes and ears,” that he may know what passes and what is going to be done, and, in certain cases, such as the present case, in order to be on the safe side against whatever may turn up. In respect therefore of all the Chiefs, petty Chiefs, or headmen, who were represented at this recent gathering under Undabuko, it may or may not be the case that they sympathise with or concur in the objects of Undabuko and the party of the King's brothers; but the mere fact of their sending persons to be present at the gathering does not of itself prove that they do so. It does not necessarily prove anything more than that they desire to be informed of what is really going on and to be on the safe side should it turn out, as they have been told, that the ex-King, is as a matter of fact, about to be brought back and restored by the English Government. I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, (Signed) HENRY BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Enclosure in No. 88. BRITISH RESIDENT, Zululand, to Sir H. BULWER. His ExCELLENCY, Pietermaritzburg, May 3, 1882. IN the report of my interview on 21st ultimo, I included a list of names of the party of Zulu Chiefs and headmen who met me on that occasion. I have now the honour to offer the following remarks on the composition of the party. Immediately on my meeting them it became clear that the whole party was headed by Undabuko and the four other brothers of Cetywayo, whose names are specified in the list. They took up a position at the head of the assembly, and conducted nearly the whole of the discussion with me, referring occasionally to the others present for confirma- tion of their assertions. e It will be seen from the list referred to that many of the Chiefs named did not appear in person but sent their representatives, whose names are also stated. The following is a list of Chiefs (or Regents) of tribes who were present — Umsungulu (Regent of tribe) from Somhlolo ( , ,, )ſ Umgitjwa's territory. Lugolosa, from Umlandela’s territory. Madwaba, from Siunguza's (late Gaozi's) territory. The names of the appointed Chiefs who were represented are— Faku, g Somkeli, and Seketwayo. The names of Chiefs of tribes who were represented are— Mº. - } from Usibebu’s territory. msuty Wana, Hlcsibana, T Y . . . " from Tshingwayo's territory. Unilandu, *-* ** 35 Qetuka, Nobiya, Ndwandwe, from John Dunn's territory. Uzwegufa, Mavumengwana, J Simoyi, of Umfanawenhlela's territory. Mahibana, of Uhamu's territory. Sections of the people who belonged to Cetywayo having no Chief directly over them, who were represented, were— #. º }ºom Uhamu's territory. angesweni, Ugugu, from Umfanawendhlela's territory. Sisibeni, Asibusuku, of Umgitjwa's territory. The others consisted of petty Chiefs, each in authority over a small number of people not amounting to a tribe, and eight headmen who have no people under them. Of the former, thirteen appeared in person, the remainder by their representatives. It is difficult to form any reliable conclusion as to whether the representatives present were duly authorised to appear for those named by them. This point it seems to me can only be cleared up by the alleged principals. I venture, however, to state my belief that the men who represented the three appointed Chiefs were duly authorised by them to do so. The party of Zulu Chiefs and headmen met by me on the 21st and 24th were accompanied by a very large following of men; I estimated the whole party to number from 700 to 800 individuals. (Signed) M. OsBoRN, British Resident, Zululand. sº No. 89. Gover Nor SIR HERNY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received June 12, 1882.) * Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, May 12, 1882. I AM informed that, with the exception of some four or five persons, the Zulus who recently came in here under Undabuko, and the other brothers of the ex-King, have at length taken their departure, and returned to the Zulu country. 2. Undabuko and Usivetu had, it is true, promised more than a week before that the whole party were going at once, and only asked that they themselves might stay till the Resident went back as they were afraid, they said, to go without him. All the rest of the people they promised would go at once. As a matter of fact, they and the whole party delayed going for eight or 10 days after this; and as for the plea given for the brothers themselves remaining behind, this, it need scarcely be said, was a mere excuse. They had their own reasons for coming into Natai at all at that time, and their own reasons for wishing to remain for some days longer. When they had accomplished what they had come in for they left perfectly regardless of whether the Resident was gone back or not. In point of fact they left before him, and had no idea of when he would return. 3. This delay on their part was certainly an abuse of the forbearance of this Govern- ment whose rules they had broken in coming into Natal in the way they did. But the explanation of the delay is to be found in the fact that they did not come into Natal for the purpose of seeing the Government. Of course once they entered the Colony it was necessary, as a matter of courtesy and expediency, that they should say they had come in order to see the Government. But their visit here was really altogether independent of any business with the Government; and, therefore, when they were advised by the Government to return they were not disposed to do so till they had carried out the purposes for which they had come. 4. However, it is quite possible that among the causes which detained them was my deci- sion to see Dabulamanzi and the people from Chief J. Dunn's territory, together with Chief J. Dunn himself; and Undabuko, and the other brothers might naturally desire to hear the M 2 86 jº. .:: result of that interview. The interview took place on Tuesday, the 2nd instant, and on Wednesday a meeting of the principal Zulus, at which Dabulamanzi was present, took place at Bishopstowe. On Thursday morning Dabulamanzi came in with his answer, and though that answer was a rejection of my advice it is of course quite possible it may have been decided upon without any reference to the Wednesday meeting. On the same day there was another meeting of Zulus at Bishopstowe, and on Saturday the party began to break up; all being now gone, with the exception of four or five persons, whom Undabuko has left behind for the purpose, I understand, of carrying information and messages to him. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. No. 90. GovernoR SIR HENRY BULW ER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received June 12, 1882.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, 13 May, 1882. It is with great reluctance that I have felt myself obliged to submit, for the consideration of Her Majesty's Government, the advisableness of postponing the con- templated visit of the ex-King Cety wayo to England. & 2. I believe that some months ago it was decided by Her Majesty's Government to give permission to the ex-King to go to England, and that for some time past it has been proposed, if not arranged, that the ex-King should leave Cape Town for that purpose in the month of May; and although from the first I have not been insensible to the inconveniences to which this proceeding might give rise in connexion with the Zulu country and the existing settlement of that country, I have been extremely unwilling to say anything that might interfere with an arrangement that had been determined on some time before I arrived in South Africa. 3. But the reports to which the permission given by Her Majesty's Government to Cety wayo to go to England has given rise, the unfair use that has been made of that permission for purposes of intrigue in the Zulu country and with the object of forcing the situation in favour of the ex-King's restoration, the attitude adopted by the ex-King's brothers, and the agitation that has been set on foot by them, have for a long time past been such as to produce a great feeling of uneasiness in the minds of the Zulu people—a great feeling of uncertainty as to what the intentions of the English Government are towards them, and therefore a great feeling of uneasiness and unsettlement—a state of things which I could not regard without misgiving. Still I trusted that if only the party of the ex-King's brothers would refrain a little from active agitation matters would calm down and that I should be enabled to visit the country within a reasonable time and to make such recommendations to Her Majesty's Government in connexion with the settlement of the Zulu country as my personal observation and the general information I might gather would enable me to make. 3. Unfortunately to cease from active agitation has not been possible with the party of the ex-King's brothers. The party of demonstration which they have recently brought into Natal, and the means adopted to make up this party of demonstration, can have but one effect, that of still further increasing the uneasiness of the people and of producing an excitement which it is possible, if the appointed chiefs are not very forbearing, may be attended with unfortunate results. Under these circumstances, then, the departure of the ex-King at this moment would only serve to increase the confusion because of the ill use that would be made of the event by the party under Undabuko. I know not, indeed, now whether the recent action of this party may not of itself be followed by worse things. But after what has happened I cannot shut my eyes to the consequences that are likely to result from the departure of the ex-King for England at this time and from the further agitation to which I fear it would give occasion. The situation is already 3omplicated enough and already critical enough; and the embarrassment and perplexities which atttend a due consideration of all the conflicting questions and of all the interests involved in the future settlement of the Zulu country are such that they can ill bear any addition to their number. * 87 4. It is on these accounts then that I have felt myself obliged to submit to Her Majesty's Government the advisableness of postponing the departure of the ex-King for England either until some definite decision has been come to with regard to the future of the Zulu country or in any case for awhile indefinitely. I have not arrived at this decision, as I have said, without great reluctance, but it has been forced upon me by the intrigues and the action of the party of the ex-King's brothers. I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY BULWER, To the Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, - Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. No. 91. GoveFNOR SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received June 12, 1882.) Government House, Cape Town, My Lond, May 20, 1882. I HAVE the honour to transmit copy of a letter which I have received from Cete- wayo with a request that it may be forwarded for the perusal of Her Majesty the Queen. I beg to enclose also for your information copy of a letter which Cetewayo has addressed to the Zulu Chiefs requesting them to desist from agitation and to lay their grievances before the Governor of Natal, together with a copy of a letter addressed to myself, and another addressed to Sir Henry Bulwer and myself. I have, &c. (Signed) HERCULES ROBINSON, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Governor and High Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure 1, in No. 91. Oude Molen, May 13, 1882. I AM writing to you, Sir Hercules Robinson, to urge you to hasten my visit to England, especially as the large deputation recently despatched from Zululand to the Governor of Natal to ask for my reinstatement as King of Zululand is a proof of the wish of the majority of my people to have me back. I am at a loss to understand why all this pain is caused me. I have done no harm that I know of. I will no longer believe in the word of the white men. Their promises have all been broken, and I shall trust them no more. I shall only believe I am going to England when I am really on my way thither. Anxiety like this causes death. When I was taken captive in Zululand, a number of Chiefs or headmen, who had been under ine, were appointed in my place, and a great number of them (deputation) consisted of these Chiefs. I am glad to hear that you, Sir Hercules, sympathise with me in my present heavy disappointment. I trusted Lord Kimberley as my shield, or a tree to lean against, and protect me against my enemies, and reply on my behalf to all questions put about me. He is the great man in England, and I expect to hear good things from him. I was myself once a great king, and so was my father, and he never suffered such anxiety as I do now. If I am found a corpse soon, you will know I have died of a broken heart. The white man’s house towers above the hut of the black man, and the latter looks up to the former for protection. I am afraid to say all that I wish to say now, for fear death might overtake me, the heart causes a strange and sudden death. Sikukuni and other petty Chiefs have been released and restored to their country after having been captives, and why not I too? I was friendly with the English Government once, as was my father and grandfather (Mpanda's eldest brother Chaka). M 3 88 I want you, Sir H. Robinson, and the Queen also, to see these words. Chiefs of less consequence than I was have been given their freedom, and how can you kill me with a death like this F I want these letters to go to England, and I shall still go there, too. My visit has already been postponed from month to month, and now it is again indefinitely put off. I cannot see that the Zulu deputation to the Natal Government, on my behalf, could cause agitation and lead to bloodshed. Help me to attain my earnest desire to go to England, and that soon. I can say no In OTC. CETYWAYo KA MPANDE. Taken down by me. (Signed) P. DE SMIDT, C.C. Read over, interpreted, and adhered to, this 17th day of May, 1882. (Signed) R. E. DUNN, - * ... Interpreter. Received and forwarded 17 May, 1882. (Signed) J. STORR-LISTER, Custodian. Enclosure 2. in No. 91. Oude Molen, May 17, 1882. I write to you, “Muyamana, Dabulamanzi, Seketywayo, Tshingana, Sitshaluza, “ Sinuguza, Umgitwa, Somhlolo, Majiza, Somopo, and Palane,” telling you not to allow the Zulu people to stir up such a great agitation, do not let them do such a thing. If ..you have any grievance lay it before the Governor of Natal, and he will see all put right; and, if there is anything that annoys the Zulu nation concerning John Dunn, do not say anything to him, but complain to the Governor, who is your father and right hand. Tell the Zulu people to obey this, and that everything will go well. CETYWAYo KA MPANDE. Forwarded to the Under Secretary for Native Affairs. (Signed) J. STORR-LISTER, Custodian. 17 May, 1882. Enclosure 3. in No. 91. (Copy.) Oude Molen, May 16, 1882. I AM writing to you, Sir H. Robinson, to ask you to forward my letter with many good words for me to the Governor of Natal, and ask him to meet the real Zulus, like the recent deputation, and not to allow the British Resident to send them back. I have noticed that the only ones he allows passes to go and see the Governor, Sir H. Bulwer, are those who are people of very little consequence in the country. I would also be very pleased if you would tell the two boys, who accompanied the girl “ Umpansi” to Natal, to return to me. Advocate on my behalf to the Governor of Natal to receive the Zulus when they come to see him. The last deputation was great, and consisted of people from the sea-coast, mid-Zululand, and higher end of the country. Do not hesitate about my case, but get me to England very soon. My heart is very small, and my courage soft. Do not be surprised to hear of my departure from this earth, as I like to say all I think, and not take you by surprise. I have mentioned in my letter to the Governor of Natal that I would like all my family in Zululand to be collected together and to be looked after by those named in my letter. Speak for me to him in your letter. My visit to England has been put off, was it not said that the warm season had just set in in England P. When will I go now, will it be during this season, or in the winter time P Let me know this very soon. CETYWAYo KA MPANDE. Forwarded to the Under Secretary for Native Affairs, Cape Town. (Signed) J. STORR-LISTER, 16 May, 1882. Custodian. º.º...? , , , ” f ºš. ... " • * . . . ºx, ºff * - fºx . . §§:: * 89 Enclosure 4. in No. 91. Oude Molen, May 17, 1882. I AM writing to you, Sir H. Robinson and Sir H. Bulwer, to tell you that I have written to the great men in Zululand, whose names I have mentioned in their letter. There appears to be great agitation in Zululand just now. I think it is caused by “John Dunn’ forcing the Zulus to pay hut-tax and many other fees, a strange thing to them, also because he (John Dunn) came down ahead of the Zulu deputation and had an interview with you, Sir H. Bulwer. Consequently they (deputation) blame him for their not being received. You know that John Dunn was made a man by me, and a very rich man too; but now he has acted the traitor to me. He knows it well, and does not desire my return. Do a great thing for me by asking the British Resident to allow the Zulus to have inter- views with the Natal Government. Tell him to meet all the influential men in the country, and then everything will go well, but, if he will not meet them and consult them, Zulu matters will not go well. Take heed of what I say and give it a trial, and you will find everything go well. If the Zulus come to you with their grievances and get no redress, they will continually complain. I have told them in my letter to leave John Dunn alone, and take no notice of him. I would also like you, Sir H. Robinson, to telegraph at once to Natal to have the two boys “Mgin” and “Umgwazeni,” sent back to me, and that they might bring me down some (Ungirzana) black gum for my head-ring; also some (Mkamango) species of rush to make part of my (Umtiga). Try and do good for me. I am under your feet, and both myself and the Zulu people belong to the Queen. CETYWAYo KA MPANDE. Forwarded to the Under-Secretary for Native Affairs. (Signed) J. STORR-LISTER, 17th May, 1882. Custodian. No. 92. GovePNOR SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HoN. The EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received June 12, 1882.) Government House, Cape Town, My Lord, May 21, 1882. - I HAVE the honour to enclose, for your information, copy of a letter from the custodian of prisoners of war, reporting the despondency shown by the ex-King Cety wayo since his receipt of the message notifying the postponement of his visit to England. I have, &c. (Signed) HERCULES ROBINSON, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Governor and High Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure in No. 92. Mr. LISTER to the NATIVE AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT. Office of the Custodian of Prisoners of War, SIR, Rondebosch, May 15, 1882. I HAVE the honour to inform you that Cetywayo is most despondent at the intelli- gence which was communicated to him on Saturday, that his visit to England is indefinitely postponed. I have never known him so much dejected. He has been con- fined to his bed since Saturday. Yesterday in course of conversation he spoke more than once of suicide, and added that his friends must not be surprised should they, at M. 4 90 any time hear of his sudden death. In reply, I said much to cheer him, reminding him of his many friends, who are doing all in their power to help him, and who will continue to use their influence on his behalf; gradually his spirits seemed to improve, and he enquired whether there would be anything to be gained by his expressing his thoughts in letters. I replied that any letters he might dictate to his interpreter I should be glad to forward at once to Government, that they certainly would do no harm. He, smiling, remarked that letters are now his only assegais. It is found that dictating letters is the best way to relieve his mind and keep him occupied. A matter of importance especially just now. He is much disappointed that his Excellency the Governor could not receive him at Government House to-day. I have, &c. (Signed) J. STORR-LISTER, The Under Secretary for Native Affairs, Custodian. &c. &c. &c. No. 93. COLONIAL OFFICE to the Lady FLORENCE DIXIE. MADAM, Downing Street, June 12, 1882. I AM directed by the Earl of Kimberley to acknowledge the receipt of your letter of the 11th instant,” and I am to inform you that the whole of your correspondence respecting Cetywayo's proposed visit to England, and also the letter now under acknowledgment, will be included, as you request, in the correspondence about to be presented to Parliament. - Lord Kimberley desires me to add, with reference to your statement that he told you that “expediency had greater claims on Governments’ consideration than justice,” that you must have misapprehended what he said. As far as he can recollect, what he pointed out to you was, that the question of the restoration of Cety wayo could not be dealt with simply as a matter of justice to the ex-King individually, but that regard must also be had to considerations of expediency in determining the course to be pursued with respect to the affairs of Zululand. I am, &c. The Lady Florence Dixie. (Signed) ROBERT G. W. HERBERT. A copy of your letter is enclosed in accordance with your request. * No. 87. I, O N I) () N : ºrinited by GEoEgE E. EYRE and WILLIAM SPOTTISwoopi, Printers to the Queen’s most Excellent Majesty. For Her Majesty's Stationery Office. SOUTH AFRICA. FURTHER CORRESPONDENCE RESPECTING THE AFFAIRS OF ZULULAND AND CETY WAYO. (In continuation of [C.–3247] June 1882.) mºº-----------º-º-º-º-º-º: ------- * -- -- --- -- -- 33 regented to floti) # oußeg of $3arliament by Commantù of #er ſºlitiegt 1), July 1882. --- --- --- L O N D ON : PRINTED BY GEORGE EDWARD EYFE AND WILLIAM SPOTTISWOODE, PRINTERS TO THE QUEEN's Most ExCELLENT MAJESTY. FOR HER MAJESTY'S STATIONERY OFFICE. [C.—3270.] Price 2#d. 1882. T A B L E O F C O N T E N T S. sº Prom or to whom. Date, Subject. Page. 1 | Governor Sir Henry May 6, 1882 Reporting an interview with Chief John Dunn 3 Bulwer. (Rec. June 8, 1882). and the Zulu Chiefs from his territory who had taken part under Dabulamanzi in the late demonstration. 2 To Governor Sir June 12, 1882 Expressing approval of his proceedings and 15 Henry Bulwer. speech at the recent interview with John Dunn and the native Chiefs. 3 | Governor Sir Henry May 16, 1882 Reporting further on the real object of the visit 16 Bulwer. (Rec. June 21, 1882). of the ex-king's brothers to Natal, and the agitation set on foot in Zululand with re- ference to Cetywayo's proposed visit to England. 4 Ditto * ſº May 20, 1882 Transmitting copies of telegrams relating to 17 (Rec. June 21, 1882), the condition of Chief John Dunn’s terri- tory, and remarking on the attitude of Dabu- lamanzi towards that Chief. 5 || To Governor Sir H. June 29, 1882 Explaining the reasons for which Her Majesty’s 19 Bulwer. Government have decided not to further post- pone Cetywayo's visit to England. 6 Ditto wº- wº June 29, 1882 Directing that certain telegraphic correspon- || 20 dence indicated with reference to Cetywayo's visit to England may be placed on record. 7 Ditto tº º July 1, 1882 Acknowledging receipt of certain telegrams | 20 with reference to the threatened disturbances in Zululand. No. 1. GovERNOR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received June 8, 1882.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LORD, May 6, 1882. AMONG the Zulus who recently came into Natal under the ex-king's brother and half-brothers, as a party of demonstration in favour of the ex-king's return, were several from Chief John Dunn's territory apparently under the lead of Dabulamanzi, one of the half-brothers. 2. At the interview with Mr. Osborn on the 24th April Dabulamanzi spoke in the name of all those who had come in with him from Chief John Dunn's territory, and after saying that they had come to pray for Cetywayo's return referred to the payment of taxes to Mr. Dunn, and to some assertion which he said Mr. Dunn had made regarding these taxes, to the effect that they were paid because his people liked him, and Dabula- manzi asked that Mr. Dunn might be sent for and confronted with them before the Governor. On the 22nd April also Umpagana, who had come on the part of his father Sikonyana (a Chief living under Chief Dunn), but who had not been in time to be present at the interview with Mr. Osborn on the 21st April, had spoken to the Resident some- what to the same effect, adding that the people in his district, thought the taxes they were paying to Chief Dunn were for the Government—meaning the English or Nata\ Government. 3. I had but one answer to give to all the Zulus who joined this party of demonstra- tion, namely, that I could not see them on account of the irregular manner in which they had come into Natal, and the answer of course extended to the people under Dabula- manzi. But in the course of the week Mr. Osborn informed me that he had received a communication from Chief Dunn asking to be allowed to see me in the presence of the people who had come from his district and were taking part in the demonstration; and as in this way both the people themselves and their appointed Chief, against whom they were declaring, were desirous of seeing me, and ready to confront one another in my presence, it seemed to me, having regard to Umpagana's statement about the tax, namely, that it was paid by the people in the belief that it was for the Govern- ment, and having regard also to the general assertions that have at different times been made against the rule of the appointed Chief Dunn, that I ought not to reject such an opportunity of hearing what both sides had to say, and of ascertaining whether the people living in his territory had any real cause of complaint against the rule of their appointed Chief, who being present would be in a position to give any explanation that he could in reply to what they might bring forward. An interview of both Chief and people with me might be the means of removing for the future some real cause of grievance; and as Dabulamanzi had declared that he and those with him were afraid to return to their homes because of the part they had taken in the demonstration I might be able to remove also any difficulty on that score. 4. On these considerations then I decided to agree to the request made by both parties that they should see me in the presence of each other, and I therefore desired the Resident, if the people under Dabulamanzi had not gone home, to make arrangements for my seeing them, or the principal persons among them, and the Chief John Dunn on an early day. Mr. Osborn accordingly arranged a meeting for Monday afternoon, the 1st instant, but as, it being mail day, I could not be present till a late hour the meeting was post- poned till the following morning, when I saw both parties at an interview which lasted the better part of the day. 5. Notes of what passed at the meeting were taken by Mr. A. S. Windham, of my office, and a copy of them I herewith have the honour to forward, for your Lordship's information. 6. Most of those who spoke began with a request for the restoration of the ex-king, and though there were some who did not refer to the subject I am disposed to think their omission to do so was unintentional, for on returning to their places among the others after speaking, they were, I am told, taken to task for the omission. Indeed it may, I think, be taken for granted that to ask for the restoration of Cetywayo was part of the course of procedure laid down for everyone who should speak, and, therefore, where there was an omission to do this it may be assumed it was an accidental onlission. What R. 2682. Wt. 5682. A 2 4 weight is to be attached to every such request is another matter, which will require to be separately dealt with in connexion with the general subject of the demonstration. 7. But taking this request on the part of all those who were present under Dabulamanzi for granted, the point to which I directed my attention at the interview was that of the grievances or causes of complaint which these people, belonging to Chief J. Dunn’s territory, had against him as their Chief. -- 8. There was the matter of the hut tax, and bearing in mind what Umpagana and Dabulamanzi had said to the Resident on the 22nd and 24th of April I was anxious to hear what the people attending the meeting might have to represent respecting this tax. Dabulamanzi was the chief spokesman and he alleged that when they were told to pay the tax they were told it was for the Government (Hulumeni, the word generally applied to the Governor of Natal.) Afterwards they heard that it was not for the Government and that by paying the tax they were injuring the cause of Cetywayo, namely, that the tax was being used to keep Cetywayo away. I tried particularly to find out by whom it was, the people were told that the tax was for the Government. I did not suppose that Chief John Dunn himself ever said so or even allowed it to be so misunderstood, but I thought it just possible that people employed by him might have done this. Dabulamanzi said that they heard it from Mkatene. But no one seemed to know who Mkatene was, and Chief Dunn said be did not know him. Then Dabulamanzi who had just before said that he had not heard it from the Chief directly but through Mkatene as his messenger, boldly declared that Chief Dunn himself had told it into his ears; though when he was pressed, at Mr. Dunn’s instance, as to where Mr. Dunn had said this and to whom he had said it, Dabulamanzi fell back upon his former statement that he had heard it from Chief Dunn’s “own police.” He did not, however, name any besides Mkatene. It was from others, (Mkomo and Umtshayeni) he said, they had subsequently heard that the tax was paid to the Chief and was a means of keeping away Cetywayo. So they resolved, he said, to come to the Government about it. Presently, however, it appeared that it was from the Bishop of Natal they wanted to ascertain if Mr. Dunn did not say that they paid taxes to the Government, and from “the news- papers ” that they wanted to find out if they had in them what was said by Mr. Dunn about it. It would not be easy perhaps to reconcile Dabulamanzi's statement that Chief John Dunn told it into his own ears that the tax was for the Government with his statement, made a few moments afterwards, that he came into Natal to find out from the bishop and the “newspapers ” if Mr. Dunn had not said that the tax was for the Government. But as a matter of fact, I think it may be said that neither statement was correct. Dabulamanzi neither heard Mr. Dunn say this, nor did he come into Natai to find out if Mr. Dunn had said it. He came into Natal at the call of Undabuko and Usivetu, to join in the demonstration, and the story about finding out from “the newspapers ” what Mr. Dunn had said about the tax was an idea that had been put into his head. It would seem that some little time since a statement appeared in one of the local news- papers to the effect that the people in John Dunn's territory were contented with his rule and were paying their taxes willingly ; and then it would seem that somehow or other the report of what had been stated in the paper was introduced into John Dunn's territory and some of the people were given to understand that their payment of the tax was being used as a means of keeping away the ex-king. Now the tax is not a popular tax, and it was not difficult to get people to speak against it on the grounds suggested to them. Hence the statements made by Manxele, Umpagana, Lurulurulu, Mabulugwyene, Sanconco and Hashi. As for the supposition that it was being paid for the Government, two of the above named speakers, Lurulurulu and Mabulugwene did not say anything as to this, and what they said rather implied the contrary supposition. The latter stated that they understood it was paid for “huts and ground” “now ’’ he proceeded to say “I hear it has something to do with Cetywayo.” Lurulurulu stated: “We are content to pay taxes, but do not want it thought that is all we want,” meaning by this that the payment must not be taken as a proof that they were against the ex-king's return. On the whole then, I must say, upon the information I have obtained, that I do not think there is any ground for supposing that Chief John Dunn in any way directly or indirectly gave his people to understand that the tax was for the Government, i.e., the English Government or the Natal Government, nor do I think his people have generally so understood it. Of course there may be cases where it has been so understood, and it is quite possible there have been cases where some of the natives employed by him may have said such a thing. But it has never been generally so understood by his people, 5 and the question does not appear to have been raised until very recently, and until after the statement to which I have referred, appeared in one of the newspapers. 9. With regard to the other matters brought forward most of the complaints advanced were connected with seizures of cattle made on account of alleged possession or conceal- ment of possession of Royal cattle at the close of the war. When the war was over no confiscation of the cattle or property of the Zulu people was made, but all the Royal cattle were declared to be confiscated, and it was ordered that all people in possession of Royal cattle should give them up to the Government; the newly appointed Chiefs being directed to give attention to this matter, and to procure and to hand in to the Government all the Royal cattle in their territories. There is no question that large numbers of Royal cattle were concealed by the people in whose custody they were, but in the carrying out of these directions by the appointed Chiefs I am disposed to believe from what I have heard that many mistakes were made, and that instances occurred of cattle being seized as Royal cattle when they were not Royal cattle, and of fines being inflicted for concealment of Royal cattle in which several people suffered more than ought to have been the case. Individual instances of hard dealing of this kind, I say may have occurred, and I have reason to think did occur. They were some of the incidental results of the war, but they are not the less to be regretted, though it would, I think, be impossible to go back upon them now, or to attempt after such a length of time to rectify any individual mistakes. With regard, however, to two cases of seizure which were said to have occurred in the course of last year I have desired the Resident to inquire into them. - 10. Of the remaining complaints, nearly all appear to have arisen out of judicial proceedings in cases of dispute between two parties, where those against whom the decisions were given have considered themselves aggrieved by the decisions going against them. It is, perhaps, unnecessary to refer to them more than to say that they did not seem to me to show that there was any just ground whatsoever of complaint. There was, for instance, a case of adultery. Under the old Zulu law both the offenders would have been condemned to death. In the present instance the man voluntarily paid five head of cattle to the injured party, but the Chief also demanded a fine of 10 head of cattle. As the offender was unable to pay, the weight of the penalty fell on his brother, and it was the brother who came to complain. Then there was a complaint made by some people that they had been turned out of the place where they and their fathers and grandfathers had lived. But on further questioning it turned out that they had been obliged, on account of some dispute with their neighbours, to remove their kraal a little distance to an opposite ridge, but that they still retained the same grazing ground for their cattle, and the same garden ground as they had before. Cases such as these require no comment. 11. Except in the cases of seizures for concealment of Royal cattle in which I think some hardship may in instances have been inflicted, and except in respect of the hut tax of 10s., about the expediency of which I think there may be some question; there was nothing brought forward which could in any way bear out the general assertions that have been made against the rule of Chief John Dunn. 12. After all had spoken I addressed some remarks to the meeting, which will be found in the accompanying notes. As some of the speakers had spoken warmly of their determination not to go back under their Chief (John Dunn), I pointed out to them that if they did not like his rule or wish to remain under his authority they were not bound to do so, but would be allowed to leave his territory unmolested, and to pass into another territory, and under another Chief. But I advised them to think well over what they were doing before committing themselves to such a step. In view of what they had said as to their fear of being punished by Mr. Dunn, I also expressed my readiness, if they wished to go back to his territory, and were willing to remain under his authority, to ask him to overlook their offence in disobeying his orders on this occasion. Dabulamanzi, who replied for the others, said that they would like to think the matter over before giving an answer ; and as this request was only reasonable, I agreed to it, though I foresaw that if they went away they would be likely to fall under influences which might prevent a reconciliation, and as I foresaw so it has turned out, for Dabulamanzi came in on Thursday morning to the office of the Secretary for Native Affairs, and told him and Mr. Osborn, a copy of whose report I enclose, that he and those with him could not consent to remain under Chief John Dunn's authority. 13. I must regret this determination, because I do not think there is any sufficient reason for it, and because I believe that many of those for whom Dabulamanzi spoke, A 3 * * # y t º: $, % *, , , ‘' 3 - A ºi. º- * * * * # & N.C., , ;" & § •. * .. ; • ** * * 6 if left to themselves, would by no means be of this opinion, and have no real wish to leave John Dunn's territory or to cease to be under his authority. . But the party of the ex-King's brothers have, under unfortunate counsels, for some time past been drifting into a position of “irreconcilables; ” and they are naturally opposed to any reconciliation between the people whom they have been stirring up, and the Chief against whom they have been stirring them up. Their object is to make out that the present settlement is unworkable, and by doing so to make out, as they think, a case of necessity for the ex-King's restoration. f I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure I in No. 1. Government House, May 2, 1882. Notes TAKEN AT AN INTERVIEW GRANTED BY IIIs ExcELLENCY TO CHIEF John DUNN AND To CERTAIN ZULU CHIEFS AND HEADMEN LIVING IN HIs TERRITORY. PRESENT : HIS ExcellENCY THE Gover Nor AND STAFF. THE BRITISH RESIDENT, MR. Osborn. THE Colon[AL SECRETARY. THE SECRETARY FOR NATIVE AFFAIRs. MR. A. S. WINDHAM, J.R., As SECRETARY. CHIEF JOHN DUNN. DABULAMANZI. MADBWABA. UNSELE. UMBONAMBI. UMBILINGA. SICAKA-KA-ZINTI. SANCONco for MELELESI. MASELANA *::::...}º. QETUKA HASHI for HLONGoLwANA. UMUTwAPANSI for Nobiy.A. SoMoPo for UzweGUFA. UMPAGANA for SIKONYANA. MANXELE for MAVUMENGWANA. UMTIAQUA for MAGEDAMA. LURULURULU for PAGATWAYo. MABULUKENI for UNDwANDwe. MALAHLE for UMBANGo. UNGAYIYANA for UHozANA. MABUZI for NoNZANA. INHLAMVU for MATANDA. Gw AzA for MARwanoA. UNYOKANA for UMHLAKAZI. HIS ExcELLENCY :—I understand from the Resident that you have grievances against your Chief John Dunn, and that you have asked to be confronted with him in my presence. Your Chief John Dunn has also asked to be confronted with you. I have therefore agreed to see and hear both parties. You are here to-day for that purpose. Say now what you wish to say to me. DABULAMANZI :—I did speak the previous day; but the right person to speak is here now, he is Manxele, who speaks for Mavumengwana. MANXELE:—I am sent, by Mayumengwana to come and cry to the inkosi and say that the inkosi has struck his child on the loins. Mavumengwana says he and Hayana, 7 Mabuzi and Mavumendaba went together to the meeting near Ulundi-kwa-sitshwili and said to the Chief, Sir Garnet Wolseley, there “you struck your child and warned him.” [Asked where this was said and to whom it was said. Manxele replies that they were at the “Tall trees” (Robertson's Station) when this was said; it was said to Mr. Shepstone. Mr. Shepstone here states that he was not there, that he did not join Sir G. Wolseley till afterwards.] My father Mavumengwana says that a message was received from John Dunn to say that taxes must be paid. Mavumengwana said, “how can that be, as the Governor said nothing about this at Sitshwili ?” Nothing was said about taxes on that occasion. The taxes were paid, and we afterwards heard it said that they were paid because we disliked Cetywayo. How can this be P as we all belong to the house of Chaka. His ExcELLENCY :—Who said this, to give rise to the report P MANxELE :—We heard it from Umkomo and some others of Matanda. Umkomo belongs to Matanda. [Here explained that Umkomo is not a chief or headinan, but only a man living under Matanda.] His ExCELLENCY :—Do you attach importance to statements of Umkomo P MANxELE:——We heard it from Umkomo, and we thought we would come and tell it to the Governor to hear if it was true. We alone of the Zulus pay taxes to our Chief; the other Zulus do not pay taxes to their Chiefs. When we were leaving to come here Chief John Dunn said he would not allow his people to come into Natal for the purpose we have come about. We thought we would come in, in spite of his orders. Surely our Chief will not punish us for coming here to “cry” for Cetywayo. . He would see we were coming to cry for Cetywayo. Yesterday my Chief having called me (in the street) I could not see him at first on account of the glare of the sun and carriages about ; but when we met he said the same as before, that he would call us to account on our return home. I heard someone calling me. I did not know it was my Chief, on account of noise in the street, &c. On seeing him shortly after 1 explained to him that I heard him call, but did not know it was he who was calling. HIS ExcLLLENCY :—Your Chief told you not to come. Do you think it right to disobey your Chief? MANxELE:—We came because we want to “cry” for Cetywayo. His ExCELLENCY :—-Why do you think you will not be punished for disobeying your Chief? Is it usual among the Zulus to disobey their Chiefs? MANxELE:—We never received distinct orders not to come. HIS ExCELLENCY :—That is hardly an answer to my question. MANxELE:—We will come to trouble about it ; but we did not come without the knowledge of our Chief. His ExCELLENCY —That again is not an answer to my question. My question was, Is it customary for Zulus to disobey their Chiefs? MANxELE :—We thought our Chief would also “cry” for Cetywayo. We did not think we were doing wrong in coming. HIS ExCELLENCY —But you got a direct order not to come. Do you think it right that you should disobey it? MANXELE –We did not think he would punish us, because we did not come to say anything against him, our Chief. That is all I have to say. HIS ExCELLENCY :—Do you speak for all these here P MANXELE:—They will speak too. His ExCELLENCY :—For whom do you speak here P MANXELE:—I speak for Mavumengwana and Godide. I do not speak for anyone present here. DABULAMANZI:—I listened to last speaker, he did not say all he ought to have said. The others here will speak. We wanted to see the Governor with our eyes, and him to see us. We wanted to see him face to face. I will go on speaking now. I had intended to wait and hear the others first. These with me said to you [the Resident] the other day:— We have come to ask for Cetywayo's head [i.e. person], and we ask the Governor to give him back to us. A 4 8 HIS ExcELLENCY :—Did you not make a complaint about paying taxes to Chief John Dunn, and ask to be confronted with him in my presence P I want to hear what you wish to say on this point. DABULAMANZI:—I was coming to that point. ...} Our Chief told us last year we had to pay for the Government here a tax of 5s. per hut ; this we paid. This year we had to pay 10s. John Dunn said this to Mkatene, who told us that Dunn had said that we pay the money to this Government. We did not think anything about this, as it came from our appointed Chief. We believed it because our Chief, who was placed over us by the Government, told us. His ExCELLENCY —Did your Chief tell you this with his own mouth P DABULAMANZI —He told us through Mkatene. We did not ask our Chief himself about it, as we heard it from his messenger. HIS ExcELLENCY :—What did you hear? DABULAMANZI:—That we had to get ready the taxes for this Government (Natal). Mkatene came and told us we were to pay taxes to the Government, and we did not ask our Chief if it was true. We asked Mkatene about it. Mkatene said it was for the Government. HIS ExCELLENCY :—What word did he use P DABULAMANZI:—Makatene used the word “Hulumeni” [this means Governor]. [Chief John Dunn here by permission asks, What induna did this messenger Mkatene come from, and where does he live P I do not know him. He was never sent by me. No answer given.] HIS ExcELLENCY —To whom did you pay taxes P DABULAMANZI:—We paid it to Chief Dunn. We in our district paid it to Mr. Galloway, a magistrate of our Chief. [Chief John Dunn here says —“I said taxes were to be paid to me, and did not “ mention any Government.” And desires to be asked “Since when was this “ point raised ?”] DABULAMANZI:—-John Dunn has told us himself, and into my own ears, that it is for the Government. HIS ExcELLENCY :—What answer do you make to John Dunn's question ? DABULAMANZI:—Since the time this growing crop was so [a foot] high. We heard it first from Mkomo, who mentioned it to his friends. Umtshayeni said by paying this money we were injuring the cause of Cety wayo. HIS ExCELLENCY —Do you say that you thought you were paying it to the Government P DABULAMANZI:—Yes; and then we found we were not paying it to the Government, but that it was being used to keep Cetywayo away. HIS ExcELLENCY :—Who told you you were not paying it to Government P DABULAMANZI:—Umkomo and Umtshayeni. When we heard this, that the money was not paid to Government, but was paid to our Chief, and was a means of keeping away Cetywayo, we spoke about it to our people, and resolved to come to the Governor about it. HIS ExcELLENCY :—Well, you have asked to be confronted with your appointed Chief in my presence. Why did you ask this, and what do you want to say now you are here, and your Chief is here P DABULAMANZI:—We want to speak about the taxes. We were told by John Dunn that the money went to the Government. [John Dunn here says—“I never said such a thing. Where did I say this 2 and to whom P] DABULAMANZI:—We heard it at the time when the corn was being cleaned. That is what we want to know. When did John Dunn call us together, and consult us assembled about our paying taxes to him P His ExcELLENCY :—The point now is this. You say that your Chief (John Dunn) told you that the taxes went to the Government. He asks you where he said this and to whom. It is for you to answer his question. DABULAMANZI repeats again what he said before, and adds:—our people heard it from John Dunn's own police. [John Dunn says:—Nkomo and Umtshayeni are none of my police.] DABULAMANZI:—I went to ask the Bishop if the report in reference to what John Dunn has denied as being his words was true or not. 9 His ExcELLENCY :—Did you not go to your Chief himself to ask if the words reported were true P DABULAMANZI:—We did not go to Mr. Dunn, because we consider we are away from him, for he injures us. We have now come to “konza” here. ... John Dunn eats up our cattle. We wanted to ascertain from the Bishop if Mr. Dunn did not say that we paid taxes to the Government. We wanted to find out from the newspapers in the country of the Governor if they had in them what was said by him about it. We went to the Bishop to find out this. The Bishop gave us this letter (produced) to hand to the makosi. HIS ExcELLENCY :—But did you find out what you wanted to find out 2 DABULAMANZI:—Nothing was said to us, but we were handed this note by the Bishop, who told me that there are words in it which, if disputed, would be seen in this paper. His ExcellENCY ;—But why should you come into Natal at all to hear if what Mkomo said was true or not? Why not go straight to your Chief and ask him P DABULAMANZI:—We knew about the report, but we wanted to get further information. His ExcELLENCY :—Well, now you have heard what your Chief has said here. He says that he did not say anything of the kind. But you say your Chief illtreats you and takes your cattle. When and how was this P DABULAMANZI:—Our cattle have been eaten up, and are still being eaten up. HIS ExCELLENCY :——Whose cattlef DABULAMANZI:—Some of my cattle [38] were taken shortly after the settlement, given to me as king's cattle. His ExcellENCY (to Chief John Dunn):—Did you take these cattle Ż JoHN DUNN:—I took them because they were king's cattle, reported to me by some of his own people; and he admits they were given to him as king's cattle. DABULAMANZI: — The cattle were not given up by John Dunn to the Government. His ExcELLENCY :—That is a point between the Government and your Chief. MADWABA QETUKA :—Our cattle were also eaten up. NUKANI-KA-ZINTI DABULAMANZI:—All the people in John Dunn's territory are represented here except Sigcwelegcwele, Majiya, and Palane. We are all here on this matter and we will speak for ourselves; and we take notice of what Dunn says, that he will punish us severely as he did punish others before (those under Sitimela, over 100 being killed). John DUNN, with permission asks:—What did you, Dabulamanzi, say when you came to ask me permission to come into Natal 2 DABULAMANZI:—I went to ask if I might go; and I saw Sukubenqaba, and sent him to John Dunn with my application. John Dunn answered, if you choose to go you may, but if you do not, you need not. Then I told the messenger to answer John Dunn. “I “ have no suspicion or fear, and, as my brothers have called me, I think I ought to go.” JoHN DUNN :-What did you say when you came to apply P Did you not say, let me go as my eyes and ears, for me ! DABULAMANZI:—Yes. Sukubenqaba suggested my going in that capacity. JoHN DUNN :—I answered I was afraid of nothing, and did not want eyes and ears to go for me. DABULAMANZI:—We all say with one voice we wish to leave John Dunn, and will not live under him. HIS ExcELLENCY asks if anyone else wishes to say anything. MADWABA comes forward and says:—All our neighbourhood was eaten up immediately after the settlement. His ExCELLENCY :—How many cattle did you lose ? MADWABA :—46. His ExcELLENCY :—Why? MADWABA :—Because it was said I had Royal cattle. HIS ExCELLENCY : Was this true? MADWABA :—No. John DUNN here states:—They were taken because he had Royal cattle, and was defiant. He remembers having sent a force to take them, when Madwaba took up arms and threatened to stab the first man who tried to take his cattle. MADWABA :—We did not take up arms. HIS ExcELLENCY :—Have you had any cattle taken since 2 MADWABA :—I have had nothing taken since then. UNSELE comes forward:—Last year 10 head of cattle were taken from Qetuka. I am sent by Qetuka, together with Maselana. R. 2682, B 10 sº *& . John DUNN here states:—They were paid to me by Qetuka as a fine. UNSELE:—The 10 head were levied as a fine because Qetuka came here to ask for Cetywayo. HIS ExcELLENCY :—What other cattle were taken from Qetuka P UNSELE:—None. But 10 of mine were taken, after a fine of five head had been paid by me for my brother's offence. JoHN DUNN:—It was a fine on account of adultery. UNSELE:—Yes, it was so, but 10 have been taken since. None went to the injured party; they went to the Chief. John DUNN here states:—Some went as payment to the injured party, and some were a fine. UNSELE:—I paid the five head to the injured party; 10 were taken by the Chief. [Unsele here admits that the punishment according to Zulu custom would formerly have been death to both parties. But he complains that he had to pay for his relative.] UNSELE:—Policemen were sent this year to destroy my kraal and I was told to go and not renuain. JoHN DUNN, with permission, states :—It is true. He was building on another man’s ground, and I ordered him to go. UNSELE –I was in the right. HIs ExCELLENCY :—Was it not a matter, dispute, to be decided according to law or custom and the decision was given against you ? UNSELE admits this, but complains that his kraal was destroyed, and his crop given to his opponent. He has nothing more to say: UMPAGANA for Sikonyana comes forward and says:—When the troops left Zululand 10 head of Cetywayo's cattle were got together and taken to Robertson-kwa-magwaza, who advised us to take them back. John Dunn sent to say cattle must he given up, I then moved on to give up the 10 head, eight of which were given up to Dunn, for two had died. After this messengers arrived from Dunn to demand the cattle from my father. My father was surprised, as he had given up the cattle and knew how dangerous to himself it was to keep them. No cattle were taken then from my father, but they were taken from his people. My father gave two head to Chief John Dunn as acknowledgment that he was chief. Two head were also taken from Matshobana for harbouring king's cattle. His ExcELLENCY :—What is your grievance now UMPAGANA :—I complain latterly of fine levied on Matshobana of three head, and from another man two head were taken for evading hut tax. John DUNN, questioned, explains:—I fined those who evaded hut tax one head each. His ExcELLENCY to Umpagana:—Did you appeal to the Chief against the fine P UMPAGANA :—How could we appeal as the white man himself fined us P. We could not appeal, for the magistrate is a representative of the Chief. John DUNN here says:–It is impossible for you not to know that you can appeal to me, as I have told you often. UMPAGANA, continuing :-We are ill-treated; we thought at first it would be better, as John Dunn knows the ways of black people, but we have found it not so. Two head were also taken from Matshobana on account of king’s cattle, and one head fine for evading hut tax (one hut), and one head was given to kill for Chief. The hut belonged to Matshobana's son (arrived at puberty). It was lately built, and built for a bov. John DUNN:—What sized beast was the one given as fine? UMPAGANA :—A young heifer. His ExcelleNoy :—Who obliged him to kill the one for the Chief? UMPAGANA :—It was killed for the magistrate because he slept at the kraal. It was iven voluntarily, according to custom. Ubonge also paid one young bull as fine for evading hut tax; hut built for boy. Five cattle were sent to the Chief to greet him when he became Chief (voluntary act). That is all I have to say. SICAKA-KA-ZINTI, for NUKANI, comes forward and says:—At the time when the Zulus were conquered they were told to go home. Chief Dunn sent to” . When he came there he asked about the burning of Mavumengwana's kraal. =s*- * Sic in original. 11 They were burning at the old homesteads. The people who lived there had been removed by Cetywayo; Cetywayo said the ground belonged to Zinti; Mavumengwana was Zinti's man. A policeman from Chief John Dunn said Nukani must move. We said the Chief had better have called us to him. The policeman said we might go to him (John Dunn). We said we would next morning. The next morning Magumbi and six others came, and five companies, and said they were ordered to remove us immediately. The policeman said the impi was there to remove us. The impi surrounded the kraal with the policeman and destroyed it. Other kraals of Zinti were treated in the same way. When this occurred we said we would not go to the Chief as he was punishing us. We would go to the Chiefs this side. We came to Mr. Fannin, who did not believe us and sent us back with a note. We came back with the letter and saw Mr. Dunn, who said, “You have been to your “ Chiefs.” We answered, “No, you are our Chief.” We said, “We did not go to “ complain of you, but went on account of our sufferings.” Mr. Dunn sent us back. We came into Natal without passes to Mr. Fannin, but found him gone. We then went to Mr. Wheelwright (who was then the Resident in Zululand) who said he had heard from Mr. Dunn about us, and that we had gone to Mr. Fannin and had asked him to be our Chief, and had taken three oxen to him. Mr. Wheelwright said he would inquire about the three oxen, and told us to return to our Chief, which we did. When we arrived home we went to Bandamana's who also had been ordered to go. We found our family were away from Bandamana's, and had gone to Nalongolwana's. HIS ExcELLENCY :—What is your particular complaint P SICAKA-KA-ZINTI :—My cattle [13] were taken, because it was said we took three oxen to Mr. Fannin. The policeman seized the cattle. [This was at the time when Mr. Wheelwright was in Zululand.] * John DUNN in explanation states:—I took their cattle because they disobeyed orders and refused to recognize me as their Chief, but Mr. Fannin. They burnt two of Mavumengwana's kraals. SICAKA-KA-ZINT1:—We complain because the Chief would not send to us to confront us with Mavumengwana when he complained against us. His ExcELLENCY :—This appears to be a complaint arising out of a dispute between your people and Mavumengwana's people, and it appears to have been dealt with. It is a question of nearly three years ago. SICAKA-KA-ZINTI :—We sent a beast to John Dunn, &c., [same story again, &c.]. A policeman Sukubenqaba took six head of cattle on account of king's cattle being found there. Afterwards eight head were taken by the same man accompanied by others. Seven head were taken afterwards, we do not know what for ; but police said it was for what we said about our Chief. That is all about cattle that I have to say. John DUNN, in reply, states: — I cannot tell the particulars of these cases. I expect they were for king's cattle reported, &c. It was their own doing among themselves. SICAKA-KA-ZINT1:—We complain about the impi which destroyed us at Hlongolwana's. CHIEF John DUNN explains that there are constant feuds between the Zinti people and the Mavumengwana people. UMTIAQUA for Magedama comes forward, and states:—We come to Konza to the Makosi who conquered us. We have come to “cry” “pray” to the Governor for the ex-king. This is what we all pray for; even children would be thankful to have him back. His ExcELLENCY : —What grievance have you against your Chief? UMTIAQUA :—I complain that Umgitiva has taken ten head of my cattle, because did not give a thankoffering to John Dunn, and John Dunn does not help me in the matter. His ExcELLENCY :—What had Umgitjwa to do with the matter P UMTIAQUA :—I went to Umgitjwa about it, and he said it was for Mr. Dunn. John DUNN explains:—This is the first I have heard of this case. UMTIAQUA :—I did not go to Mr. Dunn. I afterwards heard that Umgitjwa did not send the cattle to Mr. Dunn as he alleged. It happened shortly after the war. I belong to Umgitjwa's tribe, and live in John Dunn's territory, therefore I live under John Dunn as ray Chief. So that I have two Chiefs. B 2 3.3 y-r- $3. .* -- § y * § -?s 3' v.4, #: * * & * r - *. * * vs. " 5.º tº ~ ** * *. 4. 12 His ExcellENCY —Between two “isicamela” [Kafir pillows] the head has no rest. UNGAYIYANA, for Uhozana, comes forward and says:–Uhozana told me to come and ask about the money, &c. We think we pay to the Government and not to the Chief. We hear that the money is used to block the hole in which Cetywayo is. I do not know any particular source from which I heard this. It is a report. UMTUwAPANSI, for Nobiya, comes forward and says:—I was not sent to represent any grievance. But I will now, as I have been told to do so. Last year 50 head of cattle were taken, on the ground of their retaining king's cattle, from two kraals belonging to Nobiya by Sukubenqaba and Nkomo, who took them to Chief John Dunn. They were taken about harvest-time. John DUNN:—I know of no cattle received by me at that time on that ground. UMTUwAPANSI:—We did not retain any king's cattle. His ExCELLENCY to John Dunn:—What check have you upon the men you employ P Might they not take cattle in your name without your knowledge? John DUNN :—No; they always bring cattle taken to me. They would not take any that were not king's cattle or without my authority. UMTUwAPANSI proceeds :—We complain about being removed. We were just told to go; we got the ground given to us by the Chief. We were removed to give place to Nonzama. The messenger whom we sent to Nonzama died. We went to Chief John Dunn about it ourselves, who said we were to go. We then asked him why we were removed from our ground, and that of our grandfathers ? He answered we might retain our old homesteads, but must remove from our present kraal to give way to Nonzama. We have lived so long there that we cannot remember how long we have been there. We and our fathers were born there. Last year we got the order, and in the spring we were removed. John DUNN explains:—The dispute between these men and Nonzama occurred in Cetywayo's time. I turned them out to a distance of less than a mile, and not out of the district. UMTUwAPANSI admits, on being questioned, that their cattle still fed on the same ground as before, and that they still cultivate the same grounds, but that they have had to remove their huts a short distance. I have finished. All the country is in trouble. LURULURULU for Pagatwayo comes forward and says:—We want a letter for the restoration of Cetywayo. The only trouble we have is the want of money to pay taxes. I have 10 huts, and I have to pay 10s. a hut. We are content to pay taxes, but do not want it thought that that is all we want [meaning that he wanted the ex-king's restoration.] MATSHOBANA for Nonzama comes forward and says:–Nonzama asks for Cetywayo's return as a favour. I have no complaint against John Dunn. [He then, referring to the dispute between the Zinti and Mavumengwana says:— The huts alleged by Umtuwapansi and Unsele to have been destroyed were not destroyed.] Uso MOPO, for Uzwegufa, comes forward and says:—Uzwegofa asks for the child of his child, who has been punished. Another grievance is the matter of the taxes. Last year I paid 5s., this year I had to pay as much as 100s. for my kraal of 10 huts. I heard that Mr. Dunn said the taxes went to the Government. That is all I have to say. I have no troubles to bring forward about cattle. MABULUKENI, for Dwandwe, comes forward and says:–Dwandwe sent me to ask as a favour to have the child restored, who has been punished and warned, &c. I understood the taxes were paid for the huts and ground. Now I hear it has some- thing to do with Cetywayo. This leads Dwandwe away from Chief John Dunn. Last year Chief John Dunn said he would punish anyone found with king's cattle. A question 13 arose as to some king's cattle that Dwandwe had. Wherefore Dwandwe sent three head to John Dunn, which amounted to fine (voluntary). Dwandwe had previously gone to the Resident about the matter. SANCONco, for Melelesi, comes forward and says:–I am sent to ask as a very great favour that the punished child may be brought back. - We hear that we have been paying taxes with the view of preventing the return of Cetywayo, which troubles and surprises us. We are not satisfied with Dunn. You set him over us. We will have nothing more to do with him. We will not go back to him. All of us are eaten up with regard to cattle. Last year Melelesi's cattle (20 of them) were eaten up, because it was said we were in possession of king's cattle, which is not true. JoHN DUNN:—I know of no cattle last year. SANCONco:–Zitwinyisa took them. John DUNN:——These cattle were king's cattle taken the year before last. HASHI, for Hlongolwana, comes forward and says:–Hlongolwana sent me to say that the Government punished the child, &c. We heard we were doing something against one whom we like. We hear the taxes we pay keep Cetywayo away. I am not instructed to make any other complaints. HIS ExcELLENCY then asks if there is anyone else who wishes to speak. They answer that they have all spoken. HIS ExCELLENCY :—You, John Dunn, have heard all this. Is there anything you wish to say further than you have already said in your answers, &c. P John DUNN :--I did not come here prepared to hear these trivial complaints; but I wish to know if they wish to leave me, and whether in saying this they really represent those whom they state they are sent by. His ExcELLENCY then spoke through Mr. John Shepstone, Secretary for Native Affairs, who interpreted:— In the first place I must tell you you have done wrong in coming here in the way you have done. You have broken through the rule which directs you not to come in here for the purpose of seeing the Government without first obtaining the consent of the Resident, and then you have broken the rules of the Government of this country in not reporting yourselves to the Border Agent or Magistrate immediately upon entering Natal. You have broken these rules. In so doing you have done wrong. Now I did not intend to see you because you had thus broken the rules. But your appointed Chief sent word asking to see me and that I should see you together with him; and as you had asked the Resident to meet your Chief in my presence and to be confronted with him, I have agreed to see him and you together. Then it appears that some of you having applied to your appointed Chief for per- mission to come in he refused. Yet notwithstanding his refusal you came in. But he is your appointed Chief set over you by the Government, and I must tell you that you have done wrong in this, in disobeying him and in coming here in the face of his orders. Well, you told the Resident the other day that you had cause of complaint against your appointed Chief, and you asked to be confronted with him in my presence, and he also asked to be confronted with you in my presence, and now you have met together and have spoken. I have listened to you. I have heard you all and the words you have had to say and the complaints you wished to bring before me. I find that most of your complaints against your appointed Chief arise out of cattle having been taken from you, either because they were king’s cattle, or because you were in possession of royal cattle. This is a matter of some time ago, of nearly three years ago. It all came from the war. There was an order at the end of the war that all the king's cattle were to be handed over to the British Government, and the appointed Chiefs were ordered to cause all the king's cattle in their districts to be handed over to the British Government. Now you will remember that all the Zulu people were allowed at the end of the war to retain their own cattle. But the king's cattle, these were not to be retained but to be given up. Now that was a great act on the part of the Government which conquered you. It might have taken all your cattle; but it did not do this. It allowed you all to retain all B 3 14 x 4.# 3. 4.: * your own cattle. Only the king's cattle, these were all confiscated by the British Government, and you were all told to give up any king's cattle. The Chiefs then appointed were also told to collect them and to give them up, and they had to collect them. In doing this it is possible that here and there cattle may have been taken from a man which were not king's cattle. There might be mistakes made, or some men may have been fined more, for concealing king's cattle, than they thought right. I do not say that this was so. But it is possible that mistakes were made immediately after the war and in the confusion. There were, however, two cases mentioned to-day in which it was said that cattle had been taken as king's cattle some time last year, and with regard to these cases I will ask your appointed Chief to make inquiry and let me know. & Well then there is the tax. And with regard to this you have heard to-day from your own Chief's mouth that he never said it was collected for the Government. There were two cases, I think, mentioned where a fine of a beast was imposed for not paying the hut tax, and I will also ask the Chief to inquire into these cases. I am very sorry to hear what some of you say about cutting yourselves away from your Chief. It is a very serious step to take, and I have not gathered from what has been said that there is a sufficient reason for any of you to take such a step. You may have had differences with him. You may not like his decision in this case or that, but there does not appear to me to be sufficient reason, from what I have heard, for you to take the step you seem to think of taking. Of course if any of you do not like to be under him and do not wish to remain in his territory you are not bound to do so. There are other Chiefs and other territories in the Zulu Country. The settlement very care- fully provided for matters of this sort. It made arrangements by which a man or family might remove to the territory of another Chief. I will tell you what the settlement said on that point. The Chief bound himself to the Government that he would “permit all people then “ residing in his territory to remain there upon the condition that they recognised his ‘ authority as Chief, and that if any persons did not wish to recognise his authority as * Chief but desired to leave his territory, he would permit them to leave it and to go “ unmolested elsewhere.” So that if you or any of you do not wish to be under your appointed Chief's territory, but wish to leave it, he will allow you to leave it and to pass out of his territory unmolested. But I should advise you to think well before doing this. And you who have come in the names of others and say you have spoken for others, are you sure that those for whom you have spoken have made up their minds not to remain under the authority of their appointed Chief. If any of you really wish to leave his territory you will be allowed to do so, but think it well over. One or two words have been spoken by some of you that I think had better not have been spoken. You have done wrong in disobeying your Chief. He is the Chief whom the British Government has appointed and recognises as Chief of that portion of the country from which you come. Therefore if you wish to remain under him you must recognise his authority. I am sorry, as I said before, for the words some of you have uttered and for the feeling displayed. I am bound to say that I think nothing has been brought forward and shown to me to-day which justifies these words and feelings. But if you go quietly back, if you are ready to go quietly to your homes and to live there quietly, if you are ready still to live under him and to recognise his authority as your appointed Chief, I will ask your Chief, who is now here, to overlook your conduct this time, so that you may be enabled to return without fear of any punishment. Of course, if any of you are determined not to live under him they are not bound to do so. They will be allowed to leave unmolested ; but see and consider whether it is for your interest. But if you do not wish to leave I will speak to your Chief for you. I have spoken. DABULAMANZI:—I thank the Governor for what he has said; he has left nothing unsaid but has touched upon everything. I refer again with misgiving to the threat against us on our return. HIS ExcellENCY :—I have told you I will speak to your Chief, so as to shield you from punishment for disobeying him in coming in. DABULAMANZI.—We would wish to think it over. It was then arranged that Dabulamanzi should see the Secretary for Native Affairs the next day and inform him. The meeting broke up at 6 p.m. & © " 15 Enclosure 2 in No. 1. Secretary for Native Affairs’ Office, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, May 4, 1882. Appear— DABULAMANZI SANGEONGco X. From Chief John I)unN’s territory. LURULURULU DABULAMANZI says:— WE have brought the reply to the Governor's words spoken to us the day before yesterday. The Zulus have only one word, “Gama lika Zulu linyi.” We do not want John Dunn any more over us. He has illtreated us (usihlupile). We know him of old. We do not want to be with him. We Zulus have all already left him (“Tina Zulu se si mukili sonki kuye,”). John Dunn said what he did about the tax and then denied it. We will be no longer under him. All the Zulus want to be under the Resident only. He has always been good to us and never troubled us about anything. SECRETARY FOR NATIVE AFFAIRs explains :— Those that are dissatisfied may go to any other Chief as Governor has told them. DABULAMANZI continues:— º: John Dunn, when we get back, will send an “impi * against us and kill us as he did Sitimela's people, over 100 men, besides women and children, being then killed. John Dunn has said he would serve us the same. We wish to stand under the Resident only. We understand we have to return and state our words to the Resident, and we are thankful and will gladly do as we are told. My brothers and myself now only ask permission to come and visit you, Secretary for Native Affairs, not on any business however, but simply to wish you good-bye. 5 SECRETARY NATIVE AFFAIRs explains :— I cannot consent to this, but will hear what the “Inkosi.” says. DABULAMANZI continues:— We cannot be under John Dunn again. . When we return he is sure to turn against us, and it will not be possible to live under him. Do not be astonished to see us run here into your country with our cattle, as we are sure to be attacked. We consider we belong to the Government and not to John Dunn. We will not have him over us. We will have the Resident only. (Signed) M. OSBorn, British Resident, Zululand. J. SHEPSTONE, Acting Secretary Native Affairs. No. 2. THE RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY to Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, June 12, 1882. I HAVE, the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch of 6th May,” reporting results of an interview which you had granted to the Chief John Dunn and to certain Zulu Chiefs and headmen residing in his territory. I have to express my approval of your proceedings on this occasion, and of your address to the Chiefs. I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) KIMBERLEY. * No. 1. B 4 I6 No. 3. GovePNon SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received June 21, 1882.) Government House, Petermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, May 16, 1882. THE information we have received from reliable native sources throws a good deal of light on the origin of the recent demonstration of Zulus under Undabuko, and on the manner in which it was promoted. 2. In a letter written from Zululand in the middle of April by a Natal native now living in that country, a man upon whom dependence can be placed, the writer mentions that the country was in a very unsctiled state, that the last news was that a message had come in from Natal to Umyamana and Undabuko telling them to call up all the Chiefs and Indunas to come and meet Cetywayo in Natal at the close of the moon, that some had done this, that others had sent agents, that it was further said all who did not come to meet the ex-King would be turned out of the country on his arrival, and that the report had caused a panic among the timid. The writer goes on to say that the ex-King's brothers, on their arrival in Natal, would, he heard, ask for a territory, but that this would only be to blind the Government. 3. This letter was written from the further side of Zululand on the 19th of April, three days after the party under Undabuko had arrived in Natal. Of their arrival the writer could not have heard, but he had evidently heard of the departure of the party, and his object in writing seems simply to have been to put the Government here on its guard as to the real object with which the ex-King's brothers were coming into Natal. He knew they were coming in here for a certain purpose, and he had heard they would give out to the Government they had come for another purpose. 4. As a matter of fact, his information on this point was not quite correct. To ask for land had been the reason the brothers had given in Zululand to the Resident when they went to tell him that they wished to come into Natal to see me. But when they found they would have to wait till their request had first been referred to Pietermaritz- burg they abandoned all forms and pretexts, and, as soon as the Resident had left, came in as a party of demonstration to ask for the ex-King's restoration. However, this is a point of little or no importance. The important part of the letter is the evidence it furnishes of what was being said, and thought, and rumoured in a further corner of the Zulu country at that time, of the report which undoubtedly had been set about that the ex-King would shortly be in Natal, and that those who wished to be well with him had better go and meet him, and of the manner in which it was thus intended to influence the Zulu people both for the purposes of the demonstration and for the general purposes of the party. 5. This information agrees with the information we have received from other sources and from other parts of Zululand, and explains what we heard from our own natives only a day or two after the arrival of the Zulus in Natal, namely, that many of them had expected to find Cetywayo here, and were surprised not to find him; whilst later information we have received shows that, after the arrival of Undabuko, a report was spread in some parts of the Zulu country that Cetywayo was actually in Natal, and that in one part of the country a native went about saying he had been sent by the Govern- ment to summon the people up. 6. Here, then, I believe, lies the explanation of the recent demonstration, at all events of the manner in which it was got up. Why it should have been organised at the particular time when it took place is not equally certain. But the ex-King, it was believed, was about to leave Cape Town for England some time in the month of May, and, as Umyamana and the ex-King's brothers are kept acquainted from Natal with what is going on, it is supposed that the time was considered a fitting one to make a demonstration in his favour which would bear upon his reception in England and the consideration by the Government of the cause he would there plead. This, however, is at present no more than conjecture. 7. But as to the means which were employed to promote the demonstration there can be no doubt, and it is impossible to condemn too strongly the action of the ex-King's brothers and party, not only—for this is comparatively a small matter—because of their 17 wilful disregard of the constituted authorities in bringing into Natal a large following of people without the permission of the Resident or of the Natal Government, but because of the further attempt they have made to produce disorder and confusion in the Zulu § and to incite the people to disobedience and rebellion against the appointed hiefs. I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY BULWER. The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. No. 4. GoverNOR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY.—(Received June 21, 1882). Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, May 20, 1882. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, copies of a telegram received by the Secretary for Native Affairs here on the 16th instant from Chief John Dunn, and of one in reply which the Secretary for Native Affairs, by my directions, sent to Chief Dunn. I also transmit copies of two telegrams and a letter received from our Border Agent on the Lower Tugela. 2. All these communications have reference to the state of Chief John Dunn's territory, consequent upon the recent demonstration under the ex-King's brothers, and the attitude of Dabulamanzi. Dabulamanzi, it will be remembered, stated to the Resident that he and those with him were afraid to return to Chief Dunn's territory. But so far from this being the case it will be seen that not only has he returned, but that he has taken Undabuko with him, and Chief Dunn in his telegram of the 16th instant complains that Undabuko and his party were trying to incite the people to join them. This possibly is the case, or it may be that the ex-King's brothers were trying to get up a combination to prevent any punishment by the Chief of Dabulamanzi and those who had joined in the party of demonstration under him; or again it is possible that their intentions may go further, and they may be trying to get up an active rebellion against the Chief. 2. 3. At the present moment it would be premature to say how far Undabuko and the brothers are prepared to go in their agitation. They have already gone very far, and there is no doubt as to their intention of working as much unsettlement in the country as they can. But whether they will go further than this probably depends upon the extent of their influence, and upon their own feeling of assurance on that point. A certain amount of influence and a certain following they have in the natural order of things, because of their birth and their former position; and they are seeking now to increase this influence and this following by working upon the prospect of the ex-King's restoration, by giving out, what they partly believe, because they are told so from Natal, that the restoration of Cetywayo will certainly and shortly be accomplished. The main strength, however, of their party is Umyamana, the late Prime Minister, who is a man of great ability, and has a powerful following. . But, with all this, the position of the party is scarcely such as would allow them to go beyond the line of intrigue and agitation, and of passive quasi-rebellion, and commit themselves to open active rebellion, unless some untoward circumstance arose or the worst counsels prevailed with them. 4. It is said that Dabulamanzi, on his return, called out the people of the district to arms, and that many went out, though some on finding that the call was not by their appointed Chief at once withdrew. The call appears to have caused a good deal of uneasiness, and, as the reports of our Border Agent show, women and children were sent at night to the banks of the Tugela on the chance of a disturbance occurring. The fact of his calling the people to arms does not, however, necessarily show that Dabulamanzi designed to proceed to extreme measures. His object may have been to get together as many people as he could in order that he might give them his version of what had taken place in Natal, and of what was about to happen, and a call to arms was the surest way of bringing the people together. Moreover, he had just returned from Natal where he was supposed to have gone for the purpose of meeting the ex-king. For him, then, as one of the ex-king’s brothers, to call the people to arms on his return was calculated to have a certain effect. It would cover the return of the party with, at all events, an R 2682. C 18 appearance of success. It would be supposed that the ex-king's brother had done this on the strength of some warrant to do it; and in any case he would be able to tell his own story. 5. But the whole proceeding, it must be admitted, is nothing short of rebellious, I wery much doubt, if left to himself, Dabulamanzi would ever have thought of taking the line of conduct he has adopted. As a brother of the Zulu Royal house he no doubt is disposed to resent and dislike the authority of any Chief who is not of that house. But real cause of grievance against Chief Dunn he does not appear to have, beyond the objections he, in common with others, may have to the hut tax, and I am told he has never until lately shown any feeling of personal animosity against his appointed Chief. The open defiance he has now suddenly developed, and his repudiation of the authority of the Chief tend, I am afraid, to show that he has been brought under the influence of a policy, the object of which is to make out that the present settlement is unworkable, and not only this, but to make it unworkable by stirring up strife, and by inciting the people to disaffection against the appointed Chiefs. I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY BULWER, Special Commissioner. The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, &c. &c. &c. Enclosure 1 in No. 4. TELEGRAM. From Chief DUNN, Zululand, to SECRETARY NATIVE AFFAIRs, Pietermaritzburg. May 16, 1882. UNDABUko and party are in my territory inciting my people to join them ; report circulated that I had fled from Pietermaritzburg; as the Resident has not returned I beg his Excellency to allow me to take steps on my own responsibility. Enclosure 2 in No. 4. TELEGRAM. From Act.ING SECRETARY FOR NATIVE AFFAIRs, Pietermaritzburg, to Chief DUNN, Zululand, Stanger. May 16, 1882. BRITISH Resident left here for Zululand on Friday last, and will probably be in Inhlazatye before now. In any question or dispute you may have with any Chief or people not belonging to your district you had better refer to the good offices of the British Resident agreeably to the terms of the conditions of September 1879 under which you, as one of the independent Chiefs of Zululand are placed ; but in all cases of dispute between you and others not belonging to your territory, or you and your own people, his Excellency need scarcely say that he recommends the exercise of moderation and forbearance to the utmost degree compatible with the preservation of public order. (Signed) J. W. SHEPSTONE, Acting Secretary, Native Affairs. May 16, 1882. Enclosure 3 in No. 4. TELEGRAM. From Border AGENT, Lower Tugela, to the CoLonIAL SECRETARY, Pietermaritzburg. May 16, 1882. May 16th, 5 p.m.—A native known to the people at this office reports as follows:--I slept at Etshowe on Sunday, night; all the men were called out by the Chief Māyumengwana at whose kraal Undabuko and other of Umpande's sons and chief men 19 were said to be ; the men went armed. When I got near the Tugela yesterday, I found that Chief Dunn had called out his men. I saw armed parties moving, they were to meet at Gugenhlovu ; women near the Tugela were preparing to go there if anything happened and cross into Natal when found necessary. I send this as I have received it, I believe the man is telling the truth as far as he knows it. May 16th, 7 p.m.—Travellers have just reported that some of Dunn's men have left him and gone to assist his opponents; requires confirmation. Enclosure 4 in No. 4. TELEGRAM. From BoRDER AGENT, Lower Tugela, to the Colon[AL SECRETARY, Pietermaritzburg. May 17, 1882. SEVENTEENTH May. Reported to me by a trustworthy native that he saw women and children going at night to sleep near Tugela; that he saw a Chief surrounded by his armed followers; that he heard that some men had returned from the Chiefs to their homes, but that Chiefs and many people had gone to the British Resident. Matters in Zululand seem quieter to-day near the Border. Enclosure 5 in No. 4. MINUTE. The Hon. ACTING SECRETARY for NATIVE AFFAIRs. May 17, 1882. FoR the information of the Supreme Chief I send the following information, given by a trustworthy native whose kraalis near here, and who crossed into Zululand yesterday to see his sick wife. He reports:— 1st. That he saw women and children this morning returning from the Zulu bank of the Tugela to their homes, they have slept by the river side for the three past nights. 2. That very early this morning he saw the Chief Tyana surrounded by his men, they were sitting down, but all were armed with shields and assegais, that he saluted, told them he was returning from his sick wife. They knew him and let him pass, but he did not go near them to ask what they were doing. 3. That some of the men have returned to their homes from the Zulu Chiefs, but the Chiefs and many men have gone to British Resident. This he was told. 4. He heard that Chief Dunn was encamped near the River Matikulu, with those of his people who crossed with him into Natal during the last war, but very few others. (Signed) WM. CAMPBELL, Border Agent. No. 5. The RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY to Governor SIR. H. BULWER, R.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, June 29, 1882. IN your Despatch of May 13* you stated that you had felt yourself obliged to submit to Her Majesty's Government the advisableness of postponing the departure of the ex-King Cetywayo for England either until some definite decision has been come to in regard to the future of the Zulu country, or in any case for a while indefinitely. Her Majesty's Government in deference to your opinion conveyed to me by telegraph on the 9th of May postponed the ex-king's visit, but they did so with reluctance, and after carefully considering your Despatch referred to above, and your subsequent tele- grams conveying Mr. Osborn's reports as to the threatened disturbances in Zululand, they came to the conclusion that unless you saw urgent reasons against it the time had arrived when it would not be justifiable to further delay the fulfilment of the promise which had been made to Cetywayo that he should come to England during the present Cal'. y To have waited until your report had been received and considered would have been practically to put off the visit to another year, as the season would be too far advanced, * No. 90 in C.—3247] June 1882. 20 and it appeared to Her Majesty's Government that the effect of such a virtual with- drawal from their promise to the ex-king in the absence of any pressing necessity would have tended seriously to increase the difficulty of settling the complicated questions which have arisen in connexion with the affairs of Zululand. I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) KIMBERLEY. No. 6. The RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY to Governor SIR. H. BULWER, * K.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, June 29, 1882. I HAVE the honour to request that you will place on record among the correspon- dence relating to the proposed visit of Cetywayo to this country, the following recapitulation of the telegrams which I have recently sent and received on that subject. 2. On the 21st June I addressed a telegram to you to the following effect:— “The delay of Cetywayo's visit to England does not appear to have averted disturb- ances in Zululand, and it is not easy to justify further postponement, especially as the favourable season will soon be over. We think that the promise to him should be fulfilled and that his visit should take place without further delay, unless you see any urgent reason to the contrary.” You replied by a telegram dated the 23rd inst. of which the following is the substance: “The disturbances in Zululand are caused by agitation, which is the result of inter- ference by persons in this Colony who desire to see the ex-King restored. , What has taken place respecting Cetywayo has been used in a way that stirs up agitation. But if Her Majesty's Government think it necessary, for the reason given by your Lordship, not to further delay the visit, I do not wish to oppose. It should be understood that it does not in any way commit us as to the course to be adopted in regard to Zululand.” And on the same day I telegraphed as follows to Sir H. Robinson :- “After communication with Sir H. Bulwer, have decided not to postpone further Cetywayo's visit. He may, therefore, start whenever ready. Remind him that visit no way commits us as to future course respecting Zululand.” I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) KIMBERLEY. No. 7. The RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY to GoverNor SIR. H. BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, July 1, 1882. I HAVE had the honour to receive from you the following information by tele- graph on the subject of the threatened disturbances in Zululand. 2. On the 7th ultimo you informed me that Mr. Osborn feared a collision between Oham and Umyamana, that both sides were arming, and that he was of opinion that this movement proceeded from the ex-king's party. You further stated that you had instructed Mr. Osborn to use his best endeavours to mediate and avert the collision. 3. On the 17th June you telegraphed that the reports received from the Resident were still unsatisfactory although they were not without hope. The object of the movement was, he now believed, to make Undabuko king or regent. And on the 20th June you informed me that Mr. Osborn's report dated the 13th was more hopeful, but that he still considered the position to be serious. 4. On the 26th ultimo you telegraphed that you had received a letter from him dated the 17th, in which he repeated his hope that the assembled forces would disperse, which he was doing his best to effect simultaneously, and on the 28th I received a telegram from you announcing that Mr. Osborn's efforts had succeeded, and that on the 21st the forces dispersed without coming to a collision. I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) KIMBERLEY. L () N [) O N : Printed by GEORGE E. EYRE and WILLIAM SpottiswooDE, Printers to the Queen's most Excellent Majesty. For Her Majesty’s Stationery Office. SOUTH AFRICA. FURTHER CORRESPONDENCE RESPECTING THE AFFAIRS OF ZULULAND AND CETY WAYO. (In continuation of [C.–3270] July 1882.) #3 regented to floti) #20 uge6 of làarliament tip (Commtality of £er ſºlaje.gtp, - July 1882. L O N D ON : PRINTED BY GEORGE E. B. EYFE AND WILLIAM SPOTTISWOODE, PRINTERS TO THE QUEEN's Most ExCELLENT MAJESTY. EOR HER MAJESTY'S STATIONERY OFFICE. --sºmºsºm [C.—3293.] Price 1%d. 1882. T A B L E O F C O N T E N T S. sº From or to whom. Date, Subject. Page. l Governor Sir Henry May 25, 1882 Forwarding a statement made by two Zulus 3 Bulwer. - (Rec. June 27, 1882), bearing upon the state of the Zulu country and the recent demonstration. - 2 Ditto gº º May 30, 1882 Submitting observations with regard to Bishop 4 (Rec. July 4, 1882). Colenso’s connection with the recent demon- stration on the part of the brothers of the ex-king Cetywayo. 3 Ditto tº º June 10, 1882 Transmitting copy of letter from the Bishop of 7 (Rec. July 10, 1882). Natal respecting the recent Zulu deputations. 4 Litto sº º June 17, 1882 Transmitting copy of the reply returned to 10 * (Rec. July 17, 1882). Bishop Colenso’s letter of explanation with regard to his alleged connection with the recent Zulu demonstration. - No. 1. Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received June 27, 1882.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, May 25, 1882. I HAVE the honour to forward, for your Lordship's information, a statement made by two Zulu natives which bears upon the state of the Zulu country and the recent demonstration. & 2. The two natives were sent by their chief with a message to the British Resident. Not finding him in Zululand they followed him into Natal, but arrived here after he had left on his return journey. They reported themselves to the Secretary for Native Affairs, and, in reply to questions he put to them as to the state of things in the Zulu country, they made to him the statement the substance of which he has put down on paper. I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY BULWER, To the Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. - Enclosure I in No. 1. STATEMENT of —- and another Native. We were sent by our chief to the British Resident to complain of Uhamu having placed several kraals of his people in our district; we found that the Resident had come to Natal, and we followed hoping to meet him, but arrived here two days after he had left for Zululand. Question by Acting Secretary, Native Affairs.-What news have you in Zululand P Reply.—The country of the Zulus is troubled by reports which unsettle the people, so that they cannot live quietly. The reports are sown about the country by Umyamana and Undabuko ; they agitate the people. Undabuko not long ago tried to get the people of Zululand to name him as . a chief to be placed over them, but they would not support him; and very shortly after this (the moon before last) a man named Magonondo of the Baqulusi district arrived from this colony ; he said he had been sent by Sobantu (Bishop Colenso) to tell the people of Zululand that they were to come and meet Cetywayo in Maritzburg, and that those who did not would, on the arrival of Cetywayo in the country, be destroyed by the assegai. This message was first delivered at Faku ka Ziningo's and at Seketwayo's (both appointed chiefs) and then to Umyamana and Undabuko, and after that it spread itself over the country; many of the people on hearing this message came away to meet Cetywayo and be safe; our chief and people decided to await the arrival and the punish- ment. We were and are quite ready to die for the English Government, as it gave us our independence, and we do not wish to lose it, or be placed under a black man again; we are not alone in this feeling. Not long after Magonondo, there came a policeman (native messenger) also from Sobantu, who took charge of the people that were to come to meet Cetywayo, and brought them here, we did not hear his name, but as we travelled by the same paths that Undabuko and party did, the people at kraals we passed pointed out to us where the “policeman encamped with his people.” Those who agitate are not many ; and did the Government only give Umyamana a position, he would not ask for the return of Cetywayo; nor would he assist Undabuko in doing so; and could Undabuko also obtain a position he would forget his brother. Ziwedu does not wish to give trouble, and would, if left alone, live quietly ; he counselled obeying the word of the Resident to await his return from Maritzburg, but Undabuko would not. It has been said that Usibebu drove Undabuko from his district without cause; it is not so ; it was Undabuko who first killed four of Usibebu’s people, and took the cattle from several kraals ; Usibebu on hearing of this called up his impi (armed force), attacked Undabuko's party killing two of the people. Usibebu had taken no cattle from Undabuko, but had taken some from Haiyana, his (Usibebu's) own brother. R. 2914. Wt. 6634. 4 Undabuko sent to Umgojana for assistance against Usibebu, but Umgojana said that he could only now arm by order of the white people who had made him a chief of his eople. p §. of the chiefs would from their own hearts ask for the return of Cetywayo; all of those who have been made chiefs would not wish to hand over their power to another, unless they were told to do so by the Government who made them what they are. Taken by me at Maritzburg this 19th day of May 1882. - (Signed) J. W. SHEPSTONE, Acting Secretary, Native Affairs. No. 2. Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the Right Hon. The EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received July 4, 1882.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, May 30, 1882. THE Bishop of Natal felt it necessary, at the time the ex-king's brothers came in here with a large following as a demonstration party, to write a letter to one of the local newspapers, in which, referring to a recent leading article which had attributed the arrival of this party of Zulus to suggestions made by Cetywayo's supporters in connexion with a recently published despatch, and had alluded to former “deputations” as having originated in the same way, the Bishop quoted a denial he had made in October last regarding the origin of two “deputations,” and, with respect to the present demon- stration, added that he had no knowledge of the contents of the despatch referred to until after the arrival of the “deputation,” as he called it. 2. I enclose a copy of this letter cut out from the newspaper in which it appeared; and I have to remark upon it that Bishop Colenso does not say in it that he had nothing to do with the recent demonstration, or that he did not know of it before the arrival of the party, but that he had nothing to do with originating the two former “deputations.” As for the recent demonstration, or, as His Lordship calls it, “the deputation,” he only says that he knew nothing of a certain despatch until after the arrival of the party. 3. I do not know therefore whether the Bishop intends to convey that he knew nothing of this party of demonstration before it came into Natal; nor is it perhaps necessary for me to enter into that particular question. But it is necessary that I should draw your Lord- ship's attention to the existence of a belief in the Zulu country that the party of demonstration in question originated in a summons or suggestion by the Bishop. I have little doubt—I may say I have no doubt—in my own mind that the party of demon- stration under Undabuko came into Natal not with the primary object of Seeing the Resident or the Natal Government, but with the primary object of seeing the Bishop of Natal; and from the information we have received it appears that upon the arrival of the party at Bayne's Drift, some ten miles from town, they held communication with the |Bishop before they sent in to inform Mr. Osborn of their arrival. We have infor- mation also that the party was in constant, it may be said in daily, communication with Bishopstowe during the whole of their stay here ; that two large meetings were held at Bishopstowe on the Wednesday and Thursday before they left, on the latter day photographs being taken of the party; and that on their departure Undabuko left behind four or five persons to bring on further communications from Bishopstowe. 4. In connexion with this I have the honour to forward, for your Lordship's infor- mation, copies of statements made by two natives, both of them trustworthy men. I would ask your Lordship to read, these statements with attention. . They form but a part of the information that we receive, all of which tends to show an intimate connexion between Bishopstowe and the party which in the Zulu country is agitating for the restoration of the ex-king. 5. Now I do not say that the recent demonstration originated in a summons received from the Bishop of Natal, but I do say this, that such is the belief in the Zulu country; and whether the summons did or did not come from the Bishop, the belief among the Zulus that it did so is a fact full of significance, because it shows the connexion which is in their minds between the present agitation in Zululand and the Bishop of Natal. No explanation can explain away this fact,..because there it is—the fact of the existence of this belief among the Zulu people, whether the belief be founded on sufficient or insufficient grounds. 5 6. Our natives in Natal, that is to say, those who are brought into connexion with Zulus, having friends or relatives in Zululand, and possessing the means of hearing what is going on there, have but one opinion on the subject of the connexion between the Bishop of Natal and the party which is now agitating in Zululand. They have but one opinion on the subject, and that is, that the Bishop has had a great deal to do with the present agitation in the Zulu country, that it is the messages and words that have proceeded from Bishopstowe which have unsettled the minds of the people in Zululand, that the Bishop is in constant communication with Umyamana and the “ex-king's brothers, that they look to him for support, and that he has assured them that he (the Bishop) will be able to bring about the restoration of the ex-king. They ask, with surprise, how it is that the Bishop interferes with what belongs to the province of the Government, and why he has a voice of authority which is independent of that of the Government, and which is generally opposed to the Government. It is an awkward question to answer, because it is difficult to explain to natives, whose idea of Govern- ment is that of a paternal Government under one chief or one head possessing absolute authority, that under the constitutional liberties of British subjects there is free scope for any one, so long as the laws of the country are not absolutely broken, to contend with the Government, to question the acts and decisions of the Government, and to interfere in matters properly belonging to the Government. In a country situated as this is, with a comparatively small population of Colonists, and with a comparatively large population of natives, where the one population claims and enjoys the fullest freedom of speech and action, and, either individually or collectively, is often placed in antagonism to the Government, whilst the other population, on the contrary, is naturally disposed to recognise in the Government a paternai authority to which the strictest obedience is due, and from whose decision there is no appeal, there is always going on a process—it may be slow in its action, but still it is a process—which is tending to weaken the authority and power of the Government in the eyes of the native population. It is no doubt one of the inevitable consequences of the particular conditions of the Colony, and as yet happily the inconvenience to which it may some day give rise has not been seriously felt. But this is a large question, and I only notice it here in connexion with the rival quasi-authority against this Government that is often set up, no doubt with the best intentions, by the Bishop of Natal in respect of political matters where the natives are concerned. Some day it may bring about very serious trouble. 7. In the present instance the Bishop, as is well known, has warmly espoused the cause of Cetywayo. I do not question at all the sincerity of his views, but I do question the prudence of his action. I am bound to say that, in my opinion, but for the support and encouragement received from Bishopstowe by the party of the ex-king's brothers there would have been no such agitation as there has been of late in the Zulu country. I am not sure, indeed, that the party itself would have been formed. But however this may be, it is upon the strength of the support it has received from Bishopstowe that it has been led to take action to which otherwise it would not have committed itself. It has been led to believe that Cetywayo will be restored. There is no doubt that it is in constant communication with Bishopstowe, and it is through Bishopstowe that communications have been established with the ex-king at the Cape, all of which has tended to the self assertion of the party and to the agitation which it has set up. 8. It is a very delicate matter to touch on, and I do so with reluctance. But it is necessary that your Lordship should know the true state of the case, and the intimate connexion that exists between the party of the ex-king's brothers and Bishopstowe, bearing as it does upon the recent demonstration made by the party and upon the agitation that has been set up by it in the Zulu country. I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY BULWER. The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure 1 in No. 2. AN IMPORTANT DENIAL. (To the Editor of the Natal Witness.) SIR,-In your leader of the 22nd inst., referring to the Zulu deputation which is now in Natal, you observe that the coincidence of its arriving simultaneously with that of the A 3 6 Despatch on Zulu affairs recently published, “ is something more than curious—it is suspicious,” and you proceed to say :— “Judging by what had happened before, it would surprise no one to learn that this deputation now in Natal has been suggested by Cetywayo's special supporters for the purpose of working in with the suggestions contained in the Despatch.” And you add further— - “There is nothing new in the idea of a Zulu deputation to the Natal Government being suggested from this side of the border. It is, indeed, a well known fact that a deputation to Sir Evelyn Wood was thus suggested.” From the language used by you in your leader of October 1, 1881, there can be no doubt that you refer to myself in the words I have italicized above. But you must, I think, be aware that in a letter addressed to the Times of Natal, on October 23, in reply to a somewhat similar charge which had been copied into that journal from the Watal Mercury, I wrote as follows:— “I beg to say the above statement is absolutely false. I have sent no agent to Zulu- land, either lately or at any former time, calling for any deputation. The two deputations came entirely of their own accord, and were as wholly unea pected by me as they were by the Government.” As you must, I presume, have some reasons which have seemed to you sufficient to justify you in writing as above in the face of my distinct and positive denial, I think that I have a right to request you to make public any such reasons you may have for repeating a statement which, from whatever source you may have received your information, I again declare to be absolutely false, and without a shadow of foundation in fact. I write, not on my own account, but in the interests of the Zulus themselves, whose persistent and self-sacrificing efforts to bring to the ears of the authorities their prayer that Cetywayo may be restored as the only means of restoring peace to the country, and putting a stop to the dreadful bloodshedding and oppression which have already taken place under the present system and are only too likely to be repeated, would be naturally depreciated if your statement, remaining uncorrected, were believed by anyone to be true. - It is, perhaps, hardly necessary to add that neither I myself, nor any of Cetywayo's friends in England or Natal, so far as I am aware, had any knowledge whatever of the contents of the Despatch in question until it was published in the recent Blue Book, which reached me very shortly after the deputation had reported themselves to Mr. Osborne in Maritzburg. J. W. NATAL. Bishopstowe, April 25, 1882. Enclosure 2 in No. 2. STATEMENT of ~ I am here on a visit from the Ulundi division, and sleep at Bishopstowe in a house of a relative of mine. I have ascertained since I have been there that a Zulu named Umtokivane is used by the Bishop, Sobantu, as his messenger to Zululand, and that this man had lately been sent to Zululand, and it was generally believed and understood that he had been sent for those who had just been here, i.e., Undabuko, his brothers, and people with them, as he had returned with them, in fact, it is said, brought them. Taken by me this llth day of May 1882. J. SHEPSTONE, Acting Secretary for Native Affairs. Enclosure 3 in No. 2. STATEMENT of The day before yesterday I went towards Bishopstowe to see if I could hear any news about the Zulu people who were here, and who have just returned home. On m way I overtook two natives, whom I found to be of the Zulu party; they told me that they had been away to see some relatives, and would have to follow up the rest who had already left. I said that I was sorry to hear that they had not succeeded in what they had come to ask for. They replied, “The first thing that made the Zulu people dissatisfied “ was having to pay taxes to John Dunn: Sobantu (Bishop Colenso) was sent to and 7 “ asked about it ; he wrote a letter across the sea, and Umkosana came. Umkosana “ went to Zululand, and asked all the people if it was true that they did not wish for “ Cetywayo's return. The Zulus said that they did want him. We are now here by “ desire of Sobantu, who said that we were to come and state our grievances to the “ Governor. Our grievances were against John Dunn. - “On our arrival at the Umgeni, we sent men on to Sobantu to report where we were ; “ he sent back word to say that we were not to come on to Bishopstowe as he was “ already suspected of holding communication with us; but that all that took place “ between the Government and ourselves was to be made known to him. We had “ meetings with Sobantu, and he told us that all our words had been sent by him across “ the sea by the steamer. “Sobantu told Undabuko to leave five men to be used as messengers to inform us when “ other news came and when Posile and Mkosana went away by steamer, but that these “ five men were not to wander about or come into town, but stay quietly near “Bishopstowe.” I then left these two Zulus and went to a kraal near the Bishop's residence; there I met a Kolwa (Christian native) of the station, with whom I entered into conversation on the same subject. He told me that the Zulus had gone houne with white (glad) hearts, as Sobantu had told them that Cety wayo was only going a little further on across the sea, when he would return to them and that they would see him here with him (Bishop) with their own eyes; that he would work for him to come back (use his influence). One thing, he said, made their hearts sore, and that was that Sobantu would allow none of them, even who belong to him, to be present at the meetings with the Zulus after they had been into town to see the Governor and John Dunn ; that only the Zulus were allowed to be present. Taken by me this 11th day of May 1882. J. SHEPSTONE, Acting Secretary Native Affairs. No. 3. Gover Nok SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIM BERLEY. (Received July 10, 1882.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, June 10, 1882. I HAVE the honour to transmit herewith copy of a letter I have received from the Bishop of Natal. 2. My time has been too much occupied to allow me to send as yet a reply to this letter, but as the Bishop has sent me a copy of it for transmission to your Lordship, I do not delay to forward it. I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, (Signed) H. BUL WER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Enclosure in No. 3. SIR, Bishopstowe, July 8, 1882. IN the “Natal Mercury' of June 6 there appears a letter from an anonymous correspondent in Zululand, in which the following passage occurs :— “When questioned as to how, or from whom, they (the Zulus under Chief Dunn) had received this report, viz., that ‘ the taxes paid by them were paid to prevent the return of the ex-King, the chief man in this territory, Mavumengwana, stated that it was from two messengers sent by Bishop Colenso, who stated that the ex-King wished to know if this report were true. Another headman, Monzaam (? Nongena), distinctly stated that all the people who had gone to Natal had been called by Bishop Colenso. And a third stated that Dabula (manzi, who on his return from Natal with the other Princes, called a meeting of the people in Dunnsland, used as his authority a letter which he said he had received from his friend Bishop Colenso.” I think it my duty for the sake of the Zulus, whose action may otherwise be mis- understood, as well as on my own account, to prevent misapprehension, to explain to your Excellency the matters which appear to be referred to in the above extract. n 8 (1.) The three Chiefs who came down in August 1881 to ask to be allowed to go to Cetywayo at Capetown, as your Excellency is, no doubt, aware, went back to meet Sir Evelyn Wood at the Inhlazatye, but arrived too late to see him there. Two of these men came down at once again, and had an interview with Sir Evelyn Wood at Government House, after which they were allowed to wait on at Bishopstowe until the time should come for sending them to Capetown. After some weeks of such waiting, one of them, Posile, in December last, was visited by two relatives, sent down by his family to know what had become of him. These men having inquired one day, “Why had John Dunn “ just gone down to Durban, as they had heard, with a great deal of money raised by “ taxing his people P Had he taken it to be paid over to the Government?” Were told that the money was his own, and that the newspapers said that he had brought it down for safety to Durban; and the account of his lodging from 5,000l. to 10,000l. at the Standard Bank was read to them (in Zulu) out of the “Natal Mercury’ of Decem- ber 20, together with Chief Dunn's own account, in the same issue, of the state of things in his district, which contained the words, “He affirmed emphatically that, so far as he and “ his people were concerned, Cetywayo should not come into Zululand across the “ Tugela.” N jºb, they took back the knowledge of this fact, which through the “Mercury " had been published to all the Colony; and this report is apparently the ground of Mavu- mengwana's statements. I am not aware that the ex-King ever expressed a wish “to know if this report were true,” and certainly I never said so. - (2) “Another headman’’ is very likely to have been quite right if he said that all the people of Chief Dunn's district, who came down lately to Maritzburg, had been moved by hearing this report, and wished to protest against this assertion of Chief T)unn. But he may also have referred to words spoken by me at Bishopstowe, though not to those two men, or with any special reference to Chief Dunn’s district. I stated some months ago in the “Times of Natal’’ (Oct. 22, 1881), and repeated lately (April 25, 1882) in the “Natal Witness,” that “the two deputations,” that in May 1880, and that in July–August 1881, in the former of which four appointed Chiefs, and in the latter three, were formally represented, “came entirely of their own accord, “ and were as wholly unexpected by me as they were by the Government.” And I add that I have never at any time sent “messengers,” that is to say, men of my own, “emissaries,” on any occasion, or for any purpose whatever, into Zululand; nor should I have thought it right to take any steps or give any advice which might originate a movement against Sir Garnet Wolseley’s “settlement,” however much, in common with the colonists generally, I felt that it could not possibly stand the test of time. But the case was altered when the Zulus had come down of their own accord, and again after more than a year's interval, persistently urging their prayer for the restora- tion of Cetywayo; and on the last occasion supported directly by three appointed Chiefs, and indirectly by five others. The whole effect of the first deputation was marred by the Resident reporting that in his belief none of the appointed Chiefs “joined in or supported the prayer,” although one of them, Seketwayo, had sent his letters patent in the hand of his messenger, and also by the war which broke out with the Transvaal Boers, and which prevented the inquiry being made into the truth of this and other statements, though ordered by Sir George Pomeroy Colley on the 5th January 1881, the Colonial Secretary having informed me five weeks afterwards (February 11) that “the present, is not considered a propitious “ time for making the inquiries requested by you, as the minds of the Zulus are very “ much unsettled by Boer emissaries making certain statements relative to the return to “ Zululand of the late King.” The second deputation, which came down in two separate portions, was also dis- credited and quashed through the reply given in the Legislative Council, by direction of Sir Evelyn Wood, to a question by Mr. Robinson, in which it was stated that “each of “ the eight appointed Chiefs named by these men denies categorically having ever sent “ such a deputation.” I knew that some grave mistake had been made in giving that reply, since the same confidential messenger (Nozaza) was sent by Seketwayo on this occasion as on the former. But it is only now, since the arrival very recently of the last Blue Book, 3182, that I have been able to explain the matter. For it appears that the eight appointed Chiefs were never asked whether they had sent that portion of the deputa- tion which arrived in July, and which, though less high in rank according to Zulu notions, was of far more importance for the Government than the other portion, since it contained the representatives of the three appointed Chiefs, Sidindi, Gagaqikili, and Nozaza. The * 9 eight Chiefs had only been asked whether they had sent the second portion, which had been delayed, and met the others on their way back from Maritzburg, and which, though forming part of the whole body deputed by the eight appointed Chiefs, had been sent expressly by Umyamana and the two Princes, with a special request that the three Chiefs composing it—Ngcongcwana, Posile, and Ngobozana—should be sent to Capetown as com- panions for the ex-King. This appears clearly from 3182, pp. 109–111, 136, where each of the eight “denies categorically having sent " Ngcongcwana, Posile, and Ngobozana. And the Resident seems to have purposely abstained, whether of his own accord or under instructions does not appear, from asking the other most important question, since he says (p. 176), “I made no allusion to Mfunzi, Sidindi, and other Zulus having “ been to the Government on a similar or the same errand.” In conversation with these two Chiefs, while awaiting here, week after week, their summons to Cape Town, Ngcongcwana was sent to Capetown on Feb. 7, while Posile, who has since been exchanged for another, returned to Zululand on Jan. 2,-as also with Zulus who came to see them from time to time, I, of course inquired carefully into the facts of the recent deputation, which had been so summarily disposed of in the reply of the Colonial Secretary. And I explained to them that it was of no use for the ex-King's brothers and his personal friends only to make application on his behalf; but if it was really true, as they asserted, that “all Zululand "wished for his restoration, they should go to the Resident, and ask for leave to come down to Maritzburg, and make their wishes known in a proper manner to the Government. I said also that, if what they said was true, l was sure it would comfort the ex-King in his captivity, to know that his people remembered him with affection and wished to have him back again. They went to the Resident and asked for such permission, but were told (as they said) to wait 10 days for his return from Maritzburg. And they did not come down defiantly, for they waited the 10 days as ordered, and then, hearing nothing of the Resident, and fearing that the same thing might happen as on the former occasion (August, 1881), when the Resident came back with orders not to prevent Usbebu and Uhamu from calling out their impis for the support of their authority and the punishment of those who had just before taken a part in praying for Cetywayo, they thought it best to go down after him, 646 Chiefs and headmen, as they informed me, after counting them up and naming them for Mr. Osborn, and representing undoubtedly almost all the principal tribes in Zulu- land. They came down peacefully, leaving their weapons behind in Zululand, and they behaved inoffensively, I believe, during their sixteen days' stay near Maritzburg and I suppose a full month's in Natal. They found the Resident still in Maritzburg, to whom the representatives of the three appointed Chiefs immediately reported themselves, and asked from him in a proper and respectful manner an introduction to your Excellency. I may say, however, that nothing was known to myself, or, I imagine, to colonists generally, of “the declaration made by Sir George Colley, nearly two years ago, that “ the subject of Cety wayo's return was forbidden to be discussed,” until it was men- tioned in a leader of the “Natal Witness” on May 1, 1882, which would explain sufficiently how it has come to pass that the expression of Zulu feeling upon the subject of Cetywayo's return has hitherto been systematically suppressed and stified. I need not say that I feel perfectly justified in having given such advice as I have stated, under such circumstances, when the first and second deputations had been rendered (as above) completely abortive, more especially after reading the recent utterance of the Prime Minister in Parliament (“Times,” April 18, 1882), “if it should finally appear that the “ mass of the people in Zululand are for Cetywayo, so that something like unanimity “ should prevail, so far from regarding him as an enemy of England and wishing him “ ill, and so far from being disposed to take anything but the most favourable course “ that the welfare of the country would permit, I should regard the proof of that fact “ with great pleasure, and that would be the sentiment of my colleagues.” In fact the arrival of this deputation coincided so remarkably with the publication of Mr. Gladstone's words in the Colony, as if in direct answer to them, that one of the headmen said, when told of these words, “Truly, the white men have the wire (tele- “ graph), but we have the amadhlazi (ancestral spirits). It is they under earth who “ knew that these words were coming, and who have brought the Zulus down to meet “ them.” (3.) The letter referred to by the Zululand correspondent of the “Mercury’ as “ received by Dabulamanzi from his friend Bishop Colenso,” and “used as his authority,” was merely a copy of the words above quoted in (1) from the “Mercury,” which I made at his request on the first occasion on which I ever saw him or had any communication whatever with him, and which I gave him in an open envelope on the day (May 2) when he and the other 20 Chiefs and headmen from Chief Dunn's district were con- R. 2914. B 1() fronted with him before your Excellency, when (as he told me afterwards) it was presented, taken by Mr. Osborn, and returned to Dabulamanzi with the word that “he should take care of it for a coming day.” I observe also that in the new Blue Book (3182, p. 110), Chingwayo states, “They ‘ report that Umyamana says that when Mkosana returned home from Cetywayo at ‘ the Cape, he told them that Sobantu (Bishop Colenso) had sent word that he was ‘ to find men and send them into Maritzburg at once, and that Ngcongewana and “ the others were sent in accordance with this request.” And Sir Evelyn Wood, sending to the Earl of Kimberley my letter to the “Times of Natal,” adds (p. 156) “which “ shows that the allegations made by the Zulus, to the effect that Dr. Colenso sent for “ the deputation, are untrue.” But, as far as I am aware, the Zulus made no such “allegations.” All that Umyamana said was, that after Mkosana’s return Ngcongewana, &c. were sent to Maritzburg in accordance with my request. And this was quite true, and took place under the following circumstances, being wholly outside the deputation itself and its prayer for the restoration of Cetywayo. When Mkosana returned from Capetown, he brought from Cetywayo a message for Umyamana, that Posile or some other man of rank, should be sent to take Mkosana’s place. About a fortnight afterwards I received from Cetywayo, the same request in a letter countersigned by the custodian (Mr. Lister), and therefore presumably sanctioned by the authorities at Capetown, which request I sent on to Umyamana by some Zulu returning to Zululand. This is the message to which Umyamana referred, and with respect to which he said “Sobantu had sent word that he was to find men and send them “ into Maritzburg at once.” Accordingly Umyamana and the ex-King's brothers, Undabuko and Usivetu, “found" three men, Ngcongcwana, Posile, and Ngobozana, whether choosing them as men of rank and favourites with Cetywayo, or perhaps from hints received through Mkosana, and “sent them into Maritzburg at once,” to ask to be sent to stay with the ex-King, as well as to support the prayer of the second deputation. 6 G G I have, &c. His Excellency (Signed) J. W. NATAL. Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., High Commissioner. As Sir Evelyn Wood's statement may perhaps have left a wrong impression on the mind of the Secretary of State, especially with reference to my assertion that, as far as I am concerned “the two deputations came entirely of their own accord,” I respectfully request that your Excellency would be pleased to forward to his Lordship by the next mail a copy of this letter, which I will send for the purpose to-morrow or Saturday. No. 4. GoverNOR SIR. H. BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received July 17, 1882.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, June 17, 1882. I ForwardED to your Lordship by last mail, at the request of the Bishop of Natal, a copy of a letter I had received from him. A great pressure of business prevented me from sending a reply to the Bishop for some days, but I have now the honour to enclose copy of a letter I addressed to him. 2. Your Lordship will see from what I have there said that I did not consider it would answer any useful purpose to enter into a discussion on the several points touched upon in his letter to me; and, indeed, I do not think that there was any intention on the part of the Bishop to raise a discussion, his object evidently being simply to give an explanation regarding some statements that have appeared connecting him with the recent demonstration from Zululand, and that a copy of this explanation should be transmitted to your Lordship. 3. At the same time, I felt it my duty to express to the Bishop my regret at the part which he had taken in the political affairs of the Zulu country, because of the serious evils that are only too likely to result from any interference by unauthorised and irre- sponsible persons in the political conditions of a country so peculiarly situated as the Zulu country is and has been, and because of the effect that this interference or inter- * Enclosure in No. 3, 11 position on the part of the Bishop has actually produced. And indeed, anxious as I have been to say nothing that would give pain or offence to the Bishop, I cannot disguise from myself, and I cannot disguise from your Lordship, the conviction that it is to the Bishop's interference, and to what has been done and said at and from Bishopstowe, the movement which has of late agitated the Zulu country is mainly due, and that, as one of the consequences, we find ourselves at this moment face to face with the serious trouble that is threatening the Zulu country. 4. There are several observations I shall have to make on the Bishop's letter and on this subject, but I am obliged to defer them till another day. I have, &c. To the Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Enclosure in No. 4. SIR. H. BULwer to the BISHOP of NATAL. Government House, Natal, My LorD BISHOP, June 16, 1882. I DULY received your Lordship's letter of the 8th instant, and in accordance with your request I transmitted the copy of it, which I also subsequently received, to the Secretary of State by the mail of the 12th instant. In doing this it seems to me that I have probably met your Lordship's intentions in writing to me; and I do not think it will serve any useful purpose that I should enter into a discussion on any of the details with which your letter deals. I desire, however, to thank your Lordship for the explanation which you have been so good as to give me in that letter. At the same time I should be wrong, charged as I am with the responsibility attached to the official position I hold towards the Zulu country, if, in acknowledging your letter I did not express my regret and concern on account of the part that your Lordship has felt yourself justified in taking in the political affairs of that country. It is difficult to over-rate, though I am confident your Lordship never could have realised them, the inconveniences and the serious evils that may be caused by the interposition of others than the duly constituted and responsible authorities in the political affairs of a country situated as the Zulu country is and has of late been ; and I fear the effect of your Lordship's intervention has been to gravely complicate the situation in that country, and to tend to bring about a condition of things which adds greatly to the difficulties of the task that lies before me, and is the cause of much anxiety. I am, &c. To the Right Rev. the Bishop of Natal, (Signed) HENRY BULWER. &c. &c. &c. ZULULAND. FURTHER CORRESPONDENCE RESPECTING THE A FIFA IRS OF Z U L U L AND AND C ETY WAYO. (In continuation of [C.—3293] of July 1882.) (A Map will be found at the End.) }}regented to boti) #}ougeg of Jarliament bp (£0 mintantù of #3 ºr ſhiajeñíp. February 1883. * L O N ID O N : PRINTED BY GEORGE E. B. EYRE AND WILLIAM SPOTTISWOODE, PRINTERS TO THE QUEEN'S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY. |FOR HER MAJESTY'S STATIONERY OFFICE. [C.–3466.] Prie 4s. 8d. 1883. sº TABLE OF CONTENTS. s ź From or to whom. Date, — Subject. Page. 10 11 R 401 2. Lieut.-Gen. Sir G. Wolseley. Sir To Governor Henry Bulwey. Governor Sir Bulwer. Henry Ditto tº- º Ditto - º Ditto - - Ditto - *s To Maj or-Gen. Sir Evelyn Wood. Major-General Sir I}velyn Wood. Governor Sir Henry Bulwer. Litto tº - Wt, 12805. March 23, 1882 March 30, 1882 March 20, 1882 (Rec. Apr. 18, 1882.) March 20, 1882. (Rec. Apr. 18, 1882.) March 24, 1882. (Rec. Apr. 25, 1882.) March 24, 1882. (Rec. Apr. 25, 1882.) March 27, 1882. (Rec. Apr. 25, 1882.) April 29, 1882 May 2, 1882 •º- April 6, 1882. (Rec. May 10, 1882.) April 8, 1882. (Rec. May 10, 1882.) Transmitting copy of a letter from Chief John Dunn; and expressing the firm con- viction that the return of Cety wayo to Zululand would be dangerous to the peace of Natal and Zululand, besides being a direct contravention of the agreement with he thirteen Chiefs. Requesting to be informed whether there are any obstacles in the way of Natal natives who wish to emigrate into Zululand doing so, and pointing out the desirability of giving every facility to such emigration. Forwarding copies of three letters from the British Resident, Zululand, respecting the conduct of Umlandela, and his alleged desire that John Dunn should act as his Umelele or Sub-Resident. Enclosing also copy of instructions thereon, sent to British Resident. Forwarding copy of a report from the British Resident in Zululand, expressing fear that the recent drought Inay cause a scarcity of food. Forwarding copies of papers relative to the condition of the ex-King Cetywayo's family in Zululand. Transmitting copy letter from the British Resident, reporting the death, from old age, of Langazana, widow of Senzangakoma, father of Chaka. Transmitting copy of a private letter received by the Administratol of Native Law in the Lower Tugela Division, with the British Resi- dent's report thereon, regarding the present state of feeling among the Zulus. Transmitting copy Despatch from Sir II. Bulwer, respecting the supposed wish of Umlandela to avail himself of the advice of John Dunn as Sub-Resident, and inquiring whether he (Sir E. Wood) is able to throw any light on the matter. Submmitting observations on the alleged desire of Chief John Dunn to act as Sub- Resident, and take over the administration of Umlandela's territory. Transmitting copy correspondence with the British Resident, and stating that after con- ferring with Mr. Osborn, they have agreed that it will be sufficient to convéy to all the Chiefs the substance of the decision of Her Majesty's Government, and that it will not be necessary to call the Chiefs together. Forwarding further report and statement from the Resident in Zululand, to the effect that the three women killed at the com- mencement of the Abaqulusi disturbances were not killed as was supposed by the Abaqulusi tribe, but by some of Uhamu's IDCI), a 2 10 12 13 16 16 18 From or to whom. Date. Subject. 13 14 16 17 18 19 20 2] 22 23 24 25 26 To Governor Sir Henry Bulwer. T)itto gº tº tº Ditto - wº dº Governor Sir Henry Bulwer. Ditto - fe * * Ditto - sº * Aborigines’ Protection Society. Governor Sir Henry Bulwer. Ditto - ſº tº - Ditto * tº e Ditto - : gº To Governor Sir Henry Bulwer. Ditto & &- Governor Sir Henry Bulwer. Ditto ſº tº . May 11, 1882 May 13, 1882 June 10, 1882 May 17, 1882. (Rec. June 21, 1882.) May 31, 1882. (Rec. July 4, 1882.) June 5, 1882. (Rec. July 4, 1882.) July 7, 1882 June 5, 1882. (Rec. July 10, 1882.) June 10, 1882. (Rec. July 10, 1882.) June 10, 1882. (Rec. July 10, 1882.) June 12, 1882. (Rec. July 10, 1882.) July 13, 1882 July 13, 1882 June 14, 1882. (Rec. July 17, 1882.) June 17, 1882. (Rec. July 17, 1882.) Approving Governor's reply to Resident in Zululand, regarding the conduct of Umlandela, and directing that Chief John Dunn be in- formed that Secretary of State is glad to receive his disavowal of the desire to as- sume the position of Umelele. Approving course proposed by Governor for communicating to the Chiefs the decision of Her Majesty’s Government with regard to administrative details. Requesting that the British Resident may be instructed to furnish such information as can be obtained as to the amount derived by Chief John Dunn from the hut tax levied in his territory, and the manner of its dis- posal. Reporting that there is nothing to prevent Zulus in Natal from leaving that country, and that they have, in fact, been leaving in considerable numbers. Remarking on certain misleading statements which have appeared in the “Daily News,” concerning the treatment of the Zulu people by the appointed Chiefs, and transmitting a memorandum thereon by the British Resident. Remarking on the question of the future settle- ment and government of Zululand. Forwarding copy of the proceedings of the . great Zulu deputation at Maritzburg in April last. Reporting receipt of private information from the Resident that matters are now quiet in Zululand, but that until Mr. Osborn's official report has been received, it is difficult to state precisely what the condition of Chief Dunn’s territory is. Transmitting copy of a report from the Resident respecting the relations of Uhamu and Um- yamana. Transmitting copy of letter from Resident reporting an interview with Undabuko and Usivetu. Transmitting copy of a report by the Resident, and other documents, respecting the antici- pated collision between Uhamu and Um- yamana. Approving his instructions to Mr. Osborn on the subject of Umyamana and Uhamu. Expressing approval of his letter to the Resident respecting the latter’s interview with Unda- buko and Usivetu. Reporting further on the dispute between Uhamu and Umyamana, and pointing out that the former Chief has as yet failed to carry out the terms awarded by Sir E. Wood in August 1881. Remarking on the raids of the Abaqulusi tribe into Uhamu's territory. Page. 19 19 20 22 26 27 36 36 39 41 46 46 47 ; Ž From or to whom. Date. Subject. Page. 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 34) 40 41 42 Governor Sir Henry Bulwer. Ditto º º Ditto - º Sir Hercules Robin- SO11. Ditto - - º To Aborigines' Pro- tection Society. Aborigines’ Protection Society. Sir To Governor Henry Bulwer. Ditto º º Governor Sir Henry Bulwer. Ditto º sº Ditto &º sº Sir Hercules Robin- SO1). Sir To Governor Henry Bulwer. Governor Sir Henry Bulwer. Ditto - tº June 17, 1882. (Rec. July 17, 1882.) June 17, 1882. (Rec. July 17, 1882.) June. 19, 1882. (Rec. July 17, 1881.) June 20, 1882. (Rec. July 17, 1882.) June 24, 1882. (Rec. July 17, 1882.) July 17, 1882 July 20, 1882 July 20, 1882 July 20, 1882 June 23, 1882. (Rec. July 24, 1882.) June 26, 1882. (Rec. July 24, 1882.) June 26, 1882. (Rec. July 24, 1882.) June 28, 1882. (Rec. July 24, 1882.) July 26, 1882 June 29, 1882. (Rec. Aug. 2, 1882.) June 30, 1882. (Rec. Aug. 2, 1882.) Transmitting copy of letter from the Resident covering two letters from Chief John Dunn, respecting the condition of that Chief's terri- tory. Forwarding, with observations thereon, further report by the Resident on the condition of Upper Zululand. - Transmitting copy of telegram from the Resident reporting on the present state of affairs, and expressing the hope that a collision may yet be avoided. Transmitting a letter from Cetywayo respecting countnunications which he is alleged to have sent to Upmyamana through Bishop Colenso. Transmitting copy Minute from Ministers stating that instructions have been given to prevent messages being sent by Cetywayo into Zulu- land, without the knowledge and consent of Sir H. Bulwer. Requesting to be informed who furnished the report of the Zulu deputation, and by whom it was translated and sent to the Society. Stating that the report of the great Zulu depu- tation was furnished to the Society by the Bishop of Natal. Expressing approval of his Despatch to Mr. Osborn and the message to Umyamana. Expressing approval of his action in the matter of the disagreement between Uhamu and Umyamana as reported in his Despatch of 14th June. Reporting the state of affairs, on the 13th instant, in the upper districts of Zululand. Stating that Umyamana, Undabuko, and Usi- wetu, had expressed their willingness to disband on the condition that Uhamu and Usibebu would follow the same course. Transmitting copy of a letter from the Bishop of Natal on the subject of the restoration of Cetywayo, together with copy of his reply thereto. Forwarding copy Despatch from Governor of Natal, enclosing letter from the Bishop of Zululand relative to affairs in Swaziland. Transmitting copy of a correspondence with the Aborigines’ Protection Society on the subject of the Zulu deputation at Maritzburg in April last. Transmitting copy of letter from the British Resident reporting the dispersal of the opposing forces on the 21st instant. Remarking at length on the part taken by the Bishop of Natal in the affairs of Zululand, and his connexion with the recent agitation. 54 59 60 60 61 G1 61 62 62 63 63 66 66 a 3 ~ # O From or to whom. Subject. Page. §2. e 43 || To Sir Hercules Aug. 2, 1882 Stating that as Sir E. Wood is about to leave 77 Robinson. for Egypt, the letter from Bishop Douglas has not been referred to him, but that there is no mention in his report of any circum- stance which would confirm the Bishop's Statement. 44 || To Governor Sir Aug. 4, 1882 Expressing satisfaction at the success of Mr. 77 Henry Bulwer. Osborn’s efforts in dispersing the hostile - forces, and entire approval of his proceed- ings in the matter. 45 Governor Sir Henry Aug. 8, 1882. Transmitting resolution passed at a public | 77 Bulwer. (Rec. Aug. 8, 1882.) meeting, protesting, against the restoration Telegraphic. of Cety wayo. 46 | Sir Hercules Robin- Aug. 8, 1882. Reporting that Transvaal Government again 78 SOIl. (Rec. Aug. 9, 1882.) desire to call attention to the state of Zulu- Telegraphic. land, and to urge the restoration of Cety- wayo. 47 | Governor Sir Henry July 5, 1882. Forwarding a message from Umbandeen, King | 78 Bulwer. (Rec. Aug. 9, 1882.) of the Swazis, together with copy reply thereto. 48 Ditto - - º July 5, 1882. Transmitting copy of a letter from Cety- || 79 (Rec. Aug. 9, 1882.) wayo respecting the recent deputation. 49 Ditto - tºº - July 6, 1882. Stating reasons for no longer postponing 81 (Rec. Aug. 9, 1882.) | Cetywayo's visit to England. 50 Ditto - º - July 8, 1882. Forwarding copy of Resident's Report on the 82 - (Rec. Aug. 9, 1882.) subject of the recent demonstration, and sub- sequent disturbance in the Zulu country. 51 Ditto tº ſº July 8, 1882. Forwarding copy of instructions to Resident 86 - (Rec. Aug. 9, 1882.) | respecting Umyamana. 52 Ditto * - July 15, 1882. Transmitting copy letter from the Resident 87 (Rec. Aug. 16, 1882.) respecting the intentions of Umyamana, to- gether with the reply thereto. 53 Ditto - tº- July 15, 1882. Transmitting copy of Umyamana's reply to 88 (Rec. Aug. 16, 1882.) the message sent to him some weeks back by the Special Commissioner. 54 Ditto .- º July 17, 1882. Forwarding copy of letter from Cetywayo - | 89 (Rec. Aug. 16,1882.) • 55 To Governor Sir Aug. 16, 1882 Approving instructions addressed to Mr. 90 Henry Bulwer. Osborn, with regard to the Chief Umya- Iſlºt Dal. 56 Ditto º * Aug. 17, 1882 Summarising the telegraphic correspondence 90 & between June 3 and Aug. 14, on the subject || of Cetywayo's restoration. 57 Cetywayo - - Aug. 18, 1882 Expressing his desire that Sir T. Shepston, 92 should receive Zulus who may visit Natal and that he should communicate to them the views of the Government. 58 Governor Sir Henry July 21, 1882. Transmitting copy of letter from the Resident | 93 3ulwer. (Rec. Aug. 21, 1882.) respecting complaints made to him by various natives against the Chiefs Uhamu and Usibebu. 59 Ditto - ** cº- July 22, 1882. Forwarding copy of a memorandum by the 101 (Rec. Aug. 21, 1882.) Resident on the subject of the proceedings of a native named Fanegana, in Chief John Dunn's territory. 60 Ditto - - July 24, 1882. Transmitting copy letter from the Bishop of 103 (Rec. Aug. 21, 1882.) Natal as to statements in Blue Book (€.3247), respecting Zulu deputations. # à From or to whom. Date. Subject.' Page. º I 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 To Governor Sir Henry Bulwer. To Sir Robinson. Hercules To Governor Sir Henry Bulwer. Ditto - wº º Ditto ſº- Ditto s tº- To Sir Hercules Robinson. Ditto - tº- Governor Sir Henry Bulwer. Ditto - cº- Sir Hercules Robinson To Gov. Sir Henry Bulwer. Ditto - - º To Sir Robinson. Hercules Aug. 24, 1882 Aug. 26, 1882 Aug. 26, 1882 Aug. 29, 1882 Aug. 29, 1882 Aug. 29, 1882 Aug. 29, 1882 Aug. 29, 1882 July 27, 1882. (Rec. Aug. 30, 1882.) Aug. 1, 1882. (Rec. Sept. 4, 1882.) Aug. 10, 1882. | (Rec. Sept. 4, 1882.) Sept. 7, 1882 Sept. 11, 1882 Sept. 11, 1882 Transmitting a report of three interviewé between Secretary of State and Cetywayo and his Chiefs, together with a statement of the terms of Cetywayo's restoration. Transmitting copy of a Despatch to Sir H. Bulwer, enclosing a report of the interviews with Cetywayo, and a statement of the terms of his restoration. Transmitting copy letter from Cetywayo, and suggesting that Sir T. Shepstone should be consulted as to the arrangements for the ex- King's restoration. Acknowledging Despatch enclosing statements respecting Uhamu änd Usibebu, and remark- ing that if these statements are true, the con- duct of these Chiefs has been very oppres- SIV.G. Requesting that inquiries may be made as to the truth of Fanegana's statements, Transmitting copy of a Despatch to Sir H. Robinson on the subject of the immediate disposal of Cetywayo pending his restoration. Transmitting copy of a Despatch to Sir H. Bulwer, recording telegraphic correspon- dence since 3rd June, on the subject of the affairs of Zululand. ummarising a telegraphic corres Il CC OIl S g a telegrapl spondence the subject of Cetywayo's immediate dis- posal, and conveying instructions as to the ing's treatment during the interval befor King's treatment during the interval before his restoration. Transmitting copies of two despatches from the British Resident with statements by messengers from the principal Zulu Chiefs relative to the late disturbances, and observ- ing that Undabuko seems to have been the prime mover therein. Commenting further on the action of the Bishop of Natal in regard to the recent Zulu demon- strations. Transmitting copy letter from the Transvaal Government drawing attention to the lament- able condition of Zululand, and urging the restoration of Cetywayo. Stating that Cetywayo has complained of the appropriation by certain Chiefs of the “royal" cattle, and directing that steps may be taken for the restitution to the King of such cattle, and to secure his proper and fitting maintenance. Transmitting copy correspondence with Sir H. Robinson, respecting a representation from the Transvaal Government as to the condition of Zululand. Acknowledging Despatch of 10th ult, and re- questing him to intimate to the Transvaal Government that it has been determined to restore Cetywayo on certain conditions. 105 114 114 114 115 115 116 126 129 a 4 Wiií #3 From or to whom. Date. Subject. Page. (ſ) 75 Governor Sir Henry Aug. 11, 1882. Transmitting copies of a resolution, passed | 129 Bulwer. (Rec. Sept. 13, 1882) at a public meeting at Durban on the 5th inst., protesting against the restoration of Cetywayo, and copies of newspaper com- ments thereon. 76 || Sir Hercules Robinson Aug. 19, 1882. Transmitting minute from Ministers, stating 132 (Rec. Sept. 13, 1882.) that they see no objection to Cetywayo re- siding at Oude Molen pending the comple- tion of the arrangements for his restoration. 77 || To Governor Sir Sept. 14, 1882 Requesting that the Mayor of Durban may | 133 Henry Bulwer. be informed that Secretary of State has received the resolution protesting against Cetywayo's 1eturn. 78 Governor Sir Henry Aug. 16, 1882. Forwarding copy of a memorial by a public 133. Bulwer. (Rec. Sept. 19, 1882.) meeting at Newcastle in opposition to the restoration of Cetywayo. 79 Ditto tº tº- Aug. 25, 1882. Forwarding his report on the question of the 134 (Rec. Sept. 27, 1882.) settlement of the Zulu country. 79a || John Dunn - * Aug. 26, 1882 Protesting against the restoration of Cetywayo 154 80 Governor Sir Henry Aug. 30, 1882. Forwarding copies of documents relative to 154 | Bulwer. (Rec. Oct. 3, 1882.) affairs in Upper Zululand, and remarking upon the part played by the Bishop of Natal in the recent disturbances. 8] Ditto - wº Aug. 30, 1882. Transmitting copy of a Despatch to the High 163 (Rec. Oct. 3, 1882.) Commissioner on the subject of Boer en- croachments in Zululand. 82 Ditto cº- tº- Aug. 30, 1882. Forwarding copy Despatch from the Resident | 163 (Rec. Oct. 3, 1882.) containing information as to the condition of Cetywayo's wives and daughters. 83 Ditto º tº- Aug. 30, 1882. Transmitting Despatch from the Resident 164 (Rec. Oct. 3, 1882.) giving information asked for as to the amount of money raised by Chief John Dunn by the hut tax, and expressing the opinion that Dunn had no power to levy such a tax. 84 Ditto º tº Sept. 2, 1882. Forwarding a copy of a communication from 165 (Rec. Oct. 3, 1882.) the Chairman of the * Lower Tugela “ Division T’lanters’ Association,” covering resolutions passed by the association protest- ing against the return of Cetewayo to Zulu- land. 85 | Sir Hercules Robin- Sept. 11, 1882. Forwarding copy of a Despatch from Sir H. 166 SOIl, (Rec. Oct. 3, 1882.) Bulwer on the subject of Boer encroachments into Zululand, and of a Despatch to the Resident in the Transvaal thereon. 85a To Governor Sir Oct. 3, 1882 Forwarding copy letter from Chief John 166 Henry Bulwer. Dunn, and requesting that its receipt may be acknowledged to the writer. 86 |G: overnor Sir Henry Sept. 4, 1882. Forwarding, at the request of Mr. T. Shep- 166 Bulwer. (Rec. Oct. 10, 1882.) stone, copy of a correspondence respecting a letter from Chief John Dunn which appeared in the “St. James' Gazette,” of the 12th July last. - 87 I)itto - se º Sept. 5, 1882. Forwarding a petition from inhabitants of 170 (Rec. Oct. 10, 1882.) Pietermaritzburg and its vicinity against the restoration of Cetywayo. 88 JDitto - * . tº Sept. 6, 1882. Transmitting copy of a further correspondence 171 (Rec. Oct. 10, 1882.) with the Resident on the subject of the con- dition of Zululand. * ix Date. Subject. Page. #3 From or to whom. Čſ) 89 Governor Sir Henry Bulwer. 90 Ditto - º $º 91 Ditto - tº º ‘92 HDitto - gº º '93 Ditto - - tº 94 Ditto - tº º ‘95 || Sir Hercules Robin- SOD1. * '96 || To Governor Sir Henry Bulwer. - .97 Ditto ſº tº '98 Ditto tº * > '99 IDitto * * wº 100 Governor Sir Henry Bulwer. |O1 Ditto - & gºs 102 || To Sir Hercules Robinson. 103 || Governor Sir Henry Bulwer. Sept. 7, 1882. (Rec. Oct. 10, 1882.) Sept. 7, 1882. (Rec. Oct. 10, 1882.) Sept. 8, 1882. (Rec. Oct. 16, 1882.) Sept. 8, 1882. (Rec. Oct. 16, 1882.) Sept. 8, 1882. (Rec. Oct, 16, 1882.) Sept. 8, 1882. (Rec. Oct. 16, 1882.) Sept. 25, 1882. (Rec. Oct. 16, 1882.) Oct. 16, 1882 Oct. 17, 1882 Oct. 20, 1882 Oct. 20, 1882 Sept. 11, 1882. (Rec. Oct. 25, 1882.) (Extract.) Sept. 11, 1882. (Rec. Oct. 25, 1882.) Oct. 26, 1882. (Telegraphic.) Sept. 15, 1882. (Rec. Oct. 31, 1882.) Transmitting copy of a further correspondence with the Resident respecting the disputes between the appointed Chief Usibebu and the Chiefs Umbopa and Umsutyuana belong- ing to his territory. Transmitting copy of a letter from the Resident, covering a declaration by a Zulu under Umsu- tyuana, as to the action of Undabuko after his return from Natal. - Forwarding copy Despatch from the Resident enclosing documents relative to the state of affairs in Usibebu's territory, and disagree- ment between him and certain other Chiefs. Transmitting copy of a letter from the Resident disproving the charges brought against him by the Bishop of Natal. Transmitting copy letter from the Resident stating that Uhamu has at length expressed his willingness to hand over to Umyamana the 700 head of cattle, which he was ordered to pay by Sir Evelyn Wood’s award last year. Forwarding copies of two further Despatches from the Resident with enclosures respect- ing the condition of Usibebu’s territory. Reporting the arrival of Cetywayo * --> *-* Requesting that Mr. Shepstone may be informed that his disclaimer is satisfactory with regard to the action attributed to him in the letter of John Dunn, published in the “ St. James’s Gazette’’ of 12th July last. Approving his instructions to the Resident respecting the state of affairs in Zululand. Expressing satisfaction with the understanding arrived at by Uhamu and Umyamana, re- garding the 700 head of cattle to be handed over by the former to the latter Chief. Expressing satisfaction with Mr. Osborn's explanations relative to certain statements made by the Bishop of Natal. Transmitting statement made by a Zulu illus- trating the communications carried on be- tween the Bishop of Natal and the Usutu party. Transmitting copy of a statement by Kilane, a native messenger, respecting the part taken by the Bishop of Natal in Zulu affairs, and the condition of Chief John Dunn’s terri- tory. Requesting Governor to inform Cetywayo that hopes are entertained of his restoration by the end of the year. Transmitting copy of a statement by Dabu- lamanzi and other Chiefs, as to the reason of their visit to Natal, and expressing doubt as to the veracity of such statement. 173 174 177 189 193 193 193 194 194 195 196 R 4012. !) # à From or to whom. Date. Subject. Page. ºft 104 || To Governor Sir Nov. 2, 1882 Acknowledging Despatch with Copy of state- || 196 Henry Bulwer. ment sent by Governor to Umyamana, and requesting reference to Secretary of State's Despatch of 7th September, on the subject of the royal cattle. 105 Ditto - - Nov. 16, 1882 Recording telegraphic correspondence between | 196 13th August and 26th October respecting Governor's visit to Zululand and arrange. ments for the restoration of Cetywayo. 106 | Governor Sir Henry Oct. 3, 1882. Submitting proposed arrangements for the 197 Bulwer. (Rec. Nov. 18, 1882.) intended restoration of Cetywayo. 107 || Sir Hercules Robinson Oct. 23, 1882. Transmitting copy of a letter from Cetywayo 211 (Rec. Nov. 18, 1882.) asking to be allowed to return to Zululand as soon as possible. 108 Governor Sir Henry Oct. 13, 1882. Submitting arrangements for the future location 212 Bulwer. (Rec. Nov. 21, 1882.) of Uhamu and Umyamana, and Undabuko and Usivetu. 109 Ditto - - | Oct. 23, 1882. Forwarding a memorial from inhabitants of the 213. (Rec. Nov. 21, 1882.) Colony protesting against the return of Cety- wayo. 110 || To Governor Sir Nov. 23, 1882. Stating that the whole subject of Cetywayo's 214 Henry Bulwer. restoration is under consideration, and the decision of Her Majesty’s Government will be shortly announced. 111 Ditto - - Nov. 23, 1882 Approving Governor’s action in the matters 214. reported in Despatch of 13th October with reference to interviews with various Chiefs. 112 || To Sir Hercules Nov. 28, 1882 Requesting Cetywayo may be informed that it 215 Robinson. is hoped the arrangements for his return will * shortly be completed. 113 | Sir Hercules Robinson Nov. 1, 1882 Forwarding copy of a letter from Cetywayo 215. (Rec. Nov. 29, 1882.) asking that his return may not be delayed. 114 || To Governor Sir Nov. 30, 1882 Remarking generally on Governor's Reports 216 Henry Bulwer. respecting the future settlement of Zululand, and pointing out the desirability of at once effecting Cetywayo's restoration. 115 Ditto - - Nov. 30, 1882 Recording a telegram despatched to Governor 218. on 28th November, on the subject of Cety- wayo's restoration. 116 Ditto - - Nov. 30, 1882 Recording a telegram sent to Governor this 219 day regarding money compensation to Chiefs. 117 To War Office - Dec. 4, 1882 Requesting that the general officer commanding 219 may be instructed by telegraph to provide the necessary escort for the installation of Cetywayo. - 118 To Sir Hercules Dec. 4, 1882 Pointing out with reference to Governor’s 219 Robinson. despatch of 1st ultimo, that Cetywayo will by this time have been informed of the arrange- ments made for his speedy return. 1 19 || To Governor Sir Dec. 5, 1882 Recording telegrams from, and to Governor on 219 Henry Bulwer. 2nd instant, on the subject of the protection of girls of the Royal House who have married during the King's absence from Zululand. 12() War Office - -e Dec. 5, 1882 Transmitting copy of telegram to the general 220 officer commanding, South Africa, regarding the escort to be provided for Cetywayo's return into Zululand. Date. Subject. Page. # From or to whom. 121 || To Governor Sir Henry Bulwer. 122 | Governor Sir Henry Bulwer. 123 | Ditto º †- 124 || Sir Hercules Robin- SOll. 125 | Governor Sir Henry Bulwer. 126 Ditto - tº 127 Ditto - º 128 Ditto - º 129 Ditto - º 130 || To Governor Sir Henry Bulwer. 131 Ditto - º 132 | Governor Sir Henry Bulwer. 133 Ditto sº tº 134 Ditto - - Dec. 7, 1882 Nov. 3, 1882. (Rec. Dec. 9, 1882.) Nov. 4, 1882. (Rec. Dec. 9, 1882.) Nov. 13, 1882. (Rec. Dec. 9, 1882.) Nov. 7, 1882. (Rec. Dec. 12, 1882.) Nov. 8, 1882. (Rec. Dec. 12, 1882.) Nov. 8, 1882. (Rec. Dec. 12, 1882.) Nov. 8, 1882. (Rec. Dec. 12, 1882.) Nov. 9, 1882. (Rec. Dec. 12, 1882.) Dec. 12, 1882 Dec. 14, 1882 Nov. 16, 1882. (Rec. Dec. 21, 1882.) Nov. 18, 1882. (Rec. Dec. 21, 1882.) Nov. 24, 1882. (Rec. Dec. 26, 1882.) Transmitting copy correspondence with War Department, respecting the escort to be furnished for Cetywayo's return. Forwarding copy of Sir T. Shepstone's obser- vations on the suggestions contained in Governor's despatch of 3rd of October with regard to the future settlement of Zululand. Forwarding a petition from certain inhabitants of Alexandra county against the return of Cetywayo to Zululand. Forwarding copy letter from Cetywayo ex- presssing satisfaction at the probable com- pletion of the arrangements for his return before the end of the year. Transmitting copy of statements by two trust- worthy natives bearing on the connexion of the Bishopstowe party with the recent agita- tion and commenting on the interference of the Bishop and Miss H. Colenso in Zulu affairs. Transmitting copy of a paper recording a con- versation between the Secretary for Native Affairs, and a Zulu headman, showing the real state of feeling of the people in many parts of Zululand. Forwarding copy of a statement by two natives belonging to the Chief Siunguza, respecting a message which had been sent to that Chief by the Bishop of Natal. Transmitting copy of a Despatch to Sir H. Robinson, covering a copy of Governor's De- spatch to the Secretary of State, containing the proposed arrangements for the settlement of Zululand. Forwarding copies of reports by the Secretary for Native Affairs and the British Resident in Zululand, on the communications from the Aborigines' Protection Society, respecting the “great Zulu deputation.” Recapitulating telegraphic correspondence of 7th and 11th instant, respecting the restoration of Cety wayo. - Stating that Sir T. Shepstone's observations on the settlement of Zululand have been read by Secretary of State with interest. Pointing out that the enclosures to his De- spatches of 27th July and 8th September, show that the charges brought against the ap- pointed Chief Usibebu were not borne out. Forwarding a report by the Resident on the subject of Cetywayo's complaint that large numbers of the royal cattle had been appro- priated by John Dunn and other Chiefs. Transmitting a report by the Resident regarding the future locations of Undabuko and Usivetu, and submitting observations on the probable motives of Umyamana and Undakuko in agita- ting for the ex-King's return. 220 220 223 223 226 228 232 233 235 JR 4() 12, (* xii ;- à From or to whom. Date. Subject. Page. 135 | To Governor Sir Jan. 1, 1883 Approving his instructions to the Resident to 238 Henry Bulwer. deliver to Cetywayo the royal cattle now in ... his (the Resident's) hands. 136 Ditto - º Jan. 2, 1883 Summarising telegraphic correspondence be- || 238 tween 7th and 30th December, on the subject of the financial arrangements connected with Cetywayo's restoration. 137 Ditto - º Jan. 2, 1883 Summarising a telegraphic correspondence of 239 27th and 30th ultimo, respecting the appoint- ment of a Resident with Cetywayo, and the alteration of the present boundaries of the Teserved Territory. 138 || Sir Hercules Robinson Dec. 11, 1882. Forwarding copy telegraphic correspondence 240 (Rec. Jan. 3, 1883.) with Governor of Natal, and notes of inter- views with Cetywayo with regard to the latter’s restoration. 139 Governor Sir Henry Dec. 7, 1882 Transmitting copy of letter of instructions ad- 251 Bulwer. (Rec. Jan. 8, 1883.) dressed to the British Resident on the subject of the announcement to be made to the Chiefs regarding the changes in Zululand. 140 To Governor Sir Jan. 15, 1883 Stating substance of telegrams from “Daily 254 Henry Bulwer. (Telegraphic.) News” correspondent regarding restrictions on newspapers' messages. 141 Ditto - * Jan. 16, 1883 Recording telegraphic correspondence of 8th 254 and 12th instant, on the subject of the alter- ation of the boundary of the Reserved Terri- tory. 142 Governor Sir Henry Jan. 17, J.883 Reporting that Commandant knows nothing of 255 Bulwer. (Rec. Jan. 17, 1883.) the matters referred to in the “Daily News,” - but has sent inquiry to the officer command- ing escort. 143 || To Governor Sir Jan. 18, 1883 Recording a telegraphic correspondence on 12th 255 Henry Bulwer. and 16th instant, regarding the future government of the Reserved Territory. 144 Aborigines' Protection Jan. 20, 1883 Transmitting copy of a resolution of the Society | 256 Society. respecting certain statements made by the ** Maritzburg correspondent of the “Daily News” regarding the new arrangements in Zululand. 145 || Governor Sir Henry Dec. 23, 1882 Reporting the steps taken to give effect to the 258 Bulwer. | (Rec. Jan. 23, 1883.) decision of Her Majesty's Government with regard to the restoration of Cetywayo and the future government of Zululand. 146 To Governor Sir Jan. 24, 1883 Approving measures adopted for carrying out 267 Henry Bulwer. the decision of Her Majesty's Government with respect to Cetywayo's restoration. 147 || To Aborigines’ Pro- Jan. 26, 1883 Stating, in reply to letter of 20th inst., that full 267 tection Society. • explanation of the matters referred to by the “Daily News” correspondent will be found in the papers which will shortly be presented to Parliament. 148 Governor Sir Henry Jan. 29, 1883 Stating that officer of escort reports that news- 267 (Rec. Jan. 29, 1883.) | paper correspondents were allowed to send (Telegraphic.) messages if signed by staff officer, but by -> mistake, one without signature, was re- fused. 149 || Sir Hercules Robinson Jan. 8, 1883 Forwarding copy of a letter of thanks from 268 (Rec. Jam. 29, 1883.) Cetywayo to the Queen, also of one to Go- W Cl’I) OI". - * xiii ; Ž From or to whom. Subject. Page. 150 151 156 157 158 1.59 160 I61 Lieut.-General Lord Wolseley. Governor Sir Henry Bulwer. Ditto tº tº Ditto ſº º Ditto º tºº Ditto tº tº Ditto ve wº Ditto - gº Ditto gº - Ditto gº ſº Ditto - tº Ditto tºº sº Date. Jan. 31, 1883 Feb. 1, 1883 (Rec. Feb. 1, 1883.) (Telegraphic.) Feb. 4, 1883 (Rec. Feb. 4, 1883.) (Telegraphic.) Jan. 3, 1883 (Rec. Feb. 8, 1883.) Jan. 3, 1883 (Rec. Feb. 8, 1883.) Jan. 3, 1883 (Rec. Feb. 8, 1883.) Jan. 3, 1883 (Rec. Feb. 8, 1883.) Jan. 4, 1883 (Rec. Feb. 8, 1883.) 12 Jan., 1883 (Rec. Feb. 13, 1883.) 12 Jan., 1883 (Rec. Feb. 13, 1883.) Jan. 12, 1883 (Rec. Feb. 13, 1883.) Jau. 12, 1883 (Rec. Feb. 13, 1883.) Enclosing copy of a letter from John Dunn pro- testing against his deposition from Chieftain- ship, and urging his claims to compensation. Installation carried out most satisfactorily on 29th. Stating that Sir T. Shepstone in official Des- patch reports about 5,000 present at installa- tion, including all principal Zulus. Enclosing copies of two letters of instructions to the Resident respecting the readjustment of the boundaries of Usibebu’s territory. Forwarding copy of instructions issued to Mr. J. W. Shepstone, Resident Commissioner in the Reserved Territory. Forwarding copy of instructions to Sir T. Shep- stone respecting his mission to Zululand for the purpose of installing Cetywayo. Forwarding copy of a correspondence respecting the request of Undabuko and Usivetu that all the Usutu people might be allowed to re- Sume their former locations in Usibebu’s territory. Forwarding copy of two Despatches from the Resident respecting the announcement to the Zulus of Cetywayo's restoration and a protest received from the Chief John Dunn. Forwarding copy of a further Despatch from Mr. Osborn, reporting the steps taken to an- nounce to the Zulus the restoration of Cety- wayo. Forwarding copy of three Despatches from Mr. J. W. Shepstone, reporting his proceedings in the Reserved Territory. Forwarding copy of correspondence respecting the collection of Cetywayo's cattle. Reporting appointment of Mr. H. F. Fynn as British Resident with Cetywayo, and enclosing copy of the instructions issued to him. 269 270 271 271 277 28() 283 285 288 2 9 O 293 (Map.) ZULULAND.—FU RTHER CORRESPONDENCE. No. 1. LIEUTENANT-GENERAL SIR GARNET WOLSELEY, G.C.B., G.C.M.G., to COLONIAL OFFICE. SIR, Horse Guards, War Office, March 23, 1882. I HAVE the honour to forward, for Lord Kimberley's information, the enclosed copy of a letter I have just received from the Chief John Dunn. In doing so, I wish to place on record my strong conviction that the return of Cetywayo to Zululand would be fraught with considerable danger to Natal, and would give rise to serious trouble and bloodshed in Zululand itself, whilst it would be in direct contravention of the guarantee I gave to all the 13 existing Chiefs of Zululand, viz., that under no circumstances should Cety wayo be ever allowed to settle again in that country, without which guarantee none of them would have accepted the position of Chief with all its many responsibilities. I have, &c. (Signed) G. J. WOLSELEY, The Under Secretary of State, Lt.-General. Colonial Office. Enclosure in No. 1. MY DEAR SIR GARNET, Dunnsland, Zululand, February 7, 1882. Assum ING that you still take an interest in your settlement of this country, and taking into consideration the great question of Cetywayo being returned to Zululand, I beg you will not think me presumptuous in introducing to you by this, Mr. Brunner,” one of my administrators, who is ordered by his medical adviser to take a trip to England to get medical advice for himself and wife. Coming direct from Zululand, he will be able to tell you the exact state of affairs here. From myself I may say that I hope those in power at home (England) will not commit the folly of again causing a great amount of bloodshed to please one man, Bishop Colenso, by sending Cetywayo back. Should he be returned I have no doubt that from the tone of some of the Dutch of the Transvaal that they will form an alliance with him and do a lot of mischief, that is to say, if he is allowed to establish himself in here again, which I should think it my duty to try and prevent. e I am, &c. (Signed) J. DUNN. No. 2. 'The RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY to Gover NOR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, March 30, 1882. I HAVE been informed that the Natal natives are willing to migrate in large numbers into Chief Dunn's territory, and that there is abundance of good soil there available for their occupation, while they would be required to pay a lower rate of hut tax than in Natal, but that they are not permitted to migrate. If it is true that there are any obstacles to their leaving Natal freely to take up their residence in Zululand, I should be glad to be informed as to their nature, and whether there are any laws or regulations in force on this subject, and on what considerations they are based. It would appear very desirable that every facility should be given for reducing by emigration the great numbers of the native population in Natal. I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) KIMBERLEY. * Mr. E. A. Brunner, Mrs. Frith's, 3, Salisbury Street, Strand. R 4012. A No. 3. Governor sm. HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the Right Hon. The EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received April 18, 1882.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, MY LORD, March 20, 1882. I HAVE the honour to forward, for your Lordship's information, copies of three letters, with their enclosures, which have been received from the British Resident, Zulu- land, on the subject of the conduct of the Chief Umlandela, and on the subject of his wish that Chief John Dunn should act as his Umelele or Sub-Resident. - 2. I further enclose copies of the instructions which I have this day addressed to the British Resident on these matters. - 3. Your Lordship will perceive from this correspondence that Umlandela has now abandoned the intention of resorting to the Chief John Dunn as his Umelele, and that the latter has repudiated the idea that he, at any time, offered to stand in that relation to Umlandela. Chief John Dunn has requested that the correspondence which has taken place on the subject should be laid before your Lordship. The correspondence forms the enclosures in the Resident's official letter of the 3rd of March. I have, &c., (Signed) HENRY BULWER, The Right. Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Her Majesty’s Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure 1 in No. 3. BRITISH RESIDENT to ADMINISTRATOR, Natal. SIR, Inhlazatye, Zululand, February 18, 1882. I HAVE the honour to report that Mr. Jacob Stolp, who describes himself to be a British subject residing near Stanger in Natal, having complained to me that the Chief Umlandela refused to pay to him certain cattle owing for ploughing done for him according to agreement, I sent to the Chief the message of 25 October last marked “A,” to which I received his reply on the 9th November marked “B.” As the plaintiff found himself unprepared to proceed then with his case, I allowed it to stand over for a while. Plaintiff having renewed his application for a trial I sent on the 4th instant to Um- landela the message marked “C,” his answer to which reached me on the 10th marked “D.” Your Excellency will perceive that this my last message to him embraced two subjects stated separately. The first part of the message is based on the Right Honourable the Secretary of State's telegraphic communication on the subject of Umlandela’s application to have Chief John Dunn as his Umelele, copy of which was sent for my information and guidance. I have to remark that Umlandela’s assertions in his answer marked “D,” that I took cattle from him for Malindi and Umjiba, Natal natives, are entirely and utterly untrue; and I am at a loss to understand what grounds he may have on which to found the allegation that I dislike him and hate him. His remarks on the action taken by me in reference to Sitimela are also wholly untrue as your Excellency well knows from the cor- respondence on the subject of the rebellion headed by Sitimela in July last,-on which occasion, I ought to mention here, I do not believe a single life would have been sacri- ficed if Umlandela had not refused and failed to come when sent for by me. I think it necessary to point out what in my opinion is the most serious part of Umlandela’s reply to my message. It is his distinct declaration that he will have Chief Dunn as his Umelele, a declaration he makes in spite of being told that Her Majesty's Government would not permit the arrangement. He was, in the first instance, viz., on the 15th September, informed by me that his application in the matter would be referred to his Excellency the High Commissioner for his instructions. It is certain there- fore that he knew that the reply he got was only sent through me and was not my own. 3 In my Despatch to the Deputy High Commissioner dated 13th August last, on the subject of the rebellion which had just then been suppressed in Umlandela’s territory, I made the following representation :- “I have to state for your Excellency's information that the Chief Umlandela, owing to weakness of character and general want of ability, is utterly unfit to rule his terri- tory, and I am of opinion that unless some change be effected in the Chieftainship further difficulties may be expected soon to arise in his territory.” In conclusion, I would remind your Excellency that the conduct of Umlandela towards the Boundary Commission in Zululand, at the time when the boundaries of his territory were fixed, was such as induced his Excellency Sir Garnet Wolseley, then High Commissioner, to impose upon him a fine of 100 head of cattle, which fine was duly levied. I have, &c., (Signed) M. OSBorn, British Resident, Zululand. P.S.–In connexion with the circumstances above reported, I invite your Excellency’s attention to Umlandela’s message of the 15th instant, and my reply thereto transmitted in my separate letter also of this date.—M.O. Sub-enclosure “A.” Message to UMLANDELA per Messengers UMTSHWETSHwB and MAGULA. Inhlazatye, Zululand, * October 25, 1881. TELL Umlandela that a white man, Mr. Stolp, complains to me that he refuses to pay him 11 head of cattle for ploughing, &c., done for him. If Umlandela contests this claim I am prepared to hear this case, and request him to enter appearance without delay. Sub-enclosure “ B.” UMTSHWE (sic), and MAGULA state : November 9, ISSI. WE delivered the Resident’s message of October 25th, as above, to Umlandela. In reply to it he said that he was prepared to give Mr. Stolp four (4) head of cattle only and refused to pay any more. We said then that he must enter appearance before the Resident, and tell him why he refuses to satisfy Mr. Stolp's claim. Umlandela declined positively to do this, saying he was not going before the Resident to be eaten up. We told him that it was not necessary for him to appear in person, that he could send others to appear for him in the case, ºr dº sº-º-º-º-º-e --- - Sub-enclosure “C.” Inhlazatye, Zululand, February 4, 1882. Message to Chief Umlandela per messengers. Somopo and Zima. 1. I have communicated with the Governor in reference to the question of Chief John Dunn acting for Umlandela in the capacity of Sub-Resident or otherwise as last referred to in Umlandela's message to me by Ungunya (P) and Mankengana. [November 30, 1881.] The Governor has consulted the great Chiefs across the water on the subject (the Queen's Ministers); their reply is that they cannot allow Chief Dunn to act as requested, and therefore the Governor cannot permit it. Umlandela will therefore abstain from obtaining the interference of Chief Dunn in any manner in his territory. If he at any time encounters any difficulty in the management of his territory, I am always ready to advise him. * 2. Some time ago I informed Umlandela that a white man, Mr. Stolp, complained to me that he refuses to pay him 11 head of cattle according to agreement for ploughing done, and I requested Umlandela to appear before me to answer the complaint. The messengers, Umtshwetshwe and Magula, came back and reported that Umlandela refused to appear. I think there must be a mistake about this, and I now again send to inform Umlandela that Mr. Stolp claims the 11 cattle ; and I have appointed the Monday after next as the day on which the case will be heard by me here, and I request him to appear º either personally or by his representatives, with his witnesses to answer Mr. Stolp's Clall]], A 2 4 Sub-Enclosure “D.” Inhlazatye, Zululand, February 10, 1882. THE messengers Somopo and Zima, sent to Chief Umlandela on the 4th instant with a message from the Resident, return and state :- - We took the Resident’s message to Umlandela, who in reply said:— “I have become accustomed to John Dunn because that Chief always helps me. When Sitimela created a rebellion in my district Chief Dunn came to my rescue. John Dunn only rescued me, and the Resident did not assist me at all. The Resident came down here and stayed some days, but would not join Dunn and I. (sic); and when the disturbance was about to reach a climax the Resident ran away back to the Inhlazatye, without even leaving the men he had with him to assist on my side. Twice I sent to the Resident for assistance against Sitimela, and found him absent from his camp. The third time I sent to the Resident I found him at his camp, and he then came down to my territory; but he would not help me himself by catching Sitimela, neither would he assist John Dunn to do so. The Resident dislikes me, and so I go to Chief Dunn, and the Resident ought to tell the Government and the Queen that this is so. Twice the Resident has taken cattle from me, once for Malindi, a native British subject from Natal, and once for another Natal native named Umjiba, who had lost cattle during the Sitimela disturbance. The cattle lost by the latter ought to have been made good by Mr. Dunn, who arranged about all the cattle taken from Sitimela—my cattle taken from Sitimela— and John Dunn was the proper person to apply to even about Malindi's cattle. The Resident hates me, and I will have Mr. Dunn for my Umelele (sic) or Sub-Resident; and only communicate with the Resident through the Chief John Dunn. “Now the Resident wants me to give Mr. Stolp cattle; I am willing to give Mr. Stolp two head of cattle, and as the Resident wishes it will even give him four head if the Resident sends him (Mr. Stolp) down to me with one of his messengers; but I will not give Mr. Stolp the 11 head he claims, and neither will I appear or cause appearance to be entered in my behalf before the Resident as requested. Positively, I will not appear before the Resident. Enclosure 2 in No. 3. BRITISH RESIDENT to ADMINISTRATOR, Natal. (Received March 12, 1882.) SIR, & Zululand, March 7, 1882. WITH reference to my Despatch of the 18th February representing certain com- munications which had passed between the Chief Umlandela and myself on the subject of Mr. Stolp's case, and of his assigning the government of his territory to Chief John Dunn, &c., I have the honour now to transmit copy of a message received by me on the 2nd instant from Umlandela by his son Umswazi and Uxova. - Your Excellency will perceive that in this message Unilandela now states he will no longer refer to Chief John Dunn any matters connected with the government of his territory. * I am aware that a considerable section of the people in Umlandela’s territory refuse to submit to him, and as he is quite incompetent to govern, I fear that difficulties of a serious nature will arise unless something can be done to remedy the evil. Umlandela, as will be seen from the enclosed message, persists in following his own course in reference to the case of Mr. Stolp. I have, &c. (Signed) M. Osborn, His Excellency the Administrator of the Government, British Resident. Natal Sub-Enclosure in Mr. Osborn's Letter of the 7th March 1882. Zululand, March 2, 1882. Umswazi, son of Chief Umlandela, and Uxova state :- We are sent by Umlandela to inform the Resident that he thanks him for his words that he is to have no arrangement with Mr. Dunn by which the latter is to take part in the management of affairs in Umlandela's territory. & 5 He sent to inform Chief Dunn of this message received from the Resident. Mr. Dunn said that Umlandela was to inform the Resident that he knew he had nothing to do in Umlandela's territory, but many of the people living in it were constantly coming to him to have their affairs settled by him which he refused to do, referring them to Umlandela, also that there are many people who had formerly joined Sitimela who will not acknowledge Umlandela, in whose territory, they reside. These people are under the headmen or Chiefs Somopo, Umkosano, Unisobo, and Nudwa. Umlandela says that this is perfectly true, and he now acquaints the Resident with the circumstance; and, at the suggestion of Chief Dunn, he requests the Resident to inform the Governor thereof. - - e $ Umlandela further says that he will not after this send any matters connected with the government of his territory to Chief Dunn, but he will in case of danger take refuge with him again as he did before during the Sitimela rising. Umlandela says also that he will always send up all important cases arising in his district for trial by the Resident; the minor cases he will try himself. With reference to the claim brought by the white man (Mr. Stolp) Umlandela says that the man did not earn more than two head of cattle, and that these are all he is now willing to give him. Reply. I am glad to hear that Umlandela will in future attend himself to all business in his territory. It is important that he should do so for his own sake and welfare of his people. Should Umlandela be at any time in imminent personal danger necessitating his taking refuge elsewhere, it is open to him to go to such place or friendly Chief as may appear to him most desirable on such an occasion. It is not right that Umlandela should send any cases between his own subjects up to me for trial. I do not hear such cases, I only try civil cases in which a British subject is a party. With regard to Stolp's case I can say nothing about it in reply, as I have been unable to hear the case through Umlandela's repeated refusals to appear. I have often explained to him that every case in which a British subject is a party must be tried before me. Enclosure 3 in No. 3. British Resident to ADMINISTRATOR, Natal. (Received March 10, 1882.) SIR, Inhlazatye, Zululand, March 3, 1882. I HAVE the honour to report that having acquainted Chief John Dunn with the instructions of the Right Honourable the Secretary of State in reference to the question of his taking over the Government of Umlandela’s territory, a correspondence on the subject ensued between him and me, copies of which I now transmit herein, he having requested me to forward the same for information of the Secretary of State, whose reasons for having given the instruction referred to he is anxious to obtain. It appears to me that John Dunn’s object is to show that he did not offer his services or assistance to Umlandela, but that it was on the spontaneous request of the latter that he should take over the Government of his territory that he advised him to apply to me in the matter. He also wishes to show that he did not consent to act as Umelele, an office which he would on no account undertake for any Chief. I am unable to think of any other object he may have in making what seems to me the very unusual request for the reasons on which the Secretary of State based his instruction. - I have only to add that about the end of September last John Dunn informed me that both Umlandela’s messengers and his own had incorrectly delivered their messages to me on the 15th of that month. I have, &c. His Excellency the Administrator of the (Signed) M. OSBorn, Government, Natal. British Resident, Zululand. 6 From Major-General Sir EvelyN WooD to BRITISH RESIDENT, Zululand. SIR, Maritzburg, December 12, 1881. WITH reference to your letter, with enclosures dated 15th September 1881, I have the honour to enclose, for your information, a copy of a telegram containing the views of Her Majesty's Government on the subject in question. I have, &c., (Signed) EvelyN WooD, Major-General, Deputy High Commissioner. Telegram. KIMBERLEY to Wood. 29 October.—Your Despatch of 26 September inform Umlandela that Her Majesty’s Government have no wish that he should place himself under Dunn, and tell Dunn that offers by him to Chiefs to act as their Umelele cannot be sanctioned. The CHIEF John DUNN, Zululand. SIR, * Inhlazatye, Zululand, January 24, 1882. THE question of the Chief Umlandela placing in your hands the management or ruling of his territory having been referred to the Right Honourable the Secretary of State, I have the honour to inform you that Her Majesty's Government do not approve of the proposed arrangement, neither can they sanction any offers by you to Chiefs to act as their Umelele or Sub-Resident. I am, &c. (Signed) M. OsBoRN, British Resident, Zululand. The BRITISH RESIDENT, Zululand. SIR, Ungoyi, Dunnsland, January 27, 1882. I BEG to acknowledge the receipt of your letter of the 24th instant, intimating to me that you had referred the question of the Chief Umlandela's wish to place the management of his territory in my hands, and notifying to me that Her Majesty's Govern- ment do not approve of the proposed arrangement, also stating “neither can they sanction any offers by you to Chiefs to act as their Umelele or Sub-Resident.” As to this last notification I am at a loss to see why I should receive such intimation, as such an intention has never entered my head, neither would I agree to act as such, and I respectfully beg that you will make me acquainted with the reason of such an intimation. & I am, &c. (Signed) J. DUNN, Chief. SIR, - Inhlazatye, Zululand, February 6, 1882. I AM in receipt of your letter of the 27th ultimo. In reference to your request therein contained, I have to inform you that I am unable to state why the Secretary of State ordered that it should be intimated to you that “offers by you to Chiefs to act as “ their Umelele" cannot be sanctioned, as his Lordship did not convey his reasons therefor. I have, &c. The Chief John Dunn, (Signed) M. OSBoRN, Zululand. British Resident, Zululand. SIR, Ungoyi, Dunnsland, February 16, 1882. I HAVE to acknowledge the receipt of your letter of the 6th instant, in answer to mine of the 27th ultimo, in which you state that you are unable to inform me why the Secretary of State ordered that it should be intimated to me that offers-by me to Chiefs to act as their Umelele cannot be sanctioned. 7 I hope you will not consider me troublesome by requesting you to respectfully beg the Secretary of State to inform you on what grounds he has made this intimation to me. My actions being so much misrepresented by Bishop Colenso in England must plead my excuse for making this request. I am, &c. The British Resident, Zululand. (Signed) J. DUNN. SIR, e Inhlazatye, Zululand, February 21, 1882. I AM in receipt of your letter of the 16th instant, in which you request me to ascertain from the Secretary of State the grounds on which he made the intimation conveyed to you in my letter of the 24th January last. It appears to me, on reference to the record of Umlandela's application, that his Lord- ship's instruction was clearly based on the tenor of the messages on the subject from Umlandela and yourself, delivered to me on the 15th September last by U'Fana and Umgobo, who were sent by the former, and by Majosi, sent by you, a reference to which will, I doubt not, convince you that they formed the ground on which the instruction was given. I think it right to tell you here that in forwarding those messages to the Deputy High Commissioner I stated distinctly that I was informed by you that Umlandela had requested you to take over the government of his territory. I did not say that you wished to act as his Umelele. I think that under these circumstances you will see that there is no necessity to apply to the Secretary of State. At the same time, should you still wish your application to go forward, I shall be glad to comply with your request. I am, &c. The Chief John Dunn, (Signed) M. OsBoRN, Zululand. British Resident, Zululand SIR, Zululand, February 27, 1882. I BEG to acknowledge the receipt of your letter of the 21st, in answer to mine of the 16th. As the minds of the people are so much poisoned against me in England I must beg you will lay our correspondence before the Secretary of State, and respectfully request him to make known to you on what grounds he ordered you to make the intimation to me re Umelele or Sub-Resident, as on your communicating to me the purport of the message you had received by Umlandela's messenger, accompanied by one of my own men, I immediately advised you of the tone of the message being wrong, and that it was at Umlandela's own entreaty that he wished me to take over the government of his territory after I had reinstated him against Sitimela. His reason to me was that he owed his life to me, that his subjects would not obey him, and that he saw that you were powerless to help him, as the people you advised to assist him had rendered him no assistance, and that if it had not been for me he would have been despoiled of all he possessed, and perhaps lost his life. It was on this representation of his that I advised him to state his wish to you. As to acting as Sub-Resident or Umelele, I would not consent to do so for Umlandela or any other Chief. I am, &c. The British Resident. (Signed) J. DUNN. Enclosure 4 in No. 3. SIR. H. BULWER to BRITISH RESIDENT. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, March 20, 1882. l: I HAVE had before me your official letters of the 18th February and 3rd an 7th of March, all relating to the conduct of the Chief Umlandela. A 4 8 2. The attitude adopted by that Chief respecting the claim made by one Jacob Stolp, described as a British subject, and the messages which the Chief has sent you upon that subject, are, I think, indefensible. 3. On referring to the terms and conditions laid down by General Sir Garnet Wolseley in September 1879, for the purpose of discovering the course of procedure to be adopted in the case of disputes where British subjects should be involved, I find that under the 10th Article the Zulu Chiefs agreed in all such cases of dispute to appeal to and abide by the decision of the British Resident. It does not appear from the report of your proceedings in this case that you have as yet given any decision on the claim of Jacob Stolp. You have, as I understand it, received the claim, and called upon the Chief Umlandela to put in an appearance either in person or through some representative at the Residency, with the view of holding an inquiry into the claim. Umlandela, it would seem, has refused either to appear in person or to send any one to represent him, and consequently you have been unable to hold an inquiry. - Umlandela's refusal, more especially having regard to the circumstances and the manner of the refusal, is open to the greatest objection. I must however point out to you that, looking to the words of the 10th Article of the terms and conditions, there is no positive obligation on him to put in an appearance either in person or by proxy, and therefore, strictly speaking, he has not by his refusal broken the expressed obligation imposed on him by the 10th Article. In spirit no doubt he has done so, but not according to the letter of the agreement. 4. It is difficult to say what is the best course to pursue under the circumstances; but I am disposed to think that it would be well for you to send a message to Umlandela, in which you may tell him that you have brought under my notice the messages he has sent to you in connexion with the claim made by Jacob Stolp, and that I regret to learn he has shown an indisposition to comply with the request made by you that he should send some one to represent him in the inquiry which you wished to make regarding this claim. You should then call his attention to the terms of the 10th Article of the Agree- ment by which he pledged himself in all cases of dispute in which British subjects were involved to abide by the decision of the British Resident. You should point out to him that you have as yet given no such decision, that you did not accept Mr. Jacob Stolp's claim for ll head of cattle, but that you wished to hear Umlandela’s version of the transaction before coming to any decision, and that is why you ask him to send some- body to state his case ; and that your only object is to give a fair decision in the matter. In sending this message it should be your object to remove any possible mis- understanding on Umlandela's part, for it seems likely that he took it for granted that you simply sent for him in order to oblige him to pay the 11 head of cattle; and I need not point out to you the importance of putting the case in such a manner as to show your real motives, and of sending your message by messengers who will deliver it in a friendly and favourable light. 5. With regard to the question of the relations between Chief John Dunn and Chief Umlandela, arising out of a proposal which appears to have been made, that Chief John Dunn should be the Umelele of Umlandela, I will address you a separate communi- cation. 6. So far as Umlandela is concerned, he, I understand, has now abandoned the idea, and has informed you that he will no longer refer to Chief John Dunn any matters con- nected with the government of his territory. This, so far as it goes, is satisfactory. At the same time I cannot but perceive that the general conduct of Umlandela and the attitude taken by him is unsatisfactory, and I am aware that the authority which he exercises in his district is not such as to give an assurance of good order in the district. 7. On this subject I shall have an opportunity of speaking to you when we meet, but in the meanwhile I am sure you will not fail, in your communications with Umlandela, to de your best, by moderate and friendly counsel, to persuade him to a right line of conduct. * I have, &c. To Melmoth Osborn, Esq., - (Signed) HENRY BULwer, &c. &c. &c., Her Majesty's Special Commissioner. British Resident, Zululand. 9 Enclosure 5 in No. 3. SIR. H. BULWER to BRITISH RESIDENT. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, March 20, 1882. IN connexion with the subject of my official letter of this date, and with more special reference to the correspondence which has taken place on the subject of Um- landela's desire that Chief John Dunn should act as his Umelele, I have to request you to inform Chief John Dunn that, in accordance, with his request, I will forward to the Secretary of State his letter of February 27, together with the other correspondence to which he refers. 2. At the same time I may observe that there can be little doubt that the telegram of the Secretary of State of the 29th October last was based upon the information furnished by U'Fana, Umgobo, and Majosi. The assurance given by Chief John Dunn that the messages delivered by these messengers were incorrect, as he had never made an offer of the kind to the Chief Umlandela, and that he at no time has had any such intention will I am sure be satisfactory to Her Majesty’s Government. I have, &c. To Melmoth Osborn, Esq., (Signed) HENRY BULwer, &c. &c. &c., Her Majesty’s Special Commissioner. British Resident, Zululand. No. 4. Gover Nor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received April 18, 1882.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, March 20, 1882. I HAVE the honour to forward for your Lordship's information copy of a report I have received from the British Resident in Zululand in which he expresses a fear that the prevalence of drought in that country during the past months of January and February, and the consequent injury to the growing crops in many parts, will be attended by a great scarcity of food in the coming winter. 2. I have desired the Resident to keep me informed from time to time of the actual conditions of the country in regard to the harvest and food supply as they come to his knowledge, showing, as well as he can, the circumstances of the different localities or districts. s I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, (Signed) HENRY BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Her Majesty's Special Commissioner. Enclosure in No. 4. THE BRITISH RESIDENT in ZULULAND to the ADMINISTRATOR, NATAL. (Received March 12, 1882.) SIR, - Zululand, March 6, 1882. I HAVE the honour to report that owing to the midsummer drought which pre- vailed here during January and February last the growing crops in many parts of Zululand have sustained serious injury, and in many cases complete failure has resulted. I fear that a great scarcity of food is inevitable. 2. Its pressure will be more keenly felt about the end of next winter, by which time the short crops that will be harvested this season will be nearly consumed. I have, &c. His Excellency (Signed) M. OsbokN, The Administrator of the British Resident. Government, Natal. R 4012, B 1() No. 5: Governor Sir HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the Right Hon. The EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received April 25, 1882.) Çovernment House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My loRD, - March 24, 1882. I Have the honour to forward, for your Lordship's information, copies of papers relative to the condition of the ex-King Cetywayo's family in Zululand. I have, &c. . (Signed) HENRY BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Her Majesty's Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure I in No. 5. Sir HERCULEs Robinson to Sir H. BULWER. -- Government House, Cape Town, SIR, March 3, 1882. $ I HAVE the honour to forward a letter addressed to your Excellency by Cetywayo which has been transmitted to me, together with a letter to myself, in which the ex-King renews his inquiries after the condition of his family. In connexion with this question I have the honour to observe that Sir Evelyn Wood, in a Despatch of the 10th October 1881, in reply to my. Despatch to him of the 27th September 1881, stated that he had instructed the British Resident in Zululand to make inquiries on this subject; I have not, however, as yet been furnished with the information which Cetywayo is so anxious to receive. - I have, &c. His Excellency, (Signed) HERCULES Robinson, Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., Governor and High Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure 2 in No. 5. To His Excellency Sir HERCULEs Robinson, G.C.M.G. Oude Molen, February 23, 1882. I AM writing to you Sir Hercules Robinson. I am still hoping to hear from you about my family what you expect to hear from Mr. Osborn. Now Unconcwana, Mawazein and the two barbers are here and have told me that it is true that my family has been driven away from their homes; what great wrong have I done to the English so that my family is left to be in such distress P. I am surprised that no one asks for me the question as to why my family is so ill-treated P Why is not an end made to this ill-treating of my family and country? I am now in your hands and under you, it is not right that my family should be driven away from their homes to wander about on the hills when Usibebu and his party drove away my family from their homes, he deprived them of all their good, much corn he took away, some he spilt along the roads, unto a great quantity he threw dead cats and dogs, and many other dirty things. Some he burned with fire. The people that act so badly in Zululand say that Sir E. Wood and Mr. Rudolph told them to do so at the Inhlazatye meeting. As these people are left to act thus, I really do not know to what house I belong (i.e. I don’t know who cares for me). I am staying here praying the English for nothing besides my family and country. I tell you for a truth that the Zulu nation is in great distress. They know not what to do because they are ill-treated and have their mouths shut. They never receive a proper hearing from Mr. Osborn or from Mr. Shepstone when they get the luck of coming so far; when the Zulus talk about me they have all their cattle taken away from them and some driven away from their homes by Usibebu, at the instigation of John Dunn, for he is the one that instigates those who do wrong in Zululand to do so; four men and two women were killed by Usibebu and his men, and they deprived my family of their corn, cattle, and many more things. Sotondose, Mr. Osborn's Zulu chief officer, has told the Zulu Chiefs and people that if they talked about me, an English army would come and com- 1] pletely destroy them. He also said to the Chiefs and people “ Do you see how strong “, and large the English nation is 2 If you wish to live well you must do the same as “ the English, for they have built up their nation by deceit, they say a thing one day and “ deny it the next. Now do the same always and deny that you have asked for the “ King.” He told Mgamana this also ; but Maamana rebuked Sotondose and would not listen to him. Uhamu, Usibebu, Umfanawendhlela (I will not mention J. Dunn for he has no land in Zululand) are the only elected chiefs that did not send down to ask for me, saying on the arrival of Umkosana in his country: “Sirs, we have come down sent by our “ Chief to say we have sent to thank you your returning Umkosana the skin that en- “ wrapped the child that we are still looking for. Pour on of your kindness and make “ the cup full. Do not stop here. We have seen the wrapper now, we trust to see “ what was in it (meaning the Zulu ex-King). A father beats a child on the back, and “ not on the head. Sotondose is the man that told Uhamu to kill the Abaqulusi. He “ went and told them that Uhamu wished to talk with their Chiefs. 'The Chiefs came and “ were killed by Uhamu. Uhamu then attacked the Abaqulusi that were staying at their “ homes and killed very many.” By such people is Zululand being ruined. By J. Dunn was Sir E. Wood cheated when he said that the Zulus did not ask for me. To the Inhlazatye had the Zulus gone to ask for me, but a report was spread by Sotondose that Sir E. Wood had come to kill anyone who asked for me by means of his soldiers. In this manner then are the Zulus treated. They have their mouths shut by terrorism. They have what they say misrepresented. I am still waiting to hear if you will allow my Chief Umkosana, who is at Bishopstowe, and waiting to be called down, to go with me to England. I also ask you to help me by getting some one that will interpret for the women while I am in England. (Signed) CETYWAYo, Ka Mpande. Forwarded for transmission to the Under Secretary of Native Affairs, Cape Town. (Signed) J. STORR LISTER, 26. 2. 82. Custodian. Enclosure 3 in No. 5. Sir HENRY BULwFR to the Right Hon. Sir HERCULEs Robinson. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, March 19, $882. , IN further reply to your Despatch of the 3rd March I have the honour to inform your Excellency that upon making inquiry into the subject of the latter portion of the Despatch which you addressed to Sir Evelyn Wood on the 27th of September—the part, namely, referring to the condition of the family of the ex-King Cetywayo, I ascertain that a report was made by the British Resident in Zululand on the 29th of October last, to the effect that 25 of the ex-King's wives had come to the Residency, complaining that they had been driven away from their homes by Usibebu, and asking the Resident for a place where they could live. They expressed a wish to go to Natal. They apparently considered themselves as belonging to Undabuko, the brother of the ex-King Cetywayo; and as Undabuko had been obliged by the Chief Usibebu to leave the latter's territory, they as belonging to Undabuko had been obliged to leave also. Undabuko was at the time the Resident wrote about to proceed to Natal, and the women wished to proceed also. The Resident informed them that before he could give them permission to go over into Natal, it would be necessary for him to communicate with the Natal Government; and in the meantime he proposed an arrangement by which they could remain among the people of the tribe of the late Lukwazi, in the territory of the Zulu Chief Umgitjwa. The women appear to have been much pleased with the proposed arrangement, and expressed their wish to remain among Lukwasi's people until the return of Undabuko. * 2. On the 31st October the Resident reported that the women were with Lukwasi's tribe, at no great distance from Inhlazatye, where the Resident was established ; that they were not suffering from want, although he believed it was the case that the grain belonging to the family had been taken from them at the time they had to leave Usibebu’s territory; and that he had every reason to expect they would receive kind and generous treatment among Lukwazi's people. B 2 12 3. In a letter which I received from the Resident two days ago, dated the 8th day of March, he refers to the wives of Cetywayo who had been living with Undabuko, and says that they are still living among Lukwasi's people. 4. I will write to ask him for further information about them. I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY BULWER. Enclosure 4 in No. 5. SIR HENRY BULWER to BRITISH RESIDENT, Zululand. \s. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, March 24, 1882. THE ex-King Cetywayo has recently been making inquiries as to the whereabouts and condition of the members of his family who had to leave Usibebu’s territory some months since. 2. I have written to inform Sir Hercules Robinson of the arrangement you made in October last for their temporary residence among the people of Lukwazi's tribe, and that in a recent letter you had mentioned that they were still living with Lukwazi's people. 3. Will you be good enough to give me from time to time such information as you can obtain as to their condition and circumstances. - I have, &c. To Melmoth Osborn, Esq., (Signed) HENRY BULWER. &c. &c. &c. British Resident, Zululand. No. 6.. GoverNor SIR HENRY BULW ER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received April 25, 1882.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal. My LoRD, March 24, 1882. I ENCLOSE for your Lordship's information copy of an Official Letter received from the British Resident, in which he reports the death of Langazana, a widow of Senzanga- kona the father of Chaka. & 2. The event is of no political importance, but it is of interest as carrying us back to the days before the foundation of the Zulu power. Chaka had at a very early age aroused the distrust of his father by his character and evident ambition, and had in consequence been obliged to leave the country, and when Senzangakona died he was still a fugitive living among the Umtetwas. 3. Senzangakona left by Langazana one son, who was killed fighting against the Dutch emigrant farmers at the battle of the Blood River in 1838. 4. Langazana was the Inkosikazi, or mistress in charge of the Isithlebe military kraal which was established in Senzangakona's time. ... She was formerly possessed of con- siderable influence among the Zulus, and was well known for her friendly disposition towards the English. I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, (Signed) HENRY BULWER, &c. &c. &c. - Her Majesty's Special Commissioner. Enclosure in No. 6. BRITISH RESIDENT, Zululand, to SIR. H. BULwÉR. SIR, Zululand, March 4, 1882. I HAVE the honour to report, that Langazana, a widow of Zenzagakona the Zulu king who was succeeded by Tchaka, died of old age at her kraal in Zululand about eight weeks ago. The event so far as I can see carries no political significance. The deceased had for many years past on account of her great age and bodily infirmities ceased to take any active part or interest in the politics of the country. I have, &c. His Excellency, (Signed) M. Osborn, The Administrator of the Government, British Resident. Natal. 13 No. 7. Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received April 25, 1882.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, March 27, 1882. I TRANSMIT for your Lordship's information copy of a letter which Mr. Campbell, Administrator of Native Law in the Lower Tugela Division, received in December last from an acquaintance who was in the Zulu country. Mr. Campbell in sending the letter to the Government, which he did on the 18th February, desired that the name of his correspondent should not be made public, and therefore the copy bears no signature. - 2. I am not disposed to attach much weight to the observations made by Mr. Camp- bell's correspondent, but I forward his letter as bearing upon the condition, towards the close of last year, of those parts of the Zulu country where the writer appears to have been. The letter was referred by Colonel Mitchell to the British Resident for his Report, which I have now received, and a copy of which I also transmit. 3. It is evident from Mr. Osborn's Report that the state of uneasiness which the writer of the letter found existing in Umyamana's district in the latter part of last year was due to the attack that Uhamu had recently made upon the Abaqulusi, and to a belief that he intended attacking also some of Umyamana's people; and it is equally clear that the writer's assertion to the effect that “all the Zulus find to their astonishment more blood “ and slaughtering of human beings under the English protection than was ever known “ when their kings were in power” was a simple reflection of the excited feelings pre- vailing at that time amongst Umyamana's people, who had fresh in their minds the losses inflicted upon the Abaqulusi, and were apprehensive that they themselves might be the next objects of attack. 4. The writer refers in his letter to what he calls the Usutu section of the people. There is, however, properly speaking, no such section. The word “Usutu’’ was a battle cry adopted by the followers of Cetywayo in the contest for the succession that he had with his brother Umbulazwe in 1856. But the statement of the writer that the Usutu were “going to cling together ”no doubt had reference to the closer drawing together of the relations and good understanding between Umyamana, who was the ex-king’s prime minister, and Undabuko and Usivetu, the brother and half-brother of the ex-king, who had not long before been obliged to leave Usibebu's territory. 5. It would seem that Umyamana, Undabuko, and Usivetu have been forming a party for their own purposes, and it will be seen that Mr. Osborn in his Report is of opinion that the party has latterly been acquiring more strength by the accession of people dis- satisfied with the chiefs appointed under the settlement. 6. The formation of this party is a circumstance not to be disregarded. The causes which have contributed to it are slightly touched upon by the Resident in his Report, but the full meaning and purposes of the party are matters which require further expla– nation than I am at this moment in a position to give. I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kºney, Her Majesty's Special Commissioner. &c. &c. C. Enclosure 1 in No. 7. SIR, Black Umvolosi, December 24, 1881. WHEN I got to Umyamana's district the people there were frightened to sleep at their kraals, I asked them the cause, and they told me that they were fright- ened of Uhamu's impi coming down in the night and killing them. They say Uhamu treated them badly by taking all their cattle. I saw several young men that were work- ing in Natal, they say that they were called to get ready to fight, as they were informed that their friends would be all slaughtered by Uhamu's impi, and they say that they will not B 3 14 come back to work in Natal until Mr. Osborn settles the case in Maritzburg between Uhamu and Umyamana. - The fight between the Amaculusini and Uhamu's people put fear in Umyamana's people, as 1,200 were killed there. There is a section of the Zulus called Usutu. They are going to cling together, Sir Garnet made none of them chiefs, they are the highest people of the Zulu tribe, he has made inferior men chiefs. . These inferior chiefs when they got power they pounced upon the others and robbed them of their cattle and are making war with them and killing them. Usibebu has driven Undabuko and the king's wives out of district. They are all about the Amatonga. Usibebu actually killed dogs and put them in their mealie pits, and human bodies were found also. It was done merely to stop them from taking their mealies with them. All the Zulus hought when they came under the English protection they would have peace and quiet- ness through the land, but to their astonishment they find more bloodshed and slaugh- tering of human beings under the English protection than was ever known when their kings were in power. The Zulu country and Zulus are doomed to destruction, famine is starving them. The mealie crops all over the country are burned up with the sun. Some are eating roots and others living on milk. There will be no peace until they come under the English law, or get their king given back to them. I have been to the Pongolo, and every district I have been in say they want their king given back to them or come under the English law. There is sure to be a fight if something is not done to prevent it. Umyamana holds a strong hand in the Zulu country, he can call a great many men to his banner. The Usutº: section are the strongest in the Zulu country, of which he is the head. Uhamu is on very good terms with the Dutch, but he is still waiting for his cattle which the Amaculusini people ran away with over the borders into the Dutch territory. The Świe are on bad terms with the Dutch, and probably there will be a fight when they are coming to graze their cattle next winter. & The Zulu country is full of Kaffirs from Natal, some are here as rain doctors, others are giving medicines, and others are buying cattle for money, and numbers are also after old debts. The late chiefs do not seen to try to settle any of the cases which are brought before them. There have been cases for two years without being settled. The chiefs seem to be frightened of settling them. All the Zulus are quite agreeable to pay hut-tax, only they say they will not pay to the present chiefs which are over them; they will pay white men or the English Govern- ment. The Zulus do not know what to do at present, as the Kaffirs of Natal are daily spreading false reports amongst them. Several times they have told me that they hear the English are sending troops into the country (they fancy to fight). All that should be put a stop to. X. Y. Z. Enclosure 2 in No. 7. REMARKS on foregoing by BRITISH RESIDENT, Zululand. HIS ExCELLENCY, - THE disturbed state referred to by Mr. Campbell's correspondent arose out of Uhamu's action against the Abaqulusi in October last, and the expulsion of Undabuko and the Usutu out of his territory by the Chief Usibebu, which was followed up by Uhamu's intentions against the Pangwiseni people, a section of the party belonging to Umyamana. All the circumstances were at the time duly reported by me to his Excellency the Deputy High Commissioner. The people finding that Uhamu was not called to account for his attack on the Abaqulusi, and knowing that he is not only at enmity with Umyamana but had threatened the Pangwiseni people, and that he actually had, after the Abaqulusi affair, a strong force collected to attack Umyamana, which he only withdrew on my urgent and strong remonstrances, they naturally felt that their position was most insecure against sudden attack which they believed it not unlikely would be made by Uhamu in defiance of my advice, as he did in the case of the 1.5 Abaqulusi. This state of unrest does not exist at present, although the people concerned are to some extent still on the alert. I am not aware of the means by which the number of killed of the Abaqulusi is ascertained to be 1,200. I found it impossible to arrive at anything like a correct number ; it is certain, however, that several hundreds were killed by Uhamu's impi, as reported by me at the time. Soon after General Wood gave his award in the case of the Chief Usibebu and Undabuko, by the terms of which the latter and those belonging to him were to remove from that chief’s territory, they were expelled by the latter. Cetywayo's wives who were at the time living with Undabuko left with him and came to me for protection; what I did in regard to their application will be found in my Despatch of the 29th October last. They are still residing in accordance with the arrangement I then made. Mr. Campbell's correspondent is therefore not correct in stating that these women are with the Amatonga. * The alleged defiling of grain pits was brought to notice in my reports on the questions between Usibebu and Undabuko. - - At the time Mr. Campbell’s correspondent wrote, December 24, there was no famine in Zululand, neither could there have been even a scarcity of food, as the crops harvested last year were unusually heavy. The people termed it a year of plenty “Inala.” I think it likely that his information on this point was obtained from the families expelled by Usibebu, who lost their stores of grain. The destruction of the Abaqulusi by Uhamu, and the fact that the latter has not been called to account for the deed, has undoubtedly caused great uneasiness in the minds of the people. They see the necessity and would naturally express the desire of having a supreme ruler to restrain the chiefs from committing these acts of violence. The people at first entertained the hope that they would be placed under British rule, but finding that the appointed chiefs were to govern, they concluded that the English Government would through the Resident control the chiefs and prevent them from oppressing or destroying the people. The fate of the Abaqulusi, however, on the 2nd of October last, coupled with the fact that Uhamu up to the present time has not been called to account, has entirely dispelled the notion that such control exists, they therefore look about them for such relief as they may be able to contrive. Umyamana is the head of the Usutu party, which is latterly acquiring more strength through the accession to their ranks of chiefs of tribes who are dissatisfied with the appointed chiefs, to whom they are not loyal. These dissatisfied chiefs, finding from the late irresponsible conduct of Uhamu towards the Abaqulusi that the English will not interfere, and also owing to the constant circulation of reports that Cetewayo will be restored, are evidently thinking that rather than submit to those placed as chiefs over them it is better for them to join the party under Umyamana and Undabuko, whose policy is to agitate for restoration of the Zulu dynasty. I have, &c. (Signed) M. OSBoRN, March 8, 1882. g British Resident, Zululand. No. 8. COLONIAL OFFICE to MAJoR-GENERAI, SIR EVELYN WOOD, V.C., G.C.M.G., K.C.B. SIR, Downing Street, April 29, 1882. I AM directed by the Earl of Kimberley to transmit to you the accompanying Despatch from Sir H. Bulwer”, together with one'ſ addressed to his Lordship by yourself relative to the supposed wish of Umlandela to avail himself of the advice of Chief John Dunn as Sub-Resident. , Lord Kimberley desires me to inquire whether you are able to throw any light upon the apparent inconsistency of the conduct of John Dunn or of Umlandela. I am, &c., Sir Evelyn Wood. (Signed) JOHN BRAMST'ON. * No. 3. f No. 70 of [C.—3182] March 1882, B 4 16 No. 9. MAJOR-GENERAL SIR EVELYN WOOD, V.C., G.C.M.G., K.C.B., to COLONIAL OFFICE. Government House, Chatham, SIR, May 2, 1882. In reply to your letter of the 29th April" transmitting papers+ noted in the margin, which are herewith returned, I have the honour to inform you that I believe Umlandela is an imbecile, and being last year in fear for his life really desired John Dunn's aid and protection; and it is manifest from Umlandela's words that his territory was practically ruled by John Dunn during the period immediately subsequent to the outbreak of July 1881. When Sitimela, or the next pretender, comes forward, Umlan- dela, unless he is killed, will probably fly again to John Dunn's territory, and use language similar to that of last year. 2. As regards Chief John Dunn, he says Majosi, his servant, delivered a message incorrectly, and that he, Chief John Dunn, never offered to act as a Sub-Resident, but he was willing to save Umlandela the trouble of ruling his territory, but he consented to this only at Umlandela’s earnest entreaty. ſºy I have, &c. J. Bramston, Esq. (Signed) EVELYN WOOD, Major-General. No. 10. Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received May 10, 1882.) * Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, April 6, 1882. THE enclosed copy of correspondence with the British Resident will show you! Lordship the steps taken by me after my arrival here to give effect to some of the instructions contained in your Lordship's Despatch to me of the 2nd February: ; the instructions, namely, which are contained in paragraphs 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, i4, 15, and 16 of the Despatch. 2. I have seen Mr. Osborn, who arrived here last Monday, and have had the advantage of conferring with him personally upon the best mode of communicating to the appointed Chiefs of Zululand the decision of Her Majesty's Government on the points dealt with in the above-mentioned parts of your Lordship’s Despatch. 3. We are opinion that, there is no necessity to call the Chiefs together for that purpose, as we are disposed to think that the calling of the Chiefs together is a measure that ought to be resorted to only upon exceptional and extraordinary occasions. On the present occasion it will be sufficient that the substance of the decisions of Her Majesty's Government should be conveyed to the Chiefs individually. If I should go into the Zulu country in the course of the present month it will perhaps be well thai’i should make whatever communications on the subject are necessary to the Chiefs whom I may be enabled to see; but should I not go the Resident will himself make the com. munications to the several Chiefs immediately on his return. I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. * No. 8. f No. 3 of this paper and No. 70 of [C.—3182] March 1882. † No. 8 in [C.—3174] March 1882. 17 Enclosure 1 in No. 10. SIR. H. BULWER to BRITISH RESIDENT, Zululand. (Extract.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, - March 15, 1882. On the 31st of August last Sir Evelyn Wood held a meeting of the Zulu Chiefs at which were present the Chiefs Usibebu, Umgojana, Siungusa, Hlubi, Chingwayo, and John Dunn, and representatives of the Chiefs Seketwayo, Uhamu, and Faku. At that meeting his Excellency caused an address (or proclamation) to be read and interpreted to the Chiefs and others assembled. This, as I learn, was done by Mr. Boast, your clerk. A memorandum was then read and interpreted to the Chiefs by Mr. Rudolph, who at the same time explained to them that the whole question (that set forth in the memorandum) was in the hands of the Chiefs, and “that they were at liberty to adopt or reject any of the propositions,” which were then laid before them. Most of these propositions were, I believe, suggested by Chief John Dunn. The meeting was then adjourned in order to enable the Chiefs to consider the proposals, and on its re-assembling his Excellency asked the Chiefs to express their opinions freely on each subject. The result of the meeting and of the opinions of the Chiefs appear to have been communicated to the Secretary of State on the same day. You will learn from the paper I enclose what the views of Her Majesty's Government are on the several propositions which are summed up by the Secretary of State. There were, amongst others, proposals for the levying of a hut tax; for the making and maintenance of roads, and for the levying of tolls thereon; for preventing the importation of spirituous liquor; and for a periodical assembly of Chiefs. These proposals in themselves, Her Majesty’s Government remark, involve no increase of interference on the part of the British Government. They are matters entirely for the Chiefs themselves to decide upon. At the same time, as the proposal regarding the hut tax may have been connected by the Zulu Chiefs, and by others who were present at the meeting of the 31st August, with the proposal to pay the salaries of the British Resident and of the Sub-Residents out of its proceeds, and as the favourable way in which the proposal of the hut tax was received, may have been due to the belief that the payment of such a hut tax would secure the general direction of Zulu Affairs by the British Government, and that a part of the tax would be devoted to the payment of the Resident and of Sub-Residents, it will be very necessary that it should be clearly understood by the Chiefs that if any hut tax is raised no part of it will be applicable to those purposes. With reference to the proposals that were made regarding the appointment of Sub- Residents, and the payment of the British Resident and the Sub-Residents out of the hut tax, you will see that Her Majesty's Government, after careful consideration, have come to the conclusion that such a plan is open to very serious objections. In the same way Her Majesty’s Government are opposed to any extension of the powers of the Resident. I shall be glad to hear from you your views as to the best course to be taken to make known, so far as it may be necessary, these decisions of Her Majesty's Government to the Zulu Chiefs, and as to whether you think it advisable that I should come myself to Zululand and communicate with the Zulu Chiefs, either at a general meeting or indi- vidually on the subject, or whether the communication had best be made to the Chiefs in any other way. Before any communication is made to them it will, I think, be desirable that we should have an opportunity of discussing and deciding upon the best mode of proceeding if an early opportunity for our meeting can be found. Enclosure 2 in No. 10. The BRITISH RESIDENT, Zululand, to SIR HENRY BULwer. (Extract.) Zululand, March 24, 1882. I have the honour to acknowledge the receipt this day of your Excellency’s Despatch of the 15th instant, in which you acquaint me with the views of Her Majesty's Government, and the instructions of the Secretary of State on the subject or the propo- sitions which were submitted by Sir Evelyn Wood to the Zulu Chiefs on the 31st August last ; these and your Excellency’s own instructions to me in the matter, shall receive my careful attention. I do not think it advisable or necessary that your Excellency should come to Zululand to communicate personally with the Chiefs on the subject of the decision and instructions R 4012. C 18 of Her Majesty's Government referred to ; and as public affairs in Zululand are just now perfectly quiet my duties here will admit of my temporary absence from my post for the purpose of proceeding to Natal to confer with your Excellency. I therefore intend to start from here in time to reach Maritzburg on the 3rd April. No. 11. Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received May 10, 1882.) - Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, April 8, 1882. - IN connexion with the subject of Major-General Sir Evelyn Wood's Despatch to your Lordship of the 24th November last,” in which he forwarded a letter from the British Resident reporting, upon information received by him, that the three women who had been killed at the commencement of the Abaqulusi disturbances were, it would appear, killed, not by the Abaqulusi; as was at first given out, but by some of Uhamu's people, who mistook them for women belonging to an Abaqulusi family. I have now the honour to forward, for your Lordship's information, a further report from the Resi- dent giving the testimony of one of the party of three persons by whom the women were killed. 2. The statement of this man, whose name is Matsheni Ka Mbani, is evidently not correct in all respects, because he talks of being with two young men whom he tried, he says, to prevent from killing the women; whereas the facts of the case are that the two young men he was with were his two brothers, all being sons of Mbani, which he omits to mention, and that meeting the party of four women, who were people belonging to Sigade, escaping from an Abaqulusi attack, and mistaking them for women belonging to Sipuku, an Abaqulusi, with whose family the Mbani family had a feud, on account of the death of Mbani's chief son, who was killed in 1879 by some of Sipuku’s sons, they set upon them and killed three. Matsheni Ka Mbani was just about to kill the fourth woman when he recognised her features and discovered the mistake they had made. But for sparing her life he was afterwards blamed by Uhamu's people because the escape of the one women upset their story that the other three women had been killed by the Abaqulusi; and so afraid, says Matsheni Ka Mbani, was he of the dis- pleasure he had incurred that he left Uhamu's territory and took refuge in Hlubi’s territory, where he now is. - I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure in No. 11. BRITISH RESIDENT, Zululand, to Sir H BULWER. SIR, Zululand, March 17, 1882. IN my minute of the 16th November last, I transmitted to the Deputy High Commissioner a statement of the woman Unyanisa in reference to the killing of the three women before Uhamu's attack on the Abaqulusi. I have now the honour to forward, for your Excellency’s information, copy of a statement made before me by Matsheni Ka Mbane, through whose act in sparing the life of Unyanisa it has been shown that the three women were not killed by the Abaqulusi, as was alleged by Uhamu, but by the latter's own men. I have, &c. iº (Signed) M. OSBORN, His Excellency Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., British Resident, Zululand. Governor, and Her Majesty's Special Commissioner for Zulu Affairs, e Natal. * No. 102 of [C.—3182] of March 1882. 19 Matsheni Ka Mbani states :— Zululand, March 14, 1882. “I belonged to Uhamu at the time of the attack on the Abaqulusi, and formed one of his impi. Three days before the fight took place and while the impi was collecting, I and two young men, also of the impi, saw four women going from “Sigade’s’ kraal; we went up to them, we were armed. I warned the two young men not to hurt them, but in disregard of this they immediately stabbed and killed three of the women; the fourth one I took hold of and claimed her as a relative, and protected her against the two men. I then hid her in a ‘Donga.’. When it came to the ears of Uhamu's indunas just before the fighting took place, they blamed me, as I was a ringed man and older than the two who killed the women. They blamed me for saving the one woman, through whom it would now come out that the killing was done by Uhamu's people, whereas otherwise it could be held that the women were killed by the Abaqulusi. I saw that the indunas were very angry with me, and that it was not safe for me to remain. I therefore ran away that evening, and am now living in Hlubi's territory. Uhamu on hearing of this first ordered my father to be killed, but the indunas not thinking it politic to do this, he had all his cattle seized, which he still retains. He says he will restore the cattle if I return. I will not return, as I know they will kill me. - “I live now with ‘Mazweka Ka Ngindini, on the Vimyana, in Hlubi's territory.’ No. 12. The RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY to GovernoR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, May 11, 1882. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch of the 20th March”, enclosing copies of a correspondence with the British Resident in Zululand in reference to the conduct of the Chief Umlandela, and to his wish that Chief John, Dunn should act as his Umelele or Sub-Resident. 2. I approve of your communication to Mr. Osborn on the subject of Umlandela's conduct; and with regard to the correspondence between Chief John Dunn and Mr. Osborn respecting the message communicated in Mr. Osborn's letter of the 24th January, and more especially to the apprehensions expressed by John Dunn in connexion with this matter, that his actions had been much misrepresented in England by Bishop Colenso, I request that Chief Dunn may be informed by Mr. Osborn that the message delivered to him by my directions was founded entirely upon the message of Majosi, sup- ported by Ugana and Umgobo, delivered on the 15th September last, which represented John Dunn as prepared to act as Umelele to Umlandela. 3. It may also be intimated to Chief John Dunn that I am glad to receive his dis- avowal of the offer on his part to assume the position of Umelele reported by his messenger Majosi. * I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) KIMBERLEY. No. 13. The RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY to Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, May 13, 1882. I HAVE received your Despatch of the 6th ultimoi enclosing copies of a correspondence with the British Resident in Zululand in reference to the question of communicating to the Chiefs of that country the decision of Her Majesty's Government regarding certain details of administration, and I have to express my approval of the course you propose to adopt in this matter. I have, &c., Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) KIMBERLEY. % NO. 3. f No. 10. 20 No. 14. The RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY to GovePNOR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, June 10, 1882. WITH reference to your Despatch, of the 6th ultimo,” forwarding a report of your interview with certain Zulu Chiefs and headmen, at which complaints were made about the hut tax levied by the Chief John Dunn, I have the honour to request that you will ask the British Resident to furnish any information which it may be possible to obtain as to the amount produced by this tax, and the purposes to which it is applied by John Dunn. - * I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) KIMBERLEY. No. 15. Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. The EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received June 21, 1882.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, May 17, 1882. •IN reply to your Despatch of the 30th March,+ I have the honour to inform your Lordship that there does not seem to be any foundation for the statements which appear to have reached your Lordship to the effect that the natives of Natal are not permitted to migrate into Chief J. Dunn's territory. 2. I enclose a Minute on the subject by the Secretary for Native Affairs, to whom I referred the question, and also a Return furnished by him of the natives who received the permission of this Government to remove from Natal into the Zulu country during the course of the year 1881. 3. The Minute and Return have reference indeed to the Zulu country at large, including, of course, Chief J. Dunn's territory, and not to the latter's territory in particular, but there is no distinction whatsoever made in respect of his territory. 4. For obvious reasons, natives are not allowed to remove out of the Colony without obtaining the previous permission of the Government; but that no difficulty is made in the way of their removing is shown by the Return for last year, when permission was given for the removal of 1,643 persons, men, women, and children. 5. Whatever difficulty there is in the way of a large migration of natives from Natal into the Zulu country arises more out of the reluctance they have to exchange the security and the protection of a well ordered Government for the more uncertain rule of native Chiefs than from any other cause. This reason, which formerly induced large numbers of natives to leave the Zulu country and take refuge in Natal, still to a great extent operates to keep them here, although if it is the case that so many people as obtained permission in 1881 to remove did actually remove in the course of one year, it is not an unimportant testimony as to the way in which the recent change in the condi- tion of the Zulu country is regarded by the native population in Natal, for most assuredly up to the year 1879 or 1880 the tide of migration was all the other way. I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Governor. &c. &c. &c. * No.1 of [C.—3270] July 1882. f No. 2. 21 . Enclosure I in No. 15. REPORT. May 5, 1882. THE Natal natives are willing and would gladly migrate in large numbers, not only into Chief Dunn's district, but also into other-Chiefs' districts in Zululand. - 2. Zululand may be termed a sparsely populated country, and there is, I believe, abuns dance of room and soil available for occupation. 3. The Hut Tax paid in Chief Dunn's district, the only district in which a direct permanent annual tax is levied, is 10s. per hut, while that paid by natives in this Colony is 14s. 4. This fact that only one out of the thirteen Chiefs in Zululand has imposed a tax, which is entirely new to them, has created great dissatisfaction among Chief Dunn's people. 5. I am of opinion that should it be found desirable to impose such a tax, it should be a general one throughout the country or not imposed at all, for natives are most sensitive on any measure of this kind .# adopted, which bears only on a section, as they naturally argue “Why should we of one particular section be made to pay what other &\ } } “ sections do not, and who yet are similarly situated as ourselves P 6. As far as the Government of Natal is concerned there is nothing whatever to pre- vent any of its native subjects leaving the Colony for Zululand, or elsewhere, except the simple condition of first asking the permission of the supreme Chief to do so, which permission is invariably granted when it has been ascertained through the Resident Magistrate that the applicants leave no unsettled claims behind them, and this is well understood by the whole of our native population. 7. As regards Zululand, I have already stated that a very large number of natives would gladly leave this Colony to settle there, and many have expressed to me their desire to do so, but when told they are at perfect liberty to carry out their desire they asked whether the “Shadow ’’ (i.e. protection) of this Government would accompany them to their new home. To this I have of course answered in the negative. The idea of migrating is consequently at once abandoned, as they say they do not care to place themselves under a form of government that is uncertain in its administration, and from which they fled for that very reason. S. The natives of this Colony freely express to me their anxiety with regard to the future, for they say—Two questions trouble them, and these are, as to the land they can occupy, and the investigation and decisions of their civil cases, and I think it is a pity that some arrangement cannot be made whereby a considerable number of our natives could settle in Zululand under the protection of a Government in which they have full confidence, as this want is fast becoming a serious matter even with them, and should, I respectfully submit, be taken into earnest consideration. 9. For your Excellency’s information I enclose a Return of natives who have received his Excellency's permission to remove out of this Colony into Zululand during the past year. J. SHEPSTONE, Acting Secretary Native Affairs, C 3 22 Enclosure 2 in No. 15. RETURN of NATIves who have received his ExCELLENCY's permission to remove out of the Colony of NATAL into ZULULAND during the year 1881. Division. No. of Huts. | No. of Men. wº. ciº, Total people. Umgeni - º tº 22 8 2O 45 Inanda - sº º 16 10 15 30 Lower Tugela º- wº 16 8 16 28 Umvoti - - tº 7 7 6 17 Weenen - º º 3 *- 2 5 Klip River - - º - 2 * *- Newcastle - *- tºp 113 86 72 88 Umsinga - cº- tº 166 80 64 82 Ulundi tº- º tº- 87 58 75 171 Polela. cº --> º 6 6 6 20 Administry Nativelaw Lower 162 134 167 315 Tugela. - Total º tº 598 : 399 443 801 1,643 J. SHEPSTONE, May 5, 1882. Acting Secretary Native Affairs. No. 16. Gover NOR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL : OF KIMBERLEY. (Received July 4, 1882.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, May 31, 1882. IN the “Daily News” of the 5th April last a paragraph appeared giving an extract from a letter of a correspondent in Natal, regarding the state of Zululand. I enclose a copy of this paragraph. In it the correspondent says that he has been all through Zululand, and that it makes him shudder to think of the misery endured by that once happy people. “They dare not complain, as they would at once be eaten up by their “ kinglets or killed. What can the people think,” he continues, “when England looks “ quietly on while her puppets kill large numbers of people from sheer bloodthirstiness.” 2. I notice this statement because it is a sample of similar statements and similar reports that have been and are being made, and which find a place in the newspapers, and because they are calculated to convey a wrong impression of the actual state of things in the Zulu country. 3. I sent the extract from the “Daily News” to Mr. Osborn with a request that he would offer such observations upon the statement it contained as he might think it called for, and I have the honour to transmit a copy of the memorandum furnished by him in reply. 4. I feel it the more necessary to refer to this statement because of the general charge it makes against the appointed Chiefs of “killing and eating up the people,” but I will deal in this Despatch only with the statement as to the “killing.” The correspondent says that the people dare not complain for fear of being “killed,” and that England looks quietly on while her puppets “kill” large numbers of people from sheer blood- thirstiness. Now this is a very serious charge to make against the appointed Chiefs, and it cannot and ought not to be passed over, because one of the conditions made with each Chief at the time he was appointed was that he would not allow the life of any one of his people to be taken for any cause, e.vcept after sentence passed in a council of the chief men of his territory, and after fair and impartial trial in his presence, and after the 23 hearing of witnessess. The appointed Chiefs accepted this condition, and they are bound by it; and if, therefore, they, or any of them, have taken or have allowed to be taken the life of any one without such trial, those who have done so have broken one of the conditions upon which they hold their appointment. * 5. This is one of the questions connected with the state of Zululand to which I have particularly directed my attention, and the result of the inquiry I have made, and the information I have obtained, must speak for itself. There have been three occasions where human life has been taken or lost in Zululand without trial. On two of these occasions the loss of life was on a large scale, they being cases of civil disturbance where duly constituted authority was defied and where resort was had to arms. I have referred to these occasions already in previous Despatches, but I refer to them again because Her Majesty's Government cannot have too clearly placed before them what is the real state of the case with respect to the statements of “killing” that have been so freely made against the appointed Chiefs generally. 6. One occasion was when a native of the name of Sitimela, who, there is every reason to believe, was an impostor, came forward with a claim to be the descendant of the old Umtetwa Chiefs. The Umtetwas were a considerable and important independent tribe before the reign of Chaka. It was to them that Chaka as a youth fled for fear of his father, who was the Chief of the Zulus, also at that time an independent tribe, but of far less importance and power than the Umtetwas ; and it was whilst living in exile among the Umtetwas, and from them that Chaka learned that art of war by means of which he was eventually enabled to bring under his subjection, first his own Zulu tribe, whose chieftainship he claimed upon the death of his father, and then the other tribes around him, including even the Umtetwas themselves, by whose aid he had made good his claim to succeed his father. All of these tribes he absorbed and incorporated as far as he could into one nation which became the famous Zulu nation. The hereditary Chiefs of the Umtetwas were forced, in Chaka's time, to leave their country and their tribe. They went northwards and never appeared again in the old Umtetwa country. The chieftainship of the tribe was conferred on the next most important family in the tribe. To this family belongs Umlandela, who was Chief of the tribe during the rule of Cety wayo and the greater part of the rule of Panda, and Umlandela at the time of the settlement was offered one of the appointed chieftainships. In the course of last year there started up this native of the name of Sitimela who claimed to be the rightful heir of the old hereditary Chiefs who had left the country in Chaka's time. Sitimela could not of course claim to be one of the appointed Chiefs under the settlement, but he claimed to be by descent the rightful tribal Chief, and he succeeded in persuading a number of people as to the rightfulness of his claim and in securing the support of Somkeli, one of the neighbouring appointed Chiefs; and with this support and with a following of over a thousand men he advanced against Umlandela. Umlandela appears to have been powerless to help himself, but he applied to Chief John Dunn for his assistance, and with the consent of the British Resident Chief John Dunn at the last moment brought up a strong force to oppose Sitimela's advance. The two forces met near the Inseleni River, but the engagement was scarcely begun when Sitimela's force broke and gave way, and were completely routed by the force under Chief Dunn, over two hundred lives being lost on the occasion. Now this clearly was an occasion where arms were taken up in defence of lawful authority, and where human life was lost in the attempt on the part of an impostor to set up a wrongful claim, and to support that wrongful claim by means of an armed force, which attempt it was necessary to resist and suppress by means of another armed force. 7. The second occasion where there was a large loss of life was when an armed force of Uhamu met an armed force of the Abaqulusi. As to the rights and wrongs of the dispute which ended in this encounter I do not yet feel quite sure. But, as I at present understand the case, I believe the dispute to have originated in an unwillingness on the part of the Abaqulusi-a section of people living in the Abaqulusi district, where was one of the great military kraals, who had no hereditary Chief of their own, for they did not constitute a tribe, but were under the immediate and direct chieftainship of the Zulu Kings—to recognise the authority of Uhamu as their appointed Chief. This unwilling- ness naturally led to dispute. Both parties took up arms, though which was the first, to do so is uncertain. The two forces met in the Bivana valley, Uhamu's force being vastly superior in numbers. The result of the engagement was the complete discomfiture of the Abaqulusi, who fled in all directions and who were killed in flight by the pursuing army in great numbers, it being said that they lost no less than 500 men on that day. C 4 24 There seems to be a question as to whether this disaster and collision might not have been averted if Uhamu had shown more moderation and forbearance towards the Abaqulusi in respect of their unwillingness to , recognise his authority; and it is possible that had he referred the question to the British Resident, the latter might have been able to exercise an influence with the Abaqulusi which would have prevented a crisis. Both parties were to blame, although what degree of blame is to be apportioned between them appears as yet to be a matter of uncertainty; but what I have here to remark is that the occasion was one of the mature of civil war, and that human life was taken on that day in open action brought on in consequence of that civil war. - 8. The third occasion where life was taken was in Usibebu’s territory, whose authority as an appointed Chief was resisted by Undabuko, a brother of the ex-King. In a previous reference I have made to this case I have stated that, so far as I could learn from the British Resident, two men were killed in a dispute between the followers of Undabuko and the followers of Usibebu, and by some it was said that both of those who were killed were Undabuko's followers, whilst others said that one belonged to Undabuko's people and the other to Usibebu’s people. More recently I have learned from native sources that altogether six people were killed in the dispute, that in the first instance Undabuko's people killed four of Usibebu’s people, and that subsequently. Usibebu's people killed two of Undabuko's people. However this may be, it is clear that the deaths of these men, whether two or six in number, were the result of a dispute, and this dispute had its origin in the insubordinate conduct of Undabuko towards the appointed Chief Usibebu. 9. But, taking all these cases together, taking all the loss of life that occurred on these occasions, what I have to point out is that, serious as that loss of life was, and greatly to be regretted as it must be, there is not one single case, not the case of one single human life that was taken in the way in which one would be led, without an acquaintance with the subject, to conclude from the statement I have quoted and the general statements to which I have referred. 10. By “killing” is understood the taking away of individual life without trial or form of trial. In the old Zulu days and under the rule of the Zulu Kings beginning with Chaka there was the absolute power of taking away life without trial, and this power was undoubtedly exercised, and exercised in a large degree, though in a very much less degree in the reigns of Panda and Cetywayo than in the reigns of Chaka and Dingaan. No man considered his life safe, but in the hands at any moment of his Chief to take it away upon mere suspicion, with or without reason, without warning, without an oppor- tunity to say one word in his own defence. Often the anger of the Chief was not satisfied with the death of the individual man against whom it was directed. His whole family, all the occupants of his hut or kraal, were included in the sentence of death. Men, women, and children—none were spared ; neither the extreme of age nor the extreme of youth was any plea when once the hand of the destroyer was raised. Even the dog upon the threshold was not spared. It is necessary to call these things to mind if we want to know how much weight to attach to the words of a writer in a newspaper when he speaks of “this once happy people.” It was this uncertainty of life that drove hundreds and thousands of Zulus to take refuge in Natal, and therefore it was that one of the conditions laid down at the time of the settlement, one of the conditions imposed upon the Chiefs at the time they were appointed, was that the life of no man should be taken without trial before the people. I have inquired very carefully into this matter and into these charges of “killing,” with the view of ascertaining whether any life has been taken contrary to this condition, and I am unable to discover any single case. Even when Dabulamanzi talked about the “killing” and expressed his fear of being “killed ” he was only able to quote the case of the Sitimela disturbance, where, as we have seen, human life was taken in resisting an unlawful aggression against lawful authority, where arms were taken up against that lawful authority and could only be put down by force of arms. 11. It is a duty incumbent, upon me, therefore, to say that, however much we may regret the disturbances that have taken place on the three occasions I have named, and the serious loss of life that occurred on those occasions, there has been, so far as I am able to ascertain, no single case of individual “killing ” by the appointed Chiefs in the sense in which that word is employed. From that offence Zululand has been singularly free during the last three years. To use their own words, Zulus say “they now sleep “ with both eyes closed and the barking of the dog no longer disturbs them.” 12. I am not now discussing the merits or demerits of the existing settlement, its faults, its stability or its instability, whether it can be supported or whether it must be 25 e changed, but in face of statements such as the one which I have quoted at the com- mencement of this Despatch, and such as have been freely made against the appointed chiefs, statements which are calculated to convey the idea that unlicensed murder and the taking away of life by the appointed Chiefs is prevalent throughout Zululand, and is a reproach upon the English Government which was instrumental in appointing those Chiefs, I feel it necessary to bring under the notice of Her Majesty’s Government the actual state of the case and the actual facts, in order to remove the wrong impressions that are likely to result from statements which are founded upon misapprehension or insufficient information. - I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Enclosure I in No. 16. ExtRACT from “DAILY News,” of April 5, 1882. Zululand.—A correspondent in Natal writing on March 4th says, “I have been all “ through Zululand, and it makes me shudder to think of the misery now endured by “ these once happy people. They dare not complain as they would at once be ‘eaten “ up' by their kinglets or killed. . The mass of people would soon put an end to this “ miserable state of things, but they fear to offend the English Government. What “ can the people think when England looks quietly on while her puppets kill large “ numbers of people from sheer bloodthirstiness. I shall never forget my visit to Zulu- “ land, and shall never care to go there again as things are now.” Enclosure 2 in No. 16. BRITISH RESIDENT, Zululand, to Sir HENRY BULwer. HIS ExcELLENCY, May 11, 1882. I wish in the first place to point out that the statements of this correspondent to the “Daily News " are of a general character. No case of misery endured by any particular Zulu is quoted. The only people who, as a body, have received exceptionally severe treatment at the hands of the appointed Chiefs are those who were charged with intriguing against the Chiefs in favour of the ex-king's restoration and otherwise, or who refused to submit to their authority. To their party belonged the Abaqulusi, many of whom were killed by Uhamu. The insurgents headed by Sitimela in Umlandela’s territory were in the same category, and so were the three or four persons who lost their lives when Undabuko and Usivetu with their followers were expelled out of his territory by Usibebu. Your Excellency is already in possession of the particulars of these events, and therefore I need not state them here. I have also already reported that with the exception of the cases above referred to and of the execution of a con- victed murderer, no other case of killing at the instance of an appointed Chief has occurred. Cases in which individuals have been “eaten up” or fined by Chiefs on grounds other than those I have alluded to have taken place; most of these cases as they came to my knowledge were reported. There are, however, instances of “eating up ’’ of which I received no formal information. I am therefore unacquainted with their attendant circumstances. I regret that the correspondent of the “Daily News” did not specify any of the cases he encountered in Zululand upon which he based his remarks. Had he done so, I should be in a position either to give at once the circumstances which caused the chiefs to take R 4012. D 26 the action they did, or to ascertain for your Excellency's information the particulars of any case of “eating up ^ of which no report was made to me. (Signed) M. OSBoRN, * British Resident, Zululand. No. 17. GoverNOR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received July 4, 1882.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My Lord, June 5, 1882. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Lordship's cable message of the 3rd instant.* - 2. My reply to that communication will go to-day by cable, but I do not like the mail to leave this morning without some reference to the subject of your Lordship's message. 3. I am fully sensible, I can assure your Lordship, of the unadvisableness of pro- longing the uncertainty as to the future of the Zulu settlement, or of there being any delay in the decision of Her Majesty's Government upon this important question beyond what is absolutely necessary to secure a satisfactory solution, one that will be likely to have some permanency of character and will involve the least dangers for the future. 4. How, it might be asked, has this uncertainty arisen P I reply that it has arisen in the statements that have been introduced into the Zulu country from Natal that the ex-King is about to be restored, that he will shortly be brought back and restored to power by the English Government, and that those who do not wish for his return will suffer. It has arisen from these and such like statements, made with confident assertion, and from the absence of any positive assurances given by the Government to the appointed Chiefs. 5. The uncertainty and the uneasiness to which reports and statements of the kind I have mentioned, not authoritatively contradicted, have given rise, are calculated to make the state of things very unsatisfactory; but if there is any danger arising from the delay it will arise, not from the circumstances of the existing settlement nor from the normal conditions of the country under the settlement, but from the agitation of the party of the ex-King's brothers. If they would only remain quiet the country would remain quiet. Their agitation has the appearance of an attempt to force the question so as to provoke a crisis, which crisis would bring about, as they believe, the restoration of the ex-King. There is the real cause of danger. . But if there is to be any restoration of the ex-King it ought not to be the result of agitation such as this, for if so it will be a premium upon agitation. 6. With regard to the question of the restoration of the ex-King, I will give that subject my most careful attention, both upon the merits of the question itself and with a due regard to all the various interests and issues involved. It is a question full of difficulties. It has to be considered in all its bearings, and unless the greatest carefulness is exercised in dealing with it we may depend upon it we shall only escape the embar- rassment of the moment by committing ourselves to an uncertain future which sooner or later may involve us in difficulties, dangers, and responsibilities infinitely more formidable than those which are now before us. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. - * See No. 56. No. 18. ABORIGINES’ PROTECTION SOCIETY to COLONIAL OFFICE. Aborigines' Protection Society, 17, King William Street, Charing Cross, My LoRD, London, W.C., July 7, 1882. I AM desired by the Committee of the Aborigines’ Protection Society to forward your Lordship a copy of the proceedings of the great Zulu deputation at Pietermaritz- burg in April last. •. The Committee venture to send your Lordship this document, not because they wish to cast the least discredit on the official reports of the same interviews which you may have received, but because they think it is desirable that you should be in possession of an account of these occurrences which has been furnished by the Zulus themselves. I have, &c. - (Signed) F. W. CHESSON, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Secretary. &c. &c. &c. - Enclosure in No. 18. Account of the GREAT ZULU DEPUTATION, from a Zulu Point of View. On April 11th, 1882, arrived Mvoko and Mzutshana, who said that they were sent on ahead to tell Sobantu (the Bishop) that the princes are on their way to the Governor with a large party, including representatives of three of the appointed Chiefs, Seketwayo, Faku, and Somkeli. They said that Umyamana and Usivetu (Mpande's son) had gone to the Resident to ask for a pass for the princes to go down to Maritzburg; but he told them that they must wait till he returned, as he was going down himself to Maritzburg, and would speak of their affairs and troubles to the new Chief (Sir H. Bulwer), who had come to take the place of Lukuni (Sir E. Wood), or rather to take his own place which Lukuni had been holding for him. But when they came back with this answer, Undabuko (Maduna) said, “I do not see it at all !” For did we not go to him continually last year, ever since we were turned back by Mr. Fynney, when we had already crossed into Natal, asking for a pass to go down to the authorities, and he always said “Wait;” and when at last he went down himself, he came back with Lukuni, which was our destruc- tion ? And now that he says that he is going again to the Chief who has taken Lukuni's place, shall we not be destroyed again? And if he is going on our account to report our affairs for us, why shöuld he object to carry us down on his shoulders and let us be present also P. So they sent Bahwana to say to the Resident that if he would not give them a pass, he must not be surprised to see them come down without it, according to the word which Mr. John Shepstone spoke to Fokoti and Mvoko, saying that Umyamana should have asked for a pass for you, and if Malimati (Mr. Osborn) refused to give one, then he might have said to him, “Since you refuse to give me a pass, I am now going down to report for myself.” If you had come to us with such a word as that it would have been quite another thing. [See also Sir E. Wood's words to Unconcwana, &c. (C. 3182, p. 175.) “It you were refused a pass, I think you were justified in coming to me for one; but you should come to Mr. John Shepstone first, not to other people.”] Bahwana gave this message to the Induna Maziyana, since he refused to introduce him to the Resident. So the Princes Maduna, Usivetu, and Shingana started, being brought by the representatives of the three appointed Chiefs. The following are the persons who composed this deputation :- (1.) The three appointed Chiefs, viz. Seketwayo, represented by his brother, and his son and heir, Faku, by his brother, Somkeli by his brother. (2.) Five princes, brothers of Cetywayo, viz., Maduna (Undabuko), Ustwetu, Shingana, Siteku, and Dabulamanzi. - (3.) Six hundred and forty-six Chiefs and headmen of all the principal and most of the minor tribes from all the 13 districts of Zululand, the least represented being that under O 2 28 8 the Basuto Chief Hlubi, from which only Sihayo sends a representative, though he him- self has been expelled (by Sir G. Wolseley), and no longer lives in the district. Where the appointed Chief does not pray, his own tribe (if he has one) and members of His family do, except in the case of Uhamu. Thus Usibebu's tribe, the Mandhlakazi, is represented by his two brothers and two first cousins, while from his district comes the Usutu, Cetywayo's own tribe, with Maduna. From Unfanawendhlela's district come representatives of half of Manyosi's tribe ; and those of the other half come from Chief Dunn's ; while Dilikana, their hereditary Chief, is heartily with them, though not directly represented on this occasion. & Many chiefs and headmen came from Chief Dunn's district, in spite of a threat from the Chief that no one who left his district to pray for Cety wayo need think of returning to it; he might consider himself as then and there turned out and eaten up. Uhamu's own tribe was the only considerable one not represented, and they said “he has to hold it by the throat to stop it.” But his district is largely represented by Jmyamana's tribe and the Abaqulusi. (4.) The deputation stated also that the five other appointed Chiefs, who prayed for Cetywayo in August, 1811, are still with them in desiring his return. And even Uhamu, they said, though he had quarrelled with them, should not be left out, since he prayed for Cetywayo to Sir E. Wood. The five chiefs, who were not directly represented on this occasion, were, they asserted, only held back by fear, in consequence of the results of Sir E. Wood's visit. And two of them are indirectly represented, Siunguza and Umgitjwa, since they freely permitted the Chiefs and, people, under them to join the deputation, saying that they too pray for Cetywayo. And their tribes are thoroughly represented. In fact, the deputation very rightly described itself as “All Zululand,” and it prayed for Cetywayo's return. On Saturday, April 15th, the Zulus, numbering with their attendants about 2,000, reached the Umgeni River, about 12 miles from Maritzburg, having of their own accord left their weapons, assegais, and knobkerries behind them in Zululand. From thence they sent on messengers to announce their coming to the authorities, and the Prince Maduna gathered the people together, and addressed them as follows:— “Say, O Zulus, to what end have you all come here P For we (Cetywayo's brothers) as you see us, have devoted ourselves for him; we are prepared for the consequences whatever they may be. But how is it with you ? You have joined yourselves with us to-day; but will you not draw back to-morrow, when John Dunn & Co. come down upon you with their impis? And we, as you know, are unable to protect you. But, if you say that you too are prepared for the consequences, we shall thank you, we shall say, ‘It is well.’” & And the people answered, saying, “We do devote ourselves | We pray for the King !” And the Prince went on : “And, in coming here, we ourselves do not know what we “ are coming to ; what of good may arise we know not, or what of evil. We have come “ because we are driven by our hearts and can do no otherwise.” And the people assented loudly with one accord. The messengers sent forward were five in number, one from each of the three appointed Chiefs, viz., Mbece from Seketwayo, Sobuza from Faku, and Matshobane from Somkeli, and two from the Princes, Mfunzi and Mvoko. They were to announce to the Resident, then in Maritzburg, the arrival of the deputation, and to beg him to introduce them and their prayer to the Governor. They were stopped, however, on the way, on Saturday, by a heavy thunderstorm, and reached the Resident the next day (Sunday), fearing to delay longer, as they had heard that his waggons had already started for Zululand, and that he was on the point of setting out after them. At first they said to him, “Sir, we “ are sent by the Princes to bring these men to you.” Thereupon he became ver angry, saying, “What does Maduna mean by coming down when I had told him to “ await my return ? How has he dared to come 4” He was very angry, but when they added, “These men, sir, are sent by Seketwayo, and Faku, and Somkeli,” he ceased, and just assented, saying, “Well! I cannot speak with you to-day, because it is Sunday. Come again to-morrow.” Said they, “Very well, sir. We know that to-day is your Sunday, and to-morrow is our Sabbath, the day of the new moon, on which our Chiefs cannot enter upon any undertaking. But we messengers will come again to-morrow according to your word.” - On Monday the same messengers, with others, ten in all, went in again. Mr. Osborn told them to speak. - So Mbece began : “Seketwayo says to the authorities, ‘Sirs, we ask for Cetywayo; we pray you to give him to us into our hands.’” Then Sobuza spoke: “Faku sends us to you, sir, to ask you to give us Cetywayo; he begs you to introduce his prayer to the Governor.” Then Matshobane spoke: “No, sir, Somkeli says nothing different; he brings down the princes, and for his own part prays the authorities to graciously give us back Cetywayo.” - Mr. Osborn wrote, and then said, “It is all right ! Where are the Chiefs 2 ° They told him, “Between Maritzburg and the Umgeni.” Said he, “The Governor, however, is not here; he is still at Durban. Let them wait. He may return this evening, or perhaps to-morrow. I will let you know when he does come, and will take you up to him. The Chiefs wish me to report these words to the Governor P” “That is what they wish.” “And I will then see about where you are to lodge. Stay where you are at present.” On Tuesday Umfunzi went in to be in attendance on Mr. Osborn, in case the Governor arrived, or in case there was a word of any sort for the deputation, and also to announce. to bim from the three Chiefs that the Princes Siteku and Dabulamanzi had also arrived, the latter form Chief Dunn's district, together with many other Chiefs from that district; they counted up to him 17 Chiefs under John Dunn and Umlandela (since Umlandela is now said to be under John Dunn), all praying for the return of Cetywayo. Mr. Osborn seemed pleased; he said, “This now is right; the Chiefs have done well to send you to me.” . And he wrote down their names, and said that it was good that they should join together, and speak the word that they meant, and leave talking on other matters. He asked, “Did they tell John Dunn that they were coming P” The messengers said, “No, “ sir; they just came of their own accord.”. Said Malimati (Mr. Osborn), “It is well, “ since they are brought by the three Chiefs.” Dabulamanzi, however, had told John Dunn that he was going. The deputation waited through Wednesday, and on Thursday moved on from the Ungeni to within five or six miles of Maritzburg. On Friday, sending on messengers to announce them, the whole party set out to present themselves to the authorities. They were met first by Undabankulu, Mr. Osborn's Induna, who hurried back to him; where- upon Mr. Osborn himself came out, and met and stopped them at some distance from the city. He took aside the representatives of the three Chiefs, the five princes, and all the chiefs and headmen. First he blamed the Princes for coming down without his leave; but they reminded him that they had asked him for a pass, and had sent again to tell him that they must now go down without one ; and they stated further that they were now brought down by the three appointed Chiefs. Mr. Osborne admitted that they had sent to tell him. Then he asked, “What had “ the deputation come for P What word did they wish to speak?” Said they, “We “ have already reported to you, sir, our object. We have come to pray the English Government to give us back Cetywayo. That is the one thing which we have come down about ; for, as to our other troubles, they all arise from the want of him. And, besides, we have continually reported them to you, sir, and we say that all those matters are now in your hands.” Mr. Osborn wrote, and then asked who were represented in the deputation, and wrote their names down, as they were pointed out and named to him, all the Chiefs and all the headmen—more than we can now remember, for truly we don't know some of them even by name. But when they said, “And we count also the other five appointed Chiefs, we say that all the eight are with us as before,” he said “What is the good of your counting those, since they will deny it as before ?” Said they, “No, sir they are with us at heart, and when they denied it was because they were frightened by Sir E. Wood, and by Sotondosi, (late Induna at the Residency), who warned them to deny.” Then said Mr. Osborn, “Well! I hear your words, and I do not refuse to report you; but I do not know what the Governor will say, since you have broken his law by coming down without my leave. He will ask, ‘Where is their pass from you ?’” D 3 30 Then Mbangambi, a man of Seketwayo's, spoke and said, “No, sir! you should not find fault with the princes; they have no word (responsibility) in this matter. They have not come down independently, in defiance of you, but are brought by these three appointed Chiefs—indeed, by the eight appointed Chiefs; for did they not send down messengers and money P And even Uhamu, sir, ought to be counted, since he prayed for Cetywayo's return to Sir E. Wood, when he came to Zululand with the lady [the ex-Empress], and that fact was told to Cetywayo by Sir E. Wood himself” [they had heard this from Umkosana]. Mr. Osborn wrote again, and said, “Well ! I will take your words to the Governor, and you shall hear from me. I don’t know if I shall see him to-night or to-morrow, as there is a great deal of other business going on. You can send in some one to hear if I have any word for you.” So on Saturday they sent in Umfunzi, with some men whose names had not been taken down in the morning, and with the word which the men from Chief Dunn’s territory brought in addition to their prayer for Cetywayo, viz., that they had heard on all sides that John Dunn had said that they had paid taxes to him, wishing thereby to prevent Cety- wayo's return. They came to protest against this, as they earnestly desired to have their own King again, and utterly disliked John Dunn. Mr. Osborn accepted the names and the words, and said that he would add them, it was all right, as he had not yet taken the paper up to the Governor. e They got no further news that day. But on Sunday Mr. Osborn's Induna came and told them that Mr. Osborn said that on Monday he would come out to them as before, but they must not bring the whole party to meet him. But when he came on Monday (April 24th) the bulk of the party objected to be left outside, saying, “We came of ourseves, we are all interested in the matter, we cannot be left out,” and they sent to Mvoko to say so to Mr. Osborn. So he agreed and called them, and they made a semicircle around him, and the four Indunas from the S.N.A. Office (Lwzindela, Kilane, Deke, and Tom), and a white youth who accompanied him. He then told the heads of the deputation to speak. So Mbenge began, saying, “We have come, sir, I from Seketwayo, bringing these princes. Seketwayo says, “Sirs, you have corrected us enough, give us back Cetywayo.’” Next Sobuza said, “I, sir, come from Faku. I bring these princes, because Faku says, “Sirs, you have given us a lesson; a child is beaten and then forgiven by its father. We say, it is enough, sirs, give us back Cetywayo.’” Then Matshobana said, “I come from Somkeli. He says that he brings down these princes. He says, “It is our own friends who have so hurt us (ngafa kwetu); but the child is now sufficiently corrected.” We ask for Cetywayo, sirs, that you should give him to us into our hands.” Mbenge then spoke again, saying, “We name these three Chiefs; but they all [all the eight] say ths same. They are silenced only by that announcement that Cetywayo was a scoundrel (ishinga), who had been turned out of his kingship. MALIMATI: “But these Chiefs themselves deny it; when they are asked, they deny.” MBENGE: “Those Chiefs saw that you, sir, punished people for that [praying for Úetywayo's return]. How could they approach you with that word, when they saw that others had been punished for it?” MALIMATI : “I have spoken all your words to the Governor. I named the three appointed Chiefs, and said that they had brought the princes. He said to me, ‘They have come by a bad road, since they have come without your leave. Let the three representatives go back, and let the Chiefs themselves come to me; or, if they cannot come themselves, let them send their chief men to speak with me.’” MBENGE: “No, sir, they have no men higher than ourselves to send. Seketwayo sends me (his brother), of his own flesh. It is himself who has come, since I have come. Pray, sir, get leave for us to reach the Governor, since truly Seketwayo himself has come in me.” SoBUZA : “And at home there is no headman better than I. I am Faku's own brother, and he himself has come, since I have come. We say, sir, that we have fulfilled all the conditions, since we have come to you here, since you are the right person to introduce us to the Governor.” - MATSHOBANE : “We are, then, in the right, sir, since we have come to you, and ask. you to take us on to the Governor. We pray you to do so, sir. I am Somkeli’s own flesh, his younger brother; he has sent a piece of himself in sending me.” MALIMATI: “Yes, I understand what you say there, and I must take these words back to the Governor.” * 3] And he first wrote, and then read out to them what he had written, all their words and said, “Yes, I will go again and ask the Governor to see you, as I did also the day before yesterday.” Then the whole assembly said, “We thank you, sir; we have not come in disregard of you, but have come to you, for you to take us in to the Governor.” - MALIMATI: “Very well, men I understand that you have not come in disregard of me, but have come to me. But I cannot take you in at once, whether the Governor wills it or not. I am under him, you know, and must ask him nicely on your behalf. Let two men come in that I may ask, they being with me; for I am not deceiving you in any way, and the day before yesterday also I spoke your very words.” Then said he, “We have now finished speaking of your prayer, Begin now, and let us speak of your troubles up till to-day.” MATShoBANE: “But why, sir, should we begin and tell you our troubles all over again, when we have told them all to you from the beginning P” MALIMATI: “That's just why you must repeat them to me now, that I may report them to the Governor.” - - -- MATShoBANE : “Umyamana's trouble is Uhamu, who began by making us pay him cattle for living in his land, and Umyamana paid 100 head. Next came messengers from you, sir, saying to Uhamu, ‘Why don't you eat up Umyamana P Don't you see how Usibebu and John Dunn are acting P’ But Uhamu objected, saying, ‘How can I eat up Umyamana, who is a father to me, and has always protected me?' But at the fourth messenger from you, sir, he did it, and ate up 2,800 head of Umyamana's cattle. Umyamana then reported it to yon, and you told him that you would speak to Uhamu and then would call him, Umyamana. And, when you called them, Uhamu sent Indunas. but Umyamana came himself. And you questioned them, and heard, and denied that you had sent those messages, and a man of Uhamu's jumped up and said, ‘Did you not say it to me, sir, when I was at the Residency?’” - MALIMATI : “Yes, I know that they say that they are set on by me.” MATShoBANE: “And you said, sir, that it was not your affair, you had only to report, and would report this to the Governor. And at last Umyamana sent me to you with a young Ox, to ask what had become of your report. And you said that the report was lost with the Governor, who was killed by the Boers, and that it was then four days only since you had sent a fresh copy. Then we waited, and waited, until Sir E. Wood came [to Inhlazatye], who said ‘Umyamana, Uhamu has done wrong in eating you up when you had not quarrelled ; he shall give you back 700 head of cattle.’ And when Umyamana wanted to speak, and to say, ‘Sir, what we want is Cetywayo, he was stopped and was told to be silent. And lastly, sir, you told Umyamana to tell off four men, who should go with two of your policemen to Uhamu for those cattle. And, when they came to him, he said, ‘What have I done, that Malimati takes the cattle from me to-day, when he ordered me to eat them up at first P. It was altogether his doing, and he is respon- sible.’ And you told Umyamana to be quiet, and you would see about it, and that is the last that we have heard of that, sir.” MALIMATI : “Yes, but what can I do, since you heard that he accuses me P Who can bear witness for himself? It must be done for him by others.” MAHUBULWANA : “And Uhamu says that a fifth and a sixth messenger came from you, sir, telling him to kill the Abaqulusi.” MATSHOBANE : “And Umfanawendhlela also ate up cattle belonging to eight chiefs, viz., Umyamana, Manyosi, Langazana, Somapunga, &c.; and he said the same thing, that you had told him to do it. And Umyamana reported this to you, sir.” MALIMATI : “Yes, that’s what they all say, that I told them to do it.” Malimati was writing down all the time. Mvoko : “Umgojana himself told me, sir, that you had ordered him to eat up my cattle, because I had gone with Undabuko to pray for Cetywayo, saying to him, ‘Eat up Mvoko, who has been reporting to the authorities that you too pray for Cetywayo; eat him up, since you deny it ; since the authorities say that I should eat you up, if you have prayed.’” MALIMATI: “Who is this speaking?” They said, “Sir, it is Mvoko.” Said he, “Yes, I know him,” and was silent. MAHUBULWANA : “And Siunguza, when he ate up Umfunzi, said that your, sir, had sent to him, saying, ‘Eat up Umfunzi, who has been going with Undabuko, to pray for the bone of that scoundrel (ishinga), whom we have turned out, since Umfunzi is under you.’ Here, sir, is Mjwapuna, who was sent to say this to Umfunzi. And to me my- self Siunguza said, “Malimati says, “How will you draw the spear out of your own D 4 32 body, if you do not punish Mahubulwana and Umfunzi, who have gone praying for the “Bone’?” Siunguza went with us to the Missionary Zimela (Mr. Robertson) and spoke before him saying “I am under orders to eat up Umfunzi, because he went with the prince to pray for the “Bone.’” Zimela said, “I have no voice in the matter, if you have been ordered to eat him up; but I will write a letter to ask about it.” And he sent a letter. Malimati was silent, but wrote always. - MAKULUMANE : “Unfanawendhlela said that you ordered him to eat us up for going to meet [protect] Undabuko when he fled from Usibebu.” Malimati said “Hm 1" only, but wrote alwāys. Usiwetu : “Before we go on, sir, you should tell us what has become of the report which you wrote when you heard us and Usibebu together, since you told us that you had reported then. But Usibebu sent to tell us that “we need not think that our words had gone in that letter, for that you, sir, had deceived us, and had sent his words only.” And then we were called to meet Lukuni (Sir E. Wood), and then indeed it appeared that Usibebu’s words had come true. It is of no use for us to speak to you here on the hill side, since you yourself say that you cannot bear witness for yourself. But take us, sir, to the Governor, and let the whole business be made plain, since the per- secutors all say that it is your doing. MALIMATI : “I am quite willing. I will ask the Governor nicely for you, You can only come if he allows it, and then perhaps I too shall get cleared.” DABULAMANZI: “Yes, sir, I speak for all these people living under John Dunn. We have come after you, sir, to beg you to speak for us to the Governor. We have come to pray for Cetywayo. I speak for the whole of us. We have been deceived. For when John Dunn ordered us to pay taxes, we did it for peace, that our huts might not be burnt over our heads ; whereas now we hear that John Dunn says that we pay it to prevent Cetywayo's return. He has hereby slandered us, and we are indignant at it, for our whole desire is for Cety wayo.” Malimati wrote here. Dabulamanzi continued, “We should like John Dunn to be called, and let him speak to our face, and let us answer him. We do not wish to accuse him behind his back. The truth is that we are in trouble—unhappy—just for want of Cetywayo.” And the whole party from John Dunn's district here held up their hands saying, “Yes, sir, that is our word. We have come to the authorities to tell them our great grief; for our heart was broken when we lost Cetywayo, and it has never healed. But, as we crossed the Tugela to come here, John Dunn's impi, we heard, was arriving at our homes, saying, “And if you do go, let us see where you will come back to, if you fail in getting what you are going to ask for. We shall kill you.’ And we see, sir, that we shall be killed, as John Dunn has already killed people in Umlandela's tribe—men, women and children, All this we pray you to speak for us, and let it be known that we have nowhere to go back to.” DABULAMANZI: “Some of us went [peaceably] to tell John Dunn that we were coming here, and he answered nothing. It was only afterwards that he sent to say that he should punish us.” MALIMATI : “I have heard you, men, Let two men come into town with me. So Matshobane and Mangungeza went in, and waited till evening. Then Malimati sent them back, saying that he and the S. N. A. (Mr. John Shepstone) would send out next morning. º On Wednesday, April 27, came Kilane, an Induna of the S. N. A., with two others, who said, “We bring a short word only. Tshanibezwe (Umyamana's son), Mbenge (Seketwayo's brother), Mahubulwana, and Sicoto are to come in at once with us to the S. N. A. Office.” So they went, but came back much disappointed; for Mr. John had first asked, “What had the deputation come about?” And when they replied, “The same word which we have come about from the beginning,” he blamed Mahubulwana (the senior of these four), severely, saying, “What are you doing by bringing down the whole country with you? Was it not all right—did we not treat you well—when you came down a smaller party P. You have done very wrong. And, as for your words, we have heard what you say ; but we shall give you no answer here. Go back to Mr. Osborn in Zululand, and make your statements to him, and then come back here to us, Iust a few of you, a proper party.” So the Zulus consulted together, and then sent in Umfunzi and Siziba to the S. N. A. to say to him, “Yes, sir, we have come about the order that we are to go to Malimati at the Inhlazatye. We quite agree to that, only we must go with Malimati. We cannot leave him down here, and go up to be attacked without any one to bear witness for us. As soon as we goes, he will go with him.” 33 THE S. N. A. : “But you, Zulus, how is it that you have suddenly made such accusa- tions against Mr. Osborn in this way, out on the hill side?” UMFUNzi : “We should wish you to tell us, sir, how we have attacked him ; for we have told him nothing to-day that we have not told him over and over before. When he came out the first time and asked what we came for, we told him that we had come for one thing only, namely, to pray for Cety wayo; and it was he who insisted on our repeating all our personal grievances, and then the chiefs asked him what had become of the report which he had written before for them, and of which they had heard nothing more ?” THE S. N. A. : “What? are they asking for a reply to a former petition (innewadi) P I hear this for the first time. I will take these words up to the Governor. I did not understand that they were asking about a thing which they had already reported to the Resident.” When the Chiefs heard these words, they sent Umfunzi to Malimati to say, “We did not intend to accuse you, sir. It is those who persecute us who accuse you, and we wished you to know that ; for though they say that they act by your orders, we have never seen a representative of yours accompanying the impis which ate us up,” and also to pray Malimati to obtain permission for the Chiefs at least to visit the Governor, to set eyes on him, and to pay their respects, even if they were forbidden to speak to him of their errand, that they might not be entirely snubbed and left out on the hill-side. Malimati said, “Yes, I too hold that your words cleared me, and I wish that you should be admitted. I assure you that it is not I who am keeping you back. But go and hear for yourself from Mr. John. I authorize you to go to him. Say that I have sent ou.” So Umfunzi went, but the answer was the same as before. “The Governor would not see them; they must go to Malimati at the Inhlazatye ; no member of the deputa- tion might come into town, though merely to see the houses and shops—not even the princes.” Umfunzi brought back also a report that John Dunn had arrived, or was immediately expected in town. On Sunday an order came out from the S.N.A. that the men from John Dunn’s district were to come into him next morning, with Sicoto (brother of the Chief Hleze- bana), apparently to listen on behalf of the deputation, who sent also on their own account Nozaza, as representing Seketwayo. On receiving this summons, Dabulamanzi went over on Sunday to Bishopstowe (his first visit there), and asked the bishop what he knew of John Dunn's statement, that the people in his district did not wish for Cetywayo's return. “What did the white people know about it?” The bishop in reply read to him an extract from the “Natal Mercury’ of December 20th, 1881, viz., “He (John Dunn) affirmed emphatically that, so far as he and his people were concerned, Cetywayo should not come into Zululand across the Tugela,” and at his request copied the words for him on a sheet of paper. The people under John Dunn went in on Monday all of them, a great crowd. The S.N.A. said that he had not called the whole party, but only the principal men, and sent them back, giving them rations of beef (the only food yet received from the Government by the whole deputation), and naming from among them 21 chiefs and headmen, who with Sicoto were to come in again to him on the following day. - On the same day (Monday) there came out a message from John Dunn, ordering Dabulamanzi and Manxele to come at once to him in Maritzburg (Manxele being the representative of Mavumengwana, the head of the great tribe of Ndhlela in John Dunn's district). As they were already called by the authorities these men did not attend to John Dunn’s summons. But, in the afternoon, Manxele with some others went to receive the rations of beef, and so were separated from the rest of the party. Before they had left the town a carriage passed them ; they could not see who was in it for the dust; but presently they saw some one standing up in it and beckoning to them. Then they approached and found it was John Dunn, who called to Manxele, “Here, boy what do you mean by not coming when I called you?” “Sir,” said Manxele, “I could not see you for the dust.” John Dunn was very angry, and said, “What do you mean by joining yourself to these fellows belonging to other chiefs P Don’t you know that you belong to me f Break off from them, directly, I tell you, or only wait until we get home, and you will need a rope to reach from earth to heaven for you to climb to safety by ; you and Mavumengwana too, leave those fellows, I tell you.” And so they parted. On Tuesday, May 2nd, these 21 men under John Dunn, were taken up to Govern- ment House, where they found the authorities assembled, eight in number, viz., the Governor and a secretary, Mr. J. Shepstone, Mr. Osborn, and “four other gentlemen " (? the other four members of the Executive Council), John Dunn was there also. R 4012. E 34 Two Zulus were told to speak, and Manxele began : “Sirs, I am sent by Mavumeng- wana to say ‘The child has been sufficiently corrected; will you not return him to us now, I mean Cetywayof Mavumengwana says also, “Why is it said by John Dunn that I pay taxes to keep Cetywayo away, because I do not wish him to return ? I thought that I paid them to the [English] Government, for huts, &c., I am amazed to hear that, whereas I have been paying to the Government, I am said to have paid to keep Cety wayo away. To whom but to Cetywayo have I belonged ever since I was born ? I do not belong to you any longer, John Dunn. You have slandered me foully by this word.” THE GoverNor; “Was money paid P” Ans.—“Yes, sir.” “To whom P ‘’ Ans.—“To John Dunn " “Into his hands P’’ Ans.—“Into his hands.” “It was said for whom P” Ans.—“It was said for you, sir.” “For whom 2 ° Aozs.-“ For the Governor.” “For what Governor P’’ Ans.—“For this Governor.” “For which one P’’ Ans.—“For this one.” “Into his hands P’’ Ans.—“Into his hands.” “Did you yourselves pay P” Ans.—“We ourselves paid.” & John DUNN: “Who came to you saying that it was for the Governor P” MANXELE : “ Mkateni.” w John DUNN : “I don’t know him.” MANXELE: “Yes, you do ; the son of Tshoba of Nondumbu of the Quza family.” John DUNN: “I don’t know him, nor where he lives.” * MANXELE: “You do know him ; he lives at your own kraal of Cwayinduku under the Ungoye (hills), close to you.” THE GoverNoR : “From whom did you hear that you paid the taxes to keep Cetywayo away ?” - MANXELE : “From Mkomo, son of Kaitshana of the Mhlalosi family, who lives at Matanda's. When we paid last he said, ‘This which you are paying, when it gets to Maritzburg, it will show that you don’t want Cetywayo back.’” THE GoverNOR: “From whom else did you hear it 2 ° MANxELE: “From Mtshayeni, son of Mboro.” John DUNN here denied that he knew him. MANXELE: “Sirs, he is John Dunn's policeman | What! deny your own policeman P Do you then deny everything to-day P” Dabulamanzi was then told to speak, who said, “Yes, sirs, I will then speak, and thoroughly. I have come to pray for Cetywayo; he has been quite sufficiently corrected. I have come to pray you to give him to me here (holding out his hands). And there is another word which has utterly surprised me, saying that I don’t wish him to come back, that I prefer John Dunn too. . John Dunn . That word has made me wish to meet you face to face, and have it out with you. For Mkateni came to me to call for the money, 5s, a hut last year, and 10s. this; and now I hear that this money I paid to keep my brother away !” THE GoverNOR: “Did you yourself pay it, Dabulamanzi P” Ams.—“Yes, sir.” “Into his hands 2 ” Ans.—“Into his hands,” “Where was it said to be coming P” Ans.—“To you, sir.” “Who said so P” Ans.—“He here, John Dunn, said that it was coming to you.” “Did you pay it to himself into his hands P’’ Ans.—“Yes.” John Dunn here denied this. DABULAMANZI: “Au ! How can you deny it?” “I heard it with my own ears from you, John Dunn.’ 35 John Dunn denied, saying, “I saw the money come; I did not call for it.” DABULAMANZ1 : “And to-day, seeing my brothers coming here, I went to you and told you that I was going to the Governor, and you said, ‘You have done right to tell me; you can take my respects also to the Governor.’ And you sent Mgwayeni to tell me “Do not be afraid, you may go.’ You say that we have disobeyed you in coming. It is because you refuse to let us come to the Governor, and threaten us, even now, with an impi, saying, ‘Let no man think of coming back to my district, or he will be killed.’ Is there not an impi out now, sir? Though you say that you know nothing of (don't exact) the money, is it not eating up cattle to pay for even the young men's huts and the store-huts P And have you not threatened us, saying that you would kill any of us, that came to the Governor? And we see, sirs, that he will kill us, as he did in Um- landela's tribe, where he killed men, women, and children. As it is, you have stopped many from coming. We consider, sirs, that we have convicted him. He has slandered us by that word of his, that we do not want Cetywayo back. We will have no more to do with him. The whole country-side has left you, John Dunn, from the sea upwards.” John Dunn here asked, “Are Nongena's people here P’’ and was answered, “Yes, they are (the representatives being named), and all Zululand is here to pray for the King.” Then he was silent, and the Zulus repeated, “We no longer wish for him, sirs (to rule over us).” The Governor said, “You have done a grave thing in coming down without leave, and without reporting yourselves to the Border Agents and to the magistrate at Greytown. The troubles which you complain of are just the ways of the Chief whom we have appointed (are done on his own responsibility). And, as for the cattle eaten up, you must not go back to those which were eaten up at first ; then he was eating up the King's cattle from among you, and they were the property of the Govern- ment. But, as to those eaten up last year and this year, we know nothing about them. And this word which you have spoken, that you now leave John Dunn, and will have nothing more to do with him, is a very serious one. You had better go and reconsider it. For where will you go to, since the land has been given to him for ever? You will be destitute, and the women and children crying. We advise you to go back to him and be quiet, and we will mollify (tobisa) him, so that he shall not punish you, that the whole affair shall end here now. And as for your prayer—we have heard it all; but you should make all prayers to the Resident at Inhlazatye.” Then John Dunn asked, “But if one of them refuses to submit to me?” THE GoverNor: “In such a case he can leave your District, taking with him all his property.” But at this we exclaimed, “No, sirs Listen to that I Do you not perceive that this is how he means to eat us up, one by one P But we will not have it, and we wish you to know that the first one of us whom he attacks we shall defend, and shall turn out John Dunn, and drive him out of the country back into Natal.” At this the Governor said nothing. - T j one spoke after another, and they all said the same words. And John Dunn was quite beaten ; he had nothing to say, but just denied continually, till Dabulamanzi said again, “What do you deny everything to day? Here then is witness to the real truth,” and he held out the unclosed envelope containing the extract which the Bishop had given him. Malimati took it and looked at it, half-opening it, and asked, “What is this F * Said Dabulamanzi, “It is certain proof that John Dunn did say the thing that we charge him with ; for I went and asked the Bishop to give me proof, and he did so— it is out of the newspapers.” On this the envelope was returned to him, and he was told to take care of it for a future day. We were dismissed at last, hecause it was getting dark,though some of us had not yet spoken. That day we got rations of bread, as it was too late to give us meat. [These men were the only members of the deputation who got any supplies from the Govern- ment, including the representatives of the three appointed Chiefs.] The next day was wet, and we sent in Songcongco, son of Manyosi, and two others, to make our excuses. The S. N. A. said, “You are late, but let them come in to- morrow.” When we went in the next day (Thursday), we were told that John Dunn was gone, and, as we understood, without the sanction of the authorities—that he had, in fact, bolted, being quite overpowered, and unable to answer the charges which we had brought against him. The S. N. A. said to us, “Well, my men, John Dunn is gone. But tell me, have you reconsidered your words, as the Governor advised you to do P” Said we, “Sir, there is nothing to consider or to think about at all. We are quite determined that we will not have John Dunn. He has slandered us by saying that we don't want Cetywayo back. Why does he pretend to be one of us, a Zulu ? Why, he E 2 36 ought to have come down with us to pray for Cetywayo, having been one of his Indunas. We will not have John Dunn,” - The S.N.A. agreed, saying, “ Truly a Chief is a Chief according to the people, not according to the grass that he possesses; and we here govern because we treat the people properly, as is for their good, and if you persist in leaving him, you are not obliged to belong to him.” On Friday the Chiefs sent to ask if they might not be allowed to go in to take leave of the authorities, but were refused, and were ordered to start without fail on Sunday Inorning. Dabulamanzi alone, having already been admitted, was bold enough to go in on Saturday to take leave of the S.N.A. on behalf of the deputation, which started, as ordered, on Sunday, May 7, intending to go straight to the Residency at the Inhlazatye, and there repeat their prayer for Cetywayo, so soon as the Resident arrives, according to the Governor’s instructions. They feared, however, that they might meet with opposition from John Dunn, Uhamu, and Usibebu, and might be perhaps obliged to defend them- selves, and get rid of those three Chiefs, though they have no wish or intention to fight, if they can avoid doing so. No. 19. Gover Nor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received July 10, 1882.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, June 5, 1882. I HAVE not received any official communications from the British Resident since he returned to Zululand, but I have received private letters from him in which he tells me of his return, and that generally, so far as he had been able to ascertain, matters were quiet in the Zulu country. 2. There have been several reports in Natal, and especially at Durban, as to the un- satisfactory state of affairs in Chief John Dunn's territory. These reports have been of a sensational and alarming character, but I have not received any official confirmation of them, and I am led to believe that the statements have been greatly exaggerated. 3. Until I receive further information, however, I can say nothing more as to what is taking place in Chief John Dunn's territory ; but I refer to the subject because, no doubt, some of the reports which have been circulated will have found their way to the English papers possibly by cable messages. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimoerley, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. No. 20. GoverNOR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL * OF KIMBERLEY. (Received July 10, 1882.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, MY LORD, - June 10, 1882. I HAVE the honour to transmit for your Lordship's information copy of a report I have received from the British Resident relative to the unsatisfactory relations that exist between the appointed Chief Uhamu and Umyamana. - 2. The proceedings of Uhamu on this occasion appear to have been exceedingly high- handed, and I have desired the Resident, if he has not already done so, to address a representation to him with the view of staying these proceedings and of opening the way to some arrangement. - 3. I enclose a copy of my letter to Mr. Osborn. I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Enclosure 1. in No. 20. BRITISH RESIDENT, Zululand, to Sir HENRY BULwer. SIR, Inhlazatye, Zululand, May 29, 1882. I HAVE the honour to represent that on the 17th instant Umyamana sent to report here that the Chief Uhamu had caused the people of his, Umyamana's, kraals, the “Mavegeni” and another near to it, situated in Uhamu's territory, to be expelled, and had placed the kraals in occupation of his own people. I enclose copy of the report marked A. The messengers who were sent to see state that they found the two kraals in occupation of Uhamu's people. They are unable to say whether any loose property has been taken or not from the ejected people. I am aware, however, that the cattle were not seized. On the 26th instant I received from Umyamana the further report (copy enclosed marked B) in which he states that the people in his kraal “Madangadunusa’ had been ordered by Uhamu to quit forthwith as he requires the kraal for his own people. In replying to this communication from Umyamana I explained carefully the position of the appointed Chief in regard to those living in his territory, and how important it is that the latter should recognise his authority, as it would otherwise be impossible for him to rule satisfactorily and maintain order. I also pointed out and explained the 9th clause of the terms, &c. under which the Chiefs hold their appointments, and I urged the necessity of Umyamana and his people coming to a friendly understanding with the Chiefs in whose territories they reside. Umboziza, Umyamana’s brother, to whom I spoke, made no direct reply to what I said, but from his attitude and the few words he spoke I judge that Umyamana will not follow the course I advised. I believe that Uhamu's threat to take possession of Umyamana's kraal Madangadu- nusa has not yet been carried into effect. t I have, &c. (Signed) M. Osborn, His Excellency Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., British Resident, Her Majesty's Special Commissioner, Zululand. &c. &c. &c., Natal. A. - Inhlazatye, Zululand, May 17, 1882. UMBozis.A, brother of Umyamana, accompanied by Pahlana and Nyovana, states:— I am sent by Umyamana to report to the Resident that Uhamu has occupied his Wageni kraal and driven the people [Umyamana's] out of it. Uhamu did this because Umyamana refuses to pay tax to him this year. Umyamana paid Uhamu one hundred and twenty (120) head of cattle last year as taxes, and for that reason he says he ought not to have to pay anything this year. He says further that the payment of taxes ought to ensure to the people peace and rest, but that in his case and that of his people it does not. That he has not yet paid tax to “Rulumeni” [the English Government], and that he thinks that he ought not to pay to Uhamu a second time before doing so. Further, that Uhamu has not yet, although he demands payment of tax, restored to him the 700 head of cattle ordered to be given back to him by the Governor's [General Wood's] award. Umyamana told me to ask the Resident to send one of his own men to see and verify this report. He says that unless this is done it may perhaps not be credited that Uhamu has done as he says. - Two companies of Uhamu's men took possession of the Wageni kraal, under Uhamu's induna Umkosi, and they are in possession now. They took all the kraal property, including the clothing of the people and other property, consisting of shields, sticks, assegais, &c., and the corn. - * The Wageni kraal is a very large kraal and was inherited by Umyamana from his father, Uncengeleli. The cattle of the kraal were not seized. Umyamana says that he is con- stantly reporting to the Resident his troubles and asking for help. Both he and his people are worried by Uhamu, and he wishes to know now what he is to do. The Resident does not help him or come to his rescue. E 3 38 Reply:—The Resident being absent, I cannot say anything to you regarding the report you bring from Umyamana; but as soon as he returns I will call his attention to it. Meanwhile, I will send two messengers to see whether Uhamu's men are indeed in possession of the Wageni kraal, as Umyamana particularly wishes it. (Signed) A. BoAST, Clerk to British Resident. B. * May 26, 1882. ULIBozizA accompanied by Umkonto states :–I am sent by my brother, Umyamana, to inform the Resident that Uhamu has sent orders to the people in Umyamana's kraal, “Madangadunusa,” in his territory to quit the kraal immediately, he intending it for occupation by his own people. If the order is not forthwith complied with he will enforce it by causing the forcible expulsion of Umyamana's people. Only a few days previous to this Uhamu took possession of two kraals of Umyamana, viz., the Mavageni, as already reported here. Uhamu's people seized no cattle on that occasion. Umyamana wants to know what he is to do if his kraals are taken in this way from him. Reply:—The territory in which these kraals are situated belongs to Uhamu. No Chief is by his appointment required to allow people or any one to reside therein who do not submit to his authority. I advise Umyamana to acknowledge Uhamu's authority within his own territory and secure his sanction to his (Umyamana's) kraals being retained by him in occupation and to prevent further unpleasantness. Enclosure 2 in No. 20. Sir HENRY BULWER to BRITISH RESIDENT, Zululand. o Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, June 10, 1882. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your letter of the 29th May reporting the complaints made by Umyamana regarding the proceedings of Uhamu. It seems to me that Umyamana has real cause of complaint on account of these proceedings, which appear to be unnecessarily harsh. The tax, which Umyamana paid last year to Uhamu was surely a heavy one, and if the latter this year demands a similar one, the demand, taking the character of a heavy annual tax, seems to be contrary to the old customs of the Zulus, and therefore contrary to the spirit of the understanding upon which Uhamu received his appointment. It is true that Umyamana is to blame in the insufficient recognition he has shown of Uhamu's authority, and it is right to point out to him, always in a friendly manner, the importance of his giving this recognition whilst in Uhamu's territory. But, on the other hand, Uhamu's action in seizing one of Umyamana's kraals has been exceedingly high- handed, and his failure to repay the seven hundred head of cattle to Umyamana, accord- ing to the terms of Sir E. Wood's award, is without excuse. With regard to this repayment, I have already given you instructions as to the communication to be made to Uhamu on the subject, and I do not doubt that you will have represented the case to him in its proper light. This fresh demand upon Umyamana is, under the circumstances, the more intolerable, and, if you have not already done so, I think you should make a representation to Uhamu, with a view to stay this demand and to induce him to give up the kraal; and your efforts should be directed with both parties to effect some arrange- ment of this dispute. * I am aware, in view of your later letter of the 31st May, that the matter may by this time have gone too far to allow easily of such an arrangement. But if there is any chance of promoting one I trust to your exertions not to lose it. * º I have, &c. Melmoth Osborn, Esq., C.M.G., (9 . (Signed) HENRY BULwBR, &c. &c. &c., Special Commissioner. |British Resident, Zululand. 39 No. 21. Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HoN. THE FARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received July 10, 1882.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, MY LORD, June 10, 1882. I HAVE the honour to transmit for your Lordship's information copy of a letter I have received from the British Resident, reporting an interview he had given to Undabuko and Usivetu. I enclose, also, a copy of my letter in reply. I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Enclosure I in No. 21. BRITISH RESIDENT, Zululand, to Sir HENRY BULWER. SIR, Inhlazatye, Zululand, May 31, 1882. I HAVE the honour to state that Undabuko and Usivetu accompanied by a following of about fifty men came to me yesterday, and asked to be furnished with your Excellency's answer to representations made by them through me at Maritzburg on the occasion of their late visit to Natal. With the view of ensuring accuracy, I carefully noted down at the time what was said by them in making their application, and the replies I gave them. I annex hereto for your Excellency’s information a statement of the particulars of the interview. The applicants' real desire is to secure for their occupation and use and for that of their followers a tract of land excluded from the territories of the appointed Chiefs and over which no such Chief is to exercise any authority. I have already, on different occasions, explained to the applicants that the object they seek to attain is impracticable and advised them to come to some proper arrangement with a Chief by which they could secure sufficient land for their occupation and use. But as such an arrangement involved their recognition of the Chief, they have for this reason not been willing to act on my advice. They, therefore, prefer their request to your Excellency in the hope of realizing their desire of being placed in a position which will render them independent of the appointed Chiefs. AA I have, &c. His Excellency Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., (Signed) M. Osborn, Her Majesty’s Special Commissioner, British Resident, &c. &c. &c., Zululand. Natal. - Inhlazatye, Zululand, May 30, 1882. APPEAR Undabuko and Usiwetu, accompanied by about 50 men. Usiwetu, addressing the Resident, says:— We have come to see you and to greet you. I came alone to you three days ago as Undabuko had taken medicine and could not come. He is here now and we come to visit you. Our words were spoken to you at Maritzburg ; they are with you and belong to you. We wish to hear from you about them. We ask your answer to them. We have nothing to add to what we said in Maritzburg. Resident.—The words you spoke to me at Maritzburg were, as you know, for the Governor’s information and not mine, and, therefore, not to be replied to by me. E 4 40 Usivetu.-We were told to come to you here, and we do so now. We ask you to give an answer to what we said to you at Maritzburg. Resident.—You were told to come to me here to make your representation for the Governor’s information. Usivetu.—When we were told at Maritzburg that we could not see the Governor we stated to you the things we wished him to know and you wrote them down. We were told to return to Zululand and come to you here. This we have done now, and we ask for the Governor’s answer. We have purposely come to-day to receive it. We have not come to state any grievance. If you showed the Governor our words spoken at Maritzburg we think you will be able to give us his reply to-day. • . Resident.—You were told at Maritzburg to return to Zululand and tell me here what you wish to bring to the knowledge of the Governor. That I should show your words to him and obtain his reply, which I would communicate to you. I am now ready to hear and write down anything you wish the Governor to know. - Usivetu.-It cannot be necessary that we should repeat now what we said to you at Maritzburg and was written down by you. We said to you then that we had only two things to represent, viz., to pray that Cetywayo be restored and to state our troubles (grievances). We still make these representations. We have no other to make. We expected that you would bring the Governor's answer and we came here to-day to receive it. Umtyupana.-We are surprised. We were told at Maritzburg to return to Zululand and apply to you. You tell us now that you are unable to give a reply to our repre- sentations. The season is advancing and we have no place to cultivate. Usivetu.--We shall be thankful if you will ask the Governor for an early reply. We have no homes. Our great trouble is that we have no land to cultivate. We ask you to beg the Governor to give a speedy reply, as our trouble is great. - Resident.—-I will send to the Governor the words you have just spoken, and com municate to you without delay any reply he may send. Enclosure 2 in No. 21. Sir H. BULWFR to Mr. OSBORN. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, June 10, 1882. I HAVE received your letter of the 31st May, reporting an interview which Usivetu and Undabuko had with you on the previous day. I do not think the tone adopted by Usivetu and Undabuko towards you in any way such as it ought to have been. Still, whilst I must express my objection to this, I do not wish it to interfere with the consideration of the question of a place where they can be located. It is impossible for me to decide upon this question off-hand, in view of the difficulties which the two brothers themselves raise about it. Had they in April last awaited a reply to the application they made to you, instead of coming into Natal without any permission as the leaders of a party of demonstration of 800 men, they would before this time have had the opportunity of representing their wishes to me, and of talking the matter over with me. I am very ready to do anything I can to find them a suitable location ; but it will evidently not be an easy matter to do this because of the difficulty of satisfying them. But if they, or either of them, would desire to come into Natal to see me on the sub- ject, you may give them the permission to come, provided they do not come in with a larger number of followers than 10 persons. I shall then be in a position to hear what they have got to say on the subject and to talk it over with them. - I have, &c. Melmoth Osborn, Esq., C.M.G., (Signed) HENRY BULweſt, - &c. &c. &c., Special Commissioner. British Resident, Zululand. 41 No. 22. Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received July 10, 1882.) - Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, MY LORD, . . June 12, 1882. QN the 7th instant F sent your Lordship a telegraphic message” to the effect that the Resident in Zululand had reported to me that both Uhamu and Umyamana were arming, and that he feared a collision might take place at any moment. I added that I had heard from another source that Uhamu was arming, and that I had sent a message to the Resident, urging him to do his best to avert a collision, and to offer his mediation. 2. I have now the honour to transmit copies of the report I received from the Resident and of the other communication to which I referred, as also of the message despatched by me the same day to the Resident. 3. At the present moment we are not in a position to determine whether the view to which the British Resident, upon the information before him, appears to incline, namely, that the gathering of armed men by Umyamana and Undabuko is the result of a move- ment by the leaders of the Usutu party against some of the appointed Chiefs, in which case the movement will be one of a more general character, is the correct view ; or whether the calling together of his people in arms by Umyamana is not, as I am disposed to believe may be the case, the result of the recent violent proceedings of Uhamu in seizing one of Umyamana's kraals, and, therefore, a defensive movement on the part of the latter, in which case the movement will be of a more local character. 3. I enclose a copy of a letter I have addressed to the British Resident on the subject of his report. I have, &c. * (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure 1 in No. 22. BRITISH RESIDENT, Zululand, to Sir HENRY BULwer. SIR, Inhlazatye, Zululand, May 31, 1882. I HAVE the honour to report for your Excellency’s information that on the 27th instant I heard that a considerable number of armed Zulus were assembling at the kraals of Umyamana and Undabuko. As this was an unusual occurrence, and not knowing the object of the gathering, I sent on the 28th two of my messengers to see quietly what was taking place there. They returned the same day and stated that they saw several companies of fully armed men at Umyamana's. The men marched from thence to Undabuko's, and I have since learnt that during the whole of that day and the two following days armed men continued to arrive there, and remained there together as an armed body until yesterday the 30th, when they dispersed to different kraals in that neighbourhood. In the meantime I received communications as per enclosed copies from various Chiefs, in reference to this gathering, showing that widespread alarm has resulted from those proceedings, a condition which I regret to say still exists, and which, so far as is at present apparent, I cannot say is without cause. Men belonging to the Usutu party (Undabuko's and Umyamana's) say without reserve that it is the intention of that party within a very few days' time to take the field and begin offensive operations against all who did not belong to their set, and who are friendly inclined towards the English. It is also said that they intend to join the Transvaal Boers, with whom they have already, it is alleged, opened negotiations. One of Umyamana's men told my induna this morning that 14 companies of armed men were assembled at Umyamana's and Undabuko's, and that it has been settled that the Usutu are to commence operations very shortly after the ensuing full moon. I have been informed that the Usutu have brought away out of Usibebu’s territory such relatives as they had living there in order to have alſ belonging to their party on one side. g * Not printed. R 4012. F 42 I am also informed that armed men from different parts are still concentrating at Umyamana's, and I myself saw yesterday and again to-day several small parties of men numbering from two up to four, fully armed with shields and assegais going in the direction of Umyamana's kraal. - Yesterday Undabuko and Usivetu accompanied by about 50 men, unarmed, came to see me in reference to the matter upon which I address your Excellency in a separate letter of this date. Their general bearing towards me yesterday was neither friendly nor civil. I invite your Excellency's attention to the communication (enclosure H.), received by me this day from Umyamana, and beg to state that in my opinion the allegations therein have been specially framed by him as an excuse on which to found any hostile action he may be about to take, as I do not believe that the man Umhlewafa did inform Uhamu as alleged. Judging from the state of excitement and alarm amongst the people and the general circumstances so far as I have been able to become acquainted with them, I regret to say that I believe hostilities are certain to occur, in all probability within a few days from this, and that the Usutu will commence them. It is, however, difficult to judge against whom their first efforts will be directed, but I am of opinion that they will be against Uhamu and Usibebu. e I have this day heard that Uhamu is collecting his impi and I have reason to believe that by this time he has a strong force assembled. I have, &c. - (Signed) M. Osborn, - His Excellency Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., British Resident, Zululand. H.M. Special Commissioner, - º &c. &c. &c. Natal. A. May 27, 1882. UNGENAMA and Unducuzake state :-We are sent by our Chief Uhamu to say he is surprised to hear that the Usutu are arming and assembling at Undabuko's, Usiwetu's, and Umyamana's ; and that many people loyal to Uhamu but residing in their neighbourhood are running away to their friends at Uhamu's. It is reported that Undabuko and his party give out that the “Makosi.” in Maritzburg authorised them to “take blood” [to have recourse to arms]. Uhamu thought the Resident who is his father would have apprised him of this authority, given it is said to Undabuko at Pietermaritzburg. Uhamu says also that he has occupied Umyamana's kraal the “Mavageni,” and turned out its previous occupants because they and Umyamana will not submit to his authority. The territorry was given to him and he will have it occupied only by people who “konza” (submit) to him. Reply:—No report has been made to me of any arming of the people mentioned by Uhamu, but I have heard that they are doing so. I do not know what their object is. It is entirely untrue that Undabuko or any one was authorised in Maritzburg by the Governor to take up arms for any purpose whatever. There is not a word of truth in the report. The Governor declined to see Undabuko and his party and they did not see him. They were told to return to Zululand and represent their grievances to me for the Governor's information, P. & B. o May 29, 1882. Suswana and Umpumpu state:—Chief Umfanawendhlela sends us to report to the Resident that a large impi is being collected by Umyamana at his kraals in the Chief's territory and without the Chief's permission or knowledge. The day before yesterday messengers arrived from Umyamana to tell our Chief that his kraals and corn had been taken from him by Uhamu and he had merely collected his people to tell them that his kraal had been taken. This message was sent to our Chief as the ostensible object of the people assembled, but our Chief knows they are forming a strong impi. Our Chief has sent messengers to Umyamana to ask for an explanation and reason for his assembling a strong impi in his territory and its object. The messengers went yesterday, 43 Reply:-I advise Umfanawendhlela to be careful and do all he can to preserve peace. It is his duty to see that the peace of his district be not disturbed and that people living within it do nothing to disturb other territories. I trust he will keep me informed of all that takes place. - C. May 29, 1882. CHINGwAYo, appointed Chief, appears, states:—I come to greet you on your return from Natal, &c. The state of the country is bad. After the war Zululand was divided into separate territories, each of which had its boundaries defined and beacons were erected; these boundaries are now as if they never existed ; the people disregard them and armed bodies collect from all parts without any reference to the Chiefs who were appointed. Many people went out of my territory to Maritzburg lately with Undabuko and others without any reference to me, and people went likewise from the territories of other Chiefs without their consent. An impi is now assembling at Undabuko's and Umyamana's. It is going, I hear, to attack Uhamu, Usibebu, and myself, and that I am to be the first that is to be attacked. I cannot use force as I have no impi to resist with ; should they come against me I shall come to the Resident for protection. My present position is very unsafe. Last night my women and children slept in the hills, fearing attack during the night. Some of my people living near Umyamana's have brought their families to me. - Reply:—I advise you to do all you can to maintain peace and good order within your own territory. Umfanawendhlela within whose territory the impi is collecting is in com- munication with Umyamana and Undabuko on the subject, and I expect to get infor- mation about it from him to-morrow. Undabuko, Usivetu, and others who went to Maritzburg lately are to be here to-morrow to make their statements to me; I shall then probably get some definite information about the impi you speak of. D. . May 29, 1882. UMNOAND1, Chief, states:—I come to greet you and to tell you that an impi is collected and is still collecting at Umyamana's and Undabuko's. The men forming it came from different territories in Zululand. I heard they intend to attack me and my people, and that they are also going against Chingwayo, Umfanawendhlela (appointed Chiefs), and Sinkwasomutu and Hlanganisa. The women and children belonging to the latter and his people, and my women, &c. slept in the hills last night, fearing a night attack. I also heard that they intend to attack Uhamu and Usibebu. E. - May 30, 1882. HLANGANISA, Chief, appears and greets the Resident, states:—I heard that an impi is being collected by Undabuko and Umyamana, and that their intention is first to attack me, Umfanawendhlela, Chingwayo, and Umnqandi. My people are sleeping in the hills, being afraid of attack during the night. When Undabuko and the others went to Maritzburg they gave out that those who did not join them in their mission would be treated as enemies on their return. I and others who would not join them are, it is said, to be the first to be attacked. F. - May 30, 1882. Focosa and Umsingane state:—We are sent by Uhamu to say that he hears it is reported that Undabuko and those with him say that first no redress was given them by the Resident, and as again no redress was obtained by them in Maritzburg it is their own course. Uhamu asks the Resident for some information on the matter, and on what took place in Maritzburg when Undabuko was there. Reply:—I can give Uhamu no definite information about what Undabuko, and his party are doing at present. They have reported nothing to me. I advise Uhamu to F 2 44 find out for himself what their movements are, and to keep me informed. [A brief account is then given by Resident of what took place in Maritzburg when Undabuko was there.] G. º May 30, 1882. LANGABI and Uzibu state:—We are sent by our Chief Usibebu to greet the Resident. Our Chief has heard reports of the Usutu arming, but he knows nothing for certain. He has heard among other things that they intend to proceed against the Resident and John Dunn, and against other Chiefs. In Usibebu’s own territory matters are quiet. Reply:—Tell Usibebu that I have also heard rumours of an impi collecting, but I know nothing definite about it. Rumour cannot always be believed. Usibebu must, how. ever, be careful and keep order and quiet in his territory, * H. Inhlazatye, Zululand, May 31, 1882. UMBozizA, brother of Umyamana, accompanied by Umfesi, Tyuapuna and Manqai state:—We are sent by Umyamana to tell the Resident that he has been informed that the Resident sent Umhliwafa ka Ngoza on Saturday last to tell Uhamu that he is to assemble his impi and hold them ready to act against the Usutu, who are arming and assembling at Umyamana's, their intention being to attack Uhamu. That Uhamu was not to proceed at once with his impi against the Usutu as he did against the Abaqulusi, but he is only to hold the impi ready and wait for the Usutu. That the Resident also told Uhamu through Umhlewafa, that he had sent to Hlubi to ask for a body of armed mounted men to come and remain with him as there was going to be fighting, and that the Resident had sent a mounted messenger with a letter to Natal to report that Umyamana had taken up arms. Uhamu then sent a message by Umbajaswa to Bangambi, one of Umyamana's brothers, telling him all these words that the Resident had sent to him by Umhlewafa, and requesting him to inform Umyamana thereof, and ask what he has to say about it. Umyamana directed us to say also to the Resident that this is now the second time that Uhamu states he is ordered by the Resident to take action against him. The first when all his cattle were eaten up, and now for the second time Uhamu is told to assemble his impi against him. Umyamana asks what wrong he has done P Who has he killed? The people who were lately assembled at his kraal were called up by him to tell them of the taking from him of his Mavageni kraal by Uhamu, and to ask their advice what he could do now as he was being despised (citeka). Umyamana says he thanks the Resident for having sent him notice through Uhamu that an impi was being assembled against him. This will be the second time that he will suffer through the order of the Resident. Uhamu said the first time that the Resident ordered him to eat up Umyamana, Umyamana reported the other day that his kraal Mavageni had been taken from him by Uhamu, and the Resident has given no order about that act. Reply:—You will tell Umyamana it is entirely untrue that I sent any message of the kind to Uhamu by any person. I never sent any message of any kind by Umhlewafa. The whole is a wilful fabrication, and I will endeavour to find out all about it. All I know about Umhlewafa is that he came here last Saturday to greet me; he saw me for a very short while only in the presence of a number of people, and I did not speak to him even. He said he was only travelling here on his own business. He is not my messenger, and he does not stop with my messengers. I will send at once for Umhlewafa, who I suppose will be at Uhamu's, and ask the latter to send some one to be present when I speak to him. When he comes I will let Umyamana know to enable him to attend here when I question him. I will also send at once to Uhamu to tell him that I never sent any message of the kind. It is true that I gave no order about Uhamu taking possession of the Mavageni kraal. Umyamana knows that I cannot do so. I inquire and report to the Governor. Untyotyo and Unguna sent to Uhamu. You will tell Uhamu that I have just been informed by Umyamana that Umhlewafa is said to have delivered to him words which he said were a message from me. [The words as given by Umboziza recapitulated here to the two messengers.] I never sent any 45 message to him by Umhlewafa, who is not my messenger, and is, as far as 1 know, a mere traveller in the land. Nor did I send this or any like message to Uhamu by any person. If such words purporting to come from me have reached Uhamu, I wish him to know distinctly that I never sent them or stated them to anyone. I have not advised Uhamu to call up his impi, neither do I now advise him to do so. You will then direct Umhlewafa, who is a British subject, to appear before me at once to explain his conduct in this matter. You will request Uhamu to send an induna to be present when I speak to Umhlewafa. Fnclosure 2 in No. 22. TELEGRAM. From Col.BNRRANDER, Clerk, Border Agency, Stanger, to W. CAMPBELL, Border Agent, Victoria Club, Pietermaritzburg. Sent June 6, received June 7. Twelve noon. Natal native from Transvaal reports Boers with Uhamu. Uhamu's impi prepared for war against Umyamana and Undabuko. Latter refuses to fight. Is await- ing British Resident's instructions. Uhamu's impi has already lived on cattle of three of Umyamana's people's kraals. ...Uhamu asked Usibebu for aid; latter promised his aid, which is reported to be very little, Umyamana and Undabuko having called up Usutu part of Zulu nation. Matte‘s quieter in Dunnsland. Dunn managing his affairs. Report sent yesterday re Boers shooting Zulus not confirmed. Enclosure 3 in No. 22. TELEGRAM. From BULWER to OSBORN, Resident, Zululand. º June 7. SPARE no pains to prevent collision between Uhamu and others. Send, if you have not already sent, messengers to both Warning and counselling them against doing so, and offering your mediation. Bnclosure 4 in No. 22. SIR. H. BULWER to BRITISH RESIDENT, Zululand. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, June 10, 1882. I RECEIVED with great regret your letter of the 31st May reporting the gathering of armed men under Umyamana and Undabuko with the probable intention of their taking the field and proceeding against Uhamu and Usibebu and possibly others of the appointed Chiefs. Your letter also stated that you had heard Uhamu was collecting a strong impi and that you feared hostilities would break out in a few days. Immediately on receiving your report, I addressed a telegraphic message to be forwarded to you from Ladysmith by special native messengers, in which I desired you to spare no efforts to avert a collision between Uhamu and Umyamana or any others, and to send, if you had not already sent them, messengers to both parties warning and counselling them against taking up arms and offering your mediation between them. I trust that, even without receiving this message, you have seen your way to do something of this kind, and that you have succeeded in dissuading both parties from pro- ceeding to extremities ; but I await your further reports with anxiety. - I have read through your letters of the 29th and 31st May very carefully. You appear to be of the opinion, founded upon the accounts that had reached you, that these proceedings were part of a design by Umyamana, Undabuko, and the other leaders of the Usutu party against several of the appointed Chiefs. But I would suggest to you whether you do not think an explanation for the gathering of armed men by Umyamana is to be found in the recent harsh action taken by Uhamu in imposing, if it be the case that he has done this, a fresh tax upon Umyamana after the heavy one he imposed last year; in seizing, as there appears to be no doubt he has done, one of Umyamana's kraals, which was an extreme measure to take ; and in his declaring his intention to seize another. F 3 46 I have, in another Despatch, communicated to you my views on the subject of these proceedings. Added to his continued failure to repay the 700 head of cattle to Umya- mana, Uhamu's conduct appears to me to be altogether unjustifiable. - - It seems also, referring to the subject of your enclosure marked H., open to doubt if Uhamu has not been sending messages with the object of inducing Umyamana to believe that he is acting upon your advice. This is not the first time, I believe, that he has been charged with doing this; and I think it is a matter for your consideration if you should not take further notice of it by calling upon him for an explanation. It will, of course, be your object to reassure Umyamana on this point, as he is evidently distrustful. I think you should address a representation to Uhamu on the subject of his failure to carry out the terms of Sir E. Wood’s award about the cattle, and of his demanding under the circumstances a further tax from Umyamana, who had paid him a heavy tax in cattle only last year, and on his violent proceeding in seizing one of Umyamana's kraals. You should warn him, moderately but firmly, that he will be held responsible for any viola- tion of the letter or spirit of the conditions upon which he accepted and holds his position of an appointed Chief. It will be your object to endeavour to get the present matters of dispute between Uhamu and Umyamana referred to you, and if necessary they can further be referred to me; and you will I am sure spare no exertion to avert a collision, or, if a collision has occurred, to bring about a termination of it, with the view of a settlement of the questions in dispute being arrived at by better means. What I have said above is said, you will understand, in the belief that the action taken by Umyamana in collecting his men has been due to the violent proceedings of Uhamu against him in seizing one of his kraals and in threatening to seize another, and that Umyamana's movement is therefore a defensive movement. Of course events may show that the movement is not of that character, and you will have to guide yourself accord- ingly, but until I receive further information than I have now, I shall be disposed to believe that this is the state of the case, seeing the unquestionable cause for alarm given by Uhamu's proceedings. I have, &c. Melmoth Osborn, Esq., C.M.G., (Signed) HENRY BULwÉR, British Resident, Zululand. Special Commissioner. No. 23. The RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY to Gover Nor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, July 13, 1882. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch of 10th ultimo,” transmitting a report from the Resident in Zululand on the subject of the relations between Uhamu and Umyamana. I approve of the instructions which you have issued to Mr. Osborn. I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) KIMBERLEY. No. 24. The RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY to Gover NOR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, - Downing Street, July 13, 1882. I HAVE received your Despatch of the 10th ultimoi and its enclosures relative to a recent interview between the British Resident in Zululand and the Chiefs Usivetu and Undabuko ; and I have to express my approval of the letter addressed by you to Mr. Osborn on the subject. - I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) KIMBERLEY. * No. 20. - f No. 21. 47 No. 25. 'º Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received July 17, 1882.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoPD, - June 14, 1882. WITH reference to previous correspondence on the subject of the disagreement between the Chief Uhamu and Umyamana, it will be remembered that one of the chief causes of complaint, that Umyamana had against Uhamu was the seizure by the latter towards the end of the year 1880 of as many as 1,368 cattle and 216 sheep and goats from the people of Umyamana, on the ground that they had concealed Cetywayo's cattle and some arms... Uhamu, it was reported, had acted in this case very oppressively, reducing several families by these seizures to great poverty; and Umyamana stated he would no longer recognise Uhamu. -- 2. This was one of the questions inquired into by Sir E. Wood when he visited Zululand at the latter end of August in last year and upon which he gave a decision or award; his decision or award being—first, that Umyamana and his people had constantly ignored Uhamu and that they must in future obey him; and, secondly, that Uhamu had unduly punished Umyamana without sufficient previous inquiry, and must restore to Umyamana 700 head of the cattle taken, and abide by the terms of his appointment in ruling his people. 3. Towards the end of March I received a report from the Resident that Uhamu had, up to that time, failed to comply with the terms of the award in repaying the 700 head of cattle, and that his failure to do so was of the nature of a refusal. As Mr. Osborn was coming down to Natal I deferred giving him instructions in this matter till I could have the opportunity of talking it over with him. When I did so, I decided, with his concurrence, that it would be well to make another representation to Uhamu on the subject, and I accordingly desired the Resident, on his return to Zululand, to deliver to Uhamu a message from me in which the necessity of his abiding by the award and paying the 700 head of cattle should be firmly and unmistakeably represented; and as we had reason to believe that some of Uhamu's principal chiefs or headmen about him considered that the Chief was bound by the award I hoped that a representation of this kind, coming direct from me and made in their presence, would have the desired effect. 4. I have not heard anything on this question from the Resident since his return; but it is evident from Mr. Osborn's Report of the 31st of May, that the cattle were not paid at that time and that Uhamu had further compromised himself by other acts of aggression against Umyamana's people, to which proceedings, as I stated in my Despatch of the 12th instant,” I was disposed to attribute Umyamana's action in taking up arms against Uhamu. 5. Although I was awaiting information from the Resident as to the result of the representation he was to make in my name to Uhamu before communicating with your Lordship on the subject of the repayment of the 700 head of cattle, the recent events that have occurred, interfering as they do with the adjustment of this question, do away with the occasion for any further delay in transmitting this correspondence for your Lordship's information, and I have the honour accordingly to forward it herewith. - I have, &c. - (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. * No. 22. 48 Enckosure I in No. 25. The BRITISH RESIDENT to SIR. H. BULWER. SIR, Zululand, March 13, 1882. WITH reference to the complaints of the Chief Umyamana and the people of his tribe against the appointed Chief Uhamu, on which the Deputy High Commissioner, General Wood, gave his award in Zululand at the end of August last, I have the honour to report that the terms of said award have not yet been complied with by Uhamu, who, it will be seen from the communications I had with him on the subject as per enclosed copies, refuses to do so on the grounds stated by him, viz., that it was in pur- suance of my orders repeatedly conveyed to him, that he made the seizures Čomplained of. With reference to this allegation, only now made by Uhamu, I have to say that there is not even a shadow of truth in it; I never said or did anything which he or any- one could construe as an order from me to him to make the seizures, or even as an indi- cation that I would advise or approve such unjust proceedings, nor have I on any one occasion advised the punishment in any degree of a Zulu by his Chief; on the contrary I have always urged on those in authority not to punish until after fair trial of an accused person, and that all punishment should be meted out according to the deserts of a con- victed offender, I have also invariably advised the Chiefs to abandon the system of “eating up,” especially without trial. Uhamu, on being asked who the messengers were through whom my alleged orders on the five different occasions were conveyed to him, refused to name them. It is certain that Uhamu's allegation is entirely and utterly untrue, and I have no hesitation in saying that it must have been specially fabricated by him in order to escape restoring the 700 head of cattle to Umyamana in terms of the award. About the 15th of November last, Umyamana informed me that Uhamu had not restored any of the 700 head of cattle specified in the award and asked me to communi- cate with the Chief on the subject, as the latter would otherwise do nothing towards effecting a settlement. On this I sent to Uhamu my message of the 15th of November (Enclosure A.), to which I received his reply on the 18th (Enclosure B.), I did not at the time attach much importance to his reply as knowing that he was greatly addicted to the use of spirituous liquors, I concluded that his mind could not have been clear when he spoke to my messengers. On the 20th of November Umyamana came to me and again asked me to aid him in obtaining a settlement; he said he had made no demand on Uhamu for the cattle as he was afraid that, owing to the ill-feeling the latter bore him, serious trouble would arise if he communicated with him on the subject. I told him that it was only fair to Uhamu that he should apply for the cattle, and I could not believe that his doing so would have the evil consequences he anticipated. To this Umyamana replied that he would send men to ask for the cattle, provided I sent my messengers with them ; he would not venture to send them otherwise. He also urged the Zulu custom that whenever a decision is given by a Chief the latter sends his mes- sengers to see his order carried out, and unless this is done compliance therewith need not be made. I therefore agreed to send messengers with Umyamana's men which I did on the 24th November with the message to Uhamu as shown on Enclosure C. To this message Uhamu answered as shown on Enclosure D. I was very ill at the time this reply reached me, November 30th, and shortly thereafter, viz., on 5th December I proceeded to Natal for medical aid, and to consult with General Wood on matters connected with my duties here. As the excuse advanced by Uhamu for his acts against Umyamana appeared to me so extraordinary, and being aware that he must know that his assertions are wholly untrue, I could not bring myself to believe that he really intended to adhere to his statements. On my return to my post in Zululand I ascertained that messengers from Uhamu had been here during my absence, and Umyamana, having repeated to me on the 2nd February that the award had not yet been complied with, I sent to Uhamu on the 14th February the message shown on Enclosure E. His reply is set forth in Enclosure F. * On the 21st February I received from Uhamu the message stated in Enclosure G., to which I replied as shown in the same document. This is the last communication I have had with him on the subject. Having been credibly informed that Uhamu's indunas do not agree with him in the line adopted by him in this matter and were urging him to comply honestly with the award, I delayed reporting these circumstances to your Excellency in the hope that before 49 doing so Uhamu would become convinced of the folly of this dishonest course he was pursuing, and render due compliance with the award. This hope I now feel compelled to abandon, and I therefore take this opportunity of acquainting your Excellency with the present position of the case. g I have, &c. His Excellency (Signed) M. OSBORN, Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., &c., British Resident. Governor and H.M. Special Commissioner for Zulu Affairs, Natal. A. November 15, 1881. Nonzama and Uzimu sent with message from. Resident to Uhamu :— Tell Uhamu I wish to hear from him whether the Governor’s award in reference to the cattle (700) to be paid by him to Umyamana has been carried out. B. November 18, 1881. Nomzama and Uzimu state :- - We took the Resident's message of the 15th to Uhamu. In reply to it he said that he could not give Umyamana any of his cattle back, that the Resident authorised him to seize them, and that if their restoration is insisted upon he will only comply when Umyamana is out of his territory. Uhamu wants to know whether the Resident did not say anything when the award was given against him by the Governor. He says, why did not the Resident remonstrate with the Governor about it, as he told me to make the seizures. P Uhamu says besides that seizures were only made from Mapangwana and some kraals about there, and that none of Umyamana's own cattle were taken. He says also that if he is to be held responsible for the restoration of the cattle, the Resident must be too, primarily, as he sent him to make the seizures. The Resident urged him, he says, repeatedly through his messengers to eat up Umyamana, and he refused to do so. At last he was told that Usibebu and John Dunn made seizures, why could he not do the same P. It was only after being urged to do so that he did it. C. * - November 24, 1881. Message to Uhamu per Residency messengers Maziana and Motole. You will accompany Umyamana's messengers Masugu, Umbube, Ungcongana, and Ungongoni to Uhamu, and tell Uhamu that Umyamana is asking for the cattle awarded to him by the Governor, and I send to advise Uhamu to perform his part of the Governor’s award. , D. November 30, 1881. Maziana and Matole State :- t We took to Uhamu the message of the Resident as given to us six days ago in reference to the Governor's award in the case of Umyamana. We delivered the message in the presence of Umyamana's messengers, who were there to ask for the cattle. Uhamu replied, it is all right as the Resident is advising me to give up the cattle, he must in the first place return to me all the ex-King's cattle and guns I collected from Umyamana and delivered up to him. He urged me during two years to eat up Umya- mana, and I refused to do so; and it was only on his pressing me again the third year that I consented and did it. He now advises me to hand over the cattle awarded to Umyamana. Let him first return to me the ex-King's cattle and guns, and send to me here his messengers who brought me his words urging me to eat up Umyamana. He threatened to depose me from my Chieftainship, and asked me why I did not do as John Dunn and Usibebu did, and seize forcibly. If those messengers come they will have to wait until the return of my people who have gone after the Abaqulusi cattle in the Boer's country over the Bivana, as they are acquainted with the circumstances of Umyamana’s case. I do not believe there were seven hundred (700) head taken from Umyamana and his people. There might have been two hundred (200), and if I am to give up these I will ask the Governor for a share of them for myself, and before any are given up the Governor must remove Umyamnna out of my territory as he did Undabuko out of Usibebu’s. R 4012. ſ: *ºssº a 50 Af E. February 14, 1882. Message to Chief Uhamu per messengers Untyotyo and Dabankulu :— Tell Uhamu that I understand some of his men came here during my late absence with a message from him in reference to the award of General Wood, according to which seven hundred (700) cattle are to be restored to Umyamana. I am informed by Umyamana that none of the cattle have as yet been paid, and I wish to know what Uhamu has to say about the matter. I have no other advice to give on the subject than that sent by Maziana, which is that he should without further delay deliver up the cattle in accordance with the award. F. - February 20, 1882. Untyotyo and Dabankulu state — - We took the Resident’s message of the 14th instant to Uhamu. He said in reply, I seized the cattle from Umyamana and his people on the order of the Resident. On five different occasions did the Resident send his messengers with orders urging me to eat up Umyamana and his people, and five times I sent to say that I would not do it. At last the Resident threatened to depose me if I did not carry out his orders. I then did it and made the seizures. I will not therefore restore any cattle. A man does not eat food and then vomit it up again. Let Maporela, and Maratsharatsha (Umyamana's sons) come to me and I will hear the case and ascertain if any cattle are due to Umyamana. and his people, and let the five messengers who brought the Resident’s orders to me come with them to be present at the trial. We inquired who the messengers were. He replied, I do not know, but you and the Resident might. G. February 20, 1882. Sikumbana and Untambo state :- We are sent by Chief Uhamu to tell the Resident that he is willing to restore the cattle taken from Umyamana personally, that is, cattle belonging to Umyamana himself, and not to his people. He is also willing to restore any cattle that may have been seized by his men from people belonging to Umyamana, who were not guilty of secreting or retaining ex-King's cattle or fire-arms. Uhamu considers that he is not liable to restore the cattle of persons who were guilty of those offences, and to those he will not return their cattle. Uhamu wishes that the Resident should send to him “Songuba,” who brought a message to him from the Resident requesting him to search for ex-King’s cattle and fire-arms, to be delivered up to the Government. Songuba will be able to say or not whether such a message from the Resident was brought by him. Uhamu also wishes that Maporela and Maratsharatsha, sons of Umyamana, should, together with Umyamana’s “Incegu" Mahlatuhlatu, come to him at same time to receive Umyamana's cattle. He also wishes some messengers from the Residency to be present then. Reply :— º Tell Uhamu that he knows well that it was to the Governor and not to me that he, Umyamana, and the other persons concerned referred the questions in dispute between them for settlement, and that the award was given by the Governor. I have no power to consent to any alteration or departure from the terms of that award, which I now again advise him to carry out So far as it concerns him. As regards my message to him by Songuba that he, Uhamu, was to collect and hand over the ex-King's cattle and also fire-arms, it is quite true that I did send the message as stated, and I likewise instructed the other Chiefs. Uhamu has informed me by my own messengers, first by Maziana and again by Untyotyo and Dabankulu, who gave me his words yesterday, that he made the seizures from Umyamana and his people on my order which I had repeated to him five times, the last time accompanied by a threat that I would depose him if he did not obey. I request you to tell him that it is utterly untrue that I ever gave any order of the kind. 5 1 Enclosure 2 in No. 25. SIR H. BULWER to BRITISH RESIDENT, Zululand. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, May 10, 1882. IN reply to your Despatch of the 13th March last, with regard to which I have had the opportunity of talking over with you the matter to which it relates, I have the honour to enclose herewith, for your guidance, a copy of the Minute in which I have indicated the steps that I think it advisable you should take under the circumstances; and I trust that when the matter is put before Uhamu in a firm and friendly manner, and if possible by you at a personal interview, that he will recognise the necessity of carrying out the terms of Sir E. Wood’s award. -- I have &c. Melmoth Osborn, Esq. (Signed) H. BULwer, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. British Resident, Zululand. MINUTE. The Resident will please inform Uhamu that I have heard with regret of his failure hitherto to carry out the terms of the award given by General Sir E. Wood, that he should restore to Umyamana and his people 700 head of cattle out of the number taken by him. Uhamu himself. I understand, declared beforehand his wish to have the decision of General Sir E. Wood in the dispute between him and Umyamana and his readiness to accept and abide by that decision. Having done this he is bound by his own promise to accept and abide by the decision, and not to do so would be to dishonour his own words. I look, therefore, to Uhamu to fulfil his promise and to carry out the award, so far as he is concerned, by restoring 700 head of cattle to Umyamana and his people which he can do through the Resident. I do not doubt, when the matter is put to him in its true light, and when he understands that what is required of him is to abide by his word and the promise given by him to accept the decision of General Sir E. Wood, that he will accept and carry it out faithfully and loyally. May 10, 1882. (Signed) H. BULWER. No. 26. GovERNOR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received July 17, 1882.) - Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, June 17, 1882. It will be observed in Mr. Osborn's report of the 8th of June” that, according to information which had reached him, a body of the Abaqulusi, under Umguni had made two raids into Uhamu's territory, where they had burned several kraals, killed 15 people, and carried off a number of cattle. 2. The Abaqulusi, it will be remembered, were a section of people living in Uhamu's territory, who refused to recognise his authority, and were brought into conflict with him in October last, when they sustained very heavy losses, and retreated across the Bivana into Transvaal territory, where they had previously removed their families and cattle. The latter, it is said, were taken by the Boers in that district by whom they appear to have been kept, for Uhamu, some time since, informed the Resident that he had endeavoured to obtain possession of the cattle, which he claimed, some portion as his own personal property, and the rest as forfeited to him by rebellious subjects, but was unable to recover more than ten head. As for the Abaqulusi themselves, many of them, it would seem, took refuge in Seketwayo's territory, and it is from this territory they have made the raids referred to. I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. * Enclosure 1 in No. 28. G 2 52 No. 27. - GoverNOR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received July 17, 1882.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, - June 17, 1882. I HAVE the honour to transmit for your Lordship's information copy of a letter I have received from the British Resident, bearing on the state of affairs in Chief John Dunn's territory. The Resident forwards, for my information, two letters which he had received from Chief Dunn. 2. These letters show the intrigues that have been and are going on in Chief Dunn's territory, in which, as your Lordship will see, Bishop Colenso's name is freely mixed up. 3. I enclose a copy of my letter in reply to the Resident. Chief Dunn has been right in not resorting to force without first referring the case to the Resident, and I trust there will be no occasion for a resort to it. His territory, as I learn from other sources, is apparently free from disturbance, although disturbing elements exist in it. In the upper portions of his territory many of the people are against him, and some of them have gone off to join Undabuko. In the lower portions the people are said to be more favourable to him. Very much will depend upon the course events take in the upper districts of Zululand, in the territories of Uhamu and Usibebu. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure 1 in No. 27. BRITISH RESIDENT, Zululand, to Sir H. BULWER. SIR, Hlubi’s territory, Zululand, June 8, 1882. I HAVE the honour to transmit for your Excellency's information the enclosed two letters dated respectively June 1st and 3rd received by me from Chief John Dunn. I purpose proceeding to this Chief's territory as soon as the very important matters in the upper districts of Zululand, now requiring my full and constant attention, permit my absence from these parts, and I trust that I shall be able to carry out my intention within a very few days’ time. The man Fanegana was brought to me this afternoon by Chief Dunn's messserger, I sent him on to the Inhlazatye for which place I start to-morrow morning. I shall carefully take down any statement he may make in reference to the charges reported against him by Chief Dunn and inform your Excellency thereof. The examination which I am requested by Mr. Dunn to make in reference to the allegation of the Chief Mavumeng- wana that he and others took part in the late Zulu demonstration at Pietermaritzburg in consequence of representations to them by or through the Bishop of Natal can, I think, be best held on the occasion of my ensuing visit. With regard to Chief Dunn's request to be authorised to use armed force to coerce some of his people and that other chiefs may be advised to assist him in the work. I beg leave to say that I am not in possession of all the circumstances of the cases which, in his opinion, necessitate such action, and I therefore submit for your Excellency’s approval that Mr. Dunn's request cannot be taken into consideration until the matter be first fully inquired into and reported on by me. This inquiry I shall proceed to make without any delay. I have, &c. His Excellency (Signed) M. OSBORN, Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., British Resident, Zululand. &c. &c. &c. - Dunnsland, Zululand, SIR, June 1, 1882. I BEG to report to you that at a meeting of my headmen called by me and attended by Mayumengwana, Palana, Nonzama, Sidiwelediwele, Matyana-ka-sityagaza, represented by his sons, and many others, including Dabinjani, Gausi’s heir, to answer to me for the late proceeding, and my people being called to arms without my know- ledge, and the return of the late deputation from Natal. Mavumengwana stated that the reason of himself and others having sent people with the deputation, was, that messengers had been sent by the Bishop of Natal to say that he had been requested by Cetywayo to send round to the people in my territory, and ask if it were true that they were paying taxes to me with the express understanding that they wished it to be known that they did not wish Cetywayo to return. This statement I beg you will cause to be investigated, as it could only have been circulated with the view of injuring the peace of my territory. On the return of the deputation Dabulamanzi confirmed this statement, and further said they had been told to resist my authority. - To-day I have been informed by Mayumengwana that he had received word that a Natal native of the name of Fanegana had arrived at his kraal, stating that he had been sent on a message to him and Umyamana from the Amakosi in Natal (this was private) and Mavumengwana was to make the excuse of his mother being ill, and not to tell me on what business he was going. I have sent men to bring Fanegane to me, and if he resists to use force, as I have reason to believe that he is one of the main instigators of the late misunderstanding in my territory, as your man Dabankulu tells me that he heard him tell Dabulamanzi, in Pietermaritzburg, to stick to what he had said in the Governor's presence, and not to be afraid. I have had no occasion to call my people to arms so far, and hope to bring them to their senses without doing so. I also beg to inform you that I have ordered Dabulamanzi, Malelezi and Ujiye to leave my territory, and will likely have to order more to do so, but will refrain from any severe measures, unless I am forced, on account of the very false misrepresentations that have ºn made to my people by the Bishop of Natal, to whom I leave his Excellency to deal. I may also state that my belief is that a great deal of the ill-feeling over the whole country is owing to a rumour that Cetywayo had stated that if he was returned to Zululand he would throw off his allegiance to the English and go over to his father's friends, the Boers; this report is said to have been brought by Umrosana, but private. e There is also a firm belief that Cetywayo will sure to be returned, and any that have set their voice against his return will suffer. - I am, &c. To the British Resident, Zululand. (Signed) J. R. DUNN, Chief. P.S.—The names of the above-mentioned messengers were Unkuise and Umsutu. SIR, - Dunnsland, June 3, 1882. A day or two past I was informed of a Natal Native of the name of Fanegana being in my territory going amongst my people saying that he had been sent by the Bishop of Natal, and as he was circulating all sorts of reports injurious to my authority I at once sent and had him brought to me. - In my presence, with my headman, he stated that he had been sent by Bishop Colenso to Mavumengwana and Umyamana, and as his appearance has re-excited the people in my territory, who were just quieting down after the late rebellious feeling, I consider it my duty to forward him to you, as on questioning him he acknowledges to have been a constant messenger of Sobantu's and Mr. Offy Shepstone, sent to different headmen at different times in Zululand. - Through this interference I am afraid I will have to use armed force to bring some of my people to subjection, and I beg that you will request his Excellency to allow me to do so, and for you to advise other Chiefs to give me assistance should I require it. That is to say, if you cannot use your influence in persuading the people that they are wrong. - G 3 54 I beg also to state that Fanegana was also accused to-day of having said that the statements made by your men who are now with me, Dabankulu, Sitshitshil, and Somopo, are untrue, and only deceiving the people as to what took place in his Excellency’s presence. * I am, &c.6 - * (Signed) J. R. DUNN, The British Resident. Chief. Enclosure 2. in No. 27. Sir H. BULwBR to BRITISH RESIDENT, Zululand. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, June 15, 1882. IN reply to your letter of the 8th instant, transmitting for my information two letters you had received from Chief John Dunn, I have to state that I think Chief Dunn has done right in refraining from a resort to force without first referring the matter to you, and I trust there will be no occasion for him to use force at all. It will be desirable that you should, when you are able to do so, proceed to Chief Dunn's territory, with the view of inquiring into the statements that have been made, and of bringing about an adjustment of the present difficulties there without a resort to force; but the troubled condition of the upper part of the country is such that I do not see how you can very well go to Chief J. Dunn's territory whilst that condition remains, and whilst by your being within easier reach, you may be enabled to bring influence to bear on the parties to the disturbance. I observe, indeed, that you apparently express the intention of not going to Chief Dunn's territory until the very important matters in the upper districts allow of your absence; but as you add that you trust to go within a very few days’ time, I do not feel quite sure of what your intentions are, unless you desire to convey to me a much more hopeful assurance as to the state of things in the upper districts than the general nature of your reports would lead me to entertain. I have, &c. Melmoth Osborn, Esq., C.M.G., (Signed) HENRY BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. British Resident, Zululand. No. 28. Gover NOR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received July 17, 1882) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LORD, June 17, 1882. I HAVE the honour to forward a further Report from the British Resident on the state of affairs in the upper districts of Zululand. 2. Mr. Osborn concludes his Report by saying that although the situation could scarcely be more critical and dangerous, he yet has a hope that open conflict will be avoided. 3. The view that I was disposed, to take, on receiving the Resident’s first report—that of the 31st of May,” on the gathering together of men in arms by Umyamana and Undabuko, was that the call to arms had originated in the proceedings of Umhamu in * Enclosure 1 in No. 22. 55 seizing one of the kraals belonging to Umyamana’s people, and in his threat to seize another; which acts had decided Umyamana to take up arms in his own defence, in doing which he would no doubt receive the assistance of Undabuko, who is living not far from him ; and had this been the case there was no reason why, with timely interference on our part, a conflict might not be averted. 4. But I fear the further information now furnished by the Resident is too well founded to admit of any other conclusion than that the movement which is taking place in the upper districts is of a larger and more ambitious design. It is a movement by Undabuko and the ex-King's brothers, directed, in the first instance, against the two appointed Chiefs, Uhamu and Usibebu, with the object of overcoming them, in which case the efforts of the party would next be probably directed against Chief John Dunn, with the ultimate intention of Undabuko making himself master of Zululand. In these designs Undabuko and the brothers have the very powerful support of Umyamana who has got his own disputes to settle with Uhamu, and who, I cannot doubt, has been induced to take up arms on that account, though how far he may be willing to back up Undabuko beyond the point that it is necessary to attain in order to enable him to punish Uhamu may yet be a question. Undabuko has also evidently got over Seketwayo, and has made overtures to Somkeli to induce him to take part against Usibebu, the most powerful of the appointed Chiefs. He has also been collecting, by hopes and promises, men from various parts of the country, those who have a grievance against their appointed Chiefs or who are dissatisfied with the settlement; and others he has worked upon by their fears. The ostensible object of the party, says the Resident, is to bring about Cetywayo's restoration, but their real motives in creating the present disturbances are, he feels persuaded, personal interests and revenge. This I am inclined to believe, but the movement is not the less serious on that account. 5. The position depends very much upon Umyamana. He is the ablest and the most powerful man of all that party, which he has been led to join by his exclusion from one of the appointed Chieftainships, by his quarrels with Uhamu, by the false position in which, as a man of ability, power, and influence, he has been placed. This it is which has led him to make common cause with the ex-King's brothers; and I cannot be sur- prised, after the way in which he has been treated by Uhamu, that he has been very easily persuaded to take up arms against that Chief. How far beyond that he will feel himself committed to go I know not ; but I am persuaded that the best chance of main- taining peace, if it has not already been broken, or of staying hostilities, if they have already begun, rests with Umyamana, for whom, too, I feel there is much to be said. So much impressed have I been with this consideration that on receiving the Resident’s last Report, I decided to send a communication to Umyamana with the view of seeing how far influence for good might be brought to bear on him, and in the hope of staying his hand at the present crisis, and of opening the way to a discussion and consideration of the present situation. As Mr. Osborn's movements were uncertain, and as I was un- willing to risk the loss of any time, I decided to send a messenger direct from here to Umyamana himself. This I accordingly did on Thursday afternoon. 6. I am quite aware that the message may arrive too late to avert hostilities; but I send it on the chance of its doing so, and again, if hostilities have begun, I send it on the chance of its being useful in inducing Umyamana to consider the position before com- mitting himself further and in opening the way to further communications with him. 7. I beg to enclose copies of two Despatches addressed by me to the Resident with reference to the subject of his letter of the 8th instant, together with copy of the message sent to Umyamana. I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. : &c. Special Commissioner. 56 Enclosure 1 in No. 28. BRITISH RESIDENT, Zululand, to SIR. H. BULWER. HIS ExCELLENCY, Hlubi’s Territory, June 8, 1882. WITH reference to my letter of the 31st May, I have the honour to report now that a large impi under Umyamana and Undabuko is still assembled at the Isikwebesi in Uhamu's territory. Its object, so far as I can ascertain, is to proceed in two divisions, the one under Umyamana against Uhamu, and the other under Undabuko against Usibebu. It is reported that Umyamana has stationed on the northern bank of the Pongolo two impis, one opposite to Uhamu and the other nearly opposite to Usibebu, as a menace to those two Chiefs from that side; these two impis are chiefly composed of Zulus residing north of the Pongolo. Uhamu has his whole strength as an impi concen- trated at his kraal Genejeni and neighbouring kraals. He asserts that it is his intention to act on the defensive only. He is meditating flight, and will, I believe, run to the Boers in the Transvaal Yesterday a messenger came from him to ask Hlubi (who is with me here) to receive him, and to fetch him from Genejeni with a body of armed men. Hlubi refused to comply with the request on the ground that such an interference on his part would seriously imperil the peace of his own district. Usibebu has called all his people to arm in defence against attack from the impi of Umyamana and Undabuko, and he fears invasion from the coast side by the appointed Chief Somkeli who, he says, is in league with Undabuko. I have sent to Somkeli and the other appointed Chiefs to caution them against any armed interference without your Excellency's authority, and urging them to prevent such interference by people residing in their respective territories. It is currently reported that Undabuko is intriguing and taking these unlawful proceedings with the view of being made King of Zululand. Seketwayo has, I believe, joined Umyamana's and Undabuko's party, most of the people in his territory, belonging to his tribe, have armed and many of them, there is reason to believe, are now with Undabuko's impi. I have been travelling during the past five days in Seketwayo's territory, and found no able bodied men at any of the kraals I got to ; some old men, too feeble to serve in the impi, and women were the only inmates visible. They, in every case when asked, stated without hesitation that the men had gone to join the impi called up by Undabuko. I sent to ask Seketwayo the reason of this arming of his people; in answer, he simply denied that any have armed or gone to join the Usutu. I again warned him against any armed interference in the territories of other Chiefs. A body of the Abaqulusi (under their headman Umguni), who, since the attack upon their tribe by Uhamu in October last have resided in Seketwayo's territory, made, five days ago, a raid into Uhamu's territory, where they seized and carried away a number of cattle. Two days after this event another raid was made by the same party, accom- anied however, this time, by a number of Seketwayo's men. I have not yet received a report of this raid from Uhamu, but so far as I can learn, the raiders seized and carried off many cattle, burnt some kraals, and killed lö of Uhamu's people. It is reported to-day that Undabuko has “eaten up” five kraals on the Ivuna belong- ing to Uhamu. As I expect the return to-morrow of some of my messengers from that neighbourhood I shall be able to learn from them whether the report is true or not. i am informed that Umyamama’s plan of operations against Uhamu is to send forward Seketwayo's men from the north-western side as one horn of his impi, and the men of Mabogo (successor to the late Masipula), and others from the north-eastern side as the other horn. The main body of men, now with him at the Sikwebesi, to march up the centre as the breast of the impi. The Usutu under Undabuko to attack Usibebu at the same time. It is said that should these armed proceedings prove successful the intention is to make Undabuko king or regent; should they fail, the leaders and principal men of the party with their immediate followers will escape into Swaziland, after inflicting all possible injury on those opposed to them. I fear that the force that is being mustered by Umyamana and Undabuko will be much too strong for Uhamu and Usibebu to contend against successfully, and it is evident that Uhamu is of the same opinion from the fact that he is already endeavouring to escape by flight. 57 The men composing the force assembled, and still being assembled by Umyamana and Undabuko, are to a considerable extent drawn from tribes in different térritories who have been induced to join their party. The ostensible object of the party being to bring about Cetywayo's restoration to his former position, but whose real motives in creating the present disturbances are, I feel persuaded, personal interests and revenge. 1 travelled in Seketwayo's territory from the 3rd to the 6th instant, inclusive. I did not see the Chief, who I was told was ill, but his brother Untuswa, who is his principal adviser and who in reality rules for him, came to me. He also denied that Seketwayo's people were arming. He made this denial in the face of my pointing out to him that I had myself seen parties of fully armed men in war dress, moving along in the same direction, that I had found all the able bodied men away from their kraals I had got to, and that the people left in the kraals openly told me that the men were gone to join the impi called up by Undabuko. I warned him as earnestly as I could against any armed interference in any other Chief's territory being had or sanctioned by Seketwayo; and I also urged upon him and the indunas present the duty which devolves upon them and their Chief, of maintaining peace and quietness within their own borders, of avoiding armed interference in other Chief's territories, and of restraining their people from taking part with others in any armed movements that may occur in such territories. e The Chief Hlubi, accompanicd by 25 mounted men unarmed, came to me on the 6th in Scketwayo's territory. He said he had appointed a meeting of headmen in his own territory, and invited my attendance thereat. I accepted the invitation, and was present with the Chief this day at the meeting, which was held at the kraal of Ungulugulu (Seketwayo's half brother), situated in about the centre of Hlubi's territory. There was a very good attendance of Zulu headmen living under Hlubi. The present disturbed state of Zululand was the principal topic discussed; I addressed the assembly, advising all to remain quiet and help their Chief to maintain order; the headmen present thanked me for the words I had spoken, and expressed their determination to follow my advice. The Chief Hlubi, in view of the present disturbances, offered to furnish me with a guard of 100 armed mounted men to remain with me until affairs are in a more settled condition. I thanked him but declined the proffered service, believing that the presence of such a body of men with me will only tend to produce an unsettling effect. I am still in communication with Uhamu, Usibebu, and other Chiefs, and with Umyamana; and although the condition of affairs can scarcely be more critical and dangerous, I yet entertain the hope that open conflict will be avoided. - John Dunn reports that matters in his territory are also in a very unsatisfactory state. He thinks it will be necessary for him to use force against some of his people in the maintenance of order. I purpose proceeding rapidly to his territory the moment the more grave circumstances in these upper districts admit of my absence for a few days. I start early to-morrow morning for Inhlazatye, which place I hope to reach early in the afternoon. e - (Signed) M. Osborn, British Resident, Zululand. Enclosure 2 in No. 28. SIR. H. BULWER to BRITISII RESIDENT, Zululand. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, June 15, 1882. I HAVE received your letter of the 8th instant, giving a further report of the state of affairs in the upper part of Zululand, in connexion with the report furnished by your previous letter of the 31st May. • - I am led with great reluctance to conclude from your report that the movement is not, as I had hoped and was disposed to believe, confined to a defensive movement by Umyamana against the aggressive proceedings of Uhamu, but that the objects of the movement are of a larger political nature, and that the movement itself is an offensive and not a defensive one. I am led with great reluctance to this conclusion, because so long as there was reason to believe that the movement was caused by a dispute or quarrel between Umyamana and Uhamu, whoever might be in fault, there was always reason to hope that a conflict R 4012. H 58 might be averted by a judicious and friendly interposition on our part. It is still possible, indeed, and I still wish to hope that so far as Umyamana is concerned, he has been induced to take the action which you report solely on account of his personal grievances against Uhamu, and that his part in the movement is solely directed against Uhamu on account of those grievances; in which case something may yet be done to stay his hand, though of course it will be the more difficult to do this once he has committed himself to take part in a more general movement. Still we should not, I think, abandom the idea of dealing with Umyamana with the view of providing some remedy for the present state of his relations with Uhamu, and of detaching him if possible from the general movement. With regard to this movement, which is apparently one under Undabuko and the ex-King's brothers directed against Usibebu and others of the appointed Chiefs, it is evidently of quite a different character to any movement such as I could understand Umyamana being led to make against Uhamu, because any such movement by Umyamana would probably be entirely influenced by personal grievances against the Chief against whom it is directed, whilst the general movement of which you speak is apparently a general political movement directed against the present settlement, and it may embrace, as you tell me it is reported in Zululand, a design on the part of Undabuko to make himself King of the Zulu Country. It Fºot easy, I fear, to say anything that would have any effect on Undabuko or would induce him to desist from his action. Seketwayo, too, has evidently been led away to join Undabuko's party, and I fear has passed beyond our influence. But it should be our object to localise the disturbance as much as we can if we cannot altogether prevent it, and you have done right in representing to Somkeli and to the others the necessity of abstaining from taking part in it. I have, &c. Melmoth Osborn, Esq., C.M.G., (Signed) HENRY BULWER, &c. &c. &c Special Commissioner. British Resident, Zululand. Enclosure 3 in No. 28. SIR H. BULWER to BRITISH RESIDENT. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, June 15, 1882. WITH reference to that portion of my Despatch to you of this date, which deals with the importance of bringing influence to bear upon Umyamana at the present moment for the maintenance of peace, I have thought that it might be well if I sent a message to him on the subject of the present disturbed condition of his part of the country, and in order to save time in the present critical state of things, I sent it to him direct instead of through your hands, there being some uncertainty as to your movements and as to where my letters may find you. Of course the message may arrive too late, or Umyamana may be too far committed to be willing to pay attention to it, but so long as there is a chance of its having any weight with him, under whatever circumstances it may find him, I am unwilling to lose that chance. I have therefore this day despatched to him a message, a copy of which I enclose for your information, by the two messengers Ukilane and Ungalonkulu. I have, &c. To Melmoth Osborn, Esq., C.M.G., (Signed) HENRY BULWER. British Resident in Zululand. Enclosure 4 in No. 28. MESSAGE from the GovernoR of NATAL to “UMYAMANA,” Zululand, conveyed by “UKILANE * and “NgALONKULU.” g Government House, Natal, June 15, 1882. Reports have reached the Governor here that the Zulu country is in a disturbed state, and that this disturbance is caused by you and others with your support. 59 It is said that you have collected an armed force for the purpose of attacking “Uhamu,” an appointed Chief in whose territory you live, and that you and others have collected an armed force to attack “Usibebu.” Is this true P If so, why is this P Upon whose authority can you be acting? - - If you consider that “Uhamu" has wronged you, the way for you is clear, and if it is found that you have just cause of complaint, then justice will be done you, but you cannot take upon yourself a right that belongs to the Governor only. Proceedings such as yours cannot fail to bring further trouble on the people of the country. gº The Governor, therefore, in order to save time, sends messengers direct to you with the expression of his trust that you will at once send the people you are said to have with you to their homes, and that you will induce the others to do the same. If you have a complaint against “Uhamu,” the Governor will be ready to hear what it is, and to cause it to be inquired into, and to set matters right. You must know that the people cannot live in peace while armed parties traverse the country, and it has surprised the Governor to hear that you are the first to take up arms against another. By command, - (Signed) J. W. SHEPSTONE, Acting Secretary for Native Affairs. No. 29. Gover Nor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received July 17, 1882.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My Lord, June 19, 1882. I RECEIVED last night a telegram from Ladysmith, containing a message from the British Resident in reply to the message I sent him on the 7th instant. 2. A copy of this telegram I have the honour to enclose. - 3. The Resident's message is dated the 13th instant, and it will be seen from this message that, although a raid has been made into Usibebu's territory, actual collision between the parties had not taken place, apparently, up to that date, and that the Resident, who was exerting himself to prevent a collision, had grounds to hope that one might yet be avoided. I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. $ Enclosure in No. 29. TELEGRAM. RESIDENT Magistrate, Ladysmith, to His Excellency Sir H. BULwer. Following received from Osborn, British Resident, Zululand. Osborn, British Resident to His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, Maritzburg :— Inhlazatye, June 13th, 8 p.m.—Your telegram received. I have been from beginning, and am still doing my utmost to prevent collision. Latest information from Impis just received by my messengers. I have now strong grounds to hope that collision will be avoided. Uhamu's Impi is still at his kraals. Umyamana's and Undabuko's is at the Isikwebesi. Latter has made raid on Usibebu, who is advancing his force towards them. I have stringently warned him against crossing his borders. I believe he will heed the warning. I start to-morrow morning for the spot to take up position between the three parties, but nearer to Umyamana's impi to keep it in check. I hope to reach it by evening, and will from that point continue my efforts to obtain dispersion of all the impis. I write to you this date vià Ladysmith. t| 2 60 No. 30. SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. the EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received July 17, 1882.) - Government House, Cape Town, My LoRD, - June 20, 1882. I HAVE the honour to transmit for your information a letter from Cety wayo addressed to your Lordship, relative to certain messages which he is said to have sent to Umyamana through Bishop Colenso. I have, &c. (Signed) HERCULES ROBINSON, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Governor and High Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure in No. 30. Oude Molen, June 19, 1882. 1 AM writing to you, Lord Kimberley, to ask you to look at my innocence about having sent messages to “Umyamana” through the Bishop of Natal. I have never done such a thing. Before the appointment of Sir H. Bulwer as Governor of Natal the Bishop sent a letter to inform me of the death of one of my wives, to which I sent a reply, at the same time asking my interpreter, Mr. Samuelson, if he was going to send it through my custodian, Mr. Lister; he said, no, the King has been allowed to correspond with his friends without sending his letters through the Government. The Bishop then sent me a second letter to inform me of the illness of one of my children ; I also sent a reply to this, but in neither of these two letters did I dictate any political matter. These are the only two letters I recollect having sent to the Bishop of Natal. When the two boys “Umgin” and “Umgwazeni,” who left here some time ago for Natal, I told them to go and see Mr. J. Shepstone, Acting Secretary for Native Affairs in Natal, and ask him for a blanket to give to the girl “ Umpansi” and also to ask Miss Colenso to do the same, but they never saw her, and I sent no message to the Bishop, or to “Umyamana” through the Bishop. My late interpreter, Mr. Samuelson, who went to Natal with these boys, was asked by me to deliver a message to “..Umyamana” should he reach his kraal. The message had reference only to the welfare of my family. When the two boys returned from Natal they informed me that Mr. Samuelson remained in Natal and did not proceed to Zululand, and that he said the Bishop had told him not to go. A matter like this is very grievous to me, and will be very injurious to me unless I am protected against it by you. Probably some evil one in Zululand has made this evil report to you, because the recent deputation asked for my return. I would not deny anything I have done, what would be the use of it; am I not under you and in your hands? help me, and take no notice of evil reports against me. * º - CETY WAYo KA MPANDE. Forwarded to the Under Secretary for Native Affairs, Cape Town. J. STORR LISTER, Custodian, No. 31. SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received July 17, 1882.) - Government House, Cape Town, My LoRD, June 24, 1882. WITH reference to your Lordship's Despatch of the 11th May last,” requesting that such instructions should be given as would prevent any messages being sent by Cetywayo into Zululand without Sir H. Bulwer's knowledge and sanction, I have the honour to enclose for your information copy of a Minute which I have received from Ministers stating that the necessary instructions have been given. - I have, &c. º (Signed) HERCULES ROBINSON, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Governor and High Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. - * * No. 62 in [C.-3247] June 1882. 61 Inclosure in No. 31. (MINUTE.) Colonial Secretary’s Office, Cape Town, June 24, 1882. In returning herewith Despatch, dated 11th ultimo, forwarded under cover of His Excellency’s Minute of the 1st inst., Ministers have the honour to state that the necessary instructions have been given to prevent any messages being sent by Cetywayo into Zululand without the knowledge and sanction of the Governor of Natal. (Signed) THOMAS C. ScANLEN. No. 32. COLONIAL OFFICE to the ABORIGINES PROTECTION SOCIETY. - Downing Street, July 17, 1882. I AM directed by the Earl of Kimberley to acknowledge the receipt of your letter of the 7th instant,” enclosing a paper entitled, “An account of the great Zulu depu- tation, from a Zulu point of view.” - - Lord Kimberley desires me to say that he would be glad to be informed who are the Zulus who furnished the statement, and by whom it was rendered into English and transmitted to your society. * * - SIR, I am, &c. The Secretary to the (Signed) EDWARD WING FIELD. Aborigines Protection Society. No. 33. A BORIGINES PROTECTION SOCIETY to COLONIAL OFFICE. Aborigines Protection Society, 17, King William Street, Charing Cross, SIR, London, W.C., July 20, 1882. IN reply to your letter of the 17th instant, f, I beg to state that the report of the proceedings of the Zulu deputation was sent to me by the Bishop of Natal. The Chiefs who took part in the conversations which are reported visited him at Bishopstowe before they returned to Zululand. They made a detailed statement to him of what occurred, and this he translated into English and sent to me for the information of the Society. I should have at once answered your inquiry, but I unfortunately mislaid the Bishop's letter relating to this matter. * I am, &c. The Under Secretary of State, (Signed) F. W. CHESSON. Colonial Office. No. 34. 'THE RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY to GOVERNOR SIR HENRY : BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, July 20, 1882. I HAVE received your Despatch of the 17th ultimo, ; forwarding a further report from the British Residents as to the state of affairs in Upper Zululand, and other enclosures. - * No. 18. f. No. 32. f No. 28. H 3 62 2. I have to express my approval of your Despatches to Mr. Osborn, and of the message sent by you to the Chief Umyamana. I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) KIMBERLEY. No. 35. THE RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY to Governor SIR HENRY - BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, July 20, 1882. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch of the 14th of June” on the subject of the disagreement between the Chief Uhamu and |Umyamana. g I have to express my approval of your action in this matter. I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) KIMBERLEY. No. 36. Gover Nor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received July 24, 1882.) w Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, June 23, 1882. I RECEIVED yesterday a semi-official letter from Mr. Osborn of the same date, the evening of the 13th instant, as the message which previously came to me by telegraph from Ladismith, and a copy of which was forwarded to your Lordship in my Despatch of the 19th instant.f - 2. The Resident wrote from the Inhlazatye, and although the Impis of Undabuko and Umyamana, of Uhamu and of Usibebu, were still assembled at their several places, the Resident thought that altogether circumstances wore a much better aspect. His induna had just returned from the Impi of Umyamana and Undabuko, where he had gone as the bearer of a message from the Resident not only to the headmen, but also to all the people there assembled as an Impi. The message had produced so favourable an effect that Mr. Osborn thought he ought to follow it up at once by going personally to them or into their near neighbourhood, so as to urge the dispersion of all forces, and he was about to start for that purpose the next morning. - Usibebu had reported to the Resident that the Usutu had raided into his territory and killed one man, and Usibebu wished to be allowed to pursue them over his border should they make another raid, or, as he expected they intended to do, attack him in force. The Resident, however, had discountenanced his doing anything outside his own territory. Uhamu's Impi was still at his kraal. ga Seketwayo had dispersed his people, and ordered back any that had gone to join Undabuko's Impi. 3. So far, then, the account must be considered as hopeful. On the other hand, we hear from another source that Dabulamanzi was about on the 18th instant to join Undabuko, and it is just possibie that the reason why the latter had not made any attack in force on Usibebu up to the date of Mr. Osborn's letter was that he felt himself unequal to the attempt. Several messages, I am informed, had been sent by Undabuko and his party to Dabulamanzi, urging him to come and join them in person but he appeared unwilling to go. The fact of these urgent messages tends, I think, to show a distrust of their own strength by Undabuko and those with him. If it is the case that Dabulamanzi has gone to join * No. 25. f No. 29. 63 them, yielding at length to their repeated solicitations, his doing so will not be a favourable circumstance. But we have not as yet received information of his actual departure, and he may not after all have gone. I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. No. 37. Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received July 24, 1882.) - Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, June 26, 1882. I HAVE received an unofficial letter from the Resident dated the evening of the 17th instant. 2. He wrote from the neighbourhood of Umyamana's kraal where he had arrived two days previously. He had sent notice to Umyamana, Undabuko, and Usivetu of his approach, and had desired them to come and meet him in order to talk over matters. They delayed doing this for two days, but on the morning of the 17th instant they came, attended by about 1,200 men. 3. The result of the interview was the expression of their willingness to disband simultaneously with the Impis of Uhamu and Usibebu. This was no more than reason- able, because when three different forces are in the field it cannot be expected that one will disperse unless it has some assurance that the others will also do the same; and to bring this about Mr. Osborn had at once sent off communications to Uhamu and Usibebu, requesting them to send their principal Indunas to talk over matters with him and to carry out the necessary arrangements. He himself was about to start for Umgojana’s territory in the neighbourhood of Beacon XII. which he thought would prove a convenient place from which to conduct the proceedings. He did not anticipate any trouble with Usibebu, who had always shown himself amenable and disposed to be guided by the advice given to him by the Resident. I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. No. 38. Governor Sir HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the Right Hos. the EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received July 24, 1882.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, June 26, 1882. REFERRING to my Despatch of the 17th instant,” I have the honour to forward the copy of another letter I have received from the Bishop of Natal, together with a copy of a letter in reply, which I have addressed to the Bishop. t I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner, Enclosure 1 in No. 38. The BISHOP of NATAL to Sir H. BULweR. SIR, - Bishopstowe, June 20, 1882. I HAVE the honour to acknowlege the receipt of your Excellency’s letter of the 16th instant, and to thank you for having forwarded to the Secretary of State at my request the copy which I sent of my letter of the 8th instant. * No. 4 in [C.-3293] July 1882. H 4 64 I may be permitted, however, to say that the supposition that in doing this yout Excellency has probably met my intentions in writing that letter is a mistaken one. My main object in writing it was something very different. I knew, of course, that in your Despatch of February 4, 1880 [C. 2584, p. 141], your. Excellency's views had.been expressed very strongly in favour of Sir Garnet Wolseley's settlement, and against the restoration of Cetywayo, and it fell not within my duty or my desire in writing that letter to question the wisdom and justice of the policy there maintained. But I believed that your lºxcellency’s sense of right would be pained by the evidence produced in my letter from the new Blue Book of the manner in which, in respect of previous deputations, the action of the Zulus, including several of the appointed Chiefs, had been misjudged and misreported, so as necessarily to mislead the judgment of the Secretary of State. And I hoped that by setting, forth the facts in question I might perhaps assist your Excellency in judging whether the recent deputation was a mere out- come of party intrigues, or, as I myself believe, a genuine expression of the wishes of most of the appointed Chiefs, as well as of an overwhelming majority of the Zulu people. - After receiving your Excellency’s letter I have, of course, no thought of entering into any discussion of any of the details with which my former letter dealt; but as you express “regret and concern at the part which I have felt myself justified in taking in “ the political affairs of Zululand,” and fear that “the effect of my intervention has been “ to gravely complicate the situation in that country, and to bring about a condition of “ things which adds greatly to the difficulties of the task that lies before you,” I respectfully request to be allowed to say why the censure thus passed upon my action does not appear to me to be well founded and just. The part I have taken, as stated in my former letter, was to say, in speaking with Zulus, that if “all Zululand’’ really wishéd to see Cety wayo back again they should go to the Resident and ask leave to go down to Maritzburg, and make their desire known to the authorities there. I do not doubt that such words of mine may have had some effect in Zululand in helping to allay the angry excitement aroused in the minds of Umyamana, &c., through the words spoken at the Inhlazatye meeting, and the con- sequent atrocious action of Uhamu and Usibebu, and leading them to seek still to bring their prayer in the prescribed manner properly and peacefully to the ears of the consti- tuted authorities, instead of having recourse to arms and deluging the country with blood. And, indeed, their patience and self restraint have hitherto been wonderful, considering that the power at their disposal very far exceeds that of their adversaries, as is admitted by all who are well acquainted with Zulu affairs. - But certainly far more effect must been produced upon the Zulu mind by the return of Umkosana from Cape Town, fresh from the ex-King's company, and bringing with him plentiful information as to the interest felt by Englishmen on his behalf, derived either from sympathising friends at Cape Town, or from visitors direct from England; and, indeed, it is certain that the immediate consequence of Umkosana’s return was an outburst of joy throughout Zululand, which led to the deputation being sent down in July–August of last year without any word of advice or suggestion from me. Still greater must have been the effect produced when the Zulus learnt from the Natal Government itself that arrangements had been made for taking Cetywayo to England, Mr. H. Shepstone having been appointed to conduct him, and Chiefs having been summoned from Zululand by the Secretary for Native Affairs to bear him company on the voyage. 4. - All the above facts appear to be ignored by your Excellency; and the consequences which may undoubtedly follow the disappointment caused by the check suddenly put upon the arrangements already completed for the ex-King's visit to England, are attri- buted mainly, if not almost wholly, to my intervention. With all due respect, and with most sincere sympathy with your Excellency in the present difficulties of the Zulu question, I must say that I cannot accept this censure, or regard it as reasonable and just. And I must add that in giving the advice in question I imagined that I was speaking in full accord with the views of Sir Hercules Robinson, the then High Commissioner for the territories in South Africa adjacent to Her Majesty's dominions, and, therefore, at that time the duly constituted and responsible authority in respect of Zululand, I have, &c. His Excellency Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M., G., (Signed) J. W. NATAL. Special Commissioner for Zululand. 65 Enclosure 2 in No. 38. SIR. H. BULWER to the Bishop of NATAL. - - Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My Lord Bishop, June 24, 1882. *. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your letter of the 20th instant. It is not my part to presume, to pass censure on one holding the high position and dignity that your Lordship holds as Bishop of Natal, and I must disclaim the intention that you attribute to me of doing this. But when your Lordship takes a part in the political affairs of the Zulu country, which I believe to be attended with great prejudice to the public interests and with great danger to the peace of that country, I should have failed in my duty to the trust which has been committed to me if, in acknowledging your Lordship's letter of the 8th instant, I had not expressed the conviction that I feel in so important a matter. I am, &c. (Signed) H. BULwÉR. To the Right Reverend the Bishop of Natal, Bishopstowe. No. 39. SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received July 24, 1882.) - Government House, Cape Town, My LoRD, June 28, 1882. I HAVE the honour to enclose, for your information, copy of a despatch which I have received from the Governor of Natal, forwarding a letter from the Bishop of Zululand relative to affairs in Swaziland. I have, &c. (Signed) HERCULES ROBINSON, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Governor and High Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure in No. 39. SIR HENRY BULwer to HIGH CoMMISSIONER. t - Government House, Pietermaritzburg, SIR, Natal, June 16, 1882. I HAVE the honour to transmit to your Excellency copy of a letter which I received from the Bishop of Zululand relative to affairs in Swaziland. In acknowledging the Bishop's letter, I informed him that the Swazi country is without the limit of my commission, but that I would forward a copy of his letter to your Excellency. I have, &c. His Excellency the Right Honourable (Signed) H. BULWER, Sir Hercules G. R. Robinson, G.C.M.G., Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. H.M. High Commissioner. º The BISHOP OF ZULULAND to SIR H. BULWER. S. Vincent's, Isandhlwana, vià Umsinga, SIR, May, 26, 1882. You did me the honour to say that you would at all times be glad to receive any definite information from me relating to the native territories included in my pastoral charge. IR 4012. I 66 I beg leave, therefore, to inform your Excellency that I have just returned from a visitation ride into Swaziland, and I find that there is far more killing in that country this year than last, so that the natives themselves remark upon it. They carry assegais more than they did, because they feel so much more unsafe, and some do not hesitate to say that it is a good thing New Scotland is near, so that they can run to it and escape. This sad state of things seems to be due— (1.) To the withdrawal of direct English influence which last year through the Government agent made itself felt for good; and (2.) To a most natural, but of course very wrong interpretation put by the King upon words spoken to him by Sir Evelyn Wood. The King was told, I believe, to rule according to ancient custom. Neither the Swazis nor (in spite of Sir Garnet Wolseley's contrary opinion) the Zulus know of any ancient mode of ruling but by killing. Those who know them best agree that the supposed golden era of mild paternal rule never was ; and there is little indeed to make one believe that a native chief, however well disposed himself, can keep order in his country in any way than by killing, if unsupported and undirected by the authority of a civilized government. I earnestly trust that your Excellency will take these matters into serious consideration. - Your Excellency will no doubt have heard that Mr. Roberts, who acted as Govern- ment agent in Swaziland last year, has made arrangements with the Swazi King to live in his land and act as adviser to him. - This fact again may well be taken to bear witness that the need of such direct support is felt when the barbarous ruler is brought into any contact with civilization, and wishes not only to keep on friendly terms with his neighbours, but to advance the prosperity of his own people. I have, &c. To His Excellency the (Signed) DougLAs, - Governor of Natal. Bishop for Zululand. No. 40. The RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY to GOVERNOR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, July 26, 1882. I TRANSMIT to you, for your information, copy of a correspondence” with the Secretary to the Aborigines Protection Society, in which is included a Report of the proceedings of the Zulu deputation at Pietermaritzburg in April last. I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) KIMBERLEY. No. 41. Gover Nor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIM BERLEY. (Received August 2, 1882.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My Lord, June 29, 1882. IN continuation of my Despatch of the 26th instant,f I have the honour to transmit herewith copy of an official letter which I have received from the British Resident. The letter is dated the 23rd instant, and is written from the Inhlazatye, to which place Mr. Osborn appears to have returned on the previous day. 2. I have already informed your Lordship by telegraph of the purport of this Report, which shows that the Resident had succeeded in effecting a simultaneous dispersion of A- wº- * Nos. 18, 32, and 33. f No. 37. 67 the several forces assembled, on the 21st instant; and this termination, as I trust it will prove, of the serious danger that has for some weeks past been threatening the peace of the upper districts of Zululand is to a great extent due to the personal exertions of the Resident. 3. During this disturbed period two raids appear to have been made into Uhamu's territory by the Abaqulusi, and one raid into Usibebu's territory by Undabuko's people [see my Despatches of 17th and 19th June, " but the fact that no actual collision took place between the several forces assembled in arms is a matter of the greatest relief and satisfaction, for had this occurred it is impossible to say with what loss of life it would have been attended and with what further serious issue. -- 4. I have the honour to inclose copy of a letter I have addressed to the Resident in reply to his communication of the 23rd instant. - I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. ſº Special Commissioner. Enclosure I in No. 41. BRITISH RESIDENT, Zululand, to Sir H. BULWER. SIR, Inhlazatye, Zululand, June 23, 1882. I HAVE the honour to inform your Excellency that I started on the 15th instant for Umyamana's kraal Itshumayeleni, situated on the western banks of the Isikwebesi stream, where I learnt that he, Undabuko, and Usiwetu had taken up their position, and where the whole of their impi was assembled. I arrived there on the following day, and immediately placed myself in communication with them, requesting them and the head- men with them to meet me at my encampment which I made on an open plain east of the Isikwebesi and about a couple of miles from the Itshumayeleni kraal. I informed them that my object was to speak to them personally in reference to the impi assembled there, and about which I had previously been in communication with them. To this message they answered that they would comply with my request, but they doubted their ability to come to see me on that day as some of their headmen who will have to be present at the interview were absent and will have to be sent for. From this reply I concluded, correctly as eventually appeared, that they would not come to me that day as they would take time for consultation in reference to my visit. During that day until late in the evening I saw many rows of men armed with shields and assegais marching in different directions, but chiefly towards Umyamama's kraal, and my messengers who had been to the kraal informed me that a large number of armed men were collected there. Shortly after noon on the following day, the 17th instant, Umyamana, Undabuko, Tſsivetu, and Tshingana, accompanied by about 30 headmen and about 1,200 other men, most of the latter being ringed men (amadoda), came up to me, all unarmed, having first duly announced their approach by messengers. On their arrival they greeted me in a friendly manner, and throughout the interview which followed their conduct and bearing was respectful. I explained to them that the object of my visit was in reference to the impi which I heard had been called up by them, and which I have now seen myself; and as I was not aware of the reason which caused them to assemble the impi, or on whose authority it was assembled, or against whom it was intended to fight, I had come personally to learn these things from them, and to advise them on the whole question, fearing that for want of proper advice they might do wrong things which would displease the Governor, and which they themselves would afterwards regret. They replied it was not their intention to proceed with the impi against any one, neither did they assemble the impi; the men forming it had come together of their own accord to protect the Chiefs, especially Undabuko and other sons of Umpande, as they had heard that there were those who meant to attack and kill them. After a few further remarks from me in which I pointed out the importance of having all questions of dispute or quarrel settled by peaceful means, and having alluded to the great hardship that must inevitably result to all the land, especially to the women and * Nos. 26 and 29. I 2 68 children by the action of those who have any grievance resorting to forcible measures, I pointed out that in their case it would be undoubtedly the wisest and only proper course to obtain for themselves a satisfactory arrangement of anything that may be troubling them by informing me thereof in order that it may be investigated and brought to the notice of the Governor who would see that right was done to all. I said I was anxious to assist them in this, and urgently advised them to follow the course indicated. I then added that the first step that should be taken was to disperse the impi by sending all the men assembled to their homes. Upon this several of the headmen spoke in suc- cession, disapproving of my suggestion that the impi should disperse before everything is settled; adding that advantage would be taken by those who are against them (Uhamu and Usibebu) of their exposed condition when the men, are sent away. When they had finished speaking I replied showing that nothing could be settled without pre- vious inquiry and consideration, and as the Chiefs knew themselves it is not propernor is it indeed possible to hold an inquiry while all the men are standing with their weapons in their hands. If these are first sent away to their homes the course would be clear to investigate everything. I further assured them of your Excellency's desire to do all in your power to secure justice to every one, and that any representation they might make would receive your early consideration. It was then suggested by some of the headmen that Uhamu, and Usibebu should be called upon to disperse their impis before Umyamana and Undabuko sent theirs away, and, failing this, that the impi should proceed with Undabuko and Usivetu to place them again in possession of their homesteads on the Ivuna from which they were driven by Usibebu last year. I at once pointed out the unreasonableness of this suggestion, and after much argument on the part of the headmen, in which Usivetu took part, it was thought that a simultaneous dispersion of all the impis might, meet the case. I then asked Umyamana (who up to this point had said nothing) for his view on the question. He said he agreed with what had been said by the headmen that if his impi dispersed Uhamu would at once come down on him and serve him and his people as he did the Abaqulusi last year, he had done no wrong to Uhamu, who however seeks to kill him. He was of opinion that both Uhamu and Usibebu should send away their impis before he or Undabuko could send away their men who had collected for the purpose of protecting them. Upon this I again addressed, them, arguing to the best of my ability the ex- pediency of no time being lost in sending all the impis away to their homes and assuring them of my readiness to do all I can to arrange with Uhamu and Usibebu, with whom I was already in communication on the subject, in order to ensure a general dispersion by all the parties on the same day. After some discussion between Umyamana and the headmen they all agreed to my proposal for which they thanked me. I lost no time in sending to appraise both Uhamu and Usibebu of my presence there and the object of my visit. That, with the view of accomplishing it, viz., to have all the impis now assembled in the country dispersed on the same day, I request them to meet me either personally or by their principal indunas at Emſakuceba at the kraal of the chief Umgojana on the following Monday, the 19th instant, to talk over the question and to hear the advice I had to give thereon, Umyamana and Undabuko having agreed to send indunas to represent them on the occasion. On Sunday morning, the 18th, I moved from the Isikwebesi to Umgojana's kraal, which point I reached the same day. On the following the indunas from all sides appeared at about 1 o'clock p.m. They had nothing to *: beyond that each party asserted their Chief had called up armed men only in self defence. I told them that if all the parties sent their impis to their homes at the same time there would be nothing to fear from cach other, and I strongly and firmly urged them to disperse their impis at the same time on the following Wednesday. I named the latter as the earliest day on which simultaneous action appeared to be practicable, time being required for the indunas to travel back to their Chiefs and for the latter to draw in patrols. I informed them that it was your Excellency’s special desire that these disturbances in the land should cease at once and that inquiry should be made into their cause for your consideration. I was careful to impress upon them that no Chief or people in the country could have recourse to arms without the Governor's authority, and as in this case no such authority had been given they were acting against the law. - The indunas, on behalf of their Chiefs, thanked me for my words, and said they would be guided by the advice I had given them. They then returned to their Chiefs. I considered it necessary to remain at Umgojana's until Wednesday in order to receive any references that might in the meantime be made to me by the Chiefs or parties con- cerned. I sent my own messengers to Uhamu, Usibebu, and Umyamana to reach 69 them late on Wednesday to ask the Chiefs whether the impi had been sent home and to. see for me whether the men were dispersed or not. About 1 o'clock p.m. on Wednesday I moved from Umgojana's back to the Isikwebesi and camped that evening within one mile from Umyamana's kraal. The next, morning early I got a message from Umyamana to express his regret that he had been . taken suddenly ill the previous day, and therefore was prevented from coming to me, . but that Undabuko and others would do so. In accordance with this intimation Undabuko, Usiwetu, Tshingana, and Umyamama's brother, Santingi, accompanied by a number of indunas and headmen, came to me early in the forenoon. They assured me that all their armed men had been sent to their homes the day previous, but added that . Umyamana had caused them to “Nguamba’ immediately before dispersing them, a circumstance of which I had already been informed by my own men. They explained that as the men had collected for his protection, he did not like sending them away without causing this ceremony or rite to be administered to them. This explanation, which was all that they could give me in regard to causing the men to Nguamba (a process which is always resorted to as a preparation for war or battle, and not on the cessation of hostilities), appears to me unsatisfactory, and it is my belief that the men were onl temporarily relieved to meet again thus ready prepared to take the field should it be deemed necessary to call them up. I left the neighbourhood of Umyamana's kraal about noon on Thursday (yesterday), , , and arrived here at Inhlazatye this afternoon. Since my return my messengers sent to . Uhamu, accompanied by two messengers sent by that Chief, have come in. Uhamu... sends to say that he dispersed his impi on Wednesday in accordance with the words I sent by his indunas and that he has no men under arms now. My messengers say there . was no impi at his kraal when they got there. The messengers I sent to Usibebu have not yet returned, I expect their arrival every moment. As both Umyamana and Undabuko were anxious to state their case without delay, for your Excellency's consideration, I desired them to come to me at Inhlazatye for that purpose. This they said they would do at once. When their statements have been taken I purpose hearing both Uhamu and Usibebu. As already shown, Umyamana, Undabuko, and Uhamu have certified to me that they have sent the men they had under arms back to their homes, and that they have no impi left. And although my messengers have not yet returned from Usibebu I have good reason to believe that he also has dispersed his men. Seketwayo has sent to say that all his men are back at their kraals. I have warned him to keep the Abaqulusi who are in his territory from raiding on Uhamu's people. I have sent two of my men with a message to the headmen of the Abaqulusi to support Seketwayo in his efforts to keep them in check. The Abaqulusi are stationed at the Hlobane. - I have, &c. His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, K.C.M.G., (Signed) M. Osborn, Her Majesty's Special Commissioner, British Resident, Zululand. &c. &c. &c. Natal. P.S.—My messengers have just returned from Usibebu. They report that he sent all his people which formed his impi back to their homes on the day fixed by me, viz., last Wednesday. (Signed) M. Osborn, Enclosure 2. in No. 41. - Sir H. BULWER to BRITISH RESIDENT, Zululand. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, - June 29, 1882. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your letter of the 23rd instant. I have learnt with great satisfaction the result of your efforts to bring about the dispersion of the several impis assembled under Undabuko and Umyamana, Ühamu, and Usibebu ; and I have to thank you for the personal exertions you have made in order to effect this result and avert a collision that would have been deplorable in the loss of life it would have entailed, and in the troubles that would have ensued. I shall be anxious to receive the statements that Umyamana and Undabuko have promised to make to you, and I trust that you will thoroughly sift the matter and the J 3 70 causes of the recent gathering in arms, not omitting to take every necessary precaution to prevent a re-assembling of the impis. I have, &c. Melmoth Osborn, Esq., C.M.G., (Signed) . H. BULwer, - &c. &c. &c., Special Commissioner. British Resident, Zululand. * * No. 42. Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received August 2, 1882.) º Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, June 30, 1882. } - I MENTIONED in my Despatch of the 17th instant,” in connexion with the Bishop of Natal’s letter of the 8th instant, that there were several observations which I should have to make on the subject of that letter. 2. I was obliged to express the conviction, a conviction which I had formed very reluctantly, but which I had been wholly unable to escape, that to the Bishop's inter- vention in the political affairs of the Zulu country had been mainly due the agitation that has of iate disturbed that country. In saying this, I do not of course wish to convey the idea that the Bishop has been intentionally stirring up agitation, but that the agitation has been to a great extent the unfortunate result of the part taken by him and of the relations he has entered into with certain persons or with a party in the Zulu Country. - - 3. Pinow nothing more calculated to do harm in dealing with the native populations of South Africa than any unauthorised and irresponsible interference or interposition in matters pertaining to the province of the Government, and it is scarcely possible that such an interference or interposition could be exercised in the political affairs of a country so peculiarly situated as the Zulu country has been without prejudice to good order and even, I may say, without positive danger to the public peace. 4. For here is a country which not long since was subjected to a state of war, to invasion, to defeat, to losses, to the capture of its king, to the deposition of a dynasty which was associated with the national existence and the national power, to the subversion of the old order of things, and to the imposition of a new order of things. Whatever might be that new order of things, and it is not a question of this form of settlement or of that form of settlement, but whatever the settlement might be, there were bound to remain some elements of unsettlement in the internal conditions of the country, some elements of unrest, some causes for disappointment, for discontent, for an unsettled or unsatisfied feeling on the part of individuals, and possibly on the part of numbers. After all that had happened it could not well be otherwise. It would have been so, to some extent, if we had taken the country under English rule and protection. Conditions of the kind there were bound to be, for a while at least, in a country that had passed through so great a crisis. - 5. In the separate and independent territories which were formed under the settlement of 1879, were sure to be found men, Chiefs of tribes or sections of tribes, possibly influential men, who were not particularly well disposed to recognise the new order of things, or to admit the new paramount authority of the Chiefs who had been appointed over them. e Much in every such case would depend on personal temper and disposition, that is to say, on the personal temper and disposition both of the appointed Chief and of the sub- ordinate Chief, whether the two managed to keep on terms at all. We have noticeable instances of this in the case of the appointed Chief Uhamu and the Chief Umyamana, whose district lay in the territory assigned to Uhamu, and in the case of the appointed Chief Usibebu and Cetywayo's brother and half-brother Undabuko and Usivetu. TJmyamana, as I have had occasion to state before, had been prime minister under Cetywayo. He was a man of ability, of great influence in the country, and at the head of a large personal following. Probably no man in Zululand was better fitted to hold one of the appointed chieftainships. But he declined to accept one at the time of the settlement, partly from feelings of delicacy which did him honour, and partly from a misapprehension, and when at a later date he was desirous of having one, there was none to give him. Very little can be said in favour of Uhamu's personal character, and as the two commenced their new relations towards one another, the one as appointed Chief of a territory, and the other as a subordinate Chief in that territory, with an ill-feeling already existing on the score of an old grievance, it was not likely things would run very * No. 4 offc-8298] july 1ss2. 71 smoothly; and as a matter of fact, as your Lordship well knows, there have been severa serious disagreements between them. - Undabuko and Usiwetu again, who were members of the Zulu royal house, being brother and half-brother of Cetywayo, were ill fitted to adapt themselves to a subordinate position under the appointed Chief Usibebu, although the latter was a member also of the royal house, being a nephew of Panda and first cousin of Cety wayo. Usibebu, on his side, was not a man to brook insubordination, and the eventual result of this state of things was the expulsion last year of the two brothers from Usibebu’s territory. 6. It has been with these three persons in the Zulu country, Umyamana, Undabuko, and Usivetu, that the Bishop of Natal has particularly been in communication. Sincerely opposed to the Zulu war, and sincerely attached to the cause of Cetywayo, the Bishop's sympathies have led him into a line of action which, in my judgment, has been mainly instrumental in bringing about the recent agitation in the country. 7. The Bishop and some of the members of his family had been in communication with Cetywayo before the Zulu war, and their proceedings, which tended to prejudice the relations between this Government and Cetywayo, had given me a great deal of trouble at the time when, matters being very imminent between the Zulus and the Transvaal Government, I had, with the object of maintaining peace, made a proposal that the dispute between the two parties, which concerned certain territory, should be the subject of an inquiry by a commission, afterwards well known as the “Rorke's Drift Commis– sion.” But putting this aside, communications, as I have said, existed between the Bishop and Cetywayo before the Zulu war, and it was possibly owing to this circumstance that when Undabuko and Tshingana came into Natal in May 1880 professedly to pay their respects to the Governor, they went straight to Bishopstowe. 8. Two days afterwards Undabuko and Tshingana presented themselves at the office of the Secretary for Native Affairs. They told him they had come to ask the Govern- ment to restore to them the bones of Cetywayo; an expression which Bishop Colenso afterwards construed into the phrase “the bone,” used in a figurative sense for “the king ;” whereas no such phrase was employed in the communication at all events made to the Government, and if it had been employed it would not necessarily have meant anything of the sort. But the phrase “the bone * was not employed. The words used were “the bones,” signifying in the fullest sense the meaning of the brothers, that it was not the king but the physical remains of him, all that was left of him, which was no more than his living body, the kingship having been all put off and done with, that they asked. So far, indeed, from asking for “the king,” they distinctly said that they did not ask that Cetywayo should be allowed to return to the Zulu country as its ruler, but as “one of the people’’ to live with his own family. They disclaimed any intention of speaking in the name of the Zulu people, although they said Umyam- ana, Usibebu, Sityaluza and Chingwayo were with them in their desire. But they, as brothers, asked for him as a member of the family. On the 28th of May they had an interview with General Clifford, who was then administering the government. On this occasion they said nothing about Cetywayo, but they made a complaint of Usibebu’s interference with their people. Being asked if they had mentioned either this or the subject of Cety wayo's return to the British Resident when they obtained a pass from him to come into Natal, they admitted that they had not done so; and they were then directed to go home, and told that if they had any request or complaint to make they must make it through the British Resident. The Bishop afterwards contended that this was a “deputation" from the Zulu country, but in the opinion of this Government it was no deputation at all, and was not intended by the brothers at that time as a deputation, and I see no reason for considering the opinion of the Bishop to be the correct one, and the opinion of the Government to be the incorrect one. te 9. The Bishop in his letter of the 8th instant still refers, however, to this visit of Undabuko and Tshingana as “the first deputation,” and then his lordship enters at some length into the circumstances of what he calls “the second deputation,” which formed the subject of Sir Evelyn Wood's reports of the 26th September and the 25th October last.” But so far as I can form an opinion upon the subject, I must, say the bishop appears to me to have been altogether mistaken as to the character of the first visit, and to have been misled as to the character of the second visit. The visit of Undabuko and Tshingana in 1880, so it seems to me, never had anything, and never affected to have anything, of the character of a deputation about it. There is nothing really to show that when the brothers started from Zululand they had any intention of asking for the release of Cetywayo. They said not a word to the Resident * Wide pp. 108 and 166 of [C.-3182] March 1882. T 4 72 on the subject, and when they arrived at Natal and, after two days stay at Bishopstowe, went to the Secretary for Native Affairs in their desire for the release of Cetywayo, it was simply, as I have already stated, his return as their brother that they said they desired, not his return as ruler of the country. They disclaimed the idea of representing any other views than those of his family, Umyamana, Usibebu, Sityaluza, and Ching- wayo, they said were with them in their desire, but they did not even claim to represeñt them. To describe this as a deputation is, I think, a complete misapplication of the term. 10. The visit, in July last year, to Natal of Sidindi, Umfunzi and two other “messen- gers” form Zululand, and in August cf Unconcwana, Gobozana and Posile, three Zulu headmen, had something more of the character of a deputation about it, because they claimed to be sent by somebody, and to be sent for some purpose, although I doubt if the term “deputation" is the right term to apply to them. But from where were they a deputation, and for what purpose P II. The Bishop, as I understand him, holds that they came in the name of eight of the appointed Chiefs of Zululand, to pray for the restoration of Cetywayo. On the other hand, the seven men themselves, although they told the Government here that they were sent by the eight appointed Chiefs, did not say that they had come to ask for Cetywayo's restoration. They gave quite a different message. The Bishop, however, in the October following, wrote a long letter to Sir E. Wood, the object of which was to make out that such was the purpose for which they had come. I really do not know whether the Bishop meant in that letter to imply a doubt as to the good faith of the Department of the Government which was the medium of the com- munication made by the seven Zulus. Such a grave implication as that ought not to be passed over by this Government if it was intended. But I will not say it was intended; and as there can be no question that the seven Zulus did not make a request to the Government for the restoration of Cetywayo in the name of the eight Chiefs, it follows that if they did come into Natal intending to make it, they failed to do so. 12. We are thus driven back upon the question of the intention of their visit; the uneapressed intention of their visit. The Bishop alone says that the intention was to ask in the name of the eight Chiefs for the restoration of Cetywayo; and as the men came to Bishopstowe, that no doubt was what they told the Bishop. But the Chiefs themselves, when the Resident inquired into the matter, denied that they had sent the men. Unfortunately the matter appears to have been brought under Mr. Osborn's notice in connexion only with the statement made by Unconcwana, Gobozana and Posile, the three Zulu headmen, and his inquiry consequently was directed only to the alleged message of these three men. Therefore, the denial of the Chiefs strictly applied only to these three headmen; and although the denial made with regard to one part of the “deputation ” might be taken to apply to the other part of the “deputation” also, yet it has left the door still open for a question as to the other four men. 13. The Bishop, as I understand him, now throws over the case of the three headmen, and relies upon the case of the four messengers. From his letter to Sir E. Wood of the 14th October, it would seem that his Lordship at that time attached a good deal of weight to the story of the three headmen, who, he says, were “men of equal importance “ (i.e., with the four messengers), and personally of much higher rank.” He claims for them in that letter that they had been sent on behalf of the same eight Chiefs, with the same message as the others, and “also '' to ask that they (the three headmen), might go to Capetown. But I gather from his present letter (that of the 8th of June), that he has changed his opinion as to the three headmen, and that he no longer considers they were of equal importance to the four messengers, for he now says that the messengers were “ of far more importance ’’ than the three headmen, and that the latter had been expressly sent in by Umyamana and the two princes, with a special request that they might be sent to Capetown as companions for the ex-King. The claim previously advanced on behalf of the three headmen, namely, that they had been sent in by the eight Chiefs to ask for the restoration is therefore, I understand, abandoned. They have been disowned by the eight Chiefs; they, themselves, have subsequently admitted that they were only sent by three out of the eight; and now the Bishop has thrown them over, and all he has to say of them is that they were of far less importance than the other men, and that as a matter of fact, they had been sent by Umyamana, Undabuko, and Usivetu to ask to be allowed to go down to Capetown to be companions to the ex-King. 14. This reduces the representative portion of the “deputation’ from seven persons to four, namely, the four messengers. These were Sidindi, Umfunzi, and two others, whose names were not given in at the native department by the party, but who, I gather 73 from the Bishop's letter, were Gakaqikeli and Nozaza. Now although, in consequence of Mr. Osborn having directed his inquiry to that portion of the “deputatioh " which con- sisted of the three headmen, the eight Chiefs were not asked by him regarding that other portion of the “deputation" which consisted of the four messengers, yet the answers of some of the Chiefs made with reference to the statement of the three headmen accidentally throw a good deal of light on the value to be attached to the representative character of, at all events, three out of the four men. Siunguza (the Regent of Gaozi's territory) stated that hearing Umfunzi and others were going to Maritzburg on political business he had sent Sidindi after them to watch what they were doing in Maritzburg. - Chingwayo stated that he had heard from Umyamana and Undabuko that he was to send to Maritzburg “to clasp with his hand.” This he had refused to do, as he did not know what he was “to clasp; ” but hearing that people had been sent to Maritzburg, he had sent Gakaqikeli to hear for him what was being said by these people in Maritzburg. Umfunzi lives in Gaozi's territory (under the Regent Siunguza), but he is well known as one of Undabuko's party, and he appears to have taken an active part in the communica- tions that have passed between them and Natal. He admitted that he had been three times previously to Pietermaritzburg on public matters without Siunguza's knowledge. The fourth messenger Nozaza may have been sent by Seketwayo. There is no information about him, but Seketwayo is very much under the influence of Undabuko, and he would probably agree to anything the latter proposed. Umſunzi, if he represented anybody, represented Undabuko and the brothers. He could, indeed, have represented no one else. He was the spokesman on the occasion, and he is well known as an active agent in the agitation. Even at the close of the message, although saying that they spoke in the names of the eight Chiefs, Umfunzi admitted that the message had come from Undabuko. º 15. Putting aside for the moment every other reason and proof against the four messengers having been sent by the eight appointed Chiefs to ask the Government for the restoration of Cetywayo, it is to the last degree improbable that the eight Chiefs would have sent these four men to represent anything to the Government, or sent them in the way in which these men came. If the appointed Chiefs had desired to make any representation to the Government, they would have sent their own proper Indunas or headmen, and they would have sent them direct to the Government, and not first to the Bishop to whom these men came. & sº To treat the Government in this way is, in their eyes, a mark of great disrespect. What is meant for the Government is meant for the Government and not for others. Undabuko and his party who were in communication with the Bishop had their reasons for sending to the Bishop ; but not the appointed Chiefs. This alone would be quite suf- ficient to show that the four men never came from the eight Chiefs with a message to the Government. We trace, indeed, three of the men to three of the Chiefs, but two of them, as we have seen from the statements of their Chiefs, were only sent in to hear, not with a message. About the third I am not able to say so much. But even if Seketwayo was led away by a stronger will than his own, which I think is quite possible, to do any thing he was told to do that would be no proof that the other Chiefs would be equally weak in character, or that they would forget what was due both to the Government that appointed them and to themselves in such matters. 16. What I am disposed to think may have taken place is that Undabuko sent round a message to some, if not to all, of the eight Chiefs to propose that they should join with him in some message of thanks to the Government for allowing Umkosana to return from Capetown, a proposal which would be as the thin end of the wedge; for if the eight Chiefs could be got to join in this harmless message their apparent joint action might be turned to account by him. Seketwayo, I quite believe, did send Nozaza on his behalf. Siunguza and Chingwayo, as we have seen, sent also men who might see and hear for them what was going on, for this is a common practice among natives. They do not send a person necessarily to represent their views; but, if any reports reach them, if they are told that such and such a thing is going to happen, and if they feel uncertain about this they like to send some one to see and hear for them. I believe, therefore, that these three appointed Chiefs did send persons on this occasion, either, as possibly in the case of Seketwayo, to represent them, or, as in the case of Siunguza and Chingwayo, to see and hear for them what was going on. As for the other five appointed Chiefs there is nothing to show that they were represented at all. There was in fact no one to represent them. Umfunzi, I believe to have been acting entirely for Undabuko and the ex-King's brothers. Whether he received any instructions from Undabuko to ask for the restoration of the King may be a matter of conjecture, but it is quite certain that if he received any R 4012. IC 74 such instructions, although he apparently imparted his intention to the Bishop at Bishop- stowe, he said nothing to the Government on the subject here ; and I share in the opinion expressed by Sir Evelyn Wood that the Bishop has been altogether misled as to the character of this “deputation.” - - e 17. Such, I believe, to be the explanation of this so-called “second deputation.” I shall of course make it a part of my duty to ascertain what the views of the eight Chiefs are on this very important question; but so far as the visit of the four messengers last year is concerned, my opinion is that it is of no value whatsoever as an indication of those VleWS. 18. And here I would say a word on the general question of deputations, such as, it has been supposed, erroneously as I believe, have been sent in from Zululand in favour of the restoration of the ex-King. Those best acquainted with the native races and tribes of South Africa, with their history, their habits, their customs, their ways of thinking, and their modes of procedure, know very well that the idea of asking for the restoration of a Chief who has been taken in war or has been deposed by a superior power would never so much as occur to a native mind. To them a Chief who has ceased to rule, who has been removed from them, becomes, for all purposes, to his people as one that is dead. For the tribe or people to send a deputation to the power or Chief by whose act of conquest this has been effected, in order to ask for the restoration of their Chief would be at variance with the very nature and constitution of the native mind, which accepts the fortune of war and the inexorable logic of facts, and does not attempt to argue with either. If, therefore, Undabuko and Tshingana came into Natal in May 1880, with an intention of asking for the release of their brother, their intention, we may be sure, never contemplated more than the return of the brother to the family as a member of the family. It never con- templated his restoration as the Chief of his people. This is perfectly and absolutely certain, and in fact we have their own full admission of it made at that time. If, then, the idea of the return of the brother in May 1880, grew into the idea of the restoration of the Chief in July 1881, it was an acquired idea; and if it is the case that Umfunzi was sent in with instructions to ask for the restoration of the King in July last year, his failure to carry out these instructions, since he never said a word to the Government on the subject, shows, I think, the difficulty of the native mind in accommodating itself to an action which was foreign to its mature. - - 19. In such matters as these the native mind, if left to itself, depends entirely upon the will and direction of the power which it recognises as its superior, whether by natural right, by act of conquest, or otherwise. It is not habituated to have any wish of its own in such matters, or, if it has one, it refrains from expressing it. It leans upon the will of the power whom it considers to be its master; and if the latter, for any reason, decides to make a change in the condition of the country which it has conquered, if it decides to make a change in the form of government which it has imposed, if it decides to put down one person in authority and to set up another, it rests with it to do so of its own free- will and determination by virtue of its recognised right. But to agitate for any object, to ask for this form of Government or for that form of Government, to ask for the de- position of this Chief or for the restoration of that Chief, is so absolutely foreign to the nature of the people with whom we are concerned, that the idea of doing such a thing would never, of itself, enter into their minds; and this, I may observe, is a consideration not to be lost sight of in dealing with the Zulu question, an important consideration, because if we deal with a question of this kind without understanding the nature of the people with whom we are dealing, if we allow ourselves to suppose that their ways of thought are as our ways of thought, that their modes of procedure are as ours, we run a risk of failure which assuredly will not be less complete because it will be deserved. 20. And now I come to the part which the Bishop of Natal says he felt justified in taking under the circumstances, when the “first and second deputations had been “ rendered completely abortive.” The Bishop writes: “Nor should I have thought it “ right to take any step or give any advice which might originate a movement against “ Sir Garnet Wolseley’s “settlement, however much in common with the colonists ‘ generally, I felt that it would not possibly stand the test of time. But the case was ‘ altered when the Zulus had come down of their own accord, and again after more “ than a year's interval, persistently urging their prayer for the restoration of Cetywayo, “ and on the last occasion supported directly by three appointed Chiefs, and indirectly * by five others.” - - 21. My Lord, I take exception altogether to the position assumed by the Bishop of Natal. Whether his views regarding the two “deputations” were correct or not, and I think I have shown conclusively they were not correct, does not affect the question. I cannot admit any right of interposition of this kind on his part in the political affairs of Ç & 75 the Zulu country. It was open to the Bishop to make such representations as he might desire to make either to this Government, or to Her Majesty's Government, or to the public through the public press, on the subject of the Zulu setttlement, with the view of bringing forward any question touching that settlement, with the view of making any proposal for the future settlement of the country, with the view even of upsetting the settlement and of advocating the restoration of the King. In doing this he could have exercised in the fullest degree, and in a legitimate manner the right of the free expression of his opinion on political matters. Whether I might agree or not with his views, whether I might consider the public expression of them prudent or not, I at least would not have any right to complain. But the Bishop has not confined himself to action of this kind. He has been in established communication with persons in the Zulu country who have become the leaders of a political party in that country and with other Zulus, in connexion with the political affairs of the country, affecting the stability of the established order of Government, and in connexion with a movement directed against the existing settlement and compromising the public peace. I will take his own statement. I am content with that. He says: “In conversation with these two Chiefs (Unconcwana and Posile) * * * ‘ also with Zulus who came to see them from time to time. I of course inquired ‘ carefully into the facts of the recent deputation, which had been so summarily disposed ‘ of in the reply of the Colonial Secretary. And I explained to them that it was of “ no use for the ex-King's brothers and his personal friends only to make application on his behalf; but if it was really true, as they asserted, that “all Zululand’ wished for his restoration, they should go to the Resident, and ask for leave to come down to * Maritzburg and make their wishes known in a proper manner to the Government.” 22. Here then we have an explanation of the way in which the recent party of demonstration originated. How the leaders of that party worked the movement, how it was given out that Cetywayo was about to be restored, that he was even then on his way back and would shortly be at Pietermaritzburg, that those who wish for him should go and meet him and that those who did not do so would be driven out on his return; how the hopes of some and the fears of others were worked upon ; how the country was agitated throughout by these reckless assertions; how men's hearts were filled with uncertainty and uneasiness, not knowing the things that were to befall them, I have told already. But here is the advice which led the leaders of the party to organise this movement. * I explained to them ’’(says the Bishop) “that it was of no use for the ex-King's “ brothers and his personal friends only to make application on his behalf; but, if it ‘ was really true, as they asserted, that “all Zululand’ wished for his restoration, they should go to the Resident and ask for leave to come down to Maritzburg, and make ‘ their wishes known in a proper manner to the Government.” And thus it was that Undabuko and the brothers, and those whom they got together by such means as I have described, numbering, followers and all, some 800 people, came down into Natal, not waiting for the permission of the British Resident, openl disregarding the rules of the Natal Government, behaving to the Resident with dis- respect, insisting upon it that they would see the Government, and remaining in Natal for days and days against the expressed wish of the government of the country, and all the while carrying on communications with the Bishop of Natal as if he were a rival authority to the government of the Colony, to the disparagement of the Government and to the prejudice of good order. 23. And the Bishop says that he feels “perfectly justified “ in having given such advice as he has stated, under such circumstances, “more especially after reading the “ recent utterance of the Prime Minister in Parliament, as reported in the “Times” of the 18th April. My Lord, I feel it my duty, on behalf of the public peace in South Africa, to call in question that justification. I, for one, cannot admit it. I cannot admit it on any account. I cannot admit the justification of any such advice or of any such interposition in Zulu matters, because it is an unauthorised and irresponsible interposition in matters which belong to the province of authorised and responsible officers appointed by Her Majesty's Government, and because I know how great is the danger of such an interposition. 24. I deprecate this kind of interposition. I deprecate the relations that were esta- blished between Undabuko and his party and the Bishop of Natal, and the carrying on of any communications between this party and Bishopstowe, regarding the political condition and affairs of the Zulu country. I deprecate the advice which brought these people into 6& 6 6& { 6 6% 6 { K 2 76 Natal in the way that they came in, whereby they were placed in a false position towards me, and I was placed in a false position towards them. I deprecate all these things because, apart from the more serious consequences to which they may lead, they are calculated to prejudice the authority of the Government and to compromise the relations between the duly constituted authorities and the Zulu people or any section or portion of them. Whatever portion of the Zulu people Undabuko and his party may represent, their political relations are with me and not with the Bishop of Natal. It is for me, who am responsible to Her Majesty's Government for the conduct of my relations with the Zulu people, and who am responsible for the good order of the Zulu country so far as the obligations of Her Majesty's Government may extend in that respect, to decide as to the time and place and mode of any communications I may have with any section or representatives or chiefs or headmen of that people. The responsibility rests with me, and these are matters for my judgment and discretion, for the right exercise of which I am again responsible to Her Majesty's Government. It is not for others to step in and attempt to direct these matters, or to enter into independent relations and communica- tions with any portion of the Zulu people, or any persons or party in the Zulu country, in those political matters which are the concern of Her Majesty's Government. 25. I can ill find the words which can express my sense of the inconvenience and danger that may arise from unauthorised relations with any portion of the Zulu people in political matters. And yet the Bishop of Natal felt himself justified in reading, or in allowing to be read at Bishopstowe, to the party of Zulus which came into Natal with Undabuko, and which had been put into movement as a party of agitation against the Settlement, the words of the Prime Minister regarding Cetywayo. For the Prime Minister to say these words is one thing, for them to be repeated to a party of Zulus, the leaders of which were just then engaged in an active agitation threatening the peace of the country, is another thing. The words, as I take them, were merely explanatory of the general views of Her Majesty's Government. They might serve as a guidance to the authorities of the Government in this country; but they were never intended to serve the purposes of a Zulu party. If it was desirable that the views of Her Majesty’s Government on such an important matter should be made known to the Zulu people there was only one channel by which with safety and propriety they could be made known. That they should be made known without authority by any other persons, could only tend to disturb and disquiet people's minds. Yet, the Bishop, who was taking towards these people a posi- tion which was, I will not say intentionally on his part, but which was at variance with the authority of this Government, felt himself justified in telling to them, or in allowing to be told to them at Bishopstowe, what the Prime Minister had said in England on the uestion of Cety wayo's restoration. A proceeding there could not well be more calcu- lated than this to encourage the leaders of the party, and to serve the purposes of an agitation which in these more recent days asserted itself in arms and in violent acts, and threatened the upper districts of Zululand with the calamity of civil war. 26. Then again there is the conversation at Bishopstowe with the two Zulus about the money received by Chief Dunn from the taxation of his people. I am obliged to say that no one can have any doubt that the complaint which was lately raised against the tax, and the action taken by Dabulamanzi in respect of the tax, which action has threatened to disturb the peace of that part of the country, had their origin in that conversation. I do not myself view with approval the taxation that has been established by Chief Dunn in his territory. There are, I think, objections to the tax which would have made it necessary for us to take the question of it into consideration. But those who are charged with public responsibility would exercise care in the way in which they dealt with the question. It is a dangerous thing to say anything to the people affected by it which would give them cause for discontent or to question the authority of their Chief. 27. There is more that I could say on the subject of the Bishop of Natal’s letter to me, but I have already carried this Despatch to an unusual length. I regret if in anything I have said in it I should give pain or annoyance to the Bishop. I am com- pelled to differ from him, and I must express my difference. I am compelled to question the action taken by him, and it has been necessary for me to say why I do so, and to say so clearly because the occasion demands it. At the same time I would wish to add that I am quite sure the Bishop never realised or even conceived the harm that might be done by such advice as has been given, and by such communications as have passed. I desire to do him full justice on that point. I desire also to do full justice to the 77 sincerity of his motives and of his convictions; but I cannot shut my eyes to the con- sequences of the part he has taken in the political affairs of Zululand, nor tº the grave evils that must result from an interposition by others in matters which are the province of responsible authorities appointed by Her Majesty's Government, and I should fail in my duty if, thinking as I do, I did not frankly lay my views before your Lordship. I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, (Signed) H. BULWER, tº Q &c. . &c. &c. g Special Commissioner, No. 43. The RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY to SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G. SIR, - Downing Street, August 2, 1882. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch, of the 28th June,” enclosing a despatch from Sir Henry Bulwer, with copy of a letter from Bishop Douglas of Zululand, reporting upon the state of affairs in Swaziland, and referring to advice alleged to have been given by Sir Evelyn Wood on the occasion of his interview with the Swazi King. As Sir Evelyn Wood is on the point of starting for Egypt, I have not been able to refer to him on the subject, but I should state that his report of his visit to Umbandeen last year does not contain any allusion to such advice, nor any expression tending to confirm the statement of the Bishop. - t I have, &c. Sir Hercules Robinson. - (Signed) KIMBERLEY. No. 44. The RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY to Gover NOR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, August 4, 1882. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch of the 29th of June, reporting that the British Resident in Zululand had succeeded in effecting a simultaneous dispersion of the forces collected by the parties of Undabuko, and Uhamu, and Usibebu. - w I have to express my satisfaction at the success of Mr. Osborn's efforts in this matter, and to request that you will convey to him my entire approval of his proceedings. I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) KIMBERLEY. No. 45. Gover Nor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received August 8, 1882.) (TELEGRAPHIC.) 8th. Mayor, Durban requests that the following resolution, passed at public meeting on 5th, be transmitted to your Lordship:-“That this meeting hereby records its solemn “ protest against the restoration of Cetywayo to Zululand, feeling assured that such a step “would be fraught with imminent peril and disastrous consequences to this Colony, and “ would weaken the authority of Her Majesty's Government amongst the Native tribes of “ South Africa, and it pledges continued resistance to the return of the ex-King.” *==– * No. 39. f No. 41. K 3 78 No. 46. Sir HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G., to the Right Hon. The EARL . . . OF KIMBERLEY. (Received August 9, 1882.) - (Telegraphic). - - 8th. The Transvaal Government request me again [to bring under your notice the lamentable condition of affairs in Zululand, which they state is causing them great difficulty upon their Eastern border, and urge that the only way by which peace and quiet can be re-established is by the restoration of Cetywayo, which they request, in the interests of humanity, may be done as speedily as possible. Their letter by post. No. 47. GovernoR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received August 9, 1882.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, July 5, 1882. ºr. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, copy of a statement made by two natives, messengers from the King of the Swazis, Umbandeen, together with a copy of my reply to the King's message. - 2. Your Lordship will observe that I have caused Umbandeen to be informed that I would communicate the message to the High Commissioner, and I have accordingly forwarded to his Excellency copies of the enclosed documents, - - - I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Governor. Enclosure I in No. 47. STATEMENT of UMKONKONI and MAJOBONGWANA, Messengers from UMBANDEEN, the King of the Swazis. We are sent by Umbandeen to the Governor of Natal with three words. 1st. To express his great sorrow at the death of the white Chief who was killed at Majuba by the Boers. * * - 2nd. To say that Umbandeen and his people are not living on peaceful terms with the Boers of the Transvaal, for during last moon one of our people who was leaving our country for the Transvaal without having the necessary permission to do so, was followed up by order of the King, his cattle seized and taken to the kraal of Mabele, a Swazi subject. ğ. hearing of this a Boer who lives near to Mabele, whose name we do not know, but whom we call Umtshwankeli, collected an armed force of his own countrymen and natives and went to the above mentioned kraal, where they possessed themselves of the cattle of the man from whom they had been seized, 10 in number. In addition they appro- priated 90 other cattle from the same kraal, the property of Umbandeen and his subjects. This armed party went also to another kraal, where they found a beast, which they claimed, saying it had been stolen. They took this beast from the kraal, as well as 10 other head. The beast was a stranger that had got mixed with the cattle of this kraal about a year ago, and was not known to the occupiers of the kraal. - -- This armed party took in all 110 head of cattle, which they drove away, and we have seen nothing more of them. - 3rd. That the Boers have not only taken the cattle of the Swazis, but they have taken a portion of their country, and have shifted the boundary laid down by Ishela (Mr. G. Rudolph), and have placed it further into our country. This fresh boundary was made by the Boer Umtshwankeli, and it cuts off a large piece of our country. - Of these doings of the Boers we are told to complain, and to ask the Governor of Natal why the English have abandoned their dog, which always looked to them for protection. - - - — — . . * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Taken by me at Pietermaritzburg this 21st day of June 1882. * (Signed) J. W. SHEPSTONE, Acting Secretary for Native Affairs. 79 Enclosure 2 in No. 47. REPLy of his Excellency the GovernoR OF NATAL to a Message received from UMBANDEEN, King of the Amaswazi, and delivered by Umkonkoni and Majo- bongwana. The Governor of Natal thanks Umbandeen for the sorrow expressed by him at the death of the white chief who was killed at the Majuba. * The Governor regrets to hear that the Transvaal Boers are not living on neighbourly terms with the Swazi people, and that they have taken Swazi cattle, and have not respected the boundary line between the Transvaal and Swaziland as laid down by the proper authorities. The Governor will send the words of Umbandeen to the High Commissioner at Cape Town, who is the authority appointed by the Queen to deal with such matters, By command, (Signed) J. SHEPSTONE, July 3, 1882. * Acting Secretary for Native Affairs. No. 48. Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received August 9, 1882.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, July 5, 1882. I RECEIVED some days ago, through his Excellency Sir Hercules Robinson, a letter from Cetywayo, a copy of which I have the honour to enclose herewith for your Lord- ship's information. 2. The letter was written on the 2nd of June, and the decision since that date, to allow the ex-King to visit England in the course of the present month, has practically dealt with what I take to be the main object with which the letter was written. 3. The letter, however, is noticeable in respect of the reference made in it to the party of demonstration that lately came in under Undabuko as “the deputation.” The ex- King says that he hears from the two boys who had just arrived from me in Natal that “ the deputation” had a great desire to see me. The “ two boys” referred to are two men, Umgwazeni and Umgiwa, who arrived from Cape Town at the close of April with one of Cetywayo's wives who was returning to Zululand; and the fact is that they returned to Cetewayo not from me but from Natal, and they went from Bishopstowe, to which place they had accompanied the wife of the ex-King, though they none of them had any possible good reason for going there . Their visit to Bishopstowe, and then their return to the ex-King with the story of the “deputation,” accounts for the fluent way in which the ex-King talks of the “deputation; ” and it is an illustration of one of the ways in which communications have been kept up between Natal and Zululand and the ex-King. There has always been some one leaving the ex-King and returning to Zulu- land, or somebody leaving Zululand and going to the ex-King; and Bishopstowe has always been the halting place on the way from Cape Town or on the way from Zululand. I have, &c. - (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure 1 in No. 48. Sir HERCULEs Robinson to Sir H. BULwER. Government House, Cape Town, SIR, June 14, 1882. I HAVE the honour to forward to your Excellency a letter addressed to you by Cetywayo, together with one addressed by the ex-King to Mr. John Shepstone. * \, I have, &c. (Signed) HERCULES ROBINSON, Governor and Hign Commissioner. His Excellency Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., &c. &c. &c. 80 Enclosure 2 in No. 48. CETywAYo KA MPANDE to Sir H. BULwer. Oude Molen, June 2, 1882. I AM writing to you, Sir H. Bulwer. As the deputation was sent back to Zululand, how will you understand what they had to say unless you meet them yourself and hear with your own ears? I trust that you will take particular notice of Uhamu, Usibebu, and John Dunn, as they do not express the wishes of the Zulu people. The principal people in the country are Umyamana, Seketwayo-ka-Uhlaka, and Sityaluza-ka-Mamba, and others; these people will tell you the truth; the first three mentioned speak wrong against Mr. Osborn by saying that he says, “It will be easier for the sun to come down upon “ the earth than for me to be returned to my country.” I am astonished at this saying, I do not believe Mr. Osborn could say such a thing. I believe the Zulu war began without your consent or your having anything to do with it. I want you to be my witness against all untruths spoken against me. - I am very pleased to hear of your being about to visit Zululand; you will hear and see for yourself the true state of the country, and you will be able to speak to the Queen in England, and tell her how many of the appointed Chiefs wish for me to be detained here, and how many desire my return, also you will be able to decide properly whether the majority of the Zulus wish for my return or not; although all the Zulus do not meet you in the country, yet you will be able to judge by the number of influential men, such as those who were part of the recent deputation. If you had appointed proper men to rule the country there would never have been bloodshed. I cannot mention their names as I am a dead man, but Umyamana could have told you. I hear from the two boys who have just arrived here from you in Natal that the deputation had a very great desire to meet you, yourself, as their father, they were very disappointed at not meeting you; will you go into the country and meet them with Mr. Osborn, as they trust in you as their protector and father ? They say that if they meet Mr. Osborn and express their wishes to him that they never see any result. If you believe me the recent deputation consisted of the greatest men in the country, men whose voice is authority and listened to by the people. - I will not say much of John Dunn ; he does not know of the doings of the white man, he lives in the Zulu country, and although he is white he is black like the native; the Zulus could only be ruled by white men proper, and not by men like John Dunn. Uhamu, Usibebu, and John Dunn probably do not wish for my return, because they have taken all that was mine, therefore do not judge my case by their doings, because they will tell you a number of things as if it was the desire of their people, but their people do not know their sayings; what they say will be to meet their own ends; do not cast me away, but take me to yourself and embrace me, push my case forward, and get me soon to England to show the truthfulness of my case, as this is a cruel bondage I am in ; think of the time when you and I lived side by side. I say with the whole truth that I never began the war or agrivated (thus) the white man, nor will I ever. I will sign my name to this for you to see that I am firm. I place this truth before you to send to the Queen, also when I return to my country I will never again send any messages, but come and see you myself, or send my own son. Do your best for me. I must tell you that I do not think my messages were properly delivered to you when I was in my country. I believe also that some white people tried to do me harm. I will sign my name to these truths. I would never deny any wrong I did even my own country. The two boys also tell me that my brother Umgidhlana has taken away one of my maids, one I loved very much, the daughter of Osomopo ; this grieves me very much. I have not as yet received any reply to my former letters to you. Believe these my sayings, that when I am released that I will abide by all I have mentioned in this letter, and I desire you to witness all I have said. (Signed) CETYWAYo KA MPANDE. Forwarded to the Under Secretary for Native Affairs. (Signed) J. STORR LISTER, Custodian. 2nd June 1882 81 No. 49. GovāRNor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. The EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received August 9, 1882.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My Lord, July 6, 1882. WITH reference to the communications,” which have passed on the subject of the ex-King's visit to England, it may, perhaps, be desirable I should state more fully than I could attempt to do in a telegraphic message, that, while my opinion was not changed as to the advisableness of the ex-King's visit being postponed until the question of the future settlement of Zululand should be determined, I was unwilling, in view of the promise that had apparently been made to the ex-King and of the reluctance of Her Majesty's Government, on account of that promise, and because of the lateness of the season, to postpone the visit any longer, to offer any further opposi- tion to the arrangement. 2. As your Lordship is aware, I was only led to recommend the postponement of the visit at the last moment because of the agitation that was being carried on by the ex- King's brothers. Had it not been for the development of that agitation as exhibited in the party of demonstration and in the attitude taken by Undabuko and Dabulamanzi, I should not have attempted to interfere with an arrangement which had been decided upon before my special relations with the Zulu country commenced. But the agitation, the causes of which I have dealt with elsewhere, had reached a point beyond which I clearly saw it was difficult for it to go without danger to the peace of the country. We know what use was made of the ex-King's name in order to bring together this party of demonstration: how it was industriously circulated through the country that the King was, as a matter of fact, about to be brought back by the English Government; that he would shortly be in Pietermaritzburg on his way back; and that those who wished for him should go there and meet him. To such unwarrantable uses had the intentions of Her Majesty's Government regard- ing the visit of Cetywayo to England been turned, and I apprehended that the departure of the ex-King for England would only prove the signal for a further agitation that would too probably be followed by disturbance. 3. We were, I held, under all circumstances bound to support, the present arrange- ments and the present settlement in Zululand until we had decided to replace them by some other arrangements and by some other settlement; and it was impossible for me to give, or to be supposed to give, in any way the slightest countenance to an ill-advised agitation by a party which was directly aimed against the existing arrangements and the existing settlement and which threatened to disturb the peace of the country. There is a proper time for everything, and when the time has come for making any changes in the existing settlement, there is a proper mode in which to make them, and there are also the properly constituted authorities, appointed by Her Majesty's Govern- ment, to carry them out. But meanwhile it was incumbent upon me, on every ground of public principle and policy, to discountenance an agitation that was stirring up mischief in the Zulu country, and to check it so far as I could ; and this was what made me decide it to be necessary to advise the postponement of the ex-King's visit to England for awhile, fearing, as I did, that here it would only be made to serve the purposes of further agita- tion with the prospect of such results as I have referred to. 4. The postponement, I have to admit, did not avert the disorder. The agitation had gone too far for this. The leaders of the party had been worked up to a point where it was no doubt difficult to stop and from which it was difficult to go back. In my Despatch to your Lordship of the 20th Mayf I reported that Undabuko had accompanied his brother Dabulamanzi into Chief Dunn's territory, where he had no call to go except for some particular purpose. What that purpose might be I could not then clearly determine. It would be premature, I stated, to say how far Undabuko and his brothers were prepared to go in their agitation. There can be no doubt, I said, as to their intention of working as much unsettlement in the country as they can, but whether they will go further will probably depend upon the extent of their influence and upon their own feeling of assurance. 5. What their purpose was has since been revealed by their proceedings; in the gathering together of their people in arms with the intention of attacking in force two of the appointed Chiefs, in the raids that were made into the territorities of those two Chiefs, and in the storm cloud of civil war which hung menacingly over the upper districts of Zululand for weeks together. * See Nos. 5 and 6 of [C. 3270] July 1882. f No. 4, of [Cl–3270] July 1882. R 4012. L 82 This disorder, the outcome, and perhaps the natural outcome, of the agitation that preceded it, has, I am free to admit, not been averted by the decision to postpone the ex-King's visit. But not the less on this account would I have advised the further postponement, were it not that the consideration of the promise made to the ex-King, and of the inconveniences which might be caused by its non-fulfilment, made me unwilling to persist in an objection which I had raised in the first instance only with reluctance, because it was practically too late to raise it at all. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. No. 50. Goverson SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received August 9, 1882.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My Lord, July 8, 1882. I HAVE the honour to transmit herewith, for your Lordship's information, copy of a report which I have received from the British Resident on the subject of the demon- stration in April last and of the subsequent disturbance in the Zulu country. 2. The way in which the demonstration was originated has already been shown in the Bishop of Natal’s letter of the 8th of June. . It was the result of the advice given by the Bishop to Undabuko's party that “it was of no use for the ex-King's brothers and his “ personal friends only to make application on his behalf; but that if it was really true, “ as they asserted, that “all Zululand' wished for his restoration, they should go to the “ Resident and ask for leave to come down to Maritzburg, and make their wishes known “ in a proper manner to the Government.” The decision as to the time for bringing in the party of demonstration Mr. Osborn, it would seem, traces to the messenger who brought into Zululand the message sent by Cetywayo through the Bishop of Natal, which has formed the subject of previous correspondence. It will be remembered that Umlilwana, the messenger referred to, delivered, according to Umyamana, a message to him and the brothers, which the Bishop of Natal said was not in accordance with the terms of the message he had given to him. Umlilwana was certainly employed by the Bishop to deliver a message, and it is probable that he took back to Zululand, as coming from Cetywayo, a great deal more than the words conveyed to him by the Bishop. We shall probably not have the means of knowing all that Umlilwana told Undabuko and the others, but there is enough to show that the decision as to the time of making the demonstration must have been arrived at about the time of Umlilwana's arrival in Zululand with the message. 3. The reply made by Undabuko to one of Mr. Osborn's people who remonstrated with him when he heard he was going into Natal without awaiting the proper permission shows how much mistaken the Bishop of Natal was in accepting Undabuko's story as to the manner in which he came in. Mr. Osborn's report also further shows the means em- ployed by Undabuko to collect people to accompany him into Natal. Those who failed to do so were told that they had better make a rope to the heavens to avoid the punish- ment that would overtake them when the others returned “with Cetywayo" from Pieter- maritzburg, and moreover that they would have to cut the rope or they would be followed up and punished. 4. The determination to call the party to arms was apparently arrived at as soon as the brothers left Natal, or even before they left, for in this way Undabuko's visit to Chief Dunn's territory with his brother Dabulamanzi is explained, as also the meeting there at which the people were told to prepare their arms and hold themselves in readiness to form an impi when called upon. 5. The disturbed feeling which then and subsequently existed in Chief Dunn's terri- tory the Resident is of opinion arose out of the movements which were part of the general scheme of which Undabuko and Umyamana were the prime movers, and not out of the particular causes of discontent in that particular territory. - I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl' of Kimberley, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. 83 Enclosure in No. 50. BRITISH RESIDENT, Zululand, to SIR. H. BULWER. SIR, Inhlazatye, Zululand, June 29, 1882. WITH reference to the demonstration made at Pietermaritzburg by Cetywayo's brothers and other Zulus who accompanied them in April last, and the disturbances in Zululand which ensued very shortly after their return here, I have the honour to submit the following remarks for your Excellency's information :- º In the first place I think it right to state some of the circumstances I have been abſe to learn under which so large a body of Zulus were got together to proceed to Pieter- maritzburg for the purpose of the demonstration, and what appears to have been the real object of that movement. As your Excellency is already aware Undabuko and Usivetu, in defiance of the directions given them here when they asked for leave to go to Natal to make certain specified representations, started for Pietermaritzburg shortly after I left Inhlazatye for the same place. One of my principal messengers, on hearing of their intention to go to Natal, went to Undabuko and remonstrated, pointing out that it was their duty to await your Excellency's reply to their application. Undobuko answered that he would do as he pleased, and would not be interfered with. Preparations for their journey were then rapidly proceeded with. A report was spread about that Cetywayo was imme- diately to be restored to power in Zululand, and that he had already arrived in Pieter- maritzburg, where every Zulu of position who was loyal to him was expected to go in person with Cetywayo's brothers to receive him and to escort him into Zululand, or to send a fitting representative for that duty. That I, the Resident, had already left Zulu- land in order to make room for Cetywayo, as my office here would cease immediately on his arrival. It was further given out that those Zulus who failed to put in an appearance at Maritzburg for the purpose stated would be subsequently severely dealt with. It was said that such defaulters had better manufacture a very long rope by which they might escape up to the sky to avoid the punishment that would otherwise surely overtake them immediately on the return of the party with Cetywayo from Pietermaritzburg, that if they did so escape they were advised to cut down the rope, or they would be followed by it and punished. This report, with the accompanying threat, was briskly circulated throughout the country, and as for a long time past rumours had been current that there was a probability of Cetywayo's early restoration, an immediate effect was produced upon the people, many of whom, believing what they heard, naturally considered that it would be politic and advisable for them to do their part in welcoming back the ex-King. Many therefore went in person or sent representatives to Pietermaritzburg. From all I have been able to learn I entertain not the slightest doubt that the majority of the people who formed the demonstrating party were distinctly under the impression that in proceeding to Pietermaritzburg they were going to meet Cetywayo there and escort him back to Zululand. - In my endeavour to find out the immediate cause of these proceedings on the part of Cetywayo's brothers I spared no pains. After the most carefully instituted inquiries and mature consideration of everything I could learn bearing on the question, I feel bound to state that the demonstration at Pietermaritzburg originated from and was the immediate result of Cetywayo's message to Umyamana transmitted through the Bishop of Natal as reported to your Excellency in my Despatch the 15th March last. The import of this message was strengthened and supported by a statement said to have been made by one of Cetywayo's women who returned from the Cape a little while ago to the effect that he, Cetywayo, had said that he would soon be reinstated King of Zululand. The ex-King's relatives, therefore, acting either on advice or of their own motion, considered the occasion opportune to signify to the Government that Cetywayo's return to power was desired by the Zulu people, and not objected to ; and also doubt- less, believing that some kind of pressure on the Government was desirable just now, they set about to organise the party as stated and with it made the demonstration. It is clear that they considered John Dunn the principal element antagonistic to the achieve- ment of their object; they knew that with the superior knowledge of a white man the main resistance to Cetywayo's return would rest with him. Hence their determined opposition to him, an opposition amounting to nothing less than rebellion against his authority, which movement was openly headed by Dabulamanzi, one of Cetywayo's brothers, residing in Chief Dunn's territory. TI 2 84 Chief John Dunn, in his letter to me of the 1st instant (which together with his letter of the 3rd I transmitted to your Excellency on the 8th), states he was informed by the Chief Mavumengwana that he and others had been induced to send representatives to take part in the demonstration at Pietermaritzburg in consequence of communications received by him and them from the Bishop of Natal. At the time when these letters reached me I hoped to be able to visit Chief Dunn's territory at an early date, and it was my intention when there to investigate this statement, and also those contained in his letter of the 3rd. This visit I have not yet been able to make, as my presence in the upper and middle parts of Zululand was and is still indispensable in consequence of their disturbed state. When the demonstrating party returned from Natal Undabuko, before getting to his home, went to the kraal of the Chief Mavumengwana in Chief John Dunn's territory where a large meeting of Zulus including several headmen was held without delay. Dabulamanzi among others attended. At that meeting the people were told to prepare their arms and hold themselves ready to form an impi when called upon. They were also told that they were no longer to acknowledge John Dunn as Chief of that territory, and that they were to resist his authority should he attempt to enforce it. Further, the people were informed that in consequence of the complaints made by Dabulamanzi and others against Chief John Dunn, the latter had incurred your Excellency's serious displeasure and had to run away from Pietermaritzburg in order to escape imprisonment. This was stated to show to the people that John Dunn was virtually no longer Chief. They were also told that your Excellency had decided that John Dunn should refund all the hut tax money received by him and that I was instructed to see that this was done. All who had paid this tax to him were to bring to me their receipts in order to enable me to carry out my instructions. On becoming aware of these things I lost no time in trying to undeceive the people; and as Chief Dunn had convened a meeting of Chiefs and head- men living in his territory, I sent at his request my two messengers Dabankulo and Sitshitshili who were present at the interview. Your Excellency granted the Chief and his people in Pietermaritzburg to attend that meeting, and to give to those present thereat and any others concerned, a true version of what took place in Maritzburg, a duty which I believe they faithfully performed. I have ascertained that Undabuko fined two men one head of cattle each for having failed to take part in the demonstration at Pietermaritzburg. There are, I doubt not, other similar cases, but it is very difficult to trace them at present. In the meantime I became aware that armed men were collecting together at the kraals of Umyamana and Undabuko in Umfanawendhlela's territory, but on inquiry Umyamana said that these were his own men whom he had called up in order to discuss with them Uhamu's late act in seizing one of his kraals, the Mavageni; and that their presence there was for no other purpose or object. This information was first brought to me by messenger and subsequently confirmed by Umyamana in person with the additional assurance that the men had returned to their homes. He added that he him- self was then going to visit his family at the Isikwebesi. Under these circumstances I concluded that it was my duty to carry out an arrangement I had made with Seketwayo to visit his territory in reference to the Boers from the Transvaal squatting therein and complained of by him, especially as I had already sent to inform him of the day on which he could expect my arrival. Of this arrangement Umyamana and Undabuko were aware. I also considered that should affairs in connexion with Undabuko and Umyamana take an adverse turn I should still be in the country and in a position to move rapidly to any part where my presence might be necessary. On reaching about the centre part of Seketwayo's territory, I got information that a large impi was assembling at Umyamana's kraal on the Isikwebesi, and that both Uhamu and Usibebu were also calling their men together. Further I found that the men in Seketwayo's territory had armed and were said to have gone to join the impi. These conditions I considered critical and urgent and to demand my immediate atten- tion. I therefore resolved to abandon for the present my visit to the Boers and to return to Inhlazatye which I did after having first communicated with Seketwayo about the arming of his people. On my way I was met by the Chief Hlubi who informed me that in view of the disturbed condition of affairs, and especially the arming by Seketwayo's people, of whom a large portion lived in his, Hlubi's, territory, he had convened a meeting of headmen at a point about 18 miles from the road I was then travelling, and at his request I attended this meeting and counselled the people to remain quiet at their homes. After performing this duty I came on at once to Inhlazatye. • In the meantime 1 placed myself in communication with Uhamu, Usibebu, and Umyamama in reference to the subject of the impis assembled by them, and on the 15th 85 instant I proceeded personally to the immediate neighbourhood of Umyamana's where I had an interview with him, Undabuko, Usivetu, and other headmen on the 17th. From thence I proceeded the next day to the proximity of Chief Umgojana's kraal, Emfukuceba, near to Beacon XII., where I took up a position, and where at my request I was met by the principal indunas from the Chiefs who had impis assembled. Arrangements for dis- persion of the different impis were then completed at this point, particulars of which I conveyed to your Excellency in my Despatch of the 23rd instant. Undabuko, Usivetu, Uhemlana for Umyamana (who is ill and unable to leave his kraal) and others belonging to their side came to me yesterday and again to-day, to state their grievances, which I am taking down in writing for your Excellency’s informa- tion, and as it is desirable also to hear Usibebu and Uhamu, I propose taking their statements as soon as Undabuko and the others have completed theirs. I have to observe here that soon after the assembling of the impi at the Isikwebesi, I became convinced that any movements of a disturbing nature that may exist in John Dunn's territory only formed part of a general scheme conducted by Undabuko and Umyamana as the prime movers by whom all the others would be guided. Many people from different parts of the country stood committed to their cause by having taken part in the demonstration, and these dreading punishment from the Chiefs readily responded to the call to join the impi, nor was this response confined to the implicated persons, their relatives and friends sided with them. In some instances whole tribes, whose Chiefs took part in the previous proceedings, considered themselves bound to join the impi. It was reported that the assurances by the Resident that he would mediate with the Chiefs to prevent undue severity towards those who took part in the demonstration, cannot be looked upon as affording any security, as Uhamu last year killed the Abaqulusi in spite of his interference. I do not, however, think that Seketwayo was moved by these considerations in the part he and his people took. I believe that he wishes to see Cetywayo restored, and his action was in support of what doubtless appeared to him a great movement to secure that end. - Many people living in different territories who did not take part in the demonstration were induced by their friends who did to join the impi. Others, finding the movement to be an extensive one, considered that it would be to their interest to join it, as otherwise should the Zulu dynasty be re-established, they would in that case be treated as enemies. I am unable to say whether Undabuko really did or does aspire to become King over Zululand, but reports that such was and still is his intention have been current and are still rumoured. - The statement that the large number of people lately forming the impis under Undabuko and Umyamana assembled of their own accord to protect them against the Chiefs is untrue. They were specially called up by those persons. I have been informed by both Undabuko and Usivetu that they desire to be allowed to re-occupy at once the part in Usibebu’s territory from which they were expelled last year by Usibebu after General Wood's decision that they were to leave that Chief's territory. They want to reside there as independent Chiefs, or to be only answerable to the English Government. This is their immediate desire, the granting of which I think they will endeavour to insist upon. But I do not believe that this is the limit of their aspirations. It is very clear to me that their main object is to secure for them- selves the grant of a full and separate territory under Undabuko as Chief thereof. The same remark applies to Umyamana. He seeks, I feel sure, to obtain a territory for himself, nothing else will satisfy him or the others short of Cety wayo's restoration to power. I believe that the late collecting of an impi by them was intended as a powerful demonstration to bring pressure to bear upon the Government in order to secure their ends. Should they after this not get their desire granted, I believe that they will have recourse to the same expedients, and that it will then not be possible to prevent open conflict, which has now been prevented with much difficulty. I have, &c. (Signed) M. Osborn, British Resident, Zululand. L 3 GovKRNor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received August 9, 1882.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My Lord, * July 8, 1882. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, copy of a memorandum from the British Resident, dated the 30th June, conveying to me a state- ment made by his induna respecting a conversation which he had with Umyamana. I transmit also a copy of a letter which I have addressed to the British Resident with instructions as to the communication he is to make to Umyamana. - 2. I think it is very desirable that I should go up in the direction of the Zulu country as soon as the course of business here will enable me to do so, in order that I may see some of the principal Chiefs who were concerned in the late disturbance. It may not be necessary that I should go through the Zulu country, or that I should go any great distance into it. But I am anxious to see some of the principal Chiefs in the upper districts, with the primary object of coming to some understanding with them, which will prevent further disorder in those districts for the time being, and with the further object of conversing personally with them on questions connected with the future settlement of the country. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure 1 in No. 51. Inhlazatye, Zululand, June 30, 1882. UMYAMELA, induna of the British Resident, states :— ſº I saw Umyamana yesterday at his kraal, and told him your words. He received me with civility and promised to see at once into the matter to which you called his attention. A little while after this, having rested myself, I was about to return, when Umyamana spoke to me in an earnest manner, as follows:– “You, Umyamela, are the induna of the Resident. You should advise him to lose no time in arriving at a settlement of everything. If he has to send to the Governor, let him tell the Governor that the question requires immediate settling, otherwise the impis will again collect and there will then be fighting. Undabuko, and those belonging to his family (the people), should be authorised to re-occupy at once the place they formerly lived upon in Usibebu’s territory. A large tract belonged to Undabuko, and he should have this back. All the land occupied by me (Umyamana) and my tribe should be given to me; it belongs to me and I want to be the Chief over my people living thereon. In like manner the Abaqulusi should have their land restored to them. If these things are not done before the next new moon the people will fight. “All the Chiefs in the country should be allowed to resume possession of the land formerly held by them and their tribes. The appointed Chiefs to hold only such lands as formerly belonged to them and their own tribes. “There will never be peace in the country until this is done.” 87 Enclosure 2 in No. 51. SIR. H. BULWER to BRITISH RESIDENT, Zululand. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, July 8, 1882. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your memorandum of the 30th of June, conveying to me a statement made to you by your induna regarding a conversation which he had with Umyamana. - 2. I think you should lose no time in seeing Umyamana. You may tell him that I have the subject of his disputes with Uhamu before me and that I shall be prepared to see him and to hear all that he has to say.... My intention is to come up in that direction in the course of a few weeks when I will make arrangements in order that he may come and meet me. I shall then inquire personally into those matters and make such arrangements as will, I trust, lead to a more satisfactory state of things. In the meantime Umyamana must keep quiet and must keep his people quiet. Those who disturb the peace of the country will be held responsible for it. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, Special Commissioner. No. 52. Gover Nor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received August 16, 1882.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, July 15, 1882. REFERRING to my Despatch of the 8th instant,” I have the honour to transmit for your Lordship's information a copy of a further communication I have received from the British Resident on the subject of Umyamana’s intentions, together with a copy of the Despatch I have addressed to the Resident in reply. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULW ER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure I in No. 52. BRITISH RESIDENT, Zululand, to SIR. H. BULWER. SIR, * . Inhlazatye, Zululand, July 1, 1882. I HAVE the honour to forward herein a further statement made by my induna, Umyamela, of words spoken by Umyamana to him for my information, in addition to those set forth in his statement of yesterday, which I transmitted to your Excellency on the same day. It seems to me clear from this that Umyamana is resolved to press the granting without delay of his demand for an independent territory, and judging from the general tone of his message, I believe that he means to assert his claim to land, and that of |Undabuko, by recourse to arms, to wrest the land from the Chiefs by whom it is at present held. I also believe that it is his intention to take action in the manner stated at an early date, while the men who formed their late impi are still in a prepared state to take the field. The latter part of Umyamela's statement, now sent, tends to show an intention on the part of Umyamana, and doubtless on the part of others, to endeavour to effect a restoration of Chaka's dynasty, probably under Undabuko. I have, &c. (Signed) M. Osborn, His Excellency Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., British Resident, Zululand. Governor and Special Commissioner, Natal. * No. 51. L 4 S8 UMYAMELA states : — t Inhlazatye, Zululand, July 1, 1882. IN my statement of yesterday, I omitted some things which Umyamana told me to say to the Resident; they had escaped my memory when I made the statement. Umyamana also said I was to tell the Resident that all questions about cattle taken or claimed can wait for settlement until the questions concerning land have been disposed of. It is important that the matter of the land should be settled at once. He also said I was to tell the Resident that it is a new thing to him and the Zulus that the people are to be ruled by many Chiefs; it is a system they do not understand. Enclosure 2 in No. 52. SIR. H. BULwer to BRITISH RESIDENT, Zululand. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, July 13, 1882. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch of the 1st instant regarding a further statement made by your induna as to what Umyamana had said to him for your information. The messenger, who, as I acquainted you at the time, was sent from here to Umyamana during the recent disturbances, has returned, and from the answer he has brought I am led to hope that Umyamana is not, so far as he is himself concerned, inclined to have resort to arms if he can avoid doing so; and whatever may be the merits of the original dispute between him and Uhamu, it is a question for your consideration if the conduct of that appointed Chief, and the intentions which he is believed to have towards Umyamana, may not be sufficient to explain the words used by the latter in speaking to your induna. In any case whilst warning Umyamana, according to the tenor of the instructions I conveyed to you in my Despatch of the 8th instant, it seems to me that it will be well you should give your attention at the same time to the proceedings of Uhamu, and that you should warn him also, and if necessary in the strongest terms, against committing any act of aggression or doing anything that may have the effect of disturbing the public €81Ce. p Unless you see any reason to the contrary, I think you should, moreover, endeavour to procure from him the restoration to Umyamana’s people of their kraals, which he seized some weeks ago. I have, &c. Melmoth Osborn, Esq., C.M.G., (Signed) H. BULwen, &c. &c. &c Special Commissioner. British Resident, Zululand. No. 53. Gover NOR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received August 16, 1882.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, July 15, 1882. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, copy of the statement of the native messenger whom, as I reported to your Lordship, I sent some weeks back, during the recent crisis in the upper districts of Zululand, with a communi- cation to Umyamana. The messenger has now returned, accompanied by one of Umyamana's principal men; and I have no reason to be otherwise than satisfied with the nature of the reply which he has brought back from that Chief. "I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon, the Earl of Kimberley, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. 89 Enclosure in No. 53. STATEMENT of KILANE and UNGALONKULU, Native Messengers sent by his Excellency the SPECIAL CoMMISSIONER to Zululand, on the 16th ultimo, with message to UMYAMANA. It is now 25 days since we left this for Zululand, with a message to Umyamana. Early on the eighth (8th) day we reached his kraal on the Tsikwebezi stream, which is some distance beyond where we expected to find him. - Umyamana received us at once, and we delivered the words we were entrusted with in the presence of Undabuko and Tshingana, and some of their principal men. When we had finished Umyamana said:— Kilane and Ungalonkulu I thank for the words you have brought me. I now feel that I am not cast away, and have hope that I shall live. The last time I saw the Governor and Mr. John was at Litshwili (the settlement), since then I have heard nothing, but this day my heart is white. You ask me why I disturb the country. I do not deny that I have had an armed force here with me, but it was not to disturb the country. It was to protect me and the people under me from Uhamu, who has never ceased to trouble me, and continues to do so. I have sat still all this time and continue to sit still, because I fear the Government. t - Four of my principal kraals (one being that of my induna) have been seized by Uhamu, the women and children driven out, and they are now occupied by Uhamu's people, and many of my people have in consequence deserted their kraals. Who am I, that I should make war upon anyone * What I did was in self-defence. I am ill, as you see me, or I would go with you to thank in person, but as I cannot go I send Umhlonhlo, one of my principal men, with you as proof of my sincerity, and that I now feel that I am known to the Government. Taken by me at Pietermaritzburg, this 11th day of July 1882. - (Signed) J. W. SHEPSTONE, * Acting Secretary for Native Affairs. No. 54. Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received August 16, 1882.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My Lord, - July 17, 1882. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, copy of a Despatch which I have received from his Excellency Sir Hercules Robinson enclosing a letter addressed to me by the ex-King Cety wayo. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure in No. 54. Government House, Cape Town, SIR, July 3, 1882. I HAVE the honour to enclose, in original, a letter which I have this day received from the ex-King Cety wayo for transmission to your Excellency. I have, &c. (Signed) HERCULES Robinson, Governor and High Commissioner. His Excellency Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., &c. &c. &c. R 4012. ę M 90 - Oude Molen, June 28, 1882. I AM writing to you Sir H. Bulwer to thank you for the reply you sent me tº my letter to you. I am very sore at heart tº hear of the great troubles in Zululand. I hope everything will go peacefully and that Undabuko, my brother, will be a far- seeing man and keep quiet and not lift his hand against anyone having a desire to molest him. * * Will you, my great friend, speak to him, and if you can bring him down to Natal where you are until all is quiet. I am expecting to leave for England in a few days and would not like to hear of any fighting in Zululand. I am sure Undabukº will not begin the fighting, but even then I want him to be in your hands, as I put all my trust In you. - I am also very pleased to hear of the welfare of my household in Zululand. Be a father to the Zulu people and keep them quiet. I trust you will be a friend of mine, and check all outrages that occur. The Zulus are not used to being ruled by a number of people. This causes them to quarrel and be restless. Do not blame me for what happens, as they are all of them out of my power and in your hands. (Signed) CETywayo KA MPANDE. Forwarded to the Under Secretary for Native Affairs. (Signed) J. STORR LISTER, Custodian. 29 June 1882. No. 55. The RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY to GovernoR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. . SIR, Downing Street, August 16, 1882. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch of the 8th of July,” forwarding a copy of a statement made by an induna of the British Resident as to an interview which he had with Umyamana, and also a copy of a letter which you had addressed to the Resident on the subject of the communication which he was to make to that Chief. I have to express my approval of your instructions to Mr. Osborn. I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) KIMBERLEY. No. 56. The RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY to Gover NOR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. Sin, Downing Street, August 17, 1882. I HAVE to record the following telegraphic correspondence which has passed between us on the subject of the affairs of Zululand. On June the 3rd I acquainted you that Her Majesty’s Government felt strongly the danger of prolonging the uncertainty in Zululand, and the difficulty of justifying the continued detention of Cetywayo, and that whilst they awaited your report they at present perceived no better solution than his restoration, if the Chiefs were willing to acquiesce in his return. . - * No. 51, 91 I requested you to consider how Cetywayo's restoration, if decided on, could be best effected, and whether the employment of any British force would be required for the purpose. I also inquired whether in your opinion it was indispensable that you should visit Zululand before sending your report. . You replied on the 5th that a visit to Zululand was not indispensable for report but would have been useful in solving the question; that if it was thought unadvisable to let question wait until you had visited that country you would begin to report at once, but as you must lay situation of affairs and all the considerations fully before Her Majesty’s Government it would take some time. A too hasty solution would involve fresh trouble. To this I answered on the 6th that I agreed in the inexpediency of too hasty a solution, but that I thought you should report without previously visiting Zululand as you did not consider a visit indispensable. On the 24th of July I informed you that it was important that you should acquaint me by telegraph with the main conclusions which you had arrived at as to the future settlement of Zululand, in order that Her Majesty’s Government might be able to determine on their general line of policy before Parliament separated, and with a view to my communications with Cetywayo, who was expected in England on the 2nd of August. You replied on the 29th of July that the main conclusions of your report were that the existing settlement must be changed, but that it would not be consistent with the obligations we had entered into with the Chiefs appointed by Sir Garnet Wolseley and with the Zulu people, or with the public good faith of this country, or with the interests of Natal or peace of south-eastern Africa, that Cetywayo should be restored to his former position and over the whole of Zululand. To meet, however, his case, his restoration, with proper stipulations, might be effected over one part of Zululand, provided that to meet our obligations to such of the appointed Chiefs and people as might not be willing to return under his rule, locations should be assigned to them in the other part of the country, which should be placed either under British rule for native purposes, or under protectorate. , You added that if this principle were agreed on, details would have to be settled hereafter. On the 31st of July I expressed my satisfaction that you saw your way to the restoration of Cetywayo over part of Zululand, adding that Her Majesty's Government agreed with you that on grounds of good faith locations must be assigned to such of the Chiefs as might not be willing to return under Cetywayo's rule. I requested an explana- tion of what what was meant by protectorate. Her Majesty's Government could not, I said, in any case consent to annexation. Your reply on the 2nd of August was to the effect that you could only see your way to the restoration of Cetywayo over a portion of Zululand, provided the other arrange- ments afforded a sufficient safeguard for other interests. You explained that by the expression “rule” you meant that the portion of the country not placed under Cety wayo should, if the Colony consented, be constituted a special native territory under the rule of the Natal Government, and be administered by a commissioner and magistrates. If the Colony did not consent to this arrangement, you then recommended a protectorate with the exercise of sufficient authority by a commissioner; but the first course you considered would afford the best solution. In acknowledging your telegram of the 2nd instant, I informed you that Her Majesty’s Government were of opinion that you should proceed, with as little delay as possible, to take steps for the settlement of Zululand on the following basis :— (1.) Restoration of Cetywayo over such portion of the country as may be willing to accept his rule. * - (2.) Assignment of convenient territory to such Chiefs as may be unwilling to accept Cety wayo, and are at the same time capable of exercising rule. (3.) Cetywayo to enter into the same engagement, as the present Chiefs, including the reception of a British Resident, and a stipulation that his successors should from time to time be approved by Her Majesty's Government. - I added that Her Majesty’s Government could not consent that any part of Zululand should be constituted British territory, either under the Natal Government or otherwise but that they would not object to such arrangements for the control of Chiefs by a commissioner as you might consider indispensable for the peace and security of that part of the country not placed under the rule of Cetywayo. I further informed you that I proposed to intimate to Cetywayo the possibility of his partial restoration on the conditions above stated, and that I would telegraph to you when the communication had been made to him. ſº M 2 92 In your telegram of the 9th August you observed that the arrangement suggested by me differed from your scheme in points which you held to be vital; that it was impossible to restore Cetywayo to the particular part of the country that might be willing to receive him; the line would have to be fixed arbitrarily. Further, your scheme contemplated his restoration to part of Zululand, if with regard to the other part sufficient safeguards could be provided for all other interests. You expressed your apprehension that this was not provided under the terms of my telegram, and you requested me to await the receipt of your report, as the consequences were too serious and problematical, even if worked out with the greatest care. I explained to you in answer on the 10th instant, that there was no essential difference between our views. I quite understood that your plan implied that (1) the part of the country which was to be restored to Cetywayo would be fixed arbitrarily, although regard would be paid, as far as circumstances would admit, to local feeling; (2) that this partial restoration was to be accompanied by sufficient safeguards for other interests. I said that I did not think it advisable to postpone the communication to Cety wayo and to lose thereby the present opportunity of making an impression on his mind, but that he would only be told that Her Majesty's Government would consider the possibility of his partial restoration, on certain conditions, which I would explain to him generally, leaving all details to be fixed hereafter. I added that of course you would not make any announcement until you heard from me that I had communicated our intentions to Cetywayo, and that I should be anxious to hear when and how you proposed to take steps for initiating the new arrangements. To this you rejoined on the 11th of August that in your opinion it was dangerous to make the announcement till all arrangements were decided : the principles of these arrangements must first be determined. Although you were not in favour of Cetywayo's restoration, you recognised the difficulty as to his future, and would endeavour to arrange his restoration to part of the country in order to meet his case, provided sufficient provision and safeguard were made for other interests in the other part of the country. With regard to this latter part, the principle must be determined of the arrangements for its government and protection. You submitted that in some form the country should be under our direct protection and authority. If this principle was not approved, then your scheme would fall through ; if it were approved, then the details of the plan would have to be worked out with the greatest care and fully considered, which would take some time. - - On the 12th I acknowledged the receipt of your telegram of the 11th, and expressed the regret of Her Majesty's Government that they were unable to agree in your recom- mendation that the announcement to Cety wayo should be postponed. w I referred to my telegram of the 3rd of June, in which I said that we felt strongly the danger of prolonging the uncertainty in Zululand, and the difficulty of justifying the detention of Cety wayo, and that we perceived no better solution than his restoration, and I added that the reports received from you of the state of Zulu affairs had entirely confirmed us in the opinion that delay was dangerous. We had accepted your advice that Cetywayo's restoration should be partial, and that sufficient provision and safeguard should be made for other interests in the other part of the country on the principles laid down by you, but we considered the question of Cetywayo's restoration on certain conditions as settled, and did not think it desirable to incur the risk of further movement in Zululand before our decision was announced. Cetywayo would, therefore, be informed in general terms of our intentions, and an announcement would be made accordingly to Parliament. I received on the 14th of August your telegram of the previous day, stating that you understood my telegram of the 10th to mean a formal announcement by you to the Zulu people, which you did not think it would be advisable to make till all the arrangements had been decided on. The principles of the future scheme having now been determined, you would proceed to frame the arrangements in detail. e I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) KIM BERLEY. No. 57. CETYWAYO to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIM BERLEY. 18, Melbury Road, Kensington, - August 18, 1882. ! I AM writing to you Lord Kimberley to ask why the Zulu people are not received in Natal by Sir T. Shepstone, Was not Zululand handed over to him and its people by 93 my father Mpande : The Zulu people are crying out for him in their hardships. Sir T. Shepstone knows all the affairs of my country, and I want him to receive my people always when they visit Natal, and to convey any word from the Government to them. I want Sir T. Shepstone to take care of me, and to be my mouth in Natal. I always want him to make a choice of a good man for me to be the British Resident in my country, who will be one with Sir T. Shepstone. (Signed) CETYWAYO KA MPANDE. No. 58. GoverNor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. TIE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received August 21, 1882.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, w July 21, 1882. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, copy of a letter I have received from the British Resident covering statements made to him by Uhemlana for Umyamana, Umsungulu for Usivetu, Undabuko, Umsutyuana, and Umgamuli, with regard to their grievances against the appointed Chiefs Uhamu and Usibebu. 2. I have the honour to transmit also copy of a letter I have addressed to the Resident in reply. # - I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Enclosure 1. in No. 58. BRITISH TESIDENT, Zululand, to Sir H. BULwer. SIR, Inhlazatye, Zululand, July 2, 1882. I HAVE the honour to inform your Excellency that on the 28th and 29th of June, there appeared before me here Undabuko in person, Umyamana represented by his induna Uhemlana and his son Tyanibezwe, Umsutywana, Chief of the Umhletshi tribe, living in Usibebu’s territory, and others. They made the statements which I annex hereto. I had hoped to be able to hear also Usibebu and Uhamu in reference to these matters in time to transmit their statements together with those now sent. But a delay having occurred in their appearance or that of their indunas, I deem it advisable not to wait any longer in placing your Excellency in possession of the statements already taken. With regard to the statements now forwarded, I have the honour to submit the following remarks. It is to be borne in mind that Umyamana from the first never recognised the authority of Uhamu, nor would he permit any of his numerous tribe to do so, although they resided in that Chief's territory, and this, notwithstanding that he knew well that by following this course he was acting directly contrary to the terms on which the settlement of Zululand was effected, terms which I often explained to him in my endeavours to bring about a friendly understanding between him and Uhamu. It is to my mind clear that he from the first resolved on a line of action which, in his opinion, would eventually secure for him the grant of a separate territory. To this conduct on his part must, to a large extent if not altogether, be attributed the severe action taken against him by Uhamu who would not tolerate an independent Chief, especially one possessing the influence Umyamana did, in his territory. I do not mention this circumstance, important as it is, as affording excuse for the severe measures adopted by Uhamu, and which I consider to be wrong and oppressive, and in the case of the Abaqulusi, both cruel and unjustifiable. Moreover, Uhamu's own conduct in these matters is in other respects very blameable, for, in order, as I conclude, to excuse his conduct in the eyes of other Zulus, and perhaps with the view of escaping any ossible liabilities that may accrue to him in consequence of these acts, he ventured to assert that the eating up of the large number of Umyamana's kraals, and the subsequent killing of the Abaqulusi, were done on my direct orders to him. Again when he ascer- tained lately that the Usutu were arming, he called up his men as an impi and sent to inform Umyamana that he had been ordered by me to arm; and to give the colour cf truth to his statement he gave the name of Umhlewafa (a Natal native) as the messenger by whom my order was conveyed to him. M 3 94 Umyamana says that at the conclusion of the war he and those who were under his care were told to return to and resume occupation of their homes in which they would not be molested by the appointed Chiefs; he, however, omits to mention the condition attached to this permission, with which he was and is well acquainted, viz., that all who lived in any territory had to recognise the authority of the Chief of that territory. It was the wilful disregard of this condition by Umyamana that led Uhamu to act as he has done towards him. The action of Usibebu towards Undabuko, Usivetu, and their followers, among whom Umsutyuana and the people of his tribe must be classed, is attributable to the same cause, viz., the refusing to acknowledge the appointed Chief's authority. In the like manner the Abaqulusi also refused to recognise Uhamu as Chief, although they lived in his territory. They, too, belonged to and formed part of Undabuko's party. As to the complaint that Undabuko and Usivetu had no place last year to occupy and cultivate upon, and that the same difficulty still exists, it must be remembered that General Wood arranged with Chief John Dunn for a suitable place for them in his territory, an arrangement which they would not avail themselves of The statement that Usibebu deprived his brothers of their land, &c., is met by that Chief with the counter statement that they had joined the Usutu party with whom they were actively conspiring against him, and that he therefore ordered some of them to leave his territory, and that the others left of their own accord. He charged them with having taken part last year with Usutu when the latter armed with the view of attacking him. He also charged them with having sent away out of his territory and appropriated a large number of cattle belonging to him, with the care of which they had been entrusted. When they left him they went straight to Usutu with whom they have remained until now, and by whose leaders their cause is now advocated. Umyamana's assertions that the land occupied by him and his people belonged to him, and that he therefore disputes Uhamu's right to it, &c.; that he will remain upon the land, and asking that he may not be molested ; and his further statement that the trouble in the country arises from the circumstance of land having been ceded to the appointed Chiefs, which belonged to other Chiefs, amount, it appears to me, to a very serious statement meriting your Excellency’s special attention, as he clearly indicates his intention to break through the terms of the settlement of Zululand. The statement made on behalf of Usivetu amounts to a request, which, however, looks more like a demand, that he and the others (including Undabuko) should be allowed to re-occupy forthwith the land from which they were removed last year by Usibebu and Uhamu, and that the cattle and other property taken from them be restored. - This application, so far as it refers to their return to the land, which is indeed the main object sought to be attained, has also a direct bearing on the terms of the settlement in that Usivetu and Undabuko desire to live there with their followers independent of the appointed Chiefs Usibebu and Uhamu, within whose territories the land is situated on the Suuna. - Undabuko in his statement also complains of having been turned off the land formerly occupied by him and Usivetu, and desires to be allowed to return to it with their immediate followers in time to put in crops next spring. The difficulty in reference to this exists in the fact that Undabuko wants to reside there independent of the appointed Chief, and that he will undoubtedly claim supreme authority over all Zulus belonging to º party, not only within Usibebu’s territory, but also in the territories of other 162][S. He says that the difficulties in the country are caused by the arrangements provided in the settlement; that in his opinion the terms on which Zululand was settled are not good, and that disturbances will continue to occur so long as the terms of the settlement remain as they are. I have to state in reference to this that the Chiefs who were not appointed to terri- tories do feel dissatisfied with the arrangement by which they were placed in the position of subjects to others, who, some of them say, did not conquer them and could not conquer them, and who are in some instances not superior to them in rank or power. There are cases in which such Chiefs have up to the present time persistently refused to recognise the Chief appointed under the settlement. It is this refusal of recognition on the part of Umyamana and Undabuko, which originated the acts of the Chiefs against them, which they adduce as the cause of the present disturbed state of the country brought about by them. * * With regard to the late acts of violence by Usibebu against Umbopa, alleged by Undabuko, I regret to say that I am not yet in possession of the particulars of this case. 95 I have sent for a headman of Umbopa's tribe to come to me and state the circumstances for your Excellency's information. I, shall presently offer some remarks on the case of Umsutyuana (mentioned by Undabuko), he having made his own statement. Undabuko's definition of the lands formerly belonging to him is, it appears to me, lºve of his intention to claim, probably at once, his former position in regard to them. - With reference to the case of Umsutyuana, it is another instance of the results of refusing to recognise the appointed Chief. Umsutyuana and his tribe, which includes Umcamule and his followers, belong to the Usutu party, who acknowledge Undabuko only as their head. Usibebu informed me, in reference to the seizures from them last year, that he was obliged to punish the tribe for having ventured to arm and openly join the Usutu in an attempt which was then made by that party to overthrow him by force of arms, and for other disloyal conduct. He added that the extent of the punishment inflicted was grossly exaggerated by the complainants, as he could prove. With reference to the alleged late expulsion from their homes of Umsutyuana and his tribe, in which are included the headman Umcamule and his people, I had already informed Usibebu that if the report thereof which had reached me indirectly was true, it seemed to me that a great hardship was suddenly inflicted on a number of families. I advised him to allow them to return to their homesteads and remain there unmolested if only until such time as other arrangements could be made, should it be found necessary to make any. To this no reply has reached me from Usibebu and I am therefore again in communication with him on the subject. I have also sent messengers to see for me the kraals of both Umsutyuana's and Umcamule's people said to have been despoiled by Usibebu and to ascertain the approximate extent of damage done to each. I have, &c. His Excellency Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., (Signed) M. OsBORN, Her Majesty's Special Commissioner, British Resident, Zululand. &c. &c. &c. LIST OF ANNEXURES. STATEMENTs of - UHEMLANA for UMYAMANA. UMSUNGULU for USIWETU. UNDABUKO. UMSUTYUANA. UMGAMULE. July 2, 1882. Inhlazatye, Zululand, Wednesday, June 28, 1882. APPEAR Undabuko accompanied by Umsutyuana-ka-mfuzi, Chief of the Umhletshe tribe, Umgamule-ka-nzobu, Umtyupane, Uhemlana, Induna, of Umyamana, Mankengeza, Utzanibezwe, son of Umyamama, Uhlamba, Ufogoti-ka-mapita, Umzungulu-ka-mnarwa, who appears for Usivetu and Ubunda. Undabuko states:— We have come to you, the Resident, as we said we should do, to state our grievances for the Governor’s information. The Resident says:—I am glad to see you, and I am ready to hear anything you wish me to bring to the knowledge of the Governor. Undabuko says:— Uhemlana will begin. Uhemlana states :- I am sent by Umyamana to speak for him, and to say that since the time of the war he has had the care of the King’s (Umpande's) children when the war was over; the white Chiefs said Umyamana and those he had care of and his people were to continue to occupy their lands, and that the appointed Chiefs were not to disturb them on the land. Notwithstanding this, the Chiefs soon after the settlement seized Umyamana's cattle and the cattle of the ex-King's brothers. They said they did this on the order of the Resident. After this General Wood came here to speak about our cattle. He said the ex-King's M 4 96 brothers were to remove into John Dunn's territory. Very soon after he left the Chiefs IJsibebu and Uhamu had their cattle seized, took away or destroyed their grain, causing also loss of life. Umyamana then came with them, Undabuko and Usivetu, to the Resident as they had been driven away with the assegai. Soon after this the Resident went to Natal and on his return he sent messengers to Uhamu to advise him to hand over to Umyamana the cattle awarded to him by Lukuni (General Wood). Uhamu, replied that he would not comply, as he had seized Umyamana's cattle on the Resident's order, and he requested the Resident to send him the messengers by whom he ordered him to make the seizures. Umyamana says further that Uhamu attacked and killed the Abaqulusi in the presence of the Resident who had gone to the spot to prevent his doing so. The Abaqulusi was the tribe who also had charge of Umpande's sons remaining in the land. After this the sons of Umpande (Undabuko and Usivetu) wished to go to Pietermaritz- burg to see the “Makosi.” there to “Konza” as they belong to them, and to state their grievances. They asked the Resident for leave to go, shortly upon which he himself started for Maritzburg. They then followed him, thinking, as they would find him there, he would obtain for them access to the Governor, but Umyamana has since learnt that the Resident met them twice outside the town and refused to allow them to see the Governor. Of this Umyamana complains. On their return they had no place to go to, as Uhamu had seized Umyamana's one kraal called the Mavageni. Soon upon this Uhamu commenced to assemble his “impi,” and sent a message to Ubangambi to be by him forwarded to Umyamana as follows:—“You must not be alarmed at my calling “ up my impi, I am doing so on the Resident's order, which he sent by Umhliwafa. I am “ only acting on his order as I did when I seized your cattle. He has sent a letter to “ Pietermaritzburg to the Makosi who are bringing a steamer which will at once kill the “ appointed Chiefs. I am therefore getting my impi together, and because I see the “ Usutu are rising throughout the country, and I am afraid of them.” Umyamana sent to report this to the Resident, at same time he sent to ask Uhamu if those words were sent b him. Uhamu replied that he did send them, and he was glad that Umyamana had made the inquiry; that he was only sorry that Umyamana did not so arrange that they could send to- gether to the Resident, as he could see that the Residentis trying to set them against each other to destroy them. After this, some messengers came from Uhamu ; they repeated to Umyamana the statement about the message said to have been received by Umhliwafa adding this time that two of Uhamu's own messengers were present when the Resident gave his order to Umhliwafa. The statement made by these messengers did not appear clear to Umyamana. Umyamana says that the Resident is already aware of the oppression suffered by the sons of Umpande, the children of Chaka, who was the friend of the English Chiefs, and who belonged to them. These children belonged to the English Chiefs. Must they continue to suffer P The season before last they were driven about and could not cultivate any crops, and again last season when they were driven away from their homes. Their cattle have been seized. What are they to do 2 Are they again not to be permitted to cultivate at the ensuing season which is near at hand P The land they were driven from was not required for any purpose, it is still lying Vacant. Umyamana says he was glad to hear from the Resident that the Governor who is now in Pietermaritzburg has been appointed by the Queen to look after the affairs of the Zulu people, and he is thankful. The Governor should take the house of “Jama”, into his hands, and put it right. All the people who were collected together at Umyamana's have gone to their homes as they have been told to do. Their homes are in different parts of the country. Umyamana, says also that Usibebu has unjustly taken away the land occupied by his brothers, which land was given to them by their father the late Chief Mapita. He took the land from Hayiyana, Fogoti, Makoba, and from Mahu; the latter got his land from the King. He drove them from the land, and confiscated all their cattle and grain, also picks and utensils; what they could not carry away they destroyed. - tºum says that the land now occupied by him and his people belonged to him and not to others. Uhamu had land for his occupation, and so had Tshingwayo and Umfanawendhlela, and others. Why is the land which belongs to Umyamana to be taken by others, it never belonged to them, and they have no right to it. When the settlement was made at the conclusion of the war,. Umyamana was told by the “Makosi.” that he was to continue to reside on his land. What did that mean, why should others now eat him up P. He will remain on his land, and asks that he may not be molested. Umyamana says that when he gave up last year the number of cattle seized from him and his people by Uhamu he was not in full possession of the actual number seized 97 from his Mavageni kraal. The number taken away from there by Uhamu he has since ascertained to be 217 head. On the occasion of this seizure 14 men belonging to Umyamana were killed by Uhamu's impi. - This occurred immediately on Uhamu's return to Zululand at conclusion of the war and was reported to the General at Sitshwili, who said the matter would be inquired into. All the trouble in the country arises from the circumstance that the white “makose ’’ gave to some Chiefs the lands which originally belonged to others, who were thus placed in a wrong position. Umsungulu states :- - I appear for Usivetu, who through indisposition cannot be personally present, Usivetu says the Resident knows the trouble they are in, he knows that last year they could not cultivate ; and as the present season is advancing, they ask if they are again to have no ground to cultivate. The people and their families are scattering for want of a place to cultivate and to live upon. He and all who were together at Umyamana's have obeyed the Resident and returned to their kraals. Now he expects that the Resident will at once take a definite action in reference to their complaints, and he asks that they and their people be restored to the land from which they were driven last year, and that the cattle, corn, and picks taken from them be also restored. He thought that the Resident would call all parties together and hear the case with the view of its impmediate settlement. Undabuko says: — We complain about our land, from which we have been driven; our cattle, grain, and the other property taken from us. We see that the planting season is near by, and we have no place to occupy and plant. We, with our people and their families, have all this time been living with others. We cannot do so much longer, and if we are not to cultivate next season, I know not where we shall go. The short crops of last season will prevent others from continuing to keep us. The difficulties that have arisen in the country are caused by the arrangements made by the English “Makosi,” who gave the land of some Chiefs and tribes to other Chiefs. The law you then made about the land was not a good one, and so long as it lasts, so long will there be disturbances. Those who received the land have taken to eating up those on it to whom it originally belonged. When the war ceased we were told to return to our homes, and that we should remain unmolested. We had scarcely been there when we found that our shelter contained a Mamba, and from that time till now we have been persecuted and deprived of our property. We wanted to remain quiet, and while doing so we were oppressed and driven away. Usibebu was not satisfied with appropriating large numbers of ex-King's cattle ; he also wanted ours and took them, also our grain, picks, &c. Usibebu had nothing of his own ; all the cattle he possessed, he and his father received from the King, and these cattle I claim. Why does he oppress us when we have done nothing wrong against him. Usibebu lately sent his impi against Umbopa. The impi first set fire to and burnt 23 kraals, and there were three old women burnt to death in the huts on that occasion. Of Umsutyuana, Chief of the Umhletshe tribe, and of Umgamule, 12 kraals were sacked by the impi, in addition to which there are a great many kraals belonging to Umsutyuana’s people that were sacked, and in some cases burnt down. I asked the Resident to speak to Usibebu to allow these people to return to their homesteads, as they have nowhere to go to, and the planting season is at hand. Most of the land given by the English “Makosi.” to Usibebu belonged to me, and this was not all ; some of my land extended into districts given to other appointed Chiefs. It also extended considerably beyond Usibebu’s territory (to the north-east) where the Matonga are living, and included the country in occupation of Sambane's people. Usibebu is like a dog that has climbed on to the roof of a hut, and should therefore have his ears clipped. Inhlazatye, Zululand, June 29, 1882. Umsutyuana, Chief of the Umhletshi tribe in Usibebu’s territory, states :— - I come to state my complaints against Usibebu, who has oppressed me and my tribe, which is a large one, for a long time past, and is continuing to do so. Last year I informed the Resident that Usibebu had eaten up my tribe, taking away all our cattle. I could not then give the number taken because the tribe was so large and lived on R 4012. N 98 such an extensive tract that I could not ascertain it without calling the people together which I would not do out of fear of offending Usibebu. I have not yet ascertained the number of cattle taken from us on that occasion, but I have now sent some men to find out; ſ believe that over a thousand head were taken. This seizure was made because we were charged with having aided Sitimela in the rebellion he got up against Umlandela, which charge I and my people denied. Previous to this seizure Usibebu charged us with secreting royal cattle, which charge we also denied, but notwithstanding which he seized and took from us 320 head of cattle as a punishment. The royal cattle that were kept in our tribe were collected by John Dunn immediately after close of the war. The cattle so collected numbered 140 head, and were taken away by John Dunn, two head remained with my brother Umiti as his due for having taken care of the cattle. It was the custom that those who had care of King’s cattle were to retain their reward when such cattle were removed. It was on account of these two head of cattle having been found in my brother's possession that Usibebu made the seizure of 320 head from us. After this Usibebu said he had heard that I had been to the Resident with Undabuko, and that I had spoken against him. I admitted that I had been to the Resident, but denied that I had spoken a single word to him. I said I never opened my mouth. As he however seemed displeased, I sent him an ox to appease him. He was however not satisfied with this and demanded more cattle from me as “isivumu ’’ (recognition), failing my compliance I was to leave his territory with my people. He also accused me of having visited Umkosana on his return from Cetywayo at the Cape. I admitted having been to see Umkosana, but denied that in doing so I had erred. To satisfy Usibebu I and my people had to pay him thirty-six head of cattle as “isivumu.” We were left to remain quiet after this until the question in regard to Sitimela occurred, when Usibebu siezed our cattle as I have already described; since then nothing occurred, and we remained at our kraals until Cetywayo's brothers went to Pietermaritzburg about a couple of months ago. I sent men with them to represent me in the prayer for Cetywayo's restoration. For having sent these men Usibebu was angry and ordered me and my whole tribe to leave his territory at once. A few days after this order was given, one of Usibebu's own brothers came to me late in the evening and warned me and my people to leave our kraals at once as Usibebu’s impi was coming to surround us. On getting this information we slept in the open that and three following nights, fearing attack. During the third night, Usibebu's impi did come and surrounded my kraal, and finding no people in the kraal the men of the impi destroyed all the grain and loose property they could find. The impi visited the other kraals of the headmen and people of my tribe and did the same to every one, in some instances pulling off the thatch of the huts. They destroyed everything they found which they could not carry away, even the pumpkins they chopped to pieces. I do not know how many of the kraals were thus visited and plundered, but I have myself seen some twenty. . Of these four have been and are now occupied by Usibebu's people. Two of the four kraals were my own, the other two belonged to Umgamuli. Our people got gradually pushed lower down as the impi ap- proached until they took refuge in an uninhabited part of Somkeli’s territory where they and all our families have encamped in the thorns (mimosa bush), and where they are still encamped. They have no huts there to go into and their cattle and corn have been seized from us, we do not know where to get food from for our families. My father was a great Chief under the Zulu kings, and when he died I succeeded him over our large tribe. I did not object to Usibebu being Chief over me as the English said he was to be so. But Usibebu has no greater rank in the nation than I have, nor is he stronger than I am, I could have resisted him with success when he oppressed me, and I can do so still, but I refrain because he had been appointed by the English. I and my tribe now have suffered so much oppression from him, that I will never acknowledge him again. I will only acknowledge the English, and as you are put here by the English Chiefs I will only acknowledge you as my Chief, and as having authority over me and my tribe. I will not acknowledge any other. I and my tribe always belonged to the King only, and the land on which we lived was ours. We did nothing to Usibebu to merit being treated in the manner described. I ask the Resident to send men to the spot to see whether or not what I have stated is true. I ask to be allowed to return with my people to our homes from which Usibebu has driven us, and that all our property, the cattle, grain, &c., which were unjustly taken from us by Usibebu, be restored to us by him. ... I did nothing wrong to Usibebu and gave him no cause whatever to treat us as he has done. I restrained my people from offering any resistance when our cattle were seized and the other acts of violence perpetrated against us. I did this because I was afraid of you (the Resident), as I might be blamed for any fighting and loss of life that might occur. 99 In answer to the Resident. I did not come to report to you these things immediately on their occurrence as I was afraid of Usibebu. Whenever anyone has been to report anything to you the Chiefs eat them up. I, however, come to you now, which is as soon as I could ; I had first to see to the safety of the people of my tribe and my own family, I have come now and told you all the circumstances. It is possible that some cattle belonging to Usibebu’s people which were at our kraals (ukusisa) were driven off by my people together with their own when they fled on the approach of Usibebu's parties. I am aware that Unomecobo's sons who belong to me, seized four or five sheep belonging to Usibebu’s people from Mahlozi's kraal to compen- sate themselves for seizures previously made from them. I do not know of any kraals belonging to Usibebu’s people burnt by our people. Inhlazatye, Zululand, June 29, 1882. TJMGAMULE states:— I reside under the Chief Umsutyuana, in Usibebu’s territory. I was under Cetywayo a principal induna (a so Bazweni) of the Usutu. - Last year Usibebu demanded from me “isivumu ’’ (a payment as tribute or recog- nition). He said the land we lived on belonged to him now, and we must pay him for using it. I and my people paid over to him as “isivumu ’20 head of cattle, four goats, and two half-crowns in cash. Shortly after this I noticed that Usibebu was not friendly towards me, and on asking him, he said it was because I had gone to Undabuko when the latter sent for me a little time previous. I told him to remember that I was the induna who had special charge of them and their house, if he did not wish me to have anything to do with them he should release me from them and let it be known that I have no more to look after them. He replied that he had nothing to do with this. I then saw that he was still angry, but said no more, and returned to my home where I remained quietly. A while after this Usibebu went to Natal, and on his return I, as well as others, went to greet him. Umsutyuana and I took him each a beast to welcome him with. After this, the Resident held an inquiry into the complaints of Undabuko against Usibebu. Undabuko asked us to come with him, but both Umsutyuana and myself refused to do so, and did not come as we were living on Usibebu’s land, and we did not wish to complain against him. When Usibebu returned from the inquiry he expressed himself very angry with us both, saying he had discovered that we were in league with Undabuko against him. After that Umkosana returned from the Cape, where he had been staying with Cetywayo. I sent messengers to him and a present of one head of cattle. Upon this Usibebu seized my cattle, and that of my people. He took 510 head of cattle and 400 goats. He said he made this seizure (1) because I had joined Sitimela in his rebellion against Umlandela, a charge which I totally denied ; (2) because I had com- municated with Umkosana, which was true; and (3) because I had been to the Resident and talked against him, Usibebu. I denied this latter charge also, and claimed a reference to the Resident. When shortly afterwards Usibebu came to the Resident I came with him, and it then transpired that I had spoken the truth and had not been to the Resident at all. I then claimed my cattle back from Usibebu, but he returned me only 11 head, the rest he retained because he said I went about backwards and forwards too much. I did not report to the Resident that Usibebu had seized these cattle from me and my people, as I thought he would yet return them to us if I refrained from complaining. This, however, he has not done. When the people went to Pietermaritzburg with Undabuko lately I sent men to represent me. Usibebu sent to inquire why I did this; I answered, the people are all crying out about their cattle which you seized from them, and I told you before they would continue to cry and complain. With this answer I sent also my own men to Usibebu. He replied that he had already once hit me a blow and created a sore on me, if I choose to rub and irritate that sore and carry it to the “Makosi.” (Government) as evidence against him, I may do so, but he would strike me again on the same spot and bruise the sore. He further said that Umsutyuana and I were drinking out of the same dish, thinking ourselves great men, but as we are doing these things he now ordered us to remove out of his territory immediately. We remained at our kraals, and shortly afterwards a brother of Usibebu came and warned us that Usibebu’s impi would be at our kraals on that day to turn us out. We do not like to mention the name of this brother N 2 100 of Usibebu's, as we fear that Usibebu will punish him severely should it come to his €8.I.S. We then left our kraals sleeping in the busa every night. On the third day the impi came and plundered or destroyed all our corn or loose property. This they did at Umsutyuana’s own kraals and at my own and also at the kraals of our people. We all fled downwards and got into Somkei's territory where the families are at present camped in the Mimosa bush having no shelter but the screens, &c. they have been able to make out of branches and grass. Our men come up occasionally to the immediate neighbourhood of their homesteads from which we have been driven and remain about in the Dongas and bushes to watch for chances to recover some corn or other property. We wish to return to our homesteads; we have no other place to go to, and I ask you, the Resident, to order Usibebu to allow us to re-occupy our kraals and to restore to us our property. We have done nothing to merit all this treatment from Usibebu. We say he was not made Chief to oppress us the people living on the land given to him. The country was conquered by the English and we therefore belong to them. We come to you who has been placed here by the English. Three kraals belonging to Makedama were burnt by Usibebu’s men. I do not know whether any of Usibebu's kraals were burnt by our men, none were burnt when we left to come here to report these things. We do not know whether John Colenbrander's store was burnt down, the store was situated at Umpopas and not where we live. Enclosure 2 in No. 58. Sir H. BULWER to BRITISH RESIDENT, Zululand. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, July 21, 1882. I HAVE had under consideration your Despatch of the 2nd instant, together with its enclosures. There is nothing, so far as I can see, in the statements which you have forwarded to me that furnishes an explanation of Umdabuko's proceedings in taking up arms. He has not apparently attempted to explain it. e With regard to the complaints made by Undabuko and Usiwetu and their application to be restored to the land they occupied in Usibebu’s territory, I do not think that any arrangement of this kind can, under the circumstances, be furthered at the present time, though it may eventually be found possible to make one, but I am of opinion that it would be very desirable you should make an arrangement with Umfanawendhlela, in whose territory, I understand, the two brothers have been living, by means of which they and their immediate followers may have ground sufficient for the purposes of planting during the approaching season. I make this suggestion for your consideration, but should there appear any difficulty in the way of carrying it out, I shall be prepared to consider any suggestion that you may yourself make. With regard to the complaints made by Umsutyana and Umgamule, I think the punishments inflicted by Usibebu, if the statements by these two complainants are correct, have been not only severe, but pushed to an extremity, and I consider you should lose no time in communicating with Usibebu on this matter with the view of enabling these people to return to their kraals, and there remain undisturbed. I am disposed to think also that your efforts should be exerted to the same ends in favour of Umbopa, Haviyana, Fogoti, Makoba, and Mako, but I have not sufficient information regarding the cases of these five persons, and I can only indicate the general nature of the action I would wish you to take, should you concur with it. I have already communicated to you, with respect to Umyamana's position towards Uhamu, my desire that you should spare no pains to procure from Uhamu the restoration of the kraals which he lately seized from Umyamana, and that you should exert your influence to prevent any further act of aggression by Uhamu. You have doubtless informed Umyamana that I shall be quite prepared to see him as soon as circumstances will allow of my doing so, when I trust to make such arrange- ments as may prevent a recurrence of the disputes between him and Uhamu. * I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, Special Commissioner. 101 No. 59. Gover Nor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. . (Received August 21, 1882.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, July 22, 1882. I HAVE the honour to forward, for your Lordship's information, a memorandum from the British Resident covering statements made to him by Putini and three other messengers from Chief John Dunn, in reference to a Natal native named Fanegana who was brought by them as a prisoner before him. 2. This man, whose real name I understand is Faneyana, is a native of Natal, who has been living in the territory of Chief Dunn. It appears that Chief Dunn lately discovered him endeavouring to stir up the people in his territory against his authority. The Chief Mavumengwana stated that Faneyana had sent to him to say that he had some words to deliver to him ; and in the presence of Mavumengwana, of Chief John Dunn, and of many others, Faneyana admitted that this was true, and that he wanted to give Mavumengwana a message from the Bishop of Natal. The message was to thank Mavumengwana for having sent a representative with the other people on their visit to Pietermaritzburg, and that the Bishop of Natal saw now that Mavumengwana joined with him in complaining. - 3. Chief John Dunn thereupon sent Faneyana in custody of some of his men to the British Resident. When before the Resident, Faneyana denied that he had been sent by the Bishop with any message, and moreover denied that he had admitted having said so a few days before. 4. There can be no doubt that the man has been frequently at Bishopstowe; but whether he was ever sent by the Bishop of Natal with this message is best known to the Bishop. - I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Enclosure in No. 59. BRITISH RESIDENT in Zululand to Sir H. BULwer. HIS ExcELLENCY, I FORWARD for your Excellency’s information the accompanying statements made by Putini and three other messengers from Chief John Dunn in reference to a Natal native named Fanegana who they brought as a prisoner to me. I directed the messengers to take Fanegana back to Chief Dunn, to be by him dealt with according to law and the provisions of Art. 10 of the Terms of Settlement of Zulu- land, should the Chief consider that he has committed a punishable offence. (Signed) M. Osborn, Zululand, July 7, 1882. British Resident. inhlazatye, Zululand, June 12, 1882. IN the presence of Fanegana, who states he is a native British subject residing under the Chief Musi in Natal, Putini, cautioned to speak the truth, states:— - My Chief is John Dunn, and I and three others, viz., Umblva, Uzungeza, and Umlomowezilu, now present, were sent by him about eight days ago to escort and bring the prisoner Fanegana to the Resident. Fanegana was apprehended by order of Chief N 3 102 John Dunn in his territory on the charge of stirring up the people in his territory against his authority, representing that he was sent by Sobantu (the Bishop of Natal) to do so. Chief John Dunn, before sending us with Fanegana to the Resident, held an inquiry into the matters with which he was charged. I and the three men with me above named attended the inquiry, which took place the day before we started to come here. The Chief Mavumengwana who lives in John Dunn's territory was also present at the inquiry. I heard Mavumengwana tell Chief John Dunn that he had received a message from Fanegana requesting him to come back to his kraal, as he (Fanegana) had some words to deliver to him. That he is to leave his “Bandhla " who were with him at Chief Dunn’s, and come alone; that he must not tell anyone that he is called by him, Fanegana, as should it come to be known, he, Fanegana, would be punished by Chief Dunn and also in Natal. Mavumengwana added that the messenger who brought this message said also that Fanegana suggested that Mavumengwana should tell Chief Dunn that his mother's illness necessitated his sudden return to the kraal, as an excuse for his doing so. This was said by Mavumengwana in the presence and hearing of Fanegana who was present at the inquiry. Chief Dunn then asked Fanegana what he had to say about this. Fanegana answered that he had nothing to say, as it was true he did send the message to Mavumengwana. He wanted to give him a message from the Bishop of Natal. The Bishop had sent him to say that he thanked him for having sent a representative with the other people on their visit to Maritzburg; he, Sobantu, sees now that he joins with him in complaining. Chief Dunn told him then that Sobantu stated that he does not send messages to people here. To this Fanegana replied: “How can this be. How do your Chiefs rule 2 “ Sobantu, a Chief on the cther side of the boundary, sends messages into Zululand, and “ you, a Chief here, say that he denies sending any.” He said Sobantu fold him to give the words stated to Mavumengwana. It was his intention when he had done this to go on to Umyamana to deliver a horse belonging to Tyanibezwe, Umyamana's son, bought from a “Kolwa ” in Natal. We have not seen the horse, nor do I know if what he says about it is true. I heard Fanegana say at the inquiry that he was once sent into Zululand by Mr. Offy Shepstone to tell Unconcwana and others to make haste on their way to Maritzburg from whence they were to go on to Cape Town to stay with Cetywayo. While on our way to the Resident, Fanegana said Undabuko will be very sorry to hear that he has been apprehended, as he is expecting him. I have nothing more to say. The foregoing statement having been made in the presence of Umhlwa, Uzungeza, and Umlomiwezilu, they state that the words spoken by Putini are true and correct, that the words given by him as spoken by Fanegana were by the latter uttered in their hearing, and that the words stated by Putini to have been spoken by Mavumengwana to Chief Dunn were spoken by him also in their hearing. Fanegana being asked if he wished to say anything in reference to the foregoing statement, states: I deny that I was sent at any time into Zululand by Sobantu. I deny that I admitted at Chief Dunn's inquiry that I had been sent by Sobantu with the message to Mavumengwana. I say I was not sent by Sobantu with any message, neither did I tell anyone that I was sent by him. Sobantu gave me no words to deliver to Mavumengwana. It is not true that I said he sent such words by me. I came into Zululand to bring U'Tyanibezwe's horse to him; that is the only business I came about. I was once sent by Mr. Offy Shepstone to Zululand to hurry on Unconcwana and others who were going to Cape Town to remain with Cetywayo. This was a long time ago. It is the only time he sent me to Zululand. 103 No. 60. Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. The EARL jF KIMBERLEY. (Received August 21, 1882.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, MY LORD, July 24, 1882. I HAVE just received, three hours before the closing of the mail, a letter from the Bishop of Natal. I am afraid I shall not have time before the mail goes to read the letter myself, and certainly I shall have no time to make any remarks upon it. But as the Bishop sends a copy of it, no doubt for transmission to your Lordship, f lº .delay to forward it. - - have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, - Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure in No. 60. SIR, Bishopstowe, July 22, 1882. IN your Excellency's Despatch to the Earl of Kimberley of May 12th, 1882, which appears in the New Blue Book (3247, pp. 85, 86), the following words occur :— “The interview (between Chief Dunn and his people in the presence of your Excellency) took place on Tuesday the 2nd instant, and on Wednesday a meeting of the principal Zulus, at which Dabulamanzi was present, took place at Bishopstowe. On Thursday morning Dabulamanzi came in with his answer, and, though that answer was a rejection of my advice, it is of course quite possible that it may have been decided upon without any reference to the Wednesday meeting. On the same day there was another meeting of Zulus at Bishopstowe, and on Saturday the party began to break up.” Your Excellency will permit me to say, with respect to the statement which I have underlined above, that you have been misinformed. No “meeting of the principal Zulus, “at which Dabulam.nzi was present,” nor any meeting whatever took place at Bishopstowe on May 3rd. The Princes, indeed, had arranged to come over to Bishopstowe on Ma 3rd from the places where they slept in order to be photographed, all except Dabula- manzi, who meant to go in again with his party that day, with the answer they were to bring to your Excellency. But May 3rd happened to be a very wet day, and the Princes sent to say that they would not come, while Dabulamanzi, &c., sent to the Secretar for Native Affairs to excuse their not going to him on account of the rain. When the photographer (Mr. Ferneyhough) drove up, there was no Zulu here, and all we could do to find employment for him and a friend who came with him was to send for Mfunzi and Mahubulwana, who were lodging about a mile off with my catechist, Jonathan, a connexion of Mfunzi, and who came over at once and were photographed. It was arranged, however, that the photographer should come out again the next day (Thursday), when the Princes should come over with some of their followers to be photo- graphed, which accordingly was done, and this was the “meeting” on Thursday of which your Excellency speaks in the above extract. On that day, however, I was absent in town when they arrived, and when I got home the photographer and most of the Zulus were gone, so that I saw very little of them. Dabulamanzi and his party went in that day (Thursday) to the Secretary for Native Affairs, and delivered to him their answer to your Excellency’s advice on Tuesday, viz., that he and all the other Chiefs and headmen with him should go back and submit themselves loyally to Chief Dunn, which in presence of your Excellency, I understand, they had on Tuesday positively refused to do, and, when told to go and consider the matter and then bring their answer, they had said that there was no use in “considering,” “ they would not have John Dunn to rule over them.” N 4 l()4 There is the more reason for my wishing to be allowed to correct the above mistake, as to the supposed meeting at Bishopstowe on Wednesday of “the principal Zulus, at which Dabulamanzi was present,” inasmuch as your Excellency goes on to say— “On Thursday morning, Dabulamanzi came in with his answer, and, though that “ answer was a rejection of my advice, it is, of course, quite possible it may have been “ decided upon without any reference to the Wednesday meeting.” Words which imply, as I understand them, that though the fact of their rejecting your Excellency’s advice sug- gested that they may have been advised to do so, at that Wednesday meeting at Bishop- stowe, by myself, I presume, or some member of my family, or, at all events, that they did so with my cognisance, yet it was “quite possible” that this was not the case. Not only on my own account, but in order that your Excellency and the Secretary of State may be able to judge fairly of the acts of the Zulus, it is necessary for me to say that there is not a shadow of foundation for such a suspicion. Your Excellency further says in this Despatch that, after Undabuko and Usivetu had promised to go back at once to Zululand, “as a matter of fact, they and the whole party “ delayed going for eight or ten days after this,” and you explain the delay by saying that “they did not come into Natal for the purpose of seeing the Government,” though your Excellency adds— “It is quite possible that among the causes which detained them was my decision to see Dabulamanzi and the people from Chief J. Dunn's territory, together with J. Dunn himself; and Undabuko and the other brothers might naturally desire to hear the result of that interview.” From facts of which I am personally cognisant, or which I have ascertained from the Zulus themselves, I have no doubt that their only reason for stopping, after they had promised to go, was the fact of your Excelleney having summoned Chief Dunn's people to meet him at Government, House; as, independently of their desire to know what had passed at so important an interview before they went home, they would not, of course, think of leaving behind, under the circumstances, a large section of their body, and they would naturally suppose that the stringency of the original order to go back at once was ipso facto relaxed, when a new order was issued for all Chief Dunn's people to meet him In Maritzburg on Monday, so as to allow them all to go back together, it might be on Tuesday. - Next day they sent in Mfunzi and Giziba to say that they were quite willing to obey the order to go to the Resident at the Inhlazatye, “only we must go back with the “ Resident; we cannot leave him down here, and go up to up attacked, without anyone “ to bear witness for us.”; that is to say, they expected to be attacked on their return by Usibebu, Uhamu, and Chief Dunn, and were determined to defend one another, and had no fear of the result, “all Zululand,” as they stated, being with them in praying for the restoration of Cetywayo; but they wished that the Resident should be on the spot and “bear witness for them " that they were not the first to attack, and perhaps his presence might prevent such fighting altogether. Next day (Friday April 28th) they sent Mfunzi to the Resident, who sent him on to the Secretary for Native Affairs, by whom they were ordered again to go at once, without waiting for the Resident’s going. On Saturday they sent to inform me that they were ordered to go back, and would come to-morrow and take leave and start at once for Zululand. But next day (Sunday April 30) they came to say that Dabulamanzi and the rest of Chief Dunn’s people had been sent for to meet Chief Dunn, and they would not start till this matter was over. On Monday all Chief Dunn's people went in, a large crowd, and were told by the Secretary for Native Affairs that “he wished to see only the principal men; the others “were to go back, and 21 Chiefs and headmen whom he named were to come in to-morrow.” On Tuesday these Chiefs and headmen had a very important interview with Chief Dunn in the presence of your Excellency, in the course of which much was said, showing the state of things in Chief Dunn's territory, where almost all the Chiefs and headmen represented by those present repudiated his authority, though no report of this appears in the Blue Book, only the brief notice that “the interview took place on Tuesday.” On Wednesday, as I have said, Dabulamanzi, &c., sent in messengers to make their excuses on account of the rain, who were told by the Secretary for Native Affairs that the Chiefs and headmen were to come in to-morrow. On Thursday they went in, as ordered, and gave their answer to your Excellency’s advice, repeating with one voice their previous declaration, “we will not have John Dunn 105 to rule over us.” And on the same day the other four Princes came to Bishopstowe to be photographed. - On Friday the Princes sent to ask the Secretary for Native Affairs if they might not be allowed to go in and take leave of the authorities, but were refused, and were ordered to start without fail on Monday morning. - - On Saturday “the party began to break up.” But Dabulamanzi, having been received by your Excellency and the Secretary for Native Affairs, and allowed rations for himself and party, thought it his duty to go in and take leave of the Secretary for Native Affairs, on behalf of the deputation; while two of his brothers and other principal Zulus came to Bishopstowe to take leave, and I then told them that “I had only one word for “ them, viz., that they must strictly obey your Excellency's orders, to go back at once “ to Zululand, and make their prayer to the Resident at Inhlazatye.” - On Sunday, May 7th, they started for Zululand. Thus your Excellency will perceive that their delay in going back did not arise from any spirit of disobedience, but was very naturally caused by the action of the Government. * - According to their own statement, they came into Natal for one sole purpose, viz., that of seeing your Excellency, and satisfying you that “all Zululand ” prayed for the restora- tion of Cetywayo. - I have, &c. His Excellency Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., (Signed) J. W. NATAL. Special Commissioner for Zululand. No. 61. The RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY to Gover Nor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, August 24, 1882. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your information, the record of what passed at three interviews which I have had at this office with Cetywayo and the three Chiefs accompanying him. The first interview was of a preliminary and less formal character, and the record in this case is a short summary of the conversation made afterwards and verified by Mr. Shepstone. A shorthand writer attended on the other two occasions. I also enclose a copy of the conditions communicated to Cetywayo, and assented to by him. They are, as you will observe, mutatis mutandis, the same as those by which the 13 Chiefs appointed by Sir Garnet Wolseley are bound, with the addition in the sixth article of an engagement on the part of Cetywayo not to make any treaty or agreement with any Chief, people, or Government outside his territory without the consent or approval of the British Government. - - I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) KIMBERLEY. Enclosure 1. in No. 61. MoTEs of CETYWAYo's INTERVIEws with the EARL of KIMBERLEY, at the Colonial Office, August 7, 15, and 17, 1882. August 7. CETYWAYo was accompanied by three Chiefs and a native interpreter, besides Mr. H. C. Shepstone and Mr. R. E. Dunn, who acted as interpreter. The Honourable E. Ashley, M.P., and Mr. John Bramston were also present at the interview. Lord Kimberley inquired of Cetywayo whether he was satisfied with his treatment here, and Cetywayo replied that he was. Lord Kimberley then invited him to make any statement as to his case that he desired. d f, *. Cetywayo replied that he wished to know what he had done wrong; why he had been punished. He said that he threw himself, as it were, at the feet of Her Majesty's Government. - JR 4012. O 106 Lord Kimberley said it was of no use now to go into the past; but that Cetywayo must know that his army was regarded as threatening the peace and safety of the Queen's dominions. Cetywayo said that he never had any intention of attacking the Queen's dominions, that he had never sent his armies across the border during the war, and that he had been defeated and captured while in his own country. Lord Kimberley observed that, whatever the future arrangements in Zululand might be, one thing was certain. The Queen could not allow a Zulu armed force to exist, as formerly, under his reign. Cetywayo had seen that our power was too strong for him, and that would always be the case ; but we could not allow our peaceful colonists to be alarmed and their security threatened. Cetywayo said that his father Panda and Dingaan before him had made large armies, but that he himself had not created a single new regiment; that his predecessors had, nevertheless, always been friendly to the English, and that he had never had any inten- tion of being otherwise; that Sir Theophilus Shepstone was taken away and new men came, and there was no friend to advise him; and that as regards his keeping an armed force, he was quite willing to obey the orders of the Government, but that regiments were wanted to attend on the King, to build kraals, and to do other work which he ordered. x Lord Kimberley said there would be no obstacle to peaceful works, but that regiments for war, such as existed formerly, could never be allowed. Cetywayo said that he quite understood that. Lord Kimberley then asked if he had anything to say as to the present condition of Zululand. On this point Cetywayo referred to the three Chiefs who had recently come from the country. The sum of what the Chiefs said was that only four of the appointed Chiefs were unfavourable to Cetywayo's return, namely, John Dunn, Umfanawendhlela, Uhamu, and Usibebu. They complained especially of oppressive proceedings on the part of Dunn, Usibebu, and Uhamu. They mentioned specially Somkeli and Umlandela as favourable to Cetywayo's return, and said that Chingwayo had also expressed himself favourably, but did not dare to say so now. Finally, Lord Kimberley referred to the reports which had reached this country of his cruelties. - Cetywayo said: How could he reply to mere general accusations P Let a particular case be stated, and he would explain and defend his conduct. He entirely denied any indiscriminate killing such as he had been accused of. In conclusion, Cetywayo said: “Let the Queen not take him merely by the hand. “If you take a man merely by the hand, he may slip from you. Let Lord Kimberley “ rather grasp him by the arm, and let the Queen take him by the waist, for then will “ they hold him fast.” Lord Kimberley then said that the interview would terminate for that day. The matter was too important to be disposed of at once; he would only now inform Cetywayo that his statements would be considered. DownING STREET, TUESDAY, August 15, 1882. Present : The EARL OF KIMBERLEY, Secretary of State for the Colonies; The Honourable EvelyN AshLEy, M.P., Under Secretary of State for the Colonies; The Honourable R. H. MEADE, John BRAMsTon, Esq., Assistant Under Secretaries, Colonial Office; CETYWAYo, and the three Chiefs, UNCONCWANA, UMKosANA, GoBozANA, and the native Interpreter, LAZARUs XABA; also H. C. SHEPSTONE, Esq., and R. E. DUNN, Esq., the latter of whom acted as Interpreter. The Earl of Kimberley (addressing Mr. Dunn).—Will you tell the King first that the other day, as our conversation was of a general character, I did not think it necessary to 107 have a full record kept of what was said then, but as this conversation will be upon matters of importance, I have given instructions to have what is said duly written down. (Mr. Dunn interpreted this to the King.) The Earl of Kimberley.—Tell him that Her Majesty's Government have very care- fully deliberated upon the whole question of Zulu affairs, and I am able to-day to inform him generally what they have resolved upon. (Mr. Dunn interpreted this to the King.) The Earl of Kimberley.—He will be good enough to listen very carefully to what will be now said, and it will be afterwards explained to him again, and as often as he pleases after our interview, in order that he may completely understand what is put before him. (Mr. Dunn interpreted.) The Earl of Kimberley.—Her Majesty’s Government have determined to consider the possibility of making arrangements for his return to Zululand. (Mr. Dunn interpreted.) The Earl of Kimberley.—The following are the main conditions on which Sir Henry Bulwer, the Governor of Zululand, has been authorised to proceed. (Mr. Dunn interpreted.) The Earl of Kimberley.—First, a portion of the country, to be hereafter defined by Her Majesty's Government, will not be placed under his rule, but will be reserved for other purposes. (Mr. Dunn interpreted.) The Earl of Kimberley.—Secondly, a Resident will be appointed by the Queen to advise him and report to Her Majesty. (Mr. Dunn interpreted.) The Earl of Kimberley–Thirdly, he will be required to enter into engagements with Her Majesty for the just and peaceful government of his people, similar to those by which the thirteen Chiefs are now bound. (Mr. Dunn interpreted.) The Earl of Kimberley.—Say that I am not aware whether he is well acquainted with those conditions,” but that I will read to him shortly the heads of the conditions, and that afterwards as they are long, they shall be fully explained to him by Mr. Shepstone. (Mr. Dunn explained.) The Earl of Kimberley.—I will now read the heads of the conditions. The first is that he shall observe the boundaries assigned to his territory by the Queen. (Mr. Dunn interpreted.) The Earl of Kimberley.—Secondly, that he will allow all men to marry whom they choose, according to the usage and customs of the people before the establishment by Chaka of the military system. (Mr. Dunn interpreted.) The Earl of Kimberley.—Thirdly, that he will allow all persons living in his territory to pass freely where they please, to work in Natal or elsewhere. (Mr. Dunn inter- preted.) The Earl of Kimberley.—Fourthly, that he will not allow to be imported into his territory by the sea coast any arms, or ammunition, or goods, or merchandise without the permission of the Resident. (Mr. Dunn interpreted.) The Earl of Kimberley.—Fifthly, that he will not allow the life of any of his people to be taken without an impartial trial, and after sentence passed by a council of his chief men. (Mr. Dunn interpreted.) The Earl of Kimberley.—Sixthly, that he will not allow the practice of “smelling out” for witchcraft. (Mr. Dunn interpreted.) The Earl of Kimberley.—Seventhly, that he will surrender all persons to justice who are fugitives in Zululand from the Queen's territory, and deliver them up to the Queen's officers—I mean, of course, when they have committed a crime against our law—in order that they may be punished by the Queen's authorities. (Mr. Dunn interpreted.) The Earl of Kimberley.—Eighthly, that he will not make any Treaty with any Chiefs, people, or Government outside the territory assigned to him without the sanction and approval of the British Government. (Mr. Dunn interpreted.) The Earl of Kimberley.—Ninthly, that he will not make war upon any Chief or Chiefs, or his or their people, without the sanction of the British Government. (Mr. Dunn interpreted.) * [C. 2482,] p. 259 ; see also Enclosure 2. O 2 108 The Earl of Kimberley.—Tenthly, if he has any dispute with any Chief, people, or Government, that he will appeal to the arbitration of the British Government, to assist him. Of course that means Chiefs outside his territory. (Mr. Dunn interpreted.) The Earl of Kimberley.—Eleventh, that the succession to him shall be according to the ancient laws and customs of his people, and the nomination of each successor in turn shall be subject to the approval of the Queen. (Mr. Dunn interpreted.) The Earl of Kimberley.—Twelfth, that he will not sell or alienate any part of his land or territory. (Mr. Dunn interpreted.) The Earl of Kimberley.—Thirteenth, that he will permit all people now residing in the territory which is to be assigned to him to remain there provided they recognise his authority, and that any person who does not wish to recognise his authority may be permitted to go elsewhere unmolested. (Mr. Dunn interpreted.) The Earl of Kimberley.—Fourteenth, that in all cases of dispute where British subjects are concerned he will abide by the decision of the British Resident, and in all cases where crimes are committed by British subjects, or by his people against British subjects, he will pass no sentence except with the approval of the British Resident. (Mr. Dunn interpreted each paragraph singly.) The Earl of Kimberley.—Lastly, in all matters whatsoever not included in these conditions that he will govern, order, and decide according to the ancient laws and usages of his people, and that he will engage and solemnly pledge his faith to abide by and respect the letter and spirit of these conditions without any equivocations or reserves. (Mr. Dunn interpreted.) The Earl of Kimberley.—Repeat to him that these conditions have been read shortly now, but that they will be explained much more fully to him by Mr. Shepstone, as to state them at length would take a long time. (Mr. Dunn interpreted.) The Earl of Kimberley.—Say that I hope there will be no unnecessary delay, and that the Queen’s Government are very anxious to have the matter settled as soon as "possible; but, of course, it will take some time for Sir Henry Bulwer to make all the arrangements. (Mr. Dunn interpreted.) The Earl of Kimberley.—That is all I have to say at present. Ask him, if he wishes to say anything in reply, to speak freely. - Mr. Dunn.—He says that after hearing what has just been said to him it stops him from making any reply now. He says, “I might have spoken, but I am now quite “ unable to speak.” The Earl of Kimberley.—Does he mean that he wishes to take more time 2 (Mr. Dunn interpreted.) - Cetywayo and his Chiefs here held a conversation. Mr. Dunn-He says that these words of your Lordship are pressing hard upon him. He says, “If I had anything to say in my heart I would mention it, after I have had a “ resting time to breathe.” - The Earl of Kimberley.--Tell him that it is very right and proper that he should have time to breathe, and that I have no desire to take any advantage of him by hurry. (Mr. Dunn interpreted.) Mr. Dunn.—He says, what part of the country would you allow him. The Earl of Kimberley-Inform him that I cannot at present tell him, as it is not settled. Say to him, that it is impossible that this part of the question can be settled without communications with the Chiefs and the people, which we could not make until we had determined on the possibility of his return. (Mr. Dunn interpreted.) The Earl of Kimberley.—But tell him that I shall be very willing to hear what he may have to say on this point, or if there is any particular portion of the territory about which he has any strong feeling, and that we have no wish to take anything that is not necessary. (Mr. Dunn interpreted.) The Ear" of Kimberley–Tell him I think it would be much better that he should think it all over, as the matter is one so grave to him. Perhaps he might like to go and talk to his Chiefs quietly before saying anything to me at all. (Mr Dunn interpreted.) ...The Earl of Kimberley. I wish to add that, just as we have said he will be bound to allow people to leave his territory who might not wish to remain there, so we shall not prevent those who may desire to quit the reserved territory from going where they 109 please. We have no wish to take any of his people who wish to be under him. (Mr. Shepstone interpreted.) • Mr. Dunn.—He says he will trust to your Lordship to use your utmost endeavours to have the whole matter fairly settled. He says the Zulu country is a little round plot, that there is a strip of territory, and the greater portion of that is given back to the Transvaal; and he says, “I am living in the Transvaal.” What he is speaking about is more particularly Utrecht. The Earl of Kimberley-You must tell him on that point that we cannot interfere with the existing boundaries of Zululand, that the boundary between the Transvaal and Zululand is absolutely fixed, and that nothing can be changed with regard to it in any way. (Mr. Shepstone and Mr. Dunn both eaplained this to Cetywayo.) The Earl of Kimberley.—Say I will see him again on Thursday, and then he can tell me his mind. (Mr. Dunn interpreted.) The Earl of Kimberley.—He must understand that the main conditions now explained to him cannot be varied. He may, however, wish for further explanations, so that he may fully understand their nature. (Mr. Shepstone interpreted.) Mr. Shepstone.—He says it would be very hard to take off a large strip of his country; that if that were done very little would be left. He adds that a very large portion of his country has been already cut off (alluding to the Boer boundary), and that for some time he has had very little country left to him, and he says that his people are all crowded together, and that he is like one living on the top of a rock. The Earl of Kimberley.—Say in answer to that, that before he takes so unfavourable a view of his position he should wait to see how much country will be reserved. (Mr. Shepstone interpreted.) The Earl of Kimberley.—Also, that the great matter for him to-day is, that this is the first time that he has been told that upon any conditions he will be allowed to go back, and that he should keep his mind on that fact. (Mr. Dunn interpreted.) Mr. Dunn.-He says he is pleased with the idea of being released, and he is pleased to think he is to be allowed to go back. - The Earl of Kimberley.—Remind him it is the first time that the British Government, since he was taken captive, have expressed their willingness to take into consideration arrangements for his going back. That is the great point. (Mr. Dunn interpreted.) The Earl of Kimberley.—And that if he remains a good friend of the Queen he will find we wish no ill to him, and his position will remain, as we wish it to be, a good one. (Mr. Dunn interpreted.) Mr. Shepstone.--He says he will do that. Mr. Dunn.—He thanks your Lordship very much indeed for the courtesy and kindness with which you have received them. The Earl of Kimberley.—There is one thing that I have not said which I ought to add. He must remember that, besides himself, there are many other people to be con- sidered by the Queen's Government, and there are many persons who have a strong objection to his return, and, therefore, the matter is not quite so easy as it may appear to him. (Mr. Dunn interpreted.) Mr. Shepstone.—One of the Chiefs says they are very glad that the Queen has given such a favourable answer. Down!NG STREET, THURSDAY, August 17, 1882, Presen f : The EARL of KIMBERLEY, Secretary of State for the Colonies; The Hon. EvelyN AshLEY, M.P., Parliamentary Under Secretary ; The Hon. RoberT MEADE and JoHN BRAMSTON, Esq., Assistant Under Secretaries; CETYWAYo ; Chief UNCONCWANA; Chief UMKosANA ; Chief GoBozANA ; and the Native Interpreter LAZARUs XABA ; also— H. C. SHEpstone, Esq.; F. B. FYNNEY, Esq.; R. E. DUNN, Esq. Mr. FYNNEY interpreted. The Earl of Kimberley (addressing Mr. Fynney).-Will you ask Cetywayo if he has anything to say to me this morning, as I have nothing further to speak about to him until I have heard what he has to say. M. Shepstone.--I have to ask your Lordship to read the different paragraphs over to the King which you put to him at the last interview. - O 3 1 10 The Earl of Kimberley.—Tell him I will do so. (Interpreted to the King.) The first and very important condition is that a portion of the country, to be hereafter defined by Her Majesty’s Government, will not be placed under his rule, but will be reserved for other purposes. (Interpreted to him.) If he wishes to say something on each of the matters as I mention them, ask him to do so. (Interpreted to him.) You may add that he will remember that he asked me whether we should retain the people in the part of the country to be reserved, or whether they would be allowed to go to him if they wished to do so, and I said that all the people would have perfect liberty to go where they pleased. (Interpreted to him.) - Mr. Fymney.—He says, my Lord, that the conditions which were given to him the other day are to him more than satisfactory; that there is no condition in which he has anything to complain about. He says: “ This I may explain is made outside any “ remark I may wish to make about the piece of land referred to by your Lordship the “ other day. The other conditions explained to me are more than satisfactory.” The Earl of Kimberley.—If he wishes to speak as to the land tell him to speak freely. - }. Shepstone.—He says the terms are more liberal than he expected to get. Mr. Fymney.—He says these conditions have strengthened him and given him courage, because he has been trembling; he felt tremulous almost, because he did not know whether in what he said he was saying what was right or wrong. Those conditions have given him courage, for which he tenders his thanks. & The Earl of Kimberley–Tell him that what he has said is good. (Interpreted.) Mr. Fynney.—He says that after the kind way in which he has been met and the conditions being so satisfactory, he feels as if he had been raised up from the dead— raised out of his grave, so to speak, and felt that he was to be seated again. But the land which belonged to his father is now very small, and the country is not as big as it was ; it is a small country, comparatively speaking, and the idea of another piece of land being taken from that little country has buried him up to his knees again. In coming to England he felt that on hearing that he was to be raised up, that he was raised from the dead, so to speak, by the gracious action of this nation ; that it had encouraged him to ask for more graciousness with reference to this slip of land. He had been encouraged to speak to the English nation the feelings of his heart, and he asks that his feeling with reference to this piece of land, that his representations and feelings here, may be made known to the Government, and also to Her Majesty the Queen, with respect to this piece of land; and in that matter he throws himself on Her Majesty's mercy, and also hopes for the favourable consideration of Her Majesty's Government, . He knows that the Queen will ascertain his feelings in the matter through his Lordship ; and he asks, seeing that he had been encouraged so far, that Lord Kimberley would represent his feelings in this matter to Her Majesty favourably. Mr. Shepstone.—He is appealing to your Lordship's kindness. The Earl of Kimberley.—I understand that. Has he anything more to say on this point? (Interpreted to him by Mr. Fynney.) Mr. Fymney.—He says he has finished on that point, but there is one subject which he wishes to mention, that is this : that he has heard no word yet with reference to John Dunn. The Earl of Kimberley.—First, as to the strip of territory, he should understand that the reservation of a part of the territory will not be as a punishment to the Zulu people or himself, or for the purpose of injuring him or the Zulu people (interpreted): that no more will be reserved than is, in the opinion of the Government, absolutely necessary (interpreted); and that he must remember that the past cannot be simply undone with- out regard to good faith which we have pledged to others (interpreted). Secondly, with regard to John Dunn, my observation applies to him as well as to others; John Dunn must be treated fairly and justly, like others (interpreted.)* If the British Government and the Queen treat John Dunn as a friend, we shall expect Cety wayo to do so too, notwithstanding what may have happened (interpreted). He will remember that a war has been fought with us, and that he killed many of our people, and that as we are friends now with him he must behave in the same way to John Dunn, though he may have grounds of complaint against him (interpreted). Then tell him that I know he has grievances about his family, who, he thinks, have not been well treated; but that all that will be put straight when he goes back; and that if he is a friend to us we shall be careful that no one, neither John Dunn nor anyone else, shall do him injury (interpreted.) Then, lastly, say to him about this piece of land, that I have only told him very * Cetywayo shook his head here. J 1 | generally about this matter, because definite arrangements could not be made until the great question of his return was decided, and that he must wait until he hears precisely what will be done (interpreted). That Sir Henry Bulwer must see the Chiefs and people after it is known that Cetywayo is to go back, which he has not yet been able to do (interpreted), and that he may be quite sure that we mean to treat him in a kind and friendly manner in every way as far as the necessity of the case will permit (interpreted), and that all that he has said upon this point will be told to the Queen and my colleagues (interpreted); but that he must quite understand that this does not imply that a change will be made upon the point, that he must not expect that I can give him any hope of a change (interpreted). Ask him whether he has any other particular point that he wishes to ask me about. I will not go through all the conditions again unless he wishes it interpreted). - Mr. Fynney.—He says that with reference to the other conditions he had heard them gratefully, and cheerfully accepted them; and that he is led to speak about this piece of land because the Government here is unaware, being in England, of all the local circumstances. The Government is unaware of how he has been treated by John Dunn, how John Dunn has treated him ; and further, as a Prince, he says that that part of Zululand which is now occupied by John Dunn is a piece of land which was the Prince's portion, and where his cattle were sent to. He says the Government do not know how John Dunn has treated him, and how things are going on there; and he has now thrown in his words, relying upon the kindness of the Government. The Earl of Kimberley.—Ask him to say what he particularly refers to about John Dunn's treatment of him. I wish to hear it. (Interpreted.) Mr. Fynney.—“I picked John Dunn up walking with empty hands. He was not a man that was sent to me by the Government, he was not a man holding or coming to me with any position whatsoever, but came to me empty handed, and I picked him up. I picked him up, and when I did pick him up, I took care of him, and he grew great under my fostering care, and I permitted him to live there as my subject close to my own big kraals, near my military kraal at Ginginhlovu. I allowed him to remain on that piece of land as my subject whom I picked up.” The Earl of Kimberley.—What did John Dunn do of which he now complains P Mr. Fynney.—“John Dunn persistently misrepresented me. On the one side, he misrepresented the British Government and the English people to me. On the other side, he took my words, he came to me, and, as I thought, as my friend, took my words, got at the feeling of my heart, and turned my words on their back. The words also of the Government of the British nation he turned on their back to me. John Dunn told me a year beforehand that the war was to be fought against me; and why P. Because he knew thoroughly the action he had taken, and how I had been misrepresented by him. John Dunn, when his plans were effected by the war, has taken what belonged to me— my property, and when my people have expressed the wish for my return, or ask for my return, he has seized and eaten up their cattle, and has constantly represented to the Government that it is not the wish of the people that I should return ; and any person who has wished for my return has been punished or ill-treated by John Dunn. Whilst I was a fugitive, going from place to place, I caught some of John Dunn's messengers with messages which he had sent to Usibebu, in which he said, ‘Help me to turn out the King ‘ and the Royal Family, and I will be instrumental in getting you placed as one of the * Chiefs over the country.’ John Dunn has been the cause of all; John Dunn, through his action, was the cause of the war. Through John Dunn’s action, I consider, the land was destroyed; it was he who sent the words round and misrepresented things. When I was seized John Dunn took my property; he took all that he could possess himself of, and he is now building and creating his harems through and by my property—the very property that he has been using for that purpose. And now, when I am liberated, and when I feel that I have been so treated and injured, I feel as if there is an assegai placed by my side. Who was John Dunn? who is John Dunn P what was John Dunn? and who would he have been if I had not raised him up P. The English would never have heard of him ; and I feel that it is placing an assegai by my side to let John Dunn be near me. He took my property and my cattle away from my children, and caused my people and my children to suffer hunger.” The Earl of Kimberley.—Say these are the results of the war. Mr. Fymney.—He says, my Lord, that there is a difference in Dunn's case. Dunn was not in the war; he was only my subject. The Earl of Kimberley.—But he joined us in the war. Mr. Fynney.—“Who would stay with a rat in his hut that ate his food P I must again express my grateful thanks for what has been said and what has been done. I feel O 4 1 12 that, although of a different nationality, I am now born an Englishman. I am encouraged also to speak. I ask in my turn that you will bear with me in saying what I do, and understand that I speak it in gratitude; but that I do not see how it would be possible ever to live with John Dunn in Panda's—my father's—territory, the land which belonged to him. I cannot see how we can live in the same country or near each other. I cannot do it—it cannot be done. I am more than grateful to the English people, and they will now have had a chance of seeing me, and the nation has heard what I have had to say about my Government and so on, and the English nation will now have a chance of seeing really what I am, and what my Government will be. I am encouraged to speak, and I must again say that it is utterly impossible for John Dunn and myself to live in the same territory, or near each other. Who am I to cry to ? Who am I to go to, to tell my feelings and my sorrows to, if not to the ones from whom I was born ? The English nation, so to speak, stands in the light of a father to me, and I must speak the feelings of my heart, and I cannot live with John Dunn. In the house where a man is born he speaks decidedly, and speaks earnestly. I cannot therefore—I dare not—reserve my feelings. I have to speak out my sentiments and the feelings of my heart, and I say that it is utterly impossible for John Dunn to live near me; if he does, then that simply means further trouble.” The Earl of Kimberley.—Tell him that all I ask him to do, and what the Government will require him to do if he goes back, is to keep within his own borders and keep the peace; and that, if he is not willing to do that, he cannot go back (interpreted); and tell him, further, that in any territory which may be reserved, no matter who lives in it, there will be an English Commissioner, who will see that the peace is kept, and to whom he can “cry,” as he says (interpreted). Mr. Fynney.—“I ask that I may yet receive consideration at the hands of the English nation. I still am encouraged to ask for further grace. Every other condition I not only agree to, but I am willing to keep them, and to do my very best to show my earnestness and my good faith in keeping; but now that so much grace has been shown me, I do ask, I feel that I cannot help representing, what I now do.” The Earl of Kimberley.—Say it is quite right that he should make his representation, but that the Government will expect the fulfilment of the conditions. He must respect the border limits which we may draw, and keep the peace, and I can add no word to that; and that if he is not willing to comply, the arrangements might become impossible. Mr. Fynney.—“Who am I? I am what I am now by the grace which has been accorded to me, but I felt and feel that I could not rest, and I could not go away with- out representing this matter of John Dunn. . There may be a talk over-night, and a man lie on one side and lie on the other, and by the next morning he may see that another course might be taken or an improvement made. That is all I ask.” The Earl of Kimberley.—Tell him I find no fault whatever with him for making his mind known, and that I have spoken plainly to him because he has spoken plainly to me, as that is best between friends (interpreted.) Now I wish to go to another matter. It is well that he should know that of course it will take some time to make all these arrange- ments, and communications must be made with people in Zululand, and much will have to be done before he can go back; and although the Government are anxious that every- thing should be done as quickly as possible, still there must be time, and he will know that himself (interpreted). And he should also know that some arrangements will have to be made for him to pass the interval, and that he must be ready to consent to such arrangements as we shall make, and that they will be directed to his personal comfort and convenience. - Mr. Shepstone. —Your Lordship means the place where he is to pass his time 2 The Earl of Kimberley.—Yes. Say that as Africa is a long way off, and it takes time for correspondence, I cannot tell him to-day—as I should be glad to do—what will be the arrangement (interpreted). Tell him I have no more to say; that the interview must now close; but that, if he wishes to convey anything further to me there will be ample opportunity of doing so. (Interpreted.) Mr. Fynney.—The Chief Umkosana wishes to say before they leave that the child n speaking out as it has done has simply spoken to its father, simply spoken through having been encouraged to do so by the grace received. There is no self-will in the child in any way, but it simply wishes to represent its feelings to its father. The Earl of Kimberley.—Say he has spoken well. Mr. Fynney.-They wish a word of gratitude and thanks may be conveyed by you, my Lord, to Her Majesty the Queen. º, The Earl of Kimberley.—That shall be done. ! ig Mr. Fynney.—And Cetywayo wishes also to say: “Of course, whilst I am perfectly patient, and waiting the action of the Government, I do ask that when things are settled I may be enabled to return as soon as possible, for I am afraid of the sea; as the year goes on the sea gets so very cross.” The Earl of Kimberley.—Say, certainly. I will arrange for him to leave this country as soon as I can, but he will have to wait on the other side of the water. We will take care of him, and send him back during fine weather. Tell him if he acts well he may always consider me his friend. . (Interpreted.) Mr. Fynney.—“I cannot take your hand alone; I take your arm, and I ask your Lordship to lay on one side and then on the other.”, (Cetywayo here took his Lord- ship's hand and right arm to indicate his pledge of friendship.) The Earl of Kimberley.—Say that, whether I am in office or not, I will always listen to his words if he acts well. (Interpreted.) Mr Fynney.-- I have gratefully, accepted all that has been given to me, and in addition now I say, ‘My Lord, watch me.’” [The interview then terminated.] Enclosure 2 in No. 61. TERMs, Conditions, and Limitations of Cetywayo's restoration; assented to by him after they had been explained to him by the Earl of Kimberley and subsequently by Mr. H. Shepstone. 1. I will observe and respect the boundaries assigned to my territory by the British Government. 2. I will not permit the existence of the Zulu military system, or the existence of any military system or organisation whatsoever within my territory; and I will pro- claim, and make it a rule that all men shall be allowed to marry when they choose, and as they choose, according to the good and ancient customs of my people, known and followed in the days preceding the establishment by Chaka of the system known as the military system; and I will allow and encourage all men living within my territory to go and come freely for peaceful purposes, and to work in Natal, or the Transvaal, or elsewhere, for themselves, or for hire. * 3. I will not import or allow to be imported into my territory, by any person upon any pretence or for any object whatsoever, any arms or ammunition from any part whatsoever, or any goods or merchandise by the sea coast of Zululand, without the express sanction of the British Resident, and I will not encourage, or promote, or take part in, or countenance in any way whatsoever, the importation into any part of Zululand of arms or ammunition from any part whatsoever, or of goods or merchandise by the sea coast of Zululand, without such sanction, and I will confiscate and hand over to the Natal Government all arms and ammunition and goods and merchandise so imported into my territory, aud I will punish by fine or other sufficient punishment any person guilty of or concerned in such unsanctioned importation, and any person found possessing arms, or ammunition, or goods, or merchandise knowingly obtained thereby. 4. fºil not allow the life of any of my people to be taken for any cause, except after sentence passed in a council of the ehief men of my territory, and after fair and impartial trial in my presence, and after the hearing of witnesses; and I will not tolerate the employment of witch doctors, or the practice known as “smelling out,” or any practices of witchcraft. 5. The surrender of all persons' fugitives in my territory from justice, when de- manded by the Government of any British colony, territory, or province in the interests of justice, shall be readily and promptly made to such Government; and the escape into my territory of persons accused or convicted of offences against British laws shall be prevented by all possible means, and every exertion shall be used to seize and deliver up such persons to British authority. - 6. I will not make any treaty or agreement with any Chief, people, or Government outside my territory without the consent and approval of the British Government. I will not make war upon any Chief, or Chiefs, or people, without the sanction of the British Government, and in any unsettled dispute with any Chief, people, or Govern- ment I will appeal to the arbitration of the British Government, through the British Resident. 7. The nomination of my successor, and of all future successors, shall be according to the ancient laws and customs of my people, and shall be subject to the approval of the British Government. R 4012. P 114 8. I will not sell, or in any way alienate, or permit or countenance any sale or alienation of any part of the land in my territory. a 9. I will permit all people now residing within my territory to there remain upon the condition that they recognise my authority, and any persons not wishing to recognise my authority, and desiring to quit my territory, I will permit to quit it, and to pass unmolested elsewhere. } i0. In all cases of dispute in which British subjects are involved, I will appeal to and abide by the decision of the British Resident; and in all cases where accusations of offences or crimes committed in my territory are brought against British subjects, or against my people in relation to British subjects, I will hold no trial and pass no sentence except with the approval of such British Resident. 11. In all matters not included within these terms, conditions, and limitations, and in all cases unprovided for herein, and in all cases where there may be doubt, or uncertainty as to the laws, rules, or stipulations applicable to matters to be dealt with, I will govern, order, and decide in accordance with ancient laws and usage of my eople. - p *. terms, conditions, and limitations I engage, and I solemnly pledge my faith to abide by and respect in letter and in spirit, without qualification or reserve. *– - No. 62. The RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY to SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, August 26, 1882. I HAVE the honour to transmit to you, for your information, with reference to revious correspondence regarding the disposal of Cetywayo and the settlement of %j, a copy of a Despatch” which I have addressed to Sir Henry Bulwer enclosing a printed report of what passed at Cetywayo's interviews with me, and a statement of the conditions attached to his restoration. I have, &c. Sir Hercules Robinson. (Signed) KIMBERLEY. No. 63. The RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY to GoverNoR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, August 26, 1882. I HAVE the honour to transmit to you for your information, with reference to previous correspondence regarding the settlement of Zululand, a copy of a letterſ from Cetywayo, requesting that Zulus visiting Natal might be received by Sir Theophilus Shepstone. It is of course impossible that this request should be complied with in the form in which it is made, but I would suggest that it might be desirable for you to consult with Sir Theophilus Shepstone as to many details of the new settlement of the country, and I should wish you to consider whether Sir Theophilus would not be the most suitable person to conduct Cetywayo back to Zululand when the time comes for his restoration. I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) KIMBERLEY. - No. 64. The RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY to Gover:NOR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, - Downing Street, August 29, 1882. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch of the 21st ultimo, ; forwarding a copy of a letter from the British Resident in Zululand, enclosing copies of statements made to him by certain Zulu Chiefs as to their complaints against the Chiefs Uhamu and Usibebu. If these statements are true the conduct of Uhamu and Usibebu has been extremely oppressive. I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) . KIMBERLEY. * No. 61. f No. 57. Í No. 58. 115 No. 65. The RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIM BERLEY to Gover NOR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, August 29, 1882. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch of the 22nd ultimo,” forwarding a copy of a memorandum from the British Resident in Zulu- land, relating to the proceedings in the territory under Chief John Dunn of a Natal native named Fanegama. - I think it would be desirable that some inquiry should be made into the truth of Fanegana’s statements. º I have, &c. Sir Henry, Bulwer. (Signed) KIMBERLEY. No. 66. The RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY to GovernoR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, August 29, 1882. WITH reference to previous correspondence I have the honour to transmit to you, for your information, a copy of a Despatchi which I have addressed to Sir H. Robinson, relating to the arrangements for the disposal of Cetywayo until his restoration can be effected. I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) KIMBERLEY. No. 67. The RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY to SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, - G.C.M.G., SIR, Downing Street, August 29, 1882. I HAVE the honour to transmit to you, for your information, the accompanying copy of a Despatchi which I have recently addressed to Sir H. Bulwer, recording the substance of telegraphic correspondence which passed between us since the 3rd of June last on the subject of the affairs of Zululand. I have, &c. Sir Hercules Robinson. (Signed) KIMBERLEY. No. 68. The RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY to SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G. - SIR, - Downing Street, August 29, 1882. I INFORMED you by telegraph on the 17th instant that Cetywayo having been informed that Her Majesty’s Government had determined to allow his restoration to Zulu- land on certain conditions, I proposed that he should return to the Cape and reside at Oude Molen, pending the completion of the arrangements for his restoration. I added that I presumed your Ministers would see no objection to this course, as no renewal of the former Act for his detention would, under present circumstances, be required, and it would not be necessary to impose any restrictions upon him beyond those which he now willingly observes. You replied by telegraph on the 19th that your Ministers had no objection to Cetywayo residing at Oude Molen pending the completion of the arrangements for his return to Zululand on the terms mentioned in my telegram. Cetywayo should, of course, be treated with every consideration, and allowed free intercourse with all such persons as he may wish to see : but at the same time careful attention should be paid to his proceedings, in order that Sir Henry Bulwer may be made acquainted with any matters which may affect Zulu affairs. Sir Henry Bulwer will no doubt on his part keep you fully informed of the progress of the arrangements for the settlement of Zulu affairs, and will draw your attention to any points on which he may wish a communication to be made to Cetywayo. * No. 59. f No. 68. f No. 56. P 2 | 16 You will, I am sure, bear in mind that all communications with Cetywayo connected with his restoration should be carried on in such a manner as to encourage him as much as possible to look upon the British Government permanently as his friend, and to allay any impatience which he may feel at the unavoidable delay in his return to his own country. I have, &c. Sir Hercules Robinson. (Signed) ECIMBERLEY. No. 69. Gover Nor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received August 30, 1882.) -- Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, July 27, 1882. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your lordship's information, copies of two Despatches I have received from the British Resident, dated the 12th and the 13th July, covering statements that had been made to him by messengers from the appointed Chiefs Usibebu and Uhamu, and from Undabuko and Umyamana, and by others, relative to the disturbances in the upper districts of Zululand. 2. Everything serves to show that Undabuko has been the prime mover in these dis- turbances. When he returned from Natal he evidently did so with a deliberately formed design to carry the agitation to the extreme measure of taking up arms; and he took up arms not, it is to be observed, in defence, but for aggressive purposes. I would ask your Lordship's particular attention to Mr. Osborn's Despatch of the 12th July, to the statement of Sikota which forms one of the enclosures to that Despatch, and to the statement of Untambu and Focoza, which forms the Enclosure F. in his Despatch of the 13th July. Among the statements is one that on Undabuko's return from Natal he sent a message to Umsutyuana telling him to take up arms against Usibebu, as the “Amakosi.” (“the Chiefs”) in Pietermaritzburg had given them “igazi” (blood) and had authorised them to take up arms in their own cause. * - x. 3. I enclose a copy of my communication to the Resident in reply to these two Despatches. I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Enclosure 1 in No. 69. BRITISH RESIDENT to SIR. H. BULWER. SIR, Inhlazayte, Zululand, July 12, 1882. I HAVE the honour to forward herein a statement made to me yesterday on behalf of the Chief Usibebu by his indunas Sikota and Umhlanhla in reference to the late dis- turbances. I also transmit the statement of my own messengers Matole and Bejude, who were sent by me to see the kraals of Umsutyuana and his people which he, Umgamule, and Undabuko alleged had been looted, and also the ruins of those kraals said to have been burnt down by Usibebu. The allegations referred to respecting these kraals your Excellency will perceive are distinctly denied by Usibebu, and are not borne out by the report of my messengers so far as their observation extended. I regret, however, that my messengers did not visit the whole district lately occupied by Umsutyuana and his people, and therefore, in order to obtain fuller information, I have sent other messengers to make a thorough inspection; they are accompanied by two men deputed by Umsutyuana to point out to them the kraals said to have been looted or burnt by Usibebu. It appears to me that Umsutyuana, Umgamule, Umpopa, and the others, who together form a very strong section of the Usutu party, voluntarily vacated their kraals and removed their families into Somkeli’s territory for safety in view of the open conflict then pending in Usibebu's territory and expected by them to take place immediately. I feel convinced that they were not driven away; they assert that they left their kraals out of fear of being attacked by Usibebu, but it is to be borne in mind that they and the rest of the Usutu armed before Usibebu did. Umsutyuana and the other headmen of his party are very anxious that they and their people should be allowed to return to their homesteads. This Usibebu refuses to permit for the reasons given by his indunas at the end of their statement. 117 As I believe that the restoration of these people to their homesteads is important in order to avoid the occurrence of fresh disturbance and to prevent their party, the Usutu, making the fact of their homeless condition a reason again for assembling impis, apart from humane considerations I have again placed myself in communication with Usibebu with the view of moving him to consent to their return, and I shall do all I can to obtain from him the granting of their application. At the same time I must mention that the conduct of these people since the impis dispersed on the 21st ultimo has been such as to afford Usibebu grounds for his arguments on which he bases his refusal. They have repeatedly, in spite of my remonstrances, issued in small armed bands to harass Usibebu's outlying kraals, even killing some of his people and making prisoners of others. In addition to this Usibebu, as stated by his indunas, has in view a threat made by Undabuko that he will resume during the next moon occupation of the lands formerly held by him and his people in his, Usibebu's, territory, and that he will use force if necessary to obtain possession of the land. With these considerations before him, I think it very probable that Usibebu will persist in refusing to allow these people to return to their homesteads. I must here point out to your Excellency that notwithstanding the promise made by Undabuko and Umyamana, as the principal heads of the Usutu, that all their people assembled under arms would on the appointed day disperse to their homes and remain quiet, they have failed to carry out their promise in two directions, viz., in the north, where the Abaqulusi up to scarcely a week ago remained as an impi encamped in the rocks at the Hlobane, from whence they repeatedly raided Uhamu's territory, killing some of his people, seizing cattle, and burning kraals. In the south, the people of Umsutyuana and Umpopa encamped in the bush in Somkeli’s territory, carried on similar acts of violence in Usibebu’s territory, and are still doing so. Both the Chiefs Uhamu and Usibebu faithfully discharged their impis on the appointed day, and not- withstanding the continued harassing to which they and their people have since been subjected by the Usutu, they have refrained from retaliating. I am strongly of opinion that these acts of violence were continued by Undabuko and Umyamana in order to keep up the war spirit in their party and to provoke retaliation by the appointed Chiefs and thus obtain an excuse to reassemble their impis. I have to remark in conclusion that Usibebu's statement as made through his indunas Sikota and Umhlanhla is more entitled to credence than that of Undabuko and the other Usutu headmen. I have always found Usibebu straightforward and truthful in any transactions I have had with him. - I have, &c., His Excellency Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., (Signed) M. OSBoRN, Her Majesty's Special Commissioner, British Resident, Natal. - Zululand. Inhlazatye, Zululand, July 11, 1882. Sikota and Unblanhla, indunas of Chief Usibebu, state :- º - We are sent by our Chief to appear and make the following statement for him to the Resident. When Undabuko and the others went to Pietermaritzburg a little while ago, they said and gave out that they should see when they return with Cetywayo from Natal what the appointed Chiefs, who are the “bafokozana ’’ (common or low men) will do, as they accepted chiefship in the country. On the return of Undabuko he sent a message to Umsutyuana to order him to arm against Usibebu as the Makosi in Pieter- maritzburg had given them “igazi” (blood) and authorised them to take up arms in their own cause. Upon this Umsutyuana and all his people, including women and children, left their kraals, taking their cattle and other loose property, excepting grain, with them, and went into Somkeli’s territory where they camped in the bush; all the men went armed. Umsutyuana said the words he had that day received had roused him and all his men, even sick men; he was now a real Usutu. Umpopa, Usikwana, Makedama, Umgamule, and Uzonyama, with their people, armed and joined Umsutyuana, leaving their kraals as he had done. The latter, by order of Undabuko, having sent and asked those people who were remaining quiet why they did not arm as Usibebu was now quite alone (deserted), all the Zulus were arming. Undabuko also sent to Hlomusa, a brother of Usibebu residing north of the Pongolo, orders to arm against Usibebu. Hlomosa did so, and some of his impi came into Usibebu's territory and eat up Luhoho's cattle, nine head, and killed four sheep. While all this was going on Usibebu remained quiet, saying that he had been conquered by the Government to P 3 1 || 8 whom he now belonged, and without whose authority he had no right to take up arms. When Umsutyuana and the others left Usibebu's territory for that of Somkeli they took with them a large number of cattle belonging to Usibebu 3. cattle which he had pre- viously lent them to milk and others to be taken care of for him by them. They also eat up the kraal of Magwazarole which is situate near to their own, taking away all his cattle. We do not know the number. Usibebu sent messengers to Somkeli to ask for these cattle which they had taken into his territory. . Somkeli sent an induna to .Umsutyuana and the others for the cattle. They refused to give them up, and said that had Usibebu’s messengers come to them they would have killed them. Somkeli then said that he had nothing to do with those people; they belonged to Undabuko, who had ordered them to arm. Usibebu should apply to Undabuko. However, after this Somkeli’s induna Manqatyelana told Usibebu's messengers that it was true that Somkeli was an enemy to Usibebu. Just previous to this, impis from Umsutyuana and the others in Somkeli’s territory had made raids into Usibebu's territory, seizing cattle and stabbing three of Usibebu’s people, one of whom they killed, the other two they wounded. Usibebu’s messengers heard at Somkeli’s that Lukakai had brought a message from Undabuko to Umsutyuana and the others with him, telling them that they are to take up the assegai and continue to stab Usibebu’s people, as he, Undabuko, was authorised to take up arms. At the time when Umsutyuana and the others left. Usibebu’s territory for that of Somkeli, a number of other people still in his territory declared themselves on the side of the Usutu. These were people belonging to the following headmen who had joined Undabuko, viz., Mahu, Magonondo and Hlanganisa, brothers of Usibebu. They remained at their kraals where they are now still. These people seized many cattle belonging to Usibebu’s loyal people, which had been placed by them at kraals in Umgojana's territory. They assumed the position of an impi against Usibebu ; armed bodies of their men harassing his people, and they are still defying him, although they are within his territory. - Usibebu did not drive Umsutyuana away. He told him that he had not done right in sending people with the party who went to Maritzburg without his knowledge when the object of that party was to fetch the ex-King, that if he did such things they could not continue to live together quietly. Usibebu took nothing from Umsutyuana or his people when they left; they took their cattle and other property with them, leaving behind the grain which they have since and are still gradually removing. The same circumstances attended the removal of Umpopa and the others, and their people; nothing was taken from them, neither did he take anything from his brothers and their followers. The latter's parties seized the grain from the kraals of Mahlahleni, Usibebu’s induna, and Umpuku. They carried it all away to their own kraals. Mahlahleni's kraal is still unoccupied. If any of his people go anywhere near it they are fired upon. An impi sent by Mahu under Mahlosi seized all the cattle from Umswazi's kraal and two other neighbouring kraals. It also opened the grain pits of all these kraals, and carried away the corn. The people of those kraals fled and took refuge with Umgojana. Makedana sent an impi and surrounded the kraals of Puzagumila and Matafeni; and seized all their cattle and drove them away to Somkeli’s territory. When this seizure occurred Usibebu sent an armed body to the spot to retake the cattle, but it was too late, as they had crossed his boundary into Somkeli’s territory. Previous to this armed parties had continually come up from Umpopa's people out of Somkeli’s territory, alarming Usibebu’s people and firing shots at them whenever they got an opportunity. On one occasion they came up to John Colenbrander's store which they first plundered and then burnt down, Usibebu then sent some men down and caused all the kraals of Umpopa's people which they had deserted to be burnt down; many kraals were burnt down. It was done by Usibebu to prevent Umpopa's people returning to the kraals and carrying on from them depredations upon his people, and causing disturbance within his territory, which they had left of their own accord. It is not true that any old women got burnt in the kraals. We are certain of this, as we were present at the burning. It is not true that any kraals belonging to Umsutyuana and Umgamule were sacked by the impi. The impi from Usibebu did not go near Umgamule's kraal at all. Not a single kraal or hut belonging to Umsutyuana was burnt down. Usibebu did not order Umsutyuana and his people to leave his territory. They armed and left of their own accord. It is altogether untrue that Usibebu sent any impi to surround Umsutyuana's kraals during the night, and that it destroyed and carried away loose property; nor did he sent an impi to any of the kraals of Umsutyuana's tribe. No impi of Usibebu’s on any occasion took anything from them. It is untrue that four kraals belonging to Umsutyuana and Umgamule are now occupied by Usibebu’s people. The kraals are still standing just as they left them, and their late occupants keep constantly returning to them to carry away grain. No | 19 cattle or corn were seized from Umsutyuana and his people. Their cattle they took with them when they left, and they are still busy carrying away their grain without being prevented by Usibebu. We believe, however, that women living in the neighbourhood take advantage of the unguarded state of the grain, and occasionally steal from it. It is true that Usibebu last year seized Umgamule's cattle. He did this because he was in league with Sitimela to overthrow the appointed Chief Umlandela. The cattle he so seized did not in all amount to one hundred head. Umsutyuana was punished in a similar manner for the same offence. Usibebu did not order Umgamule and his people to leave his territory. They left of their own accord as did Umsutyuana's people and the others. When Undabuko returned from Maritzburg these people received orders from him to arm and take the field against Usibebu. The orders were at once complied with, and the men removed their families down to Somkeli’s for safety, as the fighting was to take place in Usibebu’s territory. This is the reason why these people left their kraals. Usibebu never ordered them to leave. Only one kraal of Makedama’s was burnt, no more. During the time that these impis have been about, since Undabuko's return from Maritzburg, there have been killed by them altogether 15 men and women of Usibebu’s people, and three were wounded. Very many cattle were seized from Usibebu and his ; : by these impis, and 17 kraals had all the grain and loose property taken away rom them by the impis. Of these five were burnt down by the impi. One of the kraals looted belonged to Usibebu personally, in addition to these they looted and burnt down Colenbrander’s store. Shortly after Undabuko returned from Maritzburg he sent an order to Umsutyuana to arm as fighting was to take place. Umsutyuana at once assembled an “ingina” (hunting party) to whom he gave his instructions to prepare for arming at once ; and soon after this he and all his people removed their families down to Somkeli’s, although Usibebu had said or done nothing regarding this demonstration. Usibebu said that the people of the Usutu party were arming in different directions about him and near to him, especially at the Tshumayeleni kraal under Undabuko and Umyamana, and in his own territory also as stated. It was openly said that the arming was with the view of attacking him ; he therefore summoned his own impi to remain with him for his protection. It did so remain until dispersed. It was never sent against any one. Usibebu says that affairs are in a very bad state, that Undabuko has given out that it is his intention to occupy after the next new moon the land occupied by him and his people in Usibebu's territory before they were driven out, and that he will do so by force if opposed. We omitted to say that the Matongas and Sambane's people, who live north of the Pongolo, were also ordered to arm by Undabuko. We also omitted to say that Umsutyuana, when he appeared before the Resident the other day, sent his brother Umbala from here to make another raid in Usibebu’s territory, which he did. The party surrounded the kraal of Umsuduka, and finding that the cattle had ben sent away carried off the inmates as prisoners, consisting of five men, five women, and five children. The party also seized the corn and other loose property about the kraal. - In reply to the Resident :— º It is imposible that Usibebu can permit Umsutyuana and the others to return to their kraals. He says he can never do it. They are his open enemies, and he would be bring- ing them back into the midst of his loyal people. They would rise against him and kill him if he allowed this. The heads of the Usutu party to whom they belong have already threatened to take forcible possession of part of his territory during next moon. If he allowed these people to come back, he would be destroying himself and his loyal people. He cannot do this. Inhlazatye, Zululand, July 12, 1882. Matole and Bedjude state:— We are messengers who were sent by the Resident to ascertain whether it was true that Usibebu had burnt down and looted, in his territory, twenty kraals of Umsutyuana and Umgamule, and their people. We went first to Usibebu, and told him our errand. He denied having burnt any kraals of Umsutyuana and Umgamule and their people ; and said that he was glad that we had come to see for the Resident. . He protested that he had not molested either Umsutyuana or Umgamule, or any of their people in any way. On hearing that Umsutyuana and his people and those of Umgamule were arming he did, however, send a few ringed men to ascertain the truth for him, with orders that they were not to fight or interfere with Umsutyuana and Umgamule; and if attacked them- P 4 i20 selves, they were to run away. These men, on reaching Umsutyuana's kraal, were startled by an impi of Umsutyuana's people coming in sight, and retreated back to Usibebu. We then went on in company with a man of Usibebu’s to inspect the kraals. We went first to the kraal of Macansana, a brother of Umgamule, who is still occupying his kraal in close proximity to the kraals of Umsutyuana and Umgamule deserted by them. Usibebu had told us that Macansana would, as he lived on the spot, be able to give us information. Macansana told us that it was untrue that any impi of Usibebu’s had done anything to the kraals of Umsutyuana and Umga mule. He said that some men of Usibebu’s had come to the kraal of Umsutyuana one day, and were in the act of cooking a little corn belonging to the kraal for food for themselves, when an impi of Umsutyuana came in sight, and they left and ran off. . Further, that he had warned Umsutyuana and Umgamule when they left their kraals that, as there was scarcity of food, they ought not to leave their corn; that dishonest people would be likely to steal from it. - Umsutyuana and Umgamele with their people were, he said, constantly carrying away their own corn, and they were not molested by anyone. That all their corn had been carried away by them. We did not see any kraals of Umsutyuana, of Umgamele, or of their people, that had been burnt. All the kraals we saw were standing intact, but there was no corn left at them, it having been carried away. Macansana told it was untrue, as had been stated by Umsutyuana and Umgamule, that the father of Umgamule, Umhlaguva, was carried off by an impi of Usibebu and severely assaulted. It was untrue, too, that a wife of Umgamule had been carried off in like manner. Umhlaguva and the woman both were there at his kraal, and well. We found no kraals of Umsu- tyuana, Umgamule, or their people, occupied by Usibebu’s impis or people. The corn pits at all the kraals we visited were empty, but all of them were closed over. This fact proves that they were not opened by impis when the corn was removed out of them. Impis would have left them open. Enclosure 2 in No. 69. BRITISH RESIDENT to SIR. H. BULWER. SIR, Imhlazatye, Zululand, July 13, 1882. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Excellency’s information, the enclosed eight statements made before me and marked from A to H inclusive, as specified in the accompanying schedule. I have, &c. His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, K.C.M.G., (Signed) M. Osborn, Her Majesty's Special Commissioner, British Resident, Natal. Zululand. SCHEDULE. Statement by— July 13, 1882. Umbayembayi and Nomatye, July 3rd. Matshobana and Tshingase, sent by Uhamu, July 3rd. Umkulutshana, sent by Umyamana and Undabuko, July 3rd. Umrau and Untemba, sent by Usibebu, July 4th. Uhlume and Umswazi, sent by Undabuko and Umyamana, July 11th. Untambu and Focoza, sent by Uhamu, July 11th. . Umsutyuana, Chief of the Umhletshi tribe, July 12th. . Upolile, Umfulana, and two others, sent by Usibebu, July 12th. A. Inhlazatye, Zululand, July 3, 1882. Umbayembayi and Nomatye state:— We were sent by the Resident to Uhamu to ask whether it was true that he had proposed attacking Umyamana, Undabuko, and Usivetu, with the assistance of Usibebu, after the dispersion of the impis which they, Umyamana, Undabuko, and Usivetu, had collected. Umyamana reported to the Resident that he had heard through the sons of 121 Umgayi that this was Uhamu's intention and that Uhamu had said that, in attacking the parties alluded to thus, they would find a mamba without a tail, their impis having dispersed. The sons of Umgayi spoke in this manner to Umyamana in the presence of the Resident's induna, Umyamela, who also reported to the Resident. On making the inquiry as directed of Uhamu he replied that it was utterly untrue he had ever proposed taking any action against Umyamana, Undabuko, and Usivetu ; that he had never spoken to or seen the sons of Umgayi at all ; and that he had only seen their father Umgayi who was driven away from Umyamana to him by his sons. Uhamu then went on to say that he wished the Resident would send for the sons of Umgayi to appear before him in the presence of some of his (Uhamu's) men, and make full inquiry regarding this report. That it was an excuse made by Umyamana to keep his impis collected round him, while he, Uhamu, dispersed his men. - Further, Uhamu told us to report to the Resident regarding other affairs in his territory, but as his own messengers are here to do so we will let them speak for him about those matters. B. Inhlazatye, Zululand, July 3, 1882. Matshobana and Tshingase, messengers from Chief Uhamu, state:– We are sent by our Chief to the Resident to deny in the terms now made use of by his own messengers, Umbayimbayi and Nomatye, in our hearing the report that he intended attacking Umyamana, Undabuko, and Usivetu. We have heard their words and have nothing to add to them. 2. We are sent further by our Chief to report that a few days ago three people were killed by the Abaqulusi in his district. Two of these were killed under the Hlobane, viz., a Natal native named Bamu who had come to Zululand to claim cattle and was on his way out with one beast which the Abaqulusi took from him, and a man of Uhamu's whose name we do not know. The third man, named Umsiswezikulu, was killed near the Bivana. He was also one of our Chiefs people. 3. Uhamu told us to report to the Resident that a Boer native policeman named Marwangca had come to him, and said that the Boers were willing to give up to Uhamu some of the cattle raided from him by the Abaqulusi a little time ago, about three weeks, if he would get a letter from the Resident to say that the Resident had no objection to the cattle being restored. Marwangca said that the Boers took 300 of the cattle raided by the Abaqulusi, of which number they now have in their possession 223, and Uhamu asks for a letter to get these. The remainder of the cattle, 77, were got from the Boers by a white trader, named by us Umxagaza, and taken across the Buffalo into Natal. Uhamu also told us to request the Resident to give him a pass to go after these and claim them. Further Uhamu asks us to request the Resident to give him two of his messengers to send with his own men after both lots of cattle. Reply : — I am glad to hear that there is no truth in the report, which Umyamana says had reached him, to the effect that Uhamu contemplated attacking him with the assistance of Usibebu, and I shall acquaint Umyamana with Uhamu's words. 2. As I have already informed Uhamu, I think that the continuation of these acts of violence on the part of the Abaqulusi are due to the fact of directions for their disarming not having been conveyed to them in due time by those who headed the movement in which they were taking part, I have good reason to believe that such directions have lately been given to them, and therefore I think no further molestation by them is to be apprehended. 3. I am unable to give Uhamu a letter to the Boers to claim the cattle referred to, the Boers being outside Zululand. Neither can I give him a letter to go after those which he asserts were taken across the Buffalo (into Natal) by a trader. I shall, however, bring Uhamu's application to the notice of the Governor without delay, whose reply I shall communicate to Uhamu when received. C. Inhlazatye, Zululand, July 3, 1882. Umkulutshana states :— I am sent by Umyamana and Undabuko to the Resident with Somhlolo, induna of the Abaqulusi, and two other of the Abaqulusi headmen named Peme and Lugagane, who are R 4012, Q 122 now present, to speak about their laying down their arms and dispersing. Umyamana says where are the Abaqulusi to find shelter after laying down their arms ? They have no homes to go to. * 2. Umyamana told me to ask the Resident for a letter to the Boers for the Abaqulusi, to enable them to get from the Boers the cattle they raided from Uhamu, and took over the Bivana into the Transvaal, where the Boers seized them. Reply:— - Tell’Umyamana and Undabuko that they promised me to disperse all their impi; there was no reservation made to retain any portion as a body assembled under arms. It was clearly understood that all the impi had to return to their homes after which those who had grievances or complaints were to state them to me for the Governor's information. Some of the statements since made, in accordance with this arrangement by Undabuko, Uhemulana, and others, referred also to the case of the Abaqulusi, and they have been sent to the Governor. I urge upon Umyamana to cause the Abaqulusi to disperse immediately, if he has not done so already, in accordance with his promise. Let them return to their temporary homes which they occupied since last year and await the words of the Governor on the whole question. Both he and Undabuko will see that if any further delay takes place in the return to their homes of the Abaqulusi, the other Chiefs who dispersed their impis will complain and perhaps take alarm. I strongly advise that all the people should remain quiet at their homes until the Governor sends his words about the whole matter. 2. I am unable to give a letter to the Boers to enable the Abaqulusi to recover the cattle they raided from Uhamu, and which it is said were seized by the Boers. The alleged seizure took place in the Transvaal, where also the Boers concerned are, and I am not authorised to interfere with matters outside of Zululand. Further, I have this day received from Uhamu also an application for a letter to the Boers to enable him to recover the same cattle, which application I have not entertained on the same grounds. I shall, however, inform the Governor of Umyamana's message, together with this, my reply thereto. D. Inhlazatye, Zululand, July 4, 1882. TJmrau and Untemba state : — We are sent by our Chief Usibebu to report to the Resident that Guma, whose severe wounding had been reported to Umyamela, the Resident’s induna, on the 29th ultimo., has since died of his wounds. 2. That the “Usutu’’ impi continues to prevent Mahlahleni's people from resuming occupation of their kraal, which they previously looted. The “Usutu” are not occupy- ing the kraal themselves. Tsibebu has ascertained now that Manyele was killed, and his son wounded, by a party consisting of men belonging to both Umsutyuana and Somkeli. Usibebu reports this to show that Somkeli did take part in the impi against him. Bogoto's sons joined from Somkeli’s. Usibebu says further that altogether five women belonging to him have been killed by the impi up to the present, and five men have been killed and three wounded. - & Reply :— I am sorry to hear of Guma’s death. 2. Tell Usibebu that I shall communicate with the heads of the “Usutu’’ about Mahlahleni's kraal, and with Somkeli in reference to the part said to have been taken by his men in the impi against Usibebu. Inhlazatye, Zululand, July 11, 1882. Tjmhlume and Umswazi state:— We are sent by Undabuku and Umyamana to inform the Resident that they have ascertained that the man Guma of Usibebu was killed by two boys belonging to their party. The deceased was the first to attack them. He formerly belonged to their party. - 123 F. Inhlazatye, Zululand, July 11, 1882. Untambu and Focoza state :- - We are messengers sent by Chief Uhamu to report to the Resident that, the day before Somhlolo came to the Resident (July 2nd), an impi of Abaqulusi sent by Umguni, con- sisting of 10 armed men, surrounded the kraal of Sokotwayo during the night, and attacked it. The impi killed one man and one young girl at the kraal, and wounded another man so severely that he is not expected to live. Sokotwayo and three young men belonging to the kraal escaped by flight. The impi then took all the women and children, numbering 20, prisoners and went away with them, together with all the cattle of the kraal. There were many cattle taken, as Sigade's troop was also that night at Sokot- wayo's kraal. The impi on their way to their own place with the prisoners, killed one of the latter, a young boy, with an assegai; the others they took on with them. A grown up girl who formed one of the prisoners escaped from the kraal of the Abaqulusi, and returned to her friends at Uhamu's. She reports that the Abaqulusi told the prisoners that they were still continuing fighting, they had never disarmed and would not. That Undabuko had ordered them to keep on fighting against Uhamu. They cared not what the Resident said, as he is nothing. They had their orders from Undabuko. Sokotwayo belonged formerly to the Abaqulusi, but is one of the party of that tribe who are loyal to Uhamu. The girl who escaped reported also that the Abaqulusi said that Undabuko ordered them to continue attacking Uhamu so as to provoke the latter to retaliate, which would then afford grounds for him, Undabuko, to send an impi against Uhamu. - 2. Uhamu further said we were to state that the Pangasweni people on the other side are also continuing under arms, harassing his people living nearest to them. Most of these people have abandoned their kraals, out of fear of this impi, and are concentrating near to him. The impi continues now to carry away the corn from the kraals so abandoned. It is openly said by them that they act under orders from Undabuko, with the view of causing Uhamu to retaliate, when the Usutu would attack him at once. The Pangasweni people are in Uhamu's territory, their headman is Maranana, one of the ex-King's brothers. 3. Uhamu told us also to say that, before the Zulu war, he remonstrated with Cetywayo against wanting to fight the English, and during the war he went over to the English. . After the war was over and the English had taken Cetywayo away, they brought him back to Zululand, saying that they had conquered the Zulus, that all the country be- longed to them ; and they gave him a territory. Now he sees that the English did not conquer the Zulus for they are always killing his people; and the words of the English Government are not listened to. He asks, therefore, that his Inkosi the Resident will take him back to where he was at the time of the war. When the party under Undabuko returned from Maritzburg, they collected impis to attack the appointed Chiefs without the authority of the Government. The Resident was himself astonished at this, and took steps to disperse them, but notwithstanding this, our Chief is being harassed by the people who took up arms. Reply :— I #ºry to hear of the occurrences at Sokotwayo's kraal. They happened the day before I saw Somhlolo, who is an Abaqulusi induna, and who promised me that no more violence would be done by their people, who would at once return to their homes and remain quiet. I do not think, therefore, that further interference from them need be expected. 2. I will communicate with the headman of the Pangasweni (Maranana), with the view of putting a stop to their unlawful acts. 3. I will inform the Governor of Uhamu’s words, and of his request to be returned to the place he came from before he was appointed a Chief. G. Inhlazatye, Zululand, July 12, 1882. Umsutyuana, Chief of the Umhletshi tribe, states:— I have come to report to the Resident that a messenger came from my people yesterday to inform me that the people are suffering much from hunger and diarrhoea, caused by want of food. One woman has died of it. The messenger also informed me that within the last few days, since I made my statement to the Resident, some of Q 2 124 Usibebu’s people, who came to carry away corn from the kraal of Umcobo, killed one man there named Magadeni and one old woman with assegais. This was done by men from Gamula, who formerly belonged to me, but has lately joined Usibebu. They carried away some of the corn out of the pit, and killed two dogs, which they threw into the pit to spoil the corn left therein. It is also reported to me that, about seven days ago, some of our people went to four kraals of Sikonyana to remonstrate against the taking away of their corn by the people of those kraals. Nothing was said in reply to them, but they were immediately assaulted and shots were fired at them by the men of those kraals. One of my men, Sokontya, got a bullet wound in the foot, but no one was killed. The result of the fight was that my people took 11 prisoners, viz., five men, five women, and one boy. One of the women has since escaped. The messenger also informed me that the people were in great want of food. The few odd cattle and goats they had with them are dying, on account of the unhealthiness of the place where the people are encamped. Further, that five of my kraals have been taken possession of by Usibebu, who has placed impis in two of them. The other three are taken possession of by his own people, to whom he has given them. My people are very discontented at having to remain encamped where they are, and they are pressing to get back to their kraals and sites of their kraals. They are afraid of the two impis placed in their kraals by Usibebu. It is quite true that our corn has been carried away by Usibebu's people. Two girls, who formerly belonged to my tribe, were caught in the act of carrying it away and made prisoners of. I am afraid now that I shall incur blame from the Resident, because I shall not be able to restrain my people. We have been deprived of our land, our huts, and our cattle. We did as the Resident told us to do by putting down our arms. Our enemies pretend that they have done so, but they have not disarmed. To the Resident :— - I did not send Babula or anyone from here to order up the impi to attack Usibebu’s kraals, and to take the prisoners. The occurrence took place without my knowledge. My people say they took the prisoners because they had been appropriating our corn, and they were taken to show as proof of the taking of the corn. Reply:— I am still in communication with Usibebu on the subject of the return of your people to their kraals. I urge you very strongly to restrain your people from doing anything that might lead to disturbance with Usibebu. As I have already told you, your state- ment has been sent to the Governor, and I expect to hear soon his words about it. I must tell you that Usibebu repeatedly complains of attacks on his people and their kraals by your men, and it is with difficulty that he restrains his people from retaliating. The understanding was that all had to disarm, remain quiet, and state their respective grievances. You should, therefore, put a stop to this harassing of Usibebu by your men, which I am informed they are still doing, and wait quietly for the Governor's words. H. Inhlazatye, Zululand, July 12, 1882. Upolile, Umfulana, Nyumbana, and Umjiba state:— We are sent by our Chief Usibebu to report to the Resident that four nights ago, an impi of Umsutyuana's people, consisting of one company of men led by his brother TJnkowana, surrounded the kraal of Macela, who belongs to Usibebu, and whose cattle and corn had been previously seized by Umsutyuana. The people of the kraal slept that night in the hills, and on their return early in the morning before sunrise, they found the impi in their kraal. The impi at once charged them, and killed with their assegais two men on the spot, and wounded another with a gunshot. The rest of the people they took prisoners, viz., the women and children, and three men, including Umjiba now present. Unkowana, the leader of the impi, found fault with his men, for having taken males prisoners. He said that Undabuko's orders were that every male had to be killed, even male infants had to be taken from their mother's backs and stabbed. Upon that the when took one of the male prisoners, a ringed man named Untyinela, down to a stream and stabbed him to death. The rest of the prisoners they took along with them. The men spoke among themselves about Undabuko's order, and that they would be blamed for having taken male prisoners. Umjiba hearing this, which was speken in his presence escaped from their custody during the night. 125 2. During the same night, an impi from Umbopa surrounded two kraals of Usibebu's people, first the kraal of Zula, where they stabbed one man in the right breast, who, with the other inmates of the kraal, escaped. The impi then burned down the kraal, and went on to the kraal of Umlomo, which it also burnt down. The people having escaped in time, none were hurt. The cattle of the kraals had also been sent away for safety, and none were taken ; but the corn had been seized by Umbopa’s people on a previous occasion. Usibebu says that, as his people are being continually killed and despoiled of their property, he wishes to send an armed body of his men into that neighbourhood to protect his people against violence. Reply:— - *śāntyum, will be here to-morrow morning, I shall speak to him about these attacks on Usibebu’s people, and warn him against a repetition thereof. Much, however, depends upon Usibebu’s own forbearance, which I trust he will exercise as far as possible. Umsutyuana has told me that his people are so very discontented, by Usibebu refusing to allow them to return to their kraals, that they will not remain quiet, and he fears he will not be able to restrain them, unless they are allowed to return. I therefore again. bring under Usibebu’s consideration the expediency of his permitting those people to. resume occupation of their kraals. The statement made by Usibebu's indunas on his behalf has been sent to the Governor, whose words in reference to the whole question will reach me shortly. In the meantime everything shall be done to insure peace and quietness in the country. I will communicate at once with Undabuko and Umyamana in reference to these acts of violence which are being continued by the “Usutu’’ upon Usibebu’s people. Enclosure 3 in No. 69. SIR. H. BULWER to BRITISH RESIDENT. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, July 27, 1882. WITH reference to your Despatch of the 12th instant, I have already (in my Despatch of the 21st instant), communicated to you my desire that you should do. what you can to secure the return to their homes of Umsutyuana and his people. It appears from what you report that these people were not driven away from their kraals, as was at first supposed, but that, aware of the intention of Undabuko to take up arms against the appointed Chief Usibebu, in whose territory they were residing, and apparently with the intention of themselves joining Undabuko, they withdrew of their own accord from their kraals. I quite agree with you, however, as to the importance of procuring the return to their homes of these people, and I trust you will be able to effect some arrangement with Usibebu which will allow of this being done. With reference to your Despatch of the 13th instant and its enclosures, I observe that you stated in reply to some of the messengers that you would report to me. what they had said, for my information and decision. It will be, perhaps, convenient that in future you should, in the body of your Despatch, indicate the particular points. upon which you want instructions from me. I will cause inquiry to be made respecting the cattle, 77 head in number, belonging to Uhamu, which he says were got from the Boers by a white trader, named by the Zulus Umxagaza, and taken across the Buffalo. I have already sent you instructions as to the communications to be made to Undabuko and Umyamana. Some weeks back I desired you to inform Undabuko that I should be prepared to see him and Usivetu about a location; but although these two came into Natal when they had a purpose of their own for doing so without permission, now that they have permission they do not appear disposed to avail themselves of it. I am assuming, of course, that you have had an opportunity of communicating to them this expression of my readiness to see them on this subject. Umyamana, also, I am prepared, as I have already informed you, to see so soon as I have an opportunity. Meanwhile he will, I trust, remain quiet, and I need not say that wº Q 3 * 126 I am sure you will not lose sight of the importance of preventing Uhamu giving him any cause for uneasiness. & I am not sure that any words of moderation will avail with Undabuko, who has shown such a want of moderation, who is at the head of the party of demonstration, who has his own designs, and who appears to be bent upon violence and disorder. But whatever influence for good you can bring to bear on him, I trust you will bring. You may inform Uhamu that I have received his words requesting you to take him back to where he was before the settlement, and that I will give my attention to his request. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULweR, Melmoth Osborn, Esq., C.M.G., Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. British Resident, Zululand. No. 70. Gover Non SIR HENRY BULWER, K.G. M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received September 4, 1882.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My Lord, - August 1, 1882. In my Despatch of the 24th ultimo,” I forwarded a copy of a letter I had that day received from the Bishop of Natal; and I have now the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, a copy of the letter which I addressed to the Bishop in reply. Owing to an oversight it was not forwarded by the mail that left yesterday. 2. On receiving the Bishop's letter stating that I had been misinformed as to the circumstance of a meeting of the principal Zulus, at which Dabulamanzi was present, having been held at Bishopstowe on May 3rd, because no such meeting, nor any meeting whatever, had taken place there on that day, I concluded that some mistake had been made by those.from whom my information was derived, regarding the date of the meeting. Strange to say, however, those who informed the Government adhere most positively to their statements that a meeting did take place on that day, and will not admit that they have made any mistake as to the day. I have, however, of course accepted the Bishop's assurance that no such meeting did take place at Bishopstowe on the day in question. 3. I may have occasion at some other time to refer to the influences under which Dabulamanzi was led to take the part that he did in the demonstration and at the meet- ing with me on Tuesday the 2nd of May, and to reject the good advice which I then gave him. But when the Bishop says that he told two of the brothers and “ the principal Zulus,” when they came to Bishopstowe to take leave of him, that he had only one word for them,-namely, that they must strictly obey my orders to go back at once to Zululand and make their prayer to the Resident at Inhlazatye,—if by this he means that he gave them advice in support of my authority, I am obliged, although with great regret, to say that I am unable to acknowledge the exercise of any such beneficial influence by him. Had the Bishop, when I declined to see the party of demonstration because they had come in without permission and had broken the rules also of the Natal Government, then advised them to return in accordance with my decision, it would have been advice not unfit for him to give, seeing that he had been the means of their coming in. But the Bishop did not give them this advice. Their transgression of the rules he has excused and defended as also their disregard of my admonition that they should return, and when at length they had no further occasion to stay and had decided to return, and on the day before their departure went to take leave of the Bishop, it was scarcely necessary, one would think, for him then to give then º advice as he says he gave. ave, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, (Signed) H. BULWER, $ &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Enclosure in No. 70. SIR H. BULWER to BISHOP of NATAL. * Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD BISHOP, July 26, 1882. I BEG to acknowledge your Lordship's letter of the 22nd July, which I received on Monday, and the copy of which I forwarded to the Secretary of State by the mail that left the same day. * * wº *-------— * No. 60. 127 I accept of course your Lordship's assurance that no meeting of Zulus took place at Bishopstowe on Wednesday May the 3rd, and Dabulamanzi's rejection of the good advice that I gave him on the previous day could not, it is clear, have been decided at a meeting which, as your Lordship says, did not take place. 4. I am, &c. The Right Rev. the Bishop of Natal, (Signed) H. BULwÉR. &c. &c. &c. No. 71. SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF - KIMBERLEY. (Received September 4, 1882.) Government House, Cape Town, MY LORD, - - August 10, 1882. - I HAVE the honour to enclose for your information a copy of a letter which I have received from the Secretary to the British Resident in the Transvaal, forwarding a copy of a communication from the Transvaal Government, drawing attention to the present lamentable condition of affairs in Zululand, and urging the restoration of the ex-King Cetywayo. The substance of this communication was on the 8th instant transmitted to your Lordship in a telegram,” a copy of which is also enclosed. I have, &c. (Signed) HERCULES ROBINSON, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, High Commissioner. &c. - &c. &c. Enclosure in No. 71. SECRETARY TO BRITISH RESIDENT, Transvaal State, to PRIVATE SECRETARY. - British Residency, 'Transvaal State, SIR, Pretoria, July 29, 1882. IN the absence on public duty of his honour the British Resident, I have the honour to send herewith, for the information of his Excellency, the High Commissioner, transla- tions of - * 1. Letter from the State Secretary of the Transvaal Government, dated 26th July 1882, COWerln 2. Éport to the Vice-President, of the Commandant-General, the Hon. P. J. Joubert, upon the present condition of affairs in Zululand, and which the Transvaal Government is anxious should be transmitted to England, for the consideration of Her Majesty’s Government. - - I have, &c. (Signed) R. RUTHERFooRD, Secretary, for British Resident, absent on duty. The Private Secretary to his Excellency the High Commissioner for South Africa, Cape Town. Annexure 1. (Translation.) - Government Office, Pretoria, HoN. SIR, July 26, 1882. I HAVE the honour, in the name of the Government, to send to you, herewith copy of a Report by our Commandant-General, the Hon. Mr. Joubert, upon the present condition of affairs in Zululand, which seems to be most lamentable. The Government entirely coincides with the views of the Commandant-General, that the only way by which peace and quiet can be restored in Zululand is, by the release and declaration of his being restored to his throne of the ex-King Cetywayo. * No. 46. Q 4 128 The Government cannot, therefore, omit to insist thereon in the strongest manner, and to request that, in the interest of humanity, this should be done as speedily as possible. The Government, at the same time, earnestly presses upon your honour to forward these its views, together with the Report of our Commandant-General to England by the next outgoing mail, through his Excellency the High Commissioner. I have, &c. (Signed) W. ED. Bok, The Hon. the British Resident, Pretoria. State Secretary. Annexure 2. Translation. - To his Honour S. J. P. KRüGER, Vice-President, M. W. PRETORIUs, Member of Triumvirate, and Hon. Members of the Executive Council. Commandant General’s Office, Pretoria, HoN. SIR AND GENTLEMEN, July 18, 1882. From the reports received by me from the Landdrosts of Utrecht and Wakker- stroom, and Officers, it appears that matters in Zululand, on our eastern boundary, are becoming more and more serious. Murder, robbery, and plunder are the order of the day, and there are many Zulus deprived of all their possessions and plundered; driven out of their country within our boundaries, without any means of existence. The state of affairs in Zululand now offers a good opportunity to these people to revenge themselves upon their enemy, and to regain part of the property of which they have been deprived. This causes great difficulty to our Government, and renders it almost impossible to interfere with regard to these fugitives, otherwise than by force of arms, driying them back over the line. This, however, would be tantamount to certain and immediate death, and to exposing them to the utmost cruelty, as I have already represented on a former occasion. I have received no reply yet to the question put by me. In the meantime matters are getting worse, and, in my opinion, it may be expected that the shedding of blood and barbarities will increase until the Zulu King Cetywayo is restored to his country. For this reason I must again urge upon the Government to protest against this state of affairs in Zululand, caused by a wrong policy; and, more particularly, to urge the liberation of the Zulu King. I have, &c. (Signed) P. J. JOUBERT, Commandant General. * . No. 72. - The RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY to GovERNOR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, September 7, 1882. YoU will have observed that at his interview with me on the 15th of August, Cetywayo made it a subject of complaint against John Dunn that he had taken his (Cetywayo's) property and cattle away from his children, and caused his people and his children to suffer hunger. 2. Cetywayo has, in conversation with Mr. Bramston, recurred to this subject on more than one occasion, especially when that gentleman, who has been in charge of the arrangements for the visit, formally took leave of him. The substance of his complaints is that in former time the King's cattle covered the country; they were well known, for the headmen of the different kraals to whom they were entrusted were required to account for them and to report the death of any animal among them, or any increase by births; that he did not complain of the Government taking possession of his cattle at the close of the war, but he complained that some had been seized by Uhamu and Sibibu and others, the greater part by John Dunn, to whom has been allotted the territory in which most of them were running. 3. If this statement is true the action of these Chiefs is distinctly a fraud upon Her Majesty's Government, for the “royal" cattle were to have been delivered to them, as in fact was done with a certain number. It would therefore be in every way justifiable to notify to the Chiefs that it is the desire of Her Majesty's Government that all cattle formerly belonging to Cetywayo and their produce should be collected for him before his return. 129 4. The want of cattle is evidently a point on which Cetywayo feels the greatest anxiety. He frequently alluded to his poverty, saying that if he returns with empty hands he will only be going back to fresh troubles. If it should be found to be imprac- ticable to collect the cattle which formerly belonged to him, the natural alternative would seem to be that the Chiefs and people who are willing to receive him back as their ruler should make a contribution from their own herds for his support. 5. Either, however, by the collection of his cattle or by some other arrangement it will obviously be necessary that proper provision should be made for his maintenance and support on his arrival in his own country; otherwise in the absence of any means for his support in a manner suited to his station he would find himself compelled to resort to arbitrary measures to supply his wants, a contingency which it is most important to guard against at the outset of his new rule. 6. The Chief Unconcwana also complained that his cattle had been seized by Uhamu because he has supported Cety wayo, and you should consider whether any intervention is possible on his behalf. I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) FCIMBERLEY. No. 73. The RIGHT HON. The EARL OF KIMBERLEY to Gover Nor SIR HENRY BULW ER, K.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, September 11, 1882. I TRANSMIT to you for your information a copy of a correspondence” with the High Commissioner arising out of a representation from the Government of the Trans- vaal State respecting the state of affairs in Zululand. I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) KIMBERLEY. No. 74. The RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIM BERLEY to SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C. M. G. SIR, 1)owning Street, September 11, 1882. I HAVE received your Despatch, of the 10th ultimo,f enclosing a copy of a communication from the Transvaal Government, forwarded through Her Majesty’s Resident in the Transvaal, the substance of which you had already communicated to me in your telegraphic Despatch of the 8th ultimo, ; in reference to the state of affairs in Zululand, and urging the restoration of the ex-King Cety wayo. 2. I have to request that you will intimate to the Government of the Transvaal that, as they will no doubt have already learned, Her Majesty's Government have determined to restore Cetywayo upon certain conditions. I have, &c. Sir Hercules Robinson. (Signed) KIMBERLEY. No. 75. Governor SIR HENRY BULW ER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received September 13, 1882.) gº - Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My Lord, - August 11, 1882. I HAVE the honour to transmit herewith a copy of a resolution passed at a public meeting held at Durban on the 5th instant, on the question of the restoration to Zululand of the ex-King Cety wayo. * Nos. 46, 71, and 74. f No. 71. j No. 46. R 4012. - R. 130 2. At the request of the Mayor of Durban I telegraphed the resolution to your. Lord- ship on the 8th instant.” 3 2 3. As the two newspapers published at Durban, the “Natal Mercury and the « Natai Mercantile Advertiser,” approach the question from different points of view: I enclose, for your Lordship's information, extracts from them, reporting and commenting upon the proceedings at the meeting. - - * I have, &c. - (Signed) HENRY BULW ER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Governor. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure 1 in No. 75. The MAvon of DURBAN to the Coloni AI, SECRETARY. Town Office, Durban, Natal, SIR, August 5, 1882. I have the honour herewith to enclose copy resolution carried at a public meeting held this day, and to ask that his Excellency will be good enough tº forward same at the earliest opportunity to Her Majesty's Secretary of State for the Colonies. I have, &c. . (Signed) EDWARD PICKERING, Mayor. Resolution passed at PUBLIC MEETING held August 5, 1882. That this meeting hereby records its solemn protest against the restoration of Cetywayo to Zululand, feeling assured that such a step would be fraught with imminent perii and disastrous consequences to this Colony, and would weaken the authºrity of Her Majesty's Government amongst the native tribes of South Africa, and it pledges con- tinued resistance to the return of the ex-King. And this meeting further authorises and requests the Mayor to transmit a copy of this resolution by telegraph to Her Majesty's Secretary of State for the Colonies, as well as to his Excellency the Governor and the Speaker of the Legislative Council of this Colony. gº (Signed) EDWARD PICKERING, Mayor, and Chairman of the Meeting held. ---sº Enclosure 2 in No. 75. “Natal Mercury,” Monday, August 7, 1882. THE open air meeting on Saturday was an unqualified demonstration of public opinion adverse to Cety wayo's restoration, and yet not quite unqualified, for there was just sufficient opposition to emphasize the force and fulness of the prevailing sentiment. Mr. scombe may well be thanked by the colonists for having shown how exceedingly small is the impression made upon the colonial mind by all the efforts and “arguments” of Cetywayo's champions and adherents. It is a most fortunate thing that he saw fit to take a leading part in the proceedings as the champion of the restorationists, inasmuch as he was thereby the means of exposing the extreme feebleness of the party represented by him. Had he abstained from being present, or being present had he abstained from taking any part, the weakness of his cause would not have been, as it was, so signally manifested. The meeting was one summoned in the legitimate and ordinary way. A requisition signed largely by men of all parties, many being Mr. Escombe's own pro- minent political supporters. It could not therefore be called, as he called it, a “partisan’’ meeting. If it were so then he was not complimentary to many of those “partisans,” so many of whom are ranked amongst his own adherents, in his attempt to minimise or cast contempt upon the conveners of the meeting. We may publish hereafter a full list of the requisitionists in order that it may be seen how little justification there was for Mr. Escombe's taunt or sneer. The meeting was held at an hour admitted to be inconvenient, but it was nevertheless largely attended by one of the most representative assemblages of citizens that has been held in Durban. The Mayor was in the chair, and unfor- * No. 45. I31 tunately excited Mr. Escombe's ire by an appearance of sympathy with the avowed object of the meeting. Mr. Pickering is always outspoken and honest, but he did not on Saturday do more than instruct the meeting as to the manner in which its obvious desires could best be met. There was ample opportunity for discussion, and both Mr. Escombe and Mr. Hartley took full advantage of it. It is true that both were evidently out of sympathy with their auditors, as was indicated by the interruptions accorded to the first speaker, and by the noisy and hostile reception met by the last. Mr. Hartley, indeed, was so completely in conflict with the meeting, that he only got an intermittent hearing by dint of the most surprising display of persistence and intrepidity on his part. Nothing could quench his determination to be heard. After saying that if the meeting did not choose to hear him, he still went on despite the most demonstrative proofs to the contrary. He then demanded a show of hands as to whether he was to be heard or not, yet in the face of an overwhelming exhibition of hostile votes he persisted in his address. Considering how freely he poured contempt upon the men he was speaking to, how bitterly he denounced them, and how scornfully he defied and derided them, it says much, indeed, for Mr. Hartley's courage and candour that he managed to say what he did. What that was may best be estimated by one illustration. He spoke of Sir Bartle Frere, Lord Chelmsford, and Dr. Mann as having spoken in the House of Commons strongly in favour of the annexation of Zululand, leaving it to be inferred, of course, that they were in favour also of Cetywayo's restoration. We all know that not one of those gentlemen could by any means speakin an assembly to which none of them belong; and we know also that there are not three men living who have said more in opposition to Cetywayo's restoration than have those he thus named. This one instance is in itself sufficient to expose the hollowness of Mr. Hartley’s attempts at “argument.” So far as the meeting is concerned, therefore, the result is this: that a formally con- vened assemblage of several hundred townspeople, decided not only to protest against Cetywayo's restoration, but pledged themselves to offer continued resistance to his return. Against this proposal the senior member for the borough moved an amend- ment practically approving of the ex-King's restoration, and his local colleague Sup- ported him in the teeth of the most prominent exhibitions of disfavour. Against the voice of the vast majority, 22 dissentient hands were raised. Thus, notwithstanding Mr. Escombe's great personal influence, and his strenuous momentary persuasions, the public opinion of Durban expressed itself adversely to him on this question. We say nothin about the personal animus towards the mover of the resolution exhibited by himself. That goes for nothing as compared with the real merits of the question at issue. The “premier constituency " of this Colony was asked to declare itself upon this question, and the response has been one that no home ministry can lightly disregard or override. Durban at any rate does not want to see Cety wayo restored, and will do its best to prevent his getting back to Zululand. Enclosure 3 in No. 75. “Natal Mercantile Advertiser,” August 8, 1882. THE open air meeting held last Saturday afternoon for the purpose of protesting against the return of Cetywayo to Zululand at one time appeared likely to become a complete failure. At the beginning of the meeting, and when Mr. Robinson rose to propose the protest, there could not have been more than between 150 and 200 people present. There was no sign whatever of enthusiasm, the meeting opening very flat indeed. Even Mr. Robinson failed to raise a cheer in the earlier part of his speech, though the great bulk of those present were undoubtedly his personal supporters. It seemed to be taken for granted that the protest he had to propose would be passed without opposition and as a matter of course. But presently it got whispered about that an amendment was to be proposed, and this whisper awakened an interest that had previously been lacking. When Mr. Escombe made his appearance, and it became known that he was to move the amendment, this interest increased, and as the ordinary Saturday sales concluded, the people left them and came over to the meeting. Thus the numbers of those present were, towards the end, considerably increased, though still there was a conspicuous absence of very many of our leading townsmen. Comparatively few of these were, in fact, present, even some of those who had signed the requisition to the Mayor, asking him to call the meeting, not putting in an appearance. The platform was occupied only by the two members for the borough, the Messieurs Escombe and Hartley, Mr. Robinson, the Mayor, and ex-Mayor, and the Town Clerk. The resolution moved by Mr. Robinson, and the amendment proposed by Mr. Escombe, together with Mr. Pinson's - R 2 132 revolutionary motion, appeared in the report of the meeting published yesterday, so that our readers have already been able to form their own opinion upon them. Mr. Robinson did not support his resolution by any arguments. In fact he stated at the opening of his address that the meeting was not a meeting for argument. It was called simply in order to make a protest, and Mr. Escombe was perfectly right when he pointed out that the bulk of those present had come there for that set purpose, that is, to make a protest. Mr. Escombe evidently did not expect to get any support for his amendment. When he rose to speak, the tactics adopted by Mr. Robinson's supporters at the late election were repeated. Mr. Escombe was interrupted at every sentence, a few of Mr. Robinson's friends making themselves conspicuous by the open manner in which they kept up the interruption. They did not gain much by this line of conduct at the late election, and they gained nothing more by it on Saturday than to disgust those who had gone to the meeting prepared to listen quietly to what had to be said on the one side or the other. Of course they carried their protest, and it was quite right that they should do so. They were there for the purpose and they had a perfect right to protest. But Mr. Escombe also gained his point, which was to show that there is a difference of opinion in the borough on the subject in relation to which the meeting was called, and to prevent, as far as he could, misleading telegrams in reference to the meeting being sent to England. Our own opinion of the meeting is that it will not have much effect, one way or the other, on the question at issue. It was not a meeting of a kind calculated to create an effect. It was too noisy, and the spirit of intolerance of opposition was too much mani- fested by those who went there to support the protest. The references made to England, both in some of the speeches made and in the interruptions of the hearers, were such as loyal Englishmen should never have uttered. They were not only disloyal and discreditable to Englishmen, but they were lowering to the character and prestige of the people of that nation. Had they come from the mouths of avowed Fenians they could not have been more anti-English or seditious. “What is England's guarantee worth P” “How can we trust England P” were the common exclamations made by the crowd. Derisive laughter greeted every reference to the honour or the good faith of England, and if there were any foreigners present they must have been profoundly impressed with the strange exhibition of disrespect for their own nation and government made by the British colonists assembled. Could a faithful report of the meeting reach England it would destroy any little effect the passing of the protest might otherwise have, because no one could attach any importance to a gathering where so partisan and one-sided a feeling was exhibited. It is to be regretted that the meeting was of that kind. It is to be regretted that a fairer hearing was not given to the speakers who were opposed to the protest. They had a right to such a hearing, and nothing was to be gained by attempting to hoot them down or by interrupting them because what they said was not palatable to the majority of those present. The object of the meeting, however, was so far gained that the protesting resolution was passed, and it remains now to be seen what will follow. A poll of the borough was demanded by the mover of the amendment; but the Mayor, instead of at once granting it, said he would take time to consider. We do not suppose it will matter much whether the poll takes place or not, but we repeat that it would have greatly added to the effect of the meeting, and more favourably impressed those who . went there as spectators, had a more tolerant disposition been manifested by the sup- porters of the mover of the protesting resolution. Nothing, in the end, is ever gained by intolerance. . Nothing was gained, but everything lost, by those who exercised it so per- sistently during the late election in Durban, but who do not even yet seem to understand the full meaning of the lesson then taught to them. No. 76. SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received September 13, 1882) Government House, Cape Town, MY LORD, August 19, 1882. WITH reference to your telegram of the 17th instant, relative to the tem- porary disposition of Cetywayo pending the completion of arrangements for his return to Zululand, I haye the honour to enclose, for your information, a copy of a Minute which I have received from Ministers, stating they see no objection to Céſywayo residing temporarily at Oude Molen whilst awaiting the completion of the arrangements mentioned by your Lordship. sº 133 The substance of this Minute was communicated to your Lordship by cable on the 19th instant. - - I have, &c. r (Signed) HERCULES ROBINSON, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Governor and High Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. - - Enclosure in No. 76. MINUTE. Colonial Secretary’s Office, Cape Town, August 19, 1882. MINISTERs have the honour to state, with reference to his Excellency the Governor's Minute of the 18th instant, that they see no objection to the proposal of the Right Honourable the Secretary of State for the Colonies that the ex-King Cetywayo should reside temporarily at the farm Oude Molen, pending the completion of arrange- ments for his return to Zululand, in accordance with the terms of Lord Kimberley’s telegram of the 18th instant on the subject. t - - (Signed) THOMAS C. ScANLEN. No. 77. The RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIM BERLEY to Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. - SIR, - Downing Street, September 14, 1882. - I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch of the 11th of August,” enclosing a resolution passed at a public meeting held at Durban on the 5th of that month, protesting against the restoration of Cety wayo to Zululand, together with extracts from the “Natal Mercury’’ and the “Natal Mercantile Advertiser,” com- menting upon the proceedings of the meeting. & I request that you will inform the mayor of Durban that I have duly received the resolution. I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) KIM BERLEY. No. 78. Gover Nor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIM BERLEY. (Received September 19, 1882.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, August 16, 1882. I HAVE the honour to transmit to your Lordship a copy of a Memorial which has been addressed to me by the Chairman of a public meeting held at Newcastle, in this Colony, relative to the contemplated restoration to Zululand of the ex-King Cetywayo. I have, &c. * (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Governor. &c. &c. &c. _{* Enclosure in No. 78. To his Excellency Sir HENRY EDWARD ERNEST BULwer, K.C.M.G., Governor, and Commander-in-Chief in and over the Colony of Natal, &c., &c. MAY IT PLEASE YOUR ExCELLENCY, Newcastle, August 9, 1882. . WE, the undersigned inhabitants of the town of Newcastle, in public meeting assembled, having heard that the restoration of Cetywayo to his former position of King of Zululand is being considered by the Imperial Government, respectfully beg to record our opinion that the past history of that Chief affords no guarantee of future peaceable government by him; that any pledges given by him in this respect cannot be relied upon, and that his return to Zululand will be detrimental to the peace of this Colony and the adjoining States. We feel assured that such return must lead to the organiza- tion of a Zulu army, which would, as before, be a standing menace to this Colony, the * No. 75. R. 3 134 population of which is wholly inadequate to cope with such a force. We, therefore, respectfully beg that your Excellency will be pleased to convey these our views to Her Majesty’s Principal Secretary of State for the Colonies, and your petitioners as in duty bound will ever pray. On behalf of the meeting, (Signed) R. D. KIDD, Chairman. No. 79. Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received September 27, 1882.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, MY LORD, August 25, 1882. I HAVE the honour to forward the report which, at your Lordship's request, I have prepared on the question of the settlement of the Zulu country. - I had hoped to send this report a fortnight ago, but unavoidable causes prevented its completion. I have, &c. - The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, (Signed) HENRY BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Enclosure in No. 79. REPORT. Settlement of Zulu Country. In approaching the question of the settlement of the Zulu country, it is necessary to advert to the present position of the ex-king and to the movement that has of late been directed to bring about his release and restoration, inasmuch as they have come to bear upon the general question in a primary and principal degree. 2. On the termination of the Zulu war in 1879 it was considered to be incompatible with the prospect of maintaining any permanent peace in this portion of South Africa that Cety wayo should remain in the Zulu country, whether as king or in any other capacity. It was decided to be necessary that he should be excluded from any arrange- ment that might be made for the future government of the Zulu people; and it was further decided that he could not safely be left, with freedom of action, either in Zulu- land or in any adjoining country. He was accordingly deposed and sent as a State prisoner to Cape Town. It was formally declared to the Zulu people that Cetywayo should never again rule over the Zulu country, and the country itself was divided into 13 separate and independent territories, over each of which was placed, as an independent ruler, a chief appointed for the purpose. 3. Since that time, and until within the last few weeks, the ex-king has been kept as a State prisoner in the Cape Colony--at first as a military prisoner in the Castle at Cape Town, and afterwards, with a larger amount of personal liberty, at Oude Molen, a farm situated on the Cape Downs at a short distance from Cape Town. But for some time past urgent representations have been made on the subject of his captivity and on his personal behalf. An active movement has been at work to effect his release and restoration. The questions that were raised at the time of the Zulu war with respect to the origin of the war, the circumstances under which it was commenced, and the extent to which the ex-king was responsible for it have been renewed. The existing settlement of the Zulu country has at the same time been vigorously assailed. Sweeping charges have been made by the partisans of the ex-king against the appointed chiefs, and an agitation has been incited in the Zulu country among ºthose who are dissatisfied under the existing settlement, at the head of the agitation being the ex-king’s brothers. Meanwhile, events have occurred in the Zulu country which not only have lent colour to the assertions against the appointed chiefs, but have given an unfavourable impression of the working of the settlement, and have suggested serious doubts as to the possibility of maintaining the present arrangements. The advocates of the personal cause of the ex-king have boldly taken upon themselves to assert that the whole of the Zulu people desire his restoration, and many people are ready to accept the idea that the best and only remedy for the unsatisfactory condition existing in the Zulu country is to be found in the restoration of the ex-king. The Government of the Cape Colony which in 1880 declared against the liberation or restoration of the ex-king as fatal to the peace of Zululand, and as bound to prove a certain cause of trouble in Kafirland, has been succeeded by one which is understood to be in favour both of his liberation and of his restoration; while the Government of the re-established Transvaal State, although with traditions which have not hitherto been associated with much regard for native rights or for native interests, has gone out of its way to urge upon Her Majesty's Government both the justice and the expediency of the restoration. 135 4. Thus, what was at one time decided to be impossible has come of late to be thought possible ; what was at one time held to be inadmissible has come to be deemed admis- sible; what was declared in the highest degree unadvisable on public grounds has come to be 'actually urged and accepted by many people as desirable on public grounds. 5. The attitude of the ex-king has, not unnaturally, been influenced by what has taken place. The burden of his captivity has undoubtedly been heavy upon him. But whereas at first he was content to ask for no more than leave to return to his country, not as a king but as a private individual, disclaiming the wish to have anything to do again with the government of the country, and desiring nothing more than to live quietly with his family, his representations afterwards came to assume another tone, his impor- tunity became greater, and the nature of his applications did not stop short of a restora- tion to the Zulu country as its king. The appeals he made of this kind were necessarily refused, but permission, at his urgent request, having been given him to visit England, he has now gone there to plead his own cause, and there is a general feeling that it will not be easy to justify his further detention in captivity. º 6. It is, then, under these circumstances that we enter upon the consideration of the Zulu question, and it is necessary, therefore, that we should understand the position that we occupy with regard to it and the objects with which we approach it; and that we do so not only with reference to the necessity of revising the existing settlement, but with reference also to the necessity of dealing with the question of the future disposal of the ex-king, and of considering if any arrangements can be made for his liberation and, if possible, for his restoration. - 7. The settlement of 1879 has been the object of attack from the moment that its provisions were first made known. It has been attacked from two opposite quarters, and for two opposite reasons: by one party because it deposed, the Zulu king and sent him into captivity; by the other because it stopped short of the annexation of the country or at least of bringing it under British rule. - 8. Those who have assailed it on the former account have been comparatively few in number, but their attack has been the most active and the most persistent, and they have assailed it by means which, however contrary as I am sure it has been to their intentions, have unquestionably led to a political and party agitation in the Zulu coun- try—an agitation that we have lately seen display itself in open violence and bloodshed. The cause of the ex-king which they advocate has, however, received of late the support of that outside public opinion, especially in England, to which I have just referred, and which, recognising the objections to the detention of the ex-king in a lifelong captivity, is averse to it on grounds of public principle. The others, in this country by far the more numerous party, have protested against the settlement, not because of the deposition of the dynasty or the banishment of Cetywayo, with both of which acts they have been in entire agreement, but because it did not go further, because, in fact, it did not bring the country under the British flag. Strenuous in condemning the settlement on this account, those who have so condemned it have, nevertheless, refrained from doing anything that would lead to disorder in the Zulu country, and their action, at least, is free from the responsibility which attaches to unconstitutional agitation against constituted authority. 9. True it is that those who have exclaimed against the settlement from either side have not failed to find various grounds of objection to it, and to point out this or that fault in it; but the real objection to it in their eyes—the real fault and offence of the settlement—has been with the one party because it sent the Zulu king into exile, and with the other because it did not bring the country completely under British rule. We may travel the round of all the arguments that have been employed against the settlement, of all the reproaches and the reflections that they have heaped upon it, but we shall always come back to these original causes of the complaints. 10. And yet it might be difficult to say what better arrangement in principle those who were responsible could, under the circumstances of that time, have made, short of retaining the king in power, or of annexing the country. But, supposing they had followed the first of these two alternative courses, supposing the dynasty had been untouched, and Cetywayo left at the head of the Zulu nation, what would those who have decried the settlement, because it did not bring the Zulus under British rule, have said 2 Or again, supposing the second alternative had been adopted, and the Zulu country had been brought under British rule, in what respect would this have satisfied the advocates of Cetywayo's personal cause ? I interpose this remark, not as bearing upon the principles which actually decided the arrangement that was made, or as implying that a via media was designedly followed between these two courses, but to illustrate the diametrically opposite views of the two parties by both of whom the settlement of 1879 has been assailed. Opposed as these two parties have been to one R. 4 136 another, in their sympathies and in their objects, they have nevertheless been united in one point, that of attacking the settlement. g 11. The main principles which determined the settlement were these. It was held that the exclusion of Cetywayo from the future government of the Zulu country and the deposition of the dynasty were expedient for the sake of the public peace in South Africa. It was held that to leave Cety wayo at the head of the Zulu nation would, in the course of a few years, and when the effects of the national defeat of 1879 was gone by, be to leave South Africa exposed to the peril of another and a greater war, a war in which the vanquished of 1879, profiting by the knowledge they had acquired, and with a fierce desire to recover the national prestige, would be a far more formidable enemy than before. It was held that in this way none of the objects for which the war was fought would be secured, whether of benefit to the Zulu people or of peace to the adjoining communities, and that the Zulus would remain not merely, as formerly, an element of danger, but far more dangerous than before to the public peace. As for the king himself, so for the dynasty, and it was therefore decided to be necessary, not alone to depose the actual king, but to set aside the dynasty. The decision to do this may have been right or it may have been wrong, but it was a decision based upon principle. On the other hand, it was held that to annex the Zulu country would be unjust to the Zulu people, as the war had been against the king and not against the people. The War itself, moreover, was not one that had met with the approval of the public at home, and to annex the country would have been against the national conscience. 12. These were the two main considerations, as I have always understood, which governed the settlement of 1879. They may be open to question, and it is to be assumed that they are so, inasmuch as it is precisely on their account that the settlement has been subjected to such bitter opposition. But they were principles, broad, distinct, and intelligible, which aimed at securing the paramount interests concerned, namely, the peace of this part of South Africa with a careful regard for the national rights of the Zulu people. 13. These two main principles being determined, the settlement was framed and contrived with a view to secure certain other objects of no inconsiderable importance. It was thought advisable that the Zulu nation, which had been formed by Chaka out of different conquered tribes, should be broken up, and, further, that the military system should be abolished. To promote the well-being of the people, to improve the conditions of their domestic life, and to encourage in them the adoption of peaceful habits, it was provided that the land, as belonging to the Zulu people, should be secured from alienation to Europeans; that the life of no man should be forfeited or taken, as hitherto had been the case, without a full and fair trial; that the young men should be free to marry, which had been prohibited under the severe rules of a military despotism; and that there should be freedom of trade and of communication with other countries. These were some of the privileges and liberties obtained for the people of Zululand, privileges and liberties to which they had been strangers, and who will venture to call them in question or gainsay the purposes of the settlement that conferred them P 14. The Zulu country was divided into thirteen different and independent territories, part of the arrangements being devised so as to revive some of the former independent tribal nationalities. Over each territory a chief was appointed to rule, subject to conditions which were to secure the objects above named, and to which he was required to give his formal agreement at the time he received his chieftainship. A British resident was appointed to conduct the relations with the appointed chiefs. He was charged especially to take care that the appointed chiefs observed these conditions, but his position was to be rather that of an adviser than of one possessing any power of direction or control ; he was to exercise influence, not authority. 15. In judging the settlement after this interval of nearly three years, we have to consider it—in respect of the charges that have been made against those who were put in authority under it, namely, the appointed chiefs; in respect of its actual working as a form of government in the past ; and in respect of its inherent qualities of strength or weakness, of stability or instability, as a form of government for the future. 16. It is possible that I am not acquainted with all the charges that have been brought against the appointed chiefs juring the past three years, and I should be unable, therefore, even if it were desirable, to enter into every separate charge that may have been advanced. But probably they are all substantially involved in the sweeping accusation that has been made against them of “eating up " and “killing ” their people. It is at any rate an accusation large enough to cover every charge of the kind. 17. I have not yet obtained all the detailed information that I would desire to have respecting the cases that have occurred of “eating up.” Cases of “eating up ’’-that 1:37 is, of taking away and confiscating the cattle of any chief, headman, or other person- there certainly have been, whether the confiscations have been of the character of an executive penalty inflicted for some social offence, or of a political character as a punish- onent for some political offence. I have desired the Resident to furnish me with a report of all the cases of “eating up " that have come under his notice, or that he is able to ascertain as having taken place during the past two years, and I append copies of some papers which have passed on this subject, but the further general report for which I was waiting before forwarding these papers has not yet reached me. I am unable, therefore, to form a fully comprehensive opinion on what has been the state of the case in this respect. Still, from what I have heard, I am disposed to believe there have been many cases of undue “eating up,” and that several people have been arbitrarily punished, by fine or confiscation. To what extent this has been practised, by what appointed chiefs, and in what territories, the .information before me is not sufficient to enable me to express more than this general opinion. 18. But, with regard to the charge that has been brought against the “appointed chiefs' generally of “killing ” their people, the information is more complete. This is a charge so grave that when I read a statement deliberately making it in a communica- tion which appeared in one of the English newspapers from an anonymous correspondent in Natal, I could with difficulty realise the fact. But there was the statement, without compromise of terms, without qualification, appearing in an English paper of large circulation and asserting that the appointed chiefs—the same chiefs who had solemnly promised that no man’s life should be taken without trial—were killing their people in large numbers from sheer bloodthirstiness, whilst the English Government looked quietly on. It was of course impossible to pass by a statement so serious as this and advanced in such a manner. The result of the inquiry I made into the matter was communicated in my Despatch of the 31st May,” a copy of which, as it bears directly on this part of my Report, I append to it. The charge, so far as 12 out of the 13 appointed chiefs were concerned, was simply without foundation. And yet there the charge was in the public papers, working its effect, influencing the mind of the English eople against all the appointed chiefs, on account of the iniquities alleged to be com- mitted by them. One of the 13 chiefs has unquestionably been guilty of a great offence in the violent proceedings that he took last year against the Abaqulusi. Perhaps we may never know all the story of this deplorable event—how much the appointed chief may have been to blame, how much the Abaqulusi themselves, and what undercurrent was at work in the attitude these people had taken up towards the appointed chief. But the appointed chief cannot escape the responsibility for so great a destruction of human life, and on other accounts also his chieftainship, so it seems to me, stands con- demned, utterly condemned, by the ill use he has made of it. But, going back to the charge of bloodshed made against the appointed chiefs, it deserves to be noticed that, with the one exception of Uhamu, these chiefs have been all of them singularly free from the crime with which they are charged. They have all, so far as I can learn, been free from the guilt of taking human life without trial. Some of them may have been hard in their dealings with their people. Some of them may have exacted heavy fines, but of the crime of blood-shedding they have, with the one exception of Uhamu, not been guilty. Whatever they may have done, they have not broken their covenant with the English Government in this respect. Let this be said to their credit ! We are on the eve in all probability of doing away with their chieftainships. Even those who have been strongest in denouncing them ought not to grudge them the justice that is their due. I, at least, am bound to do them justice, and I must acquit them of the great crime that has been so wrongfully and so unjustly charged against them. 19. I now pass to the consideration of the actual working of the settlement during the period of nearly three years that it has been established, and of the inherent con- ditions of the settlement regarded as a form of government for the country. 20. The principal events that have occurred during this period have been — the Sitimela disturbance; the attack upon the Abaqulusi by the appointed Chief Uhamu ; the disputes of that appointed chief with the Chief Umyamana; the disputes of Undabuko and Usiwetu, brother and half-brother of the ex-king, with the appointed Chief Usibebu ; the imposition of a tax upon his people by the appointed Chief John Dunn ; the recent attitude adopted towards that appointed chief by Dabulamanzi, another of the ex-king's half-brothers; and the agitation of what is called the Usutu party under the lead of Undabuko, 21. These are the prominent incidents that have taken place in the Zulu country under the settlement; and it is in consequence of them that attention has been directed —1– —-a-— * * No. 16. R 4012, S 138 to the working of the system established by the settlement. It is on their account that the condition of Zululand has been described as unsatisfactory, that the working of the system has been called in question, and that serious doubts have arisen as to whether the settlement can be regarded as sufficient to preserve the country from falling into a state of anarchy and disorder. : 22. The Sitimela disturbance, indeed, can scarcely be said to bear upon the settle- ment. It arose out of the attempt of an impostor named Sitimela to dispute the title of Umlandela, who is one of the appointed chiefs, to the hereditary chieftainship of the Umtetwa tribe. Like many other impostors, the man succeeded in deceiving a number of people and in getting about him a considerable following of supporters. It was necessary to use force in order to oppose his advance, and Umlandela, ill-fitted to cope with the emergency, had recourse to the assistance of the neighbouring appointed Chief John Dunn. The ex-king, with a clearer understanding of these matters than many of his partisans, has very correctly interpreted this disturbance, when writing to me on the 16th of May last, he refers to it in the following words:—“I will not say anything of “ John Dunn's killing people during Sitimela's outrage, he was doing what he could “ not help, namely, stopping a madman's career.” 23. Putting aside, therefore, the Sitimela disturbance, as not properly bearing upon the working of the settlement, it is to be observed, with respect to the other matters of dispute or disorder which I have named and which do bear upon the settlement, that they are all connected with the territories of three of the appointed chiefs, namely, the Chiefs Uhamu, Usibebu, and John Dunn, and that they have arisen out of the relations between these appointed chiefs and people living in their territories. . The agitation of the party under Undabuko has come indeed to assume a more general character, but the origin may be traced to the personal disputes of the ex-king's brothers and of the Chief Umyamana with the appointed Chiefs Usibebu and Uhamu, and to their dissatisfaction consequent upon those disputes; and if this dissatisfaction has attained the character of an agitation it has been due to other causes and other influences which have been at work. 24. These two points, then, are noticeable, 1st, that all the incidents of dispute, disorder, or violence that have occurred in the Zulu country under the settlement have been confined to three only out of the thirteen territories, and have been connected with the relations of three only out of the thirteen appointed chiefs with people living in their terri- tories; and 2nd, that although they have been limited in this respect, the questions which they have raised and the doubts which they have suggested affect all the thirteen appointed chiefs and all the thirteen territories. They involve, in fact, the consideration of the whole question of the settlement. \ 25. The explanation of this is to be found in the fact that the cause of which these incidents have been the outward signs and symptoms lies deeper than can be reached by the application of any local remedy. The fierce denunciations which have been directed against the three appointed chiefs by those who thought that they advanced the cause they advocated by proving the mis-government of these chiefs have all really been wide of the mark. For if we accepted the accusations that have been made against these chiefs and admitted that they were the authors of all the mischief there has been, we should not by their removal be anywhere nearer the solution of the difficulty. No doubt in every case that there has been of dispute, or disorder, or violence, individual blame is to be attached somewhere. The fault may have been with the appointed chief, or it may have been with those who have been opposed to him. No doubt every case has its own merits and might to some extent be tried and determined upon those merits. But it is clear that this would not end our difficulties. We should not by so doing touch the cause. The cause would remain, and so long as it remained we should be liable to a recurrence of the same disorders and the same disputes. What has happened to-day might happen to-morrow ; what has been done in one part of the country might be done in another part of the country. We must, therefore, go straight to the cause that underlies whatever is amiss in the present government of the Zulu country. 26. This cause is, I believe, to be found in the misunderstanding that exists as to the extent of the power that is vested in the appointed chiefs, and in the weakness arising from the want of a duly recognised and adequate paramount authority. 27. When at the close of the Zulu war of 1879 the king was deposed it was necessary to vest somewhere that paramount and supreme authority which he had held and exer- cised. The Zulu kings, indeed, had possessed something more than paramount authority. They had from Chaka's time possessed or exercised more or less of absolute power which was an innovation upon the old system of government that prevailed before the establishment of the Zulu dynasty, but which had no doubt been thought necessary in order to support the dynasty. Absolute power of this kind it was not at all necessary for us to transfer; indeed one of the objects of the settlement was to destroy and root it 139 but. But the paramount or supreme authority that the King, as supreme chief of the nation, had wielded it was necessary for us to place somewhere. And by paramount authority I do not necessarily mean central authority, to the absence of which many people have hastily supposed that whatever has gone wrong in the Zulu country under the settlement has been due ; taking it for granted that it was necessary to have one central authority over the whole country, whether that authority might be in the hands of a Zulu king or of the British Government. But a paramount authority holds equally good in a small state as in a large, over a tribe as over a nation ; and if a sufficient paramount authority could have been established in every one, in each one of the 13 territories it would have answered all the purposes. To put the case in another way, supposing the paramount authority had been retained in the hands of the British Govern- ment under the settlement it would have been paramount authority over every one of the 13 states, individually and separately, and not a central authority over the whole Zulu country, although in that case the paramount authority, happening to be centred in the same hands, might have had the appearance of being a central authority. Or, again, the country might, for instance, have been divided, say into three portions, one portion being placed under the Natal Government, another portion under the Transvaal Government, and the third under a Zulu king, whether the ex-king or some one of the royal house as his successor. The latter would have retained the paramount authority over the portion assigned to him, while that over the other two portions would of course have been transferred to the respective Governments. In this way the continuity of the necessary paramount authority would have been perfectly maintained, but there would have been no longer a central authority. 28. It was not necessary, therefore, for us to maintain a central authority, that is, to concentrate the paramount authority over the whole country in the same hands, but it was necessary for us to provide somehow for the maintenance of that paramount or supreme authority which is an indispensable condition of native government. 29. The Zulu people, there is little doubt, would have gladly come under the direct rule of the British Government. They would have accepted that rule without question and without misgiving. They would have accepted it for all reasons, not only because it was the rule of the Government that had conquered them, but because they knew it to be a just and merciful rule. The establishment of this rule was, perhaps, also, it may be said, in their eyes the natural conclusion of the war and of the deposition of the king; and, as it is, they have been slow to understand, and it does not appear that they ever have fully understood, that the settlement of 1879 did not retain the authority of the British Government over them—“The Government conquered us (they say), we belong to the Government.” There were strong reasons at that time against our taking this course, and we purposely abstained from establishing our rule or our authority. * 30. We did not then retain the paramount and supreme authority in our own hands, and this being so, the question is, What did we do with it P 31. As I understand the settlement of 1879 the intention was to place that power in the hands of the appointed chiefs. The country was divided into 13 separate and independent territories, over each of which was placed a chief, and it was evidently, I think, the intention of the settlement that each chief should have the paramount and supreme authority over all the people living in the territory assigned to him, limited, indeed, by the conditions we imposed and controlled in some degree by the influence we might be able to exercise through our Resident, but still the supreme authority. The more or less absolute powers formerly possessed by the Zulu kings were certainly not conferred on the appointed chiefs. On the contrary, the chiefs were bound by the conditions imposed, which were distinctly directed against these absolute powers. But subject to these conditions they were left to govern in accordance with the ancient laws and usages of their people. Now, before Chaka's time the tribal system of government was the system that prevailed in all its fulness among the tribes that were afterwards merged in the Zulu nation, if we except perhaps the Umtetwa tribe. Each tribe had its own chief, and the chief governed according to the laws and usages of the tribe. But the tribal system would only hold good so far as the tribe went ; and as each appointed chief had in his territory other people not belonging to his tribe and not under his immediate tribal chieftainship, what became his position with regard to these people P Tribal authority was not, and could not be conferred on him. What, then, was the authority conferred P - 32. It will be well to answer this question by looking at it from the point of view from which, as I understand, the Zulu people generally have regarded the arrangement. They appear to have considered that the tribal system of government was re-established S 2 l 40 at the time of the settlement, according to which each tribe would govern itself under its own tribal chief, independently of any other authority than the paramount authority. The permanent authority they have considered to remain in the government that conquered them. The appointed chief they have looked upon as simply appointed by that paramount authority to supervise and control them on behalf of the Government, on behalf, that is to say, of the paramount authority; not as possessing the paramount authority himself, but as representing the paramount authority. According to this view an appointed chief would exercise over his own tribe and followers all the authority he possessed as a tribal chief; but with respect to the other people living in his territory, with respect to other chiefs and other tribes, he would possess no direct authority over them and no power to interfere with their internal tribal affairs or with the individual members of any tribe, except where he had to speak or interpose in the name and on behalf of the Government, and then he would only be able to do so through the several chiefs. As the chief appointed by the Government he would, however, be looked upon as the head of all the other chiefs in his territory, they being amenable to him as repre- senting the authority of the Government, not, be it observed, as possessing authority himself, but as representing the authority of the Government. 33. Such is the interpretation which I understand the Zulu people generally have put upon the settlement of 1879. The paramount authority they have looked upon as remaining in the hands of the Government, and the appointed chiefs they have looked upon as appointed for the purpose of supervising on behalf of the Government the district or territory placed under them and the chiefs and people living in that district or territory. Such authority as in that capacity the appointed chiefs would possess has been regarded as delegated authority, not independent but dependent authority, the real authority remaining in the hands of the Government to whom always there would be the right of appeal against any act or undue interference on the part of the appointed chiefs. Indeed, the very act of the Government in appointing these chiefs has, it would appear, been looked upon by the Zulus as an exercise by us of that paramount authority. We could not exercise what we did not possess. We were, according to their ideas, possessed of that paramount authority. We became possessed of it by the right of war. Recog- nising our right to it they have recognised our possession of it, and our rightful exercise of it in appointing certain chiefs to represent it. But they have not recognised that in appointing those chiefs we parted with the authority. 34. Now, it is obvious if this is the case, if we on our side consider that we parted with the paramount authority at the time of the settlement, and the Zulus on their side consider that we did not part with it; if we consider that it is vested in the appointed chiefs, and the Zulus consider it is not vested in the appointed chiefs but remains in our hands, that we are in a false position, and that the arrangement now existing for the government of the 13 territories rest upon a foundation that has become precarious. 35. With such a misunderstanding as this on a point so vital we cannot wonder that the question of that paramount authority, the existence of which has not yet been realised and perhaps scarcely guessed at in its fulness, but which nevertheless has lain there a question latent, dormant, the time not yet ripe for its discovery, should crop out here and there in some shape or another. Where the appointed chiefs have been content to let things take their course and not to interfere too much with tribal matters or to exercise too much authority over the chiefs in their territories there has been ao occasion for the question being raised. But where the appointed chiefs have been men of strong character and disposed to exercise in a strong manner the authority they consider themselves to have received, or where they have exercised, as has sometimes been the case, an undue authority, there the weak point has been discernible. The disputes between Uhamu and Umyamana, and those between Usibebu and Undabuko and Usiwetu, are instances in point. In everyone of these cases I am disposed to believe the fault has been more or less on both sides. The appointed chiefs have strained their authority; the others have been little willing to recognise any authority at all. Personal considerations have been at work. The disputes have unfortunately been influenced by other circumstances But the original cause lies in the question of the amount of the authority possessed b de the appointed chief, and in the difference of the views that certainly some of the appºint. chiefs and the Zulu people generally have taken in regard to the question. The question is not simply whether an appointed chief has rightly and duly, or wrongly and undº exercised a rightfully possessed and recognised authority, but whether he has pºi at all, in the eyes of his people, the authority he has claimed to exercise. In some cas. it is clear to me, the appointed chiefs have gone beyond any power which they could possibly claim by any interpretation of the terms under which they received thi. chieftainships. The appointed Chief Uhamu, for instance, has done this in som...? 141 the demands he has made on the Chief Umyamana. The taxation imposed on his people by Chief John Dunn is another instance. By no possible interpretation can the terms under which he was appointed be construed to give him the right to levy a tax upon his people in the way in which he has done this. It has been the exercise of an absolute power, and absolute power was not conferred on him. Subject to certain special conditions he was bound to govern according to the ancient laws and usages of the people. But the special conditions gave him no power of taxation, and to tax his people as he has done has been directly opposed to the spirit of the ancient laws and customs. I am told that the appointed Chief Hlubi has followed the example, and has begun to impose a tax upon his people. It is the exercise of an arbitrary and absolute authority, which no interpretation of the terms and conditions of their appointments could confer on the appointed chiefs. 36. These, indeed, are cases in which the Government that appointed the chiefs might step in to interfere. It might stop this exercise of absolute authority. It might punish and prevent any act on their part that went beyond the terms of the conditions, or any undue exercise of authority. But to do this would not provide a solution for the question which, though, as I have noticed, it has not yet been fully realised, is the real question at issue between the appointed chiefs and the people living in their territories. Do the appointed chiefs possess in themselves the paramount and supreme authority over the people P The people do not recognise that the appointed chiefs possess it. The people understand the paramount authority to rest with us, and they will only accept it as resting in us. Our fault in their eyes is that we do not exercise it. They still believe it to be in our hands, and that is the reason why they have not as yet realised the fulness or the gravity of the question which is at issue. 37. It has been said that the Zulu people have looked down upon the particular chiefs who were appointed as men without any position or standing in the Zulu country, as inferior men, and have therefore resented their rule and authority. Such statements as these are founded on an entire misconception of the true state of the case. As a matter of fact, the greater number of the appointed chiefs were men of high position in the country. Uhamu and Usibebu are members of the royal house. Umlandela is a descendant of a line of chieftains that ruled the Umtetwa tribe genera- tions before the house of Chaka was founded. Umgitjwa, Umfanawendhlela, and Umgojana are all lineal descendants of the chiefs of tribes which were powerful and great before the Zulu nation was heard of. Gaozi was one of the principal chiefs and headmen of the country, and with the exception of Chief John Dunn and Hlubi, who did not belong to the country, the other appointed chiefs were all Zulu chiefs of a certain standing. - 38. There have been no objections of this kind on the part of the Zulu people. They are perfectly willing to recognise the appointed chiefs as appointed by the Government, and as representing in a subordinate way the paramount authority; but they do not recognise and are not willing to recognise any other authority in them than a subordinate and delegated one. e * 39. The paramount authority they hold to lie with us. They do not, and will not, admit it to lie with the appointed chiefs; and this being so, since we disclaim the possession of it, we find ourselves face to face with the fact that there is no duly recognised paramount authority in the country. 40. This is the fact we have to face and to deal with, and we must deal with it accordingly. It is clear that, in view of this vital misunderstanding on the question of authority, which strikes at the root of all authority, the present arrangements cannot be left as they are. It is true, with regard to the actual events that have happened during the past two years, that they would not probably have taken the serious form they have in some instances taken had it not been for the introduction of alien disturbing influences. The agitation under Undabuko, for instance, has not been the direct result of the weakness arising out of the false position in which the appointed chiefs and the people living in their territories stand towards one another in respect of the question of the paramount authority, but it has been the indirect result of it. The dissatisfaction of Undabuko and the other leaders of the party was the direct result of this false position; the agitation into which it grew was the result of the disturbing influences to which I allude. The fact, however, that these disturbing influences have been able to produce such a result shows the weakness which is inherent in a false position. And, although, if we could exclude these disturbing influences, the process of disorder would no doubt be slower and the crisis be delayed for a time, yet the source of disorder would remain, producing misunderstandings and disputes, demands on the part of the appointed chiefs, refusals on the part of the other chiefs, exactions on the S 3 142 §º one side, resistance on the Other side, appeals to the Government as the supposed possessor of the paramount authority, inability of the Government to exercise the authority which it did not possess; and some day the crisis must come. We must, therefore, supply that which is wanting. We must establish in some form that para- mount and supreme authority, which is an essential condition of the Government of any native race, but which, owing to the causes I have named, is now wanting in the Zulu country, and in order to do this we must make some change in the arrangement for the government of the country. 41. In determining what these future arrangements should be, it is necessary to bear in mind the different interests, not all of them reconcilable one with the other and in some cases distinctly opposed to one another, which have to be consulted and guarded. There are the interests of the appointed chiefs towards whom we have incurred positive obligations; there are the interests of the Zulu people, towards whom we have equally incurred obligations, in respect of their good government and welfare; there are the interests of the ex-king, whose further detention in captivity is for many reasons undesirable; there are the interests of the peace of this part of South Africa; there are the interests of the Colony of Natal in respect of its security and in respect of its large native population, a great part of which is a Zulu refugee population; and there are the interests of Her Majesty's Government as involved in the responsibilities connected with these questions. 42. It is obvious that these interests, as I have said, are not all of them reconcilable one with the other, nay, that in some cases they are distinctly opposed to one another. To have a care for all these interests, not for anyone only but for all, is the principle which I have set before me for my guidance in considering the best mode of solution for this very difficult problem. 43. The first question that presents itself to be dealt with is the question of the restoration of the ex-king Cetywayo. I say the first question, because, as I have had occasion to show at the commencement of this Report, it is the case of the ex-king, it is the difficulty connected with his present condition, which as much as anything else has been pressing for an early solution of the general question of the Zulu settlement. A powerful movement has of late been directed both against his further detention in captivity and in favour of his restoration to power in the Zulu country. Against his continued detention in captivity there is so much to be said on his personal behalf, there is so much that appeals to the generosity of the nation in whose hands he is a prisoner, that to attempt to justify the detention would be a task as invidious as it would be difficult. But when his restoration to power in Zululand is urged, we must not forget that there are other interests besides his to be considered; and these interests are so many and so weighty, and there is so much to be said on behalf of them and against a restoration, that it may perhaps be found almost as difficult to justify the restoration of the ex-king as it is to justify his detention in captivity. 44. It is contended, I believe, on behalf of his restoration— (1.) That it offers the best solution of the Zulu problem. (2.) That it is the universal wish of the Zulu people. (3.) That if we do not restore him we shall be involved in another Zulu war. 45. To understand rightly how we are situated in this matter, it is necessary to go back to the reasons which excluded Cetywayo from power at the time of the settlement. Those reasons, as I understand them, were—that if he was left on the throne the militar system, which was as inimical to the welfare and happiness of the Zulu people as to the public peace, would be maintained; that the Zulu power would be a perpetual menace to the adjoining countries; and that there would be no prospect of any permanent peace in this part of South Africa. - These reasons were held at that time to be of cogent force. They were held to be of such force that the king was deposed and sent a prisoner to another country, the dynasty of which he was the head was set aside, and the nation broken up into separate and independent sections, with the view and for the express purpose that it might never again become a compact united power capable of proving a source of danger under one ruler. When, therefore, it is openly advocated that the very thing should be done now which it was decided not to do in 1879, that the ruler who was so deposed and sent awa should be brought back and reinstated, and that the various sections of the people should again be formed into one nation under his rule, it is natural to ask, it is necessary to ask —have then those reasons which were held to be of so much force in 1879 ceased to be of force in 1882 Are they no longer valid, and if they have ceased to be valid, what has occurred to invalidate them P 143 46. There is the admitted inadequacy, under the circumstances that have arisen, of the present arrangements as a permanent means for governing Zululand; there is the admitted inconvenience of detaining Cetywayo in captivity. These are sufficient reasons in themselves for effecting some change in the present arrangements for the government of the Zulu country, and for making some provision by means of which Cetywayo may be released from captivity, but after all they are no answer to the inquiry. If the present arrangements are inadequate as a means for governing Zululand, it does not follow that the restoration of Cetywayo would provide a satisfactory substitute ; or, again, if his restoration should be considered a convenient means for governing the Zulu people, such a belief does not dispose of the objections which were deemed sufficient to exclude him from the settlement of 1879. We are bound, therefore, to look at the question directly from the point of view of the original objections, objections which we cannot ignore or pass by. 47. In answering this inquiry, I am sensible that I labour under the disadvantage of one who is called upon to give an opinion in a matter upon which his opinion has prac- tically already been given. I had occasion in the early part of 1880 to make some observations on the settlement then recently effected in the Zulu country, and in the course of those observations I said as follows:— “To have left the king at the head of the Zulu nation would, after the events of the war, whatever the conditions imposed upon him, have been a course ominous of future trouble. For weakened though the nation was by the heavy losses inflicted on it during the war, they were, after all, losses easily reparable by time. In the course of a few years the young lads of the present generation would have taken the places of those killed or disabled in the war; and though the experience of the war would have taught the Zulus, indeed, a greater respect for the fighting powers of the white man, it would have taught them also lessons in warfare against the white man which they would have turned to account in any future contest with him. The Zulu power would have been bent, but it would not have been broken ; the Zulu king would have lost no time in setting to work to re-establish that power and to make it far more dangerous than it was before. Whatever the conditions which might be imposed upon him, what guarantee would there have been for his permanent observance of them P Or what means would there have been to prevent his evasion of them, unless a large force was maintained by us in the country, both with the right and with the power to interfere P But, indeed, so obvious, so manifest, so beyond question are the disadvantages to which such a situation would have been exposed, that with reason would the European communities in the neighbourhood have exclaimed against such an arrangement as unsatisfactory and pre- carious; and the arrangement would have stood in the way of the progress and develop- ment of these Colonies. It may suit some persons, now that all possibility of that danger is averted, to say that they would have preferred the re-establishment of the Zulu king to any other measure short of annexation; but, with some few exceptions these are the men who would declaim the loudest against such an arrangement, were it still open to be made. ... I have never hesitated to say that I did not believe the Zulu king contemplated hostilities against this country. I have never hesitated to say that an invasion of Natal was one of the last things that would have occurred to the Zulu king to undertake, and one of the last things that would have found favour with the Zulu people. Whilst admitting and fully recognising all that was unsatisfactory in the situation before the Zulu war, I never believed in a Zulu invasion. I never believed in the possibility of such an event, except so far as everything is possible. . But once we had ourselves declared war, once we had invaded the Zulu country and carried out a war which had resulted in the defeat and capture of the Zulu king, it would have been in the highest degree imprudent to restore him to that power of which he personally had made so ill an use, and which he would continue to hold with far less cause both to him and to the Zulu people to be well disposed towards us than they had before the war took place. But in truth there can be few persons who at all understand the situation who would not have pronounced the rehabilitation of the Zulu king, after all that had happened, to be a mistake as grave as could well be committed. Nor would his rehabi- litation, even if accompanied by a considerable reduction of territory and consequently of power, have removed the objections to which his rehabilitation in any shape would have been open, since it is quite certain that he never would have remained, contented with his diminished sphere of kingship and authority, but ever would have been restless, intriguing, and casting about for the recovery of his position, and consequently ever would have been a cause of anxiety.” 48. These words were written more than two years ago, when the Zulu settlement was not quite six months old. They were not words written in haste, and the opinion S 4 144 that I then gave was not given upon immature consideration, but was the expression of my convictions and my judgment. If then, the opinion that I give to-day does not differ from that which I gave in 1880, it is because I see before me the same obstacles that I saw then, the same risks, the same dangers, the same causes producing the same effects; it is because the reasons that guided me then guide me now, and because my judgment, following, perhaps irresistibly, the same lines of thought, and influenced by the same considerations, points to the same conclusions still. 49. But that I may not, in a matter of so much importance, advance unduly my own judgment, I would refer to the opinion of Sir Theophilus Shepstone, whose acquaintance with the native races, whose experience of native affairs, and whose judgment, based on that personal acquaintance and experience, make him perhaps the foremost authority on native questions in South Africa. That opinion is to be found in a memorandum written by Sir T. Shepstone in June 1880 (see Blue Book C.–2695, p. 65), on the question of the detention of Cetywayo, namely, whether this was necessary or justifiable. Sir T. Shepstone said that he did not consider Cetywayo's personal character should be allowed to have any influence one way or the other in deciding the matter, for, whatever may be his character, “he is the “ representative of the sentiment, and of all those who cherish it in South Africa, that “ is opposed to civilisation, Christianity, and progress, and cannot avoid occupying that “ position.” The Zulu power, Sir T. Shepstone considered, had been more disorganised than broken. There had been large losses of men during the war, and large gaps had been made in the regiments; but, to use the words of some Zulus of position, if the army could be again assembled, the missing men would not be missed. Though the men who had composed the different regiments were now, under the settlement, neces- sarily distributed in different territories and under different chiefs independent of one another, yet, so long as they lived and the name of the regiments existed, so long would the regiments themselves exist, and should ever the centre of unity again present itself, which centre was the king, the regiments would again become realities. The return of the ex-king at that time—not the restoration, but his release and return—would be, wrote Sir T. Shepstone, a revival of the aspirations of the restless and dangerous portion of the people, and the Zulu army would organise itself in a very short time in spite of the 13 chiefs. Sir T. Shepstone did not think the settlement would prove a permanent arrangement, but with regard to a restoration of Cetywayo, he looked upon it as “certain “ to produce the most disastrous consequences; it would give a fresh point of departure “ to all agitation against British rule in South Africa, and would indefinitely postpone “ the realisation of that sense of stability without which confidence and peace and pro- “gress are impossible. I do not suppose (he added) that Cetywayo's misfortunes will ‘ have had no salutary effect upon him, but the same elements and the same forces are ‘ as likely to become his masters in the future as they have been in the past.” 50. The opinion I have quoted is that of one who, during a long lifetime, has had opportunities of knowing the native races of South Africa such, perhaps, as no one else has had, who was engaged for more than 40 years in active responsible relations with them, and whose judgment in all matters relating to them is beyond dispute. I have reason to believe that Sir T. Shepstone has not changed the views he then expressed. He certainly has not modified them. The words that he wrote in 1880 have not now lost their weight, and it would be imprudent to disregard them. For my part, and with a sense of the responsibility that is upon me, I could not disregard them even if they were in conflict with my own views; as neither can I disregard the opinions, not differing much in tenor or in degree from the above, of others in this Colony upon whose judgment and experience I can rely. 51. It is impossible, therefore, and it would be unwise if it were possible, to ignore the certain disadvantages, the risks, and the dangers attending the restoration of the ex- king Cetywayo, with the Zulu nation once more united under his rule, with the military system once more in operation, and the Zulu power, not the less but the more formidable for the experience of 1879, once more established. 52. But, it may be urged, the Zulu power under the kings was after all formidable mainly if not altogether, on account of the military system. This at least might be prevented. It might be one of the conditions of the restoration that there should be no re-establish- ment of the military system, and if we can only prevent that all will be well. Unfortunately the military system is not a system that has to be created. It is not a something that has to be laboriously and with difficulty thought out, worked out, and brought into existence. The system exists already. It exists--a dormant, inactive power, it maybe, G G 145 at the present moment, but it exists—a perfect organisation, such as it has been from the time of Chaka. The system which was then established has, during a period of more than half a century, taken deep root in the Zulu nation. It is part and parcel of the Zulu . life, and its extinction would be the work of many years. The organisation is there, the material is there, the machinery is there. And as a time-piece, which has been suffered to run down and lies in disuse, is silent, but no sooner is the action of its mainspring restored than, complete in all the parts of its mechanism, it begins to tell again the hours and moments of time, so with the wonderful mechanism of the Zulu military system, it needs only to be touched by the master hand of whoever is recognised by the Zulu people as their supreme chief, and straightway the whole machinery is put in motion. It needs but the word to be spoken, and forthwith, as in the fabled scene where Cadmus sows the dragon's teeth, the land brings forth its living harvest of armed men. They gather at the appointed places, the regiments are marshalled, the companies are told off, the vacant places are filled up, a nation stands in arms. How then can the re- establishment of that which is already established be averted P. Or by what means shall we prevent the employment of so great a force which, although at this moment latent and quiescent, is an existent force P. There may be good advice on our part, and promises and good intentions on the part of Cetywayo. But the instincts of nations are stronger than good advice, and the traditions of a dynasty more powerful than good intentions. It was, let it always be understood and remembered in judging the provisions of the settlement of 1879, in order to do away with this system, not to keep a king in captivity but to do away with a system, that the main provisions of the settlement were directed. 53. But assuming that we were prepared to accept the certain disadvantages of such a situation, to accept its risks, to take our chance of its dangers; assuming that we were prepared to maintain a strong force in the neighbourhood sufficient at all events for the protection of the adjoining British territory; assuming that we were prepared to face all the contingencies, so far as we ourselves were concerned, there still remain the other obligations we have acquired. There still remain our obligations towards the appointed chiefs who were told that Cetywayo should never again rule over the Zulu nation, and who were induced to take their appointments on the faith of that solemn promise; for we may be sure of this, that never one of them would have accepted his appointment as chief had he supposed the restoration of that rule possible. There still remain our obligations towards the Zulu people whom we released from the thraldom of a despotic rule, to whom we gave liberties and privileges unknown to them, and for whom we secured, among other things, this inestimable right, that the life of no man should be taken without fair and open trial. , What would become of all our obligations, expressed or implied, towards these appointed chiefs, towards the Zulu people, towards any numbers or any individuals of that people who may not desire to come again under the rule of Cety wayo P Could we secure for them their safety Z Could we secure for them, could we secure for any of the Zulu people, those rights and privileges according to the con- ditions we once laid down on their behalf? Could we secure these by any terms we might make with Cetywayo, by any promises given on his part 2 Should we be justified in leaving them to the risk of a deprivation of these rights and privileges 4 Would they, would all of them, consent to run the risk P Would not numbers of them be obliged either to retire into Natal, where there is no room for them, or to wander elsewhere in search of some new home 2 - We are bound to provide for the appointed chiefs, even if to-morrow we declare the settlement is terminated and their chieftainships at an end. We are bound to provide for their personal safety and interests and for the safety and interests of all who may not wish to return under the rule of Cetywayo or of the Zulu dynasty again. Our public good faith demands it. Every motive of justice and public principle demands it. Every consideration of generosity that pleads on behalf of the individual case of the ex-king, that he should be released from captivity and restored to his country, pleads with equal force on behalf of the people of Zululand, on behalf of every individual Zulu, even if his life be the only possession that he holds, that their welfare should be protected. 54. “But,” it is said, “the Zulu people all wish for Cety wayo's restoration,” “even “ the women and children look for it.” Where, I would ask, is the proof of this desire? Is it in the so-called deputations 2 Is it in the agitation under Undabuko and the ex-king's brothers ? - 55. I have, in recent Despatches, shown something of the history and character of these deputations and of this agitation. Of one thing we may be sure, that the idea of a deputation of the Zulu people asking for the restoration of the ex-king never had its source in the Zulu people. The object of the visit of Undabuko and the others to R 4012. T 146 Natal in 1880, which was professedly a visit to enable them to pay their respects to the Government, grew, after Undabuko's arrival in Natal, into a request that Cetywayo, as a member of the family, should be allowed to return to the family, but it was not a request, even on Undabuko's part, that he should be restored as the King of Zululand. It was a request for the brother, not for the king. There may have been an ulterior object underlying that request, but that ulterior object was not stated, and if it existed it was concealed. There was, therefore, no request on the part of Undabuko, and still less on the part of the Zulu people, for the restoration of Cetywayo in 1880. Such an idea had never, we may be sure, crossed the Zulu mind, and if Undabuko entertained it then he was careful to hide it. It was contended in respect of the seven men who came into Natal in July and August in the following year, it was contended by the Bishop of Natal, that they constituted a deputation, that they represented eight of the appointed chiefs, and that they came in the names of those eight chiefs to ask for the restoration of the ex-king. But in respect of three of the men the claim has since been abandoned, and though, with regard to the other four, there is enough to show that three of them were sent by three of the appointed chiefs, there is nothing to show that they were sent in by those chiefs to ask for the restoration. They certainly did not ask for the restoration, and as for the other five of the appointed chiefs there is nothing to show that they sent in any body at all. The whole proceeding, was evidently got up by Undabuko after the return of Magondo from Cape Town, and in connexion with that return, and whatever may have been the object of Undabuko in promoting this proceeding there was certainly nothing to attach to the mission of these men, whatever may have been the object, the character of a deputation from eight of the appointed chiefs for the purpose of asking for the restoration of the ex-king. - Whether the party of demonstration which was brought in by Undabuko and his brothers in April last may be called a deputation or not is perhaps a question. It was certainly a party of demonstration got up and organised by Undabuko, in consequence of the admitted suggestion of the Bishop of Natal. How it was got up, by what means, with what arguments, with what assertions, with what threats, I have already shown elsewhere. . A deputation of a party in the Zulu country it may be called, but a depu- tation of the whole Zulu people in order to ask for the restoration of the ex-king it assuredly was not. 56. The agitation is part of the same movement under Undabuko that produced the April demonstration. The more recent disturbances in the upper districts and the attitude of Dabulamanzi towards the appointed Chief John Dunn were an outcome of the agitation. This agitation, or movement, whichever we may call it, shows indeed the existence of a serious discontent on the part of Undabuko and the ex-king's brothers, of the powerful Chief Umyamana, and other Zulu chiefs and headmen with their position towards the appointed chiefs to whose territories they belong. It shows that under the settlement there have not been wanting many elements of disorder and danger, that numbers of chiefs and people, some of them powerful and influential chiefs, are not satisfied with the conduct of some of the appointed chiefs, and that they require their individual grievances to be redressed. It shows that with such elements of discontent existing it is not difficult for anyone more ambitious and more unscrupulous, or possibly only more discontented, than the others to get up an agitation. . It shows that per- sonal grievances and the discontent of individuals can be made the groundwork of a political movement. It shows how the sparks of discontent may be fanned by indiscreet advice into a dangerous flame. It shows that there is no adequate recognised paramount authority in the country to deal with the elements of discontent that may foregather from different parts of the country, and that the authority or power of any of the appointed chiefs would be insufficient to deal with it, because their paramount authority is not recognised by the people, and because without the people the power does not exist. But it does not show, however, much the friends of the ex-king may endeavour to deduce the conclusion from it, that it is the result of a desire on the part of the Zulu people at large for the restoration of the ex-king. It is the agitation of a party which has been promoted by artificial means and not the movement of a people; though it is not the less dangerous on that account, since it is capable of producing confusion, dis- order, and bloodshed in the country. 57. But, according to some of the more ardent friends of the ex-king’s cause, as I understand them to say, the feeling in Zululand is so strong in favour of Cetywayo, that if we do not attend to the repeated prayers of the Zulus for his restoration, we shall be nºſolved in another Zulu war. If this were indeed the case, if the Zulu people, in their desire and determination to have back the ex-king, were to threaten us with a war 147 unless we restored him, then I would unhesitatingly say, let us accept the war rather than yield to the threat For if, in order to avoid the war we were to yield to the threat, we might depend upon it that the concession would not save us but that in a very short time we should have the war also. Such a weakness on our part would bring about its own certain retribution; and to yield to such a threat as this would be to take our leave of peace for many years in South Africa. That, then, which is apparently advanced as the strongest argument for the restoration would in my opinion, if it rested upon any sufficient grounds, be the most fatal argument that could be brought against it. - But as I do not think there is really any more foundation for this belief than for many other beliefs that are cherished and advanced by the ex-king's advocates it would not be right to allow an argument so fatal to his cause to tell against him. 58. To what extent there may be a desire on the part of the Zulu people for the res- toration of Cety wayo, to what extent there may be a willingness to receive him should he be restored, must be a matter very much of conjecture. If we could suppose that the whole of the Zulu people desired his restoration, or were willing to receive him again as their ruler, that circumstance would not, however, get rid of the objections which were raised to his being left as the Zulu ruler after the war of 1879, and on account of which he was excluded from the settlement then made. It might meet the case of the obliga- tions we have incurred towards the Zulu people, but it would not dispose of the serious political objections to it on the ground of the public safety and the public peace. But there is no reason to think that any such desire exists on the part of the Zulu people at large, or of a majority of the people. Some of course will desire it; the ex-king’s brothers, the members of the family, those who enjoyed his special favour, those whose personal position will be improved by it; and perhaps also the more restless and warlike among the people who would see in the restoration of the dynasty the renewal of the strength of the nation, as foremost in power and prestige among the native races of South Africa; but these do not constitute the Zulu people at large. 59. But let us weigh the question with as even a hand as we can bring to the task. Let us assume that a portion of the Zulu people would be either willing or not unwilling, from whatever cause, to come again under the rule of Cetywayo, but that another portion of the people would not be willing, from whatever cause, to do so. There would be, then, on their account, on behalf of this latter portion of the people, whatever that portion may be, an obstacle to the restoration of the ex-king to his former position : and if there were no other obstacle in the way, if we were prepared to take our chance of those dangers, risks, and disadvantages which I have pointed out, there would still remain a positive objection to the restoration on behalf of this portion of the Zulu people. 60. There are, moreover, certain other considerations of great importance which bear on the question of the restoration, and which we must not lose sight of. We must not leave out of account the native populations and races of South Africa outside the Zulu country. They are not indifferent to what is passing. They will be affected, some of them directly, others but remotely, by our action in this matter, what- ever that action may be. They will pass their judgment on it, and their judgment and the effect that our action will have upon them we cannot afford to disregard. Whatever we do in this matter it will be discussed throughout the length and breadth of the country, in every native kraal from the Kei River to the Zambesi. Several circumstances have of late years tended to disturb the native mind in the views and impressions it has formed regarding British rule in South Africa. There is no need for me to enter into these circumstances which are, perhaps, matters of controversy. I merely notice the fact that they have tended to disturb the native mind; and I pass on to the direct question of what would be the effect upon it of a re-establishment of the Zulu power. Whether the natives of South Africa generally understood the causes of the Zulu war of 1879 or not they were at least witnesses of the fact of the war and of the results. The Zulu power was at that time, it may be said, the representative native power in South Africa, in prestige, in consolidated strength, in military organisation. It was, perhaps, the representative also, to some extent, of native life, native government, native ideas as distinguished from the life, government and ideas of the European com- munities which have been established in South Africa; and our war with this representa- tive and formidable native power was at any rate intelligible to them in this respect— that we had the courage to contend with it and the strength to overcome it. It was intelligible to them, too, that having done this we should break up the power and depose the head. There was an intelligible purpose to them in our doing this. But if we were to undo to-day what we did yesterday, if we were to restore in all its strength and com- pleteness at this time the power that we took so much pains to break up three years ago, T 2 148 they would probably be at a loss to find an intelligible purpose for such an act on our part. They might condemn it as an act of bad faith if in doing this we sacrificed the interests of the Zulu people. For the rest, it is difficult, to say what interpretation they would put upon the act, and whether they would see in it an act of strength or of weakness. Some persons may possibly suppose that the natives would understand and appreciate the magnanimity of our conduct towards the ex-king. But the native mind is not so constituted. The natives would not regard the act from this point of view at all. Justice they understand, no people in the world more so. But they would not associate the act of the restoration with any question of justice; and if they were disposed to look upon it as an act of magnanimity to the ex-king, individually and personally, it would not com- mend itself to their intelligence if they thought it was attended with consequences of danger or inconvenience to ourselves, or to their sense of justice if they thought it did a wrong to other people. But mainly it would be, with them, a practical question—a question of purpose and of results. What our purpose might be they would, as I have said, probably fail to com- prehend ; the results would be a subject of conjecture. - The Basutos and the Cape Frontier Kafirs, still fresh from their wars with the Govern- ment of the Cape Colony, and with a strong and deep current of uneasiness running in their minds touching their relations with the Colonists, might possibly see in the rehabili- tation of the Zulu power a promise of strength to the cause of the native races in South Africa. On the other hand, with the Amaswazi and Amatonga tribes, which are in immediate contact with the Zulus, the effect would be at once to revive all the old sense of insecurity which they formerly had because of the designs and intrigues of a powerful and dangerous neighbour; and on the native mind generally I think it may be said the effect would be unfavourable, the event producing misgivings, doubts, distrust, dis- uietude. - Q. 61. Nor must we fail to consider the way in which it would affect the natives in Natal particularly. There is in this Colony a large native population, almost exclusively of Zulu origin. During 37 years of British rule in Natal this population has been growing till it numbers probably not short of 400,000 people. To a large extent the increase of the population has been due to the additions it has constantly received of refugees from the Zulu country. Hundreds of Zulu families have during this period taken refuge in the Colony, flying from the severe Zulu rule under which there was no security for life or for possessions. They were fugitives from a despotism under which no man could count his life his own beyond the passing hour that he held it, a despotism which spared nothing, which was without justice in its decrees, and without pity in their execution. These people took shelter in Natal; sometimes it was but a single individual who came in, sometimes it was a family, occasionally they came in by tens and by hundreds. The refuge and the protection that they sought were not denied to them. But the native population with its pastoral habits of life and its necessity for abundant space is growing out of proportion to the room which can be found for it in the Colony. The locations originally set apart for native purposes have long ceased to be considered sufficient for those purposes. The people, however, have managed to find room somehow either on private lands or on the waste lands of the Crown, and up to the present time no serious inconvenience has been felt. But it has long been foreseen that some day the pressure would come, and now that day is almost upon us. The wants of the Colonists and the wants of the natives clash. - The owners of private lands have of late years been raising the rents of their native tenants, and in many instances the increased rents demanded have been so excessive or so high that the natives have been obliged to leave the land and go elsewhere. Then, within the last two years what Crown lands were left have been opened out to sale and are being fast parted with, and the natives who have hitherto lived undisturbed on then have suddenly found that the lands are changing hands. A new owner one day makes his appearance and gives them notice to quit, or perhaps is content to demand a high rental where none had been paid before. These things are not done without causing serious inconvenience and without pro- ducing, in some cases, great dissatisfaction. The pressure for room, in short, is now beginning to be felt, and there is looming ahead in Natal a very serious native difficulty connected with the land. In the Zulu country there is undoubtedly room for a great number of the Zulu population of Natal. But although during the last two years several families have gone from Natal into Zululand, and others, I am told, are thinking of going, the population generally is not disposed to part with the privileges it has obtained of good government and protection. It certainly will not go back to the Zulu country under a restored dynasty, or under the rule of Cetywayo. It probably will not 149 go back in any numbers except under the assurance of our rule. A restoration of the ex-king and the re-establishment of the Zulu power would be an effectual bar to the return of any of these people to Zululand. The native difficulty would remain, and would grow every year more formidable by the ever-increasing pressure, and by reason also of the conditions of the Zulu country. The question is a very serious one to this Colony, and in dealing with the Zulu problem we ought not, I think, to lose sight of the bearing that the one question has upon the other, or neglect the opportunity we now have to deal with the Natal difficulty. - - 62. All these considerations, then, all the considerations I have here entered into, points, I think, with a conclusiveness that cannot be disputed, and with a strength that cannot be resisted, against the restoration of the ex-king to his former position in the Zulu country. We cannot, it seems to me, for the reasons I have given, we cannot consistently with the obligations we have incurred towards, the Zulu people and towards the appointed chiefs, consistently with our public good faith, or with a due regard to the interests of the Colony of Natal, and to the cause of peace in South Africa, either restore him to his former rule over the Zulu country or do anything that would have the effect of establishing” the Zulu power once again as it was before the war. 63. If, therefore, this were the only question at issue there would, in my opinion, be only this one answer to it. Unfortunately our difficulty does not end here. We have to face the Zulu question, the question of the future government of the Zulu country and the Zulu people. - The existing arrangements will not be sufficient in themselves to secure the effective government of the country under the existing circumstances; and some change must be made in order to supply that supreme and paramount authority which the people are not disposed to recognise as possessed by the appointed chiefs. 64. If we decide to deal with the Zulu country as a whole, there is only one course, I believe, that we can take, and that is to bring it under our own direct authority or rule. We might do this either by engrafting our paramount authority on the present system of appointed chiefs with such alterations, in detail, of the present arrangements as should be found expedient, or by introducing our own direct government and administration. Our direct authority or rule, however, in some form or other, it would be necessary both to establish and to exercise. But if Her Majesty’s Government are not willing to undertake all the extended responsibility this would entail, what is to be done P We are, in such case, in this dilemma. We cannot, as I hold, for the strongest reasons of policy and of principle, restore the ex-king to his former position. We are unwilling to take over the whole government of the country ourselves. And we cannot leave things as they are. What then are we to do 2 Something has to be done. - 65. With the task laid upon me of suggesting some solution of this most difficult problem, and called upon to do this with some urgency, my object has been to find one that will meet the first necessity of the case, that is, provide for the government of the country, and that will at the same time provide for the several interests concerned in the question. - *, * 66. If it is considered that the necessities of the case of the ex-king and of his position, which have created to a great extent the urgency of this question, are such that he should be released from captivity, and, if possible, restored to freedom and to some measure of authority in his own country, although the considerations which tell so con clusively against his restoration to his former position tell also against any restoration even in part; yet I do not think a partial restoration will be impossible, provided that we, on our side, are prepared to undertake such a measure of responsibility as will enable us to adequately secure the other interests and the other objects which are bound up in the question. ** - - In point of fact the responsibility of the situation is already ours, and if in the arrange- ments which have to be made for the government of the Zulu country it is deemed desirable, for whatever reasons, to make provision for the release of the ex-king and his restoration to authority I do not think the objections to this course are insuperable, provided that his authority is confined to one part of the country, and provided that we are prepared to take over the other portion under our own direct protection, authority, and rule, in such manner as will enable us effectually to secure in this portion of the country, and by its means, all the other interests to which we are committed. If we are not prepared to do this then I believe the objections are insuperable. 67. The truth is we are in a position which is beset on all sides with difficulties and objections. Our choice lies between them. It is not a question of choosing between advantages and disadvantages. The whole situation is made up of disadvantages, and T 3 150 we have to make our choice out of them. And this being so, if on the one hand we are not willing to take over the government of the whole Zulu country ourselves, and if on the other hand it is held that nothing will meet the necessities of the ex-king's case short of his release and his restoration to his own country, open to objection as even a partial restoration of his authority undoubtedly, is, yet I do not presume to say it is beyond the bounds of a practical policy provided that we limit it to such a degree and ourselves establish in the country such safeguards as will enable us to secure those other important interests which it is our duty to secure. There are objections to this course, but, then, there are objections to every course. There are disadvantages attending it but we cannot escape from disadvantages. tº 68. But if the ex-king is to be restored to authority over any portion of the Zulu country, there are two points which it would be necessary I think for us to observe with regard to this authority:—First, that it would be personal authority conferred by us for the exercise of which he should be accountable to us; and, secondly, that it should be subject to conditions such as were laid down for the appointed chiefs. It would perhaps be necessary that a Resident should be appointed to be with him. That would be a ‘matter for consideration. It is not a condition to which I attach too much importance. Our best guarantee for the observance by the ex-king of the conditions, and for the right exercise of his authority, would be, we may depend upon it, the material guarantee we ourselves would hold in the other portion of the country under our rule and authority. 69. In this latter portion we should be bound to make provision for all the present appointed chiefs, both those living in it, and those living in the other portion who would not choose to remain under the restored authority of Cety wayo. We should be bound to assign districts or locations to these appointed chiefs for their use and that of their immediate followers, tribal or personal. This portion of the country should be open to all Zulus who might not desire to live in the portion placed under the authority of Cetywayo; and in it, also, might be found room for some of the Natal natives who, being Zulus by birth, may be fairly considered to have an equal claim to live on Zulu soil with the Zulus who have remained in Zululand, and whose repatriation therefore and occupation of some portion of Zulu soil would not be an encroachment upon the rights of the Zulu people. - 70. I consider that this portion of the country should be brought under British rule by placing it under the control of the Natal Government. The Colony of Natal is vitally concerned in this question. It is vitally concerned in the good government of the Zulu country, and in the safety and security of its border. It is vitally concerned also in its own native question to which I have just alluded. Here is an opportunity for the solution of that question which, if lost now, may never again occur, certainly never under circumstances so favourable as the present, and probably never without the Colony passing through a period of severe political disturbance. 71. By bringing this country under our rule I do not mean that it should neces- sarily be added to the Colony of Natal, and form an integral portion of the Colony, but it should be constituted and declared to be a special native territory, and placed under the authority of the Natal Government. The machinery for the local govern- ment of the country would be simple, looking to the exclusive native purposes to which it would be appropriated. The paramount authority should be vested in the Governor of Natal as representing the Queen. The administration and control would be in the hands of officers appointed for the purpose, at the head of whom might be a chief commissioner. The forces necessary for the protection of the country and for main- taining good order in it would mainly lie in the resources of the country itself, and in the means which it would supply out of its own inherent strength and manhood, under the direction and control of the Government, for these purposes. The expenses attending the administration of the government of the country would, after a short time, be defrayed by the country itself, by means of a hut tax. This is necessarily but a bare outline of the form of government to be established for the country, but it is sufficient perhaps to show the leading principles upon which I think this portion of the country should be dealt with. 72. The main principle is the establishment in it of our authority and protection. This in some form is absolutely necessary. Without it no system that we could devise for the government of the country would be worth the paper upon which it was written. It is the indispensable condition for the government of the country, and to restore the authority of the ex-king, in one portion of the country without establishing our own authority in the other portion would be as fatal as it would be useless. 73. We should have, then, to establish our authority and protection in the country. There are perhaps two ways in which this might be done; one is by taking the 15] government of the country into our own hands by the means and in the manner I have suggested; and the other is by assuming the protectorate over it and placing in it a commissioner vested with supreme authority. But I doubt if the latter course would prove sufficient to ensure that supervision of affairs and due exercise of authority which would be necessary for the good order of the country, or that unity of purpose and consolidation of strength which would be necessary for its security. As in either case the responsibility would rest with us for the protection of the country and for its good order, it is to our interest that the arrangements that we make should be the most effective for securing those two objects. 74. The country itself will, I believe, furnish nearly all the materials, if we will only make use of them, by means of which a satisfactory and strong system of government may be built up, strong for all the purposes ſof which we require it, for defence, for the support of our authority, for the maintenance of public order. - sº But if we failed to turn to account those materials they would of course be lost to those purposes; they might even become the causes of disorder and weakness. We must turn the sources of strength that are in the country to good account, or else they will become the sources of weakness. It is only by the exercise of our authority and under our direction that this can be done, and therefore it will not be sufficient to possess authority, it will be necessary to exercise it also. It will not be sufficient, I mean, that our authority should be a mere passive authority, allowing things to take their course and only interfering when it is appealed to. It should be an active authority, an active moving power for the good government of the country, guiding and controlling its affairs. It should be a visible authority, an authority seen and felt, in order that it may be a guarantee to the people of its reality and of the strong Govern- ment which is behind it. Under the shelter of that strong Government they would desire to live, participators of the benefits of its protection and its just rule, and round it, if only assured of its reality and that its authority which is represented is not merely a shadow upon which they cannot depend, they will rally in confidence and loyalty. It should be our object to make this country a source of strength and not of weak- ness. If we hesitate, if we merely show the shadow of our authority, we shall give cause for doubts and misgivings as to its reality and as to the dependence to be placed on our protection, and the country will prove a source of weakness and perhaps of danger to us. But if we control and direct its affairs with a firm, and just, and prudent hand, if we make use of the resouces which it contains and mould and fashion them to our own shape, the country, we may depend upon it, will prove a source of strength to us, and possibly no unimportant factor in maintaining the public peace in this part of South Africa. It is for these reasons that I recommend the establishment in it of our authority and protection in a form that will enable us to make it effective for the purposes for which it is designed. 75. I am very sensible that the suggestion which I have here made for the solution of the Zulu problem is one open to objections. I make no claim for it that it is free from objections; I make no claim for it that it is free from disadvantages; but I am bound to say that I see no course which is free from objections and disadvantages, and I certainly have found no person who has been able to suggest one. Probably the safest course would be that which I first touched upon, namely, to bring the whole country under our authority and rule. But I am aware of the objections to that course, and if that cannot be taken, and if it is deemed desirable to make some arrangement which will allow of the return of the ex-king to the Zulu country in a position of authority, I have shown how alone this may, I think, be done compatibly with the safety of the several interests which are vitally concerned in the future settlement of the Zulu country. The principle that I took for my guidance in entering upon the consideration of a mode of solution for this very difficult question was to have a careful regard for all the interests involved in it. That principle I have endeavoured to keep faithfully before me throughout ; and in the suggestion which this report embodies, open to objections as it may be, imperfect as it may be, my object has been to meet the necessities of the case in a way that will be reconcilable with those interests, with the welfare of the people who are concerned, with the maintenance of the public peace, and with those obligations to which our public good faith is committed. - (Signed) HENRY BULWER. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, August 1882. 'T 4 152 APPENDIX I. BRITISH RESIDENT to SIR H. BULWER. HIS ExCELLENCY, * Pietermaritzburg, May 3, 1882. ADVERTING to the allegations of the Zulus at their interview with me on the 21st and 24th inst., that they have been subjected to killing and “eating up " by the appointed chiefs, and that the latter gave out that they were ordered by me to adopt those measures, I have the honour to report that I have never ordered or advised any chief to “eat up” any person. On the contrary, I have always endeavoured to impress upon the chiefs the undesirability of such a mode of punishment, especially when applied without previous trial of the person punished. No case of killing by an appointed chief has come under my notice, with the excep- tion of one" man who was executed in Chief John Dunn's territory for the crime of murder, after due trial and conviction. There are of course the instances of the Um- tetwa people who lost their lives in the insurrection headed by Sitimela in July last, and in October of the Abaqulusi who were attacked by Uhamu in whose territory they resided, because they would not submit to his authority. The occurrences in connexion with both these cases were duly reported by me to the Deputy High Commissioner. In September, after Sir E. Wood's decision, the Chief Usibebu expelled out of his territory Undabuko and Usivetu with their following, on which occasion two lives were lost either on each side or altogether. I am not certain on this point as I am writing from memory, being unable to refer to my records which are in Zululand. All the circum- stances of this affair I also reported at the time. No other case of killing at the instance of an appointed chief has come to my knowledge, and I do not for a moment believe that any other case has occurred. - With regard to the eating up of some kraals belonging to Umyamana's people by the appointed Chief Umfanawendhlela through his messenger Umpumpa, I have to state that on receiving information that the seizures were being made I at once communicated with the chief and advised him to stop the proceedings and to accord the parties fair trial before confiscating their property. Due heed was given to my advice, and the cattle, with the exception of a very few head which had already been driven away, were left undisturbed. The parties concerned were subsequently tried by the chief for the offences they stood charged with, and so far as my memory serves he inflicted moderate fines of one head of cattle on each of the accused. º Case of Uvoko, -This person informed me that his Chief Umgojana had eaten him up and appealed to me against the chief’s act. I explained that I could entertain no appeal, but I would inquire from the chief what he Uvoko had done. I did make this inquiry, intending that should the merits of the case and other circumstances warrant my doing so, to intercede for Voko with his chief. I cannot remember what reply the chief sent to my inquiry, but I know that it was of a nature which rendered intercession on my part inexpedient. I can remember nothing about the two cases of eating up mentioned by Makulumana. If they were reported to me an entry of the circumstances will be found in my records. Makulumana, however, does not allege that they were reported to me. Umfunzi's case, mentioned by Marubulana.—Umfunzi reported to me that about 80 head of cattle were seized from him by the Regent of late Gaozi's territory, who also ordered him to quit his territory and to forfeit all his growing crops. I made inquiry, and finding that Umfunzi was being treated with undue severity I interceded for him with his chief, with this result, that (1) the order for his banishment was withdrawn; (2) he was allowed to resume possession of his growing crops; (3) 30 head of cattle were restored to him. Having heard from Umfunzi that his Chief Siunguza had alleged that it was on my order that he had eaten him up, I personally asked the chief whether the statement was true. He denied emphatically having said so, and added that he inflicted the punishment because Umfunzi had without his consent proceeded with others on several occasions as a deputation to the Governor. Other cases of eating up by appointed chiefs have occurred, but I am unable without a reference to my records to enumerate them or to state particulars. There is one important case, however, which I ought to mention, viz., the eating up of the Chief Umsutyuana and his tribe by . Usibebu in whose territory they reside. They were accused of having aided Sitimela in the rebellion against Umlandela in July last. I , believe a large number C f cattle were seized and confiscated by Usibebu on that OCC&SIOI). (Signed) M. OsBonn, British Resident, Zululand. 153 SIR. H. BULWER to BRITISH RESIDENT, BRITISH RESIDENT, - May 5, 1882. WILL you on your return furnish me if you please with a report of cases of “ eating up’’ that have come under your notice or that you are able to ascertain as having taken place during the last two years. Will you also give your definition of “eating up ’’ and say when you speak of “eating up * whether you intend to convey that the whole cattle, kraals, huts, mealie stock, and other property of the person, or family, or tribe, proceeded against have been taken or destroyed, and the person, family, or tribe, left without home or anything at all, or whether you intend to convey that the “eating up " has only extended to the taking away of a certain portion of the property, a certain portion of the cattle, &c. from the person, family, or tribe proceeded against. Take the very case of Umsutyuana and his tribe, where you say that a large number of cattle were confiscated, you say nothing as to whether these people were driven from their homes, their kraals destroyed, their mealie gardens and pits plundered, &c., and therefore I am led to conclude you do not mean that this tribe was “eaten up” to this extent, or even that all the cattle were taken. And yet I notice you speak of this as a case of “eating up.” Do you consider, for instance, that when an appointed chief sends and seizes 10 or 20 or even 50 head of cattle from any person in his district who may own, say, 200 head of cattle, that this constitutes “eating up " ? If not, where do you draw the distinction between “eating up ’’ and any punishment short of “eating up ’’ P If you say that the taking of one head of cattle constitutes “eating up,” or, on the other hand, that only the taking and destruction of everything, cattle, mealies, huts, constitutes “eating up,” I can understand what the term in either case implies. If, however, you say that it must be something above the taking of one head of cattle, or that it need not extend to the plunder and destruction of all that the person, or family, or tribe proceeded against possesses in the world, then it will be advisable you should define precisely what you mean by the term. (Signed) H. BULWER. * BRITISH RESIDENT to SIR H. BULWER. His ExCELLENCY, May 8, 1882. THE report required of “eating up ’’ during last two years will be furnished as soon as practicable after my return to Zululand. * 2. By “eating up ’’ is meant the seizure and confiscation to the chief of all cattle owned by his subject, irrespective of the number of such cattle. It is only when a fine is inflicted that the number of cattle to be taken as such fine is fixed by the chief, and the person paying the cattle is in this case not in the position of one who is being “eaten up.” He pays to the chief only a stated number of cattle as a fine. When a Zulu is “eaten up” all his cattle, and his cattle only, are liable to be taken from him ; he retains possession of any other property he may have, including his huts, grain, implements, &c. In the case where a chief sends a number of men to carry out an order for the “eating up" of any person or persons, it sometimes happens that the men sent, being not sufficiently restrained, or refusing to be restrained, unlawfully commit excesses by taking from the person who is being “eaten up" his corn and other property in addition to the cattle, or by wantonly destroying such property. This taking away or destruction of property is, however, not done on the chief's authority, and things so taken are not given up to the chief, but are retained by those who seized them. But under the regime of the late Zulu kings when a party of men was sent to kill a man, say for witchcraft or other crime, not only were his cattle “eaten up” by the party of the chief, but the executioners were by custom authorised in such a case to destroy or loot for themselves all other property belonging to the man killed, or with the killing of whom they had been charged by the chief. (Signed) M. Osbol:N, British Resident, Zululand. APPENDIX II. SIR H. BULWER to SECRETARY OF STATE.” * See No. 16, R 4012. U 154 º No. 79a. CHIEF JOHN DUNN to the RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF KIM BERLEY. (Received September 29, 1882.) Emongete, Dunnsland, Zululand, My LoRD, August 26, 1882. SEEING by the Natal papers your Government have come to the decision of restoring Cetywayo to Zululand, although we, the appointed Chiefs, have had no official communication on the subject, I beg respectfully to bring to your Lordship's notice the injustice of such a step to the appointed Chiefs, who, on the solemn word of General Sir Garnet Wolseley, as representative of Her Majesty's Government, that Cetywayo should never return to Zululand, accepted our present position. - I beg also to bring to your Lordship's notice the injury such a step will be to the prestige of all Englishmen and any English Government in future in this part of Africa, and that it cannot tend to the peace and welfare of the English race, neither of the natives, and will eventually lead to a great deal of bloodshed. - If your Government have finally decided to restore Cetywayo your Lordship can hardly expect us to relinquish our claims to the Chieftainships without some just cause. For myself, I can say that I look upon my territory as my home, and have taken steps for the improvement of it and my people, and should Cetywayo return matters will relapse into their former state. g Earnestly trusting your Lordship will not persist in taking these steps for the purpose of pleasing a few and again causing bloodshed. The settlement made by General Sir Garnet Wolseley was, and would have worked well, if it had not been for the meddling and agitation of the Bishop Colenso and his artW. p #. effects of the rumour of Cety wayo's return are already showing itself in the utter disregard of all authority, the people from this country although distinctly told by his Excellency the Governor of Natal not to go to him without permission persistently are doing so, in utter defiance of him, even to his very presence, and look upon Bishop Colenso as his superior, and obey his call. -- I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley. (Signed) J. R. DUNN, Chief. No. 80. Governor SIR HENRY BUi,WlèR, K.C.M.G., to THE RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received October 3, 1882.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, º - August 30, 1882. I HAVE the honour to transmit for your Lordship's information, a copy of a Despatch from the British Resident of the 21st ultimo, together with copies of the several enclosures which accompanied that despatch, most of them being statements relative to the condition of affairs in the upper districts of the Zulu country, and to events connected with the agitation under Undabuko. 2. The name of the Bishop of Natal is freely mixed up in connexion with these affairs. The Chief Chingwayo does not hesitate to attribute all the recent disturbances to the Bishop. His statement goes back to the time immediately following the Zulu war, when Magema, a Natal native in the employment of the Bishop, was sent by him, together with the Zulu Umfunzi, to look for a watch taken from an officer who fell during the war. Umfunzi has since become well known as one of the prime movers in the agitation. He was one of those who came into Natal in July and August 1881, sent, it was said, to represent eight of the appointed chiefs. In referring to the circumstances of this so-called “deputation,” I pointed out that this man, there could be no doubt, had not been sent by any of the appointed chiefs, but if he was sent by anybody, must have been sent by Undabuko ; and he has been one of the messengers who have carried the com- munications between Undabuko and Bishopstowe. Chingwayo gives the names of three other messengers who were so employed. The Bishop of Natal, I may observe, has stated that he has never employed any emissaries of his own, that is, Natal natives, but he has not said that he has not employed Zulus. These men, says Chingwayo, were constantly going backwards and forwards between Zululand and Bishopstowe. 3. Ndabankulu, who is the son of Lukwazi, a prime minister during Panda’s reign, states that he heard the Bishop say to Undabuko during the visit to Natal in 1880, that the Resident was at one with the house of Shepstone against them ; that it was I55 he who had reported about the killing of the girls by Cetywayo, and that Undabuko was to disregard the Resident's refusal to give them permission to come into Natal, but was to come in whenever he wished to talk with him (the Bishop) about the affairs of Zululand. 4. The statement of Umguni, Mesana, and Focosa, Indunas sent by the appointed Chief Uhamu, gives an account of the recent disturbances in his territory, and of the raids made into it by the Abaqulusi and Pangisweni, in which as many as 28 persons were killed, seven were wounded, and 28 were made prisoners. A number of kraals were destroyed and over 5,00) cattle and goats were carried off. These acts of violence were committed in concert with and as part of the movement of Undabuko in taking up arms after his return from Natal in May last; though after Uhamu's severe treatment of the Abaqulusi last year, we cannot be surprised that, that people should have taken the opportunity of the first encouragement given to them in order to retaliate upon Uhamu's people. . . I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Enclosure in No. 80. BRITISH RESIDENT, Zululand, to Sir H. BULwÉR. SIR, Inhlazatye, Zululand, July 21, 1882. I HAVE the honour to transmit for your Excellency's information, the enclosed statements marked No. 1 to 13 inclusive, made before me here as further set forth in the annexed schedule. The statement No. 7, dated 18th instant, made by three indunas of Uhamu, contains that Chief’s account of injuries lately caused to him and his people by the impis of the Abaqulusi, who are at present residing in Seketwayo's territory, and north of the Bivana in the Transvaal, and of that section of people known as the Pangesweni, who reside in the southern part of his territory. Both the Abaqulusi and the Pangesweni men belong to the Usutu party. Chief John Dunn reported yesterday that Dabulamanzi and other headmen of the Usutu continue to defy his authority, and he requests me to visit his territory in order to counsel those disaffected persons and their followers, and, if possible, to induce them to respect lawful authority. . He adds that should my efforts not prove successful in re-establishing order, he will have to adopt forcible measures against those who have set him at defiance. In reply I have informed Chief Dunn that I cannot just yet visit his territory, as I am at present engaged in dealing with the real, headquarters are in the upper parts of Zululand and not very far from the Imhlazatye; but that I would make the requested visit at the earliest date possible; and I advised him strongly to abstain from using force, as I believe that the pending questions admit of peaceable settlement. In the meantime I have placed myself in communication, by messengers, with Dabulamanzi and the others of the Usutu, who are reported to be assembled under arms at the Inkanhla, in John Dunn’s territory, with the view of getting them to disperse. - I have, &c. His Excellency Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., (Signed) M. OSBORN, Her Majesty’s Special Commissioner, British Resident, &c. &c. &c. Zululand. Natal. SchEDULE to Despatch from British Resident, Zululand, dated July 21, 1882. Statements enclosed. Nozitslima, dated July 12. Umsutyuana, dated July 13. Ukayikayi, Umgode, and Umbanda, sent by Umbopa, July 13. Undabankulu, July 13. Sivunguvunguvana and three others, sent by Umyamana, Undabuko, and Usivetu, July 15. Sotondosi, sent by Umguni (Abaqulusi) July 17. Umguni, Mesana, and Focoza, sent by Uhamu, July 18. Zimema sent by John Dunn, July 19. Uqatshi and Umtshwankela, sent by Mavumengwana, July 19. Matiyana, sent by Usibebu, July 20. - Hlozi, July 20. : | U 2 156 No. 12. Chingwayo (Chief), July 20. , 13. Mafogohla and Kankani, sent by Siunguza, July 21. 1. Inhlazatye, Zululand, July 12, 1882. Nozitslima states:— - I was yesterday informed by Sinkwasumsutu, a Zulu headman, that Undabuko, Usivetu, and the others, went to Pietermaritzburg about three months ago, because they had been sent for from thence. That Umlilwana and Umfutshana, son of Nkwana, came to call them. I asked by whom had these messengers been sent, and his answer was :— “There is only one white man on the other side (in Natal) who has to do with this “country; that white man is Sobantu-he sent them.” I then asked Sinkwasumsutu if he knew of any other man who came from Natal on the business of the land, and to this he replied thus:–“I know of only one other, his “name is Fanegana; he came repeatedly from Sobantu.” - 2. - Inhlazatye, Zululand, July 13, 1882. Umsutyuana appears and states:— I now produce here two young men who formed part of the prisoners taken by my people from the kraal of Sikonyana. I bring them to testify to the carrying away of grain from our kraals. The other prisoners taken on the same occasion are down at my encampment in Somkeli’s territory. The names of the two young men I have brought are Sigungu, son of Sikonyana, and Kayityana, son of Sibuda. They are now present. º Sigungu states:— We were taken prisoners a few days ago. I remember during last moon an impi from Usibebu arrived near to my father's kraal, and took some corn from three kraals near to us. They belonged one to the chief Umsutyuana, and one to Nogxotshua, and one to Mazwana. From that time the people living in our kraal and neighbouring kraals also took to carrying away the corn from those three kraals. They did this against my father's prohibition. Usibebu’s impi consisted of three companies. The impi returned on another day, and got some more corn from those kraals. The other neighbouring kraals had already been cleared of their corn previous to this by Usibebu’s impis. Many other kraals in our meighbourhood had thus been cleared of corn. Women were employed to carry some of it away. Kayityana states:— I reside also in Sikonyana's kraal. I have heard the statement of Sigungu. He spoke the truth, and I have nothing to add to it. July 13, continued. Umsutyuana and Umgamule had another long interview with the Resident, who warned and counselled them again seriously on the general condition of affairs, so far as they concern them and their tribe. They promised to release at once the prisoners taken by their people and allow them to return to their homes unmolested; and further to restrain their men from interfering again with Usibebu’s people. 3. Inhlazatye, Zululand, July 13, 1882. Ukayikayi, Umgode, and Umbanda state:— - We are sent by Umbopa to the Resident to tell him that his throat is closing up with hunger, through having to remain in the bush. He is anxious to return with his people to their kraals in Usibebu's territory. Umbopa says he does not know what he has done that Usibebu should treat him in this manner. If Usibebu had allowed him to take his corn away, he would not complain, but now he has got no corn or other food. Umpoba reports that an accidental fire burnt down three of the temporary huts his people were occupying in Somkeli’s territory, and that four persons and one calf were burnt to death in them—two women, one boy, and an infant. - Reply:— - Tell Umbopa that his complaints, as represented by Undabuko, have been sent to the Governor, whose words we must await. It has been reported to me that an impi from Umbopa lately surrounded and burnt two kraals of Usibebu’s people. This is wrong. The arrangements were that no one was to take up arms, and all complaints were to be settled peacefully. I advise and warn Umbopa to desist from attacking or molesting Usibebu’s people. All questions and complaints are sent to the Governor for his in- formation. Everyone must now remain quiet and maintain peace. * I am very sorry to hear about the four persons being burnt to death in the accidental fire. l 157 4. Inhlazatye, Zululand, July 14, 1882. Udnabankulu, a headsman of the title of Lukwazi, states:— I accompanied Undabuko and party on his visit to Pietermaritzburg during winter before last (May and June 1880). He went first to the Bishop of Natal and had a conversation with him in which he told the Bishop that the British Resident in Zululand, Mr. Osborn, had refused to give him a letter to the Governor in Natal. In the course of the conversation which the Bishop had with Undabuko, in my presence and hearing, the Bishop said to Undabuko. “The Resident is at one with the house of ‘Sonzica’ “ (Shepstone) against you. It was he who, when a magistrate at Newcastle in Natal, “ reported the killing by Cetywayo of girls who refused to marry on his order before the “ Zulu war. John Dunn did so also. The Resident will continue to refuse to give you “ permission to come into Natal, but you are to disregard, his refusals, and come into “ Natal whenever you wish, to talk with me about the affairs of Zululand.” After this the Bishop sent us on with his man Magema to Mr. John Shepstone (Secretary for Native Affairs). When we got to Mr. Shepstone, he refused to allow Undabuko to speak about his affairs, because he had no letter from the Resident, and told us to return to Zululand. He said too that he would not talk to Undabuko in the future about affairs in Zululand if he came without a letter from the Resident. The party turned back on this, but visited the Bishop's residence on its way home, where the Bishop gave Undabuko a beast to kill for food. - Two days ago I was informed by Unguqa, one of the principal headmen of the Tombela tribe, who has joined Undabuko's party, that some cattle belonging to him had lately been seized by the Abaqulusi in Uhamu's territory, and on asking for their restora- tion, he was told by the Abaqulusi that they would not give up any cattle unless directed to do so by Cetywayo, who had ordered them and the others to arm and attack. Unguqa did not know, or, as it seemed to me, was afraid to tell me, through whom Cetywayo's order to arm was delivered; but he said that Magonondo, brother of Umguni, principal headman of the Abaqulusi, had returned from the Bishop very shortly before the Abaqu- lusi took up arms. I know that Fanegana has for a long time past been the bearer of messages between Sobantu at Maritzburg and Undabuko and his brothers in Zululand. I saw him in Maritzburg about three months ago, when Undabuko and the others were there. He told me that we should soon see Cetywayo in Zululand with our own eyes, that Unda- buko and the others had sent for him, Fanegana, to meet them at the border when on their way to Natal; but he had come to Maritzburg to meet them there. He said:— “We here approve of the answer which Dabulamanzi and the others will give to-day to “ the words spoken by the Governor to them, which answer is, that they adhere to what “ they had told him the previous day.” I noticed his using the words “we here,” but I do not know who are included therein. As he made this statement before Dabulamanzi and the others had given in their answer it is plain to me that he and others in Natal took part in their deliberations when the reply to the Governor's words was under consideration. 5. Inhlazatye, Zululand, July 15, 1882. Sivunguvungwana states:— I am sent by Umyamana, Undabuko and Usivetu to bring to the Resident three messengers who brought to them an account of an encounter at the kraal of Zula in Usibebu’s territory. The messengers will state the particulars. I am to say further that all this trouble arises from the people being prevented from returning to their kraals, if they could get back none of these acts of violence will occur, as those who stole the corn could then be peaceably spoken to and made to return the stolen property. Those who sent me ask the Resident to order Usibebu to allow the people to return to their kraals. Unjojana sent by Umsutyuana, Umpungeni and Urauwana, sent by Umbopa, state:— We are directed to tell the Resident that six days ago two small companies of men belonging to Umsutyuana and Umbopa went to the kraal of Zula to get from its inmates the corn they had stolen from our kraals. Zula's people ran away on our men getting there, but they soon returned and fired on our men, killing one man. Our men returned the fire and killed one of their party with an assegai and wounded another, and then burnt down Zula's kraal and another kraal near to it. Our men then left but were followed and overtaken by three of Zula's party, who fired and killed another of our hen. We did not go to fight anyone but only to get our corn. We are also directed to say that no corn has been stolem from our kraals by Usibebu’s own people. The corn was stolen by those of our people who remained behind and U 3 158 • A would not leave their kraals when the others left theirs for the bush in Somkeli’s territory, and have seceded from us. We have on no occasion been attacked by Usibebu’s own people nor have we attacked any of them. The encounters that have taken place have always been with those of our own people who remained behind and would not go with us to the bush ; not one of Usibebu’s own people has been killed by us, neither were any of us killed by them, and no impi from Usibebu has come against us, Reply :- #: those who sent you that I have no power to order Usibebu as they request me to do, but I am in communication with him on the subject with the view of moving him to consent to the return of the people to their kraals. Further that the whole questionſ is under the Governor's consideration. All must remain quiet and await his words. I strongly urge again upon Umsutyuana and Umbopa and all concerned to avoid doing anything that may provoke quarrel which they know is likely to lead to serious consequences, 6. Inhlazatye, Zululand, July 17, 1882. Sotondosi states:— I am sent by Umguni, headman of the Abaqulusi, to report to the Resident that he has now dispersed all the impis of his people. Those who came from the other side of the Bivana, in the Transvaal, he has now sent back there, and the others have all gone to their temporary homes in Seketwayo's territory. Reply :— º Tell Umguni that I am very glad to hear from him that he has dispersed all his impis. 7. Inhlazatye, Zululand, July 18, 1882. Umguni, Mesana, and Focoza, Indunas of Chief Uhamu, accompanied by Umveli and Gobinduku, state : We are deputed by our Chief Uhamu to state, on his behalf all circumstances in connection with the late impis and disturbances in the land so far as they concern him. Up to the time when Undabuko and the other Zulus went to Maritzburg everything was quiet in the land. Soon after their return, however, Uhamu became aware that impis were being assembled by Undabuko and Umyamana, with the view of attacking him, as was generally reported. Uhamu then called up his people to remain with him in case they attacked him. When the Usutu impi gathered at Umyamana's kraal, Tshumayeleni, Undabuko, and Mapelu and Umyamana sent Lugesi to order the Abaqulusi near the Hlobane to arm and attack Uhamu. The Abaqulusi obeyed the orders and at once attacked. They seized the cattle from five kraals of Umsebe. On hearing this Uhamu sent ten men to the spot to ascertain particulars for him. These men on reaching the spot slept at the kraal of Umganu that might. During that night an impi of the Abaqulusi surrounded the kraal, and set fire to the huts in which the people were sleeping. On the people rushing out they were stabbed. Two of our men were killed this way, and four wounded. Another of our men got burnt to death in a hut. Besides these there were three men of Umganu's, who belonged to the kraal, killed on that occasion in a similar manner, and two wonnded. In all, there were in that night six people killed, and six wounded. The impi then seized the cattle of the kraal, and in the early morning passed on to the kraal of Gobide, which they attacked at dawn of day. They killed three people at this kraal and seized the cattle thereof, together with the grain and all other loose property they could find in the kraal. We omitted to mention that the five kraals of Umsebe, from which the cattle were in the first instance taken, and also the kraal of Umganu, were looted of all the grain and other loose property, including even the women's skin clothing, and forty picks were taken from the kraal of Umganu, belonging to a white man. Some of the huts of the kraals were destroyed, the props inside of them being cut down, and others were burnt down by the impi. The impi after leaving Gudidi's kraal went the same day to eight neighbouring kraals from which they seized all the cattle, grain, and other loose property. No one was killed there, nor were any huts burnt. The next day the impi attacked five kraals where they killed one man, son of Umqwebu, seized all the cattle and loose property, and destroyed the grain. They burnt down all five kraals. * The next day the impi visited the kraals of Umveli, Marwangca and Magwaza, where they also seized all the cattle, grain, and loose property, and then burnt down the kraals. 159 On the following day the impi went to the two kraals of Zula; from the one they seized all the cattle, grain &c., and from the other only grain and loose property, the cattle having been sent away for safety. Both the kraals it burnt down. The next day, the impi went to five kraals belonging to Umcuāyu and his people, where they seized all the cattle, destroyed the grain, and burnt the kraals. The impi then went to the kraal of Manzini, where they killed one man, seized the cattle, and destroyed the grain. From thence they proceeded to thirteen kraals belonging to Rozana, and his men. The cattle belonging to these kraals had been previously sent away for safety. The impi looted the kraals of all grain and loose property, most of which it destroyed. The following day the impi went after the cattle belonging to Rozanas kraals. It did not get the cattle, but killed three men and two women, and wounded a third of the people of Rozana. On another day the impi crossed the Bivana and attacked Magaluhla, one of Uhamus people living there, killing five of his men. The impi returned from thence to this side of the border, and looted twelve more kraals belonging to Umsebe and his people. The grain, and loose property from them were carried to the kraal of Untunswa, Seketwayo's brother in Seketwayo's territory; by the impi. Three of the kraals they burnt down, and the others they destroyed by pulling out the props. - The impi then went to the ten kraals of Megeza and seized from them all the cattie, grain, and other loose property. They killed one man, and burnt down one kraal. From these kraals 218 head of cattle were seized. The impi then seized from the kraal of Umsutu the property of a white trader which he had left there, consisting of 400 picks, one bag full of blankets, one bag of provisions, and one box locked, contents not known. The following night the impi surrounded the kraal of Lokotwayo, whence it killed two men, two young children, and wounded one man. It took as prisoners twenty-eight women and children forming the families of Lokotwayo and Sigade. These were taken away by the impi and are still with the Abaqulusi. From Lokotwayo's kraal they seized all the cattle there and loose property. The impi them went to ten kraals belonging to Umganu's people, and seized all the cattle, and plundered the kraals of all corn and loose property. The huts they destroyed by cutting down the props. All the foregoing attacks and seizures, &c. were made by the Abaqulusi, whose impi was composed of members of the tribe who came from north of the Bivana (Transvaal) and other men of the tribe living in Seketwayo's territory. We omitted to state that a Natal native named Bamu, and one of Uhamus people, named Dabayake, were also killed by the Abaqulusi. All these circumstances took place in the north part of Uhamu's territory. On the other side the people of the Pangisweni, under Maranana, formed themselves into an impi and went to eight kraals belonging to Luruluruiu, and Chingwayo. From three of these they seized all the cattle. They seized and carried away from all the grain and other loose property. They then seized the cattle and grain from three Kraals belonging to Zula, the cattie they returned all but one. We have to report that the total number of cattle seized by the impis of the Abaqulusi and the Pangisweni in Uhamu's territory, amounts to 2,134 head, and 3,070 goats. - Uhamu told us to say further, that he is in great trouble about all this. He has done nothing to cause all this action against him. Before the Zulu war he advised the Ex-King not to fight the English, and, when the war broke out, he left him. He says he is in so much trouble now that he would gladly take refuge even with the Matongas. He seized Umyamana's cattle more than a year ago as a punishment for secreting Ex-King's cattle, which the Government at the close of the war said he was to collect and hand over to them. Uhamu, says he now asks the Government to take him away from the territory that was given him, and place him somewhere else on land belonging to the Government. e - We are also directed to state that some of Uhamu's people who fled for refuge into the Transvaal when the impis collected, have not yet returned to him to report their losses and injuries. Uhamu asks the Resident to get back the prisoners taken by the Abaqulusi from Lukutwayo's kraal. . . : 8. Inhlazatye, Zululand, July 19, 1882. Zimema, Induna of Chief John Dunn, states: - I am sent by my Chief to report to the Resident that Dabulamanzi and Melelesi are continuing to defy his authority. They will not acknowledge him as Chief of his territory. He has desired them to leave his territory as they will not acknowledge him. U 4 160 This they will not do, saying that the country belongs to them, and the house of the great Zulu Chief Dabulamanzi has assembled at the Inkanhla all his men, those of Nobiya, Melelesi, Qetuka, Siganandi, Zeyize and Umtiaqua, and the men are all armed. Chief Dunn sent a messenger to them to ascertain what they were assembling about, but they would not hold any communication with him. ... Our Chief says affairs in his territory are in a very bad condition, and he asks the Resident to come down and speak $o the people who are defying him. He is anxious that the Resident should do this. He was appointed Chief by the English Government, who placed the Resident to look after him and the other appointed Chiefs, and therefore he wants the Resident to come and help him. The headmen in his territory who have remained faithful to him Say that they want the Resident to come there and support their Chief who was placed over them, and who others are seeking to destroy. 9. Inhlazatye, Zululand, July 19, 1882. Uqatshi, Induna of Chief Mayumengwana, states: - Shortly before Undabuko and the other Zulus went to Maritzburg, about four months ago, Nuguse, son of the headman Melelesi, and Umsuto, a relative of the headman Qutuka, all residing in Chief Dunn's territory, came to Mavumengwana and said that they had just arrived from Maritzburg. That they were sent to him by Sobantu, the Bishop of Natal, to deliver to him a message from Cetywayo as follows: “Why do you, “ Mavumengwana and Qutuka, pay tax on your huts P Your paying the money “ prevents me from returning. Do not think that I am not coming back. I am “ returning.” Upon this, Melelesi came with a “bandhla " to Mavumengwana to talk the matter over. Mavumengwana said that he did not like having anything to do with it, and that he considered it ought to be reported to Chief Dunn. The men present persuaded him not to do so, and on their pressing him he consented to send a man to Maritzburg to Sobantu. He then sent Manxele to the Bishop to explain to him that the money was not paid with the view of preventing Cetywayo from returning. It was paid as a tax on the huts in the same way as tax is paid by the natives in Natal. Shortly after this Undabuko and the others went to Maritzburg. Mavumengwana sent no one with them to represent him there. He has since been informed by Manxele that when the party of Zulus arrived near the Umgeni the Bishop told him to go to Undabuko, who was there. Manxele at first refused to go, saying he had nothing to do with them, but, on the Bishop pressing him, he consented and went. On arriving at the party of Zulus, they accused him of being a spy from John Dunn. The whole party were much against him, and abused him greatly. At last Undabuko took his part, and said he knew that he was one of them, and would join with them in their prayer for the Ex-King's return. As Manxele was greatly afraid of the party he consented to do so, and when the men from Chief Dunn's territory were about to appear before the Governor, Dabulamanzi ordered him to say that he was sent by Mavumengwana to appeal for him, and to say that he joined in the prayer for the restoration of Cetywayo, and that the people would not acknowledge Chief Dunn any longer over them. Mavumengwana says that he never, sent anyone to represent him in Maritzburg. Manxele had no authority to appear for him. Mavumengwana says that he stated all these circumstances at the meeting before Chief Dunn. While he was at that meeting one of his men named Umtshwankela arrived there and told him that a man named Fanegana was at his kraal, and had sent him to say that he was there and had a message for Mavumengwana from the Bishop of Natal. That he was not to mention that he had been sent for, but to say that his mother had become suddenly ill, and therefore he had to go to his kraal at once, as, should it be known that he, Fanegama, had come to him from the Bishop, he would be punished by Chief Dunn, and also by the authorities in Natal. Another messenger arrived at the same time from Dabulamanzi also to tell Mavumengwana that Fanegana had arrived at his kraal. Mayumengwana at once reported to Chief Dunn the message he had received. Chief Dunn, after hearing Umlshwankela, sent off men to bring Fangana to him. The men brought him the next day. Chief Dunn said that Mavumengwana and the other headmen present were to question him. They did so, and F anegana told them that he was sent by Sobantu to say: - “I thank you, Mavunengwana for having sent a man to represent you at Maritzburg with the others when they came to pray for him (Cetywayo). I see now that you joined with the others in complaining. I see that I am not complaining alone.” Mavumengwana said, “I sent only Manxele, and that was to explain only about the hut tax to the Bishop. I sent no one to represent me.” 161 Fanegana was then taken before Chief Dunn, who questioned him in the presence of all of us. Fanegana repeated his statement made to us that he had been sent by the Bishop with the message. Chief Dunn said that he doubted the assertion, as the Bishop denied having sent anyone into Zululand. Fanegana replied: “How can the Bishop deny “ it? What are you White Chiefs like then 2 The Bishop sent me on many former occa- “sions into this country with messages, and he sent me this time again. He cannot “ deny it. He has always a large number of Zulu people from Zululand with him. “ What do they do there if he does not communicate with the Zulus in Zululand 2 “Besides which the Governor is aware of the Zulus stopping with the Bishop and he ‘ says nothing about it.” Upon that Chief Dunn gave orders for the removal of Fanegana to the Resident for examination before him. * Umtshwankela states :— I reside in the kraal of my Chief Mayumengwana, in Chief Dunn's territory. Shortly after the return of Undabuko and the others from Maritzburg.” G 10. Inhlazatye, Zululand, July 20, 1882. Matiyana states:— I am sent by Chief Usibebu to report to the Resident that, since his last report, the body of one of his people named Ufudu, who belonged to the Kraal of Umlomo, has been found. Ufudu was killed by a gunshot wound given to him by the party who attacked the kraal of Umlomo, as reported through Upolile and others on the 12th instant. Another man of Usibebu's, named Sentela, was killed by the impi of Umsutyuana and Umbopa. After Upolile had started to report to the Resident, Usibebu sent some of his men back to their kraals which they had vacated, and which had been plundered by Mahu's people of all the grain. These men went and helped themselves to corn at deserted kraals belonging to Mahu. They also killed a bull they found there. While they were eating it Mahu's people arrived, and drove them away from the kraals they were sent to re- Occupy. & Usibebu says he was appointed Chief by the Government who gave him his territory. The people living therein are making war on him, and the Government are abandoning him. The Government made him Chief, and some of the people say he shall not be Chief and want to kill him, therefore these people are fighting against the act of the Government, and he asks whether the Government are going to allow them to continue doing this. The English conquered him, and he belongs to the English. Undabuko has sent men to burn round the kraals that he occupied last year in Usibebu’s territory to protect, them from grass fires, his intention being to return to them with his people. Undabuko has already placed a number of men in possession of one of these kraals, and they carry to this kraal all the grain that they plunder from Usibebu’s people, and Undabuko gives out that he and all his people are going to re-occupy their kraals in Usibebu's territory during the present moon. Reply :- I have heard what you have said, and will send on Usibebu’s words to the Governor. ll. Inhlazatye, Zululand, July 20, 1882. Hlozi states:– I am sent by Chief Uhamu to report to the Resident that, five days ago, the Abaqulusi impi burnt down three kraals belonging to Megeza, and took seven (7) head of cattle from him. Uhamu says that the cattle seized by the Abaqulusi and taken across by them into the Transvaal are brought back by him into his territory. The people from whom they were seized are anxious to have them taken. Uhamu wishes to know what steps he is to take to recover them. He hears that the Abaqulusi are about to send the cattle on to the headmen of the Usutu party. Beply :- - I § forward Uhamu’s message to the Governor, and when his answer comes I will communicate it to Uhamu.. I will make enquiry of the Abaqulusi regarding the burning of Megeza's kraals. * The original ceases here. R 4012. X 162 12. Inhlazatye, Zululand, July 20, 1882. Chingwayo, appointed Chief in Zululand, states:—- You, the Resident, ask me what caused all the late disturbances and impis in the land. I say they were caused by Sobantu. Many others besides myself think that he caused them. He has all along been in communication with the Usutu party who made the disturbances. He commenced shortly after the war, when he sent in Magena and Umfunzi to look for a watch and other property taken from an officer who fell during the war. He sent a message by those two men to the Zulus to say he wanted to recover the late officer's property before Mr. John Shepstone did so, as he will then be able take it to the Queen, and thus obtain an opportunity to pray for Cetywayo's release. The winter before last Umfunzi came again with a message from Sobantu to say that we must pray for the “bone;” this was after Undabuko had been to Maritzburg to pray for it, and after the Governor's reply to him had been received. I found fault with Undabuko for having said in Maritzburg that I joined in the prayer when he knew that I did not join therein. After tilis Umyamama and Usiwetu asked me to join them in again praying for the “bone,” and they requested me to try and get Uhamu and Usibebu also to join in the prayer. I refused to have anything to do with the matter, which made them angry with me. * About the time when General Wood came to Zululand last year [August 1881] Unconcwana, Gobozana, and Posile went to Maritzburg, and represented that they were deputed by eight appointed Chiefs, including myself, to pray again for the “bone.” When I heard they had mentioned me as one of the Chiefs by whom they were sent, I at once told you, the Resident, that I had not authorised them to say this, as I had not sent them. On speaking to Umyamana about this, he told me that Sobantu had sent to tell them that they must send a deputation to pray again for the “bone.” The next thing was a report that reached my ears that Sobantu had sent some white corn in to the country as seed to be sown for Cetywayo who was about to return. . . . After this Sobantu sent some money to Undabuko to buy corn with, for himself and his relatives, when food was scarce last year. The men who usually acted as messengers from the Zulu side to Sobantu are Zulus, viz.:-Umfunzi and Ziziba, who were Undabuko's messengers. Umyame went for Umyamana, and Nozaza for Seketwayo. They were constantly going backwards and forwards betweeen Zululand and Sobantu. Lately Magonondo, of the Abaqulusi, went to Sobantu, and, on his return to Zululand, Undabuko and his brothers started at once for Pietermaritzburg with the large party which accompanied them. Magonondo took a parcel of medicine from Umguni to Sobantu to be by him sent to Cetywayo, who was expected to return soon. When Magonondo came back to Zululand, it was reported that he told Undabuko and others that Sobantu said Cetywayo would be at Pietermaritzburg immediately, and they must all go to meet him there on his arrival. The country was very quiet until Undabuko returned with the others from Pietermaritz- burg. As soon as he got into Zululand, he and those working with him at once called up Impis, and all the trouble began. I do not say that Sobantu told Undabuko to do this, but I do say, that I think he did. There are many who believe that Sobantu told Undabuko and the others to arm and fight. 13. * & - - Inhlazatye, Zululand, July 21, 1882. Mafogohla and Kankani, states:— We are sent by Siunguza, regent over the late Gaozi's territory, to tell the Resident that the Natal Kafir Fanegana, who was arrested by Chief John Dunn, came to him last summer, and told him that he was sent by Sobantu to call Undabuko and his brothers and Umyamana, as Cetywayo had arrived and was with Sobantu. Fanegana said that he had with his own eyes, seen Cetywayo at Sobantu's. This statement he made to Siunguza in presence of his men. Siunguza told him that he did not believe that Cetywayo had returned, as the Resident had said nothing about it. Fanegana then went on to Undabuko and the others. Towards the end of the summer, Fanegana came again to Siunguza's and told him that he was then returning from Undabuko and his brothers and Umyamana, having been sent by Sobantu to call them to Maritzburg at 163 once to receive Cetywayo, who was waiting for them at Sobantu's house. Fanegana said that he was then returning to Sobantu, and that Undabuko and all those whom he went to call were following him. Shortly after this Undabuko and his brothers with the other Zulus started for Maritzburg. A little while after this, a Zulu, named Usiqaka, son of Gonela, came to Siunguza. He said he had been sent from Maritzburg by Undabuko and his brothers to tell Siunguza that they want him to come to them there at once. That he is also to call Umgitjwa, Umfanawendhlela and Umlandela, Chiefs of territories, and Palana of Umlandela’s territory, and Majiya of John Dunn's. In answer, Siunguza said he refused to go to them as requested; he had nothing to do with Undabuko and his party. If the Resident will tell him that he must go to Maritzburg, he will start immediately, No. 81. Gover Nok SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received October 3, 1882.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, August 30, 1882. I HAVE the honour to transmit for your Lordship's information copy of a despatch I have addressed to his Excellency the High Commissioner on the subject of certain encroachments by subjects of the Transvaal State on a portion of Zulu territory. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure in No. 81. SIR. H. BULWER to SIR. H. Robinson. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR. August 30, 1882. I HAVE been informed by the British Resident in Zululand that a number of Boers from the Transvaal have come into the Zulu country during this winter with herds of cattle and flocks of sheep for the purpose of obtaining winter grazing. They have been squatting mostly in the territory of the appointed Chief Seketwayo, who has complained to the Resident that they have done this without his consent, and have refused to leave when he has desired them to do so. - Should your Excellency see fit, I think it very desirable that the attention of the Government of the Transvaal State should be directed to these proceedings on the part of subjects of that State, which are encroachments upon the rights of the natives of Zululand, with a view to the prevention of similar proceedings in future. I have, &c. His Excellency the Right Hon. (Signed) H. BULWER, Sir Hercules G. R. Robinson, G.C.M.G., Special Commissioner. High Commissioner. No. 82. Gover Nor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF * KIMBERLEY. (Received October 3, 1882.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, MY LORD, August 30, 1882. IN reply to your Lordship's Despatch of the 8th June last,” I have the honour to transmit a copy of a letter from the British Resident giving information regarding the position and treatment of the ex-King's wives and daughters. * No. 86 of [C.—3247], June 1882, X 2 164 2. The information has been obtained from the Chief Umyamana, and, as your Lordship will perceive, is of a nature not otherwise than satisfactory, the real cause of complaint being the want of a separate place where all the members of the family could live together. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULW ER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure in No. 82. BRITISH RESIDENT, Zululand, to Sir H. BULWER. Inhlazatye, Zululand, SIR, July 27, 1882. IN answer to your Excellency’s Despatch of the 12th July, I have the honour to report that on the 25th instant I saw Umyamana, and on my informing him that I had instructions to obtain full particulars concerning the condition and treatment of Cetywayo's wives and daughters, which I should be glad if he would supply, he made the statement which I annex hereto. As Umyamana has special charge of Cetywayo's family in Zululand, I consider him the best source to obtain from (sic) the required information. * I have, &c. His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, K.C.M.G., (Signed) M. Osborn, Her Majesty's Special Commissioner, British Resident, Zululand. &c. &c. &c. Inhlazatye, Zululand, Umyamana states:— ſº Q July 25, 1882. Two of his (Cetywayo's) wives are living with their father the Chief Seketwayo; one is with her mother at Hlongolwana's and one with Manqaika Ramusa; the others are staying at the Chiefs Diligana, Simoyi, Umsungula, Regent of the Tombela tribe, late Lukwasi's, and at my own kraals. Those at present residing in the Tombela tribe are about to remove from thence and join the others who are at my kraals. The ex-King's daughters are living with their mothers, and all are well treated. They are all well. The members of the family are, however, dissatisfied at not having a separate place for their own occupation where they could all live together instead of apart as at present. No. 83. Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received October 3, 1882.) & Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My Lord, August 30, 1882. I HAVE the honour to forward herewith copy of a Despatch I have received from the British Resident in Zululand, in which he furnishes the information desired by your Lordship respecting the amount of money that has been received by Chief John Dunn from the hut tax levied by him in his territory and the purposes to which it has been applied. 2. With reference to this tax your Lordship will have learned from my General Report* on the Zulu question that it is not one which, in my opinion, the Chief John Dunn had any power to levy under the terms subject to which he received his Chieftain- ship. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. * Enclosure in No. 79. 165 Enclosure in No. 83. BRITISH RESIDENT, Zululand, to Sir H. BULWER. SIR, - Inhlazatye, Zululand, August 2, 1882. I have the honour to inform your Excellency, in reference to your Despatch of 14th July, that Chief John Dunn has reported to me that the total amount of hut tax received by him from the people in his territory is as follows:– For the year 1880, at five shillings per hut, being the first year that he levied the hut tax, 2,468l. For 1881, at the rate of ten shillings per hut (which is to be the permanent rate), 5, 101l. In answer to my request to be informed of the purposes to which this revenue is applied, and the amount of annual expenditure under the different heads of service, he states: “Particulars as to the purpose to which the revenue so obtained is applied over the total “annual expenditure under each head of appropriation I am unable to give, as I have “used the same as a general fund for salaries, general expenses, and for road making.” I have, &c. (Signed) M. OSBoFN, His Excellency Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., British Resident, Zululand. Her Majesty’s Special Commissioner, * &c. &c. &c. No. 84. Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received October 3, 1882.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, September 2, 1882. AT the request of the “Lower Tugela Division Planters’ Association,” in this Colony, I have the honour to transmit to your Lordship a copy of a communication which has been addressed to me by the Chairman, conveying certain resolutions passed at a meeting of the members of the Association relative to the contemplated return to Zululand of the ex-King Cety wayo. , I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Governor. &c. &c. &c. i Enclosure in No. 84. To his Excellency Sir H. BULWER, K.C.M.G., Governor of Natal, &c., &c. MAY IT PLEASE YOUR ExCELLENCY, At a meeting of Lower Tugela Division Planters' Association, held at Stanger, August 30th, 1882, the following resolutions were carried unanimously — Proposed by D. Brown, J.P., seconded by D. Tweedie: That this Association again desires most emphatically to condemn the policy which causes the return of Cetywayo to Zululand as being dangerous to the peace of Natal, and inimical to the best interests of all its inhabitants, and those of Zululand, especially the natives. This Association feels certain that the break up of the Zulu power and removal of Cetywayo was in all respects necessary, and consequently the return of Cetywayo is unrighteous and dangerous, and must lead eventually to the rebuilding of the Zulu nation on its old basis. Proposed by T. Peachey, seconded by A. Colenbrander: That a copy of the fore- going resolution be forwarded to his Excellency the Governor for transmission to the Secretary of State for the Colonies. Proposed by T. Bond, seconded by George Stewart: That this Association requests his Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, Governor of Natal, to refuse permission for Cetywayo to land in Natal, as his presence in the Colony will be detrimental to the prestige of the English name amongst the natives. By order of the Association, (Signed) J. LIEGE HULETT, Chairman. 166 No. 85. SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF • * * KIMBERLEY. (Received October 3, 1882.) - - - - Government House, Cape Town, MY LORD, - - September 11, 1882. I HAVE the honour to enclose for your information a copy of a despatch” which I have received from the Governor of Natal, relative to the encroachments of Transvaal Boers on Zulu territory. . . . . " - . . . . f r I have communicated a copy of this despatch to the British Resident in a letter, a copy of which is annexed. - . I have, &c. * - . . . . . * * (Signed) HERCULES ROBINSON, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, - High Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure I in No. 85.” —i- Enclosure 2 in No. 85. SIR HERCULEs Robinson, G.C.M.G., to BRITISH RESIDENT, Transvaal State. - w * Government House, Cape Town, SIR, - * * September 11, 1882. I HAVE the honour to enclose for your information a copy of a despatch which I have received from the Governor of Natal, stating that a number of Transvaal farmers have come into the Zulu territory for the purpose of obtaining winter grazing. I shall be glad if you will invite the attention of the Transvaal Government to these proceedings on the part of their subjects, and inquire what steps they propose taking to prevent a recurrence of these encroachments. - I have, &c. To His Honour the British Resident, (Signed) HERCULES Robinson, &c. &c. &c. High Commissioner. No. 85a. THE RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY to GovPRNOR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, October 3, 1882. I HAVE the honour to inform you that I have received a letter from John Dunn, the Zulu Chief, entering a protest against the restoration of Cety wayo to Zululand. I enclose a copy; of this letter for your information, and I request that you will inform John Dunn that I have received it, but that it should have been forwarded through the British Resident and yourself. I have, &c. Sir H. Bulwer. (Signed) KIMBERLEY. No. 86. Governor Sir HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the Right Hon. The EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received October 10, 1882.) - Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, MY LoRD, September 4, 1882. At the request of Mr. Theophilus Shepstone, C.M.G., M.L.C., I have the honour to forward to your Lordship copies of a correspondence on the subject of a letter from Chief John Dunn which appeared in the “ St. James's Gazette” of the 12th July last. I have, &c. r (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Governor. &c. &c. . ... &c. . . . . * * See Enclosure in No. 81. f No. 79a. 167 Enclosure 1 in No. 86. Mr. T. SHEPSTONE to Sir H. BULwer. SIR, - - Pietermaritzburg, August 15, 1882 I VENTURE to draw your Excellency’s attention to a letter from the Chief John Dunn, in Zululand, published in the “ St. James’s Gazette,” of London, dated July 12th, 1882. In that letter I am charged with sending messages to Undabuko, urging him to arm his followers against one, or all, of the appointed Chiefs in Zululand. As the publication of this wholly untruthful statement, as far as I am concerned, is calculated to place me in a false position and to do me serious injury, and as Mr. Dunn states that the messenger was sent by him, handcuffed, to the British Resident, in con- sequence of which some report on the subject from that officer was in all probability made to your Excellency, I beg the favour, should any such report have been made, of being informed whether Mr. Dunn's affirmation is supported by the messenger's state- ment to the Resident, or by that officer's report, and, if so, the terms in which such support is given. - - - - a I need scarcely assure your Excellency that I have no knowledge, either personally or otherwise, except that gained from the public newspapers, of the messenger alluded to, and that I have carefully abstained, although frequently requested by the Zulus them- selves to do so, from offering any advice, or sending any communication, on any subject whatever to Zululand since the establishment of Sir Garnet Wolseley’s arrangements at the close of the Zulu War. - T have, &c. His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, K.C.M.G., (Signed) THEOPHILUs SHEPSTONE. &c. &c. &c. Governor of Natal, H.M. Special Commissioner for Zulu Affairs. ExtRACT from the “ St. James's Gazette,” July 12th, 1882. “John Dunn, writing on the 10th of June, sends the following account of affairs in Zululand to a friend of his :— “The whole of Zululand just at the present time is in a state of ferment. The cause of this is the Bishop's agitation again. I caught one of his men who was going about among my people trying to persuade them to desert me and go and assist Undabuko, Cety wayo's brother, who was advised, when he was at Bishopstowe, to raise as large a force as he could and assert his supremacy. I had the fellow handcuffed and sent in to the Resident. His tale is that the Bishop, Mr. Fynney, and Offy Shepstone are the cause of all the troubles in Zululand. He confesses to have been employed by the Bishop and Mr. O. Shepstone since the first question of Panda's grave. When I told him the Bishop denied having sent to call any deputation to Pietermaritzburg his words were : * The white men are liars. How can he deny this? Why do the Zulus always go to ‘ him P’ It is also said that Miss Colenso told the people that they had the Boers on their side. There is also a rumour going about that Cety wayo had sent word to say that he would soon be back, and when he returned he would have nothing to do with the English, but intended to join the Boers, ‘ his father's friends,” and that all who did not join in expressing a wish for his return would suffer. I have had no occasion to arm my people yet, and hope to tide over this trouble without doing so. One of my principal reasons for not doing so is that, being so close to the border, it would cause an alarm in Natal. Whilst writing this I have just got the enclosed, so you will see how matters are. Is it not a shame that all these troubles should be caused from a quarter least expected from out of the country, and by a Bishop P I say, as before, that if Cetywayo is returned the country will become in a worse state than Ireland, and the Zulus become from one of the finest black races one of the most lawless. A little promptness and firmness now would have saved them. But we are powerless to act, and I am afraid matters will have gone too far soon.” This is the enclosure to which John Dunn refers above:- REPORT from J. W. ColeNBRANDER, Secretary to Chief Usibebu, to John DuNN. “ DEAR SIR, - r - “Zululand, June 3, 1882. “BEARER is sent special to tell you from the Chief Usibebu that we are all up in arms. All the Usutu party are threatening us on two sides, Somkeli, together with X 4 168 Umsutyuana, on the coast, and Undabuko party from the Ingomi forests. Uhamu has sent word to ask Usibebu to move up close to his border, so that they could help each other, as he also is in trouble. Usibebu, however, does not like the plan, as Somkeli and his party might walk in from the coast while we are watching the upper border. The whole country is in uproar, and I firmly believe we shall be obliged to come to closer quarters ere long. We hear also that you have ordered up your men. Is this so P Trusting you are well.” Enclosure 2 in No. 86. PRIVATE SECRETARY to T. SHEPSTONE, Esq. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, - August 19, 1882. I AM desired by the Governor to acknowledge the receipt of your communication of the 15th instant on the subject of a letter said to have been written by the appointed Chief, John Dunn, and published in the “ St. James's Gazette’’ of the 12th ultimo. - His Excellency desires me to return to you the copy of the “ St. James’s Gazette,” and to say that he has read the letter in it, but does not think it conveys, either directly or indirectly, as you appear to have supposed, any charge against you of having urged Undabuko to arm his followers against one or all of the appointed Chiefs in Zululand. His Excellency is glad to have your assurance that you have abstained from offering any advice, or sending any communication to Zululand. - I have, &c. Theophilus Shepstone, Esq., C.M.G., (Signed) T. J. CHAMBERLAIN. &c. &c. &c. Pietermaritzburg. Enclosure 3 in No. 86. Mr. T. SHEPSTONE to PRIVATE SECRETARY. SIR, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, August 21, 1882. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your letter of the 19th instant, written by direction of the Governor in reply to mine of the 15th instant, addressed to his Excellency Her Majesty's Special Commissioner for Zulu Affairs. I beg to explain that that letter of mine was not written with the view of making any complaint to his Excellency of Chief John Dunn, or of what he had or is said to have written. I therefore described generally the meaning rather than quoted the expressions of his letter, which appeared to me, and which I must be allowed to add still appear to me to convey the charge against me which I described. The expressions are, “The cause of this (the state of ferment in Zululand) is the “ Bishop's agitation again. I caught one of his men who was going about among my “ people trying to persuade them to resist me and go to Undabuko, Cetywayo's brother, “ who was advised when he was at Bishopstowe to raise a large force and assert his “ supremacy. I had the fellow handcuffed and sent into the Resident. His tale is that “ the Bishop, Mr. Fynney, and Offy Shepstone are the cause of all the troubles in Zululand” (an expression evidently intended to include the special trouble of which John Dunn was writing). “He confesses to have been employed by the Bishop and “ Mr. O. Shepstone since the first question of Panda’s grave.” An expression also as evidently intended to implicate me in all the agitation in Zululand that has taken place since the period indicated. Undabuko's assertion of his supremacy by force necessarily involved the use of such force “against one or all of the appointed Chiefs in Zululand.” So that the construction put by me on Chief Dunn's expressions seems to me to be unavoidable, and is, I find, that which has been put upon them by the public generally. The object of my letter to his Excellency was, therefore, to ascertain whether the messenger alluded to, and who was seized and sent handcuffed by Mr. Dunn to the Resident, had or had not, in his account of himself to that officer, supported the statements attributed to him in the letter which purports to have been written by John Dunn. Nor was the inquiry which I ventured to address to his Excellency prompted by mere curiosity; it was on a matter that concerned me personally and seriously, one which feeling jealous of the integrity of my public and private position, I was anxious to learn W 6 169 the particulars of, so that I might take such steps as might appear to me to be necessary to vindicate that position. t Your letter informs me of the impression which the perusal of Mr. Dunn's letter left upon his Excellency's mind, an impression which I should be glad to receive if I could only reconcile it with what, to me, appears to be the obvious meaning of that letter. You, however, pass over my request without notice, and seem to convey a rebuke for my having made it. - - If his Excellency possesses the information concerning myself, which I thought I might fairly ask for, and declines to give it, I have no doubt that he will have reasons for so declining, which it might be wrong in me to question; but to take no notice whatever of my request in your answer leaves an impression which is both unexpected and painful. - I have, &c. Captain Chamberlain, Private Secretary, (Signed) THEOPHILUs SHEpstone. Government House. #, Enclosure 4 in No. 86. PRIVATE SECRETARY to Mr. SHEPSTONE. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, August 25, 1882. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your letter of the 21st instant, and beg to inform you in reply that his Excellency regrets that the answer sent to your letter of the 15th instant should have been the means of giving you any pain, which was as far as possible from his Excellency's intention. It appeared to his Excellency that in conveying to you his impression that the letter quoted in the “ St. James's Gazette’” did not really convey any such charge against you, as you appeared to think, his answer in effect covered all that had to be said on the question. But as you desire a reply to that particular part of your inquiry, his Excellency desires me to say that no report has been received by him from the British Resident to the effect that anyone in Zululand had brought against you the charge of which you complain. As far as his Excellency is aware, the only occasion upon which your name was mentioned in Zululand was that of a Natal native (named Fanegana or Faneyana) of apparently doubtful character, who stated that he was “once sent by Mr. Offy “ Shepstone to Zululand to hurry on Unconcwana and others who were going to Cape “ Town to remain with Cetywayo; this was a long time ago, and it is the only time he “ sent me.” To this statement, in view of the unreserved disclaimer contained in your letter of the 15th instant, his Excellency of course attaches no importance. I have, &c. - Theophilus Shepstone, Esq., C.M.G., (Signed) T. J. CHAMBERLAIN, Pietermaritzburg. Private Secretary. Enclosure 5 in No. 86. Mr. SHEPSTONE to PRIVATE SECRETARY. SIR, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, August 31, 1882. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your letter of the 25th instant. As Chief Dunn's letter was published in England as well as in Natal, I have the honour most respectfully to request that his Excellency will be good enough to forward the correspondence on the subject to the Secretary of State for the Colonies for publica- tion in the next Blue Book on Zulu affairs. I have, &c. Captain Chamberlain, * (Signed) THEoPHILUs SHEPSTONE. Private Secretary, Government House. R 4012 Y 170 No. 87. Gover Nor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received October 10, 1882.) - Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, September 5, 1882. I HAVE been requested to forward the accompanying petition addressed to your Lordship by a number of the inhabitants of the city of Pietermaritzburg and its vicinity against the return to Zululand of the ex-King Cetywayo. - I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Governor, Enclosure in No. 87. To the Right Honourable the EARL of KIMBERLEY, Her Majesty's Secretary of State for the Colonies, &c., &c., &c. The PETITION of the undersigned Inhabitants of the city of Pietermaritzburg and its vicinity HUMBLY SHEWETH, THAT your memorialists have learnt with consternation that Her Majesty's Government contemplates the possibility of sending back to Zululand the ex-King Cetywayo. That we feel it our duty as citizens, as well as our interests as colonists, to assure your Lordship of our conviction that the return of Cetywayo, to Zululand would imperil the maintenance of peace and order in South Africa, and be inimical to the best interests of the native tribes. - That we are led to this conviction by the reasons set forth in the protest adopted by the Legislative Council of this Colony on December 1st, 1881, namely:— That the Zulu people must ever regard their late King as the representative of the military system which it was the aim of the recent war to overthrow. That the return or restoration of Cetywayo would fan anew in the minds of the Zulus those ideas of military aggression and conquest which for years made them a source of disquietude and dread to the neighbouring territories. That the late King's return would have a most deplorable effect upon the minds of the natives of Natal, who could not fail to recognise in the fact a fatal evidence of weakness and vacillation, that it would re-establish throughout the frontier districts of this Colony the feeling of alarm and unrest that prevailed there prior to the Zulu war; and that it would tend to impair most seriously the prospects of civilisation and advancement amongst the many native tribes who own direct and indirect alle- giance to the Government of the Queen. That we are further persuaded that the return of the ex-King would be the signal, at no distant time, for the outbreak of a bloody internecine strife in Zululand, and that the only condition under which he could again hold rule there would be the maintenance of either European or native forces strong enough to overcome any possible resistance. On these grounds your memorialists beg humbly to protest against the restoration of Cetywayo, as a step that would be fraught with dire consequences to both the white and coloured races of South Africa. And your memorialists, as in duty bound, will ever pray. (Signed) JOHN SMITH. R. H. MASON. J. GoulD SMITH. T). A. N. GASBONE. HUGH PARKER. ROBERT TONHAM. And 419 others. 171 No. 88. Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF KIM BERLEY. (Received October 10, 1882.) - Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, September 6, 1882. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, a copy cf a further correspondence with the British Resident regarding the state of affairs in the Zulu country. - . I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Enclosure 1 in No. 88. IBRITISH RESIDENT to Sir H. BULwer. SIR, Inhlazatye, Zululand, August 5, 1882. As your Excellency is about to visit Zululand personally, I think it right to lay before you a résumé of the present political condition of the country, indicating those pending questions which by reason of their importance and urgency appear to claim your early attention. 2. The first case for consideration is that in which Umyamana and his tribe, and Undabuko and Usivetu and their followers are concerned, and which formed the immediate cause of the late armed rising. Your Excellency is already acquainted with all the circumstances thereof, and I therefore need not recapitulate them, but I must state again that both Undabuko and Usiwetu continue to be anxious to be allowed to return to their former homesteads (in most of which the huts are still stand- ing) in Usibebu’s territory; and I think it not improbable, if permission cannot be obtained through your Excellency, that they will endeavour to reoccupy by force if necessary. They ask to be allowed to reoccupy as soon as possible in order to commence planting. The appointed Chief Usibebu will not consent to their returning to live in his territory. 3. The next case, which appears to me equally important and urgent, is that of the Chiefs Umsutyuana and Umbopa and the other headmen who with their people are encamped in the north-eastern part of Somkeli’s territory, and whose return to their kraals. Usibebu will not permit for the reasons given by him. My endeavour hitherto to get Usibebu to allow them to reoccupy their kraals which are situated in his territory have not been successful, but, as I believe that the people, especially the families who are prevented from returning to their homes,are suffering much hardship from exposure and want, and that the sallying forth of men to recover corn, &c., resulting in hostile en- counters, would be put a stop to if they could be allowed to do so, I have not relaxed my efforts to obtain Usibebu’s consent, and I am still in communication with him with that object. The cases of Mahu, Hayiyama, and others who, with their followers, also seek to return to their homesteads, but are likewise forbidden by Usibebu, also claim your Excellency’s consideration. They, however, are not of the urgency attached to those of Umsutyuana and the others. In the meantime Usibebu complains that he and his people are constantly being attacked and harassed by small parties of these people, whose return to his territory he will not permit for the reasons given by him. 4. Affairs in the territory of the appointed Chief John Dunn are also very unsettled. A section of his people belonging to the Usutu party, and headed by Cetywayo's half- brother Dabulamanzi, persist in refusing to acknowledge the Chief's authority within his territory, and he therefore desired them to remove out of his territory, which they aiso refuse to do. John Dunn wished to resort to arms to coerce them, but I advised him against this course, having reason to believe that the calling up of an impi by him would result in disturbances in other territories as well. His loyal people are very much un- settled, and are urging him to take steps to asserthis authority, and to put an end to the state of unrest in their midst. Y 2 172 Dabulamanzi keeps assuring the people that Cetywayo is in Pietermaritzburg and will soon be in Zululand; and although his well known unscrupulous character and dis- regard of truth would, under ordinary circumstances, prevent much mischief from arising out of his representations, I fear that by dint of reiteration on his part and repe- tition from mouth to mouth on the part of others, coupled with the fact that he is in constant communication with unauthorised persons (but given out by him to be the Government) in Natal, that he effects considerable uneasiness in the minds of otherwise quietly disposed persons. The state of affairs in John Dunn's territory I submit form another case, the urgency of which requires an immediate remedy. 5. Uhamu's affairs also merit the serious consideration of your Excellency, especially his conduct as an appointed Chief. The extensive seizures he made from Umyamana and his people, and, subsequently, his attack on and killing of the Abaqulusi, and his conduct in regard to General Wood's award, also his latest act in seizing one of Umya- mana's own kraals and another from one of his men, are proceedings the effect of which, as part of the causes, directly or indirectly, of the late risings, appear to me to claim your Excellency’s attention, as also the case of the Abaqulusi, who insist upon being allowed to return to their homesteads, from which they were driven by Uhamu last year. 6. The appointed Chief Seketwayo caused his people to arm and to take part in favour of the Usutu in the late armed demonstrations. It was out of his territory that the Abaqulusi issued to raid Uhamu's people. 7. The appointed Chiefs, Chingwayo, Umfanawendhlela, Umgitjwa, and Siunguza, took personally no part in the arming, and I believe they discountenanced the proceeding as far as they could. At the same time large numbers of their people did take up arms, and joined the impis under Umyamana and Undabuko. Chingwayo, Umfanawendhlela, and Umgitjwa exercise little or no control or rule within their territories; they are openly and persistently defied by the people, and, as their own personal tribes are small and weak, they lack the means to enforce their authority. - 8. I must state here that Undabuko, Usivetu, Umsutyuana, Umbopa, Mahu, Hayi- yana, and the other headmen with their followers and people, and the Abaqulusi, all of whom are clamouring to be allowed to reoccupy their homesteads, say distinctly that they will not recognise the authority of the Chiefs within whose territories these are situated ; nor do they recognise those Chiefs within whose boundaries they at present temporarily reside. I have, &c. His Excellency Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., (Signed) M. Osborn, Governor, and Her Majesty's Special Commissioner. British Resident, Zululand. Enclosure 2 in No. 88. Sir H. BULwer to BRITISH RESIDENT. - Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, August 14, 1882. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch of the 5th instant. I fully recognise the pressing nature of the cases which you bring under my notice. - As you are aware the whole question of the future settlement of the Zulu country is now engaging the attention of the Government; but some time must necessarily elapse before a final decision is given or before the arrangements that may be determined on can be carried into effect. In the meanwhile it is very necessary to prevent the disputes to which your refer reaching a crisis. I am unable at the present moment to leave Pietermaritzburg, where I am detained by public business; but as soon as circumstances enable me to leave I shall do so and will inform you of my movements. According to my present intentions I shall be in the neighbourhood of Rorke's Drift some time in the ensuing month of September, when I shall be prepared to see Umyamana should he be able to come and meet me, and I then trust to make such arrangements as will serve to prevent any further inconvenience arising between him and Uhamu.. I shall at the same time be prepared to see Undabuko and Usiwetu and you can inform them accordingly. But you must warn them not to 173 take any step meanwhile that will produce any disorder, for I shall hold them responsible for any disorder. The cases of Umsutyuana, Umbopa, and the other headmen with them are somewhat different from that of Undabuko and his brothers, and I am of opinion that you should see Usibebu, and require him to allow them to return to their lands; they in their turn being held directly responsible to you for their conduct. You should impress upon Chief John Dunn the necessity of doing nothing that will disturb the public peace in his district. - I have, &c. Melmoth Osborn, Esq., C.M.G., (Signed) H. BULwer, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. No. 89. Governor SIR HENRY BULW ER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received October 10, 1882.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, September 7, 1882. - I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, copy of a further correspondence with the British Resident on the subject of the disputes between the appointed Chief Usibebu and the Chiefs Umbopa and Umsutyuana, belonging to the territory under that appointed Chief. I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, (Signed) H. BULW ER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Enclosure in No. 89. BRITISH RESIDENT to Sir H. BULWER. - Inhlazatye, Zululand, SIR, August 8, 1882. I HAVE the honour to report for your Excellency’s information that on learning the intention of the Chief Usibebu to collect an impi to proceed against the men of Umbopa and Umsutyuana, who are armed and encamped in the forests in the south- eastern part of his territory, while their families are in that of Somkeli, I despatched without delay my induna Umyamela to convey to him my words counselling him against carrying out his intention, and to again intercede with him on behalf of the people of Umsutyuana and Umbopa with the view of their returning to their homesteads. The induna was also instructed while on his way to Usibebu to see Undabuko, and if possible also Mahu, and to deliver to them my strong remonstrances against such acts as the sending of the impi by Mahu and the others, reported by Usibebu per his messengers Undabana on the 2nd inst. (transmitted in my Despatch of the 5th inst.). Umyamela has just returned and reports that Usibebu on receiving my message expressed his readiness to be guided thereby, and added that he had already, on getting my answer to the letters he sent through Mr. Colenbrander, countermanded his orders for the impi to collect. He will therefore refrain from sending a force against the men at the forests, and against those of Mahu and others who are also in his territory, but in another part thereof. He added that should they however attack him and his people he would be compelled to resort to forcible measures against them. 3. With regard to the returning of the people of Umsutyuana, Umbopa, and Mahu to their kraals in his territory, he said he could only report what he stated before on this question, viz., that it is not possible for him to consent to their return, as if he allowed them to come back he knows for certain that they would work his destruction and that of his people. He is at all times willing to be guided by my counsel, and would follow my advice in this instance; but that he feels convinced that the people whose case I advocate would soon take advantage of the position they would acquire by being in his territory to rise against him, and by acting in concert with his other enemies elsewhere to work his speedy overthrow. Y 3 174 The induna reports further that he delivered my message to Undabuko and Mahu. The latter admitted that he sent the armed force complained of by Usibebu, but stated that he sent it in pursuit of some of Usibebu's men who were carrying away corn from a kraal of one of his (Mahu's) people. He also admitted the killing of the woman at Josi's kraal by the party so sent by him. Both Undabuko and Mahu then promised to send no more armed parties against Usibebu or his people, or to cause any further molestation against him or them. I have, &c. (Signed) M. OSBoRN, His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, K.C.M.G., British Resident, Zululand. &c. &c. &c. - No. 90. Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the Right Hon. The EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received October 10, 1882.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, September 7, 1882. - I HAVE the honour to transmit herewith, for your Lordship's information, a copy of a Despatch from the British Resident, together with a copy of a statement made by a Zulu under Umsutyuana, who was taken prisoner by the appointed Chief Usibebu, and sent by him to the Resident. The statement made by this man contains some im- portant information regarding the means employed by Undabuko to stir up the people to arms after his return from Natal, the principal argument he used in support being the authority to take up arms which he said he had received in Natal. - I have &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, • Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure in No. 90. BRITISH RESIDENT to Sir H. BULweR. SIR, Inhlazatye, Zululand, August 12, 1882. I TRANSMIT, for your Excellency’s information, the enclosed statement of Matshumi, a messenger sent by Usibebu, and that of the man Makuba, of Umsutyuana's tribe, who was taken prisoner by Usibebu’s men as already reported, and who was released here on the 10th inst., before he made his statement. I have &c. His Excellency (Signed) M. Osborn, - Sir H. Buiwer, K.C.M.G., British Resident, &c. &c. &c. Zululand. Inhlazatye, Zululand, August 10, 1882. Matshumi states:— I am sent by my Chief Usibebu to bring to the Resident the man Makuba, who belongs to Umsutyuana, and who was taken prisoner with others as already reported. Usibebu ordered the immediate discharge of all the other prisoners, and they were let 90. - Makuba he detained for the purpose of obtaining his statement, in reference to the proceedings of the people of Umsutyuana and others. He now sends Makuba to the Resident for the purpose of making his statement. The Resident informs Makuba that he will be glad to get from him an account of the late occurrences in Usibebu’s territory, and cautions him to speak the truth only. He need not be afraid of anyone, as he is discharged and allowed to return to his friends at Once. Makuba, a ringed man, States:— - I am the son of Sondowana, of the tribe of Umsutyuana. I live with him. He is at present with other people of Umsutyuana in Somkeli’s territory. When Undabuko and 175 his brothers went to Maritzburg the last time, Umsutyuana sent with him his two brothers, Umbobala and Uhombe. On their return from Natal, and on arrival of the two last named at Umsutyuana’s, the word went that we were all to arm and assemble as an impi. Some objected to this, saying it would cause alarm, and it was resolved that the people should collect, armed as an “Inqina” (hunt), so that their real object should not be openly shown. The people accordingly collected as an “Inqina" at Umsutyu- ana's. I did not join the “Inqina,” but my brothers did. I refused, because, when on a former occasion I and others of our people joined Sitimela, Usibebu inflicted a fine of cattle on our people. My father did not join either. When my brothers Umtambo, Umbetusi, and Mankeni returned from the “Inqina,” they reported to me, and to my father, that Umsutyuana in addressing the men of the Inqina at his kraal, said that Undabuko and his brothers had returned from Natal, and they say that the Amakosi there have given them leave to take up arms against Usibebu, and the others who have troubled them. That the Amakosi themselves are on their way to replace Undabuko and his brothers in their former homesteads. He asked, what does the son of Sondo- wana mean by not joining us to day. Does he not know that we, Undabuko and all of us, belong together with Sitimela. There is to be fighting here, Usibebu is to be attacked and killed, and his people scattered. All their cattle are to be seized. You men will be allowed to keep anyºoats you take, but you are to give up the cattle to Undabuko, who will allow his people to take back out of the troop any cattle amongst it seized by Usibebu from them. The remainder of the cattle will belong to him, Undabuko. This he has been authorised to do by the authorities in Natal. Umsutyuana told the men also that all the women and children belonging to the tribe were to move down into Somkeli’s territory because there would be great fighting in Usibebu’s. That those who did not go down would be killed by the impi of Somkeli who had joined Undabuko and would fight for him. Their cattle had to go with their women. That Undabuko on crossing the Tugela into Zululand held two armed meetings, and gave his orders to the men, that all the people living in Chief John Dunn’s territory were, on getting the word from him, to rise and attack John Dunn. The people of Umgitjwa were to proceed on to take part in the fighting against Usibebu. He added all the Zulus are on the side of Undabuko, and Usibebu and Chief Dunn will be put an end to. He said also that Undabuko's orders were that any of his, Umsutyuna’s, people who had had cattle taken from them on any former occasion, were to go and seize cattle from Usibebu’s people by way of reprisal. The families and cattle were then removed down to Somkeli’s territory. Unkowana, Umsutyuana’s brother, then went with an impi and seized the cattle of Unjania and Makuza people belonging to Usibebu. I went and seized the cattle of Magwazarole, also belonging to Usibebu. All these cattle we took down to our people in Somkeli’s territory. Up to this time no impi from Usibebu had come to us, nor had he assembled one so far as we know. The main body of Umsutyuana's men, forming an impi, was headed by him. It escorted the families down to Somkeli’s. Umsutyuana went personally on to Somkeli. On his return he told us that he had asked Somkeli to render him armed assistance against Usibebu who was about to attack him, and that Somkeli refused, because Usibebu had no impi in the field, and therefore he did not think that he intended to do so; and further, that the arrangement was that the Usutu was to attack Usibebu first. Umsutyuana then sent Mabiba to call up to him his brother TJnkowana and his men. I had gone to Unkowana's myself, and returned with him and his men to Umsutyuana. Finding Umsutyuana away, we took possession of the kraal of Mahlozi who belongs to Usibebu, and who with his family fled on our approach. We remained there two days, and left on the third. We lived on the corn we found in the kraal during that time, and we carried away what remained when we left. Before we got to Mahlozi's kraal Umsutyuana had visited it, and seized all the sheep he found there. He seized no cattle because there were none. Unkowana, and all the men who were with him at that kraal, then returned to his own kraal. When we had been there two days, Qalaganye and Tulwana, messengers sent by Umsutyuana, arrived very early in the morning. They stated that Umsutyuana had received orders from Undakuko, through Kakayi, to proceed with his whole force at once against Usibebu. They were to kill every man, but to spare women and children, and they were to attack wherever they could. Umsutyuana wanted to know what they were doing at Unkowana's kraals. They were an impi, and must proceed at once to carry out the orders he had received. Two spies that we had sent out returned just then, and reported that they had met some of Usibebu’s people, living near the Lebombo, who had come to take corn from our deserted kraals. We then moved away as an armed impi under Unkowana. We Y 4 176 got to another kraal belonging to Mahlozi, where he kept all his cattle. The cattle were seized by us and taken away. Unkowana then sent me to Umxabi to demand from him which side he was on, as the order was that all belonging to the Usutu had to move away to one side. I went and asked Umxabi accordingly, and told him also that the cattle of Mahlozi had been seized. I said that I had to ask him with the assegai, i.e., to compel him to answer on the assegai. He replied, do not talk about cattle being seized, the people are being seized by force of arms. The Usutu have been authorised to take up arms, but Usibebu has not. We must go to those who have had the assegai given them. I then returned with Umxabi to Unkowana, who sent me to Umtateni, in Somkeli’s territory. Before I left Unkowana sent an impi in pursuit of Menyelwa, who was driving his own cattle off to Usibebu, to whom he belonged. On my return from Umtateni, I ascertained that the impi had overtaken Menyelwa, killed him and wounded his son, and seized all his sheep. His cattle had been sent on ahead, and thus escaped. Menyelwa was killed and plundered, in pursuance of an order of Undabuko, that they were to kill and crush under their feet all who did not side with him, and who were going to Usibebu. Unkowana then sent Fesana and Manhlesilo to report to Umbopa and Umsutyuana that they had killed Menyelwa. When they got to Umbopa he sent them back to Unkowana, and the men whº were with him, to say that they need make no report about this; they acted in accordance with the order they had received to kill and crush with their feet. They must persevere, and carry out the order. They had hitherto not done so sufficiently. The cattle seized from Mahlozi and taken into Somkeli’s territory, Somkeli sent word to Unkowana, were to be taken back into Usibebu's territory. He would not allow such cattle to be brought into his. He also said, he did not understand Unkowana still carrying on armed operations, when all had been ordered to put down their arms. Unkowana refused to allow the cattle to go back to Usibebu's, as he had Undabuko's orders to bring every- thing into Somkeli’s territory. He would move them if Undabuko would order so. Somkeli then dropped the matter. Upon this, I and others went back to our deserted kraals to spy. We found there a number of Usibebu’s people, principally women, carrying away our corn which we had left behind. We intercepted them, and killed three of the men and wounded another. The women we found there we took prisoners, ten, including children. After this Mahligivana arrived at Unkowana's. He was sent by Undabuko to ask Unkowana why he and the impi remained in the lower part. His impi, and that of Umbopa and Umsutyuana, must move up at once together to him. The white Chiefs were on their way with Cetywayo into Zululand, who had already got as far as the Umlalasi River, and they are bringing with thern an army of soldiers ; and would arrive almost immediately. They were going to attack. Usibebu, and he, Undabuko, wanted all his impi near him to enable him to attack Usibebu immediately after the new moon, i.e., the last new moon. Undabuko also said that one of the girls who had been stopping with Cetywayo had already arrived in Zululand, as well as some clothing for his wives. After this I went again to our deserted kraals with others for corn, when we found some men there from Usibebu who had come to look after the bodies of the three people we had killed. They took us prisoners, and conducted me alone to Usibebu, where I have remained a prisoner cver since. The rest of our prisoners, viz., eleven women, two girls, and four boys, were taken to the kraal of the induna Matshumi. These were all ordered to be released by Usibebu the day I arrived. I omitted to say that Mahligivana also stated to Unkowana that all Usibebu’s Manhlagasgi people had deserted him and joined the Usutu, that he had taken refuge in a laager which he had rapidly built on a mountain, and which he is holding with 30 white men and a few of his own followers; therefore also Undabuko wished the impi to move up quickly, and take up position near the laager. When I went to Sitimela, ſ was accompanied by my father and three brothers. We were not sent by Umsutyuana, but while we were with Sitimela, Uhombe, Umbabala, Umxamama, Mlateta, Umpungana, and Umjoji arrived there, and they said they were sent by Umsutyuana in conjunction with Undabuko to visit Sitimela who is the son of Somveli. TIndabuko said he joined in sending, because his fathers obtained their position through the Umtetwa Chiefs. 177 No. 91. Gover Nor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received October 16, 1882.) e * Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, September 8, 1882. I HAVE the honour to transmit herewith a copy of a Despatch, from the British Resident, of the 5th ultimo, together with copies of the enclosures accompanying it. 2. These papers relate chiefly to the condition of affairs in the appointed Chief Usibebu's territory, and to the disagreement between that Chief and certain of the Chiefs belonging to that territory. The origin of this disagreement is apparently to be found in the message sent to Umsutyuana by Undabuko after the return of the latter from Natal in May last, when he told Umsutyuana to take up arms, as he had received authority to do this from the “Amakosi.” (Chiefs) at Pietermaritzburg. (See my Despatch of 27th July 1882.*) Thereupon Umsutyuana and others, in view of what they believed to be an impending struggle, left their kraals and retired into Somkeli’s territory. This proceeding on their part was tantamount to an act of open declaration against Usibebu, and consequently he has not since allowed them to return to his territory. From information obtained by two of the Resident’s indunas who were sent into the district to make inquiries (see statement of Somopo, Enclosure No. 5.) it would seem that some of these people left their kraals at that time under the belief, a belief which had been care- fully circulated in the country, that the ex-King was about to return immediately, and that they would stand well with him if they took such a step of open enmity against Usibebu. 3. The statement of Manxele, which forms Enclosure No. 6 of this series, throws a strange light upon some of the circumstances of the Dabulamanzi meeting of the 2nd May. I leave the statement to speak for itself. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure in No. 91. BRITISH RESIDENT, Zululand, to Sir H. BULWER. SIR, Inhlazatye, Zululand, August 5, 1882. I HAVE the honour to transmit for your Excellency’s information the enclosed documents numbered from 1 to 12 inclusive, as further specified in the accompanying schedule. I have, &c. His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, K.C.M.G., (Signed) M. Osborn, Her Majesty's Special Commissioner. British Resident, Zululand. SCHEDULE. Statements by :- Ufafa and two others from Usibebu, July 23. Umhlanjana from Umfanawendhlela, July 26. Uzihau and Umjatu from Uhamu, July 26. Umtyazu Tyiti and Bonela from Undabuko and Usiwetu, July 28. Somopo and Dabapezulu, July 29. Manxele from Mavumengwana, July 31. Undabana from Usibebu, August 2. Umsutyuana, August 3. Fogoti from Umyamana, Undabuko and Usiwetu, August 3. --- --- * No. 69. R 4012. Z 178 Letters:— No. 10. From Chief Usibebu per Colenbrander to British Resident, July 29. No. 1 1. Ditto - ditto July 30. No. 12. From British Resident to Usibebu per Colenbrander, August 2. Inhlazatye, Zululand, July 23, 1882. UFAFA, brother of USIBEBU, MAHLozi, PALANA, and UMZAMANE, state : We are sent by Usibebu to report to the Resident that five days ago an impi belonging to Umbopa, consisting of four companies, surprised the people of Haulana's and Usigidi's kraals, who had taken refuge in rocks and caves with their cattle, and attacked them with firearms and assegais, killing six men and wounding four others, one mortally. The impi seized the cattle and took them away. Umbopa's people entered the caves, and in the resistance that took place four of them got killed. The people at the neighbouring kraals of Somfula hearing the report of firearms, immediately collected and went to the spot, where they at once attacked Umbopa’s impi and drove it away. During the flight eight more men of Umbopa’s got killed. One woman of Haulana's, seeing the body of her son killed by Umbopa's impi, hanged herself. A few days previous to this, some of our people who had gone to look after the bodies of their friends killed on a former occasion, found fourteen women belonging to Somkeli’s people carrying away corn from kraals. They were accompanied by three men, one of whom instantly attacked our people and was killed by them. The others were taken prisoners to Usibebu, who released all but one man, named Makuba, who is still with him. On being questioned, Makuba informed Usibebu that these impis were brought against his people on the order of Undabuko who directed them, through his messenger, Umga- lekanye, to destroy all belonging to Usibebu, and to crush them under their feet. That just lately other messengers, viz., Ukakayi, and Mahlingivana, came to Umbopa and Ukowana, Umsutyuana's brother, from Undabuko, to order them to continue fighting against Usibebu; that the white Amakosi were on their way to him to take him and his people to their former location in Usibebu's territory. That the Amakosi had already arrived at Kwa Magwaza, and would reach him very soon. He ordered them further to get all their men ready as impis to act when he moves to his location. Usibebu says he faithfully followed the Resident's directions, and sent his impi away to their homes. Those who wanted to kill him and his people have not disarmed. They are constantly still sending armed bodies against his people, killing them and seizing their property. Usibebu asks whether these his enemies have not been told to put away their arms. They keep on destroying his people, and the Resident tells him not to call up his impi. He will continue to be guided by what the Resident advises. He asks must he continue to sit still and see his loyal people destroyed in his own territory by his open enemies who do so in defiance of the Resident’s words. Usibebu says the people of Umbopa and Umsutyuana who are doing these things are those who want to return to their kraals in his territory. They left of their own accord to prepare to make war against him. He cannot allow them to return, as they would then form a strong body of “Usutu’’ in the midst of his loyal people, whom they would kill; as the “ Usutu ’’ are sure to take up arms again against the appointed Chiefs. Reply.—The encounter at Haulana's kraal arose, as it appears to me, out of the desire of Umbopa's people and the others to get back to their homesteads, as was the case also in regard to the previous encounters. All these would have been prevented had Usibebu allowed them to return at first. Unless he consents to their return I fear similar occurrences will yet take place, and therefore I still think that Usibebu ought to consent to the re-occupation of their homesteads by these people, and the others similarly situated in order to put an end to the troubles. I can on no account advise Usibebu to call up an impi. If he does so, others will be likely to do the same, with the probability of extensive disturbances arising therefrom. He must not call up an impi. Inhlazatye, Zululand, July 26, 1882. UMHLANJANA, induna of the Chief Umfanawendhlela states:— * * I am sent by my Chief to inform the Resident that, three days ago, the men from the kraals of Bangambi and Sondoda, brothers of Umyamana, went during the night to the kraal of Nguzinqulu, and set fire to two of the huts, which they had first surrounded, and burnt to death their inmates, who consisted of Nguzinqulu and his two wives. Two young children were allowed to come out of the one hut, and were saved. Their mother attempted to get out of the hut with them, but she was instantly stabbed and forced back into the hut. The men who committed the deed reported in person what they had done to Umfanawendhlela, and said they killed Nauzinqulu because he was an “Untagati,” and had caused the death of Bamgambi’s wife the day before the huts were burnt. - My Chief says that this wilful burning to death of these people was done by men of Umyamana's tribe, and in disregard of his (my Chief's) authority. That it occurred within a short distance from his own residence, and he can see that they mean to do as they like in his territory. When these people went to join the late impi they said that on their return they would visit my Chief and all those who did not go with the impi or the Usutu side. Reply.—Tell Umfanawendhlela that I trust he will do all he can to make full inquiry into this case. It is his duty to do so, and to bring those charged with the commission of this outrage to trial. He should lose no time in taking steps, and I request him to keep me informed of the proceedings. - Inhlazatye, Zululand, July 26, 1882. Uzi HAU and UMJATU state:— - We are sent by Uhamu to report that the Impangesweni people in his territory under Mazanana (Uhamu's brother), who lately took armed action against Uhamu and his loyal people, are still in arms against him. The people whose cattle they seized and who fled from their kraals, wanted to return to them lately, but were prevented by Mazanana, who also refuses to allow them to take their corn. He said that the corn was seized for Undabuko. - - - Uhamu also complains of the Abaqulusi, who, he says, continue to resist the re-occupa- tion of their kraals by the people they drove away with their impi. That Umguni and Simangu, headmen of the Abaqulusi living with Untuzwa (Seketwayo's brother), have sent from thence lately small armed parties into the caves to look for Uhamu's people, who took refuge therein, in order to kill them. They found no one, however, as the people had left. Reply.—I shall communicate with Maranana and the other Impangesweni people in reference to Uhamu's complaint. I shall also send to the Abaqulusi to make inquiries as to their proceedings. The Abaqulusi have notified to me that they had all returned to their homes and were no longer an impi. - Inhlazatye, Zululand, July 28, 1882. UMTYAZU, TYITI, and BoMELA state — We are sent by Undabuko and Usivetu to inform the Resident that, some days ago, some of Umbopa’s people went to try and recover some of their corn at Haulana's and Sigida's, where they were attacked by an impi which they found ready there. The impi consisted of men who belonged to Umbopa, but would not join him and the others when they left their kraals to go to Somkeli’s territory. The impi killed five men belonging to Umbopa. In these are included three of Umbopa's sons. Two men were wounded by the impi. • Undabuko and Usivetu say that they put down their arms and sent home their impi when requested to do so by the Resident. They do not know by whom this impi can be authorised to act as it did. They ask the Resident to mediate in the matter in order that the people may recover their corn. These people are camped in the bush, and wiii come out of it to try to get their corn. Z 2 180 Undabuko and Usiwetu say that they can see that the impi referred to belongs to Usibebu, from the circumstance that a servant of Johan (Colenbrander), who is staying with Usibebu, took part with the impi, and it was he who shot Umbopa's three sons. They also say that they have nothing to do with any of these encounters between Umbopa’s people and others; the people do these things of their own accord. 2% Reply.—It is with great regret that I hear of the death of Umbopa's three sons, and the other men in the encounter. I have repeatedly cautioned Umbopa's people and all others in that neighbourhood to abstain from doing anything that may cause disturbance, and I am still in constant communication with the parties. I will at once again endeavour to bring about arrangements by which the people who left their corn behind may obtain possession thereof. º I am glad to hear that Undabuko and Usivetu have nothing to do with these armed encounters in Usibebu's territory. 8. - Inhlazatye, Zululand, July 29, 1882. SoMoPo and DABAPEZULU state:— wa In accordance with the Resident's instructions we proceeded to the kraals of Umsutyuana and Umbopa to see for him what damage had been sustained by those kraals. We were accompanied by Mamisa and Sangxoko, two indunas of Umsuiyuana, who were sent by him to point out the damage to us. . We visited many kraals belonging to the Umsutyuana and Gamule's people which they had deserted, and found no corn at any of them. We could see at some of them traces of corn having been removed. These kraals are situated in the neighbourhood of other kraals which are still in Occupa- tion of their owners, who would not join Umsutyuana when he and his people deserted them. We called at the kraal of Sonketyinketyi, who is Umsutyuana's uncle. We saw him. He said he was also deserting his, kraal with Umsutyuana, but was stopped by Usibebu, who advised him to remain. At his kraal we also saw a wife of Gamulé, daughter of Siyezana; she told us that the corn had been stolen from the deserted kraals by the people who lived in their neighbourhood, and that she is able and willing to give the names of all who took it. . She said that no corn was taken by Usibebu, or his own people, with one exception, and this occurred when Usibebu sent a small impi to see whether it was time that Umsutyuana and his people had deserted their kraals, and whether they had left an armed force behind them. Usibebu's impi slept one night at Umsutyuana's own deserted kraals, and used as food for the men the corn they found there. The impi returned the next day to Usibebu. Upon this Usibebu sent out orders prohibiting all from taking any corn left at the deserted kraals, and stating that he would pay for the corn used by his impi the night it slept at Umsutyuana's kraal. The orders were obeyed by Usibebu's own people, the others not belonging to his tribe living in the neighbourhood did not obey, and they abstracted the corn. We also saw Umbukwana, brother of Gamule, at his kraal, which he had not deserted ; he said that as very little rain fell in that part last summer the crops to a large extent had failed, and a small harvest was gathered. That the grain left at the deserted kraals was stolen by the neighbouring people; that he had often remonstrated and driven them off; that he sometimes drove them away in the daytime, and they would return in the night and steal the corn. This they did although he warned them that Usibebu’s orders were that the corn was not to be touched. We then went on to the farther kraals of Umsutyuana, and found many that had been deserted, and the corn pits opened, but we saw no corn in any. We got to the kraal of Mamisa's brother, where we saw Umsutyuana’s mother, daughter of Nokwane. She told us, in the presence of Mamisa, that there had been scarcely any corn harvested in those parts during the previous season owing to the drought. That when the kraals were deserted by Umsutyuana and his people, they left very little corn behind, what they did leave was carried away by the people living at the neighbouring kraals; none whatever had been taken by Usibebu, or by his orders. She said that when the kraals were deserted it was known that owing to the scarcity of food any corn left in them would be taken or stolen by neighbours. She said that those who deserted their kraals did so thinking that the ex-King would return immediately, and they would stand well with him, having taken this decided step in his favour by showing open enmity towards Usibebu. She told Mamisa that he, as Umsutyuana's induna, is to blame for the state of things in having urged Umsutyuana to abandon his kraals. At none of the kraals hitherto visited by us could we see any signs of grain in the opened pits having 181 been kept in them. We then went on to the neighbourhood of Makukwan, where we found Gadamana, a man placed there by Usibebu to prevent theft of corn from the deserted kraals, as that was the only part where some crops were harvested as we saw- Gadamana told us that he did all he could to protect the corn, but without avail, as the people took to stealing it during the night. We saw the deserted kraals there, andā. found that the grain had been removed from them. - - We then went to the people of Umsutyuana, who are encamped in the bush, and we saw the headmen, Unkowana and Sikwana. We told them the Resident said they were doing wrong in going in armed impis into Usibebu's territory, and attacking his people: That he is talking the matter over with Umsutyuana, and has laid their case before the Governor; that Umsutyuana himself desired them to desist. They replied that they did not go to attack anyone, but only went for their corn. They had killed no one. They would not be under Usibebu, as he will not allow them to “Konza” (sic) to . Undabuko, and he threatened to punish them for having gone to Maritzburg to ask for the return of Cetywayo. If Umsutyuana forbids us to go for our corn then we leave him and belong to him no longer. - We saw that the people were suffering from , want; they seemed to have but little food, and from what we heard them say we think they will disperse to their friends in other parts of the country for support unless they can soon get back to their kraals in. Usibebu’s territory. Inhlazatye, Zululand, July 31, 1882. MANxELE states: I AM sent by my Chief Mavumengwana, who resides in Chief Dunn's territory, to inform the Resident of the circumstances under which he sent me to Sobantu (the Bishop of Natal), and what I did at Maritzburg. About five months ago, two Zulus named Nuguise and Umsutu, who reside under Melelesi in Chief Dunn's territory, returned from Maritzburg, where they had gone some time previous. They told IMavumengwana that they had come from Sobantu who said they were to give him a message from Cetywayo as follows: “Why is it that you, Mavumengwana, pay tax “ money to John Dunn to prevent me from returning * , Mavumengwana at once denied to them that he paid taxes for that purpose, and wanted to report to Chief Dunn the message he had received, but was persuaded not to do so by his headmen. He then sent me with the following words to Sobantu : “I have received your words by Nuguise “ and Umsutu. My answer is that I did not pay the tax money to keep the ex-King “ from returning.” I delivered the message to Sobantu and, while at his place, I heard there that Undabuko and many other Zulus were on their way to Maritzburg. The Bishop told me to wait, and shortly after this he told me that Undabuko and the party with him had arrived at the Umgeni, and that I was to go to Undabuko and state to him alsothe message I had brought from Mavumengwana. Sobantu also told me to tell Undabuko that they must not mention that I had brought the message from Mavumengwana to him (Sobantu), nor that Nuguise and Umsutu were sent by him with the message to Mavumengwana. I went and saw Undabuko at the kraal of Umpisini at the Umgeni. Before seeing him I saw his indunas who were angry with me and uncivil, and accused me of being a spy from John Dunn and Mavumengwana. On seeing Undabuko he spoke civilly to me, and I gave him the words which Mavumengwana sent me with to the Bishop. I told him also that the Bishop had said that he and the others must not let it be known that I had brought to him, Sobantu, the message, nor must they let it be known that Nuguise and Umsutu had been sent by him with the message to Mavumengwana. Undabuko and the people with him, with whom I remained, then moved on to the top of the hill above Maritzburg. While there it was agreed upon, on the proposal of Dabulamanzi, that they would assert to the Governor that they had heard from John Dunn's policemen, Utshayeni and Umkomo, men of the tribe of Mavumen- gwana, that the payment of taxes was made to prevent Cetywayo returning to Zululand. Very shortly after this the Resident inet the party outside the town, and spoke to them, after which Chief Dunn arrived, and when it was known that the Governor would see Z 3 182 him and the people from his territory, Dabulamanzi ordered me to accompany them to the Governor. I at first refused, but consented to do so on his insisting that I should. He then told me the part that I was to take, was to say that I was sent by Mavumen- gwana, Godide, Undweje, and Umbandamana to represent them ; and that as the representative of Mavumengwana I was to speak first. That I was to say they all pray for the return of the ex-King, and that they would submit no longer to John Dunn's authority. When we appeared before the Governor, Dabulamanzi was called upon by him to speak. He did not do so, but directed me to commence, which I did. I said that those I represented prayed for the ex-King's return, but I did not say that they would no longer acknowledge John Dunn's authority, as I was afraid of Mavumengwana. I appeared before the Governor and made the statements I did, because I was urged by Dabulamanzi and others to do so, and I was afraid they would kill me if I refused, especially as they had accused me of being the spy of Mavumengwana and John Dunn. I had no authority from anyone to appear before the Governor, or to speak the words I did. I went to Maritzburg for the sole purpose of giving Mavumengwana's message to Sobantu the Bishop. - After the interview with the Governor I returned immediately to Mavumengwana and told him all that had occurred. He was not angry with me, as I told him they had forced me to take the part I did; but he blamed Dabulamanzi and Sobantu. He said he could see now that the story about paying taxes was untrue, because Sobantu desired that it should not be mentioned that he sent the message by Nuguise and Umsutu about it, and because they falsely stated in Maritzburg that the assertion had been made by John Dunn’s two policemen, Umtshayeni and Unkomo, who they knew were not present in Maritzburg and could not deny it. Shortly after this Undabuko and Dabulamanzi arrived at Mavumengwana's from Natal. They urged him to join their Umsutu party and not to submit to John Dunn. He refused to do either. This is all I have to say. 7 Inhlazatye, Zululand, August 2, 1882. UNDABANA states : - . . I AM sent by Chief Usibebu to report to the Resident that four days ago an impi consisting of six companies of people belonging to Mahu, Magonondo, and Umhlan- ganiso attacked the kraal of Josi, one of Usibebu’s loyal people, and killed one woman. The remainder of the people of the kraal escaped by flight. No cattle were seized as they had been previously removed. The impi chased and followed Usibebu’s spies to within a short distance of the Chief's own kraal, Manxelweni, and this impi, when I left, was still in the neighbourhood of the Manxelweni. Mahu, Magonondo, and Umhlan- ganiso have their head quarters in Usibebu’s territory. 8. Inhlazatye, Zululand, August 3, 1882. UMSUTYUANA, accompanied by Umgamule, states: I HAVE come to report to the Resident again that my people who left Usibebu's territory are scattering and dying of want, and I am now myself about to join them and die with them. I am not going to join them with any other object. I have brought my men, Maminza and Sanxongo, who accompanied the Resident's messengers, Somopo and Dabapezulu, when they went to my deserted kraals, and those of my people to see what had been done there, to testify as to the condition in which they found my people. MAMINZA and SANxongo state : WE were sent by Umsutyuana to accompany the Resident's messengers, Somopo and Dabulamanzi, to his deserted kraals and those of his people in Usibebu’s territory, and afterwards to go on and ascertain the condition of his people where they are encamped, in the bush in Somkeli’s territory. On reaching the people we found them in dire distress and dying from want; they are all reduced almost to skeletons, and in addition to the hardship of hunger and exposure they are suffering from disease in the shape of diarrhoea caused by drinking the unwholesome water where they are emcamped. The people told us to tell Umsutyuana that they were dying, and to ask him to come and see them. That they wished to see him before they died. Reply. —I have already told you that I have no power to order Usibebu to allow you and your people to return to your deserted kraals in his territory, but that I have 183 reported your position to the Governor, who you are aware is coming soon. That in the meantime I would communicate with Usibebu with the view of getting him to permit you to return to your homesteads. I have done so repeatedly, but he says he is afraid to consent to your return, as you and your people are his enemies, and would take advantage of your position of being within his territory to join others outside to make war against him. I am still in communication with him with the same object, and have this morning sent to him my induna. The difficulty in getting Usibebu to consent is caused by you and your people refusing to recognise his authority as Chief. How can you and they, under these circumstances, expect him readily to allow you to re-occupy his territory which you left in furtherance of your hostile intentions against him. - Inhlazatye, Zululand, August 3, 1882. Fogo.TI states: I am sent by Undabuko, Umyamana, and Usivetu to report to the Resident that about three weeks ago an impi of Usibebu’s, consisting of 10 companies of men, captured and took away with them as prisoners 20 of Umsutyuana’s women. The women had returned to their deserted kraals to get from them their picks and pots of grease. I have also to report that four of Umsutyuana’s people have died of hunger, viz., two women and two children. Mahligivana reported these circumstances to Undabuko, Umyamana, and Usivetu, and they sent me on to report to the Resident. They say that they put down their arms when they were told to by the Resident, and now they find that others who were ordered to do the same thing did not. Further, that they will take back the women captured by Usibebu. Reply.—Tell Undabuko, Umyamana, and Usiwetu that Usibebu sent me about 10 days ago by his brother Fata a report about this encounter. The circumstances as given by him are not in material respects as stated by you, and further he informed me that he had immediately released all the prisoners excepting one man, Makuba, whom he detained for his evidence to be given before me. . [Resident here stated to the messenger the tenor of Usibebu’s report to him of the affair by Ufata and others on the 23rd July.] I am sorry to hear that Umsutyuana’s people are suffering so much, and I am still endeavouring to get Usibebu to consent to their re-occupying their kraals. I sent to him. again only this morning by my induna Umyamela. - -º-º-º-º-º-º-º-º: 10. SIR, Encongwenie, July 29, 1882. WHEN this disturbance began I ordered my people and my brothers to leave the neighbourhood of Mahu and come for protection to me here. The time for picking and preparing our gardens has now come, and we know that if we attempt to go back to our deserted kraals the rebels will again drive us away. Our corn that was left behind has been ransacked, and we are not only now starving, but stand a good chance of starvation worse than ever next year unless we can dig. It is not because we dare not attack the rebels, but because we fear to break your strict orders, knowing that when we return to our deserted kraals we shall have to fight for it. Umsutyuana also has crossed into my territory to pick his gardens, after having killed my people and rebelling against me. I let you know that I am going to drive them away again, as I do not wish them to remain or reoccupy any portion of my territory. I am getting into hot water with all my indunas and brothers; they wish to return to their deserted kraals and pick, and I refuse, knowing what the consequences will be, and wishing always to carry out your strict orders; but I am certain that you will see the circumstances I am placed in and hope you will do your best to help me in this very urgent affair. Umsutyuana, Umbopa, and Magonondo are still under arms, and continue harassing my people and preventing them from attending to their picking. Usibebu wishes you distinctly to understand that he will not allow any of these rebel party to reoccupy any part of his territory, and that he intends driving away Umsutyuana at once, Trusting you are well. I have, &c. w (Signed) J. W. ColeNBRANDER. M. Osborn, Esq., C.M.G. pro Chief Usibebu. 184 º l 1. SIR, * - Encongwenie, July 30, 1882. ABOUT 2 o'clock this morning we were aroused out by Usibebu to come at once and protect him from the rebels; they have advanced since then to an inconveniently close distance from here, and have since yesterday killed one of our spies, calling out at the same time to our runaways that they would not stop till they had finished us. The bullet entered this man's loins and came out on the opposite side of the body. The man is still living, I hear, but insensible. Usibebu now wishes me to tell you that he intends, as soon as his men are all up, to immediately rout both the advancing party within his territory line and seize their cattle ; this man will, however, have time to return and bring your answer. I am also ordered to tell you that Usibebu’s men are getting dissatisfied, and Usibebu fears that if this lasts much longer he will lose a lot of men. Undabuko has already succeeded in enticing away 25 kraals, which have crossed the Pongola river and settled under Sambane. The men thereof are at the present time under arms with Undabuko. Bearer does not know the contents of this letter, and the Chief does not wish you to communicate by word of mouth, as he does not know whom to trust. & Usibebu says he is very much surprised that the Usutu party take not the slightest notice of what you say or order, and he also says that if some help is not soon coming from you, he will surely not be able to rule his men longer, as they wish to dig or plant. I have, &c. M. Osborn, Esq., C.M.G. (Signed) J. W. ColeNBRANDER, pro Chief Usibebu. 12. SIR, Inhlazatye, Zululand, August 2, 1882. YoUR two letters of the 29th and 30th ultimo reached me, the first last evening, and the other this morning. - Please tell Usibebu that the Governor has informed me that he intends to start from Maritzburg at an early date for Zululand, with the object of dealing with the different questions which are continuing to cause unrest and dissatisfaction in the country, and to secure a more satisfactory state of matters. As, therefore, the Governor will be personally in the country very shortly, Usibebu will, I trust, see how important it is to his own interests and that of his loyal people in his territory that he should refrain from carrying out his intentions to take the proceedings mentioned in your letter of the 29th. I see the necessity, however, that in the meantime Mahu and others of the Usutu party should be prevented from attacking or otherwise harassing Usibebu or his people, and with this view I send at once my induna, Umyamela, with remonstrances from me to Undabuko and other heads of the Usutu, and to insist upon their remaining quiet with their followers, in accordance with the previous arrangement, as the Governor is expected to arrive soon and to deal with the whole question. Umyamela will then, without delay, proceed to Usibebu and give him my further words of counsel in reference to these matterS. * I have, &c. Mr. J. W. Colenbrander, (Signed) M. Osborn, At Chief Usibebu’s. British Resident, Zululand. | 85 No. 92. Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. The EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received October 16, 1882.) - Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My Lord, September 8, 1882. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, a copy of a Despatch I have received from the British Resident to whom I referred, for any observa- tions he might think it necessary to make, that portion of the Bishop of Natal’s letter to me of the 8th June which implied a serious charge against the Resident and against the Government from whom the Resident received his orders. * 2. I enclose a copy of the Despatch in which I called the attention of the Resident to the statement of the Bishop of Natal; and your Lordship will perceive from the Resident’s reply that there has been no foundation whatsoever for this very serious charge. 3. On the contrary, the Resident's influence, there can be no doubt, has always been actively exercised to prevent the resort to force by the appointed Chiefs, and it is in consequence, it may be said, of this influence controlling the appointed Chiefs that the . agitation of Undabuko was able to attain the formidable dimensions it eventually assumed. As an instance of the way in which the attention paid by Usibebu to the moderating counsels of the Resident was turned to account against him, I may mention that when Undabuko returned to Zululand saying he had been authorised to take up arms by the “Amakosi.” in Natal, it was used by the “Usutu’’ party as an argument to induce people to join them, that while Undabuko had received authority Usibebu had not received any, and that the people ought to go to those to whom the “assegai had been given.” I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, To the Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure 1 in No. 92. BRITISH RESIDENT to SIR H. BULWER. SIR, Inhlazatye, Zululand, August 16, 1882. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Excellency’s Despatch of the 2nd instant, in which my observations are requested on a passage contained in a letter addressed by the Bishop of Natal to your Excellency on the 8th June last. 2. In addition to circumstances already within your Excellency’s knowledge in regard to the question of Undabuko and Usivetu having proceeded to Pietermaritzburg in defiance of the directions I gave them on the 27th March last when they made their application, I have to state in reference to their assertion mentioned by the Bishop :- (1.) That I did not tell them to wait 10 days for my return from Maritzburg. I could not have told them this, knowing as I did that it would take me five days’ travel- ling to reach Pietermaritzburg, and the same number of days to get back to Inhlazatye, and that therefore no time at all would remain for the transaction of the business on which your Excellency desired to see me. Further, if they were told to wait 10 days as asserted, it would to my mind have amounted to a consent to their going at the expiration of that time, a consent which I particularly told them I could not grant without being specially authorised thereto. (2.) Nor is the assertion true that they waited the alleged 10 days for me. It can be proved that almost immediately after I started from here, on the 29th March, prepara- tions for their journey were proceeded with, and completed, and that they were fairly on their way to Natal three days after my departure. In addition to other proof that could be adduced in support of this, I invite your Excellency’s attention to the enclosed copy of a message sent to my office by Umyamana on the 3rd April per Unconwana, which message was delivered to Mr. Boast, my clerk, and was by him entered in the current daily message book, from which the copy is extracted. It will be seen from this communica- tion that Undabuko and Usivetu were actually on their way to Natal on the 3rd April, R 4012, A a 186 and that Umyamama was so well aware of the defiant nature of their proceeding that he considered it necessary to exonerate himself from blame, in the event of my thinking that they had acted on his advice. - 3. With reference to the statement in the Bishop's letter that Undabuko and the others, “fearing that the same thing might happen as on the former occasion (August “ 1881) when the Resident came back with orders not to prevent Usibebu and Uhamu “ from calling out their impis for the support of their authority, and the punishment of “ those who had just before taken a part in praying for Cetywayo, they thought it best * to go down after him, &c.,” I can only say that this statement also is entirely void of any foundation in truth, and I am at a loss to know how it could have originated. I received and brought no order of the kind at any time, neither did I, of my own accord, inform any one that those Chiefs would not be prevented from calling out their impis. And, to show the groundlessness of the assertion, I think I need only refer to the action taken by me within a very few weeks after the month of August 1881, when I exerted myself to the utmost to prevent the Chiefs named from proceeding with their impis against Undabuko, Usivetu, and Umyamana, and their people (the Usutu), viz., towards the end of September, and in the beginning of October on behalf of the Abaquiusi in Uhamu's territory; and again in the middle of October when Usibebu suddenly assembled and marched a large force of 41 companies against the “Usutu,” who had collected under Undabuko to attack him, and had in fact already attacked some of his outlying kraals, as was reported by him. On the “Usutu’’ finding that an opposing force of unexpected strength was suddenly approaching them, they fell back on the Isikwebesi, by which time my efforts in behalf of peace had already been brought to bear upon Usibebu, and were strenuously maintained until he was prevailed upon to withdraw and disperse his force; a result which was arrived at with much difficulty, as Usibebu was very eager in his desire to avenge what he considered had been a deliberate invasion of his territory by the “Usutu:” and, moreover, he was loth to abandon the opportunity afforded, by an attack on the “Usutu,” to recover a considerable number of cattle claimed by him from: some of the headmen of that party. On the same occasion, I likewise succeeded in inducing Uhamu to disperse his impi of about 1,000 men strong, which he had placed in the field to operate against the “Usutu" in conjunction with Usibebu’s force. 4. The Bishop in another part of his letter refers to a “ declaration made by Sir “ George Colley nearly two years ago, that the subject of Cetywayo's return was for- “ bidden to be discussed,” which, he goes on to say, “would explain sufficiently how it “ has come to pass that the expression of Zulu feeling upon the subject of Cetywayo's “ return has hitherto been systematically suppressed and stifled.” He does not say by whom the alleged suppressing and stifling has been done, but as I am directly referred to in the concluding portion of the paragraph preceding the one in which he makes the statement, and as I am the principal officer from whom the Govern- ment expect reliable information on all local political questions of importance in connexion with Zululand, I consider myself bound to notice his assertion, and to state distinctly that I know of no single instance of suppression or stifling of Zulu feeling, on the subject of Cetywayo's return, by any one connected with my office. And I beg to say, further, that on only two occasions have I been informed by Zulus that Cety wayo's return to Zululand was desired, viz. (1) by his brother Undabuko on the 23rd June 1880, and (2) again by Undabuko and other Zulus, who, with him, made the demonstration at Pieter- maritzburg in April last. Both these cases, as your Excellency is aware, were instantly reported by me. I submit, therefore, that the Bishop's statement that suppression and stifling has been practised is, so far as it may be taken to concern me, mere unfounded assumption. I have, &c. (Signed) M. OSBORN, His Excellency British Resident, Zululand. Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., Governor and Her Majesty's Special Commissioner, Natal. Inhlazatye, Zululand, Monday, April 3, 1882. Umyamama per Uconwana reports that Undabuko has started for Natal in spite of his advice to him that he ought not to do so, the Resident having told him that he could not give him permission to go there to visit the Governor without having first consulted the Governor in the matter, and obtained his consent to see Undabuko. Usiwetu also 187 with Umyamana strongly urged upon Undabuko the impropriety of going to Natal, but he has nevertheless accompanied his brother Undabuko, as he feared to let him go alone. Umyamana wishes the Resident to understand that he is not accountable for this proceeding on the part of Undabuko, and he requests that the Resident will absolve him from any blame in the matter. Enclosure 2 in No. 92. Sir H. BULwÉR to BRITISH RESIDENT, Zululand. Government House Pietermaritzburg, Natal, - August 2, 1882. I HAVE the honour to forward you a copy of a letter which I received some time ago from the Bishop of Natal. I dealt with the general subject of this letter at some length in forwarding it to the Secretary of State, but I omitted at the time to give directions for a copy of the letter being sent to you as I intended to do in connexion with a certain passage which occurs in it. In the passage to which I refer the Bishop states, with regard to the circumstances under which Undabuko and the party of demonstration came down into Natal without your permission last April, that they did not come down defiantly, for they waited 10 days as ordered by you, and then hearing nothing of you, “and fearing that the same thing might happen as on a former occasion “ (August 1881) when the Resident came back with orders not to prevent Usibebu and “ Uhamu from calling out their impis for the support of their authority and the punish- “ ment of those who had just before taken a part in praying for Cetywayo, they thought “ it best to go down after him, &c., &c.” I think the statement is one that cannot be passed by without particular notice, and I therefore send it to you for any observations that you may desire to make upon it. I have, &c. M. Osborn, Esq., C.M.G., (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner, British Resident, Zululand. SIR, No. 93. Gover Nor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL te OF KIMBERLEY. (Received October 16, 1882.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, September 8, 1882. WITH reference to the subject of my Despatch of the 14th June last,” I have the honour to transmit a copy of a Despatch I have received from the British Resi- dent informing me that Uhamu has at length expressed his readiness to hand over to the Chief Umyamana the 700 head of cattle which he was required to do under the terms of Sir Evelyn Wood's award last year, and that arrangements are being made for that UITOOSC. p º I learn also from the enclosure accompanying the Resident’s Despatch that Uhamu's people have left the kraals which they seized from Umyamana's people some months since, and that the kraals are free for re-occupation by the people to whom they belong. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. * No. 25. A a 2 188 Enclosure in No. 93. BRITISH RESIDENT, Zululand, to Sir H. BULWER. SIR, Inhlazatye, Zululand, August 19, 1882. I HAVE the honour to state that in accordance with your Excellency's instructions, conveyed in Despatch of the 10th May last, I sent by my messenger, Matole, the communication to the Chief Uhamu as directed, in reference to the award of General Sir Evelyn Wood given in the matter of the seizures of cattle from Umyamana, and I annex hereto the statement of Matole, comprising Uhamu's reply to the communication. i lost no time in acquainting Umyamana with Uhamu's request that Mapovela and Isaka and an Induna should go to him with the view of facilitating the carrying out of the award, and advised him to comply with the Chief's request without delay. His answer to this was that he was willing to send the persons named with the men to be sent by me, and that as he intends coming personally to speak to me in reference to this and other matters, he would bring with him the men whose attendance is requested by Uhamu. Umyamana has this day notified to me his arrival at his kraal near Inhlazatye, and his intention of coming to speak to me on Monday next, the 21st instant. I now entertain strong hopes that a satisfactory settlement of the award will be made by Uhamu without further delay. Your Excellency will perceive from the reply sent by Uhamu that he now declares that I did not order him to make the seizures from Umyamana and his people, as formerly alleged by him. This declaration was voluntarily made by him, as no allusion whatever was made to his previous allegation in communicating to him your Excellency’s words on the question of the award. • I have, &c. His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, K.C.M.G., (Signed) M. Osbol:N, &c. &c. &c. British Resident, Zululand. Matole states:— Inhlazatye, Zululand, August 9, 1882. I took the Resident's message to Uhamu, advising him to give back to Umya- mana his Mavageni kraals seized by him, and any corn he might have taken. Uhamu replied that he had seized the Mavageni kraals, but afterwards left them, and that he took no corn from any of them. The kraals are no longer in his possession, there are none of his people at any of them, and Umyamana is at liberty to re-occupy them. It is his own fault if he does not do so. I then gave Uhamu the Resident's message with respect to the 700 head of cattle due by him to Umyamana under General Wood's award, and the words spoken by the Governor in reference thereto. Uhamu replied that he had all along said that he made the seizures from Umyamana by order of the Resident. He now says that he did not make them on the order of the Resident, but he made the seizures on account of royal cattle which he had been told to collect and hand over to the Government. The Resident did not tell him to make them. He had heard the Governor’s words and is willing to carry out the award. He says, however, that he did not take the number of cattle from Umyamana, stated to be over 2,000 head. He requests that Umyamana’s sons, Mapovela and Isaka, who were with him when the seized cattle were brought to him, and will therefore know their number, may be sent to him, together with the men from whom the seizures were made, and an Induna from Umyamana, to arrange for the settlement of the award. He also requests that one of the Resident's principal messengers may be present when the settlement is made. 189 No. 94. Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received October 16, 1882.) r Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, MY LORD, September 8, 1882. f I HAVE the honour to transmit copies of two further Despatches I have received from the British Resident, with enclosures, on the state of affairs in the appointed Chief Usibebu's territory, in connexion with the attempts of the people who left their kraals at the time of Undabuko's summoning them to arms to re-occupy them. 2. I have already instructed the Resident to do all he can to bring about the re-estab- lishment of these people in their homesteads. 3. One of the enclosures is a report of Dabulamanzi's proceedings in Chief John Dunn's territory. I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c, &c. Special Commissioner. Enclosure 1 in No. 94. BRITISH RESIDENT to Sir H. BULWER. SIR, Inhlazatye, Zululand, August 19, 1882. I HAVE the honour to transmit for your Excellency's information the statements numbered from 1 to 6 as shown on the annexed schedule. I have, &c. His Excellency Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., (Signed) M. Osborn, Her Majesty's Special Commissioner, British Resident, &c. &c. &c. Zululand. Natal. SchEDULE of ENCLosures in BRITISH RESIDENT's Despatch (August 19, 1882.) Statements by— No. 1. Umhlanganiso, sent by Undabuko and Umyamana, dated August 9th, 1882. No. 2. Unhlovu, sent by Undabuko, August 10th, 1882. No. 3. Kwabiti, sent by Undabuko and Umyamana, August 10th. No. 4. Manhlagaive and two others, sent by Undabuko and Umyamana, August 12th. No. 5. Untoni and Ucabayana, sent by Usibebu, August 13th. No. 6. Untonga and Sajente, sent by Undabayake, August 14th. Inhlazatye, Zululand, August 9, 1882. UMHLANGANISO states: I am sent by Undabuko, Umyamana, and Usivetu to thank the Resident for sending his words to them by his induna. They are thereby able to know what is said against them, and explain everything requiring explanation. They ask the Resident to continue to let them know of anything affecting them. They say they did not send an impi to fight anyone. The men of Tokotoko's house went for corn at their deserted kraals, and finding Usibebu’s men had been to take the corn they pursued them. They ask the Resident to authorise Tokotoko's family and people to go back to their deserted kraals and plant their corn as the planting season has arrived. There is no grain left at our deserted kraals. The sons of Tokotoko are Mahu and myself. Then there is Magonondo. Kadombo, our cousin. Usivetu directed me to say that his wives and the people belonging to his house have no place to cultivate upon, and they will suffer from want unless they can get back to cultivate at their old place. A a 3 190 Reply: I am glad to receive the explanation brought by you. You and all the others must be careful about what you do in sending armed parties about. No armed parties are to be sent anywhere, and there is to be no arming. All of you, including Usiwetu, must remain quiet, and wait till the Governor says what is to be done about your case. I have no power to authorise any of you to re-occupy your deserted kraals, or to cultivate there. NotE.—Umhlanganiso, questioned, admits that some of their families have already commenced cultivating at their deserted kraals without Usibebu’s permission. Inhlazatye, Zululand, August 10, 1882. UNHLovU states: I am sent by Undabuko to report to the Resident that some armed men of Tokotoko's people who “ Konza’ to Usibebu came to the kraal of Gungwini, with the view of seizing the goats of the kraal. They did not, however seize the goats, but carried away some blankets &c., and then left. While at the kraal they wounded Umqwazeni’s brother, Umpatweni, with an assegai, but did not kill him. This occurred four days ago; Gungwini and his brother belong to Mahu-ka-tokotoko. Reply: I will communicate with Usibebu about this and ask for an explanation. Inhlazatye, Zululand, Angust 10, 1882. KwaBITI states: I am sent by Undabuko and Umyamana to report to the Resident that, the night before last and yesterday a large impi from Usibebu, headed by himself and two white men, came to four kraals of Mahu, and all the other kraals belonging to his people, and those belonging to Umhlanganiso and Magonondo, seized all the cattle and drove the people away from the kraals. Usibebu himself caught Mahlozi and disarmed him, and told him to go to Undabuko and Umyamana and tell them that he is there on the spot, and if they wish to fight him they could come on they would find him there. If they do not wish to fight they must take their people away from his territory as he will not allow them to be there. Usibebu also said to a girl at Mahlozi's kraal that he would have fired into the people of the kraal, but that he was afraid of killing women. A large number of cattle were seized by him with this impi. The kraal from which he made these seizures belong to people of Mahu and others who deserted them some time ago. Most of the people at the kraals were women who had gone there to commence planting. Rep/y : I will send to Usebibu at once and ascertain the reason of this proceeding on his part and communicate again with Undabuko and Umyamana on this subject. Inhlazatye, Zululand, August 12, 1882. MANIIT.AGAIVE, TOIIINGWAYo, and UMTOMBOTI state : We are sent by Undabuko and Umyamana to report that the impi of Usibebu killed two people named Hiya and Untwaku. They were killed at the kraal of Lutuli. There were nine kraals belonging to Lutuli and his people that were attacked by Usibebu’s impi and had all their cattle taken away by it. There was only corn at one kraal, from which it was scized. They all belong to Mahu, and had lately returned to the kraals which they formerley deserted, and they had commenced picking. Unyokana and Soni said they were authorised by the Resident through his induna Umyamela to drive us away from our kraals with an impi. 191 Reply: I have already sent my induna to Usibebu with words in reference to this matter, as reported by Kwabitu, and I await his return before I can say more. It is untrue that I authorised Usibebu to drive the people away from their kraals with an impi through my induna Umyamela. - Inhlazatye, Zululand, August 13, 1882. UNTONI and UCABAYANA state : - We are sent by Usibebu to report that a number of the people of the house of Tokotoko and belonging to Mahu Hlanganisa and others some days ago returned to and re-occupied the kraals they had vacated in his territory and commenced planting. They brought some of their cattle with them. On ascertaining this Usibebu proceeded with an impi and drove them away, seizing their cattle and also their corn. The impi of Usibebu killed no one, as he strictly prohibited the men from killing anyone. Usibebu found Umbilinga, one of Tokotoko's sons, in his kraal, to which he had returned. He demanded on whose authority he had returned. Umbilinga replied “We have come “ here to occupy the land and to drive you, Usibebu, away, we mean to drive you to “ Sotshangana's, we will not allow you to remain here.” Upon this Usibebu struck him with his riding whip, and told him to leave his territory at once, and said he was to tell Mahu and the others that he would allow none of them to come into his territory. On our way hither we saw several rows of armed men of the Usutu going in the direc- tion of Umyamana's kraal where Undabuko is. - Reply: Tell Usibebu I much regret this occurrence. He ought not to have taken these proceedings without first ascertaining from me their advisability. I fear that the action taken by him may lead to further disturbance, and if it does, who will be to blame? Umyamana and Undabuko have already complained to me about it, and they report that two men were killed by the impi, and also that it was said that I had authorised Usibebu to take these proceedings. Usibebu knows I did not authorise them, and know nothing about them. I trust he will be careful to do nothing that might lead to disturbance. I have sent my further words to him on this matter by my induna . Umyamela, who is with him now. UMTONGA and SAJENTE state : Inhlazatye, Zululand, August 14, 1882. We are sent by Undabayake, a headman in Chief John Dunn's territory to report that the week before last a messenger came from Dabulamanzi to his kraals during his absence, and demanded from the people their receipts for hut tax paid to Chief John Dunn. The messenger said that 1)abulamanzi was going to take these receipts to Maritzburg; they had been sent for by the Governor. That on his return to Zululand there will be an iumpi belonging to him, with which he will drive away all those who refuse to give up their receipts. Upon this Ulope fetched out the receipts and handed them over to the messenger, as he was afraid of the consequences threatened by T)abulamanzi, should he refuse to give them up. He gave up the receipts of five kraals, and then reported what he had done to Undabuko, who in turn reported the matter to Chicf John Dunn, Enclosure 2 in No. 94. BRITISH RESIDENT to SPECIAL CoMMISSIONER. SIR, Inhlazatye, Zululand, August 19, 1882. 1 HAVE the honour to inform your Excellency that late in the afternoon of the 10th instant, it was reported to me by Undabuko and Umyamama, through their messenger Kwabiti, induna of the latter, that the Chicf Usibel)u had on the previous day A a 4 192 proceeded with a large force against a number of people of Mahu, and others of the Usutu party who had lately returned to their kraals in Usibebu’s territory, and re-occupied them without his knowledge and consent, that Usibebu had driven these people out of his territory and seized all their cattle. - I despatched my induna Umyamela the next morning to Usibebu with my remon- strances, and to advise him to return all the cattle seized by him on the occasion to their owners who had gone back into Uhamu's territory. The induna was also instructed while on his way to call at Tyhumayeleni's kraal and deliver to Undabuko and Umyamana a message from me strictly counselling them to remain quiet with their people, and informing them that I am communicating with Usibebu in reference to his late proceedings. - On the 12th instant a further report from Undabuko and Umyamana reached me by Manhlagaive and two others, in which it was stated that two young men were killed by Usibebu’s impi, and I sent directions to the induna to inquire into the truth of this Statement. . Umyamela, my induna, has just returned, and informs me that Usibebu willingly agreed to return the cattle taken by him. He stated that his object was not to seize the cattle, but to drive away those of the Usutu, who without authority had defiantly gone back to live in his territory. - Usibebu then, in presence of my induna and other messengers, delivered up the cattle, 292 head, to messengers deputed to receive them. The induna on his return from Usibebu, in pursuance of instructions from me, called again at the Tohumayeleni kraal, and cautioned Undabuko to restrain his followers from again attempting to return and re-occupy their former position in Usibebu’s territory without due authority. This caution Undabuko promised to observe. He and the other headmen of the Usutu party then desired the induna to convey their thanks to me for the action taken by me, and added that they would shortly appear to tender their thanks in person. On this occasion the induna did not see Umyamana, as the latter was on his way to the Inhlazatye to see me, and I have just received a message from him to say that he had arrived at his kraal in this neighbourhood, and would come to me on Monday, to-morrow being Sunday. I have, &c. His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, K.C.M., (Signed) M. Osborn, &c. &c. &c. British Resident, Zululand. No. 95. SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received October 16, 1882.) Government House, Cape Town, My LORD, September 25, 1882. I HAVE the honour to inform you that the S.S. “Nubian * arrived yesterday, and that Cety wayo landed to-day, and accompanied by Mr. Dunn and the Chiefs proceeded to Oude Molen. I have arranged that Mr. Storr Lister, who has hitherto been in charge of Cetywayo's establishment shall continue to controul the arrangements connected with his maintenance, and that as the title of custodian is no longer applicable, he shall for the future be styled “Superintendent of Oude Molen.” Mr. Fynney will proceed to Natal in the “Nubian.” He has been prevented by the quarantine regulations from landing at Cape Town. I have, &c. (Signed) HERCULES ROBINSON, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Governor and High Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. 193 No. 96. The RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY to Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. Downing Street, October 16, 1882. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch of the 4th of September," enclosing copies of a correspondence relative to a letter from Chief John Dunn which appeared in the “ St. James's Gazette” of the 12th of July last. I request that you will inform Mr. T. Shepstone that I am satisfied with his disclaimer of the action attributed to him in that letter. SIR, I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) KIMBER ſ , EY. No. 97. The RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY to Gover Nor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, October 17, 1882. I HAVE, the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatches of the 6th and 7th of September, f forwarding copies of Despatches from the British Resident in Zululand, respecting the state of affairs in that country, and of your reply. I have to express my approval of your instructions to Mr. Osborn. I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) KIM BERLEY. No. 98. The RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIM BERLEY to GoverNOR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, - Downing Street, October 20, 1882. I HAVE received your Despatch of the 8th ultimoji and its enclosures, and have learned with satisfaction that an understanding has been arrived at between the Zulu Chiefs Uhamu and Umyamana as legards the 700 head of cattle to be handed over by the former to the latter, in pursuance of the award made by Sir Evelyn Wood. I have, &c. - Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) |KIMBERLEY. No. 99. The RIGHT Hon. The EARL OF KIMBERLEY to Governor Sir HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, * Downing Street, October 20, 1882. I HAVE received your Despatch of the 8th ultimo, S enclosing copy of a corres- pondence with the British Resident in Zululand relative to certain statements in a letter addressed to you by the Bishop of Natal on the 8th June last. 2. Mr. Osborn’s explanation appears to me to be satisfactory. I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) KIM BERLEY, * No. 86. f Nos. 88 and 89. f No. 93. § No. 92. R 4012. - B. b 194 No. 100. GoverNOR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received October 25, 1882.) (Extract.) - Camp, Grey Town, Natal, September 11, 1882. As an instance of the way in which communications have been carried on between Bishopstowe and the Usutu party in Zululand, I transmit, for your Lordship's informa- tion, a statement made by a Zulu to the Secretary for Native Affairs. When the messenger Kilane, who took a message from me to the Chief Umyamama in June last, returned he was accompanied by one of Umyamana's confidential mes- sengers whom that Chief had sent specially to convey his thanks to me for my message. Whilst on their road, and after they had entered Natal territory, they met two Zulus, who were on their way to Zululand. These men had come from Bishopstowe, and knowing the messenger as one of Umyamana's trusted men, they told him the errand on which they were being sent. One of them carried a bundle of clothes, which he said in the presence of Kilane he was taking to Cetywayo's family, and this was the professed object of their journey, the real object being to deliver a message from Bishopstowe respecting the movements of the ex-King. The incident aptly illustrates the Way in which communications have been carried on, and the nature of this particular communication aptly illustrates also the way in which the unsettlement of the minds of the Zulu people has been kept up from Natal. Enclosure in No. 100. STATEMENT of a ZULU MESSENGER from UMYAMANA. t September 11, 1882. WHILE at the Umvoti River on my way to Pietermaritzburg, accompanied by Kilane, the messenger who was sent by the Governor of Natal to Umyamana, we met . . . . and . . . , both Zulus who remained at Sobantu's (Bishop Colenso), when Undabuko, Dabulamanzi, and Usivetu returned to Zululand from this place some three months ago. I saluted them, and asked the news. . . . . . said that they were being sent from Bishopstowe to Zululand to say that Cety wayo had left the place where he had been ever since his capture, and had gone across the sea to see the Queen, and pointing upwards with his finger, added that he, Cetywayo, would only be away this moon, and would then return to Zululand. Taken before me at Pietermaritzburg this 24th day of July 1882. - - (Signed) J. W. SHEPSTONE, Acting Secretary for Native Affairs. No. 101. GovI:RNOR SIR HENRY BULW ER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIM BERLEY. (Received October 25, 1882). - Camp, Grey Town, Natal, My [LORD, September 11, 1882. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, a copy of a statement made by the native messenger whom I sent a short while back to the Chief Umyamana in the Zulu country. * * * * * * * * . 2. It bears upon two matters—(1), the part taken by the Bishop of Natal in Zulu political affairs; and (2), the state of feeling in Chief John Dunn's territory. 195 3. Even the Chief Umyamana, it will be seen, admitted that in his opinion the recent troubles in the country had been brought about by the people (that is to say, Undabuko and others, himself included) resorting to Bishopstowe, that is, by the “lower road,” instead of going directly to the Government. • * , 4. The information which the messenger gathered from the people whom he saw when passing through Chief Dunn's territory was unfavourable as to the proceedings that had been taken either by that Chief or by his subordinates with respect to the ex-king's cattle; and as I have said before, there is reason to fear many things were done in the attempt to recover the royal cattle which ought not to have been done, and which have left behind a very sore feeling against some of the appointed Chiefs. - . . . . . . . . I have, &c. - - (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, - Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. - Enclosure in No. 101. STATEMENT of KILANE, a Native Messenger attached to the Office of the Secretary for Native Affairs, Natal. . S.N.A., August 27, 1882. WHEN conveying a message from the Governor to Umyamana I called on my way at the kraal of Ishingana (a brother to Cetywayo), at which place I met his mother. After alluding to the disturbed state of the country, she said, “How does the missionary “ “Sobantu' talk P. He has so often spoken such good words, but they are not of any “ effect, as there is no result from them. When will M'Pande's children cease to have “ trouble P ‘’ º Shortly after my arrival at Umyamana's, I had a talk with him on the subject of the troubled state of the Zulu country. He remarked that it appeared to him that the troubles had been brought about by the Zulu people, who had come into Natal by the “ lower road.” I asked which road that was, and ascertained that it was the one leading to “Sobantu ’’ (i.e., Bishop Colenso). As I travelled through the country the people of Chief Dunn's territory complained very much of the way in which their cattle had been taken from them by that Chief. The way it was done was by Chief Dunn sending round to all the kraals for king's cattle. Those kraals who had none said so, but this assertion was not sufficient, they were called upon to swear to the statement, and single kraals had to give as many as five head of their own cattle as an earnest of what they declared. A second demand was made still for king's cattle at the same kraals, and again cattle had to be given to show that their hands were in no way whatever soiled by the possession of such cattle, out the kraals in which king's cattle were found were eaten up. In this way the people of Zululand have lost large numbers of cattle, not speaking of those that were demanded and given as “recognition ” cattle to the appointed Chiefs. I was told that Chief Dunn did not confine himself to his own people in the search for king's cattle, but went as far as the White Umfolozi, and beyond it, for the purpose of collecting these cattle. Taken before me at Pietermaritzburg this the 20th day of July 1882. (Signed) J. W. SHEPSTONE, Acting Secretary for Native Affairs. No. 102. The RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIM BERLEY to SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G. TELEGRAPHIC. 26th October 1882-—Inform Cety wayo recent communications from Bulwer encourage hope of arrangements for his return to Zululand towards end of year. B b 2 193 No. 103. Gowenson Sir HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the Roar Hon. The EARL OF # KIMBERLEY. (Received October 31, 1882.) My LoRD, Camp, Umsinga, Natal, September 15, 1882 I TRANSMIT a statement made by Dabulamanzi and some other Zulus to the Secretary for Native Affairs on the 25th ultimo. 2. These Zulus came into Natal without any permission from the British Resident, and as I have reason to believe, with quite another object than that of seeing the Government here. They did not even send to inform the Government of their arrival, but it being rumoured that they were in the neighbourhood of Pietermaritzburg a messenger was despatched from the Native Department to ascertain if this was the case; and it was not until this had been done that Dabulamanzi, who had nevertheless been many days there, sent in a messenger to the Secretary for Native Affairs asking to see him. The permission asked for being given it was of course necessary for Dabulamanzi and those with him to give some pretext for their being in Natal at all. I have, &c. & (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure in No. 103. STATEMENT of ZULU CHIEFs through MELELESI. THE Zulu Chiefs Dabulamanzi, Sigananda, Godide, Nobiya, Melelesi, Qetuka, Zeize, Madinaba, and N’dwandwe, appeared at the office of the Secretary for Native Affairs. - Melelesi called upon by the rest says: We have come to the house of Chaka, we have come to the house to which we belong. When a child does wrong the father beats it, and drives it out of the house; when it rains he calls it in and tells it to behave better in future. We come to ask for Cetywayo to be restored to us. We not only ask for ourselves but for others in Zululand, I mean Umyamana, Sitshaluza, Seketwayo, and Faku Ka Ziningo. - I have, &c. (Signed) J. W. SHEPstone, Acting Secretary for Native Affairs. Taken before me at Pietermaritzburg, August 25th, 1882. No. 104. The RIGHT HON. ; HE EARL OF KIMBERLEY to Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, - Downing Street, November 2, 1882. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Bespatch of the 11th of September last,” enclosing a copy of a statement made by a native messenger who had been sent by you to the Zulu Chief Umyamana. On the subject of the royal cattle I have to refer you to my Despatch of the 7th of September.f - I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) KIMBERLEY. No. 105. The RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY to Gover NOR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIP Downing Street, November 16, 1882. IN continuation of my Despatch of the 17th of August last, I have to record subsequent telegraphic correspondence which has passed between us on the subject of the affairs of Zululand. * No. 101. f No. 72, Í No. 56. 197 On the 13th of August you informed me that it had been your intention, when the session of the Natal Legislative Council was over, to go and see some of the principal Zulu chiefs, as this would be of use to you in considering the arrangements for the future settlement, but that, if there was not time for this, you would frame them as best. you could without such a visit. In replying to your telegram on the 15th of August, I stated that Cetywayo had on that day been informed by me of the decision of Her Majesty's Government as to his restoration. I expressed the opinion that you should go to Zululand to see the principal chiefs, and I inquired when the session of the Legislative Council would be over. I added that I concluded that the territory not placed under Cetywayo would adjoin the Colony of Natal. - - On the 18th you telegraphed that the session of the Council would end during the course of the next week, and that you would communicate further with me respecting your visit to Zululand. You also stated that the part of Zululand to be placed under British protection and authority should adjoin the Colony of Natal. On the 21st of August I acquainted you that Cetywayo would return to the Cape of Good Hope in the following week, and that he would remain there until the arrange- ments for his return to Zululand were completed. On the 25th of August the session of the Council came to an end, and on the 2nd of September you informed me that the British Resident in Zululand had ‘written advising you not to go into Zululand until you were ready to make a formal announcement as to Cetywayo's restoration, but that you proposed to proceed as far as Rorke's Drift, as it was necessary that you should confer with the British Resident respecting the arrange- ments, and that there you would also, as you had promised, see some of the principal Zulu chiefs. - - From your telegram of the 6th of September I learnt that you were then starting to meet the Resident. On the 20th of October I informed you that I was anxious to learn what progress you had made in the arrangements for the restoration of Cetywayo, and I inquired how soon you contemplated that he could return to Zululand, and whether the chiefs and the people generally were willing to receive him, or whether there were any who objected, for whom territory would have to be reserved. You replied on the 24th, requesting me to await the receipt of your Despatch, which was on the way to England, giving in detail the arrangements for Cetywayo's restoration, and you stated that on learning my approval of the arrangements by telegraph, you would proceed to carry them out without delay, and that you thought Cetywayo's return might take place in December. You added that certainly territory would have to be reserved for many of the chiefs. and people who were unwilling to be under Cetywayo. In my telegram of the 25th of October I stated that I would await your Despatch for the detailed arrangements, and that I concluded that you had ascertained from each of the appointed chiefs whether he would return under the rule of Cetywayo by com- municating with them on the subject. To this you answered, on the 26th, that you had only seen three of the chiefs yourself, none of whom were ready to consent, and that the views of the others had been obtained from the British Resident. I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. - (Signed) KIMBERLEY. No. 106. GoverNOR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. the EARL OF KIMBERLEY-(Received November 18, 1882.) My LoRD, Camp, Dundee, Natal, October 3, 1882. I HAVE just arrived here from Rorke's Drift, where I had the advantage of con- sidering with the British Resident the several arrangements to be made in the Zulu country in connexion with the intended restoration to one part of it of the ex-King Cetywayo; and I now proceed to submit these arrangements for your Lordship's decision. 2. It is necessary, in the first place, to determine and define the particular portion of country which is to be placed under the authority of Cetywayo. In the report which B b 3 198 accompanied my Despatch of 25th of August” I indicated the main conditions on which alone, in my opinion, any restoration of the ex-King to authority is possible. To pre- vent a re-establishment of the Zulu power such as it was, or in any way approaching to what it was, before the war of 1879, because such a re-establishment would be attended with danger to the public peace in this part of South Africa, and would be inimical as well to the general welfare of the Zulu country itself as to the circumstances of the adjoining Colony of Natal, and to make adequate provision for the interests of the appointed chiefs and of that portion of the Zulu people which may be unable or unwilling to come again under Cety wayo's rule, to which interests our good faith is committed,—these are the two paramount objects to which, as I have ventured to submit, a restoration must be made subordinate. 3. The partition of the country must therefore, to a great extent, be governed by a con- sideration of what is requisite to secure these objects. Subject to them it would be very desirable, as your Lordship has suggested, to have regard to local feeling, and to assign to the ex-King a portion of the country in which the chiefs and people are either favourably disposed to him or would be willing to come again under him, retaining the portion in which the chiefs and people are not so favourably disposed. But any such exact division of the country would probably, under any circumstances, be found impossible. If, for instance, we were to take the acquiescence in his restoration, or the inability to acquiesce in it, of the several appointed chiefs as a test of the question, we should find that it would not at all help us to a solution. Of the 13 appointed chiefs it would appear that only five are disposed to acquiesce in the restoration, and that eight are not disposed to acquiesce. The five who, there is reason to believe, would acquiesce are Umgojana, Somkeli, Umlandela, Faku-ka-zimingo, and Seketwayo ; the eight who, there is reason to believe, would not acquiesce are Uhamu, Usibebu, Umgitywa, Umfanawenhlela, Tshingwayo, the regent Siunguza (Gaozi's territory), John Dunn, and Hlubi. A reference to the territorial map will show at a glance that an arrangement which would restore the authority of the ex-king over the territories now under the five appointed chiefs who are prepared to acquiesce, and which would leave the other territories under other authority, is out of the question. 4. But, in truth, the views of the appointed chiefs, their acquiescence or their indis- position to acquiesce in a restoration, do not by any means necessarily represent the views of the other chiefs and people living in their territories. As a matter of fact there are, I understand, only two chiefs of whom it can be said that their views and wishes represent, with inconsiderable exceptions, the views and wishes of the people living in their territories. These two are Usibebu and Somkeli; the one opposed to the restora- tion; the other favourable to it. With all the rest the views of the appointed chiefs are no indication of the views of the people living in the territories which have been placed under them. The views of these chiefs, it may be said, represent nothing beyond the views of their particular tribes or their immediate followers; and in some cases they may not even represent these. The chiefs and tribes living in a territory which has been placed under an appointed chief may or may not at all share his views. Some may favour the restoration of Cety wayo, some may be opposed to it. They are neither in favour of it because he is in favour of it, nor opposed to it because he is opposed to it. Again, they are not in favour of it because the appointed chief is opposed to it, nor are they opposed to it because he is in favour of it. They follow on their own inclinations. Some who do not recognise the authority of the appointed chief or who have a grievance against him may be in favour of a restoration as a release from their present unsatisfac- tory position; others who are strongly opposed to the appointed chief may be equally strongly opposed to a restoration of the ex-King. . And, taking the whole Zulu people, it appears that those who would be willing to receive the ex-king and those who would not be willing are so interspersed throughout the country that it is impossible to take any one portion of the country sufficiently large, and to say, with regard to it—here is a territory, the chiefs and people living in which are all favourable to the restoration; and, with regard to the other portion, to say—here is a territory the chiefs and people living in which are all unfavourable to a restoration. 5. It is necessary then to fix the lines of partition arbitrarily ; guided in doing so by a desire to meet as satisfactorily as is possible the necessities of the required conditions. 6. Believing as I do that not merely the majority of the appointed chiefs are indi- vidually opposed to the restoration of Cety wayo, but that great numbers of the Zulu -* ::: No. 79. l99 people have no wish to return under his rule, and would regard any obligation to do so as one of the greatest misfortunes that could befal them, and that many would be com- pelled to leave the country, and convinced as I am of the importance of providing in the portion of the country which is not restored to him a sufficient check in itself upon the portion which is restored to him, I should have been disposed to recommend, as the simplest solution of the difficulty, the partition of the country by means of the White Umfolosi River from its source unto the sea; the territory to the north of that river being placed under the authority of Cety wayo, and that to the south being reserved under our protection and authority for the purposes to which I have referred both in this Despatch and in my previous report. 7. But the Resident, a memorandum by whom on the question I have the honour to enclose, has made a proposal which, after full consideration, I have decided to recom- mend for your Lordship's approval. His proposal is that the appointed Chief Usibebu should be left where he is, and that the territory now under him should, with certain modification and changes, be constituted a separate territory under his separate authority. 8. Usibebu is the hereditary chief of the powerful Manhlagasi section of the Zulu people. He is of the royal house, being the son of the great Chief Mapita, one of the brothers of the late King Panda. He is a man of considerable force of Character, mode- rate in counsels, strong in action, straightforward in his conduct, courageous, self reliant. He was much opposed to the Zulu war, and urged Cety wayo at the time to come to an agreement with the Government. Indeed he spoke out his mind, it is said, on the subject with so much insistance as to give great offence to the ex-King. But once the die was cast for war and the British troops had crossed the frontier he was foremost in loyally taking his part against the invasion, although his district lay the most remote from the scene of war. His relations with his people are marked by a personal kindness and consideration on his part towards them such as the Zulu people are strangers to as a rule. It is said of him and of Umnyamana that theirs are the only districts in Zululand where the men live to be old men, a saying which in a Zulu mouth is full of significance. Beloved by his own people, he is held also in respect by the Zulus generally on account of his well-known straightforwardness of character, his personal courage, and his open- handed generosity. 9. Usibebu is strongly opposed to the restoration of the ex-King. So far as he is concerned, it is impossible that he can ever again accept Cetywayo's authority; and with the large number of his people, who live in a corner, as it were, of the Country, it would be very difficult for them to remove. He is urgent that he should be left as he was placed by the Government in 1879, in a position independent of Cetywayo over his own people ; and possessed of that right from the Government, to whom he considers he now belongs, he is perfectly confident of his ability to hold his own. Of all the appointed chiefs he is certainly the only one who is in a position to say this, and his confidence is, I believe, not otherwise than fully justified by reason of the strength of his people and of their entire devotion to him. The character and power of Usibebu cannot ſail to make him a most important factor in the future of Zuzuland, and it would not, I think, be wise on our part to disregard the claims of such a man to an independent position, and his fitness to maintain it. 10. As an appointed chief, Usibebu has not been altogether free from his share of blame in respect of the authority he exercised towards the brothers Ndabuko and Usivetu. In the disputes between them the original fault, so far as I can ascertain, lay with Ndabuko, whose offence, however, was rather against. Usibebu personally than as an appointed chief, whilst Usibebu, on his part, in resenting it, was too prompt to exercise authority as an appointed chief. Fault, therefore, there has been on both sides. But of Usibebu's general conduct the Resident speaks in the highest terms, and holds a very decided opinion not only as to the propriety but as to the expediency of leaving him in an independent position. 11. The reasons in favour of the course proposed by Mr. Osborn are certainly strong. Besides those named by him I may add the security that such an arrangement would give against a renewal of the interference of the ex-king with the Amaswazi and Amatonga peoples. I have referred in my report to the bearing that a restoration would have on these two native tribes. The Zulu power in the old days was always a cause of dread and apprehension to them. The Amatongas, indeed, were considered somewhat in the light of a subject race, and were made to pay tribute to Cety wayo. Fron, this condition they were released by the war of 1879, and they cannot but look upon his B b 4 200 restoration with the greatest foreboding. Between the Amaswazis and the Zulus under the dynasty there was always a feeling of feud. The relations between them were never satisfactory and were often critical. The Zulu king was rightly or wrongly credited with designs upon the independence of the Amaswazi, who lived in consequence in a perpetual state of distrust and uneasiness. At one time the Government of the South African Republic claimed a sort of right of protectorate over the Amaswazi, a claim which was an equal source of uneasiness to them until the annexation of the Transvaal in 1877 relieved them of it. Under the arrangements with the recently re-constituted government of the Transvaal State the Swazis have been made independent of any such claims. They have also since the war of 1879 become freed from the fears they formerly entertained of the Zulus. But given again the former conditions, a restored Transvaal State and a restored Zulu dynasty in the direction of the Swazi country, we should have again, I fear, history repeating itself in that direction and the Swazis once more exposed to the same dangers from which they were only lately emancipated. With a separate territory under Usibebu existing in the north-east corner of Zululand a barrier would be interposed between the territory to be placed under the ex-King and the Swazi and Tonga countries which would not only have the effect of preventing a revival of the former unsatisfactory relations with those peoples, but would probably prove the best safeguard that could be devised against the troubles which a restored dynasty, finding itself with a reduced territory and controlled on its southern borders, might be tempted to create beyond its northern borders in order to extend itself in that direction, troubles for which we by a restoration of the head of the dynasty might be justly held responsible. 12. On these accounts then, in addition to the other reasons of political expediency and of fitness, I am disposed to consider that the establishment of Usibebu in a separate territory is advisable, and it will also be in accordance with the views of your Lordship, expressed in your telegraphic communication of the 10th of August,” that a convenient territory should be assigned to such chiefs as might be unwilling to accept Cety wayo, and were at the same time capable of exercising rule. 13. Two objections to this arrangement have presented themselves to me. One is that the existence of this separate territory, detached as it would be from the remainder of that portion of the Zulu country which is not to be placed under the ex-King, and of inconsiderable extent compared to that placed under the ex-King, might of itself tend to tempt those very conflicts which it is our object to prevent; and if the territory which it is proposed to place under Usibebu were a weak territory under a weak chief this most probably would be the case. But the very strength of Usibebu and of his position will be the best security against this danger, and as he will certainly be amenable to the advice of the Government we may depend on him, on his part, not to do anything that would bring him into conflict with his neighbours. Moreover, situated as this people is in a remote corner of the Zulu country, and forming a numerous and compact section of the people, it would, if the territory were again placed under Cetywayo, be as unable as it would be reluctant to remove into the country south of the White Umvolosi, and strongly opposed as it would be to the restored authority of the ex-king, there is the danger that it might be disposed to offer, as it would be well able to offer, a very for- midable resistance to that restored authority, in which case the early days of the restoration might be attended with serious disturbances. The other objection is that belonging to the territory now under Usibebu are the two brothers Undabuko and Usivetu who were compelled to leave it last year on account of their disputes with the appointed chief. There also belong to this territory the chiefs Umsutyuana, Umbopa, Mahu, and others who left their kraals in May last in order to side with Undabuko when he took up arms, and whom therefore Usibebu would not afterwards allow to return to their honies. But this difficulty it is proposed to meet by a re-adjustment of territory, which would take away from Usibebu’s authority all that extent of country situated between the range of hills lying to the north-east of the Black Umvolosi and that river. It is to this portion of country that Undabuko, Usiwetu, and all the chiefs above named belonged, and by placing this ºlder Cety wayo they would all be enabled to return to their own districts and there live subject to the authority of their choice. 14. In lieu of this portion of country, and in order to complete. Usibebu's territory, I would propose to add to that territory the one now under Umgojana. Umgojana and his people, with few exceptions, do not live, strange to say, in the territory which was placed under him as appointed chief but in the territory placed under Uhamu. Very -— * Not printed 201 few of his people live in the territory assigned to him, whilst a considerable number of Usibebu’s people live there; and this adjustment, whilst it would not interfere with Umgojana, would throw Usibebu's territory back on the Pongolo and make it a more compact territory than it now is and complete with well defined natural boundaries. 15. But this, arrangement taking, as it would, so much territory from the country. north of the White Umvolosi river, it would be necessary to add to the portion to be placed under the ex-King an equivalent extent of territory in the country south of that river; and this might be done by assigning to his portion the territories now under the chiefs Umgitjwa and Umlandela, which in fact would furnish more than an equivalent to that placed under Usibebu. This change would throw back the proposed boundary of the protected country from the Umvolosi to the Umhlatoosi river in the lower part of the country, retaining the boundary of the White Umvolosi only in the upper part. 16. The effect of the arrangement, as a whole, would be to place under Cetywayo the territories now under the appointed chiefs Uhamu, Somkeli, Umlandela, Umgitjwa, Umfanawenhlela, and Tshingwayo, together with half of the territory now under Seketwayo, and a portion of that now under Usibebu ; under Usibebu a portion of the country now under him and the territory now under Umgojana; and under our protection and authority the territories under Siunguza (Gaozi), John Dunn, Hlubi, Faku-ka-ziningo, and one half of the territory now under Seketwayo. The several portions thus enumerated would require a more exact definition in words than the above, but this description would be sufficient for present purposes ; and a territorial map of the country, which I enclose,” with the suggested boundaries indicated in colours, will serve better than any description to show the general features of the proposed partition. 17. I trust that this partition may be found sufficient for the several interests concerned. If it errs at all, it errs, I think, in respect of the territory which we shall retain, by making it perhaps too limited for all the purposes for which it will be required. But several people, especially in the upper part of the country, who do not wish to remain under the restored rule of Cetywayo, will go into Usibebu's territory, and so relieve the pressure in that way. For some reasons I certainly should have preferred the White Umvolosi River throughout its whole course as the line of partition. But it is necessary to yield to what appear to be the greater necessities of the case; and, having regard to the conditions of the north-eastern part of the country, I am persuaded that the partition which leaves Usibebu in a separate authority will, under all the circumstances, be the most prudent and the most advisable settlement of the question. 18. The next question is that of the arrangements to be made for the appointed chiefs, whose personal safety and, subject to the absolute necessities of the situation, whose rightful individual interests we are bound to secure. 19. The partition of the country as above proposed will enable us in any case to provide for the personal safety of all the appointed chiefs, whether the territories now under them be within the portion to be assigned to Cetywayo, or without it. How far we shall be able to satisfy them in the matter of their individual interests will depend to some extent upon their own views of what those interests are. They probably do not all regard the question in the same light. For instance, the views of chief John Dunn, if all one hears is correct, must differ very considerably from the views of the appointed chiefs generally. With one or two exceptions, however, I do not think there will be any difficulty in satisfying the reasonable expectations of the appointed chiefs. It would, indeed, be a matter for great regret if in any one case we failed to satisfy these chiefs. But that is possible, and what we have to do, therefore, is to take care that we do not fail to treat them with substantial justice. - 20. With this view I have directed my attention to the question of what would be the loss that an appointed chief would sustain by ceasing to be the appointed chief of a territory. If an appointed chief, for example, by ceasing to be such in consequence of any change in the government of the country in which the territory placed under him is situated, were compelled to leave his home, his people, the place in which he was born and to which his forefathers belonged, with all its associations and all its established interests, and to take refuge, with his immediate followers and belongings, in another part of the country, the loss to him would needs be a very serious one. The compulsory severance from his home and his own people would in itself be a grave misfortune to him. Then, the loss of his position as the appointed chief of a territory would be comparatively nothing to him, but the loss of his position as a tribal chief would be almost beyond * See map at the end of the paper. R 4012. C c 202 repair; and although he might be accompanied by his family and by his immediate personal followers, and although he would take with him his cattle and all his moveable property, yet if he left his tribe behind him his material loss would be great, because his tribe are his supporters not only in position but in wealth, and his loss in these respects would be proportionate to the numbers of his people. But if an appointed chief, ceasing to hold that position from any cause, yet remained in possession of his home and with all his people around him, and in tribal chieftainship over them, his loss would be no more than what his particular position as appointed chief might be worth to him beyond the iimits of his own people, in respect, that is to say, of the other chiefs and people living in the territory over which he had been made appointed chief. He would retain his tribal chieftainship, his people, his home, his property, in fact, everything except his appointed chieftainship over what lay beyond them. There would be a certain loss of position and dignity by his ceasing to hold the rank and authority as an appointed chief, whether that authority had been real or only nominal. But the material loss, as 1 understand the rights of the case, would not and could not be much. The material legitimate power and wealth that a chief has, is as a tribal chief and is derived from his tribe, and if he is not deprived of these or of his own personal property the material loss he would sustain by the loss alone of his appointed chieftainship would be inconsiderable. 21. What material legitimate advantages an appointed chief derives from his appoint- ment is not quite certain. Some of the appointed chiefs have, I am informed, derived no material advantages whatsoever from their appointments. Others have derived material advantages, but whether these have been in all cases legitimate advantages is another matter. The appointed chiefs, John Dunn and Hlubi, have imposed a tax upon the people living in their territories. . But whether they have exercised a rightful authority in doing this is open to question, and it must, at all events, it seems to me, be admitted that whatever taxation is so raised can only be, and ought only to be, applied to the public purposes of their territories, and that any revenue derived from this source cannot legitimately be appropriated as private income by the appointed chiefs. If I am correct, as I believe I am, in this view, it follows that these appointed chiefs would sustain no legitimate material loss from their ceasing to receive a tax, the proceeds of which can only rightfully be appropriated to public purposes. As far as I can learn, the material legitimate advantages that an appointed chief might derive from his appointment would not properly extend beyond—(1) such free offerings as the people living in the territory might be disposed to make to him in recognition of his authority, and which would be regarded as a contribution in support of his authority and position ; (2) the fees to which he would be entitled in cases where his judicial authority was appealed to and exercised;* (3) his portion of the fines imposed by the tribal chiefs in the maintenance of public order and in the punishment of crime;f and (4) the receipts from any licenses issued by him in respect of the territory, which may be considered payable to the ruler of the country as a contribution towards the support of his rule and position. These appear to constitute the legitimate sources of income to which a ruler of the country is entitled, and it is these, therefore, which may be counted as the legitimate material advantages of which an appointed chief might be deprived by the loss of his position and authority as such. 22. With respect then to the appointed chiefs, who by reason of the political necessities of the country and in consequence of the contemplated changes would cease to hold their appointed chieftainships, I would suggest — 1st. That those who are obliged to leave the portion of the country assigned to Cetywayo should receive in the protected territory suitable locations sufficient for the wants of themselves and the followers and people who may accompany them, and a certain compensation for the actual losses incurred by the appointed chiefs themselves in such removal, both in respect of the expense of removing or rebuilding their kraals, and in respect of the loss they may sustain by separation from such of their own tribal people as may not accompany them ; 2nd. That those who are actually established in the portion of the country which it is proposed to retain as protected territory, and have no need or desire to remove, should pe left where they are in undisturbed possession of their tribal chieftainships, and of the * The usual fee in such cases consists in the payment by the party in whose favour the decision is given of a cow to the chief, and a cow to the official messenger who carries out the decision. f In civil cases the fines levied are kept in the tribe; in criminal cases a portion is paid to the paramount chief of the country. f These are a recent innovation, dating only from the arrival of Europeans in the country, and all derived from permissions given to trade, to cut timber, &c. 203 particular districts occupied by them and their tribe or immediate followers, or, where necessary, that a suitable location sufficient for their wants should be assigned to them; - 3rd. That ceasing, as they would do, to hold the position and rank and to exercise the authority of appointed chiefs they should receive some distinctive recognition either by local title or by the payment of a small pension to them during their lives in conse- quence of this loss of position and dignity : 4th. That in respect of such pension, as well as of any material legitimate losses, actual or prospective, that they may sustain by ceasing to be appointed chiefs, such compensation should be given to them as may be recommended by a commission specially appointed to inquire into such losses and to report thereon, and as may be sanctioned by Her Majesty’s Government; 5th. That those who are living in the portion of country which it is proposed to assign to Cetywayo, and who are willing to remain there under his authority, should be left like- wise by him undisturbed in their tribal chieftainships and districts; and that those who are living in the territory which it is proposed to retain as protected territory, and who may desire to remove into the country to be placed under Cetywayo, should be allowed to do so with all their private property and possessions, and should receive compensation in the same way as the chiefs coming under the first head for the actual material loss incurred by them in removal. Such is the basis of the arrangements by which I would propose to meet the case of the appointed chiefs. 23. I now proceed to consider in what way the 13 appointed chiefs will be severally affected by the proposed partition. The appointed chief Usibebu belongs to and is living in the country in which it is pro- posed he should remain with a separate territory and with a separate authority, and as his case is fully met by the proposed arrangement there is no occasion to refer again to it. The four appointed chiefs, Umgojana, Somkeli, Umlandela, and Seketwayo, belong to and are living in the country which it is proposed to assign to Cetywayo, and as they are willing, it is understood, to come again under his authority they will have no occa- sion to remove, but will remain as they are undisturbed in every respect, except so far as regards their position of appointed chiefs. They have probably derived no material advantages from their position as such, and therefore they will lose nothing by ceasing to hold the position except the nominal rank that the appointment conferred. The four appointed chiefs, Uhamu, Chingwayo, Umfanawendhlela, and Umgitjwa, belong to and are living in that portion of the country, which it is proposed to assign to Cetywayo, and as they are, it is understood, either unable or unwilling to come again under his authority they will probably be obliged to remove, and it will be necessary to provide for them such suitable locations in the protected territory as may be required for their wants and those of their people who may remove with them. To the chiefs, Chingwayo, Umfana- wendhlela, and Umgitjwa, their removal will not be attended with much loss. Ching- wayo has no tribe, only a small following. Umfanawendhlela is head of the Zungu tribe, but it is a tribe of insignificant size. Umgitjwa, again, though his father was chief o, the powerful Biyela tribe, is not the head of it. His elder brother, the head of the tribef was killed at Isandhlwana, leaving behind him a boy who is the hereditary chief of the tribe. The tribe is now under the regent Somhlolo, with Umgitjwa as adviser; but at the time of the settlement no regent had been appointed, and Umgitjwa, as the natural guardian of the family, was made an appointed chief. At a subsequent date Somhlolo was chosen by the tribe as Regent. Unfortunately he and Umgitjwa have not been on good terms, and the result has been that the latter has received no support from the tribe. In fact none of these three appointed chiefs have had any power or influence in the territories placed under them, in consequence of their want of tribal support. The Resident has no complaint to make against any of them. They have always done their best to meet his wishes, but their influence has not extended beyond their own imme- diate followers. With Uhamu the case is different; he is at the head of a considerable section of people named the Infenfe. It will be more difficult to provide for him as he may be unwilling to leave his territory and unwilling to remove into the protected territory. By some it is thought that, when he finds the restoration of Cetywayo an accomplished fact, he may yield to the situation and make the best of it. But his quarrels with the Abaqulusi, a section of people belonging personally to Cetywayo, and with Umnyamana will, I think, make a satisfactory understanding between him and Cetywayo impossible, and as he is on good terms with the Boers living in his neigh- C C 2 204 bourhood he may possibly decide to cross over, with the permission of the Transvaal Government, into Transvaal territory. Qpen to objection as his conduct has been, it will, however, of course be our duty to offer him a refuge and a location in the protected territory. If he is obliged to remove, some of his own people will no doubt go with him, others will probably go over to Usibebu’s territory, and others will remain where they are. The three appointed chiefs, Siunguza (as Regent for Gaozi's people), John Dunn, and Hlubi, live in the portion of the country which it is proposed to retain as protected territory. They are all of them, it is understood, strongly opposed to the restoration, but as Cetywayo's authority will not be restored over the portions of the country where they are, it will not affect them except in respect of their appointed chieftainships. The appointed chief Faku-ka-ziningo who, it is understood, is prepared to accept Cetywayo's authority also belongs to that part of the country which will be included in the protected territory., . Should he desire to remove under Cetywayo he should be at liberty to do so with all his personal property and effects, and with as many of his people as may wish to accompany him. It is doubtful, however, if he will have any desire to go. He is prepared to acquiesce in the restoration if it is necessary, but it is not improbable that he will prefer to remain under our protection and authority. 24. It may perhaps be asked, with regard to the appointed chiefs belonging to that portion of the country which it is proposed to retain as protected territory, why, since their territories will not be included in the portion of country to be restored to Cetywayo, they should not be left as they are, in the possession of a separate and independent authority over their respective territories, in the same way as it is proposed to leave Usibebu. I do not suppose that any claim of this kind will for a moment be put forward by either of the appointed chiefs Faku-ka-ziningo or Siunguza ; but it is quite possible that one may be urged either by or on behalf of the chiefs John Dunn and Hlubi, who are the two chiefs not of Zulu origin, who on that account perhaps may be disposed to regard the appointments they received as conferring rights greater than is in accordance with Zulu ideas, and greater, I may add, than is in accordance with the terms and spirit of the conditions attached to their appointments, and who consequently may be inclined to be more tenacious of their rights than the Zulu-born appointed chiefs. I do not know that this will be so. I do not know that any such claim will be urged. But it may be, and I therefore proceed to answer in anticipation the question that I have supposed may be asked. - To leave these two appointed chiefs in their present position would, in the first place, be to destroy the whole principles of the proposed arrangement. If these two chief; were to be left independent it would be impossible to guarantee them protection, because the authority would be vested, whether it turned out to be a real or only a nominal authority, in their hands and not in ours, and the right of authority, I submit, must go with the obligation to protect. I certainly should be unable to advise Her Majesty's Government to be responsible for the protection of any of these territories without the possession of that authority which alone will enable us to control the responsibility, and without which that responsibility would be intolerable. The truth is that all turns on this matter of our authority. In that authority the Zulu people from one end to the other of the protected territory will have confidence. They will welcome it, they will rejoice in it, they will unite in supporting it. It is the keystone of the fabric of govern- ment to be established in the protected territory. If indeed it were possible for the appointed chiefs Hlubi and John Dunn to hold their own in the territories now under them, if they could rely upon the Zulu people living in those territories to Support them, if with that support they could, by means of their own right conferred by us, and of their own strength derived from their people, maintain an independent position which would be proof against intrigues or attack from without, and an assurance to the public peace, then, in that case, it would be far better that it should be so arranged, and that we should be free of the obligation to protect, and of the necessity to exercise authority. I would not, under such circumstances, hesitate to recommend that arrangement as the one to be accepted and adopted instead of the one I have proposed. But that is altogether out of the question; and to leave these two chiefs in an independent position in the territories now under them as appointed chiefs, with a restored Zulu dynasty on the other side of them, and without our protection, would be to leave them in as hopeless and helpless a condition as could well be imagined. The chief Hlubi might depend on some 400 or 500 Basuto followers, and Chief John Dunn on some 500 or 600 men forming the immediate followers whom he has gathered around his fortunes. But of the whole Zulu population living in their territories they probably could not count on the support of a single man. Even if that population were well disposed to them it would 205 not be able to withstand, on behalf of an individual authority so weak as theirs, and an individual claim to its allegiance which rested on no better and on no other foundation than an appointment conferred from without, the pressure of Zulu sentiment and traditions that would be brought to bear upon it. But in truth these chiefs would not possess the sympathies of the Zulu population, nor would the sagacity of the people allow them to identify themselves with individual rulers, the stability of whose rule was so precarious, and in whose power they would place no confidence. Their authority would be disregarded, and their territories would become at once a prey to intrigue and to the utmost confusion and disorder. Nor would the case be improved if they were left in an independent position of authority, but with an assurance of our protection. The same results would follow, Our interference would be invoked and we should find that our protection, intonded really to be the protection of the territory and of the people against aggression from without, had come to mean the protection of the chiefs personally. We should thus be placed in a false position towards the people, and we should be involved in complications, responsibilities and consequences, of which we have no right, I submit, to run the risk. it is impossible for a moment to compare the case of Chief J. Dunn or of Hlubi with that of Usibebu. The latter is a Zulu of Zulus, of the royal house, the hereditary chief of a numerous and powerful section of the people, all bound to him by the strongest ties of tribal birth and of personal devotion, and his case is as different as can well be conceived from that of the accidental Englishman or of the accidental Basuto who may have a few hundred personal followers, but who is alien in all respects to the sentiments and to the sympathies of the Zulu population. The authority of Chief John Dunn or Hlubi would not stand the first rough test to which it was subjected. The experiment would be a fatal one; and it would be as unfair to those chiefs themselves to place them in such a position as it would be unjust to the Zulu people inhabiting the territories now under them; as it would be unjust also to all the other interests which it is our object to protect, and to our own interests, because upon us the burden of the failure must eventually fall. 25. There is only one authority which the Zulu population living in the territories that it is not proposed to place either under Cetywayo or Usibebu, and all those who are unwilling or unable to come again under Cetywayo's rule, would accept or have confidence in, and that is our authority. It is only by the establishment of this authority in the protected territory that we can hope for a stable condition of things, and it is absolutely necessary, therefore, for all the purposes which we have in view, that this territory should be placed both under our protection and under our authority. Not only is it in this way that the interests of all the appointed chiefs, who will be unable to live under Cety wayo, Chiefs John Dunn and Hlubi included, will be best secured, but it is only in this way and by this means that it will be possible adequately to secure them at all. 26. The arrangement, then, which is here proposed with regard to the protected territory, and for the provision to be made for their interests in it, cannot, I feel satisfied, after a scrupulous consideration, leave any just cause for complaint or discontent to any of the appointed chiefs who are concerned. It is possible, indeed, that the Chiefs Uhamu, John Dunn, and Hlubi may express dissatisfaction with it. They may be disposed at first to complain of the loss of a position to which, however untenable, they may desire to cling. But I believe I am justified in saying that no dissatisfaction will either be expressed or will be felt by any of the other appointed chiefs. The most difficult case to deal with will be that of Uhamu, who has compromised himself to an extent which will hardly admit of his remaining in his present territory, and who will not perhaps be willing to leave it, and the attitude he may adopt may possibly be a cause of some trouble to us. But with his exception I feel sure that the case of every one of the other appointed chiefs will be satisfactorily met, and that, by means of the protected territory, we shall be enabled to give to all those who cannot accept the restoration of Cetywayo that protection for their personal safety and that due regard for their interests which the justice of their case demands. The political necessities of the situation will take from them their rank as appointed chiefs, and that authority which, though the exercise of it in most cases has been but a nominal one, they received by virtue of their position. . For that loss of position they will receive some token by way of compensation, whilst their safety, and all their material and legitimate interests, will be secured in a manner that will, I believe, most effectually consult their real and permanent welfare. C C 3 206 27. With respect to the territory lying south of the White Umvolosi and the Umfule and Umhlatoosi rivers, I have the honour to submit the following scheme of arrangements for its government aud management:— * (1.) The territory shall be and shall be declared to be native independent territory under British protection and authority. (2.) Subject to certain actual existing rights and interests and to certain exceptions, the territory shall be occupied by, and be appropriated exclusively for the use and pur- poses of natives of Zulu origin. The territory shall be inalienable from the Zulu people occupying it, and no portion of it shall be alienated by sale or lease to any persons of European origin. (3.) The existing rights and interests above referred to are those of the appointed chiefs, John Dunn and Hlubi, now living in the territory, and of the mission stations now actually established in it. Such full and sufficient provision shall be made for the rights and interests of the two chiefs above named and of their respective followers as shall be hereafter determined; and the existing rights of the mission stations shall be confirmed so far as they may be limited to strictly missionary purposes. The exceptions referred to will be in regard of such lands as may be required for the public purposes of the protecting government, and of such limited sites as may be allowed for temporary occupation for licensed trading stations. (4) The government of the territory shall, in the first instance, be by the duly recog- mised and constituted chiefs and headmen, exercising direct authority over their respective tribes, peoples, and followers, subject to the paramount authority of the protecting government. º (5.) That paramount authority shall be represented by a Resident Commissioner, assisted by sub-commissioners. (6.) The Resident Commissioner shall reside in some central position in the territory. (7.) The sub-commissioners shall reside in districts to be placed under their jurisdic- tion. At first it will be sufficient to appoint two sub-commissioners, one to reside in the upper districts of the territory and the other in the lower or coast districts. (8.) The Resident Commissioner shall exercise supreme political and judicial functions. (9.) The Resident Commissioner shall correspond with, and shall be subject to the authority and instructions of Her Majesty's High Commissioner in South Africa or the Governor of Natal as may from time to time be determined by Her Majesty's Govern- ment. (10.) The Resident Commissioner shall have power to issue, proclaim, and enforce all regulations that may be necessary for the good government, and order of the protected territory; but such regulations shall in all instances be submitted for and shall receive the previous approval of Her Majesty's High Commissioner in South Africa or of the Governor of Natal, as the case may be, and shall be subject to the confirmation or dis- allowance of Her Majesty's Secretary of State for the Colonies. (11.) On the arrival of the Resident Commissioner, and on the proclamation of the territory as protected territory, all chiefs and headmen living therein shall be summoned to present themselves and to declare their wish or otherwise to remain under the new duly constituted paramount authority. Those who desire to accept the paramount authority shall, where approved by the Resident Commissioner, be duly constituted as chiefs and headmen over their several tribes, peoples, and followers, and shall be duly recognised as such. Those who desire to be under the restored authority of Cetywayo shall be allowed to remove freely with all their goods, possessions, and movable property, and with such of their people as may wish to accompany them. 12.) A record shall be made and kept of all the duly constituted chiefs and headmen. § All chiefs, headmen, and other persons residing in the country which it is pro- posed to place under the restored authority of Cetywayo, who may desire to remove into the protected territory shall be allowed to do so, together with all their movable goods and possessions, and shall be located in such parts of the territory as the Resident Commissioner may direct. The chiefs and headmen so entering the protected territory shall, where approved by the Resident Commissioner, be recognised as duly constituted chiefs and headmen, and their names shall be entered on the record. (14.) All individual families or persons, having no tribal chief or headman shall be placed under such duly constituted recognised chief or headman as the Resident Com- missioner may name for the purpose. (15.) Every principal chief or headman in the protected territory shall appoint an Induna to represent him and to reside at the place of residence of the Commissioner. (16.) All tribes and people shall be governed directly by their own chiefs or headmen, who shall exercise jurisdiction in all civil and criminal matters except in cases of murder, 207 manslaughter, cattle stealing, and arson, all which cases shall be tried and determined by the Sub-Commissioner of the district in which they occur, assisted by two or more native chiefs chosen in each case for the purpose. - (17.) There shall be a right of appeal in all cases, whether from the tribal jurisdiction of the chiefs or headmen or from the particular jurisdiction of the district Sub-Commis- sioners, to the Appellate Court of the Resident Commissioner to be established. (18.) The Resident Commissioner shall hold an Appellate Court of jurisdiction in which he shall try and determine all cases of appeal brought up to him from the juris- dictions of the tribal chiefs or of the Sub-Commissioners. (19.) The Resident Commissioner shall, in hearing all cases of appeal, be assisted by such two or more of the Indunas appointed to reside at the place of residence as he may name for the purpose in each case. (20.) No capital sentence shall be carried out except under the warrant and signature of the Resident Commissioner. - (21.) In all political questions affecting the administration of public affairs, the main- tenance of good order, and the defence of the protected territory, the Resident Commis- sioner shall have the advice and assistance of the Indunas representing the several chiefs or headmen, and he shall, whenever deemed expedient by him, summon for consultation with him the several chiefs and headmen, or any of them, living in the protected territory. - (22.) The necessary means for the maintenance of good order and for the defence of the protected territory shall, where necessary, be furnished by the several chiefs and headmen living in the protected territory in such manner as may be provided by concert and agreement between the Resident Commissioner and the several chiefs and headmen. (23.) The Resident Commissioner shall have the power to call out all native male adults living in the protected territory for military service in defence of the protected territory or for the maintenance of the public order. - (24.) The Resident Commissioner shall be provided with a mounted police force of Europeans. There shall also be attached to his establishment such number of native constables and messengers as may from time to time be determined. For present pur- poses it will be sufficient to establish a force of not exceeding 25 mounted troopers (inclusive of non-commissioned officers) under the command of a commissioned officer, who shall be the commandant or inspector of the force, and to attach to the establish- ment of the Resident Commissioner 12 native constables and messengers under a native Induna. (25.) To the establishment of each Sub-Commissioner shall be attached such number of native constables and messengers as may from time to time be required. For present purposes the number of such native constables and messengers need not exceed six men under a native Induna. - (26.) The establishment of the Resident Commissioner, shall further consist, in the first instance, of a secretary, who shall also be charged with the duty of keeping and rendering the accounts of the public revenue and expenditure of the territory, of a chief clerk, who shall also be the registrar of the Court of Appeal, and of an assistant clerk. (27.) The expenses of these establishments, as well as any other expenses connected with the administration of the protected territory, shall be defrayed by means of a hut tax, of such fines as may be imposed and received for offences cognisable under the jurisdiction of the Sub-Commissioners, of such portions of the fines imposed and received for offences cognisable under the jurisdictions of the tribal chiefs and headmen as may be payable under native custom to the paramount chief, of such fees as may be payable to the Court of Appeal, and of such casual receipts as may be derived from licenses issued to trade in the protected territory, or for other purposes. The right to levy duties on imported goods should also be reserved. No license to trade in wines or spirituous liquors shall at any time be given, and the sale and use of wines or spirituous liquors among the natives in the protected territory shall be strictly prohibited. (28.) The following is an approximate estimate of the revenue and expenditure to be received and disbursed for the purposes of the protected territory during the first year of its establishment. It is proposed that a tax of ten shillings a year shall be paid in respect of every hut. The fines and fees to be levied shall be according to a fixed scale, which shall be prepared by the Resident Commissioner. C c 4 ſº 208 ESTIMATED REVENUE. Item. Head of Revenue. Estimated Receipts. Total. f s. d. £ S. d. l Hut tax * * gº tº º 10,000 O 0 2 Fines, fees, and licenses - tº 1,000 0 0 Total estimated revenue tº 3 tº º * * 11,000 0 0 ESTIMATED ExPENDITURE. Item. Head of Service. Estimated Expense. Total. £ S. d. f s, d l Establishment of Resident Commissioner: Resident commissioner - * tº 1,000 0 O Travelling expenses - tº gº gº 200 O O Secretary * wº gº dº dº 500 0 0 Chief clerk and registrar tº º sº 400 O O" Assistant clerk - gº tº º 4-º tº , 150 0 O 1 native Induna- tº tº wº tº tº 18 O O 12 native constables and messengers - º 144 O O Rations and clothing for do. - * , { } 156 0 0 Office expenses - * gº º tº 200 O O Miscellaneous expenses - º * > tº º 200 O O 2,968 O O 2 and 3 || Establishments of Sub-Commissioners : 2 sub-commissioners at 600l. - ſº jº 1,200 0 0 2 native Indunas tº- * - - - iº 36 0 O 12 native constables and messengers - tº 144 () () Rations and clothing for do. - * - ſº tº 168 0 O Office and miscellaneous expenses gº ( * 200 () O 1,748 0 O Mounted Police Force : 1 commandant - & gº * > gº 500 0 0 1 serjeant at 9s. a day - gº gº 164 15 O 2 corporals at 8s. a day - gº gº * 292 O O 22 troopers at 7s. a day - tº º tº tºº 2,810 10 O Arms and ammunition - de 4- gº 250 O O Tents and accoutrements sº & tºº 200 O O Horse allowances gº tº jº ſº 100 () () Miscellaneous expenses - tº tº tº 100 O O -*=== 4,417 5 O Building of huts and accommodation * tº 500 0 O 500 0 O General miscellaneous expenditure - tº e tº 1,000 0 0 1,000 O O Total estimated expenditure tº gº tºº gº tºº 10,633 5 O 28. In respect of the expenditure of the first year, on account of the uncertainty as to the time when the first collection of the hut tax will be made, and also in order to meet all current expenses of the year, it will be necessary that an advance of 10,000l. should be made to the credit of the Resident Commissioner, and I trust that Her Majesty's Government will consent to make this advance, which will be repaid by instalments at such times and in such proportions as may be decided by the Secretary of State according to the circumstances of the case. I have reason to believe that a larger revenue than what is here estimated will be derived from the hut tax in the second year, because of the number of people who will come into the protected territory within the first 12 months. . It is intended that the protected territory should be a self. supporting territory, and I have no doubt whatever that it will be so after the first year of the establishment of the new order of things. The territory will, I do not hesitate to say, under proper management be entirely self-supporting and independent of any assistance, except what is derived from the great moral support, the authority and the assured protection of the protecting power. It is not proposed that a single soldier 209 should be stationed in the territory, nor, after the first year of its establishment, need it cost Her Majesty's Government a single shilling in its maintenance, unless by any unhappy chance the restored ex-King should be tempted to break the conditions upon which he is to be restored and to disturb the arrangements now about to be made, in which case it may become necessary for Her Majesty's Government to enforce its authority and take further safeguards for the future. 29. A memorandum of the conditions which should govern the restoration of the ex- king and the future exercise of his authority in that portion of the country which is about to be restored to him is herewith enclosed. It is perhaps advisable that conditions of this sort should be as few and as simple as possible, and be confined to the main and vital points which it is desired to secure; namely, the limitation of Cetywayo's authority to the territorial boundaries assigned to him, the prevention of any attempt by him to exercise authority or to interfere beyond those boundaries, and such restraints on the exercise of his authority within the territory assigned to him as will prevent the revival of the old military system, and guarantee to the inhabitants of that territory those rights and privileges which were conferred on the whole people of Zululand by the settlement of 1879. The obligations on his part in these respects will, at all events, be there, and he will be responsible to the Government that restored him and to his own people for the way in which he keeps these obligations. - -i. 30. It now remains for me to state the mode in which it is proposed that effect should be given to these arrangements should they be approved by Her Majesty's Government. A general and formal announcement of the changes determined on should be made to the Zulu people. The form of announcement should be prepared by me and transmitted to the Resident. The Resident should summon first of all the appointed chiefs, and then all the principal chiefs and headmen of the Zulu country, and make the announce- ment to them, individually or collectively as may be most convenient, together with any further explanatory communication that he may think applicable in each case. The protected territory should thereupon, with as little delay as possible, be taken over and formally declared to be native independent territory under British protection and authority. The Resident Commissioner should be appointed and established in office, and should forthwith proceed to ascertain the views and wishes of the several chiefs and headmen living in the territory in the manner and for the purposes already shown in this Despatch. He should also proceed to beacon off the boundary of the protected territory where it may be necessary. The place of residence should be selected, and huts sufficient for the immediate wants of the establishment constructed. The Resident should proceed to establish the appointed Chief Usibebu in the re- constituted territory to be placed under his separate authority, requiring from him his formal acceptance of any further conditions that may be judged to be necessary in addition to those which he accepted as appointed chief. The Resident should at the same time take steps for beaconing off, in such complete manner as may prevent any possible misunderstanding, the boundary line that will divide the territory under that chief and the portion of country to be placed under Cetywayo. After the formal announcement above referred to has been made to the Zulu people, and pending the arrival of Cety wayo, the several chiefs and headmen living in the portion of the country which is to be placed under him should be required to govern their own tribes and followers, referring any quéstion of difference or dispute that may arise between them to the Resident for his arbitration and decision. The Resident should make all necessary arrangements with those of the appointed chiefs now living in that portion of the country, who may be unwilling or unable to remain under the restored authority of Cetywayo for their removal into the protected territory. He should also cause such huts and kraals as may be required for the present wants of Cetywayo to be constructed either at Ulundi or at such other place as Cety wayo may desire. . It is not considered advisable that Cetywayo should return to the Zulu country through Natal, but that he should be landed at Port Durnford, the place where he was embarked in 1879, and which is on the coast line of the protected territory. - As soon as the huts and kraals to be prepared for him are ready, and the other necessary arrangements completed, Cetywayo should embark at Cape Town for Port Natal, where provision should be made to enable him to proceed by sea to Port Durnford. Meanwhile a force of cavalry and mounted infantry, of such strength as may be decided by the General Officer Commanding Her Majesty's Troops in South Africa, should proceed to the place of residence of the Resident Commissioner in the protected territory, and from there, when the time arrives, to Port Durnford. On Cetywayo's arrival at that landing place he should be received by the Resident, or such other person T 4012, D d 210 as may be specially appointed for the service, and, accompanied by him and the escort of cavalry and mounted infantry, proceed to Ulundi or such other place as may be chosen by him for his residence; and there by the Resident, or such other person as may be specially appointed for the service, formally installed in authority over, the portion of country assigned to him; the conditions of his restoration being read aloud, explained, and proclaimed to all the people assembled. The escort should then return to the place of residence of the Resident Commissioner and from thence to Natal, excepting a small detachment of mounted infantry or cavalry, which I think it is desirable should remain there until relieved by the force of mounted police to be established for service under the Resident Commissioner. I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY BULWER, - Special Commissioner. To the Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, &c. &c. &c. Enclosure 1 in No. 106. MEMORANDUM for His Excellency Sir HENRY BULwer, K.C.M.G., Her Majesty's Special - Commissioner for Zulu Affairs. WITH reference to your Excellency’s report on Zulu Affairs, the greater portion of which I have read, I have the honour, after carefully considering its subject, to submit the following remarks thereon. The past and present circumstances and condition of Zulu affairs are, it seems to me, fully and accurately stated, and the considerations arising out of the facts shown are clearly and amply set forth in the report, and I entirely concur in the main conclusion arrived at by your Excellency, that should Cetywayo be restored to Zululand his restoration should be limited to only a portion of the country, and that the remainder of the country should be otherwise disposed of, in order to provide against the re-establish- ment of the Zulu power as a nation, as it existed before the war, and to provide locations for those chiefs and people who will not be able or willing to come under Cetywayo's rule. It cannot be doubted for a moment that the Zulu military system, which by the existing settlement was disorganised but is still a tangible element in the country, will be re-organised by Cetywayo, or that he will endeavour to do so in some shape or other, therefore the necessity exists for limiting, as far as practicable and reasonable, the extent of country out of the population of which he could draw his warriors. Your Excellency's plan to reserve a portion of the country for the stated purposes and reasons commends itself as eminently suitable to meet the circumstances and to avert the otherwise inevitable consequences of Cetywayo's restoration. It is in reference to this proposed reservation of land that I beg leave to offer some suggestions. The case of the appointed Chief Usibebu, whose territory is on the northern side of Zululand, is, it appears to me, deserving of special consideration and to merit special treatment. This chief and all the people in his territory are opposed to Cetywayo's restoration, and will not again submit to his authority. The chief is popular with all but the Usutu party, and his people are very numerous. He and they have always openly shown the strongest opposition to the intrigues and movements that were going on in favour of the ex-King's restoration, a course in which they still openly persist and from which they cannot now withdraw. - Under these circumstance, if Usibebu’s territory be included within that por- tion of Zululand to which Cetywayo is restored, the position in which the chief and the people in his territority would find then themselves would be such as to compel them to take up arms to resist the assertion of Cetywayo's authority over them, or as they most probably would say, and not without reason, in self-defence, as they would almost immediately be made to feel the weight of his displeasure for the deter- mined opposition to his interests systematically evinced by them. Owing to the large number of Usibebu's people and the situation of their location, as a glance at the map of Zululand will show, it would not be possible for them to avail themselves of any provision that might be offered them in the tract your Excellency proposes to reserve for such and other purposes, if such reserve be made on the Natal side of Zululand; and as they would be unable to remove, their only alternative will be to take measures for their own protection against the vengeance of Cetywayo, which they know full well would be very soon directed against them. Nor would their resistance be hopeless, as 2] 1 Usibebu through his popularity would be strengthened by considerable numbers joining him from outside his own territory. These accessions would come from neighbouring territories, especially from Uhamu's, and would consist of those who are unwilling or unable to come again under Cety wayo. There are other reasons as well which lead me to think that Cetywayo will find Usibebu anything but a weak power to coerce. I think that, from these circumstances and other information on the subject already in your Excellency's possession, it will be seen that some special arrangement will be advisable in regard to Usibebu. He and his people are averse to being placed under Cetywayo, and he himself has done nothing to merit removal from his chieftainship. To meet the case I would earnestly propose for your Excellency’s consideration that Usibebu be left an independent chief in the territory he and his people now inhabit, that his boundaries be re-adjusted, and that the terms of his present appointment be in some slight respects altered so as to meet the changed conditions of the country. I think it unnecessary to point out the important political advantages to be derived from having Usibebu as an independent chief of undoubted loyalty to the Government on the northern side of Zululand, believing that they will at once suggest themselves to your Excellency. - • (Signed) M. Osborn. Zululand, Sept. 30, 1882. Enclosure 2 in No. 106. DRAFT OF CONDITIONs. 1. I will strictly observe and respect the boundaries assigned to my territory by the British Government. - - 2. I will not make war or in any way interfere with any chief or people outside the boundaries of my territory, and in case of any dispute arising between me or my people and any chief or people outside the boundaries of my territory I will take no step unless with the permission of the British authorities. 3. I will not permit the existence of the Zulu military system or the existence of any military system or organisation whatsoever within my territory. - 4. I will allow all men and women living in my territory to marry when they choose and as they choose. 5. I will not take, and I will not allow to be taken for any cause, the life of any person within my territory, except after a full and fair trial, held before me and before a council of the chief men of my territory and except after sentence has been duly passed in such council; and I will not allow the employment of witch doctors or the practice known as smelling out or any practices of witchcraft. No. 107. SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received November 18, 1882.) Government House, Cape Town, My LoRD, - October 23, 1882. I HAVE the honour to enclose a copy of a letter which I have received from Cetywayo expressing his desire to be allowed to return to Zululand as soon as possible. - p I have forwarded a copy of this letter to the Governor of Natal. - - 1 have, &c. (Signed) HERCULES ROBINSON, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Governor and High Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure in No. 107. - Oude Molen, October 16, 1882. I AM writing to you Sir H. Robinson to ask you to consider my, position, here, as I am very anxious to get to Zululand and see how all my household are: It was very nice to me when in England to hear from Lord Rimberley that I was going home, D d 2 212 but it would be much nicer for me to hear of my leaving here. Do not detain me long here. The planting season is passing in Zululand, and I want to go and provide for my children. I know all the Zulu nation wishes for my return, and the Chiefs will receive me heartily. Speak to the Governor of Natal for me, and tell him to send for me soon. If the Natal do not want me to land in Durban, I could be landed at Port Durnford. Now take notice of my pleadings, and get me removed soon. My heart is very small, staying here so long. I do not hear any word from Zululand, or any answer to my former letters. I want to get a letter to tell me to start. Do your best for me, and be a friend of mine. Witness, (Signed) CETYWAYO. (Signed) R. ERNST DUNN, Interpreter. Forwarded to the Under Secretary for Native Affairs, Cape Town, for transmission. - (Signed) J. STORR-LISTER, October 16, 1882. Superintendent. No. 108. Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the Right Hon. The EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received November 21, 1882.) My LoPD, Camp, Ladysmith, Natal, October 13, 1882. WHEN at Rorke's Drift I had the opportunity of seeing the appointed chiefs, Uhamu and Usibebu, as also the Chief Umyamana and Cetywayo's brother and half- brother Undabuko and Usivetu. e 2. The main purpose I had in proceeding to Rorke's Drift was, as your Lordship knows, to meet there the British Resident, in order to confer with him respecting the future arrangements to be made in the Zulu country. The result of our deliberations formed the subject of my Despatch of the 3rd instant.* 3. But I had some time before promised, should I come in that direction, to see Umyamana regarding the awkward position in which he stood towards the appointed Chief Uhamu ; and as soon, therefore, as I had fixed the time for my arrival at Rorke's Trift, the Resident acquainted Umyamana with the fact and made arrangements for him to meet me there. The appointed Chief Uhamu was desired to come and meet me at the same time. I had further informed the Resident that if Undabuko and Usivetu still wished to see me about a place where they could be located I would see them; and as it was advisable I should at the same time see the appointed Chief Usibebu the Resident desired him also to come. 4. On account of the bad feeling existing between Uhamu and Umyamana, and between Undabuko and Usibebu, I thought it better on the whole to see them separately, as there was no necessity to confront them with one another. My object was to place the relations between Uhamu and Umyamana on a more satisfactory basis and one less perilous to the public peace than was the case; and with regard to Undabuko and Usiwetu my object was to provide them with a suitable place where they could live and plant their crops. To effect these purposes it was not at all necessary, as it certainly would not have been advisable, to enter again into all the quarrels and disputes there had been between the several parties during the past two years or more, though, of course, in the interviews I gave them separately I listened to what they had to say on either side. 5. In the case of the disputes between Umyamana and the appointed Chief Uhamu I found it necessary to condemn, in unmistakable terms, the conduct of the latter towards Umyamana; his neglect to restore the 700 head of cattle, according to the award of Sir Evelyn Wood, and his more recent proceedings against some of Umyamana's people. The 700 head of cattle I advised him strongly to send, without loss of time, to the Resident, who would hand them over to Umyamana; and with regard to the relations between the two, I decided that, pending the future settlement, Uhamu should not interfere with Umyamana, or with any of Umyamana's people, or attempt in any way to exercise authority over them. If there should arise any dispute between Uhamu or any of his people and Umyamana or any of his people, the dispute was to be referred directly by either party to the Resident for his decision. -ºr * * No. 106. 213 6. In the case of Undabuko and Usivetu I made arrangements by which they will be enabled to return at once to their old lands in Usibebu's territory from which they were erected last year. Usibebu agreed to allow them to do this in deference to my wishes, and the Resident on his return to Imhlazatye would proceed in person and re-establish the two brothers in their old homes. In my Despatch of the 3rd October” I have proposed that the portion of Usibebu’s territory to which Undabuko and Usivetu and certain other chiefs belong should be taken from under Usibebu’s authority, and included in the part of the country which is to be placed under the restored authority of Cetywayo. But I thought it better not to wait till this arrangement should be carried out, but to provide for the return at once of Undabuko and Usivetu to their former homes. Their kraals are still standing and all they have to do will be to remove there and to commence their planting. In this way the immediate and real grievance of the two brothers will be removed. Not only will they have a place of location, of the want of which they have been complaining, but they will have their own former place of location. Any dispute that may arise between them and Usibebu, under whose nominal authority as appointed chief the district will of course remain until the proposed arrangement is carried out, is to be referred directly to the Resident. wº & 7. By these means the main causes of complaint on the part of Umyamana and on the part of Undabuko and Usiwetu against the appointed chiefs Uhamu and Usibebu will be at once practically removed without awaiting the new changes to be made in the settlement of the Zulu country ; and it is better they should thus be removed before- hand, both in order to obviate present risks of collision, and in order to prevent the inconveniences that might arise, at the time of the general change, from a too abrupt process of transition. - - - I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. tº Special Commissioner. No. 109. Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF - KIMBERLEY. (Received November 21, 1882.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, . October 23, 1882. : I HAVE the honour to transmit herewith a memorial with several sheets of signatures by a number of the inhabitants of this Colony addressed to your Lordship, relative to the restoration to Zululand of the ex-King Cetywayo. - I have, &c. - (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Governor. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure in No. 109. To the Right Hon. the EARL of KIMBERLEY, Her Majesty's Secretary of State for the - Colonies. - The Petition of the undersigned Inhabitants of the Colony of Natal HUMBLY SHEWETH, - * That your Memorialists have learnt, with consternation, that Her Majesty's Go- vernment contemplates the possibility of sending back to Zululand the ex-King Cety wayo. That we feel it our duty as citizens, as well as our interests as colonists, to assure your I,ordship of our conviction that the return of Cetywayo to Zululand would imperil the maintenance of peace and order in South Africa, and be inimical to the best interests of the Native tribes. - That we are led to this conviction by the reasons set forth in the protest adopted by the Legislative Council of this Colony on December 1, 1881, namely:— That the Zulu people must ever regard their late King as the representative of the tº * tº * gº g © “º ** - military system which it was the aim of the recent war to overthrow ; * No. 106. D d 3 214 That the return or restoration of Cetywayo would fan anew in the minds of the Zulus those ideas of military aggression and conquest which for years made them a source of disquietude and dread to the neighbouring territories; That the late King's return would have a most deplorable effect upon the minds of the natives of Natal, who could not fail to recognise in the fact a fatal evidence of weakness and vacillation; that it would re-establish throughout the frontier districts of this Colony the feeling of alarm and unrest that prevailed there prior to the Zulu war; and that it would tend to impair most seriously the prospects of civilisation and advancement amongst the many Native tribes who own direct and indirect allegiance to the Government of the Queen. That we are further persuaded that the return of the ex-King would be the signal, at no distant time, for the outbreak of a bloody internecine strife in Zululand, and that the only condition under which he could again hold rule there would be the maintenance of either European or Native forces strong enough to overcome any possible resistance. On these grounds your Memorialists beg humbly to protest against the restoration of Cetywayo as a step that would be fraught with dire consequences to both the white and coloured races of South Africa. And your Memorialists, as in duty bound, will ever pray. (Signed) John RoBINSoN (late member of the Legislative Council) 33 B. W. GREENACRE, J.P. - 92 WM. AsHBUCKLE, Junr., J.P., ex-Mayor of Durban. 2 3 RICHARD WAUSE, J.P., Town Councillor. 9 3 RoBERT JAMESON. 53 F. D. BALLANCE, Town Councillor. 55 EDwARD PICKERING, Mayor of Durban. And 389 others. No. 110. The Right Hon. The EARL OF KIMBERLEY to Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, November 23, 1882. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt on the 18th instant of your Despatch of the 3rd October,” submitting the arrangements under which you pro- pose that Cetywayo should return to Zululand. I deferred replying to your previous Despatch of the 25th August,+ forwarding your report on the question of the settlement of the Zulu country, until I should be in receipt of the further despatch now acknowledged, which you had announced by telegraph to be on its way. The whole subject is now under consideration, and I hope shortly to be able to announce to you the decision of Her Majesty's Government with respect to it. I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) KIMBERLEY. No. 11 l. The RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY to GoverNOR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, November 23, 1882. I HAVE received your Despatch of 13th ultimo, reporting your interviews at Rorke's Drift with the appointed Chiefs Uhamu and Usibebu, and also with the Chief Umyamana and Cetywayo's brothers Undabuko and Usivetu. . I approve of the action taken by you in the matters reported by you in this despatch. - I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) KIMBERLEY. *s * No 106. f No 79. I No. 108. 215 No. 112. The RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY to SIR HERCULES - ROBINSON, G.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, November 28, 1882. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch of the 23rd of October,” enclosing a letter from Cetywayo, expressing his desire that he may be allowed to return to Zululand as soon as possible. I request that you will inform Cetywayo that I have received his letter, and that as he will already have learnt from my telegram of the 26th of October, it is hoped that the arrangements for his return may very soon be completed. I have &c. Sir Hercules Robinson. (Signed) KIMBERLEY. No. 113. SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received November 29, 1882.) Government House, Cape Town, My LoRD, - November 1, 1882. I HAVE the honour to enclose for your information a copy of a letter which I have received from Cetywayo requesting that his return to his country may not be delayed. Since the date of this letter Cetywayo has been informed of the purport of your Lordship's telegram of the 26th ultimo.f - I have, &c. (Signed) HERCULES ROBINSON, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Governor and High Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure in No. 113. CETYWAYo to SIR. H. RoBINSON. Oude Molen, October 31, 1882. I AM writing to you, Sir H. Robinson, to tell you that I am nearly heart-broken staying here so long and not returning to my people. The time has lapsed which I was to have left here by. I thanked Lord Kimberley for his promise of my speedy return to Zululand, but I have been here now until I almost doubt of my release. I am writing this to you as Governor of this Colony. I am now very solitary, and my heart is very small. I ask you to plead for me and get me away soon. I say all these words to you for you to get me away soon. I have not as yet had any answer to my previous letters, and hear no tidings of my leaving here, and the time has now passed for my leaving here. The Queen released me and sent me out here quick, and why am I detained here for so long P. It is very hard for me to stay here now. Will you telegraph for me to Lord Kimberley and ask him to send me out of this bondage soon. I expect to reach home and plant for my food before the season is out. I always write to you, and always will, and I am sure you will do your best for me. The Zulu people are all willing to receive me. I have spoken to Mr. Lister, my custodian, about exchanging a gun and a rifle I have here for two other rifles. I am sure he is trying his best. Could you get him some help ? I want to tell you myself to-day that I almost got into trouble a few days ago by sending into Cape Town to buy a few shot cartridges for my own use on this location. I want you to know this from my own lips. Do not forget me. - (Signed) CETYWAYo KA MPANDE, Witness : (Signed) R. ERNST DUNN, Interpreter. Forwarded to the Under Secretary for Native Affairs, for transmission. - (Signed) J. STORR-LISTER, October 31, 1882. Superintendent. * No. 107. f No. 102. D d 4 216 No. 1 14. The Right Hon. The EARL OF KIMBERLEY to Governor Sir HEN RY. - BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, November 30, 1882. HER Majesty's Government have had under their consideration your able and comprehensive reports on the settlement of Zululand, contained in your despatches of August 25 and October 3.” 2. You had already communicated to me' by telegraph the main conclusions of the former of these reports, and the correspondence by telegraph which ensued between us is recorded in my despatch to you of August 17.f 3. Her Majesty’s Government entirely agree with you that the fatal defect in the present settlement is the want of a duly recognised and adequate paramount authority in Zululand. - It has been clearly shown by the course of events that in the absence of such authority no permanent tranquillity can be hoped for in that country. e 4. One mode of solving the difficulty would be, as you observe, to engraft the paramount authority of the British Crown on the present system of appointed Chiefs, but such an assumption of power would involve an extension of responsibility which, as you are aware, Her Majesty's Government are not prepared to undertake. 5. It would, in the opinion of Her Majesty's Government, have been most unwise to add the whole of Zululand to the long list of native territories brought during recent years under British rule, the government of some of which has become a source of serious weakness and embarrassment. ** º The only alternative which remained was the restoration, partial or complete, of Cetywayo. 6. Her Majesty's Government agreed with you, that on grounds of good faith locations must be assigned to such of the Chiefs as might not be willing to return under Cetywayo's rule, and it follows that for this purpose a certain part of the territory must be reserved. - - - - 7. I informed Cety wayo when he was in England, that such a reservation would be made, but without indicating to him where the line would be drawn, as I was not then in possession of your views as to the precise boundary. 8. My telegram of the 28th instant has acquainted you with the decision at which Her Majesty's Government arrived after carefully considering the line proposed in your despatch of October 3. - 9. Proceeding on the principle that no more country should be reserved than is necessary to enable us to fulfil our obligations to the Chiefs and people unwilling to remain in Cetywayo's territory, Her Majesty's Government came to the conclusion that it would not be desirable to reserve more than the country now under the Chiefs John Dunn and Hlubi, especially as a large tract of country is to be assigned to Usibebu. & The three districts which will thus be restored to Cetywayo, instead of being reserved according to your proposal, are Gaozi's and Faku-ka-Ziningo's countries, and part of that of Seketwayo. 10. As Seketwayo and Faku-ka-ziningo are reported by you to be ready to accept Cetywayo's rule, Her Majesty's Government see no adequate reason for withdrawing the districts now under them from the territory to be restored to Cetywayo. Although as you point out, it may not be safe to assume that because certain of the appointed Chiefs are favourable to Cetywayo there are not amongst the Chiefs and people under them some who are adverse to his restoration, it seems to be improbable that where the appointed Chiefs are willing to accept Cetywayo, any such number of people would desire to migrate as could not be accommodated in the territory to be reserved, nor indeed in any case does it appear to Her Majesty's Government to be possible to conclude with any certainty, until Cetywayo is actually restored, that your view that many Zulus will be compelled to leave the country replaced under his rule is well founded. - - 11. With regard to Gaozi's country, it is true that Siunguza, the Regent, is stated by you to be strongly opposed to Cetywayo's return ; I do not, however, gather from your report that Siunguza is a Chief of much influence or authority, nor is Gaozi's country a large one, so that it may be presumed that the number of persons likely to migrate from * NOS, 79 and 106. f No. 56. 217 that country into the reserved territory would not be very great, and the Umlatoosi river will form a convenient natural line of boundary of Cetywayo's territory. 12. I have not overlooked the objection which may be urged against the adoption of the Umlatoosi as the dividing line on the ground that John Dunn's country being thus made conterminous with the territory under Cetywayo, there will be danger on account of the enmity existing between Dunn and Cetywayo of quarrels arising between them. 13. It appears to me, however, that this danger may be guarded against by placing on the immediate border some of the Chiefs who may migrate from Cetywayo's territory, and that the position of Dunn, according to your scheme of administration of the reserved territory as subordinate to the British Commissioner, would be such as to render it not difficult to prevent him from giving cause of offence to Cety wayo, more especially as it appears from your report that he has little or no hold upon the Zulus living in his country. 14. The position of Usibebu is undoubtedly a peculiar one, and Her Majesty's Go- vernment concur with you that for the forcible reasons given in your report, the best mode of dealing with his case is to assign to him a separate district with the boundaries, and on the conditions proposed by you. 15. I desired you, by telegraph, to make known these arrangements to Cetywayo, through Sir Hercules Robinson, and to obtain his formal engagement to abide by them. I do not see any sufficient ground for varying the other conditions communicated to him in England. They were well considered at the time, and having been agreed to by Cetywayo, it is better that, unless for any very special reason, they should not now be varied. - 4 It will be necessary, however, that he should undertake to defray the expenses of the British Resident." - - 16. A very important portion of your report is devoted to the suggestions which you make for the administration of the reserved territory, for which you have drawn out a complete and clearly explained scheme. 17. I may observe, in the first place, as I have already informed you by telegraph, that Her Majesty's Government cannot authorise the use of the term “protected territory.” 18. Her Majesty's Government entirely agree in your proposals that “the necessary means for the maintenance of good order and for the defence of the protected “ territory shall be furnished by the several Chiefs and headmen living in the pro- “ tected territory in such manner as may be provided by concert and agreement between the Resident Commissioner and the several Chiefs and headmen,” and that “the Resident Commissioner shall have the power to call out all native male adults living in the protected territory for military service in defence of the protected territory or “ for the maintenance of the public order.” 19. These being the conditions laid down as to defence, it would give rise to mis- apprehension, and weaken the sense of responsibility of the inhabitants for their own protection, to use the term “protected territory” which would imply that the inhabitants are to depend for defence not on themselves, but on the British power. 20. It is true as you point out that, “if the restored ex-King should be tempted to “ break the conditions upon which he is to be restored, and to disturb the arrangements “ now about to be made, it may become necessary for Her Majesty's Government to “ enforce its authority and take further safeguards for the future.” 21. If this case should ever arise, Her Majesty's Government will deal with it according to the circumstances at the time, but meanwhile Cetywayo will be bound by his engagement not to transgress the limits assigned to bin, and his obligation to fulfil his engagement and the right of the British Government to enforce it will not be strengthened by the use of a term which would be inconsistent with the declaration which you propose to make, and of which Her Majesty’s Government approve, that the territory should be an independent native territory. I would suggest as a convenient appellation for the territory, that it should be denominated the Zulu Native reserve. 22. So much must depend on the numbers and character of the Chiefs and people who may elect not to remain under Cetywayo's rule, that it seems to Her Majesty's Government that it would be premature at once to settle the details of the administration of this reserve. It will be sufficient at present to appoint a Resident Commissioner, with the general functions described by you, to take the necessary preliminary steps. The most urgent question of detail appears to be as to the body guard of European police. 23. I am disposed to think it would be better that the European element should be limited to a small number of officers who should organize a Native police; but on this 46 JR 4012. E e 218 point the Commissioner will be able to give valuable advice when he has had an oppor- tunity of consulting the Chiefs and people themselves on the spot. 24. With regard to your proposals to provide money compensation for the appointed Chiefs who may incur losses in consequence of the new arrangements, I feel considerable doubt as to the prudence or necessity of holding out to them the prospect of receiving a money payment, moreover it must be very uncertain whether the requisite sums could be provided from local funds to which alone recourse could be had for this purpose. 25. I have only to add that Her Majesty's Government regard it as of great impor- tance that no more time should be lost in effecting Cetywayo's return to Zululand. 26. The decision to restore him having been taken, it is obvious that it is most un- desirable in the interest both of Natal and of the Zulu nation, that the interval of un- certainty and unrest which must prevail until his actual return * be prolonged. have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. -- (Signed) KIMBERLEY. No 115. THE RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY to Gover Nor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, November 30, 1882. ON the 28th instant I sent you a telegram in which I informed you that Her Majesty’s Government had carefully considered your reports on the settlement of Zululand, and had come to the following conclusions:— 1. That they approved your proposal with respect to Usibebu for the special reasons stated by you. 2. That any further restriction of Cetywayo's territory must be limited to what is necessary in order to provide locations for such other Chiefs and people as may be unwilling to return under Cetywayo, and that Her Majesty's Government can only sanction the reservation for this purpose of the country now under the Chiefs John Dunn and Hlubi. I desired you to communicate this decision, through Sir H. Robinson, to Cetywayo, and to obtain his formal engagement to abide by these arrangements, in addition to the conditions agreed to by him when he was in England, and further to cause him to be informed that he must defray the expenses of the British Resident. 3. That Her Majesty's Government agreed that the reserved territory should be proclaimed as independent Native territory with a British Resident Commissioner, but that the term protected territory should not be used, as the responsibility for defence will rest with the inhabitants themselves. I added that your scheme of administration would receive full attention, that it would, however, be premature to settle the details till it was known what Chiefs and people would remove from the territory restored to Cetywayo, and that it would be sufficient now to appoint the Resident Commissioner. His immediate expenses, which could not be large, would be advanced, it being understood that all charges would be ultimately borne by the territory. 4. That Her Majesty's Government approved your arrangements for the return of Cetywayo to Zululand by way of Port Durnford, and, subject to the preceding observations, the other arrangements in paragraph 30 of your Despatch of 3rd October,” but that they considered the early return of the escort to Natal desirable. I concluded by instructing you to proceed with the restoration of Cetywayo with as little delay as possible. I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. - (Signed) KIMBERLEY. * No. 106. 219 No. 116. The Right Hon. The EARL OF KIMBERLEY to Governon Sir HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. º SIR, Downing Street, November 30, 1882. WITH reference to the 22nd paragraph of your Despatch of October 3, and to my Despatch of this day’s date,” I have telegraphed to you to-day that I consider it undesirable that any announcement of money compensation to the Zulu Chiefs should be made, and that you should report to me if a special case should arise. I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) KIMBERLEY. No. 117. COLONIAL OFFICE to WAR OFFICE. SIR, Downing Street, December 4, 1882. I AM directed by the Earl of Kimberley to transmit to you, to be laid before the Secretary of State for War, the accompanying extract from a Despatchi received from the Governor of Natal, relative to the force which will be required as an escort in connexion with the arrangements for the restoration of Cetywayo to Zululand. Lord Kimberley desires me to request that you will move Mr. Secretary Childers to cause instructions to be given by telegraph to the General Officer Commanding Her Majesty’s troops in South Africa to provide, after consultation with Sir H. Bulwer, such a force as may be adequate to meet the requirements of the service described in the enclosed extract; and to have all the arrangements for the escort well advanced so that there may be no delay when Sir H. Bulwer is prepared for Cetywayo's arrival. I am, &c. The Under Secretary of State (Signed) ROBERT G. W. HERBERT. War Office. No. 118. The RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIM BERLEY to SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, December 4, 1882. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch of the 1st ultimo, forwarding a letter from Cety wayo relating to the date of his return to Zulu- . land. - - Cetywayo will by this time have been made acquainted with the arrangements for his speedy return, which have been communicated to you through Sir Henry Bulwer. - I have &c. Sir Hercules Robinson. (Signed) KIMBERLEY. No. 119. The RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY to Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, December 5, 1882. I RECEIVED from you, on the 2nd instant, a telegram to the effect that you considered it advisable to require Cetywayo to engage that he will not punish girls of the Royal House who have married during his absence from Zululand, and also that a general immunity shall be secured to all persons from molestation for acts done during that period, and I replied on the same day that I approved of these conditions. These special engagements do not of course affect the general conditions agreed to by Cetywayo in England, which I informed you in my Despatch of the 30th ult.S should not be varied, except for any very special reason. I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed.) KIMBERLEY. * Nos. 106 and 114. f See last two clauses of para. 30, No. 106. † No. 113. § No. 114. E e 2 220 No. 120. WAR OFFICE to COLONIAL OFFICE. SIR, War Office, December 5, 1882. I AM directed by the Secretary of State for War to acknowledge the receipt of your letter of the 4th instant,” together with its enclosure, relative to the force which will be required as an escort in connexion with the arrangements for the restoration of Cetywayo to Zululand, and in reply, I am to transmit to you, for the information of the Earl of Kimberley, the accompanying copy of a telegram sent to the General Officer Commanding at Cape Town on the subject. * I am, &c. The Under Secretary of State,” (Signed) RALPH THOMPSON. Colonial Office. Enclosure in No. 120. WAR SECRETARY to GENERAL OFFICER COMMANDING, Cape Town. December 5, 1882, CETywAyo, on his return to Zululand, will be accompanied by a military force as escort. Portion of it will remain with Resident Commissioner till relieved by mounted police force to be raised. Arrange as to the composition of the force and other details with Sir Henry Bulwer, who is fully aware of arrangements approved by Her Majesty’s Government. No. 121. The Right Hon. The EARL OF KIMBERLEY to Governor Sir HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, December 7, 1882. I HAVE the honour to transmit to you, for your information, copies of a corre- spondence; with the War Department relative to the force which will be required as an escoru in connexion with the arrangements for the restoration of Cetywayo to Zululand. - I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) KIMBERLEY. No. 122. Goverson Sin HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the Right HoN. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received December 9, 1882.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, November 3, 1882. WITH reference to the latter part of your Lordship's Despatch of the 26th of August, where your Lordship suggests that it may be desirable for me to consult with Sir Theophilus Shepstone as to many details of the new settlement of the Zulu country, I have the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, copies of the minute with which I transmitted to Sir T. Shepstone, for the benefit of his remarks and suggestions, a copy of my Despatch to your Lordship of the 3rd of October, Š and of the minute in reply, in which Sir T. Shepstone has been good enough to express his opinion on the proposals made by me with regard to the future settlement of the Zulu country. - I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. * No. 117. f Nos. 117 and 120. † No. 63. * § No. 106. 221 Enclosure 1 in No. 122. MINUTE. Sir H. BULWER to Sir T. SHEPSTONE. SIR. T. SHEPSTONE, - WILL you kindly look over this and give me your opinion on the scheme which it embodies, and also the benefit of any criticism you think it calls for, and of any sugges- tions that occur to you for its improvement. October 30, 1882. (Signed) H. BULWER. Enclosure 2 in No. 122. MINUTE. Sir T. SHEPSTONE to Sir H. BULWER. Pietermaritzburg, October 31, 1882. I HAVE read this Despatch with the greatest interest and pleasure, and thank your Pxcellency for having given me the opportunity of doing so. I think it covers the ground most completely, and that it is not only a faithful and able representation of the present state of things in Zululand, which it is most important that Her Majesty’s Government should well understand, but a comprehensive description of the principles and action which must be strictly followed to ensure a fair chance of success to the scheme which it propounds. I have no criticism to offer; I think that the Despatch is as complete as under the circumstances it can be made. I observe that the rate of annual hut tax proposed is only 10s. instead of 14s. per hut as in Natal, and I suppose that this reduced rate has been adopted by your Excellency in contemplation of the comparative difficulty which the Zulus will, it is expected, ex- perience in procuring money for the first year or so ; probably the idea that the tax may be easily raised later on has also had some influence in determining the adoption of the lower rate to begin with. As I proposed and personally carried out the imposition of the native hut tax in Natal, which was at first 7s., and felt all the difficulties and anxieties connected with the raising of that tax to its present amount, which produces so handsome and unfailing a revenue, I venture to suggest, as the result of my experience, that it would be better to fix the higher rate at first, and to meet the anticipated difficulty of inability to pay by general or special remissions or exemptions upon grounds which the natives would weli understand, than to raise it after its amount had once been fixed; the rate of the tax must be named when the scheme is promulgated, and the fixing of it, under such circum- stances, will clothe it with the sanctity of a fundamental agreement and charter, which it will be difficult to touch afterwards. It has always been difficult and dangerous to raise this tax in Natal, because it has been evident that, as an attempt to increase the revenue, it is essentially a kill or cure remedy; it is obvious that when once the usual tax, with the amount added to it has been demanded, it becomes impossible to accept the usual tax only ; the use of force, or the loss of the whole tax, are both serious, but they are the only alternatives; and in the case of protected Zululand, the only available force will be the population adversely affected by the measure which they will be called upon to enforce. £e There ale grounds, apart from the desirability of making the territory self-supporting, why I think that the tax in that territory should be the same as in Natal, the Zulus in Zululand look upon the tax paid by those in Natal to be the standard acknowledgment made for the advantages conferred upon them by the protection which they enjoy; and therefore the imposition on the former of the same amount will appear to them to be what they ought rightly to pay. Then again, when the Zulus, now straightened for land to occupy in Natal, find that in a portion of Zululand they can enjoy British protection as well as in Natal, they will migrate to that protected portion, and by so doing they will not only improve their own condition, but relieve the tension which their presence in Natal creates; this population will see no reason why, with increased advantages and the same protection, they should pay a less tax. tº Another consideration is that the Zulu populations of Natal and Zululand will be divided by a stream of water only, as at present, and it would not I think be desirable, E e 3 222 bearing in mind that the hut tax is looked upon as the acknowledgment of a supremacy, and the thank-offering for protection, to create the idea, by adopting different rates, that the supremacy is not the same on both sides of the stream, and that the protection is less on one side than it is on the other. The only other suggestion I feel disposed to offer is in reference to the amount of the Resident’s salary; 1,000l. is, in my opinion, much below what he will require for his actual subsistence, to say nothing of the expenses incidental to his position that he will continually be put to ; a few years occupation of such a position with such a salary would ruin any man not possessed of ample private funds, and these it would be scarcely fair to expect an officer to sacrifice for the good of the public service. I have, &c. (Signed) T. SHEPSTONE. No. 123. Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received December 9, 1882.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, MY TORD, November 4, 1882. I HAVE been requested to forward the accompanying petition addressed to your Lordship by a number of the inhabitants of Alexandra county against the return of Cety wayo to Zululand. - I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Governor. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure in No. 123. To the Right Hon. the EARL OF KIMBERLEY, Her Majesty's Secretary of State for the Colonies. MAY IT PLEASE YOUR LORDSHIP, THE petition of the undersigned inhabitants of the counties of Alexandra and Alfred, in the Colony of Natal, humbly sheweth : That your memorialists have heard with great consternation that Her Majesty's Government contemplates returning Cetywayo the ex-King of the Zulus to Zululand. That your memorialists feel it their duty to assure your Lordship that the return of Cetywayo to Zululand would be subversive of the peace of South Africa, and endanger the lives and property of the natives and European settlers in this Colony. That long acquaintance with the native character forces upon your memorialists the earnest conviction that the return of Cetywayo to Zululand would raise in the breasts of the Zulu people a desire to reorganise that military system which until broken by the power of British arms was a terror to all the neighbouring tribes and a standing menace to this Colony. That the natives of this Colony would regard the return of Cetywayo more as an act of weakness than of mercy; that it would cause alarm and disquiet among them, and seriously disturb their present trustful loyalty to Her Majesty's Government. That your memorialists firmly believe the return of Cetywayo would at no distant date bring upon Zululand internecine strife, with all the horrors of savage warfare, to the great danger of Her Majesty's loyal subjects. That the prosperity and civilisation of the natives would be seriously retarded, the commerce of this country stagnated, and the lives of Her Majesty's subjects endangered. That your memorialists therefore humbly pray that Her Majesty’s Government will not sanction the return of Cetywayo to Zululand. And your memorialists, as in duty, bound, will ever pray. J. H. SURTON. W. HAwksworth. JoHN HICKMAN, J.P. SPENCER TRYoN. W. J. E. Bourke. J. Bourke, and 95 others. 223 No. 124. SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received December 9, 1882.) Government House, Cape Town, My LoRD, November 13, 1882. I HAVE the honour to enclose for your information a copy of a letter which I have received from Cetywayo expressing the satisfaction with which he has received the intimation that the arrangements for his return to Zululand will it is hoped be completed before the end of the year. I have forwarded a copy of Cetywayo's letter to Sir Henry Bulwer. I have, &c. (Signed) HERCULES ROBINSON, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Governor and High Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure in No. 124. CETYWAYo to Sir H. Robinson. Oude Molen, November 7, 1882. I AM writing to you, Sir H. Robinson to thank you for the letter I received to-day intimating the approach of my departure for Zululand. This is a good letter. I thank you very much for it. I hope I will not be detained longer than the middle of next month. I do not want to be detained longer in this place of my detention. While I was a prisoner I was very low spirited at not hearing of my leaving for home, to provide for my household, but now I am a little pleased with the news of your letter. Do you think the Chiefs and people of Zululand would attempt to prevent my return ? No ; they will meet me with a white heart. When I arrive at home I will always be thankful to you. I am at the present time, but I cannot be too anxious to get back to my country. Do not detain me any longer after this good news. Try and get me away at once. I wrote yesterday to General Smyth, asking him to come out and See Iſle. CETYWAYo KA MPANDE. Witness, (Signed) R. ERNST DUNN, Interpreter. No. 125. Gover Nor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received December 12, 1882.) - g Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, t November 7, 1882. As bearing on the subject of the connexion of the Bishopstowe party with the recent agitation in Zululand under Undabuko, I think it necessary to transmit, for your Lordship's information and that they may be placed on record, certain statements made some little while since by two trustworthy natives to the Secretary for Native Affairs. 2. These statements throw light on two questions, which have arisen out of the events of last May and June; the questions, namely, of the causes which influenced Dabula- manzi's behaviour at that time, and of the way in which Undabuko came to take up arms after his return to Zululand from Natal. 3. The meeting of Chief John Dunn, Dabulamanzi, and other people belonging to Dunn's territory took place at Government House on Tuesday the 2nd of May. Dabulamanzi delayed making his answer to the advice which I gave him at the close of that meeting till Thursday; and I never had any doubt, and have no doubt now, that his answer, rejecting my good advice, was influenced by advice received outside during the interval. I mentioned in my reports at the time that two meetings of the principal E e 4 224 Zulus had been held at Bishopstowe on Wednesday the 3rd, and on Thursday the 4th of May, at one of which photographs were taken of the party, Bishop Colenso afterwards denied that two meetings had taken place. He said that the meeting which was to have taken place on Wednesday had, on account of the rain, been put off, and that it took place on the Thursday, and he implied that, therefore, the inference which was to be drawn from my reports that Dabulamanzi had been influenced by the Wednesday meeting could not be sustained. I, of course, accepted the assurance of Bishop Colenso that no such meeting had been held on the Wednesday. I must mention, however, that the natives whose statements I enclose are positive on the point of a meeting having been held at Bishopstowe on the day following the meeting at Government House. . . . . . . lives on the Bishop- stowe lands, and both he and . . . declare they saw the Zulus going that morning to Bishopstowe. Some of the Zulus forming the party even slept at . . . . . . . . kraal, and these also, . . . . says, went to the meeting. However it is quite certain from Bishop Colenso's denial that if there was any meeting that day at Bishop- stowe, it was without his knowledge. But Miss H. Colenso, who is the eldest daughter of the Bishop, has taken a very active part in the movement for Cetywayo's return, and has had a great deal to do with the Zulus, independently, as I believe, of her father. She acts indeed as her father's interpreter, for although the Bishop has written a dic- tionary of the Zulu language, he is not able to talk the language well and seldom trusts himself to speak in Zulu ; and it was Miss Colenso, according to the testimony contained in one of these statements, who told Dabulamanzi what he was to say in reply to me. Whether this was done at a meeting or not does not perhaps much matter, as 1)abulamanzi was actually staying at a kraal on the Bishopstowe lands at the time, and I have no doubt that the influence which guided him in his answer to me, as well as I may say as the influence which guided his conduct and proceedings generally at that time, was Bishopstowe influence. 4. . . . . . second statement contains some not unimportant information re- specting the circumstances which led Undabuko on his return to Zululand to take up arms. It will be remembered that Undabuko said he had been authorised to do so by the “Amakosi.” at Pietermaritzburg. That was said over and over again in the Zulu country; and, as it was certainly not the Government which gave the authority, upon what foundation did Undabuko rest his statement P Who were the “Amakosi P” Undabuko had scarcely left Natal when we heard from native sources here that he had been told at Bishopstowe that they might take up arms. But I was not disposed at that time to believe the report, for, although I could not but condemn the course taken by the Bishop, and although I had great cause to complain of his action, I felt convinced that he would not deliberately and intentionally counsel any of the Zulus to proceed to an open act of violence which could not but be attended with bloodshed. Now, the story as told to . . . . by the two native boys who are employed in the “Mission ” printing room at Bishopstowe, is to the effect that it was from Miss Colenso that Unda- buko received what he called “authority,” for she said to him that, “as he could obtain “ no redress from the Governor, he might on his return take up arms, and that no “ one would blame him for doing so, as the blame of it all would fall on the “ Governor.” These boys, I should observe, being employed in the printing office, which is close to the Bishopstowe dwelling house, and where, I have reason to believe, a good deal of political matter is printed, although the press was originally started for missionary pur- poses, have opportunities of hearing many things which the other people on the station do not hear, especially as the head printer, Magema, is very much in the confidence of the Bishop and his daughter. But whatever it was that Miss Colenso said to Undabuko, and however far it may have been from her intention to advise an action that would lead to bloodshed, yet it is impossible to resist the conclusion that it was upon the strength of what was said by her to Undabuko at Bishopstowe that the latter decided to take up arms on his return to Zulmland. 5. . . . , some weeks before his conversation with the two lads, privately informed the Secretary for Native Affairs of the substance of a conversation he had had with Magema, the Bishopstowe printer, at the time of the June disturbance in the upper districts of Zulu- land. From what Magema then said, it was clear in what light the disturhance was viewed at the time at Bishopstowe. Magema expressed approval of what Undabuko and the party were doing. It will be a proof, he said, that they have been driven to such acts by the refusal of the Government to hear what they have to say, and it will be good “for us.” (meaning the Bishopstowe party) for we can then put the blame of all that takes place upon the Governor and Mr. John Shepstone. When it is recollected that Magema is a 225 Natal native and that he was speaking of the Governor of the Colony who is by law his Supreme Chief, it will be seen that loyalty is not one of the lessons he has learned on the station which was established at Bishopstowe for missionary purposes. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure 1 in No. 125. STATEMENT of a NATIVE residing on the Bishopstowe lands near Pietermaritzburg. SoME three weeks since, I saw “Magema,” who lives on Bishopstowe lands and told him the news that I had heard in town concerning Zululand. He asked what that news was, and I repeated to him what I had heard, viz., that “Umyamama” and “ Undabuko” had collected an armed force in Zululand to attack “ Uhamu ’’ and “Usibebu.” “Magema “ said, It is right that they do this. You know that the children of “Umpande,” have been here several times to lay their grievances before the Government, and have not been listened to, what they do now will be right for it will be proof that they have been driven to such acts by the refusal of the authorities here to hear what they have to say, and it will be good for us (meaning the Bishop's party) for we can then put the blame of all that takes place upon the head of the Governor and that of Mr. John (Shepstone). Taken by me at Pietermaritzburg this 13th day of July 1882. (Signed) J. W. SHEpsto NE, Acting Secretary for Native Affairs. Enclosure 2 in No. 125. STATEMENT of * * I RESIDE on Bishopstowe lands and remember the day Chief John Dunn, Dabulamanzi, and other Zulus went up to Government House to see the Governor. The next day I saw Dabulamanzi, Undabuko, Ziwedu, Tshingana, and Siteku go to Bishopstowe accompanied by many of their people. Those of them who slept at my kraal also went. * It was on that day that the Bishopstowe natives were not allowed to be present at the meeting. The day before yesterday I went to the printing office at Bishopstowe and entered. into conversation with two printing office boys named “Christian * and “Masoja.” Christian was telling me of his journey to Zululand (on family matters). He said he was in that part of the Zulu country where “Umyamana ’’ and Undabuko had their “impi * (armed force), and that he was there told by the Zulus that the collection of that “impi" was by authority given them in Natal. I said, Who could have given such authority ? “Masoja” answered and said, Oh, it was given here by the “ Inkosazana” (Miss Colenso). She told Undabuko that as he could obtain no redress here in Natal from the Governor, that on his (Undabuko's) return to Zululand he might take up arms and fight, and that he would be right in doing so. She added no one could blame him, as the blame of it all would be on the Governor. Masoja also said that Miss Colenso had advised Dabulamanzi what to say in reply to the Governor’s words to them the day previous. Miss Colenso also said to Dabula- manzi “Say all your heart feels even to the Governor. Do not be afraid, as no one can do anything to you.” On hearing this, Dabulamanzi came in here the next day and spoke as he did. R 4012. F f 226 On the Sunday that the Zulus were here, I mean Undabuko and his party, all the station people were told to go and have the Sunday service at the house of “Jonathan,” the Bishop's induna. Taken by me this 4th day of August 1882. (Signed) J. W. SHEPSTONE, Acting Secretary for Native Affairs. Enclosure 3 in No. 125. STATEMENT of * * *. I AM staying at the kraal of . * * * * on Bishopstowe lands. I remember distinctly the day on which Chief John Dunn, “Dabulamanzi,” and other Zulus were seen and talked to by the Governor at Government House. I was present. It was on a Tuesday. The next morning, as I was leaving * * * * kraal to come into town, I saw many Zulus going to Bishopstowe. I myself did not see “Umpande’s” sons, but I know that they were at Bishopstowe on that day. The weather, though overcast, did not prevent my coming to town, nor was it sufficiently damp to deter anyone from travelling. The Governor on Tuesday, through the Secretary for Native affairs, told “Dabulamanzi” and those with him to bring the next day a reply to the words his Excellency had spoken to them. This was not done, but “Dabulamanzi’ came on the Thursday morning. Taken before me this 4th day of August 1882. (Signed) J. W. SHEPSTONE, Acting Secretary for Native Affairs. No. 126. Gover Nor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIM BERLEY. (Received December 12, 1882.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, November 8, 1882. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, a copy of a paper furnished to me by the Secretary for Native Affairs, recording a conversation which he had with a very intelligent Natal native named * * * , a headman residing near the Zulu border, who, having relations and friends in the Zulu country, has means of knowing the real state of feeling of the people in many parts of the country. 2. The conversation with * * * is interesting, as throwing light on the cause of dis- content of many of the Zulus with the appointed Chiefs. I do not think the information given applies to all the appointed Chiefs, but it does to some. ... I mentioned in my report of August (Enclosure in Despatch of the 25th August”) that the interpre- tation generally put by the Zulu Chiefs and headmen on the settlement of 1879 appears to have been that they should be allowed to govern their own tribes, people, and followers, and that there would be no interference on the part of the appointed Chiefs with the internal tribal government of the people. On the other hand some, at all events. of the appointed Chiefs appear to have taken a very different view of their position towards the Chiefs and people living in their territories, and not only has there been too much interference with the internal government of the tribes, but there has been a tendency to supersede the authority of the several Chiefs, and to deal with the people independently of the authority of their tribal Chiefs. * * * is not the only person from whom we have heard this explanation, and I have little doubt that the undue interference of some of the appointed Chiefs with the tribal government of the people and with the authority of the subordinate Chiefs has been the main cause of whatever disaffection there has been against them. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, - Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. * No. 79. 227 Enclosure in No. 126. INFORMATION obtained by ACTING SECRETARY for NATIVE AFFAIRs from Headman * * *, resident near * * * *, regarding the state of Zululand. By Acting Secretary for Native Affairs: Q. What news have you about Zululand 2 A. The Zulus are unsettled at the news just heard, that Cety wayo is to return to Zululand. Q. Why unsettled, they all wish for his return, do they not P A. As a people the Zulus do not desire the return of Cetywayo. I know some Chiefs have expressed themselves in favour of his return, not because they like him or his rule, but because their positions over their own people are interfered with by the appointed Chiefs. If all who are Chiefs were allowed to govern their people in their own rights, as they did in the time of Cetywayo, they would not ask for his return. . Q. Then the Zulus do wish for the return of Cetywayo 2 A. No, they would not care to have him back, but rather than lose their authority over their own people altogether, they would accept his return, as they would then retain their positions which they feel they are fast losing under the appointed Chiefs. Q. Is this their only complaint P A. Yes, as far I can hear. Q. Then there are some who would be glad to see Cetywayo back P A. I cannot say that there are, for there is much they can do without restriction, which they dare not do under Cetywayo, that is, the young men have all married and have settled down with their parents. The girls are also free to marry. There is no more fear of armed parties going about the country, as they used under Cetywayo, to destroy or eat up kraals. They now sleep without fear of death during the night. I have also heard that Umyamana, Faku-Ka-Ziningo, Seketwayo, and another whose name I do not now remember, all prefer being subject to the British Government. Q. Do they not wish the contrary P A. Not from what I have heard. Q. Then you do not think that Umyamana would join Cetywayo again P A. I do not believe his people wish it, but he may, though I do not think so. I hear that Uhamu will leave Zululand and go to the Boers if Cety wayo returns. Matyana Mondise is a connexion of mine, and is very uneasy at the news of Cetywayo's return. He would gladly place himself again under British protection, but he does not care to leave the country he at present occupies, that is, in John Dunn's territory. No. 127. Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received December 12, 1882.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, º - November 8, 1882. WITH reference to the 4th, paragraph of the enclosure to your Lordship's Despatch of the 29th August,” I have the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's informa- tion, a copy of a statement made by two Zulu natives to the British Resident on the 6th of October. These natives were sent by the regent Siunguza (Gaozi's territory), to report to the Resident that a Zulu named Unhlebo had arrived at his kraal from “Sobantu " (Bishop Colenso), with a message from Cetywayo. 2. The message was evidently sent with the object of inducing Siunguza to declare for Cetywayo. * f 3. On the 8th of April last, Bishop Colenso wrote to me as follows:—“I shall, of “ course, comply with the desire expressed by your Excellency, that I should not send “ any more messages on the part of the ex-King to anyone in Zululand. * No. 66. Ff 2 228 “Should any such messages reach me from Cetywayo, which may seem to me such as “ might be sent, I shall avail myself of your Excellency’s permission to forward them to “ yourself, to be sent, if approved, through the British Resident.” : I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, . Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure in No. 127. Inhlazatye, Zululand, October 6, 1882. We are sent by Siunguza to report to the Resident that about 10 days ago a man named Unhlebo, son of Umbese, a Zulu belonging to the kraals of Gobozana was sent to him by the “Inkosi.” Sobantu (Bishop Colenso) with the following words from Cetywayo :—“Why do I not hear from you Siunguza 2 Are you against me like Usibebu “ and Uhamu ? I am coming back to Zululand to my people of the house of Silwana “ (Siunguza's father) and to that of Biyela (Umgitjwa's people). Which side are you “ on, that of the white men or mine P I wish to know, so that it may be clear to me “ when I reach Zululand who are for me and who are against me.” - In reply to Unhlebo, Siunguza only remarked that he had nothing to say to Cety wayo. He told us, however, that we were to tell the Resident that he is surprised that any message should come to him through Sobantu. Sobantu is not his Chief. He knows only the Resident, and can only hear words from him. He has not two Chiefs. He said further that we were to ask the Resident whether he knew anything about this message sent to him by Sobantu through Unhlebo. Reply:—Tell Siunguza that I know nothing about the message received by him, and I do not believe that it was sent by Cetywayo, as any communications Cetywayo wishes to make to persons in Zululand are sent through the Government. Siunguza is right in being careful about, messages that reach him through persons not properly authorised. • No. 128. GoverNOR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received December 12, 1882.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, November 8, 1882. WITH reference to the 5th paragraph of the enclosure to your Despatch of the 29th August last,” I have the honour to transmit to your Lordship a copy of a Despatch addressed by me to his Excellency the High Commissioner, from which your Lordship will perceive that I have put the High Commissioner in possession of the pro- posals that I have submitted to Her Majesty's Government for the future arrangements to be made in the Zulu country, including the proposals regarding the manner of Cetywayo's return to Zululand. It has of course been necessary for me to add that I can make no definite communication regarding the time of Cetywayo's return until I have received your Lordship's instructions in reply to my proposals. have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. * No. 66. 229 Enclosure in No. 128. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, October 27, 1882. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Excellency's information, a copy of a Despatch” which I have sent to the Secretary of State on the subject of the future arrangements to be made in the Zulu country. This Despatch includes the suggestions I have made regarding the return of Cetywayo to Zululand. Your Excellency will learn from this Despatch the various proposals which it has been my duty to submit to Her Majesty's Government in connexion with these matters. Pending the intimation to me by the Secretary of State of his decision on these proposals, which intimation I have suggested should be made to me by telegraph, your Excellency will readily understand that I am not in a position to make any definite communication to you regarding the time at which the arrangements will be ready for Cetywayo's return, nor am I in a position to ask you to make any definite communication to Cetywayo. But as soon as I receive the Secretary of State's answer, I shall take an early opportunity of addressing your Excellency again on the subject. - I have, &c. His Excellency the Right Hon. (Signed) H. BULwF.R. Sir. H. G. R. Robinson, G.C.M.G., &c. &c. &c. No. 129. GoverNOR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received December 12, 1882.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, November 9, 1882. I HAD the honour to receive at the end of August your Lordship's Despatch of the 26th July,+ enclosing a copy of a correspondence with the Secretary to the Aborigines Protection Society, including a printed paper entitled an “Account of the great Zulu deputation from a Zulu point of view.” 2. I referred this paper to the Secretary for Native Affairs in this Colony, and subsequently to the British Resident in Zululand, for any observations they might think it necessary to make on its contents; and I have now the honour to forward, for your Lordship's information, copies of the reports in reply, which I have received from those gentlemen. 3. The British Resident points out and corrects the more important inaccuracies and errors which the account contains; but it is not necessary that I should follow him into these details, the more especially as your Lordship is in possession of my official reports of what took place on the occasion. - 4. A few words only I feel bound to say on the origin of the account. I have no cause to complain of the terms of the letter in which the secretary to the Society for- warded a copy of the account to your Lordship, as the Society in doing, so expressly disclaimed any idea of discrediting the official reports furnished by me, and only desired that your Lordship should be in possession of an account which had been furnished by the Zulus themselves; and, although the heading on the printed paper, signifying that it was an “Account of the great Zulu deputation from a Zulu point of view,” tended per- haps to some misconception as to the real character of the document, inasmuch as those words might imply that the account was derived from an independent Zulu point of view, or that it was from a Zulu point of view as distinguished from an English or Colonial, official or unofficial, point of view, yet the Society do not appear to have so misunder- stood it but from the first recognised it as an account given by the Zulu leaders of the demonstration themselves; whilst in Mr. Chesson's second letter, in reply to an inquiry made by your Lordship, it was further explained that the statement had been derived from the Zulus who had taken part in the interviews, and had been furnished to the Society by Bishop Colenso. Under these circumstances it is not necessary for me to say more than that the account was from the particular point of view of the Zulu party of agita- tion under Undabuko and of their friends in this Colony. It is, in fact, the Bishopstowe version of what took place at the time of the demonstration of April and May last : the story of Undabuko, of Dabulamanzi, and possibly of other leaders of the Zulu party of agitation, as told to, and put into form by, the Bishop of Natal, to whose suggestion, it will be remembered, the demonstration owed its origin. It was only natural I admit, however much on public grounds I may object to it, that the leaders of that demon. * No. 1 ()(3. † No. 40. F £ 3 230 stration should report their arrival in the Colony to the Bishop instead of to the Government. It was only natural that they should be in communication with the Bishop during their stay in Natal, and that they should report to him all that took place, and only natural perhaps that the Bishop, whose views have been so identified with the object for which the demonstration was organised, should accept as correct whatever was told him by Undabuko and the other leaders of the party of demonstration, of which account and of the Bishop's own remarks and opinions the paper is made up. ... • I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. - - - - - - ------ - - - - - - - - --------------, Enclosure 1. in No. 129. Report. - * Secretary Native Affairs Office, Natal, - - September 8, 1882. ON Undabuko's first coming to this Colony to pay his respects to the Governor he had a pass given him by the British Resident. - There is little doubt that the 646 Chiefs and headmen, as they are termed, who accompanied Undabuko and his brothers into this Colony did fully concur in the prayer for the return of Cetywayo, though the fact still remains that the fears of the Zulu people generally were worked upon to secure a large following. There is ample proof that native messengers from Natal traversed the country stating that they were sent by “Sobantu ’’ to call upon the Zulus to come to Natal and meet Cetywayo in Maritzburg, and that all who did not obey this call would be punished. - It is also quite true that the demonstration was composed of Zulus from all parts of the country, but that they represented anyone but themselves is very doubtful. It is said that five appointed Chiefs were also desirous for the return of Cetywayo, but I must submit that there is nothing to show that they desired anything of the kind. Undabuko may have told the Bishop of Natal that he was not aware that any large number of Zulus were coming to Natal on the same errand as himself and brothers, but, if my information is correct, which I do not doubt, Undabuko busied himself in inducing all he could to accompany him, and actually brought the large party of 2,000 people with him. I do not remember that the question as to where Undabuko and party was to lodge while here was ever alluded to. It is the custom among natives for any deputation sent by one Chief to another to proceed direct to their destination, report themselves, and have their lodgings pointed out to them, where they would also be fed, but since the Zulu war and since the Bishop of Natal interested himself in Zulu matters, I cannot remember an instance of a party of Zulus coming direct to the office of the Secretary for Native Affairs as had been the custom for over thirty years, but on the contrary have gone direct to Bishopstowe, where they lodged, and where I must conclude was their destina- tion. This being the case, the Government could not recognise any such party as one sent to it on any mission, and, as the demonstration herein alluded to acted precisely in the same way as above stated, and even sent messengers to the Bishop from Zululand to say that it was on its way, the destination of that demonstration could have only been Bishopstowe and not the seat of Government. No message was sent to the Government by Undabuko or any of his party, their arrival was not reported to the border magistrates, nor was the necessary permission to enter the Colony asked for ; every rule and regulation for natives entering the Colony in a body was therefore wholly disregarded by Undabuko, of which no Zulu in Zululand is ignorant. This Government would not consequently countenance such total disregard of rules hitherto strictly abided by by all Zulus by giving encouragement in lodging and feeding these natives. The statement that the Resident called upon the eight Chiefs to eat up or punish those of their people who represented to the Bishop that they appeared on behalf of those Chiefs is, I believe, incorrect, and it should be remembered that those messengers did not inform the Resident nor the Secretary for Native Affairs that they were sent by an WOIl€. †mbezwe and the three men with him thanked me cordially, so did Umfungi and Siyiba, the following for the words I had spoken to the first named. No threats were used towards Chief Dunn in the presence of the Governor as stated, nor were any made in my presence. 231 It is said that all had not “spoken.” This is incorrect. All had “spoken,” as they themselves said that they had “all spoken.” r - (Signed) J. W. SHEPSTONE, Assistant Secretary for Native Affairs. Enclosure 2. in No. 129. HIS ExCELLENCY, * Zululand, October 25, 1882. THE “account” begins with the announcement of the arrival of Mvoko and Msutyuana, two Zulus who had been sent on ahead to apprise the Bishop of the approach of the party of Zulus from Zululand. . It then sets forth the statement made by the two messengers wherein they allege, certain circumstances under which the party left their country to go to Natal. Into this statement of the messengers it will be seen that its writer, the Bishop, included a quotation from the Blue Book, giving number and page, in order to fortify, as it were, the position taken up by those who sent the messengers to him. I would observe here that the party of Zulus under Undabuko in sending on měssengers to announce their approach were acting strictly in accordance with Zulu official etiquette and requirement, but at the same time it is important to note that this announcement was sent to the Bishop (received by him on 11th April) and not to the Government, the Government being entirely ignored, and it was not until the 16th April (Sunday) that messengers came to me in Maritzburg and stated that the party had arrived, no previous intimation of their approach having been made. * In the statement of Mvoko and Umsutyuana to the Bishop it is alleged that I had refused to grant a pass to the applicants for it (Umsutu and Umyamana), but told them that as “I was going down myself to Maritzburg I would speak of their affairs and troubles to the new Chief, Sir H. Bulwer.” That this version of the reply given by me is untrue I need scarcely say. Your Excellency is aware that my answer to the applicants for the pass was at follows:– -- * I am going to Maritzburgh at once, and will lay your application before the Governor, and recommend him to grant it. I will tell you his decision when I return. It is necessary that I should first ask the Governor whether he will permit you to come to him.”—Blue Book C. 3,247, p. 60. The remainder of the statement on the first page of the “ account, &c.,” and which is divided into sections numbered from 1 to 4 inclusive, do not appear, from the docu- ment itself, to have been made by any Zulu, hence I conclude that they are assertions made by the Bishop as the writer of the document. With regard to these I have to remark that I observe in section 3 it is stated that, besides those whose names are given, 646 Chiefs and headmen came as the deputation, a statement which cannot be correct, as the Chiefs and headmen who came to Maritzburg were only those whose names were given up by Undabuko and his brothers, with the assistance of the Chiefs and headmen themselves, who were present on the occasion as shown in my report of the interview. (Blue Book C. 3,247, p. 68.) The other Zulus who took part in the demonstration were private people who had been induced by Undabuko and the others to follow them into Natal to receive Cetywayo, who they gave out had already arrived in Maritzburg. It is further incorrect that Sirayo was represented. There was, and still is nothing to show that where the appointed Chief did not “pray” his own tribe and members of his family did; and if such persons did appear in order to “pray,” there is good reason to believe that, in some instances at least, they did so of their own accord, and without sanction of the tribe or family. • - Nor was Usibebu's tribe, the Manhlagazi, represented as stated. His two brothers and cousins were not authorised to appear for the tribe, from which they had been separated for a considerable time previously. They belong to the Usutu party now. . Uhamu's territory was not represented by the Abaqulusi tribe. This tribe belonged to Cetywayo, there being no other Chief over them. They represented themselves only. It is true that Umyamana was represented, but notwithstanding this i say it distinctly that Umyamana is opposed to Cetywayo's restoration as King. - & The statement in section 4, that the five other Chiefs who “prayed " for Cetywayo in August 1881, are still with them (the present applicants) is, there is good cause to believe, also incorrect. The reason given by the Bishop for their not being represented is groundless, for what consequences resulted to them on Sir E. Wood's visit which deterred them from taking part as stated P. The assertion that Siunguza and Umgijwa freely permitted people under them to join the “deputation,” and said that “they too F f 4 232 pray, &c.,” is not a fair statement of the case, as both these Chiefs are opposed to Cetywayo's restoration; they reported to me that the people who went out of their territories with Undabuko and his brothers to Maritzburg did so without their permission. It is true that these Chiefs did not punish any one for having gone on this occasion, their reason for not doing so being doubtless the action taken by me last year in interceding with them on behalf of those they had punished, and were about to punish, for having gone to Maritzburg on similar errands. - The second paragraph of this section 4 sets forth as fact that this “deputation * very rightly described itself as “All Zululand, and it prayed for Cetywayo's return.” This declaration of a conclusion, it is clear, is that of the writer of the “account, &c.,” viz., the Bishop, and as the statements preceding, it also show evidence that they emanated directly from him and not from the Zulus, the question arises, how far the account as given by him can be taken as being from a “ Zulu point of view,” as set forth in the heading P I submit that the greater part of the account appearing on the first page is not from a Zulu point of view, but that it is from the Bishop's point of view. The remainder of the account is apparently the version of certain Zulus of what took place at the different interviews with the authorities. With reference to that part of it which purports to be a statement of the transactions of the demonstrating party with me at Maritzburg I can only say that I made full and accurate report of everything to your Excellency, all that was said at the different interviews on both sides, was carefully written down by me at the time the words were spoken, and I took especial care to omit nothing. The account of the interviews given by the Zulus to the Bishop, I know not how long after they occurred, was from memory, and I assert that it is incorrect in every particular wherein it differs from the reports furnished by me. I notice on the last page (8) of the account that the people from John Dunn's territory state that at close of their interview with your Excelleney they were dismissed “ though some of them had not yet spoken.” I have to point out that after the different individuals had ceased speaking, and no one coming forward to advance anything, your Excellency asked the question whether any of them wished to say anything more, to which Dabulamanzi and others replied that “they had nothing more to say, all had spoken who wished to do so.” (Signed) M. OSBoRN, British Resident. No. 130. The RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY to Gover Nor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, º Downing Street, December 12, 1882. ON the 7th instant I received from you a telegram to the following effect :— “7th December.—I propose that Osborn should be the Commissioner for the reserved territory. “ I º, that payment by Cetywayo of the Resident with him would place the Resident in a false position. The cost need not, however, be on the scale of the present Zulu Residency, and I submit that it should be defrayed by Her Majesty's Government for the first two or three years. “I have arranged with Sir T. Shepstone to meet Cetywayo and instal him. “I despatched instructions on Monday last, 4th instant, to Osborn, desiring him to make the necessary announcement in Zululand, and I also sent the decision to Sir H. Robinson for communication to Cetywayo. “I have written to the admiral about a passage for Cetywayo, and to the general as to the provision of an escort.” - On the 11th instant I replied by telegraph to the following effect:- “I agree to your proposals that Osborn should be Commissioner and that Sir T. Shepstone should instal Cetywayo. “The installation should be simple and without parade. “I agree that the direct payment of the Resident by Cetywayo would be undesirable. Cetywayo should pay a round sum of say 3,000l. per annum to Her Majesty's Govern- ment to cover all expenses incurred by them. - I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) KIM BERLEY. 233 No. 131, The RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY to Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, December 14, 1882. I HAVE read with interest the Minute by Sir T. Shepstone, on the subject of the Settlement of Zululand, enclosed in your Despatch of the 3rd of November.” I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) KIMBERLEY. No. 132. Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received December 21, 1882.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, November 16, 1882. WITH reference to your Lordship's Despatch of the 29th of August, F acknowledging the receipt of one (of the 21st July £) with which I forwarded copies of a report from the British Resident in Zululand, of date the 2nd of July, with enclosures, some of which were statements of complaint made by certain Zulus against the appointed Chiefs Uhamu and Usibebu, it may be well that I should draw your Lordship's attention to the enclosures which were forwarded in my subsequent Despatches of the 27th July and 8th Septembers from which your Lordship will have learned that the charges made against the appointed Chief Usibebu were not borne out by the information obtained by the Resident. - I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, . Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. No. 133. Gover NOR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. the EARL OF - KIMBERLEY. (Received December 21, 1882.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, November 18, 1882. IN reply to your Lordship's Despatch, of the 7th September, relative to certain statements made by Cetywayo that some of the cattle which formerly belonged to him and which at the close of the Zulu war were declared by the British authorities to be forfeited had been taken and kept by Chiefs J. Dunn, Uhamu, Usibebu, and others, I have the honour to forward, for your Lordship's information, copy of a report on the subject which I have received from the British Resident. 2. From this report your Lordship will learn that, so far as Chief J. Dunn is con- cerned, that Chief was active for some time after the termination of the Zulu war in collecting the royal cattle from different parts of the country; not confining, I believe, his efforts to his own territory. In this way he collected a great number of the cattle, of many of which unfortunately the military authorities allowed him to become the purchaser without the necessity of sending them into Natal to the senior commissariat officer. The cattle thus purchased were accordingly retained, and of course, lawfully retained, by him. But it was an arrangement to be regretted; because the Zulus, not knowing of the purchase, have been led to suppose that the cattle were wrongfully retained by the Chief; and only the other day when I was at Rorke's Drift one of the ex-King's brothers, either Undabuko, or Usivetu, said to me that though the cattle had been seized by Chief Dunn as if for the Government “we have not been able to discover the drift over which they crossed “ into Natal.” <> * No. 122. f No. 61. † No. 58. § Nos. 69 and 91. | No. 73. R 4012. G 9, 234 3. This circumstance probably accounts for Cetywayo's assertion regarding J. Dunn, but there is nothing to show that he has unlawfully retained any of these cattle, nor is there any proof, the Resident says, that the other appointed Chiefs have appropriated any of the royal cattle to themselves. I have, however, asked the Resident to ascertain if by any chance either Uhamu or Usibebu, or indeed any of the other Chiefs, are in possession of royal cattle, and, if so, to desire those Chiefs to send them to him in order that he may hand them over, in the name of Her Majesty’s Government, to Cety wayo on his return. 4. The Resident reports that he has nearly 200 head of the royal cattle which have been from time to time brought to him, and these I will, in accordance with the spirit of your Lordship's instructions, desire him to hand over to Cetywayo on his return. There is no doubt also that the Chiefs and headmen of the country that will be under Cetywayo's rule will, on his arrival, send to him “recognition” head of cattle so that he will very soon have probably not less, the Resident says, than 500 head. I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Enclosure in No. 133. His ExcellENCY, November 18, 1881. ON the capture of Cetywayo immediate steps were taken by the military authorities to obtain possession of all his cattle, which were declared forfeited to the Government, and John Dunn assisted them in collecting the cattle from different parts of the country. I am not aware that he failed to account for any of them to the autho- rities. He however bought a considerable number, and paid the price agreed upon to the officers concerned. This occurred before my appointment to Zululand. On taking office I pointed out to the late Sir George Colley the undesirableness of allowing Chief John Dunn to purchase royal cattle, and a stop was at once put to the practice. It is very probable that the Zulus seeing John Dunn, in the first place, exerting himself in the collection of the cattle, and then, that many of the cattle remained in his possession, not knowing that he acquired them by purchase, have concluded that he unlawfully appropriated them, and informed Cetywayo accordingly. All the appointed Chiefs took steps to collect royal cattle within their respective territories shortly after their appointment as Chiefs. Whether they honestly accounted for all they received is difficult to say; but there is up to the present no proof that they appropriated any for themselves. I think the probable reason why Cetywayo mentioned Uhamu and Usibebu (as well as John Dunn) specially in his complaint is that these Chiefs took active measures to secure the royal cattle, and punished with severity those of their people who were found to have secreted any of the cattle for themselves. Undabuko and other near relatives of Cetywayo resided in the territories of those Chiefs, and they too were made to deliver up royal cattle held by them. I am of opinion that a considerable number of royal cattle were never brought forward by people in whose charge they were on the King's capture, and that these remain still in their possession. When Cetywayo returns all such cattle will be forthcoming, the persons who mow hold them will produce them in order to escape punishment. Small lots of royal cattle are still occasionally brought to me, and I have at the present moment nearly 200 head of all sizes in charge; these and any others that may yet be collected, could, with your Excellency’s approval, be handed over to Cetywayo on his arrival in Zululand. In addition to these it is certain that every Chief, headman, and head of a family in the country that will be placed under him will, without delay, go to greet him with cattle as is their custom, each giving according to his rank and possessions, heads of families one head, Chiefs, &c., more in proportion. From this source- alone I estimate that he will receive not less than 500 full-grown cattle within one, or at most two months after his arrival. Further, there are all the cattle, over 800 head, seized by Umyamana from Sirayo and his tribe immediately after the action of Ulundi and before the King’s capture, which are still in his possession. These, with their increase, which together ought now to number over 1,500 head, are strictly royal cattle, and could be rightly claimed by Cetywayo with permission of the Government. With these prospects before him there are scarcely any grounds to fear that Cetywayo will not have a fairly sufficient number of cattle on his return to Zululand. * 235 At the same time it will be advisable to notify to the Chiefs and people that the Government have abandoned in favour of Cetywayo their title to any royal cattle now remaining unaccounted for by them, and still in their possession; and to call upon them to deliver up immediately all such cattle. With regard to the case of Unconcwana, I do not know the circumstances which led to the seizure of his cattle by Uhamu, but I have heard and believe that they were summarily confiscated because he supported Cetywayo's cause as stated. It is one of the acts of oppression characteristic of Uhamu's rule since his appointment. I think he should be called upon to justify his act, and, failing to do so, to make full restoration. It seems to me, however, scarcely advisable to take any steps in this matter until after Uhamu has complied with Sir E. Wood's award, as I feel convinced that he will entirely disregard any desire of the Government that might be conveyed to him on the subject now. Zululand, (Signed) M. OSBoRN, November 2nd, 1882. e British Resident, No. 134. Gover NOR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received December 26, 1882.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My Lord, November 24, 1882. IN my Despatch of the 13th October,” I reported to your Lordship the steps I had taken to meet the difficulties of the case of the Chief Umyamana, arising out of his relations with the appointed Chief Uhamu, and the difficulties of the case of Undabuko and Usivetu (Cetywayo's brother, and half-brother), arising out of their expulsion last year from their kraals, and from the district to which they belonged on account of their differences with the appointed Chief Usibebu, in whose appointed territory the district lies. 2. Pending the changes to be made in the Zulu country, and having prospective regard also to the nature of those changes as proposed by Ine in my Despatch of the 3rd October, I made arrangements by which the Chief Umyamana and his people should be freed from any further interference by the appointed Chief Uhamu ; and, in the case of the two brothers, I arranged that they should be enabled to return at once to their kraals in Usibebu’s present territory, the latter appointed Chief agreeing to allow them to do this in deference to my wishes. 3. I have herewith the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, a copy of a report I have received from the British Resident showing that Usivetu and Undabuko have now raised a difficulty about returning to their kraals unless all the other people of the Usutu party belonging to Usibebu's territory are allowed to return also. 4. I learn from the Resident that one of the first steps taken by the Chief Umyamana after being freed from Uhamu's authority was to interfere with some of Uhamu's people, and the Resident was somewhat anxious as to his designs. The fact is that, though Umyamana has ostensibly been one of the leaders of the party in favour of Cetywayo's restoration, and his name has been made use of, and he himself has been made use of for the purposes of the agitation, now that the restoration is decided upon, he is ex- ceedingly uneasy at the prospect. Rightly or wrongly he is credited with having been the means by which Cetywayo's hiding-place at the close of the Zulu war was discovered to the troops sent in pursuit of the king ; and some of the Usutu party, more particularly, I believe, Cetywayo's wives, have openly taunted him with this act of betrayal. In taking part in the recent agitation there can be little doubt he was actuated by the hope of improving thereby his own position. It never entered into his head that the British Government would allow Cetywayo to return ; but he joined in the agitation thinking to make use of it for his own purposes. * His present object, the Resident thinks, is to secure if possible an independent position for himself before Cetywayo's return. He is possessed, as I have had occasion to mention more than once in writing to your Lordship, of one of the largest and most powerful followings in the Zulu country, and he may entertain the notion that if he can only persuade the Government to give him an independent position he will be able to hold his own, and be secure from the consequences of Cetywayo's restoration to power. * No. 108. f No. 106. G g 2 236 5. Undabuko for other reasons is credited with a similar design. He also it is said, aspires to be an independent Chief; and it is just possible that this desire on his part may explain the present attitude of the brothers in raising a difficulty about returning to their district, unless certain other people are allowed to return also; their object being to build up a strong party of their own. The Resident indeed attributes their conduct to Umyamana's intrigues and advice. I do not feel so sure of this myself, but when it is recollected how urgently and with what persistence the two brothers have been moving to be allowed to return to their own district, and what a hardship their expulsion from their homes has been made to appear, and I can well believe has really been, it certainly seems as if some undercurrent of motive were at work that they should now when they have obtained the object about which they displayed so much importunity be unwilling to avail themselves of it. 6. With regard to the case of Umsutyuana, Umbopa, Mahu, and the others of the Usutu party, on whose behalf the brothers are now solicitous, they also belong to that part of Usibebu's territory which I have proposed shall be placed under Cetywayo, so that on his restoration they will be enabled to return to their homes. But as they belong to a part where their kraals are mixed up with kraals of Usibebu’s people, I thought it better that they should await the removal of Usibebu’s people, which would be carried out before Cetywayo's return, rather than that they should go back at once, as quarrels between them and Usibebu’s people would be only too sure to follow. It was for this reason that I did not try to make the same arrangement for their immediate return that I made in the case of Undabuko and Usivetu, whose kraals were not inter- mixed with those of Usibebu’s people. But this does not satisfy Undabuko's purposes. He is a troublesome, turbulent youth, and I freely recognise that no one is likely to keep him in such good order as Cetywayo. But whether he is so anxious for Cety- wayo's return as has been supposed is another question. There is good reason to believe that he had his own views as to what the agitation of last April and May might lead to. He was the organiser indeed of the agitation, which answered the purposes of those who desired to make out that the Zulu people were clamouring for Cetywayo, but it is doubtful if his heart was with the ostensible object of the movement, and if he did not rather play the part he took with an idea that the movement would lead to his own personal aggrandisement. In fact, the greatest danger of the agitation which was got up last April, was that it would bring on, and it very nearly did bring on a civil war, Undabuko heading the Usutu party with the real design of making himself the King. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure in No. 134. BRITISH RESIDENT, Zululand, to Sir H. BULwer. MINUTE. Inhlazatye, Zululand, His ExCELLENCY, November 3, 1882. I TRANSMIT copy of an application made by. Usivetu and Haiyana for permission to send a deputation, to consist of not exceeding three members, to ask your Excellenc to authorise all the Usutu people to resume occupation of the lands formerly inhabited by them. The Usutu people referred to would, in addition to the personal followers of Usiwetu and Undabuko, include the tribes of Umbopa and Umsutyuana and the following of Gamule, Mahu, Haiyana, and others. The kraals and sites of kraals belonging to Undabuko and Usivetu inspected by me last month are spread over a tract of land of at least 12 miles long, on the eastern side of the Ivuna stream in Usibebu’s territory which ſ found wholly uninhabited, and as the greater portion of this tract is separated from the part on which Usibebu’s people live, by a ridge running parallel to it, I advised the parties to adopt this ridge so far as it extends (pending final arrangements) as the boundary between them in order to prevent dispute and quarrel. - On this tract are also situated the kraals belonging to the people of Undabuko and Usivetu who formerly lived there with them. These, I explained to Usibebu, are to be 237 considered as included in the arrangements sanctioned by your Excellency, and that the people to whom these sites belonged were not to be molested in re-occupying them. This Usibebu readily promised to observe. 4- On inj return to Inhlazatye I at once acquainted both Undabuko and Usiwetu with the arrangements that had been made in pursuance of your Excellency’s instructions, and that they and those who formerly lived in their immediate neighbourhood were free to re-occupy their old kraals and sites at once. Each of them sent back by his own messengers the expression of his satisfaction and thanks. - The present expression of dissatisfaction by Usiwetu is therefore not consistent, and I can only attribute it to intriguing and advice of Umyamana, who is endeavouring to push matters so as to induce your Excellency to grant him a separate territory before Cety- wayo arrives. He is under the impression that only those of the appointed Chiefs who wish it will be placed under Cety wayo's authority, and that those who do not wish it will be º to remain independent Chiefs over the territories to which they have been appointed. - - - Pº present application of Usivelu and Undabuko for the Usutu people under them to be allowed to return to the lands formerly occupied by them in the face of their having been informed that Cetywayo will return shortly, I look upon as a movement in the same direction as that of Umyamana. I believe that they, too, are scheming to be made independent Chiefs before Cetywayo comes, perhaps with the view to be better able to befriend him, or, what is not at all unlikely, to secure their own personal ends. They know that the people on whose behalf they apply will not be able to re-occupy their old sites until next autumn for want of thatch grass to construct huts with, and that the season for putting in crops will be over before the deputation can return from Maritzburg with an answer, and the people move on to the land if allowed. They know, too, that the people are now busy planting at the places where they are at present staying. (Signed) M. OSBoRN, - British Resident. Inhlazatye, Zululand, - - - November 2, 1882. Appear Usiwetu, brother of Cetywayo, accompanied by Haiyana, a cousin of Usibebu, who about a year ago joined the Usutu. Usivetu states, he comes to thank the Resident personally for his trouble in the matter of his and Undabuko's kraals in Usibebu’s territory. He wishes to express his disappointment that the Resident did not, at the same time, allow all the people of the Usutu to return to their homesteads, and adds that he and Undabuko cannot go to reside alone in their kraals, their people not being permitted to go to theirs. In the first place they want their people to build their kraals for them, which they, the people, cannot do unless they are back at their own kraals. And, secondly, it would not be safe for them, Usivetu and Undabuko, to reside by themselves near to Usibebu and his people. They ask the Resident to help them to bring these circumstances to the know- iedge of the Governor. They want to thank the Governor and to ask him to allow all the Usutu to reoccupy their lands. He understood from Mr. Shepstone at Rorke's Drift that all were allowed to resume occupation, and the Resident says that only he and Undabuko were included in the permission. He calls upon Haiyana to speak. Haiyana addresses the Resident to the same effect, and adds that he and the others are not satisfied, for, why should they not be permitted to return to the lands they formerly occupied ?. Mr. Shepstone said at the Buffalo that the Governor ordered that all are to be allowed to return. He and all the others concerned now wish to send a deputation of two or three men to Maritzburg to complain to the Governor and to ask him to allow all to return. Usivetu says, we wish to lay our grievance before the Governor by means of a depu- tation, the members of which will not exceed three, and we ask your consent to their going, and to give us a letter to the Governor. The Resident, in reply, states : Mr. Shepstone did not say that all were included in the permission to return. He carefully explained to you twice in my presence that the Governor had authorised arrangements for only Undabuko and Usivetu to resume occupation of their kraals in Usibebu’s territory, and this you know very well is what Mr. Shepstone did say. At the same time in carrying out the Governor's orders when I visited the sites of your old kraals, which are spread over a large extent of ground, I pointed out to Usibebu, as I G g 3 2.38 have since informed you, not only your and Undabuko's personal kraals, but also those of your people who lived with you in that immediate neighbourhood, and Usibebu clearly understood that those people were permitted to return. You will see, therefore, that the case is not as stated by you that you and Undabuko would, under the arrange- ments made, have to reside there alone by yourselves. With regard to the request the deputation is to make to the Governor, I must remind you, as I have already done, that at the Buffalo river the Governor told both you and Undabuko that it was not his intention, on that occasion, to enter upon the general complaints and applications that had been made; that these would be dealt with subse- quently; neither did he enter into those cases then. He said the cases of the Usutu people under Umsutyuana and others would have to wait until he effects a general settlement in the country. . I will, however, consent to your sending the deputation to the Governor, but I hold you to the condition that it is not to consist of more than three members, and that they are not to be accompanied by any following at all. When they are ready to go they may come to me for the letter. - No. 135. The RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF DER BY to Gover NOR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, - Downing Street, January 1, 1883. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch, of the 18th November,” forwarding a report from the British Resident in Zululand, regarding the disposal of the cattle which formerly belonged to Cetywayo. I approve the instructions which you propose to give to the British Resident for the delivery to Cetywayo of the royal cattle in Mr. Osborn's possession. - I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer (Signed) DERBY. No. 136. The RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF DERBY to GOVERNOR SIR HENRY - BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, & Downing Street, January 2, 1883. You have already been informed by telegraph of the decision of Her Majesty's Government on the various financial questions in connexion with the return of Cetywayo to Zululand, but it will be convenient to recapitulate in this Despatch the substance of your telegraphic correspondence on the subject with my predecessor and afterwards with myself. On the 7th ultimo you submitted your opinion that the payment of the Resident by Cetywayo, as had been proposed in Lord Kimberley's telegram of 28th November, would place the Resident in a false position. You said that the cost need not be on the present scale, and you submitted that it should be defrayed for the first few years by Her Majesty’s Government. On the 11th ultimo my predecessor replied that he agreed that the direct payment of the Resident by Cetywayo would be undesirable, but that a fixed sum of, say, 3000l. yearly should be paid by him to Her Majesty's Government for all expenses incurred by them. At the same time my predecessor informed you that Cetywayo's installation should be simple and without parade. - - On the 14th ultimo you telegraphed in reply that you feared greatly that an annual payment by Cetywayo would lead to trouble; that it would open a door to, and might be made the excuse for, exaction and oppressive proceedings which might gravely compromise Her Majesty’s Government. You urged reconsideration of the decision. * No. 133 239 On the same day you also asked for sanction for the necessary incidental expenses of the restoration, including a sum not exceeding 2007, for beaconing off the boundaries of the respective territories. On the 15th ultimo my predecessor requested you to furnish by telegraph an estimate of the total cost of Cetywayo's restoration, specifying the various heads of expense, and he took the opportunity of desiring you to impress upon the officer in charge of the party the necessity for economy and properly vouched accounts. You replied on the 16th, stating you would furnish the required estimate, and asking in the meantime for Sanction of the immediately necessary expenses, a request which you reiterated on the 19th, on which date you also sent a rough estimate showing the total cost of the arrange- ments for replacing Cetywayo in Zululand to amount to 16,700l., made up as follows; Naval, for passage and landing, 700l. ; Military, for escort, 15,500l. ; Civil, 500l. The military expenditure, you said, was calculated for 60 days. In a subsequent telegram on the same day you gave further details of your estimate, showing that the force would consist of 250 mounted men and two companies of infantry, and that the heads of cost were, extra cost of provisions, 4,000l. ; forage, 7,300l. ; transport, 3,700l. ; ordnance store, 300/.; making up a total of 15,300l. I replied to you on the 20th ultimo, that Her Majesty’s Government sanctioned the expenditure for landing and for the boundaries, and that the naval and military expenses were being considered. On the 27th ultimo, in proposing that the salary of the Resident should be 800l., with expenses about 400l., you again recommended that this should be paid by Her Majesty's Government for the first few years. I informed you on the 30th ultimo that the naval and military estimates were approved, and that the sum of 3,000l. would be advanced from the Imperial Treasury for the immediate expenses of the Resident Commissioner in the reserved territory. The salary and expenses of the Resident with Cetywayo would also, I informed you, be paid by Her Majesty's Government for the first year. * - I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) DERBY. No. 137. The RIGHT HoN. The EARL OF DER BY to Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, January 2, 1883. ON the 27 ultimo I received from you a telegram to the following effect : You submitted, in case the Resident with Cety wayo had not yet been appointed, the name of Mr. Fynn, a Resident Magistrate of Natal, for the post at a salary of 800ſ. per annum, with expenses of, say 400/. per annum; but you inquired how it was proposed that this salary and expenses should be met if not by Her Majesty's Government, which you recommended for the first few years. You also drew attention to the inconvenient shape of the reserved territory which you said Mr. Osborn had pointed out; beacon No. 19 projecting into the reserved territory so as to divide it into two. You said that Mr. Osborn urged an alteration of the line with a view to avoid this inconvenience, but that you feared it was now too late, as the decision had been communicated to Cetywayo. . On the 30th ultimo I authorised you to appoint Mr. Fynn Resident with Cetywayo for one year on the terms mentioned by you, and I instructed you to give him leave of absence during that period, and make temporary provision for the discharge of his duties, as the Treasury had at present sanctioned the payment from Imperial funds for one year only. - I said also that I feared that the proposed alteration of boundary was not now possible, but that the Resident should sound Cety wayo on the subject after his arrival. - I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) DER BY. 240 No. 138. SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received January 3, 1883.) Government House, Cape Town, My Lord, December 11, 1882. I HAVE the honour to enclose, for your information, copies of telegraphic commu- nications which have passed between the Governor of Natal and myself on the subject of Cety wayo's restoration. *. I enclose also a transcript of shorthand reports of interviews which, at the request of Sir Henry Bulwer, I have had with Cetywayo for the purpose of communicating to him the arrangements for the re-settlement of Zululand determined on by Her Majesty's Government. Your Lordship will observe, from the notes of the interviews, that Cetywayo, though dissatisfied with the extent of territory alienated, has given the formal engagement required from him to abide by the conditions of his restoration. I have, &c. (Signed) HERCULES ROBINSON, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Governor and High Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. *** *** * * ~ * ------- - ---...-e Enclosure 1. in No. 138. PARAPHRASE OF TELEGRAM. From SIR HENRY BULWER, Pietermaritzburg, to His Excellency the HIGH CoMMIS- SIONER, Cape Town. Received in Cape Town December 4, 1882. 4th December.—I have sent you by the mail the answer of Her Majesty's Govern- ment about the Zulu arrangements, see my Despatch 3rd October, to the Secretary of State. Principal points are, Her Majesty's Government approve my proposal as to Usibebu for special reasons stated; do not approve of line proposed by me for reserved territory, only sanction reserve of country now under John Dunn and Hlubi ; this reserve for location of Chiefs and people unwilling to return under Cetywayo. I have asked your Excellency to communicate the purport to Cetywayo, and obtain his formal engagement to abide by these arrangements, in addition to the conditions agreed to in Eugland. I have framed a condition for that purpose, and with the Secretary of State's sanction, another condition to secure immunity for the girls of the Royal House who have married during Cety wayo's absence from Zululand, and a general immunity for anything done during his absence. * PARAPHRASE or TELEGRAM. From Sir HENRY BULWER, Pietermaritzburg, to His Excellency the High Commissioner, Cape Town. Received in Cape Town December 5, 1882. 4th December.—In continuation of my previous telegram of this date, the following are the terms of the two conditions :— ^- Begins: I will observe and respect the boundaries of the territories placed under the appointed Chief Usibebu, as also those of the territory which her Majesty's Government have decided shall be set apart as reserved territory with a British Resident Commissioner, and I will not attempt in any way to interfere with any of the people living in those territories. I undertake to leave without interference all girls who, prior to the war in 1879, formed part of what was known as the Royal Zulu House, and who since that time have been married, as also their husbands, parents, guardians, and other relations, and I will make no claim upon any of them in respect of any such marriage. And I also undertake to hold no one criminally or otherwise responsible for any act of whatsoever nature or kind 24l done or committed during my absence from Zululand, and I will not punish or proceed against anyone for such in any way. Ends. I telegraph these conditions so that your Excellency may, should you see fit, communi- cate with. Her Majesty's Government” without waiting for my Despatch. If you think that conditions should be put in another form, please alter. Y PARAPHRASE OF TELEGRAM. From GovernoR, Cape Town, to His Excellency Sir HENRY BULwer, Pietermaritzburg. 5th.-Your two telegrams of to-day. Am I right in thinking you do not want me to make any communication to Cetywayo till I receive your Despatch by next post sending answer of Her Majesty's Government about Zulu arrangements P Cetywayo is coming, at his own request, to see me on Thursday afternoon, and, unless you wish otherwise, I think it will be better for me to say nothing about the arrangements decided on, until I receive your Despatch, when I can communicate to him the decision in your own words. As I have no responsibility whatever for the settlement determined on, I do not intend to avail myself of the opportunity which you so kindly afford me of communicating with Her Majesty's Government. - PARAPHRASE OF TELEGRAM. From Sir HENRY BULwer, Pietermaritzburg, to His Excellency the Right Hon. Sir HERCULES G. R. Robinson, G.C.M.G., &c., &c., &c., Cape Town. Received in Cape Town December 6, 1882. 6th December.—Your Excellency's telegram of the 5th. I must apologise that my telegram was not clear. I wished that your Excellency, should you see fit, would be good enough to make the necessary communication to Cetywayo, upon receiving my telegram, without awaiting my Despatch. Practically my Despatch of the 3rd October and my two telegrams of the 4th December express everything essential, I made no sug- gestion that your Excellency should communicate with Her Majesty's Government. There must be some mistake, the communication was to be with Cetywayo. I did not at all intend to make your Excellency responsible. I merely meant that, in communica- ting with Cetywayo, if the form of words in which I had set forth the conditions should be found unsuitable, I begged that it, that is to say, the form, should be altered to suit the occasion. PARAPHRASE of TELEGRAM. From Governor, Cape Town, to His Excellency Sir HENRY Bulwer, Pietermaritzburg. 6th.-Yours to-day. I am sorry to find that a mistake in deciphering your Excel- lency's message of the 4th was made in this office and the words “Her Majesty's Govern- ment” erroneously substituted for the word “Cetywayo.” Am I correct in supposing that the settlement recommended in your Despatch of the 3rd October is approved, with the exception of the alteration in the boundary of the reserved territory, specified in your first telegram of the 4th, and that you wish me to explain to Cetywayo the settlement determined on and obtain his formal engagement to observe the conditions embodied in your second telegram of the 4th 2 If so, I will, if you wish, make the communication to-morrow, when he calls upon me. * This word was erroneously deciphered “Her Majesty's Government” in the first instance. It should have been “Cety wayo.” See two following telegrams of 6th December. R 4012. . H h 242 TELEGRAM. From Sir HERCULEs Robinson, Cape Town, to Sir HENRY BULweR, Pietermaritzburg. December 6th–None of the enclosures to your Despatch of the 3rd October, have been sent to me, and consequently I have no knowledge of the conditions to which you refer in paragraph 29. If there are any points in them not in your telegram of the 4th or in the conditions agreed to in England, perhaps it would be well if you were to telegraph them to me before I see Cetywayo. - PARAPHRASE of TELEGRAM. From Sir HENRY BULwER, Pietermaritzburg, to His Excellency the Right Hon. Sir HERCULEs G. R. Robinson, G.C.M.G., Cape Town. t Received in Cape Town December 7, 1882. . . . . . . 7th December.—Your Excellency's telegram of 6th. As the most sure way, ſ send herewith copy of the Secretary of State's telegram to me, which is as follows:– . . . . Telegram begins: Her Majesty's Government have carefully considered your reports on the Zulu settlement. First.—We approve your proposal as to Usibebu for the special reasons stated. Second.—Further restriction of Cetywayo's territory must be limited to what is necessary to provide locations for other Chiefs and people unwilling to return under Cetywayo, and we can only sanction reserve, for this purpose, of country now under John Dunn and Hlubi. Communicate this decision, through Sir Hercules Robinson, to Cetywayo, and obtain his formal engagement to abide by these arrangements, in addition to conditions agreed to by him in England. He must defray expenditure of Resident. - • * > . . * * * , - Third.—We agree that the reserved territory shall be proclaimed independent native territory, with British Commissioner. The term, protected territory, should not be used, as responsibility of defence will rest with inhabitants themselves. Your schedule of administration will receive full attention. Premature to settle details till known what Chiefs and people remove from Cetywayo's territory, sufficient now to appoint Commissioner. His immediate expenditure, which cannot be large, will be advanced, all expenditure being ultimately borne by the territory. - Fourth-Your arrangement for the return of Cetywayo by Port Durnford and other arrangements in paragraph 30 of your report, subject to above observations, approved, but earliest return of escort to Natal desirable. . Proceed with restoration of Cetywayo with as little delay as possible. Telegram ends. * - * PARAPHRASE OF TELEGRAM. From Sir HENRY BULWER, Pietermaritzburg, to His Excellency the Right Honourable Sir HERCULEs G. R. Robinson, G.C.M.G., &c., &c., &c., Cape Town. Received in Cape Town, December 7, 1882. 7th December.—In continuation of my telegram of to-day, it seems to me that the principal points for Cetywayo are, that a certain portion of territory in the north-east part of Zululand will be under Usibebu, and another portion adjoining TNatal will be reserved as native independent territory, with a British Commissioner. This latter will be that now under John Dunn and Hlubi, now Chiefs, who, as I mentioned, will not remain in their present position of appointed Chiefs. The first of the two additional conditions is to be the security of Cetywayo's engage. ment not to interfere with those two territories; the second is to secure immunity for the people in respect of anything done during the past three years. The conditions referred to in the Despatch of 3rd October, were prepared before the receipt of the conditions agreed to in England, and, as they bore on the same points, have been, there- fore, rendered unnecessary. The only conditions required, in addition to those agreed to in England, are those I have telegraphed to your Excellency. 243 Yes; I would wish your Excellency to please to communicate for purposes named in your telegram of yesterday. - PARAPHRASE of TELEGRAM. From Governor, Cape Town, to His Excellency Sir HENRY BULwER, Pietermaritzburg. 8th.-Had a long interview with Cetywayo yesterday afternoon, and I have explained to him fully all the arrangements determined on by Her Majesty's Government, and the conditions upon which he could return. I gave him in writing to take home and think over a precis of arrangements, and the text of your two conditions. I will send you the shorthand reporter's notes of the interview. Cetywayo was much disappointed at the extent of territory reserved, and made several inadmissible proposals. He is to see me on Monday with his final answer. Although much dissatisfied he is pretty sure to sign the formal engagement. PARAPHRASE of TELEGRAM. From Sir Henry BULWER, Pietermaritzburg, to His Excellency the Right Honourable Sir HERCULES Robinson, G.C.M.G., Cape Town. Received in Cape Town, December 7, 1882. December 7th. - - - I propose requesting Resident to have huts erected for Cetywayo. Would you kindly ask where he would like them erected P TELEGRAM. From Governon, Cape Town, to His Excellency Sir HENRY BULWER, Pietermaritz- … - & = a * t burg. 8th. Yours, 7th. d See mine of to-day. Will ask Cetywayo when I see him on Monday. TELEGRAM. From Governor, Cape Town, to His Excellency Sir HENRY BULWER, Pietermaritzburg, Natal. 11th.-Cetywayo has this day, in presence of his three Chiefs, signed two copies of the further conditions, attached to your Despatch of the 2nd December just received. I gave him your message about the huts. He says he would like to fix permanent site of his kraal after his return, and meanwhile will only ask for a few very small huts to be erected at Ulundi, which will serve him to sleep in for a few nights. Umyamana, or Chingwayo or Seketwayo, will suggest best site for these, as he does not wish them to be placed amongst the bones of those killed in war. He is most anxious to leave as soon as possible. Will send you shorthand reports of both interviews by first mail. - . . . Enclosure 2 in No. 138. (Cape of Good Hope). • * MINUTEs of an INTERVIEW held at GoverNMENT CoTTAGE, WYNBERG, on Thursday, - December 7, 1882. PRESENT: His Excellency Sir HERCULEs Robinson, Lieut.-General SMYTH, Lieut. BoweR, R.N., Private Secretary; Mr. Newton, Assistant Private Secretary; Mr. DUNN, Inter- preter; CETYWAYo, UNCONCWANA (Councillor), UMKosANA (Chief), UNGoBozANA (Chief). - - Sir Hercules Robinson (to Cetywayo, through Mr. Dunn).—Sir Henry Bulwer has sent me the conditions that the Home Government have finally arranged with reference to H h 2 - 244 your return to Zululand and asked me to communicate them to you, which I will do. Do you understand a map P If you do I can make what I have to say much more clear. That (produced) is a map of Zululand as it is now divided between the thirteen appointed Chiefs, viz., Uhamu, Chingwayo, Umgojana, Usibebu Seketwayo, Somkeli, Hlubi, Um- fanawendhlela, John Dunn, Gaozi, Umgitjwa, Umlandela, and Fakukaziningo. Usibebu is to be left where he is, and the territory now under him with certain modifications and changes is to be constituted a separate territory under his separate authority. He will occupy an independent position, but from his territory and authority is to be taken away ail that extent of country situated between the range of hills lying to the north-east of the Black Umvolosi and that river. This is the country that belonged to Undabuko and Usivetu. This is to be taken away from Usibebu and placed under you so that those Chiefs can return to their own districts and live subject to your authority. In lieu of this country taken from Usibebu, Umgojana's territory is to be added to Usibebu. You, Cetywayo, are to have the rest of Zululand, with the exception of the territories now under John Dunn and Hlubi. You will thus have the territories now under the appointed Chiefs Uhamu, Somkeli, Umlandela, Umgitjwa, Umfanawendhlela, Chingwayo, Seketwayo, Gaozi, and Fakukaziningo, and as I have already explained, a portion of that territory now under Usibebu where Undabuko and Usivetu used to live. The country of John Dunn and Hlubi is to be reserved as independent native territory, with a British Commissioner. This reserve is to provide locations for the Chiefs and people who are unwilling to return under you. This second map (produced) will explain the proposed arrangement exactly. It shows the bit of country that will be left under Usibebu and the strip of territory that will be reserved with a British Commissioner, and all the the rest will be left under you, the territory now occupied by the nine appointed Chiefs whose names I just mentioned. The Chiefs and people who may wish to move from your country into the reserved territory are to be allowed to do so taking with them all their moveable goods and posses- sions. Those who are willing to remain- in your country are to be left undisturbed in their tribal chieftainships and districts. . All the Chiefs and people who are living in the reserved territory, now under John Dunn and Hlubi and wish to move into your country are to be allowed in like manner to do so with all their moveable property and possessions. The Chiefs now in the reserved territory who wish to remain there can do so in their tribal capacity, but the appointed Chiefs John Dunn and Hlubi, if they remain will not remain as appointed Chiefs but only as private or tribal Chiefs. The Government propose that you should be landed at Port Durnford and be escorted by a force of British cavalry and mounted infantry to Ulundi or such other place as you may choose for a residence, and installed by the Resident. . The conditions of your restoration will then be read aloud and explained to all the people. The Government will expect you to defray the expense of the Resident who will be in your district, and you will be required to give, in addition to the conditions agreed to by you in England, a formal engagement to abide by the arrangements which I have specified. The following are the terms of the conditions to which you must subscribe —“I will observe and respect the boundaries of the territories “ placed under the appointed Chief Usibebu, as also those of the territory which Her * Majesty's Government have decided shall be set apart as reserved territory, with a * British Resident Commissioner, and I will not attempt in any way to interfere with any “ of the people living in those territories. I undertake to leave, without interference, all ‘ girls who prior to the war of 1879 formed part of what was known as the Royal Zulu “ House, and who since that time have been married, as also their husbands, parents, “guardians, and other relatives, and I will make no claim upon any of them in respect of “ any such marriage, and I also undertake to hold no one criminally or otherwise respon- “sible for any act of whatever nature or kind done or committed during my absence from “ Zululand, and I will not punish or proceed against any one for such in any way.” These are the conditions and arrangements that I have been asked by Sir Henry Bulwer, as the decision of the Home Government, to convey to you. If you would like to think over them before saying anything I can give you a copy which Mr. Dunn can explain to you in your own house, and you can come back again. If you like to tell me your views to— day of course I shall bear them, but if you like you can think over the matter first. There are a great many arrangements, and they are a little complicated, and I do not want to take you at any disadvantage. You had better think over the matter because when you make a promise you will be honourably bound by it. Do you understand what I have tried to explain to you or do you wish any further explanation. Cetywayo (through Mr. Dunn).--I have heard all you have to say and I thoroughly understand it, I also understand what was said to me by Lord Kimberley in England and I know the replies I gave him. I thoroughly understand all you have said to me. 6 6 6 245 Sir Hercules Robinson.—Do you wish for any further explanation upon any of the points P - Cetywayo.—Yes, I understand all the explanations you have given me to-day, but I do not wish to make any reply till I get back to the Zulu country. I will meet all my great men there and shall know all those who would like to leave the country that is set apart for me to govern. When I hear what my great men have to say then I will make a reply. Sir Hercules Robinson.—That will not do, because unless you agree to the conditions of the Home Government, the conditions I have explained to you, you would not be able to go back. Your restoration is dependent upon your acceptance of these condi- tions. - Cetywayo.-I belong to the Queen as much as anyone else who lives in this Colony does. If I do not give any reply till I get back to the Zulu country it will be all the same. In the Zulu country I will be the Queen's, as I am the Queen’s now. It frightens me so much, that I am afraid I will never get back to the Zulu country; I would like to make a reply when I have got back and heard what my great men have got to say. I belong to the Queen, I always did and do now, and I will abide by every- thing she says. Sir Hercules Robinson.—You do not seem quite to understand that these are the con- ditions which the Home Government lay down before you can be allowed to return, and you must give an honourable undertaking to abide by those conditions before you leave here. - Cetywayo.—I will not make any reply to-day, I will go home and consider it over before I give my reply. I spoke to Lord Kimberley about the piece of Zululand going to be reserved by the British Government, the part that John Dunn was going to occupy. I spoke about that and understood all that he said. What I would like to impress upon you particularly is with regard to that part of the country which the Queen is reserving, the part occupied by John Dunn at present, and also by Hlubi. There are more real Zulus living along the borders of John Dunn's country than are living elsewhere in Zululand. That is the best piece of the country. The original Zulus live along there, it is the best part of the country, and I would like you to consider that point again. I am very grateful to you for giving me my release, but I would like you to consider this again, and not take quite so much country away. When the settlement was made between the Transvaal Boers and the Zulus, our country was reduced by putting the Vaal River outside the Zulu country altogether. The Zulus used to live in that part of the country right on the banks of the river, but now the country is very small indeed. I would like you to consider this question of the reserved territory, which the Queen has taken, and not take quite so much away from me. When I was a young man John Dunn lived with me at my kraal, where the battle was fought at Ginginhlovu. The following are the names of the Chiefs who live along the border of John Dunn's territory, going from the sea coast in a north-westerly direction, along the Natal border. Umgehisa, Tjeiye, Wroyana, Mahinjana, Mnyanda, Umpeyana, Umankaiyana, Umbada- mana, Nobija, Matande, Undovelige, Manepu, Ndibuihlango, Quetuka, Urjokuſa, Ngo-didi, Umboyo. Sir Hercules Robinson.—Are those Chiefs all favourable to your return ? Cetywayo.--Yes. I mention the names of the Chiefs, so that you may see clearly that most of the influential men occupying John Dunn's territory, all along the Natal Border, are favourable to my restoration; and that is why I want the reserved territory reduced, and I do not want to give any reply till I get back to the Zulu country. Sir Hercules Robinson.—What you ask is quite impossible. The Chiefs mentioned will no longer be under John Dunn, as appointed Chief, they will be in the reserved territory, and if they do not wish to remain in the reserved territory, they can move into your ground. If they like, they can remain in the reserved territory, where there will be a British Commissioner. They can remain with the British Commissioner, but they will not be under either John Dunn or Hlubi, as they are now. º Cetywayo.—If I was allowed my own way, I should like to get back to Zululand before making any reply to what you have said to-day, but I see the conditions under which I am to be allowed to return to Zululand, consequently I submit to your explana- tions, and am agreeable to them, but undoubtedly when I get back into the country, , you will hear more of what my great men have to say. As for myself, I agree to the conditions laid before me to-day. - H h 3 246 Sir Hercules Robinson. —I will hand you a copy of the conditions already read, which Mr. Dunn can explain to you, and whenever you like you can come and make a formal engagement and sign your name to the agreement. I will then at once telegraph to Sir Henry Bulwer that you have accepted the conditions of Her Majesty's Government, and I will tell the General that he may make arrangements at once for an escort, who will meet you at Port Durnford and escort you to Ulundi. - Ceywayo.—You must not forget that from to-day I belong to the Queen, in fact, I always did. If a line is drawn do not leave me outside of the line, and whenever I die, I will die alongside the Queen, so to speak. If any quarrel or disturbance is started in Zululand I hope you will help me and not forsake me. If you help me, I will hold on to you. As regards my application to have the reserved territory reduced, I asked Lord Kimberley himself to look into it, and to do his best and not take so large a portion of the Zulu country. I hope you will consider this matter again. | Sir Hercules Robinson.—These arrangements which I have explained to-day have been come to after a great deal of communication between Lord Kimberley and Sir Henry Bulwer, which has been going on all the time you have been waiting here, and the decision which the Home Government have arrived at is, I am sure, final; and I should not be acting as a true friend to you, Cetywayo, if I led you to think that you would gain any alteration of the terms by asking me to refer the matter back to the Home Government. It would only cause delay, and I do not think it would be any use. It would only be raising false hopes. I should like you to take the conditions home, and for Mr. Dunn to interpret them to you fully, as I wish you to understand thoroughly all the conditions and arrangements before you put your name to them, because when you once come to a formal engagement and make a formal promise, I am quite sure you will fulfil it. I do not want you to bind yourself till you thoroughly understand what you are pledging yourself to. - Cetywayo.—Lord Kimberley told me that a portion of the Zulu country would be reserved for the British Government, but I thought it was only going to be a small piece, not so large as I understand from you to-day. I am surprised to hear to-day it is to be so much. - Sir Hercules Robinson.—Do you understand about Usibebu’s territory in the north P Cetywayo.—Where is the Univolosi ? Sir Hercules Robinson.—There (pointing it out on the map). Cetywayo.—And where is Ondini P - Sir Hercules Robinson.—There (pointing it out). It is in John Dunn's territory at the back of the mountain. Cetywayo.—Five kraals of my own are in “John Dunn’s territory,” Dabulamanzi also resides in John Dunn's territory. . I would have been better satisfied if the boundary had been at the mouth of the Gazani river and followed the course of that river up into the country. - Sir Hercules Robinson.—Did you understand what I explained to you about Usibebu ; that he is to be left where he is, and the territory now under him, with certain modifications and changes, is to be constituted a separate territory under his separate authority, that he will occupy an independent position, but from his territory and authority is to be taken away all that extent of country situated between the range of hills lying to the north-east of the Black Umvolosi and that river. I am anxious for you clearly to understand this, so that there may be no misunderstanding afterwards. - Cetywayo.—What will you do with Umcogana º Sir Hercules Robinson.—Umcogana, does not live in his appointed territory, he lives in Obam's territory, and will be left under you in Oham's territory. Um- cogana was appointed Chief over this country here (pointing it out); but neither he nor his people lived there. It has been occupied by Usibebu. It will be left to Usibebu, and Umcogana will remain where he is now in Oham's territory, and be under you. - Cetywayo.—What about the girls in the Great House ? Sir Hercules Robinson.—You are to undertake to leave without interference all girls who prior to the war of 1879 formed part of what was known as the Royal Zulu House, 247 and who since that time have been married, as also their husbands, parents, guardians, and other relations; and you are not to make any claim upon any of them in respect of any such marriage, and you are to undertake to hold no one criminally or otherwise re- sponsible for any act of whatever nature or kind done or committed during your absence from Zululand, nor are you to punish or proceed against anyone for such in any way. Cetywayo.—I am anxious to get back to Zululand as soon as I can, but I have no money at all. I am going to be landed at Port Durnford, but I should like to have a chance of passing through Natal, so that I may get anything I want. I lost all when I lost the Zulu country. I was rich before, but now I have not a halfpenny. I am going home, but my house is left destitute and hungry, there is nothing to eat. I shall not have the means to buy anything on my return. Sir Hercules Robinson.—Anything of that kind I should of course have to ask Lord Kimberley about. How much do you want P If you return your own people ought to provide for you. Cetywayo.—I would like a lot of money, I do not know how much to name, I am one of the Queen's, and you are sending me back, and I do not think I should go back without a halfpenny. If I had some money I could make purchases before I leave here, as I shall not have a chance again. Sir Hercules Robinson.—What sort of things do you want. Cetywayo.—Principally rugs and blankets. Sir Hercules Robinson.—We will talk about that later. The chief thing at present is for you to understand the conditions thoroughly, and then make a formal engagement which you must adhere to. I am most anxious that you should understand the conditions thoroughly so that there may be no misunderstanding afterwards, and if you know them and say you will agree to them, I am quite sure you will keep your word. Cetywayo.—Of course I have no chance of making any reply, my mouth is closed; but it is natural for me to ask for a chance of meeting the great men in the Zulu country previous to my making any answer to what you have said to-day, anyone else would do the same. I would like to ask the influential men first what they think about the terms. Sir Hercules Robinson.—That is not possible. Cetywayo.—I would like some influential white man to go with me to the Zulu country, so that I could point out the boundaries and beacons to him, and I would draw his attention particularly to the reserved territory, which I am asking may be reduced. I am certain if you went up and traversed the reserved country yourself you would come to the conclusion that the greater part of the Zulu country was taken away from me. You must not think that I am arguing with you or trying to force you to do something, but I like to speak what is in me. • * Sir Hercules Robinson.—I am sure you will see it is impossible that you should first be allowed to go and consult your people, Your people might say that they did not like the arrangement, and then where would the Home Government be P & Cetywayo.—None of the Zulus of to-day would answer any question in regard to the settlement rashly. They know the white man too well, and they look upon the Queen as their mother, and the English House as their stronghold. I, myself, like to open my mouth and say what I think. I only express my pleadings. Of course I belong to the Queen, and I hope she may see her way in time to reduce the reserved territory and treat me better. Sir Hercules Robinson.—When would you like to come and see me again after talking the matter over with your Chiefs who are here P Ceywayo.—I want to speak to you nicely, and I again say I hope the English Government will reduce the reserved territory. I will always plead, and you cannot stop my pleadings. I look on the White House as my stronghold, and I will always trust them. As to paying you another visit, I would like you to fix the day. Sir Hercules Robinson.—Any day you like you can come and give me a formal engagement. The sooner it is done the sooner you will get away. When you sign the conditions we will order all the arrangements to be made. - Ceywayo.—I would be willing to write my name to-day if you asked me to do so. H h 4 248 Sir Hercules Robinson.—I should like you to thoroughly understand the conditions, and you had better talk them over first, and then come again. Then when you come, you can enter into a formal engagement, which you will be bound in honour to keep, and we shall then give the orders for all arrangements to be made for your going back " - - Cetywayo.—ſ like to speak in a nice way, and what I say I mean. I have no strength in myself, but I belong to the Queen, she is my strength, and you may be sure I shall never be hostile. I only hope you may be able to do something for me, about the reserved territory I talked about. - • - - Sir Hercules Robinson.—When would you like to come and see me again P Ceywayo.—On Monday. ... What I say I mean. You need never be afraid of me now, or think I shall be hostile. - Sir Hercules Robinson (to Mr. Dunn).-You will take care that the conditions are again read over and properly explained to him, and then he can come again next Monday at 12 o'clock and sign the conditions at Government House, Capetown. The meeting then terminated. - (Signed) W. S. FLETCHER, Shorthand Writer, Cape Town. Enclosure 3 in No. 138. MINUTEs of an INTERVIEw at Government House, CAPETown, Monday, December 11th, 1882. r - T'RESENT : His ExcelleNCY SIR HERCULES Robinson. LIEUT.-GENERAL SMYTH. LIEUT. BoweR, R.N., Private Secretary. MR. Newton, Assistant Private Secretary. MR. DUNN, Interpreter. - CETYWAYo. UNCONCWANA (Councillor). UMKosANA (Chief). UNGoBozANA (Chief). Sir Hercules Robinson.—I suppose you have read over the paper I gave you on Thursday P ** Cetywayo.—Yes. Sir Hercules Robinson.—Have you any remarks to make now P Cetywayo.—I have no reply to make to-day. I have merely come to put my name to the paper. The other day when I saw you at Wynberg I wanted you to try and get the reserved territory reduced. To-day I have come to put my name to the paper. - Sir Hercules Robinson.—I had all you said on Thursday taken down, and the account of the interview will be sent home to Lord Kimberley, but I can do nothing more than tell you the conditions determined on by Her Majesty's Government, and take your signature to the further conditions which I have been desired to put before you. . Of course you will understand that these further conditions are in addition to those which you promised Lord Kimberley in London Cetywayo.—Yes. Sir Hercules Robinson.—You understand all that ? Cetywayo.—Yes. t Sir Hercules Robinson.—I received a telegram from Sir Henry Bulwer on the 7th saying that he proposed requesting the Resident to have huts erected for you, and he wants to know where you would like them put up, whether at Ulundi or any other place, I telegraphed back that I should see you to-day, and would ask you the question. Where would you like the huts put up Cetywayo.—I would not like them erected at Ulundi on account of the slaughter there at the battle. There are so many bones there. I should like to have the huts 249 put up myself when I reach Zululand. I think it is best for me to go back myself first and point out the place where I should like the huts erected. Sir Hercules Robinson.—In that case you would have no place of shelter when you get back. If you state whereabouts you would like the huts put up, the British Resident will see about it before your return, otherwise where will you go to P Cetywayo.—I would like you then to authorise a few small huts to be put up for me to live in on my immediate return. Umyamana, Chingwayo, Seketwayo, and Setyaluza, who are in favour of my restoration, will point out a place close to Ulundi. They will know the best place, those four. Sir Hercules Robinson.—Then I will telegraph to Sir Henry Bulwer that you only want a few small huts put up for temporary use on your first arrival, and that you will settle your residence when you get back. Cetywayo.—I only want small huts made. They will have them all put up in one day. I can live in them for a day or so. I should be glad if you could let me have some bell tents for my own use. Sir Hercules Robinson.--—I will see if I can do so. Will you have much luggage to take up with you. Cetywayo.—I shall have a good deal. Three or four waggon loads. Sir Hercules Robinson.—Going up from Port Durnford to Ulundi, would you propose to sleep under tents each night. Cetywayo.—I should be very pleased to have tents for my own use and for my men also. I should like thern given to me, so that I can use them for my wives and household. * sº Sir Hercules Robinson.—What is the total number of people you will be taking from here, Chiefs, women, and servants P Celyucayo.—Fourteen altogether, besides the interpreter. Sir Hercules Robinson.—How do you travel yourself, do you ride P Cetywayo.—Yes, I can ride, but I do not like a wild horse. I like a quiet horse. I was a very good rider once. - Sir Hercules Robinson.—I suppose you would like to go as soon as the arrangements can be made. Ceywayo.—Yes, I want to go at once, in fact, I would go to-morrow. Sir Hercules Robinson.—Is it not very hot travelling in Zululand now 2 Cetywayo.—I believe so. I think this is the rainy season, and the majority of the rivers are swollen. It will be rather warm just now. Sir Hercules Robinson.—How long will it take you to travel from Port Durnford to Ulundi by easy stages. Cetywayo.—It all depends upon the speed the waggons travel. Sir Hercules Robinson.—Can you do ten miles a day ? Cetywayo.—More than that in a day. There is a good beaten road from Port Durn- ford to Ulundi. - Sir Hercules Robinson.—Would you do it in six days : Cetywayo.—Less than six days. Sir Hercules Robinson.—In that case, if we sent you from here direct to Port Durnford, if you go up in a man-of-war, you ought to be at Ulundi in less than 10 days from the time you leave here. Cetywayo.—How many days will it take the ship to go from here to Port Durnford Sir Hercules Robinson.—Four or five days. Are you sure now that you understand the conditions thoroughly P Cetywayo.—Yes, I understand them all. Sir Hercules Robinson.—I have had two copies made, and you can see that they are all correct. (The copies were here compared by Lieutenant Bower and Mr. Dunn.) When they are signed by you, I shall send one copy to Lord Kimberley and one to Sir Henry Bulwer. f Mr. Dunn.-Cety wayo says he would like me to sign for him. Sir Hercules Robinson.—Let him sign himself. We should like to have his signature to keep. - (Ceſ/wa/o then proceeded to sign theconditions.) R 4012. I i 250 Sir Hercules Robinson.—I shall now telegraph to Lord Kimberley and Sir Henry Bulwer that you have agreed to the conditions, and the General and the Admiral will make arrangements to send you back to Ulundi. The Admiral will take you to Port Durnford, and the General will see that you are escorted on. The General will tell the troops at Pietermaritzburg to start at once, so as to get to Port Durnford in time to meet you. It will probably take two or three weeks before the troops can get there, and it is no use your arriving at Port Durnford before they are there. No time will be lost, and the arrangements will be made with as much expedition as possible, as I am anxious to comply with your wish to get away as soon as possible. I hope you may be able to get away in about 20 days from this time. Lieut.-General Smyth.-We will lose no time, but the troops have a long way to go by road. They will go to St. Paul's and encamp there, and from thence come down to Port Durnford to meet you. Cetywayo.—I am very pleased that arrangements have been made so far for me to return to the Zulu country, but I was in hopes that I should reach home by the end of this month. It is rather a long time to wait, 20 more days here. Sir Hercules Robinson.—There will not be an hour's unnecessary delay, but if we sent you before the arrangements are complete, you would only have to stop somewhere on the road, and be uncomfortable. We are making no unnecessary delay, but the troops cannot move from Maritzburg to Port Durnford under a certain time. Ceywayo.—I think it could be done in three or four days. Sir Hercules Robinson.—Our troops do not travel as fast across country as you do. Ceywayo.—I thought I would get away from here in a day or two, and it makes my heart sore that the time is so long. Sir Hercules Robinson.—We will do all we can for you, we are just as anxious to meet your wishes as you are yourself, but, you would only blame us afterwards if we sent you before the arrangements are complete, you would be uncomfortable, and have to stop on the road. I will not detain you longer this morning, as I have to telegraph to Lord Kimberley and Sir Henry Bulwer. As soon as I hear from the Admiral and the General that the arrangements are ready, and the ship comes round here, I will let you know. Cetywayo.—Am I to go in the “Boadicea "? Sir Hercules Robinson.—I do not know, I must hear first from the Admiral. I will also telegraph to Lord Kimberley about what you said as to having a little money given OUl. The meeting then terminated. (Signed) WM. S. FLETCHER, Shorthand Writer, Cape Town. Attached are the further conditions agreed to and signed by Cetywayo. FURTHER CONDITIONs. I will observe and respect the boundaries of the territory placed under the appointed Chief Usibebu, as also those of the territory which Her Majesty's Government has decided shall be set apart as reserved territory with a British Resident Commissioner, and I will not attempt in any way to interfere with any of the people living in those territories. I undertake to leave unmolested all girls who, prior to the war in 1879, formed part of what was known as the Royal Zulu Household, and who since that time have been married, as also their husbands, parents, guardians, and other relatives, and I will make no claim whatsoever upon any of them in respect of any such marriage ; and I also undertake to hold no one criminally or otherwise responsible for any act of whatsoever nature or kind done or committed during my absence from Zululand, and I will not punish or proceed against any one for such in any way. Witnesses to signature, CETYWAYo. (Signed) GRAHAM BowFR, Lieut., Private Secretary. (Signed) T. C. NEWTON. 251 No. 139. GoverNOR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received January 8, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, December 7, 1882. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, a copy of the letter of instructions I have sent to the British Resident on the subject of the announce- ment to be made to the appointed Chiefs and other Chiefs and headmen in the Zulu country regarding the changes to be made in that country in accordance with the decision of Her Majesty's Government, as finally conveyed to me in your telegraphic messages of the 28th November and 2nd December. I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. *- Enclosure in No. 139. Sir H. BULWER to BRITISH RESIDENT, Zululand. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, December 4, 1882. THE state of affairs in Zululand, as you are well aware, has of late engaged the serious attention of Her Majesty’s Government, who have been unable to disregard the disorders that have taken place during the last two years in many parts of the country. The misunderstandings and disputes that have arisen in the relations of the appointed Chiefs with Chiefs and people living under them in several of the territories into which Zululand has been divided have led to grave inconveniences, and in some cases to open conflict and to acts of deplorable violence and bloodshed. They have also opened the way to an agitation which has been attended with disturbance and with destruction of life and property, and which threatened at one time to plunge the country into the disaster of a civil War, a widespread feeling of unsettlement, uneasiness, and disquietude being thereby engendered among the Zulu people. But whatever may have been the causes at work, it is certain that the condition of the Zulu country has been for some time past most unsatisfactory, that the disorders to which I have referred have gained ground rather than diminished, that there is little prospect of improvement in this respect, and that no sufficient assurance or guarantee exists for the peace and good order of the country. It has become impossible for Her Majesty’s Government to allow this state of things, which is incompatible with the interests of the Zulu people and with the general interests of this part of South Africa, to coutinue ; and they have therefore, after a full considera- tion of all the circumstances, come to the decision that the arrangements at present existing for the government of the country cannot be maintained as they are, that some change is imperatively required, and that the time has arrived for making this change. I have now received the final instructions of Her Majesty's Government on this subject, and I hasten to acquaint you with the nature of the arrangements which they have determined upon, and which they have directed shall take the place of the present arrangements. It is well known to the Zulu people that at the close of the war in 1879, the Zulu king Cetywayo was made a prisoner, and that Her Majesty's Government at that time deemed it expedient that he should be deprived of his authority and sent out of the country. In connexion with the present state of affairs in Zululand Her Majesty’s Government have lately taken into consideration the question of Cetywaye's return to that country, and of his re-establishment in a position of authority; and they have for various reasons decided upon this course, and have given instructions that he shall be set at liberty and placed once more in authority in the Zulu country, with certain limitations of territory, and subject to certain conditions intended to secure for the Zulu people who shall be under him those more important privileges and benefits that were ordained on their behalf at the time of the termination of the war. Under the territorial limitations to which I refer a portion of territory lying in the north-eastern part of the Zulu territory will be placed and remain under the authority of I i 2 252 the appointed Chief Usibebu, who together with the territory placed under him and the people living in that territory will be independent of the authority of Cetywayo; the appointed Chief Usibebu receiving and retaining his independent authority and all the rights appertaining to it, subject to the conditions which were accepted by him at the time of the settlement in 1879, and to any further conditions which may now be determined upon. In the southern part of Zululand, where the Zulu country adjoins the Natal border, another portion of territory will be reserved by Her Majesty's Government for the location of such of the Zulu Chiefs and people who may for any reason be unwilling or unable to come again under the authority of Cetywayo. This reserved territory will be retained entirely for native purposes, and will be placed with (under) a British Com- missioner, who will represent the paramount authority, and who will be appointed by Her Majesty’s Government. The boundaries of these two territories, the one to be placed under the independent authority of the Chief Usibebu, and the other to be retained and reserved for the purposes above named—are duly and fully set forth in a separate document which I herewith enclose, being annexure A. to this Despatch. The territory lying between these two territories will be placed under the authority of Cetywayo, and the boundaries thereof are also fully set forth in the annexure above named. The conditions to which I have referred as those subject to w.ich Cety wayo will be restored are mainly those which were laid down and accepted by the appointed Chiefs at the time of the settlement in 1879. A copy of them is herewith enclosed” for your information being annexure B. to this Despatch. It will be necessary that you should forthwith communicate the decision of Her Majesty’s Government and the reasons for it to the several Zulu Chiefs and headmen, and to such other people as you may judge convenient, together with the nature and character of the new arrangements which are to be established in the Zulu country, including the limitations and conditions with which I have acquainted you. You will be the best judge as to the mode in which this communication should be made. It has seemed to me that the most suitable course for you to take would be for you to summon first of all the appointed Chiefs, either individually or collectively as you may think fit, and to make the announcement to them of the changes to be made, adding to it any explanation that you consider applicable in each case; and that after you have made the necessary communication to the appointed Chiefs you should then see and make the communication to all the principal Chiefs and headmen of the Zulu country. But inasmuch as it is intended to proceed without loss of time to carry out the several arrange- ments to be effected it is possible that this mode of procedure will involve, especially as the rainy season has set in, a greater delay than is desirable, and you must therefore consider in what way the communication may most expediently be made, and take such steps for announcing the decision of Her Majesty's Government to the Zulu Chiefs and people as you may decide to be most convenient; bearing, however, strictly in mind the necessity there is for the announcement being made without delay, and that it is of the greatest importance that the changes which are about to be introduced shall be widely and fully made known and explained to the people throughout the country. No unnecessary time will be lost in taking steps for the establishment of the new arrangements in the reserved territory which will be formally declared to be native independent territory established with a resident British Commissioner. Upon this subject I will shortly address to you a separate Despatch. I shall also communicate with you regarding the measures to be adopted for the recognition and establishment of the Chief Usibebu in the territory assigned to him and for beaconing off the boundary lines of that territory. I will acquaint you as soon as I am in a position to do so with the nature of the arrangements to be made for the return of Cetywayo and for his re-establishment in authority. . In the meanwhile, in respect of the territory which is to be placed under him it will, I think, be advisable that you should require all Chiefs and headmen living in it at the time you make the announcement to them to remain quiet pending the actual carry- ing out of the change, and in exercise of authority over their respective tribes and people, reminding and warning them that they will be held responsible for the proper exercise of that authority; and you should desire them, should any questions of difference or dispute arise between any of them during the interval that will elapse before Cetywayo's return, to refer every such question to you for your arbitration and decision. * See Enclosure in No. 61, page 113. 253 In your communications with the several appointed Chiefs whose authority as such will cease and determine under the new arrangements, you will of course be careful to explain to them the causes which have compelled Her Majesty's Government to decide upon this important change, and to alter the arrangements which were made for the government of the country in 1879. By some of these Chiefs the return of Cetywayo, there is reason to believe, will be regarded with dissatisfaction, and in the case of certain of them it is understood they will be unwilling or unable to come under his authority. With regard to these it is, as you will understand, the desire of the Government to provide for their personal safety and their individual interests. In the cases of the Chiefs J. Dunn and Hlubi, those Chiefs are already resident in the territory which will be retained as reserved territory, and no question therefore will arise as to their removal; but you should inform them that their authority as appointed Chiefs over the territories now under them will terminate. They will, however, retain their authority as Chiefs over their tribal or individual followers, and the Government will be prepared to recognise º as such, and suitable locations will be assigned them for the occupation of their eople. i p Of the other 10 appointed Chiefs (for of course I need not refer to Usibebu) it is understood that the five Chiefs, Somkeli, Umlandela, Faku-ka-Ziningo, Seketwayo, and Umgojana, are willing to accept and remain under the authority of Cety wayo, and you will have no difficulty therefore, I apprehend, in dealing with them. Should they make any request you will please report it. The three Chiefs, Chingwayo, Umfanawendhlela, and Umgitjwa, will be unable, it is understood, to remain in the territory which will be placed under Cetywayo, and should they desire to remove you will please make arrangements for their removal into the reserved territory, where suitable locations will be provided for them and their immediate followers. What course the remaining two Chiefs, Uhamu and Siunguza, will take I am not in a position to form an opinion upon. They have expressed them- selves as opposed to the return of Cetywayo, but they may nevertheless decide to remain where they are and accept his restored authority. Should they represent to you their inability to remain, it will be open to you to offer to them locations in the reserved territory. I shall be glad to have your report as to their intentions as soon as you have seen them. & I have, &c. Melmoth Osborn, Esq. C.M.G., (Signed) H. BULWER, British Resident, Zululand. Special Commissioner. Annexure A. Bound ARIES of the TERRITORY to be under the independent authority of the appointed Chief USIBEBU. From the junction of the “Pongolo.’’ and “Imkayiena” rivers, southward up the latter to its source ; thence by beacon number six (VI.) to beacon number seven (VII.) on the left bank of the river “Manzimhlope”; from beacon number seven (VII.) down the river “Manzimhlope” to its junction with the “Mkusi.” river; thence by beacons number eight (VIII.) and number nine (IX.) [on the “Simenye’’ Hill], by beacon number ten (X.) [on the “Dhlomodhlomo "I to beacon number eleven (XI.) [on the “Umhlobane " Hill]; thence to beacon number twelve (XII.) on an unnamed hill overlooking the source of the “ Ivuna ’’ river; thence from beacon number twelve (XII.) to the summit of the hill “ Ungwanza” along a line to be marked off and beaconed by a surveyor to be appointed for the purpose; thence from the summit of the “Ungwanza" hill in a straight line northwards to the “Mkusi’’ part in the “Lebombo”; thence along the “Lebombo ‘’ northwards to the “Pongolo" part in that range; and thence up the “Pongolo" river to its junction with the “ſmkayiena” T1Wer, BoundARIES of the RESERVED TERRITORY. Along the centre of the “Umhlatusi" river from its mouth in the Indian Ocean to its source near beacon number seventeen (XVII.), on the “Ibabanango”; thence in a straight line to beacon number nineteen (XIX.) on the “Igogo" hill; from beacon number nineteen (XIX) on the “Igogo” hill five hundred yards to the source of the I i 3 254 “Nondweni” river, down that river to its junction with the “Umvunyana” river; up the “Umvunyana” river to its source, to beacon number twenty (XX), [the Elephant Stone, also called “Ityendhlovu' Rock] on the eastern slope of the “Nkandi’ hill; thence down the “Umdhlenevu” stream to Bloed river; thence down the Bloed river to the Buffalo river; thence along the Natal frontier to the Indian Ocean; thence along the Indian Ocean to the mouth of the “Umhlatusi" river. Bound ARIEs of the TERRITORY to be placed under the restored authority of CETYWAYo. From the mouth of the “Umhlatusi" river in the Indian Ocean along the centre of that river to beacon number seventeen (XVII.) on the “ Ibabanango”; thence in a straight line to beacon number nineteen (XIX.) on the “Igogo " hill; thence five hundred yards to the source of the “Nondweni ’’ river, down that river to its junction with the “Umvunyana” river; thence up the “Umvunyana " river to the “Ityendhlovu ’’ Rock (Elephant Stone) beacon number twenty (XX.), on the eastern slope of the “Nkandi” hill; thence down the “Umdhleneful” river to the Bloed river; thence up the Bloed river to its junction with the “Dadusi.” river (Lyn Spruit); thence up the “Dadusi.” to its source; thence by beacon number one (I.) to the source of the “ Usonto” (or “Nsonto”) river; thence to its junction with the White “Umvolosi’” river; thence up the White “Umvolosi’’ river to its source; thence by beacon number two (II.) to the source of the “Pemvana’ river; thence down that river to its junc- tion with the “Bevana” river; thence down the “Bevana " river to its junction with the “Pongolo" river; thence down the “Pongolo" river to its junction with the “Imkayiena " river; thence up the “Imkayiena ’’ river to its source; thence by beacon number six (VI.) to beacon number seven (VII.) on the left bank of the “Manzimhlope”; thence from beacon number seven (VII.) down the “Manzimhlope” river to its junction with the “Mkusi’’ river; thence by beacon number eight (VIII.), beacon number nine (IX.) (on the “Simenye ’’ hill), and beacon number ten (X.) (on the “Dhlomodhlomo") to beacon number cleven (XI.) (on the “Umhlobane "hill); thence to beacon number twelve (XII.) (on an unnamed hill overlooking the source of the “Nuna” river); thence to the summit of the hill “ Ungwanza" along a line to be marked off and beaconed by a surveyor to be appointed for the purpose; thence to the source of the river “ Umhlaluwe."; thence down the river “ Umhlaluwe ? to its mouth in False Bay; thence to the channel connecting False Bay and Saint Lucia Bay; thence castward to Cape Vidal; thence along the coast to the mouth of the “Umhlatusi" river. Annexure “B.”* No. 140. The Rigin Hon. The EARL OF DERBY to Govel'Non Sn HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. (Telegraphic). January 15, 1883.−“Daily News " telegrams state that telegrams from their Special Commissioner, Zululand, have been refused at Tugela because not sanctioned by Staff Officers; and that letters are required to be submitted to Major Essex; also that natives assembled to see Cetywayo land, were told they would be fired upon. No. 141. The l{IGIIT HoN. TIE l'Alèſ, Ol' DIERBY to GovIRNOR SIR HENRY BULWI.R., K.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, January 16, 1883. i IIAYE the honour to acknowledge the receipt, on the 8th inst., of a telegram from you to the following effect:- You referred to a telegram from me dated the 30th ultimo, and you inquired whether Sir T. Shepstone might sound Cetywayo as to any alteration of the boundary between his territory and the Zulu native reserve. * See Enclosure in No. 61, page 113. 255 On the 12th instant I sent you a telegram in reply to the effect that Sir T. Shepstone might sound Cetywayo on the subject, but that he should not press the proposal unless it was readily entertained as advantageous by Cotywayo. I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) DERBY. No. 142. Gover Noit SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. Tuit, EARL OF DERBY. (Received 17th January 1883.) (Telegraphic.) 17th January.—In reply to your Lordship's telegram of yesterday,” Commandant says he knows nothing about what is stated in “Daily News,” but he has sent inquiry to the officer in command of the escort. - No. 143. Till, RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF DERBY, to GovERNOR SIR III'NRY BUILWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, January 18, 1883. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of a telegram from you dated the 12th inst., to the following cffect: You stated that you did not quite understand how much of the scheme proposed by you for the Zulu Native Reserve had been authorised. You submitted that it was absolutely necessary that the Resident Commissioner should exercise, as the representa- tive of Her Majesty, paramount authority, and that this should be clearly understood by the people. You stated that Dabulamanzi was intriguing, and telling the people that all the territory would be under Cety wayo, which unsettled them. You proposed also to leave some troops with the Resident Commissioner until the local force, about which you had written to him, could be established. You concluded by asking whether the Resident Commissioner was free to levy a hut-tax, and if so, whether at the rate of 14s. per hut, as had been recommended by Sir T. Shepstone as stated in your Despatch of the 3rd of November.f *. I replied to you on the 16th inst., by a telegram in which I referred you to paragraphs 13, 18 and 22 of my predecessor's Depatch of the 30th of November, as showing that your views as to the authority of the Resident Commissioner had been approved by Iler Majesty's Government. I instructed you also to take steps to make the people in the Zulu Native Reserve understand that the Resident Commissioner would exercise the chief authority, and would levy taxes, and that Cetywayo would have no power there. I added that I had already understood that some troops would remain with the Resi- dent Commissioner until the local force could be raised, and I informed you that the proposed hut tax was approved, and that it might be at the rate of 14s, per hut if resistance was not apprehended. I have, &c. (Signed) 1) ER BY. Sir Henry Bulwer. ... === <- - - - - -- * **** *-** **** ---- :}; No. 140. f No. 122. f No. T 14. I i 4 256 No. 144. The ABORIGINES’ PROTECTION SOCIETY to COLONIAL OFFICE. Aborigines' Protection Society, 17, King William Street, Charing Cross, My Lond, January 20, 1883. I BEG to inform your Lordship that at a meeting of the Committee of the Aborigines' Protection Society held on Wednesday last, Mr. Dillwyn, M.P., in the chair, the following resolution, moved by Mr. Alderman Fowler, M.P., and seconded by Mr. H. Richard, M.P., was unanimously adopted:— “That the attention of this meeting having been called to several telegrams relative to the partition of Zululand and the arrangements made for the return of Cety- wayo which have appeared in the ‘Daily News,' copies of these telegrams be sent to the Earl of Derby, with an earnest request that he will investigate the charges made, and take such steps as may be necessary to vindicate the good name of the country.” I was desired to ask your Lordship's particular attention to the following statements: —(1.) That although the Zulus, as a nation, desire Cetywayo to be their King, yet the best part of Zululand has been withdrawn from his rule, and the new boundary leaves him only the most rugged and barren part of the country; (2) that while the territory on the Natal border is called a “Native Reserve,” and nominally remains independent, it is really annexed to the British possessions in South Africa, and is intended to provide an outlet for the native population of Natal; (3) that the Zulus inhabiting this territory are anxious to live under Cetywayo and will refuse to be governed by anyone else; (4) that no official intimation was given to the Zulus as to the date of the King's arrival, and that many of those who would have been present when he landed at Port Durnford were driven away by throats; and lastly, that a military censorship of the press has been cstablished in Zululand so that neither telegrams nor letters can be sent unless they are sanctioned by members of the staff. The Committee consider that, as these grave statements are sufficiently explicit, it is unnecessary to add to them any remarks or comments of their own. I have, &c. (Signed) F. W. CHESSON, The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, , Secretary. Her Majesty's Principal Secretary of State for the Colonies. &C. &c. &c. Enclosures in No. 144. (from “Daily News,” December 27, 1882.) - Maritzburg, Tuesday. Everything convinces me that the annexation of a large part of Zululand for the benefit of Natal is intended. The War Office should insist on not allowing a single man to enter Zululand without a distinct understanding respecting the purposes of the troops to be employed. Colonel Curtis acts under Sir Theophilus Shepstone, and may easily be misled, not knowing the language. I can see that there is an intention to throw cold water on Cetywayo's reception for the sake of justifying the partition of the country. The greatest mistake would be to obliterate the natural river boundary between Zululand and Natal. Unless action be taken quickly the thing will be done, January 3, 1883. Maritzburg, Tuesday. I have been trying to fix the responsibility of the Zulu annexation. The members of Sir T. Shepstone's family seem anxious to represent that he only acts under Sir H. Bulwer. Colonel Curtis has instructions “to wait on events, and carry out his orders to the best of his ability.” The directions for Cety wayo's movements in Cape Town are 257 given from here. All seems to point to Sir H. Bulwer as the annexationist, though Sir Theophilus Shepstone may approve. The representatives of the Zulu Chiefs now here ask what Cetywayo is to return to, as the new boundary leaves him only the most rugged and barren part of the country. John Dunn's family has crossed into Natal. There is great danger that the treatment of Cetywayo will destroy British influence with the Zulus, and drive them to seek protection from the Dutch who will readily grant it if the occasion offers. The Colonial Office is simply playing with fire round gunpowder. January 11. .# Maritzburg, Wednesday. Independent information from Zululand confirms the impressions already telegraphed. Sir H. "Bulwer's complicated arrangements have complicated the situation until it is difficult to see an issue. The partition of the country has given some increased power of mischief to the followers of John Dunn and Usibebu, without materially lessening the dominance of the King's party who are as strong in the annexed territory as anywhere. Large numbers from this district have gone down to welcome Cetywayo. By way of protesting against detatchment from him, they will refuse to move out of the district and refuse to be governed by anyone but Cetywayo within it. My informant is apprehensive that they may try to obtain forcible possession of Cetywayo to the exclusion of the military escort. I have important documentary evidence of the efforts made to keep everything huggermugger. January 12. I can confirm all I have said about the interference with press correspondence. Tele- grams to me from your Special Commissioner have been refused at the Lower Tugela Office because they were not sanctioned by the staff officers. This is a colonial telegraph office under military charge. Colonel Curtis has since told your correspondent that ali letters must be submitted to Major Essex. Whatever military reason may be assigned for this is worthless, as I have in my possession a letter from Colonel Curtis stating that he is subject to superior authority with respect to press matters. The interference really comes from the civil authorities, who are anxious that no independent information of the state of Zululand should reach England. Your correspondent further complained of the employ of special messengers for letters, dreading their falling into the hands of the missionaries and others opposed to Cety wayo. Oftebro, the missionary so active in helping on Sir Bartle Frere's invasion, is specially hostile. As your correspondent is known and trusted by the Bishop of Natal, you can easily gather the cause of the difficulty and hostility. His native messengers also seem to have been tampered with. All this will serve as a measure of the duplicity at work for official ends. It seems hopeless to expect any spark of honesty in dealing with the Zulus in the annexed territory. On inquiring why the King was taken from them, they were informed by Mr. John Shepstone that his duty was only to tell them what was done, not to answer ques- tions. No official intimation has been given to the Zulus of Cety wayo's return at a certain date. Hence many hesitate to move and welcome him. This hesitation will be officially represented as hostility or indifference. All the Zulus your correspondent meets, however, rejoice at the restoration. The news seems too good to be true. January 13. Cetywayo landed at four o'clock on Wednesday afternoon. His reception was miser- able, the Zulus not being allowed to attend. January 15. Maritzburg, Saturday. Your Special Commissioner reports that the Zulus who assembled to see Cetywayo land were told that they would be fired on if they remained. After landing Cety wayo insisted that all who wished should be allowed to come to him. He wishes his friends in England to understand that he was forced to sign the conditions under a threat of not returning to Zululand at all. He hopes the matter will be handled gently, as he feels sure the English people will see justice done. All along the road to the Natal border our Special Commissioner met Zulus flocking to welcome the King. * R 4012. R. k 258 No. 145. Gover Nor SIR H. BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF, KIMBERLEY. (Received January 23, 1883. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, December 23, 1882. I HAVE the honour to report to your Lordship the steps taken by me on the receipt of your telegrams of the 28th November,” 30th November,i and 2nd December,t relating to the restoration of Cetywayo and the future government of Zululand. 2. The first of those telegrams conveyed to me the decision at which Her Majesty's Government, after considering my two reports of the 25th August and the 3rd Octobers on the Zulu question, had arrived with regard to the arrangements to be made in the Zulu country. 3. On receiving that decision, I felt it necessary to draw your Lordship's attention to the serious effect that the reduction of the territory which I had proposed should be reserved under our protection and authority is, I fear, calculated to have on the efficiency of the scheme suggested by me, inasmuch, as by lessening the resources of the reserved territory for self-support and self-protection, and by adding to the restored power of Cetywayo, what I have proposed should belong to the reserved territory, it upsets the balance which it was my object to secure. 6. With respect to the arrangements to be made within the reserved territory, I was less sure, from the terms of your Lordship's telegram, as to how far there might be an inten- tion on the part of Her Majesty’s Government to alter the lines laid down and submitted by me; and, therefore, whilst in accordance with the tenor of your Lordship's instruc- tions, I changed the term of “protected territory" into that of “reserved territory,” I was not in a position to do more than point out of what primary importance it was that this territory should be distinctly declared to be under the authority of the British Resident Commissioner. 4. But these are matters upon which it will probably be necessary for me to address you at greater length than I am able to do in this present Despatch, the object of which is more particularly to inform your Lordship of the measures taken by me to give effect to the decision of Her Majesty's Government as conveyed in your telegraphic messages above mentioned. 5. On the 4th December I despatched a letter of instructions to the British Resident acquainting him with the decision of Her Majesty's Government, and desiring him to make it formally known without loss of time to the appointed Chiefs, and to the Chiefs, headmen, and others of the Zulu people. A copy of these instructions I had the honour to forward to your Lordship on the 7th instant, and I may mention now that I learn by letters just received from the Resident that he has already communicated the decision to the greater part of the Chiefs and headmen, as well as to a large number of the people. 6. I also sent at the same time (4th December) to his Excellency Sir Hercules Robinson a Despatch announcing the decision of Her Majesty's Government, together with the draft of two further conditions, the one binding Cetywayo to respect the boundaries of the territory to be under Usibebu, as also the boundaries of the reserved territory, and not to interfere in any way with the people living in those territories, and the other binding him not to interfere with the girls who formed part of what was known as the royal Zulu household before the Zulu war, and who have since that time been married, or with their husbands, parents, guardians, or other relatives, nor to make any claim whatsoever upon them in respect of any such marriage. The same condition also secured a general immunity to all persons in respect of anything done during Cetywayo's absence from the Zulu country. This second condition I obtained your Lordship's per- mission by telegraph to add to those already agreed to by him. 7. In order that no time should be lost I despatched a telegram the same evening to Sir Hercules Robinson, giving the purport of my written Despatch and the two conditions. Copies of this telegram, and of the correspondence" that followed, I have the honour herewith to transmit. 8. Sir Hercules Robinson saw Cetywayo on the 7th instant, and on the following day informed me that he had done so, and had explained to Cety wayo the arrangements tº º ----> determined on by Her Majesty’s Government, and the conditions upon which he could * See No. 115. f See No. 116. j See No. 119. § Nos. 79 and 106. | See Enclosure in No. 139. * See Enclosure 1 in No. 138. & 259 return. Cetywayo, he stated, was much disappointed at the extent of territory that had been reserved. His Excellency added, however, that he was to see him again on Monday, the 11th instant, when he thought Cety wayo, although much dissatisfied, would sign the formal engagement. On the 11th instant his Excellency informed me that Cetywayo had that day signed the further conditions, and I have now received from Cape Town a record of what passed at the two meetings of the 7th and 11th instant.* 9. Meanwhile I had addressed communications to the Admiral commanding Her Majesty's Naval Forces on the station on the subject of the arrangements for Cetywayo's voyage from Cape Town to Zululand, and to the Lieutenant-General commanding Her Majesty's troops in South Africa on the subject of a military escort. Copies of the correspondence relative to these matters I have herewith the honour to enclose for your Lordship's information. - 10. From this correspondence your Lordship will perceive that the Admiral has been good enough, at my request, to undertake the charge of the arrangements for sending Cetywayo to Port Durnford, and for landing him there; and that the Lieutenant- General commanding has been good enough to instruct the officer commanding Her Majesty's troops in Natal to furnish a military escort which will proceed into the Zulu country for the purpose of meeting Cety wayo at Port Durnford, and of accompanying him to the place where he will be formally re-established in authority by the political officer who proceeds into Zululand for that purpose. . 11. There has been some discussion as to the strength of the force required for this service. The Lieutenant-General commanding appeared to think that a complimentary escort was all that was required. On the other hand, as will be seen from my letter of the 14th December to Colonel Bond commanding the troops here, and from my telegrams of the 15th and 18th December to the Lieutenant-General commanding, I have felt that the military force proceeding into the Zulu country could not be regarded as one of a merely complimentary character. I have no reason to anticipate any disturbance; but having regard to the unsettled condition of affairs on account of the changes which are about to be made in the country, it has seemed to me that the best way to prevent any disturbance will be to take precautions against it by making the force of a strength sufficient in itself to meet any such contingency; and after a very full consideration of the question it has been arranged, with the concurrence of the officer commanding in Natal, and with the concurrence of the political officer accompanying the expedition, that the force shall consist of 250 cavalry and mounted infantry, and of two companies of infantry. 12. Sir Theophilus Shepstone, K.C.M.G., has, at my request, been good enough to undertake the service of meeting Cetywayo, and of formally re-establishing him in authority ; and, your Lordship's approval of his employment in this capacity having been obtained, Sir T. Shepstone will accordingly accompany the military force as the political officer in charge of the expedition. It is scarcely necessary for me to say that there is no one so well fitted by his experience, and by his acquaintance with Cetywayo, with the Zulu people, and with the circumstances of the country, to undertake this Sel"WICé. - 13. The troops composing the military escort will, according to present intentions, cross the Tugela on or about the 30th instant, and will there be joined by Sir T. Shepstone. - I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, - Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure 1 in No. 145. Sir H. BULWER to Sir H. Robinson. . Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, 2 & December 4, 1882. WITH reference to my Despatch of the 27th October, enclosing a copy of my Despatch of the 3rd of October to the Secretary of State on the subject of the future arrangements to be made in the Zulu country, I have the honour to transmit herewith, for your Excellency’s information, a paraphrase of a telegrami which I have * See Enclosures 2 and 3 in No. 138. f See No. 115. 2- K. k 2 260 received from the Secretary of State, communicating to me the decision of Her Majesty's Government with reference to the proposals made by me in the Despatch above referred to. Your Excellency will see that the Secretary of State desires that the purport of this decision shall be communicated to Cetywayo in order that his formal engagement may be obtained to abide by these conditions which were agreed to by him in England, and I shall be much obliged if your Excellency will kindly cause this to be done. Your Excellency is no doubt in possession of the conditions referred to ; but to prevent any mischance I enclose one herewith. It seems to me that the first of these conditions in securing the obligation on Cetywayo's part to observe the boundaries of the territory assigned to him practically covers his obligation in respect of the adjoining boundaries. I have, however, drawn up a further condition to meet the necessities of the case with respect to Usibebu’s territory and the reserved territory. I have also, under authority received from the Secretary of State, added another condition intended to secure immunity to the girls of the royal household who have been married during Cetywayo's absence from Zululand, as well as to their parents and guardians, and in fact to all persons who by reason of any act on their part during Cetywayo's absence may have rendered themselves liable to his displeasure. These conditions will be found set forth in a separate enclosure. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULwer, Special Commissioner. f Further Conditions. I will observe and respect the boundaries of the territory placed under the appointed Chief Usibebu, as also those of the territory which Her Majesty's Government have decided shall be set apart as reserved territory with a British Resident Commissioner; and I will not attempt in any way to interfere with any of the people living in those territories. I undertake to leave without interference unmolested all girls who prior to the war in 1879 formed part of what was known as the Royal Zulu Household, and who since that time have been married, as also their husbands, parents, guardians, and other relatives, and I will make no claim whatsoever upon any of them in respect of any such marriage; and I also undertake to hold no one criminally or otherwise responsible for any act of whatsoever nature or kind done or committed during my absence from Zululand, and I will not punish or proceed against anyone for such in any way. Enclosure 2 in No. 145. Sir H. BULWER to Sir H. ROBINSON. TELEGRAM. 8th December.—Your telegrams received. Very many thanks to your Excellency. Pietermaritzburg, Natal, 8th December 1882. Enclosure 3 in No. 145. Sir H. BULwer to Sir H. Robinson. TELEGRAM. 12th December.—Thanks for your Excellency’s telegrams of yesterday. Pietermaritzburg, Natal, 12 December 1882. Enclosure 4 in No. 145. Sir H. BULwer to Sir H. Robinson. TELEGRAM. 13th December.—Please, make written conditions forwarded by mail in my Despatch of 4th December agree with text of conditions telegraphed by me on fifth instant which last purposely made one or two verbal alterations. Pietermaritzburg, Natal, 13th December 1882. 261 Enclosure 5 in No 145. Sir H. Robinson to Sir H. BULWER. TELEGRAM. Cape Town, 13th December 1882, 2.3 p.m. Thirteenth.-Yours of to-day. Cetewayo signed on Monday in duplicate, conditions which were exact transcripts of those attached to your Despatch of 2nd instant which reached me just before the interview. They varied in only two words, apparently not of much importance from the conditions which reached me by telegraph, but I thought it safer to take the written version than the words of a deciphered telegram. I sent one of the signed copies, as well as a copy of the shorthand reporter's notes of the interview, to Lord Kimberley by yesterday's mail. Will send both to you by next post. Enclosure 6 in No. 145. Sir H. BULWBR to Rear-Admiral N. SALMON, V.C., C.B. - Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, December 4, 1882. It is thought advisable for many reasons that Cetywayo should return to the Zulu country by way of Port Durnford, instead of through this colony. Port Durnford is a roadstead on the Zulu coast. . It was frequently made use of during the Zulu war of 1879, for military purposes, and it is the place from which Cetywayo embarked when, upon the termination of the war, he was made a prisoner and sent to Cape Town. As the work of landing or embarking at Port Durnford is a service requiring much care and skill, it is very desirable in my opinion that the landing of Cetywayo should be entrusted to naval supervision and management; and I have therefore the honour to bring this subject under your notice, in the hope that you will be able to give me your assistance in the matter. I should much desire indeed, if you see no objection to it, that all the arrangements for the passage of Cety wayo from Cape Town to Port Durn- ford should be placed in the hands of a naval officer appointed by you for that purpose, and if you agree to this proposal, perhaps you would kindly communicate with the High Commissioner at Cape Town, and ascertain His Excellency’s views and wishes regarding it. I should be obliged if you will be good enough to send me your answer to this request by telegraph. I have, &c. To Rear-Admiral (Signed) H. BULwer, Nowell Salmon, V.C., C.B., Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Commanding Her Majesty’s Naval Forces on the Cape of Good Hope, and West Africa Station. Enclosure 7 in No. 145. Admiral SALMoN, V.C., C.B., to Sir H. BULwer. TELEGRAM. Simonstown, December 11, 1882, 12.30 p.m. About what date will service referred to in your letter of fourth instant require to be carried out. - K. k 3 262 Enclosure 8 in No. 145. Sir H. BULwer to Rear-Admiral N. SALMON, W.C., C.B. TELEGRAM. 5 December 12th-About three weeks. Am I right in understanding your answer to be affirmative in reply to my request ? If so I will communicate further. Pietermaritzburg, Natal, 12 December 1882. Enclosure 9 in No. 145. ADMIRAL to Sir H. Bulwer. TELEGRAM. Simonstown, 12 December 1882, 1.40 p.m. I have not a ship available at present, but hope to have one within three weeks. Subject to her arrival, will undertake arrangements. —---, Enclosure 10 in No. 145. ADMIRAL to Sir H. BULWER. TELEGRAM. Simonstown, 14 December 1882, 11.17 a.m. Cannot undertake to land Cetywayo without proper surf boat. Can engage one at Durban at high rate; does your Government authorise me to incur the expense. •- - ---> -- - *------~~~~ ------------- **** Enclosure 11 in No. 145. Sir H. Bulwer to Rear Admiral SALMon, V.C., C.B. TELEGRAM. Fourteenth December. Your telegrams of twelfth and fourteenth. Have telegraphed home about expenses referred to, which will be those of Her Majesty's Government, not Natal Government. As far as at present foreseen, troops should be at Port Durnford by 10th. Trust that ensures certainty of your having ship. Enclosure 12 in No. 145. ADMIRAL to Sir H. BULwer. Simonstown, 15 December, 11.13 a.m. Have no doubt I shall be able to send Cetywayo to Port Durnford by 10th January. Enclosure 13 in No. 145. Sir H. BULWER to Rear-Admiral SALMON. TELEGRAM. Sixteenth December.—Yours, fifteenth. Many thanks. I have not yet got authority for expense of surf boat, but Her Majesty's Government have asked me for an estimate by telegraph of expenses attending Cetywayo's return and restoration. Can you kindly inform me of total probable expenses attending voyage and landing, as also I suppose return of ship to Cape P Pietermaritzburg, 16 December 1882. 263 Enclosure 14 in No. 145. ADMIRAL to Sir H. BULWER. TELEGRAM. . Simonstown, 16 December 1882, 3.40 p.m. Probable expense attending voyage of Cetywayo, landing at Port Durnford, and ship's return passage to Simons Bay about 700l., in addition to this owners of surf boat require guarantee of 750l. in case boat is not returned. Enclosure 15 in No. 145. Sir H. BULwÉR to Rear-Admiral SALMon, V.C., C.B. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, December 18, 1882. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your telegraphic message of the 11th instant, in reply to my Despatch of the 4th instant, as also the receipt of your further telegraphic communications of the 12th, 14th, 15th, and 16th instant. I have to express to you my thanks for the obliging way in which you have met my request that the arrangements for the voyage of Cetywayo to Port Durnford, and for his landing there should be made and carried out under the direction of an officer of the Royal Navy. I have informed you by telegraph that the military force which is about to proceed into the Zulu country will probably arrive at Port Durnford by the 10th January, and you have been good enough to reply that you have no doubt you will be able to send Cetywayo to that place by the same date. With reference to this part of the arrange- ments, I would desire to explain to you that according to present intentions the troops forming the military escort will cross into Zululand about the 1st or 2nd of January. They will then proceed either to Etshowe or to some other place situated on the high ground and lying on the road to St. Paul’s, Kiva ma groasa, and Ulundi. At this place, which has not yet, I believe, been finally determined on, they will form their camp instead of proceeding direct to Port Durnford where, in consequence of the low grounds in the neighbourhood being unhealthy at this time of year, it is not considered advisable the troops should remain in them more time than is absolutely necessary. They will accordingly only proceed to Port Durnford in just sufficient time to arrive there as nearly as possible contemporaneously with the arrival of the ship. On entering Zulu- land an engineer officer will, I believe, proceed with a working party to see that the approaches to Port Durnford are clear and accessible, and he will probably be in a position to make his report to the officer commanding the expedition about the time that the troops reach the camping station on the high grounds to which I have referred. The officer commanding will then communicate with me with as little delay as possible, and I hope to be able to telegraph to you either on the 6th or the 7th of January. It will consequently not be advisable, as you will understand, that the ship should leave for Port Durnford until the receipt of my telegram, saying that everything is ready to receive Cetywayo, and when, after that, you have fixed the exact time of the departure from Capetown, I would ask you to be good enough to telegraph it to me, as also the probable date of the arrival of the ship at Port Durnford, in order that I may, without loss of time, communicate the information to the officer commanding the expedition, so that the military party which will be sent down to Port Durnford to meet Cetywayo will be able to time their arrival there accordingly. From this explanation you will understand that, although I named the 10th of January as the probable date, yet that, under the circumstances, a margin of two or three days must be given. You are aware that the landing operations at Port Durnford at the time of the Zulu war were conducted by officers of Her Majesty’s ships, and no doubt you are in posses- sion of the records of those operations showing the difficulties that attend a landing at that place according to the direction of the wind or the state of the sea at the time. I have not yet received from Her Majesty's Government the authority for incurring the expenses in connexion with the surf boat, but as soon as I have received it I will communicate it to you by telegraph. I am told that in 1879 the surf boat was worked by means of a hawser attached to the shore. I have no sufficient authority for this statement, but I think it only right to mention it for your information. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULwer, Special Commissioner. K k 4 264 Enclosure 16 in No. 145. Sir H. BULweR to Rear-Admiral N. SALMoN, W.C., C.B. TELEGRAM. December 22.-I have received authority for the expense referred to in your telegram of 14th. Enclosure 17 in No. 145. Sir H. BULWER to Lieutenant-General the Hon. L. SMYTH, C.B. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, December 4, 1882. It is thought advisable that Cetywayo should return to Zululand by way of Port Durnford, and I would propose that he should be met at that place by a military escort who will accompany him to Ulundi, or such other place as may be fixed upon for his formal re-establishment in authority. I have the hononr to bring this proposal under your notice, with a request that you will be good enough to authorise the employment on this service of a military escort from the troops now stationed in Natal, and that you will give the necessary instructions for this purpose to the officer commanding here. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, Special Commissioner. To Lieut.-General the Hon. Liecester Smyth, C.B., &c. &c. &c. Commanding Her Majesty's Troops in South Africa. Enclosure 18 in No. 145. GENERAL, Cape Town, to His Excellency Gover Nor, Natal. TELEGRAM. December 11, 1882. Governor informs me that Cetywayo signed conditions this morning, and that there is nothing to prevent his return when arrangements are completed. Have informed War Secretary that I purpose accompanying escort from Port Durnford subject his sanction. Have sent orders to senior officer, Natal, in compliance with your Excellency’s wishes to proceed at once with arrangements. Enclosure 19 in No. 145. Lieutenant-General the Hon. L. SMYTH, C.B., to Sir H. BULwer. SIR, Cape Town, December 11, 1882. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Excellency’s letter of the 4th instant, informing me that it is desired that the military escort should meet Cetywayo at Port Durnford, and requesting me to give the necessary instructions to that end to the officer in command of the troops in Natal. - I beg, in reply, to state that your Excellency’s wishes shall be complied with. I have, &c. (Signed) L. SYMTH, Lieutenant-General, Commanding Her Majesty’s Forces, Cape Colony. Enclosure 20 in No. 145. Sir H. BULWER to Colonel Bond. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, December 14, 1882. WITH reference to our conversation of yesterday I write to inform you that I have had under consideration the suggestion then made by you, that the force which it is proposed should proceed into Zululand for the purpose of meeting Cetywayo at Port 265 Durnford and of accompanying him to Ulundi on the occasion of his return and re-establishment in authority should, for transport and commissariat reasons, be reduced from the originally proposed numbers of between 300 and 400 men to one consisting of a squadron of cavalry, and two companies of mounted infantry, or in all about 200 or 210 Iſleſ). I do not anticipate that the troops in entering Zululand on this service will have any disturbance to deal with ; but having regard to the unsettled condition of affairs in that country I think it both prudent and necessary that any possible contingency of this nature should be, as much as possible, guarded against, and that the force entering the country should be sufficiently strong to meet any such emergency. For this reason I do not consider it would be advisable that the force should in any case be under the strength of 300 men. I have, &c. - * (Signed) H. BULWER, The Hon the Commandant, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Natal. Enclosure 21 in No. 145. GENERAL, Cape Town, to GovernoR, Natal. TELEGRAM. December 15, 1882. WoULD earnestly beg your Excellency to consent to escort being limited to 250 mounted men, that being as much as transport can do. To increase escort to 300 it will be necessary to send 50 infantry, which would not be an imposing force, but which would materially hamper and retard the column if any danger were expected. 300 men would be as safe or unsafe as 250, and the latter number is a handsome escort. Enclosure 22 in No. 145. TELEGRAM. From GoverNOR, Natal, to Lieut.-General the Hon. L. SMYTH, C.B., Cape Town. 15th December.—Your telegram to-day. I informed officer commanding here yester- day that I did not conside it advisable, for reasons given by me to him, that the force entering Zululand should be less than 300 men ; but if you, for military reasons, decide that it is undesirable to send more than 250, I will not, of course, oppose your judgment. Pietermaritzburg, 15 December 1882. Enclosure 23 in No. 145. Sir H. BULWER to Colonel BoND. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, December 16, 1882. & I HAVE been directed by the Secretary of State to furnish him by telegraph with an estimate of the cost attending the return and restoration of Cetywayo. May I ask you, therefore, to be good enough to give me some information regarding the probable total cost of the expedition of the military force which is about to proceed into the Zulu country for the purpose of meeting and escorting Cetywayo from Port Durnford to TJlundi. - I have, &c. The Hon. Colonel Bond, (Signed) H. BULWER, Commanding the Troops, Natal. Special Commissioner. R 4012. L 1 266 Enclosure 24 in No. 145. Sir H. BULWER to Colonel Bond. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, 16 December 16, 1882. - I PERCEIVE in the district orders dated yesterday that the band of the Innis- killing Dragoons is to accompany the military force about to be sent in Zululand. It having been already found necessary by the General commanding to reduce that force below the number which I considered should be the minimum strength of the force, I feel it my duty to observe that I do not think any of the reduced force which is sent in should be other than what is strictly effective for military purposes. I have further to add that it will not, I am sure, be in accordance with the views of Her Majesty's Government that there should be any unnecessary parade in the carrying out of the service for which the escort is required. I have, &c. The Hon. Colonel Bond, (Signed) H. BULWER, Commanding the Troops, Natal. g Special Commissioner. Enclosure 25 in No. 145. TELEGRAM. GENERAL, Cape Town, to Gover Nor, Natal. (Received 17th December 1882.) December 16th.-The reasons alluded to in your Excellency’s of yesterday have been made known to me by officer commanding troops, Natal. As I now find escort is not solely for complimentary purposes, but also to quell any possible disturbances which may arise in connexion with proposed settlement of country, I have directed officer commanding troops, Natal, to conform to your Excellency's wishes as to number and composition of escort. I have no knowledge myself of the nature, quarter, or extent of any opposition that may possibly happen, but I think it right to state my opinion that if there was any serious danger of the kind, escort of 300 men would not be sufficient to cope with it. Enclosure 26 in No. 145. TELEGRAM. Governor, - To General Officer Commanding, Natal. Cape Town. December 18th.—Yours yesterday; I was not aware you had understood escort to be solely for complimentary purposes. In reasons stated to the officer commanding, Natal, I did not say anything about quelling disturbances or coping with opposition, but stated first in conversation afterwards by letter that although I did not anticipate any disturbance yet, that in unsettled condition of the country I thought it well to guard against any Such contingency, and that force should be sufficiently strong to meet such emergency. I originally suggested between 300 and 400. That was a military question, and I laid the case, therefore, before the officer commanding Her Majesty's Troops in this Colony with whom I discussed the question, and he agreed to that number. Then, when it was suggested that the force should be reduced to about 210, I wrote stating my opinion that 300 should be the minimum. When you urged that it should be only 250, I of course gave way to your military judgment. Now I understand you to think 300 not enough. Osborn also says more, and I am in communication with Officer Commanding, Natal, on the subjeet. But please understand situation as I have put it. Enclosure 27 in No. 145. TELEGRAM. GENERAL, Cape Town, to Governor, Natal. December 18, 1882. December 18.-Your Excellency's of to-day with thanks. Sorry there should have been so much trouble, but had I known that escort was other than complimentary or that 267 there was any doubt as to reception Cety wayo would get on route selected I should not have urged the lower number. In doing this I had most in view to promote rapidity of movements, so as to lessen danger of sickness whilst in Zululand to man and beast at this unhealthy season, whilst the number I gave was in exact proportion to our transpor: resources, and expense of hiring extra transport would so be saved. No. 146. The RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF DER BY to Gover Nor SIR. H. BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, January 24, 1883. I HAve the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch of 23rd ultimo,” reporting the steps which you had taken for carrying out the decision of Her Majesty's Government with respect to the restoration of Cetywayo to Zululand, and I have to express my approval of your proceedings in the matter. I have, &c. Sir H. Bulwer. (Signed) DERBY. No. 147. COLONIAL OFFICE to the ABORIGINES’ PROTECTION SOCIETY, SIR, - Downing Street, January 26, 1883. I AM directed by the Earl of Derby to acknowledge the receipt of your letter of 20th instant,f stating that you were instructed by your Committee to call his Lordship's attention to certain statements which have appeared in the “Daily News” relative to the partition of Zululand and the arrangements made for the return of Cetywayo. With reference to the statements that many of those who would have been present when Cetywayo landed at Port Durnford were driven away by threats, and that a military censorship of the press has been established in Zululand, I am to inform you that inquiry on these points had been made of the Governor by telegraph before the receipt of your letter, and he has replied that nothing was known of the matter by the authorities in Natal, but that the officer in command of the escort with Cetywayo had been asked for an explanation. It is believed that the measures which were being taken for bringing back Cetywayo were well known throughout Zululand some time before he arrived. With regard to the other matters mentioned in the telegrams to which you refer, I am to state that full explanations of the policy of Her Majesty's Government, and of the course which has been taken in reference to the return of Cetywayo, will be given in the papers which it is intended to present to Parliament when it reassembles. I am, &c. The Secretary to the (Signed) ROBERT G. W. HERBERT. Aborigines' Protection Society. No. 148. Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received January 29, 1883.) (Telegraphic.) 29th January.—Your Lordship's, 15th. : Officer escort reports that in establishing Tugela military telegraph newspaper correspondents allowed to send messages if signed by staff officer. After 31st December signature no longer required, but, by mistake, one message refused because without signature. No foundation for other statements. * No. 145. f No. 144, † No. 140. L | 2 268 No. 149. SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received January 29, 1883.) Government House, Capetown, My LoRD, January 8, 1883. I HAVE the honour to enclose for your information a copy of a letter which I have received from the Rear-Admiral commanding-in-chief, covering letters from Cetywayo to Her Majesty the Queen and to myself, written when he was on the point of embarking in Simon's Bay for Port Durnford. I have, &c. (Signed) HERCULES ROBINSON, The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, Governor and High Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure 1 in No. 149. Rear-Admiral SALMon, V.C., C.B., to Sir HERCULEs Robinson, G.C.M.G. SIR, “Boadicea,” at Simon’s Bay, January 4, 1883. I HAVE the honour to enclose herein a letter addressed by Cetywayo to Her Majesty the Queen, which he requested might be forwarded through your Excellency and Lord Kimberley. Also a further letter addressed to your Excellency. - I have, &c. His Excellency (Signed) Now ELL SALMoN, Sir Hercules Robinson, G.C.M.G., Rear-Admiral and Commander-in-Chief. &c. &c. &c. High Commissioner. Enclosure 2 in No. 149. CETywAYo to Sir HERCULES RoBINSON, G.C.M.G. Simon's Bay, January 4, 1883. I AM writing to you, Sir Hercules Robinson, to again thank you for your great and untiring kindness to me, and that you have always worked hard for me, and eventually got my release for me. I offer my thanks to the Cape Colony people in general, and thank them for their kind treatment of me since my arrival in their country. (Signed) CETYWAYO. Enclosure 3 in No. 149. To HER MAJESTY QUEEN VICTORIA. Admiralty House, Simon’s Bay, January 4, 1883. I AM writing to you, Queen Victoria, to thank you for releasing me from the cruel bondage I was recently kept in, and to say that I am this day leaving the shores of South Africa for my native land. I thank you for your kindness and hope that I will be able to sleep safely in my country, keep my feet off the ground as a mother would do her infant. I do not want to get into trouble any more. Do not think that Cetywayo will ever neglect you, and if you ever again hear idle reports of me, ask me to come to you and explain all myself. I am the child of the White House; keep me and watch over me always. I conclude by thanking you for your kindness to me; and when I leave this place trust to prosper in your name. As long as I am alive I will always want to hear of you. (Signed) CETYWAYo. 269 No. 150. GENERAL THE LORD WOLSELEY, G.C.B., G.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE e EARL OF DER BY. My LoRD, Horse Guards, War Office, January 31, 1883. # I HAVE the honour to forward you the enclosed letter and papers from Mr. John Dunn, who I understand has lately been deprived of his position and authority as Chief in Zululand by order of Her Majesty’s Government. \ From the terms of his letter I presume he wishes me to lay it before you. I feel bound to state that Mr. Dunn would not have accepted the position of Chief had I not as Her Majesty’s High Commissioner given him a promise in the name of the Government of England that under no circumstances should Cetywayo be ever allowed to return to Zululand, a promise approved of by the Government of the day, as your Lordship will learn by a perusal of the correspondence that took place between me and the Colonial Office in 1879–80 on the subject of the settlement of Zululand. Mr. Dunn did not ask to be made a Chief; he was made so because it was believed that his acceptance of that position would further the South African policy of Her Majesty’s Government at the time, and would conduce to the benefit of Natal as well as of those over whom he was placed as ruler. I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, - (Signed) WOLSELEY. &c. &c. &c. - Enclosure 1 in No. 150. To General LoRD WolsFLEY. SIR, Zululand, December 28, 1882. I BEG, you will not think me presumptuous or intrusive in again bringing the question of the Zulu Settlement to your notice, but I consider that a great act of injustice has been done me. The facts are these :-Some months since a few of the people residing in my territory were persuaded by emissaries of Bishop Colenso to go to Natal to agitate for Cetywayo's return. Dabalamanzi on hearing this requested me to allow him also to go, to which I consented ; on their return from Natal, Dabalamanzi with the people whº had gone to Natal broke out into open rebellion and repudiated my authority over them, stating they had been told to do so. Irequested the interference of the Resident, or to request his Excellency the High Com- missioner to allow me to take steps to put down the malcontents; neither requests were acceded to, although repeatedly made by me, but I was advised to remain inactive, as a settlement was to take place shortly. A few days since I was summoned by the Resident to attend at his office with all the headmen under me; on arriving there the people were informed that my authority as their Chief was at an end, and that someone else would be appointed to govern the country, without giving any reason for deposing me. Several of the headmen spoke strongly, and wished to know the reason of this act, but the Resident informed them that he had been instructed to take this step, and could not S8,V II].OTé. ‘S. the difference, Sibebu who had acted on his own responsibility in a similar case, and had driven Undabuko (Cetewayo's brother) with all his adherents out of his territory is the only Chief to remain in full possession, and has had as a reward a piece of another territory added to his. I have written a protest requesting the High Com- missioner to lay my case before the Secretary of State, a copy of which I enclose, and pray you, my Lord, should it be in your power, to assist me in getting justice done me. My people are much depressed at the change. For myself, I may say that in the good faith of my position I have been too liberal and saved nothing, wishing to establish my position, and trusting to a future day to be recompensed. L 1 3 270 The white men, whom I had appointed (Mr. Brennan is one), are now thrown out of their homes, just as they built good houses and settled comfortably, and as I had engaged them for fixed periods will have to pay them in full. If I had given the slightest cause for this treatment, I should not have taken it so much to heart, but knowing that since you appointed me as Chief I have been working with the best intentions for the good of both the territory over which you appointed. me and the Colony of Natal, I must confess I feel it deeply, and am only sorry now that I had not acted on my own responsibility; at one time I could easily have swept the Zulu country. Again, begging you to take into consideration my feelings in addressing you on a subject that must be repugnant to you, and beg you will allow me to congratulate you on your brilliant success and high honour attained. I have, &c. (Signed) J. R. DUNN. Enclosure 2 in No. 150. To the BRITISH RESIDENT, Zululand. SIR, Enhlazatye, December 23, 1882. WITH reference to the information I received from you to-day, to the effect that “I am to be deposed of my chieftainship on the arrival of Cety wayo; no valid reason “ for my being so deposed having been given, though another Chief, Usibebu, is allowed “ to retain both his chieftainship and territory.” I have to request that you will respectfully beg his Excellency Her Majesty's High Commissioner to bring to the notice of the Secretary of State the injustice of so depos- ing me without fair and just compensation and allowing me a tract of country sufficiently large to locate a tribe, which has adhered to me for over 20 years, and in the late war in Zululand rendered good service to Her Majesty's Imperial Government; and which placing implicit faith in the words of General Sir Garnet Wolseley, “that my chieftain- * ship was a permanency,” returned with me from Natal to settle in Zululand. I further beg to bring to your notice that only the assurance as to the permanency of my chieftainship induced me to return to Zululand, when I was arranging for the pro- curing of land in Natal as a permanent settlement for myself and my people. I further beg to state that in good faith in the word of Her Majesty's Representative I have expended large sums of money in building, tree planting, and other improvements, and that unless the location you inform me is to be apportioned to me for the settlement of my people includes such buildings and other improvements, I will be at a heavy loss. That in the same good faith I appointed three white administrators for a fixed term of years, to assist me in the good government of the territory assigned to me, who will now have to break up their homes and leave their buildings, while they will expect me to pay them for the unexpired term of their service. That I therefore earnestly solicit his Excellency Her Majesty's High Commissioner to invite Her Majesty's Secretary of State to take a favourable view of my petition and beg Her Majesty’s Government to do me justice. I am, &c. (Signed) J. R. DUNN. No. 151. Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received, Colonial Office, February 1, 1883.) TELEGRAPHIC. 1st February.—Shepstone reports installation carried out, 29th, successfully and most satisfactorily. He has reached Etshowe on way back. 271 No. 152. Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HoN. The EARL OF DERBY. (Received, Colonial Office, February 4, 1883.) TELEGRAPHIC. 4th February.—Sir T. Shepstone, official despatch, installation. He says that about five thousand present, amongst them all principal Zulus or their representatives. No. 153. Gover Non SIR HENRY BULW ER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. The EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received February 8, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My Lord, - January 3, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit for your information copies of two Letters of In- structions (together with their enclosures) addressed by me to the British Resident in Zululand, regarding the measures to be adopted for the recognition and establishment of the Chief Usibebu in the readjusted territory assigned to him, and for beaconing off the boundaries of that territory. e I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Enclosure I in No. 153. Sir H. BULWER to BRITISH RESIDENT. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, December 22, 1882. IN my Despatch of the 4th instant, I stated that I would address to you a further communication on the subject of the due recognition and establishment of the Chief Usibebu in the readjusted territory assigned to him, and for beaconing off the boundary lines of that territory. You are aware that, in accordance with a suggestion made by you, which met with my entire concurrence, I recommended to Her Majesty's Government that in the changes about to be made in the Zulu country the appointed Chief Usibebu should be left in an independent position, and that the territory now under him should, with certain modifi- cations and changes, remain a separate territory under his separate authority. The territorial modifications and changes to which I refer were considered to be neces- sary, because a part of the territory that has during the last three years been under Usibebu as an appointed Chief is that to which the two brothers Undabuko and Usivetu and other Chiefs of the Usutu party, namely, Umsutyuana, Umbopa, and Mahu, belong. The relations of these Chiefs with the appointed Chief Usibebu were so unfriendly that it became necessary for them to leave the territory and go elsewhere. This circum- stance has been unfavourable to the peace and good order of that part of the country, inasmuch as the Chiefs in question have been greatly dissatisfied and discontented on account of their banishment from their homes and districts. In considering, therefore, the future arrangements to be made in the Zulu country it was held to be advisable that there should be such a readjustment of Usibebu's territory as would enable all those Chiefs of the Usutu party whom I have named to return to their homes. This could only be done satisfactorily by taking away from the authority of Usibebu all that extent of country which is situated between the Black Umvolosi River and the range of hills lying (within Usibebu’s territory) to the north-east of that river. . I propose, then, that this portion of country should be taken away from Usibebu and added to the country to be placed under Cetywayo, and that in lieu of what would be thus taken from Usibebu, and in order to complete his territory, the portion of country which has been under the appointed Chief Umgojana should be added to the portion remaining under Usibebu ; the whole forming a compact territory of a triangular shape lying between the Pongolo River on the one side, the range of high lands marked by beacons VIII., IX., X., XI., and XII. and so on to the Umgwanza Mountain on another side, and the boundary line of Zulu- land from the Umgwanza Mountain to the Pongolo Port on the third side. L l 4 272 This arrangement has been approved by Her Majesty’s Government, and it will be necessary for you to explain very clearly to Usibebu the limitations of his future terri- tory. In Annexure “A” to my Despatch of the 4th of December I gave a full definition of the boundaries of this territory. They are boundaries which, except in one part, were indeed already fully and accurately defined and beaconed off by the Zulu Boundary Commissioners in 1879. The exception to which I refer is in respect of that part of the territory which lies between Beacon XII. and the Umgwanza Hill, where no boundary line was defined because all this country was included within the limits of Usibebu's territory; but now that those limits are to be thrown back it will be necessary to make and define a new territorial line in the part to which I refer. I may define that new boundary line in general terms as one that will run along the highland range lying between Beacon XII. and the Umgwanza Hill as shown by Captain Alleyne's map of Zululand bearing date the 4th of December 1879, a copy of which you have. It will not, however, be sufficient to leave this part of the boundary line with so vague a defini- tion. A more precise definition will be required, and it will be necessary to place beacons along the line so that no question or dispute may arise in the future as to what is the boundary in this part between the territories which will be respectively under Cetywayo and Usibebu. It will therefore be your duty to cause this line to be surveyed and beaconed off; and in order to assist you in this service I have made arrangements with Mr. J. Eustace Fannin, who has had a long experience in land surveying, that he shall proceed to the Inhlazatye where he will receive instructions from you as to the work to be undertaken, and thence proceed to the locality for the purpose of surveying and marking off the boundary line and of erecting proper beacons. You will be good enough to furnish Mr. Fannin with instructions and advice as to his journey and proceedings, and with any assistance of which he may stand in need to enable him to carry out the work; and it will be well I think that you should send with him some one who will represent you if you are not able to go in person, and who will obtain from the Chief Usibebu, or from any other Chief, whatever aid Mr. Fannin may require in the work of survey and of erecting the beacons, which latter should be done in the presence of headmen from either side of the boundary line who may be witnesses of the laying down of the boundary. Mr. Fannin will leave here on the 26th instant, and will probably arrive at the Inhlazatye in the first week of January. It will be advisable that no time should be lost in his proceeding to his destination, and in carrying out and completing the object of his expedition. I transmit to you herewith a copy of the letter with which I have furnished Mr. Fannin regarding the service on which he will be employed. You will not fail in establishing Usibebu in authority in his territory as readjusted by these altered boundaries, to carefully explain to him the position of the new boundaries, and to impress upon him the importance of his faithfully observing and respecting them. - You will not fail also to remind him in fitting terms of the obligations and responsi- bilities that will rest on him in the position of authority in which he will be left. He is left in this position by the British Government with the reliance that he will make a right use of the powers left in his hands. He will best show his recognition of the friendly consideration of the British Government by a steady and loyal adherence to the condi- tions subject to which he remains established in authority, by a strict regard for the rights of his neighbours, by carefully abstaining from any interference with them, by maintaining always a friendly behaviour towards them, and by a prudent, just, and merciful government of the people under him. * He will of course remain bound by all the conditions which he accepted in 1879; and it may perhaps be as well that he should formally declare himself to be so bound by them. I have therefore drawn up a condition to that effect, besides one to which in view of the changes that are about to be made in the country, I consider he should be required to give his adherence. The draft supplementary conditions are herewith forwarded, and I have to request that you will explain them to the Chief Usibebu, and obtain from him his formal acknowledg- ment and acceptance of them. - I have, &c. t (Signed) H. BULWER, To Melmoth Osborn, Esq., C.M.G., Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. British Resident, Zululand. 273 Sir H. BULWFR to Mr. J. E. FANNIN. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, December 21, 1882. WITH reference to the conversation I had with you on the 14th and 15th instant, I have here with to request and authorise you to proceed to the Inhlazatye in the Zulu country and there put yourself in communication with the British Resident with regard to the steps to be taken for beaconing off a portion of the boundaries of the territory which is to be under the appointed Chief Usibebu. - I have written to the Resident full instructions on this subject, and on your arrival at the Inhlazatye he will fully explain to you the nature of the work to be carried out, and will render you all the necessary assistance to enable you to proceed with it. I have also written a letter to Mr. Fynn at the Umsinga Magistracy, requesting him to be good enough to furnish you with a native messenger and guide as far as the resi- dence of the Chief Hlubi, and that Chief will be asked to furnish you with a guide who will accompany you to the Inhlazatye. It will be desirable you should start with as little delay as possible. The expenses of your journey and of the work upon which you will be employed will be defrayed at the following rate agreed upon by us, namely, to yourself for the work of survey and beaconing off the territory, payment at the rate of 21. 2s. a day, and for your travelling expenses, waggon hire, horses, &c., a further payment at the rate of 21. 2s. a day. - I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULwÉR, To J. Eustace Fannin, Esq. Special Commissioner. &c. &c. tº-as- sºmeº amº-mºmºmºsºm-º-º-º-º- ºmºs º DRAFT of SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS explained by the BRITISH RESIDENT to the CHIEF USIBEBU and formally agreed to, acknowledged, and accepted by that Chief on the 1. I will faithfully observe and respect the readjusted boundaries now assigned to my territory by the British Government; and I will especially and faithfully have regard to the boundaries that will divide my territory from the country which is now, or is about to be, placed under the restored authority of Cetywayo; and I will not in any way interfere or allow my people to interfere with the restored King Cety wayo or with any of the people living in his country ; nor will I in any way interfere or allow my people to interfere with any other territory lying beyond my boundaries or with the people living in any other territory. - 2. Herewith declare and hold myself to be bound by all the conditions that were laid down in 1879, at the time I was made an appointed Chief and which I then agreed to and solemnly accepted; and I will remain bound by them, each and several in their integrity; and I will for all purposes recognise as the British Resident referred to in them whom- soever the British Government may name or appoint from time to time to be in that capacity, or whomsoever the British Government may require me to recognise in that capacity. Enclosure 2 in No. 153. Sir H. BULWER to BRITISH RESIDENT. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, December 29, 1882. WITH reference to my Despatch of the 22nd instant, I have the honour to inform you that Mr. Fannin left Pietermaritzburg on the 27th instant and expects to be at the Inhlazatye in the course of the first week of January. . It seems to me desirable that, as soon as Mr. Fannin has marked out the boundary line of Usibebu’s readjusted territory according to the instructions already communicated to you, the final and formal act of demarcation should be carried out by you in person in your official capacity as the British Resident. You should take care to do this in the presence of witnesses representing both sides of the boundary. The Chief Usibebu should be required either to appear in person or send proper witnesses on his behalf, and IR 4012. M II]. 274 you should at the same time call upon the Chiefs living in the neighbourhood of the boundary and within the territory which will be under Cetywayo either to appear in per- son or depute witnesses. As to the time when this should be done you will be able to decide after consultation with Mr. Fannin; but as it will be desirable you should be at Ulundi or Emtonjaneni to meet Cetywayo on his arrival there, it will be necessary for you either to complete the formal act of demarcation before you proceed to meet Cetywayo, or to return to the boundary for that purpose afterwards. It will be advisable also, I think, that you should explain to all concerned, and if necessary point out the line of demarcation up to the point where it joins the Pongolo. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULwer, To Melmoth Osborn, Esq., C.M.G., Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. British Resident, Zululand. No. 154. Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received February 8, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, January 3, 1883. I HAve the honour to inform you that Mr. John Wesley Shepstone (Secretary for Native Affairs in this Colony) has, at my request, proceeded to Zululand in the capacity of British Resident Commissioner for the time being in the reserved territory, for the purpose of formally declaring to the Chiefs and people living in that territory the decision of Her Majesty’s Government with regard to it, and of initiating the functions of the British Resident Commissioner there. 2. I enclose herewith a copy of the letter of instructions with which I furnished Mr. Shepstone, who left Pietermaritzburg on the 25th December to take up his duties. I have, &c. To the Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Enclosure in No. 154. Sir H. BULWER to the Hon. J. W. "SHEPSTONE. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, December 22, 1882. You are aware of the general nature of the arrangements which have been decided upon by Her Majesty's Government for the future government of the Zulu country. Her Majesty’s Government have decided that the ex-King Cetywayo shall be allowed to return to Zululand, and that he shall be re-established in authority over the greater part of that country. In the north-eastern portion of Zululand, however, the appointed Chief Usibebu will be left in the exercise of an independent authority over a separate territory, the boundaries of which will be somewhat different from those of the territory at present under him. A portion also of the Zulu country immediately adjoining the Colony of Natal will be reserved for those Zulu Chiefs and people who may be unwilling to return under Cetywayo, and retained as an independent native territory with a British Resident Commissioner, who will represent the paramount authority. I enclose herewith, for your information, a description” defining the boundaries of these three several territories—namely, (1) the territory which is about to be placed under the re-established authority of Cetywayo; (2) the territory which will be under the independent authority of the appointed Chief Usibebu ; and (3) the territory which will be reserved as independent native territory with a British Resident Commissioner. You will perceive from this description that the last-named territory will comprise and be limited to the two territories now under the appointed Chiefs John Dunn and IHlubi. It is with regard to this last-named territory, that is to say, the territory which is to be reserved as native independent territory with a British Resident Commissioner, that I address you these instructions. *— * Annexure A. in No. 139. - - - - - - *** * v-- ~~~ * - - - - ~~ - - - - - - --- - - 275 You have been good enough, at my request, to undertake the task of proceeding into the reserved territory for the purpose of formally declaring the decision of Her Majesty's Government with regard to it, and of initiating the functions of the British Resident Commissioner there. For this task your long experience as a public officer in official relations with the native populations, your thorough knowledge of the people, and your tact and judgment pecu. liarly qualify you, and I have not hesitated to avail myself of the services which you have, with so much obliging readiness, placed at my disposal. You are therefore, hereby specially appointed and constituted for the time being to be and to act as the British Resident Commissioner, for the purpose of taking over the re- served territory and for adopting such preliminary measures as may be necessary to esta- blish the new order of things in that territory. It will be your duty on your arrival in the country to proclaim and declare the reserved territory to be native independent territory with a Resident British Commissioner who will represent the paramount authority. You will declare and make known that this territory will, subject to certain actual existing rights and interests and to some exceptions, be occupied by and reserved and appropriated exclusively for the use and purposes of natives of Zulu origin; that the territory will be inalienable from the Zulu people occupying it; and that no portion of it will be or will be allowed to be alienated by sale or by lease to any person of European Ol'19"Iſle #. existing rights and interests to which I have above referred are those of the appointed Chiefs John Dunn and Hlubi, now actually residing in the territory, and of the mission stations now actually established in the country. The two appointed Chiefs whom I have named have been informed that their position and authority as appointed Chiefs will cease and determine upon the proclamation of the territory as reserved territory. They will, however, be recognised as Chiefs over their tribal or individual followers, and full and sufficient provision will be made for their rights and interests, suitable and sufficient locations for the occupation of themselves and their followers being assigned to them. The existing rights of the mission stations will be confirmed so far as they may be restricted to strictly missionary purposes. * You will also reserve to the British Resident Commissioner the right to occupy such lands as may be required for the public purposes of the territory, and the right to allow the occupation of certain limited sites for licensed trading stations, should it hereafter be decided to allow at any time the establishment of such trading stations. But with these exceptions you will understand and you will cause it to be understood that the territory will strictly belong to and be inalienable from the people of Zulu origin occupying it. You will on your arrival and on your due proclamation and declaration of the territory as aforesaid be good enough to summon all Chiefs and headmen living therein to present themselves to you, when you will explain to them the nature of the territorial arrange- ments that are to be made in the Zulu country and the re-establishment of Cetywayo's authority in the territory beyond the limits of the reserved territory; and you will invite them to declare their wishes and intentions with respect to their remaining in the reserved territory or otherwise. All those who desire to accept and recognise the authority of the British Resident Commissioner as representing the paramount authority shall, where approved by you, be constituted as Chiefs and headmen over their several tribes, peoples, and followers, and will be duly recognised by you as such. Those who desire to be under the re-established authority of Cetywayo you will allow to remove freely with all their goods, possessions, and movable property, and with such of their people as may wish to accompany them. You will make and keep a record of all the Chiefs and headmen who wish to remain in the reserved territory, and whom you may decide to recognise as duly constituted Chiefs and headmen. In the cases of some of the appointed Chiefs residing in the Country which is about to be placed under the re-established authority of Cetywayo, it is understood that they will be unable or unwilling to come again under his authority, and the British Resident has been instructed that should they desire to remove into the reserved territory he is to make arrangements for their so doing, and that suitable locations will be provided for them and for their followers in the reserved territory. Should, therefore, any of these appointed Chiefs, or indeed any other Chiefs, headmen, or other persons now residing in the country which will be placed under the restored authority of Cetywayo come into the reserved territory you will please assign to them such locations as you may think best ; and any Chiefs and headmen so entering the reserved territory you are authorised, M m 2 276 according to your discretion, to recognise as duly constituted Chiefs and headmen, and to place their names as such on the record. In the cases of any individual families or persons having no tribal Chiefs or headmen, you will place them under such duly constituted Chiefs or headmen as you may think fit. The two appointed Chiefs, John Dunn and Hlubi, as I have already stated, will by this time have been fully informed by Mr. Osborn, the British Resident, of the changes that are about to take place in the Zulu country, and of the change that is about to be made in their position as appointed Chiefs. It will be well, however, that you should take an early opportunity of seeing these Chiefs in person after your arrival in the country, and of explaining to them the nature of these changes. You will I am sure treat them, as well as any of the appointed Chiefs who may be obliged to remove into the reserved territory, with particular consideration. The necessities of the situation have made it necessary for Her Majesty's Government to effect certain changes in the settlement of the Zulu country, whereby the position they have occupied during the last three years as appointed Chiefs will be greatly affected, inasmuch as they will cease to hold that position, but I am confident that it is the desire of Her Majesty's Government that the interests of these Chiefs shall be as much as possible guarded, subject to the necessities of the situation. It will be your care, then, to consider how far those interests can be met, and it will be for you to assign to them locations that will be fully sufficient for their wants and for those of their followers; and any representations they may have to make to you on the subject of their position and interests you will be good enough to receive and forward to me that I may bring them under the notice of Her Majesty's Government. Meantime I am confident that you will, in dealing with such appointed Chiefs, not fail to have a considerate regard for them in the position in which they will be placed, and which must necessarily be attended with much inconvenience and some unpleasantness to them, that you will as far as possible consult their wishes and due interests in the arrangements to be made in the territory. It will be desirable that you should, as soon as possible, select a suitable site for the place of residence of the Resident Commissioner, paying an especial regard to the healthiness of the locality, and to its centrality of position for the political purposes of the reserved territory. I originally proposed that there should be two sub-commissioners, who should assist and be subordinate to the Resident Commissioner, the one residing in the upper districts of the territory, and the other in the lower or coast districts; but the extent of territory the reservation of which Her Majesty's Government have authorised is much less than the extent of territory which I proposed, and it is therefore a question if it will be neces- sary to appoint these sub-commissioners, the more especially as Her Majesty's Govern- ment have not yet sanctioned the arrangements proposed by me for the internal admi- nistration of the territory. At the same time I should wish you to consider and report at your leisure whether, in your opinion, the appointment of one or more sub-commis- sioners is desirable, and if so in what parts of the territory they should be stationed. As soon as you have selected a site for the place of residence of the Resident Com- missioner you will, I think, find it convenient to construct such a number of huts as may be sufficient to meet the immediate wants of the Resident Commissioner and of the persons attached to his establishment. You are authorised to engage the services of an induna and of any number of native messengers not exceeding 12 for the services of the Resident Commissioner's establishment; and you will please furnish me with an estimate of the monthly expenses of this establishment. An allowance will be made to you, as the British Resident Commissioner for the time being, at the rate of 1,000l. per annum, for which, as also for the expenses of your establishment, you will, until further instructions, draw upon me from time to time. I have authorised, for the purposes of the service upon which you are proceeding, the purchase of a waggon and oxen and of some tents and other necessaries of camp equip- ment, which you will consider as the property of the British Resident Commissioner for the time being. I have also authorised an advance to you of the sum of 50l. to meet your current expenses. You will be good enough to keep a statement of all expenses incurred by you and furnish it to me from time to time. As soon as you have time to proceed in the direction of the boundaries of the reserved territory where that territory is divided by beacons from the country about to be placed under Cetywayo, I should wish you to do so in order to ascertain if the beacons are in proper position and whether the line of demarcation between the two territories is suffi- 277 ciently beaconed off. If not, it will be advisable that you should cause additional beacon stones to be placed. - I am not in a position to give you any further instructions at this moment regarding the arrangements to be made for the internal administration of the reserved territory, but as soon as I receive the decision of Her Majesty's Government on the proposals which I have submitted to them in detail I will address to you a further Despatch on the subject. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Hon. J. W. Shepstone, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c, No. 155. GoverNOR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received February 8, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, January 3, 1883. WITH your Lordship's approval, obtained by telegraphic communication, Sir Theophilus Shepstone has, at my request, undertaken the service of proceeding to Zulu- land in a political capacity for the purpose of receiving Cetywayo on his arrival at Port Durnford, and of formally re-establishing him in authority over the portion of the Zulu country which has been assigned to him. 2. The service is one that requires much tact and discretion, as well as a knowlege of the people to be dealt with ; and in selecting Sir T. Shepstone l have selected a gentleman who, as your Lordship is aware, is perhaps of all persons the most competent and the best fitted to undertake it. 3. Sir T. Shepstone left for Zululand on the 29th December, and joined the military escort at the Tugela on the morning of the 31st December. I have the honour to enclose, for your Lordship's information, a copy of the instruc- tions with which I have furnished him. I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Enclosure in. No. 155. Sir H. BULWER to Sir T. SHEPSTONE. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, December 28, 1882. You have been good enough, at my request, to undertake the service of meeting Cetywayo on his return to Zululand, and of formally re-establishing him in authority over the portion of the Zulu country which has been assigned to him. I have accordingly recommended your name to Her Majesty's Government for em- ployment on this service, and I have received from the Right Hon. the Secretary of State his approval thereof. It has been arranged that Cetywayo shall be conveyed from Cape Town to Port Durnford, on the Zulu coast, and that he shall be landed there on or about the 10th of January. A detachment of Her Majesty's troops are about to proceed into Zululand for the purpose of meeting Cetywayo on his arrival at Port Durnford, and of escorting him to the place where he will be formally re-established in authority, and I have in- formed the officer commanding the troops in Natal that you will accompany the expedi- tion as the political officer in charge, and that you will meet and receive Cety wayo at his landing and accompany him to the place of his installation in authority. It has been proposed that this shall take place either at Ulundi or in the neighbourhood of the Emtonjaneni on this side of the White Umvolosi River, and the latter will probably be found for several reasons to be the more convenient situation for the purpose. The selection, however, of the situation will be left to you to decide upon, after your arrival in i. country, and after you have seen Cetywayo and communicated with him on the Subject. M m 3 278 The military force will consist of 250 cavalry and mounted infantry, and of two com- anies of infantry, the whole being under the command of Lieutenant-Colonel Curtis, of the Inniskilling Dragoons. On the arrival of the party at the place agreed upon for the installation you will, upon a day to be fixed by you, formally proceed in the name of the British Government to install and re-establish Cetywayo in authority, having publicly made known to the people there assembled the arrangements that have been determined on by Her Majesty's Government for the future settlement of Zululand, and the terms and conditions subject to which Cetywayo has been allowed to return and is about to be re-established in authority. º I enclose for your information a copy of the Despatch” which I addressed to the British Resident on the 4th instant acquainting him with the decision of Her Majesty’s Govern- ment, and with the mature of the arrangements about to be made in the Zulu country, and instructing him to make known the same to all the appointed Chiefs, Chiefs, head- men, and others of the Zulu people. No time has been lost by the British Resident in making the announcement, and I learn by a letter which I have received from him that he has already communicated the intelligence to the greater part of the Zulu Chiefs and headmen as well as to large numbers of the people. I also enclose a copy of a Despatchi which I addressed on the 22nd instant to the Resident regarding the measures to be adopted by him for the due recognition and estab- lishment of the appointed Chief Usibebu in the territory assigned to him, and for beaconing off, where necessary, the boundary lines of that territory, and a copy of another Despatch; which I addressed on the 22nd instant to the Honourable J. W. Shepstone who has been sent by me on a special service to take over the reserved territory in the temporary capacity of the British Resident Commissioner in that territory. I further enclose copies of the conditions; agreed to by Cetywayo in England which I have received from the Secretary of State, and of two additional conditions|| which were prepared by me after receiving the decision of Her Majesty's Government and which Cetywayo accepted and signed at Cape Town on the 11th of this month. These several papers will make you acquainted with the nature of the decision of Her Majesty's Government and of the arrangements determined on with respect to the Zulu country; and by means of the information which they contain you will be enabled to frame the announcement that it will be necessary to make to those of the Zulu Chiefs and people who may be assembled at the time of the installation of Cetywayo. It is scarcely necessary for me to point out to you that it is desirable that the Zulu people should be made fully acquainted with the nature of the conditions subject to which Cetywayo is, by the favour of the British Government, about to be re-established in authority over the greater part of the Zulu country. It is above all things desirable that they should understand that, in taking this step, Her Majesty's Government have been careful to secure for them all the privileges, and they were great privileges, which were conferred upon the Zulu people by the settlement of 1879. I refer more especially to those conditions by which the old military system was done away with, by which all people were to be allowed to marry when they choose, by which the life of no one was to be taken for any cause, except after a fair and impartial trial, after the hearing of witnesses, and after sentence had been passed by the chief men. These three important rights and privileges have been strictly preserved and secured to the Zulu people under the conditions which have been laid down by Her Majesty's Government, and to which Cety wayo has formally agreed. I would call your attention also to the two further conditions|| to which he agreed on the 11th of December, the one binding him not to interfere in any way with the territory under Usibebu or with the reserved territory, or with any of the people living in those territories, and the other guarding the rights of the girls of the former royal house- hold who have been married since the war of 1879, and securing a general immunity from punishment for all persons in respect of anything that may have been done during the absence of Cetywayo from Zululand. I have shown you the minutes of two interviews that took place at Cape Town on the 7th and 11th December, when the future arrangements for Zululand, as finally deter- mined upon by Her Majesty's Government, were communicated to Cetywayo by his Excellency Sir Hercules Robinson, and when the two further conditions were signed by Cetywayo. I have been unable to regard without concern the objections raised by Cety wayo on that occasion, because they seem to me to show a great misapprehension on his part as to the circumstances under which he is returning to the Zulu country. He * Enclosure in No. 139. Enclosure 1 in No. 153. ]. Enclosure in No. 154. § Enclosure 2 in No. 61 | Enclosure 3 in No. 138, page 250. 279 appeared from what he said to think that before agreeing to the further conditions he ought to have the opportunity of consulting the chief men of the Zulu country, as if he were already in an independent position to make terms with the Government by whose favour he was about to be allowed to return to the Zulu country, and with whom alone. it rested to lay down the terms on which he would be allowed to return. He appeared also to be under an impression that wrong was being done to him by a portion of the Zulu country being retained and not placed under his authority; and he seemed to think that the reserved territory was being taken by the British Government, whereas, as you are well aware, it is not being taken away from the Zulus, but is reserved for those Zulus who are unable or unwilling to come again under his authority. Such a misappre- hension on his part as to the circumstances under which he returns to Zululand ought not, I think, to remain unremoved ; and it will be well, therefore, that you should take a favourable opportunity of pointing out to him the real state of the case, and with what great favour and generosity he has been treated by Her Majesty's Government. I am the more led to say this as his Excellency Sir Hercules Robinson informed me at the time he made the communication to Cetywayo that the latter was much disappointed and much dissatisfied; and it would be an unfortunate thing if by a misconception of the true nature of the circumstances under which he returns to the country he should return there in a dissatisfied and discontented frame of mind, when on the contrary he has so much reason to be grateful for the act of exceeding grace that has been done him by Her Majesty's Government. It will rest with your discretion as to the period during which it may be advisable that you and the military escort should remain at the place of installation after your arrival there and the formal re-establishment of Cetywayo in authority. It may be necessary you should remain there for some days in order to allow of the Chiefs and headmen, who belong to the country that will be under Cetywayo, coming in and formally recognising his re-established authority, and to allow also of your explaining to them and to every- body concerned the nature of the arrangements which have been made and the conditions under which Cetywayo is re-established. It will be your object to take care that there is such a sufficient recognition of Cetywayo's authority by the Chiefs and headmen living in the territory to be placed under him as will ensure the necessary respect for his person and authority. Of the due measure of this recognition your immediate acquaintance with the native races of this part of South Africa and your knowledge of the Zulu people will enable you to form a just estimate; and as soon as you consider that there is no further occasion for your remaining with him, you will communicate with the officer commanding the military force as to the date when the force may set out on its return to Natal. I should mention for your information that for the temporary occupation of Cetywayo I have decided the Resident to cause some huts to be erected at Ulundi. The British Resident will be instructed to meet you either at Ulundi or at Emton- janeni, when he will formally hand over the country which is to be placed under Cetywayo. I enclose for your information copies of two memorandums addressed by me to the officer commanding the troops here regarding your position as the political officer in charge of the expedition, and the provision to be made for the accommodation of yourself and art V. party I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, To Sir Theophilus Shepstone, K.C.M.G., Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Memorandum No. 1 of 19th December. Sir H. BULWER to Colonel BoND. SIR THEoPHILUs SHEPSTONE, K.C.M.G. will proceedinto Zululand in a political capacity on behalf of the Government, and will accompany the military escort which is about to be despatched into that country. He will be recognised as the political officer in charge of the expedition for receiving Cetywayo on his return to Zululand, and for re-establishing him in authority, according to the terms and conditions laid down by Her Majesty’s Government. Sir T. Shepstone will meet and receive Cetywayo at his landing and accompany him to the place where he will be installed in authority. Sir T. &hepstone will, on a day to be fixed by him, after the arrival of the party at their destination, for- M m 4 - 280 mally install Cety wayo in authority, publicly making known to the Zulu people there assembled the decision of Her Majesty’s Government, the arrangements that have been determined on for the future government of Zululand, and the terms and conditions subject to which Cetywayo has been allowed to return to the Zulu country and is re- established in authority. Sir T. Shepstone will determine the place in the Zulu country where this announcement will be made, and where the act of re-establishing Cetywayo in authority will take place, as also the period during which it may be necessary for the military escort to remain in the Zulu country after such announcement has been made. (Signed) H. BULwer, Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, Special Commissioner. T)ecember 19, 1882. MEMORANDUM No. 2 of 19th December 1882. Sir H. BULWER to ColoneL Bond. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, December 19, 1882. SIR. T. SHEpstone, K.C.M.G., in proceeding into the Zulu country as the political officer in charge of the expedition for receiving Cetywayo on his return to Zululand, and for re-establishing him in authority according to the terms and conditions laid down by Her Majesty's Government, will be accompanied by a Secretary and 12 native messengers and attendants. It is requested that the military authorities will be good enough to provide Sir T. Shepstone and his party with— 1 waggon drawn by mules for his personal conveyance. 1 waggon for camp equipment and baggage, and, as camp equipment, with 4 bell tents, - 2 chairs or stools, I camp table, 2 leather buckets, 2 camp kettles, and 2 lanterns; and further with the usual rations for 12 native messengers and attendants. Sir T. Shepstone will proceed by train to Verulam on or about the 28th of December, and it is requested that the mule waggon which is to coney him will there await him for that purpose. The waggon to convey the camp equipment and baggage will leave Pietermaritzburg at such time as the military authorities arrange, and Sir T. Shepstone has been informed that it is proposed this latter waggon shall leave Pietermaritzburg on Thursday the 21st instant. (Signed) H. BULWER, Special Commissioner. No. 156. Gover No R SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received February 8, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My Lord, January 3, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, copies of com- munications from the British Resident and of other papers relative to an application made on the part of Undabuko and Usiwetu. In my Despatch of the 13th October,” I acquainted your Lordship with the arrangements I had made when at Rorke's Drift, in order to allow of the return at once of these two brothers to their old homes across the Black Umvolosi River in the territory under Usibebu, their expulsion from which last ear had been a source of constant grievance and complaint on their part. 2. The Resident, after leaving Rorke's Drift, lost no time in taking the steps necessary for carrying out the arrangements, he himself going in person to the district, and making everything ready for the removal of Undabuko and Usivetu. sºm-- * No. 108, 28l 3. The two brothers, once having obtained the permission about which they have been so importunate, did not, however, apparently care to avail themselves of it, and they found a pretext for not doing so in the circumstance that other members of the Usutu party who belonged to the district, although not to their part of it, had not also received permission to return. - 4. As the kraals of many of these people were mixed up with those of Usibebu's people, I had purposely refrained from making any arrangement for their return until the re-adjustment of territory, as proposed in my report of the 3rd October,” should allow of it, supposing the re-adjustment to be sanctioned by Her Majesty's Govern- nent. 5. Undabuko and Usivetu, however, desiring to send in a deputation on this subject to Natal, Mr. Osborn gave a pass for the deputation, my answer to whose respresentation will be found among the enclosed papers. - I have, &c. - (Signed) H. BULWER, To the Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. & Enclosure 1 in No. 156. BRITISH RESIDENT, Zululand, to SPECIAL COMMISSIONER. MINUTE. HIS ExCELLENCY, Inhlazatye, Zululand, November 3, 1882. I TRANSMIT copy of an application made by Usivetu and Haiyana for permission to send a deputation, to consist of not exceeding three members, to ask your Excellency to authorise all the Usutu people to resume occupation of the lands formerly inhabited by them. The Usutu people referred to would, in addition to the personal followers of Usivetu and Undabuko, include the tribes of Umbopa and Umsutyuana and the followings of Gamule, Mahu, Haiyana, and others. The kraals and sites of kraals belonging to Undabuko and Usiwetu inspected by me last month are spread over a tract of land of at least 12 miles long, on the eastern side of the Ivuna stream in Usibebu’s territory, which I found wholly uninhabited. As the greater portion of this tract is separated from the part on which Usibebu’s people live by a ridge running parallel to it, I advised the parties to adopt this ridge as far as it extends (pending final arrangements) as the boundary between them in order to prevent dispute and quarrel. On this tract are also situated the kraals belonging to the people of Undabuko and Usiwetu, who formerly lived there with them. These 1 explained to Usibebu are to be considered as included in the arrangements sanctioned by your Excellency, and that the people to whom these sites belonged were not to be molested in reoccupying them. This Usibebu readily promised to observe. - On my return to Inhlazatye, I at once acquainted both Undabuko and Usivetu with the arrangements that have been made in pursuance of your Excellency’s instructions, and that they and those who formerly lived in their immediate neighbourhood were free to reoccupy their old kraals and sites at once. . Each of them sent back by his own messengers the expression of his satisfaction and thanks. - The present expression of dissatisfaction by Usivetu is therefore not consistent, and I can only attribute it to intriguing and advice of Umyamana, who is endeavouring to push matters so as to induce your Excellency to grant him a separate territory before Cetywayo arrives. He is under the impression that only those of the appointed Chiefs who wish it will be placed under Cetywayo's authority, and that those who do not wish it will be allowed to remain independent Chiefs over the territories to which they have been appointed. The present application of Usivetu and Undabuko for the Usutu people under them to be allowed to return to the lands formerly occupied by them, in the face of their having been informed that Cety wayo will return shortly, I look upon as a movement in the same direction as that of Umyamana. I believe that they too are now scheming to be made independent Chiefs before Cetywayo arrives, perhaps with the view to be better able to befriend him, or, what is not at all unlikely, to secure their own personal ends. They know that the people on whose behalf they apply will not be able to reoccupy their old * No. 106. R 4012. N Il 282 sites until next autumn for want of thatch grass to construct huts with, and that the season for putting in crops will be over before the deputation can return from Maritzburg with an answer and the people move on to the land, if allowed. They know, too, that the people are now busy planting at the places where they are at present staying. - (Signed) M. Osborn, British Resident. º Enclosure 2 in No. 156. BRITISH RESIDENT to SPECIAL COMMISSIONER. • Zululand, November 1882. THE bearers of this letter, viz., Maqandela, Umtobela, and Mazegela, are the Zulus sent by Usivetu, Undabuko, and others of the Usutu people, to make to your Excellency the representations referred to in my minute of the 3rd instant. I have, &c. - * His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, (Signed) M. Osborn, &c. &c. &c. British Resident. SIR, Enclosure 3 in No. 156. STATEMENT of UMTYAzo, FokoTI, and UMKAYA, Natives from Zululand. re - December 15, 1882. WE are sent by Undabuko and Usivetu to say that the British Resident has told them that they may now reoccupy their old kraals, and for this they thank, but we are to say that they cannot go unless those of their adherents, viz., Mahu, Umsutshwana, and Umbopa are also allowed to reoccupy their old homes at the same time. If the Governor will permit this to be done they will see that the Governor is their father. Taken by me, at Pietermaritzburg, this 5th day of December 1882. - (Signed) J. SHEPSTONE, Acting Secretary for Native Affairs. His Excellency, for your Excellency's information. (Signed) J. SHEPSTONE, Acting Secretary for Native Affairs. SIR. H. BULWER to SECRETARY FOR NATIVE AFFAIRs. MINUTE. - December 15, 1882. SEE Mr. Osborn’s letter which I enclose. How is it that the names of the three men who are come in do not tally with those who Mr. Osborn says were coming in P Secretary for Native Affairs. (Signed) H. BULweR. SECRETARY FOR NATIVE AFFAIRs to SIR H. BULwer. MINUTE. His ExcELLENCY, THE natives mentioned by Mr. Osborn as being the bearers of the message sent by Undabuko and Usivetu are three natives who were sent to apply for a pass to come into Natal to convey this message, but it was not intended that they should convey such, hence on their return to their kraal the natives, whose names are mentioned in the en- closed statement, were selected as the deputation. This explains the discrepancy. (Signed) J. SHEPSTONE, Acting Secretary for Native Affairs. 283 SIR. H. BULWER to SECRETARY FOR NATIVE AFFAIRs. MINUTE. & SECRETARY FOR NATIVE AFFAIRs, December 27, 1882. TELL them that they ought to have procured passes bearing their names. It is not right for one person to obtain a pass and then for another to use it. This leads to in- conveniences and difficulties. You may, however, tell them that the matter to which they refer has been under consideration, and everything will be arranged in due time. (Signed) H. BULWER. ACTING SECRETARY FOR NATIVE AFFAIRs to SIR. H. BULWER. - MINUTE. His EXCELLENCY, December 28, 1822. MESSAGE duly given, and the men have now left. * (Signed) JNo. P. SYMONs, Acting Secretary for Native Affairs. No. 157. Gover Non SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIM BERLEY. (Received February 8, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, January 4, 1883. WITH reference to the subject of my Despatch of the 7th December,” I have the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, copies of two Despatches which I have received from the British Resident, regarding the steps taken by him for making known to the Zulu Chiefs and people the decision of Her Majesty's Government in respect of the condition of Zululand and the arrangements which had been determined on for the future government of that country. 2. It will be seen from the Resident's Despatch of the 23rd December, that he had by that date made the necessary announcement to all the Chiefs and headmen in Zululand, and to large assemblies of the people, living in different parts of the country. 3. In the first of Mr. Osborn's Despatches he notices the regret expressed by the appointed Chief Umfanawendhlela on account of the decision arrived at by the Government, but mentions that it is the intention of that Chief to remain quiet with his people and to ascertain if it will be possible for him to live under Cetywayo's rule. 4. In his second Despatch Mr. Osborn forwards a copy of a letter addressed to him by the appointed Chief John Dunn. In this letter, which is of the nature of a protest, Mr. Dunn represents the injustice of deposing him without just and fair compensation, and without allowing him a tract of country sufficiently large to locate his people. With regard to the last point it has been expressly declared by the British Resident that it was the intention of the Government to assign suitable locations in the reserved territory both for the Chiefs John Dunn and Hlubi and their people, and for any other of the appointed Chiefs who might be obliged to remove into the reserved territory. I am, therefore, unable to understand why Chief John Dunn should make any representation on this point. & - 5. On the question of compensation your Lordship is aware that I have recommended the payment of compensation to all the appointed Chiefs who cease to hold their appointed Chieftainships, and by reason of that are subjected to material losses, and I think Mr. Dunn's claim for compensation should form the subject of an inquiry by persons appointed for that purpose. * 6. In the case of the three European administrators referred to by Mr. Dunn as having been engaged by him for a fixed term of years, I understand that their pay is at the rate of 2007. a year each, and that the term of two of them will expire in July next and of the third in September next. I recommend that the full amount of their pay should be made good to them in respect of the unexpired portion of their term, and that * No. 139. N. n 2 284 any expense they may have incurred in the construction of dwelling-houses should be the subject of inquiry, fair compensation being given to them for such loss as may be entailed on them on this account. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure 1 in No. 157. Mr. OSBORN to Sir H. BULWER. SIR, Inhlazatye, Zululand, December 10, 1882. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt, on the evening of the 8th instant, of your Excellency’s Despatch dated the 4th, wherein I am informed of the nature of the arrangements which Her Majesty's Government have ordered shall take the place of the present arrangements in Zululand, in view of the early return of Cety- wayo and his re-establishment in authority under certain conditions and limitations. ºl. Your Excellency’s instructions in reference to these very important questions conveyed in the same Despatch shall be carefully attended to and carried out in every particular to the best of my ability. In order to lose no time in making the necessary communications to the Chiefs, head- men, and people, I despatched official messages early yesterday morning to the different appointed Chiefs, requesting them to come to me without any delay to receive the com- munications I have been instructed to make to them. I have also desired the Chiefs of tribes and headmen to appear likewise for the same purpose. My intention is to acquaint each appointed Chief on his appearance with the particulars of the decision of the Government, and then in like manner to inform, the Chiefs of tribes and others residing in his territory; and further to avoid the assembling together of large numbers which, in the existing circumstances of the country, I do not think prudent. I availed myself of an opportunity which occurred yesterday of personally commu- nicating to the Chief Umfanawendhlela the nature and character of the new arrangements, and the fact that Cety wayo's restoration will be effected at an early date. I also gave him full explanations in accordance with my instructions. He regretted the decision arrived at by the Government, but said he would remain perfectly quiet with the people of his own tribe until after Cety wayo's return, when he would be able to ascertain whether it will be possible for him to remain under his rule. At present he thinks it will not be possible, and that he will find himself compelled to remove into the Reserved Territory. I believe that I shall be able to make the necessary communications to all the Chiefs and people in the country within the next six days, and therefore that by the 18th current the information will have reached all. I have, &c. (Signed) M. Osborn, British Resident, Zululand. Enclosure 2 in No. 157. Mr. OsBORN to Sir H. BULWER. SIR, Inhlazatye, Zululand, December 23, 1882. I have the honour to transmit, for your Excellency's information, copy of a letter this day addressed to me by Mr. John Dunn after I had made him and a number of Zulu Chiefs and people who came with him acquainted with the new arrangements in Zululand ordered by Her Majesty's Government. I had thoroughly explained to him, as well as the Chiefs and people, the reasons and causes which have led to the changes referred to, and I had also told him that a sufficient location would be assigned in the reserved territory for his occupation, and that of his personal followers or tribe under the conditions set forth in your Excellency's instructions. On the 16th instant I acquainted Hlubi with the new arrangements. He was accom- panied by a number of headmen, Basuto and Zulu, who were present when I made the announcement. 285 Neither Hlubi nor those with him made any representation. He, however, expressed his readiness to abide by the arrangements now ordered, whereby the terms of the settle- ment of 1879 are superseded. $ Having now made the necessary announcement directed in your Excellency’s Despatch of the 4th instant to all the Chiefs and headmen in Zululand and to large assemblies of the people living in different parts of the country, I will by the first ensuing opportunity forward a full report on the subject. In the meantime I might state, for your Excellency’s information, that with the exception of Mr. Dunn (as herein-before referred to) none of the Chiefs and people made any special representation in regard to the new arrangements. I have, &c. (Signed) M. OSBORN, His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, K.C.M.G. British Resident. Her Majesty's Special Commissioner, Natal. SIR, Inhlazatye, December 23, 1882. WITH reference to the information I received from you to-day, to the effect that I am deposed of my Chieftainship on account of the return of Cetywayo, no valid reason of my being so deposed having been given, though another Chief, Usibebu, is allowed to retain both his Chieftainship and his territory. & I have to request that you will respectfully beg his Excellency, Her Majesty's High Commissioner, to bring to the notice of the Secretary of State the injustice of so deposing me without just and fair compensation, and allowing me a tract of country sufficiently large to locate a tribe which has adhered to me for over 20 years, and in the late war in Zululand rendered good service to Her Majesty’s Imperial Government, and which, placing implicit faith in the words of General Sir Garnet Wolseley that my Chieftainship was a permanency, returned with me from Natal to settle in Zululand. I further beg to bring to your notice that only the assurance as to the permanency of my Chieftainship induced me to return to Zululand when I was arranging for the procuring of land in Natal as a permanent settlement for myself and my people. I further beg to state that in good faith in the word of Her Majesty's representative I have expended large sums of money in building, tree-planting, and other improvements, and that, unless the location you inform is to be apportioned to me for the settlement of my people includes such buildings and other improvements, I will be at a heavy loss. That in the same good faith I appointed three white administrators, for a fixed term of years, to assist me in the good government of the territory assigned to me, who will now have to break up their homes and leave their buildings, while they will expect me to pay them for the unexpired term of their services. That I therefore earnestly solicit his Excellency, Her Majesty's High Commissioner, to invite Her Majesty’s Secretary of State to take a favourable view of my position, and beg Her Majesty's Government to do me justice. I have, &c. To the British Resident, Zululand. (Signed) J. R. DUNN. No. 158. Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received February 13, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoPD, January 12, 1883. I HAVE the honour, with reference to my Despatch of the 4th instant,” to forward herewith, for your Lordship's information, a copy of a further report I have received from the British Resident on the subject of the steps taken by him to make known to the Zulu Chiefs and headmen the decision of Her Majesty’s Government as to the restoration of Cetywayo and the arrangements about to be made for the future Government of the Zulu country. * No. 157. N n 3 286 2. From Mr. Osborn’s report, it appears probable that five of the appointed Chiefs, namely, Uhamu, Chingwayo, Umfanawendhlela, Umgitjwa, and Siunguza, will remove into the reserved territory. Although the Chief Umlandela is opposed to the restoration, Mr. Osborn is of opinion he will stay where he is and accept Cetywayo's authority. - - I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Enclosure in No. 158. BRITISH RESIDENT to Sir H. BULWEIt. SIR, Inhlazatye, Zululand, December 28, 1882. WITH reference to your Excellency’s Despatch of the 4th instant,” I have the honour to report that in accordance with the instructions therein contained, I lost no time to announce to the Zulu Chiefs, headmen, and people, that Her Majesty’s Government had decided to restore Cetywayo at an early date to a position of authority in Zululand with the limitations and conditions provided, the reasons which caused them to so decide, and the nature and character of the new arrangements about to be established in the country. Your Excellency's Despatch was received by me in the evening of the Sth instant, and on the 9th I sent messengers to the 13 appointed Chiefs requesting their appearance here as soon as practicable, in order to enable me to acquaint them with the decision Her Majesty's Government had arrived at regarding the affairs of Zululand, and the nature and character of the new arrangements which would consequently be established. I, at the same time, requested all other Chiefs and headmen in the country to appear, and also as many of the people as could conveniently come for the same purpose. I commenced making the announcement on the 9th to the Chicf Umfanawendhlela and people within his territory. Since then the remaining 12 appointed Chiefs appeared, most of them in person, the others who couid not travel, owing to sickness, infirmity, or other cause, sent their principal indunas to represent them. Those who appeared in person were Umfanawendhlela, Umgitjwa, Siunguza, Chingwayo, Umgojana, Hlubi, and John Dunn, seven in all. The other six Chiefs who sent their representatives are, Uhamu, Seketwayo, F aku-ka-Ziningo, Umlandela, Usibebu, and Somkeli. Each Chicf or representative of a Chief was accompanied by a large number of followers, varying from 50 to about 400 persons. In addition to these there appeared personally Undabuko, Usivetu, and other brothers of Cetywayo, and nearly all the Chiefs and headmen in Zuiuland; only a few of the latter, including Umyamana, were prevented from coming in person, and these were represented by their indunas as their deputies. They too were accompanied by large numbers of people. To all of them, and to the appointed Chiefs, I imparted the information as laid down in your Excellency’s instructions on their appearance, so as to avoid the assembling together of very large numbers which I thought not advisable on account of unfriendly relations existing between some of the Chiefs and tribes. I first made the announcement to each appointed Chief and then to the other Chiefs, headmen, and people in his territory. The following were the only replies made by the appointed Chiefs on their receiving the information. Umfanawendhlela said :— “I am sorry to hear that the King is coming back. I was appointed by the Govern- ment and have not transgressed the laws (conditions) under which I accepted my appointment. I would not object to the return of the King if the Government placed him in charge of his own tribe only, the Zulu, and leave me and other hereditary Chiefs in charge of our own tribes, and all to be under an English Chief placed over us by the Queen, as is the case with the Kafirs in Natal. The Zulu Chief conquered our tribes and he again was conquered by the English. If he is restored over his own tribe only, it would be all he is entitled to, as the other tribes in the land do not belong to him now, 3ut to the English. The English who conquered the whole country have the right to do as they like, and it is good of the Queen to restore the King. As he is the son of my sister, I am glad that he is returning, but I cannot remain under him. I wish to go into the territory reserved by the Government, not immediately, however, but soon after the * No. 157. 287 King comes, as . I wish to greet him first. I consider myself as belonging to the Government, and cannot in future live under any authority but that of the Govern- ment. I will apply to you when I am ready to remove.” " On this I called the Chief's attention to the reasons for the change as given in your Excellency’s instructions and explained by me, and pointed out that he has hitherto been utterly unable to exercise efficient control in his territory. He then frankly admitted that a change was necessary, but added that he had hoped it would have been in the direction indicated by him (above), which he thought would be more suitable. Hlubi said :-‘‘I belong to the Government, and so does the country. I am satisfied with what the Government think it necessary to do in the country, and I have nothing more to say about it.” Siunguza stated:—“I only know the Government who placed me in charge of the territory, and consider that since the War I have belonged to the English, and will live under authority of the Government only. I will not remain under the King when he returns; I wish to reside in the reserved territory where I have already all along partly resided. I have kraals of my own there.” Umgitjwa stated:—“The country was conquered by the English, and it became theirs. The Government appointed me Chief over a portion of it, but I consider that I continued to belong to the English ; and I always carefully observed the conditions of my appoint- ment. I cannot now acknowledge any other authority than that of the Government, and therefore I wish, to live altogether in the reserved territory where I am already partially residing. The country belongs to the Government, who has a right to bring back the King into it. I thank the Government.” Chingwayo states : —“When the war was concluded I was taken up by the English who conquered us. I have always told you that I would have nothing to do again with the house of Chaka, and I repeat it now. I will only stand under the Government to whom I belong. I will not remain under Cetywayo, and wish to remove into the terri- tory reserved by the Government when he comes. I will on another day make my application to you for a place to live upon.” Uhamu's representatives were Umtsheguola and Mahlahlana. The only remark was made by Mahlahlana, who said:—“Uhamu has no people of his own tribe, the people belong chiefly to Umtshegula. Uhamu will not remain under the King.” Seketwayo's representative, Untuswa, only expressed his Chiefs and his own thanks for the information, and their gratitude for the King's restoration. Faku-ka-Ziningo was represented by his induna, Umbayembayi, who expressed thanks for the information. Umlandela's representative was his brother, Mativāna, who said:—“Umlandela told me to say to you that he will not acknowledge Cetywayo again. He was conquered by the English and will not remain under the authority of Cety wayo when he returns. When I have told your words to Umlandela he will doubtless communicate with you on the subject of his removal.” Usibebu was represented by his brother Mahlahleni, Mavuso, Qihlana, and three others. Mahlahleni, who spoke, said —“Usibebu regretted that severe illness prevented his personal attendance. On behalf of the Chief he thanked the Government. The Chief as soon as he is able to travel will come in person to express his gratitude and thanks.” Umgojana said:—“Although, as I have told you before, I do not belong to the Zulu nation, I am glad to hear that the King will be shortly restored, and I thank the Govern- ment for allowing him to return.” * Somkeli’s representatives, Umpisi, Mabehla, and two others said:—“That on behalf of their Chief they thanked the Government for restoring the King, and for all the words spoken to them in reference to his returning to the country.” John Dunn said he was not satisfied with the new arrangements, involving as they do his removal from the Chieftainship to which he was appointed in 1879. He would, however, state what he had to say in writing, and accordingly addressed to me his letter dated the 23rd instant, which was transmitted to your Excellency in my Despatch of the same date. - Usigcuelegcuele and other headmen who arrived here with John Dunn expressed themselves dissatisfied with the new arrangements by which Mr. Dunn is removed from his Chieftainship, received by him at conclusion of the war. They said he had always observed the conditions of his appointment, and had done nothing to merit removal. What wrong had he done P. He had always been a good Chief to his eople. peop N In 4 288 In answer to this I said I had no instruction to enter on this occasion into the question of the merits or demerits of any one of the Chiefs appointed after the war, and requested them to bear in mind that Mr. Dunn's appointment formed a part of the general and whole plan of settlement approved of by the Government in 1879, the working of which plan has since been found insufficient to ensure peace and good order. I alluded to the widespread unrest and disorder in the country, a condition which the Government would no longer allow to exist; and it was with the view of putting an end to this undesirable state of things, as well as for other reasons, that it has become necessary to bring about the changes now made known to all, and that these changes of necessity affected the whole scheme of the settlement made at the close of the war. The Chief Mavumengwana, who also lives south of the Umhlatusi, remarked that he thought it would have been better if the announcement just made had been postponed until Cetywayo had returned into the country. He would say no more at present. Dabulamanzi and other headmen who appeared with him were loud in their expressions of thanks to the Government for the new arrangements, which included the restoration of Cetywayo. They were equally loud in denouncing John Dunn, under whose authority they were placed in 1879. None of all the other Chiefs, headmen, and people, offered any remarks when I made the announcement to them beyond thanking, in a civil manner, for the information they had received. I think it very probable that the Chiefs, Uhamu, Chingwayo, Umfanawendhlela, Umgitiva, and Siunguza, will remove into the territory reserved for native purposes immediately before or after Cetywayo's arrival in Zululand. It is not likely that many members of their tribes will remove with them, as the people are very loth to abandon their crops now in vigorous growing condition, and the season is too far advanced to admit of their cultivating new fields elsewhere. Notwithstanding Umlandela's statement through his representative, I consider it very doubtful whether he will remove, and am inclined to believe that he will eventually elect to remain under Cetywayo's authority. I have, &c. His Excellency Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., (Signed) M. Osborn, Her Majesty's Special Commissioner for Zulu Affairs, British Resident. Natal. No. 159. Gover Nor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received February 13, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, January 12, 1883. - I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, copies of three Despatches I have received from Mr. John W. Shepstone, reporting his arrival in the Reserved Territory and the steps taken by him, as the British Resident Commissioner for the time being, to initiate the new order of things in that territory. I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Enclosure 1 in No. 159. The Hon. J. W. SHEPSTONE to Sir H. BULWER. SIR, Itshowe, Zululand, December 30, 1882. I HAVE the honour to report, for the information of your Excellency, that I crossed the Tugela River by punt at 8 a.m. on the 28th instant, and reached this about noon this day, heavy rains prevented my getting here yesterday, as I had intended. I have already sent messages to all the Chiefs and headmen in this neighbourhood, and on the coast, to meet me here on Monday, the 1st January 1883, as it is the most convenient spot for all these to assemble, saving them a distance of 14 miles, in addition to what they must travel to reach this. 289 Messengers that I sent, while in Natal, to the Chiefs and headmen above and about the “Entumeni” will, I trust, ere this, have communicated will all in that part of the country. ºchief “Mavumengwana’’ not being near here, I have spoken to two Chiefs (“Majiya” and “Nongena”) about supplying the labourers required by the military escort, and am hurrying them to supply them without delay. The road to Port Durnford Mr. Oftebro and natives tell me is in good repair; that there is no marsh, but is of course sandy. This information I have already sent to Colonel Curtis at the Tugela. I purpose moving on to the “Intumeni” about Wednesday, the 3rd January, as I wish to give all about here an opportunity of seeing me, at this place. * I have, &c. (Signed) J. W. SHEPSTONE, His Excellency Sir H. E. Bulwer, K.C.M.G., British Commissioner. Special Commissioner for Zulu Affairs. Enclosure 2 in No. 159. The Hon. J. W. SHEPSTONE to Sir H. BULWER. Reserved Territory, Itshowe, SIR, January 2, 1883. I HAVE the honour to report for the information of your Excellency that since closing my last letter I have seen and explained fully to the following Chiefs and head- men, with their followers, about 800 in all, the changes that are being and to be made, VIZ. :- “Majia,” “Sintwangu,” “Mabilwana,” “Sambela,” “Magwendu,” “Siunguza,” “Umsutu,” “Sigcwelegewele,” “Sikonyana,” “Umgihlana,” “Ndosi,” “Nongena,” “Rozana,” “Zimema,” Chief “John Dunn,” and “ Zeize.” I concluded by suggesting to all that they had best first return to their kraals and dis- cuss what they had heard, before deciding what course to adopt ; this all accepted except those who represented “Magwendu,” a brother of Cety wayo, who could not attend in person, being ill; these replied:—We are sent by “Magwendu’ to say that he belongs to the English Government and will remain subject to it only, he has no wish whatever to return to Cetywayo. The Chief “Umlandela,” occupying territory between the “Umhlatuze” and “ Umvolosi’ rivers, sent messengers to me this day, to say that hearing that I, who had spoken at “Sitshili,” (the settlement), was again in the country, he now sent to tell me that he had no wish to be placed again under Cety wayo, and could not do so; he there- fore asked the Government to allow him to retain an independent position in like manner as “Usibebu’’ is permitted to do. These messengers, the principal of whom was. own brother to “ Umlandela,” and named “Mativane,” added, “the country we occupy “ belonged to our forefathers, to ‘Dingiswayo, we were subjugated by ‘Chaka,’ but we “ retained our country, and have lived in it ever since.” One of the messengers repre- sented another Chief named “Lokotwayo,” living in “ Umlandela’s territory, who said, “I am sent by my Chief to say that he speaks the same words as ‘Umlandela’ and does not want Cetywayo.” º {} My reply was that I could only lay this message before your Excellency; for this they thanked and left. It is difficult at present to judge what course any of the people I have spoken to are inclined to adopt, and I considered it my duty to make the suggestion I did regarding their returning to their kraals and discussing the subject among themselves before finally deciding, in order to prevent any hasty decision on their part. I have found hitherto all ready to meet me, and I proceed to-day to the “ Intumeni,” where I hope to meet all the Chiefs and headmen there. - I have, &c. (Signed) J. W. SHEPSTONE, British Commissioner. R 4012. O O 290 Enclosure 3 in No. 159. The Hon. J. W. SHEPSTONE to Sir H. BULWER. * & SIR, Entumeni, January 6, 1883. I HAVE the honour to report, for the information of your Excellency, that I had a meeting of Chiefs and headmen, with their followers, here yesterday; the names of the Chiefs and headmen are—“Manyonyo,” “Zimema,” “Ntukwini,” “Njakabani,” “Mavumengwana,” “Dabulamanzi,” “Nobiya,” “Ngwenya,” “Melelesi,” “Mbanda- mana,” “Palane,” “Unhlongolwana,” “Habana ;” “Matanda,” “Manepu,” and the “Intumeni” station people, in all about twelve hundred; they were respectful and listened attentively to all I said, and I advised these, as I had those I had already met, to return to their kraals and think over what they had heard, but to let me know their decision soon. The only reply I received to the communication made to them was that they thanked me for the words I had given them, but that they could not yet realise that one who had been taken out of their hands “while the sun shone” would again appear among them alive and well, and added “when we see him with our own eyes we will then say that Mr. John has spoken truly.” I find, however, that a strong feeling of enmity exists between the “Dabulamanzi’” party and “M avumengwana,” the latter, as I firmly believe, staunch to us, while the others are, as far as I can gather, still intriguing, Dabulamanzi being the head centre, as the enclosed letter will show, and should the parties Mr. Dunn tells me are on their way to my camp arrive here, I shall inquire fully into the charges and report for the informa- tion of your Excellency. I expect the remainder of the Chiefs and headmen here to-day, when I shall have proclaimed the new state of things to all occupying the Reserved Territory. have, &c. (Signed) J. W. SHEPSTONE, His Excellency Sir H. E. Bulwer, K.C.M.G., British Commissioner, Special Commissioner for Zulu Affairs. Reserved Territory No. 160. * Gover Nor SIR HFNRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received February 13, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, January 12, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, copies of further correspondence on the subject of the cattle which belonged to Cetywayo before the Zulu war. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. 3 Enclosure I in No. 160. Sir H. BULWER to Sir T. SHEPSTONE. -* Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, December 30, 1882. I ENCLOSE for your information copies of two telegraphic messages which have passed between his Excellency Sir Hercules Robinson and myself relative to an inquiry made by Cetywayo as to whether the cattle formerly belonging to him and stated by him to be now in the possession of the Chiefs John Dunn, Usibebu, and Uhamu, would be returned to him on his arrival in Zululand. My answer to the inquiry will show you the state of the case in the matter of these cattle; and it is, I think, advisable you should be informed of it, as it is possible 291. Cetywayo may refer to the subject whilst you are with him. All the cattle that were formerly the property of the King were forfeited to the British Government at the close of the war in 1879; and if any of these cattle are in the unlawful possession of any of the Zulu Chiefs they are in unlawful possession of what belongs to the British Government. $. I have, however, no information before me to show me that such is the case. The Chief J. Dunn is undoubtedly in possession of many of what were once the royal cattle; but it would seem that numbers of the forfeited cattle were purchased by him at the time from the Commissariat Department, and consequently his possession of them is a lawful possession. The transaction is to be regretted because there can be no doubt that many of the Zulus, aware of the possession of these cattle by him, and unaware of the transaction mentioned by me, are under the impression that he has retained these cattle unlawfully. It will be for you, should you have the opportunity, to explain clearly how the matter stands in this case, in order to remove an impression which is calculated to give rise to future trouble. And so in the case of the Chief Usibebu and of Uhamu, I am not aware that they are in the unlawful possession of any of the royal cattle. But the British Resident has been instructed to ascertain how this is, and also whether any Chiefs whatsoever are in unlawful possession of royal cattle and if it be so to obtain the cattle and hand them over to Cety wayo. I should mention that a number of the forfeited cattle, altogether nearly 200 head, have from time to time been delivered up to the British Resident, who has them in charge at the Inhlazatye, and he has been instructed to hand them over on the part of Her Majesty's Government to Cetywayo on his arrival. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, Special Commissioner. Governor, Cape, to Sir H. BULWER, Pietermaritzburg, Natal. TELEGRAM. Cape Town, December 18, 11.37 a.m. Pietermaritzburg, December 18, 12.19 p.m. Eighteenth.-Cetywayo requests me to ask you whether the cattle formerly belonging to him, and now in the possession of the Chiefs John Dunn, Usibebu, and Uhamu, will be returned to him on his arrival in Zululand. Bulwer to His Excellency the Right Hon. Sir HERCULES G. R. Robinson, G.C.M.G., Cape Town. TELEGRAM. Nineteenth December.—Your Excellency’s eighteenth. All the cattle formerly belonging to Cetywayo were forfeited at the end of the Zulu war, and became the pro- perty of Her Majesty's Government. If any Chief or other person in the Zulu country is in unlawful possession of any of these cattle he is responsible for it to Her Majesty's Government, and to no one else. Her Majesty's Government have consented to give some cattle to Cetywayo on his return. They are in possession of the British Resident, and will be given by the British Resident to Cetywayo. It is desirable that Cetywayo should be discouraged from supposing he has any right to any of these cattle. They were all forfeited as I say, and became the property of the British Government. I may inform your Excellency that it is quite true that John Dunn has a number of these cattle, but I am not aware that he is in unlawful possession of any. By, as I think, an unfortunate arrangement, the Commissariat Department at the time sold a great number of the royal cattle to Dunn, and the Zulus not being aware of the transaction have doubt- less supposed that he retained them unlawfully. R 4012. P p 292 Enclosure 2 in No. 160. Sir H. BULwFR to BRITISH RESIDENT. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, December 30, 1882. REFERRING to your Minute of the 2nd of November last, regarding the “King's cattle '’ which were declared to be forfeited on the termination of the Zulu war, I have to request that you will be good enough, on the return of Cetywayo, to hand over to him, in the name of Her Majesty's Government, the head of cattle, nearly 200 in number, which you report are now in your possession, having been brought in to you from time to time as forfeited cattle belonging to Her Majesty’s Government. You will explain to Cetywayo that these cattle are a gift to him by Her Majesty’s Government. - - I would, at the same time, call your attention to my Despatch to you of the 18th November, desiring you to ascertain if any of the Chiefs were still in possession (unlawfully) of royal cattle, and if so, to request them to send the cattle to you in order that you might, on the part of Her Majesty’s Government, hand them over to Cetywayo. - - I need not point out to you the danger there is of future questions and difficulties arising out of the unlawful possession of royal cattle by any of the Zulu Chiefs, and how desirable it is that, by obtaining from such Chiefs beforehand any “King's cattle” that may be be in their unlawful possession, you should prevent these questions being raised. I have, &c. . (Signed) H. BULwer, Governor. Enclosure 3 in No. 160. Sir T. SHEPSTONE to Sir H. BULwer. Camp, Umlalaze River, near Itshowe, SIR, Zululand, January 5, 1883. I HAYE, the honour to acknowledge the receipt to-day of your Excellency's Despatch of the 39th ultimo, enclosing for my information two telegraphic messages which have passed between your Excellency and Sir Hercules Robinson relative to an inquiry made by Cetywayo about cattle which formerly belonged to him, and which are tº. by him to be now in the possession of the Chiefs John Dunn, Usibebu, and {{Illll. - • I thank your Excellency for the explanation which your Despatch affords on a question that is almost certain to arise, and I shall guide myself accordingly. º & I have, &c. His Excellency Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., (Signed) T. SHEPSTONE. Her Majesty's Special Commissioner, C &c &c., Pietermaritzburg, Natal. Enclosure 4 in No. 160. Sir H. BULwer to Sir T. SHEPSTONE. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, - January 6, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your information, and in connexion with my Despatch to you of the 30th December, a copy of a letter addressed by Cetywayo to his Excellency Sir Hercules Robinson, regarding certain royal cattle alleged to be in the 293 possession of the Chiefs John Dunn, Uhamu, and Usibebu, and taken by them during Cety wayo's captivity. . I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULw ER, Sir Theophilus Shepstone, K.C.M.G., Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c., Zululand. - ... m. a mº-º-º-º-º-semººr ºmºsºsº-º-º: CETywAYo to Sir HERCULEs Robinson, G.C.M.G. Oude Molen, December 13, 1882. I AM writing to you, Sir Hercules Robinson, to ask you if (when I get back to Zululand) my cattle will be returned to me? I mean those that John Dunn, Usibgpu, and Uhamu took during my captivity. I depend greatly upon you to urge upon the Governor in Natal to order these three persons to return them to me, because I know that during the war the English did not take many. I would also like you to telegraph for some of the Zulu people to go down to Port Durnford to meet me on my arrival there. (Signed) CETYWAYo KA MPANDE. Witness, (Signed) R. ERNST DUNN, Interpreter. No. 161. Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HoN. the EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received February 13, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, MY LORD, January 12, 1883. I HAVE, with your Lordship's permission, appointed Mr. Henry F. Fynn to be the British Resident with Cetywayo for the time being, and I enclose copies of two letters of instructions which I have addressed to him. I have desired him to arrive at his destina- tion in time to be present on the occasion of the re-establishment of Cety wayo in authority by Sir Theophilus Shepstone, after which he will assume the duties of his office. - I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, (Signed) H. BULWER, § &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Enclosure 1 in No. 161. Sir H. BULwer to HENRY FYNN, Esq. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, January 8, 1883. I HAVE already informed you that the Secretary of State has been pleased to approve of your appointment as British Resident for the time being with Cetywayo. As the arrangement must at present be considered a temporary one you will not vacate the post you hold of a Resident Magistrate in this Colony, but leave of absence without salary will be given to you for one year from the present office you hold in the Umsinga division. Cetywayo is expected to land at Port Durnford, in Zululand, on the 10th of the present month. He will there be met by Sir Theophilus Shepstone and a military escort, and will be accompanied by them either to Ulundi or to some convenient situation in the neighbourhood of the Emtonjaneni, where he will be formally re-established by Sir T. Shepstone in authority over that part of the Zulu country which has been assigned to him. The party will probably reach the Emtonjaneni on the 15th of January, and the formal act of re-establishment may be expected to take place on some day between that date and the 20th of January. SIR, 294 It is desirable that you should be present on the occasion of the formal act of re-estab- lishment, after which your duties as Resident with Cetywayo will commence, and Sir T. Shepstone will be requested to present you to Cetywayo as the official Resident appointed by the British Government. I transmit herewith for your information an extract from a Despatch a ddressed by me to Mr. Osborn, the British Resident, on the 4th December, showing the general nature of the arrangements that had been determined on for the future government of Zululand, from which you will perceive that while the greater part of the country will be placed under Cety wayo, a certain portion will be left under the separate and independent rule of the appointed Chief Usibebu, and another portion immediately adjoining Natal will be retained and reserved as native independent territory with a British Resident Commis- sioner. The boundaries of these several divisions are described in another official document of which I enclose a copy. I also enchose for your information and guidance, copies of the conditions subject to which Cetywayo is about to be restored. The greater part of these conditions were agreed to by Cetywayo at an interview which he had with the Secretary of State when in England; those which are marked “further conditions" were agreed to and signed by him at the Cape on the 11th December. It will be your duty to take care that Cetywayo observes the conditions which he has accepted and subject to which he is about to be restored. It will be your duty to advise him accordingly, and it should be your object to exercise at all times a friendly and beneficial influence with him, with a view to the maintenance of peace, to the exercise by him of his rightful and legitimate authority in a rightful and legitimate manner, and to the just government of the people that will be under him. You will use your influence, and this will be more particularly desirable in the early days after Cetywayo's re-establishment in authority, in promoting a good understanding between him and the Chiefs and headmen living in his territory. Should there be any further general or special instructions to give you in respect of your functions as British Resident, I will communicate them to you in due course of time. I have, &c. Henry Fynn, Esq., (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c Special Commissioner. Resident Magistra, º, Umsinga. Enclosure 2 in No. 161. Sir H. BULwBR to HENRY FYNN, Esq. * Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Nata), SIR, January 8, 1883. WITH reference to my Despatch of this date I have the honour to inform you that as British Resident with Cetywayo you will be entitled to draw until further notice salary at the rate of 800ſ. a year from Her Majesty's treasury chest in Natal. Her Majesty's Government have further sanctioned an expenditure of an amount not exceeding 400l. a year in respect of expenses connected with your establishment; and you are authorised therefore to employ the services of such number of natives as you may require for official purposes as messengers, &c. - It will probably be necessary for you to construct a number of huts for your use and that of your establishment as soon as you have decided upon your place of residence; and any expenses you may incur on this account and in other services connected with your official duties (such as the purchase of stationery, &c.) I will authorise to be paid out of the sum I have mentioned. It will be convenient that you should furnish me with a quarterly statement of your establishment and expenses. I have, &c. Henry Fynn, Esq., (Signed) H. BULwer, &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Resident Magistrate, Umsinga. I, O N ID O N : Printed by GEORGE E. B. EYRE and WILLIAM SpottiswoopF, 1°rinters to the Queen's most Excellent Majesty. For Her Majesty's Stationery Office. - - |- - ------------ - ----------------------------- N º \! /\ A- ". /\ / T, * y . - t º * 2 very ºrožen ºwntry *… . vº- *_ **. -- *- P º - 3. O ºu º º & º ... h. 9 0 - º ºa, we, - º Abanteban wºmaº, ºs- º yer- (********) Sº 2. º 2" - ***. º - º - *Awcº wº * º * - *…*. * º -- º *:::::” - O -- % º * *-4 %iºs - º - --> -- Si atz' ºf ºf A wºrn-y- º - º Q--> º: - - * . º: * - º §ºs " . - - - § %; - -- --- - sº . º sº º, 3 --- - § * º º, - - - §§ º * * : * s -- - º sº sºla. UD s - # ºrye wrt tº - % * *Yºº assºs. Sº ºº: - ºs- - º - --~~ - Ž --> - $: º [. Nº. º Sº, - --- - > Wºº - - º Lºazzle Foºtnºt § 2. L'Av. C. L. º º *howdº º 3. º & _ _ w §§§ NS A. º - - Sºsatº ºr- Co r º § § Tººs º- - S; untry tº is proposed to - º n - A 23.9. ſ | §§ Q ) Že ºsés - n- - *T*ºs) 9tre back to the Zongas NT º --- ºš : --- sº amº. Sº - E. º - -- --~~ --- - º > º, sº 3. 3. --- º #xlſº IT ºa . fav- º *Ž § - S. - - - -- - scºrt 2. 3. W ºrd S-Q- Aerºesº # wº - -º- - - ~ - - o Zºnta Aº Fºs- - - - s rasawww.lv 2." - ºº: C. sº uryadawa on ------> s º * º % - : a***as ºrd- - - º sº ** Rºſſſſſttº - Titº º * º --~~ * .. - º ; - - —A % - § - - º tº- º º - º - - - º Ce Ars: - - - - ºn 4.3. t - - -- - Sº Lucia Lake - - - Chi awa º * - - Tºu --- - - º -- Cr *Sº, sº / (Tºmite) - Icºw.ebu, - º: == * § Z - ºf aº Cerºan M.S. ºenarº. * - W -> * º * * - - war-tº-º § *acre fort starta's Wºº Tº C % S. - - ºfterwºock ºu § ñº º == Cape Vidal "Tº º - *Awarve. Sº º: y º - º ºcwa.ºwza/ wrawzºw, sº J- *ś ºw.a. - - -, # ***** Nº. º * Z º º ºrda-a- º - º º poor w ś # ------ º-c * /xozo --- District - a.º.º.º. ~ § - Zºoſ º - ex º - "º Tºmºhiº % ift 5 e a º ºn-yoto ºf - Tºº s m Avconvºr wº - ***** A. Aºores tº - ºn. \. | # 1. * Cº ºf 4.5-day Lºve: - , * -- Tº ºf \ a £r. sistſ alu , º ºf - - 1- Aatches º º - * Scºtty *** - - º: - |- - * ºn, Nºu, * w: -- º º º º º º !/. - - - º Nº. Nº. º Fºº */ º Wh / º - - - - o º \º - ºrca, acoa 3.5 sºlata º” ºn. ill), . ** - ºrnº- M * - -º-o-º/ º: º º --~~ - 2 º sºrr aro- # - -> good Anastºre - \º - 7. i. ZA/ 7. Eawoºſa - i. \. º - - == o ... 2 - 3. - * - V. - \. s brake ºu cºuntry -- N \ 3. º &- aean-La-L/ - s w - - -*. v w/º: *s - A. Somkezi Iſº º tº: wº S - Aomatºya, Q - º º --- - º 㺠º N : # * s: sº sº > * L º & H --> B | º º * ſaw ruz//w/ E - - Laºtº is is watzekawye -- - º º A Zºº - º sº - * 11% sº ſ ULUND1 % - Co * Pºst-Luc e. - - T.: Sº Lucia Bay *. -- # - aroa-az- ! º ...” “Tº # - - - Z -- - .* al. º - ºtees L - - - Z rººf U. * * .” ºf Wºoºwºcal will *. - - £º A - | Tºº º F - Z A-> * | -º- - - s 3. Thorn. as a . 7"h or n- - - / 1- --- - *. º º ** º - - - - - "S ſ - ***. º º, -- - caº tº - / º - - - & º Q N. º - Nº-Ferºr Yºmº, sº tºº. A sº of watc. - - - - º Nº Azaº ºr º - - º ~r- º * º - º º - 7"hºrn. - . ºv. - - - sº *> |- Fº Victoria º s t * A- - s - Y- º s - º s º -: *:::: * º - Nºw, sº º ** * * . - - - º * - / A* N. º º ** e." - Nº. - : Aze to ** T * Y º ** (6.J - Umzandºla Zºº - - - 49 wrowdora wazil_-ſº ºasemaeºene Ava L.A. azara - - s º - º Fakakazºo º W | *. º º Cºzze - & º Lº- NT sº - - º *Tºº - - Deep Gorge - º fºr cºiº sº, so -- 77.077 in gorge. - - º ºf 7-4 1-A º º - .2 \ K. ºwawasa. *sº ºn." -> Ž C. s yº,º 3. - º - - º 7. *… *% - - -2 º º *%. - % º º - ºn tº - -- - º º, "4 º º \ - º go ºaderº, º ºw. * *, *% \º º, * /777-1E * ºX O *** * *7.º, ºriº - - - - º % *. % º W- y ºn 7 foot / º **. º . * Pastºre * - - - ºtºrs --- A. º _ - º s 27-7- 2. Wººs º ------ * Aſwanzay was a *Fort Albertº pasture | . º ſº - - - - -- º % - - - - - - ºngººsh M. S. --- º Q & d e 27 A'o re 5 & º º - Ny. ºwaa.ºwcºwºwe good timber - v Zamzattºrift Are Araaf.ºw Cas 2. $ Mission stations -- Wag on Road. ---------- Frºzze Paths º: - - x A'eacons ( with the number of the Beacort J. %: ſº Mºaals of the 13 chiefs - -1 . --~~~~. Aoundaries of the 13 Chiefainships. ...--------- ºrontier of Zuzuland. A. Camas of Boundary commission in the months sept", actº & Morº Z879 Aounday Awww.sed ºr &rAZ Aww.er 2832. - Aºundary decided upon &rAZA6 co, * 1882. - º … .º. 73hºrsha or Sulphur Sºring Morwegi ** * \ \ Worwegian Af.5. wdº.14 * Aſ ºf A WS Azzºpangerz: Worwº M.S. º - - - - º , -- º- Mºw: ". º -- -- ~~- Tu - - - º * - - º º Q º º cº sº *-- Morwegian. ºn- ºf ºu dº Z º - - - - cacº Magwagazz, y **** yºv- - sº º =- º -> T. º § Nº. - _ - º - - - - ... --------- º "...wº Lºº-º-º: * sº sº Nº sº N'`` - - - - º ºf ººº-ºº: º º c-A- , "...º. 2; _/ UIſ, UIL AN ID O ** ºf...s. º º º º - ºrsenawa º * w - (/ § A_* - sº t Z - N N i.e. s. Zºmlalaxi. R. Showing the Thirteen Chieftainships into which the Country is divided. *. º - - º - | C//wc.//ww1.0 wo / 3 6.800 º o 5 wo º 2d 25 Jº 35 ºr Leº L 1 1. - __ _ _ L I L- I L - _ r: º (.34) _/ (Zºzzº 2/. zº, 24. - Z *2×eze-de- rs77. 72 ºz º.º. Zazzºzence Franch or ºrganº Zezº Zorse Guards. Aº Vºgo ZULULAND. FURTHER CORRESPONDENCE RESPECTING THE A FIFA I R S OF Z U L U L A N D AND CETY WAYO. (In continuation of [C.—3466] of February 1883.) —aº. presented to both bouges of tarliament by Command of her £Hajestp. May 1883. I, O N D O N : PRINTED BY GEORGE E. B. EYFE AND WILLIAM SPOTTISWOODE, PRINTERS TO THE QUEEN'S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY. ROR HER MAJESTY'S STATIONERY OFFICE. [C.–3616.] Price Is. 10d. 1883. C O N T E N T S. Date. Subject. Page. sº From or to whom. l To Gov. Sir Henry Bulwer. . 2 Ditto - 3 Ditto - 4 Ditto - 5 Ditto - 6 Gov. Sir Henry Bulwer. 7 Ditto - 8 Ditto - 9 Ditto - 10 Ditto - 1 1 Ditto - 12 Ditto - 13 Ditto - 14 Ditto - R. 5762 Wt, 21990. February 14, 1883. February 14, 1883. February 14, 1883. February 14, 1883. February 15, 1883. January 16, 1883. (Rec. Feb. 20, 1883.) January 19, 1883. (Rec. Feb. 20, 1883.) January 19, 1883. (Rec. Feb. 20, 1883.) January 22, 1883. (Rec. Feb. 20, 1883.) January 27, 1883. (Rec. Mar. 1, 1883.) January 27, 1883. (Rec. Mar. 1, 1883.) January 27, 1883. (Rec. Mar. 1, 1883.) January 27, 1883. (Rec. Mar. 1, 1883.) January 29, 1883. (Rec. Mar. 1, 1883.) Approving the instructions issued to Sir T. Shepstone on his proceeding to Zululand for the purpose of installing (Jetywayo. Approving the instructions issued to Mr. J. W. Shepstone as British Resident Com- missioner, for the time being, in the Re- served Territory. Approving the instructions issued to the British Resident in Zululand respecting the establishment of the Chief Usibebu in the territory assigned to him. Expressing the opinion that the proper mode of providing for such compensation to Chiefs as Her Majesty’s Government may approve will be to reserve a sufficient sum from the hut tax. Approving the instructions issued to Mr. H. Fynn as Resident with Cetywayo. Transmitting copies of documents relating to the mischievous proceedings of Dabulamanzi in the Reserved Territory. Transmitting copy of a further Despatch to Sir T. Shepstone on the subject of Cety- wayo's cattle. Transmitting copy of a further Despatch from Mr. J. W. Shepstone respecting the affairs of the Reserved Territory and the proceed- ings of Dabulamanzi. Transmitting copy of a further Despatch from Mr. J. W. Shepstone respecting the proceed- ings of Cetywayo and the objection expressed by certain Chiefs to again living under his rule. Transmitting copy of a further correspondence with the J3ritish Resident respecting the 700 head of cattle which Uhamu was ordered by Sir Evelyn Wood to pay over to Umyamana. Eorwarding copies of two Despatches to the Resident Commissioner respecting the ad- ministration of the Reserved Territory. Forwarding copies of two further reports from the Resident Commissioner in the Reserved Territory. Transmitting copy of a Despatch to Mr. J. W. Shepstone on the subject of the hut tax to be raised in the Reserved Territory. Transmitting copy of a report from the Officer Commanding the Military Escort in Zulu- land, stating that no cibstacle was placed in the way of the correspondent of the “Daily News,” but, that, on the contrary, every facility was afforded. a 2 10 12 13 13 iv Serial No. From or to whom. Date. Subject. Page. 15 j6 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 28 War Office Gov. Sir Bulwer. Ditto Ditto Ditto To Gov. Sir Bulwer. Ditto War Office Gov. Sir Bulwer. Ditto Ditto Ditto Ditto Ditto Henry Henry Henry March 3, 1883. February 5, 1883. (Rec. Mar. 6, 1883.) February 5, 1883. (Rec. Mar. 6, 1883.) February 5, 1883. (Rec. Mar. 6, 1883.) February 5, 1883. (Rec. Mar. 6, 1883.) March 6, 1883. March 7, 1883. March 7, 1883. February 15, 1883. (Rec. Mar. 21, 1883.) February 23, 1883. (Rec. Mar. 29, 1883.) February 23, 1883. (Rec. Mar. 29, 1883.) February 24, 1883. (Rec. Mar. 29, 1883.) February 24, 1883. (Rec. Mar. 29, 1883.) February 24, 1883. (Rec. Mar. 29, 1883.) Transmitting copy of a Letter from the General Officer Commanding in South Africa on the subject of Cetywayo's installation and the movement of the cscort. Transmitting copy of a further Despatch from Mr. J. W. Shepstone regarding the state of affairs in the Reserved Territory. Transmitting copies of telegrams and formal Despatch from Sir T. Shepstone reporting the installation of Cetywayo. Forwarding copy of a Despatch from Mr. Fynn reporting his assumption of the duties of Resident with Cety wayo. Forwarding copy of a Despatch from the British Resident and one from Mr. Fannin, respecting the beaconing off by the latter of | the new boundary of Usibebu’s territory. Approving his Despatches to the Resident Commissioner relative to the administration | of the Reserved Territory. Approving his reply to Mr. Osborn in the matter of the 700 head of cattle due from Uhamu to Umyamana. Transmitting copy of a Letter from the Ge- neral Officer Commanding in South Africa, reporting the return to Natal of the troops composing Cetywayo's escort. Submitting observations on the measures for the future government of Zululand, and the administration of the Reserved Territory as finally approved by Her Majesty’s Govern- ment, and as previously proposed in Gover- nor’s reports of 25th August and 3rd October 1882. Forwarding copy of a Letter from Mr. Osborn regarding the disposal of the royal cattle, and of a Despatch from the Resident with Cety- wayo, asking for instructions in the matter; with copy of Letter to Mr. Fynn in reply. Transmitting copies of three Letters from the Resident with Cetywayo on the subject of disturbances between the Abaqulusi and Uhamu's people; with copy of the reply thereto. Forwarding copy of a Despatch from the Resi- dent Commissioner in the Native Reserve, enclosing a list of the Chiefs and headmen who have expressed a desire to remain in the Reserve; with copy of the reply thereto. Forwarding copy of Letter from the Resident Commissioner in the Native Reserve, regard- ing trading licenses, together with copy of reply thereto. Transmitting copy of a correspondence with the Resident Commissioner in the Native Ičeserve on the subject of the locations to be provided for those who may move from Cetywayo's country into the Reserve. 15 16 17 18 18 20 20 20 22 27 31 33 36 Serial No. From or to whom. Date. Subject. Pago. 29 30 31 32 33 34 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 ty Gov. Sir Henry Bulwer. Ditto º º Ditto º sº To Gov. Sir Henry Bulwer. Ditto º tºº Gov. Sir Bulwer. Henry Ditto - º Ditto - - Ditto º To Gov. Sir Henry Bulwer. Ditto -- gº Ditto º º Gov. Sir Bulwer. Henry Ditto º tº February 24, 1883. (Rec. Mar. 29, 1883.) February 28, 1883. (Rec. Apr. 3, 1883.) March 5, 1883. (Rec. Apr. 3, 1883.) April 3, 1883. April 3, 1833. March 6, 1883. (Rec. April 3, 1883.) March 6, 1883. (Rec. April 3, 1883.) March 6, 1883. (Rec. April 3, 1883.) March 6, 1883. (Rec. April 3, 1883.) April 5, 1883. April 9, 1883. April 12, 1883. March 10, 1883. (Rec. Apr. 13, 1883.) March 10, 1883. (Rec. Apr. 13, 1883.) Transmitting copy Despatch from the Resi- dent Commissioner in the Reserve, recom- mending the stationing of natives at the drifts of the Umhlatoosi river to ascertain the objects of those natives who may cross into the Reserve ; enclosing also copy reply thereto. Transmitting copy correspondence with the Resident Commissioner in the Reserved Ter- ritory on certain matters of administration, and recommending the appointment of a Sub- Commissioner. Forwarding copy of Sir T. Shepstone's report of his proceedings in connexion with the installation of Cetywayo, and bringing to notice the services of Sir T. Shepstone and the military officers connected with the expe- dition. * * Approving his replies to Mr. J. W. Shep- stone on the various matters reported in Despatches of the 24th February. Approving his answer to Mr. Fynn on the subject of the disturbances between the Aba- qulusi and Uhamu's people. Transmitting copy of a Despatch from the Resident with Cetywayo, reporting unwil- lingness of the Chief Umgojana to recognise Cetywayo's authority. Forwarding copies of two Despatches from Mr. Fynn, with the reply thereto, respect- ing certain representations and claims made by Cety wayo regarding the people in the Zulu Native Reserve. Transmitting copy of a correspondence with the Resident with Cetywayo on the subject of the relations between Cetywayo and Usibebu, and the removal of some of Umya- mana's people from Usibebu’s territory. Transmitting copies of Letters from the Resi- dent with Cetywayo on various subjects; and of the replies thereto. Approving his instructions to Mr. Fynn on the subject of Cetywayo's catte. Approving his replies to Mr. Fynn respect- ing Cetywayo's relations with Usibebu and Umgojana. Conveying the views of Her Majesty's Govern- ment on his Despatch of the 15th February with regard to the future administration of Zululand and the Zulu Native Reserve. Transmitting copy of a Despatch from Mr. Fynn reporting certain observations made to him by Cetywayo regarding the terms of his restoration; with copy of the reply thereto. Transmitting copy of a Despatch from the Resident with Cetywayo respecting the at- titude of the King's party towards Usibebu, and recommending the appointment of a Resident with Usibebu. 37 38 40 62 62 62 63 66 68 72 72 72 73 75 a 3 vi Serial No. From or to whom. Date. Subject. 43 43(t 44 45 46 47 48 49 To Gov. Sir Henry Bulwer. Ro- Sir Hercules binson. Gov. Sir Bulwer. Henry Ditto - º Ditto - º To War Office tº- Gov. Sir Henry Bulwer. Ditto - To Gov. Sir Henry Bulwer. Ditto º e- Gov. Sir Pulwer. Henry Ditto - * April 13, 1883. March 20, 1883. (Rec. Apr. 13, 1883.) March 15, 1883. (Rec. Apr. 16, 1883.) March 19, 1883. (Rec. Apr. 16, 1883.) March 19, 1883. (Rec. Apr. 16, 1883.) April 16, 1883. March 21, 1883. (Rec. Apr. 16, 1883.) March 21, 1883. (Rec. Apr. 16, 1883.) April 19, 1883. April 21, 1883. March 24, 1883. (Rec. Apr. 23, 1883.) March 26, 1883. (Rec. Apr. 23, 1883.) & Requesting that the thanks of Her Majesty's Government may be conveyed to Sir T. Shepstone for the able manner in which the delicate and responsible duties entrusted to him in connexion with Cetywayo's installa- tion have been discharged. Enclosing copy telegram from the Resident, reporting that the Transvaal Government have informed him of the intention of Uhamu to take refuge in Transvaal territory, and have requested that this may be prevented. Transmitting copies of Despatches from Mr. Fynn, together with the replies thereto, re- specting the relations of Cetywayo and Usibebu, and the arrest of a native named Biko, for adultery. Forwarding copy of a correspondence with Mr. Fynn respecting the relations of the Abaqulusi and Uhamu's party. Transmitting copies of two Despatches from the Resident Commissioner, reporting the circumstances of a visit to Hlubi's territory, and giving a further list of Chiefs and head- men who elect to remain in the Native Re- serve, and the other reporting the depar- ture of the headman Zeize from the Reserve into Cetywayo's territory. Transmitting copy Despatch from Sir H. Bulwer, enclosing Sir T. Shepstone's report of his proceedings at the installation of Cetywayo, and expressing Lord Derby's sense of the manner in which the officers alluded to by Sir T. Shepstone had dis- charged the delicate duties entrusted to them. Forwarding copy of a message from Usibebu to the Resident Commissioner in the Native Reserve respecting the hostile attitude of Cetywayo's people, and again recommending the appointment of a Resident with Usi- bebu. Calling attention to the frequent and serious misrepresentations in the statements sent home by the Maritzburg correspondent of the “Daily News.” Approving his Despatches to Mr. Fynn on the subject of the hostile attitude of the Abaqu- lusi towards Uhamu. Approving his instructions to Mr. Fynn on the subject of Cetywayo's complaints, and stating that a message in a similar sense should be sent to Cetywayo as from Her Majesty's Government. Transmitting copies of Despatches from the Resident Commissioner respecting the de- clared wishes of the Chiefs whom Cety wayo has claimed as his adherents, and as regards the anticipated influx of Zulus into the Teserve Territory. Transmitting copy of further correspondence with Mr. Fynn respecting Cetywayo's claim to the restoration of the former “royal cattle.” 77 78 8() 88 96 96 97 99 vii Serial N From or to whom, Date. O. 54 Gov. Sir Henry | March 26, 1883. Bulwer. (Rec. Apr. 23, 1883.) 55 Ditto - g- March 26, 1883. (Rec. Apr. 23, 1883.) 56 Ditto - - March 26, 1883. (Rec. Apr. 23, 1883.) 57 I)itto - * March 26, 1883. (Rec. Apr. 23, 1883.) 58 I)itto - - March 26, 1883. (Rec. Apr. 23, 1883.) 59 To Gov. Sir Henry April 23, 1883. |Bulwer. 60 IDitto - sº April 25, 1883. 61 I)itto - * April 25, 1883. º * (Telegraphic.) 62 IDitto - º April 26, 1883. 63 Gov. Sir Henry April 26, 1883. Bulwer. (Rec. Apr. 26, 1883.) Telegraphic. 63a | To Sir Hercules April 26, 1883. Robinson. 64 To Gov. Sir Henry April 28, 1883. Bulwer. 65 Ditto - * April 28, 1883. 66 Gov. Sir Henry March 28, 1883. Bulwer. (Rec. May 1, 1883.) 67 Ditto - º March 29, 1883. (Rec. May 1, 1883.) 68 Ditto - sº March 29, 1883. Page. 103 105 107 108 11() 110 11 I 111 I 11 111 111 114 (Rec. May 1, 1883.) Subject. Transmitting copy of a correspondence re- * * * ...] are :- h - º º f - * º f li specting the position of the Chief Umlan- dela who apparently is reluctant to come again under the rule of Cetywayo. Forwarding copies of documents regarding the relations of Cetywayo with the Chiefs Usibebu, Uhamu, and Chingwayo. Transmitting copy of a correspondence with Mr. Fynn regarding the relations of Usi- bebu and Cetywayo, and observing that the latter seems inclined to disregard the condi- tions as to the boundaries of his and Usi- bebu's territory. Transmitting copies of three Despatches from Mr. Fynn respecting the relations of Uhamu and the Abaqulusi, visit of Umgojana to Cety- wayo and Zulu subjects in the Transvaal ; with copy of Governor's reply thereto. Transmitting copies of several documents re- specting the Norwegian Mission stations in the Native Reserve. Stating inability, for reasons set forth, to re- commend Her Majesty to appoint a Resident with Usibebu. (2 Approving his Despatch to Mr. Fynn on the subject of Cetywayo's relations with Usi- bebu. “Daily News” telegrams. Shepstone, 19 and 22 March ; “can you contradict statements 2° Approving his replies to Mr. Shepstone and Mr. Fynn on the matters reported in his Despatch of March 26, with reference to Cetywayo and the Chiefs Usibebu, Uhamu, and Chingwayo. Stating that the “Daily News” telegrams as to the action of Mr. J. W. Shepstone are wholly untrue. Directing that the Transvaal Government be informed with reference to the intended flight of Uhamu into the Transvaal that Her Majesty's Government cannot undertake duties properly belonging to the Government of the Transvaal. Approving his Despatch to Mr. Shepstone on the subject of Mr. Oftebro's letter regarding the Norwegian Mission stations. Approving the instructions issued to Mr. Fynn in the matter of Cetywayo's claims to the “royal cattle.” Forwarding copies of documents relative to the proceedings of Sirayo in the Reserve Territory. Forwarding copies of documents relative to the grievances and complaints of Cetywayo. Transmitting copy of a Despatch from Mr. Fynn, with the reply thereto, respecting statements made by Cety wayo relative to persons living in the Reserved Territory whom he claims as his adherents. | 19 a 4 viii Serial No. From or to whom. Date. Subject. Page. 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 Gov. Sir Bulwer. Henry Ditto - gº Ditto - gº Ditto - ſº To Gov. Sir Henry Bulwer. Ditto - tº- Ditto - tº- Gov. Sir Bulwer. Henry Ditto - º Ditto - tº- Ditto - tº- Ditto - * To Gov. Sir Henry Bulwer. Gov. Sir Bulwer. Henry March 29, 1883. (Rec. May 1, 1883.) March 30, 1883. (Rec. May 1, 1883.) March 30, 1883. (Rec. May 1, 1883.) April 4, 1883. (Rec. May 1, 1883.) May 3, 1883. May 3, 1883. May 3, 1883. April 5, 1883. (Rec. May 8, 1883.) April 9, 1883. (Rec. May 8, 1883.) April 9, 1883. (Rec. May 8, 1833.) April 9, 1883. (Rec. May 8, 1883.) April 9, 1883. (Rec. May 8, 1883.) May 10, 1883. April 12, 1883. (Rec. May 14, 1883.) Transmitting copy of a correspondence with Mr. Fynn relative to the disturbances be- tween Uhamu and the Abaqulusi. Transmitting copy of a Despatch from Mr. Fynn, with the reply, reporting an inter- view, with a portion of the Usutu party, for the purpose of explaining the boundary be- tween the territories of Cetywayo and Usi- bebu. Forwarding copy of a Despatch from the Resident Commissioner, giving a complete list of the Chiefs and headmen in the Re- serve Territory who have elected (1) to remain where they are, (2) to join Cety- wayo, and (3) who have neglected to ex- press their wishes. Transmitting copy of a correspondence with Mr. Fynn respecting Cetywayo's relations with Chingwayo, Uhamu, and Umfana- wendhlela. Approving Mr. Fynn's proceedings at his interview with a number of the Usutu party. Approving his Despatch to Mr. Fynn on the subject of Cetywayo's relations with Uhamu, Chingwayo, and Umfanawendhlela. Approving his reply to Mr. Fynn on the matters reported in Despatch of March 29. Stating that Mr. Fynn has reported an attack on Usibebu by the Usutu party, with rout of the latter ; that Cetywayo alleges this attack was made without his knowledge, and that Mr. Fynn appears to be uneasy as to his own safety. Transmitting copies of two Despatches from the Resident with Cetywayo (with the reply thereto), reporting the proceedings of Mahu’s people against those of Usibebu. Forwarding copies of Despatches from Mr. Fynn, with reply thereto, reporting depre- dations in Umfanawendhlela's corn gardens; seizure by Mahu of some of Usibebu’s cattle, and detailing the steps taken by Resident to ascertain the whereabouts of portions of the former “royal cattle “ of Cetywayo. Transmitting copies of reports by Mr. Fynn, and of two Despatches from the Resident Commissioner in the Reserve, respecting an attack by the Usutu party on Usibebu, when the former were repulsed with heavy loss. Forwarding a letter to the Secretary of State from the Bishop of Natal replying to certain statements made by Governor. Approving Governor's Despatch to Mr. Fynn on the subject of the Usutu attack on Usi- bebu, and requesting that Mr. Fynn may be informed of the entire satisfaction of the Secretary of State with his conduct. Forwarding copy of a correspondence with Sir H. Robinson and Mr. Fynn, respecting the reported intention, of Uhamu to take refuge in the Transvaal. 120 122 125 127 129 129 129 129 135 152 152 ix Date. ſ April 12, 1883. (Rec. May 14, 1883.) April 12, 1883. (Rec. May 14, 1883.) April 12, 1883. (Rec. May 14, 1883.) April 12, 1883. (Rec. May 14, 1883.) April 16, 1883. (Rec. May 14, 1883.) May 17, 1883. May 19, 1883. Subject. Forwarding copy of a telegram from the Acting Vice-Consul at Lourenço Marques, with the reply, respecting a report that Usi- bebu is about to attack the Amatongas, and stating that the report was entirely without foundation. Stating that the Resident with Cetywayo has reported that Undabuko and Tyanibezwe, who did apparently accompany the Usutu forces in their attack upon Usibebu, fled at the first attack. Forwarding copy of a Despatch to Mr. Osborn, the Resident Commissioner in the Reserve, respecting the former “royal cattle,” toge- ther with copy of a Despatch from Mr. Fynn. Reporting the substance of a conversation between Mr. Fynn and Cetywayo about ten days before the attack on Usibebu, and observing that Cetywayo's complaints are really without foundation. Transmitting copies of further reports from Mr. Fynn respecting the recent attack on Usibebu, and expressing the opinion that the Usutu forces were assembled with Cety- wayo's cognizance. Transmitting copy of a Despatch to Sir H. Robinson on the subject of the reported in- tention of Uhamu to cross into the Trans- vaal, and approving the steps which Mr. Fynn proposes to take in the matter. Approving Governor’s Despatch to Mr. Os- born on the subject of the “royal cattle.” 156 162 162 Serial From or to whom. No. | 83 Gov. Sir Henry Bulwer. 84 Ditto - " - S5 Ditto - º 86 Ditto - <--> 87 Ditto - º 88 To Gov. Sir Henry Bulwer. - 89 Ditto - º R 5762. ZULULAND AND CETY WAYO. FURTHER CORRESPONDENCE. No. 1. The RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF DERBY to Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, & Downing Street, February 14, 1883. (. I HAVE received your Despatch of the 3rd ult.* and have to express my approval of the instructions issued by you to Sir T. Shepstone upon the occasion of his proceeding to Zululand in connexion with the restoration of Cety wayo. 2. I have also received your Despatch of the same date; and its enclosures relative to an application made to you on behalf of the Chiefs Undabuko and Usivetu. * . I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) DERBY. No. 2. The Right Hon. The EARL OF DERBY to Governor SIR HENRY BULWER K.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, February 14, 1883. I HAVE received your Despatch of the 3rd ult, and have to express my approval of the instructions delivered by you to Mr. J. W. Shepstone upon his proceeding to Zululand in the capacity of British Resident Commissioner for the time being in the Reserved Territory. I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) DERBY. No. 3. The RIGHT Hon. The EARL OF DER BY to Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, - K.C.M.G. t SIR, Downing Street, February 14, 1883. I HAVE received your Despatch of the 3rd ult. § and its enclosures, and have to express my approval of the letters of instructions addressed by you to the British Resident in Zululand respecting the measures to be adopted for the recognition and establishment of the Chief Usibebu in the territory assigned to him. I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. - - (Signed) DER BY. No. 4. The RIGHT HoN. The EARL OF DERBY to GovernoR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. • SIR, Downing Street, February 14, 1883. I HAVE received your Despatch of the 4th ult., enclosing copies of two Despatches from the British Resident in Zululand regarding the communication to the Zulu Chiefs and people of the decision of Her Majesty's Government in respect to the future adminis- tration of the government of Zululand. - 2. As regards the claim for compensation put forward by the Chief John Dunn, I concur generally in the opinion as to compensation expressed in the 24th paragraph of my predecessor's Despatch of the 30th November last." If, however, it should * No. 155 of º of February 1883. f No. 156 of [C.—3466] of February 1883. f No. 154 of [C.—3466] of February 1883. § No. 153 of [C.—3466] of February 1883. | No. 157 of [C.—3466] of February 1883. * No. 114 of [C.—3466] of February 1883. R 5762. A. 2 become necessary to award compensation in any particular instance, it appears to me that, unless you have any other expedient to suggest, the proper way of meeting the case would be to instruct the Resident Commissioner to reserve out of the hut tax sufficient to pay such compensation as Her Majesty's Government may have previously approved. I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) DERBY. - No. 5. The RIGHT Hon. The EARL OF DERBY to Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, February 15, 1883. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch of the 12th ultimo,” reporting that you had appointed Mr. H. Fynn to be Resident with Cetywayo, and enclosing a copy of the instructions which you had given to him. I have to express my approval of these instructions. I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) DERBY. No. 6. Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL * OF KIMBERLEY. (Received February 20, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, January 16, 1883. I RECEIVED in the course of last month from the British Resident two papers relating to the proceedings of Dabulamanzi, copies of which I have the honour to enclose for your Lordship's information. sº 2. One of them contained a complaint made on the 2nd of December by Chief John Dunn regarding the mischief Dabulamanzi was causing in the territories of Umgitjwa and Umlandela. The other contained a complaint made by the Chief Umgitjwa against Dabulamanzi. 3. Mr. Osborn in forwarding these papers stated that he was in communication with Dabulamanzi and with the others regarding these proceedings. As Dabulamanzi has been living in the Reserved Territory I, sent the papers to Mr. J. W. Shepstone on his proceeding there to initiate the functions of the British Resident Commissioner. 4. I have not since received any report from Mr. Shepstone on the particular subject of these papers, but in a Despatcht of the 6th instant (a copy of which was forwarded by me to your Lordship on the 12th instant) he referred to the intrigues of Dabulamanzi, and sent me a letter he had received from Mr. Dunn. I did not enclose Mr. Dunn’s letter, which I looked upon as a private one at the time, but as I notice that Mr. Shepstone refers to it in his Despatch of the 6th, I herewith send a copy of extracts from it which bears upon the proceedings of Dabulamanzi. 5. I have now also the honour to transmit a copy of a further Despatch of the 7th instant, received by me from Mr. Shepstone, in which he reports the rumours and false statements that were being set about by Dabulamanzi with a mischievous intent in the Reserved Territory, together with a copy of a Despatch which I addressed to Mr. Shepstone in reply to his reports. 6. There is no doubt that Dabulamanzi is a mischievous and dangerous man, and from private information I am led to fear that he has been encouraged to take the part which he is doing now by advice he has received from Natal. 7. It is quite right and natural that Dabulamanzi should wish to be under his brother, and this being so it is advisable that he should remove into his brother's territory, and * No. 161 of [C.—3466] of February 1883. f See enclosure 3 in No. 159 of [C.—3466] of February 1883. 3 that some arrangement should be made with Cetywayo for his location, and I have written to this effect to Mr. Shepstone. - I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. * Enclosure 1 in No. 6. British Resident’s Office, Zululand, December 11, 1882. Vagana, induna of the Chief Umgitjwa, and Umpumpu state:— We are sent by our Chief Umgitjwa to report to the Resident that, about four days ago, Dabulamanzi went to the kraals of his people living in his territory named Sigcwelegewele and Hlozana and seized from them 15 head of cattle. He also struck a man named Umbotshwa, at the kraal of Hlozana, over the head with the stock of his gun and inflicted a serious wound. He seized the cattle of Sigcwelegcywele and Hlozana on account of four Sigohlo girls who at the conclusion of the Zulu war left him and went back to their relatives, their relatives being the said Sigcwelegcyele and Hlozana. He said when he took the cattle that he had been authorised when in Natal some time ago by Mr. Fynney and Mr. Campbell, Border Agent, Lower Tugela, to take cattle as “ukulobola" for any Sigohlo girls who belonged to him during Cetywayo's reign. This he said to us when we got to him, having been sent by Umgitjwa. We told him that Umgitjwa would report to the Resident, to which he replied that he did not care, and that he knew no Chief, white or black, except Cetywayo, who would be back in Zululand next moon. Dabulamanzi is still in Umgitjwa's territory with the cattle seized, and Umgitjwa has sent men to seize the cattle back from him. We were, he said, to tell the Resident this. It was the order of Government, at the conclusion of the Zulu war, that all “Sigoholo” girls were to be restored to their relations, and he (Umgitjwa) has not heard from the Resident that such girls are to be otherwise dealt with since. HIS ExcellENCY, Zululand, December 11, 1882. I AM in communication with both Dabulamanzi and Umgitjwa respecting this matter with the view of obtaining satisfactory settlement thereon. (Signed) M. Osborn, British Resident. Enclosure 2 in No. 6. SIR, Nugoze, Dunnsland, December 2, 1882. I HAVE the honour to request that you will bring to the notice of his Excellency Sir H. Bulwer as High Commissioner that unless some steps can be taken to restrain Dabulamanzi I am afraid he will be the cause of blood being shed. It was reported to me yesterday that he was in Umgitjwa's territory trying to cause a disturbance; he is utterly beyond my control without using force. I have, &c. (Signed) J. R. DUNN, M. Osborn, Esq., Chief. British Resident, Zululand. P.S.--December 3rd. Since I wrote the above I have received a message from Um- landela begging for protection, as he had been warned that a message had come from the Abantwana to some of his people to invite them to kill him, Umlandela, and his own son Sokwetyata. And Umlandela further states that Dabulamanzi is in his territory and he believes is at the bottom of this. a/ (Signed) J. R. DUNN. HIS ExcELLENCY, I HAVE placed myself in communication with Dabulamanzi and all others concerned respecting this matter with a view to put a stop to the proceedings complained of. (Signed) M. Osborn. 4 - ** * Enclosure 3 in No. 6. John DUNN to J. W. SHEPstone. DEAR MR. SHEPSTONE, Nugoze, January 4, 1883. • THERE is some deep plotting going on to try and stir up the people to resist your authority. Yesterday it was reported to me by two different parties from different direc- tions that people were being sent by Dabulamanzi to say that what you were telling the people they were not to believe, as the whole of the country up to the Tugela would be given up to Cetywayo as soon as he returned, and that all who now said they wished to come under the English Government would be killed ; that you had been taken by the soldiers at the Tugela drift but had made your escape and were now only deceiving the people and evading the soldiers. He also sent a message to Palana to say that as soon as Palana heard of Cetywayo's arrival at Port Durnford he was to let him know so that he could send and call the Usutu party to meet him. Palana is sending to you himself on this subject, but I have sent word to him to send Dabulamanzi's messenger to you. He is still with Palana. - 3% 3% This only confirms what I heard several times when I went up to the Inhlazatye the other day, that Cetywayo had sent word to º that he would not give any land, and that the Usutu were to come and meet him as sóon as he landed. % & 3% % $ # I think it well to let you know what is going on in time. * 3% % % Yours truly. (Signed) J. R. DUNN. Enclosure 4 in No. 6. Mr. J. W. SHEPSTONE to Sir H. BULwer. SIR, Entumeni, January 7, 1883. I HAVE the honour to report, for the information of your Excellency, that Dabula- manzi, aided by his party, has spread rumours about the country to the effect that the tract which I have already proclaimed as Reserved Territory will never come under the authority of the English Government, and that all I tell them is not to be believed, as I am here without the knowledge of the Government, and am doing all on my own responsibility; these rumours are so persistently circulated that they are gaining credence, and the effect will be that my authority must be undermined. He has also sent an armed party of young men under his son to Port Durnford, which has created surprise and some alarm in that neighbourhood. I have therefore deemed it my duty to see Sir Theophilus Shepstone without delay, and confer with him personally as to the best course to be adopted to prevent trouble, and this continuous unsettling of the minds of the people. I have, &c. w His Excellency, (Signed) J. W. SHEPstone, Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., British Commissioner, Special Commissioner for Zulu Affairs. Reserved Territory. P.S.—I enclose letter from J. Dunn, which confirms what I am told by Natives. (Signed) J. W. S., B. C. Enclosure 5 in No. 6. Sir H. BULWER to J. W. SHEpstone, Esq. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, - January 12, 1883. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatches of the 6th and 7th instant, in which you report to me the intrigues and proceedings of Dabulananzi. It is difficult for me to say in what way you can best undeceive the people on the main point on which Dabulamanzi is misleading them. The real state of the case has been fully explained by the British Resident in his announcements to the Zulu Chiefs, headmen, and people regarding the decision of Her Majesty’s Government, and the 5 future arrangements to be made in the Zulu country; and the same will be authorita- tively declared also by Sir Theophilus Shepstone at the time he formally re-establishes Cetywayo in authority over that part of the Zulu country which has been assigned to him. • * - I have requested the officer commanding the troops here, as soon as the military force which has gone to the Zulu country for the purpose of escorting Cetywayo to the place where he will be formally reinstated in authority shall have completed that service, after which it will return to Natal, to leave behind in the Reserved Territory a detachment of troops to be stationed with you at your place of residence (either Etshowe or Entu- meni) for a few weeks, pending the establishment of the local force referred to in another Despatch which I have addressed to you, and the presence of this force should be an additional guarantee and proof of the authority under which you are acting. With regard to Dabulamanzi himself, as he has apparently declared his desire to be under the authority of his brother, it will be advisable that he should remove into the territory which has been assigned to Cety wayo, and you should if necessary consult with Sir Theophilus Sheptone as to the best means of making some arrangement with Cetywayo for locating Dambulamanzi in his territory. I have, &c. The Hon. J. W. Shepstone, (Signed) H. BULwer, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Zululand. No. 7. Gover Nor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received February 20, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, January 19, 1883. WITH reference to my Despatch of the 12th instant, * in which I trans- mitted to your Lordship copies of correspondence on the subject of the cattle which belonged to Cetywayo before the Zulu war and alleged by him to be now in the pos- session of the Chiefs John Dunn, Uhamu, and Usibebu, I have the honour to forward a copy of a further Despatch I have addressed to Sir Theophilus Shepstone relating to this matter. I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. - Special Commissioner. Enclosure in No. 7. Sir H. BULWER to Sir T. SHEPSTONE. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, January 16, 1883. WITH reference to my Despatches to you of the 30th December and 6th January, on the subject of the cattle formerly belonging to Cetywayo, I have the honour to transmit for your information a copy of a further communication I have received from his Excellency Sir Hercules Robinson. I have already informed you that Mr. Osborn has been requested to hand over to Cetywayo in the name of Her Majesty's Government some 200 head of forfeited cattle which he has in charge. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, Sir Theophilus Shepstone, K.C.M.G., Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. - Zululand. CETywAyo to Sir HERCULES Robinson. Oude Molen, December 23, 1882. I AM writing to you, Sir Hercules Robinson, to say a few words and to thank you for your letter, which I received yesterday. It puts me in great trouble, because I will not * No. 160 of [C.—3466] of February 1883. A 3 6 have anything to eat when I get home. I will be like a poor dog lying in the ash-pit, and a wandering dog having no owner. I had great hope when I was in England that I would get all my cattle returned to me, as Lord Kimberley told me so in the presence of Mr. Henriques Shepstone and Mr. Fynney. I said I was yours, and thought that you would sympathise with me and help me in my poverty. I now ask you as a friend of mine to send a reply to Sir H. Bulwer for me, and ask him also to help me and to speak good for me, as cattle are food for me, and I am owned by you, and how will you feed me? Help me very much, and get me home to Zululand at once. I expect to leave here in eight days’ time, as you promised me when I saw you last. I am very anxious to start; do not delay me again. The escort has had plenty of time to get to Port Durnford, and I hope you as my friend, and Governor of Cape Colony, will see that I leave as promised. I thank you very much again for your last letter. CETYWAYo KA MPANDE. Pro. (Signed) R. ERNST DUNN, Interpreter. Forwarded to the Under Secretary for Native Affairs for transmission. (Signed) T. STORR LISTER, 27th December 1882. Superintendent. No. 8. Gover Nor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received February 20, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, - January 19, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, copy of a further Despatch I have received from Mr. John Shepstone regarding the Zulu Native Reserve Territory and the proceedings of Dabulamanzi. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure in No. 8. Mr. J. W. SHEPSTONE to Sir H. BULwÉR. SIR, Etshowe, January 12, 1883. I BEG leave to report, for the information of your Excellency, that I returned to this from Port Durnford yesterday, where I had been to confer with Sir T. Shepstone on the proceedings of Dabulamanzi, a brother of Cetywayo, as reported in mine to your Excellency of the 7th instant. Dabulamanzi has been very active in sending messengers about the country directing the people to arm, which order has not I hear been responded to ; he, Dabulamanzi, appears to be the only agitator in the Reserved Territory; he has aids, but they do not appear, except Faneyana, who is again taking an active part with Dabulamanzi in doing all the mischief they can ; there is also another Natal native named Mabika, who professes, I am told, to be sent by Bishop Colenso with a message from Cetywayo, to the effect that Cetywayo wished to know from Umyamana who it was that had prevented the Usutu from attacking Usibebu ; that Umyamana replied that he had stopped it. Mabika then said, “then I am to tell you to let it go.” Both Faneyana and Mabika I shall do all in my power to secure, and shall punish if they cannot satisfy me that they are authorised messengers, or disprove the charge of sowing dissension. Of Chiefs in the Reserved Territory there are four, who have declared their intention to me of remaining under the protection of the British Government, as represented by the British Commissioner. Their names are:—Palanc, Habana, Ndosi, and Umgihlana, a brother of Cetywayo. " I expect further declarations daily, as I have sent to tell them that ample time has been given for consideration. Messengers from Uhamu, Umfana- wendhlela, Chingwayo, Umgitjwa, and Bizo, a Chief with a considerable following in Umlandela’s territory, have sent to me to say that they have no desire to live under Cetywayo, and beg that their lands that they occupied under Mpande, Cety wayo, and now under the British Government, may still be left to them and their people, but 7 subject to the English Government. They all complain bitterly of the changes now made without in any way consulting their feelings. Should all these Chiefs come into the Reserved Territory, and be followed by any number of their people, room will not be found for them. There is also Umlandela, whom I have already reported as being averse to being placed under Cetywayo. . . So soon as the weather clears I purpose going to the upper part of this reserve, which I should have completed ere this had not Dabulamanzi's agitation hampered me with the effect it was appearing to have. * I have, &c. His Excellency, (Signed) J. W. SHEPSTONE, The Special Commissioner for Zulu Affairs. British Commissioner, Reserved Territory. No. 9. GovernoR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF KIMBERLEY. (Received February 20, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My Lord, January 22, 1883. I HAVE the honour to forward, for your Lordship's information, a copy of a further report I have received from Mr. John Shepstone, the Resident Commissioner for the time being in the Reserved Territory. I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Kimberley, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Enclosure in No. 9. Mr. J. W. SHEPSTONE to Sir H. BULwÉR, SIR, Etshowe, January 14, 1883. I BEG leave to report, for the information of your Excellency, that messengers are traversing the Reserved Territory with orders from Cetywayo that cattle are to be taken in to him by all people, and to say that he, Cetywayo, has been told here that the country between the Umhlatuzi and the Tugela is cut off from that which was known as Zululand, but that they are not to believe it, as he had come direct from the Queen, who had given him the whole country to the Tugela. I have sent this information to Sir Theophilus Shepstone, as it is having the effect of creating distrust of the Government and of what it has proclaimed through me as its Resident Commissioner. I have also to report that the messengers of Uhamu, Umfanawendhlela, and Chingwayo, already reported in mine of the 12th instant, returned to me this day and said they had omitted to give the names of the Chiefs under Uhamu and Chingwayo, who had large followings, and who were one with the two Chiefs named in the desire to be freed from Cetywayo's rule. Of Chiefs in Uhamu's district are, Umsebe, Ntabata, Umganu, Umcwayo, Matangana, Umsutu, Mekeza, Sigadi, Gobinduku, Chingwayo ka Mahlakubi, Umtshekula, and Umtunga. Of Chingwayo's, are Umgandi, Umtshubani, Soizwapi, Baleni, Matoko, Umhlungo, and Umsuduka. Your Excellency will perceive that this is no inconsiderable number of Chiefs, all of whom have people under them, and who have no desire to be placed under Cetywayo. These messengers say that if the present arrangement is carried out they (the Chiefs) will be driven from their homes, their people, and their crops, and must become wan- derers, as they will not find room in the Reserved Territory, and cannot live under Cetywayo, and ask, “Is it true that you white people now find that Cetywayo has done “ no wrong 2 What wrong have we done that we are to be driven from our homes 2 “We cannot live under Cetywayo again. We look to the Government to protect us “ and to allow us to occupy the country to which we belong, and which we must leave “ if Cetywayo is put over it.” Umlandela, Umgitjwa, and Bizoka Umzimba have sent messages to the same effect as the above; and I would respectfully submit that where such a number protest, though A 4 S mildly, against the changes that are being carried out, their protest should be favourably considered. * * - I have, &c. f (Signed) J. W. Shepstone, His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, British Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. No. 10. Gover NOR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. The EARL OF DERBY. (Received March 1, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, January 27, 1883. - WITH reference to the subject of my Despatches of the 8th September and 13th October last,” I have the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, a copy of a further correspondence with the British Resident on the subject of the 700 head of cattle which Uhamu was required, under the terms of Sir Evelyn Wood's award of August 1881, to restore to Umyamana. - I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Enclosure 1 in No. 10. Mr. OSBORN to Sir H. BULWER. SIR, Inhlazatye, Zululand, January 6, 1883. I HAVE the honour to state, in answer to your Excellency's Despatch of the 16th December last, that the Chief Uhamu has up to this date not rendered com- pliance with the terms of Sir E. Wood's award, as I was led to believe by him that he would do, and as he personally promised your Excellency to do at Rorke’s Drift in September last. On the 25th October Uhamu sent 30 head of grown up cattle and 10 young calves to me, with a message that these cattle were in full settlement of the award. I did not receive the cattle, but at once apprised Umyamana of their arrival, and ascertained from him whether he would receive the 30 head as a part or instalment of the total number due on the award if Uhamu would agree to their being so received. Umyamana declined to receive the cattle sent, and said he expected Uhamu to hand over to him in one troop the 700 head in full. I enclose for your Excellency’s information copies of the communications had by me with Uhamu and Umyamana in reference to the award since Uhamu's interview with you at Rorke's Drift. The last of these was on the 23rd ult, when Uhamu sent 150 head of cattle by Gambutshi, in full settlement of the number awarded, which cattle Umyamana also refused to receive on the same grounds that he declined to receive the 30 head first sent. Both lots of cattle, viz., the 30 head sent on the 25th October and the 150 sent on the 23rd December were taken back to Uhamu by his messengers at the time, on their ascertaining that Umyamana would not receive them. I have, &c. (Signed) M. Osborn, British Resident. October 25, 1882. Matshobana and Unhlogonyo state:— - We are sent by Uhamu to bring to the Resident 40 head of cattle, in which number 10 young calves are included, which are the cattle he sends in full settlement of Sir E. Wood's award in favour of Umyamana. Uhamu says 30 head of cattle were given by him to Umyamana's sons at the time the seizures were made, and another 30 were seized * Nos. 93 and 108 of [C.—3466] of February 1883. 9 by the Abaqulusi and taken into the Transvaa". These, with those now sent, would make 100 head. At the time the cattle were seized from Umyamana 60 head of the Matungweni kraal cattle were returned to him by Uhamu. Note.—Undabapezulu sent to tell Umyamana of the arrival of the above cattle, and that he might receive them on account if it can be so arranged with Uhamu. Uhamu's messengers advised to wait until the arrival of Umyamana or his repre- sentative. . The cattle will in the meantime remain in their charge. They (the cattle) are not and will not be taken over by the Resident. October 27, 1882. Kwabiti, Umkulutshana, and Umbubusi state :- We are sent by Umyamana to the Resident to say that he has received his message by Undabapezulu. He says Uhamu has to pay him 700 head of cattle according to General Wood's award. These cattle he expects to have handed over to him by Uhamu in one troop; he therefore declines to receive the 40 head of cattle, including 10 young calves. October 28, 1882. Gabajana and Dabapezulu sent to Uhamu with the following message:— Your men Matshobana and Umhlogonyo brought to me three days ago 30 head of cattle and 10 young calves, which they stated you ordered them to hand over to me in full settlement of the 700 head due from you to Umyamana on General Wood's award. I did not receive the cattle but sent to tell Umyamana of their arrival, and Umyamana has refused to receive these few cattle in settlement of the award. I have informed your two men of his refusal, and directed them to send back the cattle to you. Your action in this matter surprises me. Have you forgotten the words spoken to you the other day by the Governor at the Buffalo River, and your promise to him Have you forgotten all my words to you on this matter, and what report am 1 to make to the Governor 2 Am I to let him know that instead of delivering over 700 head, as you promised to him you would do, you sent only 30 in full settlement You must discontinue this trifling, and I wish you to understand clearly that if the full number of 700 head be not delivered over at once you alone will be responsible for your neglect. I have now done all I can to get you to fulfil the terms of the award. October 31, 1882. Gabajana and Dabapezulu state :- - We delivered the Resident's message to Uhamu (October 28). He replied that he does not know what he has done that 700 cattle should be demanded from him. The seizures of cattle made by him were made in pursuance of instructions given him shortly after the war by the Governor and Mr. John Shepstone, and also by Mr. Wheelwright. They said that he (Uhamu) was to seize the cattle of all persons he found in possession of king's cattle or firearms. These instructions were repeated to him by the present Resident when he came. It was therefore he made the seizures from Umyamana. Why is he alone blamed for it now, and why should he have to pay 700 head of cattle 2 He seized only a few cattle from Umyamana and his people, and is willing to return to him 100 head, if Umyamana will send people who can identify as many. He (Uhamu) told the Governor at Rorke's Drift that he was willing to restore 100 head, but that he would pay no more. The Governor knows this. When the Resident inquired into the matter of the seizures, Uhamu sent to him a diamond as “ukufunga " (act of swearing), that he had not seized the cattle as stated by Umyamana and his people. He said also that he would send his own indunas to the Resident to talk to him on the subject. Uhamu said then that the Resident will not listen to any complaints made by him against Umyamana, but listens only to those coming from Umyamana against him. i November 1, 1882. Unhlekisana and Mafuta state :- We are sent by Chief Uhamu to the Resident to tell him that he will not now send the indunas to him as he sent word by Gabajana that he would do. He will send them next month. He will first send to his friends and relations to beg for cattle to make up the 100 head which he told the Governor at the Buffalo (Rorke's Drift) were all that R. 5762. R 10 he would pay to Umyamana. The hundreds of cattle claimed by Umyamana under General Wood's award are not due to him. Only a few were seized from him, and these Uhamu is willing to return, but he will not pay more than 100 head. - Reply :— - Uhamu knows that he seized a great many more than the 700 head awarded by General Wood. I again advise him to comply with the award at once, as he promised the Governor at the Buffalo. Uhamu knows that it is not true that he told the Governor that he would restore only 100 head. He promised to deliver over the whole number, 700, immediately ; and he should now fulfil his promise without any delay. December 23, 1882. Gambutshe and Umyagana state:— We have brought to the Resident from our Chief Uhamu 150 head of cattle. These cattle he said we were to tell the Resident he tenders in fulfilment of General Wood’s award re Umyamana. The cattle are to cover the whole award Uhamu says. Note.—Umyamana having been communicated with refused to accept the 150 head of cattle tendered, saying that he would only receive the 700 due to him under General Wood’s award, and in one lot. * * Uhamu's messengers informed accordingly, and told they may return to him with the cattle. Enclosure 2 in No. 10. Sir H. BULWER to Mr. OsBorn. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, January 16, 1883. I HAVE received your Despatch of the 6th instant, and regret to learn the result of your communications with Uhamu on the subject of the restoration by him of the 700 head of cattle in accordance with the terms of Sir Evelyn Wood’s award. I do not remember that Uhamu said to me at Rorke's Drift that he would only pay 100 head of cattle and no more ; but I am quite certain that I told him it was necessary for him, in accordance with the terms of that award by which he had expressed his readiness to abide, to restore the whole number of 700 head of cattle and no less. Whether his continued neglect or refusal to restore these cattle is the result of his own personal disposition, or of any bad advice that he may have received from others, I know not ; but in any case I fear that his obstinacy in this matter will lead to future trouble for which he must be held responsible. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULwER, Special Commissioner. No. 1 1. GoverNOR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF * * ERBY. (Received March 1, 1883.) - Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, January 27, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, copies of two Despatches which I have addressed to the Resident Commissioner in the Reserved Territory on the subject of the administration of that territory. . I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, * Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. 11 Enclosure 1 in No. 11. Sir H. BULWER to Mr. J. W. SHEPSTONE. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, January 12, 1883. IN connexion with the subject of the administration of the Reserved Territory. I have the honour to transmit, for your information, an extract from a Despatch” which I have received from Her Majesty's Secretary of State. You will see that Her Majesty’s Government are of opinion that a convenient appellation for the territory will be that of “the Zulu Native Reserve.” With regard to the force which I proposed should be attached to the establishment of the Resident Commissioner, my proposal was that it should be an European force of some 25 mounted policemen under an officer. You will see that Her Majesty's Government incline to the opinion that the European element should be limited to a few officers, and that a Native police force should be organized. I have the honour to request that you will furnish me with your opinion on this question as soon as you can. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, To the Hon. J. W. Shepstone, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Zululand. Enclosure 2 in No. 11. Sir H. BULweR to Mr. J. W. Shepstone. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, January 18, 1883. WITH reference to the mischievous statements which you report have been set afloat by Dabulamanzi in respect of the Reserved Territory, I trust that you have clearly given the people living in the territory to understand that that portion of the country will not be under Cetywayo, and that he will have neither authority nor power there. The people should be clearly given to understand this, and that the chief authority in the territory will be in the hands of the British Commissioner as representing the para- mount authority. The duly constituted Chiefs and headmen living in the Reserved Territory will exercise direct authority over their respective tribes, peoples, and fol- lowers, subject to the authority of the Resident Commissioner. I trust that by this time you will have ascertained the views of most of the Chiefs and headmen living in the Reserved Territory, and will have learned whether they wish to remain under the authority of the British Resident Commissioner or to remove into the territory under Cety wayo. In respect of all those who wish to remain under the autho- rity of the Resident Commissioner you should consult with them as to the best means for administering the affairs of the territory, and for securing its defence and the main- tenance of good order in it. - To meet the public expenses of the territory you are authorised to raise a hut tax of such amount, not exceeding 14s., as may appear to you, after consultation with the Chiefs and others, advisable. - I am, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Hon. J. W. Shepstone, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Zululand. * Paragraphs Nos. 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, and 23 of Secretary of State's Despatch Nov 30, 1882. See No. 114 of [C.—3466] of February 1883. 12 No. 12. Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received March 1, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, MY LORD, e January 27, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, copies of two further reports I have received from the Resident Commissioner for the time being in the Reserved Territory. I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, - (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Enclosure 1 in No. 12. BRITISH CoMMISSIONER, Reserved Territory, to Sir H. BULwer. SIR, Camp, Etshowe, January 16, 1883. I BEG leave to report, for the information of your Excellency, that the messages sent to all parts of the Reserved Territory by Cetywayo, and strange to say to Chief Dunn included, so fully confirm what Dabulamanzi and others have so industriously circulated, quoting as their authorities for doing so Bishop Colenso and Mr. F. B. Fynney, have had the effect of se completely unsettling the minds of the people that I cannot expect a definite decision on what I have made known to them from any of the Chiefs and headsmen (except perhaps from one or two) until after the proclamation by Sir T. Shepstone of the terms on which Cety wayo is being restored to a part of Zululand ; what I have told them will then be corroborated, and there will then be hopes of a speedy decision and declaration to me of what those who occupy the reserve purpose doing. The object Cety wayo has in sending messages is obvious, viz., to show to the satisfaction of the Government that no necessity for a reserved territory exists, this I am convinced of from the wording of the messages. I had hoped and intended, ere this, to have visited Hlubi’s late district, but it will be useless under the existing state of feeling. The Chief Siunguza was here yesterday, with a number of his people, and declared his intention of remaining in the Reserved Territory. I have, &c. His Excellency Sir H. E. Bulwer, (Signed) J. W. SHEPSTONE, Special Commissioner. Special Commissioner. Enclosure 2 in No. 12. BRITISH CoMMIssionER, Reserved Territory, to Sir H. BULwer. SIR, Camp, Ehlinga, January 19, 1883. I BEG leave to report, for the information of your Excellency, that I have this day received another message from the Chief Umlandela to say that he will not live under Cety wayo. In this message he is supported by four Chiefs who are his neighbours and whose names are as follows:–Ubizo, Unotakasi, Unqcumba, and Nomahinana. The country in the occupation of all these Chiefs they say belonged to the forefathers of Umlandela and they cannot leave it unless compelled to do so by the Government, and if this is done they must become wanderers, as their tribes will break up and all be made to suffer for a wrong that is only known to the Government but of which they (the above named) are ignorant. I have, &c. His Excellency Sir H. E. Bulwer, (Signed) J. W. SHEPSTONE, Special Commissioner for Zulu Affairs, British Commissioner. I 3 No. 13. Gover NOR SIR HENRY BULWFR, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received March 1, 1883.) * Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, January 27, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit herewith, for your Lordship's information, a copy of a Despatch I have addressed to Mr. J. W. Shepstone on the subject of the hut tax to be raised in the Reserved Territory. I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Enclosure in No. 13. Sir H. BULWER to Mr. J. W. SHEPSTONE. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, January 18, 1883. WITH reference to the last paragraph of my Despatch of this date, you are probably aware that the amount of hut tax which I originally proposed should be raised in the Reserved Territory was one of 10s. - Sir Theophilus Shepstone, to whom [ communicated this proposal, suggested, however, the advisableness for various reasons of making it one of 14s. Her Majesty’s Govern- ment, whose authority on this question I have sought, in approving the raising of a hut tax, have authorised it to be one of 14s., if there is no reason to apprehend any resistance to it. You will be the best judge on this point, and also whether under the circumstances of the territory it will be advisable to fix the hut tax at that rate, or at a lesser rate after you have consulted the Chiefs and headmen who desire to live under the authority of the Resident Commissioner in the Reserved Territory. I have, &c. The Hon. J. W. Shepstone, (Signed) H. BULwÉR, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Zululand. No. I4. Gover Nor SIR HENRY BUI, W ER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. The EARL OF DERBY. (Received March 1, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, MY LORD, º January 29, 1883. WITH reference to your Lordship's telegraphic message of the 15th of January.” I have the honour to transmit copy of a Minute addressed by me to the Officer Commanding Troops here on the subject of certain statements that appeared in the “Daily News,” together with copy of a report furnished in reply by the Officer Commanding the Military Escort in Zululand. - * 2. From this report your Lordship will learn that so far from there being any difficulty put in the way of newspaper correspondents the facility was given to them of using the telegraph line that was established at the Lower Tugela Drift for military purposes. The newspaper correspondents were informed that any messages from them could be sent by this line, provided they bore the signature of the staff officer. This rule as to signature appears to have been laid down for the convenience of the service in order to secure precedence for military telegrams for which the telegraph line was established. When the escort left the Tugela the restriction as to signature was taken off, but by a mistake on the part of the non-commissioned officer left in charge of the telegraph office a telegram that the correspondent of the “Witness * newspaper desired to send was refused because it did not bear the signature of the staff officer. The refusal was entirely due to a mistake, and the Officer Commanding the Escort on * No. 140 of [C.—3466] of February 1883. B 3 J4 hearing of it took steps to prevent a repetition of the mistake. The editor of the “Witness” is the correspondent of the “Daily News,” and hence the telegram sent by him to that paper. - - - . 3. With regard to the other two statements made by him there does not appear to have been the slightest foundation for them. But, indeed, I have already had occasion to bring under the notice of your Lordship's predecessor the inaccuracy of the state- ments that are sent by the Maritzburg correspondent of the “Daily News” to that paper. - * I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Governor. Enclosure 1 in No. 14. Sir H. BULweR to the CoMMANDANT. MINUTE. It is stated in the telegrams of the London “Daily News” that telegrams from its special correspondent in Zululand have been refused at the Lower Tugela because they had not been sanctioned by an officer of the staff, and that letters had to be submitted to Major Essex. It is further stated that the Zulus who collected to witness the disembarkation of Cety wayo were warned that they would be fired upon. Can you tell me if there is any foundation for these statements P - (Signed) H. BULwBR, 16/1/83. Governor. Enclosure 2 in No. 14. CoMMANDANT to PRIVATE SECRETARY. SiR, Pietermaritzburg, January 27, 1883. I HAVE the honour to forward, for the information of his Excellency the Governor, the accompanying report from the Officer Commanding the Military Escort in Zululand, regarding the statement of the “Daily News” correspondent, concerning which inquiry has been made. From the communication of the Officer Commanding the Escort it would appear that the only possible foundation for the report, in any instance, of the “Daily News” correspondent is in the case which is stated to have occurred at Fort Pearson, when the telegraph clerk, through an error, refused a telegram from a correspondent. The return of the accoupanying report is requested. I have, &c. * (Signed) W. D., Bond, Colonel Commanding Troops, Natal. Enclosure 3 in No. 14. OFFICER CoMMANDING MILITARY ESCORT, Zululand, to DEPUTY ASSISTANT ADJUTANT- GENERAL, Natal. SIR, Entonjaneni, Zululand, January 21, 1883. WITH reference to your memorandum of the 17th inst., I have the honour to report, for the information of the Officer Commanding Troops, Natal, that on the 29th December last telegraphic communication was re-established between Pietermaritzburg and a temporary military office at Fort Pearson, near the Lower Tugela, where the escort was encamped. This information was notified to the gentlemen in the camp who were known to be correspondents of newspapers, and they were informed that all messages from them bearing the signature of the staff officer would be received and transmitted in their turn. This course of action was adopted in pursuance of instructions on this subject I had received from the Officer Commanding Troops, Natal, previous to taking command of the . 15 military escort, in order to ensure precedence being given to military telegraphic. messages of an official nature. - - I may observe that the office at Fort Pearson was re-established solely at the request of the military authorities, and was worked entirely by them. . - On the escort leaving the Lower Tugela on the 31st December this restriction was no longer necessary, and could not, have been carried out. I learnt, however, on the 17th instant, that the non-commissioned officer at Fort Pearson telegraph office had refused a message from a correspondent of the “Natal Witness” some time after the escort had left the Tugela, on the ground that it did not bear the signature of the staff officer. I at once caused this non-commissioned officer to be informed that he had acted wrongly, and that after the escort left the Tugela the office at Fort Pearson became an ordinary public telegraph office, in which, however, precedence should still be given to official military messages. I have never requested correspondents to submit their letters to Major Essex, nor has that officer ever referred to such a proceeding in the frequent intercourse he has, as staff officer, with correspondents of newspapers. At times, when it has been possible to communicate by means of the heliograph, messages from correspondents handed in through the staff officer have always been received and transmitted without alteration, although the information they contained has in some cases been quite erroneous. As regards that portion of your memorandum referring to the Zulus having been threatened that they would be fired on, I need scarcely remark that such an assertion is wholly without foundation. I have, &c. (Signed) F. CURTIs, Lieut.-Colonel Commanding Military Escort. No. 15. - WAR OFFICE to COLONIAL OFFICE. SIR, War Office, March 3, 1883. WITH reference to previous correspondence with regard to the escort which accompanied Cetywayo on his restoration to Zululand, I am directed by the Secretary of State for War to transmit to you, for the information of Lord Derby, the accompany- ing copy of a letter which has been received from the General Officer Commanding the Troops in South Africa on the subject. - . - I am, &c. The Under Secretary of State, - (Signed) H. G. DEEDES. Colonial Office. Enclosure in No. 15. SIR, Cape Town, February 6, 1883. I HAVE the honour to inform you that the Officer Commanding the Escort into Zululand reports that the ceremony of the installation of Cetywayo took place on the 29th ult., when everything passed off satisfactorily. - The escort arrived at Etschowe on the return journey on the 31st ult, all well. The column will probably arrive at Durban on the 8th instant. . I have not received an official report from Natal by the last mail, but a private letter from the Officer Commanding the Column does not speak hopefully of Cetywayo's future prospects. - It would seem as if both he and the friends who have worked so zealously for him have been deceived as to there being a general wish amongst the Zulus for his return. Out of the 4,000 people who have been to pay their respects, quite 1,500 have been women. These show more truthfully than the men what is the real opinion. They all ask the same question. “Will the king be prevented from sending out killing parties,” and acting generally as “he did before ”? And if Umlandela remains in opposition to Cety wayo, it is difficult to see how bloodshed can be avoided. I believe that the Governor of Natal has decided upon Etschowe as the place where the Resident and his escort (which consists of a company of mounted infantry of the Welsh Regiment) will remain. B 4 16 Nothing could exceed the consideration shown for the convenience of the escort by Sir Theophilus Shepstone. A good many of the party that went down to Port Durnford have had slight attacks of fever, but they all appear to have recovered after a few days in the healthier camps. t I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Secretary of State, (Signed) L. SMYTH, &c. &c. &c. Lieut.-Gen., Commanding War Office. H.M. Troops, South Africa. No. 16. Gover Nor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received March 6, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, MY LORD, February 5, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit herewith, for your Lordship's information, a copy of a further communication I have received from the Resident Commissioner for the time being in the Zulu Native Reserve regarding the state of affairs in that Territory. I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner Enclosure in No. 16. f RESIDENT CoMMISSIONER, Reserved Territory, to Sir H. BULwer. Ehlinga Camp, Zulu Native Reserve, SIR, January 27, 1883. - I HAVE the honour to report, for the information of your Excellency, that disquieting rumours still continue to be circulated in the Zulu Native Reserve (but as secretly as possible) by parties who state that they are the bearers of certain messages from Cetywayo to the people here, and one is, to direct all living in the country between the rivers Umhlatuzi and Tugela, who prefer becoming the subjects of Cetywayo, to remain where they are, and to inform me of their determination to do so, as he (Cetywayo) will see that they are not disturbed. Another is, that all are to collect money and take it with them to the great meeting at which Cetywayo is to be re- established, each Chief or headman, 20s. ; each head of a kraal, 10s. ; and each individual of the commonalty 1s. Or more, as inclined. This collection is stated to be for one of three purposes, i.e., either to offer as a thank offering to the Government for the restora- tion of Cetywayo, or to purchase the Native Zulu Reserve, or to be paid to counsel (European) for services rendered in getting back this tract (the Reserve) from the Government in England. Another is, that all who go to the great meeting are to do so fully armed, but not to carry them to the place of meeting, for none of the white people must see that arms are carried. And another is, that the Zulu military kraals are to be rebuilt at once, and that the first to be erected is the Emangweni, on the river Umhlatuzi. These rumours, be they true or untrue, so unsettle and bewilder the people that they say they do not know who or what to believe; and situated as I am I see no Way of attempting to counteract this injurious effect than by awaiting the result of the meeting at which the terms on which Cetywayo is to be re-established to a portion of Zululand is made known to all assembled ; then I hope and believe that all doubt as to the true state of affairs will be removed, and the natives at present occupying the Reserve will unhesitatingly declare their intention as to remaining or otherwise. I have, &c. His Excellency the Special Commissioner (Signed) J. W. SHEPSTONE, for Zulu Affairs. tºy British Commissioner. 17 Jºy No. 17. Gover NOR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received March 6, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, February 5, 1883. I HAVE already communicated to your Lordship by telegraph the information received by me on the first of the present month from Sir Theophilus Shepstone that the formal installation of Cetywayo had taken place at the Emtonjaneni on the 29th of January, that it had been carried out successfully and satisfactorily, and that Sir T. Shepstone and the military force composing the escort were on their way back to Natal. 2. I have now the honour to transmit copies of the telegrams which I received from Sir T. Shepstone conveying that information, together with copy of an official Despatch I have received from him formally announcing the act of installation. 3. A full report of the circumstances attending the political mission with which he was charged will be furnished by Sir T. Shepstone as soon as possible after his arrival in Pietermaritzburg. º I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Enclosure 1 in No. 17. Sir T. SHEPSTONE to Sir H. BULWER, Durban. TELEGRAM. 29th January–Installation took place this afternoon. Everything most satisfactory. Am now camped 7 miles from Emtonjaneni, shall reach St. Paul’s to-morrow, and hope Etshowe 31st. s Enclosure 2 in No. 17. Sir T. SHEpstone, Impoli River, 29th January, to Sir HENRY BULwer, K.C.M.G., Pietermaritzburg or Durban. TELEGRAM. Installation carried out this afternoon successfully and most satisfactorily, after which we reached this. Hope to reach St. Paul's to-morrow. Enclosure 3 in No. 17. Sir T. SHEpstone, Etsbowe, to Sir H. BULwÉR, Durban. TELEGRAM. 31st January.—Just reached here, all well. Enclosure 4 in No. 17. Sir T. SHEPSTONE to Sir H. BULw ER. SIR, Etshowe, January 31, 1883. I FoRwaRDED a telegram on the evening of the 29th to inform your Excellency that the reinstallation of Cetywayo had been successfully, and, I think, very satisfactorily, carried out on the afternoon of the 29th inst. at Emtonjaneni. There were about 5,000 Zulus present, among whom were all the leading men of Zululand, or their representatives." No disturbance occurred, and at the close of the proceedings Cetywayo made a short address to the people, in which he said that all the conditions which I had explained had been made known to him either in England or the Cape, but that the position in which he was placed rendered it out of his power to demur to them. Cetywayo went down to the low country towards Ulundi the same evening, and I left with the column that had formed his escort on my way to Natal. R 5762. C 18 On behalf of Her Majesty's Government I presented him with the six tents which he had used between Port Durnford and Emtonjaneni, and the small waggon in which he and his suite had been conveyed from the former place. I trust that my having done this will meet with your Excellency’s approval. I shall furnish your Excellency with a full report of the details of my mission as soon as I may be able to complete it after my arrival in Pietermaritzburg. I have, &c. His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, K.C.M.G., (Signed) T. SHEPSTONE. &c. &c. &c. No. 18. Gover Nor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received March 6, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My Lord, * February 5, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit a copy of a Despatch I have received from Mr. Fynn, reporting the assumption by him of his official duties as British Resident with Cetywayo. I have, &c. º (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure in No. 18. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULWER. Ngehle, near Mtonjaneni, Zululand, January 30, 1883. I HAVE the honour to report that Cetywayo's installation took place yesterday in the presence of about 5,000 Zulus. Sir Theophilus Shepstone duly introduced me as British Resident with Cetywayo; since then I have been with him as often as necessary, and he has constantly expressed his great pleasure at having me with him. Many of the principal men have come to see me this morning, expressing their pleasure in the same way. It has been a most important point my being near the king at the present time. SIR, I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, His Excellency Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., British Resident with Cety wayo. Her Majesty's Commissioner and Governor, Natal. ' No. 19. Govenson Sir HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the Right Hon. The EARL OF DERBY. (Received March 6, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, February 5, 1883. WITH reference to my Despatch of the 3rd of January,” I have the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, copy of a Despatch received by me from the British Resident reporting the arrival of Mr. Fannin at the Inhlazatye on the 2nd of January, and his immediate departure for the purpose of beaconing and marking off the re-adjusted boundary line of Usibebu’s territory. 2. I also forward copy of a letter I have just received from Mr. Fannin reporting his return from the Zulu country, and the completion by him of the work which he was sent to do. * No. 153 of [C.—3466] of February 1883. i9 3. Mr. Osborn's Despatch further gives an account of an interview he had with the Chief Usibebu. I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, - Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure l in No. 19. BRITISH RESIDENT to Sir H. BULwer. SIR, Inhlazatye, Zululand, January 5, 1883. I AM in receipt of your Excellency's Despatch of the 29th December, and have the honour to state that Mr. Fanmin arrived at Inhlazatye on horseback in the afternoon of last Tuesday, the 2nd instant, his waggon reaching in the evening of the 3rd. No further progress on the journey to Usibebu’s could be made on the following day, the 4th, owing to incessant rain throughout that day. He, however, started from here this morning in time to reach Beacon XII. in the evening, and will be in a position to begin the work of demarcation to-morrow morning from that point. It was my intention to proceed personally with Mr. Fannin to the spot, and at once carry out all your Excellency's instructions in reference to the new boundary line, but I have found it not advisable to leave Inblazatye just now, my presence here being urgently necessary for the purpose of enabling me more effectually to use my efforts in the prevention of acts of violence and preservation of order generally. I have therefore sent Mr. Boast, my clerk, with Mr. Fannin, also six of my most reliable native mes- sengers; they have been instructed to render him all the assistance in their power. Mr. Boast will represent me in all respects in connexion with the carrying out of the work. - The Chief Usibebu arrived here last evening, and I took the opportunity of thoroughly explaining to him personally everything in connexion with the new arrangements ordered by the Government in consequence of the restoration of Cetywayo, and especially so far as they affected him, his territory, and people; and I carefully impressed upon him his responsibilities, as directed in your Excellency's instructions. He promised to faithfully carry out his duties as Chief, and that he will always be guided by the advice and wishes of the Government. He also expressed his gratitude to the Government and to your Excellency for having permitted him to remain an independent Chief, and added that he would take an early opportunity to convey his thanks in a more formal manner. Usibebu said he intends to be personally present at the making of the new line of his territory by Mr. Fannin, and will afford every assistance in his power in the carrying out of the work. He left here this morning shortly after Mr. Fannin and Mr. Boast had started. - I furnished Mr. Fannin with the necessary instructions as to the work he had to perform, and thoroughly explained everything to him. Mr. Boast and the six messengers who are to assist Mr. Fannin will be able to point out to me the line and the beacons erected, as soon as I am able to go to the spot to carry out the final act of demarcation in the presence of the Chiefs and others from both sides of the line, in accordance with your Excellency’s instructions, which duty I trust to be able to discharge immediately after the re-instatement of Cetywayo. I have, &c. g º * (Signed) M. Osborn, His Excellency Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., British Resident. Her Majesty’s Special Commissioner for Zulu Affairs, Natal. Enclosure 2 in No. 19. Mr. J. FANNIN to Sir H. BULWER. SIR, The Dargle, February 1 1883. I HAVE the honour to report my return from Zululand. At the Inhlazatye I received full instructions both verbal and written from the British Resident as to the new boundary line of the Chief Usibebu ; being unable to accompany C 2 20 me himself he sent his clerk, Mr. Boast, and six native messengers to take over the beacons on his behalf. A Usibebu and a large number of his followers also accompanied me and rendered me all necessary assistance in erecting the beacons. I have sent in a full description of all the beacons, together with a copy of the theo- dolite observations taken at each, to the British Resident; I have also marked off the new line on a torn copy of Captain Alleyn's map which was furnished me at the Inhlazatye; this copy I have forwarded to the British Resident with a request that he will send me his fair copy for the purpose of having the line laid off and certified On 10. The time occupied in the performance of this service has been 37 days. I have, &c. - (Signed) JNO. EUSTACE FANNIN, His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, K.C.M.G., Sworn Land Surueyor. Special Commissioner. No. 20. The RIGHT Hon. The EARL OF DER BY to Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, March 6, 1883. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch of the 27th of January last,” forwarding copies of two Despatches addressed by you to Mr. John Shepstone, regarding the administration of affairs in the Zulu Native Reserve. The instructions which you have given in this matter have my approval. I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) DERBY. No. 21. The RIGHT HoN. The EARL OF DERBY to Gover Nor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, March 7, 1883. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch, enclosing further correspondence with the British Resident in Zululand on the subject of the 700 head of cattle which Uhamu was required to restore to Umyamana by the terms of Sir Evelyn Wood’s award. I approve the terms of your reply to Mr. Osborn, dated the 16th of January last. I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) DER BY. No. 22. WAR OFFICE to COLONIAL OFFICE. - SIR, War Office, March 7, 1883. IN reference to the letter from this office of the 3rd instant, I am directed by the Secretary of State for War to transmit to you, for the information of Lord Derby, the enclosed copy of a letter which has been received from the General Officer Commanding the Troops in South Africa, stating that the troops composing the escort into Zululand have, with the exception of the mounted company of the Welsh Regiment left at Etschowe, returned to their stations in Natal, together with a copy of a letter addressed by Sir Theophilus Shepstone to Lieut.-Colonel Curtis, who was in command of the eSCOrt. I am, &c. The Under Secretary of State, (Signed) RALPH THOMPSON. Colonial Office. * No. 11. * No 10. I No. 15. 21 Enclosure in No. 22. SIR, . Cape Town, February 11, 1883. I HAVE the honour to inform you that the troops composing the escort into Zulu- land have, with the exception of the mounted company of the Welsh regiment left at Etschowe, returned to their stations in Natal. The health of the men has been very good, there being but one case of enteric fever at present. The loss amongst the animals has been only six horses, one mule, and two oxen. I would beg permission to enclose copy of a letter addressed by Sir Theophilus Shepstone to Lieut.-Colonel Curtis, who was in command of the escort. Frequent reference has been made in communications from the escort to the great consideration shown by Sir Theophilus Shepstone for the comfort and convenience of the troops, so far as lay in his power, and there is every reason to believe that the escort was fortunate in more ways than one in being placed under such skilful and experienced direction. © I specially selected Lieut.-Colonel Curtis for this duty, having full confidence in his good sense and tact, as also Major Essex, who is a most valuable staff officer, and Lieut.-Colonel Curtis speaks most highly of the excellent commissariat arrangements made by D. A. Commissary General Boyd. The journal of the escort and other papers shall be forwarded by the next mail. I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Secretary of State, (Signed) 12. SMYTH, &c. &c. &c. Lieut.-General, Commanding War Office. * H.M. Troops, South Africa. - Etshowe, Zululand, SIR, February 1, 1883. - I FIND that at this spot a portion of the column that formed the escort to re- establish Cetywayo in authority over a portion of Zululand is to be left behind. Before the column thus separates, I wish to convey to you, and through you to the officers and men under your command, the great obligation which I feel under to you, and to them, for the hearty and cheerful co-operation which has enabled us to con- gratulate ourselves upon having successfully achieved the accomplishment of a somewhat delicate and difficult task. When we left this same spot on our way to Port Durnford and descended into the Umhlatuzi Valley, it became seriously evident that, notwithstanding the explanation of our intentions and object, which had, as far as possible, been made known to the people, our march was looked upon as an invasion, and it was due to the frank and friendly conduct of every individual member of the force to such natives as, in one's and two’s, first trusted themselves in our camp, that the impression of our hostile intentions, so dangerous to the success of our mission, gave place to that of the perfect confidence which afterwards prevailed. I beg also to congratulate you upon a peculiarity which, in similar South African expeditions with which I have been connected, has not been so marked, namely, the precision with which the programme of our movements, from time to time, has been carried out, the result of which was that our communications and other contingent arrangements, were very greatly facilitated. Another cause for congratulation is that the effects of the climate of the Umhlatuzi Valley, so fatal at this season of the year to both men and horses, were by care and forethought almost wholly avoided. - Allow me to tender you personally my sincere thanks for the frank courtesy with which you have always treated me, and for the great assistance which your sober and intelligent view of the difficulties by which our task was occasionally beset always afforded me, and to say further that I shall always look back upon our expedition and my pleasant companionship with yourself and your officers with grateful remem- brance. I have, &c. Colonel Curtis, (Signed) T. SHEPSTONE. 6th Inniskilling Dragoons, Commanding Troops, Zululand. C 3 No. 23. Governon SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. The EARL - OF DERBY. (Received March 21, 1883.) * Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My Lord, February 15, 1883. The measures necessary for the restoration of Cetywayo to that portion of the Zulu country which has been assigned to him having now been carried out, I would desire to lay before your Lordship certain considerations connected with the new arrange- ments in Zululand, mainly in respect of those points where there has been a departure from the suggestions and proposals made in my reports of the 25th August and 3rd October.” 2. To put the state of the case clearly before your Lordship I must go back to my report of last August. In arriving at the conclusions upon which that report was based I had before me two urgent requirements; first, the need that had arisen for some change in the then existing arrangements in the Zulu country; secondly, the desire there was that some means should be found for releasing Cetywayo from a state of captivity at Cape Town, and for enabling him, if possible, to return to Zululand. 3. The settlement of 1879 had conferred great benefits upon the Zulu people, benefits which every true friend of the Native races ought to rejoice at, but which people, at the time of which I write—carried away by a desire for the release of Cetywayo, and impatient at the disorders which had occurred in some parts of the Zulu country, and moreover not fully understanding the nature of those disorders, which were in great measure—certainly this was the case with all the disorders of last year—the result of an agitation that had been promoted from outside—were apt to lose sight of. The settlement, too, was in its general design an admirable one ; but, owing, it is understood, to a reluctance in 1879 to do anything that might appear to have the character of annexation, it was wanting in one essential condition, namely, the establishment of a paramount authority sufficiently recognised by the Zulu people themselves; they believing the paramount authority to rest with us, and we disowning its possession or refusing to exercise it. Hence the settlement was peculiarly exposed to the dangers of agitation and disorder, and a change of some kind therefore had become imperatively necessary. Then there was the question of the release of Cety wayo and of his return to Zululand. But with regard to this, the difficulties in the way at least of his restoration were, in my opinion, exceedingly great, because all the dangers that I foresaw, when writing on the subject in 1880, as likely to attend any arrangement that would have left him wholly or partly in his former position in the Zulu country, presented themselves to me with equal force when I came to consider the question of his return in 1882, and because we had entered into engagements with the appointed chiefs and with the Zulu people to which our public faith was pledged. A restoration of Cetywayo to the whole Zulu country as its king could not, I was persuaded, be effected without doing the greatest wrong to many people and to many interests, without dangerously compromis- ing the future peace of this part of South Africa, and without entailing upon those who restored him the gravest responsibilities. I was obliged therefore to pronounce against it in unmistakable terms, and to point out what I conceived to be the insuperable objections to it. * 4. But since the settlement could not be maintained as it was, since some alteration was necessary, since also it was necessary to find some means whereby Cetywayo might be released from a state of captivity which could no longer be justified in the mind of the nation whose captive he was, and since it was the object of Her Majesty's Govern- ment that some arrangement should be made whereby he might be enabled to return to the Zulu country and be once more placed in a position of authority, I turned my attention to consider by what means the several conflicting interests which were con- cerned in the question could best be met, and I came to the conclusion, which was submitted in my report, that a return of Cetywayo to Zululand and his restoration to a position of authority were possible, but only possible provided that his restoration was limited to one part of the country, and provided that we were prepared to take upon ourselves such a measure of responsibility in respect of the other part as would enable ws adequately to secure the other interests concerned. wº- * Nos. 79 and 106 of [C.—3466] of February 1883. 23 5. This then was what I submitted to Her Majesty’s Government as the principle or basis of any arrangement which would admit of Cetywayo's return to the Zulu country, and it is necessary to bear this in thind in order that we may judge of the present arrangements by it, and consider whether the principle then submitted has been sufficiently followed out in the actual arrangements. In pursuance of this principle accordingly I submitted that if it was decided to restore Cetywayo to the Zulu country, his authority should be limited to one portion of the country, and that the other portion should be taken under our direct protection, authority, and rule, in such manner as would enable us to secure in this portion of the country, and by its means, all the other interests to which we were committed. - 6. To do this most assuredly involved responsibility. But from responsibility we could not escape. We were, as a matter of fact, already possessed of it, and it was very certain that we could not get rid of it; that we could not escape from either present or future responsibility by simply restoring Cetywayo to Zululand, by retiring from the Zulu country, and by leaving it to him. Do what we would we could not escape from responsibility for such an act on our part. The material responsibility would be ours for an act by which the Zulu dynasty would be restored, and the Zulu power rehabili- tated once again as formidable as it was before the Zulu war, once again a source of danger to the peace of South-east Africa. And if we could not escape the material responsibility, still less could we escape the moral responsibility, the moral responsibility that would attach to us for every consequence of that act, for every individual hardship or suffering that resulted from it, for every human life taken or lost by reason of it. 7. A total restoration of Cetywayo, apart from the breach of our national good faith which it would have involved, apart from the material responsibility which would have attended it, would have entailed upon us a moral responsibility of the kind I have named so grave that it was impossible to regard it without dismay. Even a partial restoration would not free us altogether from this ; but there was this difference between a total restoration and a partial restoration –that the latter would enable us to bear the burden of responsibility with a clearer conscience, because it would enable us to make material provision for the other interests which were concerned in the question, and to take material security against the dangers of a restoration. 8. I was prepared to propose, then, that we should practically take over half of the country, protect it, govern it with our authority, and in it and by its means not only afford a place of refuge for all those who might be unwilling to live under Cety wayo, but also provide a material safeguard and guarantee against any undue oppression in the other half of the country, against the building up of the Zulu power, against the re-establishment of the Zulu nation as a formidable military instrument, against all the dangers that were sure to attend a restoration. The one half of the country under us would be a balance and check upon the other half. 9. I was not unaware of the objections likely to be raised to this course. It was sure to be said, among other things, that it was annexation. But annexation it was not intended to be, and annexation it would not be, at any rate not in the sense in which the word is ordinarily understood, for the country would not be taken over as British territory for British colonisation, but would be reserved solely and exclusively for native purposes, solely for the Zulu people themselves; under our protection and authority, indeed, but for their use, for their purposes, and for their welfare. It was sure also to be objected that the course would involve us in responsibility, and that we ought not on any account to incur fresh responsibility; but, as I have already said, the responsibility was already ours, we could not get rid of it, and this being so, it was far better to accept the situation and deal with it in such a way that the respon- sibility would be rendered bearable and less difficult to discharge. Therefore, unless it could be shown, which it is very certain could not be done, that a complete restoration of Cetywayo would relieve us of all further responsibility, both material and moral, that objection would fall through. Then it might also be said that it was a half measure, and as such a weak measure; and that it would be far better either to annex the whole country or else hand over the whole country to Cetywayo. But the reasons against the former course are best known to Her Majesty's Government, and the reasons against the other course I have shown ; and as for the general charge against the measure as a half measure, and therefore a weak measure, this is one of the charges to which all measures that are governed by moderation and seek to do equal justice to conflicting interests are exposed. 10. I was prepared to recommend, then, that we should take under our direct protec- tion and authority all that portion of the Zulu country which lies to the south of the White Umvolosi River, and that Cetywayo should be placed over all that portion which C 4 24 lies on the north side of that river. In this way, whilst he would be restored to liberty and to a kingly position of authority and rule—and what more could any friend of his cause reasonably desire P-that authority and rule would only be over one half of the country, and his power or the power of his dynasty could never again be what it had been, even if he were to break the conditions and revive the military system ; never again be one half so formidable and so dangerous as it had been before the war of 1879. By retaining the other half of the country under our protection and authority we should not only be able to provide for the safety and the interests of all the appointed Chiefs, Chiefs, Headmen, and people who might not be willing to come again under the dynasty, to which safety and interests our public faith was committed; but we should be able to build up, in respect of extent of territory, of population, and of resources, a self-supporting community, which under our rule would be powerful for the peace and good order of the country, and an effectual counterpoise against any undue pretensions of the restored Zulu dynasty in the other half of the country. * * I departed from this original proposal in order to meet the recommendation of the British Resident regarding Usibebu, for the reasons given in my Despatch of the 3rd October”; and I consequently proposed a reservation of territory on the south side of the White Umvolosi much less than I had originally intended. But the design of the balance was still observed, and this balance it was hoped to create by means of the independent position of Usibebu in the one part of the country and of the independent position of the Reserved and Protected Territory under our rule in the other part. tº 11. The further reduction of the Reserved Territory, according to the decision of Her Majesty's Government, conveyed in Lord Kimberley's instructions of the 28th and 30th November, f cannot, I fear, as I pointed out in my telegraphic message of the 30th November, but have the effect of preventing the establishment of that balance, inasmuch as two thirds of the Zulu country have been in this way restored to Cetywayo; and it is obvious that, whilst the alteration will add to the resources by means of which Cetywayo's power will be rehabilitated, it will correspondingly diminish those of the Reserved Territory. - And now we are told that Cetywayo is dissatisfied. Sir H. Robinson in his telegram of the 8th of December § described him as being much dissatisfied and disappointed, and in that frame of mind he has been suffered to return to Zululand. He is released from captivity, he is restored to freedom and to his own country, he is restored to kingly authority over two thirds of the Zulu country, and yet he is disapppointed and dissatisfied - If we compare the tone now adopted by him with that taken by him in 1880 we shall perceive how great a change there is. In the month of May in that year he sent a message to the Governor of the Cape Colony, in which he said, as follows:– “Cetywayo earnestly petitions his Excellency to use his influence to have him sent back to his native country, not as a king but as an ordinary individual, to live quietly with his wives and children; if this were permitted he would agree to send his son Udinauzulu to Cape Colony as a hostage, and to be educated after the fashion of the English; he wishes to have nothing more to do with the government of Zululand, and would promise not to interfere in any way with the existing arrangements for the government of the country as settled by Sir Garnet Wolseley.”|| - - Now he is dissatisfied and discontented, because, although he has been re-established in authority over two thirds of the country, the remaining portion has been reserved and kept from his rule; and his dissatisfaction, it must be admitted, however unreasonable and ungrateful it may be, is the more serious because we are restoring him to such a measure of power as may make his dissatisfaction formidable. 12. The alteration then, it will be seen, affects in a material way the scheme of the arrangements. It affects also, I would point out, the principle upon which the scheme was designed, for the basis of the scheme was such a division of the country as would secure, not only the interests of the appointed chiefs and other chiefs and people who might be unwilling to come under Cetywayo, but also the interests of the public peace by taking sufficient securities against a rehabilitation of the Zulu power; whereas the principle, as finally laid down in the 9th paragraph of Lord Kimberley's Despatch (of the 30th November"), leaves out of sight the latter object. “Proceeding” (says the De- spatch) “on the principle that no more country should be reserved than is necessary to “ enable us to fulfil our obligations to the Chiefs and people unwilling to remain in “ Cety wayo's territory, Her Majesty’s Government came to the conclusion that it * No. 106 of [C.—3466] of February 1883. f No. 115 of [C.—3466] of February 1883. f Not printed. § See p. 243 of [C.—3466] of February 1883. | No. 20 of [C.—2695] 1880, p. 4S. * No. 114 of [C.—3466] of February 1883. * 25 “ would not be desirable to reserve more than the country now under the Chiefs John “ Dunn and Hlubi, especially as a large tract of country is to be assigned to Usibebu.” 13. I trust I shall not be understood by the above observations as presuming to call in question the decision of Her Majesty's Government. But it is necessary that I should point out to your Lordship, in respect of this territorial alteration, the difference there is both in principle and in degree between what I proposed and what has been accepted. 14. Of equal if not of greater importance is the question of our relations with the Reserved Territory. I submitted, as an indispensable basis of any arrangements involved in the return and restoration of Cety wayo, that the Reserved Territory should be under our direct protection and authority. Her Majesty's Government have felt it advisable to withdraw the term protection as being calculated to give rise to misapprehension and weaken the sense of responsibility of the inhabitants for their own protection, the term protected territory implying that the inhabitants are to depend for defence not on them- selves but on the British Government. 15. In withdrawing the use of the term “protection,” in order to avoid misapprehension, I hope indeed it is not to be understood that the protection itself is withdrawn. This is a matter of vital importance. The establishment of our direct protection, authority, and rule over one portion of the country was, I submitted, an indispensable condition to the restoration of Cety wayo to the other part of the country, or to any restoration at all. I would refer your Lordship to the 72nd, 73rd, and 74th paragraphs of my report of August last.* “The main principle,” I said, “is the establishment in it’’ (the Reserved Territory) “ of our authority and protection. This in some form is absolutely necessary. “ Without it no system that we could devise for the government of the country would be worth the paper upon which it is written. It is the indispensable condition for the government of the country, and to restore the authority of the ev-king in one portion of the country without establishing our authority in the other portion of the country ‘ could be as fatal as it would be useless.” I would ask your Lordship's serious atten- tion to these words. It is true that in the last sentence above quoted reference is more particularly made to our authority, but the two, the protection and the authority, were to go together, and in the remainder of the passage to which I have referred will be found the reasons for which I urged the establishment in the territory both of our autho- rity and protection, And so in my later Despatch of Qctober, the protection of this territory I assumed throughout. I had no wish, indeed, that Her Majesty's Govern- ment should be under the obligation of maintaining a force in the country. There was no occasion. for that, and there was no occasion that a single English soldier should be stationed in the country, but it was necessary that it should be fully understood that the country would be under British protection. It was necessary that the peeple should have assurance on that point, that they should know that they were under the shelter of the British Government and subject to its rule, and once they were sure on this point the resources of the country would themselves mainly supply all that was necessary for maintaining good order in the country and for its defence. But to leave this uncertain, to leave the question of our protection uncertain, to leave any room for doubt about it will be fatal. It was for this reason that I would have declared the country under our protection, not as saddling us with the obligation of maintaining a force there, not as relieving the people of any responsibility, but as an assurance to them that they were living under the shelter of the British Government, and might rely on active British protection should it ever be needed. 16. It is of the last importance that the people should be in no manner of doubt as to our intentions with respect to the Reserved Territory, as to our determination to uphold our authority there, and as to the reality of our relations towards it as the paramount and protecting power. * “If: " I wrote in August, “if we hesitate, if we merely show the shadow of our “ authority, we shall give cause for doubts and misgivings as to its reality and as to “ the dependence to be placed on our protection, and the country will prove a source “ of weakness and perhaps of danger to us.” This is the evil to be apprehended from any uncertainty as to our intentions regarding the Reserved Territory or as to our position and relations towards it, or from any apparent hesitation or want of firmness on our part in dealing with it. 17. And this being so, it will be well to consider our present position in that territory. The reduction of the territory, in the first place, lessens the resources of the territory both for self support and self defence, whilst the withholding of the term protection G 6 & 6 & C & * No. 79 of [C.—3466] of February 1883, f Paragraph 74 of No. 79 of [C.–3466] of February 1883. R 57 52. D 26 is calculated, by giving a handle to agitators, to operate unfavourably by leaving room for doubt as to our position in the territory and as to the reliance to be placed on us. Already the partisans of Cetywayo in this country have taken advantage of the dis- avowal there has been of any intention on the part of Her Majesty's Government to annex the territory, by endeavours to persuade the people living in the territory that it will come under Cetywayo, that the action taken by the Resident Commissioner, who has been sent into the Reserved Territory, has been the act only of the local authorities of Natal, that it has been and will be disowned by Her Majesty's Govern- ment, that the people must place no faith in the Resident Commissioner, as Her Majesty’s Government have decided that the whole Zulu country shall come under Cetywayo. Already Cetywayo himself—with the ink scarcely dry on the paper which he signed at Capetown, containing the conditions by which he bound himself not to interfere with the Reserved Territory or with any of the people living in it—has endeavoured to persuade those very people that the territory has been given to him and will surely come under him. He has done this with the evident object of inducing them to declare for him under the apprehension of what will happen to them should they not do so, and with the further object of persuading the English Government that all the people in the Reserved Territory are for him, and therefore that the territory ought to be given to him. This is the way in which in the very first hour of his return he has shown what regard he has for the conditions which he accepted but which he dislikes, and which he appears to consider he only accepted under pressure. He had scarcely landed in Zululand when he began to break these conditions, for it was on the very evening of the day on which he arrived that he despatched a messenger in his name to the people living in the territory, and since then he has sent several messages to them with the view of deterring them from accepting the authority of the Resident Com- missioner and of inducing them to declare for him and to recognise his authority, even if they remain in the territory, as the one which will assuredly be placed before long OVer 16. 18. And this being so, it is very evident that unless we are firm in our dealings with the Reserved Territory, we shall, in consequence of the intrigues that are already begun with the object of upsetting this part of the arrangements, have serious trouble. The withdrawal of the term protection would not matter so much, and the manifesta- tion of our position towards the Reserved Territory would not matter so much, if only Cety wayo had returned to Zululand loyally determined to abide by the conditions, subject to which he has been allowed to return, and which he formally accepted; and if also the partizans of his personal interests would only refrain from encouraging further agitation. In this case there would be no fear of any trouble whatsoever in the Reserved Territory; and in this case also, I believe, all things might yet work well. But if Cetywayo and his partisans are bent on agitation, with the object of upsetting the arrangement which has reserved a portion of the Zulu country from his restored authority, then trouble we must have. And it is on this account the more desirable that there should be no room for doubt on the subject of our relations towards the Reserved Territory, remembering always that the status of the territory as a Protected Territory was to be an essential part of any arrangement which would admit of the return of Cetywayo to the Zulu country. It would not, I held, be sufficient to limit Cetywayo's restoration to one part of the country; it would be necessary also that we should assume and exercise responsibility in respect of the other part. “If we are prepared,” I said in August last, “to take over the one portion of the “ Zulu country under our own direct protection, authority, and rule, in such manner as “ will enable us effectually to secure in this portion all the other interests to which we “ are committed, then I do not think the objections to a restoration of Cetywayo's “ authority over the other portion are insuperable. ... But if we are not prepared to do “ this, then I believe the objections are insuperable.” 19. The Resident Commissioner has fixed upon the place of residence in the Reserved Territory. He is still engaged in the work of ascertaining the views and wishes of the Chiefs and Headmen in the Territory as to their future allegiance. Many have given in their decision, but as yet not all, the work having been much retarded by Cetywayo's messages, and by his interference and that of others, tending to unsettle the minds of the people and make them uncertain as to what really is to be the fate of the Territory, whether it is to be under the Resident Commissioner or under Cetywayo. In the meantime I am taking steps for the organisation of a local force to take the place of the company of Her Majesty’s Mounted Infantry which has been left there for 27 the present. I have also, with your Lordship's sanction, conveyed to the Resident Commissioner the necessary instructions about the raising of a hut tax for the purpose of meeting the expenses of the administration of the Territory. - The other details of the arrangements proposed by me for the administration have not yet been carried out, in consequence of the instructions contained in Lord Kimber- ley's Despatch of the 30th November,” wherein it was stated that Her Majesty's Govern- ment considered it would be premature to settle these details as so much would depend on the numbers and character of the Chiefs and people who may elect to remain under Cetywayo's rule, I would now respectfully suggest, for your Lordship's consideration, that whatever may be the question of the numbers who will go into Cetywayo's territory or the numbers who will remove from there into the Reserved Territory, it need make no difference in the mode of administration in the Reserved Territory itself, and it is very desirable that these details, so far as they are details of administration, should be carried out in order to secure an efficient organisation of the administration. I have, &c. - (Signed) H. BULWER, - e - Special Commissioner. The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, &c. &c. &c. No. 24. Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received March 29, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My Lord, February 23, 1883. - WITH reference to previous correspondence on the subject of the cattle which belonged to Cetywayo before the Zulu war, I have the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, copy of a letter from Mr. Osborn, late the British Resident in Zululand, reporting that he had on the 20th of January last handed over, on the part of Her Majesty's Government, to Cetywayo all the cattle, being three hundred and ten (310) head in number, which had been received by him from time to time as cattle forfeited to Her Majesty’s Government and were in his charge. 2. I also transmit copy of a Despatch I have received from Mr. Fynn, the Resident with Cetywayo, asking for information and instructions on this subject, together with copy of the reply with which I have sent to him the necessary information and directions how to act. - I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure 1 in No. 24. M. Osborn, Esq., C.M.G., to Sir H. BULWER. SIR, Pietermaritzburg, February 17, 1883. I HAVE the honour to report that in terms of the instructions in your Excel- lency's Despatch of the 30th December I handed over to Cetywayo on the 20th January at the Emtonjaneni in Zululand all the cattle belonging to the Government then in my charge, viz., three hundred and ten head in all, being the number that remained on hand of royal cattle declared forfeited to Her Majesty's Government by Cety wayo at the time of his deposition in 1879. I transmit herewith an extract from a memorandum of an interview I had with Cety- wayo on the 19th January, at which I intimated to him that the cattle referred to were ready to be handed over to him. From that document your Excellency will observe that Cetywayo lays claim to a large number of cattle which he alleges were and are still being unlawfully detained by John Dunn, Usibebu, and other Zulus; cattle which he says belonged to him at the time of his capture, and formed part of those declared for- == * No. 115 of [C.—3466] of February 1883. D 2 28 feited by him to the Government, but which their present holders have hitherto clandes- tinely withheld for themselves. He said that Lord Kimberley had informed him in London that he was entitled to recover all such cattle. - 2. In accordance with your Excellency’s instructions I lost no time in calling upon the different Chiefs in Zululand to deliver up all royal cattle that may still be in their hands and not yet accounted for by them or their people to the Government, in order that such cattle may be presented to Cety wayo for his subsistence on his arrival; and I pointed out to them the danger that would accrue to those who persisted in the unlawful detention and appropriation of such cattle after this final demand, in addition to the former oft repeated demands made by me. . To this application all the Chiefs, without exception, replied that neither they nor their people, so far as they knew, were in posses- sion of any royal cattle, and the majority added an expression of their surprise that I should again make such a demand after they had on previous occasions solemnly declared that no such cattle remained in their hands. I have to state here that I am not aware of the wrongful possession of royal cattle by any of the Chiefs or people, but at the same time I think it is not at all unlikely that cases of such possession do exist, and that in most of these the holders of the cattle will, with the view to escape punishment, voluntarily produce the cattle to Cetywayo, and plead as their excuse that they purposely kept back the cattle in order to restore them to him on his return to Zululand. But this course will not, I think, be taken by any until after the detection and punishment of some of the parties holding such cattle. I have, &c. (Signed) M. Osborn. MEMORANDUM. (Extract.) At a meeting with Cetywayo this day I informed him that I had in my charge a certain number of cattle belonging to the Government, being part of the cattle forfeited by him at the conclusion of the war in 1879. That in pursuance of my instructions I was prepared, in the name of Her Majesty's Government, to hand over to him the said cattle, numbering altogether three hundred and eleven head, including forty-three young calves, minus any that may possibly have died through accident or other casualty since they left Inhlazatye for this place about six days ago. I further explained to Cetywayo that these cattle are a gift to him by Her Majesty's Government. In reply Cetywayo expressed his gratitude to the Government for the gift, admitting that he had no claim to those cattle, and had no right to expect that they would be given to him, and he requested me to convey his thanks to the Government. He then added that he was told by Lord Kimberley in London that he was entitled to all his cattle, which were not given up to the Government and were still remaining unauthorised in the hands of persons in Zululand. That he was aware that a great many of his cattle have not been given up to the Government, and are still being dis- honestly retained by those who had charge of them. He especially instanced John Dunn, who he alleged held in this manner a very large number in his possession. He said he was well aware that John Dunn purchased some of the forfeited cattle, but in addition to those so acquired, he has unlawfully possessed himself of a considerable number. He also mentioned Usibebu as having unlawfully retained a great many cattle, some of which he has stationed beyond the north-eastern border of Zululand. These two cases he said he made special reference to on account of the large number of cattle, he alleged, appropriated by the two Chiefs named. There were, however, he said, a great many of his forfeited cattle in the possession of other Zulus as well, who are un- lawfully retaining them. He wished the Government to recover all these cattle for him, for if he had to do so himself, he would be obliged to use forcible means against any who failed to make restitution on demand, and punish them for their conduct. He further said that during his stay in London a letter arrived there from John Dunn to say he and his people were collecting together all the forfeited cattle remaining with them, in order to restore them to him (Cetywayo) immediately on his return to Zulu- land. In reference thereto I said I believed that his remarks in regard to the unlawful deten- tion of cattle by John Dunn, Usibebu, and others are to a large extent based on inaccu- rate information, as I have reason to think he will find when he has had time to become filly acquainted with all the facts; and further, that I thought there was some mistake 29 in his assertion that Lord Kimberley had said he was entitled to any of the forfeited cattle not given up to the Government. He at once assured me that there was no mistake, and that his Lordship's words were spoken in the hearing of others who were present. . (Signed) M. Osborn, Emtonjaneni, Zululand, British Resident. January 19, 1883. Enclosure 2 in No. 24. BRITISH RESIDENT witH CETYWAYo to Sir H. BULWER. SIR, Sixebeni, Zululand, February 6, 1883. CETYWAYo desires me to move you on the subject of his cattle and those of his people, taken possession of during his absence from Zulu country by the Chiefs Usibebu, John Dunn, and Uhamu, which he desires should be restored to him by the hands of the Government, who have placed him here; that he is in want of food (cattle) to support himself and his families; that it is understood Mr. Osborn has already taken action for the recovery of these cattle, but as yet only a few were handed over by Mr. Osborn; and further, that John Dunn has collected from time to time cattle belonging to him (Cetywayo) for restoration, and that without his property he will starve. I have not received any correspondence on this subject or instructions, and request that I may have directions to act upon. Doubtless this matter has already been brought before you through Mr. Osborn, the late British Resident of Zululand. It is expedient that any cattle of his should be returned to him for support of his position and families, and through the hands of the Government towards Cetywayo in the position they have placed him and to the Zulu nation. I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, K.C.M.G., British Resident with Cetywayo. Special Commissioner and Governor, Natal. Enclosure 3 in No. 24. Sir H. BULWER to Mr. FYNN. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, I'ebruary 21, 1883. I HAVE received your letter of the 6th instant, in which you inform me that Cety wayo has desired you to move me with regard to his cattle and those of his people, taken, as he says, during his absence from the Zulu country, by the Chiefs J. Dunn, Usibebu, and Uhamu. You state that you have not received any correspondence or instructions on this subject, and you request therefore that you may receive directions how to act. - In reply to your request, I forward to you copies of the under-mentioned correspondence bearing on this matter, namely:- 1. Sir H. Robinson to Sir H. Bulwer. Telegram, 18 Dec. 1882.” 2. Sir H. Bulwer to Sir H. Robinson. Telegram, 19 ,, ,,” 3. Sir H. Bulwer to Sir T. Shepstone. Despatch, 30 ,, ,,” 4. Sir H. Bulwer to Sir T. Shepstone. Despatch with Enclosure, 6 Jan. 1883.” 5. Sir H. Bulwer to Sir T. Shepstone. Despatch with Enclosure, 16 , ,” 6. Mr. Osborn to Sir H. Bulwer. Despatch, 17 Feb. 1883." From this correspondence you will see how the case stands; but in order that there may be no misapprehension, I proceed to state briefly what the state of the case is. On the termination of the Zulu war in 1879 all the royal cattle were declared forfeited to Her Majesty's Government, and were accordingly forfeited. It was ordered that they should be delivered up to the military authorities, and the appointed Chiefs were called upon to assist the military authorities in collecting them ; therefore when Cety wayo refers to any of these cattle as being “his,” it would seem that he has failed to under- stand that all the cattle formerly belonging to him were forfeited, and that he has no * Transmitted to the Right Hon. the Secretary of State in Despatches of 12 and 19 January 1883 (No. 160 of [C.—3466] of February 1883 and No. 7 of present papers). D 3 3() . claim to any of them beyond what Iſer Majesty's Government may choose to lWe Inlū). s But when Cety wayo was in England, and when it was decided that he should be restored to a portion of the Zulu country, he made a complaint that the cattle belonging to him and his people had been seized, some by Uhamu and Usibebu, and others, the greater part, by Chief J. Dunn. Lord Kimberley, in writing to Ine on this subject, observed that if the statement was true, the act was a fraud upon Her Majesty's Govern- ment, as the royal cattle were to have been delivered up to the Government; and his lordship further observed that in such case it would be in every way justifiable to notify to the Chiefs that it is the desire of Her Majesty's Government that all cattle formerly belonging to Cety wayo, and their produce, that is to say, royal cattle which had not been given up to the military authoritics, should be collected for him before his return. On the receipt of this Despatch I sent it to the British Resident for his report, and I transmit, for your information, a copy of the answer I received from him. By it you will perceive that the Chief J. Dunn came into possession of a number of the royal cattle by purchasing them from Her Majesty's Commissariat, and that he is therefore in lawful possession of them. This circumstance probably accounts for Cetywayo's charge against John Dunn. There has, however, been nothing to show that the latter has unlawfull obtained any of the cattle, nor was there any proof, the Resident said, that the other Chiefs had appropriated any to themselves. - It appearing that a number of royal cattle had been given up from time to time to the British Resident, who received them on the part of Her Majesty's Government, I requested that officer to hand over, in the name of Her Majesty's Government, any such cattle he had in his charge to Cctywayo on his return ; and you will learn from Mr. Osborn’s letter to me of the 17th instant that on the 20th of January last he handed over to Cety wayo all the cattle belonging to the Government that were in his charge, being 310 head in number. I also particularly requested the Resident to ascertain if, by any chance, either Uhamu or Usibebu, or indeed any of the other Chiefs, were in possession of royal cattle, and, if so, to desire them to send such cattle to him, in order that he might hand them over in the name of Her Majesty's Government to Cetywayo on his return. You will per- ceive from Mr. Osborn's letter that he lost no time, in accordance with my instructions, in calling upon the different Chiefs in Zululand to deliver up any royal cattle that might be still in their hands for the purpose named, but that to this application all the Chiefs without exception replied that neither they nor their people (so far as they knew) were in possession of any of the royal cattle, and Mr. Osborn states that he himself is not aware of the wrongful possession of royal cattle by any of the Chiefs or people. At the same time he adds that he thinks it not unlikely that such cases exist, and that, if so, the holders of the cattle will, to escape punishment, themselves voluntarily hand over the cattle. Should any such cases exist it will, of course, be your object to prevent any resort by Cetywayo to arbitrary measures to obtain the cattle. . In the first place, I should observe that you should be careful to disabuse Cetywayo's mind of the impression he appears to have formed that Usibebu and Chief J. Dunn are in possession of any of the royal cattle. Secondly, with respect to persons living in the territory assigned to Cetywayo, should it come to your knowledge that any person is supposed to be in unlawful possession of royal cattle, these, having been forfeited cattle, are the property of Her Majesty's Govern- ment, and you should take steps to ascertain the true state of the case, and whether there is such unlawful possession, and, if you find that there is, then to induce the person so unlawfully holding the cattle to give them up to you, and you will hand over any cattle you may receive in this way to Cety wayo. Should it also come to the knowledge of Cetywayo that any person living in his terri- tory is in unlawful possession of such cattle he should inform you thereof, and you should thereupon take the same steps as I have already indicated to ascertain the truth of the report, and, if it turn out to be true, to recover the cattle. As the offence of any persons unlawfully retaining possession of royal cattle will have been an offence against Her Majesty's Government to whom the cattle belong, and not against Cely wayo, it will be your duty to take care that no punishment is inflicted on them; and it is in order to prevent this that the steps for recovering the cattle should be taken by you and not directly by Cety wayo. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULwFR, Special Commissioner. 3 l No. 25. Governon SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. TIE EARL OF DERBY. (Received March 29, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My Lond, February 23, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit, herewith, copies of three letters I have received from Mr. Fynn, the Resident with Cetywayo, on the subject of certain disorders that have occurred between the Abaqulusi and Uhamu's people, together with copy of a com- munication I have sent to Mr. Fynn in reply. I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. ** =mºs-ºs-º-º- ºr -º- ºr ~ * * * * * ... •ºº-ºº º . * * * *-º. º. º. Enclosure l in No. 25. Mr. II. FYNN to Sir H. BULWER. MINUTE. February 1, 1883. Enclosing letter from H. J. Nunn for Uhamu to Sir T. Shepstone complaining of Abaqulusi on 25th January 1883 killing one man and seizing cattle; another seizure of 25 cattle by Monasi's people, and an Induna of Uhamu's, viz., Magaza, threatened. I rode after Sir Theophilus with the above, and he requested me to acknowledge the above, and place the matter before the king. I did so at once, and he directed the great Chief Umyamana to inquire into the matter, and directions were given for the parties on both sides to appear before Umyamana. (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, K.C.M.G. British Resident with Cety wayo. SIR, Uhamu's Kraal, January 27, 1883. I HAVE the honour to inform you that Uhamu complains to you that three days ago one of his kraals at the head of Umcos river was attacked by a party of the Abaqulusi tribe in Secretywyao's country, one man killed and all the cattle taken. Yesterday one of his Induna's kraals at the Black Umvoloosi, name Ementi Inculu, was surrounded and all the cattle, 25 large head, taken, this Impi was sent by the head of Manoosa’s tribe at Sishalo near the Amaslabatin. -> One of his Indunas, named Magaza, at the head of the Umcos, also sends word to Uhamu that he is threatened. The bearers can give you full information. I have, &c. Sir Theophilus Shepstone, K.C.M.G., (Signed) HERBERT J. NUNN. &c. &c. &c. Amaslabatin, Zululand. Enclosure 2 in No. 25. Mr. H. FYNN to Sir H. BULWER. SIR, g Sixebeni, Zululand, February 6, 1883. CETYWAYo through Umyamana sends messengers from the Abaqulusi people, who report that about the 1st inst, two lots of people (Impis) under Msebe of Bataka, formerly of the Abaqulusi, but now adherents of Uhamu's, were seen at dawn of day approaching the kraals of Umkosana of Zanqwana Zungu, but observing they were being watched, retired; seven of Zange's (of Abaqulusi) people near Umkosana's went unarmed after Msebe to inquire but did not overtake him. Next morning Msebe's horse was seen on the ridge, and seven of Zange's people went to see and were fired upon by Msebe and D 4 32 his brother. A number of shots were fired doing no harm, but the seven men retired; it was rumoured Msebe was going to plunder cattle and escape with them into Transvaal. The messengers report fever is raging amongst Uhamu’s people, and many have died. I have, &c. His Excellency Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, &c. &c. &c. British Resident with Cetywayo. Special Commissioner and Governor, Natal. £nclosure 3 in No. 25. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULwÉR. SIR, Mbilani Spruit, Zululand, February 15, 1883. ON the 3rd inst. I informed you of the arrival of Uhamu's messenger Somahlozi (accompanied by Mgulugulu), reporting that on the 29th February 1883 sheep of his and cattle of the kraals of Msutu, Mveli, Gobinduku, Mafomela, and Somkambo had been captured by an Impi (army) of Luqezu and Mabele of the Abaqulusi, and that messengers were sent to summon Luqezu and Mabele and the complainants. I have now the honour to inform you that Uhamu per Mahambana and Somfula reports that the messenger above named, viz., Mgulugulu, while returning to him was killed by two men, a son of Maloya and a son of Malindi, both of the Abaqulusi, on or about the 7th inst. I forwarded these messengers who made this foregoing report to Cetywayo, accompanied by my two messengers Bangeni and Gobojana, the inquiry was referred to the great Chief Umyamana, and there were present some headmen of the Abaqulusi, who endeavoured to shield the offenders; however, my messengers and Uhamu's returned, and reported that Cetywayo had given directions for Umyamana to summon evidence and cause the accused murderers to appear for inquiry into the case. I have, &c. His Excellency Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, Special Commissioner and Governor, Natal. British Resident with Cetywayo. Enclosure 4 in No. 25. Sir H. BULwer to HENRY FYNN, Esq. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, February 23, 1883. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge your Minute of the 1st instant, enclosing a letter addressed by Mr. H. F. Nunn, on behalf of Uhamu, to Sir T. Shepstone, making complaint of certain outrages committed by the Abaqulusi on his people, and also two Despatches from you of date the 6th and 15th instant, both on the subject of the rela- tions between the Abaqulusi and Uhamu, from one of which it appears that a messenger from Uhamu to you was killed by two men of the Abaqulusi while on his way back to Uhamu.. I have not received the communication from you of the 3rd instant to which you refer in your Despatch of the 15th instant, and to prevent inconvenience it will be desirable that in future you should number your Despatches. I am glad to learn from you that Cetywayo has given directions to Umyamana to cause the men accused of the murder of Uhamu's messenger to appear in order that an inquiry may be held into the crime. The three papers now under acknowledgment relate to questions between Uhamu's people and the Abaqulusi, all of whom reside within Cetywayo's territory, and, therefore, within his jurisdiction. I would observe, for your information and guidance, that it will be well, in all cases where such complaints are brought to you in the first instance by any persons living in Cetywayo's territory, you should inform the complainants that their course is to complain direct to Cetywayo, as their paramount Chief, and not to you first. This course appears necessary in order to avoid complications, and to prevent any cause of complaint on Cetywayo's part of undue interference with his authority and his privileges in the country which has been placed under him ; and you should take an opportunity of informing Uhamu, with reference to the complaints made by him, that in future any complaint should be made by him to Cetywayo direct. 33 The proceedings of Msebe and the others referred to by you in your Despatch of the 6th instant form matter to be dealt with by Cetywayo as affecting the peace and good order of his territory, the prinºpals being within his jurisdiction. - I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULweſt, To Henry Fynn, Esq., Special Commissioner. <º &c. &c. &c. British Resident with Cety wayo, Zululand. No. 26. Gover Nor SIR HENRY BULW ER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF DER BY. (Received March 29, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, MY LORD, February 24, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit, here with, copy of a Despatch from the Resident Commissioner for the time being in the Zulu Native Reserve, in which he furnishes the names of those Chiefs and headmen living in the Reserved Territory who, up to the date of his Despatch, had expressed to him their desire to remain in the Reserve under the authority of the Resident Commissioner. I enclose also copy of a Despatch which I have addressed to the Resident Commissioner on this subject. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure 1 in No. 26. RESIDENT COMMISSIONER to Sir H. BULwÉR. SIR, Hlinga Forest, Eshowe, February 9, 1883. I HAVE the honour to report, for the information of your Excellency, that I have now received the decisions of the following Chiefs and headmen, expressing to me their desire to remain in the Zulu Native Reserve, and subject to the authority of the Resident Commissioner as representing the paramount authority. Chiefs with considerable followings are—Umbuzo, Unhlongolwana, Umgitjwa, for section of the Biyela tribe in Zulu Native Reserve, and Majia and Siunguza. Chiefs and headmen with smaller followings-Ntabata, Sintwangu, Mcaka, Sikonyana No. 1, Sikonyana No. 2, Tyana, Kaisa, Zembe, Nhlaludaka, Matyana, Undima, Umtingzima, Zimema, Unkanyana, Ummemezeli, Hlalukana, Luridane, Manyonyo, Ntuhwini, Umyunyelwa, Mahlatini, Magwendu, Sambela, Zungeza, and Keke, also Unkedamana ; in all 31. I have already reported, in a former letter, the decisions of four Chiefs to remain in the Reserve, which will make the number 35, and hope now in a few days to obtain those of the remainder, who are on their return from Cetywayo, having been detained there by him, he telling them that it was Somtseu's wish or order that they should do so. t I have, &c. (Signed) J. W. SHEPSTONE, His Excellency the Special Commissioner British Commissioner. for Zulu Affairs, &c. &c. &c. Natal. - - -- - - -** * * * ~ *-* --------------- - --> ----- -- - - - - Enclosure 2 in No. 26. Sir H. BULWER to RESIDENT CoMMISSIONER. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, February 24, 1883. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch of the 9th instant, in which you furnish me with the names of those Chiefs and headmen living in the Zulu R. 5762. E Native Reserve who have expressed to you their desire to remain there under the autho- rity of the Resident Commissioner as representing the paramount authority. The Chiefs and headmen whose names you have furnished are 31 in number, and you mention that you have already reported to me the decision of four other Chiefs to remain under the British Government as represented by the British Commissioner in the Reserve, making a total number of 35. The Despatch to which you refer is that, I pre- sume, of the 12th January, which contains the names of the four Chiefs Palane, Habana, Ndosi, and Umgihlana, a brother of Cety wayo. - - In connexion with this subject I forward, for your information, copy of a letter I have received from Mr. Fynn, the Resident with Cety wayo, in which he encloses a list of the headmen residing in the Reserved Territory whom Cetywayo claims as his adherents; and in this list you will find the names of several of those who, you say, have expressed their desire to remain under the Resident Commissioner's authority. It will be well, therefore, that you should see these Chiefs or headmen, and inform them of Cetywayo's representations on the subject of their adherence to him, and ascertain clearly what their final decision is. p - - I have, &c. - (Signed) H. BULWER, The Hon. J. W. Shepstone, - - Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. - - Zululand. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. Bulwen. SIR, - Sixibini, Zululand, February 6, 1883. CETywAyo requests me to represent to you that his adherents, who are numerous in the Reserve Territory, are being again called away from him here by messengers of Mr. J. W. Shepstone's to their homes in the Reserve Territory; that these messengers harassing these adherents of his and saying, “Why are you still here in place of removing “ across the Umhlatusi to Cetywayo,” and that they must move at once, and the women can remain until they have harvested. Cetywayo states that Sir H. Robinson at the Cape told him that those of his (Cety- wayo's) adherents residing in the Reserve Territory, who wish to continue as his subjects, would not forcibly be driven out of the Reserve, and might remain within the Reserve as his (Cetywayo's) people; that now all the people within the Reserve Territory wish to belong to him (Cetywayo) as their king, remaining where they are and where their fathers’ fathers have lived. Why now alter this, and disturb these people, seeing that so much of Zululand has been cut off for the Reserve and for Usibebu ? Where are the Zulus to live and their children P r The foregoing I have, at Cetywayo's request, read over to Umyamana and principal Chiefs Seketwayo, Sitzaluza, and also Umkosana, Gobozana, Umconcwana, Ntuzwa, Hemlane, and Haiana. Umyamana, supported by the rest, approved of this action of the king's. Cetywayo prays that this matter of his adherents in the Reserve Territory will have your favourable consideration for the welfare of the Zulus and himself. ſt Umyamana affirms that it is the desire of headmen in Reserve Territory to adhere to Cetywayo, and that they have been here to assert this as per list hereunto. - I have, &c. (Signed) H. FYNN, British Resident with Cetywayo. Umandabu, accompanied by Sirayo, Ishingan, Mabehla, Bungane, Noju, Sigananda, Rozane, Ndabozake, and Nampa appear from Cety wayo to give the names of headmen of adherents in the Reserve who believed it was not Cety wayo who was coming back, but an image of him. They therefore preferred the plan of the Reserve Territory; but now that the Zulu nation have reaily seen their king alive, Cetywayo, they wish to adhere to him, hence the salutation of all, “Who is it; is it him P. It is ; it is Cety wayo himself, and alive.” List of headmen of adherents herewith. - - (Signed) H. FYNN. List of headmen of adherents to Cetywayo residing in the Reserve Territory who believed it was an image and not Cetywayo being brought to Zululand, and therefore 35 preferred the plan of Reserve Territory, but since seeing Cetywayo desire to adhere to him while remaining where they are in the Reserve Territory under Cetywayo as represented by Cetywayo and Umyamana. Palana. - Mongolwana. Sigananda. Monzaba. Sicwelecwele. Matunjana. Habana. Melilizi. Njakaba. Godide. Majiza. Nobiza. Nongena. Dubehlanga. Mabilwana. Qetuka. Mpisi. - - Matyan ka Maondisa. Mgebiza (late). - Matyana ka Sityakuza. Zeise. - Mayedama. - Mhlakaza. Ndwandwa. Mavumengwana. - Faku-ka-Ziningo. Sikonyana. Sirayo. Mtinzima. -- Mpizake-ka-tondalozi. Mkanyana. (Signed) H. FYNN. No. 27. Gover NOR SIR HENRY BULVER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF - DERBY. (Received March 29, 1883.) - Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, . . . February 24, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, copy of a letter I have received from the Resident Commissioner on the subject of trading licenses in the Reserved Territory, together with copy of a letter I have addressed to him in reply. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER. The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, Special Commissioner. &c. &C. &c. Enclosure I in No. 27. RESIDENT CoMMISSIONER to Sir H. BULWER. SIR, Hlinga Forest, Eshowe, February 9, 1883. I HAVE the honour to report, for the information of your Excellency, that, as far as I can ascertain, there are six trading stations in the Zulu Native Reserve, two in Hlubi’s late territory and four in Chief Dunn's. Each of these traders paid the sum of 50l. as an annual rental or license, this sum has not been paid for this year, and as these stations are still in fuli operation, it is necessary that a sum to cover both license and rental should be at once fixed and demanded of each trader. In my opinion the sum of 10/. er annum would be sufficient. There should also be certain restrictions, such as allowing only sufficient ground for the erection of the necessary buildings; for this purpose I think two acres will be ample, and this will prevent any claim being made to a cattle run, or to land for cultivation. Another condition should be that no claim to compensation of any kind for buildings will be entertained in the event of the trader either leaving voluntarily or by compulsion through loss of license, for any contravention, such as the sale or giving of spirituous liquor to Natives, or the importation thereof, or of guns or ammunition, for the purpose of sale or barter, into the Zulu Native Reserve. I have, &c. (Signed) J. W. SHEPSTONE, His Excellency - British Commissioner. The Special Commissioner for Zulu Affairs, &c. &c. &c. Natal. 36. Enclosure 2 in No. 27. Sir H. BULWER to RESIDENT CoMMissionER. r Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, February 24, 1883. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch of the 9th instant regarding the existing trading stations in the Reserved Territory. - I think it will be well that, pending the arrival of the permanent Resident Commis- sioner in the Reserved Territory, no final decision should be come to on the subject of the licenses required for such trading stations. It will, however, be advisable that you should inform the owners or managers of these stations that it will be necessary for them to obtain a license in order to enable them to trade in the Territory; that the terms and conditions upon which licenses will be issued will be determined on a future day, but that in the meantime there must be no sale or importation of arms, ammunition, or spirituous liquor for sale or barter in the Territory. - You will be good enough when the permanent Resident Commissioner arrives to hand to him this paper with the request that he will report on the subject at his earliest convenience. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, To the Honourable J. W. Shepstone, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Zululand. No. 28. Governon SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received March 29, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My Loko, February 24, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, copy of a corres- pondence with the Resident Commissioner for the time being in the Reserved Territory on the subject of the locations to be provided for the people who may remove into the Territory from the country which has been placed under Cetywayo. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, - Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure 1 in No. 28. - RESIDENT COMMISSIONER, Reserved Territory, to Sir H. BULweR. SIR, Hlinga Forest, Eshowe, February 13, 1883. I HAVE the honour to report, for the information of your Excellency, that until it is definitely ascertained what people will leave this Zulu Native Reserve for the purpose of placing themselves under the rule of Cetywayo, and what people will leave Cetywayo to live in the Reserve, it will, in my opinion, be inadvisable to attempt to define locations. Applications are now coming in to me from parties beyond the river Umhlatuzi for permission to move into this Reserve, with their cattle, and to leave the women and children behind until the crops are reaped. The applicants are Sukani, half brother to Cetywayo, Batonyile, half sister to Cety wayo and own sister to Umkungo, of Weenen county, Natal, Umfanawendhlela, and six others, whose names I cannot give as I have not yet received them. I expect all these above alluded to will be here in a few days, and I purpose letting them settle between the Tugela and Nyoni Rivers, this being the only part of the country that may be called unoccupied, but will not accommodate any large number. From what I can gather of those in the Reserve who have not yet given me their decisions, having only just returned from Cetywayo, though they individually may be desirous of going over to Cetywayo, their people will not, and the probability is that 37 they will prefer to remain here as Chiefs of their people rather than risk losing their positions altogether by leaving them. I have, &c. (Signed) J. W. SHEPSTONE, His Excellency - British Comrº.issioner, The Special Commissioner for Zulu Affairs, &c. &c." &c. Natal. Enclosure 2 in No. 28. Sir H. BULWER to RESIDENT COMMISSIONER. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, February 24, 1883. IN reply to your Despatch of the 13th instant, reporting that in your opinion it is not advisable to define any locations, as I understand you to mean, for people coming into the Reserved Territory, until it has been ascertained what people will leave the Reserve in order to place themselves under Cety wayo, I have the honour to inform you that I concur with you in this opinion, and approve of the manner in which you propose to make temporary provision for such people as may meanwhile remove into the Territory. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, Special Commissioner. No. 29. Gover Nor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received March 29, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoPD, February 24, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, copy of a Despatch I have received from the Resident Commissioner in , the Reserved Territory recommending the appointment of Natives to reside near the different drifts of the Umhlatuzi river, who should be authorised to ascertain from the people crossing the river their objects for entering the Territory. I enclose also a copy of the reply which I have addressed to the Resident Commissioner. I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Enclosure 1 in No. 29. RESIDENT CoMMISSIONER, Reserved Territory, to Sir H. BULwer. SIR, Hlinga Forest, Etshowe, February 13, 1883. I HAVE the honour to report, for the information of your Excellency, that several Chiefs and headmen living on and near the River Umblatuzi, which is the boundary of the Reserve, have begged me to place Government men at the different drifts and crossings of the border river; they say that it will afford them greater security against their own people on the opposite side, and will also for the present, while the existing feeling of distrust lasts, relieve them from turning informers against those who until lately were one with them, and who might resent any such action on their part, while if done by Strangers no trouble would ensue. - I consider that it is not only advisable to do this, but that it is indispensable. Some check should be placed upon the indiscriminate crossing and recrossing; it will prevent trouble and unpleasantness, and even should the pass system not be established, the ^, E 3 Border guard should be the parties to whom each party crossing must report him or herself and their mission. - . . . . . - - - . . . . I trust your Excellency will approve my carrying out such an arrangement; it will not require any outlay, and will promote greatly the settling down of the people to peaceful pursuits, which many long for. i - I have, &c. His Excellency (Signed) . J. W. SHEPSTONE, The Special Commissioner for Zulu Affairs, British Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. 3. Natal. * Enclosure 2 in No. 29. Sir H. BULWER to RESIDENT CoMMISSIONER. . Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, - February 24, 1883. WITH reference to your Despatch of the 13th instant informing me of the desire of several Chiefs and headmen living in the Reserved Territory that persons should be appointed by the Resident Commissioner near the different drifts of the Umhlatuzi river, to whom people crossing the river should report themselves and state the object of their coming into the Territory, I have to inform you that I see no objection to this arrangement, provided it does not involve any expense, and that it will not interfere with the legitimate intercourse for peaceful purposes between the two Territories. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, Special Commissioner. No. 30. Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. The EARL OF - DERBY. (Received April 3, 1883.) - 3. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, February 28, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, copy of a corres- pondence that has passed between the Resident Commissioner and myself on certain matters connected with the administration of the Reserved Territory. 2. It is not perhaps necessary to appoint as yet two Sub-Commissioners in the Reserved Territory; but it is very advisable that one, to reside in the territory lately under the Chief Hlubi, should be appointed without loss of time, and I would ask your Lordship’s permission to make this appointment at once. º - I have, &c. - (Signed) H. BULWER, To the Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure 1 in No. 30. RESIDENT CoMMISSIONER to Sir H. BULWER. British Commissioner’s Office, Hlinga Forest, Etshowe, SIR, February 16, 1883. & I HAVE the honour to report, for your Excellency's information, with reference to my letter of the 13th instant, that, in order to satisfy to some extent the natives in the Zulu Native Reserve that Cetywayo possesses no authority whatsoever in it, I am 39 making arrangements for the immediate placing of border guards at the different drifts and crossings on the boundary line. I would also urge, for the favourable consideration of your Excellency, the appoint- ment, with as little delay as possible, of two Sub-Commissioners, one to be stationed on the border of Chief Hlubi’s late territory, and one at the Ntumeni. I mention these two localities, because they have houses that were occupied by Chief Dunn's late magistrates. They could either be hired or bought for the purpose, and the situations are favourable for all present wants. • . • * $ - I feel compelled to make these suggestions in consequence of the threats and rumours still so actively circulated by (it is said) the direction of Cetywayo and by many believed, and which so unsettle the minds of the people as to prevent their quieting down, much as they wish to do so; and it is only by taking such steps as I have suggested that alarm can be allayed. - I would also urge the advisability of collecting the hut tax this year during the months of June and July, the amount payable to be 14s. per hut per annum, the announcement might be made forthwith ; the natives have money, and its collection will materially assist to check Cetywayo or his agents from disseminating any more mischievous threats and rumours. - What the natives require here is tangible proof of the existence of the necessary authority in the Reserve, in the shape of proper officers for carrying on the government. The majority of the people are in favour of remaining under the British Commissioner, and are anxious to feel that they have nothing to fear from Cetywayo or any one else. I have, &c. (Signed) J. W. SHEPSTONE, His Excellency g British Commissioner. The Special Commissioner for Zulu Affiairs, &c. &c. . &c. Natal Enclosure 2 in No. 30. Sir H. BULWER to RESIDENT CommissionER. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, - February 28, 1883. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch of the 16th instant. I have already sent you a reply about placing Natives at the different drifts and crossings of the Umhlatuzi River. * - It is necessary for me to refer your Despatch to the Secretary of State, in order that I may obtain his approval of the appointment of any Sub-Commissioners in the Reserved Territory. It seems to me, however, that for the present it may be sufficient to appoint one Sub-Commissioner, who should be stationed in the territory lately under the Chief Hlubi. With regard to the collection of the hut tax, you have already been authorised to con- sult with the Chiefs and headmen residing in the Territory on this subject, and to raise a hut tax for the purposes of the Territory. I see no objection, should you, after consultation with the Chiefs and headmen living in the Territory, decide upon it, to the hut tax being raised within the course of the present year. But in raising the tax it will at first be particularly necessary to have regard to the circumstances of the people, and not to raise more than they are able to pay. I see no objection to the amount being fixed at 14s., provided that where there is an ascertained inability on the part of anyone to pay that amount during the present year the case should be dealt with in a liberal spirit by the Resident Commissioner either by the remission of the tax or of a part of it, or by giving ample time for payment. - - I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, To the Hon. J. W. Shepstone, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Resident Commissioner in the Reserved Territory, Zululand. E 4 40 No. 31. Gover Nor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HoN. T.HE EARL OF DERBY. (Received April 3, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, March 5, 1883. I HAVE the honour to forward herewith, for your Lordship's information, Sir T. Shepstone's report of the circumstances attending the service which he was good enough to undertake of receiving Cetywayo at Port Durnford, and of re-establishing him in authority over that portion of the country which has been assigned to him by Her Majesty’s Government. 2. The service was one requiring much tact and judgment, together with a thorough knowledge of the people with whom it was concerned. All these qualifications are possessed by Sir T. Shepstone in a remarkable degree, and they were exercised by him on the present occasion in a manner which greatly contributed to the successful accom- plishment of a delicate and difficult task, I would desire to be permitted to bring under your Lordship's very favourable notice the prudence, firmness, and ability, with which Sir T. Shepstone carried out the service entrusted to him. 3. I would also bring under your Lordship's notice the names of Colonel Bond (Northamptonshire Regiment), the officer commanding the troops in Natal, from whom I received every assistance and co-operation in making the arrangements for the despatch of a military force into Zululand to serve as an escort; of Lieut.-Colonel Curtis (Inniskilling Dragoons), who commanded the escort force, and to whose personal assist- ance and advice, as well as to the conduct of the force under him, Sir T. Shepstone bears especial testimony; and of Deputy Commissary General Brownrigg, C.B., for the obliging promptitude and the efficiency with which he made the necessary commissariat and transport arrangements for the despatch of the force. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, Governor and Special Commissioner. ÜC. &c. &c. Enclosure in No. 31. Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, - February 27, 1883. THE narrative form will be, I think, the most convenient to make known to your Excellency the manner in which your instructions to me of the 28th December last have been carried out to meet Cetywayo on his landing at Port Durnford and to formally re-establish him in authority over the portion of the Zulu country which has been assigned to him. 2. I left Pietermaritzburg on the 29th December and joined the column under Lieutenant-Colonel Curtis, which had started Some days before me, on the left bank of the Tugela River on the morning of the 31st. 3. Lieutenant-Colonel Curtis having expeditiously and successfully crossed the swollen river, the march into Zululand commenced a couple of hours after my arrival. 4. Nothing of any political significance occurred, or was observable until after the column had reached itshowe, and after that portion of it which was detached down the Umhlatuzi valley to receive Cetywayo on his landing, and which I accompanied, had commenced its descent into that valley on the 5th January ; here it became very evident that, although every possible precaution had been taken to assure the Zulu people that the objects of the expedition were friendly, and that its destination was the sea coast, to 4 J meet their captured Chief and ultimately to re-instate him in authority over a portion of Zululand, there existed a very serious distrust of and disbelief in our professed inten- tions. This was shown by the cattle being driven into the jungle, and the refusal of the inhabitants to hold communication with any portion of the column. 5. It was not want of information that caused this, but apparently positive inability to believe in our programme. It seemed to them so preposterous and improbable that they could not accept it as true, and therefore interpreted our movement in accordance with their own ideas. It was obviously of the utmost importance that this disbelief and the consequent suspicion of our intentions should be removed as soon as possible; they constituted a danger to the success of our expedition which an accident might at any moment render serious. 6. To accomplish this every exertion was quietly made, and every precaution taken ; meanwhile it became apparent that the smallest incidents were being narrowly watched by the natives to serve as signs from which they might themselves judge of our real intentions, and perhaps one of the most ordinary precautions, that of having the horses and cattle watched, so as to prevent injury to the growing crops, did more to inspire confidence than our most studied plans. The uniform frank and good-natured behaviour of the officers and men of the expedition towards such of the Zulus as by degrees trusted themselves in our camp, added to the explanations that were offered to them, reassured them, and induced them to believe at least in our friendliness, so that our difficulties in the valley passed away. 7. We reached Port Durnford on the 9th January, and found Her Majesty's gunboat “ Algerine’ at anchor in the roadstead, and preparations being made for the landing next day. During the afternoon of the 9th I received a note from Mr. Osborn at the Inhlazatye, in which he described the state of things among the people about him to be one of anxiety rather than joy, in consequence of the attitude assumed by the Usutu party. 8. The 10th was the day on which we expected Cetywayo to be landed, and about noon Her Majesty's steam corvette “ Briton” arrived in the offing. While preparations were being made in camp to receive Cetywayo three men presented themselves belonging to Umyamana, the late Zulu Prime Minister. They wished to see Cetywayo; said they were messengers from Bishopstowe, in Natal, and had been directed to come to my camp; that they had been round to see Umyamana and Undabuko, Cetywayo's brother, on their way, and had intelligence from Cety wayo's family to communicate to him. I promised that when Cetywayo should be landed I would have them introduced, and requested that, as I wished to send a message by them to Umyamana and Unda- buko, they would come to me and receive it before leaving. They did not, however, wait for my introduction or come for my message. 9. By 4 p.m. Cetywayo and party with baggage were safely landed. Lieutenant- Colonel Curtis with some of the officers, a few men, and I, were on the beach to receive Cety wayo; there were also about 40 young Zulus, who had been engaged as pioneers for the Engineer Department assisting at the Warp. The landing, being on an open sandy beach, was inconvenient and disconcerting, and for the first few minutes Cetywayo seemed excited and a little bewildered. He soon, however, recovered his self-possession, and expressed his pleasure at meeting me ; but he was evidently very much disappointed that Zulus were not on the beach in large numbers to welcome him. He had not yet discovered the great change that had taken place in Zulu thought and feeling during his absence, nor had he taken into account the incredulity of his people, who, as they repeatedly afterwards declared, entirely disbelieved in our intention to restore Cetywayo, and expected to see his “lost” and rival brother “Umbulaze” brought back, or that we should present some counterfeit instead of Cetywayo himself. 10. A vehicle was ready to convey him and his party to the camp about three- quarters of a mile off; but when invited to enter it, he preferred to “stretch his legs,” as he said, and proceeded with his party on foot. Tents had been pitched for him within 40 yards of the head-quarters of our camp. Six large waggons had been filled with his baggage from the ships, and a small covered spring vehicle had been provided for him to travel in. The first night his tents were placed under the protection of a sentry; but, as afterwards there seemed no necessity for this, and as Cetywayo might misconstrue the object of it, the sentry was withdrawn, and at every subsequent encampment his tents were pitched, and his waggons drawn up at a much greater distance so as to allow him unrestricted intercourse with the people. R 5762. F 42 II. In the evening, intelligence was brought from a little distance inland that, shortly after he had landed and during his walk to the camp from the beach, Cetywayo had sent a message to the Zulu people by one of the Zulu pioneers, engaged on the beach ; the native who brought this intelligence had himself, he said, heard the message being repeated by the Zulus to each other, to the effect that Cetywayo wished it to be known that he had returned ; that he desired all the people to come and meet him with offerings of welcome; that they were to disregard the alleged curtailment of his territory; that he had heard nothing in England of the Umhlatuzi river being the boundary; that it was only a Natal device, which he would defeat. I at once sent for Gobozana, one of his attendant headmen, and told him what had been reported to me; I explained to him that Zululand on the north of the Umhlatuzi river was presided over by the British Resident, Mr. Osborn, and that the portion of it which lay to the south of that river had been placed in the hands of a commissioner, Mr. John Shepstone; that Cetywayo himself was in my charge, and that neither he nor I had any authority in any part of Zululand until my commission to re-instate him had been fulfilled; that I fully recognised his natural desire to communicate with the people, and to invite them to welcome him with offerings, and that it would be quite right for them to do so, but that I must suggest to him, first, the impropriety of having taken this step without my knowledge, and next, the danger to his own interests of secretly sending to the Zulu people political messages of a tenor hostile to the conditions which he had accepted, and upon which alone Her Majesty's Government had consented to his re-establishment in authority over a portion of the country; that he and I must be frank with each other, and co-operate in good faith to bring about a successful issue to my mission, which was his peaceful and acceptable restoration to such of the Zulu people as had expressed a desire to see him restored, or as might wish to live again under his rule. 12. In reply to this, Cetywayo admitted that he had sent to the people a message of the nature which had been described to me, with the exception, however, of the reference to the curtailment of territory, which he said it would have been wrong in him to say anything about ; he justified, or excused, his having sent this message by saying that it had been foretold that he would not be welcomed, and he wished to counteract the influences which he believed were being used to keep the people from coming to him with the object of making this prediction appear to be true. I assured him that no such influences were being used as far as I knew ; that the desire of the Government was to afford the people every opportunity of seeing and judging for themselves and of acting with perfect freedom, and that I should do all I could to counteract any contrary influence wherever I found it. 13. I accepted Cetywayo's repudiation of the political portion of the message attri- buted to him, but during the march to Upper Zululand I met with abundant evidence to show not only that this repudiation could not be relied upon, but that in the speeches which he frequently addressed to the different groups of people who came to see him along our route, he usually made identical or similar statements. I took no further notice of this, although it was frequently brought to my knowledge, because it would have been useless to do so until the proper time, and would have presented us to the people as in daily antagonism ; nor did I interfere with the messengers which, at all our halting places, he sent to the people throughout the country, especially to the Reserved Territory; because after the explanation he had given me on the evening of his landing I did not wish to restrict his efforts to procure for himself a reception and welcome that might have the appearance of being general and hearty. 14. On the 11th of January we commenced our march inland. I kept him informed as well as I could of the different places at which we proposed to halt, and left him to arrange as he thought best for the people meeting him along the course of our journey, which, to the foot of the hill at St. Paul's Mission, lay first on one bank and then on the other of the Umhlatuzi or boundary river. 15. At our halt for breakfast the first day a few people only presented themselves; shortly after we had resumed our journey a headman with about 150 followers came up to the vehicle in which Cetywayo was travelling, with loud expressions of welcome and assurances of loyalty and devotion, driving a fine ox as an offering; he declared that he had kept his people together during Cetywayo's absence, that he had never gone to the white nor to the black, and that now he presented the people as a body undiminished to their rightful Chief; the boundary, he intimated, was but a nominal thing, and that it did not matter on which side of it people lived ; and these professions were vociferously and with the greatest apparent heartiness assented to by the people. 43 16. The day before Cetywayo's landing this same man had been to the camp, accom- panied by a number of the same people, to pay his respects to me, and volunteered to tell me, for I had determined most carefully to avoid all reference to the subject, that he and his people had determined to have nothing to do with Cetywayo; that they were subjects of the Queen, that they would not recognise even an Englishman unless he represented the Queen's authority (I took this to refer to John Dunn's position); that on hearing of the boundary to the Reserved Territory being the Umhlatuzi, the headman said he had commenced removing his principal residence, which was on the northern to the southern bank of that river, to avoid being under Cetywayo, and pointed out to me his new residence which had actually been commenced about half a mile off. 17. As I personally heard both professions I mention the circumstance as showing the puzzling phases of Zulu conduct; phases, however, which are the natural result of the perpetual sense of insecurity and uncertainty which has been the experience of every unfortunate Zulu in Zululand from childhood to the present moment; but which add very much to the difficulty of dealing with these people, and compel recourse to know- ledge, other than that to be gathered from their professions, to form a correct estimate of their real feeling. The sequel has, I understand, proved, as I believed at the time it would prove, that the loudest professions were not the truest. 18. The day had been hot, and our first march tedious, because we travelled but slowly, and stopped frequently to admit of the people living near our route satisfying themselves, by seeing and speaking to Cetywayo, that it was really he. The recognitions were always clamorous and sometimes touching. In the evening I sent to Cetywayo to express my hope that the day's journey had not been very fatiguing to him, and to tell him that in consequence of the heat and unhealthy nature of the Umhlatuzi valley which we had already entered, and which would, from that point, take us two days to traverse, it would be necessary to start very early on the following morning. He sent back to say that he could not possibly start at all the next day, so great was the fatigue that he felt. I sent to say I was sorry to hear he was so tired, but that he was young, and a night's rest would, I had no doubt, recover him sufficiently to enable him to travel comfortably, and that it would be impossible to detain the troops in such an unhealthy place. He still persisted, however, and ultimately requested that a Zulu kraal might be found for him in the neighbourhood in which he could rest a few days until he felt able to resume his journey. I then reminded him that the troops were neither mine nor his, but the Queen's, that they could not remain in Zululand longer than the service they were engaged upon could reasonably be expected to require; that if such delay as he proposed was to follow every hot or hard day’s work, all reasonable limit would be exceeded, and the troops would have to return to Natal with their mission, as well as mine, unaccomplished; for that I should certainly return with the troops. He said to this “it is death either way”; meaning that both staying and proceeding were equally bad. The next morning he was, however, ready to start at the appointed time, none the worse apparently from the preceding day's fatigue. 19. I have recorded these two occasions of remonstrance with Cetywayo because they were the only instances in which I found it necessary to remonstrate with him on any subject except when he persisted in ordering, against my repeatedly expressed injunc- tions, the Zulu people and the young men to attend the ceremony of installation armed; of this I shall speak later on. 20. There was but little variation in the daily incidents of our journey, groups of Zulu men and women, varying in number from 250 to 20 or 30, met us on our way, and crowded round the vehicle in which Cetywayo travelled, many of them following until the column halted for breakfast, or for the night; at every halting place Cetywayo received ovations from these people which appeared to me to be sincere; their uniform practice was, after congratulating the Chief, to come in the same vociferous and excited way to me, to thank for his return; to express surprise in the most extravagant language at the magnanimity of a people who were capable of doing so gracious an act; to describe what they with their “black skins and black hearts” would have done under similar circumstances, in contrast to what the English with their “white skins and white hearts” had done; only heaven-born people could do this, they said; we Zulus should have killed him at once, and thought it an honour to do so; our young soldiers sought for you, alluding to me, during the war, because they thought that to kill you would be to achieve the highest fame. You English spared our wives and children and cattle; we should have spared nothing, and now you restore the man who did you the most injury; for you, too, had cause to weep as we had ; it is to us a marvel, a miracle, the raising to F 2 44 life of a man on whose grave for years the grass had grown; clothing dry bones with living flesh. These and numerous other kindred expressions, equally extravagant, uttered with equal fervour and apparent earnestness, were daily and on some days almost hourly repeated to me by both men and women, the latter, especially crowding around me to seize hold of my hands by way of showing how much their hearts were touched by such an incomparable act of grace, for, said they, verily our orphan children may well hope- fully fly to such a people. 21. But by the time we had reached the foot of the hill at St. Paul's Mission, Cety- wayo had become uneasy because of the absence, at these ovations, of the more influential men living in the neighbourhood of our route; this absence was publicly remarked upon by one of a group of men and women, who had been to offer their con- gratulations to Cetywayo, and afterwards came, as usual, to offer thanks to me, “But why do we not see the Amaduna (great men)?” exclaimed this man; “Why do we not ?” I answered. “They are in the bush, they have eaten too much during the Chief's absence,” was his reply. - 22. On our way to the coast to meet Cetywayo some of these “great men’’ came to inquire if my object was really to meet and to restore Cetywayo to authority P and on my replying in the affirmative, they asked if I thought things would go right P I said I thought if Cetywayo only kept the conditions under which he was to be restored, all ought to go right. They wished to know at whose request he was being restored P I said that the whole Zulu people were understood to wish it; they replied that mere words from a few, or from many, were nothing in such a case ; that if the Zulu people wished it, they should all have asked and all have paid for it; and then the wish would have been apparent; negotiation and ransom were customary before Chaka's time; they left expressing their misgivings. 23. I had an interesting informal conversation with Cetywayo during the evening of the 12th, at the last crossing of the Umhlatuzi River, before ascending to the high land at St. Paul's. The impression left on my mind by that conversation was that he had not as yet fully comprehended his true position; he spoke of what Lord Kimberley had said to him, and how he had answered Lord Kimberley, as if the conditions, or some of them, were still open to discussion and alteration; he referred to the reservation of the country south of the Umhlatuzi as depriving him of the means of locating the Zulu people, all of whom he assumed would be desirous of being again under his rule; he referred to Lord Kimberley as having promised to restore to him “the whole of his robe’” with only a little bit cut off, say to the Matikulu River; said that Lord Kimberley never mentioned the Umhlatuzi River; that the country to the south of this latter river was his (Cetywayo's) personal patrimony, bestowed upon him by his father, Panda; it was from this that he got his corn and cattle, and that he could not give it up; he therefore begged that this, his claim to it, might be urged on his behalf. He then went on to speak very gratefully of what the English people had done for him, and wished that it might be his good fortune to find an enemy to the English within his reach ; how gladly he would fight for them he said, and mix his blood with theirs. He spoke warmly on this subject, forgetting probably that the condition which forbade his re-establishing the Zulu military system would deprive him of the power of showing his gratitude in this WaW. 24. We reached the highlands near the St. Paul's Mission on the 14th, and stayed over the 15th to reorganise and rest the cattle. On the latter day I had my first formal interview with Cetywayo; I had invited him to my tent for the purpose, and he came with the three headmen who had accompanied him to England, Umkosana, Gobozana, and Unconcwana; there were also present Lieutenant-Colonel Curtis, Major Essex, Staff Officer to the Column, and Majors Froom and Martin, of the 6th Inniskilling Dragoons, besides the native interpreter, Lazarus Xaba, who had also accompanied Cetywayo to England, and Umqundane and other natives who had gone with me from Natal; Mr. R. Dunn, Cetywayo's translator, interpreted, so that all pre- sent might understand what passed. I told Cetywayo that I had asked him to this interview because we were now approaching our destination, and I wished to ascertain from him whether he fully understood the conditions upon which alone I had been com- missioned to re-establish him in authority over a portion of Zululand; I read each con- dition over first in English, and then translated and explained it myself in Zulu; asking him when I had done so with each, whether that was what he had understood in England or Cape Town; and to each he replied in the affirmative. He spoke, however, strongly, but more moderately than I had before heard him speak on that subject, against the 45 curtailment of territory north and south ; of the hardship of being compelled to live side by side with John Dunn and Usibebu ; went into the particulars of his conversations with Lord Kimberley and Sir Hercules Robinson, and the conclusive answers which, as he thought, he had given to each of these authorities on different points; he concluded with these words, “After all the whole country is yours; you will yourselves see the “ inconvenience which your arrangements cause and remove it yourselves; I still “ hope.” We then arranged the programme of our proceedings as far as was possible without Mr. Osborn, who was at Emtonjaneni, the spot at which it was proposed to carry out the installation, and who reported that he dared not leave before our arrival, lest the Usutu (or Cetywayo's party), who by that time had assumed a very aggressive attitude, should commence a system of attack upon those who were considered by them as in opposition, and so precipitate civil war. It is due to Mr. Osborn that I should here bring to your Excellency's notice how much I was impressed by the great influence which this officer had acquired over all classes of the Zulu people by his quiet but firm manner, and the just and impartial treatment which all admitted that they had met with at his hands. At our interview with Cety wayo I had laid it down, as absolutely essential, that the Zulus, and especially the young men, should not approach the camp, or be present at the ceremony of installation, armed, and that I should prefer that the young men kept away altogether. I had also informed Mr. Osborn of this and requested his co-operation. My fear of the consequences, if this stipulation were not strictly enforced, was amply justified by our subsequent experience. 25. Among those who came to see Cetywayo on the day of the interview I have just described, and, as usual, afterwards to see me, were two of Panda's widows; in the course of their expressions of gratitude to me for their “son’s ” restoration, they said that an end would now come to the disrespect with which they had been treated by even the common people, to say nothing of the higher classes, and they spoke of the conduct of all most bitterly. In the evening Cetywayo sent for my head native, Umqundane; he appeared to have suddenly become nervous about his future personal safety among his people; this was probably to be attributed to what he had heard from the two old ladies who had visited him during the day; in speaking to Umqundane he alluded to the stipulation I had made that the people were not to come armed; he said that if his party were not allowed to come armed, both he and they would be at the mercy of their enemies; he went on to say that he had been thinking of the only pre- cedent he could call to mind, of a Chief, first captured, and then restored to his people, as he had been, and the only one he could think of was Sikukuni, whose assassination soon followed his restoration ; Umqundane tried to reassure him by pointing out that in his case he was restored by the visible hand of the Queen, whilst Sikukuni had to find his way back as best he could, and join his people as if he had been a lonely fugitive; Cetywayo felt no confidence that the prestige which attended his return would save him from the stroke of a fariatic; he added that should assassination be his fate, the British Government would do nothing beyond expressing regret, and asking for information, and by the time information was forthcoming, it would be found inconvenient to do anything in the matter, and so the assassin would go free, and his fate be unavenged ; he therefore desired Umqundane to press upon me the necessity for his people coming armed that they might protect him, and that at least they might be allowed to bring their arms to a certain distance from the camp and place of meeting; Umqundane thought that there would be no objection on my part to this ; but when he told me I was unable to consent, because, although I felt sure it would be done whether I con- sented or not, it was very evident that if it were known that my sanction had been given, very serious use might be made of it. 26. Having sent forward to Mr. Osborn information of our movements and plans, we started from St. Paul’s on the 16th and reached the Emtonjaneni on the 17th. On the first of these days Cetywayo was met by his brother Dabulamanzi with about 300 men and women; these were looked upon as a portion of the true Usutu party, and the column halted while they paid Cety wayo the compliment of dancing Chaka's war dance. On the second day this party was considerably added to at our halt for breakfast, and a large portion of it accompanied the march for some miles. It was interesting to notice the evidently unaffected admiration with which they greeted the soldiers, declaring them to be worthy and brave, as well as generous enemies. Mr. Osborn met us a few miles from the Emtonjaneni, and in the afternoon we pitched our camp near his tents. Up to the time of our reaching this spot from the coast, we had roughly estimated the number of men and women who had presented themselves to see and welcome Cetywayo as not exceeding F 3 46 3,000; knowing, as I did, the efforts that had been made, and the populous neigh- bourhood which we had traversed, this small number much surprised me, and was well calculated to cause Cetywayo the uneasiness which he took so little pains to conceal. - 27. The Emtonjaneni is the high open grass land, 4,000 feet above the sea, from which a sudden descent of perhaps 2,500 feet is made into the Ulundi valley; the site of the battle of Ulundi is about 14 miles from that of our encampment, and the valley being extremely hot and covered with jungle and rock, and rank vegetation, is, at this season of the year, unhealthy for men and horses. Cetywayo was anxious that I should select this valley for the site of the ceremony of his re-installation; but the description I have above given of it would, even in the absence of any other considerations, have been sufficient to render my consenting to his wish impossible ; there were, however, other things to be taken into account; the untoward associations connected with this valley; the evident excitement and distrust of each other that existed among the numerous sections into which the Zulu people had become divided, and the threatening and over- bearing attitude which the Usutu party had assumed towards all whom the members of it chose to stigmatise as not being on their side ; all these incongruous elements being brought together in a comparatively confined space, in a locality full of traditions of violence and bloodshed, the headquarters of the most violent faction in the country, would have required but little to kindle a flame with which our small force, disabled by the character of the ground, would have been powerless to deal; I therefore selected the Emtonjaneni, where many of these dangerous conditions were reversed; it was the highest and most open land in the country, therefore the fittest for the public act by which the country was to be thereafter so seriously affected; and it was moreover the best suited to give the greatest weight to the peace-preserving influence which the presence of an escort of Her Majesty’s troops was calculated to exercise. 28. On the second day after our arrival, Cetywayo sent to say he wished to go down alone towards the Ulundi to meet his brother Undabuko and the people; and that he wished the installation to take place in the valley. I replied that I could not assent to the first request because I had not yet given him over to the people; and as to the second, he himself knew that there were objections to it which precluded the possibility of my com- plying with it. Two days after this, however, I was surprised by the information that he had gone down without my knowledge, leaving camp very early and returning about noon. I took no notice of this, information having reached me. 29. On the 19th, the British Resident, Mr. Osborn, handed over to Cetywayo 310 head of cattle as a gift from Her Majesty's Government; these were cattle which had been declared forfeited after the war, and which had remained in the Resident's charge. Mr. Osborn's account of the interesting interview which he had with Cetywayo on this occasion is annexed (marked No. 1.). 30. The apparent reluctance of the leading Zulus to present themselves was as un- expected as it was disconcerting ; Cetywayo's summonses were constant, and they must be taken to have been sent in good faith, if only for the reason that he wished to impress us with the idea that his welcome was sincere and general; the British Resident observ- ing this reluctance also sent his summonses independently, as will be seen by his memoranda to me of the 20th and 21st January (annexed marked Nos. 2 and 3); mean- while, there were daily gatherings of from 200 to 300 Zulus, men and women, to see Cetywayo and to go through the usual process to him and to me, which we had been accustomed to from the day of his landing. First, we were told that Umyamana and Undabuko had started, and were delayed by waiting for Seketwayo, who was old, ill, and very infirm ; then that the first two had reached the White Umvolozi River; but that the war cry had been sounded behind them, calling upon them to return and defend their families and cattle against an attack about to be made by Usibebu, a most palpable improbability; then we were informed that the war cry had been raised without sufficient grounds, but that a woman of Usibebu’s people had been to Umyamana's neighbour- hood to take her child away, and had assigned, as her reason, that she wished to take it out of the range of danger from any attack by Usibebu. It was evident enough that neither of these excuses was the true reason of the delay, but what that was remained, and still remains, as far as I am concerned, without satisfactory explanation. 31. Cetywayo again became downcast and nervous, and renewed his orders to the more distant headmen to come armed; one of them, Umgitiva, sent back a decided refusal to comply with this order, and at once informed Mr. Osborn of the course he had taken. I sent to ask Cetywayo if he had again issued this order, and, if he had, what it 47 meant P He replied that he had sent such a request, with the condition, however, that the *.*. were not to come armed to the camp; that he felt that he was in danger of his fate being that of Sikukuni; that therefore he wished to have a sufficient force to protect him, when his British escort should leave the country; he requested me to sanc- tion his having done this. I replied that I did not think that anyone in Zululand would injure him, but requested him to tell me if he had heard any special ground for his apprehension. He said that the country was disturbed at his arrival, and that a madman might kill him unless he were well guarded. I felt that for obvious reasons it would be dangerous for me to approve of the precaution he wanted to take, and, judging from my standpoint and knowledge, I believed it was not necessary. I determined, however, to take measures sufficient to protect him, should I find that after the installation they were needed. In the meantime a number of temporary huts had been erected by his people round Cetywayo's encampment, and these were all well supplied with assegais, brought in bundles covered with matting, to give the appearance of being mere sleeping conveniences. Many of these bundles were carried through our camp to the crowds of Zulus quartered in the neighbouring native villages, so that practically, even on the high- lands, we were surrounded by armed bodies of men. Most of this secret arming was, of course, adopted as a precaution against each other by the numerous sections who had for some days been assembling near us, awaiting the arrival of the Usutu party, without whose presence the ceremony could hardly take place. Every day's delay, however, added to the complication, and to the risk of rupture between these different sections as well as to the general anxiety caused by the mysterious conduct of the Usutu party. 32. On the 22nd Umfanawendhlela came to camp to pay his respects to me, and brought me three head of cattle ; he brought nothing for Cetywayo. This man is one of the appointed Chiefs, and is Cetywayo's uncle; he went first to Mr. Osborn, to ask that officer to introduce him to me; he said that it was his duty to do so, because the British Resident was his official superior. He seated himself in a chair which was carried for him by an attendant. In the course of his remarks he said that he could not but admire the gracious conduct of the British Government in restoring Cetywayo to his own people, but that the Government was entitled only to restore him to his own ; he was not one of those who had asked for Cetywayo's restoration, because he was not told that such a request was to be, or could be made ; and that his not having done so was now imputed to him as a crime; he lived on the land of his forefathers, all of whom were buried there for unknown generations past; Chaka conquered it, but did not dispossess the tribe, and the two Chief's families intermarried, so that both the rank and the property of his ancestors were respected ; when Panda wanted to build his residence, “Nodwengu,” near which the Ulundi was afterwards built, he asked permission, because the land be- longed to Umfanawendhlela's tribe, and permission was given. Cetywayo, he said, went to war with the English in defiance of his advice, and the English conquered the country; they granted to him the right which they had thus by conquest acquired, upon certain conditions, and could not grant the same thing twice, unless the right to do so had reverted to them by breach of those conditions; and he appealed to the Resident to say whether it had so reverted. Relying upon this grant, his scattered people had gathered round him to live upon the land of their fathers, and by this time they would have occupied it all, but for the tones that cover part of it; I do not see, he said, why the restoration of Cetywayo should deprive me and my people of what belongs to us, he is my friend and the son of my sister, but he has no right to despoil-me. I belong to the British Government and so does he, let him live with his people and I with mine, and both acknowledge English supremacy; but I cannot leave my lands nor can I again submit to the rule that had destroyed the country. 33. This was a serious position for Umfanawendhlela to take, but it was better that he should avow it at once than allow the restoration to go on without doing so; I could not controvert his argument; what he averred was quite true; Her Majesty’s Govern- ment had given and taken away, as far as his independent chieftainship, and the land over which that gave him control, were concerned; his personal and tribal patrimony was included in the gift, and this, to his mind, was in process of being confiscated, arbitrarily and unjustly, by the hand that gave it. It seemed to me, however, that, difficult as this case at first sight appeared, it afforded Cetywayo an admirable opportu- nity for marking the commencement of his new rule by showing a spirit of compromise, such as would be in harmony with the conditions under which he was to be restored to authority; to do so would, I thought, cost him nothing, would propitiate his uncle, and make it easier for him to propitiate others; I therefore approved of Umfanawendhlela's F 4. 48 frankness, and suggested that he should be equally frank with Cetywayo; it was his intention to be so, he said, but that he could not go to him then because of his not having performed some ceremony necessary after death in his family. . Notwithstanding this disqualification Cetywayo sent repeatedly for him as he passed his encampment, and he waived the disqualification and went, one of his attendants still carrying his chair; Cetywayo seemed to resent his using a chair, and alluded to him as one of those who had been raised to sit in high places; Umfanawendhlela both justified and excused himself, and during the interview made known the views and claims which he had explained to me; these were of course not very pleasing to Cetywayo, and they separated without coming to any arrangement; Cetywayo intimated that he should require his old sites, but that the women and children might remain to watch the crops ; an intimation equally unpleasing to Umfanawendhlela. It is difficult to foretell how this will end; a little friction will do no harm, because it will serve to show both sides the necessities of the case, if only violence can in the meanwhile be avoided ; it must be admitted, how- ever, that the favourable solution of the question was not much furthered by the manner in which both parties approached it. - 34. Uhamu and Chingwayo have made similar declarations to me, the former by his son and an induna, the latter personally; they said that they could not perceive the justice of their being forced to leave their homes and fields to seek for new ones, to gratify one man; it was touching to see the condition to which Chingwayo was reduced; he, who commanded the Zulu army in its victorious attack on the Isandhlwana camp, now received a storm of jeers and abuse from the young soldiers gathered round Cetywayo's tents and narrowly escaped a severe beating from them; all, he said, because he had been ostracised by the Usutu party for having been appointed a Chief over a section of country by the British Government. Umgojana and Siunguza, two other appointed Chiefs, also signified the impossibility of their accepting Cetywayo's rule. Umiandela, head of the Umtetwa section of the Zulus, stated his claim and determina- tion to remain a vassal of the British Government in almost the same language as Umfanawendhlela had used ; but in his case there is not so much tension, because Umlandela does not occupy any land that Cetywayo wants for his own use; I believe that by judicious conciliation Cetywayo could overcome these difficulties; but my fear is that he will be unable to resist the violent counsels of the Usutu party. , 35. The 25th of January found us still unable to assure ourselves that we were making any progress in our mission. Umyamana, the Prime Minister, and Undabuko, Cetywayo's own brother, who had always been looked upon as those most likely to give their restored Chief the heartiest and most early welcome in their power, still held back, although they had been sent for by Mr. Osborn, held frequent communication with Cetywayo, and were in the valley near our camp. In the course of the day the old story of Usibebu’s hostile intentions was revived; they sent to both Mr. Osborn and to me to say that they had received reliable information that Usibebu was ready to attack their families during their absence, and then fly towards Delagoa Bay, and that they could not come unless Usibebu came also. We replied that it was wholly impossible to believe such an excuse; that Usibebu would not dare to do such a thing, and requested that they would come at once, and cause no further delay: even Cetywayo did not seem to think it a probable course for Usibebu to adopt. After this, and on the same day, Mr. Osborn received a message from Usibebu to the effect that he was ver anxious to come and pay his respects to me, and would do so at an early date; but that with Cetywayo he had nothing to do. Meanwhile the Usutu party were still mustering in considerable strength in the Ulundi valley. It is difficult, even now, to say with confidence whether the object of this was merely to protect Cetywayo when the ceremony should be over, or whether some other undertaking was contemplated. It is, however, quite certain that Cetywayo was in constant communication with the heads of this force. Although this state of things naturally caused some anxiety, my personal conviction was that it had been brought about as much by the universal distrust, each man of his neighbour, as by Cetywayo's instructions, and that the only risk to the column was its becoming involved in any party disturbance; the main object was there- fore to prevent any such disturbance. * 36. On the morning of the 26th I received from different quarters warnings that the troops should be on their guard and not take too much for granted; my attention was called to a fact, which we were all well aware of, that assagais were being brought out of the valley, concealed in sleeping mats, and that we were in reality surrounded; later on I received a memorandum from Mr. Osborn (annexed, marked No. 4), whose camp 49 was half a mile from ours, containing a similar warning, but in more detail, from some headman with the force in the Ulundi valley. I communicated this information to Lieutenant-Colonel Curtis, who expressed himself as ready to take any precaution I might think necessary. The most effective precaution would have been to form the waggons into a defensive square; but as this would show distrust and would be the first sign of it that we had shown, it might possibly bring about what we wished to avoid; we therefore decided to take such precautions only as would least exhibit any suspicion or change in the usual routine of the camp. My own native escort advocated the forming of a place of defence; but I resisted the proposal on the grounds which I have stated. Moreover, I could not convince myself that the Usutu party or any other Zulu combination could see sufficient compensation in such an enterprise as an attack on the camp, even if successful. It was quite true, as appears from the statement of Mr. Osborn's informant (annexure No. 4) that to the members of the ultra portion of this party it might have been an object of importance, from their standpoint, to have got possession of Cetywayo before he had been bound by the proclamation of the conditions upon which he was to be restored, and it might have seemed desirable to Cetywayo himself to escape being thus bound; but on deliberately weighing the probabilities, I came to the conclusion that, although such a project might be talked about, as it evidently had been, by the young soldiers, it was far too hazardous a one really to attempt; and I knew that there were elements of discord in the Usutu party which such a proposal would speedily develop. I was fully aware of the gravity of the responsibility we were undertaking in thus omitting to adopt the most effective precautions in our power, after the warnings which we had received, but we acted with full deliberation, and fortunately the issue justified our decision. 37. On the evening of the 26th, I arranged with my native headman, Umqundane, to go early next morning into the valley, and ascertain the true state of things. I wished him to try and see Umyamana, and Undabuko, Cetywayo's full brother, and remon- strate with them on the delay which they had caused and were still causing without comprehensible reason. He found Umyamana and Usivetu, one of Cetywayo's half- brothers, at the head of one party, and Undabuko at the head of a second. He did not meet Undabuko, but he and his force were pointed out to him not far off, and he could see that his following was large and fully armed, as was also the force with Umyamana and Usivetu. My messenger at once protested against this array, and the delay that had detained us so long, and was still keeping us day after day from fulfilling our mission; Umyamana said they wished first to celebrate a dance at the burial place of Cetywayo's ancestors, and that they would then come up. Umqundane objected to the dance being held before the restoration had taken place, and remonstrated strongly against the armed force. Umyamana promised to present himself with Undabuko and Usiwetu at once, leaving the force in the valley. As I did not feel much confidence in Umyamana's promises, I desired Umqundane, accompanied by three others of my native escort, to go to Cetywayo and report to him what he had seen and done, and to say that I positively forbade these armed forces coming near the camp; that if he insisted on their coming he would do himself serious damage, and would be responsible for the consequences. Cetywayo said he was not aware that the people had armed themselves to such an extent, and sent an order prohibiting their approach with arms. Mr. Osborn and I sent a similar order. - 38. On the morning of the 27th Cetywayo sent to say he wished to have his family presented to me, to which I, of course, assented, and they came ; the wives, about 15 in number, sat together with four little girls in front of them, and about 60 waiting women and girls in a semicircle behind them. Cetywayo's only son, a lad of about fourteen (14), was also present. On my greeting them, they said they had come to pay their respects to me, and to express their thanks for the return of their husband; they then at once plunged into political questions, spoke of the appointed Chiefs and their conduct towards them during Cetywayo's absence in the bitterest terms, discussed the curtailment of territory as an injustice and a wrong; why restore their husband at all, they said, if he was to be restored to nothing. His dogs had eaten his cattle, and dogs such as Usibebu and others had had his country apportioned to them; they spoke with extreme violence on these subjects. Their troubles, they said, had reminded them of what the Boers used to say to them when the English were selected to crown Cetywayo, and not the Boers, who were anxious to be selected, namely, that to-day the English will be your friends, to-morrow they will destroy you; they went on to say that I and Mr. John Shepstone had been accused of thus cutting up the country, but that they did not believe I had had R 5762. G 50 anything to do with it as I had always been a father to them. All this was said vehemently, but not with the intention to give offence, it was in short a rehearsal by these women of the programme that was afterwards gone through by the men at the installation. I could not of course argue with these ladies, so I asked them what their husband said: on these subjects. They were a little embarrassed by the question, and replied that he would say nothing until he had heard what I had to say upon them. I then told them that the arrangements had been all made by the authority of the Queen and not by mine, or that of Mr. John Shepstone, that the latter had been sent by the Governor of Natal, as I had been, to carry out what the Queen's Government had sanctioned. They hereupon exclaimed, “Does the Queen know of this P. Then we will go to the Queen and ask her how she came to give our inheritance to our dogs,” and much more to this effect. I offered no objection to their resolution, and after some conversation about the children they bade me farewell and left. * 39. Shortly after this interview a sensation was created among the natives by the appointed Chief Usibebu riding into camp with about a dozen mounted followers. He had first reported himself to Mr. Osborn, whom he regarded as his immediate Chief, and asked him to notify his approach to me. Our camps were so situated that in coming to me he had to pass within about 50 yards of that occupied by Cetywayo, 250 yards from ours. As he did so the men and women at Cetywayo's tents Usibebu afterwards said filled his ears with the scoffs and ill-names which they flung at him, but he rode past without noticing their unmannerly conduct. He said that he had come to pay his respects to me, that he felt constrained to do so, although he had been advised to delay coming because the valley of the White Umvolozi was full of the Usutu party, and they would kill him ; he did not believe, he said, that they would venture to touch him, and they had not, for he had come safely through them. He denied having any of Cetywayo's cattle, or that he had contemplated or had given any reason to the Usutu party to suspect that he contemplated attacking any of them, and that party knew full well, he said, that both allegations were untrue ; he added, “I know my boundaries, and unless “ the Government order me, I will not overstep them ; but if they are invaded I shall “ defend them, and the invaders must take the consequences.” He seemed much hurt by the insults which had been offered him as he passed Cetywayo's tents. He said he had done more to support Cetywayo's family during his captivity than anyone else; that at the outbreak of the war he had strongly opposed Cetywayo's determination to accept war, and related as an instance, that he met John Dunn bearing a letter from Cetywayo to the English, which Dunn told him would certainly cause war, and that he took it from Dunn and destroyed it, and went to Cety wayo and told him that he had destroyed it to prevent war; that afterwards when war had actually commenced he felt it his duty to stand by his Chief, although he thought him in the wrong, and that he did more fighting and showed more energy in carrying on hostilities than any other Zulu noble, and now this was his reward. After staying more than an hour in camp he rode across the open country towards the Ulundi valley on his way home. I felt anxious for his safety, but those who knew him better than I did, especially Mr. Osborn, said that he was far too clever for his enemies, and would not give them time to mature any combination against him, that his promptness and dash would carry him safely through, and so they appear to have done. 40. As Umyamana had promised my headman, Umqundane, on the 27th, that he would reach the camp with Undabuko and Usivetu in the morning of the 28th, and as they were the persons whose presence was most necessary to enable me to perform the ceremony, I gave Cetywayo notice that I intended to complete my mission the next day, and, if possible, start on my return to Natal after having done so; Cetywayo seemed startled at this ; deprecated my leaving him so suddenly in the open, and expressed a wish for additional delay to enable the more distant people to arrive ; but as I knew that people from the sea-coast, as well as from the extreme inland portion of Zululand, had been in the neighbourhood for some days already, and as every day’s delay added fresh complications to our position, I could not comply with his request; I reminded him of what I had told him when he wished to lose time by resting in the Umhlatuze valley, about keeping the troops out longer than was reasonably necessary, and informed him that I had already received inquiries from the Governor of Natal, by whom we had all been sent, as to the causes of the delay that had already taken place. He admitted that i had given him this warning, and reluctantly acquiesced. Messengers were sent to collect the people, and arrangements were discussed with Cetywayo as to the conveyance of himself and his baggage when the ceremony should be over. 5] 41. Umyamana did not fulfil his promise of coming to the camp until afternoon, when he appeared with Undabuko and Usiwetu ; they came from having seen Cetywayo to go through the usual interview with me; during which I gave them to understand generally the terms upon which alone I had been commissioned to re-establish Cetywayo over a portion of Zululand; that they were conditions which admitted of no discussion; that Cetywayo had bound himself in England as regarded some, at Cape Town as re- garded the others, to observe them; and although he had given me to understand, and might say to the people, that he had consented to them under pressure, and that there- fore they were open to discussion by the Zulu people, they were not open to discussion ; that they had been communicated by Her Majesty's Government to the Governor of Natal as the conditions on which alone Cetywayo would be restored; that Cetywayo had assented to them, and if he had not he would not have been sent back; that the manner of his restoration had been left to the Governor of Natal; that I had been com— missioned in consequence to receive Cetywayo on the sea shore and to take him, as I had now brought him, in one hand and the conditions in the other, to establish them together in the presence of the assembled Zulus; that I was only the agent to carry out what I had been commissioned to carry out, that I had no authority, as on former occasions I had, to alter or even discuss the conditions. I gave this explanation because I knew that Cetywayo would arrange with them the programme of the meeting, and I wished them to understand fully the position in which Cetywayo was placed, and the only position which I cóuld consent to occupy at the meeting. I then expressed my dis- appointment at the delay that had taken place and at the large armed force which they had been the cause of placing round the camp a mile or two off, and impressed upon them the absolute necessity of preventing the young men from being present, whether armed or not, at the ceremony, which had now been fixed to take place the next day. They promised to comply with my wish, and after a good deal of complimentary talk went away. Later on in the afternoon, however, I found that, notwithstanding all this, orders had been given that “all” were to attend the following day’s ceremony. I at once sent to remonstrate with Cetywayo, to represent to him that if these young men did ap- proach the camp, or attempt to attend the meeting, disturbance was sure to take place, to which no one could see the end; that I had repeatedly explained my views on the subject to him, and that I now warned him for the last time, and that if he would not heed my warning the consequences must be borne by him, for I should take measures myself to have my determination on this point carried out. Cety wayo demurred a good deal, but ultimately promised to respect my wishes. 42. It is perhaps necessary to explain that my determination to exclude the great body of young men from the meeting was a precaution which I felt it absolutely neces- sary to take; it had only a few days before been brought to my notice how insultingly the young soldiers had treated their old general, and how narrowly he had escaped personal injury at their hands. I knew that at the meeting there would be the excite- ment of reckless and inflammatory speeches, and such incentives to turbulence as would speedily outgrow the power of control, if a large number of young men was allowed to be present. I had on former occasions seen how impatient of restraint these young Zulus became, and how rapidly the contagion of tumultuous conduct spread. It is needless to point out how serious a catastrophe might have happened had this precaution been neglected, and factious disturbances arisen among so large and so many-minded an assemblage of barbarians in the immediate presence of an escort of Her Majesty’s troops, charged with the special responsibilities which, at that moment, rested on the force under Lieutenant-Colonel Curtis’ command. 43. On the morning of the 29th of January every arrangement was made for carrying out the restoration ceremony, and, should nothing happen to prevent, the return of the column towards Natal. Mr. Osborn, Lieutenant-Colonel Curtis, and I, had arranged the programme of the proceedings. About 800 yards from our camp a natural circular depression in the open grassy ridge, well suited to the purpose, had been selected as the spot on which the meeting should be held, and Mr. Fynn had undertaken the marshalling and seating of the people in readiness to receive us. I sent my secretary, Mr. Arthur Shepstone, to explain the whole programme to Cetywayo, and to inform him that, as in going to the spot selected I should have to pass near his camp, I should call for him, and we would proceed together to the place that had been selected for the ceremony. He thanked me and expressed his full approval of the programme, except that, he said, it was his place to come to me, rather than mine to call for him ; but as he would meet me on my way, and as I had waived his coming to me, he was content. He stipulated G 2 52 that during the ceremony he should sit close to me, and be near “our own troops,” alluding to Her Majesty's soldiers. By noon, the troops had formed line behind the flagstaff, facing the assembled Zulus, who numbered about 6,000. When all was ready I started from the site of our camp, which had during the morning been moved a short distance, so as to be ready for our homeward march, and proceeded with Mr. Osborn and my secretary to meet Cetywayo, who, with Mr. Fynn, Mr. R. Dunn, and his native attendants, proceeded with us to the place of meeting, where we were received with a general salute, and took our seats under the flagstaff, Cetywayo sitting on my right, and Lieutenant-Colonel Curtis on my left, the officers and others taking places where they could on each side or behind us, and the Zulus forming a large semicircle in front. 44. To address so large a concourse of people with the probability of being heard by all seemed a hopeless matter, but the stillness of the atmosphere, the perfect quiet of the listeners, and the advantages afforded by the Zulu language, enabled all or nearly all to hear what was said. I began by alluding to the capture and deportation of Cetywayo by the British army, and explained that the portion of that army which they saw then present was considered to be a fitting accompaniment of his restoration; it was there to show that the arm which restored was the same as that which had taken away, so that no doubt need arise in their minds that this son of Panda had been sent back by the will and favour of the Government of the Queen. I proceeded to say that when Cetywayo was taken away it was necessary to make provision for the government of the country, and that this was done by appointing Chiefs over sections of it, to rule independently of each other; that although at first things seemed to go well, misunderstandings arose, which caused in some cases violence and bloodshed, and led to disorder and disquietude, which Her Majesty's Government could not permit to continue. . That this led to the reconsideration of the plan which had been adopted to rule the country, and to the thought that, perchance, by complying with Cetywayo's repeated prayer to be sent back to Zululand, his restoration under certain conditions might, after all that he had seen and experienced, prove good for the country and people. That this thought, of necessity, suggested the further consideration that Her Majesty's Government had appointed the sectional Chiefs, and had incurred obligations towards them which, should they and their people, or any other Zulus, feel unable to accept Cetywayo's restored rule, the Govern- ment could not ignore, and led to the ultimate decision that Cetywayo could be restored to a portion only of the Zulu country, and that the reserved part should be kept for those Zulus, whether Chiefs or people, who felt unable or unwilling to live under him. That these reserves of land, namely, the land beaconed off for Usibebu in the northern part of the Zulu country, and that lying between the Umhlatuze and Tugela rivers in the southern portion of it, were for the Zulu people, not for white men, and that no portion of either was to be sold or alienated. That the conditions which I was about to read from a paper were those upon which alone Her Majesty's Government had con- sented to restore Cetywayo to authority over that portion of Zululand which I had described; all these conditions except two had been explained to Cetywayo, and accepted by him, in England, and the remaining two had been explained to him and accepted by him at Cape Town; they were such as the Queen's Government, which had conquered the country, had a perfect right to make, and if Cetywayo had not accepted them he would not have been allowed to return ; they were conditions which neither he nor the Zulu people could now discuss, as in any way capable of modification, and that I could not enter upon any such discussion ; that on the two former occasions on which I visited Zululand, to do a service for this same son of Panda, on the first to restore peace to the country, by inducing his father Panda to nominate Cetywayo as his successor, and on the second to install him in authority in his father's place, I had more or less power of dis- cretion to act as might seem best, but that on this occasion I was a mere messenger without any discretionary power whatever; I had come to them with Cety wayo in one hand, and the conditions upon which I had brought him in the other, and that I had consented to become such a messenger, not only because the Governor of Natal on behalf of Her Majesty’s Government had requested me, but because Cetywayo himself had done so from Cape Town. I then carefully explained to them all the conditions from the documents enclosed in your Excellency’s Despatch of the 28th December last containing my instructions; after explaining each condition I appealed to Cetywayo to say publicly whether what I had then explained had been what he had understood and assented to in England, or Cape Town, as the case might be; Cetywayo seemed inclined to go into the arguments which, he said, he had used to Lord Kimberley when discussing the conditions; but as I wanted categorical answers to questions upon matters of fact, I 53 requested him to confine himself, at that particular stage of the proceedings, to a simple answer; and he replied in the affirmative to each as I explained it; adding in reference to that concerning the women and girls of the Royal Household that, even if it had not been proposed to him, he should have acted in accordance with its provisions of his own free will. Having completed these explanations, I proceeded to say that they would all see, that although Cetywayo would again be placed in the exalted seat that gave him the right to rule over the people within the territory assigned to him, it was not the same seat that he had occupied before, it did not empower him to kill without full and fair trial, or upon the irresponsible declarations of witch, doctors, or to interfere with girls marrying or being given in marriage, or to exact military service in any way; that the conditions upon which he would henceforth occupy that seat prohibited his going behind the event of his restoration; what took place during his absence was not to be the subject of blame or punishulent; a new field was to be commenced that day, in the cultivation of which the past was to be forgotten. I pointed out that in framing these conditions the Queen's Government had considered the interests of the people, and their wish was that all should begin afresh with “white hearts” and joyful anticipations of the future. I dwelt at some length on the advantages to both Cetywayo and the people, should these conditions be carefully observed and acted up to ; I impressed upon them that the restoration of their Chief was an act of pure grace on the part of Her Majesty's Government, for which no fee or thankoffering, other than the observance of the stipula- tions, was looked for or would be accepted. I thought it necessary to say this plainly and publicly, because I found that an agitation had already been disturbing the country in consequence of rumours actively circulated, that a large contribution of girls, money, and cattle would be required from the people as a thank offering for the restoration, and because I knew with what potency such a plea could be used to obtain contributions which would most probably be used for other purposes. Cetywayo reminded me that there was one condition which I had overlooked, namely, that he might keep police. I replied that the conditions prohibited the establishment of military kraals, or of any military system, but that the keeping of a few police to maintain order did not come within the prohibition. The British Resident, Mr. Osborn, here rose, and made a few remarks to the effect that as he had taken charge of the country by the authority of Her Majesty's Govern- ment during Cetywayo’s absence, so now, by the same authority, he transferred that charge to be vested in the hands which had been selected to receive it. I then formally, and in the name of the British Government, installed Cetywayo, and declared him re-established in authority over that portion of Zululand which had already been described ; I next introduced Mr. Fynn to Cety wayo and the assembled Zulus as the Resident who had been duly appointed to remain with Cetywayo; who would advise the doing of what would be right, and protest, without fear, against what was wrong; who would be able to testify hereafter whether the conditions, which all had heard that day, had been kept or not. I then addressed a few words of advice to Cetywayo and to the people; to Cetywayo I pointed out the great responsibility that, rested upon him; and the fact that the contentment of the people would depend upon the manner in which he ruled them in accordance with the conditions which he had accepted, and which all had heard explained that day; and that to a very great extent, success depended upon himself; I pointed out to the people that upon them, too, would the welfare of the country in a great measure depend; that great privileges had been secured for them by Her Majesty's Government; that they could retain them for themselves, only by recognising that the claims of others to them were equal to their own, and that I left Cetywayo in their hands, in the hope that neither he nor they would ever forget, or neglect to adhere to, the conditions which I had that day, in the name of the British Government, publicly promulgated at the Emtonjanani. 45. At such meetings as these it is generally arranged that the official answer, or the collective opinion, shall be spoken by one person; and in this instance, Umyamana, who had formerly been Cetywayo's prime minister, and who seemed to have resumed that position, was the person selected to discharge, this function. He opened and invited discussion by rising and returning thanks on behalf of the Zulu people for the restora- tion which the great English house had allowed to take place; as to the territory that had been given to Usibebu and that which was across the Umhlatuzi, “You Zulus,” he said, addressing the people, “must say for yourselves what you have to say. Your “ white house,” addressing me, “is indeed a great house, for you make great people “ small and small people great ; you have made the son of Mapita (Usibebu) great, by G 3 54 “ giving him land that was ours; we say, nevertheless, that all the land is the Queen's, “ and that we are no longer children of Zululand, but children of the Queen.” This short introductory speech by Umyamana gave the cue, and the majority of the forty, or more, speakers that followed adhered, with varying emphasis, to the programme that had thus been suggested; the expression of thanks and astonishment was universal; but astonishment at the act of restoration, and admiration of a people capable of it, seemed to be the deepest and truest feeling. The curtailment of the territory over which Cetywayo's rule had been restored was remarked upon as a wrong by all who spoke, with few exceptions. “Where will he put all his people,” they asked, “if you tº take his country away P Every Zulu will wish to live under him, because he is the “ rightful Chief of every Zulu.” They, for the most part, referred in the bitterest terms to Usibebu having had country given to him, and having been thus made inde- pendent of Cetywayo; the most insulting epithets were applied to him, and very frequently he was spoken of as a dog. They accused him of every kind of violence and atrocity, and of being a persistent disturber of the peace of the country. Some speakers described the position in which Usibebu had been placed as intended to be a trap to cause Cetywayo's downfall. Others expressed disappointment that the meeting had not taken the form of an investigation into the conduct of the appointed Chiefs; who were accused of robbing and murdering the people placed under them, and asked why they were not present to answer for themselves P Siunguza, one of the appointed Chiefs, took notice of this, and said that he was an appointed Chief, and that he was there to answer for himself; Cetywayo had shown an inclination to shield all the appointed Chiefs, except Usibebu and Uhamu, from the reproaches cast upon them, and Siunguza, in allusion to this, asked, “How does Panda's son know that only two of the appointed “ Chiefs have shed blood; does he say so because those two are not present P” Some confusion was here caused by the clamour of the Usutu party and a body of young men, which was checked by Cetywayo's demanding for the speaker a fair hearing; Siunguza then came to the front, and, after protesting against the interruption, declared that he went to the white people for protection ; he thanked for the restoration of Cetywayo to his people, but said that he would himself remain under the Queen. Umgitjwa, another appointed Chief, presented himself to answer any charges that might be brought against him and to declare that he could not accept Cetywayo's rule, but in spite of Cetywayo's endeavours he was interrupted so boisterously that he could not proceed. A representa- tive from Umlandela expressed this appointed Chief's regret, that, being old and infirm, he could not be present to welcome Cetywayo back, but that he intended to remain a subject of the British Government. 46. A few of the speakers only recognised, in what they said, the true position of the case, and among these was Siteku, one of Cetywayo's half brothers; he thanked for the restoration; it was to them, a miracle; a thing they had never seen before ; a man long dead brought to life again. As to the Reserved Territory, he said, “We were beaten in “fair fight, and the country belongs to the victors, we have no right to complain, and “if we have wishes, we should state them in a becoming manner, and ask that they be “ granted.” Very little reference was made by the speakers to any of the other con- ditions; the land question seemed to engage all their attention, and especially that portion of it which had been assigned to Usibebu. One or two spoke of a portion of the country south of the Umhlatuzi as being Cetywayo's personal estate, in the terms which Cety- wayo had himself used to me, as described in paragraph 23 of this narrative. Cetywayo's cattle which had been pronounced forfeited to the British Government, but which had not gone to the Government, was also a subject frequently alluded to ; John Dunn, Usibebu, Uhamu, Hlubi, and all the appointed Chiefs were, in turn, accused of having made away with them, and of having been guilty of bloodshed; but Cetywayo himself restricted the charge of retaining the cattle as applicable only to the first three, and defended John Dunn against the charge of bloodshed. The subjects spoken of at the meeting may be shortly summed up as follows:– 1. Thanks for Cetywayo's restoration. 2. Admiration of a Government and people that could perform such acts as to treat kindly, and, ultimately to reinstate, an enemy captured in war, that enemy being the Chief who had carried on the war. *. 3. Objections to the retention of the Reserved Territory. 4. Protest and bitter feeling against Usibebu’s elevation to independence, and against any portion of Zululand being allotted to him. 55 5. Disappointment that the programme of the meeting did not include requiring all the appointed Chiefs to attend and to give an account of their stewardship. 6. Cetywayo's forfeited cattle, which had not been handed over, as they ought to have been, to Her Majesty’s Government. 7. The women and girls of the Royal Household; these were, however, but slightly alluded to, since Cetywayo had himself publicly expressed his special approval of the provision regarding them. 8. Attachment of the people to Cetywayo, and clamorous calls for such as did not like him to step forward and show themselves. These were responded to by the appointed Chiefs Siunguza and Umgitjwa in person and by the representative of Umlandela as already described. 47. It is not expected that those who preside over meetings such as these, should answer or controvert any of the speakers, unless it is thought necessary for any special reason to do so; this gives a latitude to speeches which frequently causes anxiety, always requires careful watching, and occasionally calls for a summary check. On an occasion such as this, it was obviously necessary to allow as much freedom of speech as was consistent with the orderly conduct of the meeting, but to guard against that point being exceeded; some excited speaking had taken place, and some inflammatory speeches had been made, when Dabulamanzi, Cety wayo's half-brother, spoke at considerable length in a manner that seemed to me to call for immediate and unqualified rebuke ; he went through the form of thanking for Cetywayo's restoration, and then proceeded to comment on the conduct and arrangements of Her Majesty’s Government, in terms that were not only disrespectful and inflammatory, but which reversed the positions of the British Government and the Zulu people; this created a sensation among the younger portion of the audience, and was calculated, if not intended, to excite hostility to Usibebu and contempt for Her Majesty’s Government, and especially for that of Natal. He con- cluded a speech, full of objectionable declamation, by saying, “To you Usibebu’s blood is “ as sweet milk, it must be preserved, and taken the greatest care of; while ours is worth- “ less and common, and may be shed by anyone disposed to shed it.” I felt that unless such language was not at at once put a stop to, the conduct of the meeting would speedily pass from our hands into those of the young Usutu party, and that the cere- mony would end in confusion, and probably something worse. I therefore interposed, and said that I had no objection to the free expression of opinion ; that I should be glad to hear all that anyone present might have to say, and that I would duly report what they might say, but that I could not listen to disrespectful language. Dabulamanzi and a few speakers who had preceded him had spoken in a manner quite inconsistent with their professions of thankfulness; they had spoken as if it was the place of the British Government to humbly seek their consent before venturing to take any measure with regard to Zululand or Cetywayo. I reminded them that Her Majesty's Government had conquered Zululand and taken Cetywayo captive, and had now, of its own free will and favour, sent him back on terms which it had a perfect right to make, without refer- ence to anyone; that those terms had been devised with the object of benefiting the Zulu people as well as Cety wayo, and that I had been commissioned to re-establish Cetywayo on those terms and on those only, that when Her Majesty's Government conquered Zululand, it did not prosecute or oppress the people by taking away their cattle, or confiscating their lands, so as to harass and starve their women and children, but left with the people all their personal possessions; could they expect more, or as much, from a conquering power that if Dabulamanzi alone had spoken in this strain I should have thought little of it, for he had the reputation of talking like a child, but as others had preceded him in a like spirit, I felt that it was time to check this kind of talk, by reminding them of the true position in which all of us stood in this matter. Dabulamanzi attempted to interrupt me, but I desired him to remain silent, and he obeyed. This was the only occasion on which I found it necessary to interfere during the three hours occupied by talking; but I felt bound to attempt, at whatever risk there might be, to prevent the discussion from degenerating into excited and dangerous as well as un- truthful declamation. Umyamana apologised for Dabulamanzi's language by saying that all cattle did not low in an identical voice; that the lowing of one was pleasant, that of another unpleasant, and that I must think nothing of the expressions which Dabulamanzi had used. I, of course, accepted this apology, and the speakers became more guarded in their expressions. It was remarkable that the most uncompromising denouncers of Usibebu were his own brothers; I required the reason of this, and found that they had had a family quarrel and been obliged to leave. G 4 56 At an intimation from Cetywayo who had planned the programme, Umyamana, act- ing as leader and exponent of the feeling of the people, rose and closed the discussion by saying that I had heard what the Zulus had spoken ; that they had spoken plainly because they wished me to understand what they had to say; that if they were arguing a lawsuit, they would have had much to say about the prohibition of military service and about the curtailment of territory; but they were not arguing a lawsuit, and their attitude could therefore only be that of submission, and the holding of open hands to receive what might be given; “our Chief has been restored to us,” he said, “and we thank for the kindness which has prompted this.” Cetywayo, addressing the people, remarked that what they had said must be regarded as emanating from them, and not from him; that I would report the feelings which they had expressed, and that in the meanwhile he would do his best to fulfil his engagements. I said that I had heard and would report the feelings which they had expressed; that the object of the restoration and of the terms upon which it had been made were the peace of the country and the freedom and happiness of everyone in it; that I had no power to alter or in any way modify these terms, and that I could hold out no hope that Her Majesty's Government would consent to do so, because they were meant for the happiness of all, and not for the aggrandisement of one; that Cetywayo had had experience which no other Zulu Chief had had, and I trusted that he had learned to rule the people wisely, and so to secure his own comfort and the happiness of those over whom he might find himself placed ; that, as regards the cattle which had been spoken about, they could not become the subject of any definite discussion on such an occasion; that much would most probably be said on both sides, and that each case would have to be decided upon its own merits; it would therefore be necessary that, as claims arose, they should be laid before the Resident, Mr. Fynn, who would report the circumstances and make such order or arrangement as he might be authorised to make. Lieutenant-Colonel Curtis made a few remarks upon the successful termination of his duty to escort Cetywayo from the sea-coast until he should be delivered safely into the hands of his people; he expressed the hope that Cety wayo's restoration might prove a blessing to all concerned, and bade the Zulu people farewell. This, with a salute to Cetywayo by the troops, concluded the ceremony, which had lasted more than three hours. Just as the meeting was breaking up Cetywayo requested me to direct the people to assist in building a kraal for him; I thought that such a direction should be made by him, but as he seemed specially to wish that it should emanate from me, and as at the moment I could not see any objectionable use that might be made of my complying with his request, I did so in the form of expressing a wish that as their Chief would have no place to live in they would all help to build him one. He, at once, had this pro- claimed as an order by one of his own heralds. I afterwards found that this had been construed to include the inhabitants of the Reserved Territory, upon whom it was con- sidered that a direction from me would be felt to be binding; I observed that the moment Cetywayo's herald had finished making his proclamation, a great number of young men ran off in the direction of the Umhlatuzi, the boundary river of the Reserved Territory; and I was afterwards informed that they had done so to evade the order. 48. To enable Cetywayo to move comfortably down towards Ulundi, and to afford . him shelter until huts should be built for him by his people, I presented to him, in the name of Her Majesty's Government, the little waggon in which he had travelled thus far, and the six bell tents which he had occupied from the time of his landing. He thanked very much for them, and said that they would be a great convenience to him. I trust that my having done this will meet with your Excellency’s sanction. The meeting and ceremony, and arrangements for Cetywayo's comfort, including the loan of two waggons to convey his baggage being over, we took leave of, and wished him every success. He expressed himself as very thankful for what had been done. We com- menced our march towards Natal, and Cetywayo moved down with Mr. Fynn into the valley, escorted by his people, the same evening. 49. I have already explained that it is not considered necessary for those presiding at such meetings as the one I have described to notice any particular speech or expression of opinion; the arrangement is usually that the speaker who opens the people's dis- cussion and indicates the scope and direction of it, should at the proper time close it; and that his closing remarks are looked upon as the practical outcome of the debate. According to Umyamana's interpretation, the result of the speech making showed, that 57 if the prohibition of military service, and the curtailment of territory had been open questions, they would have had more to say about them, but as they were not, they acquiesced in them “with open hands to receive what might be given.” It was, how- ever, remarkable that, as regards the prohibition of military service, scarcely a word of regret or disapproval was expressed, and that with regard to the curtailment of territory most, if not all, the violent expressions and angry feeling were directed at Usibebu, and the Reserve which had been alloted to that Chief. The programme of the meeting had been arranged by Cetywayo; the headmen living on the south of the Umhlatuzi River were to speak one after the other; they did so, and all, with the exceptions I have mentioned, declared their unalterable attachment to Cetywayo and the impossibility of their removing to join him because the Chief had no country to put them in. Cetywayo, who was sitting close to me, did not omit to draw my attention to each of these speakers as being one of those living in the Reserved Territory. Certainly their public declarations were all in one direction, and for the most part they used the same words. How far these declarations really represented the true feelings of those who made them, was a question upon which I found it difficult to form an opinion, after the example I had myself witnessed at the Umhlatuzi near the coast, as described in paragraphs 15 and 16 of this Report, and remembering also the private intimation which I had received the day before the meeting, that I was not to take what would be said at the ceremony as the speaker's words. 50. On our way back to Natal we had frequent opportunities of hearing the views of the common people on the changes which had been made in Cetywayo's position and power; they congratulated themselves on the abolition of military service, and the power of interference with marriage, and they seemed especially pleased that they now had the right to remove from one side of the Umhlatuzi to the other unmolested, with their property. Those who were already in the Reserved Territory expressed their satisfaction at being on the right side ; when it was suggested to them that their headmen had at the meeting elected to be under Cetywayo, they replied that their headmen might go if they chose, but that they would stay where they were. It must be borne in mind that the higher the rank of a Zulu headman the greater will of necessity be his preference for a state of things that most favours the unrestrained exercise of his authority, so that practically there is a considerable conflict of interests between the headmen and the common people; and it is this conflict, and the facilities which will present themselves to the common people of conserving their interests by means of the Reserved Territory, that will prove, if Judiciously encouraged, to be the true source of stability and peace in Zululand, not only in the reserved portion of it, but in that over which Cety wayo's authority has been re-established. It appears to me, however, that the appointed Chief Usibebu will continue to labour under a very serious disadvantage so long as he is left without a resident; the system for the management of Zululand is incomplete, and invites failures, so long as this want is not supplied. On the other hand it would have been impossible to have restored Cetywayo, without civil war immediately following, had not a separate provision been made for Usibebu. 51. At our halt for breakfast, after having crossed the Umhlatuzi, some of the inhabitants came to the camp and entered into conversation ; they spoke very gratefully of the privileges which had been conferred upon them ; several young men were there, some of whom I found had been present at the ceremony; I asked them how it was that they had not stayed to help build Cetywayo's kraal; they replied at once that they were on this side of the river, and that such a work was no longer theirs. One of them, a young soldier of a favourite regiment, said, “We have been spoilt by the last three or “four years for such service, we have found what it is to sleep without feeling alarmed in “ the night at the bark of a dog, lest it might be the approach of a party sent to destroy us. We used to think that our military system was a good thing, although we had to serve so many months near the Chief, with so little to eat that when our term was “ ended it was as much as many of us could do to crawl back to our homes to get food and recover strength.” Becoming warm on the subject he continued, “And what was the chance of the soldier who would be considered most fortunate P It was that he “ might be selected to form one of a party to go and destroy some kraal; he might then “ steal a goat (which was a sort of recognised theft), that would have been my best “ chance, for I am but a common soldier, but that goat,” he said, “would not cease “ bleating because I had taken it. Now,” he said, “we see differently. We find that “we can go and work and earn money, and buy what we want, and marry and become heads of families while we are yet young.” All present agreed with this; it was { % G. C. 6 6 R. 5762. H 58 spoken without hesitation, and without that fear of consequences, which, in my former visits to Zululand, was always so evident on the faintest expression of disapproval of the existing state of things; and the feeling expressed by this young man I found to pervade all the common people along our route with whom we came in contact. 52. A feature which I should be wrong not to bring to your Excellency’s notice was, that on every occasion when I was addressed by Zulus, whether in large or small num- bers, by men or by women, on the subject of Cetywayo's return, all concluded by im- pressing upon me that unless the hand that restored him, meaning Her Majesty’s Government, also controlled and guided him, there would be little hope of peace and quiet for the country, because, added some of them, and especially the women, he will be misled and importuned and guided by those who love blood and covet other people’s property. e 53. When Cetywayo landed he was evidently in an aggressive humour; he thought that he could without difficulty take command of the country, and that messages sent by him to the people would be instantly obeyed. He was not sparing of these, and the tone he assumed was that of a ruler already in possession, and inclined to insist upon his rights. If he had succeeded in his efforts he would at once have become master of the situation, and the expedition would have been placed in very awkward circumstances. In his first message to the people, which he sent without my knowledge, and in many subsequent speeches, he showed his inclination to repudiate the condition which provided for the reservation of territory, and although he took the credit of having beforehand approved cf the one by which he had bound himself to make no claim upon the husbands, parents, relations, or guardians of the girls of the Royal Household who had become married during his absence, in respect of any such marriage, he had given the people to understand that in every case he should expect to receive a girl, the child of any such marriage, or other compensation equivalent thereto. It is not improbable that those who have married these girls, and who may remain under Cetywayo's rule, will comply with this intimation ; but I very much doubt that any in the Reserved Territory will do so. It was not until after several days’ personal observation of the anxieties and misgivings of the inhabitants as to the consequences to them of his assumption of rule over the country that Cetywayo seemed to realise the change that had taken place in their minds, and became nervous and apprehensive of the consequences of his restoration to himself. There can be no doubt that the fears of the people were very great, and that their dis- trust in the possibility of Cetywayo's being restored without reviving the old régime very strong, so strong indeed that but for the conditions and the trust of the Zulu people that Her Majesty's Government will permanently secure to them the privileges which the conditions are intended to confer, my belief is that the restoration would have been attended with unmistakeable proofs that we were forcing a dreaded ruler upon an unwilling people, in so far as the great majority were concerned. Fortunately, however, the scheme, under which this measure has been carried out, contains so many self-adjusting balances, all the springs of which, in the case of Cety wayo, as in that of the people, are put into operation by the instincts of self-preservation and self-interest, that if only time enough can elapse to enable the people to acquire such confidence in the intentions of Her Majesty's Government, as will encourage them to resist the efforts which Cetywayo and the ultra Usutu party will, it is to be expected, make to overbear them, this self-adjusting machinery will act in the direction of ulti- mately securing peace to the country, and will grow stronger by such action ; but it must not be forgotten that the foundation of the whole scheme is the retention and firm rule of the Reserved Territory, and the presence with Usibebu of some efficient repre- sentative of the Government to guide him in the very difficult position in which he is laced. P 54. I must confess that when I visited Zululand on this occasion I was not prepared for what I met with ; judging from what I had supposed would be but a natural impulse, I had rather expected to witness the exhibition of a very, general, although perhaps shortlived, enthusiasm on Cetywayo's reappearance among his people. I expected that this enthusiasm would, for the time, overwhelm all practical and selfish considerations, and that these would assert themselves later on ; I found, however, that these last asserted themselves first, and that the people looked upon the restoration as a very serious personal matter to each of them. This was to be accounted for by the great changes, which struck me as having taken place, in their ideas and habits, since my previous visit, when, 10 years ago, I went to crown Cetywayo, but, as they themselves say, during their Chief's absence; they had, to a great extent, adopted European 59 articles and fashion of clothing; they spoke of the facilities for their young men earning money by labour in the Colony, as a new and great privilege, and such it undoubtedly was ; they had learned that “shillings were better weapons than assegais wherewith to capture property;” they had, as a rule, enjoyed the sweets of liberty and comparative security to a very considerable extent, and these were blessings which they did not feel inclined to lightly part with. Ten years ago all this would have been looked upon as revolutionary, and punishable, and would have been sternly repressed. It was im- possible to withhold sympathy from men in such a condition of mind, and at the moment of such a serious crisis to them, or not to be impressed with a sense of the heavy respon- sibility that would rest upon us if, by any arbitrarily imposed measure, we should blight all these new-born aspirations in the minds of, in many respects, a noble people, and thrust them back into the barbarism from which they were just beginning to emerge. 55. I have now, I think, given your Excellency as full an account as a Despatch can be reasonably expected to convey of the history of Cety wayo's restoration, a service which you confided to my care; should any particular portion of it require more ex- planation or fuller description, I shall be glad to supply the deficiency. It only remains for me to bring to your Excellency’s notice the efficient manner in which everything connected with the conduct of the military escort was carried out; the programme of our different day's marches, which had been laid down, for special reasons, before we left Pietermaritzburg, was punctually observed in every instance, except one, and then it was interfered with, and for one day only, by rain; the supply and transport were ample and perfect, and no difficulty or shortcoming of any kind was met with. To Lieutenant-Colonel Curtis, of the 6th Dragoons, who commanded the column, I feel deeply indebted for the great assistance which his thoughtful and intelligent view of our occasional difficulties afforded me, and for the frank and loyal manner in which he always gave me his advice. To him and to the officers under him, and to the remark- ably considerate and kind-hearted conduct of the men towards the natives, are, to a great extent, due the perfect harmony and success of an expedition that was at times not free from serious anxiety. 56. Your Excellency is aware that Mr. Osborn, after rendering me the great assistance which his known ability and thorough knowledge of Zulu affairs enabled him to give me, and for which I feel greatly indebted to him, returned with me to Natal. I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., - (Signed) T. SHEPSTONE. Special Commissioner, &c. &c. &c. Pietermaritzburg. No. 1. MEMORANDUM. Entonjaneni, January 19, 1883. At a meeting with Cetywayo this day, I informed him that I had in my charge a certain number of cattle belonging to the Government, being part of the cattle forfeited by him at the conclusion of the war in 1879. That in pursuance of my instructions I was prepared, in the name of Her Majesty's Government, to hand over to him the said cattle, numbering altogether three hundred and eleven (31 l) head, including fifty-three (53) young calves, minus any that may possibly have died through accident, or other casualty, since they left Inhlazatye for this place about six (6) days ago. I further explained to Cetywayo that these cattle are a gift to him by Her Majesty's Government. In reply, Cety wayo expressed his gratitude to the Government for the gift, admitting that he had no claim to these cattle, and had no right to expect that they would be given to him, and he requested me to convey his thanks to the Government. He then added that he was told by Lord Kimberley in London that he was entitled to all his cattle, which were not given up to the Government, and were still remaining un- authorised in the hands of persons in Zululand. That he was aware that a great many of his cattle have not been given up to the Government, and are still being dishonestly retained by those who had charge of them. He especially instanced John Dunn, who he alleged held in this manner a very large number in his possession. H 2 60 He said he was well aware that John Dunn purchased some of the forfeited cattle, but in addition to those so acquired, he has unlawfully possessed himself of a consider- able number. He also mentioned Usibebu as having unlawfully retained a great many cattle, some of which he has stationed beyond the north-eastern border of Zululand. These two cases, he said, he made special reference to on account of the large number of cattle, he alleged, appropriated by the two Chiefs named. There were, however, he said, a great many of his forfeited cattle in the possession of other Zulus as well who are unlawfully retaining them. He wished the Government to recover all these cattle for him, for if he had to do so himself he would be obliged to use forcible means against any who failed to make restitution on demand, and punish them for their conduct. He further said, that during his stay in London a letter arrived there from John Dunn, to say he and his people were collecting together all the forfeited cattle remaining with them, in order to restore them to him (Cetywayo) immediately on his return to Zululand. In reference hereto I said I believed that his remarks in regard to the unlawful detention of cattle by John Dunn, Usibebu, and others, are to a large extent based on inaccurate information, as I have reason to think he will find when he has had time to become fully acquainted with all the facts; and further that I thought there was some mistake in his assertion that Lord Kimberley had said he was entitled to any of the forfeited cattle not given up to the Government. © He at once assured me that there was no mistake, and that his Lordship’s words were spoken in the hearing of others who were present. I then alluded to the fact that so few people, and scarcely any of the Chiefs or head- men, excepting some from the Reserved Territory, had as yet come to meet him, adding that, as it is necessary that they and the other principal men in the country should be present at his re-installation, it is my intention to call them up at once for the purpose. I explained that I had sent repeated intimation of his immediately expected arrival, and subsequently of his having actually arrived, to Umyamana, Undabuko, and Usivetu ; that I told them, and gave it out generally, that not only do I offer no objection to anyone going to meet him, but I should be pleased to find many appear to greet him on the occasion of his return to the country. He replied that the people and headmen do not come to meet him because some of them say they wish to be ordered to do so by the Chiefs who were appointed over them at the conclusion of the war. Others again say that they would meet him at Mahlabatini when he arrives there. He highly approved of my sending messengers to call up the Chiefs, &c. Cetywayo then referred to the Reserved Territory, and said that Lord Kimberley did not tell him that any portion of the country would be reserved. The reserve was decided upon on this side of the water, not in England. He was informed of it at the Cape by Sir H. Robinson, after his return from England. He demurred to the reser- vation when asked to sign the additional conditions at the Cape, but Sir H. Robinson told him if he did not sign them he should remain a prisoner and not be allowed to return to Zululand; he therefore signed, but his objection was not taken, nor was he permitted to argue thereon. I reminded him that Lord Kimberley told him in London that he would be partially restored, and that he would be required to sign some further conditions after he returned to the Cape; and I told him further that the Reserved Territory and other stipulations were made on the authority of Her Majesty's Government. He then stated that it was his intention to ask Sir Theophilus Shepstone to let his re-installation take place at the Mahlabatini instead of here, at the Entonjaneni. In conclusion, Cety wayo said he thanked me for the manner in which I had discharged my duties as British Resident in Zululand. He had heard from many that I had always treated his own family and the people in the country as a father would treat his children : I had protected them as far as I could do so, and he knew that I could not punish those who were doing wrong and oppressing others, as the Government did not authorise me to do so. (Signed) M. Osborn, British Resident, Zululand. 61 January 19, 1883. SIR THEoPHILUs SHEPSTONE, I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your information, the foregoing memorandum of an interview I had this day with Cety wayo. (Signed) M. OSBORN, British Resident. No. 2. SIR. T. SHEPSTONE, Entonjaneni, January 20, 1883. IN consequence of the scanty appearance hitherto of people to meet Cetywayo, and in view of the fact that, with the exception of a few from the Reserved Territory, scarcely any of the Chiefs and headmen in the country have as yet come to see Cetywayo; and as their presence at his re-installation is necessary, I have this morning with your concurrence despatched messages to all the Chiefs and headmen, desiring them to attend here at the earliest date possible for the purpose alluded to. I have not omitted to request the attendance of Umyamana, Undabuko, and Usivetu, as well as the other Chiefs, &c. (Signed) M. Osborn, British Resident, Zululand. No. 3. SIR. T. SHEPSTONE, Entonjaneni, January 21, 1883. You are already aware that I informed Cetywayo yesterday that I would send at once to call up the Chiefs and headmen to be present at his re-installation, and that I duly despatched messages to the persons concerned requesting their attendance. I directed that no one should come here armed, a direction which I had previously given out repeatedly and generally for the guidance of all who wished to meet Cetywayo here or on his journey to the place of re-installation. I now learn that Cety wayo, too, sent messengers to the Chiefs, &c., to whom my men were instructed to deliver my message, with orders to them to appear here at the re-installation with their people fully armed. These orders he sent without any intimation to me that he was doing so. (Signed) M. Osborn, British Resident, Zululand. No. 4. Entonjanemi, Zululand, January 26, 1883. Information received by me this day. My informant states that owing to what he heard said by men of the Usutu party, he thought it behoved the authorities with the column to be on their guard. That the Usutu are all arming and coming to the re-installation armed. Cety wayo had sent out word that they were to do so, and that those who had no shields and assegais should make them at once. It is alleged that Cety wayo said that certain conditions will be promulgated by Sir T. Shepstone to some of which he will agree, but there are some arrangements which Sir T. Shepstone will make known, to which he intended to object; he alluded to the cutting off of portions of Zululand for the Reserved Territory, and for Usibebu, as this was not ordered by the Government in England, and was being done by Sir T. Shepstone who has all along been against him. He has got Sir T. Shepstone in the open now, and therefore requires the people to come armed. There is but a small company of soldiers here, who would be nothing for his people; at Isandhlwana they finished a large lot of soldiers, the few now here are of no account. H 3 62 It was also secretly mentioned by the Usutu that they contemplated stealing CetywayG during the night, so, that Sir T. Shepstone would not be able to read the terms and conditions in his presence; he would thus be able to re-enter upon his position as King without any restriction. tº , e. - My informant thinks it advisable that the authorities should be on the alert, with the view to ensure safety. r g SIR. T. SHEPSTONE, * ~ * * * * *- * - - January 26, 1883. I subMIT, for your guidance and that of the military authorities, the foregoing infor- mation received by me privately through a trustworthy channel. My informant is a Zulu headman, who has opportunity of learning what may be going on amongst the Usutu. I think it advisable that precautionary measures be taken for safety of the column. (Signed) M. Osborn, British Resident, Zululand. No. 32. The RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF DERBY to Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. SJR, - Downing Street, April 3, 1883. - I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatches of the 24th of February last,” enclosing copies of correspondence between yourself and the Acting Resident Commissioner in the Zulu Native Reserve, relating to various matters in con- nexion with the settlement of that Territory. I approve the replies which you have addressed to Mr. John Shepstone on these subjects. I have, &c. (Signed) DERBY. Sir Henry Bulwer. No. 33. The RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF DERBY to Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, April 3, 1883. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch of the 23rd of February last,+ enclosing a copy of a report from the British Resident with Cetywayo regarding certain alleged disorders between Uhamu's people and the Abaqulusi. I approve the answer which you have sent to Mr. Fynn on the subject. I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) DER BY. No. 34. Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received April 3, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, March 6, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, copy of a Despatch I have received from the British Resident with Cetywayo reporting the apparent unwilling- ness of the Chief Umgojana to recognise Cety wayo's authority. * Nos. 26, 27, 28, and 29. * No. 25. 63 2. Umgojana, it will be remembered, was one of the five appointed Chiefs who, it was considered, would be willing to accept the restoration, but it would now seem that he also has been averse to it. 3. I enclose copy of the Despatch that I have addressed to Mr. Fynn in reply regarding Umgojana's position. I have, &c. . . (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure 1 in No. 34. Mr. H. F. FYNN to Sir H. BULWER. Mbilani Spruit, Zululand, SIR, February 15, 1883. THE Chief Umgojana per Bimbai and Nomcumbi reports that Cetywayo desires he should present himself for an interview, that he, Umgojana, informed Mr. Osborn and Sir Theophilus Shepstone he would not go to Cetywayo, who has again sent for him, but before complying, reports that he is called upon by the King to do so. I have replied to Umgojana's messengers that I will communicate the foregoing to Oll. y I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, K.C.M.G., British Resident with Cetywayo. Special Commissioner and Governor, Natal. Enclosure 2 in No. 34. Sir H. BULWER to Mr. H. F. FYNN. w Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, February 27, 1883. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch of the 15th instant regarding the Chief Umgojana, who, it appears, is unwilling to recognise the authority of Cety wayo. * If Unigojana remains in the territory which has been placed under Cetywayo it will be necessary that he should recognise the latter's authority, and it will be well that you should inform him of this. At the same time you should explain to him that the terri- tory south of the Umblatuzi has been placed under the authority of the British Resident Commissioner, and that if he would like to remove there he is at liberty to do so, and a suitable location will be found for him. As, however, Umgojana resides not far from Usibebu’s territory, it is possible that he may prefer to make arrangements with that Chief which will allow of his removing into his territory, and in that case there can be no objection to his doing this, provided he does so with the consent of Usibebu. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, - Henry Fynn, Esq., Special Commissioner. British Resident with Cetywayo, * Zululand. No. 35. Gover Nor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received April 3, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LORD, March 6, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, copies of twoº Despatches I have received from the British Resident with Cetywayo, informing me of * For Despatch of 6th February, see annexure to Enclosure 2 in No. 26, H 4 64 certain representations and claims made by Cetywayo in respect of the people of the Zulu Native Reserve Territory. I transmit also a copy of the reply I have addressed to Mr. Fynn. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure l in No. 35. Mr. H. F. FYNN to Sir H. BULwer. SIR, Mbilane Spruit, Zululand, February 15, 1883. WITH reference to my letter to you of the 6th instant, on the subject of Cety- wayo's adherents in the Reserve Territory desiring to remain there, but under Cetywayo, I have the honour to inform you that on the 8th instant I received a letter from Mr. J. W. Shepstone, and I herewith enclose my reply to him and a message from Cetywayo in his own language, and have there following translated it in since for your infor- mation. From inquiries I have made I believe all the headmen of the Reserve Territory, or their representatives, have proceeded to Mr. Shepstone. I saw a number of them on the morning of the 9th instant, and firmly impressed upon them to obey the summons with a good will. My impression is that their objection to go to Mr. Shepstone was that in doing so they would be looked upon as taking part in the severing of the Reserve Terri- tory from Cetywayo, and their absence would delay this action and so stave off decided settlements. I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, British Resident with Cetywayo. His Excellency Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., Special Commissioner and Governor, Natal. SIR, - Sixebeni, February 8, 1883. YoUR letter of the 6th arrived here this afternoon, and I went myself, saw Umyamana and Cetywayo, and advised them to send the headmen at once to you, as I had already done during the last few days, to hear the words of the Government forwarded by you. The day before yesterday I wrote to the Governor at Cetywayo's request on the subject of his adherents in the Reserve Territory; he complained of your messengers harassing his adherents to clear out, and enumerated the names of 31 head- men who have been here since his installation, and asserted their desire to remain where they are residing in the Reserve, but under Cetywayo, now that they have actually seen him, and not his image or Mbuyazi;” hence the undeviating salutation of “Uye ini na uye,” &c. I did not tell him what you say you will do to them or their people or his messengers if they don't comply. The result of my interview ended in his giving orders that Umyamana is to send the headmen to you at once, and I annex in his words what he says. I did tell him you would report if the men did not appear before you. He said yesterday and the day before Sir Hercules Robinson at the Cape said his people might remain where they are and continue to be his people. (Signed) H. F. FYNN, To J. W. Shepstone, British Resident with Cetywayo. Commissioner, Reserve Territory. (Translation.) Sixebeni, February 8, 1883. WHY are they then being called again, is it that from me the Zulus are being taken I did not hear that to be the law, that I am to be deprived of my people, though they belong to the Queen, on this side as well as across the Umhlatuzi; they are just being driven. What evil, have they done P , I request that they be permitted to remain in the places of their fathers. Why are they being snatched from me? If they are driven 65 from across the Umhlatuzi, where will they be placed, though they are being called there P Umsomtseu said I was to have huts made for me; therefore now they being called, who will build huts for, me? Then it is my affliction, I am still being afflicted for ever and ever. What evil have they done P Oh! child of Son Jica, let not be troubled the people of the Queen. I also belong to the Queen. Enclosure 2 in No 35. Sir H. BULWER to Mr. H. F. FYNN. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, February 27, 1883. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatches of the 6th and 15th February, regarding Cetywayo's representations on the subject of persons whom he claims as his adherents in the Reserved Territory. I have read these communications with regret, because they are evidence of a con- tinuance of the disposition that Cetywayo has already shown to interfere with the people of the Reserved Territory. One of the conditions formally agreed to by Cetywayo was that he would “observe “ and respect the boundaries assigned to his territory by the British Government.” Another condition was that he would “observe and respect the boundaries of the terri- “tory placed under the appointed Chief Usibebu, as also those of the territory which “ Her Majesty’s Government had decided should be set apart as Reserved Territory, with a British Resident Commissioner; and that he would not attempt to interfere in any way with any of the people living in those territories.” Cetywayo undertook to observe faithfully these and other conditions; and it was only upon this understanding that he was allowed to return to the Zulu country. Neverthe- less from the moment of his landing he began to break the conditions with regard to the people of the Reserved Territory by sending messages to them with the object of per- suading them that the Territory would come under him, and of inducing them to recognise him. The very representations which he now makes, and which you transmit to me for my information, are of the same tendency, and it should be your object to check this ten- dency on his part, and to represent to him the impropriety of what he is now doing. I know nothing of the promise that Cetywayo states his Excellency Sir H. Robinson made to him at the Cape, namely, that all the people living in the Reserved Territory who wish to “continue as his subjects * (sic) might remain there as his people, but I have little doubt Cety wayo is mistaken on this point. The people living in the Reserved Territory are not Cetywayo's subjects. They ceased to be so in 1879; but should any of the Chiefs, headmen, or people residing in the Territory desire to live under Cety wayo as his subjects, they will be allowed to remove into the country under his authority, with their cattle and property. The Reserved Territory has been placed by Her Majesty's Government under the authority of the British Resident Commissioner, and all persons who desire to remain in the Territory must obey and pay allegiance to the established authority of the Resident Commissioner. It most certainly is not the case that all the people in the Reserved Territory desire to recognise Cety wayo as their King, remaining where they are; but if any wish to be under him they will, as I have said, be allowed freely to remove into Cety wayo's terri- tory in the same way as those living in Cety wayo's territory who desire to remove into the Reserved Territory must be allowed to do so. In the instructions which were issued to you on your proceeding to take up your appointment as British Resident with Cety wayo I informed you that it would be your duty to take care that Cetywayo observed the conditions subject to which he was to be restored, and that it would be your part to advise him accordingly, and to exercise always a friendly and beneficial influence with him. - I trust that you will not lose sight of these instructions, and that you will recognise how important it is, and more particularly in these early days of his restoration, that you should use your influence as British Resident to keep Cetywayo to his conditions, to prevent him from interfering, as he is disposed to do, with the people of the Reserved Territory, and to divert him from projects by means of which he may hope to upset an arrangement that has set him at liberty and has restored him to authority over two & 6 66 R 5762. I g 66 thirds of the Zulu country, in order that he may obtain authority over the remaining portion of the country. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULweR, Henry Fynn, Esq., Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. British Resident with Cetywayo, Zululand. No. 36. Gover Nor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received April 3, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, March 6, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, copies of Despatches that have passed between Mr. H. F. Fynn, the Resident with Cetywayo, and myself on the subject of certain representations made to Mr. Fynn by Cety wayo regarding the Chief Usibebu. 2. I transmit at the same time copies of Despatches on the subject of the removal of some people belonging to Umyamana at present residing in the Chief Usibebu’s territory. I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Enclosure 1 in No. 36. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULWER. - Sixebeni, Zululand, February 6, 1883. CETYWAYo wishes me to inform you that there are now with him large numbers of his adherents who reside around Usibebu and his few adherents, who have taken the corn and cattle of the Zulus and king and have had to desert their homes ; that Mr. Osborn had told them they might return home, but that he, Cetywayo, is holding them here to prevent disturbances and bloodshed between them and Usibebu, whose name is erect by reason of the position he has been placed in as an independent Chief over a portion of the land of the Zulus; that the feeling of rivalry will become uncontrollable and blood will be shed, which he, Cetywayo, is endeavouring to stave off by reason of his respect for the English Government, and to please them, and therefore he (Cetywayo) remains like an animal with its tail between its legs, and he will be unable to restrain the heart Soreness of his adherents around Usibebu, who has even the cattle of their king, when they are returning to their homes, from where they have been driven by Usibebu during the absence of Cetywayo from this country. SIR, I shall be glad if you can cause me to be furnished with an official map of Zululand, with the boundaries clearly defined thereon, in order that I may be better enabled to explain them, more especially. Usibebu's territory, which I have endeavoured to explain to Cetywayo and Chiefs, but without satisfactory results, as they reply, “We cannot under- “ stand these boundaries, and they must have been defined by those who have never “ been there, or have any knowledge of the country or of its relative occupation.” I have, &c. His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, (Signed) HENRY FYNN, &c. &c. &c. British Resident with Cetywayo. Enclosure 2 in No. 36. Sir H. BULWER to Mr. FYNN. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, s February 27, 1883. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch of the 6th instant informing me of certain representations made to you by Cetywayo regarding the Chief Usibebu. 67 I regret to observe the unfriendly way in which Cetywayo spoke of Usibebu, and the disposition shown by him to find fault with the arrangements which have been made in respect of that Chief. - You do not inform me who the adherents to whom Cetywayo refers as residing around Usibebu are, but I presume he refers to his brothers Undabuko and Usivetu, and to Mahu, Umbopa, Umsutyuana, and others. , You may not be aware that these persons whom I have named were, under the settlement of 1879, living in a portion of the territory that had then been placed under Usibebu as an appointed Chief, and that sub- sequently disputes arose between them and the appointed Chief, which led to some disturbance and much trouble. - In the recent arrangements, under which Cetywayo has been permitted by Her Majesty’s Government to return to Zululand, an alteration of the boundaries of Usibebu's territory has been made, the effect of which has been to bring the particular districts to which Undabuko and the others named by me belong within the boundaries of the country that has been placed under Cetywayo. In other words, a portion of Usibebu’s former territory has been taken away from him, and has been added to the territory which has been placed under Cetywayo, and to this portion belong Undabuko, Usiwetti, Mahu, and the others. I am led to think, from what you say, that the adherents to whom Cetywayo refers are the people whom I have named, and their followers. They belong to what has been called the ultra-Usutu party, and I fear from what I learn, that although, accord- ing to the readjustment of territory to which I have just alluded, they have been placed under the authority of Cety wayo, and are no longer under the authority of Usibebu, they nevertheless retain feelings of animosity and hostility towards the Chief Usibebu, and may be disposed to take some hostile step against him. Cetywayo says that he is holding them with him to prevent disturbances and bloodshed. You will be good enough to inform him that Undabuko and the others are now under his authority, and that he will be held responsible for their conduct; and as I am quite certain Usibebu will not do anything against them, except he is forced to act on the defensive, so also Cetywayo must recognise the necessity of preventing them from doing anything against Usibebu. I observe with regret also the way in which Cetywayo and the Chiefs with him, as you say, speak of the new boundaries. , You should point out to Cety wayo that Usibebu has been placed in an independent position by the same Government which has released him from captivity, and has placed him in a position of authority in the Zulu country. As for the boundaries, Her Majesty’s Government will expect him to respect the boun- daries that have been laid down as he formally engaged to do before he was released. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, H. Fynn, Esq., - Special Commissioner. British Resident with Cety wayo. Enclosure 3 in No. 36. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULWER. SIR, Mbilani Spruit, Zululand, February 15, 1883. CETywAYo informs me that the people of Bantubensume, under the great Chief Umyamana, and residing near the Pongolo river, have received warning from the Chief Usibebu to remove from where they are into Cetywayo's country. The brother of Nwana, who brought this information to Cetywayo, informed me that this warning was delivered to Bantubensume's chief kraal within Cetywayo's territory, but upon well ques- tioning this messenger, he eventually admitted that Usibebu’s warning referred only to kraals of people of Bantubensume situate within Usibebu’s territory. I am without a map reliable enough for me to act upon and explain clearly where such cases as these are raised, probably to complicate the matter of boundaries and unsettle the inhabitants in such vicinity. The inclination always being by the Zulus to consider the sections of tribal divisions of people, in place of defined boundaries of rivers, hills, &c., which they endeavour to make believe is to them incomprehensible, and this may be to some. - I have, &c. (Signed) H. FYNN, His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, British Resident with Cetywayo. &c. &c. &c. I 2 68 Enclosure 4 in No. 36. Sir H. BULWER to Mr. FYNN. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, February 27, 1883. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch of the 15th instant, in which you inform me that you learn that the people of Bantubensumi under Umyamana, residing near the Pongolo river, have received warning from the Chief Usibebu to remove from where they are into Cety wayo's country. I approve of the steps you took to ascertain that the warning referred only to those kraals of Bantubensumi's people which are situated within Usibebu's territory; and with regard to these kraals, it may be well that you should send a reliable person to ascer- tain how many there are, and that you should take the opportunity at the same time of communicating with Usibebu on the subject, and of advising him to allow the people occupying them to remain until they have harvested their crops now in the ground, so that they may not suffer loss in removing at this time of year. On the other hand, it will of course be necessary that the people who are thus allowed to remain until the winter should maintain a strictly peaceable behaviour towards Usibebu as the Chief of the territory. I have, &c. - (Signed) H. BULWER, Henry Fynn, Esq., Special Commissioner. British Resident with Cetywayo. No. 37. Gover Non SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received April 3, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, March 6, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, copies of various letters I have received from Mr. Fynn, the Resident with Cetywayo, together with copies of my replies, namely,– } º February 1883. Mr. H. F. Fynn Plundering of Umfanawendhlela’s g J 55 32 * r ºw º º * * 3. "... March”Iss3. Sir H. Buiwer (in reply) ſ "P" and kºals by Usutu Party. 4. 7 February 1883. Mr. H. F. Fynn + 5. 15 2 3 35 Regarding certain Zulus living in 6. 27 35 Sir H. Bulwer (in reply) Transvaal territory. 7. 23 35 Mr. H. F. Fynn e J 8. 12 February 1883. Mr. H. F. Fynn. Desire of Chingwayo to see Cetywayo. 9. 3 February 1883. Mr. H. F. Fynn Relations between Uhamu and the 10. 2 March 1883. Sir H. Bulwer (in reply) Abaqulusi. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure l in No. 37. RESIDENT WITH CETYWAYO to Sir H. BULwBR. Sixebeni Kraal, Zululand, SIR, February 1, 1883. I HAVE the honour to inform your Excellency that Umfanawendhlela complained that his chief wife's hand had been cut, his kraals and gardens plundered by the young men of the Bazeni, Busini, and Mateni (Usutu party) on the 29th and 30th January 1883, and that he fears more molestations. This matter came before me yesterday afternoon, and I at once went to Cetywayo about it; he expressed his regret and at once ordered Umyamana, the Great Chief, to assemble the headmen of the above-named sections, and to inquire into the matter. I 69 suggested to him, and again to Umyamana, at once to call, these people in and stop any further damage, and this was acted upon. The young men in question were on the move to come and salute the king, who is vexed about their misconduct; the headmen of these sections were rather offensive in their manner during the preliminary inquiry, at which I remained to watch proceedings, but were subdued by Ntuzwa, and a few words from myself, all went on well. I have, &c. To His Excellency (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., British Resident with Cetywayo. &c. &c. &c. t Special Commissioner for Zulu Affairs, Natal. Enclosure 2 in No. 37. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULWER. Mbilani Spruit, Zululand, SIR, February 15, 1883 ON the 1st instant I brought to your notice damage done to crops of Umfana- wendhlela's people, and that his chief wife had been cut in a scuffle by the people travel- ling to meet Cetywayo about the 29th January 1883. On the 9th the king moved from Sixebeni across the White Umvolosi, and that afternoon much plundering took place in the gardens. On the 10th the king moved on and established his personal kraal, Undini, on the hill just above where the Mlambongwenya kraal was, and in which he was crowned. During those few days much plundering of gardens of the people of Umfanawendhlela took place, although I frequently saw the king and Chiefs about it, the answer being, the thieves were to be treated as pigs. I however warned Umfanawendhlela not to act on this as it would result in the thieves (pigs) being killed all over the place, the others then assembling to attack his people and much bloodshed. I am glad to say plundering to excessiveness has at present abated. It is questionable how long I can keep down the plundering as there are large numbers collected, as a matter of course, around the king, and no food for them, besides what relatives may bring from considerable distances, and these people move about in companies under men in charge, with sticks, small shields many of them, and cane Knives, employed in collecting materials for building the king's kraals. I anticipate Chief Umfanawendblela will have to move away from this neighbourhood, and he has spoken to me confidentially of going into the Reserve Territory. I have, &c. - (Signed) H. FYNN, His Excellency British Resident with Cetywayo. Sir H. Bulwer, K.C.M.G., &c. &c. &c. Enclosure 3 in No. 37. Sir H. BULWER to Mr. H. FYNN. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, March 2, 1883. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatches of the 1st and 15th February, reporting the plundering of the Chief Umfanawendhlela's crops and kraals by young men of the Usutu party. I approve of the steps taken by you with the object of putting a stop to the plunder- ing which, so far as the crops were concerned, was perhaps the unavoidable result of a number of people being gathered together without a proper food supply; and I have to convey to you my thanks for the judicious advice given by you to Umfanawendhlela. I have, &c. v (Signed) H. BULweR, To Henry Fynn, Esq., t Special Commissioner. - &c. &c. &c. British Resident with Cetywayo, Zululand. I 3 70 Enclosure 4 in No. 37. Mr. H. FYNN to Sir H. BULWER. SIR, - Sixebeni, Zululand, February 7, 1883. CETywAYo, through Umyamana, forwards Tyangise, Simelana, and other messengers from Nyumbane Simelana residing on the Transvaal side of the Pongolo and three of the Ngwavuma river, driven there from Zulu country by Uhamu after the Zulu war; who states that the messengers from Undabuko (Cety wayo's brother) arrived to let them know of Cetywayo's return as their king, and at the same time messengers arrived from a Transvaal Boer, a receiver of taxes, known as Mtyakela, summoning Nyumbane, Sitambe of Masipula, Mlangeni, and Siwela; that Sitambe of Masipula being their senior in posi- tion replied he was ill. The Boer Mtyakela warned them that anyone of them or their people who came to Cetywayo must, there and then, with all their belongings, quit their present abodes. Cetywayo desires me to communicate this matter to you. I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, His Excellency Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., British Resident with Cetywayo. Special Commissioner and Governor, Natal. Enclosure 5 in No. 37. Mr. H. FYNN to Sir H. BULWER. SIR, Mbilani Spruit, Zululand, February 15, 1883. CETywAyo, per Hlabantu of Abaqulusi, reports that Boza, a petty Chief of section of Abaqulusi residing between Pemvana and Bivana rivers in the Transvaal, has been forcibly compelled to go to Utrecht by police on a certain case about a goat, and reports this as a matter regarding his adherents. I replied there is a British Resident in the Transvaal; probably Boza was forced to appear before the Utrecht authorities because he heeded not a previous summons to attend. If Boza and others wish to remove from Transvaal they had better apply there for leave to remove to elsewhere in a proper manner, and not rush in here without proper authority. - I have, &c. (Signed) H. F. FYNN, His Excellency Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., British Resident with Cetywayo. Special Commissioner and Governor, Natal. Enclosure 6 in No. 37. Sir H. Bulwer to Mr. H. FYNN. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, • * . . . . February 27, 1883. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch of the 7th of February, regarding a statement made by certain Natives residing on the Transvaal side of the Pongolo border to the effect that they had received a message from a Transvaal Boer, a receiver of taxes, warning them that they or any of their people who came to Cetywayo must quit their present place of abode. I have the honour also to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch of the 15th inst., regarding Umboza, a petty Chief of the Abaqulusi residing in the Transvaal territory, who had been summoned to Utrecht by the police to appear in a certain case about a goat; with regard to which Cetywayo sent to tell you that this was a matter regarding his adherents. You should take an opportunity of giving Cetywayo to understand that Zulus living in the Transvaal must expect to be held amenable to the laws and authority of that country. I have, &c. To Henry Fynn, Esq., (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. British Resident with Cetywayo, Zululand. Enclosure 7 in No. 37. Mr. H. FYNN to Sir H, BULWER. SIR, Mbilani Spruit, Zululand, February 23, 1883. I HAVE the honour to inform your Excellency that I have received a message from Cetywayo that Tunguse, one of Mpande's wives of the Undini kraal, who during the Zulu war was with the Abaqulusi, but there disturbed by Uhamu in the fight with the Abaqulusi, when a large number of her male adherents were killed, fled with the remainder of her adherents and cattle across the Bivana river into the Transvaal, has now come to Cetywayo, and he is sending to the Transvaal a request that she, her followers, and cattle be allowed to return to Zulu country and take up her position in the Undini kraal. I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, His Excellency Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., British Resident with Cetywayo. &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner Zulu Affairs, Natal. Enclosure 8 in No. 37. Mr. H. F. FYNN to Sir H. BULWER. - Mbilani Spruit, Zululand, February 21, 1883. I HAVE the honour to report, for your information, that on the 18th instant the Chief Chingwayo sent two men, Mgiu and Skonyana, to express his desire to see the king Cety wayo; but that the Usutu have prevented his doing so, and threatened and hooted him at Emtonjaneni, the day before Cetywayo's installation, but that he had since received two messages from Umyamana requesting his appearance before Cetywayo, but feared doing so. I thereupon sent my two men, Bangeni and Gabajana, with Chingwayo's messengers to present them to Cetywayo. They returned satisfied with their interview, stating that Cetywayo was anxious to see Chingwayo and to hear his complaints. Chingwayo's messengers informed Cetywayo that Chingwayo's own people wished him to go the king. SIR, I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, His Excellency Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., British Resident with Cetywayo. Special Commissioner and Governor, Natal. Enclosure 9 in No. 37. Mr. H. F. FYNN to Sir H. BULWER. SIR, Sixebeni Kraai, Zululand, February 3, 1883. I HAVE the honour to inform your Excellency that Uhamu, per messenger Somahlozi, reports that on the 29th January an army (Impi) of Zuqezu and Abaqulusi and Mabele (who had joined Uhamu in Cety wayo's absence) seized sheep of Uhamu's and cattle from five kraals, viz., Msutu, Mwelu, Gobinduku, Mafomela, and Sankombo. On receipt of this message I sent the messenger with Qinelana and Bangeni, my two messengers, to Cety wayo, through the Chief Umyamana, who sent a messenger to summon the parties concerned to appear before him. From the manner in which the report was made to me I am of opinion this matter is not of a serious nature. I have, &c. (Signed) II. F. FYNN, His Excellency Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., British Resident with Cetywayo. &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner for Zulu Affairs, Natal. T 4 72 Enclosure 10 in No. 37. Sir H. BULweR to Mr. FYNN. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, March 2, 1883. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch of the 3rd Feb- ruary, reporting a complaint made to you by Uhamu of a seizure of sheep and cattle from some of his people by an armed force. . - With regard to this complaint, I would refer you to the suggestion made in my Despatch of the 23rd February. . SIR, I have, &c. To Henry Fynn, Esq., (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. British Resident with Cetywayo, Zululand. No. 38. - The RIGHT Hon. The EARL OF DERBY to Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. Downing Street, April 5, 1883. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch of the 23rd of February” respecting the restoration of Cetywayo's cattle. I have to convey to you my approval of the instructions which you have given to Mr. Fynn in this matter. SIR, I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) DERBY. No. 39. The RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF DER BY to GoverNOR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. Downing Street, April 9, 1883. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatches of the 6th ultimo,+ enclosing copies of correspondence with the British Resident with Cetywayo regarding the relations of the latter with Umgojana and Usibebu. Your replies to Mr. Fynn have my approval. SIR, - I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. - (Signed) DERBY. No. 40. The RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF DERBY to Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. Downing Street, April 12, 1883. I HAVE received your Despatch of the 15th February, $ in which, after re- capitulating your former recommendations with regard to Zululand and Cetywayo, you explain the course which in your opinion should be followed, having regard to existing conditions, for regulating the relations of Her Majesty's Government with Cety wayo, and the administration of the Zulu Native Reserve. SIR, 2. The details of the proposed arrangements, including those points on which the views of Her Majesty's Government differed from your own, have been fully examined in previous correspondence, and there seems to be no necessity for further discussion of them at present, especially as in regard to future, relations with the Reserved Territory, which is the chief practical question treated of in your Despatch, Her Majesty’s Government _- * No. 24. f Nos. 34 and 36. | No. 23. 73 are not disposed to depart from the decision communicated to you in my predecessor's Despatch of the 30th November last.* 3. It appears true, however, that most of the points upon which you now lay stress have been in a great measure provided for by the arrangements that have already been sanctioned. You were authorised by the Despatch above quoted, in which a general approval was expressed of many of your proposals, to appoint a Resident Commissioner with the general functions described by you to take the necessary preliminary steps; and you were subsequently desired by my telegraphic Despatch of the 18th Januaryf to “make the people in the Reserve understand that the Commissioner has chief authority, “ and levies taxes; Cety wayo has no power there. * $: * Hut tax approved; “ may be 14s. if resistance not apprehended.” The arrangements which you now urge have therefore been already approved to a very considerable extent, including the establishment of a local police force; and in my telegram of the 5th instanti I authorised the appointment of a Sub-Commissioner; so that there appears to be but little left for discussion beyond the details of the Commissioner's and Sub-Commissioner's establish- ments and the advisability of conferring upon them judicial functions. The necessity of this act of direct government is not at present apparent, but if it be the general wish of the Chiefs in the Reserve that such a position should be assumed by the Commissioner you should at once inform me. At present the Chiefs should, I think, govern their people and decide their differences according to their own usages and customs, aided with such advice as the Commissioner can give. 4. I shall be obliged if, after consultation with Mr. Osborn, you will state what further staff of clerks, if any, you recommend, and what further administrative powers you still consider it necessary for the Commissioner to possess. I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) DERBY. No. 41. Gover Nor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received April 13, 1883.) - Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, MY LORD, March 10, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, copy of a Despatch I have received from Mr. Fynn reporting to me certain remarks that had been made to him by Cety wayo regarding the terms of his restoration, from which it will be seen, I am sorry to say, that Cetywayo not only continues to make objections to the terms or con- ditions subject to which he was restored, but has begun to find fault with the way in which the conditions were worded. 2. l enclose a copy of a communication I have addressed to Mr. Fynn in acknow- ledgment of his Despatch. º I have, &c. p - (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure l in No. 41. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULWER. Mbilani Spruit, Zululand, SIR, - February 21, 1883. I HAVE the honour to inform you that on the 17th instant I carefully explained to Cety wayo the terms under which he was restored to the territory now occupied by him, and with the aid of a borrowed copy of Captain Alleyne's map I explained the boundaries of the three territories, viz., his own, the Reserve, and Usibebu’s. * No. 114 of [C.—3466] of February 1883. f See No. 143 of [C.—3466] of February 1883. - † Not printed. R. 5762. K 74 Cetywayo's remarks.--"The conditions, clause by clause, say, ‘I will,’ &c., as if I had made those conditions; it should have been, “We, the English, stipulate you, * Cety wayo, and Zulus shall,’ &c.; and to these my replies, I see, are mot added ; this “ is like a knife having only a sharpened edge on one side ; I wish to do what is correct “ and pleasing to the English Government, but the difficulties are great I have to con- “ tend with—the division of the people, which has led to great complications. At the “ close of the Boer war General Wood came to Inhlazatye, the Zulus collected there to “ ask for my restoration. Sotondosi, the Induna of Mr. Osborn, told them not to dare to “ ask for me, Cety wayo, or the soldiers close at hand would kill them, this act intimidated “ the people and closed their mouths. The receiving of each Chief alone at Rorke's “ Drift had the effect of separating the people, and now there is no union, which is “ necessary for the preservation of peace. What they spoke on that occasion was “ governed by their belief that I should not be brought back, but an image or Mbuyazi “ instead of me; had the Chiefs been all assembled and openly interviewed there would “ have been no secrecy, which secrecy of interviewing each Chief alone made them “ suspicious of something in the background. The severing of my personal adherents “ in the Reserve, Transvaal, and Usibebu boundaries will unavoidably bring about blood- “shed through rivalry and the smallness of the country now allotted to me.” On the 20th February I read the foregoing remarks of Cetywayo's to him, when he said those were his remarks, and added, “I am lost for want of room for my people, and “ am in great distress by the severing of my country, and I beg the Government will see “ to this for the preservation of peace, as I desire, and not deprive my family and people “ of their homes in the Reserve, and also in giving their homes to Usibebu ; and I wish “ all this to be forwarded to the English Government as well as Natal Government.” I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, British Resident with Cetywayo. G 6 6 G His Excellency Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., Special Commissioner for Zulu Affairs, Natal. Enclosure 2 in No. 41. Sir H. Bulwer to Mr. H. FYNN. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, March 9, 1883. I HAVE received your Despatch of the 21st February, reporting to me certain remarks that had been made to you by Cetywayo regarding the terms of his restoration. I regret to observe the continued tendency on Cetywayo's part to find fault with the terms, subject to which he has been allowed to return to Zululand, as also the way in which he refers to the bloodshed that will ensue because the whole of the Zulu country has not been placed under him. Her Majesty’s Government before consenting to the return of Cetywayo to Zululand, and to his being placed in any position of authority in that country, laid down certain conditions and limitations, subject to which alone he has been permitted to return and has been placed by Her Majesty's Government in the position of authority which he now occupies. Cety wayo, having formally accepted and promised to abide by those conditions and limitations, now makes objection to them, forgetting that they are part of the arrangement to which he owes his return and his present position. There need, I trust and believe, be no bloodshed if only Cetywayo will keep faithfully the conditions which he accepted; but if he will not do this, if he will not abide loyally and faithfully by those conditions, trouble, of course, must ensue, the responsibility for which will rest with him. - I do not observe that you said anything in reply to Cetywayo on the occasion of these remarks ; nor do I gather from your other communications that you have taken any opportunity of pointing out to him the injustice and unreasonableness of his present complaints, or of impressing upon him the importance of his loyally keeping the conditions. Whatever you say to him, I need not remind you, should be said with all friendliness and judiciousness; but it should be your object to exercise a beneficial influence with him, to promote a friendly feeling between him and the neighbouring Chief Usibebu, and to show him the wrongfulness of his doing anything to break the conditions of an 75 arrangement to which, as I have said, he owes his release from captivity and his being placed in a position of authority over the greater portion of the Zulu country. I have, &c. - - - (Signed) H. BULWER, To Henry Fynn, Esq., Special Commissioner. &c. &c. C. British Resident with Cetywayo, Zululand. No. 42. GovernoR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF - DERBY. (Received April 13, 1883.) - Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, March 10, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit a copy of a Despatch I have received from the Resident with Cetywayo, informing me of the arrival of some messengers from Usibebu sent by that Chief to report to Mr. Fynn the disorderly proceedings of two parties of Zulus belonging to Cetywayo's territory, who had been sent apparently for the purpose of spying out Usibebu’s cattle, probably with the object of seeing if any of the former “royal cattle” were amongst them. - 2. I enclose also a copy of a Despatch I have addressed to Mr. Fynn in reply. 3. Your Lordship will observe with regret the terms in which Cetywayo, when the Resident brought the matter before him, spoke of Usibebu. Cetywayo, it would seem, did not deny what was alleged, nor did he show any intention of calling the people who had acted in this disorderly way to account, but made the opportunity one for de- nouncing Usibebu. 4. I had the hope that there would be no necessity to appoint any person to reside in an official capacity in Usibebu’s territory; and I do not think there would be any such necessity if Cetywayo had returned to the Zulu country contented with his release from captivity, contented with his restoration to a position of authority over two thirds of the Zulu country, and loyally determined to keep the conditions laid down by Her Majesty's Government. Unfortunately the evidence which we have received of his disposition since his return is very discouraging on this point; and I fear that his dis- content with the arrangements and the unfriendly feelings which he evidently entertains towards Usibebu may lead to acts of hostility being committed by the Ultra-Usutu party against Usibebu's people ; and as Cety wayo has shown his unwillingness to allow messengers from Usibebu to come into his territory with messages to the Resident, we shall not have sufficient information of what goes on in that part of the country. 5. Sir T. Shepstone in the Report* by him, which I had the honour to forward to your Lordship by last mail, has expressed a decided opinion as to the necessity of the establishment of a Resident with Usibebu ; and both he and Mr. Osborn, in conversa- tion with me, have represented the paramount importance, under the circumstances, of the appointment of someone to reside in an official capacity with Usibebu at the present time. 6. I have, therefore, the honour to bring the matter under your Lordship's notice, with the request that you will authorise this appointment. The expenses connected with it will probably amount to a sum of 550l. a year; being 450l. for salary to a Resident, and 100l. for all other expenses. I trust your Lordship will sanction the payment of this amount for one year. - I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. * Enclosure in No. 31. 76 Enclosure I in No. 42. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULWER. SIR, Mbilani Spruit, Zululand, February 22, 1883. I HAVE the honour to forward, for your Excellency's information, the following report to me from the Chief Usibebu, per messengers Mahlagana, Neubana, and Swela- bantu, “that about 15 days ago three companies (Mairyo) of the people of Somkwana (south of junction of Hlaluwe river and False Bay), residing under Somkeli, seized cattle across (north of) the Hlaluwe river from the kraals of Macala, Bikwayo, Mahlozi, people of and residing under Usibebu, this force slaughtered a red heifer, alleging they knew it was Usibebu’s own ; and then restored all the rest of the cattle. A day or two after the above took place, Xwele (son of Mdekeza Ncwangeni, who accompanied Cety wayo to the Cape), accompanied by three others, were at Zilumanini (of Cetywayo's late mother Ngumbazi), between the Touna and Black Mfolozi rivers, and informed Ruqabezi of Usibebu, believing him to belong to the Tonga tribe, that they were sent by Cetywayo to spy out Usibebu's cattle, and had done so at Usibebu’s chief kraal Nkungwini and at Punyekweni; and in returning from there they destroyed pump- kins, &c. in the garden of Ncubane (here present as messenger), and that this would be a sign to the owner of the gardens that the Tyokobezi regiment of Undabuko's had been there. I read this report over to Cetywayo. He objected to Usibebu’s people coming into his country, and would not have the messengers anywhere near him ; that Usibebu had collected a number of doctors to practice witchcraft upon him, Cetywayo; that Usibebu had publicly proclaimed that he, Cetywayo, was only his equal (in posi- tion) had arrived here, but he, Usibebu, had been given the land of the Zulus (for his district); that all these acts of Usibebu’s were brewing bloodshed by taunting the Zulus; that he, Cetywayo, would keep and respect (Hlonipa) the conditions and boun- daries; that he had impressed this upon the Zulus, and this was all that was now pre- venting bloodshed. Usibebu was his, Cetywayo's, dog, but land of the Zulus had been given to him, Usibebu, who bragged over him, Cetywayo. This could not continue, the Zulus could not stand all this. I directed the messengers to return and I would forward their message to you. I have, &c. (Signed) H. F. FYNN, His Excellency Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., British Resident with Cetywayo. &c. &c. &c. - Enclosure 2 in No. 42. Sir H. Bulwer to Mr. H. FYNN. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, March 9, 1883. I HAVE received your Despatch of the 22nd February, informing me that messengers had arrived from the Chief Usibebu to report to you the disorderly pro- ceedings of two parties of Zulus belonging to Cetywayo's territory, who appear to have been sent with the view of spying out Usibebu’s cattle. In the one case the disorder evidently took place in Usibebu’s territory, but in the other case it is not quite so clear whether it was committed in Usibebu’s territory, and you may perhaps be able to ascer- tain this. You should, I think, take an early opportunity of pointing out to Cetywayo the inconveniences and dangers likely to result from such proceedings as those reported. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULwÉR, Special Commissioner. 77 No. 43. The Right Hon. The EARL OF DERBY to Governor Sir HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, April 13, 1883. * I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch of the 5th ultimo,” transmitting a report from Sir Theophilus Shepstone of his recent mission to Zululand in connexion with the installation of Cety wayo. - I have read this report with much interest, and I request that you will be good enough to convey to Sir T. Shepstone the thanks of Her Majesty’s Government for the able manner in which he has discharged the delicate and responsible duty entrusted to him. I have, &c. (Signed) DER.B.Y. Sir Henry Bulwer. No. 43A. SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received April 13, 1883.) Government House, Cape Town, My LoRD, March 20, 1883. I HAVE the honour to enclose for your information a copy of a telegram which I have received from the British Resident forwarding the substance of a communication from the Transvaal Government stating that the Zulu Chief Uhamu intends taking refuge in the Transvaal, and requesting that measures may be taken to prevent his doing SO. I have forwarded by telegraph a copy of this message to Sir Henry Bulwerf for such action as he may think desirable. - I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, (Signed) HERCULES ROBINSON, &c. &c. &c. High Commissioner. Enclosure in No. 43A. TELEGRAM received in Cape Town, March 19, 1883. From BRITISH RESIDENT, Pretoria, vià Newcastle, to His Excellency the HIGH CoM MISSIONER, Cape Town. March 17. Received letter from Transvaal Government, reporting that Uhamu intends taking refuge in Transvaal Territory, near Utrecht. Government strongly objects thereto, and call upon me to request that measures may be taken to prevent it, as, if it takes place, it will probably produce disturbances on south-eastern border. Government also inform that notice has been given to the Zulus, who some time since fled into Transvaal, on account of murders which then took place, that they have now full liberty to go back, as their king has returned, who can now protect them. * No. 31. º f See No. 82. 78 No. 44. Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received April 16, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, ** March 15, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship’s information, copies of three Despatches I have received from Mr. Fynn the Resident with Cetywayo, together with copies of my replies, namely,– . Mr. Fynn, 27 February } l Relations between Usibebu and Cety- wayo's people. 2. 99 27 99 3. Sir H. Bulwer, 15 March 4. Mr. Fynn, 3 March Relative to the case of a man named 5. Sir H. Bulwer, 15 March Biko. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure 1 in No. 44. Mr. H. FYNN to Sir H. BULWER. Mbilani Spruit, Zululand, SIR, February 27, 1883. I HAVE the honour to report, in regard to my Despatch of 22nd instant bearing on report from the Chief Usibebu, for your Excellency's information, that on the 24th instant I received the annexed letter from John Eckersly, junr., per Malinga and Jikajika, messengers from Usibebu, who state Usibebu is grieved his former mes- sengers were struck and illtreated in my presence at Undini, and therefore I suffered such insult, and that Magonondo (Usibebu’s first cousin), the principal of these offenders, accused him, Usibebu, of being a practiser of witchcraft, and other insulting remarks were made ; and therefore he (Usibebu) intends turning Magonondo's family out of his district within which Magonondo resides, although at present at Undini with Cety wayo. I replied to Usibebu’s messengers that I thanked him for his communication, but his former messengers, however, were not hurt in the least, and have apparently exaggerated matters, and that I recommend Usibebu not to molest Magonondo's family, property, or crops in the least ; but if he does not wish them to remain in his district, he might warn them quietly to remove after harvesting their crops. I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY FYNN, British Resident with Cetywayo. His Excellency Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., &c. &c. &c. Mr. J. E. ECKERSLY, junr., to Mr. H. FYNN. SIR, Manhlagazie District, February 23, 1883. THE Chief Usibebu desires me to write you his message, which is as follows:– The Chief Usibebu’s late messengers returned yesterday, and informed him that the Usutu party gave them some trouble while with you, he begs to say he is very sorry indeed that it should have happened while you were there for your sake. The Chief begs to inform you that Magonondo, one of his brothers, was at the head of the party, now all his wives and children are in this district, and the Chief intends to turn them out. ... The Chief says that if he does not do so at once in a short time they will report that it is an impi, as they are always telling some lies about him. The Chief begs to say that he will always tell the truth. The Chief begs to say that he informs you of this so that you will know when they say he has sent out an impi. I have, &c. tº s tº (Signed) John ECKERSLY, junr. To the British Resident, Zululand. 79 y Enclosure 2 in No. 44, Mr. H. F. FYNN to Sir H. BULWER. Mbilani Spruit, Zululand, SIR, February 27, 1883. I HAVE the honour to inform your Excellency that yesterday I received a message from the Chief Usibebu, per messenger Mahanjana, that about the 20th instant two bay mares and two bay geldings of his disappeared from near his kraal, viz., Sokuvukeni, south-west of Ivuna Drift and in his territory, and that these horses have been traced across the Black Umvolozi river into Zulu country, and supposed to have been stolen by two boys of Magedama’s of near Maiwana Neck, as those boys disappeared at the same time from Giwa's kraal and under suspicious circumstances. These four horses are in addition to the six horses stolen before by Magedama's boys, which case was reported to Mr. Osborn at Rorke's Drift meeting of your Excellency with the Zulu Chiefs, when Mr. Osborn ordered the restoration of the horses, but this was never done, Magedama defying Mr. Osborn to take them so long as they (Magedama) were alive. Case reported to Cetywayo. - I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, His Excellency Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., British Resident with Cetywayo. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure 3 in No. 44. Sir H. BULWER to Mr. H. FYNN. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, . - March 15, 1883. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatches of the 27th Feb- ruary, and I have to express my approval of the answer you sent to Usibebu regarding the removal of Magonondo's family. They should be allowed to remain until after their crops are harvested, and then they should be allowed to remove unmolested with all their property. It will, of course, be necessary, as I have said in another and previous case, that whilst they remain in Usibebu's territory Magonondo's family should respect the Chief's authority, and not commit any act of defiance against him or other disorder, because this might necessitate the removal of some of them, at all events before they had harvested their crops. º, With regard to the theft of cattle from Usibebu, it appears that this is not the first theft that has been committed by Magedama and his sons. Mr. Osborn informs me that they stole horses from Usibebu on a previous occasion, and evaded restoration of them, although they admitted having the horses in their possession. º You have done right in reporting the case to Cetywayo, whom you should urge to take steps in the matter with a view to the recovery of the horses and their restoration to their rightful owner. I should be glad to have information from you again as to what has been done for this purpose. SIR, I have, &c. Henry Fynn, Esq., (Signed) H. BULwer. &c. &c. - Enclosure 4 in No. 44. Mr. H. FYNN to Sir H. BULWER. Mbilani Spruit, Zululand, SIR, March 3, 1883. 1. I have the honour to inform your Excellency that on the 23rd February 1883, Cetywayo, through Mnyamana, per messenger Mkomokazi, forwarded a prisoner, Biko of Autelezi, of about 30 years of age, to me upon the charge of adultery and seduction of Ntumuka, aged about 28 years, also present with an infant child and her own husband Kuculuzi, by whom she previously had two children. 2. Both Biko and Ntunuka admitted their guilt and their parentage of the infant K 4 80 child, but plead a separation had taken place between Ntunuka and her husband Kuculuzi by reason of his family having driven her away by accusation of witchcraft in 1879. 3. I proceeded to Cetywayo, and explained the first portion of clause 4 of his re- installation. He remarked that the husband Kuculuzi made no excuse to do away with the plea of his wife having been driven away by his family; but the prisoner must be punished, imprisoned a short time, and thrashed a little as a warning to others. 4. I explained to Umyamama that I wished to be present when Biko was punished, and he said he would give me notice. It was desired that I should pass the sentence and carry it out. * 5. On the 26th Umyamana, per Nkomokazi, reported Biko's escape from custody. - I have, &c. - (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, His Excellency Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., British Resident with Cetywayo. &c. * &c. &c. Enclosure 5 in No. 44. Sir H. BULWER to Mr. HENRY FYNN. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, March 15, 1883. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch of the 3rd of March relative to the case of a man named Biko. You do not say that this man is a British subject, and therefore I apprehend that he is not so, but that he is a Zulu subject. If this is the case I have to observe that, whilst you were quite right in having careful regard to the provisions of the fourth section of the conditions it does not appear to have been within your province to try the case of the accused man for the offence with which he was charged; and neither would it be right for you to pass the sentence on him or to carry it out, as Cetywayo appears to have asked you to do. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, Henry Fynn, Esq., Special Commissioner. &c. C. * No. 45. Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received April 16, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, MY LORD, March 19, 1883. I HAVE the honour, to transmit, for your Lordship's information, copies of two Despatches I have received from the British resident with Cetywayo relative to an act of violence committed by a party of Abaqulusi and to their hostile attitude towards Uhamu, together with copies of the communications I have sent to Mr. Fynn in reply. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER. The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure 1 in No. 45. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULWER. Mbilani Spruit, Zululand, - March 3, 1883. I HAVE the honour to forward for your Excellency’s information deposition of Mhliwafa, of Umsinga Division, made before me on the 27th February 1883, and corro- borated by his companion Memezi Ngidi, also of Umsinga and Hlabangubo of Hlubi, regarding the murder of Mahtalini and Ndukwana, both of Msebe, headmen of Uhamu's. On the 22nd and 23rd February 1883 they were furnished by Msebe to drive four head of cattle with Mhliwafa to Natal, and were murdered by a party of Abaqulusi or Usutu, who are alleged to have taken possession of the cattle and five horses. SIR, 81 2. On the 28th February 1883 I forwarded Mhliwafa to make his statement to Cetywayo, who has sent two lots of messengers to bring the parties concerned before him and the cattle and horses. These messengers are accompanied by Memezi and Hlabingubo to identify them. 3. The Chief Chingwayo reports the body of a native (Ndukwana) placed in the neighbourhood of his kraal. I informed him by his messenger that Cetywayo had taken steps in the case. - I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY FYNN, His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, K.C.M.G., British Resident with Cetywayo. &c. &c. &c. Camp of British Resident with Cetywayo, Zululand, - February 27, 1883. BEFORE me, Henry Francis Fynn, R.M., J.P., Natal, British Resident with Cetywayo, Zululand, appeared Mhliwafa, son of late Ngoza, of the Umsinga Division, Natal, who duly cautioned to speak the truth, states in the presence of Memezi Ngidi and Mhlabangubo Molifi of Ulubi, the former Munezi of Umsinga Division. I came, accompanied by Memezi, to see Cety wayo's installation, and had obtained a pass from the Resident Magistrate’s Office, Umsinga. I remember Mr. Fynn told me to return home at once from the installation as soon as it was over, but I went to Uhamu accompanied by Memezi and Mhlabaingubo. They had a horse each, and I had two of my own, and one of Hlubi's to exchange for him for cattle. Uhamu gave me four head of cattle, part payment of cattle he owed me for money I gave him last winter. While at Uhamu's Constable Myakoyaka came to summon me to Resident Magistrate’s Office, Umsinga. Msibi, one of Uhamu's headmen, provided me with two men, Mahlatini and Ndukwana, to drive the cattle, and we six, with five horses and the four cattle, started for home. When near the kraal Pangewini of Chingwayo, the Chief Memezi, Mhla- bangubo, Ndukwana, and I went on with the horses, leaving Myakoyaka and Mahlatini to follow with the four cattle. We off-saddled at Mr. Kruger's store in charge of a native Charles; this was on Thursday last the 22nd February 1883, and about sunset we saw Myakayaka and Mahlatini coming over the opposite ridge of a hill with the cattle and disappear in the valley, but they never came on to us. Late that evening we heard the approach of a body of people. Lwanhle and five others of this party entered the house where we were and said they were in pursuit of people driving off King's cattle and in company with Mhlwafa. I identified myself to them as Mhlwafa. They asked about Ndukwana, pointing to him. I told them he belonged to Uhamu, and was going to fetch a horse of Msebe's in Natal. They said, Oh. These are the people who stabbed us at the Mrologo (where the Abaqulusi and Uhamu fought). Give him to us to question. I refused, and they endeavoured to pull him away, but we, Charles and I, held him, and they said they held me responsible for Ndukwana's appearance next morning. This party were over 10 in number and armed and with one gun. They were led by Lwanhle of Lugi, and belong to the Abaqulusi and Usutu party, and went away. Next morning, Friday, 23rd February 1883, early, we saw three men riding three of our five horses from the Nhlangan's kraal of Lugi (of Usutu) going towards Magonondo's. We then saw 15 or 20 armed men on foot with one gun searching about the valley. They then came on to us at the store; Munwana of Lugi led them. One of them, Sikata, said to Ndukwana, “Is it you of those who stabbed us at the Mro- logo P” and told him to turn and they wished to talk to him, and just then one of them, Kambi, of Lugi, stabbed Ndukwana in the chest with an assagai, and it fixed in the breast bone. Ndukwana ran round the store, the assagai still in his breast, and two more assagais thrown lodged in his shoulders, and the party following him then stabbed him to death and dragged him by his legs and arms across a spruit, and there ripped him open. They then licked their medicines and spat, it into the air, and then dragged the body to the direction of the Chief Chingwayo, leaving it on the sand in the open, and they went away. Charles and I went to Lugi's kraal and told him his sons had taken my horses (for the five were gone) and my cattle, and that they had killed Ndukwana, and asked him for my horses; he and those of his family present cried because of what the young men had done; and he sent to his son Zwanhle, who met this messenger, and came to Lugi and told him the boys had against his power over them done what I have related. Lugi asked him to give up my horses to me. He said the boys were too defiant. Charles and I returned, and I saw one of my horses, Memezi's, and Mhlabaingubo's being ridden by three men going to R. 5762. , L 82 Lugi's kraal. We returned, because Lugi said if we were seen there these boys of his, who had joined the Abaqulusi, would kill him and us as well. A son of Lugi's then came to us and said that those three on horseback had come to tell me to go to Magonondo, the headman of the Abaqulusi, but I must flee to Cetywayo or I would be killed. Memezi and Mhlabaingubo and I fled, and called at the Chief Chingwayo's, and narrated to him what had happened, and he hurried me on with two guides, and we came on to here. When the party came, and before assagaing Ndukwana, one of them, Sikata, showed round his neck the necklace of Mahlatini, and said, we killed him last night. I over- heard them say Myakayaka had escaped to the missionary Weber, who had concealed him in the house. The last we or I saw of Myakayaka and Mahlatini was on the evening of Thursday, as they descended the valley with the four cattle, coming towards where we were at the store in the charge of Charles. I heard before leaving Charles that Weber let Myakayaka out of his house in the night to make his escape back to Natal. (Signed) UMDHLIWAFA. - UMEMEZI NGIDI. Witness—BANGENI, his x mark. MHLABINGABO, his mark. Read over in the presence of Memezi and Mhlabingubo, corroborated by them, and adhered to by Mhliwafa, before me this 27th February 1883. (Signed) H. FYNN, British Resident with Cetywayo. 28th February 1883.−Mhlwafa and witnesses forwarded to Cetywayo, who thereupon despatched messengers to summon the offenders and collect the property seized, Memezi Ngidi and Mhlabingubo accompanying messengers. Enclosure 2 in No. 45. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULWER. SIR, - - Mbilani Spruit, Zululand, March 10, 1883. I HAVE the honour to forward to your Excellency further statements in connexion with my Despatch to your Excellency of 3rd March 1883, also report from the Chief Uhamu, by which it appears serious disturbances will probably take place again between the Abaqulusi and Uhamu, who has not yet united himself to Cetywayo or presented himself to meet him. I have, &c. His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, (Signed) H. FYNN, &c. &c. &c. British Resident with Cety wayo. Mbilani Spruit, Zululand, March 10, 1883. BEFore me, Henry Francis Fynn, British Resident with Cetywayo, Zululand, appeared Memezi Ngidi, of Umsinga Division, Natal, who being duly cautioned to speak the truth, states:– I remember about 12 days ago Mhlwifa making his deposition before the Resident, which statement was corroborated by Mhlabingubo and I. Subsequently Mhlabíngubo and I accompanied Cety wayo's messengers, Mvembe, Magwana, and another, sent to summon Lugi and Magonondo and people concerned in the seizure of our five horses, four cattle, and murder of Mahlatini and Ndukwana, and with orders for the restoration to Mhlabingubo and I for ourselves and Umhlwafa, who remained at the camp of the Resident, being footsore. We went to Rev. — Weber, from whom we learnt that Mahlatini was assegaied at his place by the people of Lugi of the Abaquiusi, that Mahlatini escaped, but owing to assagai wounds being in the liver he must have died, and that Mr. Weber saved Myakayaka, while Mahlatini was attacked and escaping, that Myakayaka had afterwards got away to Natal. Mhlabingubo and I were afraid to accompany the messengers to Magonondo, and remained at the store of Craig, in charge of Charles the native. . Next morning, one of those who took part in the murder of Ndukwana came on one of the five horses, Hlubi’s, 83 and told us to come and fetch Mhliwafa’s three horses, and leave the two of Usibe's of Uhamu. I replied all five belong to Mhliwafa (they were his, because Mblabingubo and I were his, Mhliwafa’s, people), and we refused to go to do this, (P), take only three horses. This man on Hlubi's horse rode away, and then he returned with four others on the other four horses of ours and the messengers of Cety wayo, who said Magonondo would only give up three horses and that the other two were Msibe's ; also the four cattle taken from Mhliwafa, who Magonondo said must come to him to make explana- tions. These five people of Lugi's told us to take the three horses we brought from Natal. We took our own horses and Hlubi's, and told these people and Cetewayo's messengers that the other two were Mhliwafa’s which Lugi's people then took away with them, and we came back here with our three horses. Rain detained us coming back. Cetywayo's messengers informed us the people they went to fetch refused to come to Cetywayo. They belong to the Abaqulusi, but Lugi has separated himself from his sons, who moved from him and attached themselves to Magonondo as their headman. Witness— (Signed) MEMEzr NGIDI. (Signed) UMDHLiwara. Read over, interpreted, and adhered to, and corroborated by Mhlabingubo this 10th day of March 1883. * (Signed) HENRY FYNN, British Resident with Cetywayo. Mbilani Spruit, Zululand, March 10, 1883. UHAMU, per Maqubi and Nokutanamba, reports the murder of Mahlatini and Ndukwana (who were with Mhlwafa) by Uhaqulusi people, who since have come to attack the kraal of Mewayo of Uhamu, near the Abaqulusi, but the people of this kraal had fled, with the exception of an old man whom they killed, and they destroyed the crops. Tºmaulus force were assembling to attack headmen Mikeza, Nciwana, Msutu Sigadi, and Msibi, people of Uhamu's, at the Hlobane, and Uhamu states Sir E. Wood came and the Abaqulusi attacked him. Umkosana came back from Cetywayo, and the Abaqulusi again attacked him. Then Cetywayo came back and again the Abaqulusi attacked him. It must, therefore, be true all this is being done by Cety wayo, and now Uhamu and his people do not know what to do or where to go, and his people wish to defend themselves. * Magabi and Nokutamba report they heard on their way here that a Boer carriage had come to fetch Uhamu to the Transvaal; but doubt this report circulated, and consider it a Abaqulusi excuse upon which to attack Uhamu. Before me, this 10th March 1883, and the messengers passed on to report to Cetywayo, within whose jurisdiction these circumstances occurred. (Signed) HENRY FYNN, British Resident with Cetywayo. Enclosure 3 in No. 45. Sir H. BULWER to Mr. H. FYNN. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, March 16, 1883. I HAVE received your Despatches of the 3rd and 10th March, regarding the circumstances attending the murder of two Zulus by a party of the Abaqulusi. I transmit for your information, under cover of another paper, a statement made by the Natal native constable, who was sent by the Acting Resident Magistrate of the Umsinga Division to apprehend Umhliwafa, together with the Acting Resident Magis- trate’s report, and some minutes that have passed on the subject. You will see that I have found it necessary to call the Acting Resident Magistrate’s attention to the irregularity of his act in sending one of his constables to serve a warrant on Umhliwafa in the Zulu country; and that I have also had occasion to remark upon the indiscreet conduct of the constable in taking part in the removal of the cattle which Umhliwafa had received from Uhamu. H, 2 84 Umhliwafa is a man that bears a very indifferent reputation, and I am somewhat sur- prised that this being so leave should have been given to him by the Resident Magis- trate at Umsinga, whether by yourself before your departure or by your successor does not appear, to go into Zululand on the occasion of Cetywayo's installation. It would seem, however, that you told him to return at once to Natal after the installation, but that instead of doing this he went to Uhamu and succeeded in getting some cattle from that Chief. It was in driving away these cattle, in which work he had induced the Natal constable to assist him, that an attack was made on the party by some people of the Abaqulusi. Umhliwafa appears to have been greatly to blame for neglecting your order to him to return to Natal, and he is, it seems to me, chiefly responsible for this most unfortunate OCCUll'Iº (2Il CC. I learn with satisfaction that Cety wayo has taken steps for an inquiry into the circum- stances which resulted in the murder of two of his own subjects. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULwBR, To Henry Fynn, Esq., Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. British Resident with Cetywayo, Zululand. Enclosure 4 in No. 45. Sir H. BULWER to Mr. H. FYNN. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, March 17, 1883. WITH reference to your Despatch of the 10th March, in which you enclose, for my information, a message you had received from the Chief Uhamu, and express an opinion with regard to it, that serious disturbances will probably take place again between the Abaqulusi and Uhamu, who, you say, has not yet united himself to Cetywayo or pre- sented himself to greet him. I would call your attention to the advisableness of your taking some steps with the view of preventing, if possible, those disturbances which you apprehend. The Abaqulusi are in the territory that has been placed under Cetywayo. They are therefore under his authority, and in addition to that fact it so happens, as you, per- haps, are aware, that Cetywayo stands towards that particular section of the people in the position of their individual tribal Chief. On the one hand, then, Cety wayo should restrain these people from taking up arms against Uhamu and from plundering Uhamu's people, and it should be your object to secure that this is done by seeing Cetywayo and by representing the matter to him. On the other hand, if Uhamu refuses or neglects to recognise Cety wayo's rightful authority, it should be your object to persuade him to recognise that authority. You should point out to him, in a friendly manner, that Cetywayo's authority has been formally re-established over that part of the country in which Uhamu lives, and that therefore his district being now under Cetywayo he ought to give in his recognition; or, if you find that it is impossible for him to do this, you should point out to him the advisableness of his leaving that part of the country which is under Cetywayo, and removing into the Reserve Territory where a location will be provided for him. But you should endeavour to bring about a good understanding, if one is possible, between them; and not only in this case but in all cases where there is need of it. i am confident that you will use whatever influence you possess, by virtue of your position as British Resident, to reconcile opposing interests, and that you will do your best to prevent, by the exercise of that influence, such disorders as these which you anticipate. H have, &c. (Signed) H. BULwer, To Henry Fynn, Esq., Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. British Resident with Cetywayo. 85 No. 46. GoverNon SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received April 16, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, MY LORD, March 19, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship’s information, copies of two Despatches which I have received from the Resident Commissioner, one reporting the circumstances of a journey recently made by him into that portion of the Reserved Territory which was under the Chief Hlubi, and giving a further list of Chiefs who have declared their intention of remaining under the authority of the Resident Commissioner; and the other reporting the departure from the Reserved Territory of a headman named Zeize, together with the men of 14 of his kraals, and their removal with their cattle into Cetywayo's territory. & 2. I transmit also a copy of the Despatch which I have addressed to Mr. Shepstone in reply. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure 1 in No. 46. Mr. J. W. SHEPSTONE to Sir H. BULWER. Resident Commissioner’s Office, Eshowe, SIR, March 7, 1883. I HAVE the honour to report, for the information of your Excellency, that I left this on the 18th ultimo, accompanied by an escort of ten men of the Mounted Infantry and an officer, and proceeded towards the late territory of the Chief Hlubi, for the purpose of meeting the Chiefs, headmen, and people of that part of the Reserve, and to inspect the boundary in that direction. I found the country between this and the Chief Hlubi very broken and quite unfit for waggon travelling. I had consequently to do the journey on horseback. I reached Ensingabantu, one of Chief Dunn's late seats of magistracy, on the 20th ult, and on the 21st met the Chiefs Matyana ka Mondise, Nonzama, Matyana ka Sitshakuza, Umbuzo, Tamana, Umzilikazi, Pagatwayo, and Umvunyelwa, with a large number of followers, All of these Chiefs at once stated their intention to remain subject to the Resident Commissioner here. Matyana ka Mondise, Umbuzo, and Umvunyelwa having already done so, as reported in mine of the 9th February last. The Ensingabantu is on the border of what was Chief Dunn's territory under the settlement of Sir Garnet now Lord Wolseley. On the 26th I rode to the Sanhlwane where, on the 27th, I met a large number of natives with their Chiefs and headmen, numbering about 800. The Chiefs and headmen present were Hlubi, Maweni, Susa, Mubi, Gamdana, and Sibamu. . All of these also unhesitatingly decided on remaining under the authority of the Resident Commissioner as representing the paramount authority. - A small headman of Sirayo's late tribe named Umtoli, with about 20 huts under him, informed me that he intended leaving and placing himself under Cety wayo and that was all. On the 28th I proceeded in a northerly direction to inspect the boundary, and on the following day continued it; a heavy fog and drizzle prevented to some extent a full view of the whole, but I satisfied myself that the beacons were still intact, and still in their proper positions as erected by the Boundary Commissioners. On the 2nd instant I halted at the Ensingabantu, and there met the Chiefs Siga- nanda, Hlonti, on behalf of Fakukaziningo, who has a bad leg, and could not appear in person, Meyane, Nxaba, Umtiyaqwa, and Bazukile, all of whom expressed them- L 3 86 selves as having decided on remaining in the Reserve and subject to the Resident Commissioner. On the 3rd instant I continued my inspection of the boundary, and slept on the Inkanhla range, very high and bleak, and the next day pursued my way through the noted forest of that name, traversing some seven miles of it before I could leave it. The day was unfortunately a very wet one, as were also the two following, both men and horses being exposed to two days of it. On the 6th I reached the Ntumeni, where I met the Chiefs and headmen, with a considerable following, Mavumengwana, Matanda, Manepu, Ndwetshe, Pakade, Bilibana, Bakwana, and Gebula, who all declared themselves as now ready to remain in the Reserve Territory and subject to the Resident Commissioner. I found that Cetywayo had been actively employed in sending messages of an intimidating nature to many natives in the Reserve, such as : “Those who will not “ obey my summons to assist in the building of my kraals will be eaten up by those “ who do,” and “Leave my country and cross the Tugela, for that which is now held “ by Mr. John will be given back to me.” Such messages as these naturally unsettled the people, and hence the hesitation on the part of a large number to state what decision they had arrived at. I know that this was the case with the Chief Mavumengwana and others. There remain now only some five chiefs who have not yet declared themselves either way, and should these not do so, the only course left open is to treat them and their people as subjects of the Zulu Native Reserve and be governed accordingly. Twenty-four chiefs and headmen as above named have (in addition to the thirty-five already reported to me) given in their submission to the Resident Commissioner as representing the paramount authority. I have, &c. His Excellency (Signed) J. W. SHEPSTONE, The Special Commissioner for Zulu Affairs, Resident Commissioner. Natal. Enclosure 2 in No. 46. Mr. J • SHEPSTONE to Sir H. BUI, wer. Resident Commissioner’s Office, Eshowe, SIR, w Zulu Native Reserve, March 11, 1883. I HAVE the honour to report, for the information of your Excellency, that I have this day been informed that a headman named Zeize living in this Reserve, and the men of fourteen kraals under him, left by stealth at night during this week, driving all their cattle with them, and have crossed the Umhlatuzi into Cetywayo's territory. Many of their women and children were kept in ignorance, and only ascertained on the day following that they had been deserted by their male relatives, for contrary to custom and necessity not even milking cattle were left for the women and children. What object Zeize could have had in leaving as he did I cannot imagine, unless it was that he had heard that I had sent to all those chiefs and headmen, who had neglected or refused to attend my repeated summonses to come and tell me what decision they had arrived at, to say that I should now treat such cases as contempt of my authority and fine accordingly, none of the rest have done so and I had not yet sent to Zeize, which makes it the more unaccountable. I do not, however, regret his going as he was a man that I considered would give trouble. He was one of the extreme Usutu party. Many of their women who were so cruelly deserted in this case have declared that they will not follow their husbands. J have, &c. His Excellency (Signed) J. W. SHEPSTONE, The Special Commissioner for Zulu Affairs, Resident Commissioner. Natal. 87 Enclosure 3 in No. 46. Sir H. BULWER to Mr. J. W. SHEPSTONE, º Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, - March 15, 1883. I HAVE to thank you for your report of the 7th of March, acquainting me with the circumstances of your journey into the territory that was lately under the Chief Hlubi, and with the results of the interviews you had with the Chiefs, headmen, and people of that part of the Native Reserve. It will be desirable that you should, before your departure from the Reserve Territory, furnish me with a complete and separate list of all the Chiefs and headmen of the dis- trict who have declared their intention to remain under the authority of the Resident Commissioner, with another list showing those who desire to remove or who have actually removed into Cety wayo's territory, in order to be under him, and with a further list of those who have not made any declaration either way, or who have failed to come and SCé VOUl. rº recognise the difficulties you have had to deal with on account of the intimi- dating messages which have been sent by Cety wayo to the people of the Reserved Territory. - I have also to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch of the 11th March, informing me of the departure from the territory of the Headman Zeize, together with the men of 14 kraals living under him, and of their removal with all their cattle into Cety wayo's territory. It was quite right that, desiring to live under Cetywayo, they should remove into his territory for that purpose, although there was no occasion for them to do so by stealth. All people who desire to remove into Cetywayo's territory, as you are aware, should be allowed freely do so with all their cattle and possessions. You report that the women and children were left behind and deserted; but do you not think it probable that they were aware of the intention of the men to leave, and that their seeming ignorance is part of a pre-arranged plan P. It is possible they may have been left to harvest the crops, and that when that is over they will join the men who have left. I need not say that full liberty should be given to them to do so. I have, &c. The Hon. J. W. Shepstone, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. , Special Commissioner. No. 47. COLONIAL OFFICE to WAR OFFICE. SIR, Downing Street, April 16, 1883. I AM directed by the Earl of Derby to transmit to you, to be laid before the Marquis of Hartington, a copy of a Despatch” from Sir Henry Bulwer, Her Majesty's Special Commissioner for Zululand, enclosing a copy of a report by Sir T. Shepstone of his recent mission to the Zulu country in connexion with the installation of Cety wayo. I am to draw attention to the special commendation of the services rendered on this occasion by Colonel Bond (Northamptonshire Regiment), Lieut.-Colonel Curtis (Innis- killing Dragoons), and Deputy Commissary-General Brownrigg, C.B., and I am to add an expression of Lord Derby’s appreciation of the manner in which these, as well as the other officers concerned, discharged the delicate and responsible duties with which they were charged. I am, &c. sº (Signed) JOHN BRAMSTON. The Under Secretary of State, War Office. * No. 31. L 4 88 No. 48. Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received April 16, 1883.) t Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, March 21, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, a message sent by the Chief Usibebu to the Resident Commissioner in the Reserve Territory, which the latter has forwarded to me. t 2. The Chief Usibebu reports the information which he says he has received regarding Cetywayo's designs against him, and he applies that a Resident may be appointed to be with him who may be a witness that he does what is right. 3. I have already brought before your Lordship's notice” the advisableness of such an appointment being made, and I take this occasion again to recommend it to your most favourable consideration. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, Special Commissioner. &c, &c. &c. Enclosure in No. 48. STATEMENT of UFATU and MASUKU, Messengers from Chief USIBEBU. We are sent by Usibebu to report that he has certain positive information that Cety. wayo is employing people to take his, Usibebu's, life. He has also found that armed parties of Cetywayo's people have traversed his country; and he reports to the Govern- ment that Makedama’s people under Cetywayo have stolen four of his horses. This is the second lot of horses these same people have stolen from Usibebu. The first was stolen while “Melimata” (Mr. Osborn) was at the Inhlazatye. ... This was reported to Melimata, who promised to me that these were returned to Usibebu. This was not done, and this is now his second loss by Cety wayo's people. Usibebu wishes us to say that he does not fear Cetywayo, and that he is quite ready and willing to go and retake his horses, but that he is afraid to do wrong. Usibebu now asks the Government to appoint a white man as a Resident with him, as he wishes to have a witness to see what he does, and that he does what is right, as his only fear is that he may do wrong, and be found fault with by the Government. Taken before me at the Eshowe, Zulu Reserved Territory. (Signed) J. SHEpstone, March 10, 1883. Resident Commissioner. No. 49. Gover Nor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to THE RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received April 16, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, MY LORD, March 21, 1883, I HAVE been obliged on two or three occasions to warn Her Majesty’s Govern- ment of the unreliableness of the information sent home by the “Maritzburg '' corres- pondent of the “Daily News” to that paper. I had occasion to do this in my telegrams % No. 42. 89 of the 18th of December” and 29th of January, and in my Despatch of the 29th January; ; and the misrepresentations that have been made by that correspondent have been so many and have so tended to mislead that paper and other newspapers, and no doubt the public, that I feel myself under the necessity of bringing them under your Lordship's particular notice. 2. In the “ Daily News” of October the 18th appeared the following telegram from its correspondent at Pietermaritzburg, dated the 16th October, “The deputation of “ Transvaal Chiefs demanding British assistance to resist the payment of taxes has been “ invited by Sir H. Bulwer to state its complaints in Maritzburg. This will lead to “ serious complications.” Now this statement was utterly without foundation. What happened is recorded in a Despatch which I wrote to his Excellency the High Commissioner on the 21st of November, a copyś of which I enclose herewith, although I do not doubt that all the correspondence connected with the subject has already been sent home by the High Commissioner. 3. The statement that was forwarded to the “Daily News” on the 16th October appeared in the “Natal Witness” on the following day, October 17th, although in a somewhat modified form. There it was stated that the deputation had been “informed “ that Maritzburg was the proper place to see the Governor, and in consequence of this “intimation they were on their way to the city. In a leading article in the same paper it was deliberately asserted that “Sir H. Bulwer had caused " the deputation to be so informed ; that Sir H. Bulwer had “encouraged them to lay their complaints before him ;” that “Sir H. Bulwer had compromised himself, the Colony of Natal, and “ the Imperial Government by giving encouragement to a deputation sent under such “ circumstances and for such a purpose;” that “the matter would be heard of again “ might be regarded as certain ;" and that the Transvaal Government would “take up the matter warmly.” On the 23rd of October the same paper (the “Natal Witness”) stated that it had received “telegraphic information from Newcastle on Saturday that “ the information previously forwarded with regard to the Governor’s answer to the “ native deputation from the Transvaal was incorrect.” Notwithstanding this the “ Natal Witness '' then went on to say that it seemed quite clear that “its comments “ on the subject, assisted possibly by influences at work elsewhere, had been the cause “ of the forwarding of instructions to the Acting Resident Magistrate at Newcastle to “aliow an official explanation to escape him;” but that for its own part the “Witness” saw no reason to believe that its original information was incorrect. On the other hand it saw “a great deal of reason why there should be very great anxiety in very high “ official quarters to secure acceptance for the latter version of the story,” as “it would “ be disagreeable for the Colonial Office, and disagreeable for Sir H. Bulwer, if his “ immediate recall should be insisted upon by the Radical members of the Ministry, who “ are now exercising a stronger influence than ever.” In a later issue, that of November the 1st, the “Witness,” noticing the contradictions given to its statement by other Natal newspapers, says, “We beg to contradict the contradiction,” and then deliberately repeats its statement that “Sir H. Bulwer directed it (i.e., the deputation) to proceed “to Maritzburg to lay its complaints before him there ;” that “this injudicious action “ of Sir H. Bulwer's becoming known to the Government in England and to the High “ Commissioner at Cape Town a very pretty row arose, and Sir H. Bulwer received “ from home sundry telegrams more forcible than polite;” “that thereupon the magis- “trate at Newcastle was telegraphed to in his turn, and directed to provide an official “ antidote for the unofficial poison; and that when the correspondence is published a “great effort will be made to conceal all this.” - 4. Now I feel I must apologise for introducing these extracts from the “Natal Witness.” I am not in the habit of either finding fault with or noticing criticism of myself or of my policy or acts that appear in the local newspapers, not even where I might have abundant reason for so doing; nor should I have noticed these statements in the “Natal Witness,” whether the unfounded statement, or the violent remarks, or the imputations it contains, were it not that they bear with significance upon the tele- graphic statement that appeared in the “Daily News” of October the 16th. The editor of the “Natal Witness” is the Maritzburg correspondent of the “Daily News;” and the reason for the correspondent sending home an utterly unfounded statement to * Not printed. f No. 148 of [C.—3466] of February 1883. | No. 14. § See enclosure in No. 24, page 27, of [C.—3486] of February 1883. R. 5762. M 90 the “Daily News” may, perhaps, be sufficiently traced in the nature of the remarks which were made in the “Natal Witness.” The prediction of the “Natal Witness '' that the Transvaal Government would take the matter up warmly was borne out by the result; but there is very little doubt that the Transvaal Government took the matter up warmly because it was misled by the unfounded statements that were made in the “Natal Witness” itself; and although it was not true that I received, as the “Natal Witness '' said I did, “sundry telegrams from home more forcible than polite,”, yet no doubt that was what the editor of the “Witness” and Maritzburg correspondent of the “Daily News” anticipated would be the result of the unfounded statement he had sent home. 5. I append to this Despatch, two extracts from newspapers; one from the “Daily News” of the 11th November, being a letter from its correspondent at Maritzburg, dated the 16th of October ; and the other being an article that appeared in the “Natal Witness” on the 17th of October. I have placed these two extracts in parallel columns. The article in the “Witness” is but an elaboration of the letter written on the previous day to the “Daily News.” They are both equally incorrect; but they are both apparently determined to make out, by bold assertion, that I did something which I did not do. 6. The next statement in the “Daily News " received from its Maritzburg correspon- dent which I had to inform the Earl of Kimberley by telegram was untrue, when a month later it was brought to my notice, appeared on November the 3rd, and was as follows: “Sir H. Bulwer refuses to allow the Transvaal Government to purchase “ artillery requisites in Natal without the permission of the Imperial Government. His “ attitude towards the Transvaal is distinctly unfriendly.” This statement was as devoid of foundation as the one about the native deputation. There was not a word of truth in it. The correspondent had himself afterwards to contradict his own statement, and to say that it was based on a mis-reading of the “official telegram ” (whatever that was), and that “the Transvaal Government wished the statement corrected.” The withdrawal by the correspondent of the “Daily News’ of his own unfounded statement did not appear in the “Daily News” till the 2nd of December, and was then done apparently only upon the express wish of the Transvaal Government, which knew how utterly unfounded the statement was. But as the statement about my refusal to allow the Transvaal Government to purchase artillery requisites was unfounded, so also was the general assertion that my attitude towards the Transvaal was distinctly unfriendly. There was nothing whatsoever in support of that reckless and unwarrantable statement. It rested and could rest upon nothing but the two previous statements made by the correspondent himself with regard to my alleged action towards the native deputation and my alleged refusal to allow the Transvaal Government to purchase artillery requi- sites, which were themselves without foundation. 7. Such is the character of the information that the correspondent of the “Daily News'' sends home to the paper which employs him, and which that paper receives and accepts in good faith. The two instances which I have here given are connected with the Transvaal. What the real object of the sender of these unfounded statements may be I will not say ; but the effect of the statements made by him as the editor of the “Natal Witness '' was to convey to the Transvaal Government an impression that I was acting in a hostile spirit towards them, and the tendency of the statements made by him as correspondent of the “Daily News” was to convey the same impression to the public at home. g 8. And here I regret I cannot stop, but feel myself obliged to take notice of some of the telegrams sent by the same correspondent of the “Daily News” regarding Zulu matters. The telegrams sent by him on this subject, so far as I have seen them, are most of them misleading ; but I only propose to notice those which contain the most serious mis-statements and unjustifiable assertions and imputations such as I cannot well pass over. 9. On the 27th of October, Mr. Dillwyn, in the House of Commons, asked the Under Secretary of State for the Colonies whether there was any truth in the statement of the Natal correspondent of the “Daily News” that Cetywayo would not return to Zululand for at least six months, and in the “Daily News’ of the 30th of October appeared the following telegram from its Maritzburg correspondent : “I have excellent “ authority for stating that Sir H. Bulwer is doing his utmost to delay Cetywayo's “ return.” Her Majesty's Government are aware that there was no foundation for either of those two statements. 91 The statement as to the “six months,” which misled Mr. Dillwyn, involved indeed only a simple question of fact, and that question was answered in the negative by the Under Secretary of State for the Colonies in his place in the House of Commons. But the other statement was a more serious one, because it involved an injurious imputation. On the day following the reply of the Under Secretary of State the Maritzburg corre- spondent of the “Daily News” telegraphed to that paper that he had “excellent authority’ for stating that I was doing my utmost to delay Cetywayo's return. 11, other words, he deliberately represented in effect that I was purposely, designedly, and unnecessarily delaying Cetywayo's return ; the imputation being that I was, in my public capacity, thwarting the intentions of Her Majesty's Government, and con- sequently acting disloyally and unfaithfully towards the Government whose servant I was. The writer had and could have no authority whatsoever for making this statement, and therefore for him to say, in order to give his statement force, that he had “excellent authority” for it was only to aggravate the offence which lies in making a mis-statement injuriously affecting the character and conduct of the person against whom it was directed. - Yet the “Daily News " did not hesitate to give admission to this injurious imputation, as it had done to the charge made against me by the same correspondent, and to the two unfounded statements about my conduct and action towards the Government of the Transvaal State. 10. The next serious mis-statements and imputations which I have to notice are con- tained in the “Daily News” of the 27th December, 30th December, and 2nd and 8th January, and are as follows:– (1.) “Daily News,” 27th December 1882. From our own correspondent, Maritzburg, Tuesday. “Everything convinces me that the annexation of a large part of “ Zululand for the benefit of Natal is intended.” “The War Office should “ insist on not allowing a single man to enter Zululand without a distinct under- standing respecting the purposes of the troops to be employed. Colonel Curtis acts under Sir Theophilus Shepstone, and may easily be misled, not “ knowing the language.” (2) “Daily News," 30th December 1882. From our own correspondent, Maritzburg, Friday. “The papers here opposed to Cetywayo openly boast that Zululand “ is Zululand no longer. Sir Henry Bulwer, in fact, purchases the consent of a noisy colonial party to Cetywayo's return by annexing the best part of “ Zululand. All reliable information shows that the Zulus, as a body, desire “ Cetywayo as their ruler under the Queen. The official reports to the “ contrary are purposely misleading, and devoid of evidence in support of them. Unless this rascally business be suppressed in a summary manner, “ endless troubles may follow.” “A report is published here to-day that the “ Zulus at a meeting with the British Resident protested against Cetywayo's “ return. You may disbelieve it entirely. Remember that the floodgates of “ misrepresentation will be opened for the purpose of discrediting Cety wayo's “ restoration, and justifying the official action. As with the Transvaal, so “ with Zululand. Usibebu will probably be put forward as the agent of “ disorder. Great firmness and perfect honesty are wanted. Unfortunately “ both are absent.” C 6 & 6 & 6 & 6 (3.) “Daily News,” apparently of 2nd January 1883. But I have not been able to see all the numbers of the “Daily News,” and I take this extract from the “Daily Express” of the 3rd January. The Maritzburg “Daily News” correspondent telegraphs on Tuesday —“I have been trying to fix the “ responsibility of the Zulu annexation. The members of Sir T. Shepstone's “ family seem anxious to represent that he only acts under Sir H. Bulwer. “ Colonel Curtis has instructions to wait on events and carry out his orders to “ the best of his ability. The directions for Cetywayo's movements in Cape “ Town are given from here. All seems to point to Sir H. Bulwer as the “ annexationist, though Sir T. Shepstone may approve the representation of the Zulu Chiefs now here, and what Cetywayo is to return to, as the new boundary only leaves him only the most rugged and barren parts of the “ country.” (4) “Daily News,” 8th January 1883. From our own correspondent, Maritzburg, Saturday. “A telegram is published here to the effect that the Government & C C & M 2 92 ( & repudiate the annexation of Zululand. If this be correct great care. will be “ requisite to prevent the official clique from overriding the intentions of the “ Government.” - 11. How utterly untrue this story of the annexation of the best part of Zululand for the benefit of Natal was the readers of the “Daily News” will have been able to learn by this time from the official correspondence which has no doubt now been published, but that the story as told at the time by its Maritzburg correspondent misled the paper which employed him, and other papers also, is shown by an article in the “Daily News." of the 27th of December, and by an article which appeared in the “Echo " of the 30th of December. The latter, indeed, having been put on its guard by the “Cape Argus’ of December the 5th, had some doubts as to the truth of the story and found it difficult to believe that the Government should, in restoring Cetywayo, “filch the better portion “ of his territory in spite of his protests and the protests of his people and to please a “ ring of land-grabbers in Natal, &c. Yet,” it adds, “if the report be untrue, the “ correspondent who sends the news has twice wired intelligence which must be not only “ untrue but which before long must by the course of events be shown to be untrue. “Is it likely that he has done this " ? 12. Equally incorrect was the statement of the correspondent of the “Daily News' contained in the telegram which appeared in that paper of the 27th December in the following words: “I can see that there is an intention to throw cold water on Cetywayo's “ reception for the sake of justifying a partition of the country.” This was a wholly gratuitous assertion, and altogether unfounded. 13. But perhaps the most remarkable and most flagrant instances of the misrepresen- tations sent home by the correspondent of the “Daily News” were those by which he gave that paper and the public to understand that a military censorship of the Press had been established in Zululand; that the telegrams of the correspondent of the “Daily News” had been refused at the Lower Tugela telegraph office; that letters were over- hauled by a staff officer before they were allowed to proceed to their destinations; that the civil authorities of Natal were responsible for this attempt to gag the Press; that they were determined that no independent information of the state of Zululand should reach England; that the Zulus were not allowed to be present on the beach at the landing of Cetywayo at Port Durnford; and that the natives assembled to see Cety wayo land were told they would be fired upon. - 14. With my Despatch of the 29th January” I had the honour to furnish your Lordship with a report by the officer commanding the escort on the subject of the statements made in the “Daily News,” regarding which your Lordship sent me a tele- graphic message on the 15th January. In one single case a telegraphic message had been refused by the non-commissioned officer in charge of the telegraph station at the Lower Tugela, and that was by mistake or under a misunderstanding. That instance would not justify the general assertion that the “telegrams” of the correspondent of the “Daily News'' were refused. But what is to be said of all the other allegations—about the military censorship ; about the overhauling of the letters by a staff officer; about the gagging of the Press by the civil authorities of Natal (meaning, of course, by myself.) and our determination that no independent information of the state of Zululand should reach England P And what is to be said about the further allegations that the Zulus were not allowed to be present on the beach, and that they were told they would be fircd upon P What can be said more than that these statements are all alike untrue P There is not one word of truth in any of them. They are pure inventions, without even the shadow of a foundation. And yet the “Daily News' correspondent can again telegraph to his paper, and that paper again on the 15th February inserts a deliberate statement to the effect that trust- worthy information entirely corroborates the (former) statement that the Zulus assembled on the beach to receive Cetywayo were ordered off under threat of being fired upon. And the London “Echo,” commenting on this statement, says that if it be true the person responsible for this order ought to be dismissed from the service of the Crown, even though he be Governor of Natal. 15. Putting altogether aside the personal “animus ” which is displayed in most of the statements of the editor of the “Natal Witness '' and correspondent of the “Daily News,” and of which the latter paper has, I am sure quite unwillingly, allowed itself to be made a vehicle for communication to the public, I think your Lordship will agree with me * No. 14. 93 that the misrepresentations and imputations which I have here mentioned are such, are so grave, and deal with so important public matters, that I am doing no more than I ought to do in bringing them under your notice in order that your Lordship may take such steps as you may see fit to bring them to the knowledge of the managers of the “Daily News,” and, if necessary, under the notice of Parliament. The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, &c. &c. &c. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, Special Commissioner. Enclosure in No. 49. “The Nata/ Witness.” Pietermaritzburg, Tuesday, October 17, 1882. A very serious “incident,” and one which may lead to a vast amount of irritation, is revealing itself in connexion with the depu- tation of natives from the north of the Transvaal. A few weeks ago, the first mention reached us of the arrival of this deputation at Newcastle. It was then stated that the deputation represented certain Chiefs in the north of the Trans- vaai ; that they had traversed the Transvaal in disguise; that their object was to demand the re-annexation of the Transvaal by the British Government; and that if their de- mand was not acceded to, their intention was to make war upon the Transvaal Government till England was compelled to interfere, when they would submit to British power. As we pointed out at the time, there was a good deal in all this which was open to suspicion. The hand of Joab was a little too plainly visible. The expressed determination to fight until the British Government was compelled to intervene coincided in too remarkable a manner with certain well known views of well known anti-Dutch agitators. We were, in fact, disposed to regard this part of the message as having originated in Newcastle itself. Possibly we were going somewhat too far in yielding to this im- pression. It is, however, quite easy to understand how the object of the deputa- tion, passed round from mouth to mouth, would be subject to exaggeration. Within the last day or two we have received information which, though serious enough in itself, seems to dispose of the more apocryphal part of the story first sent down. According to this information, the deputation represents, and was set on foot by, the Chiefs in the north of the Transvaal who have been giving trouble about the payment of taxes. The object of the deputation is to see whether the British Government can give them any assistance in their effort to refuse the payment of taxes imposed by the Transvaal Govern- ment, and whether there is any likelihood “ Daily News,” Saturday, November 11, 1882. The TRANSVAAL GoverNMENT and the NATIVEs. OUR correspondent at Maritzburg writes On Oct. 16: While efforts are being made in England to entangle the Government into more war with the Transvaal, it seems likely that the Transvaal Government will have very fair ground of complaint on their side. The public in England must, in fact, expect before long to hear very grave complaints from the Transvaal Government of en- couragement given by British officials to natives who, being subjects of that Govern- ment, are distinctly in rebellion against it. A week or two ago a native deputation from Chiefs in the north of the Transvaal arrived at Newcastle, in Natal. The object of their mission was at the time said to be to demand the re-annexation of the Trans- vaal, with the threat that if this was not granted they would make war upon the Transvaal Government till England was compelled to intervene, when they would submit to British power. There was a good deal in all this that bore the impress of European manufacture, and subsequent in- quiries enable me to confirm this view. I do not think, for example, that the resolve to submit only to England had any place in the imaginations of the members of this deputation. Still the object and cause of their mission constitute matters for very grave consideration. My information, which I think I can rely upon, goes to show that the deputa- tion represents certain Chiefs in the north of the Transvaal, who have recently offered armed resistance to the collection of hut tax, and that their object in visiting Natal is to see whether England will assist them in resisting the payment of taxes, and whe- ther there is any likelihood of the Trans- vaal being re-annexed. Their act, in short, in sending this deputation is distinctly an act of treason towards the Transvaal Go- vernment. It is exactly on the same level as would be the conduct of native Chiefs in Natal who, having refused to pay hut M 3 94 of the Transvaal being re-annexed. The members of the deputation appear to have had an interview with the Acting Resident Magistrate at Newcastle, and waited at that place in hopes of obtaining an inter- view with Sir Henry Bulwer. In this, however, they were disappointed. Sir Henry Bulwer caused them to be informed that Maritzburg was the proper place at which to see him, and, with the view of securing an interview, the deputation are now on their way to this city. These are the bare outlines of the story, which we desire to give without leaning to any exaggerated rumours and without accepting any facts that may seem to savour of the sensational. The next step is to ask what is the position of these men forming the deputation, and what is the position of Sir Henry Bulwer in encourag- ing them to lay their complaints before him 2 We shall not attempt to argue as to what ought to be. We shall merely point out what is. According to the views of some persons, the British Government did wrong in handing back to the control of the restored Transvaal Government the native population to the north of the Transvaal. However, the British Govern- ment did so. The result of their action is this—that the native Chiefs in the north of the Transvaal who were British subjects and paid taxes during the annexation period are now subjects of the present Transvaal Government. To refuse to pay taxes is an act of rebellion which the Transvaal Govern- ment would be perfectly justified in punish- ing, and an act which they must at least take notice of if their authority is to pass for anything. Some of these Chiefs in the north of the Transvaal—possibly at the instance of anti-Dutch agitators—have made a difficulty about paying taxes. They have even proceeded so far in one or two instances as to offer armed resistance to the duly appointed tax collectors. That is an act of rebellion—an act of far greater gravity than the acts for which Langalibalele got into such grievous trouble in Natal. These Chiefs, however, did not merely content themselves with offering armed resistance. They have sent a deputation to ask assis- tance from a foreign government—that is, they have taken a step which constitutes perhaps the most aggravated form of trea- son. It is quite possible—indeed probable —that they are not themselves aware of the seriousness of this act. But that it is a most serious act there can be no doubt. Let any one consider what would be felt and said in Natal if a native Chief or two refused to pay hut tax, offered armed re- sistance to the magistrate, and sent a secret embassy to the Government of the Free *§ tax and having fired on the duly-appointed collector of taxes, should send a secret mis- sion to the Government of the Free State or the Transvaal to ask for assistance. The deputation arrived at Newcastle about three weeks ago and reported themselves to the resident magistrate, asking for an interview with the Governor. Sir Henry Bulwer was at that time at Rorke's Drift, and a special messenger was despatched to him with the news. There is some story about the messenger, who was a native, losing the letter on the way. This, how- ever, makes little difference. There can be no doubt that Sir Henry Bulwer heard of the deputation and of the nature of their mission, which, apart from exaggerations, was no secret before he left Rorke's Drift for Newcastle, where he was due on an official tour through the upper districts of the Colony. That he sent no message de- clining to receive a deputation sent on so dubious a mission is clear from the fact that the men waited for a fortnight in New- castle in the hope of seeing him. As to what course Sir Henry Bulwer would follow when he at last arrived at Newcastle there was but little difference of opinion. He would, it was believed, inform the members of the deputation of the impropriety of their coming to him at all, warn them of the grave risk they incurred by doing so, and refer them to the British Resident in the Transvaal, reporting the matter at once to the Transvaal Government through the British Resident and the High Commis- sioner. Instead of following this course he caused the deputation to be informed that if they wished to see him they must see him in Maritzburg, and the deputation is at this moment on its way here for the purpose of obtaining an interview. The situation thus created is, I need scarcely say, a very serious one. These men have gone behind their own Government and the British Resident in the Transvaal simply because they dared not have gone either to one or the other on such an errand, and have proceeded to the Go- vernor of a neighbouring British Colony, who, instead of repulsing them and sending them to the proper quarter for any repre- sentations they may have to make, has treated them in a manner which it will not be difficult to interpret as giving them en- couragement. This I have good reason to believe is the view which will be taken by the Transvaal Government, and I have no doubt whatever that this view will be taken by other natives in the Transvaal who hear of what has passed. That such action con- stitutes, quite apart from its extreme im- policy, a breach of the terms of the Pretoria Convention I think can hardly be disputed, and the use which will be made of the 95 State or the Transvaal asking for assis- tance to resist the payment of taxes. We will go further. Let any one consider what would be said and felt in Natal if the Transvaal or Free State Government, in- stead of instantly arresting these men and sending them back to Natal under an armed escort, invited or encouraged them to come and tell their story at Bloemfontein or Pretoria. Let any one further consider what would be the effect upon other native Chiefs in Natal when it became known to them, as it would quickly become known, that the deputation sent to claim the help of the Government of the Transvaal against the Government of Natal had been met with what could reasonably be interpreted as a friendly reception. And, beyond all this, let anyone consider the outcry that would be raised, not only by the Press in Natal and England, but in the House of Commons, over such unfriendly and hostile conduct on the part of the Transvaal Government. Turning the position upside down, it is easy to predict what will be said in the Transvaal, and to understand how seriously Sir Henry Bulwer has compromised himself, the Colony of Natal, and the Imperial Government by giving encouragement to a deputation sent under such circumstances and for such a purpose. In taking this course Sir Henry Bulwer has blundered in a manner which, having regard for his repu- tation and experience, seems almost incredi- ble. With that deputation Sir Henry Bulwer had absolutely nothing to do. He had no right, and has no right, to exchange a single word with them. To recognise the deputation in any way is a distinctly hostile act towards the Transvaal Government, and a most flagrant violation of the terms of the Transvaal Convention. That Convention provided a most complete and adequate safety valve for the complaints, whether reasonable or unreasonable, of natives under the Transvaal Government. If these Chiefs in the north of the Transvaal had any ground of complaint, or any representation to make to the British Government, the person to go to was Mr. Hudson, the British Resi- dent, who in his turn would communicate with the High Commissioner at Capetown. These Chiefs, however, have chosen to ignore the British Resident. They have gone behind both him and their own Government, and in doing so have placed themselves in a position the full awkward- ness of which may not have occurred to them. They may urge, as an excuse, that they knew no better. This excuse, how- ever, will not be applicable to Sir Henry Bulwer. His course was plain before him, viz., to report the occurrence instantly to incident by the Transvaal Government can be easily foreseen. They will say, and very excusably, that if, in addition to the slan- ders and misrepresentations of prejudiced and interested persons, their position and authority are to be undermined by the giving of official encouragement to seditious proceedings, they cannot be responsible for the maintenance of peace and for the due ful- filment of the conditions of the Convention. It must be clearly understood that unless a prompt and decisive check be given to these appeals for British interference they may be expected to become perennial, and being taken hold of by European intriguers for their own benefit to lead to the very gravest results. These Chiefs in the north of the Transvaal paid taxes before the annexation, and paid taxes during the an- nexation. There is nothing therefore novel in their present position. But there is now, as there has been too often in South Africa, a settled determination on the part of in- terested Europeans to bring about by some means disturbances out of which they may reap a profit. This is simply saying in other words what I have said before, that opportunities for British interference in the Transvaal mean opportunities for intrigue. M 4 96 the Transvaal Government through the channel of the High Commissioner and the British Resident, and, if not placing the de- putation under arrest, to warn them plainly of the mistake they had committed and of the danger they had incurred. Nothing less than this was due from a Government professing to be on friendly terms with the Government of the Transvaal. That the matter will be heard of again may be re- garded as certain. The Transvaal Govern- ment, who have been persistently libelled both in Natal and England since the Convention was ratified, will take up the matter warmly. Their difficulties are serious enough as it is, without the necessity of adding the difficulty that must arise when native Chiefs are officially encouraged in acts of rebellion. No. 50. The RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF DERBY to Gover NOR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, April 19, 1883. I HAVE received your Despatch of the 19th ultimo,” and its enclosures, relative to the proceedings of a party of the Abaqulusi tribe, and the generally hostile attitude of the tribe toward the Chief Uhamu. 2. I approve of the Despatches which you have addressed to the British Resident with Cetywayo on this subject. I have, &c. (Signed) IDER BY. Sir Henry Bulwer. No. 51. The RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF DERBY to Gover NOR SIR HENRY º BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, April 21, 1883. I HAVE received your Despatch of the 10th ultimo, enclosing a copy of a Despatch from Mr. Fynn reporting certain observations that had been made to him by Cety wayo regarding the terms of his restoration. 2. I approve the instructions addressed by you to Mr. Fynn on this subject; and it will be desirable for you to send a message to Cetywayo from Her Majesty’s Govern- ment in the same sense, since, as you will perceive, it is not advisable that he should be in a position to assert that Her Majesty's Government have admitted the propriety of his protests. I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) IDERBY. * No. 45. f No. 41. 97 No. 52. Gover Non SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received April 23, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, March 24, 1883. WITH reference to my Despatches of the 24th February and 6th March,” I have the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, copy of a reply that I have received from Mr. Shepstone regarding the Chiefs and headmen living in the Reserve Territory, whom Cety wayo claimed as his adherents. 2. Of the total number of 31 named by Cetywayo, it appears that 17 desire to remain under the authority of the Resident Commissioner, and there was, therefore, no ground for Cetywayo's claim that they were his adherents. Of the remaining 14 some have joined or no doubt will join Cetywayo; about others the Resident Commissioner has not yet been able to obtain any information. 3. It is with regret I am abliged to call attention to the continued endeavours on Cetywayo's part to persuade the people that the Reserve Territory will eventually come under him, and to the threats used to induce the people to declare for him. 4. I have the honour to transmit at the same time copy of another Despatch from the Resident Commissioner on the subject of Zulus coming into the Reserve Territory. He reports that very few natives have as yet entered the Reserve, but that it is expected they will come in during the winter, that is, when the harvest is over. 5. The Chief Palane, who has removed his cattle into the Reserve Territory, is one of those whom Cetywayo claimed as an adherent. This Chief, apparently, had kraals in both territories, and he has now removed cattle belonging to him which were in Cetywayo's territory, and has brought them into the Reserve Territory. - I have, &c. - (Signed) H. BULWER, Special Commissioner. The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, &c. &c. &c. Enclosure 1 in No. 52. Mr. SHEPSTONE to Sir H. BULwer. Resident Commissioner's Office, Eshowe, SIR, Zulu Native Reserve, March 15, 1883. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Excellency's Despatch with list of names of Chiefs and headmen claimed by Cety wayo as his adherents. Seventeen of these I have ascertained the final decisions of, and their names are, Palane, Sigananda, Sigcwelegewele, Habana, Njakala, Majia, Mabilwana, Umhlakaza, Mavumengwana, Sikonyana, Umtinzima, Unkanyana, Unhlongolwana, Nonzama, Matyana ka Mondise, \latyana ka Sitshakuza and Faku ka Ziningo. All of the above have decided on remaining under the protection and government of the Resident Com- missioner, as representing the paramount authority. Of the remaining 14 the following are at present with Cety wayo without having yet given me their decisions either way, viz., Melelesi, Godide, Nobiya, Qetuka, and Ndwandwe. Nongena has notified his intention to me this day of joining Cety wayo across the Umhlatuze. Zeize left this with his cattle by stealth at night with all the men of 14 kraals. Some 20 of his kraals have remained, and state that they will live under the protection of the Resident Commissioner. - Mpisi, Ndabayake, or Mgebisa, Matanjama, Dubinhlanagu, Makedama, and Mpiyake ka Tondolozi, are men I do not know, and they may or may not be in the Reserve. I can only hear of Umpisi as being in it, and I have not yet got his decision. Sirayo does not live in this Reserve ; he is on the north-eastern side of the Babanango hill, which places him in the territory of Cety wayo. I would beg to bring to the notice of your Excellency the fact that Cetywayo has no authority whatever in this Reserve, and his claiming anyone here is a breach of the * Nos. 26 and 35. R. 5762, N 98 conditions; and I may also point out that on my questioning those who had already decided on remaining and who from the first expressed their determination to live, as they said, under the Government, they have asked me seriously as to whether the Government still doubts its own determination to retain this part of the country for such as do not wish to return to Cetywayo. - I would, therefore, beg to impress upon your Excellency the necessity of taking a firm stand with Cetywayo, and compel him to keep to the conditions to which he sub- scribed his name, and by which he is as irrevocably bound as is the Resident Commis- sioner and the Chief Usibebu. To give way to Cetywayo's request as regards the Chiefs and headmen whom he has named will prove fatal to the scheme as regards this Reserve, and will be fatal to the whole of Zululand and to British prestige, and all the surrounding native tribes. I have known for some time that Cetywayo's injunctions to all people in this Reserve were that they were to remain here as his people, that the country would revert to him, and that all I said was to be accepted, or rather nothing was to be said when I spoke, to use his own words, “Shut up your mouths; you live there and be my people; I will arrange all.” This injunction has only been acted upon by Melelesi, Godide, Nobiya, Qetuka, and Ndwandwe, who have avoided me by remaining with Cety wayo. Cetywayo has in other respects broken the conditions on which he was restored to a portion of the country, i.e., in demanding money and labour from the people in the reserve, both of which have been given. The demand for both was accompanied by threats of punishment when I left the country, and to some an order was sent to leave the country forthwith which was his, and which extended to the Umvoti river in Natal. This intimation, though improbable on the face of it, has still been credited by the Zulus. Hence the unsettled state of the minds of the people. I have, &c. (Signed) J. W. SHEPSTONE, His Excellency - Resident Commissioner. The Special Commissioner for Zulu Affairs, Natal. Enclosure 2 in No 52. Resident Commissioner’s Office, Eshowe, SIR, w Zulu Native Reserve, March 16, 1883. I HAVE the honour to report, for the information of your Excellency, that as yet very few natives have entered the Zulu Native Reserve from beyond its north-eastern border. Palane, a Chief whose kraals occupy both banks of the Umhlatuzi river, has brought across into the Reserve the cattle of four of his kraals, which is an earnest on the part of a native that he has left a certain locality; the women and children being left to see after the crops. It is expected by Zulus that there will be a considerable influx of people this winter into the Reserve from beyond the border, and it is remarked by many of them (Zulus) that the Government has retained far too small a tract of country for its requirements. For such Chiefs as Palane, Siunguza, Nonzama, Nhlongolwana, Faku Ka Ziningo, and others, whose people occupy both sides of the border, room may be found for those of their people who will rejoin them here; but for such as Umlandela, Umgitjwa, Uhamu, and others there will be no room, and the question will be for the Government to decide what arrangement is to be made for these. I have, &c. (Signed) J. SHEPSTONE, His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, Resident Commissioner. Special Commissioner for Zulu Affairs. 99 No. 53. GovePNOR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received April 23, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, March 26, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, copy of further correspondence with Mr. Fynn, the Resident with Cetywayo, relative to the former “royal cattle” and the claims made by Cetywayo regarding them. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure I in No. 53. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULWER. Mbilani Spruit, Zululand, SIR, February 26, 1883. I HAVE the honour to forward Mfanzi, Myame, Mapungwana, and Mahlebe, Zulu messengers sent by Umyamana and Cetywayo's councillors and with Cetywayo's approval, for the purpose of making application to you to receive a deputation from them regarding king's cattle collected by the 13 district Chiefs from the inhabitants during Cetywayo's absence from Zulu country. I have, &c. His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, (Signed) H. FYNN. &c. &c. &c. STATEMENT of ZULU CouncILLORs through UMFUNZI. THE Zulu messengers, Umfunzi, Myani, Mapungwana, and Amahlebe appeared at the office of the Secretary for Native Affairs. Unfunzi, called upon by the rest, states: We have come from Cetywayo and his councillors with these words: Now Cetywayo is back what is he to eat as all cattle have been eaten up by the Chiefs appointed during his absence P That if the Government had taken the cattle it would have been different, but as the property was eaten up by his dogs, and not by the Government who conquered him, these cattle should be restored to Cetywayo for his support. In every case the appointed Chiefs, wherever the headmen of a kraal reported that they had no cattle belonging to the king, the Chief made him swear by the “bones of Panda” by paying one beast that he had no cattle of the king's, and also where cattle were found one beast was forfeited to the Chief over and above the number seized belonging to the king. That Cetywayo has not asked the people for any cattle because he does not like to so without the leave of the Government. Cetywayo, therefore, prays that the Government will see fit to order the Chiefs to restore to him his cattle for his support as he is very hungry. g (Signed) John P. SYMONs, Acting Secretary for Native Affairs. Taken before me this 15th day of March 1883. Office, Secretary for Native Affairs, Natal. Enclosure 2 in No. 53. Sir H. Bulwer to Mr. H. FYNN. **- Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, March 24, 1883. I HAVE received your letter of the 26th February brought by four Zulu messengers from, as you say, Umyamana and Cety wayo's councillors, but, as they themselves Say, N 2 100 from Cetywayo and his councillors, relative to the cattle formerly belonging to the king, but which were confiscated on the termination of the Zulu war in 1879. 2. On the 21st of February I had sent you a Despatch containing full information and instructions on this subject. - 3. At the time you allowed the four Zulu messengers to come in as a sort of deputa- tion on the subject from Cetywayo, and those about him, you had not, of course, received my communication of the 21st February, as this would have rendered any deputation unnecessary, my Despatch conveying to you, as I have said, full information and instruc- tions on the subject. 4. But I may remark, for your future guidance, that it would have been well had you consulted me before you allowed a deputation from Cety wayo to come into Natal. 5. In former times, prior to the Zulu war of 1879, there was no British Resident with Cetywayo, and, therefore, the only mode of communication he had with the Government, or that the Government had with him, was by means of messengers. But now a British Resident has been appointed to reside with him, and the British Resident is the repre- sentative of the Government, towards Cety wayo, and all communications that Cetywayo desires to make to Her Majesty's Government, or to me as Special Commissioner, should be made through the British Resident, and all communications that Her Majesty's Go- vernment, or that I may desire to make to Cety wayo, will be made through the British Resident. 6. To revert to the former practice of sending cominunications by means of mes- sengers is now altogether inconsistent with the appointment, and maintenance of a British Resident, who represents the Government, and is the official organ of communi- cation ; and it will not be advisable or convenient that any other mode of communi- cation should be established so long as a British Resident is maintained in Cetywayo's territory. º 7. Now and then there may be occasions where it may be found convenient to depart from this practice, but they will be exceptional occasions, and should form the subject of previous agreement by correspondence. 8. I have, however, on this occasion consented to see the four messengers, though I have only to tell them that I have already sent you the fullest information and instruc- tions regarding the matter on which they have come, and that I have nothing to tell them that I have not told you. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, Henry Fynn, Esq., Special Commissioner. &c. &c. Enclosure 3 in No. 53. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BUI, WER. SIR, Mbilani Spruit, Zululand, March 13, 1883. ON the 26th February I had the honour to forward to your Excellency four messengers from Cetywayo, for the purpose of soliciting your Excellency to be pleased to receive a deputation of messengers from Cetywayo regarding cattle collected by the 13 appointed Chiefs during his absence from Zulu country. 2. I subsequently received your Excellency’s Despatch, dated 21st February 1883, with instructions and annexures which I have carefully explained to Cety wayo, and endeavoured to disabuse his mind of the firm conviction he has that Usibebu, J. Dunn, Uhamu, and the other Chiefs have possessed themselves of large numbers of Zulu King's cattle. 3. I had a long interview with Cetywayo yesterday in the presence of his Prime Minister, Umyamana, Seketwayo, Umandaba, Ntuzwa, Mbopa, Mtyupana, Hemlana, Meblisa, and Sitzaluza, assembled by Cetywayo, and explained to them that the docu- ments were to the effect that the King's cattle had been all given up by the appointed Chiefs. 4. Umyaman aalleged having given up all the cattle he took from Sirayo (see Mr. Osborn's report, 2nd November 1882, as 800, and with their increase probably in all 1,500 head), and that Uhamu has never given up the cattle to him as ordered by Sir F. Wood. 5. Cetywayo and these chief men alleged that since the military had left Zulu country, over three years ago, the appointed Chiefs, more especially Usibebu, J. Dunn, 101. and Uhamu, had constantly been collecting cattle from the Zulu people under various forms, such as surrender of King's cattle, ſines, confiscations, eating up of cattle, and from each head of a kraal cattle as representing an oath, that such person thereby declared he had disgorged all King's cattle. 6. That these cattle collected throughout all Zululand amounted to thousands, and of the King's cattle only a few had been given up by these Chiefs to Mr. Wheelwright and Mr. Osborn during the last three years. That the bulk of progeny of the cattle of the respective Zulu Kings, viz., Ndaba, Zulu, Mlandela, Yama, Sinzanga, Kona, Izaka, Dingan, Mpande, and Cety wayo's own taken from Ndabuko, had not been taken by the English, but are the other side of the Bombo mountain behind Usibebu, and collected there by him and placed with the Tonga Chief Mangaliso ; that the proportion of all these was but few, which Usibebu gave up to Mr. Osborn, and others which were collected by J. Dunn (when Cety wayo was , in the Cape) from Usibebu and Umfanawendhela, and the Zulu people are now without cattle. 8. Cetywayo, and his headmen at Undini with him, entreat your Excellency will be pleased to receive a deputation and hear what they have to state, and that Mr. Osborn be present. 9. I went again to Cetywayo to-day, but he continued to urge me to request your Excellency to receive a deputation and hear his version. He sent for Undabuko, with a view of my hearing what he had to say. 10. Undabuko alleged Usibebu had seized 130 cattle of the Pombompayo kraal, of Cety wayo's own mother ; none of these and many others had never been given up by Usibebu ; that 70 head of Manda cattle (the King's milk cattle) were taken from Umfanawendhlela by Msunduza, sent by J. Dunn, about the time the Zulu country was being divided into districts. ſº li. Cetywayo states that the cattle he received from Mr. Osborn at Emtonjaneni consist of picked out aged cows and calves, that these old cows will die from age this winter; and where are the young cattle from these old cows. 12. I again explained to Cety wayo that if he would give me information of individual cases of persons within his territory being in unlawful possession of what are termed “King's cattle,” I would inquire into the cases, and any such cattle I would recover for Her Majesty’s Government, and then upon the authority I had received I would hand them over to him. I have, &c. His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, (Signed) H. FYNN. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure 4 in No. 53. Sir H. BULWER to Mr. FYNN. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, - March 24, 1883. I HAVE received your Despatch of the 13th instant, reporting the interviews you had with Cety wayo after the receipt of the instructions contained in my Despatch of the 21st of February. 2. I gather from this Despatch that Cetywayo appears to lay claim not only to the royal cattle but also to any cattle that the several appointed Chiefs have received or obtained from the people under them, as fines and forfeitures imposed in the collection of the royal cattle during the three years 1880, 1881, and 1882. Cetywayo can have no possible claim upon such fines and forfeitures, and you should not fail to discountenance any such pretension. I would refer you to the conditions signed by Cetywayo at Cape Town on the 11th of December, by which he bound himself not to hold any one criminally or otherwise responsible for any act of whatsoever nature or kind done or committed during his absence from Zululand, and not to punish or proceed against any one for such in any way. - * 3. With regard to any case in which former royal cattle may be, or may be alleged to be, in possession of any of the Chiefs or people living in Cety wayo's territory, I have indicated the course of proceeding to be followed by you in my Despatch of the 21st February. 4. 4. I will request Mr. Osborn to make inquiry into any alleged case of the kind in the Reserved Territory, if you will communicate with him on the subject, furnishing him with particulars. N 3 102 5. I have no reason to believe that the Chief Usibebu has any of these cattle; but if you have any specific information on this point and will communicate it to me I will take the first opportunity of making an inquiry into the case. º I have, &c. Henry Fynn, Esq., (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. No. 54. GoverNor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received April 23, 1883.) - . - Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, March 26, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit copy of a correspondence relative to the position of the Chief Umlandela, who, it was thought, would not be unwilling to come again under Cetywayo's authority, but who is apparently reluctant to do so. I have, &c. - (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure 1 in No. 54. Mr. SHEPSTONE to Sir H. BULWER. Resident Commissioner’s Office, Eshowe, SIR, Zulu Native Reserve, March 13, 1883. I HAVE the honour to report for the information of your Excellency that I have this day received the following message from the Chief Umlandela :— “Cetywayo sent a message to me directing me to send men to him with money and men to build for him. I have refused to do either, as I belong to the Government and not to Cetywayo. I said so openly at the great meeting. I will have nothing to do with Cetywayo. I live on ground belonging to the Umtetwa tribe, on which my forefathers lived. I was conquered by the English and left there, and I will now only live for them and not for any Zulu Chief. I beg that the Government will tell me what ground I can occupy, I mean how far I can occupy on the land where I live, for I do not wish to leave the country of my forefathers. I await the word of the Government, as to what land I am to have. I ask for beacons to be fixed for me and my people, so that we are not interfered with and may sleep in peace.” - I have, &c. - (Signed) J. W. SHEPSTONE, His Excellency the Special Commissioner Resident Commissioner. for Zulu Affairs, Natal. Enclosure 2 in No. 54. Sir H. BULwÉR to Mr. FYNN. * Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, March 24, 1883. IENCLOSE you copy of a Despatch I have received from Mr. Shepstone giving the purport of a message Umlandela had sent to him. You should take an opportunity of explaining to Umlandela that the authority of Cetywayo has been restored over that part of the country in which he is residing, and that either he ought to recognise the authority of Cetywayo or should remove out of his territory. You should carefully explain all this to him in a friendly way, and you should further explain that the object of the Reserve Territory, which has been placed under the authority of the Resident Commissioner, is specially to provide locations for such Zulu Chiefs and people as are unwilling or unable to accept Cetywayo's rule, and that if 103 he would wish to remove into the Reserve Territory a suitable location will be provided for him and for the people who may choose to accompany him, and that he will be free to remove into it with all his personal effects. I have, &c. Henry Fynn, Esq., (Signed) H. BULwen, &c. &c. Special Commissioner. British Resident with Cetywayo. Q? Enclosure 3 in No. 54. Sir H. BULWER to Mr. SHEPSTONE. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, March 24, 1883. I HAVE received your Despatch of the 13th of March, conveying to me the purport of a message you had received from the Chief Umlandela, I have sent on, your Despatch to Mr. Fynn, with a request that he will explain to Umlandela that his district is now under the authority of Cetywayo and that he ought either to recognise Cetywayo's authority or else remove into the Reserve Territory, where a suitable location will be provided for him. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Hon. J. W. Shepstone, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. - No. 55. Gover NOR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received April 23, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoPD, March 26, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit herewith, for your Lordship's information, copies of the following documents relative to the appointed Chief Usibebu, and the Chiefs Uhamu and Chingwayo — 1. Resident Commissioner to Sir H. Bulwer, 10th March 1883 2. Message from Usibebu (sent in Despatch of 21st March”). 3. 55 Uhamu. 4. 95 Chingwayo. 5. Sir H. Bulwer to Mr. Shepstone, 24th March 1883. 6. 35 22 Fynn, 26th March 1883. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, e Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. - Enclosure I in No. 55. Mr. SHEPSTONE to Sir H. BULWER. Resident Commissioner’s Office, Etshowe, SIR, - Zulu Native Reserve, March 10, 1883. I HAVE the honour to enclose herewith, for the information of your Excellency, messages from the Chiefs Usibebu, Uhamu, and Chingwayo. These messages were sent to me, and the only reply I have given the messengers is that I have forwarded them to your Excellency. I have, &c. (Signed) J. W. SHEPSTONE, His Excellency the Special Commissioner Resident Commissioner. for Zulu Affairs, Natal. —r- * See Enclosure in No. 48. N 4 104 Enclosure 2 in No. 55.” Enclosure 3 in No. 55. STATEMENT of BESANE and MANGA, Messengers from Chief UHAMU. “We are sent by Uhamu to you to report that seven kraals of his people have been attacked by the people of Cetywayo, a man and a woman killed, and all the cattle taken; a messenger was sent to report this to Mr. Fynn and he was killed on the way. Uhamu wishes us to ask if it was the intention of the Government that those who had been true to the Government should be made to suffer because of one man, who appears to be protected by the Government, while all the others, who from the first preferred being the subjects of the Government, are left to this one man (Cetywayo) to do with as he likes. Uhamu has told us to ask to whom he is to report himself, as it is clear he cannot send to Gwalagwala (Mr. Fynn).” Taken by me at the Etshowe, Resident Commissioner's Office, 10th March 1883. (Signed) J. W. SHEPSTONE, Resident Commissioner. Enclosure 4 in No. 55. STATEMENT of UMTSHWANKELE, Messenger from Chief CHINGwAYo. “I AM sent by Chingwayo to ask if any reply has been received to my words that I spoke to the Inkosi Somtseu (Sir T. Shepstone) at the Emtonjaneni, as he, the Inkosi, promised me that he would pass on my words to the Government.” Taken by me at the Eshowe, Zulu Native Reserve, 10th March 1883. { I have, &c. (Signed) J. W. SHEPstone, Resident Commissioner. Enclosure 5 in No. 55. Sir H. BULWER to Mr. SHEPSTONE. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal. SIR, March 24, 1883. I HAVE received your Despatch of the 10th of March, enclosing for my informa- tion messages from the Chiefs Usibebu, Uhamu, and Chingwayo. 2. I do not know whether Usibebu’s messengers are still with you, but if so, will you inform them that I have received his message and have informed Her Majesty’s Govern- ment of his desire that a Resident should be appointed to live in his territory ; and, with regard to the horses which have been stolen from him by Magedama’s people, that I have written to Mr. Fynn on this subject. 3. I will forward the messages from Uhamu and Chingwayo to Mr. Fynn, and will give him instructions as to the replies to be made to them. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULwer, The Hon. J. W. Shepstone, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure 6 in No. 55. Sir H. BULWER to Mr. FYNN. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, March 26, 1883. . I TRANSMIT for your information copies of two messages which appear to have been sent by the Chiefs Uhamu and Chingwayo to the Resident Commissioner in the Reserve Territory, and which have been forwarded to me. * See Enclosure in No. 48. 105 2. With regard to Uhamu's complaint of the attack made on his people, apparently by the Abaqulusi, that matter has already, I believe, been brought by you under Cety- wayo's notice and is forming the subject of inquiry. 3. With respect to the question asked by Uhamu as to whom he is to report himself, I have to refer you to my Despatch of the 17th instant, in which I sent you instruc- tions to take an opportunity of communicating with Uhamu, and setting before him his position in the territory under Cetywayo. You should likewise explain his position to Chingwayo, in reply to his message. I need not point out to you that it will of course be your object to bring about, if possible, a good understanding between those two Chiefs and Cetywayo. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULwÉR, H. Fynn, Esq., Special Commissioner. &c. &c. No. 56. Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. The EARL OF DERBY. (Received April 23, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, MY LORD, March 26, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, copy of a corre- spondence relative to the relations between Cetywayo and Usibebu. 2. I regret to say that Cetywayo seems as little disposed, in respect of Usibebu’s territory, to abide loyally by the conditions subject to which he has been restored to the Zulu country, as he has already shown himself in respect of the Reserved Territory. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULW ER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. 2nclosure I in No. 56. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULWER. Mbilani Spruit, Zululand, SIR, March 14, 1883. I HAVE the honour to forward, for your Excellency’s information, the following particulars: Cetywayo per Mpukwana forwards Putaza and Mounyelwa, as sent by Maboko, son of Masipula, and residing at the Magudu mountain near Pongolo river (Usibebu’s district) to tell Cetywayo that Mbobo and Mkontopahla came to Gambutya, a son of late Masipula’s, and stated Usibebu sent them to say all Masipula's and Bantuben- sume's people, near the Vunhla mountain, are to remove out of Usibebu's district and go into Cetywayo's ; that Usibebu is going to occupy the country about the Magudu and Winhla mountains in a month. It was given to him just as Cety wayo's district was given to Cetywayo. 2. That Cetywayo's impi was not to come to Usibebu, first one side and then the other, but come direct and face him. Usibebu, and he would fight Cety wayo, and the “unborn child would only be left to say, ‘ I said so ; Usibebu told you the country was “‘his, and Zululand would be traversed by thc Mtonga people.’” 3. That it was the Zulus, Cety wayo's adherents, who said Usibebu was going away to Mzila of Sotyanganas and to the Boers; but that Maboko denied this, and replied it was Usibebu’s people said this, and not Zulus. 4. I replied to Cety wayo that [would acquaint your Excellency, but that Usibebu had a right to warn people to remove out of the district he has been given the charge of by Her Majesty's Government; that the rest of the information regarding threats, &c. I consider has been exaggerated by people themselves for ill purposes, and I hope Cetywayo will be of the same opinion, and discourage such acts done to provoke disturbances. 5. The people warned to quit should solicit Usibebu to permit them to harvest their crops before leaving his country. R. 5762. O 106 6. The intense hatred of Usibebu by Cetywayo and those about him is so great that they are eager to hear from each other anything circulated against Usibebu, and this feeling could scarcely reach a greater extent than it does. - I have, &c. (Signed) H. FYNN, . His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, British Resident with Cetywayo. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure 2 in No. 56. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULWER. Mbilani Spruit, Zululand, SIR, March 16, 1883. ‘I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Excellency’s Despatch, 27th February 1883, with reference to certain representations made by Cetywayo regarding the Chief Usibebu, in which he refers to Undabuko, Usivetu, his brothers, and to Maru, Umbopa Umsutyana, and others, Ultra Usutu. 2. I lost no time in seeing Cetywayo as soon as possible on this subject, and impres– sively informed him that Undabuko and the others are now under his authority, and that he is and will be held responsible for their conduct, and that your Excellency is quite certain Usibebu will not do anything against them, so also Cetywayo must keep control over them and prevent them from doing anything against Usibebu. - 3. I pointed out to Cetywayo, as I have done before time after time, that Usibebu has been placed in his present independent position by Her Majesty’s Government, which has released him from captivity, and has placed him in a position of authority within the defined boundaries only of the country which has been graciously given to him Cetywayo. - 4. Also that Her Majesty’s Government expect him to respect the boundaries as defined, and the whole of the conditions upon which he was restored, as he engaged to do before he was released. 5. I reminded Cetywayo of my having besides explaimed the defined boundaries as written, I had with maps traced out the boundary lines in order that he should under- stand the course of his boundary ; I may add that I have done this several times. 6. I did all in my power to impress upon Cetywayo to preserve peace between his people and Usibebu’s; during this he was at times very excited and then exceedingly despondent. 7. Cetywayo, in reply, stated that the boundary line made by or known by Mr. Fannin does not cut out of Usibebu's territory, but severs the people of Masipula, Bantubensume, Usivetu, Umyamana, Bozini, Makobeni, Zonyamana, Haiana, Makoba, Foketi, Maru, Umgojana, Jekwana, Umbopa, Umsutyana, Mpinzeli, Sompula, Magonondo, Pombompayo, and there were across the Pongolo river his adherents, the people under Sambana, Utini, and Sihlahla. º 8. That this line was made by Mr. Fannin and Usibebu without the presence of the Zulus to represent their interests, and to know and understand these boundaries, and now Usibebu is turning these people away from their homes, saying it is his country given to him by the English; that Usibebu has but a small tribe in comparison with the numbers he is driving away; that the description of the defined boundary does not correspond with the situation or lay of the country, and must have been made by persons unac- quainted with the country. - 9. I explained to Cetywayo that the map was made of the whole of this country by the military officers who went over it, and beacons had been erected along the line between him and Usibebu. Mr. Fannin put some beacons up to complete the line. 10. Cetywayo said it was the map making (putting the whole country on a piece of paper) and beaconing about that has thrown the country into disorder, confusion, and ruined it as it is, and how can he get it right 2 I have, &c. His Excellency Sir H. Buiwer, (Signed) H. FYNN. &c. &c. &c. 107 Enclosure 3 in No. 56. Sir H. BULWER to Mr. FYNN. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, March 26, 1883. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatches of the 14th and 16th March. 2. I have to express to you my approval of the replies you made to Cetywayo's representations. You appear to have done your best to make Cetywayo understand the position. He has nothing whatever to do with the people outside the boundaries assigned to him. His jurisdiction and his rights are limited to those boundaries. If any of the people living beyond those boundaries desire to come under him they will be allowed freely to do so; but Cetywayo should distinctly understand that he must not interfere with any of the people outside those boundaries, for to do so is directly contrary to the conditions laid down by Her Majesty's Government, which conditions he accepted, and subject to them was allowed to return to the Zulu country. 3. I regret to notice the bad feeling that is entertained towards Usibebu, who, I am assured, will do nothing against Cetywayo or any of his people, if only Cetywayo will keep quiet and not interfere with him or any of the people living in his territory. 4. With regard to Masipula’s people, it will of course be desirable, if they are to leave Usibebu's territory, that they should be allowed to harvest their crops before doing this. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, Esq., Special Commissioner. SIR, &c Henry Fynn, C. “s British Resident with Cetywayo. No. 57. Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received April 23, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My Lord, March 26, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, the following documents, namely:- 1. Mr. Fynn to Sir H. Bulwer, 16 March.-Zulu subjects in Transvaal. . 2. Mr. Fynn to Sir H. Bulwer, 16 March.-Umgojana has visited Cetywayo. 3. Mr. Fynn to Sir H. Bulwer, 16 March.-Uhamu and Abaqulusi. 4. Sir H. Bulwer to Mr. Fynn, 26 March.-Acknowledging the above, and approving action taken by Mr. Fynn. I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. * - Special Commissioner. Enclosure 1 in No. 57. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULwFR. Mbilani, Zululand, March 16, 1883. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Excellency's Despatch, 27 February 1883, regarding Transvaal Zulu subjects, and as I reported in my Despatch, 15 February 1883, my reply to Cetywayo, I again explained to him that Zulus within the boundaries of the Transvaal must expect to be held amenable to the laws and authority of that country. I have, &c. His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, (Signed) H. FYNN. &c. &c. &c. SIR, 108 Enclosure 2 in No. 57. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULWER. Mbilani, Zululand, March 16, 1883. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Excellency's Despatch, 27 February 1883, regarding the Chief Umgojana's remaining under Cetywayo or removing. Since my Despatch, 15 February 1883, to your Excellency, Umgojana has been to visit Cetywayo, and by message informed me he intends coming to see me, when I will have an opportunity and will explain to him your Despatch of 27 February to him. I however spoke to Cetywayo yesterday about this matter, and he is of opinion that Umgojana is disposed to remain with him, and so represented to Cety wayo. I explained to Cetywayo that all people desirous of entering his district from the Reserve or elsewhere are freely permitted to do so with all their property, and he, Cetywayo, by the conditions under which he has been restored, is required to allow persons to remove out of his district with their property freely without interference and upon application, “valilisa,” to him. I have, &c. His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, (Signed) H. FYNN. &c. &c. &c. SIR, Enclosure 3 in No. 57. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULWER. Mbilani, Zululand, March 16, 1883. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Excellency’s Despatch, 2nd March 1883, regarding Uhamu's complaint of seizure of sheep and cattle by an armed force of the Abaqulusi. I had hitherto explained to Uhamu's messengers to report to Cety wayo, under whom and within whose jurisdiction he resides, and I explained this matter to Cety wayo yesterday, and as I had done previously by reason of my having heard that ill reception had been shown to any persons coming to me first, that they were looked upon as telling tales against Cetywayo for me to report to the Government. This is the nature of Umyamana's disposition, and I therefore bring it before your Excellency’s notice. I have, &c. His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, (Signed) H. FYNN. &c." &c. &c. SIR, Enclosure 4 in No. 57. Sir H. BULwer to Mr. FYNN. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, March 26, 1883. I HAVE received your Despatches of March 16. I have to express my approval of the steps taken by you in the several matters to which they relate. I have, &c. H. Fynn, Esq., (Signed) H. BULwÉR, &c. &c. Special Commissioner. British Resident with Cetywayo. No. 58. GovePNOR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. The EARL OF DERBY. (Received April 23, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, March 26, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, the under-mentioned documents relative to the Norwegian Mission stations in the Zulu Native Reserve :- 1. Resident Commissioner to Sir H. Bulwer, March 21, 1883. 109 2. Reverend Mr. Oftebro to Resident Commissioner, March 20, 1883. 3. Sir H. Bulwer to Resident Commissioner, March 26, 1883. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure I in No. 58. Mr. J. SHEPSTONE to Sir H. BULWER. Resident Commissioner’s Office, Etshowe, SIR, Zulu Native Reserve, March 21, 1883. I HAVE the honour to enclose herewith, for the information of your Excellency a letter from the Rev. Mr. Oftebro, superintendent of the Norwegian Mission here What he states is quite correct, but the question is, would it be desirable to disturb existing arrangements P I doubt it. As to new stations, that will be a subject for after consideration I think, as the Church of England here and Dr. Dalzell, on behalf of the Gordon Mission, have also applied. I have, &c. (Signed) J. SHEPSTONE. Enclosure 2 in No. 58. To the Hon. J. W. SHEPSTONE, Resident Commissioner. SIR, As superintendent of the Norwegian Mission in Zululand, I beg to submit for your consideration the following facts concerning one of the Norwegian missionaries' stations situated near the Buffalo river in the Reserve Territory. This station was given to the late Bishop Schreuder, at that time superintending the Norwegian Mission, by the King Mpande for the mission. The station was occupied by the Rev. Titlestad till the state of affairs made all the missionaries leave the country. After the war Mr. Titlestad went to the station in order to re-occupy it; he was, however, refused permission by the Chief Hlubi. The Chief declared that the only reason why he refused permission was that he had missionaries of his own, and would not allow missionaries of other societies in his territory. I protested at the time against the decision of the Chief, but seeing the uselessness of striving against the decision of the Chief, I allowed the matter to rest. I humbly beg that this our claim to the Emzinjati Mission station may have your attention. At the same time I beg to know whether any objection will be made to our getting more stations in the Reserve. I have, &c. (Signed) O. C. OFTEBRo, Etshowe, March 20, 1883. Superintendent of the Norwegian Missions. Enclosure 3 in No. 58. Sir H. BULweR to Mr. SHEPSTONE. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, March 26, 1883. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch of the 21st instant transmitting a letter from the Reverend Mr. Oftebro, Superintendent of the Nor- wegian Missions, regarding a claim to the Emzinyati Mission Station situated in the territory recently under the Chief Hlubi, and inquiring whether there would he any objection to the mission obtaining more stations in the Reserve. 2. I enclose for your information an extract” from the Despatch which I addressed to the Secretary of State on the 3rd of October last which deals with the question of the mission stations in the Reserved Territory. * See p. 206 of [C.–3466] of February 1883. O 3 110 3. I understand that the mission station to which Mr. Oftebro refers was burnt down and destroyed by the Zulus during the war of 1879. I understand further that the Chief Hlubi settled personally on the site of the station, and that he has there put up good permanent buildings. The Norwegian Mission, according to Mr. Oftebro's own statement, abandoned their claim to the site under the recent arrangements, and I am of opinion with you that it would not be desirable to disturb the Chief Hlubi in his posses- sion of the site. U 4. On the general question of the establishment of more mission stations in the Terri- tory, you will see from the extract which I have sent you that the Reserved Territory is, subject to the actual existing rights and interests, appropriated exclusively for the use and purposes of Natives of Zulu origin. Among the existing rights and interests are those of the mission stations now actually established in the Reserved Territory, and you will see that it is proposed that the existing rights of these mission stations shall be con- firmed, so far as they may be limited to strictly missionary purposes. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULweR, The Hon. J. W. Shepstone, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. No. 59. The RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF DERBY to GoverNOR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, April 23, 1883. I HAVE received your Despatch of the 10th ultimo,” in which, having reference to the relations between Usibebu and Cetywayo, you recommend the appointment of a separate official Resident with the former Chief. I have also received your Despatches of the 15th and 21st ultimo i on the same subject. 2. Although I fully recognise the advantage of receiving correct information, such as a Resident might be able to supply, of the attitude and general proceedings of Usibebu, I gather from your Despatch of the 10th ultimo that it is rather on account of appre- hension of Cetywayo's misconduct than of any hostile acts likely to originate in Usibebu’s country that this appointment is thought desirable. It was not contemplated at the time when Her Majesty's Government decided upon the arrangements now established for the settlement of Zululand that a Resident should be placed with Usibebu ; and there appears to me to be strong reasons against this further development of those arrangements. The position of a single white man in that distant part of the country would be a precarious one; and if anything were to befall him, or if he should appear to be in serious danger, Her Majesty's Government would be under the obligation of sending a force to punish the natives or to protect the Resident. There would, more- over, be no certainty that information or messengers from him would be allowed to pass freely through Cetywayo's country; and, finally, I am aware of no funds from which his remuneration, and the cost of police to guard him, could be defrayed. * 3. On the whole, therefore, I am of opinion that I cannot properly advise Her Majesty’s Government to create this office. I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) DERBY. No. 60. The RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF DERBY to Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, April 25, 1883. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch, of the 26th ultimo,” enclosing copies of correspondence with the Resident with Cetywayo regarding the state of the relations between Cetywayo and Usibebu. Your reply to Mr. Fynn has my approval. I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) DERBY. * No. 42. f Nos. 44 and 48. III No. 61. The RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF DERBY to Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. TELEGRAPHIC. 25th April 1883. “Daily News” telegrams Shepstone, 19th and 22nd March. Can you contradict statements P No. 62. The RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF DER BY to Gover NOR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. - Downing Street, April 26, 1883. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your l)espatch of the 26th ultimof enclosing copies of correspondence with the Resident with Cetywayo, the Resident Commissioner in the Zulu Native Reserve, and the Chiefs Usibebu, Uhamu, and Chingwayo relating to the affairs of the country. - I approve the replies which you addressed to Mr. J. W. Shepstone and Mr. Fynn. - I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) DER BY. SIR, No. 63. Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received 26th April 1883.) TELEGRAPHIC. 26th April. Wholly untrue Shepstone striking or causing to be struck; on contrary, interposed to stop fight between two factions; fined altogether seven Chiefs continued disregard of summons, not for reason stated ; no detention custody. No. 63A. THE RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF DER BY to SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G. - SIR, Downing Street, April 26, 1883. I HAVE received your Despatch of the 20th ultimo, enclosing a copy of a telegram from the British Resident in the Transvaal with reference to a representation made to him by the Transvaal Government as to the reported intention of the Zulu Chief Uhamu to take refuge in Transvaal Territory. 2. I request you to cause the Transvaal Government to be informed that Her Majesty's Government cannot undertake to assume the duties necessarily devolving upon the Transvaal State, as established under the Convention, of maintaining its boundaries and dealing with all persons who may come within them. I have, &c., Sir Hercules Robinson. (Signed) DERBY. No. 64. The RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF DER BY to Gover NOR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. - Downing Street, April 28, 1883. I HAVE received your Despatch of the 26th ultimoš and its enclosures relative to the Norwegian Mission Stations in the Zulu Native Reserve; and I have to express my approval of the Despatch addressed by you to Mr. Shepstone on this subject. SIR, I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) DER BY. * No. 56. f No. 55. † No. 43A. § No. 58. () 4 112 No. 65. The RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF DERBY to Gover NOR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, April 28, 1883. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch of the 26th of March,” forwarding copy of correspondence with the Resident with Cety wayo respecting the claims of the Zulu king for the restoration of the “royal cattle.” I have to express my approval of the instructions which you have addressed to Mr. Fynn on this matter. I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) DERBY. No. 66. Gover NoF SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HoN. THE EA RL OF DERBY. (Received May 1, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My Lord, March 28, 1883. I HAve the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, the under-men- tioned documents relative to certain proceedings of Sirayo in the Reserved Territory :— 1. Mr. Fynn to Sir H. Bulwer, 3rd February 1883. 2. Sir H. Bulwer to Mr. Shepstone, Minute, 2nd March 1883. 3. Mr. Shepstone to Sir H. Bulwer ,, 13th 25 4. Sir H. Bulwer to Mr. Osborn ,, 17th 5 5 5. Mr. Osborn to Sir H. Bulwer ,, 22nd 35 6. Sir H. Bulwer to Mr. Fynn, 28th March 1883. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure 1 in No. 66. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULWER. Sixebeni Kraal, Zululand, SIR, February 3, 1883. I HAVE the honour to inform your Excellency that on the 1st inst. Sirayo called and mentioned that, acting on Mr. Osborn's instructions that he might retain position over his adherents in Hlubi's district, he had proceeded to collect them for the purpose of coming to salute the king Cetywayo, Hlubi's (impi) mounted turned out against him and he fled and concealed himself at the bishop's (Sanhlwana), that Hlubi has ordered every man, woman, and child adhering to Sirayo to quit at once. Sirayo informs me that the bishop of Zululand has reported the above to Sir Theo- philus Shepstone. - I fear Sirayo will brew mischief and would be far better out of Zululand if possible; he is cunning, and may influence the king adverse to the peace and good ruling of this country. I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, His Excellency Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., British Resident with Cety wayo. &c. &c. &c. *āNo. 53. 113 Enclosure 2 in No. 66. MINUTE. Sir H. BULWER to RESIDENT CoMMISSIONER. BRITISH RESIDENT CoMMISSIONER, SENT to you for your information. I presume that by this time Sirayo has removed into the country under Cetywayo. (Signed) H. BULWER. 2nd March 1883. Enclosure 3 in No. 66. MINUTE. Mr. J. W. SHEPSTONE to Sir H. BULWER. His ExCELLENCY, - * - SIRAyo entered Chief Hlubi’s district, raised the war cry, and seized certain cattle and sheep, and made off with them towards what is now Cetywayo's territory. Hlubi hearing of this, and the alarm it was causing among his people, naturally collected a few men, armed and sent them to see and ask Sirayo what he was doing. On hearing that men were in search of him, Sirayo took refuge in the mission house at the Isamblvane, which he afterwards left and returned to his kraals to the north and east of the Babanango hill, where I hope he now is. r (Signed) J. W. SHEPSTONE, Resident Commissioner's Office, Resident Commissioner. Zulu Native Reserve, 13th March 1883. Enclosure 4 in No. 66. MINUTE. Sir H. BULWER to Mr. OSBORN. MR. OSBORN, - PLEASE see these papers. I do not suppose that you gave to Sirayo the permis- sion which he says you did. *: - (Signed) H. BULwÉR. 17.3.83. Enclosure 5 in No. 66. MINUTE. Mr. OSBORN to Sir H. BULWER. HIs ExcELLENCY, I HEARD of this case at the Emtonjaneni when Cetywayo was installed, and Mr. Shepstone inquired into it, The whole matter came, I understood, to an end before I left Zululand. I did not give Sirayo the permission stated, but presume that he, of his own accord, took charge of his tribe when Hlubi was removed as appointed Chief. r (Signed) M. Osborn. 22.3.83. Enclosure 6 in No. 66. Sir H. Bulwer to Mr. FYNN. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, March 28, 1883. I HAVE referred your Despatch of the 3rd February last, regarding Sirayo, to the Resident Commissioner for the time being in the Reserved Territory and to Mr. Osborn, and I enclose you copies of the minutes I have received in reply. R 5762. P Y ºff You will perceive from these replies that Sirayo has not been residing in Hlubi's terri- tory, but to the north-east of the Babanango hill; that he did not get permission from Mr. Osborn, as he said, to enter the Reserved Territory; but that he entered it without that permission, raised the war cry, seized cattle and sheep, and obliged Hlubi to raise a force against him in order to maintain the public order. I have, &c. ! * ! (Signed) H. BULWER, Special Commissioner. No. 67. GovernoR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF DER.B.Y. (Received May 1, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, March 29, 1883. I HAVE the honour to enclose herewith, for your Lordship's information, copies of the under-mentioned documents relating to complaints and grievances put forward by Cetywayo. My opinion on them is contained in my reply to Mr. Fynn of this date. 1. Mr. Fynn to Sir H. Bulwer, March 3, 1883. 2. Statement taken by Mr. Fynn on February 25, 1883. 3. 35 52 on February 26 and 27, 1883. 4. Statement of Cetywayo, February 27, 1883. 5. 32 Tshingana, March 22, 1883. 6. Minute by Secretary for Native Affairs, March 27, 1883. 7. Sir H. Bulwer to Mr. Fynn, March 29, 1883. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure 1 in No. 67. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULWER. SIR, Mbilani Spruit, Zululand, March 3, 1883. I HAVE the honour to enclose, for your Excellency’s information, reports regarding alleged occurrences in the Reserve Territory made to Cetywayo, and his appeal to your Excellency in his Zulu words and with my translation of the same and remarks on the first report, by which you will see how frequently I used every effort to induce the headmen of the Reserve to proceed at once in answer to the summons from the Commissioner of the Reserve Territory. I also reported my action on this matter in my Despatch of 15th February 1883. w 2. Cetywayo desires that these papers be conveyed to your Excellency by the hands of thirteen men whom he sends to give you any further information necessary. List of messengers herewith. I have, &c. His Excellency (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, Sir H. Bulwer, K.C.M.G., British Resident with Cetywayo. &c. &c. &c. LIST of MESSENGERs from CETYwAYo. Sivayo ka Xongo of Reserve Territory. Tshingana, brother of Cety wayo and territory. Majumba Gazini of Usibebu’s territory. Mapovela Butilizi of Umyamana, Cetywayo's territory. Ndabunkulu Ntombela, Cetywayo's territory. Sicoto relation of Cetywayo, Cetywayo's territory. Marulurulu Mhlalose of Transvaal. 115 Ndabunkulu Butelizi (Kwamagwafa), Cetywayo's territory. Mgobe Hlabisa (Kwamagwafa), Cetywayo's territory. Kubu Ntuli, Reserve Territory. Wezi Mabaso of Sirayo, Cetywayo's territory. Marelana Nsili, Reserve Territory. Mjiba Zutuli, Reserve Territory. Enclosure 2 in No. 67. STATEMENT of MESSENGER from PAKATWAYO of RESERVE TERRITORY. H. F. Fynn present at Undini at , Cetywayo's request and in the presence of Umyamana and council of Chiefs assembled, Sunday, 25th February 1883. Appeared, * the son of Madiwane sent by Pakatwayo of the Reserve Territory, reports that Mr. J. W. Shepstone fined Matyana Sityakuza five large cattle, and seizing by force cattle, 10 from Sigananda, 10 from Ndwandwa, and 7 from Fokoti for not appearing when ordered, and that Mr. Shepstone sprang at the people and set his police, to beat the people who fled, but no one actually received any blow; Sonconco sprained his ankle in escaping. I then explained to Umyamana and Chiefs assembled how I had repeatedly urged on Cetywayo, Umyamana, and council while at Sixebeni that the headmen of the Reserve should obey the summons and hear the words of the Government through Mr. Shepstone, and in a respectful way, and then make any request or statement in a humble and proper way. That these were fines inflicted for disregard of the repeated summonses, that the term “Impi * of Mr. Shepstone's was untrue, and if messengers or police were sent to confiscate or recover fines, that was not an Impi, and this messenger deserved punishment for exaggerating, he had first alleged people were injured, had been struck by Mr. Shepstone, that his Impi were eating up cattle; but when I questioned him, he admitted that he was not present and no one was hurt, and fines were inflicted and messengers sent to fetch the cattle, and the case was therefore clear enough. Upon this explanation of mine the Chiefs dispersed. I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, 25th February 1883. British Resident with Cetywayo. Enclosure 3 in No. 67. Camp of British Resident, Zululand, Monday, February 26, 1883. CETywayo through Umyamana, per Ngoqo, forwards Marelana and Kubu, both of headman or Chief Godide of Reserved Territory, to report as follows:– That five days ago inclusive (22nd) at Martin. Oftebro's, Ludeni, before Mr. J. W. Shepstone, were assembled a large number of residents of the Reserve, and many head- men still here of the Reserve were represented by substitutes. The assembled people were removed, fresh men arriving seated themselves where the others had been previously removed from, and Mr. Shepstone sprang up, seized a stick near him, and struck Mage- geba across the arm, calling upon his police and people to beat these people. This was done by an attack, the Zulus escaping out of the enclosure of the office; Rozana Zungu, Msindo Qungebeni were wounded on their heads and bleeding, Madwaba Mgozeni injured on the back and bled from mouth, Mhlukuziswa Ntuli three blows, Sancones Mambata injured on leg by falling, Mafohlozi Gazu whip blow on back, Zobo Xulu blow on arm, Manqe Nxumalo blow on loin, Sonhlovu Nala blow on hip joint, Nohlohla Nxumale blow on body. After the fight all were called back, and Mr. Shepstone fined Matyana Sityakuza five cattle for delaying to appear sooner, and Nhlukuziswa retained in custody for Godide whom he represented and who is fined 10 cattle for non-appearance, Sonconce retained for Meleliso whom he represents and who is fined 10 cattle, Bafohlozi retained for Mohiya whom he represents and who is fined 10 cattle, Muntuompofu retained for Zetuka whom he represents and who is fined 10 cattle, Bungane retained for Nongena whom he represents and who is fined 10 cattle. - - * Sic. Tº 2 116 Mr. Shepstone informed all the people the Umhlatuzi river was the boundary between the Reserve and Zululand, and that those who wished to be under Cetywayo's rule must cross over Umhlatuzi with their cattle, and the women remaining to harvest their crops will be protected. º Sigananda, Ndwandeva, fined 10 head each, Fokoti seven head, the latter was eaten up all he possessed, seven head, for leaving to go to Cetywayo the second time, evading Mr. Shepstone. - The foregoing read over and adhered to before me. Signed, Henry F. Fynn, 26th February 1883, by Marslane and Kubu. Tuesday 27th, the above read over translated to Ngoqo, Marelana, and Kubu in pre- sence of Cetywayo at Undini and adhered to this 27th February 1883. Signed, Henry F. Fynn, B.R. & Cetywayo remarks that much has been omitted in the above. These messengers reported to him that Mr. Shepstone made allusions to him, Cety wayo, and his police called out Ebuyile Umgukunhlovu (meaning the army of Pietermaritzburg has come back) and how is it none of this appears in the report. - Kubu states, I forgot to give these particulars and now will give them, Mr. Shepstone's men when we were being chased away cailed out “Zibuile Umgukunhlovu, ba Tyaeni” (beat them). After we were called back Unhlukuziswe said to Mr. Shepstone “Did not your “ brother say we were to build huts for him (Cetywayo) when at Emtonjaneni and “ now we are being injured.” Muntumpofu, brother of Zetuka, also said this. Mr. Shepstone said “You are doing this to yourselves and so have become injured.” “You are cheated by that insignificant mad one Cety wayo, then has he a country “ When (or seeing) the country belongs to us ! Whom did you overpower (conquer) and “ give the country to ? Cetywayo was told, and he admitted, the boundaries of the “ Umhlatuzi, is he still king 2 Is he not then a Chief like myself?” Marelane states, when Mr. Shepstone said all those who wished to be adherents of Cetywayo must move across the Umhlatuzi to him, I said to Mr. Shepstone “ are there “ then to be two countries, is not the whole country the Queen's and has not the Queen “ given birth to Cety wayo, bringing him back here P’’ Mr. Shepstone said “I will not “ crouch for Cety wayo, it is he to crouch to (or for) me, I am greater than he is to the “ Queen.” Read over and adhered to in presence of Cetywayo this 27th February 1883, before me at Undini. (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, British Resident with Cety wayo. Enclosure 4 in No. 67. - (Translation.) Cetywayo states,— Undini, February 27, 1883. I REPORT (or appeal) to the Government of Natal that Mr. J. W. Shepstone, who is just insulting me, saying I am an insignificant mad one. I have not yet done wrong from the time I arrived ; I am silent and seated. Those laws that were given to me I have not yet skipped ; I continue to respect those laws, as I therefore respect those laws the troubles, which are very great upon me, by reason of there being no land sufficient for the people, I am this day entered with terror, viz., that of my affliction, when I see my people that they are injured, bleeding blood, superseding the English returning me with a kind heart, it is to-day I no longer perceive if it be plain that this my return is done with a kind heart P. When I see that I am being deprived of my people, it is said they are not to come to me, I do perceive, and also by my being deprived of food, the cattle of mine, by the people. Usibebu, John Dunn, Uhamu, and the Chiefs about me (referring more to the appointed Chiefs), the word of the Government not coming to them to say they are to give me my cattle. How shall I do? Starvation is finishing me. How have you returned me that I should have this great trouble P , The country is becoming spoilt by what is being done across the Umhlatuzi (river) and Pongolo by the Boers and at Usibebu’s. - I ask (plead) for kindness from the Government that they for me (put right) rectify this matter of the land, the great trouble of the land, let it be that the land be rectified, that it be as at first. I look to the Queen that she rectify it for me, that the Queen's 117 minister of state help me. (The Queen) who overpowered the Zulus for ever, who (have not) will not repeat the spilling of blood of a person that is white or (with a) black person. Let the country return to the extent of boundaries of at first the Tugela, it (the country) be aided that the people rest nicely and be happy nicely. The house of Zulu let it not be rejected. It has become the Queen’s for ever, and I also (the Queen's for ever). I have great faith (hope) that the Government will aid me kindly to this land and the matter in regard thereto. Read over as written in Zulu and adhered to by Cetywayo before me this 27th February 1883. w" (Signed) CETYWAYo. (Signed) H. F. Fynn, B.R. with Cetywayo. Enclosure 5 in No. 67. STATEMENT of TSHINGANI, half-brother of Cetywayo, made to the Acting Secretary for Native Affairs at Pietermaritzburg. I AM sent by Cetywayo and the Indunas of the Zulu nation to ask from the Govern- ment the land which had been confiscated from us ; also for the return of cattle in possession of Uhamu, Usibebu, Umfanawendhlela, John Dunn, Hlubi, and others, who are in possession of the Chief's cattle, and which we have seen. I come with words of thanks for the return of Cetywayo and for the care the English have taken of him and for his restoration, also for the care taken in the matter of the small-pox as well as in former years for the vaccination as now, Chaka was formerly taken care of by the English, as also all subsequent Zulu Chiefs. Chaka “konza'd” to the English. Cety- wayo has been treated well, but we thought he was to return in full occupation of his country. We have received our Chief with open hands, but we find part of the country has been taken from him. When he arrived we considered he came as the child of the Government, but suddenly we find Usibebu has possession of the same country as Cetywayo. We ask for the return of all the land as it was handed over to us from Chaka. There are a large number of Zulus now on the south side of the Umhlatuzi, who desire Cetywayo to be their Chief, but there are no lands north of the Umhlatuzi where they can be located. * * Sir Theo. Shepstone (Somtseu) told us the words that came from England. All those words he told us he delivered. Cetywayo further told us to go to Mr. Fynney, who was to take us to Government House, and speak our words to the Governor of the Colony. e (Signed) JoHN P. SYMONs, Taken before me this 22/3/83. A.S.N.A. Enclosure 6 in No. 67. Minute. ACTING SECRETARY, Native Affairs, to Sir H. BULWER. His ExCELLENCY, THESE Zulus brought a letter addressed to your Excellency which I sent to Government House the day they brought it. There was no formal pass ; only your Excellency’s letter was enclosed in an envelope addressed to the Secretary for Native Affairs. (Signed) John P. SYMONs, 27/3/83. A.S.N.A. Enclosure 7 in No. 67. Sir H. BULwer to Mr. FYNN. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, March 29, 1883. I HAVE , the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch of the 3rd Mºth. which was brought by a party of Zulus under Tshingana, Cetywayo's half- brother. P 3 118. 2. With reference to your statement that 13 messengers from Cetywayo would bring your letter, I may mention, for your information, that as many as 30 persons came. 3. I have good reason to believe that while these messengers come here with the ostensible object of bringing a message to me, their real business lies with others in this Colony. But apart from this circumstance it is obvious, as I pointed out to you in my Despatch of the 24th instant, that any return to the former mode of communi- cation between Cetywayo and the Government by means of messengers is inconsistent with the maintenance and position of a British Resident with Cetywayo. 4. Tshingana, I should observe, has made a statement to the Secretary for Native Affairs here of the object for which he and those with him have come in, the alleged object being in fact to ask that the territory under Usibebu, and also the Zulu Native Reserve Territory, should be given to Cetywayo. 5. I can listen to no such application. The separate establishment of those territories under the respective authorities of the Chief Usibebu and of the British Resident Com- missioner are an essential part of the arrangements which allowed of Cetywayo's return to Zululand, and of his being placed in authority over the other and larger portion of the country, and it is Cetywayo's interest to maintain, and not to endeavour to upset, the arrangement to which he owes his restoration, and subject to which he holds his present position. - 6. I fully'recognise the difficulty you have to encounter in your endeavours to reconcile Cetywayo to a position which he is unwilling to accept loyally because it falls short of the position which he occupied before the Zulu war of 1879, and the more so because I fear he is encouraged in finding fault with it by injudicious friends and advisers; but none the less will you, I am sure, exert yourself to dissuade him, by friendly counsels and advice, from agitating against an arrangement to which, as I have said, he owes his release and his present position of authority. 7. With regard to the alleged occurrences in the Reserve Territory, I will send the statements forwarded by you to Mr. Shepstone for his information and report. I have received no information to show me that such occurrences took place as they are described. I have heard, though not officially, that Mr. Shepstone interfered to stop two parties that had come to blows, and this circumstance may possibly have given rise to the story told to Cetywayo, and which was distorted in the telling. I am quite certain that Mr. Shepstone did not use the expressions regarding Cety wayo which he was reported to have used. You should warn Cety wayo against believing these stories that are brought to him by mischief-making men, and you should warn him that he must not interfere with matters in the Reserve Territory. Any of the headmen or people living in it who desire to remove in order to be under him will be allowed to do so. If the Chiefs and headmen (five in number I believe) belonging to the Reserve whom Cetywayo has kept with him desire to be under him, they will be allowed to remain with him. All that was required of them was that they should go to Mr. Shepstone and state their intentions. Cetywayo, in preventing them from going, has interfered unduly with them. I will make inquiry as to the fines that have been imposed upon them; but it is clearly necessary that they should give in their decision to the Resident Commissioner without delay. 8. J observe that Cetywayo says he has not since his arrival “skipped the laws” that were given to him, by which I understand him to mean that he has not broken the con- ditions which he accepted. If he thinks that, he must be unaware that his interference with the people of the Reserve Territory is directly contrary to the spirit and letter of the conditions, and he began this interference on the very first day of his arrival in Zuluiand, and has continued it ever since. Cetywayo talks also of the trouble of the land, but there need be, and would be, no trouble if Cetywayo himself would only rest quietly and contentedly and keep faithfully the conditions to which he pledged his word. - I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, Henry Fynn, Esq., Special Commissioner. C. &c. - 119 No. 68. Gover Nor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. The EARL OF DERBY. (Received May 1, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, March 29, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, copy of the following correspondence with Mr. Fynn relative to representations made by Cetywayo regarding the people of the Reserved Territory; namely, 1. Mr. Fynn to Sir H. Bulwer, 16th March 1883. 2. Sir H. Bulwer to Mr. Fynn, 29th 55 I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Enclosure 1 in No. 68. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULWER. SIR, Mbilani, March 16, 1883. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Excellency’s Despatch of 27th February 1883, regarding Cetywayo's representations on the subject of persons whom he claims as his adherents in the Reserved Territory. I have constantly reminded Cety wayo of the conditions under which he was restored to the territory given to him and explained the boundaries, and your Excellency will see by the copy of my letter to Mr. J. W. Shepstone of the 8th February 1883, forwarded to your Excellency in my Despatch, 15th February 1883, the action I then took to get the headmen of the Reserved Territory at that time with Cety wayo to be at once sent to Mr. Shepstone to hear the words of the Government regarding the Reserve Ter- ritory. I did all in my power with Cetywayo and the Prime Minister, Umyamana, and many of the headmen themselves, to enforce upon them the necessity of Mr. Shepstone's summons to be readily and at once complied with ; and the proof of my endeavours was Cety wayo's replies, which I forwarded to your Excellency in his own words carefully taken down, and my translation thereof. It was my endeavours to check his harbouring and interference with those of the Reserve Territory that openly Cetywayo made his statement. (Sic.) - I proceeded at once yesterday to Cetywayo and carefully explained your Excellency's Despatch to him, and urged upon him to abide with the conditions under which he was restored to the country graciously given to him by Her Majesty’s Government. Cetywayo replied he had asked his Excellency Sir H. Robinson to write his words regarding the terms of his restoration, but he declined, saying Cetywayo could not open his mouth, and must accept the terms before being restored. Cetywayo says he was told in England only a small piece of Zululand along the Tugela would be cut off as Reserve Territory, but at the Cape was told up to the Umhlatuzi river and country cut off there for Usibebu, which was occupied by Usibebu's father, and now he, Usibebu, has been given a large tract of country of the old Great Zulus. That he, Cetywayo, is pleading humbly and respectfully, as he ever shall continue to do, to get back the country of his forefathers from his mother the Queen, who has given birth to her son Cetywayo, and he earnestly hopes he will be allowed to appeal to his father, the English Government, under whose wing he is and will ever continue to be, and as a child let his cries be heard that the country be put right again for him to rule; and now appeals to your Excellency Sir H. Bulwer to favourably hear his cries as Jesus does hear those that cry to him. That had all Zulu country been restored to him, Cetywayo, unsevered, he could have put it all right again; but the breaking up of the country into districts has ruined it, and he wishes the Government to know this that they have done and not blame him if anything goes wrong, for this country has of old been all one under only one King's rule. - P 4. 120 I explained to Cetywayo my sorrow for his troubles, but it was the result of fighting with the English, and upon the ill advice of his own people, and he must keep the laws under which he is restored. I have, &c. (Signed) H. FYNN, British Resident with Cetywayo. Enclosure 2 in No. 68. Sir H. BULWER to Mr. FYNN. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, March 29, 1883. I HAVE received your Despatch of the 16th instant. I have practically answered the subject of this Despatch in my reply of this date to your Despatch of the 3rd March. - 4. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, Special Commissioner. No. 69. GovERNOR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received May 1, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, March 29, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, copies of the under-mentioned documents relative to the disturbances between Uhamu and the Abaqu- lusi. - 1. Extract from Despatch, Mr. Fynn to Sir H. Bulwer, 16th March 1883. 2. Mr. Fynn to Sir H. Bulwer, Despatch 17th March 1883. 3. Sir H. Bulwer to Mr. Fynn, 25 29th , - I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. - Enclosure 1 in No. 69. Extract from Despatch. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULWER. Mbilani Spruit, Zululand, March 16, 1883. % % % 2% % Cetywayo reports to-day that a few days ago the Chief Msebe (of Uhamu, but for- merly of the Abaqulusi,) with an armed force, seized cattle from three kraals of the Abaqulusi, viz., Malandela, Zwangendaba, and Memezi; also plundered the kraal of Matongela, the daughter of the old Zulu King Jama. I replied by the messengers that Cetywayo is required to preserve peace and prevent depredations within his district, which began to be reported the very day of his installa- tion (29.1.83.), and should have been stopped then, between the Abaqulusi and Uhamu (on 26.1.83. my report No. 7). This report is not credited on inquiry, but supposed (by my messenger in confidence) to be reported as an excuse for an attack upon Uhamu.. I have a messenger up at Uhamu's now to see what is going on, and will report result. I have, &c. (Signed) H. F. FyNN, His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, K.C.M.G., British Resident with Cetywayo. &c. &c. &c. 121 Enclosure 2 in No. 69. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULwer. SIR, Mbilani, Zululand, March 17, 1883. I HAVE the honour to inform your Excellency that Cetywayo, per Marubulwana and Nhlaka, reports and forwards his informants Jamletshe and Tyutyu of the Abaqulusi. 2. That four armed forces of Uhamu's from his kraal Mnyameni had attacked four kraals of Abaqulusi-Bidi's, killing six and wounding two persons. Those of Makosana’s, Ngiana's, and Holozana's escaped. Bidi's kraal burnt, and perhaps persons in the huts; that this force is at Hlobane and against Abaqulusi. 3. That Cetywayo says he was brought back to rule over where Uhamu is, but Uhamu is acting against him, and he, Cetywayo will remain still as he was told to do, but now reports the spilling of the blood of his people again, who were killed by Uhamu for asking for Cetywayo's return, and he, Cetywayo, wants to bring back the Transvaal Abaqulusi to their homes (peaceably) and from where Uhamu drove them. 4. My reply, I will report to the Government. I remind him of what I told him a day or two after his installation (in report No. 7 and other depredations) “that troubles “ began by words, and if they were not stopped sharp, they grew and spread like a spark “ in dry grass,” when he said it was true what I said, “also that a frown bred words of “, anger.”, Cetywayo must make his adherents remain quiet and keep to his conditions of restoration. . . 5. People are to be allowed peaceably to remove with their property into or out of Cetywayo's boundaries. 6. My messenger sent to Uhamu's reported armed forces, but Msebe of Uhamu and the Abaqulusi have been fighting and will continue to fight. 7. That Uhamu declines to come to Cetywayo as he intends to remove to the English, but will properly obtain Cetywayo's consent to go, and Cetywayo to decide if he, Uhamu, is to leave cattle and food, he has nothing to do with the Abaqulusi disturbances with Msebe. That the Abaqulusi assert they are acting under Cetywayo's orders, and Janga's son is the person who announces this as such, if Cetywayo wishes to stop him and stop disturbances. - I have, &c. *...* - (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, K.C.M.G., British Resident with Cetywayo. &c. &c. &c. - Enclosure 3 in No. 69. Sir H. BULwÉR to Mr. H. FYNN. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, March 29, 1883. I HAVE to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch of the 17th instant, regarding Uhamu and the Abaqulusi. I do not doubt that there is fault on both sides, but I am disposed to think that the Abaqulusi are taking the initiative at the present time against Uhamu in retaliation for former injuries received. For the course to be taken by you, I would refer you to my Despatch of the 17th inst. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, Henry Fynn, Esq., Special Commissioner. C. : &c. R 5762. Q | 22 No. 70. Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received May 1, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, * March 30, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, copies of the under-mentioned documents:— 1. Mr. Fynn to Sir H. Bulwer, March 17, 1883. 2. Sir H. Bulwer to Mr. Fynn, March 30, 1883. g I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULW ER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. e Enclosure l in No. 70. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULWER. SIR, gº Mbilani Spruit, Zululand, March 17, 1883. I HAVE the honour to inform your Excellency, with reference to my Despatch of March 16, 1883, that I sent a message to Cetywayo yesterday to the effect that I would be glad to explain the boundary defined between him and Usibebu to-day to as many people who would come to my camp, and accordingly— (2.) This morning appeared before me between 70 and 80 men, as per list herewith, corresponding with the heads of tribes and sections named in my Despatch of March 16, 1883, and by whom these were respectively represented. (3.) I explained to them that I had invited them for the purpose of explaining the boundary line beaconed off and dividing the districts Her Majesty had graciously appointed Cetywayo, a Commissioner, and Usibebu to take charge of and rule to her pleasure. (4.) I then explained how my family had first become connected with Zululand as their old relations would tell them. My grandfather was cast by the sea on to this coast (about 1805), that subsequently his eldest son, Sifili, my father, had with two others come to this country shipwrecked, the two other Europeans died at St. Lucia or Delagoa Bay, and he was cured of fever by Chaka, who buried him up to his neck in a cattle kraal for two days, and so cured him (about the year 1819); they then hunted elephants together until Chaka gave him the country of Natal to rule, and provided him with cattle and corn to distribute amongst the scattered natives defeated by Chaka. My grand- father and father, and his brother, were buried near their old homes in Natal, and now I am again amongst them, the Zulus, for their welfare, peace, and prosperity, and under these and all other circumstances connected with Chaka, well known by every Zulu, I earnestly entreated them to open their ears and receive my words into their hearts and there keep them, as I gave them, and not spit them out, foully out of their mouths, but to ponder what I had to say to themselves, in their hearts, at all times. Not to spit them out by arguing, for I had invited their eyes, ears, and hearts to hear what I had to explain to them. (5.) I explained to them that they were to blame for all the Zululand troubles, their mouths led their King to ruin. They were not to say or argue against the conditions under which Cetywayo has been restored, as if it was a case being argued, they had argued it out to their ruin, and the Queen of England had already heard the case and punished them and the child of Chaka, and it was their own doings, with their mouths; but now is the time for everyone respectively to do his share in observing and helping Cetywayo to observe and respect the laws under which he has now been placed to rule to the pleasure of the great Queen of the great English nation. Cetywayo could well now use their old saying, “I am old this day,” for he had been and seen what no other Zulu had ever seen, and more than I or many white people will ever see; and now the Queen who had punished him and his country had brought him, Cetywayo, safely and he well back here for the people, whose duty it was, one and all, and his too, with their 123 help, to respect and keep the laws under which he has been restored. The greatest law of these was for everyone to be peaceful in every way ; another was submission and reverence to the authority of those placed in authority by the Queen, who had graciously placed Cetywayo in charge to rule within defined boundaries between the Reserve Ter. ritory, placed in charge of a European ruler, and the territory over which the Queen had placed Usibebu in charge of. All persons respectively were to freely choose for themselves whether from choice of pasture or agricultural purposes, or choice of ruler, what district they would live in, and were to be allowed freely, without hindrance, and with all their property, to remove upon proper application “Valelisa” out of any district and into any district, as natives of Natal are allowed without interference to their property. (6.) I then with the aid of Captain J. Alleyne's, R.A., map of Zululand proceeded to describe the boundary line dividing Usibebu’s district from that of Cetywayo's, com- mencing from junction of rivers Mkaya and Pongolo, from beacon to beacon, and the people present admitting respectively all the beacons in their respective (or late) neigh- bourhoods, and ending the line by the last beacon situate on the Magwanxa, near False Bay. * * (7.) The persons named in the enclosed list as present assured me that many of these sections of tribes were entirely within Usibebu’s district, and great portions (or numbers of kraals) of the rest, excepting Undabuko's own kraal, but the people who were under his charge were driven from their homes situate within Usibebu's division, and had been deprived by Usibebu of homes and property. (8.) Gabajana, a messenger of mine, who was with Mr. Fannin, informed me that out of the list, Usivetu and people were the only ones out of Usibebu’s district, except Undabuko's own kraal, all the rest of the sections on the list were either inside Usibebu’s district or divided by the boundary line. (9.) I informed the people present that I had forwarded Cetywayo's words about them and would report to your Excellency what had this day been said, my warnings to them; but they were not to deceive themselves with any false hopes, for the boundaries had been fixed, laws made, and upon that Cety wayo was restored, and I was sure, and I wish to convince them that there will not be any alteration of the boundary made by the Government. (10.) Upon a respectful remark of Umsutshwana's, that they had lost all they had, I replied,—that was not the way to go on. When a man's hut was burnt down he did not sit in the middle of the cinders watching them, grumbling because they did not grow into a hut again ; but he at once built a new hut where he chose to put it, and before the cold or rainy season. I had pointed out to them, and would continue to do so at all times, the clear wide road the Government had now given them to travel by, the laws, and they were not to turn off by crooked paths in the long grass, which led them, this country and their king, astray to the last fall of Zululand. - (11.) And lastly, I bid them farewell, keep my words, as I gave them in their hearts and thoughts, live in peace, obey the laws, respect boundaries and rulers within, that their ruler the child of Chaka may grow great by his and their good acts of peacefulness and to the pleasure of the Queen of the world. Farewell, and all of you help me to do my duty to the country I belong. Farewell. I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, British Resident with Cetywayo. His Excellency Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., &c. &c. &c. Mbilani, Zululand, March 17, 1883. LIST of TRIBEs or sections alleged to be effected by district boundaries between Usibebu and Cety wayo, and by whom represented at meeting this day, and who may be termed as the Ultra Usutu. Masipula (late) by Sityaluza, all in Usibebu’s. Bantubensume, present in person, 90 kraals in Usibebu's—severed. Usivetu, present in person, all out of Usibebu’s. Umyamana, by Bantubensume, severed. Q 2 124 Marotsheni Zonyama Haiana M.*} by Fokoti in person. Maru by Umzilikazi. Umgojana, absent. Tekwana by Sityaluza. Umbopa by Nkabonini. Umsutshwana present in person. MDinveli §. . }absent Magonondo present in person. Pambompayo by Myiza. Nhlanganiso by Mzilikazi. Undabuko present in person. Sambana ) Ntini by Mpapula, now beyond Pongolo river. Sihlala and 50 others of Ultra Usutu party present. I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, British Resident with Cetywayo. Bazini } by Gamule. }present in person. Enclosure 2 in No. 70. Sir H. BULWER to Mr. FYNN. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, March 30, 1883. I HAVE received your Despatch of the 17th instant reporting an interview you had with some 70 or 80 Zulus, in which you had impressed upon them the necessity of their obeying the authorities established in Zululand under the recent arrangements made by order of Her Majesty’s Government, and had explained the boundary lines dividing Usibebu's territory from that under Cetywayo. e 2. I trust that the good advice you gave to these people will be of service in helping to keep the country in peace. 3. With regard to the boundary lines I was obliged, as I have caused you to be in- formed, to defer sending the map until Mr. Osborn could take it. He left for the Reserve Territory on the morning of the 26th instant and expected to arrive at Etshowe on the evening of the 28th instant. He has in his possession Mr. Fannin’s report and plan defining and showing the beacons of the readjusted boundary, and it may be well that you should take,an opportunity of conferring with him, and of comparing the map, which I have sent you, with the precise definitions furnished by Mr. Fannin. 4. You are aware that by the readjustment of boundary a large district formerly under Usibebu has been taken from him and placed under Cetywayo. This readjustment was made with the view of meeting the cases of Undabuko, Usivetu, Umbopa, and several others who lived in Usibebu’s territory, but who belonged to the extreme Usutu party and were adherents of Cety wayo; and if in the territory left under Usibebu there should still be other people belonging to the adherents of Cetywayo they will be enabled to remove into Cetywayo's territory, as has been the case with several of Usibebu’s people who, I understand, have been obliged to leave the district that has been placed under Cetywayo and remove across the new line into Usibebu’s territory. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULwÉR, Henry Fynn, Esq., Special Commissioner. &c. &c. 125 No. 71. Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. The EARL OF DERBY. (Received May 1, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, MY LORD, March 30, 1883. -- I HAVE the honour to forward a complete list, which has been furnished to me by the Resident Commissioner for the time being in the Reserve Territory, showing—(1) the names of the Chiefs and headmen in the Reserve Territory who have declared them- selves as desirous of remaining in the Reserve Territory under the authority of the Resident Commissioner; (2) the names of those who have elected to join Cetywayo; and (3) the names of those who have neglected to give in their decisions. I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Enclosure in No. 71. RESIDENT COMMISSIONER to Sir H. BULwer. Resident Commissioner’s Office, Eshowe, Zulu Native Reserve, SIR, March 22, 1883. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt from your Excellency of two Despatches, and in pursuance of instructions contained in the first I beg to enclose herewith, for the information of your Excellency, lists numbered 1, 2, 3, and 4, con- taining names of the Chiefs and headmen of the Reserve, showing those who have elected to remain under the authority of the Resident Commissioner as representing the paramount authority, those who have elected to join Cetywayo, and those who have given no decision either way; the names of these will be found in list No. 4; and I have to state that these are the only Chiefs who have given any trouble, and whom I have felt compelled to fine for persistent contempt of my authority in refusing or neglecting to appear before me after repeated messages; and I may add that I did not resort to the infliction of fines until I clearly saw that further delay in asserting my authority would prove dangerous to my position and even to the peace of this Reserve, not that advantage would have been taken by others, but because their assumed authority as exercised during the latter part of Chief Dunn's administration had become a terror to others who are peacefully disposed, and who had already, many of them, suffered by it. Umbandamana has not been fined, all the rest have. I have, &c. - His Excellency (Signed) J. W. SHEPSTONE, The Special Commissioner for Zulu Affairs, Resident Commissioner. Natal. List No. 1. List of Chiefs who have declared themselves as desirous of remaining under the Resident Commissioner as representing the paramount authority. 1. Sikonyana-ka-Ngqungqulu. 9. Uingitjwa. 2. Siunguza. 10. Nhlongolwana. 3. Umbuzo. 11. Majia. 4. Matyana-ka-Mondise. 12. Nonzama. 5. Matyana-ka-Sitshakuza. 13. Pakatwayo. 6. Palane. - 14. Susa. 7. Habana. * 15. Faku-ka-ziningo. 8. Uzimema. 16. Unxaba. 126 17. Sigananda. 21. Sisinde. 18. Mavumengwana. 22. Umpeyane. 19. Sigcwelegewele. 23. Hlubi (Basutu). 20. Njakabani. 24. John Dunn (as per letter enclosed). Resident Commissioner’s Office, (Signed) J. W. SHEPSTONE, Zulu Native Reserve, Resident Commissioner. March 22, 1883. --s-- - - Mr. DUNN to Mr. SHEPSTONE. SIR, Gwainduku, March 22, 1883. I BEG to acknowledge receipt of your letter of the 21st, requesting me to let you know my decision as to my willingness to remain in this Reserve under the Resident Commissioner as representing the paramount authority. In answer, I have to say I am willing to do so pending the decision of Her Majesty's Government to a protest sent in by me, and by being informed by the British Resident that my authority as one of the appointed Chiefs was at an end. I am, &c. The Resident Commissioner. (Signed) J. R. DUNN. List No. 2.' List of headmen who have declared themselves as desirous of remaining under the Resident Commissioner as representing the paramount authority. 1. Sintwangu. 27. Umzilikazi. 2. Umcaka. 28. Maweni. 3. Sikonyana-ka-Luhlelo. 29. Mubi. 4. Utyana. . 30. Gamdana. 5. Ukaisa. 31. Sibamu. 6. Uzembe. 32. Meyane. 7. Unhlaludaka. 33. Umtiyaqwa. 8. Undima. 34. Dazukule. 9. Untinzima. 35. Matanda. 10. Mankaiana. 36. Manepu. 11. Ummemezeli. 37. Undwetshe. 12. Umgihlana. 38, Pakade. 13. Undosi. 39. Bilibana. 14. Magwendu. 40. Bukwana. 15. Manyonyo. 41. Gebula. 16. Untukwini. 42. Umsutu. 17. Uzungeza. 43. Mabilwana. 18. Mahlatini. 44. Mafukama. 19. Sambela. 45. Umhlakaza. 20. Ukeke. 46. Umxagaza. 21. Unkedama. 47. Umdumela. 22. Umvungelwa. 48. Ufokoti. 23. Luridane. 49. Umkitika. 24. Untabata. 50. Matunjana. 25. Unkanyana. 51. Undabayake. 26. Utamana. 52. Marwanqa. Resident Commissioner's Office, (Signed) J. W. SHEPSTONE, Zulu Native Reserve, Resident Commissioner. March 22, 1883. List No. 3. Chiefs and headmen who have declared their intention of joining Cetywayo. 1. Nongena, with about seven kraals. 2. Umpisi, with about nine kraals. 127 3. Zeize, who left by stealth, taking all the cattle of 14 kraals, together with the men of these kraals. 4. Ungwenya, with number of kraals unknown. (Signed) J. W. SHEPSTONE, Resident Commissioner. List No. 4. Chiefs and headmen who have not declared themselves either way. 1. Nobiya. - 4. Qetuka. 2. Melelesi. 5. Umbandamana. 3. Godide. 6. Undwandwe. Resident Commissioner's Office, (Signed) J. W. SHEPstoNE, Zulu Native Reserve, Resident Commissioner. March 22, 1883. No. 72. GovernoR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received May 1, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My Lord, - April 4, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, copies of the accompanying correspondence with the Resident with Cety wayo, mainly relating to the relations between Cety wayo and the Chiefs Chingwayo, Uhamu, and Umfana- wendhlela. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure 1 in No. 72. H. FYNN, Esq., to Sir H. BULweR. SIR, Mbilani, Zululand, March 19, 1883. I HAVE the honour to inform your Excellency that Chingwayo (one of the deposed Chiefs) reported to me yesterday, per Kamgana, that an armed Usutu force of Heleze- bana seized cattle from 12 kraals of his people, making the excuse “that Chingwayo was going away with ‘king's cattle,’” that this is untrue; they also said they were on the look out for Uhamu to prevent his departure with the “king's cattle.” 2. i directed Kamgana to report direct to Cetywayo, the ruler of the district in which Chingwayo is at present; at once acknowledge Cetywayo as his ruler so long as he, Chingwayo, remains in his district, and seek redress from him; and solicit leave when he wishes to go, and with his property as provided. & 3. I then explained all I said to Ultra Usutu party (vide as reported in Despatch of March 17) for Chingwayo's information and also for messengers then present from Hlanganiso, Mngandi, Mtshupane, Mhlungu, and Balini of the Ziqoza party. 4. My messenger Bangeni sent to Cetywayo to ask that if he and all at Undini will favour me with their ears and hearts, without arguing, I desire to repeat all I said to Ultra Usutu (Despatch, March 17) reports willingness to hear, and happened to be present at the interview between Kamgana of Chingwayo with Cetywayo, who ordered the restoration of all the cattle to Chingwayo and the replacing of any deficiency, and explained his good will towards Chingwayo. 5. Since writing foregoing I have had an interview with Cetywayo, and his explana- tion of the seizure is, that Chingwayo and followers left their kraals leaving some cattle behind, but the followers turned back saying they would not desert the country of their fathers, and Chingwayo, finding no one would go with him, also returned and found some of the cattle they had left had been taken possession of, and he, Cety wayo, had received reports from both parties and had sent to order the restoration of the cattle, and a mes- senger to Chingwayo as before, that he hoped Chingwayo would not desert him as he looked upon him as one of the five first headmen in Zululand. Q 4 128 6. Cetywayo is collecting the people for some distance around here to build the Undi kraal, about half a mile off the present site, which is bad, swampy in wet seasons, like the present. The outer enclosure of the new Undi(ni) is probably 500 yards in diameter, and situate on the rising grounds between the Undi(ni) destroyed in the war and the site of the Umlambongwenya kraal where Cetywayo was crowned. 7. Umfanawendhlela has intimated his fear of being attacked and will flee to me for safety of life. His son (I have suspicion), viz., Mdabula, by a sister of Mpande (Cety- wayo's father), is making mischief between Cetywayo and his father Umfanawendhlela, who reports his corn at Umpandi’s grave destroyed by Impi. I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, K.C.M.G., British Resident with Cetywayo. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure 2 in No. 72. Sir H. BULwÉR to H. FYNN, Esq. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, April 4, 1883. I HAVE received your Despatch of the 17th March. 2. It is with satisfaction I learn that Cetywayo has ordered the restoration to Ching- wayo of the cattle that appear to have been taken from the latter. I observe that the Usutu force under Hlezebana are stated to have “seized the cattle “ under the excuse that Chingwayo was going away with ‘king's cattle,’” and also that the force were on the look out for Uhamu “to prevent his departure with the “king's cattle.’” From Cety wayo's explanation, too, it would appear that Chingwayo and his followers had already left their kraals, but that they had returned. I have not heard before this of Chingwayo's departure; but if it is the case that he wishes to leave, he ought not to be prevented from doing so by the Usutu party seizing his cattle ; and the same applies to Uhamu if the latter wishes to leave. Such an act as the seizure of their cattle will be a breach of the conditions; and, moreover, Cetywayo ought to recognise that if these Chiefs really wish to leave his territory, being unwilling to remain under his authority, he is bound to allow them to go freely with all their possessions, and it is to his interest that they should remove. 3. I infer from what you say that the new kraal which is about to be built at Undi is for Cetywayo's own occupation. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, Henry Fynn, Esq., Special Commissioner. &c. &c. No. 73. The RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF DERBY to GovernoR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, May 3, 1883. I HAVE received your Despatch of the 30th March" enclosing a copy of a correspondence with Mr. Fynn on the subject of his recent interview with a number of Zulus for the purpose of explaining to them the boundary between Cetywayo and Usibebu, and impressing upon them the importance of conforming to the general arrange- ments of Her Majesty’s Government for the future administration of Zululand. 2. I have to express my approval of Mr. Fynn’s action in this matter. I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) DERBY. * No. 70. 129 No. 74. The RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF DERBY to GovernoR SIR HENRY BULWER, f K.C.M.G. SIR, - * Downing Street, May 3, 1883. I HAVE received your Despatch of the 4th ultimo,” and its enclosures, relative to the relations between Cety wayo and the Chiefs Uhamu, Chingwayo, and Umfanawendhlela, and I have to express my approval of the Despatch addressed by you on this subject to the Resident with Cetywayo. I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer, (Signed) DER BY. No. 75. The RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF DERBY to Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, May 3, 1883. I HAVE received your Despatches of the 29th March f and their enclosures, having reference to certain representations made by Cetywayo to the British Resident respecting the Reserved Territory, his position as regards Usibebu, and other matters; and I have to express my approval of your Despatch of the 29th March to Mr. Fynn on this subject. I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) DERRY. No. 76. Gover Nor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. The EARL OF DERBY. (Received May 8, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, April 5, 1883. MR. FYNN has reported that on the 30th ultimo Usibebu was attacked in his own territory by the Usutu party, which was routed with heavy loss. Cotywayo states that this attack was made without his knowledge, but this does not seem to be the case. g Mr. Fynn appears uneasy about his own safety, and says that Cetywayo is opposed to him on account of the warnings given by him. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. No. 77. Gover Nor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received May 8, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, MY LORD, April 9, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, copies of two Despatches I have received from the Resident with Cetywayo, reporting the proceedings of Mahu’s people against people of the appointed Chief Usibebu, and sending a state- ment made by Maboko against Usibebu. I forward also a copy of my Despatch to Mr. Fynn in acknowledgment. I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. * No. 72. f Nos. 67 and 68. R. 5762. T. 130 Enclosure 1 in No. 77. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULWER. SIR, Mbilani, Zululand, March 23, 1883. I HAVE the honour to inform your Excellency that I received the enclosed letter from Mr. John Eckersly, junior, yesterday, per messenger from the Chief Usibebu, to whom I sent a written reply as per copy on Mr. Eckersly’s letter, as well as a verbal reply by the messenger Tyibilika (of the Chief Nkabana, Newcastle, sent by Mr. James Allison to Usibebu in horse dealing transactions) whom Usibebu sent, fearing that if he sent any of his own men they might be killed on the way by the Usutu party. Tyibilika informs me a Usutu party did surround a bush in which Usibebu was supposed to be, and subsequently they surrounded the kraal of Tokotoko and fired into the huts. The inmates had fled, but a goat in one hut was shot. The offenders belong to Maru, and took away the cattle of Tokotoko. 2. That of the five men mentioned in Mr. Eckersly’s letter, one was killed, another . wounded (sons of Mdabuli, of Usibebu), also one taken by the Usutu or people of Maru to herd the seized cattle; that these five people were returning from service in Natal, having gone under engagement with Mr. Arthur Shepstone. 3. That seven men of Usibebu’s carrying to him sweet potatoe cuttings from Dr. Oftebro were attacked by the Usutu party and beaten, and the plants thrown away into the Black Umvolozi river. 4. I informed Cetywayo at once of the foregoing particulars; and he assured me that he had ordered Maru to restore the cattle and replace one that had been slaughtered, and that when Maru went home from Undini he found his brothers had the captured cattle, and at once took steps to restore them before he, Cetywayo, had given the order. See paragraph 4 of Despatch, 20th March 1883,” to your Excellency. 5. I told Cetywayo he was held responsible for these disturbances. He replied the people were doing these things themselves. Their homes and cattle had been taken from them by Usibebu, and now they were homeless. I told him he ought to stop the Usutu party continuing offences, which were on the increase, and doing him great harm everywhere ; if he would punish them he would put a stop to it, and order would be restored. He said I only spoke against the Usutu, but he did not hear me say a word to him as to what Usibebu and others did to his people. I told him I was indeed sorry to have to tell him bad news so often, but I was desirous of seeing him and his people and country prospering. Peacefulness and order would do this. I have, &c. His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, § (Signed) H. FYNN, &c. &c. &c. British Resident with Cety wayo. Mr. ECKERSLY to Mr. FYNN. SIR, Manhlaguzu District, March, 1883. The Chief Usibebu desires me to write and let you know what the Usutu party are doing in his district, not officially, but privately. . . After their surrounding a bush and firing into it, thinking he was there, they made a raid (?) and drove away a troop of cattle belonging to one of my brothers. They fired into the kraal, but did not kill anyone. They killed one goat with a bullet which was in one of the huts, and drove all the cattle away the day before yesterday, while five of my boys were on their way from Natal they came upon the same party who had eaten up the cattle. As soon as they recognised them they killed one boy, one they cut about the head, and another they took to herd the cattle. Indabazimbi is the man that has done all this. Immediately on his arrival from the King he met his brother on his way at the Sigubezi, who returned with him and joined him, Inhlanganyo. They say that it is the King’s orders that as soon as the Chief Usibebu goes to turn Maboko (?) out of this district they are to help him and stop him from doing so. The Chief Usibebu sent three men up to Uhamu's, when they met Maboko and two others who were going to arrest them, when they said, “No, we are on your side, we have come to Konza to you.” When he said, “You are quite right,” and told them where the impi was assembled through the King's orders. See enclosure 1 in No. 78. 131 The Chief begs me to say he understood you before when you said he had not to send to you. He is doing this just to let you know the right side of the case, as you are sure to hear a different tale. The Chief is going to turn Maboko out soon. I have, &c. H. F. Fynn, Esq. (Signed) J. ECKERSLY, junior. BRITISH RESIDENT WITH CETYWAYo to CHIEF USIBEBU. YoUR former complaints I have duly forwarded to his Excellency the Governor of Natal, and I will also forward those now received. I have seen Cetywayo, who assures me that on hearing of the seizure of cattle by Maru's people, he (Cetywayo) ordered that Maru should restore the cattle, including one beast slaughtered; and I hope this has been done. You should not harass the people to remove. Give them due warning to remove after harvesting their crops. They should then be allowed to freely remove with all their property out of your district, the boundaries of which you well know. Any information or report you make to me I will forward to his Excellency the Governor of Natal; but be careful only to report bonā fide facts. Preserve peaceful- mess, quietness, and good order in your district. I have heard of the Usutu party seizing the sweet potatoe cuttings from your messengers and the assault upon them, and spoken to Cetywayo on the subject, and will report to his Excellency. (Signed) H. FYNN, Mbilani, Zululand, 22nd March 1883. British Resident. Enclosure 2 in No. 77. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULWER. SIR, Mbilani, Zululand, March 25, 1883. I HAVE the honour to inform your Excellency that Cety wayo forwards Tyilimana, brother of Maboko, sons of late Masipula, of the Kumbentete kraal, near the Hlomohlomo in Usibebu’s territory, who reports that Usibebu with an armed force was on F riday the 23rd March, 1883, near Kumbentete kraal of Maboko, and said he did not wish to fight, but to assert his authority within his district and to deal with Maru, whose people resist his authority and have plundered cattle from Manepu, son of late Tokotoko, the uncle of Usibebu, Mapita family, and warns Maboko against any attempt to resist his authority. 2. Maru’s crops are damaged by Usibebu’s forces. 3. Maru has restored all the cattle his people took from Manepu, son of late Tokotoko. 4. Faku, Cetywayo's messenger, informs me a report has arrived to the effect that Usibebu and his force returned to their homes on Friday, 23rd instant. (Remark.-This retirement is most probably consequent to my reply to Usibebu on the 22nd. 5. My reply : Usibebu has been graciously appointed to rule over the district, the boundaries of which are well known, and all people within must reverence his authority so long as they choose to remain in his district, and will be allowed to remove if they wish, with all their property, on asking leave to do so, i.e., “valelisa.” Usibebu is bound to preserve order, and will punish those who commit offences in his district, and he is held responsible to the Queen for proper rule in the same way as the European ruler is in the Reserve, and Cetywayo is in his district; those who resist the laws are injuring Cety wayo. 6. I have the honour to enclose a letter from F. E. Peachey, dated 23rd instant, and copy of my reply thereto for your Excellency’s information. I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY F. Fynn, |His Bººney Sir º: Bulwer, K.C.M.G., British Resident with Cetywayo. C. C. &c. Special Commissioner, Natal. R, 2 132 To the BRITISH RESIDENT, Zululand. Maboko wishes me to write and say, please tell Cetywayo that Usibebu’s army is at the Gumbenteta kraal. Maboko doesn’t want to fight, but says he must defend himself; he sends his messengers to tell the King. I am in the centre of it, and am afraid there will be much bloodshed unless he is stopped. + I beg to remain, &c. (Signed) F. E. PEACHEy. Private.—I can’t help myself, and must write what I am ordered. March 23, 1883. (Signed) F. E. P. Mr. FYNN to Mr. F. E. PEACHEY. SIR, Mbilani, Zululand, March 25, 1883. YoUR note of the 23rd reached me a few minutes ago. You, being on the spot, will be the better able to judge for yourself as to the prudence of your remaining where you are and within Usibebu’s territory. On the 22nd I sent to Usibebu, and am informed that since you wrote Usibebu has retired, probably consequent to my message. Her Majesty's Government have placed Usibebu to rule over the district, the boundaries beaconed off are well known, and all persons within those boundaries are required to reverence Usibebu’s authority so long as they choose to remain in his district. You should take every care not to mix up yourself with matters between the natives. Yours, &c. * Mr. F. E. Peachey, (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, Kumbentete Kraal, Usibebu’s Territory. British Resident with Cetywayo. Enclosure 3 in No. 77. Sir H. BULWER to Mr. FYNN. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, April 9, 1883. I HAVE received your Despatches of the 23rd and 25th of March, reporting the proceedings of Mahu's people against people of the appointed Chief Usibebu, and a statement made by Maboko against Usibebu. I approve of the action taken by you in this matter and of the advice given by you on the occasion. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, Special Commissioner. No. 78. Gover Nor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received May 8, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, April 9, 1883. & I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information copies of two Despatches from the British Resident with Cetywayo, together with copy of a Despatch from me in reply. 2. Mr. Fynn reports some further depredations committed in the corn gardens of Umfanawendhlela, and that Mahu had seized some cattle in Usibebu’s territory, but had restored them. 3. Mr. Fynn also reports the steps taken by him for the purpose of discovering the whereabouts of the former “royal cattle,” which are stated by Cetywayo to have been held back by the Chiefs from the Government in 1879, and to be now in their possession. L33 It will be seen from another Despatch” forwarded by this mail that the messenger sent out by Mr. Fynn has been unsuccessful in discovering any of the cattle, and I under- stand Mr. Fynn now to say that Cetywayo principally charges Usibebu and John Dunn with the possession of these cattle. With regard to the former, Mr. Osborn, when he was British Resident in Zululand, made careful inquiry into this statement, and was satisfied, so far as he could obtain any information, that Usibebu had none of the former royal cattle. I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Enclosure 1 in No. 78. MR. FYNN to SIR. H. BULWER. SIR, Mbilani, Zululand, March 20, 1883. I HAVE the honour to inform your Excellency that yesterday the corn gardens of the deposed Chief Umfanawendhlela in the site of the old kraal Nodwengu, where King Mpande was buried, were robbed by the Ngakamatye assembled at Undini to build the new Undini; that Umfanawendhlela intimates fear of being attacked and will flee to me for safety of life. I directed that he appeal to Cetywayo direct, and I would watch the safety of his messenger. 2. This morning I sent Bangeni, my messenger, to report to Cetywayo the above rumour, and await to hear his action, and Bangeni reports Cetywayo gave orders for Umyamana and other men to inquire into this matter. Bangeni watched his opportunity for proof, and saw the Ngakamatye carrying up bundles of corn from concealment and called upon Umyamana and the other Chiefs to see for themselves, and after Umyamana went to Cetywayo the Ngakamatye were assembled, and Umyamana and the other Chiefs were attending to the case. - 3. I found out Umfanawendhlela's messenger had been afraid to appeal as I had directed. Umfanawendhlela is pleased with the action I have taken, but he has another trouble; one of his people has been to Usibebu's, to friends about a cow, and he now hears it is said, “Umfanawendhlela'sent this man to Usibebu to procure witchcraft medicine “ to kill Cetywayo,” and he unwisely has made matters look bad by having an inquiry with this man which the Undini people may consider as for the purpose of concocting a defence. I will, I hope, find a way of counteracting and putting this right. - 4. I got wind of (that ?) people of Maru had seized cattle in Usibebu's district, but that Maru (one of a large number I had spoken to on 31st January 1883, at Sixebeni, regarding depredations) at once restored these cattle, saying he had heard the law and would not be mixed up in depredations and boundary questions. 5. This action and what I have heard to-day from various important men (through my messengers) remarking on the truthfulness of my advice in the meetings I have had, has, I consider, offered me some inducement to try and quietly find, if I can, any harboured “King's cattle,” and I have accordingly taken action, but unknown to Cety wayo, for the reason that (he might or) (sic) some of his people commence a seizing of cattle, making use of my name in some way as an authority for Cetywayo to act upon. The messenger sent conveys a general notice (written also) “that I hereby “ require that all persons in possession of cattle known as ‘King's cattle' shall forthwith “ deliver the same to the British Resident (with Cetywayo) as the lawful property of “ Her Majesty's Government, and to be dealt with in accordance with instructions.” 6. I told the messenger that each person would bring any “King's cattle '' to me direct ; I will not permit any collecting to go on. 7. I trust your Excellency approves of the action I have taken, and should I be enabled to recover a few cattle to hand over to Cetywayo in the name of the Govern- * Enclosure 1 in No. 79. R. 3 134 ment, or even when it accidentally gets known at Undini, I think, added to the tone of the iast meetings with the assembled people, it may have a further telling effect. I have, &c. (Signed) H. FYNN, - British Resident with Cetywayo. Enclosure 2 in No. 78. MR. H. FYNN to SIR. H. BULWER. SIR, Mbilani, Zululand, April 1, 1883. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Excellency’s Despatch March 24, 1883. 2. On the 13th March I reported to your Excellency the action I had taken upon receipt of your Excellency’s Despatch February 21, 1883. 3. Since then I have endeavoured to find out if there were still any of what are termed “King's cattle,” now the property of Her Majesty’s Government, unsur- rendered by any of the deposed Chiefs or people, but find none. 4. Cetywayo principally claims from beyond his territory, from Usibebu and J. Dunn; the 5th paragraph of my Despatch No. 35 to your Excellency describes the claims generally. I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, British Resident with Cetywayo. His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, K.C.M.G., &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner, Natal. Enclosure 3 in No. 78. SIR. H. BULWER to MR. H. FYNN. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, - April 9, 1883. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch of the 20th ultimo. I approve of the action reported by you with regard to the depredations committed in the corn gardens of Umfanawendhlela. With respect to any cases where you may have good reason to believe that former “royal cattle” are being concealed by or are in unlawful possession of any Chief or other person in the country under Cetywayo, it will be for you to take such steps as may appear most convenient for the purpose of obtaining recovery of the cattle, which you will then be able to hand over to Cetywayo in the name of Her Majesty's Government. But it will be very necessary, as you justly remark, to take care that no improper use is made of your name by others to obtain cattle from the people; and I would Suggest for your consideration whether the sending round of a general notice to the people might not lead to some misapprehension, and whether it would not be better to obtain beforehand reliable information as to any particular cases, which you could then deal with. I must, however, leave the matter very much to your discretion, only impressing upon you the importance of proceeding with caution. I learn from your later Despatch of the 27th March, that your messenger had returned, but had not succeeded in finding any “royal cattle.” I have, &c. Henry Fynn, Esq. (Signed) H. BULWER, &c &c e º Special Commissioner. British Resident with Cetywayo. 135 No. 79. GovI.RNOR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received May 8, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, MY LORD, - April 9, 1883. ON the evening of the 5th instant I despatched a telegram” to acquaint your Lordship that I had just received information from the Resident with Cetywayo to the effect that an Usutu force had attacked. Usibebu on the 30th of March, but had been driven back with heavy loss; that Cetywayo had disavowed any knowledge of the attack, but that this disavowal did not appear to be borne out by the facts of the case, and that the Resident was somewhat uneasy about himself because of Cetywayo's displeasure with him for the warnings he had urged upon him. 2. Owing to the interruption of the cable communication between Mozambique and Zanzibar on the following day (Friday, the 6th April) my message, I learn, could not be forwarded. 3. I have since received another report from Mr. Fynn, giving some further informa- tion regarding the circumstances of this attack, and I have now the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, copies of the following reports I have received from him relating to this matter :— 1. Mr. Fynn, Despatch of 27 March. 2. 2 3 59 28 22 3. 55 52 29 95 4. 55 55 3() 35 5. 53 5 2. 31 5 9 6. 95 95 31 55 7. 92 25 1 April. 8. 29 35 2 5 5 I also enclose copies of two Despatches I have received from the Resident Commis- sioner in the reserve territory which bear on the subject, and of a Despatch addressed by me to Mr. Fynn. 4. The first information that the Resident appears to have received of an intention to attack Usibebu was derived from one of his own messengers, whom he had sent to Uhamu (apparently about the “royal cattle ‘’), and who at Uhamu's kraal and on his way back had heard that a force had been assembled against Uhamu in order to prevent him leaving the country, but had dispersed; that another force was watching Chingwayo, also with the object of preventing that chief leaving the country; and that a third force, including some of Umyamana's men, was assembling under Usivetu, Cetywayo’s half-brother, for the purpose of acting against Usibebu. This information was received by Mr. Fynn on the 26th of March, and he immediately sent a message to Cetywayo and to Umyanana to inform them of what he had heard. They both denied that any such armed forces were assembled. 5. Undabuko (Cety wayo's brother) and Tyanibezwe (Umyamana’s son) were at Undini when Mr. Fynn's messenger took the message to Cetywayo, but they left Undini the same night, evidently with the object of joining the force which was being assembled under Usivetu ; and on the 28th of March Cetywayo endeavoured to explain their departure by saying that they had escaped from Undini. On the next day (the 29th), in reply to Mr. Fynn's remonstrances, Cetywayo told him that he had sent messengers seven times to call back the “impi" from proceeding against Usibebu, and that he was about to send an eighth time, and he asked Mr. Fynn to send one of his messengers with those whom he was sending. Mr. Fynn very properly declined to do this, and there is little doubt that the presence of one of the Resident’s men under the circumstances would have been made use of to persuade the people that the attack was made with the Resident’s authority. Mr. Fynn at the same time continued firmly to warn Cety wayo that it was his duty to stop the armed force, and that he was responsible for the acts of his people. * Not printed. R 4 136 On the 30th, the day on which the fight took place, Cetywayo sent to inform Mr. Fynn that he knew nothing of the armed forces, and that they were acting on their own responsibility. f 6. But I must leave Mr. Fynn's report (of the 30th March) to tell its own story. It shows, however, that whilst Cetywayo was disclaiming any knowledge of, or any responsibility for, the invasion of Usibebu's territory, he was all the while cognisant of what was going on, that he was in communication with the leaders of the force, that he had heard the two forces had faced one another, and that Usibebu’s had retired, but that he expected a battle would by that day have taken place. 7. From the subsequent reports it appears that the Usutu force, some 80 companies strong, attacked Usibebu in the territory of the latter and near to his own kraal, the “Banganoma,” on the “Msebe” river, and were opposed by Usibebu with 20 companies of foot and one of mounted men. The Usutu’s were utterly routed and dispersed, Usibebu’s force pursuing them across the border and as far as the Black Umvolosi. The loss sustained by Usibebu, so far as it is known, appears to have been but slight, but that of the attacking Usutu force must have been considerable, even the mat carriers being killed in the retreat. The kraals of Umgojana and Umyamana, and of their people who had taken part in the attack, were burned by the pursuers. 8. It was reported at one time that Usibebu had been killed, but the report appears to have been without foundation, and according to the latest intelligence received by Mr. Fynn, Usibebu had turned back in the direction of the Pongolo apparently with the intention of clearing the country of those of Masipula’s people who had taken up arms against him. 9. It is uncertain what the actual strength in numbers of the two forces were, as the strength of the companies varies, but it is supposed that the Usutu force may have mustered from 4,000 to 6,000 men, and that Usibebu’s force may have amounted to between 1,500 and 2,000 men. Usibebu's people are said to be the bravest people in Zululand, and the fact also that they were fighting in their own country and in the cause of their homes and for the life of their chief against an invading force will probably account for their complete victory over the superior numbers of the Usutu force, who would easily lose heart under the conciousness that, in thus invading the territory of an independent chief and at the bidding of men who would not in person share the dangers of the attack, they were fighting in a bad cause. •. 10. It is with satisfaction that I bring under your Lordship's notice the efforts of Mr. Fynn to procure the dispersion of the Usutu force as soon as he heard of its assembling, and the firmness with which he urged the matter upon the attention of Cety wayo. I do not think that Mr. Fynn's position is attended with personal danger, and if he were to leave the country at this time it would, I fear, lead to the greatest confusion as the people at large still look with trust to the representative of the Government. I am, however, taking steps to send someone to assist him. - I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, (Signed) H. BULWER, # &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Enclosure I in No. 79. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULwſ. R. SIR, Mbilani, Zululand, March 27, 1883. WITH reference to the 5th paragraph of my Despatch 20th instant,” I have the honour to inform your Excellency that my messenger returned, and reports that he did not succeed in detecting any unsurrendered “king's cattle.” 2. This messenger informs me that Uhamu told him an “impi' armed force of the Abaqulusi under charge of Magonondo, and of the Mpangisweni section (under Mahana- hana) in charge of Mahlikivana, and of the Bulelezi section of Umyamana's people, and in charge of Ndabazimbi, had been about to pounce upon him (Uhamu) on the plea he was escaping with king's cattle, but he presented himself, and these forces then dispersed to their homes, as he was not going away. * See énclosure 1 in No. 78. 137 3. My messenger says he heard that there were some armed forces of Umyamana of Gazini under Simoi, and of Hlizebana, watching Chingwayo, who is about to pay a visit to Cetywayo. 4. Also that he heard of an armed force consisting of young men of Umyamana of the Gazini, and of Manyosi, Mambata, said to be on their way to Usivetu for orders to act upon Usibebu, on the plea that he purposes fleeing to join Uhamu. 5. I sent off at once to inform Cetywayo that I had heard of these armed forces and movements as rumoured, and that I shall be glad to find out that there is no truth in these rumours, otherwise I shall hear of them. 6. Cetywayo and Umyamana both reply that there are no such armed forces, and that the rumour is false. 7. I have sent a messenger to Uhamu, at Mngojuna's, to see what is going on, and will warn Cetywayo to-morrow morning of his responsibility for any armed forces existing in his district, and for the preservation of peace. i have, &c. g (Signed) H. FYNN, His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, K.C.M.G., British Resident with Cety wayo. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure 2 in No. 79. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULWER. SIR, Mbilani, Zululand, March 28, 1883. WITH reference to my Despatch, 27th March 1883, to your Excellency respecting my having information to the effect that there were three armed forces out, and informing your Excellency that I had sent to Cetywayo about them, and his and Umyamana's reply that there are no such armed forces, and that the rumour is false. 2. I have the honour to inform your Excellency that early this morning I sent again to Umyamana and Cetywayo, that I warn him, Cety wayo, that the Government hold him responsible for these forces being out, and for any breach of the peace, and to remember this warning is to save him from trouble. 3. I received this reply per my messenger Bangeni and Cetywayo's men, Tyihilika and Ngwegwini: That Undabuko and Tyanibezwe, the son of Umyamana, had fled on the night of the 26th (about), that Umyamana was ordered to report their escape to me, and a messenger Mpece had been sent for them. 4. Reply from me. I repeat my warning of this morning, and as I have so repeatedly done to Cetywayo personally, that the Government hold Cetywayo personally respon- sible for any disturbance committed in or beyond his district by his subjects, including all persons within his district. He is held responsible for the preservation of peacefulness; my warning is done in kindness and for his future prosperity, and I trust he will at once take action to stop any disturbance. Undabuko is his child (younger brother), and Tyanibezwe is the child of his Prime Minister. I have not received any intimation of their having fled from Undini, and this nursery tale will not do. People have been mustered by orders from Undini days ago to join at Ziwedu's, and when ready Undabuko and Tyanibezwe go to join them. Time will soon show if this is not true, what I say is well known at Undini by all, but I hope it will turn out that I am misinformed and Cannot See. 5. I beg most respectfully to refer your Excellency to my Despatch 25th instant. 6. Undabuko and Tyanibezwe were both at Undini on the 26th when my messenger Bangeni took my message to Cetywayo warning him that I had heard of ārmed forces, as reported in my Despatch, 27th instant, to your Excellency. I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, K.C.M.G., British Resident with Cetywayo. &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner, Natal, R. 5762. S 138 Enclosure 3 in No. 79. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULWER. SIR, - Mbilani, Zululand, March 29, 1883. WITH reference to my Despatch, 28th March 1883, to your Excellency, I have the honour to report, for your Excellency’s information, that two messengers came to me to-day from Cetywayo, and stated they were on their way to call back the “impi,” armed forces, from going towards Usibebu, and desiring I should send a man with them, and that Cetywayo had already sent off seven times, and this was the eighth time, to call back the “impi,” armed force, from going to Usibebu. \ 2. I replied I cannot send a messenger. It is Cetywayo's business to prevent the “impi’’ (armed force) going or ever to have assembled, and he is responsible for any action of his people. This reply was taken back to Cetywayo by Ngwegwene, a third messenger of Cetywayo's. 3. I hope your Excellency will consider I acted prudently in deelining to send my messenger to call back the “impi,” armed forces. 4. I have been anxiously expecting to hear from Usibebu, but I hear he has sent along the coast to the Commissioner, Reserve Territory; this is probably true as there certainly would be very great risk of his messengers reaching me here in the present disturbed state of affairs. I have, &c. -- (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, K.C.M.G., British Resident with Cetywayo. &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner, Natal. Enclosure 4 in No. 79. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULweR. SIR, Mbilani, Zululand, March 30, 1883. I HAVE the honour to inform your Excellency that Cetywayo sends to inform me he knows nothing of the “impi,” armed forces, acting on their own responsibility. They were and have been fighting Usibebu against them before he, Cety wayo, returned to Zulu country, and that the people who are not Usibebu’s were never shown the boundary made by Usibebu and a white, man; that he (Cetywayo) had said all along Zulus object to have more than one Chief to rule over them; that at Mtonjaneni installation the Zulus told , Sir. Theos. Shepstone they did not know Usibebu's boundary, and that Usibebu had killed a man, but Sir Theos. Shepstone made no reply to these two points; and that I (the British Resident) was telling him (Cetywayo) he was responsible for the “impi * in the same way as was done when Mhlokazulu crossed the Buffalo river with an “impi’’ without his knowledge, and he begs me not to report against him to the Government, as he still hopes I come to protect him and stand by him. To whom did I come, him Cety wayo the lesser, at Undini, or Usibebu the greater, that I should support Usibebu in saying he had a country, and give way and favour Usibebu. He (Cetywayo) has sent ten messengers to call back the “impi,” which is acting without his knowledge, but they pay no attention, and he wishes the Government to be informed of this, and that he swears he has no knowledge of the impi. 2. My reply by Bangeni to Cetywayo, and in presence of his own three messengers. I have explained the boundary between him, Cetywayo, and Usibebu, and the boundary between him and the reserve to him, and to the Usutu party, and men assembled for the purpose. These boundaries are beaconed off by the Government, and he, Cetywayo, has bound himself to respect these boundaries of the three districts of Zulu country, and to keep all the conditions under which Her Majesty's Government graciously brought him back, and which I have so constantly explained to him from the documents them- selves. And I am sent by the Government to do this. I have done so, and continue to urge upon him to adhere to all the terms (laws) of his restoration, and I am doing my duty, and as his friend. And I tell him again and again the Government hold him personally responsible for any breaking of the laws of his restoration, including any disturbance committed in or beyond his district, by his adherents or people within his district. It is his own people now in force against Usibebu. He should not find fault 139 º or argue with the Government for what they have done. He accepted their terms, and greater kindness had been done for him than was ever done by Chaka to any he con- quered. He and his councillor's assistance to him can keep the peace and respect the laws and boundaries if he is determined to do so. All people must reverence the authority of the ruler appointed by Government over the district the people choose to TeLY131I] II. 3. Bangeni returns with the following reply; that Cetywayo says he has heard from Undabuko and Tyanitizwe (?) that they will try and bring back the impi; Cetywayo says the impi consists of people of Umyamana's Bozeni (of Cetywayo), Masipula, and Mgojana, and that he has heard these forces and Usibebu’s had faced each other, but Usibebu had retired, but his mounted men had fired upon the Usutu forces; and he thinks that by to-day a battle will have taken place, that he, Cetywayo, had all, along told me (the British Resident) that blood would be shed, and that it began while he Cetywayo was away, and Usibebu's forces had mowed down. Mani's corn in Masipula’s country, and the people are defending their crops and Usibebu is constantly saying insulting things about him, Cetywayo. º º 4. It is reported Somkeli’s forces are acting with the Usutu party against Usibebu. I have, &c. - (Signed) H. FYNN, His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, K.C.M.G., British Resident with Cetywayo. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure 5 in No. 79. BRITISH RESIDENT witH CETYWAYo to Sir H. BULWER. SIR, Mbilani, Zululand, March 31, 1883. I HAVE the honour to inform your Excellency that Cetywayo informs me Fadana, a brother of Usibebu's, has been to Mr. J. W. Shepstone for leave to attack Cetywayo and destroy Undini; that permission was granted, and Mr. Shepstone has told all those people in the Reserve who do not wish to recognise Cetywayo are to be prepared and support Usibebu as soon as possible; hear he, Usibebu, is attacking, but that none of the people in the Reserve who recognise Cetywayo have been told this, and he desires me to convey this news to your Excellency, and declares he knows nothing of the impi going against Usibebu and without his authority. Reply (2) I will inform his Excellency what Cetywayo says, but I do not believe it, and consider that it is mischief-makers’ tales which are now so numerous. I still warn him that the Government hold him responsible for these disturbances; his people are out in force, and, I hear, Somkeli and others. I had told him at the Sixebeni (31st January 1883) if he did not put out the spark the country would get on fire, i.e., check disturbances in the first instance. 3. I have the honour to enclose letter from Mr. H. J. Nunn, 29/3/83, regarding Uhamu's movements, and the disturbed state of affairs in that part of the country, and my messenger, Ncamane, whom I sent on the 27th, vide Despatch No. 59, to your Excellency, reports having had a narrow escape of being killed by Usutu “impi,” that Uhamu is in fear of being attacked by the Usutu. Abaqulusi “impi * out to join Usutu. Usibebu in position of defence in stronghold. No news of actual serious fight yet ; a few shots fired. Mgojana joined Usutu and people of (Seketwayo 2) Hlezebana, Seinoi, Gazini, Manyosi, out with Usutu; a portion of Mgojana's people side with Usibebu. 4. The Rev. Steilboom, German Mission, Fort George, informed me he had heard of a European, with a Tonga native, collecting natives for the railway works, had been stabbed by people of Umyamana's some two weeks ago; that a Natal native said he saw this, and told missionary Falcor or trader Veer, who were trying to find it out, the informant had returned to Natal. This story, strange, may have been founded on the informant having perhaps said, “I see he will be killed.” I, however, sent a mes. senger to endeavour to find out any particulars, and since another messenger of mine, Ncamane, informs me he heard of a short white man, named “Ntaba " (I believe this is Mr. Stanhope’s Kaffir name), had gone from Umyamana's people, and is one of the eight Europeans with Usibebu. S 2 * - 140 5. My messenger Ncamane reports that, coming along to-day over the high hills, he saw fires in the direction of Mgojana's kraals; apparently kraals on fire extensively. I have, &c. ſ (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, *- British Resident with Cetywayo. His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, K.C.M.G., Special Commissioner, Natal. Mr. H. J. NUNN to Mr. H. FYNN. SIR, Ingomi, Zululand, March 29, 1883. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of yours of the 27th, and note the Contents. We hear nothing here but impis assembling, and that to-day "a large impi has gone for Usibebu. I have used all my influence with Uhamu to make him acknowledge, the King, and I had messengers from him yesterday to say that he had listened to my advice, and had sent two messengers to the King in accordance there with. I hear to-day a rumour that these messengers had been turned back by the Usutu party, and not allowed to see the King; also a message was sent that if Uhamu did not appear in three days, the fourth they would kill him. All sorts of rumours are flying about, and myself and the older Indunas have had great difficulty in persuading Uhamu not to call up his impi. I have told him he is no longer a Chief, that all this country is given back to the King, and that his only plan is to acknowledge him. All the Indunas join with me, but a relation by his mother's side (named Amaslashlan) is the only one with him, and this man has his kraals in Usibebu’s country, and it is evidently his aim to make an alliance between Usibebu and Uhamu. If Cety wayo is not favourably disposed towards me I shall still, so long as I remain in this country, advise Uhamu to peace and quietness. The country is in such a state now about here that I cannot travel through to see the King ; however, as soon as it is safe I will come to the Amaslabatin, and although leaving the Zulu country would be simply ruin to myself and sons, of course the King has a perfect right to do as he likes with his restored country, - I have, &c. 4. Henry F. Fynn, Esq., (Signed) HERBERT J. NUNN, British Resident, &c. &c. Amaslabatin. Enclosure 6 in No. 79. BRITISH RESIDENT WITH CETYWAYO to Sir H. BULWER. SIR, Mbilani, Zululand, March 31, 1883. I HAVE the honour to inform your Excellency that I have this evening received a message from Cety wayo through Umyamana per Nkomonopondo and Mablukwena that he, Cetywayo, has come across the sea, finds this country in a disturbed state, and does not know what is going on, and requests that he may assemble people to protect himself at Undini. 2. My reply: I will forward his request to your Excellency. If he assembles people it will be upon his own responsibility ; I warn him again that he is responsible for all disturbances committed by his people in or beyond his district ; he is bound not to make war upon any chief or chiefs or people without the sanction of the British Govern- ment, and he is bound not to permit the existence of the Zulu military system or the existence of any military system or organisation whatever in his territory. 3. It is reported Usutu party routed by Usibebu, heavy loss on Usutu side yesterday, 30th. I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, British Resident with Cetywayo. 141 Enclosure 7 in No. 79. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULWER. SIR, Mbilani, Zululand, April 1, 1883. I HAVE thé honour to inform your Excellency that Cetywayo per Nkomonapondo and Mablukwena reports for your Excellency’s information that he has not received an reliable information of circumstances of the fight between the Usutu and Usibebu on the 30th, because the Usutu fear to report him, having acted against his orders, but he hears the Usutu have been beaten and routed in Usibebu’s country, with very heavy losses on Usutu side, even to their carrier boys. t That I (the British Resident) insult him by saying he knows of the Usutu impi going out and he is responsible. He, Cetywayo, declares he knows nothing of the impi going out against Usibebu. Had the whole country and all the people been given back to him this would not have happened; he has observed the laws and kept quiet at Undini, and he will just ſook on either side what happens. (2.) These messengers inform me that they hear. Usibebu is burning down Mgojana's and Umyamana's kraals to near the Black Umvolozi. (3.) Reply to Cetywayo : I will forward his message to your Excellency. I have been only explaining to him and in a friendly way his responsibilities of restoration, and have all along been giving him good advice, and do not insult him. (4.) I have two men out in the direction of Umyamana's and fear the Usutu party may molest them, and Cetywayo has, I believe, turned against me because I have so constantly warned him of his responsibilities, and between them all, and alone as I am, I do not consider I am safe ; alone as I am, my position as British Resident is powerless. (5.) I have, however, endeavoured to do my duty and in such a way that this war has not originated through any act of mine, as shown by my Despatches. (6.) One messenger of mine just in, and reports that he has learnt from some Usutus escaping that Usibebu was killed for certain, but his impi were yesterday burning Umyamana's kraals and along the Sikwebezi river. (7.) I hear it rumoured that Cetywayo has sent to the Reserve, this may also be true. I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, K.C.M.G., British Resident with Cetywayo, &c. &c. &c. © Special Commissioner, Natal, Enclosure 8 in No. 79. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULwer. (Received at Grey Town, April 7.) SIR, Mbilani, Zululand, April 2, 1883. By my Despatch of yesterday to your Excellency, I reported the information of the battle on the 30th of February [sic. P. March] 1883, between Usutu forces (as described in third paragraph of my Despatch of 30th March) and Usibebu's, in his district, and close to his kraal “Banganoma,” near Msebe river, resulting in defeat and heavy loss on Usutu side, and that it was said by Usutu’s cscaping that Usibebu was killed for certain; but this (the death of Usibebu) is false, for it is well authenticated that on the 31st, while halting at Sikwebezi river, Usibebu proclaimed the following orders: “Burn every kraal; kill every armed man against us; not to kill unarmed “ people peaceably at their kraals, for these were therefore Queen's people. Kraals to “ be burnt, as they had come into his, Usibebu’s, district, and started the war by burning “ his kraals in his, Usibebu's, district,” and that it was Umyamana’s forces that began burning down kraals in his, Usibebu’s, district, and he would retaliate. 2. From the clearest information I have gathered, Usibebu’s forces consisted of 20 companies of foot and one mounted, and the opposing Usutu forces 80 companies; that few losses on Usibebu’s side, but nearly the whole of opposing Usutu forces killed, but that Undabuko and Tyanibezwe and Ziwedu did not accompany the Usutu forces. 3. By my Despatch of 31st March to your Excellency, Cetywayo made application to assemble (all) people at Undini for self-defence there, and my reply that, without your S 3 I42 Excellency’s sanction, if he did so it would be upon his own responsibility, and warning him of restoration terms bearing thereon. 4. Heads of news to present time despatched to Commissioner Etshowe, Reserve. 5. The last reports are, Usibebu clearing his rear towards Pongolo, where the Gazini (Masipula’s) people are. Uhamu mustering; messenger from there not back yet. 6. Cetywayo asked yesterday if he might send messengers to see if it was true there had been fighting with Usibebu. I replied, I protest against Cetywayo sending out any force without sanction of your Excellency.” I have, &c. g (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, K.C.M.G., British Resident with Cetywayo. Special Commissioner, Natal. Enclosure 9 in No, 79. Mr. SHEPSTONE to Sir H. BULWER. Resident Commissioner’s Office, Etshowe, SIR, Zulu Native Reserve, March 26, 1883. I HAVE the honour to report, for the information of your Excellency, that I have this day had messages— 1st, from Usibebu, to say “that adherents of Cetywayo, living within his territory, “ have seized some of his (Usibebu's) cattle, and that he makes this known in order that “ the Government may know, should he retake these cattle, that he is only taking from “ these people what belongs to himself and people.” 2nd. Chingwayo sends to say “that he and people are so constantly harassed by “ armed parties that he is desirous of seeing Cetywayo in person, to ask him why he and “ his people should be troubled in the way stated.” 3rd. Umlandela says “that he is continually troubled by messages from Cetywayo, “ calling upon him to give his reasons for not wishing to be his subject.” To all these messages I have replied that they all know that I have nothing whatever to do with any question beyond the Umhlatuzi, but that I shall forward what they have sent to me to the Governor in Natal. I have, &c. (Signed) J. W. SHEPSTONE, His Excellency the Special Commissioner Resident Commissioner. for Zulu Affairs. Enclosure 10 in No. 79. Mr. OSBoRN to Sir H. BULwÉR. (Received April 9, 1883.) His ExcellENCY, I HAVE the honour to forward for your Excellency’s information the accompany- ing communication this day received by me from the Chief Usibebu, delivered by the messenger Makati. (Signed) M. OsBORN, Etshowe, April 4, 1883. Resident Commissioner. The Chief USIBEBU to Mr. Osborn, (Received April 4, 1883.) MAKATE states:—f reside in Natal, but have for some time past been staying in Usibebu’s territory in charge of the property of my employer, F. Colenbrander. Usibebu has sent me with a message to the Resident Commissioner here, as his own people cannot pass through Cety wayo's territory. Usibebu directed me to say that he and his people are greatly troubled by Cetywayo's people, the Usutu, and he wishes the Governor to know the circumstances. During last moon the kraal of one of his men, whose name I have forgotten, was surrounded by an armed party of Usutu under Dabazimbi—the people fled in time and escaped, but all the cattle, 38 head, were seized and driven off. Since last moon the same Dabazimbi (who belongs to Mahu) intercepted two of Usibebu’s men who were returning from working at the diamond fields, and killed one of them, the other cscaped by flight. Both the seizure of cattle and killing of the man took place in Usibebu’s own territory. * Dencil note in Mr. Fynn's handwriting :-‘‘This may mean he has sont a force out, or is doing so.” tº, N- 143 About 15 days ago Usibebu ascertained that a Usutu force was assembling under arms at the Chief Maboko's kraal in that portion of his territory which lately formed Umgo- jana's territory: Usibebu proceeded with a strong body of armed men to the imme- diate neighbourhood of Maboko's kraal, where he halted and sent messengers, including myself, to Maboko, desiring him to come to him or send representatives to explain his doings. Usibebu made it thoroughly clear that he did not come to fight, but merely to talk over matters. Maboko, however, refused to appear, and Usibebu returned home with his party. - tº tº Three days after this Usibebu heard that a strong impi was marching towards him from the side of the Black Umvolosi. He sent men to see, who on their return reported that what he had heard was true; that this impi had joined the men of Maboko at the Hopi Nkulu, hill in Usibebu's territory. The men sent to spy had been seen by the 'impi and fired upon, but they escaped unhurt. On getting this informationſ Usibebu at once called up his whole strength of men, and assembled them at his own kraal, the Nkungweni, where he says he will remain quietly, but should the Usutu impi come to attack him there, it is his intention to do all in his power in his own defence. He has removed the families of his loyal people living in the neighbourhood of the Hlopi Nkulu hill. Usibebu says he will only;acknowledge the authority of the Government to whom he belongs, he will 'never submit to Cetywayo. Cetywayo is very angry with him because he accepted the territory and position from the Government, and will never forgive him. These are the reasons that the Usutu are making war on him and are seeking to destroy him. He asks the Governor to restrain Cetywayo from sending impis against him without cause. Usibebu says that Umgojana, who had agreed to remain loyal to him, has by means of intimidation and threats been induced to separate from him and to join Cetywayo. Usibebu asks you to send these his words to the Governor. I left Usibebu seven days ago, and know not whether anything has since taken place. Before me at Etshowe, Zulu Native Reserve Territory. (Signed) M. Osborn, April 4, 1883. Resident Commissioner. Enclosure 11 in No. 79. Sir H. BULWER to Mr. FYNN. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, April 9, 1883. I HAVE to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatches of the 27th, 28th, 29th, 30th, and 31st March, and 1st and 2nd April. 2. It is with the greatest concern that I have learned from them of the invasion of Usibebu’s territory by an armed Usutu force, and of the serious fight that took place on the 30th March between that force and a force under Usibebu. * 3. The invasion of Usibebu’s territory, and the attack upon him, appear, from such information as is before me, to have been a deliberately planned and hostile expedition by the Usutu party directed against the person and authority of the independent Chief Usibebu; but, pending further information, I think it well to suspend any further expression of opinion. 4. Your Despatches give a very full account of what has come to your knowledge and passed under yous notice; and I have to express to you my appreciation of the careful- ness with which you have furnished me with information. I need not say I shall be glad to receive from you all such further reliable information as you are able to obtain. 5. I desire also to express to you my sense of the diligence and faithfulness with which you sought to impress upon Cetywayo the necessity of his keeping his conditions, and of his preventing the assembling of armed forces in his territory, as also of his stopping this hostile expedition ; and the firmness and the sincere goodwill with which you have urged this upon him under very trying circumstances are deserving of high commendation. You did your best to avert the deplorable event which you report, ‘and I have to convey to you my thanks for your exertions in the cause of peace and order. 6. I think you acted with prudence in declining to send one of your messengers with those of Cetywayo to the Usutu camp, as there is little doubt that his presence with the armed force, the responsible organisers and directors of which had fully made up their S 4 144 minds to attack Usibebu, would only have been made use of by them to associate your authority with the wrongful act in which they were engaged. 7. With reference to Cetywayo's application that he should be allowed to collect a force to defend himself at Undini, I can give no authority which would be a cover of an excuse to raise another impi, which he might then say that he was raising with the authority of the Government. If Cetywayo were really in danger of an attack at Undini he would of course be justified in collecting men there to defend him. But I do not know by whom he expects to be attacked, or what danger there is of an attack. After the shameful invasion of Usibebu's territory by an armed force of Cetywayo's people, and after their defeat and their retreat back into Cetywayo's territory, there was indeed the risk that the pursuing force would carry the pursuit some way into the territory of the people who had been "the aggressors, and a danger of this kind was one of the natural consequences of the aggression. But I gather from your last Despatch that the pursuing force had turned back from somewhere near the Sikwebezi river and retired in the direction of the Pongolo. 8. It is impossible to answer for the consequences of an aggression, and of an unsuc- cessful aggression, to the aggressors, but I trust most sincerely to hear that these consequences have not gone still further than what you have already reported. You state that you hear Uhamu is mustering. This also, if it be the case, is one of the consequences of a policy of aggression which, when unsuccessful, recoils upon those who are the aggressors. But I hope the report is not true, and Irely upon you to do your best to dissuade, if necessary, Uhamu from taking any steps of the kind. I have, &c. Henry Fynn, Esq., (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. Special Commissioner. British Resident with Cetywayo. . No. 80. Gover NOR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received May 8, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, April 9, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit to your Lordship a letter from the Bishop of Natal, addressed to your Lordship, which I have received this evening, together with three printed copies, which the Bishop has also enclosed, as being more convenient for reading. 2. I must reserve any remarks I may have to make on the letter for another day. I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Enclosure in No. 80. The Bishop of NATAL to the EARL of DERby. 1My LoRD, Bishopstowe, Natal, April 5, 1883. I HAVE the honour, to request your Lordship's consideration of the following statement in reply to certain charges which his Excellency Sir Henry Bulwer has brought against myself and my daughter in the Blue Book [C.—3466], which has just reached this Colony. I very much regret that his Excellency did not submit to me these accusa- tions, and thus give me an opportunity of explaining or rebutting them, before sending them to the Secretary of State, six or nine months before I could know that they had been made. But their publication in the new Blue Book happily enables me, as it also makes it imperative for me, to contradict emphatically without delay some of the state- ments in question, and to rectify others, in respect of which his Excellency has been misinformed. I shall confine myself, of course, only to those passages which reflect upon myself or my daughter personally, and (not to trespass unduly upon your Lordship's time and patience) only to the most important of those. 1. On page 103 there is printed a letter of mine, dated July 22, 1882, in which I had said that his Excellency had been misinformed when he had stated in his Despatch to 145 Lord Kimberley of May 12 [C. 3247, pp. 85–86], that on Wednesday, May 3, a ‘meeting ‘ of the principal Zulus, at which Dabulamanzi was present, took place at Bishopstowe,’ and implied also that Dabulamanzi, &c., were counselled by me or mine on this occasion to reject on Thursday, May 4, the advice which his Excellency had given them on the previous Tuesday, viz., to submit themselves to the rule of Chief John Dunn. I stated that no such meeting, and, in fact, no meeting of any kind, had heen held on Wednesda at Bishopstowe-–that the Princes had arranged to come to be photographed, but the day being very wet had sent to excuse themselves, as Dabulamanzi and party did to the Secretary for Native Affairs. I said also that, as no Zulus were present when the photographer with his companion drove up, I sent for two old men, lodging about a mile away, who came and were photographed, as Ziwedu and Siteku, and afterwards, when they had gone, Ndabeko, Shingana, and many others, were the next day, without Dabulamanzi and party, who on that day took in their reply to the Governor. His Excellency at the time was pleased to reply ſp. 127]:— ‘l accept, of course, your Lordship's assurance that no meeting of Zulus took place at Bishopstowe on Wednesday, May 3, and Dabulamanzi's rejection of the good advice that I gave him on the previous day could not, it is clear, have been decided at a meeting which, as your Lordship says, did not take place.” In transmitting this reply, however, on August 1 to the Secretary of State, his Excellency says [p. 126]:— ‘ I concluded that some mistake had been made by those from whom my information was derived regarding the date of the meeting. Strange to say, however, those who informed the Government adhere most positively to their statements, that a meeting did take place on that day, and will not admit that they have made any mistake as to the day.” Thus, in face of my positive denial, his Excellency still implies that a meeting was held at Bishopstowe of the principal Zulus, at which Dabulamanzi was present, and at which he was counselled by me or mine how to reply to his Excellency's advice, though his informants may have made a mistake as to the day. I must say, therefore, that it was impossible that they should have mistaken the day, inasmuch as Wednesday was the only day between Dabularnanzi's receiving his Excel- lency’s advice on Tuesday evening and returning with his reply on Thursday morning. And I may add also that at the time, in consequence of some remarks in the Times of Natal, supposed to be under quasi-official influences, the photographer, Mr. Ferney- hough, stated in a letter to that journal the main facts of the case, exactly as I had stated them to his Excellency, and mentioned, moreover, the name of his “ companion,” which I had suppressed, viz., Capt. Colvile, of the Grenadier Guards, Lieut.-General Smyth's aide-de-camp, to whom I might have referred the Private Secretary during some months afterwards, though he is now stationed at Capetown. Capt. Colvile, I am sure, would have confirmed my statement that the day was wet and blustering, that no Zulus were present when they arrived, and only two old men, with their three or four atten- dants, came some time afterwards when called, and that these were photographed by himself and Mr. Ferneyhough, together with one of Cetshwayo's female attendants, just sent back invalided from Capetown, who was sleeping at Bishopstowe, while waiting to be taken back to Zululand by her brothers forming part of the great deputation. II. But, three months afterwards, on November 7, his Excellency writes again . 223 | :— [P. #. meeting of Chief John Dunn, Dabulamanzi, and other people belonging to Dunn's territory, took place at Government House, on Tuesday, May 2. Dabulamanzi delayed making his answer to the advice which I gave him at the close of that meeting till Thursday; and I never had any doubt, and have no doubt now, that his answer, rejecting my good advice, was influenced by advice received outside during the interval.’ I can only say that there is not a shadow of ground for the above opinion (italicized) of his Excellency, as regards myself, or any member of my family, or anyone acting under my instructions or within my knowledge, * I mentioned in my reports at the time that two meetings of the principal Zulus had been held at Bishopstowe on Wednesday the 3rd and on Thursday the 4th of May, at one of which photographs were taken of the party. Bishop Colenso afterwards denied that two meetings had taken place. He said that the meeting which was to have taken place on Wednesday, had, on account of the rain, been put off, and that it took place on the Thursday, and he implied that, therefore, the inference which was to be drawn from my reports, that Dabulamanzi had been influenced by the Wednesday meeting, could not be sustained.’ R 5762, T 146 I may here observe that I did not say in my letter [p. 103] that ‘the meeting which ‘ was to have taken place on Wednesday took place on the Thursday’; for I totally deny that any ‘meeting,’ in the serious sense in which his Excellency uses the word, ever took place at Bishopstowe either on Wednesday or on Thursday; and I said that the coming together of Zulus merely to be photographed “was the ‘meeting’ on Thurs- ‘ day, of which your Excellency speaks in the above extract,'—thus, in fact, plainly demurring to the use of the expression, as applied to such a motley crowd, as if met for deliberation, when one of the five Princes was absent altogether, and, of the other four, two left at noon, before the arrival of the other two, and not a word of advice of any kind, as I assert, was spoken. His Excellency continues (Ib.):— ‘I, of course, accepted the assurance of Bishop Colenso that no such meeting had been held on the Wednesday. I must mention, however, that the natives, whose statements I enclose, are positive on the point of a meeting having been held at Bishopstowe on the day following the meeting at Government House. lives on the Bishopstowe lands, and both he and declare they saw the Zulus going that morning to Bishopstowe. Some of the Zulus forming the party even slept at —'s kraal, and these also, says, went to the meeting. However, it is quite certain from Bishop Colenso’s denial that, if there was any meeting that day at Bishopstowe, it was without his knowledge. But Miss H. Colenso, who is the eldest daughter of the Bishop, has taken a very active part in the movement for Cetshwayo's return . . . And it was Miss Colense, according to the testimony contained in one of these statements, who told Dabulamanzi what he was to say in reply to me. Whether this was done at a meeting or not does not, perhaps, much matter, as Dabulamanzi was actually staying at a kraal on the Bishopstowe lands at the time, and I have no doubt that the influence that guided him in his answer to me, as well, I may say, as the influence which guided his conduct and proceedings generally at that time, was Bishopstowe influence.’ With all due respect for his Excellency’s expression of opinion, I may be allowed to say that it does much matter’ whether Miss Colenso advised Dabulamanzi, as asserted, at a meeting or not ; because the same witness, on whom his Excellency relies for proof that such advice was given at all, states also [p. 225] that on the Wednesday in question he saw Dabulamanzi, Ndabuko, Ziwedu, Shingana, and Siteku ’—i.e., the five Princes, who have never been at Bishopstowe together—“go to Bishopstowe, accompanied by many ‘ of their people. Those of them who slept at my kraal also went. It was on that day ‘ that the Bishopstowe natives were not allowed to be present at the meeting’—every ortion of which statement, I assert, is absolutely false, and, if so, then not mistakenly, but deliberately and of set purpose, false. Probably, having given at first a false or mistaken report, they stuck to it, when questioned three months afterwards, perhaps adding a few embellishments. But, if his Excellency does not consider my own cate- gorical denial to be worth more than the testimony of these native informants, I must refer, as above, to Mr. Ferneyhough, living in Maritzburg, for confirmation of it; since it is hardly likely that if the five Princes came to Bishopstowe on Wednesday or Thursday, they would not have been all photographed, as four of them were on Thursday, or that if they came “ accompanied by many of their people, they should have escaped altogether Mr. Ferneyhough's notice. III. But your Lordship will perceive ſp. 225] that the names of the natives, whose statements have been taken down and reported to his Excellency by Mr. John Shepstone, are, for some reason or other, suppressed. It would be absurd to suppose that they have been suppressed because the authorities feared that, should the facts become known, I might wreak my vengeance upon them, as a Supreme Chief might have done. The only punishment I could have inflicted, if I thought proper to do so, would have been to turn off my tenant, as a Government spy, from the Bishopstowe land, when, of course, he would have been protected by the Government, and provided with land to live on elsewhere. I can only suppose, therefore, that the names have been suppressed because it was not desired that the men should be made known—as being not independent natives, but mere underlings of Mr. John Shepstone. For your Lordship will observe that one of these two natives says [p. 225], “Those ‘ of them who slept at my kraal also went’—a statement wholly false, as I have said, but which has helped me to identify them both as being—one (Mtungwana), a petty official under the Government, and the other (Tom), an Induna of Mr. John Shepstone, the former being described [p. 225] as “residing on Bishopstowe lands,’ the latter as ‘staying in 's kraal on Bishopstowe lands.’ Accordingly ‘Tom’ was staying at the time in the kraal of ‘Mtungwana, though both have been absent for some months past with Mr. John Shepstone in the Zulu Reserve, in which they have been promised lands, 147 according to the current native report both in Natal and Zululand. In fact, the three statements ſpp. 225–6], which seem as if made by three different men, appear to have really come from these two natives, who belong to the office of Mr. John Shepstone. - I have long had reason for believing that Mtungwana was a spy, who reported to the S.N.A. Office whatever he thought he had discovered as to my doings in Zulu matters. Having had nothing to conceal, I have not cared to take any steps to prevent his report- ing anything which he really had seen or heard. In point of fact, as will be seen from the Blue Book, he has not been able to report anything of this kind which is of the slightest importance. But, certainly, I did not expect that he would report a mass of falsehoods, or that Mr. John Shepstone would receive and report them to his Excellency in July and August [pp. 225–9], or that, three months afterwards (Nov. 8), his Excel- lency would transmit them to the Secretary of State as important and truthful statements, without inquiry being made in the interim either from myself, or from the two white men close at hand, who would have told the whole truth upon the subject. IV. The first native statement [p. 225] was made on July 13 by the Induna ‘Tom,' who repeats some words said to have been spoken to him by Magema, “who lives on * Bishopstowe land,’ ‘some three weeks since, when he (Tom) ‘told him the news which ‘ he had heard in town [at the S.N.A, Office] about Zululand.’ I am not responsible for Magema's expression of opinion, which, however, I believe to have been shared at the time by many, both white and black, in the Colony. The second, statement [pp. 225–6] was made evidently by Mtungwana, and (except the first two and the last three lines) is false from beginning to end. I have shown this already with respect to lines 3–7, as also with respect to lines 19–23, in which he makes one of my native printers “Masoja’ say that ‘Miss Colenso had Îon Wednesday, * May 3, 1882] advised Dabulamanzi what to say in reply to the Governor’s words to “ them the day previous,” professing to quote Masoja's words, and adding ‘ On hearing * this, Dabulamanzi came in here the next day [Thursday, May 4], and spoke as he did.” All this has been already, as I have said, shown to be false. With respect to the statement in lines 8–18, where Mtungwana states that he went to the printing-office at Bishopstowe, and entered into a conversation with two printing- office boys named ‘Christian' and ‘Masoja, it may be enough for me to say, after the above disproval of the rest of this man's statement, that “Christian' is not a ‘printing- office boy,' and never was in my employ, but is merely a waggon-driver, one of the tenants on Bishopstowe land, that ‘Masoja’ and ‘Christian’ both positively deny that they ever were together with Mtungwana in the printing-office, though Masoja' had often been at Mtungwana's hut, where beer-drinking was pretty frequent, and no doubt plenty of gossip went on about Zululand, and Mtungwana had come to the house of * Christian' (a native convert), expressly to inquire about Zulu matters, and that * Masoja' denies ever having said the words about Miss Colenso attributed to him. In fact, he could not have said them,-unless, indeed, he merely invented them, which from comparing his character with Mtungwana's, I do not believe; since, being only a junior and inferior printer, he has never been called in to assist, when I myself or my daughter have spoken with Zulus. The last three lines of this statement are correct. But ‘the Station people’ were in the habit of going for their own convenience for the afternoon service on Sundays to the girls’ school attached to the house of Jonathan, the Bishop's Catechist’ (not “Induna, as Mtungwana says); and on the Sunday referred to (April 30) they were told to go there for the Morning Service also, not for any purposes of secrecy, as the formal mention of this otherwise unmeaning and insignificant fact would seem to suggest, but simply because three of the princes, Ndabuko, Shingana, and Dabulamanzi, had notified that they were coming to take leave that morning, and the school-chapel was wanted in which to receive them, as also the service would have been disturbed by the babble of their numerous followers, the whole deputation not numbering, followers and all, some 800 people,’ as his Excellency states [p. 75] but 2,000, as reckoned by myself [p. 28], as also by Mr. John Shepstone, who says that Ndabuko actually brought “ the large party of 2,000 people with him” [p. 230]. The third statement is, apparently from ‘Tom,' who is reported to have said [p. 226] * As I was leaving 's kraal to come into town I saw many Zulus going to Bishop- ‘ stowe. I myself did not see Mpande's sons; but I know that they were at Bishopstowe ‘ on that day [Wednesday]. The weather, though overcast, did not prevent my coming * to town, nor was it sufficiently damp to deter anyone from travelling.” The state- ments, italicized by me above, are absolutely false, as Capt. Colvile and Mr. Ferney- hough would testify. And they would also state that, as they left town, about 9 A.M., T 2 148 the hour when the duties of ‘Tom,' as Induna of Mr. John Shepstone, would begin at the S.N.A. Office, the sky, which was lowering, seemed likely to clear, and so they started, but before they reached Bishopstowe (5 or 6 miles), the weather changed to a heavy downpour. I need hardly say that it would have been easy for his Excellency to have asked me to bring in my two men, “Masoja’ and ‘Christian, to the office of the Secretary for Native Affairs, where they might have been confronted in my presence with the two Government informants, and the true facts of the case would have been elicited. V. On the second of the above worthless statements, however, and on that alone, as far as I can see,_his Excellency has based a conjecture [p. 224] that, whereas Ndabuko had ‘said over and over again in the Zulu country, after his return with the Great Deputation, that he had been authorised to “take up arms’ by the “Amakosi at Pieter- maritzburg, these “Aunakosi' must mean—not myself, who, ‘ his Excellency was con- ‘vinced, would not deliberately and intentionally counsel any of the Zulus to proceed to ‘ an open act of violence, which could not but be attended with bloodshed, but—my daughter —who is as utterly incapable of giving such advice, as I am myself. That his Excellency can ever have persuaded himself to make such an accusation, based on such flimsy evidence, I confess, amazes me, as also that he should have been allowed to do this by his chief adviser in Zulu matters, Mr. John Shepstone, who must know perfectly well that the plural word ‘Amakosi could never have been used by any Zulu of a mere individual like myself, unconnected with the Government—whose only power of helping them, as they had often been told by myself and others, lay in his caring for them in their troubles, and speaking the truth on their behalf-but could only have been employed with reference generally to the ‘Government’ or ‘Authorities, as it is usually translated in official papers, or to the Governor and other high officials, such as Mr. John Shepstone, Mr. Osborn, or magistrates. It seems highly probable (from the evidence given in this Blue Book) that the assertion, that Ndabuko, &c., had been authorised to “take up arms’ by the “Amakosi at Pietermaritzburg (N.B.), was freely made at the time in Zululand, as it was in Natal. But the phrase can only have referred to Government authorities, as above. And I think it very possible that such an asser- tion may have been based upon the circumstance recorded towards the end of their own account of their interview with his Excellency and the other ‘Amakosi at Pietermaritz- burg, as follows ſp. 35]:— “Then John Dunn asked, “But, if one of them refuses to submit to me P’ ‘The Governor : “In such a case he can leave your district, taking with him all his property.’ “But at this we exclaimed ‘No, Sirs Listen to that Do you not perceive that ‘ this is how he means to eat us up, one by one P But we will not have it, and we wish “you to know that the first one of us whom he attacks we shall defend, and shall turn ‘ out John Dunn, and drive him out of the country back into Natal.’ “At this the Governor said nothing.’ It may be that they took this silence of the Governor to mean consent. They started on their return on Sunday, May 7, intending to go straight, as ordered, to the Residency, and there repeat their prayer for Cetshwayo. “They feared, however, that they might ‘meet with opposition from John Dunn, Hamu, and Zibebu, and might be perhaps * obliged to defend themselves, and get rid of those three Chiefs, though they have no ‘ wish or intention to fight, if they can avoid doing so [p. 36]. And it is only right to say that Mnyamana and the princes have never ‘taken up arms for the purpose of attack, but only in self-defence, having reason to fear that themselves or some of their party would be attacked, when they returned, ignominiously sent back by his Excel- lency, as John Dunn, Zibebu, and Hamu, had threatened beforehand. VI. Some pages of this Blue Book are filled with a charge, which (on incorrect infor- mation) his Excellency has alleged against me, of having sent a secret message to Mavu- mengwana, by a Natal native, Faneyana. I was not in the least aware, until I saw the statements in the Blue Book, that his Excellency entertained such a view, on the report (originally) of Chief John Dunn, who stated that this man had come with a message to Mavumengwana and Mnyamana ‘from “ the Amakosi in Natal (this was private)’ [p. 53], and had admitted that he had been ‘ a constant messenger of Sobantu (the Bishop) and Mr. Offy Shepstone, sent to different headmen at different times in Zululand' [Ib.]. Accordingly his Excellency reports the matter to the Secretary of State on July 22, 1882 [p. 101], adding— “When before the Resident, Faneyana denied that he had been sent by the Bishop with any message, and moreover denied that he had admitted having said so a few days 149 before. There can be no doubt that the man has been frequently at Bishopstowe; but whether he was ever sent by the Bishop of Natal with this message is best known to the Bishop.” And a certain Zulu headman states [p. 156] that Faneyana ‘came repeatedly from Sobantu.’ So Siwunguza says [p. 162] that ‘ the Natal Kafir Faneyana, who was ‘ arrested by Chief John Dunn, came to him last summer [? Jan. 1882], and told him ‘ that he was sent by Sobantu to call Ndabuko and his brothers and Mnyamana, as * Cetshwayo had arrived and was with Sobantu. Faneyana said that he had with his ‘ own eyes seen Cetshwayo at Sobantu’s.’ One might have thought that so absurd a statement as the above (italicized)—if really made (as I suppose) by Fameyana,-would have satisfied the authorities that this man was lying. Accordingly a correspondence is given [pp. 167–9] between his Excel- lency and Mr. Offy Shepstone, C.M.G., M.L.C., in which that gentleman indignantly repudiates, as far as he himself was concerned, a statement made by Chief John Dunn in the St. James' Gazette of July 12, 1882, on the authority of Faneyana, that ‘ the ‘ Bishop, Mr. Fynney, and Offy Shepstone are the cause of all the troubles of Zululand,’ and asserts [p. 167] ‘ I have no knowledge, either personally or otherwise, except that ‘ gained from the public newspapers, of the messenger alluded to.” His Excellency replies [p. 169] that, ‘in view of Mr. Shepstone's universal disclaimer,’ he attaches, of ‘ course, no importance to the statement of Faneyana, that he was “once sent by Mr. Offy Shepstone,’ and describes Faneyana himself as ‘a Natal native of apparently doubt- ful character.’ In like manner, when I found that Mr. Saunders, M.L.C., had stated in the Legis- lative Council that this supposed emissary of mine had been caught “red-handed,” I wrote to one of the Maritzburg papers stating that I had never sent Faneyana to Zululand on any business or with any message whatever, that, in fact, I knew little or nothing about him, and should not be likely to make a confidant of a mere stranger. Faneyana came first to Bishopstowe at the end of 1880, during the absence of myself and eldest daughter in the Cape Colony, professing to be able to bring an eye-witness of the digging up of Mpande's grave, and was told to come again, when I should have returned to Natal. He came a second time on Dec. I, bringing two sons of the Chief Musi to school, but no ‘eye-witness.’ He came a third time on Jan. 6, 1881, and was dismissed at once, his information being only hearsay evidence, and therefore useless for my purposes. He went away saying that he would go to bring an eye-witness who lived at some distance from Bishopstowe, and appeared a fourth time on March 1, 1881, but without his man, and was finally dismissed as worthless. Since that time I had no further communication with him for 17 months, so that his Excellency must have been misinformed when he wrote on July 22, as above, ‘There can be no doubt that the man has been frequently at Bishopstowe.’ But on Aug. 7, 1882, he appeared once more, after his visit to Mavum- engwana, and then gave an account of it, in which, of course, there was not a word to show that he had said that he had been sent by me, which he strenuously denied, though I myself did not believe him. His Excellency’s attention may very probably not have been called to my public dis- claimer of having ever employed this native ‘of apparently doubtful character’—if not half-witted, as some think—to carry a secret message to Mavumengwana or anyone else in Zululand. But it must surely have been seen by the Private Secretary or by one or more of the officials. Yet no mention of it is made in the Blue Books. And whereas on Aug. 29 the Earl of Kimberley ‘ thought it would be desirable that some inquiry ‘ should be made into the truth of Faneyana’s statements [p. 115], there is no sign in the Blue Book of any such inquiry having been made, and certainly no inquiry was made of me. VII. His Excellency further adopts without inquiry [p. 154] the erroneous statement of Ntshingwayo, that ‘Magema, a Natal native, in the employment of the Bishop, was ‘ sent by him, together with the Zulu Mfunzi, to look for a watch taken from an officer ‘ who fell during the war —the effect being to discredit my assertion made repeatedly, but evidently disbelieved by his Excellency, that I have never at any time, during my residence in the Colony, for nearly 30 years, before or after the Zulu War, sent a Natal native as an emissary to Zululand. And Ntshingwayo's statement [p. 192], as reported by Mr. Osborn, is transmitted to the Secretary of State, without any further comment or explanation, as if it had been ascertained to be a true statement of facts. “He (the ‘ Bishop) has all along been in communication with the Sutu party, who made the ‘ disturbances. He commenced shortly after the war, when he sent in Magema and ‘ Mfunzi, to look for a watch and other property taken from an officer who fell during ‘ the war. He sent a message by those two men to the Zulus, to say he wanted to T 3 150 • recover the late officer's property before Mr. John Shepstone did so, as he will then be ‘ able to take it to the Queen, and thus obtain an opportunity to pray for Cetshwayo's * release.” If his Excellency had applied to me for information on this matter, I should have at once explained that Magema was not sent by me at all, but by the then Administrator of the Government, Major-General Sir H. H. Clifford, who sent Magema, recommended by me as intelligent and trustworthy, and, I believe, other messengers, white and black, giving him a pass, with instructions to search in Zululand for the watch of the late Prince Imperial, (which was found, I heard, by one of the parties, but with the works destroyed), and paying his expenses on behalf of the Empress. Moreover, Magema was not sent ‘ together with the Zulu Mfunzi'; but, being in Zululand on this business, he made a call on his old friend Mfunzi at his kraal, and received from him, with its envelope unbroken, the last offer of terms of peace, which Lord Chelmsford proposed for Cetshwayo. This (I may mention as an historical fact), was the only offer which he could have entertained, since it required only the surrender of arms, and not (as all the others did) that the king should send in a regiment of his warriors in person to lay down their arms, an act of authority utterly beyond his power at the time. This document, however, was never delivered to him, the messengers not having been able to reach him, and is now in my possession. Of course, the message, said to have been sent by me to the Zulus, by ‘ those men,” is a pure fiction. VIII. But the most serious charge, which his Excellency has brought against me, without my knowledge, is one of direct breach of faith, based merely on a report from the Zulu Chief Siwunguza ſp. 227], that ‘a Zulu, named Nhlebo, had arrived at his ‘ kraal from Sobantu [the Bishop of Natal] with a message from Cetshwayo, and his Excellency adds— ‘On the 8th of April last, Bishop Colenso wrote to me as follows—' I shall of course, comply with the desire expressed by your Excellency, that I should not send any more messages on the part of the ex-king to anyone in Zululand. Should any such messages reach me from Cetshwayo, which may seem to me such as may be sent, I shall avail myself of your Excellency’s permission to forward them to yourself, to be sent, iſ approved, through the British Resident.” His Excellency makes no comment on the above, nor did he bring the matter to my notice in any way; but he leaves it to be understood by the Secretary of State that I had committed a deliberate breach of faith. I have to reply that, since I gave the above promise, which I did out of respect for his Excellency’s wishes only, I have never received from the ex-king any letter except through the Offices of the S.N.A. at Capetown and in Natal,—that no such letter con- tained any message from Cetshwayo to the Zulus, -that I have not received from Cetshwayo any message for them in any other way, and that I have forwarded none Whatever. The simple fact is that Nhlebo was sent down by the friends of Ngobozana, Siwun- guza's cousin, who went with Cetshwayo to England, to ask if there were any news about him, as the time was very long (to their minds) since they had lost him out of their sight. He was informed that Cetshwayo and party had just reached the Cape, all in good health, with some dogs and four waggon loads of goods, as stated in a Cape telegram—facts which became at once public property, being known already throughout Natal to whitemen and black, and certainly to John Dunn and other whitemen, who read the newspapers in Zululand, and some of whom, no doubt, passed on such news to their Zulu neighbours. These facts, most probably, Nhlebo communicated to Ngobo- Zana's relative and Chief, Siwunguza. There are other statements made in this Blue Book respecting myself and my doings, which I could show to be equally unfounded, and many others respecting the Zulus, in which I am indirectly concerned, which also require correction. Thus, Mr. Osborn writing about the great deputation, says in reply to an assertion of mine [p. 185]:— • Nor is the assertion true that they waited the alleged 10 days for me. It can be proved that almost immediately after I started from here on the 29th of March, prepa- rations for their journey were proceeded with and completed, and that they were fairly on their way to Natal three days after my departure.’ To which the Prince Shingana and other headmen with him, now in the Colony, reply that it is true that they themselves and other northern Zulus, left their homes three days after Mr. Osborn's departure, but they did not leave Zululand, and cross over into Natal, until the 12th day (about April 9), which agrees with the fact that they reached the Umgeni on April 15 ſp. 28]. &Gº66 151 Again Mr. Osborn writes [p. 186]:— “With reference to the statement in the Bishop’s letter that Ndabuko and the others, ‘ fearing that the same thing might happen as on the former occasion (August 1881), ‘ when the Resident came back with orders not to prevent Zibebu and Hamu from call- ‘ing out their impis for the support of their authority, and the punishment of those who ‘ had just before taken a part in praying for Cetshwayo, they thought it best to go down * after him, &c., I can only say that this statement also is entirely void of any founda- tion in truth, and I am at a loss to know how it could have originated. I received and brought no order of the kind at any time, neither did I, of my own accord, inform anyone that those Chiefs would not be prevented from calling out their impis.’ But Mr. Osborn quotes his own reply to Hamu’s messengers, on Sept. 27, 1881, as follows [3182, p. 118]:— w “If it be true that the abaQulusi have eaten up Msebe's tribe, I am unab/e to advise * Hame against the adoption of such measures, as to him may appear necessary and ‘within his power, to uphold his authority, and prevent rebellion within his territory.’ The abaQulusi had eaten up the cattle of five kraals of Msebe on Sept. 25, but ‘ did not kill any one when they made the seizures’ [Ib.], and returned the cattle of three of them, whom they found to be friends [3182, p. 160] ; and they did this in retaliation for the seizures made the day before by Hamu ‘ from 10 kraals of Kondhlo, headman of the abaQulusi, [3182, p. 119). On Oct. 2, immediately (5 days) after this reply of Mr. Osborn, there followed the massacre of the abaQulusi, when “a very large number ‘[probably more than 1,000 males] were killed, and scarcely any of the male portion ‘ escaped with their lives’ [3182, p. 151]. Of course, I assumed that Mr. Osborn sent the above message by instructions from his superiors, and not of his own accord. But I must not dilate further on such points as these. Suffice it to say that there is only one of the charges of any importance brought against me in this Blue Book which I could not rebut, as easily as those above considered. That one accusation I fully admit to be true, being based, indeed, on a voluntary statement of my own, viz., that in conversation with the Chiefs Ngcongcwana and Posile, while waiting some weeks at Bishopstowe to be sent down to the Cape, as also with Zulus who came to see them from time to time, “I explained to them that it was of no use for the ex-king's ‘ brothers and his personal friends only, to make application on his behalf; but if it ‘ was really true, as they asserted, that “all Zululand’ wished for his restoration, they ‘ should go to the Resident, and ask leave to come down to Maritzburg, and make their ‘ wishes known in a proper manner to the Government.' [p. 75.] And his Excellency complains, moreover, that I had “ said that I felt ‘perfectly justified in having given ‘ such advice under such circumstances, more especially after reading the recent utter- ‘ ance (London Times, April 18) of the Prime Minister in Parliament ' [p. 75]. I can only say that I still feel ‘perfectly justified 'in having given such advice—rather, that I should have been ashamed of myself, as an Englishman and a preacher of the Gospel of peace, if I had not told them, when they came to me for advice in their troubles, that, instead of taking up arms to attack their foes, they should use the orderly and constitutional method, as above described, of presenting their prayer to the Governor. Your Lordship will perceive that I advised them to “go to the Resident and ask leave to come down to Maritzburg.’ And, but for past experience, I should certainly have expected that he would have given such leave at once, at all events, for the representatives of the three appointed Chiefs, Seketwayo, Somkele, and Faku, who came down on this occasion, and perhaps for a few others, to accompany them in the name of the rest. I should have expected this, because I knew that the Resident's instructions were [2482, p. 281] ‘You ‘shall not prevent any [appointed] Chiefs from visiting the Governor or Lieutenant- * Governor of Natal, should they wish to do so.” Not receiving such permission, they waited 12 days in Zululand for the possibility of Mr. Osborn's return from Natal, and then crossed the Tugela, acting on the words spoken by Sir E. Wood to Ngcongcwana [3182, p. 175] ‘If you were refused a pass, I think you were justified in coming to me * [i.e., to the Governor himself at Maritzburg] for one.’ I must leave it to your Lordship to judge whether, under the above circumstances, I can be justly blamed for the fact of the Zulus having ‘taken up arms’ in self-defence on their return from Natal, when they had been peremptorily rebuffed by his Excellency, and even the representatives of the three appointed Chiefs received no recognition whatever, not even the usual scanty supplies of food. I am not, of course, now questioning the wisdom of this policy; though I should say that my advice was given when Sir Hercules Robinson was High Commissioner, who was favourable, I understand, to the restoration of Cetshwayo, whereas Sir Henry Bulwer was ‘not in favour of it’ T 4 152 [p. 92]. But the Zulus had no alternative, if they did not wish to be destroyed by their foes. "On May 17, before they could have reached their homes, Mnyamana reported to the Resident [p. 37] that Hamu had expelled the people from two of his kraals and had taken possession of them; on June 17 he came to Mr. Osborn, with Ndabuko, Ziwedu, and Shingana, stating that ‘ their men had collected for the purpose of protecting them ’ [p. 68]; and on June 23 he replies to a messenger sent from his Excellency [p. 89]:— ‘I do not deny that I have had an armed force here with me ; but it was not to disturb the country. It was to protect me and the people under me from Hamu, who has never ceased to trouble me and continues to do so. I have sat still all this time, and continue to sit still, because I fear the Government. Four of my principal kraals—one being that of my Induna—have been seized by Hamu, [and] the women and children driven out; and they are now occupied by Hamu’s people, and many of my people have in consequence deserted their kraals. Who am I, that I should make war on anyone * What I did was in self-defence.’ * I believe that my advice, at the time when it was given, helped to soothe embittered feelings in the hearts of the Zulus, by directing them to the exercise of peaceful and constitutional means for the attainment of their desire, and thus helped also to prevent a conflict, which would assuredly have deluged the country with blood. I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, (Signed) J. W. NATAL. &c. &c. &c. No. 81. The RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF DERBY to Gover NOR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, May 10, 1883. I HAVE received your Despatch of the 9th ultimo” and its enclosures, with particulars of the recent attack upon Usibebu by an Usutu force, ending in the defeat of the latter. 2. I approve of the terms of your Despatch to Mr. Fynn of the 9th ultimo,f and I have to request that you will convey to him the expression of my entire satisfaction with his conduct in the difficult position in which he has been placed by the action of Cetywayo and the Usutu party in this matter. I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) DERBY. No. 82. GovERNOR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.G.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received May 14, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, MY LORD, * April 12, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, copies of the following communications on the subject of a reported intention of Uhamu to take refuge in the Transvaal – 1. His Excellency Sir H. Robinson. Telegram, 20 March 1883. 2. Sir H. Bulwer to Mr. Fynn. Minute, 22 March 1883. 3. Mr. Fynn to Sir H. Bulwer. Despatch, 30 March 1883. 4. Sir H. Bulwer to Sir H. Robinson. Despatch, 12 April 1883. I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. * No. 79. f Enclosure 11 in No. 79. 153 Enclosure 1 in No. 82. TELEGRAM. From Governor, Cape Town, to His Excellency Sir HENRY BULWER, Pietermaritzburg. 20th March. I forward to your Excellency, for such action as you may think desirable, the following telegram which I have this day received from the British Resident in the Transvaal :— - Begins, March 17th. . Received letter from Transvaal Government reporting that Uhamu intends taking refuge in Transvaal territory, near Utrecht. Government strongly objects thereto, and call upon me to request that measures may be taken to prevent it, as, if it takes place, it will probably produce disturbances on south-eastern border. Government also inform that notice has been given to the Zulus, who some time since fled into Transvaal on account of murders which then took place, that they have now full liberty to go back, as their king has returned, who can now protect them. Enclosure 2 in No. 82. Sir H. BULWER to Mr. FYNN. Minute. To THE BRITISH RESIDENT WITH CETYWAYo, I seND for your information the accompanying telegram which I have received from his Excellency Sir H. Robinson, the High Commissioner in South Africa. I have not received as yet any information to show that Uhamu has taken refuge in Transvaal territory, nor do I suppose that he will do this without seeking the permission of the Transvaal Government. As I have already instructed you, I think you should counsel Cetywayo to prevent the Abaqulusi from attacking Uhamu ; and, on the other hand, you should counsel Uhamu to recognise Cetywayo's authority, or, failing that, offer him a location in the Reserve Territory. (Signed) H. BULWER. 22 March 1883. Enclosure 3 in No. 82. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULWER. SIR, Mbilani, Zululand, March 30, 1883. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Excellency's Despatch and Minute Paper enclosing telegram from his Excellency Sir H. Robinson regarding Uhamu and the Transvaal Government. 2. And I have the honour to inform your Excellency that on the 11th instant I sent a message to Uhamu advising him to acknowledge Cetywayo's authority so long as he remains within his, Cetywayo's, district. He replied he had gone over to the English, but was willing to acknowledge Cetywayo's authority. 3. On the 20th March I again sent a messenger, Gabajana, to report to Uhamu all I had, in his presence, said to the ultra Usutu party on 17th and to Cetywayo, and then to the assembled principal men at Undini on the 19th March 1883, vide my Despatches. of 17 and 19 March. Uhamu replied he heard and understood all I had said, and he does recognise Cetywayo's authority, and should he wish to leave his, Cetywayo's, district, he will ask for leave to remove “Valelisa” from Cetywayo. 4. My messenger informs me that he could not hear of any idea of Uhamu's to remove to Transvaal ; that he said if he removed from Cetywayo's district, it would be to go to the English for shelter, and he knew the Reserve was for such persons as did not choose to remain in Cetywayo's district, and that he had no cattle belonging to or known as “King's cattle.” 5. On the 27th instant I sent a messenger, Neomane, to pass at Umgojana's and on to Uhamu's to observe what was going on ; he has not yet returned. |R 5762. U 154 6. I will lose no time in informing Uhamu not to go to the Transvaal, and that the Government there are strongly against his doing so, and again endeavour to induce him to harmonise with and recognise Cetywayo. * Messenger started 31 March 1883. I have, &c. His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, K.C.M.G., (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, &c. &c. &c. British Resident with Cetywayo. Special Commissioner, Natal. Enclosure 4 in No. 82. Sir H. BULwDR to Sir H. ROBINSON. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, April 12, 1883. IN reply to your Excellency's Despatch of the 20th ultimo and your telegraphic message of the same date, I have the honour to transmit, for your Excellency’s information, copy of a Despatch I have received from the British Resident with Cety wayo on the subject of the reported intention of Uhamu to take refuge in the Transvaal. SIR, I have, &c. His Excellency the Right Hon. (Signed) H. BULwER, Sir Hercules G. R. Robinson, G.C.M.G., Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Cape Town. No. 83. Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received May 14, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LorD, April 12, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, a copy of a telegram I have received from the Acting Vice-Consul at Lourenço Marques, together with copy of my reply. 2. I can now add that there was no foundation whatsoever for the report from the Amatonga country, as on the 30th of March Usibebu was engaged in repelling an attack made upon him in his own territory by an Usutu force. I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Enclosure 1 in No. 83. TELEGRAM. ACTING WICE-CONSUL, Lourenço Marques, to GoverNOR, Pietermaritzburg. April 1, 1883.−Reliable news from Amatonga country 27th March, reports Usibebu within three days of Queen Nguanazi's kraal. Latter has assembled about six thousand IIle11. Enclosure 2 in No. 83. TELEGRAM. Sir H. BULwer, Natal, to ACTING BRITISH VICE-Consul, Lourenço Marques. April 2, 1883.-Second. Yours first received, am much obliged ; am inclined to doubt accuracy of report. 155 No. 84. Gover Non SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received May 14, 1883.) * Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, April 12, 1883. IN a Despatch from Mr. Fynn of the 4th instant he informs me, with reference to the statement made in his previous Despatch of the 2nd of April” regarding Undabuko and Tyanibezwe and Usivetu, which was to the effect that they did not accompany the Usutu forces, that he has since learned that Undabuko and Tyanibezwe, who did apparently accompany the Usutu forces, fled at the time of the attack. I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. No. 85. GoverNOR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received May 14, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, April 12, 1883. WITH reference to my Despatch of the 26th ultimof on the subject of the former “royal cattle,” I have the honour to forward, for your Lordship's information, copy of a Despatch I have addressed to the Resident Commissioner in the Reserve Territory, and of one I have received from Mr. Fynn in acknowledgment of my instructions. I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Enclosure I in No. 85. Sir H. BULWER to Mr. OSBORN. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, April 12, 1883. BEFORE your departure for the Reserve Territory I showed you a Despatch I had received from Mr. Fynn reporting some interviews that he had had with Cetywayo, and certain general claims and assertions then made by Cetywayo to cattle in the Zulu country. 2. I informed Mr. Fynn, in reply to his Despatch, that Cetywayo could have no possible claim upon any fines and forfeitures that had been imposed by the appointed Chiefs in the collection of the former “royal cattle * during the past three years. I stated, however, that with regard to any case in which former “royal cattle” may be, or may be alleged to be, in possession of any of the Chiefs or people living in Cety wayo's territory, it would be for Mr. Fynn to follow the instructions that I had given him in a preceding Despatch, which instructions were to the effect that he should institute an inquiry into every particular case where it was alleged that any person was in unlawful possession of former “royal cattle,” and, upon his being satisfied that there was such unlawful possession, that he should take steps to recover the cattle and to hand them over to Cetywayo in the name of Her Majesty’s Government. 3. I added that I would request you to make inquiry into any alleged case of the kind in the Reserved Territory if Mr. Fynn would communicate with you on the subject and would furnish you with particulars. 4. It would appear that by some oversight I did not address any instructions to you at that time, unless I gave them to you verbally, and I therefore now write to inform you of the communication made by me to Mr. Fynn, and to request you to make careful inquiry into any case of alleged unlawful possession of “royal cattle" by people in the Reserve Territory that Mr. Fynn may report to you. I may say also that I would desire you, even without waiting for a communication from Mr. Fynn on the subject, to endeavour to ascertain if there are any of the former “royal cattle * in unlawful posses- * Enclosure 8 in No. 79. f No. 53. R. 5762. X 156 sion of any persons in the Reserved Territory, and should there be such to take steps to recover them and to send them in to Mr. Fynn to hand over to Cetywayo in the name of Her Majesty's Government. I have, &c. Melmoth Osborn, Esq., C.M.G., (Signed) H. BULwFR, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Resident Commissioner, Reserved Territory, Zululand. Enclosure 2 in No. 85. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULWER. SIR, Mbilani, Zululand, April 1, 1883. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt this afternoon of your Excellency’s Despatches of 24th and 26th March, and will do my best to carry out the respective instructions therein contained as the present disturbed state of this country will allow, and as reported in my Despatches forwarded to your Excellency yesterday and to-day. I have, &c. His Excellency Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN. &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner, Natal. No. 86. Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received May 14, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, April 12, 1883. IN a Despatch of the 19th of March, written to me by Mr. Fynn in connexion with his Despatch of the 17th of March, a copy of which I forwarded to your Lordship in my Despatch of the 30th of that month,” Mr. Fynn informed me that he had that day had a long interview with Cetywayo, and had told him all he had said to the members of the ultra Usutu party, whom he had seen on the 17th of March. 2. At this interview Mr. Fynn took occasion to allude to the old connexion between the Zulus and the English nation, the wonders of which Cetywayo, by the goodness and grace of the Queen, had now been enabled, he said, to see with his own eyes. He then referred to the conditions which were laid down in connexion with Cetywayo's restoration to his country, and pointed out to Cetywayo that the chief of all these conditions was that the peace should be kept, and that it was Cetywayo's duty to keep the peace even towards those against whom he was most bitter; for the late appointed Chiefs, he reminded Cetywayo, had been made rulers, but had now been deposed on account of Cety wayo's return and for Cetywayo's sake. He impressed upon Cetywayo the im- portance of his doing nothing to disturb the country, counselling him that his object should be to treat all his people with kindness, and to protect them, as it was in this way he would retain the people, and in this way, his good rule becoming known far and wide in the country, he would become great. 3. Cetywayo's attention to what he said was, Mr. Fynn reports, surprising. He appeared impressed by Mr. Fynn's earnestness, but he seemed greatly dejected. Mr. Fynn told him that the very men round him who now crouched to him with the royal salute, were, in his hearing, complaining that he was starving them, and were driving people from him, thus damaging his reputation, whilst those driven away would lessen the number of his subjects and injure his reputation. If, however, he would rule well, the people would be drawn back to his good rule from afar. Mr. Fynn further told Cetywayo that many people wanted to come to him as the British Resident, but that he had objected to their doing so, and had told them that if they came they must come as Cety wayo's people, and that he, the British Resident, would not have any people. These people, he said to Cetywayo, will come to you when they hear that you rule the country well, but they will not come otherwise. Mr. Fynn begged Cetywayo to think over what he had said, as it was for his welfare, and that as British Resident he would at all times be ready to give him his advice. * No. 70. 157 4. He asked Cetywayo why he was building such large kraals P Cetywayo replied that he was only making the Undini kraal large; that all the others would be small, just large enough for the branches of the royal family who would belong to each kraal, as he had agreed to this in England. . Mr. Fynn then reminded him of the condition that * there was to be no military organisation. To this he replied, “There are no regiments now.” 5. After a pause Cetywayo said that he had great hopes when he heard that Mr. Fynn had been appointed to be with him. He had asked Mr. Fynn to write for him, and he had seen him writing as he spoke, but had Mr. Fynn, he inquired, also cried for him He was being killed; his old affliction was upon him; his land, his cattle, his people were torn from him, and the people were punished if they came to him. Mr. Fynn, he said, could not have cried for him, or the Government would have heard his words as those of the Resident, in the same way as they required him to hear the Resident's words. Matters, he said, were all on one side; all that Usibebu said was heard as true; all that he said was heard as untrue. Where was he to find room, he asked, for his chased away people P. The boundaries could be seen on both sides close by ; he was of a truth brought back to be killed and die of starvation. 6. On parting Mr. Fynn urged Cetywayo to remember all his words and to keep the conditions for which he, as ruler, would be held responsible. 7. Mr. Fynn after this interview saw several of the principal men present at Undini, including Umyamana, Usivetu, Seketwayo, Umkosana, in all about 200 persons, and told them also all that he had said to the members of the ultra Usutu party at the meeting on the 17th of March, as also a great deal of what he had just said to Cetywayo. They were attentive, and listened to him without a word, for he had told them that he only desired their ears and hearts to receive his words, and did not want any argument. The attention that they paid to his words, he said, surprised him, and gave him great hopes that what he said would not be thrown away. At the same time he thought he could perceive that troubles would come sooner or later, as there was too much bitter- ness, and of sincerity and gratitude there was none. He only hoped that time might prove him wrong in his opinion. 8. These meetings took place on the 19th of March, about 10 days before the attack on Usibebu, and it is plain, from what Mr. Fynn says, that he then saw that troubles were brooding, although what was intended he could not learn. Cetywayo's complaints are really without foundation. They are the complaints of one who will not be satisfied because he has not received all that he wants; because, in other words, he has not been restored to precisely the same position that he occupied before the Zulu war. Mr. Fynn, however, appears to have done his best, by kindly counsels and advice, to urge upon him and upon his advisers and the people about him to abide loyally by the conditions and to keep the peace. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. No. 87. Gover Nor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received May 14, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, April 16, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, copies of further reports received from Mr. Fynn, the Resident with Cety wayo. I also transmit copy of my Despatch to Mr. Fynn in reply. 2. Among the reports is a statement made to Mr. Fynn by one of the men forming the Usutu force which attacked Usibebu on the 30th March. 3. From the statement of this man who escaped from the fight it would seem that the Usutu force, consisting of men of the Ultra Usutu party on either side of the Black Umvolosi, of some of Umyamana's people, and of some of Masipula’s people, the latter living in Usibebu’s territory, was assembled by order of Undabuko, Cetywayo's brother, who, it will be remembered, according to Mr. Fynn's report of the 28th March, was at Undini with Cetywayo on the afternoon of the 26th March, but left either that night or on the following day to join the force. X 2 | 58 4. At the head of the force was put Makoba, º son of the late great chief Mapita, and, therefore, one of Usibebu’s brothers, but who sometime since fell out with his brother and joined his fortunes to those of Undabuko. The attacking party, the strength of which was evidently much exaggerated by the narrator, who described it as extending, 30 men or so abreast, along a distance of six or seven miles, but which probably numbered some 5,000 men, mustered in full force at the Tokasi within Usibebu’s territory, and marched at once, destroying all the crops as they went along, upon one of Usibebu’s own kraals, which they burned, and then pro- ceeded to another of Usibebu’s kraals, the Panyekweni, which they also burned. Usibebu, who had meanwhile been reconnoitering with his mounted men and falling back on his main body, here attacked the Usutus on the left front, and apparently with such vigour and determination that the whole of the Usutu force after but a slight resistance broke and fled; Usibebu’s people, as has been previously reported, pursuing the Usutus to the Sikwebesi, and it is said as far even as the Black Umvolosi. - 5. The man who made the statement now enclosed says that the force was mustered by Undabuko's orders; that on the march the men learned that it was for Undabuko's own purposes that the force had been mustered, and that it was not sent out by Cetywayo. I do not doubt that to some extent this is true, but the force was certainly assembled with Cetywayo's cognizance, and it is difficult to resist the conviction that the attack upon Usibebu had his acquiescence, for Undabuko would scarcely have taken such a step without his sanction, and would certainly have obeyed Cetywayo if the latter had told him to disband the force or had forbidden him to assemble it. 6. I hope to receive further information in a few days. I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Enclosure 1 in No. 87. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULwÉR. SIR, Mbilani, Zululand, April 3, 1883. WITH reference to my Despatch of yesterday to your Excellency and para- graph 6 of the same, I learn that the Umpunga company were sent from Undini at night time of the night of the 31st March 1883, and have returned. 2. The extent of the disturbed state of this country now is so great that it is almost impossible to obtain reliable information on any subject. * Last evening I received information that Usibebu was killed ; that there were only three Europeans with his army ; and this morning I received information from a man in trouble at Undini that Usibebu was killed north of the Ivuna river near Tokazi on the 30th, that his forces were subsequently routed by Cety wayo's people from across the Pongolo, and were joined by Sambana's Tongas, and then killed women and children of Usibebu’s people. Somkeli’s people plundered cattle in rear of Usibebu’s forces. Bonambi and Ngobamakosi regiments left secretly during last might from Undini for (the purpose of) plundering cattle at Usibebu’s P * 3. A division between headmen at Undini, viz., Umyamana, Sityaluza, and Marubul- wana opposed in their actions (in respect) of this war by Seketwayo, Ntuzwa, and Nsungulu. The Abaqulusi against Uhamu in warfare. 4. From Chingwayo's messengers, Ngewu and Skonyana, by whom I have again communicated in terms of your Excellency’s instructions, I learn he is on his way to see Cety wayo, that he has been hemmed in by people of Umyamana, Hlezebana, and Simoi, who have now gone to attack Uhamu ; that he, Chingwayo, has not yet received back the cattle as ordered to be restored to him by Cetywayo, whom he is now going to see about it. I replied Chingwayo has been wavering between going and staying too long; he should have done one or the cther when I first told him to decide. 5. Maqaba and Ngwegweni sent by Cety wayo and principal men at Undini to ask if I hear this that is now being done by Uhamu, that in the face of my messenger, Gabajana, having been sent to Uhamu and not yet returned, he, Uhamu, has assembled his forces, and is burning down the kraals of people of Umyamana and capturing cattle, and women, children, and cattle have fled to “Sihlalo sa ka Nsele * hill (sources of Bekamuzi river). No word of his killing people; what does this mean 2 Is not Uhamu in and under Cetywayo's rule and district P & 6. Cetywayo wishes to assemble people at Undini, there to protect him. * This paragraph contradicted. Sd. H. F. F. 159 7. I replied to Cetywayo that he knows well I have sent three times to Uhamu to acknowledge Cetywayo as his ruler, so long as he, Uhamu, chooses to remain in Cetywayo's district, and you, Maqaba, and Ndungunya accompanied my messenger on one of these messages to Uhamu. As regards my messenger, he is missing, may have been killed going, or there, or returning, and I do not know what his absence means. Uhamu, so long as he chooses to remain in Cety wayo's district, is his subject, and bound, therefore, to reverence Cety wayo's authority. I have taken more trouble to get Uhamu to do this so long as he remains than with any other, because he is Cetywayo's brother, and both sons of Mpande. And I have done this through some of his own people besides my own messengers. As regards assembling forces at Undini, I repeat, as I said twice already, Cetywayo is bound not to assemble forces for warfare, but if he wishes to assemble for his own protection at Undini, he can do so upon his own responsibility, not mine, as an authority or order for him to do so. I will not assemble forces. + 8. I ask you two messengers. Is it true that the Abaqulusi are out in force against Uhamu, or that any other forces have mustered and gone out against Uhamu ? It is reported so. Messengers declare no forces are out against Uhamu. 9. There are very few people at Undini, and many have gone to their homes during the last two days to mourn for their relatives killed in the fight. I have, &c. His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, K.C.M.G., (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, &c. &c. &c. British Resident with Cetywayo. Special Commissioner, Natal. P.S.—10. Statement of Ntangweni herewith, a survivor of the fight between Usibebu and Usutu on 30th March 1883. Mbilani.”zululand, April 4, 1883. Statement of Ntangweni, son of Nobengula, south of Black Umvolosi near the Mnyange, and under headman Mpokozana. Ntangweni states:—I took part in the war against Usibebu six days ago. We assembled tribally, and not in regiments, and by order of Undabuko, who appointed Makoba (ka Mapita), the brother of Usibebu, to command the forces, consisting of . Usutu, Mgazini, and Butelezi, of Umyamana. We mustered into full force at the Tokazi in Usibebu’s district. Makoba was killed in the fight, and I saw his body after- wards. We proceeded to Usibebu's kraal, Nkungweni, Nxogwana hill, between the Mebe and Mkuzane rivers, at Undabuko's orders. This kraal was fired, the people having fled, and then Usibebu’s kraal, the Panyekweni, was fired. And (I) saw horses on the ridge. We had been and were eating mealies out of Usibebu’s gardens, when we were fired upon by Usibebu’s mounted men, and we followed them as they continued to retire, and while we were all in form standing by reason of seeing Usibebu and his forces and six mounted men, who came and attacked our left front, the Mgazeni, who fled, and then the Butelezi fled, and our rear, the Usutu, after a short resistance, fled, and we became mixed up in the flight, and were pursued and stabbed and shot down. Only one company of Usutu made any resistance in the commencement. Our forces covered in marching about 30 men or so in breadth, and extended over a distance as far as from here (three miles east of Undini battle field) to across the White Umvolozi (six or seven miles). Mdabuko was with us, also Tyanibezwe. Nearly the whole of us were killed. We fought on the eight day (30th) after leaving home (22 March). I stabbed a man of Usibebu’s, and another man of Usibebu’s came and finished him off thinking he was one of our side, and I by this means joined in amongst Usibebu’s force as if one of them, and remained with them until I escaped in the night. I saw only one European amongst Usibebu’s force, named Tozana, who lives there. I saw Usibebu with him late in the evening at dark in the evening after the fight. Very few of Usibebu's men were killed. I joined in the mustering of our forces, on hearing Undabuko had given the order, and to fight Usibebu for eating up Undabuko's cattle since the war with the English. We fled because when on the march we got to understand Undabuko had for his own purposes mustered us, and we had not courage to fight, as we were not sent by (Cetywayo) the Nkosi. Both forces had large numbers of guns, and Usibebu got possession of the guns and assegais of the fallen men of our forces. Usibebu's forces consisted of 37 companies and only six horses. Usibebu fell by accident from his horse, and remounted and was in amongst our forces shooting us down. X 3 160 He had on a tiger skin coat and cap of skin of tiger's head. Four men and a young man of our kraal were killed out of 10 who went ; the next to our kraal, three killed, four returned; another, four killed, five returned ; at another, two killed, three returned ; at another, two killed, two returned ; of some kraals, every one killed ; one kraal of 10 went out all returned. None of Somkeli’s people were out. Our forces eat up all crops of Usibebu’s eople. p 3. forces consisted of all the people along this south side of the Black. Umvolozi and across, and the Usutu (Mgazeni) in Usibebu’s district. Usibebu prevented a son of Umyamana's from being killed, and protected him himself, and allowed him to escape. Usibebu said he had not quarrelled with Umyamana, but with his own cousin, Maru, and Makoba, Usibebu’s brother, and others who have joined Masipula’s people, all of which are in Usibebu’s district. ** Before me this 4th April 1883 at Mbilani, Zululand. (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, .* British Resident with Cetywayo. Enclosure 2 in No. 87. BRITISH RESIDENT witH CETYWAYo to Sir H. BULWER. SIR, Mbilani, Zululand, April 3, 1883. For your Excellency’s information I have the honour to report having sent the following messages this morning to Cetywayo per Bangeni and Ncamane my messen- €I’S. g A. For his Excellency’s information I desire to know in what way he, Cetywayo, has punished any of the Abaqulusi people for their atrocities. B. The Transvaal Government have given full liberty to the Abaqulusi refugees to return to Cetywayo, who can now protect them. C. His Excellency has acknowledged the receipt of my Despatches, viz., Mzebis (of Uhamu) atrocities and my address to the Usutu party on the 17th March 1883. D. As instructed, I have been and have again sent to Uhamu and to Umlandela, and did send to Chingwayo to recognise Cetywayo as their ruler, if they choose to remain in his territory, if not, they are at liberty to remove freely, unmolested, and with all their property to the Reserve Territory, for such as do not wish to be under his rule. E. As he, Cety wayo, denies any knowledge of the forces going into Usibebu’s terri- tory and fighting there, the Government will require to know upon whose authority they went, and what punishment has been inflicted upon those who assembled that force and proceeded to war. F. I have not yet received from Cety wayo information as to what has taken place in this fight and would be glad to hear the facts. G. I am sorry to hear from reports (uncertain) so many of his principal men have, with large numbers, been killed in this war in Usibebu’s district. - (2) I have received the following replies from Cetywayo, and now report them for your Excellency’s information. (A.) Have not five of the Abaqulusi gone to (the British Resident, Mr. Fynn) Gualagwala to-day P*. (B.) I, Cetywayo, thank his Excellency for this information. (C.) No reply. (D.) Gualagwala (Mr. Fynn) informed me yesterday also that he had been doing this. (E.) Why am I, Cetywayo, asked this, have I not all along said I know nothing of these actions of warfare, done without my knowledge. I request Gwalagwala (Mr. Fynn) will kindly explain this to his Excellency, and that it is a continuation of a warfare commenced prior to my return from across the sea, and now the people of these forces fear to report to me what has taken place, by reason of their guilt in thus acting without my knowledge or authority, and have brought these troubles upon me. (F.) I, Cetywayo, declare I know nothing of the facts and only hear unreliable rumours which I even fear to repeat because of the uncertainty of the truth, but I hear that those of the Usutu across the Pongolo and Matongas of Sihlabla and Sambane killed people at the kraals of Usibebu in rear of his forces while they were fighting —-w * They have never been near the place. H.F.F. 161 with the Usutu forces, and Umyamana has gone home to mourn the loss of three or ten of his sons in the fight. Whether true or not that Usibebu obtained authority from Mr. John (Shepstone) he has with his forces attacked and killed my people, and I request Gwalagwala, the son of Sifili, the brother of Chaka, to plead on my behalf to his Excellency to receive kindness from the Queen in these my troubles, and to give me back my personal adherents and their homes and land between the Umhlatuzi and Tugela river, or I shall die of starvation in the long grass here, and what evil have I done. (G.) It is Usibebu who has killed my people in their homes with his forces. have, &c. (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, British Resident with Cetywayo. Enclosure 3 in No. 87. BRITISH RESIDENT witH CETYWAYO to Sir H. BULWER. SIR, Mbilani, Zululand, April 4, 1883. I HAVE the honour to inform your Excellency that this evening Cetywayo and his headmen at Undini report per Mpece and Ntyoboza that on the 2nd instant Uhamu's forces came in amongst the kraals of Umyamana's people south of Ngome forest and about the sources of the Sikwebezi river, burnt down large numbers of kraals, killed two men, and plundered cattle everywhere about there and retired. Cetywayo requests that I will go and see for myself that he knows nothing of these affairs going on. These messengers assert there are no forces out against Uhamu. (2.) My reply: My messengers are away, the one Gobajana sent to Uhamu six days ago, not returned yet from whom I expect information, he had also to inquire about a white man and his native servant, reported missing between this and Uhamu's. I have done all in my power to induce Uhamu to recognise Cetywayo as his ruler, so long as he, Uhamu, chooses to remain in his territory, and Uhamu is Cetywayo's subject so long as he remains in Cetywayo's territory. I heard Uhamu had sent several messengers to express his recognition of Cetywayo's authority over him. These messengers admit this was the case. April 5, 1883. Cetywayo per Mpece wishes (3) me to express to your Excellency that his people are being killed by Usibebu and Uhamu in continuation of what they did previous to his return from across the sea, that he knows nothing about it, and desires to know how these people, Usibebu and Uhamu, became possessed of such power or authority to attack and kill his, Cetywayo's, people while he is peaceably and quietly at home, keeping the terms of his restoration and not interfering with anyone. (4.) Reply: I will forward to his Excellency Cetywayo's message which I have written and read over to you, and you say is correct P Yes it is. I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, British Resident with Cetywayo. Enclosure 4 in No. 87. Sir H. BULweR to Mr. FYNN. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, April 14, 1883. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatches of the 3rd and 4th April. 2. From what you report in the first-named Despatch I gather that there is a division of opinion at Undini as to the recent aggressive action of the Usutus, and that some of Cetywayo's advisers are opposed to it; but from the names you mention I fear those who are opposed to a policy of aggression have not the same force of character or the same influence that the others have. 3. From other sources I learn that an armed force is being raised in order to proceed against Uhamu ; and although this report requires confirmation, I fear that the assur- ances given to you by Cetywayo's headmen and * that there were no forces * Sic in orginal. X 4 162 mustering against Uhamu cannot be held to be more reliable than those which were given to you before the attack upon Usibebu. I am sure, however, that little disposed as Cetywayo appears at present to pay atten- tion to the good advice you have given him, you will not fail to take every favourable and suitable opportunity that offers itself of giving him such counsel as may help to persuade him to a truer recognition of his obligations than he has hitherto shown since his return. 4. I have to express my approval of the tenour of the answers you have made to him as reported in the 7th paragraph of your Despatch of 3rd April. 5. I have scarcely thought it necessary to refer to Cetywayo's accusation made against Mr. John Shepstone to the effect that, when Resident Commissioner for the time being in the Reserve Territory, he gave authority to Usibebu to attack Cety wayo. Cetywayo knows well enough that there could be no ground whatsoever for such an accusation, and he knows well enough that it was the Usutu force which attacked |Usibebu in his own territory and at his own kraals, and that Usibebu fought in defence of his territory and of himself, and of his people. I have, &c. Henry Fynn, Esq., (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. Special Commissioner. British Resident with Cety wayo. No. 88. The RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF DERBY to Gover NOR SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, May 17, 1883. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch of 12th ultimo,” forwarding copies of correspondence respecting the alleged intention of Uhamu to take refuge in the Transvaal. I had already received a communication on the subject from Sir H. Robinson, and I transmit for your information a copy of a Despatchf which I addressed to him in reply. J have to express my approval of the action which Mr. Fynn proposed to take with the view of inducing Uhaulu to remain in Zululand. - I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) DERBY. No. 89. The RIGHT Hon. The EARL OF DER BY to Governor SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, May 19, 1883. IN acknowledging the receipt of your Despatch of the 12th ultimo, I have to express my approval of the Despatch which you had addressed to the Resident Commissioner in the Reserve Territory, on the subject of Cetywayo's complaints respect- ing the “royal cattle.” * - I am, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) DER BY. * No. 82. i No. 63A. f No. 85. L O N D O N : Printed by GEORGE E. B. EYRE and WILLIAM SPOTTISwoopiº, Printers to the Queen's most Excellent Majesty. For Her Majesty's Stationery Office. ZULULAND. FURTHER CORRESPONDENCE RESPECTING THE A F FA I R S O F Z U L U L A N ID AND CETY WAYO. (In continuation of [C.—3616] of May 1883.) A Map will be found at page 55. 33regented to floti) #20ttgeg of làarliament by Glommantù of #3 ºr ſºlaješíp. July 1883. L O N ID O N : PRINTED BY EYEE AND SPOTTISWOODE. To be purchased, either directly or through any Bookseller, from any of the following Agents, viz., Messrs. HANSARD and SON, 13, Great Queen Street, W.C., and 32, Abingdon Street, Westminster; Messrs. EYRE and SPOTTISwooDE, East Harding Street, Fleet Street, and Sale Office, House of Lords; Messrs. ADAM and CHARLEs BLACK, of Edinburgh; Messrs. ALEXANDER THOM and Co., or Messrs. HoDGES, FIGGIs, and Co., of Dublin. [C.—3705.] Price 2s. 4d. 1883. C O N T E N T S. Serial No. From or to whom. Date. Subject. Page. 10 11 12 R 7622. G. 72. Sir Henry Bulwer- Ditto tºo º Ditto tº º Ditto º - Lieut.-Gen. L. Smyth Ditto ſº tº- Ditto º tº- Sir Henry Bulwer- Ditto - tº- Ditto - tº- Ditto - º Ditto - º April 19, 1883. (Rec. May 22, 1883.) April 21, 1883. (Rec. May 22, 1883.) April 23, 1883. (Rec. May 22, 1883.) April 23, 1883. (Rec. May 22, 1883.) April 30, 1883. (Rec. May 22, 1883.) April 30, 1883. (Rec. May 22, 1883.) May 1, 1883. (Rec. May 22, 1883.) April 26, 1883. (Rec. May 28, 1883.) April 26, 1883. (Rec. May 28, 1883.) April 26, 1883. (Rec. May 28, 1883.) April 27, 1883. (Rec. May 28, 1883.) (Extract.) April 27, 1883. (Rec. May 28, 1883.) Wt. 4604. Recording a telegram confirming the defeat of the Usutu party by Usibebu, and the pre- paration by Cetywayo of a force to act aginst Uhamu. Transmitting copy of a Minute from Mr. Fynn, stating that Uhamu will not go into the Transvaal, but that there is no hope of his acknowledging Cetywayo. Forwarding copy of a Despatch from the Resident Commissioner, enclosing a com- plaint from Usibebu regarding the invasion of his territory by the Usutu party. Forwarding copies of letters from the Resi- dent with Cetywayo and the Resident Com- missioner in the Reserve, relative to the disturbed state of Zululand ; and stating his opinions as to the cause of the present unsettled state of the country. Transmitting copy of a Despatch from Sir H. Bulwer regarding the rumoured intention of Uhamu to take refuge in the Transvaal. Forwarding copy of telegram from the Resi- dent at Pretoria forwarding a communication from the Transvaal Government respecting Zulu incursions on the south-east border of the Transvaal State. Transmitting copy of a further Despatch from Sir H. Bulwer on the subject of the ru- moured intention of Uhamu to take refuge in the Transvaal. Transmitting copy of a Despatch from Mr. Fynn relative to certain agreements made by Uhamu with some Transvaal border farmers. Transmitting copy of a Despatch from the Resident Commissioner, with copy of a message from Cetywayo; and commenting on the remarkable nature of Cetywayo's representations, Mr. Osborn’s answer to which has been approved. Transmitting copy of Despatch from the Resident Commissioner stating that the uneasiness among the natives in the Reserve, produced by Cetywayo's messages, is dis- appearing as the people are becoming con- vinced of their illegality. - - Transmitting copy of a statement made by an induna of the Native Department respecting the arrival of two messengers from Cety- wayo, without passes, preferring a complaint against Uhalmu, Mr. John Shepstone, and Mr. Fynn. Transmitting copies of a correspondence with Mr. Fynn and Mr. Osborn relative to the condition of the country under Cetywayo. a 2 14 14 15 16 20 2I 22 23 iV Serial No. From or to whom. Date. Subject. Page." 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 Sir Henry Bulwer- Ditto tºº tº a Ditto - ſº Ditto - Lieut.-Gen. L. Smyth To Sir Henry Bul- Wel’. Ditto - * > Ditto - wº Ditto tºº º Sir Henry Bulwer- Ditto tº a wº Ditto tº Ditto sº ſº Ditto gº tº Ditto - º April 28, 1883. (Rec. May 28, 1883.) April 30, 1883. (Rec. May 28, 1883.) April 30, 1883. (Rec. May 28, 1883.) April 30, 1883. (Rec. May 28, 1883.) May 7, 1883. (Rec. May 28, 1883.) May 31, 1883. May 31, 1883. June 1, 1883. June 1, 1883. April 30, 1883. (Rec. June 5, 1883.) May 2, 1883. (Rec. June 5, 1883.) May 2, 1883. (Rec. June 5, 1883.) May 2, 1883. (Rec. June 5, 1883.) May 4, 1883. (Rec. June 5, 1883.) May 5, 1883. (Rec. June 5, 1883.) Transmitting Mr. J. W. Shepstone's reply to the charges brought against him by Cety- wayo of having struck, fined, and detained in custody certain Chiefs, &c., &c. Reporting the appointment of Mr. A. L. Pre- torius as a Sub-Commissioner in the Reserve Territory, and transmitting copy of a De- spatch to Mr. Osborn notifying the appoint- Iment. Transmitting copy of a letter from Mr. Fynn requesting permission to resign his post as british Resident with Cetywayo; and ex- pressing his (Sir H. Bulwer's) fear that it will be difficult to find a fit and proper person for the post. Transmitting copies of Despatches from Mr. Fynn reporting retaliatory proceedings of Usibebu against the Usutu party; and the steps which have been taken to put a stop thereto. Enclosing copy of a telegram to the Resident at Pretoria relative to the reported incursion of Zulu refugees into the Transvaal. Requesting that Mr. J. W. Shepstone may be informed of the satisfaction with which the Secretary of State has learned that the charges made against him by Cetywayo are without foundation. Expressing regret that the state of Mr. Fynn's health necessitates his resignation, and awaiting a further report as to the steps which Sir H. Bulwer proposes to take to supply Mr. Fynn’s place. Concurring in the approval of Mr. Osborn's answer to Cetywayo's letter, Approving the appointment of Mr. A. L. Pretorius as a Sub-Commissioner in the Reserve Territory. Transmitting copy of a correspondence with the Resident with Cetywayo regarding the interpretation to be put on the 10th clause of the conditions of Cetywayo's restoration. Transmitting copy of telegram from Acting High Commissioner, Cape Town, and reply thereto, respecting a representation made by the Transvaal Government as to the dis- turbed state of that part of Zululand bor- dering on the Transvaal. Transmitting copy of Despatch to Mr. Fynn, in reply to his of 20th, 21st, and 22nd April, on the subject of the retaliatory proceedings of Usibebu. Transmitting copy of a correspondence rela- tive to a message sent by Cetywayo to Hlubi. Transmitting copy of a letter from Mr. J. Eckersley, junr., on behalf of Uhamu, re- specting the alleged intention of that Chief to take up his residence in the Transvaal, with copy of the reply thereto. Forwarding copies of correspondence relative to the proceedings of the Natal native Faneyana in Zululand. 27 30 31 36 36 37 37 37 37 39 40 41 43 44 Serial No. From or to whom. Date. Subject. Page. 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 36 37 38 39 40 41 Sir Henry Bulwer- Ditto - $º Ditto tº tº To Sir Henry Bul- Wer. Ditto tº sº Ditto * * Ditto tºº tº e Ditto hº º Sir Henry Bulwer- Ditto yº gº Ditto * tº Ditto Lº ps Ditto tºº º Ditto sº tº May 5, 1883. (Rec. June 5, 1883.) May 5, 1883. (Rec. June 5, 1883.) May 5, 1883. (Rec. June 5, 1883.) June 5, 1883. June 5, 1883. June 9, 1883. June 9, 1883. June 9, 1883. May 9, 1883. (Rec. June 11, 1883.) May 9, 1883. (Rec. June 11, 1883.) "May 10, 1883. (Rec. June 11, 1883.) May 11, 1883. (Rec. June 11, 1883.) May 12, 1883. (Rec. June 11, 1883.) May 12, 1883. (Rec. June 11, 1883.) Transmitting copies of two Despatches from the Resident Commissioner respecting a request of Cetywayo that men from the Reserve may be allowed to assist him against Usibebu ; and stating that Mr. Osborn's replies to Cetywayo have been approved. Transmitting copies of further Despatches from Mr. Fynn on the subject of the dis- turbances between Cetywayo and Usibebu ; and reporting the despatch of Mr. H. C. Shepstone to Mr. Fynn’s place of residence for the purpose of assisting in a peaceable settlement of affairs. Requesting authority for the payment of a sum, not exceeding 100l., to meet the ex- penses of Mr. H. C. Shepstone’s visit to Zululand. Approving his Despatch to Mr. Osborn on the subject of the recent invasion of Usi- bebu’s territory by an Usutu force. Approving his Despatches to Mr. Fynn and Mr. Osborn, enclosed in his Despatch of 23rd April, with regard to the state of affairs in Cetywayo's territory and the Na- tive Reserve. Approving the reply to the letter written by Mr. J. Eckersley on behalf of Uhamu. Approving Mr. Osborn’s reply to the message from Cetywayo, asking for the assistance of men from the Reserve Territory. Expressing General’s view of the construction to be put upon the 10th clause of the conditions of Cetywayo's restoration. Transmitting copies of a report and sketch plan, by Mr. Fannin, on the subject of the new boundary between the territories of Cetywayo and Usibebu. Transmitting copy of a Despatch from Mr. Fynn (with the reply thereto), reporting an application by two messengers from Cety- wayo for a pass to go into Natal to give evidence against Mr. Shepstone. Transmitting copies of Despatches to Mr. Fynn and Mr. Osborn respecting the reported pro- ceedings of Hlubi. Transmitting copy of a Despatch from Mr. Fynn, with a statement by Mr. T. Peachey, a Natal trader, respecting the fight between Usibebu and the Usutu on the 30th March. Transmitting copy of a correspondence on the subject of a complaint by the Transvaal Government that Uhamu had crossed into Transvaal territory, and had attacked the Abaqulusi living there. Transmitting copy of a Despatch from Mr. Fynn, reporting the complaints of Cetywayo against Uhamu and Usibebu ; and express- ing a fear that the hope of Cety wayo's ad- herence to the conditions of his restoration is becoming painfully less. concurrence in the Attorney- | 47 50 53 54 54 54 54 55 55. 59 61 63 65 67 a 3 Wi Serial No. From or to whom. Date. Subject. . Page. 42 43 44 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 54 Sir Henry Bulwer- Ditto Ditto º * To Sir Henry Bul- WeI’. Ditto º º Ditto - tº Sir T. Shepstone - Sir Henry Bulwer- Ditto - s Ditto - sº Lieut.-Gen.L.Smyth To Sir Henry Bul- WęI’. Sir Henry Bulwer- May 12, 1883. (Rec. June 11, 1883.) May 14, 1883. (Rec. June 11, 1883.) May 15, 1883. (Rec. June 11, 1883.) June 14, 1883. June 14, 1883. June 16, 1883. Undated. (Rec. June 19, 1883.) May 17, 1883. (Rec. June 19, 1883.) May 21, 1883. (Rec. June 19, 1883.) May 21, 1883. (Rec. June 19, 1883.) May 28, 1883. (Rec. June 19, 1883.) June 21, 1883. May 26, 1883. (Rec. June 27, 1883.) Transmitting copy of a Despatch from the Resident Commissioner in the Reserve Ter- ritory respecting the anxiety felt in conse- quence of the threatening attitude of Cety- wayo; and suggesting that the time has come for establishing with a strong and firm hand British authority in the Reserve. Transmitting copy of a Despatch from Mr. Osborn, reporting the steps taken by him to put a stop to the retaliatory proceedings of Usibebu. Transmitting copies of Despatches from Mr. Fynn, and expressing a fear that the course which Cetywayo is pursuing must either bring destruction upon the country or disaster upon himself. Approving the boundary between Usibebu and Cetywayo, as beaconed by Mr. Fannin. Approving his Despatch to Mr. Fynn with regard to the application of two messengers from Cetywayo for a pass to go into Natal as witnesses against Mr. Shepstone. Approving his Despatches to Mr. Fynn and Mr. Osborn relative to the reported proceed- ings of Hlubi. Bxpressing the opinion that the present state of affairs in the Reserve is the result of a deliberate plan of Cetywayo to induce the people to prefer his rule, and suggesting that a formal message should be sent to him from Her Majesty's Government to the effect that the conditions under which he was restored will be maintained. i- f . Transmitting copies of statements made by a trader in Zululand and a Natal native re- specting a murder committed by men of the Abaqulusi, near the Bevana River, in the early part of March last. Transmitting copy of a letter from Mr. J. W. Shepstone, declaring that the statements made and repeated in the “Natal Witness” as to his ill-treatment of certain Zulus are wholly untrue. Transmitting copies of Despatches from Mr. Fynn and Mr. H. C. Shepstone respecting the attitude of Cety wayo with regard to the Reserve Territory; and suggesting that Her Majesty’s Government should at once take steps to assert their authority in the Reserve. Enclosing copy of a Despatch from Sir Henry Bulwer on the subject of the alleged infringe- ment of the Transvaal boundary by Uhamu. Approving his action in sending Mr. H. C. Shepstone into Zululand, and the instrucions issued to him, and stating that the Treasury have sanctioned the proposed expenditure. Transmitting copies of Despatches from Mr. Osborn, from which it appears that there is no truth in the rumour that Hlubi, or his |Basutos, had joined Uhamu and Usibebu against Cetywayo; and remarking that Cetywayo forbids, for his own purposes, persons to enter the Reserve from his terri- tory, and vice versd. 70 73 75 #: 78 78 78 79 '79 83 90 90 91 Wii Serial No. From or to whom. Date, Subject. Page. 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 Sir Henry Bulwer- Ditto gº º Ditto - º Ditto fºs tº Ditto º tº Ditto fº tº To Sir Henry Bul- Wer. May 28, 1883. (Rec. June 27, 1883.) June 2, 1883. (Rec. July 2, 1883.) June 4, 1883. (Rec. July 2, 1883.) June 11, 1883. (Rec. July 9, 1883.) June 11, 1883. (Rec. July 9, 1883.) June 11, 1883. (Rec. July 9, 1883.) July 12, 1883. Transmitting copies of Despatches from Mr. Fynn and from Mr. H. C. Shepstone (who has returned to Natal), and recapitulating the events which have led to the present dis- turbed state of Zululand. Transmitting copy of a Despatch from Mr. Osborn, with report of the messengers sent to Usibebu in accordance with his (Sir H. Bulwer's) telegraphic instructions. Recommending that a military force be esta- blished in the Reserve Territory in order to check the aggressive designs of Cetywayo, and to reassure the natives residing there that Cetywayo will not be allowed to molest them. Transmitting copies of Despatches from Mr. Fynn and Mr. Osborn respecting the com- plaints of Cetywayo as to his adherents in the Reserve, and reporting the death of the Chief Umlandela. Transmitting copy of a correspondence with Mr. Fynn regarding Cetywayo's claims to cattle, and the claims of certain individuals in his territory to cattle said to be unlaw- fully detained in the Reserve. Transmitting copies of four Despatches from Mr. Fynn, and of the reply thereto, on the subject of collisions between the forces of Umyamana and Uhamu, and remarking on the difficulty of obtaining accurate informa- tion as to these disturbances. Stating that Her Majesty’s Government will have a detachment of troops ready to move towards the Reserve frontier in the event of any direct violation of the Reserve being threatened, and directing him to warn Cety- wayo, in the strongest and most solemn manner, that Her Majesty’s Government will not permit him to infringe upon the independence of the Reserve, and that if he continues to disregard the conditions of his restoration it will become a serious question whether the British Resident shall not be withdrawn from him. 93 100 101 106 I [() 111 115 Z U L U L A N D. FURTHER CORRESPONDENCE. No. 1. SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF DERBY. - (Received May 22, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, MY LORD, April 19, 1883. I HAVE had the honour of telegraphing to your Lordship this evening to the effect that the intelligence forwarded in my telegram of the 5th instant* has been confirmed by the reports received since that date, and that the defeat of the Usutu force which attacked Usibebu on the 30th March was a complete one. I have mentioned in addition that Cetywayo, it is now said, is raising another force, apparently with the intention of acting against Uhamu. * I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. P.S.–I avail myself of the departure of a steamer leaving Mozambique on the 20th for Zanzibar, with all the telegrams which have accumulated since the interruption of the cable on the 5th instant, to send this confirmatory message to your Lordship. No. 2. SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received May 22, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, April 21, 1863. WITH reference to my Despatch of the 12th of April, I have the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, a copy of the reply I have received from the British Resident with Cetywayo to my minute of the 22nd ultimo. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure in No. 2. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULWER. (Received April 14, 1883.) MINUTE. YoUR ExCELLENCY, I HAVE complied with your Excellency’s instructions, and Uhamu replies he will not go to the Transvaal ; but as regards his acknowledging Cetywayo I am of opinion there is no hope now of that, seeing that Cetywayo failed to check in an effectual manner the Abaqulusi outrages towards Uhamu, and disturbances are going on, and Uhamu is retaliating as reported in my Despatches to your Excellency. (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, April 8, 1883. British Resident with Cetywayo. No. 3. SIR HENRY BULW ER, K.C.M.G., to the Right HoN. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received May 22, 1883.) - Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, - April 23, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, a copy of a Despatch I have received from the Resident Commissioner forwarding a message he had * Not printed. f No. 82 in [C.–3616] May 1883. R 7622. A. 2 received from Usibebu complaining of the hostile invasion of his territory by an Usutu force, regarding which and the fight which took place on the 30th March I have furnished your Lordship with information in my Despatch of the 9th instant.* 2. The attack upon Usibebu seems to have been utterly unprovoked, and to have been the result of a deep laid plot of the Ultra-Usutu party, with the probable object of killing Usibebu and of upsetting the independent authority established in that territory. There can be no doubt too that it was devised and carried out with the knowlege of Cetywayo and, I fear we must conclude, with his sanction. 3. Mr. Fynn's reports, the information given by Usibebu, and the inherent proba- bilities of the case, unquestionably lead to this conclusion. With the issue of the attack itself your Lordship has already been made acquainted, and the information sent by Usibebu only confirms what we have already learned. 4. I enclose a copy of the Despatch which I have addressed to Mr. Osborn in reply to his communication. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure 1 in No. 3. Mr. OSBORN to Sir H. BULWER. - Eshowe, Zulu Native Reserve Territory, SIR, April 11, 1883. I HAVE the honour to report that on yesterday the 10th appeared before me Nsaba, one of three messengers sent by Usibebu to complain of the hostile invasion of his terri- tory by an Usutu impi sent by Cetywayo, and to state the particulars of the encounter which took place between the Usutu and his own force. I enclose, for your Excellency’s information, a copy of Nsaba's statement, made before me, from which it will be seen that the other two messengers sent with him by Usibebu were arrested, and are detained by people of the Bevela tribe in Cetywayo's territory. - It is Nsaba's intention to remain here for a while as he considers he would incur great personal danger should he attempt to return to Usibebu through Cetywayo's territory while in its present disturbed state. I have, &c. (Signed) M. OSBORN, His Excellency Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., Resident Commissioner. Her Majesty’s Special Commissioner, Natal. April 12. THE two messengers, Marwanqa and Matiya, arrived about an hour ago; their statement is appended to that of Nsaba. (Signed) M. Osborn. Eshowe, Zulu Native Reserve Territory, April 10, 1883. Nsaba states:– I am a messenger sent by the Chief Usibebu to the Commissioner with his words in reference to the late attack upon him and his people by the Usutu forces. Usibebu sent three of us together, viz., Marwanqa, Matiya, and myself; Marwanqa being head of the party. We were sent off by him on this errand five days ago, this being the fifth day. We travelled along through Cetywayo's territory without detection until we got to the Qomentaba, head kraal of the Biyela tribe, on the eastern side of the Umhlatuzi. Somhlolo is the regent of this tribe. On passing near to this kraal a number of armed men issued from its gate and demanded to know where we came from and where we were going to. We answered that we were sent by the Chief Umgojana to the Com- missioner in the Reserve to complain of Usibebu having burnt his, Umgojana's, kraals and those of his people and seized their cattle. To this the men of the kraal replied that they did not believe our statement, and they suspected us to come from Usibebu, and w--- * No. 79 in [C.–3616] May 1883. 3 that we are going to the Commissioner to obtain from him and John Dunn armed assist- ance for Usibebu, and that therefore they would apprehend us. They at once endeavoured to seize us all three, and succeeded in apprehending both Marwanqa and Matiya, but I escaped. They pursued me for a considerable distance but could not overtake me. I then came on by myself, my two companions remaining prisoners in the hands of Somhlolo's people at the Qomentaba kraal. As I was not personally known by the Commissioner I went first to Chief John Dunn, who sent me on here with a messenger and a letter to introduce me. Usibebu told us to say to the Commissioner that since sending his message by Makate the occurrences are these :— - The Usutu impi sent against him by Cetywayo first assembled near the Ingome Forest, where it was joined by the men of the Chiefs Umgojana and Mabogo, and by that portion of Umyamana's tribe living under Bantu Bensumu. These three Chiefs and their people resided within Usibebu's territory. . From the Ingome Forest the impi marched to the Mhlopinkulu Hill within Usibebu’s territory, which was the direction from whence the Usutu invaded him. The impi passed on from the Mhlopinkulu towards the kraal of Mahlahleni, Usibebu’s cousin, where it destroyed the grain. The impi then moved on straight to Usibebu’s own kraal Nkungweni, destroying the grain at all the kraals it got to on its way. The impi at once set fire to and burnt down the Nkungmeni; the only two persons of the kraal who were there at the time were killed by the impi; their names are Lugogo and Magajana, the rest of the people having fled on the approach of the impi. The impi then marched to the kraal of Haha, Usibebu’s brother, and burnt it down. I'rom thence it went to the Panyekweni kraal of Usibebu, which it also burnt. The impi then burnt the kraal of Maliba, and from thence marched towards Usibebu’s other kraal, the Bangenome. Before it reached this kraal Usibebu with his force met it, and a fight ensued at once. - When the Usutu commenced the invasion of his territory Usibebu retired to his kraal, the Panyekweni, with his men about him, and on the Usutu approaching that kraal he retired again to the Bangenome. He offered no resistance, being desirous of avoiding bloodshed ; but on the Usutu impi approaching the Bangenome, after having burnt down the Panyekweni, from which Usibebu had just retired, he saw the enemy was deter- mined in his pursuit, and that the only chance of safety for himself and his people lay in defending themselves; he therefore met the Usutu impi before it reached the Bangenome kraal, and fought it. Usibebu said that we were to mention that his force consisted of 30 companies, and that of the Usutu of 100 companies. On Usibebu meeting with his force, the Usutu impi, the fight ensued immediately. This was very early in the fore- noon, and not long after sunrise. Before noon on that day his force had entirely defeated the Usutu, on whose side a great many were killed. By noon the Usutu were in full retreat, pursued by Usibebu ; parties of the retreating Usutu occasionally made a stand, but were soon set to flight again. The pursuit lasted until sunset, and a great many of the Usutu were killed. It is not known how many, but a very large number of Usutu fell during the fight and their retreat. A number of Usutu headmen also fell that day. On Usibebu’s side only 10 men fell altogether. A son of Umyamana, named Maretsheza, was taken prisoner on the day of the fight, and taken before Usibebu, who asked him to state, if he could, the reason why Cetywayo invaded his territory, and was seeking to kill him and his people. Maretsheza replied that Cetywayo had ordered they were not to say that he had sent, the impi, but they were to say that it was sent against Usibebu by Undabuko and Makoba, who had quarrelled with Usibebu during his, Cetywayo's, absence from the country. He said no more, and Usibebu released him the same day in the evening. Usibebu told him he was to ask his father, Umyamana, why he seeks to destroy him; what wrong has he ever done him 2 Another man of the Usutu impi, whose name I have forgotten, was also taken prisoner, and he likewise, on being questioned by Usibebu, said they had been ordered to say that Cetywayo knew nothing about the impi sent against Usibebu. This man belonged to Usiwetu and is still with Usibebu, a prisoner. He is employed to remove the dead bodies of the Usutu out of the gardens of Usibebu and others, which work he had nearly com- pleted when I left. Usibebu will release him when the work is finished. On the evening of the fight Usibebu sent off a party of men to seize the cattle of Umgojana, and his people for having joined the invading Usutu force against him, they being resident within his territory. The seizures were duly made and the cattle brought to Usibebu. Another party was sent by him to seize the cattle of Mabogo and his people also having made war upon him with the Usutu impi sent by Cetywayo. These cattle had not yet arrived at Usibebu’s when I started with my two companions on our A 2 4. journey to Eshowe. When Usibebu sent these two parties, viz., to Umgojana's and to Mabogo's, his orders to both parties were that they were to seize the cattle and burn the kraals of both those Chiefs and their people, but on no account were they to kill anyone excepting in self-defence. He especially warned them not to do any personal harm to the women and children. The day after the fight, and after having sent off the two parties as stated, Usibebu with the rest of his force returned home. Usibebu complains of the proceeding of Cetywayo in sending this large Usutu impi against him to destroy him and his people without cause. The English appointed him to be Chief over the territory the Government gave him, and placed him under laws which laws he has carefully observed. He says that the laws given by the Government to Cety wayo have been broken by the latter who is making war upon him and invaded his territory. Usibebu says also that in fighting the Usutu force by which his territory was invaded he acted in his own defence and he shall continue to take similar action for protection of himself and his people. - Usibebu further said that he wishes this his complaint against Cetywayo to be sent to the Governor and all the other great Chiefs of the English as he belongs to them and is always anxious to carry out their wishes. I omitted to say that the fight between the Usutu and Usibebu took place about 11 days ago. Eshowe, Zulu Native Reserve Territory, April 12, 1883. Appear Marwanqa and Matiya, who state:– We were sent with Unsaba by Usibebu with his words to the Resident Commissioner. We were both apprehended by people of the Biyela tribe in Cetywayo's territory while on our way to the Commissioner; Nsaba who was with us at the time, escaped, and we now see him here. We have heard Nsaba’s statement to the Commissioner read over to us now ; it is quite correct in all respects but one, he omitted to say that the Amatonga beyond the Bomba mountain, and those residing beyond the Pongolo higher up, had been ordered by Cety wayo to attack Usibebu from their side of the country simultaneously with the Usutu impi sent by Cetywayo, and in accordance with the order delivered to them they sent two contingents, one from the Bomba side, and the other from the northern side of the Pongolo, both which contingents were engaged, defeated, and driven back by Usibebu’s force on the day of his fight with the Usutu impi. Usibebu also complains of Cetywayo, because he ordered up these foreign tribes to attack him. We were yesterday released by the Biyela people on Cety wayo's order to whom our arrest had been reported by our captors. Enclosure 2 in No. 3. Sir H. BULWER to Mr. OSBORN. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, * April 21, 1883. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch of the 11th instant forwarding to me a message you had received from Usibebu complaining of the hostile invasion of his territory by an Usutu force, and giving information respecting the invasion and the fight that took place between his people and the invading force on th 30th March. - 2. If Usibebu’s messengers are still with you, will you request them to inform Usibebu that I have received his message, and that I will forward his words to the Queen's Ministers at home. Let them inform him also that I have heard of the attack made upon him with great concern. In acting in defence of his own territory, and of his lawful authority in it, he was doing no more than he had the right to do, and what it was his duty to himself and to his people to do. - Whatever has passed, I shall still look to him, however, not to depart from an attitude of strict self-defence. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, Melmoth Osborn, Esq., C.M.G., , Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. No. 4. SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received May 22, 1883.) * Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, MY LORD, April 23, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, the accompanying copies of Despatches I have received from the Resident with Cetywayo and from the Resident Commissioner in the Reserve relative to the disturbed state of affairs in Cetywayo's country, and to the uneasiness which has been engendered in the Reserve by reason of the disturbed condition of the adjoining territory, and of the peremptory summons that appears to have been sent in by Cety wayo to the Chiefs and headmen in the Reserve to arm their followers and join the force he was collecting. 2. Notwithstanding the complete defeat on the 30th of March of the Usutu force that had been sent against Usibebu, Cetywayo and the leaders of the Ultra-Usutu party appear to have lost no time in taking steps to raise another force, alleged by Cetywayo to be for the purpose of defending himself from Uhamu. The latter appears indeed to have taken advantage of the opportunity offered by the defeat of the Usutu force in Usibebu’s territory to attack some of Umyamana's kraals, and, it is said, some of Seketwayo's kraals ; and these attacks have, I think, evidently been in retaliation for several acts of violence that had been committed against Uhamu's people by the Abaqulusi, the Pangisweni, and by people belonging to Umyamana. But as for danger of an attack from Uhamu, Cety wayo knows very well that there is none, and, therefore, the force which he is collecting, if it is intended for Uhamu, is intended to act on the offensive. 3. I have the honour to enclose copies of the Despatches which I have addressed to the Resident with Cetywayo and to the Resident Commissioner in the Reserve, in acknow- ledgment of their Despatches above referred to. In my letter to Mr. Fynn I have noticed what appear to me to be the causes of the disturbed state of affairs in that part of the country which was formerly under Uhamu. Cetywayo had scarcely returned to Zululand, when the Abaqulusi seized the opportunity to attack Uhamu, and this they did even before the day of the formal installation of Cety wayo. I have stated also that in my opinion Cetywayo was not responsible for that attack, because it was made before his formal installation, and it is only fair to conclude that it was made neither with his knowledge nor with his sanction. But immediately after his installation the proceedings of the Abaqulusi against Uhamu were brought under Cetywayo's notice by Mr. Fynn; and Cety wayo's first act should have been, if not to punish the offenders, at least to stay further acts of aggression on their part, which he could easily have done, as the Abaqulusi and the Pangisweni are sections of people that especially belong to him, and they would certainly have obeyed his orders. But this does not appear to have been done, and the Abaqulusi continued their acts of aggression, and the result was a state of petty warfare between them, the Pangisweni and some of Umyamana's people on the one side and Uhamu's people on the other side. It should have been Cetywayo's object to put an immediate stop to such acts, and if he had done this, and if he had shown to Uhamu a desire to act in a friendly way towards him, I believe that it would have had a salutary effect, because, even if it did not reconcile Uhamu to the restoration, it would at least have kept him quiet. But the violent acts of the Abaqulusi could only lead to re- prisals, and hence the state of that part of the country has become worse and worse. 4. Meanwhile the plot against Usibebu was being quietly and gradually worked out, and suddenly developed itself in the hostile invasion of his territory towards the close of the month of March; and this again served to increase the state of disorder and uneasiness in that part of the country where Uhamu's people, Umyamana's people, the Abaqulusi, and the Pangisweni live contiguously to one another. 5. The attack on Usibebu by a large Usutu force, organised by Undabuko and composed of men from both sides of the Black Umvolosi in Cetywayo's country, and apparently of all the men belonging to the Ultra-Usutu party yet remaining in Usibebu’s territory who would join it, was, I think, beyond doubt the result of a plot planned by the leaders of the Ultra-Usutu party at Undini, to which, I fear, there can be little doubt Cetywayo must have been both privy and consenting. It has been a serious violation of the conditions subject to which he was restored, as also has been his A 3 6 peremptory summons since sent to the people of the Reserve to arm and come and join his forces. 6. Mr. Fynn's counsels and remonstrances had no effect upon Cetywayo, who most unreasonably considers himself aggrieved by the withholding of any portion of the Zulu territory from him, and is encouraged in his discontent by friends and partisans who have led him to think that he will recover those portions of the Zulu country which were not placed under his restored authority. It has been perhaps only too natural for him to listen to bad advice when it coincides with his own views and ambition in preference to good advice which would persuade him to keep loyally the conditions of his restoration. º 7. Mr. Fynn in his Despatch of the 8th of April clearly shows the conclusion which he has formed after an experience of more than two months’ residence with Cety- wayo. Mr. Fynn, I should observe, who has been employed for nearly twenty years in the public service of this Colony, is the son of the late Mr. Henry Fynn, who came to the country many years before the establishment of the Colony of Natal. He was befriended by Chaka, and remained till his death a staunch friend of the Chaka dynasty and of the Zulu people. The son inherited the traditions of the father, and his strong sympathies with the dynasty and with Cetywayo himself are well known. It was on this account that when I had to recommend to Her Majesty's Government the name of someone to be Resident with Cetywayo, I recommended the name of Mr. Fynn, because I knew of his personal sympathies with Cetywayo, because I felt that his appointment would be agreeable to the latter, and because I was sure that he would spare no effort to help Cetywayo during the first months of his restoration, and would use all the influence he might have as the British Resident in the country in favour of the peaceful and strong re-establishment of Cetywayo's authority. I knew, too, that Mr. Fynn was an honourable man, and would do his duty and take care that the conditions of the restoration were kept; and I had much hope that Cetywayo, looking upon him as a personal friend, would listen to his advice and be guided by it. Unfortunately the influences of those who are not better friends of Cety wayo than Mr. Fynn is, but who are the ardent and, as I think, the uncompromising partisans of his personal cause, unmindful of the welfare of the Zulu people, of the peace of this part of South Africa, and of the obligations to which the British Government is committed, and caring apparently only for the individual cause and the individual interests of Cetywayo, have been stronger with him than the influence of a good friend like Mr. Fynn, because the latter in the discharge of his duty has had to urge upon Cetywayo the necessity of his keeping the conditions. Encouraged by the assurance that, whatever he does, he will have the support of the partisans and personal sympathisers out of Zululand, who were instrumental in bringing about his return and restoration, Cetywayo has felt himself strong enough to disregard the friendly counsels and the urgent warnings of the British Resident. 8. I have exhausted (says Mr. Fynn) every effort in my power to reconcile Cetywayo to a position which he has all along been unwilling to accept because it falls short of the position he formerly occupied over all Zululand; and his most determinedly rooted con- viction that he will sooner or later regain the other portions of the country, causes him to be adverse to any reasons or persuasions to the contrary of mine given in the friendliest way possible, and with a sincere desire for his welfare, peace, and prosperity, and for those of the Zulu nation as well. Unfortunately (Mr. Fynn adds) Cetywayo is ever ready to receive sympathy and advice from those who support him in considering with him that he has been badly treated in being returned to an inferior state of position, power, and wealth to that which he held before the war in 1879. 9. If Cetywayo did not intend to abide by his conditions he ought never to have returned to the Zulu country. He has returned, there can be no question about it, to a changed Zululand, to a Zululand, which, with the exception of the violent Ultra-Usutu party, had no desire to come again under him. But notwithstanding this, had he but returned determined loyally to abide by the conditions, I believe that everything might be to this day, and might continue to be, quiet and peaceable. There was no danger to the public peace from Usibebu, who only desires to be let alone and to keep the word of the Government. There was no danger to it from the Reserve Territory which, on the contrary, under English authority, would be a pledge of peace and good order, and, more- over, in this way would be a source of support to the restored authority of Cetywayo. And although there are many people in Cety wayo's country who are at heart strongly opposed to his restoration and to his authority, let him but keep his conditions, attend to the advice of the British Resident, check the violent counsels of the leaders of the Ultra- Usutu party, and govern with moderation and prudence, he might, I really believe, in a short time, with the help and support and influence of the English Resident, have reconciled the 7 people, even where most opposed to him, and have established and consolidated his authority on a firm basis. º 10. But the bad counsels have prevailed and the good counsels have been unheeded; and thus it is that there is a disturbed condition in a great part of his territory, that an Usutu force has invaded the territory of an independentChief, and fighting in a bad causehas met with a defeat which has cost them hundreds of lives, and that the newly re-established authority will be looked upon with increased misgiving by a large number of the people who have been brought under it. I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Enclosure 1 in No. 4. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULWER. SIR, e Mbilani, Zululand, April 6, 1883. I HAVE the honour to inform your Excellency that last evening I received the following message from Cetywayo per Ngequeni, Goti, and Mabulukwena, requesting that I would be good enough to solicit your Excellency for permission to send his represen- tatives, about three men, to your Excellency, for the purpose of verbally relating to your Excellency the circumstances of the fighting with Usibebu, and loss of so many lives, and also to relate by word of mouth to your Excellency the circumstances of Uhamu having with an armed force come in amongst the people of Umyamana and there burnt down six kraals, and plundered the cattle of those six kraals, and killing two men and one girl, he, Uhamu, being a subject of his, Cetywayo's, by reason of residing within his, Cetywayo's, territory, over which the English Government have appointed him to rule at the Emton- janeni ; and Cetywayo requests that your Excellency will grant him permission to muster sufficient armed forces to suppress and punish Uhamu for what he has done, and that without a sufficient armed force he is rendered unable to suppress in such cases, or keep order, or defend himself from attacks, as in Uhamu's case; and requests that Nqequeni, Godidi, and Mabulukwena convey this present application to your Excellency. 2. My reply. I will forward this request by the post to his Excellency, and cannot permit any of Cety wayo's messengers to proceed to the seat of Government without first obtaining his Excellency’s consent. 3. This morning these men return with the following message from Cetywayo that he wishes these messengers to accompany the post to Pietermaritzburg, and asks if I reported that Fada, the brother of Usibebu, had been to Mr. John in the Reserve and obtained leave to attack his, Cetywayo's, people; and now Fada and a European, Dambusa (J. Ekersley), are at Uhamu's on a mission from Usibebu, who have now combined in warfare against him, Cetywayo, and that he, Cetywayo, has no faith in this postal com- munication as Usibebu and Uhamu attack him, and I, the British Resident, take no steps to prevent this happening, when he, Cetywayo, understood I was here to shield or protect him, but I had not done so. 4. My reply. I cannot permit Cetywayo's messengers to go to the Government without the consent of his Excellency. I have reported what Cetywayo said about Fada going to Mr. John and my reply to Cetywayo on that report of his, and will inform his Excellency of Fada being at Uhamu's with the European Dambuza, and all information I can get, and have reported about the fight with Usibebu. 5. Herewith I have the honour to enclose statement of my messenger Gobajana regarding his mission to Uhamu, under instructions received from your Excellency, and showing the warlike state of affairs there. I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, - - British Resident with Cetywayo. His Excellency Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner, Natal. A 4 S STATEMENT of GABojanA, messenger of British Resident with Cetywayo. - Mbilani, Zululand, April 6, 1883. Seven days ago (31 March) I was sent to Uhamu to inform him of the communcation, through the English Government, that the Transvaal Government strongly objected to Uhamu entering or taking refuge in the Transvaal, and for the purpose of endeavouring to induce Uhamu to be friendly with Cetywayo and recognise him so long as he chooses to remain within his territory, failing which a place will be found for him in the Reserve as I have informed him fully on two previous missions to him. Uhamu said he would not go to Transvaal, and that he had sent messengers to Cetywayo, and wished to recognise him, but these men were driven away by Umyamana at Undini, saying they were bringing medicine from Qamazana (of near Mr. P. Otto's Umgeni) to perpetrate witchcraft, and he was hemmed in from going to the Reserve by the Abaqulusi and Pangesweni people, that he, Uhamu, had become a British subject; but I had told him to acknowledge Cetywayo so long as he, Uhamu, remained in Cetywayo's district and to communicate direct to Cetywayo; he did so, and Umyamana had these messengers while at Undini surrounded by Abaqulusi people there, and his messengers were driven away and also from sleeping at Umfanawendhlela's kraal. I saw at Uhamu's a brother of Usibebu’s (described as Fada) and a European with him named Dambusa (John Ekersley); Uhamu said the district he occupied is his, given to him by the English conquerors of the land as an award for his assistance for fighting against Cetywayo, that the Pangesweni were practising witchcraft upon him and his people, with two Basuto witch-doctors sent by Cetywayo. Uhamu had assembled his forces. On the 1st instant, Sunday, I was at the Pangesweni kraal of Cetywayo's and the forces of Pangesweni were there assembled and Hlezebanas, but Hlezebana was objecting to take part in any fighting, without the order of Gwalagwala (Mr. Fynn), but would defend himself if attacked by Uhamu. The two Basuto doctors were preparing these forces with medicines for fighting, sprinkling, anointing, &c. Uhamu's forces had burnt four kraals of Umyamana’s, taken the cattle, but not anyone killed, and took Bangambi and his people (in Uhamu's late district) a tribe and their cattle, as his people, and to protect them from the Pangesweni who had seized cattle from Ntyingwayo a petty head- man of Bangambi’s. On the 2nd instant Uhamu's forces burnt the Madakadmusa kraal of Uruyamana's and several other kraals, three, I believe, and captured the cattle and plundered food, but did not kill anyone. I saw Uhamu's forces on the 2nd at the sources of the Sikwebezi. On the 3rd a division of the Pangesweni, under late Maibana (killed at Usibebu’s on 30th March 1883) went over with their cattle and families to Uhamu, and I saw one of their kraals on fire, said to have been fired by the remaining portion of the Pangesweni people, and cattle plundering is going on between these people. Uhamu told me he had hoped by the return of his brother Cety wayo there would be peace, but he had mustered his people in defence from attack by the Pangesweni, Abaqulusi, Umyamana, and Gazini of Hlezebana. Cetywayo's people appear to be quietly at home. A fight is sure to take place, if not already, for scouts on both sides were watching each other. My delay has been caused by the danger of the disturbances going on. One of Uhamu's young men kicked me, saying I was a spy. I reported to Uhamu, he said this man ought to be punished, but he had disappeared. I believe Uhamu would have punished him. Taken by me at Mbilani, Zululand, this 6th day of April 1883. (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, British Resident with Cetywayo. Enclosure 2 in No. 4. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULWER. SIR, Mbilani, Zululand, April 8, 1883. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Excellency’s Despatches and memorandum regarding your Excellency’s Despatch of 24th March, which I have attended to. 9 2. I have exhausted every effort in my power to reconcile Cetywayo to a position which he has all along been unwilling to accept, and as defined in the terms under which he has been restored, more particularly as regards those people whom he considers as his more attached subjects, or to whom he leans so strongly, who are in the Reserve Territory and in Usibebu’s territory, or where many of them formerly resided prior to the disturbances there with Usibebu, because it falls short of the position which he occupied formerly over all Zululand, and his most determinately rooted conviction he will sooner or later regain, causes him to be adverse to any reasoning or persuasion to the contrary of mine given in the friendliest way possible and with a sincere desire for his welfare, peace, and prosperity, and the Zulu nation as well. Unfortunately, Cety wayo is ever ready to receive sympathy and advice from those who support him in considering with him that he has been badly treated in being returned to an inferior state of position, power, and wealth to that prior to the Zulu War, 1879; hence the fight with Usibebu on the 30th March. Cetywayo solemnly declares he knows nothing of those forces going out, and that he despatched ten or more lots of messengers to order this force back. Disturbances are on the increase of a serious nature, much loss of life and depredations going on that must result in open warfare, and that not far off. Cetywayo argues he knows nothing about it at all, that it is in continuation of disturb- ances prior to his installation over which he had no control, that he is quietly and peaceably in Undini, and that all that goes wrong is the consequences of the division of Zululand into three distinct districts. His claims for cattle are of a general character for all fines, seizures, and confiscations made by the deposed Chiefs, a matter in which the second paragraph of the “further conditions” clearly forms a decision which he will not accept. 4. The deposed Chiefs, Uhamu, Chingwayo, Umlandela, Umfanawendhela, Umgojana, of course do not wish to remove to the Reserve Territory if they can possibly remain where they are. I have explained over and over again, to decide either to remain under Cety- wayo's authority or remove ; they have, however, continued to hesitate until now I fear it would be impossible to do so without being attacked by those who remain under Cetywayo's authority and rule. 5. I have warned Cety wayo not to summon men from the Reserve, that such an act will be considered as a very serious matter by the Government. 6. He has made application to assemble armed forces to act on Uhamu (and no doubt on others). I have warned him that although forwarding his application it gives him no authority to do so before receiving your Excellency’s consent, and that the restoration terms provide he shall not make war upon any Chiefs or people without sanction, and if he musters forces it is upon his own responsibility, and I continue to warn him to adhere to the terms under which Her Majesty restored him. 7. I reminded him of my advice on 30th January 1883 to check with a firm hand the atrocities committed by the Abaqulusi then reported, and subsequent cases. I explained to him that if he did not put out at once the sparks the country would get on fire, but nothing was done in the way of punishment in any of the numerous cases, and conse- quently the depredations and atrocities have increased to such an extent that he cannot possibly stop them. 8. This morning Cetywayo reports, on the 6th instant an armed force of Uhamu's killed Mpunyu, Ukentye, Balkana, and Muntuwapansi, of Umyamana's people, near the sources of the Sikwebezi. - 9. As regards the alleged murder of Edward Ingram and servant, and robbery of 200l. from him by Umyamana's people so alleged, I have again informed Cetywayo of his responsibility to find out the offenders and punish them. I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, K.C.M.G., British Resident with Cetywayo. &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner, Natal. R 7622, B 10 Enclosure 3 in No. 4. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULWER. SIR, Mbilani, Zululand, April 9, 1883. I HAVE the honour to report, for your Excellency's information, the following message I this day received from Cetywayo, per Ngwengweni and Mpree, also Msalela, of Seketwayo, that six companies of Msebe, of Uhamu, on the night of the 5th instant surrounded the kraal of Kwenei, of Seketwayo, close to Kambule fort, and there killed four men, viz., Mangwana, Hlehle, Magala, and another, also two women, and that he, Cetywayo, requests your Excellency will permit him to assemble the people from the Reserve to assist in his defence from attacks. 2. Reply. I will forward the request as asked to do so, but give him no hopes of such a request being granted, and I warn him not in any way to interfere with any people in the Reserve Territory so long as they choose to reside there. t t I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, His Excellency Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., British Resident with Cetywayo. &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner, Natal. Enclosure 4 in No. 4. Mr. OSBORN to Sir H. BULWER. Eshowe, Zulu Native Reserve Territory, SIR, April 12, 1883. I HAVE the honour to state, for your Excellency’s information, that about three days ago it came to my knowledge that some uneasiness had suddenly arisen amongst the natives in the Reserve, owing, it was reported, to the disturbed state of the country under Cetywayo's rule, and to the circumstance of Cetywayo having, it was said, sent messengers to call upon the men in the Reserve to arm and join his impi. On becoming aware of these things I at once despatched messengers to all the Chiefs and headmen advising them to remain quiet at their kraals, and warning them against any participation on their own part or that of their people in any armed proceedings or demon- strations in Cetywayo's territory. Although my police were constantly watching in different parts, I was unable to learn up to the afternoon of yesterday that any men had armed and gone to join Cetywayo's forces, but since then I have ascertained that some men crossed the boundary at different points into Cety wayo's territory during the night of . 10th. They went in small parties of two or three men each, and were fully £ll'Iſle Ol. Although it was generally reported that Cetywayo was summoning the men in the Reserve to arm and join his forces, I was not able to learn with certainty that he was really doing so until yesterday afternoon, when I obtained information which amply proved the truth of the current report. His orders sent to the people in the Reserve were to the effect that, as the whole country, including the Reserve, belonged to him and was given to him by the Queen in England, he called upon the people living in the Reserve to arm at once and join his forces which he is now assembling to go against Uhamu. That he advised those persons who fail to obey his summons to go across the Tugela into Natal, for if they remained here he would send his impi to punish them immediately on its return from Uhamu. It appears also that those Chiefs or headmen, viz., Godide, Dwandwe, Qetuka, Melelise, and Nobiya, who are still remaining with Cetywayo, have sent word to their indunas here to say that Cetywayo is becoming greatly dissatisfied because no men from their tribes (who are living in the Reserve) had as yet joined his forces, and as they, the Chiefs, fear he will punish them should the arrival of the men be any longer delayed, they desire their indunas to urge the people to arm and join the Usutu forces without loss of time. - So far as I can learn the intention of sending armed men to join the Usutu forces is entertained principally by the Chiefs mentioned who went to see Cetywayo on his arrival from the Cape, and have remained with him ever since and are with him now. The intention of sending the men is also entertained by Mongena and Rozana. The messages sent through by Cetywayo are also having a very disturbing effect on the II minds of other Chiefs and people within the Reserve. I am, therefore, exerting myself to the utmost to allay the disquiet that is being thus caused, and I have strictly pro- hibited all persons from crossing into Cetywayo's territory with the object of joining his impi there against anyone. I have likewise prohibited arming within the Reserve for any purpose whatever. I have sent for the headmen Mongena and Rozana with the intention of personally warning them against any illegal proceedings on their part. I expect them here this afternoon. I have, &c. His Excellency Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., (Signed) M. Osborn, &c. &c. &c. Resident Commissioner. Her Majesty's Special Commissioner, Natal. Enclosure 5 in No. 4. Mr. OSBORN to Sir H. BULWER. Eshowe, Zulu Native Reserve Territory, SIR, April 13, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Excellency’s information, copy of a message received by me this day from Cety wayo per Xapela and Ziuenqu, two messengers sent by him. Owing to the sudden illness of the messenger, Xapela, immediately on his arrival here this morning, he has not been able to attend before me to-day to receive my reply in reference to Cetywayo's request that the men living in the Reserve may be allowed to arm and go to him for the duty stated in his message. It is my intention to inform Cetywayo that I have no power to grant his request, and that I will transmit his communication to your Excellency, also that I trust he will refrain from interfering with the people residing within this l{eserve. I have, &c. (Signed) M. Osborn, His Excellency Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., Resident Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Her Majesty's Special Commissioner, Natal. - Eshowe, Zulu Native Reserve Territory, April 13, 1883. XAPELA and Ziuenqu state :-We are sent by Cetywayo to inform you that Uhamu is attacking him, Uhamu lately sent some men to attack one kraal belonging to Seketwayo, which was done, and seven men belong to that kraal were killed on that occasion. Uhamu lately caäsed the cattle of two kraals belonging to Umyamama to be seized and both the kraals to be burnt down. Cetywayo has reported this conduct of Uhamu to Mr. Fynn, the Resident, but he wishes you also to know it. Cetywayo says that as Uhamu is attacking him with the assegai, he asks you to allow the men living in the Reserve to go to him to guard him against Uhamu, who, he thinks, seeks to kill him. Cetywayo asks you to send these, his words, to the Governor, and he wishes you in the meantime to let the men come to him to guard him. Delivered to me, (Signed) M. Osborn, Resident Commissioner. 12 Enclosure 6 in No. 4. Mr. OSBORN to Sir H. BULWER. Eshowe, Zulu Native Reserve Territory, SIR, April 13, 1883. WITH reference to my Despatch of yesterday’s date, I have the honour to inform your Excellency that great uneasiness continues to prevail among the people residing in this Reserve. The cause of this disquiet is attributable entirely to the messages sent by Cetywayo to the different headmen. These communications, which I find are being conveyed to all natives of importance within the Reserve, are in reality and distinctly Cetywayo's orders to those persons to come to him with their followers armed, and ready to form part of his Usutu impi which he is now assembling within his territory; they also convey the threat of punishment stated in my Despatch. The greater portion of the natives in the Reserve do not wish to live under Cety wayo's rule, but they are much disturbed in consequence of his peremptory order, coupled with the threat of punishment to those who do not yield ready obedience to his command. They seem, in consequence, to doubt the bona ſides and permanency of the arrangements made by the Government in creating the Reserve and excluding Cetywayo's authority from it, as they cannot otherwise account for this direct exercise of authority by Cetywayo not only within the limits of the Reserve but over its whole area. Then, again, there is the sending of the impi lately by Cetywayo against Usibebu, which is referred to as a visible proof that he has authority also over the territory that was assigned to Usibebu, and this taken together with his present bold proceeding within the Reserve gives, in the eyes of the people, the colour of truth to his statement that the Queen had given back to him the whole of Zululand as possessed by him before the war. This view of the question is industriously spread by Cetywayo's messengers and by that portion of the resident population who desire to see his authority extended over the Reserve. Under these circumstances I find it most difficult to induce the people to rely on the permanency of the arrangements made by which the Reserve was created. I shall not, however, relax my earnest endeavours to restore confidence amongst them. It has been this day reported to me by some of the men placed in charge of the Umhlatuzi Drifts that a considerable number of armed men belonging to the five Chiefs who are remaining still with Cetywayo, and whose names are stated below,” crossed over yesterday into Cetywayo's territory with the openly avowed object of joining his impi which is now being assembled by him. The attitude and conduct of the armed parties were very defiant and insolent towards the men in charge of the drifts where they crossed. I have, &c. (Signed) M. Osborn, His Excellency Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., Resident Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Her Majesty's Special Commissioner, Natal. Enclosure 7 in No. 4. Sir H. BULWER to Mr. FYNN. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, April 21, 1883. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatches having relation to the disturbed state of affairs in Cetywayo's territory. 2. You will please inform Cetywayo that anything he may desire to say on the subject of the fight in Usibebu's territory that took place on the 30th of March should be com- municated to you, who are the British Resident appointed by Her Majesty’s Govern- ment to reside with him and to be the medium of communication between him and the Government. 3. You will also inform him that I have heard with regret of the unsatisfactory state of the relations between him and Uhamu. If Uhamu has attacked any of Umyamana’s *- * Godide, Dwandwe, Qetuka, Melelesi, Nobiya. 13 kraals, or the kraals of anyone else, it has been a wrongful act. I cannot, however, but observe that the first acts of aggression in that part of the country which took place after the return of Cetywayo were committed by the Abaqulusi people against Uhamu. These acts, I have no doubt, were the result of the former disputes between the Abaqulusi and Uhāmu, and I have no doubt also that they were committed without Cetywayo's sanction and without his knowledge. But they were committed immediately after his return, and it seems to me that Cetywayo should then and at once have taken steps to put a stop to them and to punish the offenders. Had this been done, and had Cetywayo begun his new rule by a policy of conciliation and friendly consideration towards Uhamu and others of the deposed Chiefs in his territory—and it was the more desirable that he should show such a disposition towards them, seeing that they were being deposed and their authority was being set aside in his favour and on his behalf— there was reason to hope that a way of reconciliation would in course of time be found, and to this end every effort of the British Resident would have been exercised. 4. But instead of the Abaqulusi being punished or restrained, their violence and law- less proceedings have been on the increase, and they appear also to have been joined by the Pangisweni, and by some of Umyamana's people, in their attacks upon Uhamu's people. If, therefore, Uhamu, taking advantage of the defeat of the Usutus in their attack upon Usibebu on the 30th of March, has seized the opportunity to commit acts of retaliation upon Umyamana's people, or upon any others who have attacked him, it cannot perhaps be wondered at. There is, indeed, no excuse for Uhamu's action in doing this, but there is an explanation of it. 5. But what I would urge upon Cetywayo even now to do is to desist from raising a force against Uhamu, to restrain the Abaqulusi and Pangisweni and Umyamana's people, and, far as matters have gone, to try a policy of moderation and conciliation. Let him by this means give Uhamu and any of the other Chiefs in his territory a fair oppor- tunity either to come to some better understanding with him or to remove elsewhere. 6. I would urge Cetywayo to do this, and not to be raising an armed force as, it is said, he is doing, and as he practically admits he is seeking to do. There is no question of his being in danger of attack. What danger of this kind there might be would only come as a consequence of aggression on his part. It is the policy of aggression that will create a danger for him; and he may rely upon it that it is by moderation that he will best secure his position and his authority. 7. I cannot, of course, listen to his request that he should be allowed to call up men out of the Reserve, and he knows very well that the request is one that he ought not to make to me. I am well aware, indeed, that he has not waited for the authority which he asks for, but that he has already, many days ago, sent messengers into the Reserve to call up men to join his forces. But, notwithstanding this, I send him an answer in order that he may know that I can on no account give him this authority, and in order that I may warn him that in acting as he has done he is acting not only without authority, but against the conditions subject to which he was restored. I have, &c. Henry Fynn, Esq., (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. Special Commissioner. British Resident with Cetywayo. Enclosure 8 in No. 4. Sir H. BULWER to Mr. OSBORN. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, t April 21, 1883. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatches reporting the state of uneasiness in the Reserve on account of the disturbed condition of Cety wayo's territory, and on account of the peremptory messages sent in by Cety wayo to the people of the Reserve to come up in arms to join the force which he is assembling. 2. I approve of the steps taken by you to counteract the mischievous effect of Cety- wayo's messages, and I am sure vou will do vour best to allay any uneasiness and to give assurance to the people of the Reserve that the territory has been placed and will remain under the authority of the British Resident Commissioner. They should be B 3 14 clearly made to understand that Cetywayo has no right to send messages to them of any kind, and that they have no right to listen or pay any attention to his messages. If any of them do listen to his messages and attend his summons, and leave the Reserve Territory to join his armed force, then they should not return to the Reserve Territory, as they will by so doing have acted in defiance of the properly constituted authority of the Territory, and they should remain in the territory of Cetywayo, whose authority they will thus have practically recognised. 3. In my scheme for the administration of the Reserve Territory I proposed (see sec- tion 15 of paragraph 27 of my Despatch of October 3rd, Blue Book, C.—3466, p. 206) that every principal Chief or headman in the Reserve Territory should appoint an induna to represent him and to reside at the place of residence of the Resident Commis- sioner. I should be glad to know if you see your way to make an arrangement of this kind with at least the principal Chiefs and headmen. I think it is one that will help your hands in various ways, as it will enable you to keep up communication with the Chiefs and headmen of the country, to give and receive information as to what is going on in different parts of the country, and to impart assurance and confidence. I have, &c. Melmoth Osborn, Esq., C.M.G., (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Resident Commissioner, Reserve Territory. No. 5. LIEUT.-GENERAL L. SMYTH, C.B., to the RIGHT Hon. The EARL OF DERBY. (Received May 22, 1883.) My LoRD, Government House, Cape Town, April 30, 1883. WITH reference to Sir Hercules Robinson's Despatch of the 20th ultimo,” forwarding a copy of a telegram which he had received from the British Resident relative to the rumoured intention of the Zulu Chief Uhamu to take refuge in the Transvaal, I have the honour to enclose, for your Lordship's information, a copy of a despatchi which I have received from the Governor of Natal on the subject. I have, &c. (Signed) L. SMYTH, Lieut.-General, The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, High Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. No. 6. LIEUT.-GENERAL L. SMYTH, C.B., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF I) ERBY. (Received May 22, 1883.) Government House, Cape Town, MY LORD, April 30, 1883. I HAVE the honour to enclose, for your information, a copy of a telegram which I have received from the British Resident forwarding a communication from the Transvaal Government relative to the incursion of Zulu refugees on the south-east border of the State. I have telegraphed the text of this message to Sir Henry Bulwer for such action as he may think fit. I have, &c. (Signed) L. SMYTH, The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, Lieut.-General, High Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. * No. 43a of [C.–3616] May 1883. f See Enclosures 2, 3, 4 in No. 82 of [C.–3616] May 1883. 15 Enclosure in No. 6. TELEGRAM. Received in Cape Town, April 30, 1883. From BRITISH RESIDENT, Pretoria, to His Excellency the HIGH CoMMISSIONER, Cape Town. April 27th.-The President has just reported to me that he has received a communica- tion from the Government Native Commissioner on the Zulu border that heavy fighting has been going on between Usibebu and Uhamu's people on the one side, and those of Cetywayo's, in which heavy slaughter has been inflicted, on the latter, forcing large numbers to enter the Transvaal, where they are reorganising for operations. They refuse to be disarmed. The Government fear that the condition of Zululand will bring trouble to this State and to Natal, whose interests they recognise as one in this matter, and desire me to ask your Excellency what course Her Majesty's Government would wish them to take. It is stated that 6,000 of Cetywayo's people have been placed hors de combat. Pending reply from your Excellency, I have urged the Transvaal Government to : itself to remonstrance and passive operations to the occupation of Transvaal ground. No. 7. LIEUT.-GENERAL L. SMYTH, C.B., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received May 22, 1883.) My LoPD, Government House, Cape Town, May 1, 1883. WITH reference to my Despatch of the 30th ultimo,” I have the honour to enclose, for your information, a copy of a further Despatch which I have received from the Governor of Natal respecting the rumoured intention of Uhamu to take refuge in the Transvaal. I have forwarded a copy of this Despatch for the information of the British Resident in the Transvaal state. I have, &c. (Signed) L. SMYTH, Lieut.-General, The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, High Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure in No. 7. Sir H. BULWER to Sir H. Robinson. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, April 21, 1883. WITH reference to my Despatch of the 12th instant, I have the honour to transmit, for your Excellency’s information, a copy of the Minute which I sent to Mr. Fynn in transmitting to him your Excellency’s telegraphic message of the 20th ultimo, and a copy of the reply I have received from him. SIR, I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, º To his Excellency the Right Hon. Special Commissioner. Sir Hercules G. R. Robinson, G.C.M.G., Cape Town. * No. 5 B 4 16 Sir H. BULWER to Mr. FYNN. MINUTE. March 22, 1883. I SEND, for your information, the accompanying telegram which I have received from his Excellency Sir H. Robinson, the High Commissioner in South Africa. I have not as yet received any information to show that Uhamu has taken refuge in Transvaal territory, nor do I suppose that he will do this without seeking the permission of the Transvaal Government. As I have already instructed you, I think you should counsel Cetywayo to prevent the Baqulusi from attacking Uhamu, and, on the other hand, you should counsel Uhamu to recognise Cetywayo's authority, or, failing that, offer him a location in the Reserve territory. The British Resident with Cetywayo. (Signed) H. BULWER. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULWER. (Received April 14, 1883.) MINUTE. YoUR ExcELLENCY, April 8, 1883. I HAVE complied with your Excellency’s instructions, and Uhamu replies he will not go to the Transvaal ; but as regards his acknowledging of Cetywayo, I am of opinion there is no hope now of that, seeing that Cetywayo failed to check in an effectual manner the Abaqullisi outrages towards Uhamu, and disturbances are going on and Uhamu is retaliating, as reported in my despatches to your Excellency. (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, British Resident with Cetywayo. No. 8. SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received May 28, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, April 26, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, a copy of a Despatch, with enclosures, which I have received from Mr. Fynn relative to certain agreements that it would seem were made between the Chief Uhamu and some Transvaal border farmers, and to the manner in which they may be supposed to affect the authority of Cetywayo in that part of the country. I transmit also a copy of a Despatch which I have addressed to Mr. Fynn in reply. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure 1 in No. 8. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULweR. Mbilani Spruit, Zululand, SIR, March 23, 1883. I HAVE the honour to forward to your Excellency a letter from Mr. H. J. Nunn dated 7th instant, and received by me yesterday, with copies of agreements by which on the 17th May 1882 Uhamu leased a farm to Gert Wilhem, and on 20th April 1882 Uhamu leased a farm to J. H. Robberts and H. A. Curle. To each of these agreements Mr. Nunn has annexed his remarks, by which he points out the Boers are endeavouring to possess farms in Zululand, and Wilhem interfering with native gardens, Curle and Robberts beaconing off farms and inviting parties from Transvaal, Labuschagnie asserting the Chief had given him a farm. * 17 2. I briefly informed Cetywayo yesterday of the above points of information. He replied, the country occupied by Uhamu had been given to him, Cetywayo, by the Government, but it had not come under his authority by reason of Uhamu continuing to keep aloof with the people and not giving the people to him as he had asked Uhamu to do; that he, Cetywayo, does not want the Boers to locate within his territory; he has not yet been enabled to consider that part occupied by Uhamu as being under his control yet, by reason of Uhamu disregarding his, Cetywayo's, authority; that under those circumstances he considers Uhamu under the authority of the Government until he either submits himself to Cetywayo or leaves that part of the country, which he also considers under Government control until the occupants leave or recognise him. 3. Cetywayo does not appear to be favourably disposed towards Mr. H. J. Nunn (Dambuza). 4. The names of J. Robberts, Wilhem, and Labuschagnie, I see are amongst those named in Mr. Osborn's List, Despatch, November 17, 1882, enclosed in your Excellency’s Despatch to me February 27, 1883. - 5. With reference to paragraph 3 of his Excellency the High Commissioner's Despatch 29th January 1883, I am of opinion that the first question of titles or grants could be better ascertained from the Transvaal authorities, if they gave any titles and proof of right to do so. 6. As the season for winter pasturing is fast drawing on, I am of opinion that no time should be lost in the Transvaal authorities taking immediate action to prevent trespass into Cetywayo's territory and prevent serious complications which might arise. I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, K.C.M.G., British Resident with Cety wayo. Special Commissioner, Natal. MR. NUNN to MR. FYNN. SIR, Ingomi, Zululand, March 7, 1883. I HAVE the honor to acknowledge the receipt of yours of the 30th January last, and to inform you that I immediately in terms of your communication advised Uhamu how necessary and advisable it was that he should keep perfectly quiet and peaceable. I am sorry to say, though, that the Abaqulusi have not ceased their robberies and murders. I would have answered yours ere this, but I find it impossible to procure native messengers even to go short distances. As this district is now restored to King Cetywayo, I think it my duty to enclose you copies of agreements made by Uhamu, as it is most likely false representations may be made to you or the King by the parties setting up some claim to the land. Mr. Wilhem wished for a lease but I refused it, giving him, however, a memorandum to the effect that the agreement was to remain in foice so long as Uhamu should remain Chief, as he is now deposed and the country restored to the King of course all such arrangements fall to the ground. I myself fully recognise the authority of Cety wayo, and trust he will be pleased to allow me to remain under his government, and I wish to know how I shall stand affected as regards the Ingomi Forest. I have had the exclusive right of sawing, &c. under Uhamu, and I am quite willing to pay a yearly rental in future for the same privilege, and wish to know from you to whom it must be paid. In the interests of good government, peace, and quietness I only regret that the whole of the Zulu country had not been restored. - I have, &c. * Henry F. Fynn, Esq., (Signed) HERBERT J. NUNN. British Resident with Cetywayo. &c. &c. &c. Amaslabatini. MEMORANDUM of Agreement made this seventeenth day of May in the year of Our Lord 1882, between the Chief Uhamu of Zululand on the one part, and Mr. Gert Wilhem of the Umpenfan river, Transvaal Republic, on the other part. To wit, The Chief Uhamu agrees to let, and Mr. Gert Wilhem agrees to hire the farm on the Umpenfan river, Zulu side, on which the said Gert Wilhem has erected a store, at the R 7622. C 18 yearly rental of twenty pounds sterling, and this hiring gives no right or title to the land in question, and does not affect any right the aforesaid Gert Wilhem may have to com- pensation from the English or Transvaal Governments in consequence of his original title from the Transvaal Government embracing any of the land in question. Done at Umpenfan, May 17, 1882. (Signed) HERBERT J. NUNN, by Order of the Chief Uhamu. Witnesses, * JoHN H. BARBOUR. * GERT WILHEM. * JoHN STIRLING. True Copy. (Signed) H. J. NUNN. Note— I am informed that Mr. Wilhem has paid twelve pounds sterling in mealies to Uhamu on account of the year's rent, but the payment did not take place with my knowledge. There was one Zulu kraal on the land in question about one mile distant from the store, it was arranged that the owner of the kraal was not to plant a small garden close by the store on the banks of the river, as it would interfere with waggons outspanning; a complaint has been made that Mr. Wilhem has since taken that as well as all the gardens along the river and ploughed them up for his own use, this was not the understanding and is a great hardship on the owner of the kraal; but I merely write for your and the King's information, and to see that I have not been to blame in any of these matters. (Signed) H. J. NUNN. The store in question was built by Mr. Wilhem before he had the Chief’s consent, as will appear on the face of it. - (Signed) H. J. NUNN. MEMORANDUM of Agreement made this 20th day of April in the year 1882, between the Chief Uhamu and Jan Robarts and Henry Curle at Geneaitchin, the Chief's kraal. The Chief Uhamu agrees for Jan Robarts and Henry Curle, to occupy a certain piece of land between the Zuinguin and the Bevan or Umpenfan Rivers, and to allow peace- able occupation of the same, the boundaries to be pointed out by Herbert Jonathan Nunn, his agent, and the said Jan Robarts and Henry Curle agree to refer any disputes that may arise with the Natives to the decision of the Chief Uhamu, and to live under the laws of the Zulu country so far as Uhamu's territory is concerned, and Jan Robarts and Henry Curle hereby acknowledge that this permission of the Chief, does not give any right or title to the land in question, and that they have no right or title. This done at Geneaitchin, the day and year aforesaid, in the presence, and with the concurrence of Fogoti and Isicumban, indunas of the Chief Uhamu. (Signed) HERBERT J. NUNN, Agent for Uhamu. Witness + JAMES NUNN. f J. H. RoBBERTs. † C. JAMES Hook. † H. A. C URLE. True Copy, (Signed) H. J. N. Note.—This agreement was made with the parties on the understanding that they were to act as policemen for Uhamu, by sending him notice of any Boers settling in the territory or coming in in the winter time to graze their stock without Uhamu's permission. Instead of the parties acting thus, Henry Curle has represented himself as Uhamu's agent, has posted up at the Umpenfan store, a notice to Boers to apply to him for grazing licenses or to cut firewood in the Zulu country, and stating that he is empowered to grant the same ; of these arrangements I know nothing, and have never been consulted by the Chief in the matter, who has denied it to me. Curle further paid a visit to the Chief in company with a Boer by name Labuschanyan, who brought a present of gin; +- * Mr. Nunn has omitted the word “ (signed)” before these three signatures.] If Mr. Nunn has omitted the word “ (signed)” before these four signatures.j 19 on their return, they stated that the Chief had given Labuschanyan a farm, and I am informed that Curle and Robarts have also beaconed off and claim some six farms in the district, and have invited parties in the Transvaal to come and reside on them, amongst others, one Corbett, who was my informant. Of all these matters, I simply know nothing, nor do I believe Uhamu does, but as this country now belongs to the King, I think it my duty to send you this copy of agreement with these remarks, and to show you that none of the district has been alineated. I think both Curle and Robarts' proceedings unjustifi- able. (Signed) H. J. NUNN. — – e'––––- --—- - --- - -— - - ----- - - • * ~ * *** * * Enclosure 2 in No. 8. Sir H. BULwFR to Mr. FYNN. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, April 26, 1883. I HAVE received your Despatch of the 23rd ultimo, forwarding a letter addressed to you by Mr. H. J. Nunn, with its enclosures. i. I am not surprised to hear that Cetywayo does not appear to be favourably dis- posed towards M. H. J. Nunn, who has been, I am given to understand, a sort of adviser to Uhamu, and whose object in the present correspondence seems to be to save his own interests in the country. 3. The agreements, of which Mr. Nunn has enclosed you copies, do not appear to me to confer any right but a temporary right of occupation of certain pieces of land upon the parties in whose favour they were made out. It was, I think, very undesirable that any such right should have been given, and in this act Mr. Nunn had his share of re- sponsibility at the time, but the agreements themselves evidently did not confer any right or title to the lands. Indeed, under the conditions accepted by the appointed Chiefs in 1879, an appointed Chief bound himself not to sell or in any way alienate, or to permit or countenance any sale or alienation of any part of the land in his territory; and I perceive that the agreements forwarded by Mr. Nunn expressly declare that the transaction was one of a hiring of land, and gave no right or title to the land in question. 4. Whatever right was conferred, it appears, therefore, to have been one of a tem- porary nature, and, now that Cetywayo's authority has been restored over that part of the country, I take it that the agreement for whatever it is worth is virtually transferred with the authority, and will hold good only during the mutual pleasure of both parties to it, and may be terminated with proper and sufficient notice on either side. 5. As for Cetywayo's remarks that Uhamu's territory has not come under his autho- rity because Uhamu with his people continue to keep aloof from him, I need scarcely observe that all the territory that was under the Chief Uhamu has been placed under the authority of Cetywayo, and that Cetywayo will best secure his authority there by a conciliatory conduct and by staying the lawless acts of the Abaqulusi people which, it would seem, have been the principal cause of the disturbed state of that part of the country since his restoration, whilst on your part nothing, I am sure, will be wanting to secure the recognition by Uhamu of Cetywayo's authority or his removal into the Re- serve Territory. The aggressive conduct of the Abaqulusi has, I am compelled to ob- serve, operated very prejudicially against your attempts to secure the adoption of one of these two courses. 6. With regard to the opinion you express that no time should be lost by the Trans- vaal Government in taking action to prevent trespassing in Cetywayo's territory during the season of winter pasturing, you will have observed, from the last paragraph of the High Commissioner's Despatch of the 29th January, a copy of which was forwarded to you on the 27th February, that the Transvaal Government has promised to forbid all persons trespassing in this manner. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULwer, Henry Fynn, Esq., Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. British Resident with Cetywayo. 20 No. 9. SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. The EARL OF DERBY. (Received May 28, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, April 26, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, a copy of a De- spatch I have received from the Resident Commissioner in the Reserve Territory inform- ing me of a message he had received from Cety wayo and of his reply to it. 2. Cetywayo's representations are, to say the least, remarkable. He would now seek to put on Mr. Fynn the responsibility for the attack made by the Usutu force on Usibebu. The gathering of this large Usutu force was carefully kept concealed from Mr. Fynn, and the existence of it was denied by Cety wayo and Umyamana on the 26th of March, four days before the actual fight took place. It was only on that day that Mr. Fynn heard from one of his own messengers of the reported gathering of the force and of its probable destination, and he lost no time in bringing the matter to the notice of Cetywayo and of Umyamana, and he spared no pains to induce them to order the dispersion of the force, but in vain. The only thing he would not do was to consent, on the 29th March, to send a messenger of his own to the force assembled under Undabuko ; and in this refusal he acted, I believe, rightly and prudently, because not only, as it turned out, would it have been too late, for the force by that time must have crossed into Usibebu’s territory, but the presence of his messenger would have been made use of by the Usutu leaders to show that the attack was being made with the British Resident’s authority; and now Cetywayo would put the blame on Mr. Fynn for not stopping the attack, as if it was Mr. Fynn's business to disperse the force and not his own to prevent the gathering of the force in the first instance and to disperse it when once gathered together. 3. Then again at the very time Cety wayo's messengers are in the Reserve Territory calling upon the Chiefs and headmen to come up in arms and join his forces, and threatening them with his vengeance if they do not come, Cety wayo goes through the form of sending a message to the Resident Commissioner to ask that the people of the Reserve may be allowed to go to him to see and “inquire into the proceedings of some of the Zulu “ people who are seeking to kill him.” 4. I have conveyed to Mr. Osborn my approval of the answer given by him to Cety- wayo's messages. I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Q * Special Commissioner. Enclosure I in No. 9. Mr. OSBORN to Sir H. BULwFR. Eshowe, Zulu Native Reserve Territory, SIR, April 16, 1883. I HAVE the honour to represent that late in the afternoon of the 14th Instant, two Zulu men, viz., Sunduzwayo and Gayiyana, arrived here and stated they were messengers sent by Cetywayo with a message to me. I took down in writing the message as delivered by the men, and transmit herewith a copy thereof for your Excellency’s information. I have, &c. His Excellency Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., (Signed) M. Osborn, &c. &c. &c. Resident Commissioner. SUNDUzwAYo and GAYIYANA, the former speaking, state:— We are sent to you by our Chief Cety wayo with these his words –Cety wayo says he thanks you for having during his absence from the country taken care of the people, and for having always prevented fighting in the land. Whenever the tribes assembled to fight you dispersed them and prevented the people from killing each other. But for you he would have found no Zulus alive on his return to the country. He says fighting has occurred lately between his people and Usibebu, but Gwalagwala (Mr. Fynn) would not go to prevent it and many got killed. Cety wayo now asks you to allow the men 21 * living in the Reserve to go to him and to see into and inquire into the proceedings of some of the Zulu people who are seeking to kill him. REPLY:— I have heard Cetywayo's words. Tell him that any good done by me in Zululand during his absence was done in pursuance of the wishes of the Government, and I only did my duty. I am sorry to hear that many lives were lost in the fight with Usibebu, and the Government whose desire is that peace should always be maintained will be sorry to hear of the occurrence. Mr. Fynn, I doubt not, must have had good reason to consider interference on his part, to prevent the fight, impracticable. As to Cetywayo's request that I should permit the men in the Reserve to go to him, I have to say that I cannot consent to this. It is not lawful for the people in the Reserve to take part in political affairs elsewhere. You will also tell Cetywayo that messengers, saying they are sent by him, came into the Reserve a few days ago publishing an order, which they say he sent by them, to all the Chiefs and people in it. The order they gave out, and are still giving out, is that Cety wayo ordered all the men in the Reserve to arm and proceed at once to join the impi he is assembling, that those who disregard his order will be severely punished by an inſpi he will send for the purpose. This proceeding has surprised me greatly, as Cetywayo promised the Government he would respect the boundaries of the Reserve Territory, and that he will not interfere with the people in it. And as I have been placed by the Government in charge of this Territory, I wish him to know that I strongly object to any interference by him within it, and that I shall hold responsible to me any of the people living in the Reserve who may arm and go to take part with impis in operations going on outside the border of this Territory. I shall inform the Governor of this communication from Cetywayo and of my reply thereto, (Signed) M. Osborn, Eshowe, April 14, 1883. Resident Commissioner. No. 10. SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF DER BY. (Received May 28, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, April 26, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, a copy of a Despatch I have received from the Resident Commissioner, from which it would appear that the uneasiness reported in his Despatches of the 12th and 13th April" is disappearing, as the natives of the Reserve are becoming convinced of the illegality of the orders sent to them by Cety wayo. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure 1 in No. 10. Mr. OSBORN to Sir H. BULWER. Eshowe, Zulu Native Reserve Territory, SJR, April 18, 1883. With reference to my Despatch of the 13th instant, I have the honour now to report that the state of unrest within the Reserve caused by Cetywayo ordering the people to arm and join his impi in his territory is beginning to disappear, as the natives are becoming convinced of the illegality of the order sent to them. Some of the Chiefs in the Reserve came to me personally, while others sent their indunas to hear from me direct what their true position is in regard to the call made upon them and * Enclosures 4 and 5 in No. 4. C 3 22 their tribes, and to ascertain in like manner whether Cetywayo possesses any authority over them. It appears that those who responded to Cetywayo's call are some of the people, but not all, belonging to the tribes of the five Chiefs who remained with him, and also that portion of Sirayo's tribe living in the neighbourhood of Hlubi, and the people of Non- gena, and Maserwana. I shall not fail to continue my endeavours to restore thorough quiet throughout the territory. I have, &c. (Signed) M. Osborn, His Excellency Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., Resident Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. No. 1 1. SIR HENRY BULW ER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received May 28, 1883.) (Extract.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, April 27, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, a copy of a state- ment made at the end of last month by an induna of the Native Department to Mr. Symons, then acting Secretary for Native Affairs. The induna reported that two Zulus named Makewo and Umlilwana had arrived without a pass from Mr. Fynn, and stated that they had been sent by Cetywayo with a message to the Government, which appears to be of the nature of a complaint against Uhamu, Mr. Fynn, and Mr. John Shepstone. As they had come without a pass, and as the statement made by them did not appear to require any answer, no answer was given. Enclosure in No. 11. STATEMENT made by the Acting Induna, Secretary for Native Affairs’ Department. Two Zulus, Makewo and Umlilwana without a pass, report that they have been sent by Cety wayo to the Government to say they have come to complain of the six people killed by Uhamu in the open road because they did not get out of the way to allow of Uhamu's carriage to pass. The men killed were of the Amaqulusini tribe, and belonging to Cety wayo. That Ngwalagwala (Mr. Fynn) and Cetywayo have had a difference regarding the boundary line which Mr. Fynn has placed by the Ivuna river, and Cetywayo objects to this line as not being the correct one, that hence they could not get a pass to come to Natal as Fynn would not give one. Further, that Mr. Shepstone has eaten up six head of cattle belonging to Dabulamanzi, besides having fined him four head. These cattle were the only cattle he had to feed his children, and to have them eaten up is rather hard lines under the circumstances. They admit that they slept at Umpondo's krall on the Town Hill, but on being questioned by me they state again that they slept with the Amahlubi people at Bishopstowe, and had an interview with Miss Colenso. Further, they have been to see Mr. Fynney whom Cetywayo wished them to See. - SAHIMANA, Witness, his X mark, (Signed) Wm. R. Gordon, Acting Induna, S.N.A. - Registrar, N.H.C., Office of Secretary for Native Affairs, 28th March 1883. 23 No. 12. SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. The EARL OF DERBY. (Received May 28, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, * * April 27, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, copies of the following correspondence with the British Resident with Cetywayo and the Resident Commissioner in the Reserve Territory, relative to the state of affairs in the country under Cetywayo, namely:— - -> 1. Mr. Fynn, Despatch, April 11, 1883. 2. 32 32 53 3, 3.3 3. 32 2 2 25 14, 2 3 4. 33 55 t 92 17, 2 3 5. Sir H. Bulwer , , , 26, , 6. 25 55 55 27, 5 5 I have, &c. & (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure 1 in No. 12. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULwer. (Received April 24, 1883.) SIR, Mbilani, Zululand, April 11, 1883. I HAVE the honour to inform your Excellency that I communicated to Umlandela the Chief, in accordance with your Excellency’s instructions by Despatch March 24, 1883, enclosing a statement made on 13th March before Mr. J. W. Shepstone by Umlandela's messenger. 2. This morning four messengers came from Umlandela, as I had requested, in order that I might be certain that my message to Umlandela had been correctly delivered ; to these men I repeated my message and also my address to the 80 Usutu party on the 17th March and to the 200 headmen at Undini on the 19th March, and they admitted my message had been delivered to Umlandela correctly. I informed them that I had warned Cetywayo against assembling people from the Reserve Territory or making war against any people without first having the sanction of the Government to do so. 3. Umlandela thanks for the information, and says he considers himself as the father of Cetywayo, and whose authority and rule over the district he has been appointed and in which he Umlandela resides ; he acknowledges him, and says it was Sitimela's insur- rection which did him and his people injury. 4. My messengers inform me that four oxen were given to Cetywayo to-day by Umlandela’s messengers to him. I have, &c. - (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, K.C.M.G., British Resident with Cetywayo. &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner, Natal, Enclosure 2 in No. 12. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULwBR. (Received April 24, 1883.) SIR, Mbilani, Zululand, April 13, 1883. I HAVE the honour to inform your Excellency that I this day received the following message from Cetywayo per Mlumula. That Uhamu's armed forces a day or two after the defeat of the Usutu forces by Usibebu, 30th March 1883, plundered cattle from the two kraals of Umyamana, Vakini and Ntuzuma, also of Qongweni, belonging to Bantubinsume, Umyamana's nephew, and Bendeni; situate between the 24 Pongolo and Mkaya rivers, and that many of the people there fled across the Pongolo, fearing Usibebu on one side and Uhamu on the other, but that some have returned with their cattle. I replied that I would inform your Excellency of this report. I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, K.C.M.G., British Resident with Cetywayo, &c. &c. &c. - Special Commissioner, Natal. Enclosure 3 in No. 12. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULweR. (Received April 24, 1883.) SIR, Mbilani, Zululand, April 14, 1883. 1. I HAVE the honour to inform your Excellency that Cety wayo, per Mbijana and Msengana, forwards Qondo and Maguluhlana, of Seketwayo, to report that Msebe, in charge of Uhamu's forces, sent a message on the 11th instant by Mpansi, of Seketwayo, to Seketwayo and his brother Ntuzwa, to warn them that by reason of their people having on three occasions presented themselves in warlike form against him, Uhamu, he is going to war with them, burn kraals of Ntuzwa's, and plunder the cattle. 2. Seketwayo's men admit they did on three occasions assemble in self-defence, and are now in force for defence if attacked. y 3. Cetywayo also forwards Matyana and Tekela, of Pangwiseni section of Cety- wayo's, under charge of Mahana Hana, to report that on the 11th instant Uhamu's armed forces, consisting of 12 companies under his son Kambi, approached Pangwiseni kraal, and there plundered and destroyed the crops between the Pangwiseni kraal, near Black Umvolozi River and the sources of the Sikwebezi River, and burnt down five kraals, two of Nhlela's, Ntanjana's, Nhlebe's, and Nozisini's, and then retired. 4. 15th April.—Cetywayo, per Mbijama and Masengana, informs me that Seket- wayo's messengers yesterday omitted to say Uhamu also threatened to come and burn down Undini; and he, Cetywayo, desires that I assemble his people to defend him. I replied I will not take any part in assembling armed forces for warfare. Cetywayo has asked for permission to do so, and I wait reply ; in the meantime he is assembling upon his own responsibility, not mine, or upon any authority of mine. I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, K.C.M.G. British Resident with Cetywayo. &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner, Natal. Enclosure 4 in No. 12. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULwer. (Received April 24, 1883.) SIR, Mbilani, Zululand, April 17, 1883. 1. I HAVE the honour to inform your Excellency that in the night of 15th instant Cetywayo sent to inform me that Usibebu had assembled his armed forces near the Mona River sources (i.e., in his district), and, he hears, for the purpose of proceeding to attack Umyamana and to burn down Undini. I replied I would send and see for myself what was going on. I have done so, and Cetywayo has men out to ascertain. 2. Probably Usibebu is rebuilding his kraals, and his people being assembled, naturally enough in force and armed, may lead to another attack by Cetywayo's forces. This morning I hear that the forces at Undini were manoeuvring, and consisted of about 10 companies, probably about 800 men. - 3. I hear a rumour to the effect that two out of three messengers of Usibebu’s were killed near the junction of the Umvolozi rivers, and the third man reached his destination to the Commissioner, Reserve Territory. I have &c. (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, K.C.M.G., British Resident with Cetywayo. &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner, Natal. Enclosure 5 in No. 12. Sir H. BULWER to Mr. OSBORN. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, April 26, 1883. IN my Despatch of the 21st instant, I omitted to say that if Usibebu's messengers had left before my Despatch reached you I think it will be advisable you should yourself send a messenger to Usibebu to communicate to him the answer I have conveyed to you. { 2. This is the more important, as Cetywayo has made a statement to Mr. Fynn to the effect that he has heard Usibebu is collecting a force to attack Umyamana's kraals, and that he had also threatened to burn down Undini. Mr. Fynn has sent his own mes- sengers to inquire into the truth of this report of the assembling of a force, and I shall trust to hear that the report was not correct, and that there was no truth either in the report of the alleged threat. But in order to help to recover the balance of a more settled state of affairs in that part of the country I think it will be well, should Usibebu’s messengers have left you, that you should yourself send one of your own messengers to Usibebu, to impress upon him the importance of avoiding any act whatsoever of aggression, whether in retaliation of the attack upon him or otherwise, and to give friendly counsel to him that he should strictly keep the peace and act only in strict self-defence. I have, &c. Melmoth Osborn, Esq., C.M.G., (Signed) H. BULwer, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Resident Commissioner, Reserve Territory. Enclosure 6 in No. 12. Sir H. BULWER to Mr. H. F. FYNN. * * Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, - April 27, 1883. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatches of the 11th, 13th, 14th, and 17th instant. 2. I am glad to learn that your efforts have been successful in inducing Umlandela to recognise the authority of Cetywayo. 3. The complaints which you report Cetywayo has made against Uhamu for attacking some of Umyamama's kraals immediately after the Usutu force had invaded Usibebu’s territory, and, at a later date, some of the Pangisweni kraals and of having threatened Seketwayo, appear to refer to events reported in previous Despatches by you, in reply to which I have already said that these acts of Uhamu were apparenty committed in retaliation for attacks made upon him by people of Umyamana, by the Pangesweni, and by the Abaqulusi, but that they are not the less to be condemned. I would again repeat what I have already said that the best means by which good order may be restored in that portion of the country is by Cety wayo, on his part, restraining the Aba- qulusi, the Pangesweni, and Umyamana's people from attacking Uhamu's people; and by the contemporaneous exercise of all your influence to induce Uhamu and his people on their part also to keep quiet. I am well aware that Uhamu is a very difficult person to persuade to do what is right, but I am bound to say, as far as I can form an opinion, that the provocation on this particular occasion has been given by the Abaqulusi, the Pangesweni, and others. 4. Then with regard to the threat said to have been made by Uhamu that he would come down and burn Undini, and with respect to Cetywayo's statement and com- plaint that Usibebu had assembled his forces near the sources of the Mona river, as Cetywayo hears, with the purpose of attacking Umyamana's people and also of burning Undini, I must again say what I have already said, that this trouble was commenced by the unprovoked invasion of Usibebu's territory by an Usutu force on or about the 29th of March, and by the attack made upon Usibebu on the 30th of March. It was that most guilty act which has given rise to this trouble, and which has threatened to produce the danger of acts of retaliation. Usibebu, in a message which he sent to the Resident Commissioner a few days after the fight, stated that he had acted in his own defence, and that he would continue so to act in the defence of himself and of his people; and, as R 7622. D 26 he had returned after the pursuit, to his own territory, I am therefore led to hope that he will do nothing further in the way of retaliation, and that he will remain in his own territory and only act in the defence of it. And I have sent him a message to that effect. 5. I approve of what you have done in sending your own messengers to see into the truth of the report about the assembling of Usibebu's forces, and you will, I need not say, use every exertion and all the influence that you have, as representing Her Majesty's Government in the country, to prevent Usibebu from taking any steps beyond those of the strictest self-defence. It is a misfortune that your communications with Usibebu were interrupted by Cetywayo's reluctance that he should have any communication with you, because it is obvious that Usibebu looked to you at the commencement (that is to say, after the restoration) as the nearest representative of British authority and as the one, therefore, to whom he might have recourse, and it was only when his messengers to you were interfered with that he was obliged to give up that means of communication with the Government, and to send his messengers to the Resident Commissioner. For the present I think it would be well that you should send from time to time, and when- ever you may think it necessary, messengers to Usibebu, in order that you may learn the state of affairs in his country, and that you may give him such good advice and counsels as you may think are required; and just where it is of great importance that you should be in communication with him, so as to stop the first symptoms of any attempt on his part or on that of his people to proceed to acts of retaliation in order to give that assurance in the country which may help to prevent panic or misapprehension on either side as to the intentions of the other side. 6. I am glad to say that the rumour that two out of three messengers sent by Usibebu to the Resident Commissioner had been killed was not true. They were arrested by some men of the Pingela tribe, but were afterwards released, it is said, by order of Cetywayo, and you will please inform Cetywayo that I am gratified at the steps he took in ordering the release of these men; and you should impress on him that it will be better on every account that he should not prevent free communication between you and Usibebu. 7. With respect to Uhamu also the difficulty of the position has been greatly increased by that most deplorable attack made upon Usibebu, and by the encouragement that Uhamu evidently derived from the defeat of the Usutu force to proceed to acts of retalia- tion against his own neighbours. You should not fail to send to Uhamu such warnings and counsels as you may consider advisable under the circumstances in order to stay any further proceedings on his part. After what has happened it will take time indeed to bring about that more settled condition of things which will allow of your bringing to a satisfactory conclusion the question that must eventually be settled as to Uhamu's decision either to accept loyally Cetywayo's authority or to retire to the Reserved Territory, which, if it had not been for the unfortunate agitation that has been kept up, and by the deplorable taking up of arms by the Usutus against Usibebu, might even now have been terminated. You will not cease to endeavour to bring about that more settled condition of affairs which will allow of this question being again approached in a manner that will admit of its satisfactory solution. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, Special Commissioner. No. 13. SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. The EARL OF DERBY. (Received May 28, 1883.) - - - Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, April 28, 1883. IN my Despatch to your Lordship, of the 29th March,” I transmitted copies of several papers relating to complaints and grievances put forward by Cetywayo. 2. Two of these papers contained certain allegations advanced by Cetywayo against Mr. John Shepstone, then the Resident Commissioner for the time being in the Reserve Territory. In the first allegation it was stated that Mr. Shepstone “sprang at the people “ and set his police to beat the people who fled,” but that “no one actually received any blows.” In the second allegation, made the next day, it was stated that Mr. Shepstone “sprang up, seized a stick near him, and struck Magegeba across the “ arm, calling upon his police and people to beat these people,” and that “this was done “ by an attack, the Zulus escaping out of the enclosure of the office.” The allegation then went on to describe the injuries inflicted in this attack. It was further stated that certain people were fined, and that others were detained in custody. And other statements were advanced to show that Mr. Shepstone had made use of insulting expres- sions with regard to Cetywayo. 3. In my reply to Mr. Fynn, a copy of which was forwarded to your Lordship, I said [paragraph 7] that I would send these papers to Mr. Shepstone for his information and report. I added that I had received no information regarding these alleged occurrences, but had heard unofficially that Mr. Shepstone had interfered to stop two parties fighting, and that this circumstance may have given rise to a distorted story. 4. On Mr. Shepstone's return to Natal I sent the papers to him, and I have now the honour to forward, for your Lordship's information, a copy of his report on them, from which your Lordship will learn that there was no truth whatever in the statement that he had struck any person or had caused any person to be struck, but that at his camp near the Insuze stream on the 23rd or 24th of February, at a meeting of about 400 Zulus of the neighbourhood who had come to hear his words, a disturbance broke out between some people belonging to the Usutu party and others who did not belong to that party, and that Mr. Shepstone interposed in person to stop it, and succeeded in stopping it before it went too far, although not until several blóws had been exchanged between the two factions. Mr. Shepstone tried to find out the persons who had begun the disturb- ance, but failed to do so. Cetywayo has given the names of those of the Usutu party who received blows but not of those of the anti-Usutu party, some of whom Mr. Shep- stone informs me were badly hurt. But such was the occurrence as it happened; and yet out of it a story is made up against Mr. Shepstone just as if the blows the Usutu people had received were given by him or by his orders, when they were really received during a disturbance which he interposed to stop. - 5. Mr. Shepstone denies that he ever made use of any such expressions regarding Cetywayo as those stated in the allegations. 6. Mr. Shepstone states that he fined altogether seven persons, all of them being Chiefs in the Reserved Territory during the period of his administration of three months, and that he was obliged to fine them because they persistently refused to come and hear his words, and to give their decision as to whether they wished to be under the Resident Commissioner or under Cetywayo. *. 7. Mr. Shepstone further informs me verbally, although he makes no reference to the point in his report, that on no occasion did he detain any one in custody as stated in the allegations. r I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. * No. 67 of [C.—3616] May 1883. D 2 28 Enclosure in No. 13. Mr. J. SHEPSTONE's Report on allegations made in Despatch, Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULWER, of March 3, 1883. I thank his Excellency for the perusal of these papers, and beg to make the following observations:— 1st. As regards the cattle claimed by Cetywayo from several of the late appointed Chiefs, I think that if the door is once thrown open by permission being given him to collect these cattle, i.e., if his assertion be correct, endless complications may arise and gross injustice be done, setting aside the bitter feeling that must result from such an attempt. . Certain Chiefs of the Zulu Native Reserve were fined by me for continued contempt of my authority. I fined seven in all, five in ten head of cattle each, one in five and one in four, all these fines were readily paid, and the justice of their infliction admitted, as similar conduct against their own Chiefs would have led to more serious consequences; and as proof that I did not act too precipitately, I beg to state that I allowed two months to elapse before I proceeded to impose these fines, thereby giving these men every opportunity to appear in answer to my repeated summonses, and so prevent my taking severe measures. 3rd. With reference to the disturbance or fight that took place in my presence the circumstances were these ; at my camp on the Insuze stream somewhere about the 23rd or 24th of February last, a large number of Zulus attended, to hear what I had to roclaim to them from the Government regarding the Reserved Territory in Zululand. There were Usutu and anti-Usutu present, some were seated, and some were by my directions, being so seated, so as to have all before me and near enough to hear all I said, while this was being done the Usutu and anti-Usutu came into collision, and blows were exchanged. I went in among them and was fortunate in preventing a continuance of the fight. w While interposing I had an open memorandum book in one hand and my riding stick in the other (which stick I still have in my possession), but I emphatically deny striking anyone with it, or with any stick; nor did I call upon any of my people or any other people to strike anyone the whole time I was in Zululand. Every endeavour was made by me to find the parties who began this disturbance, but without avail, and whether my non-success was attributable to wilful concealment or otherwise it is difficuit to say, as there were assembled on that day some 400 people. 4th. Cetywayo's complaint that I made use of remarks concerning him, such as “insignificant mad one,” is altogether, incorrect, and that in speaking to one Marelana, I also made use of certain objectionable expressions towards Cetywayo, I can only say that I have no recollection whatever of having spoken to a native of that name, and had I, the remarks it is said I made did not pass my lips. In conclusion, I may add that the object of the meeting referred to above was to explain, as I had already done in other parts of the Reserve, the decision of the Govern- ment relative to the Reserved Territory, and those who might wish to live in it or vice versä, and it was only at this meeting that any disturbance occurred. - I have, &c. (Signed) J. W. SHEPSTONE, Pietermaritzburg, A.S.N.A. April 14, 1883. 29 No. 14. SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HoN. The EARL OF DERBY. (Received May 28, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, April 30, 1883. I HAVE the honour to inform your Lordship that, agreeably to your permission, conveyed to me by telegraphic message of the 5th instant,” to appoint a Sub-Commis- sioner in the JReserve Territory, I have appointed, during pleasure and subject to your Lordship's approval, Mr. Andreas L. Pretorius, to be a Sub-Commissioner. 2. Mr. Pretorius belongs to one of the Dutch families settled in the Umvoti county in this Colony. He is well known to the Zulu people across the border, and, I have great reason to believe, will prove on many accounts a valuable public officer in the discharge of the particular duties he will have to perform in the Reserve Territory. 3. I transmit, for your Lordship's information, a copy of a Despatch which I have addressed to Mr. Osborn notifying Mr. Pretorius’ appointment. • - I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Enclosure in No. 14. Sir H. BULWER to Mr. OSBORN. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, April 28, 1883. THE Secretary of State having approved of the appointment of a Sub-Commis- sioner in the Reserve Territory, I have the honour to inform you that I propose to appoint, during pleasure and subject to the approval of the Secretary of State, Mr. Andreas Ludowik Pretorius, of De Rust, in the Umvoti county in this Colony, to be a Sub-Commissioner to reside in that part of the country which was lately under the Chief Hlubi. - 2. The Sub-Commissioner will be under your control and will receive his instructions from you. All his official communications also will be with and through you. 3. The salary of the post will be at the rate of 450l. a year, and there will be attached to his establishment a staff of one native induna and six native messengers. 4. Mr. A. L. Pretorius has been desired to proceed to Etshowe, there to report himself to you in person and receive his instructions from you ; and in order that no time should be lost I furnished him some days ago with a private letter of introduction to you, in which I stated the object of his visit to you, and desired that you would give him all the necessary instructions, and further, that you would send with him one of your own messengers to inform the people of the district from you that he has come in as the Sub-Commissioner of the district, and that they are to recognise him and respect his authority accordingly. 5. Mr. Andreas Pretorius, I should inform you, is a resident in the Umvoti county of many years standing, and bears a high character in the county. He is well acquainted with Zululand and with the Zulu language and people. He is personally well known, I believe, to those of the Zulu people who live in the country across the Tugela, imme- diately opposite to the Umvoti county, and is liked and respected by them. 6. The relations of the Sub-Commissioner will be with Hlubi and the Basuto people under that Chief, and the Zulus belonging to and living in that district; and having regard to the apparent want of sympathy between Hlubi’s Basutos and the Zulus of the district, it is very necessary that the Sub-Commissioner should so guide himself as to secure the goodwill and confidence of both classes. In your instructions therefore you should, I think, draw the Sub-Commissioner's particular attention to the state of the relations between Hlubi’s Basutos and the Zulus in the district, and to the importance of his smoothing these relations, and of carefully avoiding any appearance of identifying himself with either class in preference to the other. - I have, &c. Melmoth Osborn, Esq., C.M.G., (Signed) H. BULWFR, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. * Not printed. ID 3 30 No. 15. SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received May 28, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, April 30, 1883. - I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, a copy of a letter I have received from Mr. H. F. Fynn, British Resident with Cetywayo, asking to be permitted to resign his appointment on account of his health. I transmit at the same time a copy of a letter I have addressed to Mr. Fynn in reply to his request. 2. I fear it will be exceedingly difficult to find a fit and proper person who will under- take the duties of British Resident with Cetywayo. - - I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, Special Commissioner. . &c. &c. &c. Enclosure 1 in No. 15. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULWER. SIR, Mbilani, Zululand, April 8, 1883. I HAVE the honour to request your Excellency will be pleased to allow me to retire from the present office I hold of British Resident with Cetywayo as soon as possible, on the grounds of my bad health ; and that your Excellency will be pleased to grant me two months' leave of absence from my office of Resident Magistrate, Umsinga Division, to enable me to recruit my health. I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, - British Resident with Cetywayo. His Excellency Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner, Natal. Enclosure 2 in No. 15. Sir H. BULWER to Mr. FYNN. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, - April 28, 1883. I HAVE received your letter of the 8th instant, asking to be allowed to retire from the post of British Resident as soon as possible on account of your ill-health. - 2. I regret very much to learn that your health is in such a state as to render it expe- dient for you to resign your present appointment ; and this being so I should not think myself justified in disregarding your wish to retire. 3. At the same time you will understand that it will be necessary for you to remain until I can make other arrangements to fill your place; and under present circumstances, and until the state of affairs is more settled, you would not, I am sure, desire to leave. 4. In the meantime I have taken steps, as you have been informed by means of another Despatch, to give you some assistance, and I trust that the arrival of Mr. C. Davey will prove of service and be helpful to you in many ways. - I have, &c. Henry F. Fynn, Esq., (Signed) H. BULwÉR, &c. &c. Special Commissioner. British Resident with Cetywayo. SIR, 31 No. 16. SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received May 28, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, April 30, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, copies of three Despatches which I received yesterday from Mr. Fynn, from which it appears that Usibebu’s forces which, after the fight of the 30th March, had crossed into Cetywayo's territory in pursuit of the Usutus, but had returned apparently into their own country on the 1st or 2nd of April, had again come across some day before the 17th of April, and had proceeded to burn the kraals and seize the cattle of those of Umyamana’s people and the Usutus who had taken part in the invasion of Usibebu’s territory. They were also capturing and taking the women and children in retaliation, it was alleged, for some similar acts committed by Somkeli’s people at the time of the fight on the 30th March. * 2. Mr. Fynn, on hearing it reported that Usibebu’s forces had crossed, had sent his messengers to ascertain whether the report was true or not, and the statement of Gaba- jana gives an account of what he saw and of his interviews with Usibebu’s leaders and with Usibebu himself, and of his remonstrances with them. 3. On the receipt of these Despatches I at once sent a message to the Resident Com- missioner, a copy of which I have the honour to enclose. It should reach Mr. Osborn this evening, and no time should be lost by him in taking the steps indicated by me with the view of stopping the further proceedings of retaliation by Usibebu’s people. - 4. Unfortunately the materials with which we have to deal in this part of South Africa are so inflammable that once a spark is applied to them it is difficult to say when we can put out the flame; and the unprovoked invasion of Usibebu's territory, with the evident object of taking his life or of upsetting his authority, the burning of his kraals and the simultaneous attack made upon him from different quarters have roused the fiercest feelings of his people and have kindled a fire in the whole of Northern Zululand. 5. Thus it is that Uhamu, who would have been otherwise powerless to do anything, and who in course of time by means of quiet and gradual pressure brought to bear on him would have been obliged either to recognise Cetywayo's authority or to retire into the Reserve, has been emboldened by the Usutu defeat and by the heavy loss among Umyamana's people, and has now begun to assume an aggressive attitude which it will require a great deal of management to repress. 6. I trust that the message which Mr. Osborn will send will have the effect of stopping any further proceedings on the part of Usibebu and his people; and I shall lose no time in sending a message myself direct to Usibebu on the subject, and with the view of effecting the restoration of the women and children who have been taken. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. - Enclosure I in No. 16. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULwÉR. (Received April 29, 1883.) SIR, Mbilani, Zululand, April 20, 1883. ON the 17th instant I informed your Excellency of my having received information from Cetywayo that Usibebu had assembled his forces near the sources of the Mona River in his district, and that I had sent to ascertain what was going on. I have now the honour to enclose, for your Excellency's information, statement of Gabajana, one of the two messengers I sent to Usibebu, giving particulars of what has taken place. (2.) Usibebu’s forces crossed the Black Umvolozi to this, the south side, on the 17th instant, burnt kraals and captured cattle, women, and children belonging to the Usutu and Umyamana's people who went to war with him on the 30th March 1883, and on the l) 4 32 18th instant the kraal burning and capturing continued up the Black Umvolozi River and on the north side as well and passed back over the Sikwebezi, back to Usibebu. No cattle, people, or kraals were interfered with who had not taken part in fighting against Usibebu on the 30th March 1883; such as the Ziqoya and Umfanawendſhlela’s people, who consequently are viewed with suspicion of being in intrigue with Usibebu. (3.) As it became known generally along the Black Umvolozi valleys of Usibebu’s forces approaching, large numbers of Usutu and Umyamana's people, women, and children fled towards the White Unvolozi River. (4.) I hear that Didiya, headman of Mpande's kraal Nodwengu, was killed on the 18th at his kraal by some of Usibebu’s forces, and that Bixabixa, the sister of Cetywayo and wife of Chief Umgojana, while on her way to Cetywayo, was, with her attendants, threatened with assagais thrown at them, and deprived of even her personal clothing, on the 18th by some of Usibebu’s people, and a number of her female attendants captured. (5.) Cetywayo says there is no truth in some of Somkeli’s people having gone in to Usibebu’s district and plundered women and children; that he, Cetywayo, is remaining quietly at Undini with the men he has assembled to protect him and keeping the restora- tion conditions; while Usibebu is breaking them, crossing over, plundering cattle, women, and children, and killing his people, while he, Cetywayo, makes no resistance, and orders his people not to resist, and yet I, the British Resident, give him no protection or satis- factory replies from the Government to all his appeals and complaints, and has no further hopes or confidence in me or my communicating to the Government. (6.) From inquiries I have made to-day there are assembled at Undini the following: 10 companies of Ngobamakosi, 4 of Mgijo, 3 of Bonambi, 2 of Mpunga, 2 of Nokenke, 7 of Tulwane, several of Msizi, and a large number arrived to-day. Seketwayo's forces are watching probable attack by Msebe of Uhamu, who has already twice attacked Seketwayo, burning kraals and killing a few people. (7.) On the 13th instant I reported to your Excellency that Uhamu's forces had plundered cattle from people of Umyamana's and others near Pongolo. I have since heard these were retaken, and in the act some six men of Uhamu's were killed. I have, &c. - (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, K.C.M.G., British Resident with Cetywayo. &c. &c. &c. - Special Commissioner, Natal. STATEMENT of GABAJANA, messenger of the British Resident with Cetywayo, Zululand. Mbilani River, Zululand, April 20, 1883. GABAJANA states:— - Under instructions I proceeded, accompanied by Mangamane, on the 16th instant (Monday) to ascertain particulars regarding the report that Usibebu had assembled his forces at Mona River sources in his district to observe what was going on. On Tuesday 17th instant we crossed the Black Umvolozi River, Fig Tree Drift, and there met the advance scouts of Usibebu’s armed forces, and then the forces in several columns ap- proaching the Black Umvolozi River. From Mahlahlini, the cousin of Usibebu, I learnt this force had come for the purpose of burning down kraals and capturing the cattle of the Usutu party and Butilezi, of Umyamana, who had attacked Usibebu in his district on 30th March 1883 by first burning down kraals of Usibebu’s in his district, when subsequent to which act they were defeated by Usibebu’s forces, and that Mahlahlini informed me their instructions were not to interfere with any people, kraals, or cattle of any people who had not been to war with Usibebu, and not to kill any of those people either unless they resisted or fought, but to burn their kraals, capture their cattle and women and children, because Cetywayo had sent Somkeli’s forces into his, Usibebu’s, district to capture cattle, women, and children, which they did about the 31st March 1883. I told Mahlahlini they had done wrong in coming beyond Usibebu’s boundary. He replied, Cetywayo said that there were no boundaries made by the Queen, and he had come from her, that these boundaries were merely made by servants of the “Songiga" family (Shepstone), and that Gwalagwala (H. F. Fynn) was not present with him, Jety wayo, across the sea at the Queen's. Mahlahlane passed me on to Sikizana, who was in charge of this force of Usibebu's, and the same conversation took place between 33 Sikizana and I, and he further asked me what Gwalagwala (H. F. Fynn) had said to the |Usutu and Umyamana forces when they started to attack Usibebu. I informed Sikizana what Gwalagwala (the British Resident, H. F. Fynn) had said to the Usutu 17th March and to Cety wayo and the headmen assembled at Undini on 19th March, and that the Tsutu forces had gone without his knowledge, and Cetywayo, when asked, replied the forces had gone without his consent. Sikizana passed me on to Usibebu on Tuesday 17th instant at his kraal, Ekuvukeni, near Mona River (between beacon 23 and Mona River), on my way, and while with Sikizana I saw the kraals on fire south of Black Umvolozi, fired by Usibebu’s forces, and kraals on fire between Sikwebesi and Black Umvolozi, high up the former, and Sikizane told me Uhamu and Umgojana's two companies sent by Usibebu were burning those kraals. I informed Usibebu my business, and he informed me he had sent out his forces, with orders to burn down the kraals, capture the cattle and women and children, but not kill anyone of the (people) forces of the Usutu party and Umyamana, who had ignored the boundary line and entered his district and burnt down his kraals at Cetywayo's orders, and that his, Usibebu's, Tongas had fought with Cetywayo's Tongas east of Lubombo mountain, and Cetywayo's Tongas had been defeated and their cattle taken, and Somkeli, under Cetywayo's orders, had come into his, Usibebu’s, district, and plundered cattle, women, and children belonging to Usibebu’s people, and in rear of him while engaged with the Usutu and Umyamana and Mgozi forces. Usibebu informed me his orders to his forces out are not to interfere with any people who had not been to war with him, unless they attacked his forces, and that his forces were not to interfere with or go near to Cetywayo, whom he reverenced in the position he had been placed by the Queen. I told Usibebu he had done wrong in retaliating and crossing his own boundaries, but should have reported and appealed to the Government. Usibebu replied that this was now the third year he had had no peace or rest by reason of Umyamana's and Usutu forces fighting him. Usibebu informed me that two men, whose names I have forgotten, were sent to Somkeli by Cetywayo, with orders for Somkeli’s forces to go into Usibebu's district, and plunder in his rear cattle, women, and children, and his informants are the people his, Usibebu's, forces defeated, many of which are still in Usibebu's district, some in the bush living on raw mealies they steal from the gardens; that this action of Somkeli’s forces plundering women and children has separated mothers from their children and children from their mothers. Usibebu said he had ordered that if anyone of his people killed one of the Usutu forces or Cetywayo's people beyond his, Usibebu's, boundary (at the time of the fight, 30th of March 1883), the person who saw it done was to kill the man who did it, and report to him, Usibebu. On Wednesday 18th Usibebu furnished me with two men to pass me back here, as on my way I had a narrow escape of being shot by one of Usibebu’s men, seeing Mancamana and I advancing to him, and not knowing I was a messenger from the British Resident. I could only ascertain of seven men of Usibebu’s killed (on 30th March 1883) in two slightly wounded, now recovered. There are no Europeans now with Usibebu, two who were there have gone to Uhamu's forces. Usibebu informed me Uhamu and Umgojana had joined him, also Mahetyeza, a son of Umyamana's, who had been captured in the fight, and allowed to go, had returned with his family and cattle to Usibebu. I told Usibebu I had been sent three times to Uhamu to tell him to recognise Cetywayo as his ruler, as he was in Cetywayo's territory; and that Uhamu was doing wrong in joining Usibebu while in Cetywayo's territory; and that Uhamu was told he could go to the Reserve if he did not wish to be under Cetywayo's rule. Usibebu replied Uhamu had come to him, and Umgojana had been forced by the Usutu forces to join them in attacking Usibebu, and, therefore, he, Usibebu, ordered that only Umgojana's kraals be burnt, no one to be hurt or cattle to be taken, and that nothing more was done. On my way to Usibebu I saw goods which had been plundered by Usibebu’s forces from a European trader between Ivuna and Black Umvolozi junction, and heard Usibebu say this trader shall receive ample compensation from those who had plundered the goods. w ° On my way back here I saw kraals on fire up along the western side of the Ivuna River, and heard the forces of Usibebu were returning that way homewards. On my way to Usibebu I found the people along the Black Umvolozi were aware of the approaching force of Usibebu's, and were fleeing with their families and cattle towards the White Umvolozi, but large numbers of cattle, women, and children were, from all I could ascertain, taken by Usibebu's forces. Some cattle which had been taken from some of Umfanawendhlela's people were restored to the owners. - R 7622. E 34 I told Usibebu’s indunas the captured women and children should be allowed to return to their friends, and I have reason to believe they will be allowed to do so. Taken before me this 20th April 1883 at Mbilani, Zululand. - (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, - British Resident with Cetywayo. GABAJANA further states :-- | - Usibebu also told me that the forces which fought against him 30th March 1883 were sent by Cetywayo's orders to take the cattle he left with Usibebu at the time of the war (but which he, Usibebu, had given up to the military), and he knew this from the people caught in the flight of 30th March 1883, who told him also that Undabuko had declined to start with Usutu and Mgazi forces alone, and then Cetywayo said the Butilizi of Umyamana were to go as well. - Taken before me this 20th April 1883. - (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, British Resident with Cetywayo. Enclosure 2 in No. 16, SIR, Mbilani, Zululand, April 21, 1883. I HAVE the honour to report to your Excellency that in an interview with Cety- wayo to-day he informed me that Uhamu, Umgojana, and Mtonga, with a mounted force of Basutos of Hlubi, had joined Usibebu to attack him at Undini, and assert that they are authorised by the Government to do so, and he hears a police force from the Reserve and Hlubi are also to attack him ; and he believes all this to be true, notwithstanding my reasoning to the contrary, and that in support of this belief the Government will not allow his people in the Reserve to come to defend him, and he sees that the Government are acting so as to kill him, as he is prevented from defending himself by not receiving permission to do so, whilst those forces now at war with him assert generally to Cety- wayo's people their authority from Government to attack him on all sides, and have killed people, burnt kraals, plundered cattle, women, and children ; that Fada, the mes- senger of Usibebu, when returning from the Commissioner in the Reserve Territory, said Usibebu had obtained power or authority to attack him, Cety wayo. 2. Cetywayo repeated several times impressively that he would be attacked at Undini within a few days. He further states that Uhamu and Usibebu’s forces are continuing the burning of kraals this morning, and Usibebu’s people had killed Didiza, a headman of Nodwenga royal kraal, also Ngozingizi and Nozaza, a messenger of Cetywayo's, on his way to Umyamana, who is hemmed in by the enemy ; and Cetywayo's sister, Bixabixa, and attendants, on their way to him, were attacked by people of Usibebu’s forces, their things and clothing taken, and even her personal clothing and her female attendants taken away and plundered; that Uhamu was falling back, as he said, to prepare for the battle to take place at Undini. 3. Cetywayo says his people in the Reserve Territory might pay the (hut) tax to Government, but be allowed to come and defend him ; they were afraid to come to do so, because the Government prevented them from coming. I explained that the Govern- ment do not prevent people from removing to him from the Reserve, but object to their remaining there as his people, under his rule, in place of that of the Resident Commis- sioner. He replied he had no friends among the Natal Government to hear his cries, and had been thrown into the grass here to be devoured by his own dogs, and without protection or food; that Tyingane and his other messengers say they were told in Pieter. maritzburg the Resident, Mr. Fynn, had been told to get the cattle from Usibebu and J. Dunn and others, and give them to him, Cety wayo. I reminded him of the replies I received and told him of (Despatch, Feb. 21), and as regards claims from Dunn and Usibebu outside this Territory, I wished to take statements to deal with (these), but without an assistant and the pressure of business in the disturbed state of the country I had not been able to do so. If I could find any individual instances of retained cattle I would try and recover them as belonging to Government, and he should have them, as I told him before. He replied, if I brought J. Dunn here he would admit having cattle of his, Cetywayo's, not those brought, but since then collected by him through this country and by Usibebu, as he told me. 4. Two of Cetywayo's scouts inform me that besides Didiza, Ngozingizi, and Nozaza, two others, Mlwanhle and Unobo, were killed by people of Usibebu’s forces a few days 35 ago, and that the forces of Uhamu, Umgozana, and Usibebu were near each other up the Sikwebezi River, and burning remaining kraals and huts in that neighbourhood, and large numbers of cattle were captured by them, and women and children. Enclosure 3 in No. 16. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULwBR. (Received April 29, 1883.) SIR, Mbilani, Zululand, April 22, 1883. I HAVE the honour to inform your Excellency that Cetywayo, per Mabijana and four other messengers, asks me what is the meaning of my messengers Gabajana and Ncamane, when returning from Usibebu, telling his, Cetywayo's scouts, that Uhamu and Usibebu had joined in warfare against him, Cetywayo, and he hears on alleged authority from Government. (2.) I reply.—Immediately on their return I let Cetywayo know I had heard of this union, and I consider it was right their letting Cetywayo's scouts know, to put them and him on their guard for his safety, and I cannot see why Cetywayo should find fault with this. (3.) Cetywayo reports that Sirayo's son has come from Hlubi’s and reports a force of Basutos and Putini people with a man of Mtonga's (Cetywayo's half-brother) and four men of Uhamu's are in force near Zungeni to war for Uhamu against Cetywayo, and he requests I will send a messenger with one of his to see. Reply.—I will do so. It is false that Usibebu or Uhamu have any authority to attack Cetywayo, as far as I am a W3.I’62. (4.) Cetywayo reports Umyamana sent Mahlatuhlatu to ask Uhamu why he was making war with Cetywayo, and Uhamu replied, he was not doing so by stealth, he had been given the authority to do so by Mr. John (Shepstone), and he, Cety wayo, wishes to send his messengers to the Government to relate by word of mouth what Usibebu and Uhamu have now done to him, that he cannot restrain himself any longer from resenting against Uhamu and Usibebu, who have killed so many people, burnt kraals, plundered cattle, women, and children in his territory, and he will have to fight them in self-defence, and is tired of being tied up for his enemies to thrash him. ' (5.) Per Nkomonopondo I reply, I will forward statements to the Government, but cannot allow messengers to go. (6.) Rodisa reports he is sent by Wumandaba, at Cetywayo's orders, to say, in addition to message, paragraph 4, that Uhamu told Mahlatuhlatu his son was responsible for his, Uhamu's, forces attacking Cetywayo, but that he, Uhamu, heard from Usibebu that he had authority from Mr. John (Shepstone) and Mr. Fynn to attack Cetywayo, and he, Uhamu, received this authority through Usibebu. I reply, this is all concocted lies to make mischief in making use of both Mr. John (Shepstone's) name and mine. I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, K.C.M.G., British Resident with Cetywayo. &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner, Natal. Enclosure 4 in No. 16. TELEGRAM. Sir H. BULWER to RESIDENT MAGISTRATE, Stanger. April 29.--Please send on special runner with following message to Osborn. Message begins.—Sir H. Bulwer to Melmoth Osborn, Esq., April 29. Fynn reports that some of Hlubi’s people said to be joining Uhamu's and to be acting on the aggressive. Please send to Hlubi at once to stop this if it be so. Fynn also reports Usibebu’s men out committing depredations in Cetywayo's country. Please send also at once messengers to Usibebu and his people to stop this, and say all in your message that is necessary to secure that it be stopped. Your men had, perhaps, better go first to Fynn, that he also may send one of his men with yours if you think fit. Fynn also should send imperative message to Uhamu to stop his men. E 2 36 No. 17. LIEUT.-GENERAL L. SMYTH, C.B., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received May 28, 1883.) Government House, Cape Town, My LoRD, May 7, 1883. WITH reference to my Despatch of the 30th ultimo,” I have the honour to enclose, for your information, a copy of a telegram which I have addressed to the British Resident relative to the reported incursion of Zulu refugees in Transvaal territory. I have, &c. (Signed) L. SMYTH, Lieut.-General, The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, High Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. - Enclosure in No. 17. TELEGRAM. From HIGH CoMMISSIONER, Cape Town, to BRITISH RESIDENT, Pretoria. 2nd May.—Your telegram of the 27th ultimo. I delayed replying thereto until I had referred the matter to Sir Henry Bulwer. Here his reply begins: May 1st.—Your telegram received last night, giving one from Resident, Pretoria. State of case appears to be that large Usutu force attacked Usibebu 30th March, and were driven back with heavy loss, Usibebu’s force pursuing, and since retaliating. Uhamu then, it is said, attacked Umyamana's people and other neighbours. Hence people of that part of country flying across border into Transvaal for refuge. Efforts being directed to stay further fighting and plunder, and I trust they will be successful. I think the suggestion given by British Resident, Pretoria, to Transvaal Government best under circumstances. Ends. I entirely concur with his Excellency as to the judiciousness of your reply to the Transvaal Government, and in informing you that the matter has been referred for the information of Her Majesty's Government, I beg you to express to his Honour the President my great regret that any inconvenience should have been occasioned to the Transvaal Government by disturbances on its borders, and my sincere hope that the efforts being made by Sir Henry Bulwer may be successful, and that future trouble may be avoided thereby. No. 18. The RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF DERBY to SIR HENRY BULWER, G.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, May 31, 1883. I HAVE received your Despatch of the 28th Aprilf with a copy of a report from Mr. Shepstone respecting certain charges brought against him by Cetywayo. 2. I have to request that you will inform Mr. Shepstone that I have learnt with satis- faction that these charges are without foundation. I have, &c. (Signed) DERBY. Sir Henry Bulwer. * No. 6. f No. 13. 37 No. 19. The RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF DERBY to SIR HENRY BULWER, G.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, May 31, 1883. J HAVE received your Despatch of the 30th April,” enclosing a copy of a letter from Mr. Fynn, requesting, on the ground of health, to be allowed to resign his appointment of British Resident with Cetywayo. 2. I regret that the state of Mr. Fynn's health should necessitate his resignation of an appointment which he has filled with much ability and discretion; and I shall await a further report from you as to the arrangements which you would propose for supplying Mr. Fynn's place, which could not be left vacant. I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) DERBY. No. 20. The RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF DERBY to SIR HENRY BULWER, G.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, June 1, 1883. I HAVE received your Despatch of the 26th April, f with a copy of a Despatch from the Resident Commissioner in the Zulu Native Reserve in reference to a message received by him from Cetywayo; and I have to express my concurrence in your approval of the reply returned by Mr. Osborn to this message. I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) DERBY. No. 21. The RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF DER BY to SIR HENRY BULWER, G.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, June 1, 1883. I HAVE received your Despatch of the 30th April, and have to express my approval of the appointment of Mr. Andreas L. Pretorius to be a Sub-Commissioner in the Zulu Native Reserve. I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) DERBY. No. 22. SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received June 5, 1883.) * Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, MY LORD, April 30, 1883. I HAVE the honour to enclose, for your Lordship's information, a copy of a correspondence with the British Resident with Cetywayo regarding the interpretation to be put on the 10th clause of the conditions subject to which Cetywayo was restored. I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. * No. 15. f No. 9. f No. 14. 38 Enclosure 1 in No. 22. BRITISH RESIDENT with CETywAyo to Sir H. BULwÉR. SIR, Mbilani, Zululand, March 26, 1883. I HAVE the honour to request your Excellency will be pleased to enlighten me, with regard to the intentions of clause 10 of terms of Cetywayo's restoration, more particularly, the first paragraph, civil proceedings, viz.: “In all cases of dispute in * which British subjects are involved, I will appeal to and abide by the decision of the “ British Resident.” 2. It does not, to me, appear clear before whom the actual trial or taking of evidence should take place; Cetywayo or the British Resident P although it apparently clearly defines that the decision shall be that of the British Resident, in which case it would infer, I presume, that the execution of such decision would be in the power of Cetywayo, and binding upon him, to abide by such decision. 3. Would the execution of assessment be carried out by the messengers sent for that purpose by the British Resident, supported by a messenger of Cetywayo's P as supreme ruler of his district. 4. If the trial is entirely in the hands of the British Resident, would it not be desirable that Cetywayo appoint a fit man to represent him at such trials, in order that Cetywayo should more directly comprehend the reason of the British Resident arriving at decisions, and in that form retain a voice in the hearing of such cases as are within the limits of the first paragraph of clause 10 of the terms of his restoration. CRIMINAL PROCEEDINGS. 5. By the 2nd paragraph of clause 10 of the terms of Cetywayo's restoration, it would appear that the British Resident has no jurisdiction, beyond his approval to a trial taking place, before Cetywayo, and an approval of any sentence passed by Cetywayo; but provides no alternative if approvals be not granted by the British Resident. I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, British Resident with Cetywayo. Enclosure 2 in No. 22. Sir H. BULWER to Mr. FYNN. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, April 28, 1883. IN reply to your Despatch of the 20th March, I have the honour to transmit, for your information, copy of an opinion which I have obtained from the Attorney- General on the questions asked by you. . I have, &c. To Henry F. Fynn, Esq. (Signed) H. BULwÉR. &c. &c. &c., British Resident with Cetywayo. Zululand. OPINION of ATTORNEY-GENERAL. British Resident with Cetywayo. THE first portion of the condition providing for civil disputes should be interpreted as follows: I, Cetywayo, will appeal to the British Resident and abide by the decision of the British Resident. In other words, I will call upon the British Resident to try and adjudicate upon civil disputes in which British subjects are involved and I will abide by and enforce his decision. The judgment of the court may be carried into execution as suggested in paragraph 3. There can be no objection to the appointment by Cetywayo of some person to be present in court during trials of civil cases, but the person so appointed should not be allowed to have a voice in the hearing of such cases. 39 In criminal cases I interpret the condition to be as follows : The Criminal Tribunal should be composed of persons nominated by Cetywayo and approved of by the Resident. The Resident should decide upon the procedure to be observed in these cases. The sentence of the court should be submitted to the Resident before it is promulgated to obtain his confirmation of the sentence. - The Resident, I conceive, has power under the circumstances to remit the sentence for reconsideration as to any alteration proposed by the Resident. I also conceive that Cetywayo could alter the proposed sentence and make it conformable to the opinion of the British Resident. I submit the above plans as ones likely to give practical effect to the conditions of the 10th clause. w April 27, 1883. (Signed) M. H. GALLWEY, - Attorney-General. No. 23. SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received June 5, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, May 2, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, copies of a telegram I have received from the acting High Commissioner at Cape Town, and of my reply relative to a representation made by the Transvaal Government regarding the recent fighting in Northern Zululand, and the disturbed state of that part of the country bordering on the Transvaal. - I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Enclosure 1 in No. 23. TELEGRAM, April 30, 1883. ADMINISTRATOR, Cape Town, to His Excellency Sir H. BULwer, Pietermaritzburg. 30th. I forward for such action as your Excellency may think fit the following telegram which I have received from the British Resident in the Transvaal. Begins, April 27th. The President has just reported to me that he has received a communication from the Government Native Commissioner on the Zulu border that heavy fighting has been going on between Usibepu and Ohain's people on the one side, and those of Cetywayo, in which heavy slaughter has been inflicted on the latter, forcing large numbers to enter the Transvaal, where they are reorganising for operations; they refuse to be disarmed. The Government fear that the condition of Zululand will bring trouble to this State, and to Natal, whose interests they recognise as one in this matter, and desire me to ask your Excellency what course Her Majesty’s Government would wish them to take. It is stated that six thousand of Cetywayo's people have been placed hors de combat. Pending reply from your Excellency, I have urged the Transvaal Government to confine itself to remonstrance and passive operations to the occupation of Transvaal grounds-ends. I shall be glad if your Excellency will be so good as to advise me of the reply which you would wish me to send to the inquiry made by the Transvaal Government. Enclosure 2 in No. 23. TELEGRAM, May 1, 1883. Sir H. BULwer to HIs ExcellENCY THE HIGH CoMMISSIONER, Cape Town. May 1. Your telegram received last night giving one from Resident, Pretoria. State of case appears to be, large Usutu force attacked Usibebu 30th March and were driven back with heavy loss, Usibebu's force pursuing, and since retaliating. Uhamu then, it is said, attacked Umnyamana's people and other neighbours. Hence, people of that part of country flying across border into Transvaal for refuge; efforts being directed to stay further fighting and plunder, and trust they will be successful. I think the sug- gestion given by British Resident, Pretoria, to Transvaal Government is best under circumstances. E 4 40 No. 24. Sir HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the Right Hon. The EARL OF DERBY. (Received June 5, 1883.) * Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, May 2, 1883. WITH reference to my Despatch of the 30th April,” I have the honour to enclose a copy of a despatch addressed by me to Mr. Fynn in reply to his communications of the 20th, 21st, and 22nd April. I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Enclosure in No. 24. Sir H. BULWER to Mr. FYNN. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, May 1, 1883. I RECEIVED on Sunday, the 29th of April, your Despatches, of the 20th, 21st, and 22nd April, informing me of the renewal of the disturbances in Northern Zululand by Usibebu's forces crossing in Cetywayo's territory some day previous to the 17th April with the object of destroying the kraals and plundering the cattle of Umyamana's people and of those of the Usutus on either side of the Black Umvolosi river, who had attacked him on the 30th of March, and reporting also the proceedings of his forces in these acts of retaliation, and that they had captured and taken away women and children. 2. I cannot express too strongly my condemnation of these proceedings on Usibebu’s part. Provoked he had been by the outrageous attack made upon him by the Usutu force on the 30th March ; but he had defeated that force, had driven it back with heavy loss, and pursued it into Cetywayo's territory as far as the Sikwelezi river, and even, it is said, as far as the Black Umvolosi, and had then returned into his own country. That was more than enough, and for him to recommence after several days, the work of retalia- tion is most unjustifiable. - 3. Immediately on receiving your despatches I sent off a message to Mr. Osborn, the Resident Commissioner in the Reserve Territory, a copy of which I herewith enclose for your information. 4. The object of that message, as you will perceive, was to cause Mr. Osborn at once to stop Hlubi's men from taking any part in the disturbance, if there was any truth in the report made to you on this point, and also to send messengers to Usibebu with the view of staying these and any further acts of depredation or aggression by his people. 5. Mr. Osborn's messengers were to go in the first instance to you and to take on one of your messengers, if it should be thought fit. 6. I further desired that you should send an imperative message to Uhamu requiring him to desist from the acts of aggression and depredation which he had been em- boldened by the results of the recent fight to commit on his neighbours. 7. I am also about myself to send messengers to Usibebu with the view of preventing any further renewal of hostilities by his forces, and of obtaining the surrender of the women and children recently taken by them. 8. These messengers will be directed to go to you on their way. 9. I trust that by these means a termination will be put to any further acts of hostility and retaliation on the part of Usibebu and to the proceedings of Uhamu ; but you must at the same time urge upon Cetywayo the necessity of his abstaining and of his causing his people to abstain from any further attack on Usibebu, and from any renewal of the disturbance. 10. The assertions by Cetywayo that he hears, and that he believes it to be true, that the Government have given authority to Usibebu and Uhamu to attack him at Undini, and that Hlubi’s men and a police force from the Reserve are also about to attack him, are such that it is hardly becoming on the part of the Government to answer them. Cetywayo knows full well that there is and that there can be no truth in these assertions. The Government, I need not say, condemn these reported aggressive acts of Uhamu and Usibebu, as they do the outrageous attack by Cetywayo's people on Usibebu. * No. 16. 41 11. But even now we may hope to stay the further consequences of that attack. Only Cetywayo himself must join with us in this work by total avoidance of any further aggressive action. If he will do this and listen to your advice we shall still, I trust, be able to bring about a more settled order of things. But he must do this firmly and honestly, or else there is no saying what calamities may not happen to the country. Of course he is justified, as I have said before, in having a force for his defence at Undini if he considers himself in danger, and I understand from you that he has now got a con- siderable force at Undini. But then it is a force which ought to be used strictly for self defence, and should only remain there so long as there appeared to be a personal danger to him. If the force departs from this purpose and leaves Undini to assume the aggres- sive, then the gathering of the force will neither be justified nor have shown itself to be necessary. 12. And, indeed, I may repeat what I have said in a previous despatch, that there is no danger to Cetywayo except what may come as a consequence of acts of aggression on his part. I have, &c. Henry Fynn, Esq. (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. British Resident with Cetywayo, Zululand. No. 25. SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received June 5, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, May 2, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, copy of a corre- spondence relative to a message sent by Cetywayo to Hlubi. I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Enclosure 1 in No. 25. To H. F. FYNN, Esq., British Resident, Undini. St. Augustine's, near Isandhlwane, DEAR SIR, ty March 26, 1883. I AM requested by the Chief Hlubi to say that the messengers from Cetywayo have been received, and their message noted. In reply he wishes me to state that in the absence of advice from the High Com- missioner, he, Hlubi, has no authority to receive back again into this district any natives who acknowledge Cetywayo as their chief. The High Commissioner told those who left this district that the portions of their families that were left behind to reap the crops would be respected. I am, &c. (Signed) C. JoHNSON. P.S.—Hlubi begs that in future should Cetywayo have any communications to make on this subject, he will make them direct to the High Commissioner. R 7 6 2 2. 42 Enclosure 2 in No. 25. To JoHN SHEPSTONE Esq., HIGH COMMISSIONER for ZULULAND, Eschowe. - St. Augustine's, near Isandhlwane, DEAR SIR, - March 26, 1883. I AM requested by Hlubi to write for him and state that Cety wayo has sent cer- tain messengers to him, with a request that he (Hlubi) will allow all those natives, for- merly living in this district, and who declared for Cetywayo, and went away with their cattle in accordance with your instructions to them, to return to their former places. Hlubi asked the messengers on what conditions Cetywayo wanted the people to come back, whether they were to be British subjects or be still considered as under Cetywayo. The answer was. “Were not Mpande and Munda friends? Why should not their chil- “dren be friends also ; and Hlubi allow Cetywayo's people to live in his district and “ Hlubi's people come and live in Cetywayo's 4 Were not they both and their people “ belonging to the Queen ? Why could not their people live together ?” I enclose a copy of Hlubi’s reply. - I am, &c. (Signed) C. JoHNSON. Enclosure 3 in No. 25. Mr. SHEPTSONE to Sir H. BULWER. Resident Commissioner’s Office, Zulu Native Reserve, SIR, March 31, 1883. I HAVE the honour to enclose herewith for the information of Your Excellency, a communication I have this day received from the Chief Hlubi, and have replied that he (Hlubi) has no authority to allow any native to come into the Reserve under the conditions proposed by Cetywayo's messengers. I have, &c. (Signed) J. SHEPSTONE, His Excellency, Resident Commissioner. The Special Commissioner for Zulu Affairs. Enclosure 4 in No. 25. Sir H. BULWER to Mr. OSBORN. MINUTE. RESIDENT COMMISSIONER, Mr. SHEPSTONE appears to have forwarded these enclosures in original, and there- fore I return them to you in order that you may retain them in your office and furnish me with copies of them in their place. º - I think you should inform Hlubi that you approve of the answer given by him to the message he received from Cetywayo. 12. 4. 83. (Signed) H. BULWER. Enclosure 5 in No. 25. Mr. OSBORN to Sir H. BULWER. MINUTE. HIS ExceDIENCY, - I ENCLOSE copies of the documents and have filed the originals. Hlubi has been informed in terms of this instruction. - (Signed) M. Osborn, April 24, 1883. Resident Commissioner. 43 No. 26. SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Ho N. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received June 5, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, May 4, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit herewith, for your Lordship's information, copy of a letter addressed to the Colonial Secretary by Mr. J. Eckersley on behalf of the Chief Uhamu, together with copy of a minute by me, in the terms of which a reply has been sent by the Colonial Secretary to Mr. Eckersley. - e I have, &c. a The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Enclosure I in No. 26. Mr. J. ECKERSLEY, Junior, to COLONIAL SECRETARY. Uhamu’s District, THE HonourABLE THE Colon[AL SECRETARY, April 3, 1883. I AM directed by the Chief Uhamu to inform you, for the information of His Excellency the Governor of Natal, that yesterday noon a native named Gobojana arrived here with a message from the British Resident with Cetywayo, stating that a letter had been forwarded to him from the Triumvirate at Pretoria, saying that the Dutch people would not sanction him to reside in the Republic of the Transvaal. The Chief begs to inform his Excellency that he has never sent to the Dutch asking their permission to reside in the Transvaal. Cetywayo also sent a message through the British Resident, which was delivered to Uhamu by Gobojana, saying that he, Uhamu, must say good bye and leave his country and go to to the Reserved Territory. Uhamu desires to be informed by whose authority is he to leave his land, as the British Resident sent to Uhamu saying that he must recognise Cetywayo as his Chief, when Uhamu distinctly told him that he would not come under his rule as he was a subject of the British Government and would only recognise Her Majesty the Queen. I have, &c. (Signed) John ECKERSLEY, Junior, for Chief Uhamu. The two messengers sent are named Umpisana and Ungenesela. Enclosure 2 in No. 26. MINUTE by His Excellency Sir H. BULwer. CoLoRNIAL SECRETARY, April 26, 1883. You had better acknowledge Mr. Eckersley’s letter and say that it came by post, and not by the two messengers named in his letter, of whom nothing has been heard. Uhamu is in territory which has now been placed by Her Majesty’s Government under the authority of Cetywayo, and therefore any communication on his part, so long as he is in Cetywayo's territory, should be made by him to Cetywayo. But on the present occasion, and under the circumstances, I send, through Mr. Eckersley, an answer to the representation he has made through Mr. Eckersley. It was not understood that Uhamu had asked the permission of the Transvaal Government to reside in Transvaal territory, but the Transvaal Government appear to have heard that Uhamu was likely to move into Transvaal territory, and therefore sent to say that they did not wish him to do so. It was on this account that Mr. Fynn (Gwalagwala), who is the Official Resident in Cetywayo's territory, sent to him the message to which he refers. And with regard to the other message which he says he received from Cetywayo through Gobojana that message also appears to have been from Mr. Fynn, and it was to the effect that Cetywayo's authority having been restored F 2 44 . . . . * * * , by Her Majesty's Government over that part of the country where Uhamu lives, it is necessary that Uhamu should either recognise Cetywayo's authority or should remove into the Reserved Territory which has been placed under a British Commissioner. This territory has been reserved in order that those of the Zulu Chiefs who are unwilling to come again under Cetywayo's authority should be able to go into a part of the Zulu country where suitable locations will be found for them, and where they will be under the authority of the British Commissioner. Uhamu says that he will only recognise Her Majesty the Queen. If therefore that is the case he ought to remove into the Reserved Territory. (Signed) H. BULWER. No. 27. SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF DERBY. * (Received June 5, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, MY LoRD, - May 5, 1883. WITH reference to the Earl of Kimberley's Despatch of the 29th of August last,” I have the honour to forward for your Lordship's information the following papers relative to the proceedings of the native Faneyana; namely,– 1. Sir H. Bulwer sº - Minute, 8 November 1882. 2. Secretary for Native Affairs - fº ,, 10 5 ) 5 2 3. Resident Magistrate, Lower Tugela - 17 95 95 4. Letter from Mr. C. Hart - tº 15 5 § 35 5. Secretary for Native Affairs - Minute, 24 95 3 3 6. Sir H. Bulwer tº a ſº gº 5 9 25 95 35 7. Secretary for Native Affairs tº ,, 1 December , 8. Sir H. Bulwer tº tº . tºº ,, 4 April 1883. 9. Mr. John Shepstone tº & 2, 19 . 25 2. There can be no question that the man has been in the habit of going into the Zulu country and telling the people there that he has been sent sometimes by Bishop Colenso and sometimes by Mr. Fynney, and that he has done a great deal of mischief in this way, but I have been unable so far to obtain any further information regarding him. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure 1 in No. 27. Sir H. BULWER to SECRETARY, NATIVE AFFAIRs. Minute. MR. SHEPSTONE, November 8, 1882. Is there any way of finding out the truth of this story P Have you any further information about Faneyana P (Signed) H. BULWER. Enclosure 2 in No. 27. Minute. SECRETARY FOR NATIVE AFFAIRs to the RESIDENT MAGISTRATE, Lower Tugela. November 10, 1882. BE good enough to ascertain for the information of his Excellency the movements since the Zulu war of a native named “Faneyana,” under Chief “Umusi,” “Amaquaba’’ tribe, within your division. He is supposed to have spent a great deal of his time away from his kraal in Zulu- land and also in certain parts of Natal. By command, (Signed) J. W. SHEPSTONE, Acting Secretary, Native Affairs. * No. 65 of [C.–3466] February 1883. 45 Enclosure 3 in No. 27. RESIDENT MAGISTRATE, Lower Tugela, to the SECRETARY FOR NATIVE AFFAIRs. THE HoNourABLE THE ACTING SECRETARY FOR NATIVE AFFAIRs, November 17, 1883. I HAVE the honour to report for the information of his Excellency that since the Zulu war the native, Faneyana, whose kraal is situate near Glendale, where his Chief, Musi, resides, has been continually employed carrying messages to and from Zulu country for the Bishop of Natal, and is still so employed. Faneyana returned from Zulu country about two weeks ago, and has gone to Bishopstowe or the city, to see Mr. Fynney, as there is little doubt, since the latter had to return from Zulu country where he went with Mr. Findlay to live with the Chief Umgitjwa, that he also has been sending messages into that country. I understood that Chief Dunn opposed Mr. Fynney’s plan, thus his antagonism ; I am reliably informed that he sent a messenger into Zulu country recently with a dog which Cetywayo brought from England; I am aware that Faneyama has been continually absent from his residence since the Zulu war; he formed one of the men supplied by Chief Musi for the contingents. I have repeatedly required his appearance before me. My messengers, however, always found him absent from his kraal, either at Bishopstowe or in Zulu country. Faneyana has made no secret, I have reason to believe, of the employment he was engaged in, but I cannot ascertain that he disclosed to anyone the nature of the messages with which he was entrusted ; but he now openly boasts, I am told, that he has been the means of Cetywayo's restoration, and that he expects handsome remuneration will be given him when Cetywayo reaches Zululand. A Mr. Hart, who keeps a retail shop near the kraal of Faneyana, reported to me some months ago that he told him—Faneyana—he would get into trouble for visiting Zulu country without obtaining a written pass from me, but that he got for reply that he worked for Mr. Fynney and “Sobantu ’’—-Bishop Colenso—and that nobody could harm him. I recently wrote to Mr. Hart on the subject; his reply under date the 16th instant is transmitted herewith. Mr. Hart is not aware why I wrote him; he is under the impression that I want Faneyana to account for going into Zululand without a pass as I told Mr. Hart I would do. I saw Chief Dunn yesterday on his return from Durban. I was en route to a branch court. He assured me messages were still being sent into Zulu country, and that a Resident at Durban was very active in that way, of course the Chief is well aware of Faneyana’s movements. (Signed) W. P. JAckson, Resident Magistrate. DEAR SIR, Glendale, November 15, 1882. YoURs to hand re Faneyana. You are quite correct about Faneyana. I warned him that he would get into trouble, going into Zulu country carrying messages about Cetywayo; he replied that he worked for Mr. Fynney and Sobantu, and that nobody could harm him. I asked him if he had a pass from you; he said he did not want one, as Sobantu was sending him into Zulu country about Cetywayo's affairs. I told him he was wrong and ought not to go without a pass from you, but he took no notice. He owes me two head of cattle and about 7l. for goods, but I have put it into your son's hands. Faneyana is spreading the idea among the natives that he is the cause of Cetywayo coming back. I hope you will be able to punish him, as he is a thorough cheat and rascal. Yours truly, W. P. Jackson, Esq. (Signed) CHARLES HART. 46 Enclosure 4 in No. 27. Minute. Mr. J. W. SHEpstone to Sir H. BULwer. HIS ExCELLENCY, November 24, 1882. I FORward the enclosed Minute from the Resident Magistrate, Lower Tugela, for your Excellency’s information. I am informed that Faneyana is at present in the city, but do not know what he is doing. (Signed) J. W. SHEPSTONE, Acting Secretary, Native Affairs. Enclosure 5 in No. 27. Minute. Sir H. BULWER to Mr. SHEPSTONE. SECRETARY FoR NATIVE AFFAIRs, November 25, 1882. SEE the first question in my Minute of the 8th instant. See also the last paragraph of the Secretary of State's Despatch. Is there any way of finding out the truth as to the particular statement made by Faneyana º (Signed) H. BULWER. Enclosure 6 in No. 27. Minute. SECRETARY FOR NATIVE AFFAIRs to Sir H. BULWER. HIS ExcELLENCY, - December 1, 1882. I CAN see no way of finding out the truth of this story in Natal, but I think that the British Resident might very likely be able to obtain information in Zululand. (Signed) J. W. SHEPSTONE, Acting Secretary, Native Affairs. Enclosure 7 in No. 27. Minute. Sir H. BULWER to Mr. SHEPSTONE. HoN. J. W. SHEPSTONE, April 4, 1883. DID you obtain any information regarding Faneyana when you were in the Zulu Native Reserve 2 (Signed) H. BULWER. Enclosure 8 in No. 27. Minute. Mr. SHEPSTONE to Sir EI. BULWER. HIS EXCELLENCY, April 19, 1883. I could obtain very little information regarding Faneyana and his movements. I heard twice of his passing through the Zulu Native Reserve ; once on his way to Cetywayo, in company with Nkovana, a messenger of Mr. F. B. Fynney; but for what purpose either visit was made into the country I could not ascertain. Whenever Faneyana called at any kraal I was told that he was very authoritative demanding cattle to be killed for him and other food to be provided. - (Signed) J. W. SHEPSTONE, Acting Secretary, Native Affairs. 47 No. 28. SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received June 5, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, May 5, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit copies of two Despatches I have received from the Resident Commissioner, informing me of messages he had received from Cetywayo. 2. I have conveyed to him my approval of the replies he has made to these messages. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure 1 in No. 28. Mr. OSBORN to Sir H. BULWER. Eshowe, Zulu Native Reserve, SIR, April 23, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit for your Excellency’s information copies of two messages received by me yesterday from Cetywayo; viz., 1. Per the messengers Umbiku and Umratshaza. 2. Per the messengers Hloloti and Haisa. As these messengers arrived here at the same time, and the purport of the messages delivered by them is identical, I gave the same reply to both communications. I have, &c. (Signed) M. OSBORN, His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, K.C.M.G., Resident Commissioner. Her Majesty’s Special Commissioner, &c. &c. &c. Natal. Eshowe, Zulu Native Reserve, April 22, 1883. Appear UMBIKU and UMRATSHAZA, also HLoLOTI and HAISA, who say they are messengers sent by Cetywayo. Umbiku and Umratshaza state :- We are sent by Cetywayo to tell you that an impi coming from Usibebu has entered his territory, crossed the Black Umvolosi, and has advanced as far as the Umfabe (a low belt of land about three miles south of the Black Umvolosi), and burnt kraals at the Umfabe ; Cetywayo therefore asks you to allow the men living on your side of the Umhlatuzi to go to him to protect him against Usibebu’s impi which he fears is seeking to do him harm. He says if you will allow the men to come to him he will not send them as an impi against any one, but will keep them near him as a guard. He says you always protected his family and the people, and he asks you to help him also by allowing the people living in the country over which the Government have placed you, to go to him. Cetywayo also says that the quarrel with Usibebu is not of his making; it arose during his absence from the country, and you know all about it. Hloloti and Haisa state :- Cetywayo sent us to deliver his words to you. He says the quarrel with Usibebu arose during his absence as you know. He did not quarrel or give cause for quarrel. You took care of his family and the people, and he thanks you. He says he sent no impi against any one and he molests no one, but others are coming against him ; Usibebu’s impi has just entered his territory, and was on this side the Black Umvolosi. He says why do you cast him away by refusing to permit the people in the territory over which you are placed to come to him He asks you to allow the men to come to him to act as a guard to protect him; he will not send the men away as an impi, but will keep them near him. F 4. 48 Reply to both the foregoing messages:— Tell Cetywayo that I have no power to allow the people living in this Reserve Territory to go to him for the purpose stated. If I were to allow them, I should be acting against the orders I have received, and be authorising a direct interference in his territory. My orders are that I am to respect the boundary line and abstain from interfering in any way in his territory, as he also bound himself in one of his conditions to respect the boundary and not to interfere in any way with the people in the Reserve. I would refer him to the reply I sent him a few days ago by Sunduzwayo in answer to a similar request by him that I should allow the men living in the Reserve to go to him for the same purpose. t I wish Cetywayo at the same time to understand that I do not prevent any of the natives at present living in the Reserve to remove out of it, should they wish to take up their residence within his territory. - I shall acquaint the Governor with these communications from Cetywayo, as delivered by you. •. Enclosure 2 in No. 28. Mr. Osborn to Sir H. BULwer. (Received April 28, 1883.) Eshowe, Zulu Native Reserve, SIR, April 24, 1883. I HAVE the honour to forward copy of a communication received by me yesterday afternoon from Cety wayo by his messengers Umzungulu and Umgoqo, and of the reply thereto given by me. In this communication Cetywayo reports the proceedings lately taken within his territory by Usibebu and Uhamu, and he intimates that it is his intention to complain in England. He requests me to go to him to inquire into the things that are being done against him, and to use my endeavours to put a stop to fighting. He also asks your Excellency to authorise him to take proceedings against those who are injuring him. I have, &c. (Signed) M. Osborn, His Excellency Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., Resident Commissioner. Her Majesty’s Special Commissioner, &c. &c. &c. Natal. Eshowe, Zulu Native Reserve, April 23, 1883. Umzungulu and Umgoqo state :- We are sent by Cety wayo with these words to you : Since the fight between his people and Usibebu's, Cetywayo has remained quietly at his kraal and interfered with no one. Some days ago he heard that an impi from Usibebu had entered his territory, and was approaching from the Black Umvolosi. He sent to tell Mr. Fynn of it, and asked him to try to prevent the impi from coming on, and induce it to return to Usibebu. Mr. Fynn refused to do anything as he also refused to interfere to prevent bloodshed on occasion of the fight many days ago. Cetywayo sends to tell you this because you took great care of the people during his absence, and handed over the country to him when he returned without anything being wrong in it. He asks what has he done that people should seek to kill him after the English have restored him, and while you are near to him. He intends to complain in England, and when the Queen asks you about the matter you must not deny that he reported to you the troubles that some people are causing him. He says it is owing to your care that he found the people and his family still alive in his country on his return to it, and he asks you now to come to him and see into the things that are being done against him, and to put matters right as you did during his absence. He asks you to come between those who fight and prevent them from fighting as you did during his absence. If you cannot come yourself he asks you to send your Induna Yamela to represent you. He wants you to see into the pro- ceedings of Usibebu and Uhamu against him as he was restored by the Queen. Let them show on what authority they are doing these things against him. About five days ago an impi was sent by Usibebu into his, Cetywayo's, territory. The impi entered it near the Ivuna and Black Umvolosi, came to the back of the 49 Konjini near Undini (Ulundi), and then turned towards the Isihlalu and proceeded on to the Taka near Inhlazatye; from thence it turned towards the Sikwebezi back to Usibebu. This impi burned many kraals on its progress, including Usivetu's and Umyamana's kraals at the Isihlalu, and seized many cattle which it took away to Usibebu. The impi also carried away some women and children, and injured growing crops by driving cattle through them. Cetywayo, says he was sitting quietly at his kraal and was not aware of the approach of this impi, and therefore nothing was done to resist it. His people wished to attack the impi, but he would not consent to their doing so. ğayo asks you again to permit the men in the Reserve to come to him to protect him against those who seek to kill him ; he will not send the men as an impi against all V OI) 6. - tºyo says he reports also that a few days ago Uhamu sent an impi against Umyamana's people living near Uhamu and those near the Pongolo. This impi burned down Umyamana's own kraals, the Mavageni, Madagadunusa, and others, in all nine kraals belonging to Umyamana and his relatives, and seized the cattle of those kraals; the impi also burnt down many other kraals of Umyamana's tribe and carried off their cattle. g Cetywayo told us also to say that on the same day he sent us off to you (the day before yesterday) he ascertained that Uhamu had notified to the headmen of Seket- wayo's tribe that it was his intention to attack them and their tribe without delay; that he had no wish to take them by surprise, and therefore warned them of his intention. Cetywayo says he has now told Mr. Fynn that he is sending to you on these matters as he, Mr. Fynn, does nothing and says nothing when he reports to him. You always took trouble and kept the people quiet, therefore he sends to you. Cetywayo asks you to send these his words to the Governor, and he requests the Governor to give him power [to authorise him to proceed] against those who are injuring him. Reply:— I much regret to hear that Usibebu’s impi has been in Cety wayo's territory, and has done all the injury now reported, and I am sorry to hear that much injury was likewise caused by Uhamu's impi in another part of Cety wayo's territory. I think Cetywayo should not fail to report the things that trouble him to Mr. Fynn for information of the Governor; Mr. Fynn is the proper officer to receive reports of these matters and bring them to the Governor's notice, and I know he is very willing to assist Cetywayo with his advice. My duty is to attend to the affairs of this Reserved Territory. As to Cetywayo's request that I should go to him to inquire into the things that are being done against him, and to put matters right, he knows that one of the conditions which he promised the Government to observe faithfully is that he will observe and respect the boundary line between his territory and this Reserve, and that he will not in any way interfere with any of the people within the Reserve. On my part I have orders from the Government in like manner to respect the boundary line, and not to interfere in any way in Cetywayo's territory. These orders are laws given to me to observe, and I must abide by them, as Cety wayo likewise is expected by the Government to observe the conditions he agreed to. If I go to him as he requests me to do I should be interfering in this territory, and thus contravene my orders. On the same grounds I not only cannot consent to the people in the Reserve going to him as applied for, but it is my duty to prohibit them from going and interfering in his territory. I shall not fail to send to the Governor a letter containing the words of this com- munication from Cetywayo, and of this my reply thereto. R 7622. G 50 No. 29. SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF * DERBY. (Received June 5, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, MY LORD, - May 5, 1883. WITH reference to my Despatches of the 30th of April and 2nd of May,” I have the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, copies of further com- munications I have received from Mr. Fynn. - 2. As reported in my Despatch of the 30th of April, I had immediately on receiving Mr. Fynn's previous communications—those of the 20th, 21st, and 22nd of Aprilf— desired Mr. Osborn (the Resident Commissioner in the Reserve Territory) to send a message to Usibebu with the view of putting a stop to any further acts of depredation and retaliation on his part against the Usutus, and Mr. Fynn was desired, at the same time, to send an imperative message to Uhamu to stop any further depredations by his people. I was about also to send messengers direct from myself to Usibebu for the purpose of strengthening Mr. Osborn's representations, and of procuring the restoration of the women and children who, it was reported, had been carried off by Usibebu’s forces. On the receipt, however, on Tuesday night [1st May] of Mr. Fynn's further communi- cations now forwarded, it appeared to me that the situation required something more to be done than this. 3. The present situation of disturbance and disorder in the northern portions of Zululand is due in the first place, as I have already explained in my previous Despatch, to the aggressive proceedings of the Abaqulusi, the Pangisweni, and some of Umya- mana's people against Uhamu and his people. These proceedings were no doubt the result of the embittered feelings existing on either side in the relations of these people with Uhamu during the period of his rule over the territory in parts of which they were living ; and no sooner had Cetywayo returned than the Abaqulusi, followed by the others, hastened to give expression to their feelings of enmity towards Uhamu by acts of violence and depredation directed against him and his adherents. These proceedings should have been at once stopped by Cetywayo, but unfortunately he took no steps either to do this or to punish the offenders. Then came the invasion of Usibebu’s territory by a large Usutu force at the close of the month of March. The utter defeat of that force, which included a great number of Umyamama’s people, afforded Uhamu an opportunity of revenging himself on his enemies, of which he was not slow to avail himself; and a fortnight later Usibebu, not satisfied with the defeat which he had inflicted on the Usutu force, most unfortunately and wrongfully determined to proceed to acts of reprisal against some of the people who had taken part in the invasion of his country. With this object he crossed his borders about the middle of April, and proceeded to attack the people living on either side of the upper banks of the Black Umvolosi river, people mainly belonging to Umyamana, burning down their kraals and taking all the cattle he could find. In this work of depredation several persons were killed, and some women and children were carried off. Uhamu's people appear to have acted at the same time and in the same manner in a different part of the country. 4. These proceedings on Usibebu’s part were undoubtedly undertaken in retaliation for the unprovoked Usutu attack made upon him at the end of March, but they are not the less to be condemned. Usibebu had successfully turned back the invasion and had defeated the Usutus with great loss to them, and with but little loss to himself, and he ought then to have remained quiet in his own country and to have acted only in the strictest self defence. Unfortunately he began the work of retaliation, and my object, as soon as I heard of it, was to stay it at once, to stay any further action of this kind either on Usibebu’s part or on Uhamu’s part, and to recover the women and children who had been taken. 5. But it became obvious the more the situation was considered that it would be to little purpose to do this, and to stay the hands of Usibebu and Uhamu if Cetywayo, who had ever since the Usutu defeat of the 30th March been collecting a force at Undini, said by him to be for his own defence, should, as he gave Mr. Fynn to under- stand he intended doing, renew the hostilities. For him to do so might indeed be described as an act of retaliation for the acts of depredation committed by Usibebu and * Nog. 36 and 24. f Enclosures 1, 2, and 3 in No. 16. 51. Uhamu; but then those acts of depredation, however wrongful, had themselves been in retaliation for the acts of hostility committed by the Usutus, who had been the original wrongdoers; and it was quite certain that if Cety wayo should again attack Usibebu, not only would it involve a great destruction of life, but it might be followed by worse consequences than those which have followed the attack of the 30th March. It seemed to me, therefore, that it would not be sufficient to send in the additional message which I had proposed sending to Usibebu, but that it would be advisable to go further, and take special measures in order to meet the necessities of the case. I decided, therefore, instead of sending the message to Usibebu, to send someone on the part of the Government into the country who would be able to enter into communication at the same time with the three principal parties to this disturbance, namely, Cetywayo, Usibebu, and Uhamu, and who would bring whatever influence could be exercised to bear upon them simultaneously, with the view of averting a renewal of the hostilities. 6. Mr. Henrique Shepstone at my request has undertaken this task, and has gone to Mr. Fynn's place of residence with the object of placing himself in communication with Cetywayo and Usibebu, and, if thought proper, with Uhamu also ; and I have desired him to take such steps as he may think expedient to procure the surrender of all the women and children who have been taken on either side in the recent hostilities. To do this will in any case remove one of the worst causes of irritation between the two parties, and the one most provocative of immediate hostilities, and if a renewal of immediate hostilities can be stopped and the forces dispersed it will give time for the fiercer passions that have been aroused on either side to calm down. 7. I enclose a copy of the instructions * I have addressed to Mr. H. Shepstone, who left for Zululand yesterday, and I trust your Lordship will, under the circumstances, approve of the step I have taken in sending him. I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. i Enclosure I in No. 29. BRITISH RESIDENT WITH CETYWAYO to Sir H. BULWER. SIR, Mbilani, Zululand, April 23, 1883. I HAVE the honour to inform your Excellency that two natives, named Mpisi and Suhlute, report they are storemen in charge of goods for sale, the property of Mr. Fine of New Gelderland, where he has gone, leaving them and another native, Bukuda, in charge of trading stations. That on the 17th and 18th instant Usibebu’s forces plundered the goods at the three stations: one at Hlomahloma, Usibebu's district, in charge of Bukuda, whom they killed ; one between the Ivuna and Black Umvolosi river in charge of Sahlute, already mentioned in my Despatch of April 20 to your Excellency; and the third a few miles east of Inhlazatye in charge of Mpise. These men inform me Mr. Fine saw the Usutu forces assembling and proceeding to Usibebu's some eight or nine days previous to the fight of the 30th March, and that Mpisi warned Mr. Fine of the danger of leaving his goods on the eve of war; but he, however, proceeded to Natal, saying he would return. I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, British Resident with Cetywayo. Cetywayo, per Msengana, reports 5 (five) women of Mpisi's kraal killed and three men; also, per Mnukwa, reports three women killed on the 18th inst. by Usibebu’s raiding forces. (Signed) H. F. F. * Not printed. 52 Enclosure 2 in No. 29. BRITISH RESIDENT witH CETYWAYo to Sir H. BULwF.R. SIR, Mbilani, Zululand, April 23, 1883. - I HAVE the honour to inform your Excellency of the following:— Gomfe states he is sent by Sirayo at the order of Cetywayo to bring Zema, a lad, son of Faka of Sirayo, and residing near Hlubi and in his district, who states: I left home on the 21st inst. I heard from my brother Zuyabukazi that he saw four men of Uhamu's and one of Umtonga's at Hlubi's there, for the purpose of soliciting Hlubi to help him, Uhamu, by coming to meet and fetch him. I saw Hlubi with a mounted force and a foot force, armed, proceeding, they passed our kraal and encamped at the Mhlugwane hill, near the Jojosi river (near Prince's grave). I met Manyonyba on my way; he told me he had been prevented by Hlubi's people from returning home to the Bokhi (Hlubi's), and that many others returning from Cetywayo had been likewise prevented. Cetywayo desires me to send letter to Hlubi. I reply, I will send the above to Mr. Osborn to deal with, as Hlubi is under his rule, if I be furnished with a messenger, but no messenger has been furnished yet. I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, British Resident with Cetywayo. Enclosure 3 in No. 29. BRITISH RESIDENT witH CETYWAYO to Sir H. BULwer. SIR, Mbilani, Zululand, April 26, 1883. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatches of 12th April and Minute of 12th April 1883. 2. I had an interview with Cetywayo at Undini yesterday on the subject of the above Despatches, and reasoned with him ; he stated Usibebu was befriended by the Government, and he was rejected and his views or words of the circumstances were not listened to, viz., that Usibebu began the fight of 30th March 1883, in that with his armed forces he came into Masipula's country, and there attacked them by first destroying Maru's Crops, and his, Cetywayo's, people defended themselves, and in doing so were defeated and killed. 3. I replied Usibebu was in his district given to him to rule over and was taking action against Maru's people or others in cases of cattle taken by them and other offences alleged to have been committed within his district, and Cetywayo's people had gone into Usibebu’s district and were killed there in the fight. 4. Cetywayo said the alleged boundaries were made by a white man (Mr. Fannin) and Usibebu without his, Cety wayo's, peoples being present or having any any voice in the matter, and it did not divide the representative people, but cut off to Usibebu's a large country occupied by Cetewayo's own people, and that he was told in England only a piece of country occupied by Usibebu would be given to him, and now it is alleged this country has been added to Usibebu's and had been given to him, Usibebu. It was evident the Government do not know this country. 5. I replied the Government defined the beacons from the Military map, and directed where beacons should be put, in addition to those previously made and defined, with the terms of his, Cetywayo's, restoration. Cetywayo said the Military were never there. 6. I replied the map was made by the Military Officers, who put up beacons when dividing the Zululand into districts, and a piece of country had been cut off south of Usibebu’s late district; Cetywayo said that was too insignificant a piece of land to speak of. 7. Cetywayo said Usibebu had broken the laws, while he, Cetywayo, was quietly respecting the laws; Usibebu's forces had come into (17th inst.) his, Cety wayo's, district, burnt kraals, too, close to Undini and all up the Black Umvolozi–Sikwebesi plundered the cattle, killed people, and plundered women and children, and been joined by Uhamu's people in the action, and they shouted over the country they were acting under authority of the Government, per Fodo, through Mr. John, and his, Cetywayo's, people offered no defence or resistance. * 8. I replied, I have already explained, as I had done, that his Excellency says “no “ authority has been given " : that it was false saying authority had been given either through Mr. John or myself, and that his Excellency says Cetywayo knows that well enough. I had reported to his Excellency the raid made on the 17th by Usibebu’s 53 forces, and his, Cetywayo's, application, first to assemble forces at Undini, and then to make war or fight with Uhamu and others, but no reply yet, or to his application to summon forces from the Reserve, and that I had repeatedly told him his Excellency warned him not to interfere with people in the Reserve, but all people were to be allowed to remove with all their belongings without interference into or out of his, Cetywayo's, district. I had forwarded to his Excellency from time to time his, Cetywayo's, words. 9. Cetywayo repeated several times that he had kept the Restoration law up to the present period, and as Usibebu and Uhamu had attacked him, Cetywayo, in his dis- trict, and as I now said, without the authority of the Government, he would retaliate or do the same, and go to war at once with Uhamu and Usibebu, and recover the women and children and cattle, and he now gives distinct warning to me that he will do so at OIlC6. 10. I replied it is my duty to tell you, son of Mpande (Cetywayo), that you are not to do so without his Excellency's sanction ; Cetywayo said, do you still continue to tell me to do that in the face of my people being killed, wives and children being taken from the men, and cattle; am I to remain with only the men here 2 11. I replied I must tell you not to go to war without the sanction of the Govern- ment. Cetywayo said, Uhamu told Nomahlatuhlatu that I (Gwalagwala), Fynn, and Mr. John had given authority for Usibebu to attack him, Cety wayo, and he, Unamu, received power to do so through Usibebu, and that the messenger, Fodo, was at Uhamu's as he, Cetywayo, and I knew. 12. I replied if I ask Uhamu and Usibebu they will deny it all; if I send to ask them lies will be heaped upon the fact of my messengers going there, or even a short distance from my camp, and I cannot send to find out anything true without mischief being made of it, and as a foundation whereon to create disturbances. Cety wayo said it was Uhamu's way to say and deny ; he said with one mouth he acknowledged him, Cetywayo, and with another mouth he does not, and attacks and kills his, Cetywayo's, people, burns kraals, and plunders cattle and people. That Uhamu plundered cattle of Imbulanes, of Umyamana’s, and Umbulawo retook them and killed people of Uhamu's and fled across the Pongolo with the cattle and the Boers; one, name Mbyakela, took these cattle from Umbulawo and returned them to Uhamu, who is befriended by the Boers; that there have been disturbances across the Pongolo in Transvaal between Uhamu's people living there and the Abaqulusi living there. ë 13. There is a very large force now at Undini and is increasing, and I have reason to believe another is assembled at Umyamama’s. - 14. Cetywayo, per Nkomonopondo and Msngane, reports petty chiefs Mkhupana, Setyetyrtili, Balmi, Mhlunga, and Hlanganiso, and people having crossed with their cattle to Hlubi, who fetched them out of his, Cetywayo's, territory, without his consent, and asks if this is the law; will I send to Hlubi to question him for his actions. 15. I reply the law is, people shall be allowed freely, with all their property, to remove into or out of Cetywayo's territory, and uninterrupted. I am willing to forward the foregoing by Cety wayo's messenger to Commissioner, Reserve, under whom Hlubi is. I have not given any passes for removal; none asked for. I will send the above to his Excellency. I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, British Resident with Cetywayo. No. 30. SIR HENRY BULWER, IQ.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received June 5, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, May 5, 1883. WITH reference to my Despatch of this date,” I have the honour to request that your Lordship will please to authorise the payment out of Her Majesty's Treasury chest here of a sum not exceeding 100l. to meet the expenses of Mr. H. Shepstone's journey into the Zulu country. I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. * No. 29. G 3 54 No. 31. The Right Hon. The EARL OF DERBY to Sir HENRY BULWER, G.C.M.G. SIR, - - Downing Street, June 5, 1883. * I HAVE received your Despatch of the 23rd of April,” with a copy of a Despatch and enclosure from the Resident Commissioner in the Zulu Native Reserve respecting the recent invasion of Usibebu's territory by, an Usutu force, and I have to express my approval of the Despatch addressed by you to Mr. Osborn in reply. I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. - (Signed) DERBY. No. 32. The RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF DERBY to SIR HENRY BULWER, G.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, June 5, 1883. I HAVE received your Despatch of the 23rd of April, enclosing copies of correspondence with the Resident with Cetywayo and with the Resident Commissioner in the Zulu Native Resérve relative to the state of affairs in those districts, and I have to express my approval of the Despatches addressed by you to Mr. Fynn and Mr. Osborn. 3 I have &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) DERBY. No. 33. The RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF DERBY to SIR HENRY BULWER, G.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, June 9, 1883. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch of the 4th of May, t forwarding a copy of a letter addressed to the Colonial Secretary by Mr. Eckersley on behalf of the Chief Uhamu, and a copy of a Minute by you, in the terms of which a reply was sent to Mr. Eckersley by the Colonial Secretary. I have to express my approval of your answer to Mr. Eckersley’s letter. I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) DERBY. No. 34. The RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF DERBY to SIR HENRY BULWER, G.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, June 9, 1883. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch of the 5th of May, $ forwarding copies of two Despatches from the Resident Commissioner in the Reserved Territory, respecting Cetywayo's request that the people in the Reserve should be allowed to help him against Usibebu and Uhamu. I have to express my approval of Mr. Osborn’s reply to Cetywayo's request. I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. - (Signed) DERBY. * No. 3. f No. 4. I No. 26. § No. 28. Enclosure 3 in Despatch of 9 May 7883. ISOHLø QDH LOMO º º: -- -- wº" Dangerfield Lith 22 Betford S. Covent carpen 60% ~ 55 No. 35. The RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF DERBY to SIR HENRY BULWER, G.C.M.G., SIR, • Downing Street, June 9, 1883. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch of the 30th April,” and its enclosures, relative to the interpretation to be placed on the 10th clause of the conditions of Cetywayo's restoration; and I have to express my con- currence in the view of the case taken by the Attorney-General. I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) DERBY. No. 36. SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received June 11, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, May 9, 1883. REFERRING to my Despatch of the 3rd of January last,f in which I acquainted your Lordship with the steps taken by me for surveying and marking out the re- adjusted boundary line dividing the territory placed under the appointed Chief Usibebu from the country placed under the restored authority of Cetywayo, I have the honour now to transmit copies of a report, observations, and sketch plan, which have been furnished by Mr. Fannin. I also enclose copies of Mr. Osborn's Despatch, forwarding the same, and of other minutes bearing on the matter. 2. There was some delay in my receiving Mr. Fannin's report, as he had sent it to Mr. Osborn at the time of the installation, and by the latter, when he came into Natal, it was unfortunately left behind with his other papers. 3. The sketch plan shows a deviation from the rough outline marked out by me, but an explanation of this is furnished by Mr. Fannin in his minute of the 17th ultimo; and Mr. Fannin reports that while the line followed by him cuts out in the readjusted territory 40 kraals of Usibebu’s people, who will no doubt have to remove, it cuts out none belonging to the Usutu party. - 4. This does not refer to the territory that was under the late appointed Chief Umgojana, in which, together with some people belonging to Umgojana and a large number of people belonging to Usibebu, are the people of what is known as Masipula’s tribe, which, under Maboko, appears to have joined the Usutu party. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. - Enclosure 1 in No. 36. From Mr. FANNIN to the BRITISH RESIDENT, Zululand. SIR, Inhlazatye, Zululand, January 14, 1883. I HAVE the honour to report, for your information, that I have been to the territory of the Chief Usibebu, and have laid down and beaconed off the line between Beacon XII., near the source of the Ivuna, and the Umy wanxa hill. In accordance with the instructions contained in your Memorandum dated the 5th instant, I have run the line along the high lands beyond the Ivuna, fixing the beacons within sight of each other on the most prominent points available, until near the source –– * No. 22. f No. 153 in [C.—3466] February 1883. G 4 56 of the Inzimana, when the line leaves the high ground and follows the course of that stream to its junction with the Ihluhlune ; thence down that river to the Poort between Umy wanxa and Umtola hills; thence with a short line to a small conical peak on top of Umy wanxa. Mr. Boast and your police messengers, as well as Usibebu and a number of his followers, were present at and took over from me all the beacons. I append a separate description of each beacon, and a copy of the observation* I took with the theodoſite. I have laid down on Captain Alleyn's map the position of the new line, and may remark here that the distance as shown on this map between Iseme hill and Umy wanxa is much too short. Although the new line cuts out a considerable number of kraals of Usibebu’s people, still, I think, that on the whole he is contented, having had apprehensions that possibly more land might have been taken from him. None of his own kraals are cut out. He asked me if I could not take the line from beacon 26 to the Iseme hill, but I told him it was contrary to my instructions. - The Chief and his people were exceedingly civil, and rendered me cheerfully all the assistance I required in building beacons, &c, I have, &c. The British Resident, (Signed) J. EUSTACE FANNIN. Zululand. SURVEY of new boundary line of Usibebu’s territory, Zululand, made by me in January 1883. - t (Signed) JNo. EUSTACE FANNIN, Sworn Land Surveyor. BEACON XII. Is near the source of the Ivuna, and consists of a pile of stones erected by the Zulu Boundary Commission in 1879. BEACON 21. Is situated at the top of a high round hill, named “Kwa Ngeku.” w It consists of a large umsenge or Cabbage tree, standing among weeds and small scrubby bushes, and visible for many miles around; a large B is cut deep in the bark on the side of the tree facing beacon 22; stones are piled in the branches and around the foot. BEACON 22. Is on the top of a ridge, near some old cultivated land, and consists of a cairn 6 feet high of stones and sods. BEAcon 23. Is situated on another elevated spot, on the same ridge that the last beacon is placed on. It consists of a mass of trap rock about 3 feet high, with a cairn of stones and sods built over it. It is only just visible from beacon 22; a B is cut with a chisel on the southern face of the rock. BEACON 24. Is situated on the same ridge as the last two beacons, and on a high prominent part of it. The beacon consists of a clump of small bushes, about 4 yards in diameter, surrounded by a trench; and a cairn of sods, 7 feet high, is built up among the bushes. It is plainly visible for many miles around. BEACON 25. Is on the summit of a round-topped hill. It consists of a large trap boulder with a heap of stones piled on the top ; a B is chiselled on north-eastern face of the boulder. * Not printed. 57 BEACON 26. Is on the summit of Indunyeni hill. It consists of a heap of sods, with a runner of umsenge bushes planted among them, making a cluster visible from afar. The hill itself is of conical shape. BEACON 27. Is situated on a shoulder of a high hill, and on top of a large rounded mass of hard sandstone or conglomerate, out of which a clump of bush is growing. The beacon consists of a cairn of stones 5 feet high ; a B is chiselled in the rock on the side facing Magwanxa. BEACON 28. Is a pond of water at a bend of the Inzimana, about 800 yards from beacon 27, and in full view of it. * BEAcon 29. Is a point on the Ihluhluwe river, opposite beacon 30, at right angles with the line connecting or lying between beacons 27 and 30. BEACON 30. Is a small conical peak on top of the Umagwanxa hill. - (Signed) JNo. EUSTACE FANNIN, Sworn Lands Surveyor. Enclosure 2 in No. 36. From Mr. OSBORN to Sir H. BULwÉR. Eshowe, Zulu Native Reserve Territory, SIR, April 6, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit to your Excellency the under-noted documents, being Mr. Fannin's report of the work done by him in laying off and surveying the boundary line between the territories of Cetywayo and Usibebu in January last. This line, which was surveyed from the Beacon XII. to the Umgwanxa hill, is marked by Mr. Tannin in red on the enclosed map, and is further represented by the new beacons erected by him along its length, numbering from 21 to 29 inclusive, also shown on the map; beacon 30 being a conical peak on the Umgwanxa. I much regret the delay that has unavoidably occurred in the transmission of these documents. They were furnished by Mr. Fannin while I was at the Emtonjaneni, for the purpose of meeting Cetywayo, but owing to the necessity which subsequently and unexpectedly arose for my leaving Zululand at once with the troops, the papers remained behind with my other records. I have, &c. (Signed) M. Osborn, Resident Commissioner. (1.) Copy of Mr. Fannin's letter to British Resident, January 14, 1883. (2.) Mr. Fannin's survey of the new boundary line, giving descriptions of the beacons erected and the observations taken at each. (3.) Captain Alleyn's map (portion of), on which the line is marked by Mr. Fannin. R 7622. H 58 Enclosure 3 in No. 36. From Sir H. BULWER to Mr. FANNIN. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, Mr. FANNIN, *. April 14, 1883. I HAVE received from Mr. Osborn your report of the 14th January, with your notes of survey. I enclose herewith your sketch map, and would call your attention to your beacons, Nos. 24, 25, and 26. Your report gives no explanation to show me why you did not carry on your line of survey from beacon No. 27 in a direct south-easterly line, and why you carried your beacons Nos. 24, 25, and 26 so far to the south of the line of hills, as shown between your beacons 23 and 27 on Captain Alleyne's map. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER. Enclosure 4 in No. 36. From Mr. FANNIN to Sir H. BULwer. SIR, April 17, 1883. IN laying down the line I acted, by direction of your Excellency, entirely under the instructions received from Mr. Osborn, who had previously made himself well acquainted with the country. The object Mr. Osborn had in view was to take the best natural boundary by follow- ing the crest of the range of hills overlooking the valley of the Black Umvolosi, until the country fell away towards St. Lucia Bay, when streams were to be adopted. He gave me a very full and minute description of the country, and how I was to lay down the line between the beacons 23 and 27, and in following them I felt confident, from my long experience in such matters, that no better natural boundary could have been obtained. Captain Alleyne's map, although much more accurate than any that preceded it, is far from perfect, and more or less misleading. The line I have laid down on it is done as accurately as it could be with the data obtained, but a complete survey of the country would be required before the line could be shown with accuracy on paper. The line, as made, cuts out about 40 kraals of Usibebu’s people; no kraals belonging to the Usutu party are within it. g If a straight line had been taken from beacons 23 to 27, the old kraal, known by the name of “Vukeni,” which has been the residence of the Chiefs of the tribe for some generations, and is held in some veneration, would have been excluded ; Mr. Osborn was particularly anxious to avoid this, knowing the ill-feeling it would arouse among Usibebu’s people. I have, &c. - (Signed) . JNo. EUSTACE FANNIN. His Excellency the Special Commissioner. No. 37. SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF DER BY. (Received June 11, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, MY LORD, May 9, 1883. - WITH reference to the subject of my Despatch of the 28th April,” I have the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, a copy of a further Despatch from Mr. Fynn. 2. From this it will be seen that Cetywayo sent two messengers to Mr. Fynn to ask for a pass for witnesses to go into Natal in order to give evidence against Mr. Shepstone, and that one of these messengers told Mr. Fynn that it was Hulumeni (i.e., “the Gover- nor” or “the Government") who had told him to go and get these witnesses. On being pressed by Mr. Fynn, he had to admit that it was the Bishop of Natal who had told him to get these witnesses, but he still persisted, possibly from effrontery, in saying that it was the “Governor,” emphasising his statement by these words, “I say it was the Hulumeni” (the Governor) “as it was Sobantu ’’ (the Bishop of Natal) “who spoke”:—A remarkable instance of the way in which some of the members of the extreme Usutu party have come to look upon the Bishop of Natal from the part which he has taken on their side in the political affairs of the Zulu country. 3. A copy of my Despatch in reply to Mr. Fynn is herewith also transmitted. I have, &c. - (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. - Enclosure I in No. 37. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULWER. SIR, Mbilani, Zululand, April 24, 1883. I HAVE the honour to inform your Excellency that Cetywayo, per Makewu and Moblukweneni, asks for a pass for witnesses in the case of alleged assault by Mr. John and his police. - & . . º 2. Makeyu states that Rulumendi (Governor or Government) told him to bring the witnesses to him at Pietermaritzburg with a pass from me for the road. 3. I reply I have the Governor's letter (viz., Despatch 29th March 1883), acknowledging receipt. of my Despatch enclosing statements of Pakatwayo, Rubu, and Cetywayo's regarding this matter, and I have told Cetywayo that his Excellency replied he would inquire of Mr. John ; and it cannot be true that witnesses are sent for by the Governor without a letter to me; there must be some mistake. His Excellency cannot speak Kaffir, and I wish to know the individual’s name, or description, who actually spoke to him, Makewu ; was he sure it was the Governor himself? To this Makewu replied, “I say it was Rulumeni.” tº - tº - º 4. I reply, that will not do ; describe the individual who spoke the message into your ears. I wish to know him and ask the Rulumeni if it is true he sends for witnesses, because I did not send the statements as you, Makewu, state; did a native tell you this for the Rulumeni ? 5. Eventually Makewu replies, “I say it is Rulumeni as it was Sobantu who spoke.” I said, but you know Sobantu (the Bishop), is not Rulumeni, and that he is the great teacher of God; why have you a man told me a falsehood for which the English punish severely; have you no shame; why did you not say Sobantu sent you ? 6. My reply to Cetywayo, I will take down any statement or message and forward to his Excellency, but I cannot send or give a pass, or give leave to go to Natal to give evidence, without his Excellency's authority; he objects. * No. 13. H 2 60 7. I sent my two messengers, Bangeni and Mlingana, to deliver my reply and relate the foregoing matter, and they return with the following reply. 8. Cetywayo replies, Sobantu is my friend or relation, it was he who keeped me when in trouble, and I cannot abstain from telling my relation my troubles, but Makewa has done wrong in concealing Sobantu ; I am not asking for the witnesses to go to Sobantu, but to his Excellency to give evidence by word of mouth, and wished them to have a pass for that purpose; that Rozana is by reason of the injuries then received rendered unable to proceed to Pietermaritzburg to give evidence. I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, British Resident with Cetywayo. Enclosure 2 in No. 37. Sir H. BULWER to Mr. FYNN. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, May 9, 1883. IN reply to your Despatch of the 24th April, I have the honour to inform you, in the first place, that I referred, as I promised to do, the representations forwarded in your previous Despatch of the 3rd of March to Mr. Shepstone. As I had anticipated, there was no truth whatsoever in the allegation made that Mr. Shepstone had struck some person, and there was no foundation either for the statement that he had made use of certain injurious expressions regarding Cetywayo. 2. As for the circumstance out of which the story grew that Mr. Shepstone had struck a man named Magegeba and had ordered his police to beat the people, it would seem that somewhere about the 23rd or 24th of February, Mr. Shepstone, as Resident Commis- sioner for the time being, held a meeting of the people of the district at his camp near the Insuze stream. To this meeting came a number of people, some of whom belonged to the Usutu party and others who were opposed to the Usutu party, and these two parties coming into contact, a disturbance began between them in which several blows were exchanged on either side, and thus it was apparently that the persons mentioned in your Despatch of 3rd March received the blows there described. This disturbance occurred in the very presence of Mr. Shepstone, who at once interposed in person to stop it and succeeded in doing so; and now for the people of whom Cety wayo speaks, and who themselves were parties to the disturbance, to try and make out that it was Mr. Shep- stone and his police who struck them, is a shameful perversion of the facts of the case. 3. Indeed, I may point out to you that at the first representation made to you, on the 25th of February, whilst it was said that Mr. Shepstone had sprung at the people and set his police on to attack them, it was stated that no one had actually received any blow. On the next day, however, the 26th of February, a change was made in the story, and it was stated that Mr. Shepstone had struck Magegeba across the arm and had called upon his police to beat the people. I am perfectly satisfied that Mr. Shepstone did no such thing as strike anyone, nor tell any one with him to do so, and that, on the contrary, he interposed to stop the fight that was just beginning. 4. Under these circumstances, I cannot give permission to these people to come in for the purpose of repeating this distorted story. I cannot consent to countenance or en- courage a wilful attempt to advance an unfounded charge. It is apparent, also, from your Despatch under acknowledgment, that the proposal of Cetywayo to send these men is due to a suggestion received from Natal, and that his object in sending them in would not be to send them to me (except ostensibly), but really that they may go and supply evidence to others in order that a case may be made out against Mr. Shepstone. No doubt, whether I give the permission or not, some will be sent in because of the sugges- tion received by Cetywayo, but I cannot myself give any encouragement to such a proceeding. - I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, Henry Fynn, Esq., Special Commissioner. C. C. 61 No. 38. SIR HENRY BULWER, G.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received June 11, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, May 10, 1883. WITH reference to my Despatch of the 5th instant,” I have the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, copy of a Despatch addressed by me to Mr. Fynn in reply to his communications of the 23rd and 26th of April, together with copy of one addressed by me to the Resident Commissioner in the Reserve regarding the reported proceedings of Hlubi. I have, &c. -? (Signed) H. BULWER. The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure 1 in No. 38. Sir H. BULWER to Mr. FYNN. • Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, * May 10, 1883. I INFORMED you in my Despatch of the 1st instant of the steps taken by me on receiving your Despatches of the 20th, 21st, and 22nd of April with the view of staying any further proceedings of retaliation and depredation on the part either of Usibebu or of Uhamu.. I also informed you that I had desired Mr. Osborn to stop Hlubi’s men from taking any part in the disturbance if there was any truth in the report made to you regarding them. 2. From your further Despatch of 23rd April, I am led to infer that although Uhamu may have sent messages to Hlubi for the purpose of soliciting his help, yet that what had been done so far by Hlubi had been confined to his assembling a force in his own district and to his stopping apparently some of Sirayo's people from coming into the district, and as Sirayo is well known for his troublesome and mischievous disposition it is not improbable that Hlubi may have taken alarm at some proceedings of Sirayo's people, and that he assembled the force to defend himself against them. But no doubt I shall shortly hear what foundation there has been for these reports from Mr. Osborn, to whom meanwhile I will send a copy of your Despatch, No. 85. 3. On the receipt of your Despatches it seemed to me that the situation had become such that the steps just taken, to which I have referred, would not be suffi- cient, but that something more ought to be done in order that no effort should be wanting on our part to re-establish the public peace so much disturbed by the hostile attack made by the Usutus upon Usibebu on the 30th of March and the fight that took place on that day, and by the subsequent acts of reprisal committed by Usibebu, as also by the proceedings of Uhamu. 4. I had reason to hope that the representations that Mr. Osborn was instructed to send to Usibebu would have their effect, and would stay any further proceedings by way of retaliation on the part of that Chief; and that you would also be able to bring your influence to bear on Uhamu so as to stop his proceedings. But in view of the informa- tion furnished in your Despatch of the 26th April, regarding the large force which Cety wayo was assembling at Undini, and regarding his stated intention of attacking Uhamu and Usibebu, I felt that it would not be sufficient to send communications on the part of the Government to Usibebu and Uhamu if Cety wayo were then again to take the offensive. It was important to bring influence to bear upon all three at the same time and simultaneously, with the view of effecting some permanent cessation of hostilities; and as one means to that end it was important to procure the mutual restora- * No. 29. f Enclosures 2 and 3 in No. 29. H 3 62 tion of the women and children, both those taken by Usibebu’s forces out of Cetywayo's territory and those who, it is said, have been taken by Somkeli’s people out of Usibebu's territory. It was important to do this on all accounts, and to remove so burning a cause of irritation between the two parties. And in order to effect this, and in order to aid and assist you at this critical juncture in putting an end to the present hostilities, I decided to send Mr. H. Shepstone into the country. Mr. Shepstone accordingly left for Zululand on the 4th instant furnished with instructions by me and with a private letter to you, in which I briefly explained to you the object of his mission, and I trust that you will be enabled, with his help and assistance, to bring about a more settled condition of affairs in the disturbed parts of the country. 5. I now proceed to notice some parts of your Despatch of the 26th ultimo. 1 approve of the answer made by you to Cetywayo in reply to his statement as to the commencement of the fight of the 30th of March. It is evident from what Cetywayo says that he fails to understand that a certain portion of the Zulu country, and by far the greater portion, has been restored to him and placed under his authority, but that other portions have not been restored to him and are not under his authority, and that he has no authority and no right to interfere with the people of these other portions of the country. He alludes to some of the people living in these other portions as being his (Cetywayo's) people; but they are not his people so long as they remain in the territories which are not under his authority. If they wish to be under him they can remove into his territory. No doubt there are some people in both these territories who belong to the Usutu party, and who may therefore wish to be under Cetywayo, as there are also people in Cetywayo's territory who do not wish to be under him, yet, nevertheless, have been put under his authority. It is open to both classes of these people to remove into the territory of the ruler under whom they may wish to be, whether it be under Cetywayo or under Usibebu, or under the Resident Commissioner in the Reserve Territory. But Cetywayo, while he ignores the case of those people in his territory who do not wish to be under him, only refers to those people in the Reserve Territory or in Usibebu’s territory, who, belonging to the Usutu party, may wish to be under him. It is painfully clear from what he says that he has failed to recognise the altered conditions of the Zulu country and of the people, and to understand that it is no longer the same Zululand that it was before the Zulu war of 1879, that a great number of the people are much opposed to coming again under his rule, and that he will best secure his own interests by recognising this altered condition of things by keeping the conditions which he formally accepted, by a policy of conciliation towards the people in his own territory, and by strictly abstaining from interfering with the people outside of his territory. 6. His account of the way in which the fight of the 30th March began will not stand examination. There was, no doubt, a dispute between Mahu’s people and Usibebu, but if the fight had only been between them it would in that case have been a contest between the duly constituted ruler of the territory with some of the people in his terri- tory, and with that contest Cetywayo would have had nothing to do, nor would he have any right to call these people his, since they were living in Usibebu’s territory and under Usibebu’s authority, and not under his. But the fight that took place on the 30th of March was not between Usibebu’s force and Mahu’s people, but between Usibebu’s force and a large Usutu force that had been organised in Cetywayo's country by Undabuko, and had deliberately and wantonly invaded Usibebu’s territory; and to this latter force were added Mahu’s people. 7. I am unable to admit that Cetywayo has, as he says, been quiet and “kept the laws;” that is, the conditions. Many things show, I am sorry to say, that this has not been the case, but that ever since his return Cetywayo has been constantly interfering, contrary to his solemn undertaking not to interfere, with the people in the , Reserve Territory and that he has also interfered with Usibebu and the people living in his territory contrary to the conditions; whilst the large Usutu force which invaded Usibebu’s territory in March, and was organised in Cetywayo's territory, was organised by Undabuko, Cetywayo's own brother, and this was done with Cetywayo's full knowledge of what was going on. The Government does not approve but disapproves of the subsequent proceedings in April of Usibebu in crossing his boundaries and committing depredations in Cetywayo's territory; but these proceedings, as Cetywayo knows, were directed against Umyamana's people and others who had taken part in the invasion of Usibebu’s territory. - - 8. I cannot, of course, give my permission to Cetywayo to attack. Usibebu, either in retaiiation for these proceedings or otherwise. The desire of the Government is that 63 these hostilities should cease on both sides; and you will do your best, with the assistance of Mr. Shepstone, in bringing this about, I have, &c. Henry Fynn, Esq., (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. Special Commissioner. British Resident with Cetywayo. Enclosure 2 in No. 38. Sir H. BULWER to Mr. OSBORN. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, May 10, 1883. I HAVE the honour to enclose, for your information, copy of a Despatch I have received from Mr. Fynn communicating a complaint made by Cetywayo regarding some reported proceedings of Hlubi's people. I do not gather from this Despatch that any of Hlubi’s people left the Reserve to take part in the disturbances, but that Hlubi appa- rently assembled forces in his own district, possibly in anticipation of some attack by Sirayo and his people. I have no doubt, however, that I shall shortly learn from you what has taken place in that part of the country, and as a Sub-Commissioner is now established there you will have means of ascertaining the true state of the case, also of better re-assuring the people living in the district. SIR, I have, &c. Melmoth Osborn, Esq., C.M.G., (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Resident Commissioner, Reserve Territory. No. 39. SIR HENRY BULW ER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received June 11, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, May 11, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, copy of a Despatch I have received from Mr. Fynn, forwarding a statement made by Mr. T. Peachey, a Natal trader in Zululand, who was in Usibebu’s territory in March last, both before and at the time of the fight that took place on the 30th of that month, and who gives information as to what came under his observation during that time and since then on his way down country. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. +. Enclosure in No. 39. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULWER. - - Mbilani, Zululand, April 27, 1883. WITH reference to my Despatches on the subject of the Usutu raid and fight with Usibebu on the 30th March, and the raid by Usibebu's forces on the 17th instant, I have the honour to forward for your Excellency's information statement of T. F. Peachey before me this day at my request. * SIR, H 4 64 Mr. Peachey informs me that on receipt of my letter to him of the 25th of March, he explained the latter part of it to some of Maboko's men to tell him. I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, British Resident with Cetywayo. STATEMENT of THOMAS EDw1N PEACHEY, of Nouobi, Lower Tugela Division, Natal. Mbilani, Zululand, April 27, 1883. I HAVE been in trading in Zulu country ever since January 1883, and also my uncle Edward Peachey, but not in the same place together. I was stationed near the Hlomohlomo in Usibebu's district, but amongst late Masipula’s people. At the request of Maboko of Masipula I wrote to the British Resident, Mr. Fynn, on 23rd March 1833, to the effect Usibebu was about to approach him, Maboko, and attack; and he Maboko wanted help from Cetywayo. I received reply of 25th March on the 27th March, Usibebu with his forces probably 3,000 men had retired on the 24th March 1883, having previously helped themselves to mealies in the gardens of Moeu's people. I believe no damage was done to the Kaffir corn or destroyed, simply food taken, and cattle taken from Magonondo and Hlanganiso, who had, I understand, previously taken cattle from people of Mahlatine of Usibebu. I heard that about the 14th March 1883, one of five natives of Usibebu’s was killed by some of Ndabazimbi's people, he is a brother of Moeu's ; a boy, one of the five was captured, but since escaped. These five men were returning from service in Natal. I saw the body of the deceased about the 4th of April, and from my observations I have reason to believe it was a foul murder, done to bring about disturbances to irritate Usibebu to action of a warlike nature. Ndabazimbi's people captured before the time of this murder a few cattle from people of Usibebu’s, but these were returned next day. On the morning of about the 28th March I heard war songs, and saw probably 2,000 men in the distance going towards Usibebu's, and on inquiry heard this force was the Mgazini under Maboko, and on their way to meet (join) the Usutu forces at the Tokozi hill. I went to my uncle, and he told me had seen the Usutu forces pass his way and near him passed; he estimated them at 6,000 and other forces from different directions proceeding to join. Next day I returned to my waggon, and I heard that day the fight had taken place, and next morning I heard of the Usutu, Butelizo, Mgazini forces, had been utterly defeated with heavy loss. I may have made some mistake of actual dates, but the battle took place the day after the defeated forces entered Usibebu’s country, Usibebu's forces captured cattle then. I retired from Usibebu’s country on 4th April to my uncle, near Umgojana's kraal. I believe Usibebu’s forces plundered Mr. Fine's (or Vijn) goods and killed one of his servants on the day after the fight. I believe on good authority that the Usutu forces forced Umgojana's people to go with them to fight Usibebu. - About the 18th instant I saw Umgojana's people capturing cattle from Moeu’s people, and heard Umgojana's people had joined Usibebu’s forces reported to be approaching, and saw the kraals on fire down the Black Umvolozi and next day up and along the Sikwebezi, and saw the kraal Tyumaeleni, Umyamanas, on fire. On Thursday 19th I saw Usibebu's forces going up towards Ngome forest and heard Uhamu's forces were there to join Usibebu. On Friday 20th I saw Usibebu’s forces retiring and heard that one man of Moeu's was killed. I heard from Umgojana's people that Usibebu had strictly forbid killing anyone unless resisting, but to burn kraals, capture cattle, women and children. I saw but few cattle taken by Usibebu’s forces. About the 21st instant I saw immense herds of cattle being driven out of the Ngome forest I believe by Uhanu's forces. These cattle were driven towards Uhamu's. I have seen some 20 women and children released by Usibebu. I have heard there are a few women and children who have not yet returned from Usibebu's. Both my uncle and I have had cattle at kraals and do not know which party have them now, but I believe Usibebu is very good in causing 65 restoration of property to owners; we have two native hawkers out with goods, but do not know what has become of them. We havé received 16 out of 22 goats taken by Usutu party, the six are missing. Taken before me this 27th April 1883. (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, British Resident with Cetywayo. Mbilani, Zululand, March 25, 1883. YoUR note of the 23rd reached me a few minutes ago; your being on the spot will be better able to judge for yourself as to the prudence of your remaining where you are and within Usibebu's territory. On the 22nd instant I sent to Usibebu, and am informed that since you wrote Usibebu has retired probably consequent to my message. Her Majesty's Government have placed Usibebu to rule over the district, the boundaries beaconed off are well known, and all persons within those boundaries are required to reverence Usibebu's authority so long as they choose to remain in his district. You should take every care not to mix up yourself with matters between the natives. * (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, To T. E. Peachey. British Resident with Cetywayo. No. 40. SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the Right Hon. The EARL OF DERBY (Received June 11, 1883.) - Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, - May 12, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, copy of a corre- spondence that has passed on the subject of a complaint made in the early part of last month to the British Resident at Pretoria by the Transvaal Government that Uhamu had crossed with a force into Transvaal territory, and had there attacked the Abaqulusi living in that territory:— (1.) Sir H. Robinson, Telegram, 7th April 1883. (2.) Sir H. Bulwer, Telegram, 9th April 1883. (3.) Sir H. Bulwer, Minute, 12th April 1883. (4.) Mr. Fynn, Minute, 28th April 1883. (5.) Statement of Abaqulusi Induna, 28th April 1883. (6.) Sir H. Bulwer, Despatch, 12th May 1883. I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Enclosure 1 in No. 40. TELEGRAM. Governor, Cape Town, to Sir HENRY BULWER, Pietermaritzburg. April 7, 1883. 7th.-I have received the following telegram from the British Resident in the Trans- vaal –Begins—4th April. Have letter from Transvaal, Government this morning, which states that Uhamu had come with his commando within Transvaal territory and R 7622, I 66 there fighting with the Abaqulusi, and has perpetrated murder and damage there; further calls on me to institute a strict investigation, and in the case the statement is found to be correct, to make a claim for damages on behalf of the Transvaal Government. I apprehend that the Zulu Resident is the proper officer to institute such inquiry.— Ends. Enclosure 2 in No. 40. TELEGRAM. Sir H. BULWER, Pietermaritzburg, to Sir H. Robinson, Cape Town. April 9, 1883. 9th April.—Your Excellency's telegram received. I will forward it to the British Resident with Cetywayo. Enclosure 3 in No. 40. Sir H. BULWER to Mr. FYNN. April 12, 1883. I ENCLosE for your information copy of a telegram I have received from his Excellency the High Commissioner at Cape Town, transmitting a complaint made by the Transvaal Government against certain alleged proceedings of Uhamu in Transvaal terri- tory. five you any information on this subject P And will you please furnish me with any you are able to obtain. (Signed) H. BULwBR, British Resident with Cetywayo. Special Commissioner. Enclosure 4 in No. 40. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULWER. April 28, 1883. YoUR Excellency’s minute of the 12th I received in the night of the 24th instant. I enclose statement made this day by Mguni, an induna of the Abaqulusi. My messen- ger, who has been on several missions to Uhamu, says in his inquiries there he never heard of any of Uhamu's people crossing over into Transvaal side. I have the honour to refer your Excellency to my Despatches Nos. 46, 51, and para- graph B. 12 of 87, bearing on this question. (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, His Excellency, Special Commissioner, British Resident with Cetywayo. Natal. Statement of MGUNI, an Induna of the Abaqulusi. Mbilani, Zululand, April 28, 1883. I KNow of the occasion of Uhamu's forces, who were joined by some of his people from the Transvaal side of the Pemvana, attacking us, Abaqulusi, on the Zulu side of the Pemvana. None of Uhamu's forces have gone into Transvaal or interfered with Abaqulusi there; had there been any disturbances between Uhamu's people of this side and our Abaqulusi people in the Transvaal I should have heard of it, and therefore say no disturbances have taken place. Ndida (of people formerly Swazis years ago) of Abaqulusi, near Bivana or Pongolo, Transvaal, was upon an accusation of Uhamu's taken prisoner by the Boers, 67 but released a month or so ago, and told to move with his people under him to Zulu country. Uhamu is very bitter towards me, and has threatened to take my life some time ago. Taken before me this 28th April 1883. º w (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, British Resident with Cetywayo. Enclosure 5 in No. 40. Sir H. BULWFR to Lieutenant-General the Honourable L. SMYTH, C.B. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, May 12, 1883. WITH reference to his Excellency Sir H. Robinson's telegram of the 7th April, transmitting a telegram from the British Resident in the Transvaal, in which the British Resident reported that he had received a communication from the Transvaal Govern- ment to the effect that Uhamu with his forces (commando) had come within Transvaal territory, and had there been fighting with the Abaqulusi and had perpetrated murder and committed damage within the said territory, I have the honour to forward for your Excellency’s information, copy of a statement made to Mr. Fynn, to whom I referred the subject of the telegram, by an induna of the Abaqulusi. 2. It appears that both people belonging to Uhamu and also people belonging to the Abaqulusi are living in Transvaal territory, and from the enclosed statement it would seem that on one occasion Uhamu's forces in Zulu territory were joined by some of his people from the Transvaal side of the Pemvana and made an attack upon the Abaqulusi living in Zulu territory, and that none of Uhamu's forces had gone into the Transvaal or interfered with the Abaqulusi living in Transvaal territory. 3. This testimony, it should be observed, is from one of the Abaqulusi indunas who is opposed to Uhamu, and whilst it charges Uhamu with attacking the Abaqulusi in Zulu territory it acquits him of attacking them in Transvaal territory. 4. Mr. Fynn adds that one of his own messengers who has been on several occasions to Uhamu states that he never heard of any of Uhamu's people crossing over into the Transvaal territory, that is crossing, I presume, for the purpose of fighting. - have, &c. (Signed) H. BULweR, Special Commissioner. No. 41. SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received June 11, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, MY LORD, May 12, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, a copy of a Despatch I have received from the British Resident with Cetywayo. 2. Mr. Fynn, in his answer to Cetywayo, very truly, as I believe, explained that if Cetywayo had only punished the Abaqulusi for attacking Uhamu, or had prevented them from attacking him, Uhamu would probably not have taken the course of which Cetywayo complains. ºp have to notice with regret the remarks made by Cetywayo regarding Usibebu. Usibebu, he said, was his dog and had been given his (Cetywayo's) country and had been made his equal. Would the English, he said, take a commoner and give him part of England to rule over, and to be equal to the Queen over part of her country, as had been done in Usibebu’s case ? 4. With such views as these, with so complete a disregard of the circumstances under which he has returned to the country, with so exaggerated an opinion of his kingly I 2 68 position, the hope of Cetywayo's adherence to the conditions of his restoration becomes, I fear, painfully less; whilst ever since his return his words and his acts have been a constant protest against the conditions which limited his authority. § I have, &c. i * (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. P.S.—I append a copy of my reply to Mr. Fynn. Enclosure l in No. 41. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULWEa. SIR, Mbilani, Zululand, April 30, 1883. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt last evening of your Excellency's Despatches of 21st instant, and to-day I duly explained them to Cetywayo. He made the following remarks:– 2. The first case reported at Emtonjaneni (on 29th January 1883) against the Abaqulusi took place before the people had come under his rule, and the other cases were continuation of disturbances before his return, and which had not been put a stop to by the Government before handing the people or country over to him, and that he sent some Abaqulusi offenders or people to me. I replied, no offenders had ever come, and he knew how I had constantly urged upon him to punish them. Cetywayo said he had no prison, and there was only one way of punishment in Zulu country, viz., to kill offenders, and he had been told not to kill offenders; that I should have punished the Abaqulusi people. I explained to him the first paragraph of clause 4 of the terms of his restoration, and said he was appointed to rule his people within his own district and punish offenders. I was not appointed to rule. If I had had the power, I would have punished offenders at once and restored order, as I advised him to do continuously from the first. Cetywayo spoke of Mhliwafa’s case, and of his having on a former occasion created disturbances and caused bloodshed at the Mroloko between the Abaqulusi and Uhamu. I replied, in the last case of Mhliwafa's, two men, of Msebe, of Uhamu's were murdered by the Abaqulusi, who took four cattle and two horses, and that these people are un- punished even to this day. And I had said, restore no property to Mhliwafa unless clearly shown to be his, and if he had committed an offence he should have been punished. 3. Cetywayo said it was childish talk saying he was to adopt a policy of conciliation and friendly dealings with Uhanlu in the face of Uhamu having with armed forces burnt down kraals, killed people, plundered cattle, and joined Usibebu in attacking him. I replied, had the Abaqulusi been punished Uhamu would not have done so. 4. Cetywayo said Uhamu and Usibebu were at war against him upon the authority of Mr. John, conveyed by Fada, Usibebu's brother. I replied it is false, as that also said that I had given such an authority. Cetywayo said, I know Mr. John, it is not true, he did not give such an authority. Cetywayo said we white people screen each other. 5. Cetywayo said John Dunn had applied to Mr. Osborn to take his forces to receive Umlandela into the Reserve, and Hlubi's forces had come into his, Cetywayo's territory, and taken his cattle. Ndabakahonik and Nhlanganiso had charge of them, also other people, and cattle he restored to owners remaining in his, Cety wayo's territory. I replied, I do not credit Hlubi having come across his boundary, but any complaint against Hlubi or his people I would forward to Mr. Osborn, the ruler of the Reserve territory. Cetywayo said the cattle were taken from my district. I refused to send to Hlubi, but would send any complaint to Mr. Osborn. I said I was not aware of Cetywayo's having cattle (as he said concealed) in charge of any one prior to his instal- lation, and any such cattle were the property of the Government, and should have been reported to me, and under the authority I had received I would thereupon transfer them to him. Cetywayo said such cattle of his amongst his own people were not included in that way, and were concealed for him, and what I said only applied to cattle taken by the appointed Chiefs during his, Cetywayo's, absence. I replied, all his cattle belonged to the Government, but upon being reported to me or given up I would, under instruc- tions, hand them over to him. Cetywayo said such cattle were in his homes, retained there as his and for him. * 6. This interview took place in the presence of Ntuzwa, Sirayo, Hoiana, Nkabaunia, Mahanahana, Ishingana, and my two messengers, Bangeni and Inlingane. 69 7. Cetywayo wished to know what reply there was to Usibebu and Uhamu's raid on the 17th instant, plundering cattle, women and children, killing men and women, burn- ing kraals up both sides of the Black Umvolozi River, and all between there and Usibebu’s; when the Government would punish Usibebu and Uhamu; the latter (Uhamu) had never come under his, Cetywayo's, rule, but continued to be under rule of the Government and resisted his, Cetywayo's, authority. I said, no reply yet. 8. Cetywayo said Usibebu is his, Cetywayo's, dog and had been given his, Cetywayo's, country and to be made his equal ; would the English ever take a commoner and give him part of England, the Queen's country, to rule over and be her equal over part of her country, as has been done in Usibebu’s case, and therefore these troubles come into the land. I replied, the Queen's Government gave Usibebu the district he has, and Cety wayo's forces should not have crossed the boundary. Cetywayo said there was no boundary dividing his people from Usibebu's, as was said should be made, so that Usibebu retained room enough for his people where they lived; that the alleged boundary was no boundary dividing his people from Usibebu’s as was said should be made, so that Usibebu retained room enough for his people where they lived ; that the alleged boundary was no boundary of that kind, it cut off a large country occupied by his, Cety wayo's, own people. - - 9. This morning from a distance I saw the forces marching about the Undini, about 40 companies. I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, British Resident with Cetywayo. Enclosure 2 in No. 41. Sir H. BULWER to Mr. FYNN. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, May 12, 1883. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch of the 30th ultimo. 2. I approve of the replies made by you to Cetywayo with respect to the Abaqulusi attacks upon Uhamu, and I am disposed to agree with you in thinking that had Cetywayo punished the Abaqulusi in the first instance, or at all events put an effective stop to any further proceedings on their part, as also on the part of the Pangisweni and others, against Uhamu, the latter would not have taken the course he has now done, and certainly he would have had no possible excuse for taking it. 3. You have done quite right in repudiating the unfounded accusation brought by Cetywayo against Mr. J. Shepstone of having conveyed through Fada his authority to Usibebu and to Uhamu to make war against Cetywayo. Not only is such an accusation made without cause or justification whatever, but, as a matter of fact, the hostilities, as is well known, were not begun either by Usibebu or by Uhamu. So far as Usibebu is concerned, they were begun by the invasion of his territory by a large Usutu force; and so far as Uhamu is concerned, there is reason to conclude they were begun by the depredations committed by the Abaqulusi and the Pangisweni. The Government con- demns entirely all that has been done by way of reprisal either by Usibebu or by Uhamu, but it is necessary to note the fact that it has been done by way of reprisal. 4. I have sent to Mr. Osborn to inquire if it is true that Hlubi crossed his border. In every case where a charge is made against any people or any individual person belonging to the Reserve you will do right to communicate the fact of the charge to the Resident Commissioner. 5. I do not know if I quite understand what it is that Cety wayo has advanced with respect to the former “royal cattle,” but am led to infer from what you say that people who had royal cattle concealed had come forward and said that they had concealed them for Cetywayo. Of course we know that whatever concealment there has been could not have been for this purpose, as the people never expected to see Cety wayo again. But it will not be advisable to bring trouble upon them by pointing this out; and if Cetywayo has come into possession of some of the former royal cattle which had been concealed in this way, instead of through you, the same result is arrived at. You may perhaps have an opportunity of discovering how many cattle have been delivered up. I have, &c. Henry Fynn, Esq., (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. Special Commissioner. British Resident with Cetywayo. s I 3 70 No. 42. SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received June 11, 1883.) * Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, May 12, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit herewith a copy of a Despatch which I have received from the British Resident Commissioner in the Reserve Territory on the subject of the uneasiness prevailing in that territory in consequence of the increasing interference of Cetywayo with the people of the Reserve, and of the threats employed against them, and in consequence of the mischievous report which is being spread that no notice will be taken by the Government of whatever Cetywayo does in the Reserve, and that the people there will have to defend themselves against any force sent by him. 2. Mr. Osborn forwards a letter from Chief J. Dunn, in which he asks for information as to whether the people of the Reserve are assured of the protection of Her Majesty's Government in the event of molestation by Cetywayo. 3. The question is one of great importance and gravity. I have all along submitted to Her Majesty's Government that the return of Cetywayo to Zululand and his restoration to any authority could alone be justified by Her Majesty’s Government being prepared to undertake such a measure of responsibility as would enable it to secure the other interests and objects which, as I had shown, were bound up in the question; that if Cetywayo's authority were restored it must, therefore, be limited to one part of the Zulu country, and that in such case the other part must be taken under our direct protection and authority, and that if Her Majesty’s Government were not prepared to do this I considered the objections to Cetywayo's return were insuperable. I sketched out what I considered was the fullest extent of territory over which it would be either prudent or right to restore Cetywayo's authority, and with regard to the Reserve Territory, which I termed the “Protected Territory,” I pointed out how necessary it was that this should be and should be declared to be under British pro- tection and authority. Then, assuming the acceptance by Cetywayo of the conditions of his restoration, and assuming his observance of those conditions, I stated, from a desire to save Her Majesty’s Government the necessity of keeping any garrison in the protected territory and any expense beyond that perhaps of the first year, that it would not be necessary to maintain a garrison there or to appropriate any annual grant to the administration, as the territory so long as it had the moral support, and was under the authority and the assured protection of the protecting power could, I felt sure, with proper management be rendered self-supporting and independent of assistance. I felt sure, I say, that this would be the case, provided—but this was an important proviso— provided that Cetywayo faithfully kept his conditions. Of course if he did not keep his conditions but attempted to disturb the arrangements the case would necessarily be altered, and then it might become necessary, I said, for Her Majesty's Government to enforce its authority and take further safeguards for the future. 4. That is, in brief, the outline of what I said and submitted on the subject. Her Majesty's Government did not accept the limitations of territory I had suggested, but gave over to Cetywayo a portion of what was intended to be the Reserve Territory and by this alteration two-thirds of the whole country have come under Cetywayo. The term “protected” was also withdrawn from the reduced territory left as the reserve, and by the withdrawal of that term the danger that I foresaw and pointed out in my Despatch of the 15th February” as likely to arise has arisen, and intrigue is busy at its work, interpreting the withdrawal of the term in its own way and to suit its own urposes, and is telling the people of the Reserve, you had better acknowledge the authority of Cetywayo, for if you do not and he attacks you the Government will not interfere, and you will have to defend yourselves. 5. This would not matter so much and could be lived down if Cetywayo would only keep the conditions of his restoration. But ever since his return he has not ceased to interfere with and to threaten the people living in the Reserve contrary to his undertaking not to so interfere with them; whilst the invasion of Usibebu’s territory on the 30th of March was another direct and most serious violation of the conditions. * No. 23 in [C.–3616.], May 1883. 71 6. Under such circumstances our position towards the Reserve Territory becomes one of grave responsibility, for that portion of territory, small as it is, is the only means we have of meeting our obligations towards the Zulu people, and the only obstacle that opposes itself to the great danger which, after all that has happened, will threaten the Colony of Natal from any rehabilitation of Cety wayo's power as it was before the year 1879. 7. In accordance with the original understanding that the military detachment should be withdrawn from the Reserve Territory, as soon as a local force was established the detachment has returned to Natal, and its withdrawal takes away one of the most visible signs of our connexion with the territory and of our responsibility towards it. And now that Cetywayo has so openly shown his disregard of the conditions with respect to this territory and with respect to Usibebu’s territory, and I am afraid his intention to upset, if he can, the arrangements which would exclude those territories from his autho- rity, it is a question I submit for Her Majesty's Government to consider if, looking to our responsibilities towards the Reserve Territory and the Zulu people, and looking to the important question of the safety of this Colony, the time has not arrived for establishing with a strong and firm hand our authority and protection in the Reserve. 8. I append a copy of my reply to Mr. Osborn. I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Enclosure 1 in No. 42. Mr. Osborn to His Excellency Sir H. BULWER. Etshowe, Zulu Native Reserve, - May 3, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Excellency’s information, copy of a letter addressed to me by Mr. John Dunn on the 1st instant, in which he requests to be informed whether “the inhabitants of this Reserve are assured of the protection of Her “ Majesty's Government in case of molestation from Cetywayo.” I also forward a copy of my reply to this letter. - The subject of this correspondence and the question raised by Mr. Dunn being, according to my view at least, of the greatest importance, I have deemed it necessary without any delay to seek your Excellency’s instructions thereon. The increasing interference of Cetywayo with the Chiefs and people in the Reserve ; the oft-repeated assurances he makes them that the whole of Zululand as possessed by him up to the time of his deposition in 1879 has been restored to him by the Queen ; and his threats of vengeance against those in the Reserve who refuse to acknowledge his authority and will not join his forces at Ulundi, all tend very materially to cause doubt and misgiving in the minds of those Chiefs and people who desire to remain under the authority of the British Resident Commissioner. I find that persons representing themselves as sent by Cetywayo are still actively engaged throughout the Reserve calling upon the inhabitants to recognise his authority and to join the forces he is assembling at Mahlabatini. They threaten those who refuse compliance with the summons with total destruction by an impi that will be sent against them. In some instances they boldly assert that the Queen has not only restored the whole of Zululand as it was before the war to Cetywayo, but that the greater part of Natal, viz., all the country north of the Umgeni, has also been ceded to him. These continued interferences on the part of Cetywayo in the Reserve are not only causing great uneasiness within this territory, but have also the immediate effect of making the Chiefs and others who do not wish to be under his rule to fear that by continuing their opposition to his advances they will sooner or later become a prey to his vengeance. The latest report that is being spread by those who interest themselves in his behalf is having a very mischievous effect, the report being that no notice will be taken by the Government of any action that Cetywayo might take within the Reserve for the punishment of those Chiefs and people who refuse to acknowledge his authority, and that they will have to defend themselves against any force sent by him. It is the prevalence of this rumour now being industriously circulated, which, I understand, has chiefly induced Mr. Dunn to ask the question contained in his letter transmitted herein. - I think it right to state my opinion here that should it be decided that any aggressive action that Cetywayo might take against natives residing within this Reserve will involve SIR, I 4 72 him in no direct responsibility to the Government and that the inhabitants of the Reserve will be left to deal with him by themselves, only one result can be expected, namely, open conflict, ending in a portion of those now opposed to him withdrawing their opposition and giving him, their allegiance, while the other, and I believe larger portion of those who are against him, will flee into Natal. That such a conflict, if it did occur, would be of the most serious nature, and terrible in its consequences to those natives who will not recognise Cetywayo's authority within the Reserve, cannot be doubted ; for not only would they have to encounter any force he might send against them, but they would also have to contend against the hostile proceedings of many natives living in the Reserve who are either voluntarily in favour º of Cetywayo, or, who dreading his vengeance, declare for him. I have, &c. His Excellency Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., (Signed) M. Osborn, Her Majesty's Special Commissioner, Resident Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Mr. DUNN to Mr. OSBORN. Emingete, Zulu Native Reserve Territory, - May 1, 1883. As one of the deposed Chiefs I have the honour to request that you will make it known to me if the inhabitants of the Reserve are assured of the protection of Her Majesty's Government in case of molestation from Cetywayo, or whether we have to look to our own protection. SIR, I have, &c. M. Osborn, Esq., (Signed) J. R. DUNN. Resident Commissioner. - Mr. OSBORN to Mr. DUNN. Eshowe, Native Reserve Territory, SIR, May 2, 1883. I AM in receipt of your letter of yesterday's date in which you ask to be informed whether “the inhabitants of the Reserve are assured of the protection of Her Majesty's “ Government in case of molestation from Cetywayo, or whether they have to look to “ their own protection.” In reply I would point out to you that one of the conditions which Cety wayo pledged himself to the Government provides, among other things, that he will respect the boundaries of the Reserve Territory, and that he will not in any way interfere with the people living therein. Should he, however, take it upon himself to commit a breach of this his undertaking it will rest with the Government and Her Majesty’s Special Commissioner for Zulu affairs to decide upon the issues. I have to state at the same time that I shall avail myself of the earliest opportunity to lay before his Excellency the Special Commissioner your representation with the view to obtain his instruction in the matter. In the meantime, should you be apprehensive of immediate danger of the inhabitants of the Reserve arising out of any proceedings of Cetywayo or that of his people, I shall be glad to see you and any other of the Chiefs and headmen similarly interested at my office here, in order to enable me to ascertain personally the grounds upon which the apprehension is based, and, if necessary, to consider with the Chiefs what steps would be most advisable and prudent to be taken by the people in the Reserve to secure the general safety. - - I have, &c. J. R. Dunn, Esq. te (Signed) M. Osborn, Resident Commissioner. 73 Enclosure 2 in No. 42. Sir H. BULWER to Mr. OSBORN. * . Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, May 12, 1883. . I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch of the 3rd instant, with which you forward a letter you had received from Chief John Dunn requesting information as to whether the inhabitants of the Reserve are assured of the protection of Her Majesty's Government in case of molestation from Cetywayo, and in which you point out the increasing interference of Cetywayo with the people of the Reserve, and the threats of vengeance which he holds out against all those who refuse to acknowledge his authority, and the consequent uneasiness in the Territory caused by these threats. 2. I approve of the answer which you have made to Mr. Dunn and of your suggestion that there should be a conference between you and the Chiefs of the Reserve to consider what steps should be taken to secure the general safety, and I will, without delay, bring under the notice of Her Majesty's Government the question raised by you, the importance and gravity of which I fully recognise. I have, &c. Melmoth Osborn, Esq., C.M.G. - (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Resident Commissioner, Reserve Territory. No. 43. SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the Right Hon. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received June 11, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, - May 14, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, a copy of a Despatch I have received from Mr. Osborn, reporting the steps taken by him to give effect to the instructions conveyed to him in my telegraphic message of the 29th April (as reported to your Lordship in my Despatch of the 30th of April "), and at the same time forwarding copy of a message he had received from Usibebu, complaining of the attack made upon him by the Usutu force on the 30th of March, and of the action of Cetywayo, Undabuko, and Umyamana in thus attacking him ; and explaining the reason why he subsequently sent an impi into Cetywayo's territory, which was in order to punish those who had attacked him and had burned his kraals. 2. From Usibebu’s message it would appear that he had already sent back the women and children taken by this impi, and this statement is to some extent confirmed by the statement made on the 27th April to Mr. Fynn by Mr. Peachey, who said that he himself had seen some 20 women and children who had been released by Usibebu, but had heard that there were still a few who had not yet returned. 3. I fear it must be true that Somkeli’s people at the time of the fight on the 30th of March did take prisoners some of Usibebu’s women and children ; but I trust that Mr. Osborn's message to Usibebu will reach him in time to prevent his endeavouring to recover them by force. - . I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. * No. 16. R 7622. K 74 Enclosure in No. 43. Mr. Osborn to Sir H. BULWER. (Received May 8, 1883.) SIR, Eshowe, Zulu Native Reserve, May 5, 1883. I HAVE the honour to forward copy of a message from Usibebu delivered by his messengers Umbulawa, Nongai, and Umsutu on the 30th April. The tenor of my reply to his communication is mainly based on the instruction contained in your Excellency's Despatch of the 21st April, which reached me two days after the departure of Usibebu’s previous messengers on their return journey. 4. With reference to your Excellency’s Despatch of the 26th April which I have just received, I have to state that on getting your telegraphic message of the 29th instant I sent off on the same day, 1st May, my two most reliable messengers to Usibebu with a message conveying to him your desire that he should at once put a stop to all aggressive proceedings on his part against Cety wayo or his people. I informed him that your Excellency had heard with regret that he had lately sent impis into Cetywayo's territory, and that you expect him to be most careful in future not to send impis, or in any way to interfere with people outside his own territory. I urged upon him to observe strictly the conditions of his appointment, and on no account again to attempt any inter- ference outside his own boundaries, not even by way of retaliation ; and I advised him to avoid all unnecessary arming and assembling of his people in his own territory, as it is a proceeding which can only cause unrest amongst his own people and suspicion in the minds of his neighbours as to his intentions. On the 1st May I also sent a communication to Hlubi, informing him of the report that had reached your Excellency of his alleged aggressive proceedings against Cetywayo. I called upon him for a full explanation, and at the same time peremptorily ordered him, should these allegations be true, to stop at once all action on his part against Cetywayo, and to discontinue any arrangement of the kind alluded to he may have formed with Uhamu. * I shall avail myself of the earliest opportunity to acquaint your Excellency with any reply that I might get from Usibebu to the message sent from here on the 1st, and with the result of my inquiries from Hlubi. I have, &c. His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, K.C.M.G., (Signed) M. Osborn, & C. &c. &c. - Resident Commissioner. Her Majesty’s Special Commissioner. Appear Umbulawa, Nongai, and Umsutu, who state they are sent by Usibebu with the following message to the Resident Commissioner:— Usibebu says that during Cety wayo's absence Undabuko and Umyamana were constantly trying to bring impis against him, and to do him all the injury they could. When Cetywayo returned Usibebu thought he would get rest from all these troubles. But it has been otherwise. A large impi was sent against him by Cetywayo. The impi was under Undabuko, who brought it into his territory and burnt many of his own kraals and those of his people. Usibebu resisted this impi, which he drove back out of his territory. It was Cety wayo, Undabuko, and Umyamana who sent the impi. Cetywayo said the whole of Zululand was given to him by the Queen. The Governor and the others who deny this are insignificant servants (Izical ana) and know nothing about the matter ; he therefore sent his impi into Usibetºu's territory to attack him. Usibebu says he could not leave unpunished those who came to attack him and burnt his kraals; he, therefore, sent an impi to burn their kraals in Cetywayo's territory, which was done. Usibebu’s impi on that occasion captured and brought to him a number of women and children of the Usutu people, because on the day of the fight with the Usutu force under Undabuko, Somkeli, who belongs to Cety wayo, attacked the lower part of his territory and carried off a number of women and children of Usibebu’s people. Usibebu did not approve of the capture of women and children by his impi, he therefore released them and allowed them to return to their homes. Usibebu said he was about to send an impi to Somkeli to recover the women and children belonging to his people carried off by Somkeli’s men. . He was calling up people to form this impi when we left. Usibebu says he has been obliged to do these things in his own defence, and to prevent his enemies from again attacking him in his territory 75 where he wishes to remain quiet. He had no wish to go beyond his boundaries against anyone. He asks the Governor to rely that he will always abide by the conditions under which he was apppointed and the orders of the Government. Reply:—I forwarded Usibebu's previous message to Pietermaritzburg; the Governor said that although he admitted Usibebu’s right to act in self defence within his own territory, he trusted that Usibebu would be careful to do nothing outside his boundaries. Since these words were sent by the Governor he will have heard that Usibebu had sent an impi into Cetywayo's territory to burn kraals of those who formed the impi against him. I am sure the Governor will have heard with regret that Usibebu did this; he entirely disapproves of Usibebu sending impis against anyone outside his own territory. I strongly advise Usibebu not to do this again; and I trust that he will not send the impi to Somkeli which he said he was about to do when you left, and that he will do all he can to keep matters quiet in his own territory. You will return at once to Usibebu and travel as quickly as you can, as it is important that this message should reach him as soon as possible. No. 44. SIR HENRY BULWER, G.C.M.G., to the Right HoN. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received June 11, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My"LoRD, May 15, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, copies of several Despatches I have received from Mr. Fynn. His Despatches of the 5th May arrived on Saturday night; the others I have only this moment received; but I forward all without delay by the outgoing mail. - 2. They show, I regret to say, that the state of affairs in Cetywayo's country is growing worse, and that Cetywayo is now assuming an attitude of open disregard of the conditions subject to which he was restored. * 3. From private information I learn that Cetywayo had determined to attack Uhamu at once, and that the impis assembled under Umyamana in the north were only awaiting his final orders. If successful against Uhamu, the plan, it is said, is to march them at once on Usibebu. 4. I learn also from the same source that Umlandela wishes to come into the Reserve, but is afraid to move, as the people living between him and the Reserve have, by Cety- wayo's orders, armed, and are watching him ; and it is said that no Zulu can get away from Cetywayo's territory without great risk of being killed and the certainty of being “eaten up,” as Cety wayo claims all the cattle as his by right. 5. I fear that the course which Cety wayo is pursuing must either bring destruction upon the country or disaster to himself. I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Enclosure I in No. 44. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULWER. SIR, Mbilani, Zululand, May 5, 1883. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt yesterday of your Excellency's telegram, received by Mr. Osborn on the 1st instant, with reference to sending to Usibebu and Uhamu, and have the honour to report having despatched messengers accordingly, and informed Cety wayo thereof, and requested him not to have any forces out, and to send to Somkeli or others in that direction an order for all women and children captured from Usibebu's district to be allowed to return to their homes, as Usibebu has done with those captured by his forces on or about the 18th April 1883; also requesting that he would provide a man to accompany my messengers to Uhamu in terms of your Excellency's telegram. 2. Cetywayo replies that no women or children were captured by Somkeli or others from Usibebu’s people; he declines to provide a man to accompany mine to Uhamu's, K 2 76 who is at war with him, Cetywayo, and he therefore is not going to coax Uhamu to leave him alone; that the English may do this, but he (Cetywayo) is at war with Uhamu and Usibebu, who purpose endeavouring to defeat him (Cetywayo). I have, &c. His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, K.C.M.G., (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, &c. &c. &c. British Resident with Cetywayo. Special Commissioner, Natal. Enclosure 2 in No. 44. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULWER. SIR, Mbilani, Zululand, May 5, 1883. WITH reference to your Excellency's Despatch of 28th April, I have the honour to report the arrival last evening of Mr. Cecil Davey, who has assumed his duties as clerk to the British Resident with Cetywayo. 2. With regard to postal communication, I have written to Mr. Osborn, the Resdent Commissioner of the Reserve, on this subject of establishing a weekly post between this and Etshowe, and asking him to provide a reliable native runner, and as soon as arrange- ments are made I will acquaint your Excellency. 3. There is a mission post leaves Dr. Oftebro's every Friday for Etshowe. 4. I beg most respectfully to point out to your Excellency that it takes about the same time or very little less to go from here to Etshowe than it does from here to Pomeroy, from where there is a post leaving every other day at 3 p.m., and reaching Pietermaritzburg the following evening, and if late in catching a mail from Pomeroy it would only be a loss of the alternate day for the following post, whereas late for Etshowe post would be a loss of a week. I have, &c. His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, K.C.M.G., (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, &c. &c. &c. British Resident with Cetywayo. Special Commissioner, Natal. Enclosure 3 in No. 44. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULWER. SIR, Mbilani, Zululand, May 8, 1883. I HAVE the honour to inform your Excellency that yesterday I explained to Cety wayo your Excellency's Despatch of April 26, excepting paragraph 2, which I con- sidered prudent to omit. 2. I also explained to Cety wayo your Excellency's Despatch of April 27, and the steps taken in sending messengers to Usibebu and Unamu in terms of your Excellency's telegram, and as reported in my Despatch of May 5. Cety wayo did not speak, but a personal attendant of his, Bejana, remarked that the Government only attached blame to Cetywayo. I replied, Usibebu is blamed for having come across and beyond his border, and Uhamu is blamed for the action he has taken on that occasion, and messen- gers have been sent to them to inform them so. Bejana asked what would be done to them by the Government. I again explained that Usibebu’s raid was a retaliation against the Usutu forces going into his district and attacking him, and Uhamu's was a retaliation for the aggressions made by the Abaqulusi in the first instance after Cety- wayo's return. I have the honour to request your Excellency will be good enough to give me direc- tions as to what steps should be taken by me or in advice to Cety wayo regarding the cattle plundered by Usibebu’s and Uhamu's forces on 17th, 18th, and 19th April 1883. I have, &c. His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, K.C.M.G., (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, &c. &c. &c. British Resident with Cetywayo. Special Commmissioner, Natal. 77 Enclosure 4 in No. 44. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULWER. SIR, Mbilani, Zululand, May 9, 1883. I REPORTED to your Excellency in my Despatch 5th instant, having de- spatched messengers to Usibebu and Uhamu in accordance with your Excellency’s telegram received by Mr. Osborn on the 1st instant, and also Cety wayo's declining to provide a man to accompany my messengers to Uhamu.. I had made this request in order that Cetywayo should have one of his own men present to witness the delivery of the imperative message to Uhamu to stop his men from committing any further aggressions. 2. My messengers sent to Uhamu returned last evening, and report having failed to reach Uhamu's by reason of Hlzebana, in charge of the Mgazi forces, warning them against proceeding as they would not get to Uhamu or back again, and Uhamu's forces were close at hand, and my messengers saw them firing and burning kraals, and the Mgazi, Butilizi, Abaqulusi, Mhlalose, of Seketwayo, and Mpangise were in their respective positions prepared to fight against Uhamu's forces, and had gone towards Ngotye, near the Pongolo, to hide. Hlezebana informed my messengers he was expecting a messenger from Cetywayo with orders to fight, and that the fight with Uhamu's forces was to take place yesterday, the 8th. On the 8th instant my messengers on their way back heard that Umyamana had yesterday morning moved the forces already mentioned forward to fight with Uhamu's forces. 3. Last evening Cety wayo, per Mabijana, reported that Usibebu had on the 6th and 7th burnt down remaining kraals, and plundered cattle of Masipula’s people belonging to him (Cetywayo), who are now tired of this and enraged, and that he (Cetywayo) can no longer continue looking on seeing his people subjected to this treatment and being killed, as has already taken place twice recently, and that Usibebu's action now was to clear the way between him and Uhamu so that they should unite against him, Cety wayo, who now asks, what is this P. saying they are retaliating, who are they that they should presume to retaliate, knowing him to be their king and ruler That he, Cetywayo, will now go to war with them; that Usibebu has crossed his boundary as he has come beyond his own people and attacked the people of Masipula belonging to him, Cety wayo. Did I (British Resident) know this, and has Usibebu power to do this while the messen- gers sent are there P 4. I replied, Cetywayo has been told twice by me that three messengers went on Friday last, 4th instant, with a message from the Governor to inform Usibebu not to cross his boundary, and the two messengers I sent to Uhamu on Saturday, 5th instant, Cetywayo declining to send a man with them to witness the delivery of the Governor's message to Uhamu, had been turned back by Hlezebana as unsafe for them to proceed, and thereby prevented the delivery of this message. I had not heard of what he now reports about Usibebu, but the law is that all people within is territory must reverence his authority, and I warn Cetywayo against his forces crossing Usibebu’s boundary. 5. The three messengers despatched to Usibebu have just returned. They state that they arrived on the 7th instant at Usibebu’s chief kraal, “Banganoma.” He had gone with two divisions of his people towards Masipula’s and Umyamana's people, having . heard that they had assembled in force against him. We delivered the message from the Governor (through Mr. Osborn and Mr. Fynn) to Mrou, Usibebu’s brother and representative, and Mazizi, an Induna, as follows:— That Usibebu was not to cross his boundary again. Mrou despatched messengers at once to Usibebu. Again, the following morning, fresh messengers were sent to Usibebu warning him against crossing his boundaries. My messengers report that they heard that six messengers of Uhamu's had come to inform Usibebu that forces of Cetywayo's were about to attack him and that four companies of Uhamu's had joined Usibebu near the Mkuzi River in Usibebu’s district, and that there were two forces of Cetywayo's, one to act against Usibebu and the other against Uhamu, and said to be in the direction of the Ingome. The messengers while returning here saw Usibebu’s forces proceeding to assemble. They also heard that Umfanawendhlela, or his people, and Usibebu’s people had been accused of driving pigs into the drift of the Black Umvolozi for witchcraft purposes, and that Umfanawendhlela's people had been called upon by Cetywayo to assemble at Undini with all the rest of the people to proceed against Usibebu, and warning all those who K 3 78 evaded to assemble that they might be attacked by the young men on their return from fighting with Usibebu, and that Cetywayo found fault with Umfanawendhlela for saying that he had no young men to send him. 7. Umfanawendhlela wishes to keep the peace, and would avoid, if possible, taking any part in the disturbances going on. Last evening the forces at Undini were, I am informed, undergoing the ceremony of “Nguamba " preparatory to going to battle. From a distance I saw them assembled in Undini round fires, as if undergoing some war medicine ceremonies. I hear they are waiting pending result of battle with Uhamu's forces. I am forwarding these Despatches by Mr. Osborn's messengers returning from Usibebu, and have requested him to forward to your Excellency as the quickest mode I have at command. - I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, K.C.M.G., British Resident with Cetywayo. &c. &c. &c. - Special Commissioner, Natal. No. 45. The RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF DER BY to SIR HENRY BULWER, G.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, June 14, 1883. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch of the 9th of May,” forwarding Mr. Fannin's report on the subject of the boundary between the territories of Cetywayo and Usibebu. - I have to express my approval of the boundary as traced by Mr. Fannin. I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) DERBY. No. 46. The RIGHT HoN. THE EARL of DERBY to SIR HENRY BULWER, G.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, June 14, 1883. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch of the 9th of Mayf, forwarding copies of further correspondence with Mr. Fynn respecting the accusations brought by Cetywayo against Mr. Shepstone. I have to express my approval of your action in this matter. I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) DERBY. No. 47. The RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF DERBY to SIR HENRY BUILWER, G.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, June 16, 1883. I HAVE received your Despatch of the 10th ultimot, enclosing copies of Despatches addressed by you to Mr. Fynn and Mr. Osborn in reference to recent events in Zululand; and I have to express my approval of these Despatches. I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) DERBY. % NO. 36. f No. 37. f No. 38. 79 No. 48. SIR T. SHEPSTONE, K.C.M.G., to COLONIAL OFFICE. OBSERVATIONs on Sir Henry Bulwer’s Despatch to the Secretary of State, dated May 12, 1883.” (Received June 19, 1883.) CETywAYo's object is evidently to render the arrangements under which he has been restored incapable of being carried out, by so agitating the minds of the people as to prevent their placing any confidence in the intentions of the Government. He knows that unless such agitation is immediately commenced and vigorously prosecuted the contentment of the people will, later on, deprive his efforts in that direction of much of their chance of success. He is also fully aware that by keeping the country in an unsettled state he gives force to the argument that will be used in his interests that such a condition is the consequence of the whole of Zululand not having been placed under his rule. I regard the state of things in that country disclosed by Sir Henry Bulwer's Despatch as the result of a deliberately adopted plan, which in Cetywayo's view is capable of attaining its object without recourse being necessary to acts of positive aggression; it is calculated so to unsettle and weary the minds of the people as to induce them eventually to prefer his rule, with all their objections to it, to the continual apprehension which his declarations and threats must cause, in the absence of any visible sign of the protecting arm of the Government among or near to them. The success of the scheme under which Cetywayo has been restored, which I believe to be self-adjusting and self-sustaining, depends very much upon the firmness shown by Her Majesty's Government, even to the exhibition of force, in insisting for the first year or two upon the terms of it being fully carried out; any sign of weak intention at first will cause the loss not only of the confidence of the people, but of control over them, and of the revenue to support their Government, which should be derived from them. I see no reason, except the feeble assertion of authority at first, why Zululand should ultimately cost the Imperial Government any treasure, or why all necessary expenditure in firmly establishing the arrangement that has been sanctioned there should not be repaid ; but a rule that neither inspires confidence nor commands respect cannot ensure TeVenlle. It was unfortunate that it became necessary to withdraw all Her Majesty’s troops before the Reserved Territory was more permanently settled ; that that Territory must however be settled and firmly ruled on the principles proclaimed to the people, and that Cetywayo's aggressive conduct must be checked, if only to prevent disaster to Natal, is beyond doubt. I am inclined to think that a message to Cetywayo, firmly declaring the deter- mination of the Government to maintain the conditions on which he was restored, would produce a good effect; if this proved insufficient, a second message, accompanied by the movement of some troops in Natal towards the border, or even into the Reserved Territory, would, I think, be necessary to show the determination of the Government and give confidence to the people; but it seems to me to be clear that any further delay in the practical assertion of its authority by Her Majesty's Government will in the end entail consequences much more serious than need be apprehended now. - It will be desirable, should such messages be sent or action taken, that they should be formally communicated beforehand to the native headmen in the Reserved Territory, in order that they may fully comprehend their meaning. (Signed) T. SHEPSTONE. 1, Charles Street, Grosvenor Square, W. No. 49. SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received June 19, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, 4 May 17, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, copies of statements made by a trader in Zululand and Swaziland, and by a Natal native who was in his company, regarding certain occurrences which came under their observation in Zulu territory, near the Bevana River, apparently in the early part of March last. * No. 42. K 4 80 2. The two men, Usikobongo and Noyitshada, referred to in the statements belong to the Abaqulusi, and the inmates of the kraals who were murdered by them, as well as the two men whom they afterwards murdered, appear to have been some of Uhamu's people. The kraals were situated in Transvaal territory, and the murder of the inmates must have taken place in that territory. The subsequent murder was committed in Zulu territory. 3. The trader who gave this information particularly desired that his name should not be, made public. I send the statements as bearing on the commencement of the present troubles in the northern parts of Zululand. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. - Enclosure in No. 49. Mr. SHEPSTONE to Sir H. BULweR. MINUTE. His ExcelDENCY, THE accompanying papers were sent to me by Mr. Jackson, now magistrate of the Umlazi division, which may be of interest to your Excellency, I therefore beg to lay them before your Excellency. 23/4/83. (Signed) J. W. SHEPSTONE, - A.S.N.A. Mr. W. P. JACKSON to Mr. SHEPSTONE. THE HONOURABLE THE ACTING SECRETARY FOR NATIVE AFFAIRs, I HAVE the honour to transmit to you herewith the statements of [* * * *] and a native named Unyunda, which you requested on your return lately from Zululand might be taken and forwarded to you. Mr. [* 3% *], made his statements on the distinct understanding that his name was not made public, a circumstance he alleges he made known to you, and that you promised his request should be complied with. - 17/4/83. (Signed) W. P. JACKSON, Resident Magistrate. Resident Magistrate’s Office, Stanger, Natal, the 12th day of April 1883. Before me—(Signed) W. P. Jackson, Resident Magistrate, Lower Tugela Division. Appeared [* :: *] who being duly sworn,-- States: I resided for a number of years at Verulam, but have been a trader to Zulu country for the last 12 years. In the month of April 1882 I again left this Colony for Zulu country and only returned about the end of last month. While away on this occasion I traded both in Zululand and Swazi country, and on my return from the latter, while on the banks of the Bevan River early in the morning, I saw four droves of cattle and goats, and a number of Zulus armed with Martini-Henry and other rifles, assegais, and shields. The leader of the party, Usikwabogo, was mounted and followed by an after rider; from a remark I heard made, it was evident that the latter was mounted on a stolen horse. The whole party came to my waggon and wished to pur- chase some shawls. I asked Usikwabogo, with whom I am well acquainted, where he got the cattle ; his men, he replied “They are our own cattle, taken into the Transvaal * during the fight with Uhamu.” Seeing a number of women and children crying near the waggon I asked the cause of their grief, when they replied their husbands and brothers had been slain the previous night, and that they themselves were prisoners; they also said that a beast and three goats belonging to a man named John Weber were amongst the cattle. I went to Usikwabogo and asked him what he had been doing, adding, are you not afraid of the Boers ? There is a beast and three goats amongst the cattle you are driving that belong to a white man. He asked if they belonged to John ; I replied, yes. Usikwabogo then said they should be given up on being identified. While talking to me, two of Uhamu's people came to the waggon and sat down. One was an elderly man, the other a young man. These men were asked by Usikwabogo where they came from, to which they replied that as Cetywayo had come back they desired to live under him in peace. After this the two men asked for snuff, but it 81 was refused. Usikwabogo then asked these men “Were you at the fight at Hlobane P” Reply was made that they were not. They were then asked if they were at the fight at . this place, the Bevan. The men gave no reply, but one of Usikwabogo's men said, Yes, they were. After this Usikwabogo said, Yoke your waggon quickly and come up to my kraal and I will make purchases from you; I want to get away as the Boers may come ; previous to this the cattle and prisoners had been sent away. After this, Usik- wabogo and his followers went away, taking the two men with them; the latter did not appear to apprehend any danger. After inspanning my oxen I made for Usikwabogo's kraal, distant about half a mile from the river. On arrival I saw Usikwabogo, with about ten followers, and the two men leaving the kraal, going quickly ; they were out of sight for about 10 minutes, and when we again got in view I saw Usikwabogo and his men putting the body of the young man in an ant-bear hole close to the road; they had previously killed the elderly man and put his body in a hole. Subsequently a man at the kraal admitted to me that the two men had been killed because they fought against them with Uhamu. I had no trade with Usikwabogo, but pushed on my journey to get away from the locality. The next morning I saw a number of armed men returning in the direction of Usikwabogo's kraal, and came to the conclusion that they had been away with the cattle and prisoners that I saw at my waggon the previous morning. Usikwabogo's party told me they had killed three men and one woman, and that the other inmates of the four kraals had effected their escape or they would have killed them also. Usikwabogo told me that he had been recently visiting Cetywayo, who had given him the black felt hat he showed me. Another man, a leader, had a similar hat given to him, and remarked that there was a lot of talk in it; I understand by this that he referred to instructions received from Cetywayo. (Signed) [* * *] Witness to signature, (Signed) E. C. LEECH. In my presence, (Signed) W. P. JACKSON, Resident Magistrate. Resident Magistrate’s Office, Stanger, Natal, April 12, 1883. Before me—(Signed) W. P. Jackson, Resident Magistrate, Lower Tugela Division. Appeared Unyunda, a native. - Who being duly cautioned, and having made the declaration required by law, States: I am a married man; my kraal is on the Umvoti Mission Reserve in this Division. In the month of August 1882 I went to Swazi country in the charge of my employer's —Samuel Knox—waggon loaded with trading goods. I had instructions to hand over to Mr. Edwin Thring, known to me by the name of “Nosivawa,” the waggon and goods on my arrival in Swazi country. I did so, and he proceeded to the Goldfields, but I remained behind by his orders in charge of some trading goods which Mr. Thring told me I might trade for cattle offered at the place. Mr. Thring promised to return to me in about a month from the time of his departure, but this he never did, for he died about the third month after he left. I then desired to return to my own employer with his cattle, and arranged with Mr. [* :: *] to travel in his company to Natal. We crossed the Bevan River late one evening, and halted there for the night. At daylight the following morning I saw four droves of cattle and souie goats being driven to where we were, also some native women and children, by a party of armed Zulus in charge of two leaders, named Usikobongo and Nogishada. The party came near Mr. [* ::: *] waggon, and I saw that some of the Zulu's had rifles, and some assagais and shields; some of the assagais were red with blood. The party halted for a short time at the waggon, and one of the captive women told me that this Zulu party had killed all the men of four kraals situate in the Transvaal State, and taken her and the other women and children prisoners and driven all their cattle and goats away. Without delay I told Mr. [* ::: *] what I had heard, and he asked Usikobongo “Why had the people been killed, and their cattle taken P” to this reply was made that the matter would be spoken about if Mr. [* * *] would bring his waggon to the kraal. Soon after the women and children, together with the cattle and goats were sent forward, but Usikobongo and some armed men remained at Mr. [* ::: *] waggon, where an elderly man, and also a young one shortly after came ; these men belonged to Uhamu, and after a little they were questioned by R 7622. L 82 Nogitshada, who asked, “Where have you come from to-day; I will scatter your entrails “ with my assagai.” Usikobongo, however, said to Nogitshada, “Why do you say that, “ they have been fighting on our side.” Shortly afterwards the party took their departure, accompanied by the two men referred to, and Mr. [* * *] followed with his waggon. As we got in sight of Usikobongo's kraal I saw him on horseback leaving the kraal accompanied by a number of armed men, and Uhamu's two men also, who were quite unarmed; the party got out of our view for a little time, and when I saw them again they were dragging the bodies of Uhamu's men towards ant-bear hole, into which I saw one of the bodies put, the other being dragged in the direction of a ravine; our party being alarmed made no delay, but pressed forward to get out of that locality. I understood the woman who spoke to me to say that all the men at the four kraals across the Bevan River, and which we had passed the previous day and spoken to, had been killed. The day after we left Usikobongo's kraal we saw the men returning there # had taken the women, children, and cattle forward on the day the men were S18,111, - (Signed) UNYUNDA, his X mark. Witness to mark, (Signed) E. C. LEECH. In my presence, * (Signed) W, P. JACKSON, Resident Magistrate. No. 50. SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received June 19, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, May 21, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit herewith, for your Lordship’s information, a copy of a letter I have received from Mr. J. Shepstone, calling my attention to a publication in the “Natal Witness” newspaper of the 16th instant, purporting to be the statements of certain Zulus regarding the alleged assaults on them by Mr. Shepstone when in the Reserve Territory and by his police, the subject of which has been brought by me under your Lordship's notice in my Despatch of the 9th instant.” 2. Cetywayo, it will be remembered, sent two men named Makewu and Mablukweneni to the Resident to ask for a pass for these witnesses who Makewu admitted had been sent for by the Bishop of Natal. Mr. Fynn declined to give the pass without previous reference to me. But without waiting for the answer Cetywayo (it would seem) sent the men in, and the statements which appear in the “Witness” were made, I understand, at Bishopstowe. 3. Mr. Shepstone declares the statements to be wholly untrue. I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Enclosure in No. 50. Mr. SHEPSTONE to Sir H. BULWER. Office S. N. Affairs, Natal, SIR, & May 18, 1883. I BEG leave to draw the attention of your Excellency to a publication in the “Natal Witness” paper of the 16th instant. This publication purports to be the state- ments of certain Zulus; and contains a repetition of certain charges that had already appeared in a Despatch from the British Resident with Cetywayo, and in two numbers of the “Daily News,” which I have already answered, and which I still state to be wholly untrue. - - I have, &c. (Signed) J. W. SHEPSTONE. His Excellency Sir H. E. Bulwer, K.C.M.G., Governor, &c., &c., Natal. * No. 37. 83 No. 51. SIR HENRY BULWER, K.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received June 19, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, MY LORD, º May 21, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, copies of two further Despatches from the British Resident with Cetywayo, and of one I have received from Mr. H. Shepstone, whose departure for Zululand, with the view of assisting Mr. Fynn in staying further hostilities, I reported in my Despatch of the 5th instant.* 2. These Despatches are important, and I must leave them to speak for themselves. But it is plain that the state of things in Zululand has become very serious, and that Cetywayo virtually repudiates the conditions and the arrangements which have limited the territory assigned to him. He has signed the conditions, he says, under protest; and was given hopes that both the Reserve Territory and Usibebu’s territory would be restored to him. 3. Here the whole mischief lies. Cetywayo has not accepted loyally the conditions of his restoration, and he has shown this from the very beginning, from the moment he landed. He landed, determined to be satisfied with nothing short of the restoration of the whole Zulu country to him, and in this determination he has been encouraged by those who have told him that it was not the English Government, but the Natal Government which arranged the present settlement. Hence his interference with the people of the Reserve Territory, and the threatening messages which he has sent there. Hence the interference with those people living in Usibebu’s territory who belonged to the Usutu party, and the manner in which, there is some cause to believe, they were incited to provoke Usibebu (see Mr. Peachey's letter, forwarded in Despatch of May 11, 1883 +); and hence it was that when Usibebu was roused to exercise his authority, his doing this was made the excuse for the invasion of his territory by a large Usutu force, or rather, 1 should say, one of the excuses; because the first explanation or excuse was that the fight of the 30th March was simply a continuation of the old dispute between Undabuko and Usivetu and Usibebu. 4. The whole mischief lies in the inability of Cetywayo to accept and abide loyally by the conditions which limited his territorial restoration, and which he says he signed under protest, and with the hope held out to him that all the remainder of the country would be restored to him. 5. The invasion of Usibebu’s territory failed signally, and the invading force was driven back with great loss. But that result did not prevent Cetywayo from taking immediate steps to raise another force, and, although for some while he appears to have had difficulty in getting men together, he at length, with the assistance of Umyamana and the other Chiefs favourable to him, has got together a large force at Undini, whilst another is assembled at the Ngome under Umyamana. The object of these forces, it is understood, is first to overwhelm Uhamu and then to march upon Usibebu. 6. Against Uhamu Cetywayo has undoubtedly some real cause of complaint, because that Chief has never since the restoration recognised his authority, and after the defeat of the Usutu force by Usibebu on the 30th of March he took immediate advantage of the opportunity to commit depredations upon all his enemies in the neighbourhood. It is true that the Abaqulusi and the others were the first, in recollection of old quarrels, to molest Uhamu's people immediately after Cety wayo's return, and it is true that Cetywayo neither punished them for doing so nor restrained them from further lawless acts, but, on the contrary, it is to be feared, tacitly encouraged them. But all this does not justify Uhamu's proceedings since the 30th of March, and Cetywayo has certainly the right to assert his authority over Uhamu. But if this were all that Cetywayo intended or threatened to do it would not be right to find fault with him, though he is to blame for not restraining the Abaqulusi in the first instance, and though it is to be regretted that he did not return with a desire to re-establish his authority by peaceful IlleallS. 7. But no excuse of this kind will hold good in the case of his proceedings against Usibebu, whom he has not ceased to rail against since his return, whose territory was without cause or warning invaded by a large Usutu force organised by Cetywayo's brother Undabuko, and part of whose territory he insists upon considering as his already, because some of the people living in it belong to the Usutu party, with an utter dis- * No. 29. f No. 39. L 2 84 regard of the condition which bound him to respect the limits of the territory assigned to him. - 8. Usibebu retaliated after the attack made upon him on the 30th March, and for this retaliation he is to blame; but that does not justify the accusations brought against him by Cetywayo, who himself is responsible for the first act of warfare. 9. Impatient of the conditions which limited his authority, and taking confidence from the large force which he has got together, Cetywayo openly declares himself at war with Usibebu, and openly sets at nought some of the more important of the conditions of his restoration. 10. For him to talk of himself as sitting quiet,_as the one who obeys, as the one who is the sufferer, is a very mockery of words, because he is the one who has begun these hostilities and has brought all this present trouble and destruction upon the country, solely because he will not accept loyally a position of authority which is less than what he held before the Zulu war. 11. I have said before, and I cannot too often repeat it, that if only Cetywayo had returned determined to keep loyally the conditious of his restoration, all, I believe, would yet have worked well. But with what a spirit he has returned these Despatches and others that I have sent before show but too plainly. - 12. Because Mr. Fynn reports honestly and truly the state of affairs, and because he will not back up Cetywayo's pretensions, the latter is angry with him, and demands to revert to the old sytem of communication with the Government, which would practically be to do away with the Resident, only Cetywayo's own version of what may happen reach- ing the Government, and the latter being without the official reliable means of knowing what was passing in the country. 13. I cannot disguise the serious nature of the position which has thus been brought about, and which is at this moment rendered most critical by the evident intentions of Cetywayo and the Usutu party and by their warlike proceedings. If these should result in the destruction of Uhamu and then in the overthrow of Usibebu by superior numbers, we may depend upon it that it would not be long before the Reserve Territory would be made the field of further intrigue and of violence, and that Her Majesty’s Government would be called upon to decide what steps it should take for making good its authority in that territory. My own opinion is that it will be better to take these steps beforehand; and if we intend to hold the Reserve, which, I think, we are bound to do by the most impera- tive reasons of public principle and of public safety, that we shall best secure our purpose by such an occupation of the territory as will give confidence to the people who desire to be under us and will establish our position there on a firm basis. If Cetywayo would but keep his conditions there would be no occasion for any mili- tary force in the Reserve, or if he is beaten back by those whom he is attacking there will be no occasion; but if he gets the upper hand some such step will be absolutely necessary to assure the public confidence. I have, &c. (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure 1 in No. 51. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULWER. SIR, Mbilani, Zululand, May 10, 1883. 1. I HAVE the honour to report that this day I explained to Cetywayo the instruc- tions contained in your Excellency’s Despatch, 1st inst., and reasoned with him for about three hours; he was supported by Sirayo and Ntuzwa in his arguments. 2. Cetywayo said: “Why did I conceal Mr. John ; why was I afraid to mention him? “As it was he who, through Fada, authorised. Usibebu to attack him, Cetywayo, and “ that he (Cetywayo) does not quote the authority as that of the Government.” 3. I replied: “The Governor says it is untrue that any such authority was given, and “ that I also say so, inasmuch as it was also said that I had given such an authority.” 4. Cetywayo said: “That the last two messengers were sent by Mr. Osborn, who “ was left by Mr. John in his office in the Reserve Territory, and as soon as they went “ to Usibebu he commenced attacking his, Cety wayo's, Masipula’s people, burning “ their kraals, even beyond the boundary alleged to be Usibebu's, but which alleged 85 46 66 & 4 66 66 « 66 boundary neither he (Cetywayo) nor his knew anything about; that it had not been mentioned to him in London, or by the Queen, but when he reached the Cape he heard of it, and then here, but none of his people were present at the making of that boundary, neither had they any voice in it; that it did not divide his (Cetywayo's) people from Usibebu's, but cut off a large tract of country occupied by numerous sections of people belonging to him, Cetywayo. All the country belonged to his father, Mpande.” 5. I replied: “The boundaries were described with the terms of his restoration, and that I had described them to the Usutu headmen at my camp (see Despatch, 17th March); that my messenger had gone with Mr. Osborn's with a message from the Governor, and had delivered it at Usibebu’s chief kraal, Banganoma, from where it was forwarded on to Usibebu twice, he having gone to the Mkuzi river, and that my messenger had come to him (Cetywayo) to satisfy him as to what the message to Usibebu was, viz., ‘not to cross his boundary,’ and that he (Cety wayo) reported to me that Usibebu was burning kraals of Masipula’s before these three messengers reached Usibebu’s.” - 6. Cetywayo said: “How was it that the messengers did not deliver their message to Usibebu, to whom the message was sent P” 7. I replied: “The message was delivered to Usibebu's representative and brother, Mrou, and to an Induna at Usibebu’s chief kraal, from where messengers were twice sent on to Usibebu.” 8. Cetywayo said: “Where had he gone to or secreted himself?” (This might imply, was Usibebu then not alive?) 9. I replied: “He had gone across the Mkuzi river.” 10. Cety wayo said: “Yes, he has gone to burn kraals, and even beyond the alleged border.” 66 66 66 & C 66 & 4 66 11. I replied: “Usibebu has been told not to cross his border.” 12. Cetywayo said: “It was I who prevented him from explaining his version of matters by word of mouth through his messengers to the Governor.” 13. I replied: “He knew I had on several occasions forwarded his messengers to the Governor, who objects to communication by another means than through me, between the Governor and Cetywayo, and that I am always ready to write down his words and forward them to the Governor.” 14. Cetywayo said: “It had been the custom even of his father, Mpande, to com- municate with the Government by word of mouth, and he desires that I should open the way to the continuance of that practice.” - 15. I replied: “That that practice had ceased after the Zulu war, and British Residents had been appointed; first, Mr. Wheelwright, then Mr. Osborn, and then myself; and the Governor had ruled that all communications should be through them.” 16. Cetywayo said: “That is where we find fault, and with you (H. F. Fynn) for not opening up our way of communication with the Government.” 17. I replied: “I cannot go against the orders of the Government.” 18. Cetywayo said: “The Natal Government befriended Usibebu and Uhamu, by not punishing them for what they had now done, and were ill disposed to him; that it was the Natal Government who arranged the present settlement, which had brought bloodshed into the country.” 19. I replied: “That the conditions came from England.” 20. Cetywayo said: “Then leave me to myself, to injure against myself.” 21. I replied: “Messengers were sent to reprove Usibebu and warn him for what he had done across his borders, and to warn him against doing so again; that I had sent to Uhamu to stop his aggressions and discontinue arming against him (Cety wayo), and that my messengers had been prevented from going on, and he, Cetywayo, had refused to send a man in company with those messengers, and that I now tell him (Cetywayo) to discontinue any warfare, and that he was only allowed to retain sufficient men about him for protection, and that the sending out of forces drew other forces out to resist them.” 22. Cetywayo said: “He was told if he sent forces out he would be doing wrong, but he did not see what punishment was inflicted by the Government on Usibebu and Uhamu for sending their forces to attack him.” 23. I replied: “That the Government had warned them against aggressions, and reproved them, and condemn the aggressive acts of Uhamu and Usibebu, and the attack by his, Cetywayo's, people on Usibebu’ (30th March). I, 3 - 86 24. Cetywayo said: “It was Usibebu’s forces who attacked his, Cetywayo's, people “ on that occasion; did not ‘Ishalimana,’ of Masipula, bring a letter from the white “man: did not Usibebu destroy Maru's crops?” 25. I replied: “Usibebu was within his own district, and his forces returned home “ having taken mealies from Maru's gardens, and otherwise did not destroy cornfields; “ and I also heard this from a European.” 26. Cetywayo said: “Why did I not send men to see if the gardens were destroyed, and that the Governor does not know the alleged boundary, never having been in the “ country, and this boundary was made by Usibebu, and a white man, and (Mr. Osborn’s “ messenger) Gabajana. How was it Usibebu harassed and drove his (Cety wayo's) 66 Fº away, while his people in the Reserve were prevented from coming to him “ (Cetywayo), and were beaten and deprived of their cattle.” 27. I replied: “Whenever I send men mischief is made of it, as in this last mission “ to Usibebu and on other occasions. I had refused to send messengers to call back the “ Usutu forces, because I suspected some mischief would be made of my sending. “As regards his people in Usibebu’s district, if they wished to be under his (Cetywayo's) “ rule they must remove out of Usibebu’s territory, and those of the Reserve could “ not remain there under his (Cetywayo's) rule ; so long as they remained in the Reserve “ they must be entirely under the rule of the Resident Commissioner.” 28. Cetywayo said: “Oh ! you, Gwalagwala 1 (H. F. Fynn) who tell us to remain “ quietly here ! Oh! you English people, while our women and children are being “killed and our cattle taken, let us go free to protect our families, let us black people “ fight it out between ourselves | * - 29. I replied: “I refuse to do so, it is beyond my power; you have heard the words “ of the Government; I forward all you say to the Government, but you are dissatisfied “ because you do not get the answers you wish for ; the Government placed you with “ the conditions and stipulated the boundaries as a decision, and it should not be argued “ against.” f . Cetywayo said: “The Zulus argued against it at the installation at Emtonjaneni “ to Sir Theophilus Shepstone.” 31. There are about 80 companies manoeuvring at Undini to-day, and well filled up and increasing fast in numbers. 6 6 % I have, &c. - (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, His Excellency Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., British Resident with Cetywayo. &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner, Natal. Enclosure 2 in No. 51. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULWER. SIR, Mbilani, Zululand, May 13, 1883. I HAVE the honour to inform your Excellency that Mr. H. C. Shepstone arrived here on the 11th inst., and yesterday, the 12th, delivered your Excellency’s message to Cetywayo at Undini, and in presence of about 30 men, amongst whom were those in the annexed list. 2. Cetywayo and many of the men narrated at length the events in connexion with the present state of Zulu affairs, and as from time to time forwarded by me to your Excel- lency, and as received from Cetywayo; he more particularly brought forward the follow- ing points; that he had signed the conditions under a protest at Cape Town, and was given hopes there that the Reserve Territory and Usibebu's territory would be restored to him; that he was given time, several days, to consider whether he would sign, and was told that if he did not sign the conditions his return to Zululand would be imperilled; he therefore signed the conditions in good faith, as he then said, and under the hopes held out to him of the entire restoration of all Zululand to him, and in every way being placed in the position he had prior to the Zulu war, and as explained to him in England; he had said the Boers had some of his land cut off; he was told only a very small piece along the Tugela river would be cut off for Reserve, at which time he particularly explained that many of his personal adherents resided between Umhlatusi and Tugela, and those portions should be excluded from the portion to be retained for Reserve, and he never heard a word about Usibebu until his return to the Cape, where he understood 87 only a piece actually occupied by Usibebu would be given to him, but that in place of this a large tract of country occupied by Masipula’s people, and many other sections of his personal adherents, is alleged to be under Usibebu's rule, and that this was done to bring about bloodshed; that I (H. F. Fynn) was to blame for having reported that the Usutu forces went into Usibebu’s territory and attacked him, whereas it was the reverse; Usibebu came beyond his own people and attacked his (Cetywayo's) people (of Masi- pula) by destroying their crops (Maru's); and, further, then with his armed forces (for Sihlambo) proceeded to Kumbantch kraal and from there retired; when the event took place of the Usutu forces (29th and 30th March 1883) proceeding to defend themselves and their families from Usibebu’s attacks, but without his (Cety wayo's) knowledge, he was busy seeing after the new Undini kraal being built, when he received information a number of people had bolted off from former Undini to defend themselves from Usibebu’s forces, and then Unndabuko and Tyanbezwa and he had despatched 10 missions to call them back, but I had refused to send my men to call them back. 3. Cetywayo refused to furnish men to accompany Mr. Shepstone's messengers either to Uhamu or Usibebu, but would, for part of the way, as far as Black Umvolozi ; he affirmed he would now send his forces against Uhamu and Usibebu to recover his cattle, and that it was probable a fight had by that time taken place between his people, Bute- lezi, Mgazi, Pangisweni, Abaqulusi, and Usutu, against Uhamus forces. That he had kept the conditions, notwithstanding the attacks upon him, the destruction of his people and kraals, and plundering of cattle, women, and children. i Cetywayo said, “Sir Theophilus Shepstone had restored him at Emtonjaneni as fault- “ less, and had told the people (implying those in the Reserve) to remain with him and “ erect huts, but they had been prevented from coming, punished, beaten, and eaten “ UI .” 4. Cetywayo and his men spoke very strongly against me and Mr. John ; they were pleased to see Mr. H. C. Shepstone, and I explained that he had come in consequence of my having reported the actions of Usibebu and Uhamu, and I was pleased to hear they were glad to see Mr. H. C. Shepstone here and thanked them accordingly, notwith- standing the strong feelings they expressed against me, as I knew they did so in ignorance of the fact that I had forwarded Cetywayo's words and requests to his Excellency, but owing to not receiving favourable replies they very naturally attributed their disappoint- ments to their belief I had not done so, and founded this belief of theirs because I would not allow them to send messengers to the Government, who prohibited my doing so. 5. I explained that I had reported to his Excellency that Usibebu had come with armed forces to Kumbuntete and had eaten Maru’s mealie gardens prior to the Usutu forces attacking Usibebu, but this was within Usibebu’s district, and his Excellency had decided the Usutus should not have gone across that boundary (29th March 1883). 6. News has come in to the effect that on the 11th inst. at the foot of Ngome the Mgazi under Hlezebana were about to encamp for the night while on their way to be joined by the Abaqulusi forces, and saw what they supposed to be the Abaqulusi forces, but when near it turned out to be forces of Uhamu's, and a fight took place ending in the defeat of the Mgazi, and their being forced over precipices, and the Abaqulusi came up behind Uhamu's forces defeating them, the Butelezi and Usutu and Mhlalose coming to the support of the Abaqulusi. Heavy losses on Mgazi and also of Uhamu's forces. 7. Somkeli and Mangwe reported to be in force down Black Umvolozi in Cetywayo's Support. º There was a muster at Undini this morning, but I observe not anything nearly so many as mustered on the 11th inst. ; it is probable some may have been sent out. 9. It is said that the Butelezi (Umyamana’s people) and the Usutu forces proceeded towards Uhamu’s and killed him in the place in which he had secreted himself, and that Hlezebana, head of Mgazi, was killed in the defeat of the Mgazi, i lth inst. 10. Cetywayo reports, per Simon Mini, that he hears Usibebu forces are in Seket- wayo's tribe and Chingwayo's, committing depredations, and that the Abaqulusi had recovered some of the cattle from Usibebu’s forces. I have, &c. His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, K.C.M.G., (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, &c. &c. &c. British Resident with Cetywayo. Special Commmissioner, Natal, 88. Umkosana, residing in Cetywayo's territory. Gobozana 93 53 39 Ntuzwa 99 99 99 Unconcwana , Tshingana 35 Nahanahana , 29 * 33 55 3 9 29 99 Siteku 3 * 22 9 3 Ntyingwayo , 33 39 guga. 55 59 93 Ncapoi 32 59 39 Bejana. 93 99 95 Mgandi 22 92 99 Seketwayo 35 93. 9) Wumandaba , 35 33 tº a e - º 9 .. sº residing in Reserve and Cety wayo's *} Kraals in both places. 22 55 39 53 Haiana, residing in Usibebu's territory. Mbopa. Nkabanina. Sambela, residing in Reserve Territory. Dabulamanzi , 33 92 N abrija 2 3 2 3 25 Godide 99 35 95 Ndwandwe 53 93. 33 Melelesi 35 93 » Enclosure 3 in No. 51. Mr. H. C. SHEPSTONE to Sir H. BULWER. Umbilani, Zulu Country, SIR, May 13, 1883. I HAVE the honour to report that in accordance with your Excellency’s instructions of the 4th inst. I proceeded to the Zulu country, arriving here on the 11th inst., when I at once sent over to Undi to report to Cetywayo my arrival with a message to him º your Excellency, and that I would go over on the following morning to eliver it. In reply he expressed his pleasure at my arrival, and said that he would be prepared to receive me. Yesterday I went over, as arranged, to Undi, accompanied by Mr. Fynn. I was well received by Cety wayo and the indunas present, about 30, six or eight of whom belonged to the Reserve Territory. After a short recapitulation of what had taken place in London regarding the con- ditions of his return here and of the subsequent signing of them, as amended and added to at Cape Town, by him, I proceeded to deliver your Excellency's message. In reply Cetywayo stated that he had kept all the conditions, even so far as to remain quiet and submit to see his people destroyed without his in any way attempting to defend them, in order that the Government might see that he had been in earnest and itself take measures to right him and punish the offender. He had not commenced the fighting, that Usibebu had done so by crossing his borders” and attacking Masipula’s people at the Krombantelo. The Usutu then, he alleges without his knowledge and contrary to his express orders by numerous messengers, armed and followed up Usibebu to his principal kraal, where he attacked and routed them, pursuing them, and killing them beyond his borders. That Usibebu again crossed his own boundary a week or ten days after, killing, burning, and destroying, and that even that day it had been reported that he was again beyond his boundaries at the same work in Seketwayo's and Chingwayo's country. Cety wayo says that until now he has quietly submitted to his people being destroyed, that he * Cety wayo here means the borders of Usibebu's own country, as occupied by his own people, which he understood at Cape Town to be all that was reserved for him ; he does not recognise the boundary as beaconed off, because he says it was laid out and surveyed with out the presence or knowledge of any Zulu induna, and cuts off land actually occupied by his own subjects 89 has not done so because he could not get a sufficient force to overcome Usibebu, but in order to let the Government see that he had abided by his promises and undertakings, and in the hope of seeing what the Government would do to these chiefs, appointed by it, who would not obey the terms of their appointment; he sees nothing done beyond messages, which are disregarded; is he, therefore, the one who obeys, to be the sufferer alone?—No, he would not be so any longer; he would also arm, and he said he told me openly that he would now send out his forces. He then refused to send a messenger to accompany mine to Usibebu with your Excellency's message. As regards Uhamu, Cetywayo says that the circumstances regarding the Abaqulusi mentioned by your Excellency were the results of a quarrel, never settled, which had been commenced by Uhamu previous to his restoration; that he was in no way respon- sible for it; it was the continuation of a quarrel unsettled when the country was handed over to him; but he added that Uhamu had now declared himself as an enemy because he had taken advantage of Usibebu's action, and sent in a force which helped him in burning and destroying, and carried off cattle. He said he certainly would not send in any messenger with mine to Uhamu, and he might at once tell me that Umyamana's forces, with the Usutu, the Umqayi, the Empangisweni, and the Abaqulusi, were collected against Uhamu, and that he expected at any moment to hear of their having met. As regards his putting down his assegais and shields, he asked me whether it could be expected that he, who alone obeyed the Government, should quietly submit to see his people destroyed and their cattle taken in the way they had been ; that he had hitherto been quiet, but that now he was going to send out his forces, and he therefore could not lay down his shields and assegais. As regards the Reserved Territory he said that in London he was told that only a small strip was required ; that when he arrived at the Cape he found that the Umhlatuzi River had been taken as the boundary ; that this country was largely occupied by his people and personal followers, and he pointed to a number of the headmen present as living in it. At the Cape, too, he first heard of the reserve for Usibebu, and understood it was only to be the country actually occupied by Usibebu and his people which was to be reserved for him ; but that now he is told that the beacons include iand occupied by Massiquila and other headmen who acknowledge his (Cetywayo's) authority. Cetywayo stated that he at first refused to sign the conditions because of these two reserves, but that the Governor, Sir H. Robinson, advised him to do so, as otherwise he would delay his return pending reference, and he states that Sir H. Robinson told him he had better sign, so as to get back to his country, and that then he could raise the ques- tion of the Reserve Territory and that given to Usibebu. He says that after some days' consideration he signed the conditions, in the hope that, as Sir H. Robinson had suggested, the matter of the two reserves would be reconsidered and the whole country given back to him. He also states that he was told by Sir H. Robinson that the people who wished to leave the reserve to join him could do so, and that those also who wished to live in it as his people would be allowed to do so; he cannot therefore, he says, understand why they should not be allowed to come with him. He also complains bitterly of the fining of men for going to see him. He added that as long as he lived he would continue to throw himself at the feet of Her Majesty the Queen and pray for the restoration of the whole of his country. I told him that he must be mistaken regarding what he states Sir H. Robinson had said; that it was impossible, and it was not in the accounts of the interviews; he replied so he now found, but that he was so told, and that was why he mistrusted letters; he wished all his communications to Natal through Mr. Fynn to be accompanied by his messengers, who would verify the contents of the letters. I then told him that I would inform your Excellency of all that had taken place, and I again urged upon him your Excellency's wishes that he should cease hostilities and not attack Usibebu ; but he refused to listem, saying, Why should he, who obeyed, be the only sufferer P While the other appointed Chiefs, meaning Uhamu and Usibebu, were benefited by their disobedience without fear of punishment from the Government who made them. I then said that it would not be fair or right of me to send to Usibebu if he intended attacking him as he said; by doing so I should be putting him off his guard, and giving him a feeling of false security. He replied that I could send, and that he would give me men to escort my man as far as the Black Umvolosi River, and that he would do nothing until after the return of my messengers. This morning I sent over to him again, suggesting that it would be advisable that he should send a man to accompany my messengers and be present when they delivered R 7622. 90 the message, as there had been so many misrepresentations lately regarding the messages uelivered by messengers. - He has now assented to my suggestion, and sent over a man formerly belonging to the Umvoti Mission Station to accompany my messengers, Ngalunkula and Umsinger, and I have sent them off this afternoon with your Excellency’s message to Usibebu. I have not yet sent to Uhamu, because of what Cetywayo said yesterday regarding the expected fight between his forces and those of Uhamu, and because of a report current to-day that the fight had taken place the day before yesterday, and that Uhamu's forces had been defeated with great loss and Uhamu himself killed. - - I have, &c. - His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, K.C.M.G., (Signed) H. C. SHEPSTONE. High Commissioner, &c., &c., - Pietermaritzburg, Natal. P.S.—I omitted to mention that Cetywayo denies any attack at all by Somkeli on Usibebu, and states that no women or children were carried off by any of his people. I may state that I can ascertain nothing here in corroboration of the assertion that women and children were carried off by Somkeli. I find that some women and children were carried off by Usibebu’s forces, but that they were released by Usibebu’s orders directly the fact was made known to him. - (Signed) H. C. SHEPSTONE. No. 52. LIEUT.-GENERAL L. SMYTH, C.B., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received June 19, 1883.) Government House, Cape Town, My LoRD, May 28, 1883. WITH reference to Sir Hercules Robinson's Despatch of the 9th ultimo,” I have the honour to enclose, for your information, a copy of a Despatch+ which I have received from Sir Henry Bulwer relative to the alleged infringement of Transvaal territory by the Zulu Chief Uhamu. I have forwarded a copy of this Despatch to the British Resident for communication to the Government of the Transvaal State. I have, &c. - (Signed) L. SMYTH, Lieut.-General, The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, - High Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. No. 53. The RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF DERBY to SIR HENRY BULWER, G.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, June 21, 1883. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatches of the 5th of May, stating the reasons for which you had sent Mr. H. Shepstone into Zululand, and requesting authority to draw a sum not exceeding 100l. from the Treasury chest for the expenses connected with his mission. I have to express my approval of your action in this matter, and of the instructions which you issued to Mr. Shepstone, and to inform you that the Lords Commissioners of the Treasury have sanctioned the proposed payment from the Treasury chest. I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) DER BY. * No. 45 in [C.–3686] July 1883. f See Enclosures 4 and 5 in No. 40. † Nos. 29 and 30. 91 No. 54. SIR HENRY BULWER, G.C.M.G., to the RIGHT Hon. THE EARL OF - DERBY. (Received June 27, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, May 26, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit herewith copies of two Despatches I have received from the British Resident Commissioner in the Reserve. - 2. It would seem that there was no foundation for the statements which had been made that Hlubi or his Basutos had joined Uhamu and Usibebu, and was taking an active part against Cetywayo. - 3. Hlubi appears, however, on one occasion to have covered the removal of two Zulu headmen and some of their people who left Cetywayo's territory in order to take refuge in the Reserve. Some other intending refugees were stopped by an armed party of Cetywayo's people and did not succeed in crossing the border. 4. Cetywayo in this matter also, I am sorry to say, appears to be acting against the conditions of his restoration, for he claims that all the cattle in Zululand belong to him, according to the old Zulu theory, that everything in Zululand belonged to the king, and by this means he seeks to prevent people leaving his territory, as he will not allow them to pass unmolested with their cattle. 5. I am informed that the Chief Umlandela, one of the appointed Chiefs who, there was reason to suppose, would not be unwilling to recognise Cetywayo's restored authority, is, on the contrary, anxious to take refuge in the Reserve, and that to prevent him doin so Cetywayo has stationed a force of 10 or 12 companies between the Umhlatuzi River and Umlandela's district, and that he is about to re-establish in that part of the country the old military kraal known as the Omangweni. 6. Whilst Cetywayo appears bent on keeping, against their will, any persons in his territory who may desire to leave it, he appears at the same time bent also on keeping in the Reserve those people hitherto residing there who belong to his party, or may be favourably disposed to him, his object evidently being to maintain by their means his claim to the Reserve. 7. It was certain, as I stated in my Despatch of the 3rd of October,” that no division of the country could possibly be made which would enable us to place under Cetywayo a territory, all the people in which would be willing to be under him, and under other and independent authority a territory or territories, all the people living in which would be unwilling to be under him. Whatever territorial division was made there were sure to be people in the territory to be assigned to Cetywayo who would be unwilling to be under him, and there were sure to be people in the territories left independent of Cety- wayo, who would be favourable to him. The only course was to divide the country as best we could, and then to permit those on either side to remove under the authority under which they would wish to live. 8. Unhappily, against an adjustment of this kind Cetywayo has set his face, being apparently resolved to keep by force and by penalties all the people living in his country who would wish to leave it, and to keep his own adherents in the territories made inde- pendent of him, so that they may serve his purposes in those territories. 9. I enclose a copy of my Despatch to Mr. Osborn in acknowledgment of those now forwarded. I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Enclosure 1 in No. 54. Mr. OSBORN to Sir H. BULWER. - Eshowe, Zulu Native Reserve, SIR, May 14, 1883. IN reference to my Despatch of the 5th instant, I have the honour to inform your Excellency that having made inquiries into the statement that Hlubi had sent men into Cetywayo's territory and brought away from thence into the Reserve, *s-ºr-sº * No. 106 of [C.–3466] February 1883. & MI 2 92 certain Zulus with their families and cattle and that Hlubi and his people were acting in concert with Uhamu against Cetywayo, I have the honour to report that I have been unable to find any truth in either of these allegations, neither does it appear that Hlubi went, or sent anyone, to meet Uhamu to escort him into the reserve. It appears, however, that Hlubi having received information that the Zulu headmen, Hlanganiso and Balen, were about to cross over into the Reserve proceeded with a body of men, on the 24th April, and took up a position in the vicinity of and south of the Prince's monument. He did this with the view of preventing pursuit of the people on this side of the border which in all probability would have occurred but for the step he had taken. Hlanganiso and the other refugees crossed the Umvolosiº during the night of the 25th, and on the morning of the 26th a pursuing body of armed Zulus were seen on the opposite side of the river driving back those refugees who had not succeeded in crossing during the night with their cattle. I instructed Hlubi that as Mr. Pretorius, the Sub-Commissioner, has taken up his duties in the upper district, he will in future report to him all matters of any importance coming to his knowledge and guide himself by Mr. Pretorius' directions. I have, &c. His Excellency Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., (Signed) M. Osborn, Her Majesty's Special Commissioner, Resident Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Natal. Enclosure 2 in No. 54. Mr. OSBORN to Sir H. BULWER. Eshowe, Zulu Native Reserve Territory, . May 15, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Excellency’s information, copy of a message received by me yesterday from Cety wayo, and of the reply I made thereto. I have, &c. SIR, His Excellency Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., (Signed) M. Osborn, Her Majesty’s Special Commissioner, Resident Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Natal. Eshowe, Zulu Native Reserve Territory, - May 14, 1883. Umpecu, Umqakama, and Sikonyana state: We are sent by Cetywayo to say why do you eat up Nongena, Meleles, and Sambela 2 They only came over to him to protect him. By taking the cattle from these or from other people you punish him (Cetywayo), as all the cattle held by the people throughout Zululand belong to him and not to the people. 2. Cetywayo says he again asks you to come to him to help him in putting matters right, and to arrange a good understanding between you both. 3. Cety wayo says the country on his side of the Umhlatuzi also belongs to you, and he asks you to point out in it to the people who wish to leave the Reserve places upon which they are to build their kraals and reside. Reply. I am surprised to hear the words you say Cetywayo told you to deliver to me in reference to people I punished here, as he has nothing to do with this Reserve or the rule exercised therein. It is only the Governor who can question my acts. I wish, however, that my action in the matter should be known to all, and you may tell Cetywayo and others interested that I have not “eaten up” any person in the Reserve, but I have fined some for their unlawful acts. The persons named by you were fined, not “eaten up,” for their unlawful conduct. I repeatedly explained to them, and made known to all, that those who wish to remove from here into Cetywayo's country will in no way be molested either in person or in property, but that so long as they remain in the Reserve they must obey lawful authority within it. * Umvumyana, see Enclosure 3. 93 As to the ownership of cattle, Cetywayo cannot, I think, refer to cattle possessed by people in the Reserve, in which he has no authority. All persons remaining in the Reserve are entitled to hold and possess for themselves any cattle which they have lawfully acquired as their property. 2. I have already explained to Cety wayo that I am not authorised to go to him for the purpose stated. If I went I should be interfering in his territory, which I am prohibited from doing, as likewise he undertook to abstain from any interference within . the Reserve, and for the same reason I cannot point out places on his side of the Umhlatuzi in the territory assigned to him for occupation of any people who may leave the Reserve to live under his rule. - Enclosure 3 in No. 54. Sir H. BULWER to Mr. OSBoRN. Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, SIR, May 26, 1883. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatches of the 14th and 15th instant, and to express my approval of the action taken by you with regard to Hlubi and of the answer sent by you to Cety wayo. 2. I notice that you state that Hlubi took up his position south of the Prince's monument which, as I understand, would certainly keep him well within the Reserve; but you then go on to say that on the morning of the 26th April a Zulu armed party was seen driving back those intending refugees who had not succeeded in crossing the Umvolosi on the previous night. I presume you mean the Umvumyana, that river, and not the Umvolosi, being the border river, for if Hlubi crossed the Umvunyana and got so far as the South bank of the Umvolosi he would in that case have gone beyond the border and would have been within Cety wayo's territory. Will you please inform me how this was. I have, &c. Melmoth Osborn, Esq., C.M.G., # (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Resident Commissioner, Reserve Territory. No. 55. SIR HENRY BULWER, G.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received June 27, 1883). Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, May 28, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, copies of De- spatches I have received from Mr. Fynn, the British Resident with Cetywayo, and from Mr. H. C. Shepstone whom I sent to assist Mr. Fynn in staying, if possible, the hostili- ties between Cety wayo and Uhamu and Usibebu. . Mr. Shepstone has since returned to Natal. 2. I regret to say that their efforts have not been so far successful. In truth the situation has become such that, with the temper of mind in which both Cetywayo and Uhamu are, there is little hope to improve it by good advice, by remonstrance, or by persuasion. 3. How that situation has come about I have shown in previous Despatches. First there was the raid made by the Abaqulusi upon Uhamu's people, inade after Cetywayo's return to Zululand but before his installation in authority. Then there was the omission on Cetywayo's part to punish the offenders in that raid, or to prevent other and succeed- ing similar acts committed on Uhamu's people by the Abaqulusi, the Pangisweni, and others, acts which not unnaturally pointed to the conclusion that they were countenanced by Cetywayo, and which led to mutual conflicts and reprisals. Then came the outra- geous invasion of Usibebu's territory by a large Usutu force, resulting in the defeat of the Usutus, and followed by retaliations on Usibebu’s part directed against those people (principally Umyamana's) who had formed part of the invading force, and by Uhamu seizing the occasion to spoil his enemies. In this work of spoliation Uhamu has com- M 3 - 94 mitted far greater excesses than those committed by his opponents on him, and he has succeeded in carrying off a very considerable number of cattle. . In fact nearly all the cattle that have been taken from Cetywayo's people since the 30th March have, I under- stand, been taken by Uhamu. Usibebu got possession of very few, not more, Mr. H. Shepstone believes, than between 200 and 300 head ; and as he restored the women and children taken by his forces in the middle of April. Usibebu's acts of retaliation appear to have been mainly confined to burning down the kraals of the people who had attacked him. I am informed that he did not destroy the crops. Uhamu, on the other hand, has captured probably some thousands of cattle—whether he has any captured women and children is not clear, though Mr. Shepstone thinks not—and as he is living in Cetywayo's country his acts are acts of rebellion which, though the original provocation, it may be said, was on Cetywayo's side in not stopping but rather in coun- tenancing the Abaqulusi raids, the latter cannot well put up with. 4. Thus Cetywayo is justified in asserting with a strong hand his authority over Uhamu, and if that were all his object, he would be in the right, even though Uhamu's rebellious conduct had been the consequence of the other's unfriendly behaviour towards him. But Cetywayo has shown so plainly that his projects do not end there, and that he aims at nothing short of getting under him the whole Zulu country, that his present proceedings against Uhamu, are not looked upon as the act of a ruler endeavouring to restore order in his own country, but as that of an enemy who aims at the total destruc- tion of Uhamu and Usibebu; and it is not surprising, therefore, if these two chiefs have formed, as it is said they have done, an alliance to resist the designs against them. All that we could hope to do under these circumstances and at this moment, would be, to make this alliance a passive and a defensive alliance, and not an offensive one. With Usibebu, indeed, this would not be difficult, for he is anxious to obey the Government and to live in peace. With Uhamu it would be more difficult; and with both it must be difficult so long as Cetywayo has large standing forces in the field which are only waiting for an opportunity to attack the others. 5. The circumstances of the fight that took place on the 11th instant, have been greatly exaggerated. The circumstances appear tº have been these. Umyamana was stationed with a large force between the Ngome forest and the Intabankulu, and had been mustering for some time forces from other parts of the country with the intention, it was believed, of attacking Uhamu. One of the contributory forces was a section of the Mgazi tribe under the Chief Hlezebana, and whilst these men were encamped, some say on a spur of the Ngome range and others near the Intabankulu, they were suddenly attacked by a force of Uhamu's people and routed. Mr. H. Shepstone informs me that, as far as he could make out, the Mgazi lost on that occasion about fifty men. Uhamu's force was followed up by the Abaqulusi, and in their turn routed with a loss of twenty-six IOleI] . 6. In one of Mr. H. C. Shepstone's despatches will be found a statement made to him by Dabulamanzi and Tshingana, half brothers of Cetywayo, asking in the name, they say, of the Zulu people for the restoration to Cetywayo of the two independent and reserved territories. In this application again is revealed the cause of all the mischief now in Zululand, the inability of Cetywayo and his ultra supporters to accept a position less than he had before the Zulu war. Cetywayo has got so much, and yet he will not be satisfied because he has not got all. The inconsistency of the argument put forward by Dabulamanzi and Tshingana, that they do not now look upon Cetywayo as the son of Panda, because having been captured and taken away from their sight he died as Panda's son (this view by the way, entirely confirming what I have all along said that as a chief defeated in war and taken captive Cety wayo was looked upon by the Zulu people as dead to them), but as a son of the Queen by whom he has been allowed to return, and therefore that they look upon the country which is given to him as not belonging to him, but as belonging to the Queen, is apparent on the face of it in its contrast with Cetywayo's dissatisfaction, because only two thirds of the country have been restored to him, and with his claims to the whole country; for if he looked upon himself loyally as the child of the English Government and no longer as the son of Panda he would be content with what the English Government assigned to him. But at one time he would base his claim to the whole country as Panda’s son (see Enclosure No. 1 in Despatch of May 21*), and at another time he would endeavour to work on the English Government by professing to hold the country only as theirs and not as his. 7. I notice Mr. H. Shepstone's observation regarding people living in Usibebu’s territory who were never subject to him. He refers to the country lately under the * No. 51. 95 appointed Chief Umgojana.... No doubt there are people there who belong to the Usutu party, and who would be willing to be under Cetywayo, as there are people in Cety- wayo's country who do not belong to the Usutu party, and who are not willing to be under him. It was impossible, as I have pointed out elsewhere, to make a division of the country that would be altogether satisfactory and free from this disadvantage. In that portion of the country which was lately under Umgojana, and is now under Usibebu, are the people who are known as Masipula’s people, and who appear to be on the Usutu . side. On the other hand there are numbers of Usibebu’s own people living in the terri- tory, and some few belonging to Umgojana, who with their Chief have accepted Usibebu’s authority, Ungojana himself having now left Cetywayo's country, and gone to live with Usibebu. I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Enclosure I in No. 55. Mr. H. F. FYNN to Sir H. BULWER. SIR, Mbilani, Zululand, May 14, 1883. I HAVE the honour to inform your Excellency that Cetywayo, per Tshingana and Ngabozana, reports this day that a few days ago forces of Uhamu and Usibebu attacked sections Mgazi of Kanyits, Chingwayo, Mgazi of Ukunga, and Seketwayos and Bazini, all in the vicinity of Utabankulu, and rivers Levengana and Black Umvolozi, plundered women and children and cattle, but some of these women, children, and cattle were recovered by the Mgazi of Ekunga and people of Seketwayo. 2. And he hears the Mgazi of Kanyile were defeated by the forces of Uhamu and Usibebu about 11th instant, and that Reverend F. Weeber's property was plundered by these forces, and that some time ago (about end of April) L. Wear’s cattle were plun- dered by people of Uhamu, and the Mgazi offered to recover them for Wear, but he objected. 3. Cetywayo, per Dabulamanzi, requests H. C. Shepstone and I to interview him at Undini; we consent to do so to-morrow, the 15th. 4. From inquiries made by my messengers they inform me that on or about the 11th inst., the Mgaze, four companies under Hlzopana, were unexpectedly and suddenly attacked by six companies of Uhamu, whom the Mgaze people had, on their approaching, mistaken for Abaqulusi forces, that these four companies of Mgazi were utterly defeated and forced over a precipice near Ngome, in their flight, and Hlzobana was killed. These forces of Uhamu's had captured cattle of the Mgaze people. 5. My messengers also made inquiries as directed, but did not hear of any of Usibebu’s people being with Uhamu's forces, they heard the Abaqulusi and Mhlalose of Seketwayo were repulsed by another small force of Uhamu's who followed them up, that Umyamana had reported to Cety wayo, that he had not force sufficient to go against Uhamu's forces, that Cetywayo finds fault with Umyamana for his delay, and directs him to proceed against Uhanmu. 6. That there is no information to support the rumour of any of Uhamu's forces having been defeated, or that he was killed, as reported, or that any forces of Cetywayo had been in the vicinity of Uhamu's kraals north of Ngome. 7. My messengers heard that on the 12th instant two messengers from the Boers had been to Cetywayo to say the Boers were prepared to receive him, but he had replied he was as yet delayed by reason of the arrival of H. C. Shepstone, who had sent to Usibebu, but it would be as well for the Boers to approach their border facing Uhamu's. S. Another messenger of mine inquiring, heard that there were some of Usibebu’s people out with or acting with Uhamu's forces. I have, &c. Sir H. Bulwer, K.C.M.G., (Signed HENRY F. FYNN, &c. &c. &c. e British Resident with Cetywayo. Special Commissioner, - Natal. M 4 96 Enclosure 2 in No. 55. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULWER. SIR, Mbilani, Zululand, May 16, 1883. I HAVE the honour to inform your Excellency that Cetywayo furnished four men yesterday morning to escort as far as Umyamana, and for him to furnish fresh escort to pass on an imperative message by my messenger, accompanied by Mr. H. C. Shepstone's messenger, to Uhamu ; and upon my suggestion Mr. Shepstone forwarded the message in writing as well. This message was given in the presence of Dabulamanzi and Tshingana, who had come to inform us that Cetywayo did not wish to trouble us to go over, as requested the day before, as his message had been fully delivered to us (Paragraph I of Despatch of 14th May). Mr. Shepstone will forward to your Excellency a copy of the above-mentioned message to Uhamu. - 2. Dabulamanzi and Tshingana intimating they had a private communication for Mr. Shepstone, I, of course, retired; he, however, informed me that it was on the subject of Cetywayo's appeal for the restoration to him of the Reserve Territory and the district over which Usibebu was placed, upon the same grounds as he, has from time to time appealed through me in my Despatches to your Excellency. 3. Cetywayo, per Maligana, reports that a force of Usibebu’s was heard of on the 14th instant, between Tabankulu and Black Umvolozi, East of Undini; and he, Cetywayo, had that night sent three companies of the “Inhluengwe' to obtain information; they had returned at noon yesterday, 15th, reporting Usibebu’s force had killed a man, “Mbuma ka Mzoko,” stabbed in two places, and retreated with captured cattle, women, and children, having said they were clearing people away from their line of communica- tion with Mr. Osborn. 4. I replied by requesting that Cety wayo sends a man with two of mine to find out particulars. Mabigana said Cetywayo would ask him, if I meant by that he was giving me false information ; I replied it was not so, but Cetywayo at times asks me to see for myself, and when I send, mischief is made of my sending. Mr. Shepstone explained that Cety wayo had asked him to send and see what happens, and therefore we send and desire Cetywayo to send a man in company for his information, and this morning 1 sent two men for the above named purpose, with instructions to call at Undini for the man of Cetywayo's. 5. I have the honour to enclose for your Excellency’s information, statement of my messenger Gabajana, information he has gathered on his patrol, and in paragraphs 1 and 2 of this statement he describes the events on the 11th instant relative to the defeat of Umgazi, by forces of Uhamu's, the capture of women, children, and cattle, and their recovery of all by forces of Seketwayo and Nkunga's people at which time 26 men of Uhamu's force were killed. I am of opinion that the information contained in Gabajama's statement may be deemed to be the most reliable yet received. - I have, &c. His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, K.C.M.G., (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, &c. &c. &c. British Resident with Cetywayo. Special Commissioner, Natal. STATEMENT OF GoBojanA. Mbilani, Wednesday May 16, 1883. 1. The result of my inquiries on my return from the upper part of Seketwayo's district, is that after the defeat of the Umgazi about the 11th inst. by some of Uhamu's forces (it was uncertain whether any of Usibebu’s people were amongst those of Uhamu), Uhamu's forces captured women and children and cattle of late N’Kungas people (the uncle of Hlzobana) section of the Umgazi and cattle belonging to Seketwayo and Chingwayo. 2. Nmduluqulu with a force of Seketwayo's and some of late N’Kungas people, followed up the retiring forces of Uhamu and recovered all the captured women and children and cattle, killing 26 men of Uhamu's, but the cattle of the late N’Kunga which had been recovered were seized by about 30 companies of the Abaqulusi. 97 3. I heard that yesterday morning the Abaqulusi were proceeding against Uhamu, and from some of Seketwayo's people that there were some of Usibebu’s people mixed up with Uhamu's forces on the 11th inst. I heard that Hlubi was ejecting the people in his division belonging to Seketwayo, by reason of their having gone out to fight beyond his boundaries. About the 1st instant, mounted men of Seketwayo and Abaqulusi proceeded to Uhamu's kraal “Nyanqanqiteni” near the Nkongolwana river, and there killed a young man and a lad and three little boys and captured about 10 girls and about 30 head of cattle, and returned. 4. I heard that Umbogojana residing near Blood River and Ralatu, had been sent by Cetywayo to the Boers during the latter part of April, asking for their aid as Uhamu and Usibebu were at war with him, and that I (H. F. Fynn) and Mr. John were the cause of this, having sent to Uhamu and Usibebu authority to attack him (Cetywayo), and that he had only signed the conditions while a prisoner and in order that he might be released, and that he offered the Boers, for their assistance, the country beyond Zungeni and Hlobane. 5. A relation of mine who had bought a wagon from a Boer residing between the junction of Blood River and Buffalo River, informed me that he had asked the Boer if it was true that the Boers were going to help Cetywayo against those who are at war with him. The 13oer replied that there might be some unknown to him, but that the real Boers had suffered too much since Cetywayo's coronation, through him, to help him in 3.IV W 3,V. §. I fºrd that Martin Oftebro had been up to the Tslezi in Hlubi’s district warning them against proceeding to join, Cetywayo in arms. Nonquluqulu sent Korkeyake and another messenger declining to come to Cetywayo to join him in arms, as he lived in the English territory and had been forbidden by orders through Martin Oftebro. 7. That Cetywayo had replied that if Umquluqulu was taking his people away and giving them to Hlubi, Umquluqulu had better plait a long string to climb up and escape to the heavens by, or otherwise after defeating Usibebu and Uhamu he was coming round his way to kill him. Before me this 16th May 1883. (Signed) EIENRY F. FYNN, British Resident with Cety wayo. Enclosure 3 in No. 55. Mr. H. C. SHEPSTONE to Sir H. BULWER. Umbilani, Omahlabatini, SIR, May 16, 1883. AT the request of Dabulamanzi and Tshingana, two sons of M'Pande, I have the honour to enclose a statement made to me by them, they allege, as representing the Zulu people, including those in the Reserves, containing their prayer to the English Government for a reconsideration of the two reserves of land in this country, with the view of the whole country being restored to Cetywayo's rule. In reply I told them I would forward it to your fºxcellency with their request that it might be forwarded to the English Government, but that I could not hold out any hopes of their prayer being heard. I am not aware of the conditions under which the Reserve for Usibebu was made, but it strikes me that very little consideration could have been paid to the way in which the country was occupied in laying off the boundaries, as from what I can learn the country laid off for Usibebu includes not only the land occupied by him and his own people, but a large tract of land occupied by other headman and their people who were never subject to Usibebu, and who are now required, unless they will submit to be ruled by him, to leave country occupied by them and which belonged to their forefathers before them. Even should these people be induced to move, the fact of their having been forced to forsake the lands which had been occupied by their forefathers will be a constant and fruitful source of irritation and quarrel. I have, &c. (Signed) H. C. SHEPSTONE. R 7622, N 98 STATEMENT of DABULAMANZI and TSHINGANA, sons of Mpande. Mbilani, Mahlabatini, May 15th, 1883. WE are sent by the Zulu people to Gebuza (Mr. H. C. Shepstone), son of Somtseu, who had charge of Cetywayo to England, and who the Zulu people look upon as being their caretaker (Umpati also). Having heard of your arrival in Natal we were preparing to go to you to ask you, as our father, to represent our prayers and petitions to the Queen, but as you have arrived here, we now come, with the knowledge of Cetywayo, to state the complaint of the Zulu people; they know that Cetywayo signed a document in Cape Town, agreeing to the Reserve Territory boundary line being the Umhlatusi River, and to the reserve for Usibebu. We, the Zulu people, on finding fault with Cetywayo for thus giving away our land on which we were living, and are still living, were told by him that, in England, he was only told that a small piece of land along the Tugela would be required; that it was at the Cape that he first heard of the Umhlatuzi River as the boundary; that it was also at the Cape that he for the first time heard any- thing of a reserve for Usibebu, who was one of his people, as he and his fathers had been of his, Cetywayo's, father and forefathers. That he strongly objected to this retention of land, and appealed to the consideration of the Government on the subject, because a great number of his own people occupied both reserves, and that there would be no room for them to move into the small strip of country left for him. He stated also that regarding. Usibebu’s country he understood that only the country actually occupied by him would be retained; that he now finds that his beacons include all Masipula’s country, as well as that occupied by many other headmen; that he appealed to the Governor, Sir Hercules Robinson, not to force him to sign these two con- ditions, but to allow him to return to his country and consult his headmen first; that this was refused, and in reply he was told that if he did not sign that probably there would be the delay of a year before he could be returned to his country, that he had better sign, and go back, and that there he could appeal for a reconsideration of the boundaries. That he did not sign until after some days consideration, and then he signed because he was a prisoner and not of his free will, but in order to get back to his country with the inten- tion of appealing to the mercy of the Government for a reconsideration of these two oints. g p We, the Zulu people, including those living in the Reserves, now appeal to the kind consideration and mercy of the English Government for a reconsideration of the question of the Reserves; and that, in its great, power and might, the Government would grant our humble prayer and allow Cetywayo's signature of these two conditions to be done away with, and the whole of their country be restored to them. The Zulu people say that they do not now look upon Cety wayo as the son of Umpande, but that having been captured and taken away from their sight, he died as Umpande's son ; and on his return here came as the son of the Queen, a new child; that they regard this country given to him as not belonging to him, but as belonging to the Queen, as much as the Reserves; and that Cety wayo is laced by the Queen in charge of it for Her Majesty; and why should a division of the country now be made P When the war was over we were told that the Queen did not want land or cattle, and none was taken. This is what we the Zulus humbly pray for from the great and powerful English people. We are encouraged to pray for this great boon, because from the time of Chaka we have been taken care of by the English people. The first we saw of the white people was from the wreck of a ship which was reported to Chaka, and he sent down to see about it, and it was reported to him that there were some people on the shore, but that they were not of our own colour, but were white; he sent down and had them brought up to him, and took care of them and gave them food and land and wives; and they lived in amity together with us... That from them he heard of the Cape Government, and sent to it to form a treaty of friendship and alliance; that since then Umpande was taken by the hand and ruled this country under the Government, and died peacefully; that during his life a circumstance occurred which made us feel that we really were part and parcel of the English people, and cared for by them; and that was when the small-pox broke out in the Zulu country, the English Government sent an antidote to its ravages to us, which stopped the disease or we should not be here to-day to speak of it. * That after Umpande's death Cetywayo was, installed by the English Government, and ruled until he did what his father, the English Government, considered was wrong; and he was punished and taken away. . We, the Zulu people, thought he had been destroyed for his fault, but to our grateful surprise we suddenly saw him returned by 99 the English Government, who said to us we have brought him back, he is our child, and we now give him back to you again. On seeing this we were astonished, as we had never heard of such mercy before, and said that the English Government must be a great and merciful Government, that we had never seen a man who was dead brought to life and born again. These are some of the reasons which encourage us to appeal for a reconsideration of the boundary question; we consider that we are the children of the English Government, and we now see that the Government was only punishing its child, it was not destroying. It is therefore we pray that he may be restored altogether with all his land which he will rule for the Queen under the conditions he has signed. We, therefore, lay ourselves at the feet of the English Government, and humbly pray that by the pity and mercy of the Queen our prayer may be granted and the whole land restored to us. Made to me, (Signed) H. C. SHEPSTONE. Enclosure 4 in No. 55. Mr. H. C. SHEPSTONE to Sir H. BULWER. - Mbilani, Mahlabatini, SIR, May 16, 1883. WITH reference to my letter of the 13th inst., I have the honour to inform your Excellency that I yesterday sent a message to Cetywayo by Dabulamanzi and Tshingana stating that I did not see how I could be considered the guardian of himself and the Zulu nation ; they said so when it suited them but they would not follow my advice as was proved by his refusal on the 12th to cease from fighting and disarm. I said, however, that as they had given me the position again I wished them to convey my words to Cety- wayo regarding his threatened attack on Usibebu, and they were that as he alleged that he had hitherto abided by all the conditions of his re-instatement here, let him continue to do so and not place himself in the wrong by invading Usibebu's territory, but that should anything happen on that side he must report to the Government which would de- cide what steps were to be taken; and that I now as his friend and guardian told him that I distinctly refused to allow him to arm and send out a force against Usibebu, and that I ordered him not to do so, that if he did it would be at his own risk and peril. As regards his ceasing hostilities against Uhamu I can do nothing, as Uhamu now is the aggressive party, and certainly hitherto has been the most successful, Cetywayo's people only having acted on the defensive. I have also found a difficulty in the fact that Uhamu is living in Cetywayo's territory and therefore ought to acknowledge and obey him. I yesterday sent a message to Uhamu in writing and by word of mouth, copy of which is enclosed. , Cetywayo would not send a man of his own to accompany my messengers, but he gave me men to take them to Umyamana's who was to escort them through his forces, and I hope that they will succeed in reaching Uhamu. I have, &c., His Excellency Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G. (Signed) H. C. SHEPSTONE. &c. &c. &c. High Commissioner, Pietermaritzburg, Natal. MESSAGE from Mr. H. C. SHEPSTONE to UHAMU. Mr. Shepstone (Gebuza) is ordered by the Governor to send to Uhamu to ask him how it is that he is disobeying the Governor’s orders given to him by Mr. Osborn, and also many times by Mr. Fynn. Mr. Osborn when he told the Zulu people that Cetywayo was to return, informed Uhamu that he would return to rule over all the Zulu country, with the exception of that reserved on the other side of the Unhlatuzi river and that portion assigned to Usibebu, that he, Uhamu, was therefore no longer a chief, that his letter of appointment as a chief was now done away with and destroyed, and that he had no land, all was Cetywayo's, that if he did not wish to remain under Cetywayo's rule he was to leave and a place would be found for him on the other side of the Umhlatuzi, but that if he did elect to remain he would be under Cetywayo, and must obey and respect him as his chief. N 2 100 Mr. Fynn has since often said the same to Uhamu by his messengers. Notwith- standing these instructions to him, the Governor hears that Uhama has neither acknow- ledged Cetywayo nor left the country, but that he has disobeyed his orders and has taken up arms and attacked Cetywayo's people, killing many and carrying off women and children, and burning kraals and taking many cattle, and that he is now still IIl 8.I’IſlS. The Governor sent messengers a few days ago through Mr. Fynn to Uhamu to order him at once to stop fighting and lay down his arms, but they were unable to reach him on account of his being in arms and fighting. I, Gebuza, now send to Uhamu to tell him that the course he is following, by disobeying the Governor’s orders, will lead to his punishment and destruction; that he must at once obey the Governor's orders and stop fighting and lay down his arms. He must also release all women and children and return all the cattle he has taken. The Governor will then decide what is to be done about him, regarding the disobedience of orders and shedding of blood. Mbilani, Umahlabatini, (Signed) H. C. SHEPSTONE. May 15, 1883. No. 56. SIR HENRY BULWER, G.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received July 2, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My LoRD, June 2, 1883. WITH reference to my Despatch of 5th May,” I have the honour to forward a copy of a Despatch which I have received from Mr. Osborn, together with the report of the messengers whom he had sent to Usibebu on the receipt of my telegram of the 29th April. I have, &c. - (Signed) H. BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure in No. 56. Mr. OSBORN to Sir H. BULwÉR. SIR, Eshowe, Zulu Native Reserve, May 15, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit herein copy of a statement by Nozitshina and Gohloza, the men by whom I sent to Usibebu, a message in terms of your Excellency's instructions conveyed in your telegram of the 29th April. Your Excellency will perceive from the statement that, owing to the disturbed state of the country, the messengers were unable to reach Usibebu, who they ascertained was with an impi on the Pongolo, and that therefore they delivered the message at Usibebu's kraal, Bangenomo, to his brother Umrau and his induna Mazizi, and that these under- took to forward it on to the Chief. I have, &c. (Signed) M. Osborn, His Excellency Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., Resident Commissioner. Her Majesty's Special Commissioner, &c. &c. &c. Natal. * No. 29. 101 Nozitshina and Gohloza state :- IN terms of our instructions we went to Usibebu's territory to deliver to him the Resident Commissioner's message. We first went to the Resident with Cetywayo, Mr. Fynn, and delivered to him the Commissioner's letter of which we were the bearers. Mr. Fynn told us to go to Usibebu, and he sent with us one of his own messengers, by whom he sent to Usibebu a message similar to the one we had to deliver. We proceeded on our journey, and on crossing the Black Umvolosi we met three of Usibebu's spies or scouts, who told us that we should find him at the site of his Enkungwini kraal. We went thither, but on getting near to it we again met some of his people, who told us that he was not at Enkungwini but that we should find him at his Bangenomo kraal. We went thither, and there we learnt from Usibebu’s brother Umrau and his induna Mazizi, who had been left in charge by Usibebu, that Usibebu had started three days previous with an impi towards the Pongolo. That he had gonethere to resist the advance of the Usutu forces under Umyamama sent by Cetywayo against him, and which had extended in two columns from the Ingome towards the Pongolo. It as also to resist attack from Hlomusas' impi which had been called up by Cetywayo north of the Pongolo and was approaching. gº º We found the people greatly alarmed at the appearance of Cetywayo's impis, and altogether the country was thoroughly disturbed. * Under these circumstances, especially in view of a heavy engagement which it was expected was then taking place between the opposing forces, we considered that it would not be possible for us to reach Usibebu, and that if we did attempt to do so we should in all probability lose our lives; we therefore delivered our message to Umrau and Mazizi and charged them to lose no time and to do all in their power to convey it to Usibebu, which they undertook to do; they said they would send it on by different routes to ensure its reaching him by one of them. The message we delivered was to the effect that the Governor was much displeased at hearing that Usibebu had raided and sent his impi outside his own boundaries against Cetywayo, and that he desired Usibebu to cease at once all armed operations against Cety wayo. Having delivered the message as stated, we returned. Eshowe, Zulu Native Reserve, May 14, 1883. No. 57. SIR HENRY BULWER, G.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received July 2, 1883.) Government House, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, My Lord, June 4, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, copies of two further Despatches which I have received from the British Resident with Cetywayo. 2. The information which Mr. Fynn sends regarding the operations against Uhamu requires confirmation; but there is enough to show how very serious and deplorable a condition of things exist in the northern part of Zululand, 3. The manner in which Cetywayo has disregarded some of the more important con- ditions of his restoration is a fact to which we cannot shut our eyes. All the information we have received during the past four months, ever since his return, indeed, to the country, points to this fact, and gives us too abundant evidence of the unfaithful spirit with which he has accepted the conditions. 4. So far as his relations with Uhamu have been concerned, I do not say that the latter has not been very much to blame, because I think this has been the case; but I am per- suaded of this, that had Cetywayo only adhered to the conditions, and had he restrained the Abaqulusi and others, in the first instance, from attacking Uhamu, the opposition of the latter to Cetywayo's restoration and authority would have been a passive one, and that in course of time, with patience and moral pressure, we should have brought him either to recognise Cetywayo's authority or to leave his territory. 5. But Cetywayo's present proceedings in arms are, in the first place, only a continuation of his policy with regard to Uhamu, a policy of violence and not a policy of conciliation; and, in the second place, they are only part of his policy towards the other Chiefs living 102 in his territory who are not favourably disposed to him, and towards those other portions of Zululand which have not been placed under him. There is, I fear, no room for any reasonable doubt that Cetywayo is bent upon recovering by some means his former §: in the Zulu country, to the utter disregard of the conditions laid down by Her ajesty's Government. 6. To destroy Uhamu and Usibebu is his first object; and it is with this object that he has assembled the large forces which are now in the field, a portion of which is organised under the old regimental system. By threats and by terrorism he is fast re-establishing in some respects the old order of things within his territory. The Chiefs and other people belonging to it who are unfavourable to him have little chance now of leaving his territory, however much they may desire to do so. Mr. Fynn's report shows how it is they did not avail themselves of the opportunity to leave before or at the time of the restoration. In the first place, many of them never realised that Cetywayo would be restored. Then there was the natural reluctance on their part to leave their own homes and localities if they could avoid it, and there was a further objection to their doing this whilst the crops were still in the ground. And now it is too late, for they would not be allowed to go with their cattle and property unmolested even if they could escape with their lives. Added to these obstacles is the uncertainty of the people as to whether we are in earnest about the Reserve, whether they would really find there the refuge that they seek and a place of safety from the hand of Cetywayo, or whether it will not prove to be the case, as Cetywayo openly asserts it will be, that the reservation of the Reserve Territory has been the act only of the Natal Government and has not been the act of the Queen's Government, and that the territory will also, in its turn, be handed over to him as the greater part of the Zulu country already has been. 7. From the Reserve Territory, Mr. Osborn writes with foreboding as to the conse- quences of Cetywayo's course of action and as to its effect on the people of the Reserve. In view of Cetywayo's declarations and threats that the whole of Zululand has been given back to him by the Queen, and that all who refuse to recognise his authority will have to bear the consequences, the people are exceedingly uneasy and uncertain as to the fate of the territory. They do not feel assured that it will not be given up to Cety- wayo, and they know that if this is the case they will suffer for any present omission on their part to recognise his authority. They do not feel sure that even now he may not at any moment send an armed force into the territory to punish those who are known to be against him. What Cetywayo is doing now, what he has been doing ever since his return, his attack upon Usibebu, the armed bodies that go about the country exercising terrorism upon the people, his disregard of the conditions, his threats, the absence of any show of force on our part; all these things are shaking their faith in our assurance that the Reserve Territory will be independent of him. Two headmen of the Reserve who were expressing their fears to the Resident Commissioner on this subject said in reply to his assurances, “It is very well for you to say that Cety wayo cannot interfere with the “ Reserve and cannot send an impi into it because he has undertaken in the conditions of “ his restoration not to interfere, but while you are talking Cetywayo is acting ; he is “ sending the assegai in every direction, and the people are greatly alarmed.” 8. Mr. Osborn is of opinion that in consequence of what has happened it is only the presence of a sufficient military force that will give assurance to the people in the Reserve and satisfy them that they will be safe from aggression... I have all along been very desirous that we should avoid the establishment of a military garrison in the Reserve Territory, because although it would be an unquestionable proof of our determination and intentions and position in respect of that territory, it would be better to dispense with it if possible, and if Cetywayo had only kept his faith and his conditions there would be no necessity for any such measure. But Cetywayo has not kept his conditions. He makes no pretence as to his objects and intentions, and if his attacks upon Uhamu and Usibebu should succeed, there is little doubt that he will turn his attention more actively than he has hitherto done to upset the present arrangement in the Reserve. When the people, doubtful of our intentions, certain of his vengeance, but not certain of our support, must either leave the country, or else, in order to save themselves, join the stronger and aggressive side. 9. If that happens, the position of the Resident will be untenable, even if the Resi- dency itself is not attacked, the country will become a scene of confusion and disorder, whilst our retirement would be fatal to our relations with the Zulu country, fatal to the cause of peace, and dangerous to public confidence and public safety in Natal. We are, it seems to me, bound to maintain our position in the Reserve Territory, by force of arms if necessary. That evil may be great, but it is as nothing compared to the evil that will result from any withdrawal by us from the Reserve. 103 10. It is with the greatest regret that I find myself under the necessity of bringing under your Lordship's consideration the question of establishing a military force in the Reserve Territory for a while at least, a necessity that has been caused by Cetywayo's disregard of the conditions of his restoration, by his scarcely disguised intentions to recover those portions of the Zulu country which were left independent of him, and by the violence of his policy, to which already hundreds of lives have been sacrificed. But I feel that there is no other way in which the confidence of the people living in the Reserve or of any others of the Zulu people can be reassured as to our intentions towards the Reserve or as to our determination to keep and maintain it for the Zulu people, independent of Cety wayo's authority. The Reserve offers us the only means by which we can keep our obligations towards the Zulu people, and by which we can provide for any who may find it impossible to live under Cetywayo. It offers us the only means by which we can hope to check the re-establishment of the old Zulu power with all its danger and of the old Zulu rule with all its grossness. If the condi- tions which he accepted, and the promises which he made when in captivity, have no weight with Cetywayo when restored to authority, then the only guarantee that is left to us is the material guarantee which we have retained in the Reserve Territory, and which, I am of opinion, we should keep and hold with a strong hand, for the benefit of at least some portion of the Zulu people, and not the less so because in the Reserve Territory lies the key of the safety of this Colony for some years to come, in its relations with the native races with which it is concerned. I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY BULWER, The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, Special Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. Enclosure 1 in No. 57. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULWER. - Mbilani, Zululand, May 25, 1883. I HAVE the honour to inform your Excellency, with reference to my Despatch of 16th instant, that Mr. H. C. Shepstone's messenger Maweni and mine Mlambo, sent on the 15th instant with the verbal and written message to Uhamu, have returned with the written message; Uhamu and people and cattle having fled towards the Pongolo ; and Umyamana with a large force had proceed after Uhamu and burnt his kraals, Ngenetsheni, Mnyameni, and kraals of Uhamu's people. 2. These messengers, who were accompanied by Cetywayo's four men, inform me they went as far as the Mkuzi river, but saw nothing of either Umyamama’s forces or Uhamu's, and could not ascertain where he had gone to, and therefore returned. 3. I sent my messenger Bangeni to ask Cety wayo if he would give me any informa- tion, and he brought back the following, viz., that Cety wayo had received no reliable information, but had heard from the sons of Masipula that the Mhlalose of Seketwayo's and Abaqulusi mounted men had on or about the 11th instant killed about 60 of Uhamu's forces, including some of Usibebu’s and a brother of his (Usibebu’s); these were distinct forces from those in action on the defeat of the Um'gazi on the 11th instant, when those of Usibebu’s went home, but the headmen went to Uhamu, arranging that their retiring men should burn Mzondi's kraal (probably a deserted kraal) as a signal that Cetywayo's forces were not in their way io prevent their retiring to Usibebu ; this was done. That Uhamu's people were then deserting their kraals and fleeing towards the Ngotye, near the Pongolo, below its junction with the Bivana river. 5. Umyamana had despatched seven companies to see if Masipula's (Mgazini) forces were coming to join him ; these seven companies came upon two companies of Uhamu's, laying wait for them, a fight took place, when 20 of Uhamu's were killed, defeating them. 6. That three sons of Nogwaza had gone to Uhamu, and told him his forces were defeated, they got him into a carriage which broke down, they then got a horse from a missionary to take him away on towards the Ngotye, from where he sent out four companies to capture cattle from his people, who were deserting him, and who had ersuaded him to go to war with Cetywayo (at the time of Usibebu's raid); that he (Uhamu) had desired to come under Cetywayo's rule. SIR, 104. 7. That there were 80 companies, including Masipula's (Mgazini) people and others residing across the Pongolo, who were acting against Uhamu on the other side of the Pongolo. + 8. The forces under Umyamana consisted of about 70 companies, and there were 45 companies of Abaqulusi and Umhlalose (Seketwayo) in another column against Uhamu. 9. The Boer messenger Sturman, with three other mounted men with a spare horse, arrived at Undini yesterday, but my messengers were unable to get any information from him. 10. Cetywayo, per Mabijana, reports the arrival of Sturman, an induna from the Transvaal, on a friendly visit, and that he, Cety wayo, has asked Sturman to look after for him, or see about the cattle, taken from time to time to the Transvaal, by people of Abaqulusi and Uhamu's as refugees; that he, Cety wayo, will as soon as the country gets more settled ask leave from the English Government to send for such cattle. 11. I have received intimation (which may not be correct) that a Boer Mtyakela (Kaffir name) has been taken prisoner by a party of 12 other Boers for having been in league with Uhamu while the Boers wish to befriend Cetywayo against Uhamu and Usibebu and others, that the Boers sympathize with Cety wayo in his troubles in the severing of his country by the English. 12. I have been unable to ascertain what business the Transvaal induna, Sturman, has come about, but I indirectly hear he has brought information to the effect that the Boers check Uhamu's flight into the Transvaal. I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, British Resident with Cetywayo. Enclosure 2 in No. 57. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULWER. SIR, Mbilani, Zululand, May 25, 1883. I HAVE , the honour to inform your Excellency of the following information obtained this afternoon by one of my messengers, that some few days ago companies of the Msizi and Mpunga of forces out with Umyamana fought with some of Uhamu's forces, which were repulsed with heavy losses, and Msebe and Kambi (Uhamu's son) killed, and a large number of cattle were captured by Umyamana's forces. That Uhamu and his people and cattle are in a stronghold, on both sides of the Pongolo river, below the junction with the Bivana river, where they are hemmed in by Umya- mana’s forces, both on the north and south side of the Pongolo river. That Uhamu is supported by his people of Mtabata, also by Mgojana’s people on behalf of Usibebu. That a force of Swazis were expected by Umyamana for the purpose of going into the caves, rocks, or stronghold, in which Uhamu and people, with cattle, have taken refuge; and probably an attack to rout them would take place to-day. I hope soon to get more reliable information of what has taken place from messengers I have sent out for the purpose. 2. Cetywayo wished to know from me who the people were who wished to leave him and go to the Reserve. I avoided mentioning names, as it would doubtless imperil their lives if I did so. They dare not communicate with me, and would not own a desire to remove to the Reserve. The appointed Chiefs accepted their appointments under good faith and conviction that Cetywayo would never return to Zululand, they lost confidence in being deposed, and in Cetywayo's restoration, and under the same principle they may very naturally, and under the existing circumstances and Cety wayo's arguments, believe the Reserve Territory will sooner or later be given back to Cetywayo in the same way as the present territory has been restored to Cetywayo, in the very reverse of the avowal that he should never return to Zululand. The perilous position of some of the deposed Chiefs is such that any signs of desire to sever themselves from Cetywayo's rule would be endangering the lives of themselves and families. And nothing short of a strong military escort to guard them while removing would induce them to attempt to remove, and even then it would be questionable if any would dare to avail themselves of such a protection, fearing that sooner or later the Reserve Territory would be restored to Cetywayo. That even if it were not eventually restored, they 105 would feel insecure from attacks in the Reserve Territory by Cetywayo's supporters. That there would be constant disturbances. 3. When it was made known that Cetywayo was to return, their crops were keeping them from removing until harvested, and then it appears it was not credited that it was really Cetywayo who was to be installed, a general state of uncertainty. 4. There can be very little doubt but that any people who have not readily mustered at Undini, during the last two months, were incurring upon themselves serious risks. 5. A circumstance took place this afternoon which I consider expedient to make known to your Excellency. A hunting party from Undini, consisting of some of Ngobomakosi and Msizi, were near the kraal of the deposed Chief Umfanawenblela, when a dispute arose about a buck killed, and the leaders had some difficulty in preventing a fight taking place between the two parties, and I feared that in some way which might have been brought about Umfanawendhlela would be killed, for he has been looked upon with suspicion, ever since a few days previous to Cetywayo's installation, as not being favourable to Cetywayo's return, and of being in union with Usibebu, and he has had various accusations against him, such as witchcraft, and cultivating in the old Nodwengu kraal, around Mpande's grave, but which he excuses himself on the plea he did so to prevent grass fires from extending over the sacred grave. 6. Cetywayo informs me, by a messenger, he intends sending to ask John Dunn why he has turned and raised weapons against him (Cetywayo) by siding with Uhamu and Usibebu, and that it is he (John Dunn) who causes Mr. Osborn to eject his (Cetywayo's) people from the Reserve, and to threaten to burn down their kraals and disturb the country; that he (Cety wayo) had taken care of John Dunn, and enriched him to what he now is. I have sent to Cetywayo advising him not to send to John Dunn ; he informs me he has already done so. 7. Dabulamanzi is making a claim before the Resident Commissioner, Reserve Territory, for 148 head of cattle, and three girls given in marriage to some of John Dunn's people by him (John Dunn). 8. From information received I learn that eight companies, consisting of Msizi, now called Falaza we Nhlovu, and Ngobomakosi, attacked and killed, a few days ago, a large number of women and children of Uhamu's people, where they had taken refuge in rocks and caves near the Pongolo river, and a force of 20 companies of Uhamu's had then attacked the eight companies of Umyamana's forces, and defeated them with heavy loss. 9. That Uhamu's forces are in possession of two strongholds, Ngotye and Singeni; that Umyamana's forces were making an attack on Ngotye, but were prevented b Uhamu's forces therein, setting light to the grass on their approach, and the fire and the smoke checked the attack. That Uhamu's cattle are in the stronghold kloofs. I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, British Resident with Cetywayo. His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, K.C.M.G., &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner, Natal. 106 No. 58. SIR HENRY BULWER, G,C.M.G., to the RIGHT HoN. THE EARL OF DERBY. * (Received July 9, 1883.) My LoRD, Durban, Natal, June 11, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, copies of a Despatch I have received from the British Resident with Cetywayo, and of one from the Resident Commissioner in the Reserve Territory. ... " 2. They relate mainly to complaints made by Cetywayo regarding his adherents in the Reserve Territory. The complaints are fully answered by Mr. Osborn. 3. Mr. Fynn also reports the action taken by him on receiving a representation from the Resident Commissioner regarding some armed demonstrations made by 10 companies of Cetywayo's forces near the Umhlatuzi or border river, where it divides the territory lately under the Chief John Dunn and the territory lately under the Chief Umlandela. I have already reported that these companies had been stationed by Cetywayo at that place with the evident intention of preventing the late Chief Umlandela from crossing over, as he wished to do, into the Reserve Territory. And it is evident, from Cety wayo's reply to Mr. Fynn, that he had anticipated an attempt on the part of Umlandela to escape into the Reserve. 4. From Mr. Fynn's reference to the newly built kraal, Mangweni, I am led to infer that a new military kraal has already been established at that place. 5. Mr. Fynn refers to the death of the Chief Umlandela, of which I had previously heard unofficially. Umlandela was an old man, and there is no reason to think that he died from other than natural causes; but the natives say that his death was hastened by the troubles that had come upon him and by his apprehensions of personal danger. I understand that Sokwetyata, who is Umlandela's heir, still keeps the tribe assembled about him in anticipation of an attack from the 10 companies of Cetywayo assembled at the Mangweni kraal. I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Enclosure I in No. 58. Mir. FYNN to Sir H. BULWER. SIR, Mbilani, Zululand, May 23, 1883. g I HAVE the honour to enclose, for the information of your Excellency, copies of my two letters of this date to the Resident Commissioner, Reserve Territory. 1st. Message from Cetywayo to Resident Commissioner regarding the removal of his adherents from the Reserve Territory. I however explained to Cetywayo's messenger that the Government retained the Reserve for those people who do not wish to be under Cetywayo's rule, and that those who wished to be under his rule are required to remove to within Cetywayo's territory. 2nd. My action, on information from the Resident Commissioner of armed demon- strations, &c., &c. by 10 companies at Cetywayo's newly built kraal, Mangweni, near the Umhlatuzi River; the death of the Chief Umlandela (from natural causes) and Cetywayo's remarks thereon. I have, &c. * * -- (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, K.C.M.G., British Resident with Cety wayo. Special Commissioner, Natal. 107 SIR, Mbilani, Zululand, May 23, 1883. I HAVE received the following message from Cetywayo per Ngwenya and Nyokana, which he desires me to forward in writing to you, per his messenger. He hears your police have been round to the kraals in the Reserve Territory, belonging to Dabulamanzi and the people who are here with Cetywayo for his protection, threaten- ing that his (Dabulamanzi's) and their kraals and food will be burnt for having come to him, and that they therefore no longer belong to the Reserve; that the people left behind at the kraals must leave the Reserve ; that he (Cetywayo) is appealing, as he ever will do, for the Reserve to be given back to him, and asks why the people should first have been prevented from coming to him, and now are being driven away from their homes. Where are they to go to ? If they come here it will cause disturbances between them and those who are already here, and more blood will be shed for want of room. That he, Cetywayo, wishes you to point out where or how room can be found here for j people. He wishes these people to remain in the Reserve Territory as his subjects. I have, &c. Resident Commissioner, (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, Reserve Territory, Etshowe. British Resident with Cetywayo. SIR, Mbilani, Zululand, May 23, 1883. WITH reference to your intimation of the 20th instant, received yesterday, to the effect that Cetywayo's people have built a large kraal, “the Mangweni,” near the Umhlatuzi river, at which there are 10 companies of armed men supposed to be building, but who are employing their time in hunts (Ngina), close to the Umhlatuzi River, and often sending threatening messages to the people opposite, in the Reserve, causing serious alarm by their warlike demonstrations, and their being doctored (Ngwambisa) on the 18th and 19th instant by a Natal native named Hlepu, as I understand from your communications. 2. I have the honour to inform you that I sent to Cetywayo to-day regarding the foregoing information, and requested that he would at once put a stop to these serious proceedings. 3. He replied, he doubted the truth of this information, and referred my messenger to Lutuli, who arrived from the Mangweni kraal about three days ago. He (Lutuli) informed my messenger that there had been only two hunts, and another was about to take place, but not in the direction of the Umhlatuzi, and that the people across the Umhlatuzi had not been threatened, but had been alarmed, and he suspected Palana and Manyonyo and others of telling these tales during their alarm. 4. “Bejana,” Cetywayo's personal attendant, who was present by Cetywayo's direction, remarked to my messenger: “Then will not Cety wayo be able to cut wattles across “ the Umhlatuzi for his huts P’’ and my messenger replied, “No, not without a letter “ from Mr. Fynn to Mr. Osborn asking for leave to do so.” 5. Having heard of the death of Umlandela (a chief), I sent to ask Cetywaye about it, and he informs me that Umlandela has been dead some time, but that he had not informed me because he was against Umlandela for having deceived him in pretending to be loyal to him, while he was arranging for John Dunn to receive him by an escort into the Reserve ; but Mr. Osborn had objected. I have, &c. The Resident Commissioner, (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, Reserve Territory, Etshowe. British Resident with Cetywayo. Enclosure 2 in No. 58. Mr. Osborn to Sir H. BULwer. (Received June 5, 1883.) SIR, Eshowe, Zulu Native Reserve, June 1, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Excellency’s information— 1. Copy of a letter addressed to me by Simon Mini, for Cetywayo, dated May 23, 1883 (received on the 26th), and of the ºy I made thereto, dated May 28th. ) 2 I08 2. Copy of a letter* I received on the 30th May from the British Resident with Cety- wayo, dated May 23rd, conveying a message to me from Cetywayo, and of my reply thereto. - 3. Copy of a message from Cetywayo delivered to me on the 20th May by his messengers Umzungulu, Hloloti, and Umpece, with the reply I made thereto. - I have, &c. His Excellency Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., (Signed) M. Osborn, Her Majesty’s Special Commissioner, Resident Commissioner. &c. &c. &c. - Natal. DEAR MR. OSBORN, Zululand, Ondini, May 23, 1883. I HAVE the honour to inform you that I am very sorry to hear from Siqoto Zeizei's boy that you have sent messengers to his place, informing him that you will burn his kraal or destroy it. I am really sorry to hear that, because I thought to myself that you are my best friend, but now it seems to me that you are acting as an enemy of IQII16. - You really know that Usibebu and Uhamu are doing their best to kill me; and why should you prevent my people from coming to me? I am sorry to hear that. Zeize I have sent away on a message, and is not at home. I do hope you will let my people come to me, as I am in want of them. Yours sincerely, CETYwAYo KA MPANDE. (Signed) Pro SIMON MINI, Native Interpreter. SIR, Eshowe, Zulu Native Reserve, May 28, 1883. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of a letter dated the 23rd May, written and signed for you by Simon Mini. In answer thereto I have to say that I did not threaten to burn or destroy Zeizi's kraals, which he and his men deserted about two months ago; Siqoto, in telling you that I made this threat, spoke untruth. But as Zeizi and his men left this Reserve so long ago, taking their cattle with them, and have gone to reside in your territory, I sent a messenger to ascertain whether their families, who were left behind by them, had finished harvesting their crops, and were preparing to follow their relatives, as I presumed they would do. It is right that they, too, should move into your territory and join the others there. I have not prevented any of the people living in the Reserve from moving out of it to take up their residence in your territory, as they are entitled to do so without hindrance. I have, &c. (Signed) M. Osborn, To King Cetywayo, Zululand. Resident Commissioner. Eshowe, Zulu Native Reserve Territory, SIR, May 31, 1883. I AM in receipt of your letter of the 23rd May, containing a message to me from Cetywayo. In answer to the message, I have the honour to state, and beg that you will be so good as to inform Cetywayo, 1. That it is wholly untrue that I threatened, or sent police to threaten, that the kraals and food of Dabulamanzi and others who armed in the Reserve and have gone to Cety wayo would be burnt. But it is true that I have said that those men who armed and have gone to him in disregard of constituted authority here would be considered as º- * See Enclosure 1. 109 having left the Reserve for good, and will be expected not to return to it, and that they will also be expected to make arrangements for the removal of their families and loose property within a reasonable time after their crops have been harvested, as it is only right that their families should follow them. 2. As to Cetywayo's question, “why the people were first prevented from coming to “ him and now are being driven away?” I have to point out to Cetywayo that all the people residing in this Reserve are under the authority of the Resident Commissioner only. That none of the people have at any time been prevented from removing out of the Reserve into his territory, but they have been told that so long as they remain they will have to obey lawful authority within it. . The men who armed and went from the Reserve to join his forces, did so against lawful orders conveyed to them here, hence it is but reasonable to assume that, in going as they did, they left for good, and to expect that they will arrange for the removal likewise of their families when these have gathered their crops. I would say here distinctly that no person has been driven away or is being driven away from the Reserve. + 3. With regard to Cety wayo's wish that I should point out where he could find room for the people who desire to leave the Reserve to take up their residence under his rule, I have to remark, as I have already informed him, that by complying with his request I should be interfering in his territory; and I have been ordered by the Government to be careful not to interfere with him, his people, or his territory, in like manner as he, by the conditions he signed, promised not to interfere with the people in this Reserve. I have no power to consent to Cetywayo's wish that the people should be allowed to continue to reside in the Reserve as his subjects. As I have already mentioned herein- before, all people living in the Reserve are under the authority of the Resident Commis- sioner, who has been placed in the position by Her Majesty's Government; those of the people who do not wish to remain under this authority may leave the Reserve with all their cattle and other property. I have, &c. H. F. Fynn, Esq., (Signed) M. Osborn, British Resident with Cetywayo. Resident Commissioner. Eshowe, Zulu Native Reserve Territory, May 30, 1883. UMZUNGULU, HLOLOTE, and UMPECE state :- WE are messengers sent to you by Cety wayo. We bring his words to you and this letter. [Letter from Mr. Fynn, British Resident, dated May 23.] Cetywayo asks you again to come to him and talk matters over with him. He wants very much to speak to you so as to prevent misunderstanding arising from people bringing untruthful reports to you about him, and to him about you. He says all the Zulus praise you, and he too praises you for having looked after the people during his absence from the country. . And all know that, but for the trouble you took to prevent the people from killing each other they would have been destroyed. Cetywayo ordered us to say that he has been told that you have threatened to burn the kraals and grain of Dabulamanzi, because he went to join Cetywayo and took his cattle with him. He has also heard that people living on your side of the Umhlatuzi have threatened men who armed (in the Reserve) and went over to protect him, that they would be followed by lead (bullets) for arming and going to him, and that Cetywayo's own kraals would be burnt. Cety wayo does not believe the statement, for what wrong has he done that war should be made against him P. He, however, lets you know this, so that you may see that it is right you and he should talk over matters, and prevent misunderstanding on either side in consequence of untruthful statements. Cetywayo asks you to point out if you can places on his side of the Umhlatuzi on which he could locate the people who wish to remove from this side (the Reserve), as there are many people to be provided with places, and he knows not where to find room for all on his side. He says he belongs to you, and the land on both sides of the Umhlatuzi form one country, and it belongs to you as he does. REPLY. I AM unable to go to Cetywayo, as he requests me to do, for the reasons which I have already given him; I have no right to interfere in his territory. By the terms of O 3 110 one of his conditions he promised not to interfere in the Reserve, and I have orders not to interfere with him or his territory. It is not true that I threatened to burn Dabulamanzi's kraals and grain. He sent his cattle away, and afterwards he himself went of his own accord to Cetywayo, his family having to follow him when they have finished harvesting their crops. [The messengers remarked here, each speaking in turn —“We know that you did not “ make the threat ; we know it is not true.”] With regard to the threats said to have been made by people on this side the Umhlatuzi, this is the first time, I hear about them, and I cannot believe they were uttered as reported. I am glad to hear that Cetywayo does not believe they were made. At the same if it can be proved that any one in the Reserve has been so foolish as to make threats of the kind, I will hold him answerable for his conduct. I will send to Mr. Fynn my answer to the letter you brought from him. No. 59. SIR HENRY BULWER, G.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF DERBY. (Received July 9, 1883). My LoRD, Durban, Natal, June 11, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit, for your Lordship's information, copy of a correspondence with Mr. Fynn, the British Resident, regarding Cetywayo's claims to cattle, and also regarding certain individual claims by natives living in Cetywayo's territory to cattle stated to belong to them, and to be unlawfully detained in the Reserve Territory. I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner. Enclosure 1 in No. 59. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULWER. SIR, Mbilani, Zululand, May 29, 1883. I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt this evening of your Excellency’s Despatch of the 12th instant, and with reference to the 5th paragraph thereof I have the honour to inform your Excellency that the cattle mentioned by Cety wayo, in the 5th paragraph of my Despatch of April 30, as belonging to him and taken by Mhlanganiso to the Reserve Territory are part of these referred to in the 14th paragraph of my Despatch of April 26 to your Excellency. 2. On the 1st of May I forwarded to the Resident Commissioner, Reserve Territory, individual claims from natives in Cety wayo's Territory for some of the cattle above referred to, with the result that on the 19th May the Resident Commissioner reported to me that the Sub-Commissioner, Mr. Pretorius, had on the 15th instant caused to be delivered up 56 head of cattle and 14 sheep to the respective claimants. 3. I also forwarded on the 1st of May to the Resident Commissioner, Reserve Territory, Cetywayo's claim for some 30 or 50 head of cattle and their increase, which he alleged were his property concealed for him by Mhlanganiso, and alleged to have been taken by him to Hlubi’s portion of Reserve Territory, referred to in the 1st para- graph hereof. The Resident Commissioner in the same reply informs me this claim did not reach him until about the 13th instant, and that he has directed an inquiry into this claim, and will inform me of the result in due time. 4. Your Excellency will see, by reference to 5th paragraph of my Despatch 89, my replies to Cetywayo, regarding the cattle he claims as his property concealed for him as he alleges, and which he argues should not be included in the decision as only recover- able through me, which course, he argues, only refers to claims for cattle from the deposed Chiefs. I understand, however, that all his cattle were confiscated at the close of the Zulu war, and any unsurrendered cattle should not fall back into his possession without my knowledge or approval (as a means of check against any undue oppression), } || || viz., by voluntary surrender of cattle through me, which course I would do all in m power to encourage whenever any opportunity offered. I have, &c. (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, K.C.M.G., British Resident with Cety wayo. &c. &c. &c. Special Commissioner, Natal. Enclosure 2 in No. 59. Sir H. BULweR to Mr. FYNN. SIR, Durban, Natal, June 11, 1883. ... I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatch of the 29th instant. I approve of the steps taken by you to investigate the claims made by Cetywayo, and also those made by certain natives living in Cetywayo's territory to cattle belonging to them, and stated to be unlawfully retained in the Reserve Territory. - 2. I have not your Despatch of 30th April, to which you refer in the 4th paragraph of your present Despatch, before me; but you appear to me to have rightly apprehended the state of the case with regard to any cattle claimed by Cetywayo as having belonged to bim before the Zulu war. I have, &c. Henry Fynn, Esq., (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. Special Commissioner. British Resident with Cetywayo. No. 60. SIR HENRY BULWER, G.C.M.G., to the RIGHT HoN. the EARL OF DERBY. (Received July 9, 1883.) My LoRD, Durban, Natal, June 11, 1883. I HAVE the honour to transmit herewith, for your Lordship's information, copies of four further Despatches I have received from Mr. Fynn relating to the state of affairs in Cetywayo's territory, together with copy of a Despatch I have addressed to Mr. Fynn in acknowledgment. 2. From these Despatches it would seem that a good deal of fighting took place towards the latter part of last month in Uhamu's district between some of the forces sent out by Umyamana and those belonging to Uhamu. In one instance, reported in Mr. Fynn's Despatch of 24th May, it would appear that a fight took place between the respective people belonging to Uhamu and Cetywayo in the territory beyond the Pongolo. - 3. I do not gather that there has been any general engagement, but a fight of some importance appears to have taken place on the 27th of May, on which day, Mr. Fynn reports, heavy firing was heard and much smoke was seen in Uhamu's direction. I am not sure whether it was respecting this fight that Cetywayo sent word to Mr. Fynn on the 31st of May to the effect that eight companies of Umyamana's forces had been attacked at night by Uhamu's forces, near the latter's stronghold, and were all killed ; that Umyamana had then sent two other companies who defeated three companies of Uhamu's men, and that Umyamana’s forces were hemming in the opposing forces in Uhamu's stronghold. The fact of the fight taking place so near Uhamu's stronghold would go to show that the attack was really made by Umyamana's forces, although the actual conflict may have been commenced by the others. # The information brought by Mr. Fynn's messengers was to the effect that four com— panies of Umyamana's forces while encamped at night in a kraal were attacked by seven companies of Uhamu's ; and this night attack may have been the beginning of the fight carried on into the next day, when the Bantubensume force, as the messengers learned, attacked those of Uhamu and defeated them with heavy loss. On the other hand, from another source, I learn that a serious fight did take place on or about the 27th May, O 4 A 12 when a force sent out by Umyamana was utterly routed by Uhamu's people, with heavy loss of life, to the former. But it is very difficult to obtain positive information as to what has really taken place, and the information which is now forwarded requires further explanation. I have, &c. The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. &e, Special Commissioner. Enclosure l in No. 60. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. Bulwen. (Received June 5, 1883.) - SIR, - - - Mbilani, Zululand, May 24, 1883. WITH reference to paragraph 12 of my Despatch of May 25 to your Excellency, I. received from the same source the following information : That a fight had taken place between Uhamu's people residing beyond the Pongolo River and Cetywayo's people, viz., Badeni (formerly Swazi), Mgazini of Masipula, residing across the Pongolo River, north side, and joined by the Mgazini of Masipula who were driven away in the fight (30th March 1883) with Usibebu. That Cety wayo's side were repulsed with loss of 37 men. 2. I cannot procure any reliable information as to where the forces out with Umya. mana are, or where Uhamu or his people are, or their cattle. 3. The Transvaal native Induna referred to in my Despatch No. 105 to your Excellency left Undini this afternoon for Transvaal. I have, &c. * , His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, K.C.M.G., (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, &c. &c. &c. British Resident with Cetywayo. Special Commissioner, Natal. - Enclosure 2 in No. 60. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULwÉR. (Received June 5, 1883.) SIR, Mbilani, Zululand, May 29, 1883. IN the latter portion of paragraph (1) of my Despatch of May 25 to your Excellency, I informed you of a probable attack by Umyamana’s forces, to take place on the 25th instant, upon Uhamu's forces, and in the 8th paragraph thereof information that eight companies of Umyamana's forces were defeated with heavy loss a few days before. 2. I now hear a report to-day to the effect that a few days ago some companies of Uhamu's drew Umyamana’s forces on, and then Uhamu's forces attacked them on both sides and defeated them. That while Umyamama’s forces were being pursued, 10 Boers fired upon Uhamu's forces which were about to retreat, but upon seeing so few Boers, Uhamu's forces fired upon the Boers, who fled, and Uhamu's forces resumed their pursuit, killing Umyamana's people, and forcing them over precipices near the Pongolo River. That on the 27th instant heavy firing took place in Uhamu's direction, and much smoke was seen. 3. A brother of late Umbilini (sons of Mswazi), with five others carrying guns, were seen going to Undini to-day, either from Transvaal or Swazi country, but would give no information to my messengers. I have, &c. His Excellency Sir Henry Bulwer, K.C.M.G., (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, &c. &c. &c. British Resident with Cetywayo. Special Commissioner, Natal. 113 Enclosure 3 in No. 60. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULWER. SIR, Mbilani, Zululand, May 31, 1883. I Have the honour to inform your Excellency that I had an interview with Cetywayo on the subjects contained in your Excellency's Despatches of 10th and 12th of May. Cetywayo affirmed that Somkeli’s people had not been into Usibebu’s territory or taken any women or children. He argued that he was told by Earl Kimberley that only a little strip of land along the Tugela would be reserved, and that he thereby concluded it was only a piece of land reserved for John Dunn. That the Natal Government had ruined the country by the severing of it for the late deposed Chiefs. That during his absence there had been continual strife and bloodshed, which still continues, and he says he is not responsible, notwithstanding my arguments to the contrary. He argued that the people in the Reserve are his subjects, as they wished to be under his rule; and that. there was not room for them here. He wanted to know who the people were who did not wish to reside under his authority. I, however, considered it better not to mention them for reasons given in paragraph 2 of my Despatch of May 25 to your Excellency. I explained to Cetywayo the 5th, 6th, 7th, and 8th paragraphs of your Excellency's Despatch of May 10, but he argued against all these points. 2. With reference to your Excellency’s Despatch of May 12 I explained to Cetywayo that he should have punished the Abaqulusi people in the cases reported subsequent to his installation, and that had he done so, it would have been a warning against the latter disturbances, and an assertion of his authority. 3. I explained to Cetywayo, in accordance with the 3rd paragraph of your Excellency's Despatch of May 12. When explaining that the Government condemns entirely all that has been done by way of reprisal, either by Usibebu or by Uhamu, but that it was necessary to note the fact that their actions had been done by way of reprisal. Cety- wayo said: “That was only mellow milk to them, and no punishment, but he “ (Cetywayo) was day after day being blamed for all that went wrong, while he was “ keeping the terms of his restoration, and remaing quietly at Undini.” 4. With reference to the 5th paragraph of your Excellency’s Despatch of May I ſ have the honour most respectfully to refer your Excellency to my Despatch of May 29. 5. I spoke to Cetywayo yesterday about the brother of the late Mbilini and five others having been seen going to Undini armed with guns, as I reported to your Excellency in the last portion of my Despatch of May 29. Cety wayo said, “that these “ men were his subjects, and had been driven across the Pongolo during disturbances “ with other subjects of his.” I explained that by the terms of his restoration he should confiscate these guns to the Government, and punish these people for bringing guns from beyond the border. Cetywayo said, “they were his people, and should not be “ deprived of guns for self-defence, or any other of his people, so long as Uhamu and * Usibebu, who had been given guns by Mr. Osborn, retained theirs, and all their ‘ people had guns with Mr. Osborn's knowledge and consent. Was he (Cetywayo) ‘ now told to give up arms (guns) so that he and his people should not have guns to ‘ defend themselves against the guns of Uhamu and Usibebu ?” I informed him I should forward his reply to your Excellency, but that all guns were to have been given up after the Zulu war, and I saw that his people possessed large numbers of guns. Cetywayo said, “not so very many, and very few in comparison to the number Uhamu “ and Usibebu’s people have.” 6. Cetywayo, per Mabijana , and Ngwegweni, reports that eight companies of Umyamana's forces were attacked at night by forces of Uhamu's near his stronghold, and were all killed. Umyamana then sent two companies of Falaza (late Msizi), which came in contact with three companies of Uhamu's, repulsing them with a loss of 10 men, the Falaza loss being six men. That Umyamana's forces have hemmed in Uhamu's forces in the stronghold, but were unable to get into it, and were keeping Uhamu's people there. Msebe was killed by Abaqulusi, Cetywayo wishes me to explain to your Excellency that he has nothing to do with the fighting now taking place, which is a continuation of disturbances commenced prior to his restoration, and during his absence; that he (Cetywayo) will remain quietly at Undini and keep the conditions under which he was restored. I replied, “that I thanked Cetywayo for the information, which I “ should forward to your Excellency, but at the same time I must remind him that he “ is responsible for all aggressions committed by those under his rule.” (, & 6 6 R 7622. P 1 14 7. I hear that most of the cattle captured from Uhamu by Umyamana’s forces have been claimed by the Mgazini people (Maboko of Masipula) as previously taken from them by Uhamu's forces. 8. Cetywayo forwarded to me to-day Mahlangampisi, son of the Chief Susu, residing at Nhlazakazi (east of Sanhlwana), complaining that Nkebeleli (a headman of Hlubi’s) had driven horses into his crops, destroying them. Also Gwilikazi, on behalf of his father Matshobana, on complaint that Hlubi had unjustly confiscated two of his cattle. Also that a few days ago four girls were beaten by Rotye (a policeman of Hlubi’s) while returning from Undini to where they had taken food for their father Majubana, whose kraal is at the Ngutu, near Hlubi’s. I referred these complaints by letter to the Resident Commissioner, Reserve Territory. & I have, &c. His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, K.C.M.G., (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, &c. &c. &c. British Resident with Cetywayo. Special Commissioner, Natal. Enclosure 4 in No. 60. Mr. FYNN to Sir H. BULwÉR. SIR, Sitshwili, Zululand, June 1, 1883. I HAVE the honour to inform your Excellency of the following particulars, obtained from two of my messengers :— 1. That Uhamu is still in his stronghold at the Ngotye, between the Hlangweni Mountain and Pongolo River, and Umyamana's forces cannot get into the only entrance into the stronghold gorges at the Ngotye, in which Uhamu's forces are, with the cattle and women and children. Msebe was killed by the Abaqulusi, but it is still questionable as to whether Kambi (Uhamu's son) has been killed. 2. That four companies of Umyamana's were on their way to meet Bantubensume's force from beyond the Pongolo, but while encamped at night in a kraal they were surrounded by seven companies of Uhamu's who attacked the kraal and set fire to it, and burnt and killed all, it is said, with the exception of one person whom they took to Ngamzana, a doctor of Uhamu's, who performed some medical war charms upon him, , and then sent him back to Umyamana to tell him, “in four days he, Uhamu, would attack Umyamana,” but this did not take place. Bantubensume's forces the next day (after the burning and killing of Umyamana's forces in a kraal by Uhamu's forces) ..attacked those of Uhamu, defeating them with heavy loss. 3. There is a Swazi force, many armed with Basuto battle-axes, from Swazi country, with Umyamana's forces. 4. There are continuous fights between scouting parties, but no actual fight has yet taken place between the whole of Umyamana's and Uhamu's forces. 5. Some women and children of Uhamu's people have been captured from caves by Umyamana's forces, 6. A number of women belonging to Mtabata (of Uhamu) and his people were killed by a force of Maboko, of Masipula, and the cattle and children taken by them. 7. That Umyamana's forces have captured a large number of cattle from Uhamu, and have been killing old women found at their kraals who were unable to go with the rest of the people to take refuge in the caves and strongholds. 8. After Msebe was killed, a force, consisting of Mhlalose of Seketwayo and Abaqulusi, captured cattle of Msebe's and his people at Hlobane; they killed many men, but no women and children, as they were concealed in the rocks and caves. The cattle were captured by three companies of Falaza and Kandempemvu, but of Mhlalose tribe of Seketwayo. The Abaqulusi having failed to capture any cattle on this occasion when they attacked Msebe's people at Hlobane. g 9. Nozaza, of Seketwayo, has gone (two weeks ago) on a mission from Cetywayo to "the Boers. 10. The grass in northern part of Seketwayo's district has been burnt; the people there say by the Boers for winter pasture. * I have, &c. His Excellency Sir H. Bulwer, K.C.M.G., (Signed) HENRY F. FYNN, &c. &c. &c. British Resident with Cetywayo. Special Commissioner, Natal. I 15 Enclosure 5 in No. 60. Sir H. BULWER to Mr. FYNN. SIR, - Durban, Natal, June 11, 1883. I HAve received your Despatches of the 24th, 29th, and 31st May and 1st June. I regret to learn from these Despatches of the continued fights, attended with serious loss of life, that are still taking place between the forces of Cetywayo and Uhamu's eople. p ºr Cetywayo's declaration to you that he has nothing to do with this fighting, which is a continuation of disturbances commenced during his absence, and that he himself remains quietly at Undini and keeps the conditions, subject to which he was restored, it is useless to argue with an assertion which is contradicted every day by Cetywayo's own acts and words. But I desire to express my approval of the firmness with which you have not failed to impress upon Cety wayo his responsibility for the deplorable disorders and loss of life that are taking place in his country, and of your •endeavours, which I am sure you will not cease to exert, to bring about a better state of things. - I have, &c. Henry Fynn, Esq., (Signed) H. BULWER, &c. &c. Special Commissioner. British Resident with Cetywayo. * No. 61. The Right Hon. The EARL OF DERBY to Sir HENRY BULWER, G.C.M.G. SIR, Downing Street, July 12, 1883. - I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Despatches” noted below, on the subject of the state of affairs in Zululand, and the continued disregard by Cetywayo of the conditions of his restoration. - 2. I have informed you by telegraph that Her Majesty's Government have carefully considered these communications, with particular reference to the threats of Cetywayo against the natives residing in the Reserve Territory. 3. Her Majesty's Government entertain strong objections to any movement of troops into the Reserve except under circumstances of extreme urgency, but they will arrange to have a detachment ready to move towards the frontier in the event of any violation of the Reserve being directly threatened. w 4. You will at the same time warn Cetywayo in the strongest and most solemn manner that Her Majesty’s Government will not permit him to infringe the independence of the Reserve, or to disturb the Zulus residing therein. 5. You will add that if he continues to disregard his undertakings and promises it will become a serious question whether Her Majesty’s Government should not take the step of withdrawing the British Resident from him. I have, &c. Sir Henry Bulwer. (Signed) DERBY. * Nos. 42, 44, 55, and 57. LONDON : Printed by E. Y. R. E. and S P o TT 1 s woo o 1, Printers to the Queen's most Excellent Majesty. For Her Majesty's Stationery Office. ºś tºº §º º t tº gº º: f .4 3. * , , ,, ... • ** 3.* : 5 milliºn - §§61508456241. f 4. : : S. ; rºsºsºsº ººze * * * º ºg • , ; aſſº fº º jº º ºsºgº ". ººzºº. º: º -- º - ... tº: - º º - ºº: º º º º, sºyºº. ºrrºw º sºr" tº **-ºs, º $ºssº. º ºl. º ** ºwºsº. d ãº. - *** **, *s *********...º. º ºrsº.… º º * * * * * * Bºº : **º - º: sº º, rºws *** * ***. ºriº rººf ****** ****ºs. 3 * *.*.*.* º º - º sº w º º ºfºrº. ºr a gºº - º º ; :-ys: 4.3. sº *tºkº , , sº *:: *tºg. -º-º: º sº. º ºz ºr # * > * .* * * *:: £º assº.ºrg - *º-ººrººººººººººº. 5.º.º.º.º. * ****-ºs ºss-sºº rººs tº *******º-sº º º º ºº: ºrº 㺠§º fºr: º: *** **** rººrºº sº -- º **** *** * * *-gº s: º º Pºº. º ..º hº **** fººrºº º *::::::::::: *** *; º; ºsº.º. sºfºrºs ºr - *sº ***** º ºf wº º º gº w *::: º Fººt. sº &º : - sº º ºrse. º º Resºr. **śsº : º. º *º sºº-ºº: º: º º: ºf ºººººº. sº º $º º º: gº tºº w : sº º: º sº º *º-sº- ºr º, e.g., #: ſº tº ºr. - º º sº sº. ºº:: *ºt: . sº sº º: º º jº. sº º: ºtº-ºººººº... : sº º: - sºrsºs º º frº º ºgº º º, ºr - zºº sº. º º º ***** ***** Bºrº gº Fºº - º º ſº *. - gººd as º: - ºs. & ºfºº ºf fºr º º :*śrº ſº ºfºrº º sº tºº, º 㺠sº ****: º ºtº *ºtºr Gº sº tºº º ...º. **º *śs ºf ~ º tº ºs ºr is sºn ºf . ºsseº -e- ºg ºwº. ºwicz ºrt,...; Bºeºsº ºx: * ***, º ºrº rºse ºf ºve *...* as: “gº sº.nº * : * ºr . º º º º º º º: Fºr tº: . . . wº: º f *.*. *** * * * * *:: * ºr ; , ; sº gº. **: *** - wº **ś :: * * * * * ſº : * º ãº: ** ***śrºrt, tº: § * **** ***** ******* **** *º º º º gº it. sºirs: - sº & Jºe ſº * * tº ***** ********. #º sº.…... . rº- §§ E- * * * * : * *-*. 4- : - 3 -- # tº: zººs. º º ºfºº ºzº. ...” º 3. tº ºz ºr , º.º. ººgºs tººk * * * *** **** iter. A ºf ººº-ºº: ** * * * * d Rººs ſº tºº. Fº º *º yº sº sº : sº w º: &º g --> sº. º º º º º - - & sº sº iº :*:::::: ºrºsº. º sº ..., **.*.* sº ********º ſº ºrrº. sº * : * sº :*: º º º º irº º ºg 3 * sº sº, ºst º º ºlº *** : * ~ * Fº º #ºgº tº º ~ º- tº sº ºr rº sºga º, * Hºº sº ºº::, . º #& w º c. * * * * º - w ºwºg ºº::iº. : jºsº.º.º. º ºs.ſº ~ ºzº. zºº. £º: ºr. c. - º ... * ºrſº & º.º. º º º º: **º w … - fººtsº. 5.; º -: sº * * § 2. **** **º ºr § sº º º tº sº. º, a * *** ãº: * d *ºsº.ºrº sºft wºrs. # tºº º º § ****** º º, ºf º - Hºs º g ºzºº sº sº tºº-ººse sº º º gº º tº sº…wºs. - *º-wº sº º - ºfºº ise.º.º. - - Bºº d º: Rºº. d - ñº º*- ºf *...*. &º A. wº w sº. ºº:: ºssº º º º sº E. tº: ºxazºº *º - º: sº º::::::::::::::::::::: *:::::: sº º ºº:: * * sº w s: º *::::::: ºr º º º: º º *: .* ºrº º º º riº sº º: º fººd sº ºgº sº. sº 5. *** -º-º: sº tºº *sº º ºrsºs tº *...sº º, sº Bºº - cº- . º: º: º º º